Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Geneva [1587], THE BIBLE: THAT IS, THE HOLY SCRIPTVRES CONTEINED IN THE OLDE AND NEWE TESTAMENT. TRANSLATED ACCORDING TO the Ebrew and Greeke, and conferred with the best translations in diuers languages. With most profitable annotations vpon all the hard places, and other things of great importance (Imprinted... by Christopher Barker [etc.], LONDON) [word count] [B07000].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

-- nts --

Note return to page 1 Esai.12.3. & 49 10. reue.21.16. & 22.17.

Note return to page 2 Ierem.33.15. psal.119.160. reu.2.7. & 22.2. psal.119.142, 144.

Note return to page 3 Ioh.6.35.

Note return to page 4 Luke.2.10.

Note return to page 5 Ephes.6.16.

Note return to page 6 Matth.7.6.

Note return to page 7 2.Pet.2.22.

Note return to page 8 Matth.6.22.

Note return to page 9 Psal.119.27, 73.

Note return to page 10 Iude.20.

Note return to page 11 Psal.119.11.

Note return to page 12 Ioshua.1.8. Psal.1.1,2.

Note return to page 13 Psal.94.12,13.

Note return to page 14 This worde signifieth the beginning and generation of the creatures.

Note return to page 15 [a] First of all, and before that any creature was, God made heauen and earth of nothing, Wisd.11.14.

Note return to page 16 Psal.33.6. and 136. 5. ecclus.18.1. actes 14.15. and 17.24.

Note return to page 17 [b] As a rude lumpe and without any creature in it: for the waters couered all.

Note return to page 18 Or, waste.

Note return to page 19 [c] Darkenes couered the deepe waters: for as yet the light was not created.

Note return to page 20 Ebr. face of the deepe.

Note return to page 21 [d] He mainteined this confuse heape by his secrete power.

Note return to page 22 Ebr. face of the waters.

Note return to page 23 Hebre. 11.3.

Note return to page 24 [e] The light was made before eyther Sunne or Moone was created: therefore we must not attribute that to the creatures that are Gods instruments, which onely apperteineth to God.

Note return to page 25 Ebr. betweene the light, and betweene the darkenes.

Note return to page 26 The first day.

Note return to page 27 Ebr. So was the euening, so was the morning.

Note return to page 28 Psal.33.6. & 136. 5. iere.10.12. and 51.15.

Note return to page 29 Or, spreading ouer, and aire.

Note return to page 30 [f] As the sea and riuers, from those waters that are in the cloudes, which are vpholden by Gods power, lest they should ouerwhelme the worlde.

Note return to page 31 Psal.148.4.

Note return to page 32 [g] That is, the region of the aire, and all that is aboue vs.

Note return to page 33 The seconde day.

Note return to page 34 Psal.33.7. & 89.11. and 136.6. iob. 38.4.

Note return to page 35 [h] So that we see it is the onely power of Gods worde that maketh the earth fruitefull, which els naturally is barren.

Note return to page 36 [i] This sentence is so oft repeated, to signifie that God made all his creatures to serue to his glorie, and to the profite of man: but for sinne they were accursed, yet to the elect, by Christ they are restored and serue to their wealth.

Note return to page 37 The third day.

Note return to page 38 Psal.136.7. deut. 4.19.

Note return to page 39 [k] By the lights he meaneth þe; sunne, the moone and the starres.

Note return to page 40 [l] Which is the artificiall day, from the sunne rising to the going downe.

Note return to page 41 [m] Of things appertaining to naturall and politicall orders and seasons.

Note return to page 42 [n] To wit, the sunne and the moone: and here he speaketh as man iudgeth by his eye: for else the moone is lesse then the planet Saturnus.

Note return to page 43 [o] To giue it sufficient light, as instruments appointed for the same, to serue to mans vse.

Note return to page 44 Ierem.31.35.

Note return to page 45 The fourth day.

Note return to page 46 [p] As fish & worms which slide, swimme or creepe.

Note return to page 47 Ebr. the soule of life.

Note return to page 48 Ebr. face of the firmam&ebar;t.

Note return to page 49 [q] The fish and foules had both one beginning, wherein we see that nature giueth place to Gods will, forasmuch as the one sort is made to flie aboue in the aire, and the other to swimme beneath in the water.

Note return to page 50 [r] That is, by the vertue of his worde hee gaue power to his creatures to ingender.

Note return to page 51 The fift day.

Note return to page 52 Ebr. soule of life.

Note return to page 53 Chap.5.1. and 9.6. 1.cor.11.7. colos 3.10.

Note return to page 54 [s] God commaunded the water and the earth to bring forth other creatures: but of man he sayeth, Let vs make: signifying, that God taketh counsell with his wisdome and vertue, purposing to make an excellent worke aboue all the rest of his creation.

Note return to page 55 [t] This image and likenesse of God in man is expounded, Ephes.4.24: where it is written, that man was created after God in righteousnesse and true holinesse, meaning by these two wordes all perfection, as wisdome, trueth, innocencie, power, &c.

Note return to page 56 Wisd.2.23. ecclus. 17.1.

Note return to page 57 Matth.19.4.

Note return to page 58 [u] The propagation of man is the blessing of God, Psalm.128.

Note return to page 59 Chap.8.17. and 9.1.

Note return to page 60 [x] Gods great liberalitie to man, taketh away all excuse of his ingratitude.

Note return to page 61 Chap.9.3.

Note return to page 62 Exod.31.17. ecclus.39.16,33. marke 7.37.

Note return to page 63 The sixt day.

Note return to page 64 [a] That is, the innumerable abundance of creatures in heauen & earth.

Note return to page 65 Exod.20.11. and 31.17. deut.5.14. hebr.4.4.

Note return to page 66 [b] For he had now finished his creation, but his prouidence still watcheth ouer his creatures, and goueineth them.

Note return to page 67 [c] Appointed it to be kept holy, that man might therein consider the excellencie of his workes and Gods goodnesse towards him.

Note return to page 68 Or, the originall and beginning.

Note return to page 69 Or, tree, as chap. 21.15.

Note return to page 70 [d] God onely openeth the heauens and shutteth them, he sendeth drought and raine according to his good pleasure.

Note return to page 71 Or, formed.

Note return to page 72 [e] He sheweth whereof mans body was created, to the intent that man shoulde not glorie in the excellencie of his owne nature.

Note return to page 73 1.Cor.15.45.

Note return to page 74 [f] This was the name of a place, as some thinke, in Mesopotamia, most pleasant and abundant in all things.

Note return to page 75 [g] Which was a signe of the life receiued of God.

Note return to page 76 [h] That is, of miserable experience, which came by disobeying God.

Note return to page 77 Ecclus.24.29.

Note return to page 78 [i] Which Hauilah is a countrey ioyning to Persia Eastwarde, and enclineth toward the West.

Note return to page 79 Or, precious stone, or pearle. Plinie saith it is the name of a tree.

Note return to page 80 Or, Ethiopia.

Note return to page 81 Or, Tygris.

Note return to page 82 Or, Assyria.

Note return to page 83 Or, Euphrates.

Note return to page 84 [k] God would not haue man idle though as yet there was no neede to labour.

Note return to page 85 [l] So that man might know there was a soueraigne Lorde, to whom he owed obedience.

Note return to page 86 Ebr. Eating thou shalt eate of.

Note return to page 87 Or, whensoeuer.

Note return to page 88 [m] By this death he meaneth the separation of man from God, who is our life and chiefe felicitie: and also that our disobedience is the cause thereof.

Note return to page 89 Ebr. before him.

Note return to page 90 [n] By moouing them to come and submit themselues to Adam.

Note return to page 91 Ebr. built.

Note return to page 92 [o] Signifying that mankind was perfite, when the woman was created, which before was like an vnperfite building.

Note return to page 93 1.Cor.11.8.

Note return to page 94 Or, Mannes, because she commeth of man: for in Ebrewe Ish, is man, and Ishah the woman.

Note return to page 95 Matth.19.5. mar. 10.7. 1.cor.6.16. ephes.5.31.

Note return to page 96 [p] So that marriage requireth a greater duetie of vs towarde our wiues, then otherwise we are bounde to shewe to our parents.

Note return to page 97 [q] For before sinne entred, all thinges were honest and comely.

Note return to page 98 [Subnote: THE SITVATION OF THE GARDEN OF EDEN.]¶2; Because mention is made in the tenth verse of this chapter, of the riuer that watered the garden, wee must note that Euphrates and Tygris, called in Hebrew, Perath and Hiddekel, were called but one riuer where they ioyned together, els they had foure heads: that is, two at their springs, and two where they fell into the Persian sea. In this countrey and most plentifull land Adam dwelt, and this was called Paradise, that is, a garden of pleasure, because of the fruitfulnes and abundance thereof. And whereas it is said that Pishon compasseth the land of Hauilah, it is ment of Tygris, which in some countries, as it passed by diuers places, was called by sundry names, as sometime Diglitto, in other places Pasitygris, and of some Phasin or Pishon. Likewise Euphrates toward the countrey of Cush or Ethiopia, or Arabia, was called Gibon. So that Tygris and Euphrates (which were but two riuers, and sometime when they ioyned together, were called after one name) were according to diuers places called by these foure names, so that they might seeme to haue bene foure diuers riuers.

Note return to page 99 Wisd.2.24.

Note return to page 100 [a] As Satan can change himselfe into an Angel of light, so did he abuse the wisdome of the serpent to deceiue man.

Note return to page 101 [b] God suffered Satan to make the serpent his instrument & to speake in him.

Note return to page 102 [c] In douting of Gods threatning, she yeelded to Satan.

Note return to page 103 2.Cor.11.3.

Note return to page 104 [d] This is Satans chiefest subtiltie, to cause vs not to feare Gods threatnings.

Note return to page 105 Ebr. die the death.

Note return to page 106 [e] As though he should say, God doeth not forbid you to eate of the fruite, saue that he knoweth that if ye should eate thereof, ye should be like to him.

Note return to page 107 Ecclus.25.26. 1.tim.2.14.

Note return to page 108 [f] Not so much to please his wife, as moued by ambition at her persuasion.

Note return to page 109 [g] They began to feele their miserie, but they sought not to God for remedie.

Note return to page 110 Ebr. things to gird about them to hide their priuities.

Note return to page 111 Or, winde.

Note return to page 112 [h] The sinfull conscience fleeth Gods presence.

Note return to page 113 [i] His hypocrisie appeareth in that he hid the cause of his nakednesse, which was the transgression of Gods commandement.

Note return to page 114 [k] His wickednes and lacke of true repentance appeareth in this, that he burdeneth God &wt; his fault, because he had giuen him a wife.

Note return to page 115 [l] In stead of confessing her sinne, she increaseth it by accusing the serpent.

Note return to page 116 [m] He asked the reason of Adam and his wife, because he woulde bring them to repentance, but he asketh not the serpent, because he would shewe him no mercie.

Note return to page 117 [n] As a vile and contemptible beast, Isai.65.23.

Note return to page 118 [o] He chiefly meaneth Sathan by whose motion and craft the serpent deceiued the woman.

Note return to page 119 [p] That is, the power of sinne and death.

Note return to page 120 [q] Satan shall sting Christ and his members, but not ouercome them.

Note return to page 121 [r] The Lord comforteth Adam by the promes of the blessed seede, and also punisheth the body for the sinne, which the soule should haue bene punished for, that the spirit hauing conceiued hope of forgiuenesse, might liue by faith.

Note return to page 122 1.Cor.14.34.

Note return to page 123 [s] The transgression of Gods commandement was the cause that both mankind and all other creatures were subiect to the curse.

Note return to page 124 [t] These are not the naturall fruits of the earth, but proceede of the corruption of sinne.

Note return to page 125 [u] Or gaue them knowledge to make themselues coates.

Note return to page 126 [x] By this derision he reprocheth Adams miserie, whereinto he was fallen by ambition.

Note return to page 127 [y] Adam depriued of life, lost also the signe thereof.

Note return to page 128 [a] Mans nature, the state of mariage, and Gods blessing were not vtterly abolished thorow sinne, but the qualitie or condition thereof was changed.

Note return to page 129 [b] That is, according to the Lords promes, as chap. 3.15: some reade, To the Lord, as reioycing for the sonne which she had borne, whom she would offer to the Lord as the first fruites of her birth.

Note return to page 130 [c] This declareth that the father instructed his children in the knowledge of God, and also howe God gaue them sacrifices to signifie their saluation: albeit they were destitute of the sacram&ebar;t of þe; tree of life.

Note return to page 131 Hebre.11.4.

Note return to page 132 [d] Because he was an hypocrite and offered onely for an outwarde shewe without synceritie of heart.

Note return to page 133 [e] Both thou and thy sacrifice shalbe acceptable to me.

Note return to page 134 [f] Sinne shall still torment thy conscience

Note return to page 135 [g] The dignitie of the first borne is giuen to Kain ouer Habel.

Note return to page 136 Wisd.10. 3. mat.23.35. 1.iohn 3.12. iude 11.

Note return to page 137 [h] This is the nature of the reprobate when they are reprooued of their hypocrisie, euen to neglect God and despite him.

Note return to page 138 [i] God reuengeth the wrongs of his Saints, though none complaine: for the iniquitie it selfe cryeth for vengeance.

Note return to page 139 [k] The earth shall be a witnesse against thee, which mercifully receiued that blood which thou most cruelly sheddest.

Note return to page 140 [l] Thou shalt neuer haue rest: for thine heart shall be in continuall feare and care.

Note return to page 141 [m] He burdeneth God as a cruell iudge, because he did punish him so sharpely.

Note return to page 142 Or, my sinne is greater then can be pardoned.

Note return to page 143 Ebr. from off the face of.

Note return to page 144 [n] Not for the loue he bare to Kain, but to suppresse murther.

Note return to page 145 [o] Which was some visible signe of Gods iudgement, that others shoulde feare thereby.

Note return to page 146 [p] Thinking thereby to be sure, and to haue lesse occasion to feare Gods iudgements against him.

Note return to page 147 [q] The lawfull institution of mariage, which is, that two should be one flesh, was first corrupt in the house of Kain by Lamech.

Note return to page 148 Or, first inuenter.

Note return to page 149 Or, flutes & pipes.

Note return to page 150 [r] His wiues seeing that all men hated him for his crueltie, were afraide: therefore he braggeth that there is none so lustie that were able to resist, although he were alreadie wounded.

Note return to page 151 [s] He mocked at Gods sufferance in Kain, iesting as though God would suffer none to punish him, and yet giue him licence to murther others.

Note return to page 152 [t] In these dayes God beganne to moue the heartes of the godly to restore religion, which a long time by the wicked had bene suppressed.

Note return to page 153 Or, rehearsall of the stocke.

Note return to page 154 [a] Reade Chap. 1.26.

Note return to page 155 [b] By giuing them both one name, he noteth the inseparable coniunction of man and wife.

Note return to page 156 [c] Aswell concerning his creation, as his corruption.

Note return to page 157 1.Chron.1.1.

Note return to page 158 [d] He proueth Adams generation by them, which came of Sheth, to shewe which is the true Church, and also what care God had ouer the same from the beginning, in that he continued euer his graces toward it by a continuall succession.

Note return to page 159 [e] The chiefe cause of long life in the first age, was the multiplication of mankind, that according to Gods commandement at the beginning the worlde might be increased with people, which might vniuersally prayse his Name.

Note return to page 160 Eccle.44.16. hebre.11.5.

Note return to page 161 [f] That is, he led an vpright and godly life.

Note return to page 162 [g] To shewe that there was a better life prepared, and to be a testimonie of the immortalitie of soules and bodies. As to inquire where he became, is mere curiositie.

Note return to page 163 [h] Lamech had respect to the promes Chap.3.15, and desired to see the deliuerer which should be sent, and yet sawe but a figure thereof, he also spake this by the spirit of prophecie, because Noah deliuered the Church, and preserued it by his obedience.

Note return to page 164 [a] The children of the Godly, which beganne to degenerate.

Note return to page 165 [b] Those that came of wicked parents as of Kain.

Note return to page 166 [c] Hauing more respect to their beautie, and to worldly considerations, then to their maners and godlinesse.

Note return to page 167 Or, had chosen.

Note return to page 168 [d] Because man coulde not be wonne by Gods lenitie and long sufferance, whereby he stroue to ouercome him, he would no longer stay his vengeance.

Note return to page 169 [e] Which terme God gaue man to repent before he would destroy the earth, 1.Pet. 3.20.

Note return to page 170 Or, tyrants.

Note return to page 171 [f] Which vsurped authoritie ouer others, and did degenerate from that simplicitie, wherein their fathers liued.

Note return to page 172 Chap.8.21. mat. 15.19.

Note return to page 173 Ebr. euery day.

Note return to page 174 [g] God doeth neuer repent, but he speaketh after our capacitie, because he did destroy him, and in that, as it were, did disauowe him to be his creature.

Note return to page 175 [h] God declareth howe much he detesteth sinne, seeing the punishment thereof extendeth to the bruite beastes.

Note return to page 176 [i] God was mercifull vnto him.

Note return to page 177 Or, historie.

Note return to page 178 [k] Meaning that all were giuen to the contempt of God, and oppression of their neighbours.

Note return to page 179 Or, I will destroy mankinde.

Note return to page 180 Or, oppression and wickednesse.

Note return to page 181 Ebr. from the face of them.

Note return to page 182 Ebr. Gopher.

Note return to page 183 Ebr. nestes.

Note return to page 184 Or, of this measure.

Note return to page 185 [l] That is, of three heightes, as appeareth in the figure.

Note return to page 186 [m] To the intent that in this great enterprise and mockings of the whole world, thou mayest be confirmed, that thy faith faile not.

Note return to page 187 Hebr.11.7.

Note return to page 188 [n] That is, he obeyed Gods commandement in all points, without adding or diminishing.

Note return to page 189

A.B. The length three hundreth cubites.

B.C. The bredth fiftie.

D.E. The height thirtie.

F. The window a cubite long.

G. The doore.

H.I.K. The three heightes.

Note return to page 190 2.Peter 2.5.

Note return to page 191 [a] In respect of the rest of the worlde, and because he had a desire to serue God and liue vprightly.

Note return to page 192 Or, generation.

Note return to page 193 [b] Which might be offered in sacrifice, whereof sixe were for breede and the seuenth for sacrifice.

Note return to page 194 Mat.24.37. luk.17. 26. 1.pet.3.20.

Note return to page 195 [c] God compelled them to present themselues to Noah, as they did before to Adam, when he gaue them names, Chap.2.19.

Note return to page 196 [d] Which was about the beginning of Maie, when all things did most florish.

Note return to page 197 [e] Both the waters in the earth did ouerflowe, and also the cloudes powred downe.

Note return to page 198 [f] Euery liuing thing that God would haue to be preserued on earth, came into the Arke to Noah.

Note return to page 199 [g] So that Gods secret power defended him against the rage of the mightie waters.

Note return to page 200 Or, shut it vpon him.

Note return to page 201 Ebr. waxed very mightie.

Note return to page 202 Wisd.10.4. eccle.39.28.

Note return to page 203 [h] That is, God.

Note return to page 204 [i] Learne what it is to obey God onely, and to forsake the multitude, 1.Peter 3.20.

Note return to page 205 [a] Not that God forgetteth his at any time, but when he sendeth succour, then he sheweth that he remembreth them.

Note return to page 206 [b] If God remember euery bruite beast, what ought to be the assurance of his children?

Note return to page 207 [c] Which conteined part of September and part of October.

Note return to page 208 Or, stayed.

Note return to page 209 Or, Armenia.

Note return to page 210 [d] Which was the moneth of December.

Note return to page 211 Ebr. at the end of fourtie dayes.

Note return to page 212 The rauen is sent forth & returneth.

Note return to page 213 He sendeth the doue.

Note return to page 214 [e] It is like, that the rauen did flie to and fro, resting on the Arke, but came not into it, as the doue that was taken in.

Note return to page 215 Or, bill.

Note return to page 216 [f] Which was a signe that the waters were much diminished: for the oliues growe not on the high mountaines.

Note return to page 217 [g] Called in Ebrewe Abib, conteining part of March and part of Aprill.

Note return to page 218 [h] Noah declareth his obedience in that he would not depart out of the Arke without Gods expresse commandement, as he did not enter in without the same: the Arke being a figure of the Church, wherein nothing must be done without the worde of God.

Note return to page 219 Chap.1.22. & 9.1.

Note return to page 220 [i] For sacrifices, which were as an exercise of their faith, whereby they vsed to giue thankes to God for his benefites.

Note return to page 221 Or, a sweete sauour.

Note return to page 222 [k] That is, thereby he sheweth him selfe appeased, and his anger to rest.

Note return to page 223 Chap.6.5. mat. 15.19.

Note return to page 224 [l] The order of nature destroyed by the flood is restored by Gods promes.

Note return to page 225 [a] God increased them with fruite, and declared vnto them his counsell as touching the replenishing of the earth.

Note return to page 226 Chap.1.28. & 8.17

Note return to page 227 [b] By the vertue of this commandement beasts rage not so much against man as they would, yea and many serue to his vse thereby.

Note return to page 228 [c] By this permission man may with a good conscience vse the creatures of God for his necessitie.

Note return to page 229 Chap.1.29.

Note return to page 230 Leuit.17.14.

Note return to page 231 [d] That is, liuing creatures and the flesh of beastes that are strangled: and hereby all crueltie is forbidden.

Note return to page 232 [e] That is, I will take vengeance for your blood.

Note return to page 233 Or, neighbour.

Note return to page 234 Mat.26.52. reuel.13.10.

Note return to page 235 [f] Not onely by the Magistrate, but oft times God raiseth vp one murtherer to kill another.

Note return to page 236 Chap.1.27.

Note return to page 237 [g] Therefore to kill man is to deface Gods image, and so iniurie is not only done to man, but also to God.

Note return to page 238 [h] To assure you that the world shalbe no more destroyed by a flood.

Note return to page 239 [i] The children which are not yet borne, are c&obar;prehended in Gods couen&abar;t made &wt; their fathers.

Note return to page 240 Isa.54.9.

Note return to page 241 [k] Hereby we see that signes or sacraments ought not to be separate from the worde.

Note return to page 242 Eccl.43.12.

Note return to page 243 [l] When men shall see my bowe in the heauen, they shall knowe that I haue not forgotten my couenant with them.

Note return to page 244 [m] God doeth repeate this the oftner to confirme Noahs faith so much more.

Note return to page 245 [n] This declareth what was the vertue of Gods blessing, when he said, Increase and bring forth, Chap 1.28.

Note return to page 246 Or, Noah began againe.

Note return to page 247 [o] This is set before our eyes to shewe what an horrible thing drunkennes is.

Note return to page 248 [p] Of whom came the Canaanites that wicked nation, who were also cursed of God.

Note return to page 249 [q] In derision and contempt of his father.

Note return to page 250 [r] He pronounceth as a Prophet the curse of God against all them, that honour not their parents: for Ham and his posteritie were accursed.

Note return to page 251 [s] That is, a most vile slaue.

Note return to page 252 Or, their.

Note return to page 253 Or, enlarge, or, cause to returne.

Note return to page 254 [t] He declareth that the Gentiles, which came of Iapheth, and were separated from the Church, should be ioyned to the same by the perswasion of Gods Spirit and preaching of the Gospel.

Note return to page 255 [a] These generations are here recited, partly to declare the marueilous increase in so small a time, and also to set forth their great forgetfulnes of Gods graces towards their fathers.

Note return to page 256 [b] Of Madai & Iauan came þe; Medes and Greekes.

Note return to page 257 [c] The Iewes so call all countreis which are seperated from them by sea, as Grecia, Italie, & c. which were giuen to the children of Iapheth, of whom came the Gentiles.

Note return to page 258 [d] Of Cush and Mizraim came the Ethiopians and Egyptians.

Note return to page 259 [e] Meaning, a cruell oppressour and tyrant.

Note return to page 260 [f] His tyrannie came into a prouerbe as hated both of God and man: for he passed not to commit crueltie euen in Gods presence.

Note return to page 261 [g] For there was another citie in Egypt called also Babel.

Note return to page 262 Or, the streetes of the citie.

Note return to page 263 [h] Of Lud came the Lydians.

Note return to page 264 Or, the Cappadocians.

Note return to page 265 [i] In his stocke the Church was preserued: therefore Moses leaueth of speaking of Iapheth and Ham, and intreateth of Shem more at large.

Note return to page 266 [k] Of whom came the Ebrewes or Iewes.

Note return to page 267 1.Chron.1.17.

Note return to page 268 [l] This diuision came by the diuersitie of languages, as appeareth, chap.11.9.

Note return to page 269 Or, of these came diuers nations.

Note return to page 270 Wisdom.10.5.

Note return to page 271 [a] In the yeere an hundreth and thirtie after the flood.

Note return to page 272 [b] To wit, Nimrod and his companie.

Note return to page 273 [c] That is, from Armenia, where the Arke stayed.

Note return to page 274 [d] Which was afterward called Caldea.

Note return to page 275 [e] They were mooued with pride and ambition, thinking to preferre their owne glorie to Gods honour.

Note return to page 276 [f] Meaning, that he declared by effect that hee knewe their wicked enterprise: for Gods power is euery where, and doeth neither ascend nor descend.

Note return to page 277 [g] God speaketh this in derision, because of their foolish perswasion and enterprise.

Note return to page 278 [h] He speaketh, as though hee tooke counsell with his owne wisedome and power: to wit, with the Sonne and holy Ghost: signifying the greatnes and certaintie of the punishment.

Note return to page 279 [i] By this great plague of the confusion of tongues, appeareth Gods horrible iudgement against mans pride and vaine glorie.

Note return to page 280 Or, confusion.

Note return to page 281 1.Chron.1.17.

Note return to page 282 [k] He returneth to the genealogie of Shem, to come to the historie of Abram, wherein the Church of God is described, which is Moses principall purpose.

Note return to page 283 1.Chro.1.25.

Note return to page 284 1.Chro.1.26. iosh. 24.2.

Note return to page 285 [l] He maketh mention first of Abram, not because he was the first borne, but for the historie, which properly appertaineth vnto him. Also Abram at the confusion of tongues, was 48. yeere olde: for in the destruction of Sodom he was 99: And it was destroyed 52. yeeres after the confusion of tongues.

Note return to page 286 Ebr. Casdim.

Note return to page 287 [m] Some thinke that this Iscah was Sarai.

Note return to page 288 [n] Albeit the oracle of God came to Abram, yet the honour is giuen to Terah, because he was the father.

Note return to page 289 Iosh.24 2. nehe.9.7. iudeth 5.7. actes 7.4.

Note return to page 290 [o] Which was a citie of Mesopotamia.

Note return to page 291 Actes 7.3.

Note return to page 292 [a] From the flood to this time were foure hundreth, twentie and three yeeres.

Note return to page 293 [b] In appointing him no certaine place, he proueth so much more his faith and obedience.

Note return to page 294 [c] The world shall recouer by thy seede, which is Christ, the blessing which they lost in Adam.

Note return to page 295 [d] Meaning, aswell seruants as cattell.

Note return to page 296 [e] He wandred to and fro in the land before he coulde finde a setling place: thus God exerciseth the faith of his children.

Note return to page 297 Or, oke groue.

Note return to page 298 [f] Which was a cruell and rebellious nation, by whom God kept his in continuall exercise.

Note return to page 299 [g] It was not ynough for him to worship God in his heart, but it was expedient to declare by outward profession his faith before men, whereof this altar was a signe.

Note return to page 300 [h] Because of the troubles that he had among that wicked people.

Note return to page 301 [i] And so serued the true God and renounced all idolatrie.

Note return to page 302 [k] Thus the children of God may looke for no rest in this world but must waite for the heauenly rest & quietnesse.

Note return to page 303 [l] This was a new tryall of Abrams faith: whereby we see that the ende of one affliction is the beginning of another.

Note return to page 304 [m] By this we may learne not to vse vnlawfull meanes, not to put others in danger to saue our selues. reade verse twentie: albeit it may appeare that Abram feared not so much death, as that, if he should die without issue, Gods promise should not haue taken place: wherein appeared a weake faith.

Note return to page 305 Ebr. that my soule may liue.

Note return to page 306 [n] To be his wife.

Note return to page 307 [o] The Lord tooke the defence of this poore stranger against a mightie King: and as he is euer carefull ouer his, so did he preserue Sarai.

Note return to page 308 [p] To the intent that none shoulde hurt him either in his person or goods.

Note return to page 309 [a] His great riches gotten in Egypt hindered him not to followe his vocation.

Note return to page 310 [b] He calleth the place by that name, which was after giuen vnto it, Chap.28.19.

Note return to page 311 Chap.12.7.

Note return to page 312 [c] This incommoditie came by their riches, which brake friendship, and as it were the bond of nature.

Note return to page 313 Chap.36.7.

Note return to page 314 [d] Who seeing their contention, might blaspheme God and destroy them.

Note return to page 315 [e] He cutteth off the occasion of contention: therefore the euill ceaseth.

Note return to page 316 [f] Abram resigneth his owne right to bye peace.

Note return to page 317 [g] Which was in Eden, chap 2.10.

Note return to page 318 [h] This was done by Gods prouidence, that onely Abram and his seede might dwell in the lande of Canaan.

Note return to page 319 [i] Lot thinking to get paradise found hell.

Note return to page 320 [k] The Lord comforted him, lest he should haue taken thought for the departure of his nephewe.

Note return to page 321 Chap.12.7. & 15.7, 18. & 26 4. deu.34.4

Note return to page 322 [l] Meaning, a long time, and till the c&obar;ming of Christ, as Exod.12.14. and 21.6. deut.15.17. and spiritually this is referred to the true children of Abram, borne according to the promise and not according to the flesh, which are heires of the true land of Canaan.

Note return to page 323 [a] That is, of Babylon: by Kings here, meaning them that were gouernours of cities.

Note return to page 324 [b] Of a people gathered of diuers countreys.

Note return to page 325 [c] Ambition is the chiefe cause of warres among princes.

Note return to page 326 Or, of the laboured fieldes.

Note return to page 327 [d] Called also the dead Sea, or the lake Asphaltite neere vnto Sodom and Gomorah.

Note return to page 328 Or, gyants.

Note return to page 329 Or, plaine.

Note return to page 330 Or, destroyed.

Note return to page 331 [e] And afterwarde was ouerwhelmed with water, and so was called the salt sea.

Note return to page 332 Or, were discomfited.

Note return to page 333 [f] The godly are plagued many times with the wicked therefore their companie is dangerous.

Note return to page 334 [g] God moued them to ioyne with Abram, and preserued him from their idolatrie and superstitions.

Note return to page 335 Or, armed.

Note return to page 336 Ebr. Dammesek.

Note return to page 337 2.Sam.18.18.

Note return to page 338 Hebr.7.1.

Note return to page 339 [h] For Abram and his souldiers refection, and not to offer sacrifice.

Note return to page 340 [i] In that Melchisedek fed Abram, he declared him selfe to represent a King: and in that he blessed him, the hie Priest.

Note return to page 341 Hebr.7.8.

Note return to page 342 Ebr. soules.

Note return to page 343 Or, I haue sworne.

Note return to page 344 Ebr. If I take from thee a threede, &c. reade 1.Sam. 14.44.

Note return to page 345 [k] He would not that his liberalitie should be hurtfull vnto others.

Note return to page 346 Or, the Lorde spake to Abram.

Note return to page 347 Nom.12.6.

Note return to page 348 Psal 16.6.

Note return to page 349 [a] His feare was not onely least he should not haue children, but lest the promise of the blessed seede should not be accomplished in him.

Note return to page 350 Rom.4.18.

Note return to page 351 Rom.4.3. gala.3.6. iames 2.23.

Note return to page 352 Chap.11.28.

Note return to page 353 [b] This is a particular motion of Gods Spirit, which is not lawfull for all to followe in asking signes: but was permitted to some by a peculiar motion, as to Gideon and Ezechiah.

Note return to page 354 [c] This was the olde custome in making couenants, Iere.34.18. to the which God added these conditions, that Abrams posteritie should be as torne in pieces, but after they should be coupled together: also that it should be assaulted, but yet deliuered.

Note return to page 355 Ebr. a feare of great darkenes.

Note return to page 356 Actes 7.6.

Note return to page 357 Exod.12.40.

Note return to page 358 [d] Counting from the birth of Izhak to their departure out of Egypt: which declareth that God will suffer his to be afflicted in this worlde.

Note return to page 359 Or, after foure hundreth yeeres.

Note return to page 360 [e] Though God suffer the wicked for a time, yet his vengeance falleth vpon them, when the measure of their wickednesse is full.

Note return to page 361 Chap.12.7. & 13. 15. and 26.4. deut.4.5.

Note return to page 362 1.King.4.21. 2 chro.9.26.

Note return to page 363 Ebr. Perath.

Note return to page 364 [a] It seemeth that she had respect to Gods promise, which could not be accomplished without issue.

Note return to page 365 [b] She faileth in binding Gods power to the common order of nature, as though God coulde not giue her children in her olde age.

Note return to page 366 Or, peraduenture.

Note return to page 367 Ebr. be builded by her.

Note return to page 368 [c] This punishm&ebar;t declareth what they gaine that attempt any thing against the worde of God.

Note return to page 369 Ebr. Mine iniurie is vpon thee.

Note return to page 370 Or, power.

Note return to page 371 [d] Which was Christ, as appeareth verse 13 and chap.18.17.

Note return to page 372 [e] God reiecteth none estate of people in their miseries, but sendeth them comfort.

Note return to page 373 Or, fierce and cruell, or, as a wilde asse.

Note return to page 374 Chap.25.18.

Note return to page 375 [f] That is, the Ishmaelites shall be a peculiar people by themselues, and not a portion of another people.

Note return to page 376 [g] She rebuketh her owne dulnes and acknowledgeth Gods graces who was present with her euery where.

Note return to page 377 Chap 24.62.

Note return to page 378 Or, the well of the liuing and seeing me.

Note return to page 379 Or, almightie.

Note return to page 380 Chap.5.22.

Note return to page 381 Or, without hypocrisie.

Note return to page 382 [a] Not onely according to þe; flesh, but of a farre greater multitude by faith, Rom.4.17.

Note return to page 383 [b] The changing of his name is a seale to confirme Gods promise vnto him.

Note return to page 384 Rom.4.17.

Note return to page 385 Chap.13.16.

Note return to page 386 [c] Circumcision is called the couenant, because it signifieth the couenant, and hath the promise of grace ioyned to it: which phrase is common to all Sacraments.

Note return to page 387 Actes 7.8.

Note return to page 388 [d] That priuie part is circumcised, to shewe that all that is begotten of man is corrupt, and must be mortified.

Note return to page 389 Rom.4.11.

Note return to page 390 [e] Albeit women were not circumcised, yet were they partakers of Gods promes: for vnder the mankind all was consecrated. and here is declared, that whosoeuer contemneth the signe, despiseth also the promes.

Note return to page 391 Or, dame, or, princesse.

Note return to page 392 [f] Which proceeded of a sudden ioy, and not of infidelitie.

Note return to page 393 Chap.18.10. and 21.2.

Note return to page 394 [g] The euerlasting couenant is made with the children of the Spirit: and with the children of the flesh is made the temporall promes, as was promised to Ishmael.

Note return to page 395 Ebr. greatly, greatly.

Note return to page 396 Chap.21.2.

Note return to page 397 [h] They were well instructed which obeyed to be circumcised without resistance: which thing declareth that masters in their houses ought to be as preachers to their families, that from the hiest to the lowest they may obey the will of God.

Note return to page 398 Hebre.13.2.

Note return to page 399 Or, oke groue.

Note return to page 400 [a] That is, three Angels in mans shape.

Note return to page 401 [b] Speaking to one of them, in whom appeared to be most maiestie: for he thought they had bin men.

Note return to page 402 [c] For men vsed because of the great heate to goe bare footed in those partes.

Note return to page 403 [d] As sent of God, that I should doe my duetie to you.

Note return to page 404 Ebr. Seim.

Note return to page 405 [e] For as God gaue them bodies for a time, so gaue he them the faculties thereof, to walke, to eate and drinke, and such like.

Note return to page 406 Chap.17.19,21. and 21.2. rom.9.9.

Note return to page 407 [f] That is, about this time, when she shalbe aliue, or when the childe shall come into this life.

Note return to page 408 [g] For she rather had respect to the order of nature, then beleeued the promes of God.

Note return to page 409 1.Peter 3.6.

Note return to page 410 Or, hid.

Note return to page 411 Ebr. No.

Note return to page 412 [h] Iehouah the Ebrewe worde, which wee call Lorde, sheweth that this Angel was Christ: for this worde is onely applied to God.

Note return to page 413 Chap.12.3. and 22.18.

Note return to page 414 [i] He sheweth that fathers ought both to knowe Gods iudgements and to declare them to their children.

Note return to page 415 [k] God speaketh after the fashion of men: that is, I will enter into iudgement with good aduise.

Note return to page 416 [l] For our sinnes crie for vengeance though none accuse vs.

Note return to page 417 Ebr. doe iudgement?

Note return to page 418 [m] God declareth that his iudgem&ebar;ts were done with great mercie, forasmuch as all were so corrupt, that not onely fiftie, but ten righteous men coulde not be found there: and also that the wicked are spared for the righteous sake.

Note return to page 419 [n] Hereby wee learne, that the neerer we approch vnto God, þe; more doeth our miserable estate appeare, and the more are we humbled.

Note return to page 420 [o] If God refused not the prayer for the wicked Sodomites, euen to the sixt request, howe much more will he graunt the prayers of the godly for the afflicted Church?

Note return to page 421 [a] Wherein we see Gods prouident care in preseruing his: albeit he reueileth not himselfe to all alike: for Lot had but two Angels and Abraham three.

Note return to page 422 Chap.18.4.

Note return to page 423 [b] That is, he prayed them so instantly.

Note return to page 424 [c] Not for that they had necessitie, but because the time was not yet come that they woulde reueile themselues.

Note return to page 425 [d] Nothing is more dangerous then to dwell where sinne reigneth: for it corrupteth all.

Note return to page 426 [e] He deserueth praise in defending his ghestes, but he is to be blamed in seeking vnlawfull meanes.

Note return to page 427 [f] That I should preserue them from all iniurie.

Note return to page 428 2.Peter 2.7.

Note return to page 429 Wisd.19.16.

Note return to page 430 Ebr. finding.

Note return to page 431 [g] This proueth that the Angels are ministers, aswell to execute Gods wrath, as to declare his fauour.

Note return to page 432 Chap.18.20.

Note return to page 433 Or, should marie.

Note return to page 434 Ebr. which are founde.

Note return to page 435 [h] The mercie of God striueth to ouercome mans slownes in following Gods calling.

Note return to page 436 Wisd.10.6.

Note return to page 437 [i] He willed him to flee from Gods iudgements, and not to be sorie to depart from that rich countrey and full of vaine pleasures.

Note return to page 438 [k] Though it be litle, yet it is great ynough to saue my life: wherein he offendeth in choosing another place then the Angel had appointed him.

Note return to page 439 Ebr. thy face.

Note return to page 440 [l] Because Gods commandement was to destroy the citie and to saue Lot.

Note return to page 441 [m] Which before was called Belah, Chap.14.2.

Note return to page 442 Deut.29.23. isa.13.19. iere.50.40. ezek.16.49. hoze.11.8. amos 4.11. luke 17.29. iude 7.

Note return to page 443 [n] As touching the body onely: and this was a notable monument of Gods vengeance to all them that passed that way.

Note return to page 444 [o] Hauing before felt Gods mercie, he durst not prouoke him againe by continuing among the wicked.

Note return to page 445 [p] Meaning, in the countrey, which the Lord had now destroyed.

Note return to page 446 [q] For except he had bene ouercome with wine, he would neuer haue done that abominable act.

Note return to page 447 Ebr. keepe aliue.

Note return to page 448 [r] Thus God permitted him to fall most horribly in the solitarie mountaines, whom the wickednesse of Sodom coulde not ouercome.

Note return to page 449 [s] Who as they were borne in most horrible incest, so were they and their posteritie vile & wicked.

Note return to page 450 [t] That is, sonne of my people: signifying, that they rather reioyced in their sinne, then repented for þe; same.

Note return to page 451 [a] Which was toward Egypt.

Note return to page 452 [b] Abraham had nowe twise fallen into this fault: such is mans frailtie.

Note return to page 453 [c] So greatly God detesteth the breach of mariage.

Note return to page 454 [d] The infidels confessed that God would not punish but for iust occasion: therefore wh&ebar;soeuer hee punisheth, the occasion is iust.

Note return to page 455 [e] As one falling by ignorance, and not doing euill of purpose.

Note return to page 456 [f] Not thinking to do any man harme.

Note return to page 457 [g] God by his holy spirit reteineth them that offend by ignorance, that they fall not into greater inconuenience.

Note return to page 458 [h] That is, one, to whom God reueileth himselfe familiarly.

Note return to page 459 [i] For the prayer of the godly is of force towardes God.

Note return to page 460 Ebr. in their eares.

Note return to page 461 [k] The wickednes of the King bringeth Gods wrath vpon the whole realme.

Note return to page 462 [l] He sheweth that no honestie can be hoped for, where the feare of God is not.

Note return to page 463 [m] By sister, he meaneth his cousin germaine, and by daughter, Abrahams neece, Chap. 11.29. for so the Ebrewes vse these wordes.

Note return to page 464 Chap.12.13.

Note return to page 465 Or, is at thy commandement.

Note return to page 466 [n] Such an head, as with whom thou mayest be preserued from all dangers.

Note return to page 467 [o] God caused this heathen King to reproue her, because she dissembled, seeing that God had giuen her a husband, as her vaile and defence.

Note return to page 468 [p] Had taken away from them the gift of conceiuing.

Note return to page 469 Chap.17.19. and 18.10.

Note return to page 470 Mat.1.2. actes 7.8. galat.4.23. hebre.11.11.

Note return to page 471 [a] Therefore the miracle was greater.

Note return to page 472 Chap.17.12.

Note return to page 473 [b] She accuseth her selfe of ingratitude that she did not beleeue the Angel.

Note return to page 474 [c] He derided Gods promes made to Izhak, which the Apostle calleth persecution, Gal.4.29.

Note return to page 475 Galat.4.30.

Note return to page 476 [d] The promised seede shalbe counted from Izhak, and not from Ishmael, Rom.9.7. hebre.11.18.

Note return to page 477 [e] The Ishmaelites shall come of him.

Note return to page 478 [f] True faith renounceth all naturall affections to obey Gods commandement.

Note return to page 479 [g] For his promes sake made to Abraham, and not because the childe had discretion and iudgement to pray.

Note return to page 480 [h] Except God open our eyes, we can neither see, nor vse the meanes which are before vs.

Note return to page 481 [i] As touching outward things God caused him to prosper.

Note return to page 482 Or, shot in the bowe and was an hunter.

Note return to page 483 Ebr. deale falsely with me, or lie.

Note return to page 484 [k] So that it is a lawfull thing to take an othe in matters of importance, for to iustifie the trueth and to assure others of our synceritie.

Note return to page 485 [l] Wicked seruants doe many euils vnknowen to their masters.

Note return to page 486 Or, well of the othe, or, of seuen, meaning lambes.

Note return to page 487 [m] Thus we see that the godly, as touching outward things, may make peace with the wicked that know not the true God.

Note return to page 488 [n] That is, he worshipped God in all points of true religion.

Note return to page 489 Hebre.11.17.

Note return to page 490 Ebr. Loe I.

Note return to page 491 [a] Which signifieth the feare of God, in the which place he was honoured: and Salomon afterward built the Temple.

Note return to page 492 [b] Herein stoode the chiefest point of his tentation, seeing hee was commanded to offer vp him in whom God had promised to blesse all the nations of the worlde.

Note return to page 493 [c] He doubted not, but God would accomplish his promes, though he shoulde sacrifice his sonne.

Note return to page 494 [d] The onely way to ouercome all tentations is to rest vpon Gods prouidence.

Note return to page 495 [e] For it is like that his father had declared to him Gods commandement whereunto he shewed him selfe obedient.

Note return to page 496 Iames 2.21. 1.mac.2.52.

Note return to page 497 [f] That is, by thy true obedience thou hast declared thy liuely faith.

Note return to page 498 Or, and hast not withholden thine onely sonne from me.

Note return to page 499 Ebr. thy sonne, thine onely sonne.

Note return to page 500 Or, The Lord will see, or prouide.

Note return to page 501 [g] The name is changed, to shewe that God doeth both see and prouide secretly for his, and also euidently is seene and felt in time conuenient.

Note return to page 502 Psal.105.9. ecclus. 44.21. luke 1.73. hebr.6.13.

Note return to page 503 [h] Signifying, that there is no greater then he.

Note return to page 504 Or, holdes.

Note return to page 505 Chap.12.3. and 18.18. ecclus.44.22. actes 3.25. gal.3.8.

Note return to page 506 Or, of the Syrians.

Note return to page 507 [i] Concubine is oftentimes taken in the good part, for those women which were inferiour to the wiues.

Note return to page 508 Ebr. the yeeres of the life of Sarah.

Note return to page 509 [a] That is, when he had mourned: so the godly may mourne, if they passe not measure: and the naturall affection is commendable.

Note return to page 510 Ebr. sonnes of Heth.

Note return to page 511 [b] That is, godly or excellent: for the Ebrewes so speake of all things that are notable, because all excellencie commeth of God.

Note return to page 512 Ebr. in your soule.

Note return to page 513 Or, double caue, because one was within another.

Note return to page 514 Ebr. in full siluer.

Note return to page 515 [c] Meaning, all the citizens and inhabitants.

Note return to page 516 [d] To shewe that he had them in good estimation and reuerence.

Note return to page 517 [e] The common shekel is about 20. pence, so then 400. shekels mount to 33. pounde 6. shillings and 8. pence, after 5. shillings sterling the ounce.

Note return to page 518 Or, citizens.

Note return to page 519 [f] That is, all the people confirmed the sale.

Note return to page 520 Ebr. come into dayes.

Note return to page 521 Chap.47.29.

Note return to page 522 [a] Which ceremonie declared the seruants obedience towards his master, and the masters power ouer the seruant.

Note return to page 523 [b] This sheweth that an othe may be required in a lawfull cause.

Note return to page 524 [c] He would not that his sonne should marrie out of the godly familie: for the inconueniences that come by marrying with the vngodly are set foorth in sundrie places of the Scriptures.

Note return to page 525 [d] Lest he shoulde lose the inheritance promised.

Note return to page 526 Chap.12.7. and 13. 15. and 15.18. and 26.4.

Note return to page 527 Ebr. innocent.

Note return to page 528 Or, Mesopotamia, or, Syria of the two floods: to wit, of Tygris and Euphrates.

Note return to page 529 [e] That is, to Charan.

Note return to page 530 Ebr. to bowe their knees.

Note return to page 531 [f] He groundeth his prayer vpon Gods promes made to his master.

Note return to page 532 Or, cause me to meete.

Note return to page 533 [g] The seruant moued by Gods spirit desired to be assured by a signe, whether God prospered his iourney or no.

Note return to page 534 [h] God giueth good successe to all things that are vndertaken for the glorie of his name and according to his worde.

Note return to page 535 [i] Here is declared that God euer heareth the prayers of his, and granteth their requests.

Note return to page 536 Ebr. my Lord.

Note return to page 537 Ebr. haue made an ende of drinking.

Note return to page 538 Or, earing.

Note return to page 539 [k] God permitted many things both in apparel & other things which are nowe forbid: specially when they appertaine not to our mortification.

Note return to page 540 [l] The golden shekel is here meant and not that of siluer.

Note return to page 541 [m] He boasteth not his good fortune (as doe the wicked) but acknowledgeth that God hath dealt mercifully with his master in keeping promes.

Note return to page 542 [n] For he waited on Gods hand, who had nowe heard his prayer.

Note return to page 543 [o] To wit, Laban.

Note return to page 544 [p] The gentle interteinment of strangers vsed among the godly fathers.

Note return to page 545 [q] The fidelitie that seruantes owe to their masters, causeth them to preferre their masters busines to their owne necessitie.

Note return to page 546 [r] To blesse, signifieth here to enrich, or encrease with substance, as the text in þe; same verse declareth.

Note return to page 547 [s] The Canaanites were accursed, and therfore the godly could not ioyne with them in mariage.

Note return to page 548 [t] Meaning, among his kinsfolkes, as verse 40.

Note return to page 549 [u] Which by mine authoritie I caused thee to make.

Note return to page 550 Or, way.

Note return to page 551 Verse 13.

Note return to page 552 Or, shewed.

Note return to page 553 [x] Signifying that this prayer was not spoken by the mouth, but onely meditate in his heart.

Note return to page 554 [y] He sheweth what is our duetie, when we haue receiued any benefite of the Lord.

Note return to page 555 Ebr. in the way of trueth.

Note return to page 556 [z] If you wil freely and faithfully giue your daughter to my masters sonne.

Note return to page 557 [a] That is, that I may prouide els where.

Note return to page 558 [b] So soone as they perceiue that it is Gods ordinance they yeelde.

Note return to page 559 Or, at thy commandement.

Note return to page 560 Or, ordeined.

Note return to page 561 Verse 56. & 59.

Note return to page 562 Ebr. dayes, or ten

Note return to page 563 [c] This sheweth that parents haue not authoritie to marrie their children without consent of the parties.

Note return to page 564 Ebr. her mouth.

Note return to page 565 [d] That is, let it be victorious ouer his enemies: which blessing is fully accomplished in Iesus Christ.

Note return to page 566 Chap.16.14. and 25.11.

Note return to page 567 [e] This was the exercise of the godly fathers, to meditate Gods promises and to pray for the acc&obar;plishment therof.

Note return to page 568 [f] The custome was, that þe; spouse was brought to her husband, her head being couered, in token of shamefastues and chastitie.

Note return to page 569 Or, had left mourning for his mother.

Note return to page 570 [a] Whiles Sarah was yet aliue.

Note return to page 571 1.Chro.1.32.

Note return to page 572 Ebr. all that he had.

Note return to page 573 [b] For by the vertue of Gods word he had not onely Izhak, but begate many mo.

Note return to page 574 [c] Reade Chap. 22.24.

Note return to page 575 [d] To auoyde the dissension that els might haue come because of the heritage.

Note return to page 576 [e] Hereby the ancients signified þt; man by death perished not wholy: but as the soules of the godly liued after in perpetuall ioy, so the soules of the wicked in perpetuall paine.

Note return to page 577 Chap.23.16.

Note return to page 578 Chap.16.14. and 24.62.

Note return to page 579 1.Chro.1.29.

Note return to page 580 Ebr. first borne.

Note return to page 581 [f] Which dwelt among the Arabians, and were separate from the blessed seede.

Note return to page 582 Or, his lot fell.

Note return to page 583 [g] He meaneth that his lot fell to dwell among his brethren, as the Angel promised, Chap.16.12.

Note return to page 584 Or, Syrian of Mesopotamia.

Note return to page 585 Or, hurt one another.

Note return to page 586 [h] That is, with childe, seeing one shal destroy another.

Note return to page 587 [i] For that is the onely refuge in all our miseries.

Note return to page 588 Rom.9.12.

Note return to page 589 Hose.12.3. matth. 1.2.

Note return to page 590 Ebr. a man of the fielde.

Note return to page 591 Or, simple and innocent.

Note return to page 592 Ebr. venison in his mouth.

Note return to page 593 Or, feede me quickly.

Note return to page 594 [k] The reprobate esteeme not Gods benefites except they feele them presently, & therefore they preferre present pleasures.

Note return to page 595 Heb.12.16.

Note return to page 596 [l] Thus the wicked preferre their worldly commodities to Gods spirituall graces: but the children of God do the contrary.

Note return to page 597 [a] In the land of Canaan.

Note return to page 598 [b] Gods prouidence alwayes watcheth to direct the wayes of his children.

Note return to page 599 Chap.13.15. and 15.18.

Note return to page 600 Chap.12.3. & 15. 18. and 18.18. and 22.18. & 28.14.

Note return to page 601 [c] He commendeth Abrahams obedience, because Izhak shoulde be the more ready to followe the like: for as God made this promise of his free mercy, so doeth the confirmation thereof proceede of the same fountaine.

Note return to page 602 Ebr. my keeping.

Note return to page 603 [d] Whereby we see that feare and distrust is founde in the most faithfull.

Note return to page 604 [e] Or shewing some familiar signe of loue, whereby it might be knowne that she was his wife.

Note return to page 605 [f] In all ages men were perswaded that Gods vengeance shoulde light vpon wedlocke breakers.

Note return to page 606 Or, an hundreth measure.

Note return to page 607 Ebr. he went forth going & increasing

Note return to page 608 [g] The malicious enuy alwayes the graces of God in others.

Note return to page 609 [h] The Ebrewe word signifieth a flood or valley, where water at any time runneth.

Note return to page 610 Or, springing.

Note return to page 611 Or, contention, strife.

Note return to page 612 Or, hatred.

Note return to page 613 Or, largenesse, roume.

Note return to page 614 [i] God assureth Izhak against all feare by rehearsing the promise made to Abraham.

Note return to page 615 [k] To signifie that he woulde serue none other God, but the God of his father Abraham.

Note return to page 616 [l] The Ebrewes in swearing begin commonly with If, and vnderstande the rest: that is, that God shall punish him that breaketh the othe: here the wicked shewe that they are afraide lest that come to them which they would doe to other.

Note return to page 617 Or, othe.

Note return to page 618 Or, the well of the othe.

Note return to page 619 Chap.27.46.

Note return to page 620 Or, disobedient and rebellious.

Note return to page 621 Ebr. Loe, I.

Note return to page 622 Ebr. hunt.

Note return to page 623 [a] The carnall affection, which he bare to his sonne made him forget that which God spake to his wife, Chap.25.23.

Note return to page 624 [b] This subtiltie is blame worthie because she shoulde haue taried till God had performed his promes.

Note return to page 625 Ebr. before his eyes.

Note return to page 626 Or, as though I would deceiue him.

Note return to page 627 Or, I will take the danger on me.

Note return to page 628 [c] The assurance of Gods decree made her bolde.

Note return to page 629 [d] Although Iaakob was assured of this blessing by faith: yet he did euill to seeke it by lies, and the more because he abuseth Gods name thereunto.

Note return to page 630 [e] This declareth that he suspected some thing, yet God would not haue his decree altered.

Note return to page 631 Ebr. I am.

Note return to page 632 Hebr.11.20.

Note return to page 633 [f] In perceiuing his errour, by appoynting his heire against Gods sentence pronounced before:

Note return to page 634 Or, sufficiently.

Note return to page 635 [g] In þe; Chap.25. he was so called because he helde his brother by the heele as though he would ouerthrow him: and therefore he is here called an ouerthrower, or deceiuer.

Note return to page 636 [h] For Izhak did this as he was the minister and Prophet of God.

Note return to page 637 Or, I am also (thy sonne.)

Note return to page 638 Hebr.12.17.

Note return to page 639 [i] Because thine enemies shall be round about thee.

Note return to page 640 [k] Which was fulfilled in his posteritie the Idumeans: who were tributaries for a time to Israel, and after came to libertie.

Note return to page 641 Abdi.1.10.

Note return to page 642 [l] Hypocrites onely absteine from doing euill for feare of men.

Note return to page 643 [m] He hath good hope to recouer his birthright by killing thee.

Note return to page 644 [n] For the wicked sonne will kill the godly: and the plague of God wil afterward light on the wicked sonne.

Note return to page 645 Chap.26.35.

Note return to page 646 [o] Which were Esaus wiues.

Note return to page 647 [p] Hereby shee perswaded Izhak to agree to Iaakobs departing.

Note return to page 648 [a] This second blessing was to confirme Iaakobs faith, least hee should thinke that his father had giuen it without Gods motion.

Note return to page 649 Hose.12.12.

Note return to page 650 Chap.24.10.

Note return to page 651 Or, almightie.

Note return to page 652 [b] The godly fathers were put in minde c&obar;tinually, that they were but strangers in this worlde: to the intent they should lift vp their eyes to the heauens where they should haue a sure dwelling.

Note return to page 653 Or, beside his wiues.

Note return to page 654 [c] Thinking hereby to haue reconciled himselfe to his father, but all in vaine: for he taketh not away the cause of the euill.

Note return to page 655 [d] Christ is the ladder whereby God and man are ioyned together, & by whome the Angels minister vnto vs: al graces by him are giuen vnto vs, and we by him ascend into heau&ebar;.

Note return to page 656 Chap.35.1. & 48.3

Note return to page 657 [e] He felt þe; force of this promes onely by faith: for all his life time he was but a stranger in this land.

Note return to page 658 Deut.12.20. and 19.14.

Note return to page 659 Chap.12.3. & 18. 18. & 22.18. & 26.4.

Note return to page 660 [f] He was touched with a godly feare and reuerence.

Note return to page 661 [g] To be a remembrance only of the vision shewed vnto him.

Note return to page 662 Chap.31.13.

Note return to page 663 Or, house of God.

Note return to page 664 [h] He bindeth not God vnder this condition, but acknowledgeth his infirmitie, & promiseth to be thankefull.

Note return to page 665 [a] That is, he went forth on his iourney.

Note return to page 666 Ebr. to the land of the children of the East.

Note return to page 667 [b] Thus he was directed by the only prouid&ebar;ce of God, who brought him also to Labans house.

Note return to page 668 [c] It seemeth that in those dayes the custome was to cal euen strangers, brethren.

Note return to page 669 [d] Or, Is he in peace? by þe; which word the Ebrewes signifie all prosperitie.

Note return to page 670 Or, nephewe.

Note return to page 671 [e] That is, the cause why he departed from his fathers house, and what he sawe in the way.

Note return to page 672 [f] That is, of my blood and kinred.

Note return to page 673 Or, bleare eyed.

Note return to page 674 [g] Meaning, after that the yeeres were accomplished.

Note return to page 675 Ebr. my dayes are full.

Note return to page 676 [h] The cause why Iaakob was deceiued was, that in olde time the wife was couered with a vaile, when she was brought to her husband in signe of chastitie & shamefastnes.

Note return to page 677 [i] He esteemed more the profite that he had of Iaakobs seruice then either his promise or the maner of þe; countrey, though he alledged custome for his excuse.

Note return to page 678 Ebr. opened her wombe.

Note return to page 679 [k] This declareth that oft times they which are despised of men, are fauoured of God.

Note return to page 680 [l] Hereby appeareth, that she had recourse to God in her affliction.

Note return to page 681 [m] For children are a great cause of mutuall loue betweene man and wife.

Note return to page 682 Or, confesse.

Note return to page 683 Matt.1.2.

Note return to page 684 Ebr. stoode from bearing.

Note return to page 685 [a] It is onely God that maketh barren and fruitfull, & therefore I am not in fault.

Note return to page 686 [b] I wil receiue her children on my lap, as though they were mine owne.

Note return to page 687 Ebr. I shall be builded.

Note return to page 688 Ebr. wrestlings of God.

Note return to page 689 [c] The arrogancie of mans nature appeareth in that she contemneth her sister, after she hath receiued this benefite of God to beare children.

Note return to page 690 [d] That is, God doeth increase me with a multitude of children: for so Iaakob doeth expound this name Gad, Chap.49.19.

Note return to page 691 [e] Which is a kinde of herbe whose roote hath a certaine likenes of the figure of a man.

Note return to page 692 Ebr. bring I haue bought.

Note return to page 693 [f] In steade of acknowledging her fault, she boasteth as if God had rewarded her therefore.

Note return to page 694 Or, made her fruitfull.

Note return to page 695 [g] Because fruitfulnesse came of Gods blessing, who said, Increase and multiplie: barrennesse was counted as a curse.

Note return to page 696 Or, tried by experience.

Note return to page 697 Or, with me.

Note return to page 698 Ebr. at my foote.

Note return to page 699 [h] The order of nature requireth that euery one prouide for his owne familie.

Note return to page 700 Or, separate thou.

Note return to page 701 Or red.

Note return to page 702 [i] That which shal hereafter be thus spotted.

Note return to page 703 [k] God shall testifie for my righteous dealing by rewarding my labours.

Note return to page 704 Or, counted theft.

Note return to page 705 Or, Laban.

Note return to page 706 Or, redde, or, browne.

Note return to page 707 [l] Iaakob herein vsed no deceit: for it was Gods commandement as hee declareth in the next chap. vers. 9. & 11.

Note return to page 708 Or, conceiued.

Note return to page 709 [m] As they which tooke the ramme about September, and brought forth about March: so the feebler in March, and lambde in September.

Note return to page 710 [a] The children vttered in wordes that which the father dissembled in heart. for the couetous thinke that whatsoeuer they can not snatche, is pluckt from them.

Note return to page 711 Ebr. and loe, not he with him, as yesterday, and yer yesterday.

Note return to page 712 Ebr. as yesterday and before yesterday.

Note return to page 713 [b] The God whom my father worshipped.

Note return to page 714 Or, many times.

Note return to page 715 [c] This declareth that the thing, which Iaakob did before, was by Gods commandement, and not through deceit.

Note return to page 716 Or, cattell.

Note return to page 717 [d] This Angel was Christ which appeared to Iaakob in Beth-el: and hereby appeareth he had taught his wiues the feare of God: for he talketh as though they knew this thing.

Note return to page 718 Chap.28.18.

Note return to page 719 [e] For they were giuen to Iaakob in recompence of his seruice: which was a kinde of sale.

Note return to page 720 [f] For so the word here signifieth, because Lab&abar; calleth them gods, ver.30.

Note return to page 721 Or, went away priuily from Laban.

Note return to page 722 Or, Euphrates.

Note return to page 723 Or, kinsefolkes and friendes.

Note return to page 724 Or, ioyned with him.

Note return to page 725 Ebr. from good to euill.

Note return to page 726 Or, conueied thy selfe away priuily.

Note return to page 727 Ebr. power is in mine hand.

Note return to page 728 [g] He was an Idolater and therefore woulde not acknowledge the God of Iaakob for his God.

Note return to page 729 Or, let him die.

Note return to page 730 Or, strawe, or saddle.

Note return to page 731 Ebr. let not anger be in the eyes of my Lord.

Note return to page 732 Or, bene barren.

Note return to page 733 Ebr. the torne, or taken by pray.

Note return to page 734 Exod.22.12.

Note return to page 735 Or, I slept not.

Note return to page 736 [h] That is, the God whom Izhak did feare, and reuerence.

Note return to page 737 [i] His conscience reproued him of his misbehauiour toward Iaakob, and therefore moued him to seeke peace.

Note return to page 738 Or, the heape of witnesse.

Note return to page 739 [k] The one nameth the place in the Syrian tongue, and the other in the Ebrewe tongue.

Note return to page 740 Or, watch towre.

Note return to page 741 [l] To punish the trespasser.

Note return to page 742 Or, hid.

Note return to page 743 [m] Nature c&obar;pelleth him to condemne that vice, whereunto through couetousnesse he forced Iaakob.

Note return to page 744 [n] Beholde, howe the idolaters mingle the true God with their feined gods.

Note return to page 745 [o] Meaning, by the true God whom Izhak worshipped.

Note return to page 746 Or, meate.

Note return to page 747 [p] Wee see that there is euer some seede of the knowledge of God in the hearts of the wicked.

Note return to page 748 Chap.48.16.

Note return to page 749 [a] Hee acknowledgeth Gods benefites: who for the preseruation of his, sendeth hostes of Angels.

Note return to page 750 Or, tents.

Note return to page 751 [b] He reuerenced his brother in worldly things because he chiefly looked to be preferred to the spirituall promes.

Note return to page 752 [c] Albeit he was comforted by the Angels, yet the infirmitie of the flesh doeth appeare.

Note return to page 753 Chap.31.13.

Note return to page 754 Ebr. I am lesse then all thy mercies.

Note return to page 755 [d] That is, poore and without all prouision.

Note return to page 756 [e] Meaning, he will put all to death: this prouerbe commeth of them which kill the birde together with her yong ones.

Note return to page 757 [f] Not distrusting Gods assistance, but vsing such meanes as God had giuen him.

Note return to page 758 [g] He thought it no losse to depart with these goods, to the intent he might followe the vocation whereunto God called him.

Note return to page 759 Ebr. receiue my face.

Note return to page 760 [h] That is, God in forme of man.

Note return to page 761 [i] For God assaileth his with the one hand, and vpholdeth them with the other.

Note return to page 762 Hose.12.4.

Note return to page 763 Chap.35.10.

Note return to page 764 [k] God gaue Iaakob both power to ouercome, and also the praise of the victorie.

Note return to page 765 Or, my soule is deliuered.

Note return to page 766 [l] The faithfull so ouercome their tentations, that they feele the smart thereof, to the intent that they should not glorie, but in their humilitie.

Note return to page 767 [a] That if the one part were assailed, the other might escape.

Note return to page 768 [b] By this gesture he partly did reuerence to his brother, and partly prayed to God to mitigate Esaus wrath.

Note return to page 769 [c] Iaakob and his familie are the image of the Church vnder the yoke of tyrants, which for feare are brought to subiection.

Note return to page 770 [d] In that that his brother imbraced him so louingly, contrary to his expectation, he accepted it as a plaine signe of Gods presence.

Note return to page 771 Or, gift.

Note return to page 772 [e] By earnest intreatie.

Note return to page 773 [f] He promised that which (as seemeth) his minde was not to perfourme.

Note return to page 774 Or, tentes.

Note return to page 775 Or, Mesopotamia.

Note return to page 776 Or, lambes, or money so marked.

Note return to page 777 [g] He calleth the signe the thing, which it signifieth, in token that God had mightily deliuered him.

Note return to page 778 [a] This example teacheth that to much libertie is not to be giuen to youth.

Note return to page 779 Ebr. humbled her.

Note return to page 780 Ebr. spake to the heart of the maide.

Note return to page 781 [b] This proueth that the consent of parents is requisite in marriage, seeing the very infidels did also obserue it as a thing necessarie.

Note return to page 782 Or, follie.

Note return to page 783 Ebr, and it shall not be so done.

Note return to page 784 Or, marriages.

Note return to page 785 Or, grant my request.

Note return to page 786 Ebr. multiplie greatly the dowrie.

Note return to page 787 [c] They made the holy ordinance of God a meane to compasse their wicked purpose.

Note return to page 788 [d] As it is abomination for them that are baptized to ioyne with infidels.

Note return to page 789 [e] Their fault is the greater, in that they make religion a cloke for their craft.

Note return to page 790 Or, most honourable.

Note return to page 791 [f] For the people vsed to assemble there, and iustice was also ministred.

Note return to page 792 [g] Thus many pretend to speake for a publike profite, when they onely speake for their owne priuate gaine and commoditie.

Note return to page 793 [h] Thus they lacke no kinde of persuasion, which preferre their owne commodities before the common wealth.

Note return to page 794 [i] For they were the chiefe of the company.

Note return to page 795 Chap.49.6.

Note return to page 796 [k] The people are punished with their wicked princes.

Note return to page 797 Ebr. mouth of the sworde.

Note return to page 798 Or, to be abhorred.

Note return to page 799 [a] God is euer at hand to succour his in their troubles.

Note return to page 800 Chap.28.13.

Note return to page 801 [b] That by this outward acte they shoulde shewe their inward repentance.

Note return to page 802 [c] For therein was some signe of superstition, as in tablets and Agnus deis.

Note return to page 803 [d] Thus, notwithstanding the inconuenience that came before, God deliuered Iaakob.

Note return to page 804 Chap.28.19.

Note return to page 805 Or, oke of lamentation.

Note return to page 806 Chap.32.28.

Note return to page 807 Or, almightie.

Note return to page 808 [e] As God is said to descend, when he sheweth some signe of his presence: so he is saide to ascend, when the vision is ended.

Note return to page 809 [f] The Ebrewe word signifieth as much ground as one may goe from baite to baite, which is taken for halfe a dayes iourney.

Note return to page 810 Chap.48.7.

Note return to page 811 [g] The ancient fathers vsed this ceremonie to testifie their hope of the resurrection to come, which was not generally reueiled.

Note return to page 812 [h] This teacheth that the fathers were not chosen for their merites, but by Gods onely mercies, whose election by their fautes was not changed.

Note return to page 813 Chap 49.4.

Note return to page 814 Chap.25 8.

Note return to page 815 [a] This genealogie declareth that Esau was blessed temporally and that his fathers blessing tooke place in worldly things.

Note return to page 816 [b] Besides those wiues whereof is spoken, chapter 26 34.

Note return to page 817 1.Chro.1.35.

Note return to page 818 [c] Herein appeareth Gods prouidence, which causeth the wicked to giue place to the godly that Iaakob might enioy Canaan according to Gods promes.

Note return to page 819 Iosh.24.4.

Note return to page 820 Or, the Edomites.

Note return to page 821 1.Chro.1.35.

Note return to page 822 Or, nephewes.

Note return to page 823 Or, neece.

Note return to page 824 Or, chiefe men.

Note return to page 825 [d] If Gods promes be so sure towards them, which are not of his housholde, how much more will he performe the same to vs?

Note return to page 826 Or, nephewes.

Note return to page 827 Or, nephewes.

Note return to page 828 1.Chro.1.38.

Note return to page 829 [e] Before that Esan did there inhabite.

Note return to page 830 [f] Who not contented with those kindes of beasts, which God had created, found out the monstruous generation of mules betweene the Asse and the mare.

Note return to page 831 [g] The wicked rise vp sodenly to honour, and perish as quickely: but the inheritance of the children of God continueth euer, Psal.102.28.

Note return to page 832 [h] Which citie is by the riuer Euphrates.

Note return to page 833 Or, neece.

Note return to page 834 [i] Of Edom came the Idumeans.

Note return to page 835 [a] That is, þe; storie of such things as came to him and his familie, as chap.5.1.

Note return to page 836 Or, slaunder.

Note return to page 837 [b] He complained of the euil wordes and iniuries which they spake and did against him.

Note return to page 838 Or, pieces.

Note return to page 839 [c] God reueiled to him by a dreame, what should come to passe.

Note return to page 840 [d] The more that God sheweth him selfe fauorable to his, the more doeth the malice of the wicked rage against them.

Note return to page 841 [e] Not despising the vision, but seeking to appease his brethren.

Note return to page 842 Or, kept diligently.

Note return to page 843 [f] He knewe that God was autor of the dreame but he vnderstoode not the meaning.

Note return to page 844 [g] The holie Ghost couereth not mens fautes, as do vaine writers which make vice vertue.

Note return to page 845 Or, master of dreames.

Note return to page 846 Chap.42.22.

Note return to page 847 Ebr. let vs not smite his life.

Note return to page 848 [h] Their hypocrisie appeareth in this that they feared man more then God: and thought it was not murther, if they shed not his blood: or els had an excuse to couer their fault.

Note return to page 849 Or, rosen, turpentine, or triacle.

Note return to page 850 Wisd.10. 13. psal.105.17.

Note return to page 851 [i] Moses writing according to the opinion of them which tooke the Midianites and Ishmeelites to be both one, doeth here confounde their names: as also appeareth, verse 36. & chap. 39.1. or els he was first offered to the Midianites, but solde to the Ishmeelites.

Note return to page 852 [k] To wit, the messengers which were sent.

Note return to page 853 Chap.44.28.

Note return to page 854 Or, I will mourne for him so long as I liue.

Note return to page 855 [l] Which word doeth not alway signifie him that is gelded, but also him that is in some high dignitie.

Note return to page 856 Or, captaine of the garde.

Note return to page 857 [a] Moses describeth the genealogie of Iudah because the Messias should come of him.

Note return to page 858 1.Chron.2 3.

Note return to page 859 [b] Which affinitie notwithstanding was condemned of God.

Note return to page 860 Nomb.26.19.

Note return to page 861 Nomb.26.19.

Note return to page 862 [c] This order was for the preseruation of the stocke, that the childe begotten by the seconde brother should haue the name and inheritance of the first: which is in the newe Testament abolished.

Note return to page 863 [d] For she could not marry in any other family so long as Iudah would retaine her in his.

Note return to page 864 Ebr. was comforted.

Note return to page 865 Or, in the doore of the fountaines: or, where were two wayes.

Note return to page 866 [e] God had wonderfully blinded him that he coulde not knowe her by her talke.

Note return to page 867 Or, tyre of thine head.

Note return to page 868 [f] That his wickednesse might not be knowen to others.

Note return to page 869 Ebr. in contempt.

Note return to page 870 [g] He feareth man more then God.

Note return to page 871 [h] We see that the Lawe, which was written in mans heart, taught them that whoredome should be punished with death: albeit no lawe as yet was giuen.

Note return to page 872 [i] That is, she ought rather to accuse me then I her.

Note return to page 873 [k] For the horrour of the sinne condemned him.

Note return to page 874 [l] Their hainous sinne was signified by this monstruous birth.

Note return to page 875 [m] Or the separation betweene thee and thy brother.

Note return to page 876 1.Chron.2.4. matth.1.3.

Note return to page 877 [a] Reade Chap. 37.36.

Note return to page 878 [b] The fauour of God is the fountaine of all prosperitie.

Note return to page 879 [c] Because God prospered him: and so he made religion to serue his profite.

Note return to page 880 [d] The wicked are blessed by the company of the godly.

Note return to page 881 [e] For he was assured that all things shoulde prosper well: therefore he ate and dranke and tooke no care.

Note return to page 882 [f] In this worde he declareth the summe whereunto all her flatteries did tende.

Note return to page 883 [g] The feare of God preserued him against her continuall tentations.

Note return to page 884 Or, to doe vs villanie and shame.

Note return to page 885 [h] This declareth that where incontinencie is, thereunto is ioyned extreme impudencie and craft.

Note return to page 886 Or, after this maner.

Note return to page 887 Ebr. in the prison house.

Note return to page 888 [i] His euil intreatment in the prison may be gathered of the Psal.105.18.

Note return to page 889 Ebr. inclined mercie vnto him.

Note return to page 890 Or, lord.

Note return to page 891 [k] That is, nothing was done without his commandement.

Note return to page 892 Or, eunuches the worde signifieth them that were in high estate, or them that were gelded.

Note return to page 893 [a] God worketh many wonderfull meanes to deliuer his.

Note return to page 894 [b] That is, euery dreame had his interpretation, as the thing afterwarde declared

Note return to page 895 Ebr. why are your faces euill?

Note return to page 896 [c] Cannot God raise vp such as shall interprete such things?

Note return to page 897 [d] He was assured by the spirit of God that his interpretation was true.

Note return to page 898 Ebr place.

Note return to page 899 [e] He refused not the meanes to be deliuered which he thought God had appointed.

Note return to page 900 Or, in the pit.

Note return to page 901 [f] That is, made of white twigs, or, as some reade, baskets full of holes.

Note return to page 902 [g] He sheweth that the ministers of God ought not to conceale that, which god reueileth vnto them.

Note return to page 903 [h] Which was an occasion to appoint his officers and so to examine them that were in prison.

Note return to page 904 Ebr. at the end of two yeeres of dayes.

Note return to page 905 [a] This dreame was not so much for Pharaoh, as to be, a meane to deliuer Ioseph, and to prouide for Gods Church.

Note return to page 906 Or, faire to beholde.

Note return to page 907 Or, flaggy place.

Note return to page 908 [b] All these meanes God vsed to deliuer his seruant, and to bring him into fauour and autoritie.

Note return to page 909 [c] This feare was inough to teach him, that this vision was sent of God.

Note return to page 910 [d] The wise of the world vnderstand not Gods secrets, but to his seruants his will is reueiled.

Note return to page 911 [e] He confesseth his fault against the king, before he speake of Ioseph.

Note return to page 912 Read. Chap. 40.5.

Note return to page 913 Psal.105.20.

Note return to page 914 [f] The wicked seeke to the Prophets of God in their necessitie, whome in their prosperitie they abhorre.

Note return to page 915 [g] As though he would say, If I interprete thy dreame, it commeth of God, and not of me.

Note return to page 916 Ebr. answere peace.

Note return to page 917 Ebr. naught.

Note return to page 918 Ebr. were gone into their inwards partes.

Note return to page 919 [h] Both his dreames tend to one ende.

Note return to page 920 Or, abundance and saturitie.

Note return to page 921 Or, they shall remember no more the plentie.

Note return to page 922 [i] The office of a true Prophet is not onely to shew the euils to come, but also the remedies for the same.

Note return to page 923 [k] None should be preferred to honor that haue not gifts of God meete for the same.

Note return to page 924 Psal.105.21. 1.mac.2.53. act.7.10.

Note return to page 925 Ebr.mouth.

Note return to page 926 [l] Some reade, the people shall kisse thy mouth: that is, shall obey thee in all things.

Note return to page 927 Or, his signet.

Note return to page 928 Ebr. second charet

Note return to page 929 [m] In signe of honour: which word some expound, tender father, or father of the king, or kneele downe.

Note return to page 930 Or, the expounder of secrets.

Note return to page 931 Or, priest.

Note return to page 932 [n] His age is mencioned both to shewe that his autoritie came of God, and also that he suffered imprisonment and exile twelue yeres and mo.

Note return to page 933 Ebr. made for gatherings.

Note return to page 934 Chap 46.20. and 48.5.

Note return to page 935 [o] Notwithstanding that his fathers house was the true Church of God: yet the company of the wicked and prosperitie caused him to forget it.

Note return to page 936 Psal.105.16.

Note return to page 937 Or, foode.

Note return to page 938 Or, came to Egypt to Ioseph.

Note return to page 939 [a] This storie sheweth plainely that all things are gouerned by Gods prouidence for the profite of his Church.

Note return to page 940 Or, corne.

Note return to page 941 [b] As men destitute of counsell.

Note return to page 942 Act.7.12.

Note return to page 943 Ebr. should meete him.

Note return to page 944 [c] This dissembling is not to bee followed; nor any particular factes of the fathers not approoued by Gods worde.

Note return to page 945 Chap.37.5.

Note return to page 946 Ebr. nakednes, or filthinesse.

Note return to page 947 Or, is dead.

Note return to page 948 [d] The Egyptians, which were Idolaters, vsed to sweare by their kings life: but God forbiddeth to sweare by any but him: yet Ioseph dwelling among the wicked, smelleth of their corruptions.

Note return to page 949 [e] And therefore am true and iust.

Note return to page 950 Chap.43.5.

Note return to page 951 [f] Affliction maketh men to acknowledge their faults which otherwise they would dissemble.

Note return to page 952 Chap.37.21.

Note return to page 953 [g] God will take vengeance vpon vs, and measure vs with our owne measure.

Note return to page 954 Ebr. an interpreter betweene them.

Note return to page 955 [h] Though he shewed himselfe rigorous, yet his brotherly affection remained.

Note return to page 956 Ebr. went out.

Note return to page 957 [i] Because their conscience accused th&ebar; of their sinne, they thought God woulde haue brought them to trouble by this money.

Note return to page 958 Or, cannot be founde.

Note return to page 959 Or, light vpon me.

Note return to page 960 [k] For they seemed not to be touched with any loue toward their brethren, which increased his sorow: and partly as appeareth, he suspected them for Ioseph.

Note return to page 961 [a] This was a great tentation to Iaakob to suffer so great famine in that land, where God had promised to blesse him.

Note return to page 962 Chap.42.20.

Note return to page 963 Chap.42.20.

Note return to page 964 Or, of our estate and condition.

Note return to page 965 Ebr. to the mouth of these words: that is, that thing which he asked vs.

Note return to page 966 Chap.44.32.

Note return to page 967 Ebr. I will sinne to thee.

Note return to page 968 Or, sweete smels.

Note return to page 969 [b] When we are in necessitie or danger, God forbiddeth not to vse all honest meanes to better our estate and condition.

Note return to page 970 [c] Our chiefe trust ought to be in God and not in worldly meanes.

Note return to page 971 [d] He speaketh these words not so much of despaire, as to make his sonnes more careful to bring againe their brother.

Note return to page 972 Or, to the ruler of his house.

Note return to page 973 [e] So the iudgement of God pressed their conscience.

Note return to page 974 Eb. role himselfe vpon vs.

Note return to page 975 Ebr. cast himselfe vpon vs.

Note return to page 976 Chap.42.3.

Note return to page 977 Or, you are well.

Note return to page 978 [f] Notwithstanding the corruptions of Egypt, yet Ioseph taught his familie to feare God.

Note return to page 979 Ebr. peace.

Note return to page 980 [g] For they two onely were borne of Rahel.

Note return to page 981 Ebr. bowels.

Note return to page 982 Ebr. bread.

Note return to page 983 [h] To signifie his dignitie.

Note return to page 984 [i] The nature of the superstitious is to condemne all other in respect of themselues.

Note return to page 985 [k] Sometime this word signifieth to be drunken, but here it is meant, that they had ynough, & drunke of the best wine.

Note return to page 986 [a] We may not by this example vse any vnlawfull practises, seeing God hath comm&abar;ded vs to walke in simplicitie.

Note return to page 987 Ebr. the morning shone.

Note return to page 988 [b] Because the people thought he could deuine, he attributeth to himselfe that knowledge. or els he faineth that he consulted with sothsayers for it: which simulation is worthie to be reproued.

Note return to page 989 Ebr. innocent.

Note return to page 990 [c] To signifie how greatly the thing displeased them, & howe sory they were for it.

Note return to page 991 [d] If we see no euident cause of our affliction, let vs looke to the secret counsell of God, who punisheth vs iustly for our sinnes.

Note return to page 992 [e] Equal in autoritie: or, next vnto the king.

Note return to page 993 Chap 42.13, 16.

Note return to page 994 Ebr. childe of his olde age.

Note return to page 995 Or, that I may see him.

Note return to page 996 Chap.43.3.

Note return to page 997 Ebr. be with vs.

Note return to page 998 [f] Rahel bare to Iaakob, Ioseph and Beniamin.

Note return to page 999 Chap.37.33.

Note return to page 1000 [g] Ye shall cause me to die for sorowe.

Note return to page 1001 Ebr. his soule is bound to his soule.

Note return to page 1002 Chap.43.9.

Note return to page 1003 [h] Meaning, he had rather remaine there prysoner, th&ebar; to returne and see his father in heauinesse.

Note return to page 1004 [a] Not that he was ashamed of his kindred, but that he would couer his brethrens fault.

Note return to page 1005 Actes 7.13.

Note return to page 1006 [b] This example teacheth, that we must by al meanes comfort them, which are truely humbled & wounded for their sinnes.

Note return to page 1007 Chap.50.20.

Note return to page 1008 [c] Albeit God detest sinne, yet he turneth mans wickednesse to serue to his glory.

Note return to page 1009 [d] That is, that I speake in your owne language, and haue none interpreter.

Note return to page 1010 Ebr. voyce.

Note return to page 1011 [e] The most plentifull ground.

Note return to page 1012 [f] The chiefest fruites and commodities.

Note return to page 1013 Ebr. let not your eyes spare your vessels.

Note return to page 1014 Or, he sent as much, to wit, siluer, as verse.22. and ten asses.

Note return to page 1015 [g] Seeing he had remitted þe; fault done toward him, he would not that they should accuse one another.

Note return to page 1016 [h] As one betwene hope and feare.

Note return to page 1017 [a] Whereby he both signified, that he worshipped the true God, and also that hee kept in his heart the possession of that lande, from whence present necessitie droue him.

Note return to page 1018 [b] Conducting thee by my power.

Note return to page 1019 [c] In thy posteritie.

Note return to page 1020 [d] Shall shut thine eyes when thou diest: which appertained to him that was most dearest, or chiefe of the kinred.

Note return to page 1021 Iosh.24.4. psalm. 105.23. isa.52.4.

Note return to page 1022 Exo.1.2.& 6.14. nom.26.5. 1.chro. 5.1.

Note return to page 1023 Exod.6.15. 1.chro.4.24.

Note return to page 1024 1.Chron.6.1.

Note return to page 1025 1.Chron.2.3. and 4.21.chap.38.3.

Note return to page 1026 1.Chron.7.1.

Note return to page 1027 Or, persons.

Note return to page 1028 1.Chron.7.30.

Note return to page 1029 Chap.41.50.

Note return to page 1030 1.Chro.7.6.& 8.1.

Note return to page 1031 Deut.10.22.

Note return to page 1032 Ebr. thighes.

Note return to page 1033 Or, to prepare him a place.

Note return to page 1034 Ebr. bounde his charet.

Note return to page 1035 Ebr. yet, or still.

Note return to page 1036 [e] He was not ashamed of his father and kinred, though they were of base condition.

Note return to page 1037 [f] God suffreth the worlde to hate his, that they may forsake the filthe of the world, and cleaue to him.

Note return to page 1038 [a] That the king might be assured they were come, and see what maner of people they were.

Note return to page 1039 [b] Iosephs great modestie appeareth in that he would enterprise nothing without the kings commandement.

Note return to page 1040 Ebr. blessed.

Note return to page 1041 Ebr. howe many dayes are the yeeres of thy life?

Note return to page 1042 Hebr.11.9.& 13.

Note return to page 1043 Ebr. blessed.

Note return to page 1044 [c] Which was a citie in the countrey of Goshen, Exod.1.11.

Note return to page 1045 [d] Some Reade, that he fed them as litle babes, because they could not prouide for themselues against that famine.

Note return to page 1046 Ebr. brought to an extremitie, or, at their wits ende.

Note return to page 1047 [e] Wherein he both declareth his fidelitie towarde the king, and his minde free from couetousnesse.

Note return to page 1048 [f] For except the ground be tilled and sowen, it perisheth, and is as it were dead.

Note return to page 1049 [g] By this changing they signified that they had nothing of their owne, but receiued all of the kings liberalitie.

Note return to page 1050 Ebr. ende of the border.

Note return to page 1051 [h] Pharaoh in prouiding for Idolatrous priests, shal be a c&obar;demnation to all them which neglect the true ministers of Gods worde.

Note return to page 1052 Chap.24.2.

Note return to page 1053 [i] Hereby he protested that he died in the faith of his fathers, teaching his children to hope for the promised land.

Note return to page 1054 [k] He reioyced that Ioseph had promised him, and setting himselfe vp vpon his pillow, praised God, Reade 1.Chro.29.10.

Note return to page 1055 [a] Ioseph more esteemeth that his children should be receiued into Iaakobs family, which was the Church of God, then to enioy all the treasures of Egypt.

Note return to page 1056 Or, all sufficient.

Note return to page 1057 Chap.28.13.

Note return to page 1058 [b] Which is true in the carnall Israel vnto the comming of Christ, & in the spiritual for euer.

Note return to page 1059 Chap.41.50.

Note return to page 1060 Chap.35.19.

Note return to page 1061 [c] The faithfull acknowledge all benefites to come of Gods free mercies.

Note return to page 1062 Ebr. his face to the ground.

Note return to page 1063 [d] Gods iudgem&ebar;t is oft times contrary to mans, and he preferreth that, which man despiseth.

Note return to page 1064 Ebr.11.21.

Note return to page 1065 [e] This Angel must be vnderst&abar;d of Christ, as Chap. 31.13.& 32 1.

Note return to page 1066 [f] Let them be taken as my children.

Note return to page 1067 [g] Ioseph faileth in binding Gods grace to the order of nature.

Note return to page 1068 [h] In whom Gods graces should manifestly appeare.

Note return to page 1069 [i] Which they had by faith in the promes.

Note return to page 1070 [k] By my children whom God spared for my sake.

Note return to page 1071 Chap.34.25.

Note return to page 1072 [a] When God shal bring you out of Egypt: And because that he speaketh of þe; Messias, he nameth it the last dayes.

Note return to page 1073 [b] Begotten in my youth.

Note return to page 1074 [c] If thou hadst not lost thy birthright by thine offence.

Note return to page 1075 Chap.35 22. 1.chron.5.1.

Note return to page 1076 Or, it ceassed to be my bed.

Note return to page 1077 Or, their swordes were instruments of violence.

Note return to page 1078 [d] Or, tongue: meaning that he neither consented to them in worde nor thought.

Note return to page 1079 [e] The Shechemites, Cha.34.26.

Note return to page 1080 [f] For Leui had no part, and Simeon was vnder Iudah, Iosh.19.1, till God gaue them þe; place of the Amalekites, 1.Chro.4.43.

Note return to page 1081 [g] As was verified in Dauid & Christ.

Note return to page 1082 [h] His enemies shal so feare him.

Note return to page 1083 Or, kingdome.

Note return to page 1084 [i] Which is Christ the Messias, þe; giuer of all prosperitie: who shal call the G&ebar;tiles to saluati&obar;

Note return to page 1085 [k] A countrey most aboundant with vines and pastures is promised him.

Note return to page 1086 Ebr. An asse of great bones.

Note return to page 1087 [l] His force shalbe great, but he shall want courage to resist his enemies.

Note return to page 1088 [m] Shal haue the honour of a Tribe.

Note return to page 1089 [n] That is, full of subtiltie.

Note return to page 1090 [o] Seeing the miseries that his posteritie should fall into, he brasteth out in prayer to God to remedie it.

Note return to page 1091 [p] He shal abound in corne and pleasant fruites.

Note return to page 1092 [q] Ouercomming more by fayre wordes then by force.

Note return to page 1093 Ebr. a sonne of increase.

Note return to page 1094 Ebr. daughters.

Note return to page 1095 [r] As his brethren, when they were his enemies, Potiphar, and others.

Note return to page 1096 [s] That is, God.

Note return to page 1097 [t] In as much as he was more neere to the acc&obar;plishment of the promes, & it had bene more often confirmed.

Note return to page 1098 [u] Either in dignitie, or when he was sold from his brethren.

Note return to page 1099 Chap.47.30

Note return to page 1100 [x] Whereby is signified howe quietly he dyed.

Note return to page 1101 [a] He meaneth th&ebar; that enbaumed the dead and buried them.

Note return to page 1102 [b] They were more excessiue in lam&ebar;ting then þe; faithfull.

Note return to page 1103 Chap.47.29.

Note return to page 1104 [c] The very infidels would haue othes performed.

Note return to page 1105 Or, the corne floore of Atad.

Note return to page 1106 Or, the lamentation of the Egyptians.

Note return to page 1107 Actes 7.16.

Note return to page 1108 Chap.23.16.

Note return to page 1109 Or, a possession.

Note return to page 1110 [d] An euill conscience is neuer fully at rest.

Note return to page 1111 [e] Meaning, that they which haue one God, should be ioyned in most sure loue.

Note return to page 1112 Or, the messengers.

Note return to page 1113 Chap.45.5.

Note return to page 1114 Or, am I in Gods steade? meaning to take vengeance.

Note return to page 1115 [f] Who by the good successe seemeth to remit it, and therefore it ought not to be reuenged by me.

Note return to page 1116 Ebr. to their heart.

Note return to page 1117 [g] Who, notwithstanding he bare rule in Egypt about fourescore yeres, yet was ioyned with þe; Church of God in faith & religion.

Note return to page 1118 Nomb.32.39.

Note return to page 1119 Hebr.11.22.

Note return to page 1120 Exod.13.19.

Note return to page 1121 [h] He speaketh this by the spirite of prophecie, exhorting his brethren, to haue full trust in Gods promes for their deliuerance.

Note return to page 1122 Gene.46.8.

Note return to page 1123 [a] Moses describeth the wonderfull order that God obserueth in performing his promes to Abraham, Gen.15.14.

Note return to page 1124 Or, persons.

Note return to page 1125 Gen.46.27. deut.10.22.

Note return to page 1126 Actes 7.17.

Note return to page 1127 Or, did growe.

Note return to page 1128 [b] He meaneth the countrey of Goshen.

Note return to page 1129 [c] He considered not howe God had preserued Egypt for Iosephs sake.

Note return to page 1130 [d] Into Canaan, & so we shal lose our commoditie.

Note return to page 1131 Or, go vp out of the land.

Note return to page 1132 Or, corne and prouision.

Note return to page 1133 [e] The more that God blesseth his, the more doeth the wicked enuie them.

Note return to page 1134 Ebr. wherewith they serued, themselues of them by crueltie.

Note return to page 1135 [f] These seeme to haue bin the chiefe of the rest.

Note return to page 1136 Wisd.18.5.

Note return to page 1137 Or, seates whereupon they sate in trauell.

Note return to page 1138 [g] Their disobedience herein was lawfull, but their dissembling euil.

Note return to page 1139 [h] That is, God increased the families of the Israelites by their meanes.

Note return to page 1140 [i] When tyrants can not preuaile by craft, they braft forth into open rage.

Note return to page 1141 [a] This Leuite was called Amram, who married Iochabed, Chap. 6.20.

Note return to page 1142 Nom.26.59. 1. chro.23.13. act.7. 20. heb.11.23.

Note return to page 1143 [b] Committing him to the prouidence of God, whom she could not keepe from the rage of the tyrant.

Note return to page 1144 [c] Mans counsell can not hinder that, which God hath determined shall come to passe.

Note return to page 1145 [d] That is, was fourty yere olde, Act.7.23.

Note return to page 1146 Ebr. thus & thus.

Note return to page 1147 [e] Being assured þt; God had appoynted him to deliuer the Israelites, Act. 7.25.

Note return to page 1148 [f] Though by his feare he shewed his infirmitie, yet faith couered it, Ebr.11.27.

Note return to page 1149 Or, prince.

Note return to page 1150 Ebr. saued them.

Note return to page 1151 Or, grandfather.

Note return to page 1152 [g] Wherein he declared a thankefull minde, which would recompence the benefite done vnto his.

Note return to page 1153 Chap.18.3.

Note return to page 1154 [h] God humbleth his by afflictions, that they should cry vnto him, and receiue the fruite of his promes.

Note return to page 1155 [i] He iudged their cause: or, acknowledged them to be his.

Note return to page 1156 Or, farre within the desert.

Note return to page 1157 [a] It was so called after the lawe was giuen.

Note return to page 1158 [b] Called also Sinai.

Note return to page 1159 Act.7.30.

Note return to page 1160 [c] This signifieth that the Church is not consumed by the fire of afflictions, because God is in the middes thereof.

Note return to page 1161 [d] Whome he called the Angell, verse.2.

Note return to page 1162 [e] Resigne thy selfe vp to me, Ruth.4.7. ios.5.15.

Note return to page 1163 [f] Because of my presence.

Note return to page 1164 Mat.22.32. actes.7.32.

Note return to page 1165 [g] For sinne causeth man to feare Gods iustice.

Note return to page 1166 [h] Whose crueltie was intollerable.

Note return to page 1167 [i] Most plentifull of all things.

Note return to page 1168 [k] He heard before, but nowe he woulde reuenge it.

Note return to page 1169 [l] He doeth not fully disobey God, but acknowledgeth his owne weakenes.

Note return to page 1170 [m] Neither feare thine owne weaknesse, nor Pharaohs tyrannie.

Note return to page 1171 [n] The God which haue euer bene, am, and shall be: the God almightie, by whome all things haue their being, and the God of mercie mindfull of my promes, Reuel.1.4.

Note return to page 1172 Ebr. in visiting haue visited.

Note return to page 1173 Or, appeared vnto vs.

Note return to page 1174 [o] Because Egypt was full of Idolatrie, God would appoint them a place where they should serue him purely.

Note return to page 1175 [p] This example may not be followed generally: though at Gods commandement they did it iustly, receiuing some recompence of their labours.

Note return to page 1176 Chap.11.2. and 12.35.

Note return to page 1177 Or, in whose house she soiourneth.

Note return to page 1178 [a] God beareth with Moses douting, because he was not altogether without faith.

Note return to page 1179 [b] This power to worke miracles was to confirme his doctrine, and to assure him of his vocation.

Note return to page 1180 Or, white as snow.

Note return to page 1181 Or, the wordes confirmed by the first signe.

Note return to page 1182 [c] Because these three signes should be sufficient witnesses to proue that Moses shoulde deliuer Gods people.

Note return to page 1183 Ebr. from yesterday, and yer yesterday.

Note return to page 1184 Ebr. heauie of mouth.

Note return to page 1185 Mat.10.19. and 12.22.

Note return to page 1186 Or. ministerie.

Note return to page 1187 [d] That is, of the Messias: or some other, that is more meete then I.

Note return to page 1188 [e] Though we prouoke God iustly to anger, yet he will neuer reiect his.

Note return to page 1189 [f] Thou shalt instruct him what to say.

Note return to page 1190 Chap.7.1.

Note return to page 1191 [g] Meaning as a wise counseller and full of Gods spirite.

Note return to page 1192 Or, kinsfolke, and linage.

Note return to page 1193 Ebr. sought thy soule.

Note return to page 1194 Ebr. caused them to ride.

Note return to page 1195 [h] Whereby he wrought the miracles.

Note return to page 1196 [i] By reteining my spirite and deliuering him vnto Satan to increase his malice.

Note return to page 1197 [k] Meaning, most deare vnto him.

Note return to page 1198 [l] God punished him with sickenesse for neglecting his Sacrament.

Note return to page 1199 [m] This acte was extraordinarie: for Moses was sore sicke, and God euen then required it.

Note return to page 1200 Or, the Angell.

Note return to page 1201 Or, Horeb.

Note return to page 1202 [n] So that Moses had now experience of Gods promes that he should haue good successe.

Note return to page 1203 [a] Faith ouercommeth feare, and maketh men bolde in their vocation.

Note return to page 1204 [b] And offer sacrifice.

Note return to page 1205 Or, God hath met vs.

Note return to page 1206 Ebr. least he meete vs with pestilence.

Note return to page 1207 [c] As though ye would rebell.

Note return to page 1208 [d] Which were of the Israelites and had charge to see them do their worke.

Note return to page 1209 Ebr. yesterday and yer yesterday.

Note return to page 1210 [e] The more cruelly that tyrants rage, the neerer is Gods helpe.

Note return to page 1211 [f] Of Moses and Aaron.

Note return to page 1212 Ebr. the worke of a day in his day.

Note return to page 1213 Or, thy people the Egyptians are in the fault.

Note return to page 1214 Ebr. idle, ye are idle.

Note return to page 1215 Or, looked sadde on them, which said.

Note return to page 1216 Reade Gen.34.30.

Note return to page 1217 [g] It is a grieuous thing to the seruants of God, to be accused of euill, specially of their brethren, when they do as their duetie requireth.

Note return to page 1218 Ebr. in a strong hand.

Note return to page 1219 Or, all sufficient.

Note return to page 1220 [a] Whereby he signifieth that he will performe in deede that, which he promised to their fathers: for this Name declareth that he is constant and will performe his promes.

Note return to page 1221 Or, plagues.

Note return to page 1222 [b] He meaneth, as touching the outward vocation: the dignitie whereof they lost afterwarde by their rebellion: but as for election to life euerlasting, it is immutable.

Note return to page 1223 Ebr. lift vp mine hand.

Note return to page 1224 [c] So hard a thing it is to shewe true obedience vnder the crosse.

Note return to page 1225 [d] Or, barbarous and rude in speach: and by this word (vncircumcised) is signified the whole corruption of mans nature.

Note return to page 1226 [e] This genealogie sheweth of whome Moses & Aaron came.

Note return to page 1227 Gene.46 9. nom.26.5. 1.chron.5.3.

Note return to page 1228 1.Chro.4.24.

Note return to page 1229 Nom 3.17. 1.chron.6.1. and 23.6.

Note return to page 1230 [f] For he was 42. yeere olde, when he came into Egypt, and there liued 94.

Note return to page 1231 Nom.26.57. 1.chr.6.1. & 23.6.

Note return to page 1232 Chap.2.2. nomb.26.59.

Note return to page 1233 [g] Which kinde of marriage was after in the Lawe forbidden, Leui. 18 12.

Note return to page 1234 [h] Moses and he were brothers children, whose rebellion was punished, Nom. 16.1.

Note return to page 1235 [i] Who was a prince of Iudah, Nom.2.3.

Note return to page 1236 Nom 25.11.

Note return to page 1237 [k] For their families were so great, that they might be compared to armies.

Note return to page 1238 [l] The disobedience both of Moses and of the people sheweth that their deliuerance came onely of Gods free mercie.

Note return to page 1239 Or, a God to Pharaoh.

Note return to page 1240 [a] I haue giuen thee power and authoritie to speake in my name and to execute my iudgements vpon him.

Note return to page 1241 Or, shall speake for thee (before Pharaoh)

Note return to page 1242 [b] To strengthen Moses faith, God promiseth againe to punishe most sharply the oppression of his Church.

Note return to page 1243 [c] Moses liued in affliction & bannishment fourtie yeere before he enioyed his office to deliuer Gods people.

Note return to page 1244 Or, dragon.

Note return to page 1245 [d] It seemeth that these were Iannes and Iambres, read 2.Tim.3.8. so euer the wicked maliciously resist the trueth of God.

Note return to page 1246 Or, heauie and dull.

Note return to page 1247 [e] To wit, the riuer Nilus.

Note return to page 1248 Or, they shall be wearie, and abhorre to drinke.

Note return to page 1249 The first plague.

Note return to page 1250 Chap.17.5.

Note return to page 1251 Psal.78.44.

Note return to page 1252 [f] To signifie that it was a true miracle, and that God plagued them in that, which was most necessarie for the preseruation of life.

Note return to page 1253 Wisd.17.7.

Note return to page 1254 [g] In outwarde appearance, and after that the seuen dayes were ended.

Note return to page 1255 Ebr. was made strong.

Note return to page 1256 Ebr. he set not his heart at all thereunto.

Note return to page 1257 Or, seuen dayes were accomplished.

Note return to page 1258 [a] There is nothing so weake, that God can not cause to ouercome the greatest power of man.

Note return to page 1259 Or, vpon thy dough, or, into thine amberies.

Note return to page 1260 The second plague.

Note return to page 1261 [b] But Goshen, where Gods people dwelt, was excepted.

Note return to page 1262 Wisd.17.7.

Note return to page 1263 [c] Not loue, but feare causeth the very infidels to seeke vnto God.

Note return to page 1264 Eb. haue this honour ouer me.

Note return to page 1265 Or, speake playne vnto me.

Note return to page 1266 Ebr. according to thy worde.

Note return to page 1267 Or, laid vpon.

Note return to page 1268 [d] In things of this life God oft times heareth the prayers of the iust for the vngodly.

Note return to page 1269 Or, made his heart heauie.

Note return to page 1270 The third plague.

Note return to page 1271 [e] God confounded their wisedome and autoritie in a thing most vile.

Note return to page 1272 [f] They acknowledged that this was done by Gods power and not by sorcerie, Luke.11.20.

Note return to page 1273 Or, a multitude of venimous beastes, as serpents, &c.

Note return to page 1274 Or, I wil separate.

Note return to page 1275 Or, land of Egypt.

Note return to page 1276 Wisd.16.9.

Note return to page 1277 The fourth plague.

Note return to page 1278 [g] For the Egyptians worshipped diuers beasts as the oxe, the sheepe and such like, which the Israelites offered in sacrifice: which thing the Egyptians abhorred to see.

Note return to page 1279 Chap.3 18.

Note return to page 1280 [h] So the wicked prescribe vnto Gods messengers howe farre they shall goe.

Note return to page 1281 [i] He could not iudge his heart but yet he charged him to do this vnfeinedly.

Note return to page 1282 [k] Where God giueth not faith, no miracles can preuaile.

Note return to page 1283 The fift plague.

Note return to page 1284 [a] He shall declare his heauie iudgement against his enemies, and his fauour toward his children.

Note return to page 1285 [b] Into the land of Goshen, where the Israelites dwelled.

Note return to page 1286 Or, imbers.

Note return to page 1287 The sixt plague

Note return to page 1288 Chap.4.21.

Note return to page 1289 [c] So that thine owne conscience shall condemne thee of ingratitude and malice.

Note return to page 1290 Rom.9.17.

Note return to page 1291 Or, set thee vp.

Note return to page 1292 Or, to shewe thee.

Note return to page 1293 [d] That is, that all the worlde may magnifie my power in ouercomming thee.

Note return to page 1294 [e] Here we see, though Gods wrath be kindled, yet there is a certaine mercie shewed euen to his enemies.

Note return to page 1295 Ebr. set not his heart to.

Note return to page 1296 [f] The worde of the minister is called the worde of God.

Note return to page 1297 The seuenth plague.

Note return to page 1298 Ebr. fire walked.

Note return to page 1299 Or, since it was inhabited.

Note return to page 1300 [g] The wicked confesse their sinnes to their condemnation, but they can not beleeue to obtaine remission.

Note return to page 1301 Ebr. voyces of God.

Note return to page 1302 Psal.24.1.

Note return to page 1303 [h] Meaning, that when they haue their request, they are neuer the better, though they make many faire promises. wherein we see the practises of the wicked.

Note return to page 1304 Or, late sowen.

Note return to page 1305 Ebr. by the hand of Moses.

Note return to page 1306 Chap.4.21.

Note return to page 1307 Or, in his presence or among them.

Note return to page 1308 [a] The miracles shoulde be so great, that they should be spoken of for euer. where also we see the duetie of parents towarde their children.

Note return to page 1309 [b] The ende of afflictions is, to humble our selues with true repentance vnder the hand of God.

Note return to page 1310 Or, locustes.

Note return to page 1311 Wisd.16.9.

Note return to page 1312 Or, snare.

Note return to page 1313 [c] Meaning, the occasion of all these euils: so are the godly euer charged, as Elias was by Achab.

Note return to page 1314 [d] That is, I would the Lorde were no more affectioned toward you, then I am minded to let you goe.

Note return to page 1315 [e] Punishment is prepared for you. Some reade, Ye intende some mischiefe.

Note return to page 1316 The eyght plague.

Note return to page 1317 Or, he caused them to remaine

Note return to page 1318 [f] The wicked in their miseries seeke to Gods ministers for help, albeit they hate and detest them.

Note return to page 1319 [g] The water seemeth red because the sand or grauel is red: the Ebrewes call it the Sea of bulrushes.

Note return to page 1320 [h] Because it was so thicke.

Note return to page 1321 The ninth plague.

Note return to page 1322 Wisd.17.2.

Note return to page 1323 Wisd.18.1.

Note return to page 1324 [i] The ministers of God ought not to yeelde one iote to the wicked as touching their charge.

Note return to page 1325 [k] That is, with what beasts or how manie.

Note return to page 1326 [l] Though before he confessed Moses iust, yet against his owne conscience he threatneth to put him to death.

Note return to page 1327 [a] Without any condition but with haste and violence.

Note return to page 1328 Or, borrowe.

Note return to page 1329 Chap.3.22. & 12.35.

Note return to page 1330 Ecclu.45.1.

Note return to page 1331 Chap.12.29.

Note return to page 1332 Wisd.18.17.

Note return to page 1333 [b] From the highest to the lowest.

Note return to page 1334 [c] That is, vnder thy power and gouernement.

Note return to page 1335 [d] God hardeneth the hearts of the reprobate, that his glorie thereby might be the more set forth Rom.9.17.

Note return to page 1336 [a] Called Nisan, conteining part of March, and part of Aprill.

Note return to page 1337 [b] As touching the obseruation of feasts: as for other policies, they rekoned from September.

Note return to page 1338 [c] As the fathers of the houshold had great or small families.

Note return to page 1339 [d] He shall take so many as are sufficient to eate the lambe.

Note return to page 1340 [e] Euery one in his house.

Note return to page 1341 Ebr. betweene the two euenings or twielight.

Note return to page 1342 [f] That is, all that may be eaten.

Note return to page 1343 [g] The lambe was not the passeouer, but signified it: as sacraments are not the thing it selfe, which they do represent, but signifie it.

Note return to page 1344 Or, princes, or Idoles.

Note return to page 1345 [h] Of the benefit receiued for your deliuerance.

Note return to page 1346 [i] That is, vntill Christs comming: for then ceremonies had an ende.

Note return to page 1347 Or, calling together of the people to serue God.

Note return to page 1348 Leuit.23.5. nom.28.16.

Note return to page 1349 [k] For in olde time so they compted, beginning the day at sunne set till the next day at the same time.

Note return to page 1350 Ebr.11.28.

Note return to page 1351 Or, transome, or vpper doore post.

Note return to page 1352 Or, two side postes.

Note return to page 1353 [l] The Angel sent of God to kill the first borne.

Note return to page 1354 [m] The land of Canaan.

Note return to page 1355 Or, ceremonie.

Note return to page 1356 Iosh.4.6.

Note return to page 1357 [n] They gaue God thankes for so great a benefite.

Note return to page 1358 Chap.11.4.

Note return to page 1359 The tenth plague.

Note return to page 1360 Wisd.18.5.

Note return to page 1361 [o] Of those houses, wherein any first borne was, either of men or beastes.

Note return to page 1362 [p] Pray for me.

Note return to page 1363 Chap.3.22. and 11.2.

Note return to page 1364 Or, lent them.

Note return to page 1365 Nom.33.3. iosh 24.6.

Note return to page 1366 [q] Which was a citie in Goshen, Gen.47.11.

Note return to page 1367 [r] Which were strangers, & not borne of the Israelites.

Note return to page 1368 Gen.15.13. act.7. 6. gal.3.17.

Note return to page 1369 [s] From Abrahams departing from Vr in Chaldea vnto the departing of the children of Israel from Egypt are 430. yeres.

Note return to page 1370 [t] Except he bee circumcised and onely professe your religion.

Note return to page 1371 Nom.9.12.

Note return to page 1372 Iohn.19.36.

Note return to page 1373 [u] They that are of the houshold of God, must be all ioyned in one faith and religion.

Note return to page 1374 Chap.22.29. and 34.19. leuit.27.26. nom. 3.13.& 8.16. luke 2.23.

Note return to page 1375 Exod.23.13.

Note return to page 1376 Ebr. house of seruants.

Note return to page 1377 [a] Where they were in most cruel slauerie.

Note return to page 1378 [b] To signifie that they had not leasure to leauen their bread.

Note return to page 1379 [c] Conteyning part of March and part of April, when corne beg&abar; to ripe in that countrey.

Note return to page 1380 [d] Both the seu&ebar;th and the first day were holy, as chapter 12.16.

Note return to page 1381 [e] When thou doest celebrate the feast of vnleauened bread.

Note return to page 1382 [f] Thou shalt haue continuall remembrance thereof, as thou wouldest of a thing that is in thine hand or before thine eyes.

Note return to page 1383 Chap.22.29. and 34.19. eze.44.30.

Note return to page 1384 Ebr. that first commeth forth.

Note return to page 1385 [g] This is also vnderstand of the horse and other beasts, which were not offered in sacrifice.

Note return to page 1386 [h] By offering a cleane beast in sacrifice, Leui.12.6.

Note return to page 1387 Or, hereafterwardes.

Note return to page 1388 Or, signes of remembrance.

Note return to page 1389 Or, because.

Note return to page 1390 [i] Which the Philistims would haue made against them by stopping them the passage.

Note return to page 1391 [k] That is, not priuily, but openly, & as the word doeth signifie, set in order by fiue & fiue.

Note return to page 1392 Gen.50.25. iosh.24.32.

Note return to page 1393 Nom.33.6.

Note return to page 1394 Nom.14.14. deut.1.33. psal.78. 14. 1.cor.10.1.

Note return to page 1395 [l] To defend them from the heate of the sunne.

Note return to page 1396 Nehe.9.19.

Note return to page 1397 [a] From toward the countrey of the Philistims.

Note return to page 1398 [b] So the sea was before them, mo&ubar;taines on either side, & the enemie at their backe: yet they obeyed God & were deliuered.

Note return to page 1399 Nom.33.7.

Note return to page 1400 [c] By punishing his obstinate rebellion.

Note return to page 1401 [d] Iosephus writeth that besides these charets there were 50000. horsemen, and 200000. footemen.

Note return to page 1402 [e] With great ioy and holdnes.

Note return to page 1403 Iosh.24.6. 1.mac.4.9.

Note return to page 1404 [f] They, which a litle before in their deliuerance reioyced, being nowe in danger are afraide, and murmure.

Note return to page 1405 In this figure foure chiefe poyntes are to be considered. First, that the Church of God is euer subiect in this worlde to the Crosse, and to be afflicted after one sort or other. The second, that the ministers of God following their vocation, shalbe euill spoken of, and murmured against, euen of them that pretende the same cause and religion that they doe. The third, that God deliuereth not his Church incontinently out of dangers, but to exercise their faith and patience continueth their troubles, yea and often times augmenteth them: as the Israelites were nowe in lesse hope of their liues, then when they were in Egypt. The fourth poynt is, that when the dangers are most great, then Gods helpe is most ready to succour: for the Israelites had on either side them, huge rockes and mountaines, before them the Sea, behinde them most cruell enemies, so that there was no way left to escape to mans iudgement.

Note return to page 1406 [g] Such is the impatiencie of the flesh, that it cannot abide Gods appoynted time.

Note return to page 1407 Or, deliuerance.

Note return to page 1408 [h] Onely put your trust in God without grudging or doubting.

Note return to page 1409 [i] Thus in tentations faith fighteth against the flesh, & crieth with inward gronings to the Lorde.

Note return to page 1410 [k] The cloude sheweth light to the Israelites, but to the Egyptians it was darkenes, so that their two hostes could not ioyne together.

Note return to page 1411 Iosh.4.23. psal.114.3.

Note return to page 1412 Psal.78.13. 1.cor.10.1. ebr.11.29.

Note return to page 1413 [l] Which was about the three last houres of þe; night.

Note return to page 1414 Or, heauily.

Note return to page 1415 [m] So the Lord by the water saued his, & by the water drowned his enemies.

Note return to page 1416 Ebr. hand.

Note return to page 1417 [n] That is, the doctrine which he taught them in the Name of the Lord.

Note return to page 1418 [a] Praising God for the ouerthrow of his enemies and their deliuerance.

Note return to page 1419 Wisd.10.20.

Note return to page 1420 Or, the occasion of my song of prayse.

Note return to page 1421 [b] To worship him therein.

Note return to page 1422 [c] In battel he ouercommeth euer.

Note return to page 1423 [d] Euer constant in his promise.

Note return to page 1424 Or, power.

Note return to page 1425 [e] Those, that are enemies to Gods people, are his enemies.

Note return to page 1426 Or, in the depth of the Sea.

Note return to page 1427 Ebr. my soule shall be filled.

Note return to page 1428 [f] For so, oftentimes the Scripture calleth the mightie men of the world.

Note return to page 1429 [g] Which oughtest to be praysed with all feare and reuerence.

Note return to page 1430 [h] That is, into the land of Canaan: or into mount Zion.

Note return to page 1431 Deut.2.25. iosh.2.9.

Note return to page 1432 Or, for the great power.

Note return to page 1433 [i] Which was mount Zion, where afterward the Temple was built.

Note return to page 1434 [k] Signifying their great ioy, which custome þe; Iewes obserued in certaine solemnities, Iud.11.34.& 21.21. but it ought not to be a cloke to couer our wanton daunces.

Note return to page 1435 [l] By singing the like song of thanksgiuing.

Note return to page 1436 [m] Which was called Etham, Nom.33.8.

Note return to page 1437 Or, bitternesse.

Note return to page 1438 Ecclu.38.5.

Note return to page 1439 [n] That is, God, or Moses in Gods name.

Note return to page 1440 [o] Which is, to do that onely þt; God commandeth.

Note return to page 1441 Nomb.33.9.

Note return to page 1442 Or, date trees.

Note return to page 1443 [a] This is the eight place wherein they had camped: there is an other place called Zin, which was the 33. place wherin they camped: and is also called Kadesh, Nom.33.36.

Note return to page 1444 [b] So hard a thing it is to the flesh not to murmure against God when the belly is pinched.

Note return to page 1445 Ebr. the portion of a day in his day.

Note return to page 1446 [c] To signifie that they should paciently depend vpon Gods prouidence from day to day.

Note return to page 1447 [d] He gaue them not Manna because they murmured, but for his promes sake.

Note return to page 1448 [e] He that contemneth Gods ministers, contemneth God himselfe.

Note return to page 1449 Chap.13.21.

Note return to page 1450 Ecclu.45.4.

Note return to page 1451 Or, in the twilight.

Note return to page 1452 Nomb.11.31.

Note return to page 1453 Nom.11.7. psal. 78.24. wis.16.20.

Note return to page 1454 [f] Which signifieth a part, portion, or gift also meate prepared.

Note return to page 1455 Iohn.6.31. 1.cor. 10.3.

Note return to page 1456 [g] Which conteineth about a pottle of our measure.

Note return to page 1457 Ebr. for an head.

Note return to page 1458 2.Cor.8.15.

Note return to page 1459 [h] God is a riche feeder of all, and none can iustly complaine.

Note return to page 1460 [i] No creature is so pure but being abused, it turneth to our destruction.

Note return to page 1461 [k] Which portion should serue for the Sabbath and the day before.

Note return to page 1462 [l] God tooke away the occasion from their labour, to signifie howe holy he would haue the Sabbath kept.

Note return to page 1463 [m] Their infidelity was so great that they did expressely against Gods commandement.

Note return to page 1464 [n] In forme and figure, but not in colour, Nom.11.7.

Note return to page 1465 [o] Of this vessell read, Ebr.9.4.

Note return to page 1466 [p] That is, þe; Arke of the couenant: to wit, after that the Arke was made.

Note return to page 1467 Iosh 5.12. nehe.9. 25.

Note return to page 1468 [q] Which measure conteined about ten pottles.

Note return to page 1469 Ebr. the mouth.

Note return to page 1470 [a] Moses here noteth not euery place, where they camped, as Nom. 33. but onely those places where some notable thing was done.

Note return to page 1471 Nomb.20.4.

Note return to page 1472 [b] Why distrust you God? why loke you not for succour of him without murmuring against vs?

Note return to page 1473 [c] How readie the people are for their owne matters to slay the true Prophets, and howe slowe they are to reuenge Gods cause against his enemies and false prophets.

Note return to page 1474 Chap.7.20.

Note return to page 1475 Nom.20 9. wi.11. 4. psal.78.15. and 105.41. 1.cor.10.4.

Note return to page 1476 Or, Tentation.

Note return to page 1477 Or, strife.

Note return to page 1478 [d] When in aduersitie wee thinke God to be absent, then we neglect his promes and make him a liar.

Note return to page 1479 Deut.25.17. wisd. 11.3.

Note return to page 1480 [e] Who came of Eliphaz, sonne of Esau, Gen.36.12.

Note return to page 1481 [f] That is, Horeb, which is also called Sinai.

Note return to page 1482 [g] So that we see howe dangerous a thing it is to faint in prayer.

Note return to page 1483 [h] In the booke of the lawe.

Note return to page 1484 Ebr put it in the eares of Ioshua.

Note return to page 1485 Nomb.24 20. 1.sam.15.3.

Note return to page 1486 [i] That is, þe; Lorde is my banner: as he declared by holding vp his rod and his hands.

Note return to page 1487 Ebr. the hand of the Lord vpon the throne.

Note return to page 1488 Chap.2.16.

Note return to page 1489 [a] It may seeme that he sent her backe for a time to her father for her impaciencie, least she should be a let to his vocation, which was so dangerous, chap.4.25.

Note return to page 1490 Chap.2.22.

Note return to page 1491 [b] Horeb is called the mount of God, because God wrought many miracles there. So Peter calleth þe; mo&ubar;t where Christ was transfigured, the holy mount: for by Christs presence it was holy for a time, 2.Pet.1.18.

Note return to page 1492 [c] That is, he sent messengers to say vnto him.

Note return to page 1493 Ebr. of peace.

Note return to page 1494 [d] Whereby it is euident that he worshipped the true God, & therefore Moses refused not to mary his daughter.

Note return to page 1495 Chap.1.10, 16, 22. and 5.7. and 14.8.

Note return to page 1496 [e] For they that drowned the children of the Israelites, perished th&ebar;selues by water.

Note return to page 1497 [f] They ate in that place, where the sacrifice was offered for part was burnt, and the rest eaten.

Note return to page 1498 [g] That is, to know Gods will, and to haue iustice executed.

Note return to page 1499 Ebr thou wilt fain: and fall.

Note return to page 1500 Deut.1.9.

Note return to page 1501 Or, counsell.

Note return to page 1502 [h] Iudge thou in hard causes, which cannot be decided but by consulting with God

Note return to page 1503 [i] What maner of men ought to be chosen to beare office.

Note return to page 1504 [k] Godly counsel ought euer to be obeyed, though it come of our inferiors: for to such God oftentimes giueth wisedome to humble them that are exalted, & to declare that one m&ebar;ber hath neede of another.

Note return to page 1505 [l] Read the occasion, Nom.10.29.

Note return to page 1506 [a] Which was in the beginning of þe; moneth Siu&abar;, conteining part of May and part of Iune.

Note return to page 1507 [b] That they departed from Rephidim.

Note return to page 1508 Act.7.38.

Note return to page 1509 [c] God called Iaakob Israel: therfore the house of Iaakob & the people of Israel signifie only Gods people.

Note return to page 1510 Deut.29.2.

Note return to page 1511 [d] For the egle by flying hie, is out of danger, and in carying her birds rather on her wings then in her talents declareth her loue.

Note return to page 1512 Deut.5.2.

Note return to page 1513 Deut.10.14. psal. 24.1.

Note return to page 1514 1.Pet.2.9. reue. 1.6.

Note return to page 1515 Chap.24.3. deut. 5.27. & 26.17. iosh.24.16.

Note return to page 1516 [e] Teach them to be pure in heart as they shew themselues outwardly cleane by washing.

Note return to page 1517 Heb.12.20.

Note return to page 1518 Or, trumpet.

Note return to page 1519 Or, toward.

Note return to page 1520 [f] But giue your selues to prayer and abstinence, that you may at this time attend onely vpon the Lord, 1.Cor.7.5.

Note return to page 1521 Deut.4.11.

Note return to page 1522 [g] God vsed these feareful signes that his Law should be had in greater reuerence, & his maiestie the more feared.

Note return to page 1523 [h] He gaue autoritie to Moses by plaine words, that the people might vnderstand him.

Note return to page 1524 Or, rulers.

Note return to page 1525 Or, breake out vpon them.

Note return to page 1526 [i] Neither dignitie nor multitude haue authoritie to passe the boundes, that Gods word prescribeth.

Note return to page 1527 [a] When Moses & Aaron were gone vp, or had passed þe; bounds of the people, God spake thus out of the mount Horeb, that al þe; people heard.

Note return to page 1528 Deut.5.6. ps.81.10.

Note return to page 1529 Or, seruants.

Note return to page 1530 [b] To whose eyes all things are op&ebar;.

Note return to page 1531 Leu.26. 1.psa.97.7.

Note return to page 1532 [c] By this outward gesture al kinde of seruice & worship to idols is forbidd&ebar;

Note return to page 1533 [d] And wil be reu&ebar;ged of the c&obar;t&ebar;ners of mine honor

Note return to page 1534 [e] So ready is he rather to shewe mercie then to punish.

Note return to page 1535 Leuit.19.12. deu.5.11. mat.5.33,

Note return to page 1536 [f] Either by swearing falsely or rashly by his Name, or by contemning it.

Note return to page 1537 [g] Which is by meditating the spirituall rest, by hearing Gods word, & resting fr&obar; worldly trauailes.

Note return to page 1538 Chap.23.12. ezek.20.12.

Note return to page 1539 Or, citie.

Note return to page 1540 Gen.2.2.

Note return to page 1541 Deut.5.16. mat.15.4. ephe.6.2.

Note return to page 1542 [h] By the parents also is meant all that haue authoritie ouer vs.

Note return to page 1543 Mat.5.21.

Note return to page 1544 [i] But loue and preserue thy brothers life.

Note return to page 1545 [k] But be pure in heart, worde and deede.

Note return to page 1546 [l] But studie to saue his goods.

Note return to page 1547 [m] But further his good name, and speake trueth.

Note return to page 1548 Rom.7.7.

Note return to page 1549 [n] Thou mayst not so much as wish his hinderance in any thing.

Note return to page 1550 Ebr. firebrands.

Note return to page 1551 Or, heard.

Note return to page 1552 Deut.5.24. & 18.16. heb.12.18.

Note return to page 1553 [o] Whether you will obey his precepts as you promised, chap.19.8.

Note return to page 1554 Chap.27.8. and 38.7.

Note return to page 1555 Leuit.3.1.

Note return to page 1556 Deut.27.5. iosh 8.31.

Note return to page 1557 Ebr. it, that is, the stone.

Note return to page 1558 [p] Which might be by his stouping, or flying abroad of his clothes.

Note return to page 1559 Leuit.25.39. deut.15.12. iere.34.14.

Note return to page 1560 [a] Paying no mony for his libertie.

Note return to page 1561 [b] Not hauing wife nor children.

Note return to page 1562 [c] Till her time of seruitude was expired, which might be þe; seuenth yeere or the fiftieth.

Note return to page 1563 Ebr.gods.

Note return to page 1564 [d] Where þe; iudges sate.

Note return to page 1565 [e] That is, to the yeere of Iubile, which was euery fiftieth yere.

Note return to page 1566 [f] Constrayned eyther by pouertie, or els to the intent that the master should mary her.

Note return to page 1567 [g] By giuing an other mony to buy her of him.

Note return to page 1568 Or, defloured her.

Note return to page 1569 [h] That is, he shall giue her dowrie.

Note return to page 1570 [i] For his sonne.

Note return to page 1571 [k] Neither marry her himselfe, nor giue another money to buy her, nor bestowe her vpon his sonne.

Note return to page 1572 Leuit.24.17.

Note return to page 1573 [l] Though a man be killed at vnwares, yet it is Gods prouidence that it should so be.

Note return to page 1574 Deut.19.3.

Note return to page 1575 [m] The holinesse of the place ought not to defende the murther.

Note return to page 1576 Leuit.20.5. prou.20.20. mat.15.4. mar.7.10.

Note return to page 1577 [n] Either farre off him or neere.

Note return to page 1578 [o] By the ciuill iustice.

Note return to page 1579 Or, losing of his time.

Note return to page 1580 [p] By the ciuill magistrate, but before God he is a murtherer.

Note return to page 1581 [q] Of the mother or childe.

Note return to page 1582 Or, arbiters.

Note return to page 1583 Leuit.24.20. deut. 19.21. mat.5.38.

Note return to page 1584 [r] The execution of this lawe only belonged to the magistrate, mat. 5.38.

Note return to page 1585 [s] So God reu&ebar;geth crueltie in most least things.

Note return to page 1586 Gene.9.5.

Note return to page 1587 [t] If the beast be punished, much more shall the murtherer.

Note return to page 1588 Or, testified to his.

Note return to page 1589 [u] By the next of the kinred of him that is so slaine.

Note return to page 1590 [x] Reade Gene. 23.15.

Note return to page 1591 [y] This lawe forbiddeth not onely not to hurt, but to beware least any be hurt.

Note return to page 1592 [a] Either great beast of the heard, or a small beast of the flocke.

Note return to page 1593 2.Sam.11.6.

Note return to page 1594 [b] Breaking an house to enter in, or vndermining.

Note return to page 1595 Ebr. when the sunne riseth vpon him.

Note return to page 1596 [c] He shalbe put to death, that killeth him.

Note return to page 1597 Ebr. in his hand.

Note return to page 1598 Ebr. gods.

Note return to page 1599 [d] That is, whether he hath stolen.

Note return to page 1600 Ebr. broken.

Note return to page 1601 [e] They shoulde sweare by the Name of þe; Lord.

Note return to page 1602 Gene.31.39.

Note return to page 1603 [f] He shall shewe some part of the beast, or bring in witnesses.

Note return to page 1604 [g] He that hired it shalbe free by paying the hire.

Note return to page 1605 Deut.22.28.

Note return to page 1606 Deu.13.13,14, 15. 1.mac.2.24.

Note return to page 1607 Leuit.19.33.

Note return to page 1608 Zech.7.10.

Note return to page 1609 [h] The iust plague of God vpon the oppressers.

Note return to page 1610 Leuit.25.37. deut. 23.19. psal.15.5.

Note return to page 1611 [i] For colde and necessitie.

Note return to page 1612 Act.23 5.

Note return to page 1613 [k] Thine abundance of thy corne, oyle, and wine.

Note return to page 1614 Chap.13.2. and 34.19.

Note return to page 1615 Leuit.22.8. ezek. 44.31.

Note return to page 1616 [l] And so haue nothing to do with it.

Note return to page 1617 Or, report a false tale.

Note return to page 1618 Or, cruell.

Note return to page 1619 Ebr. answere.

Note return to page 1620 [a] Doe that which is godly though fewe do fauour it.

Note return to page 1621 [b] If we be bound to do good to our enemies beast, much more to our enemie himselfe, Matth.5.44.

Note return to page 1622 [c] If God c&obar;mand to helpe vp our enemies asse vnder his burden, will he suffer vs to cast downe our brethren with heauy burdens?

Note return to page 1623 Dan.13.35.

Note return to page 1624 [d] Whether thou be magistrate or art commanded by the magistrate.

Note return to page 1625 Deut.16.19. eccle. 20.28.

Note return to page 1626 Ebr. seeing.

Note return to page 1627 [e] For in that that he is a stranger, his heart is sorowfull inough.

Note return to page 1628 Leuit.25.3.& 26. 43. deut.15.1.

Note return to page 1629 Chap.20.8. deut. 5.13.

Note return to page 1630 [f] Neither by swearing by them, nor speaking of them, Psa.16. 4. ephe.5.3.

Note return to page 1631 Chap.13.3. & 34. 18.

Note return to page 1632 [g] That is, Easter, in remembrance that the Angel passed ouer and spared the Israelites, when he slew the first borne of the Egyptians.

Note return to page 1633 Deut.16.16. ecclu.53.4.

Note return to page 1634 [h] Which is, Whitsontide, in token þt; the Law was giu&ebar; 50.daies after they departed from Egypt.

Note return to page 1635 [i] This is the feast of tabernacles, signifying that they dwelled 40.yeere vnder the tents or the tabernacles, in wildernesse.

Note return to page 1636 [k] No leauened bread shalbe then in thine house.

Note return to page 1637 Chap.34.26. deut. 14.22.

Note return to page 1638 [l] Meaning, that no fruites shoulde be taken before iust time: & hereby are brideled al cruel & wanton appetites,

Note return to page 1639 Chap.33.2. deut. 7.21.

Note return to page 1640 [m] I will giue him mine authoritie, & he shall gouerne you in my name.

Note return to page 1641 Chap.33.2. deut.7.21. ioshua.24.11.

Note return to page 1642 Deut.7.25.

Note return to page 1643 [n] God commandeth his not only not to worship idoles, but to destroy them.

Note return to page 1644 [o] That is, all things necessarie for this present life.

Note return to page 1645 Deut.7.14.

Note return to page 1646 [p] I will make them afraide at thy comming, and sende mine Angell to destroy them, as Chap.33.2.

Note return to page 1647 Iosh.24.12.

Note return to page 1648 [q] Called the sea of Syria.

Note return to page 1649 [r] Of Arabia called deserta.

Note return to page 1650 [s] To wit, Euphrates.

Note return to page 1651 Chap.34.15. deut.7.2.

Note return to page 1652 Ebr.offence, or snare.

Note return to page 1653 Deu.7.16. and Iosh.23.13.

Note return to page 1654 [a] When he called him vp to the mountaine to giue him the lawes, beginning at the 20.chap. hitherto.

Note return to page 1655 [b] When he had receiued these lawes in mount Sinai.

Note return to page 1656 Ebr.iudgements.

Note return to page 1657 Chap.19.8.

Note return to page 1658 Chap.20.24.

Note return to page 1659 Or, at the foote of the mountaine.

Note return to page 1660 [c] For as yet the priesthoode was not giuen to Leui.

Note return to page 1661 Or, of the booke of the Lawe.

Note return to page 1662 1.Pet.1.3. heb 9.20.

Note return to page 1663 [d] Which blood signifieth that the couenant broken can not be satisfied without bloodsheading.

Note return to page 1664 [e] As perfectly as their infirmities coulde beholde his maiestie.

Note return to page 1665 Ebr. bricke worke.

Note return to page 1666 [f] He made them not afraide, not punished them.

Note return to page 1667 [g] That is, reioyced.

Note return to page 1668 [h] The seconde time.

Note return to page 1669 [i] Signifying the hardenesse of our heartes, except God doe write his lawes therein by his Spirit, Ierem.31.33. ezek.11.19. 2.corin.3.3. hebr.8.10. and .10.16.

Note return to page 1670 [k] To wit, the people.

Note return to page 1671 Or, him.

Note return to page 1672 [l] The Lorde appeareth like deuouring fire to carnall men: but to them that he draweth with his spirite, he is like pleasant Saphir.

Note return to page 1673 Chap.34.28. deut.9.9.

Note return to page 1674 [a] After the moral and iudiciall lawe he giueth them the ceremoniall law, that nothing should be left to mans inuention.

Note return to page 1675 Chap.35.5.

Note return to page 1676 [b] For the building and vse of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 1677 Or, yelowe.

Note return to page 1678 [c] Which is thought to be a kinde of Cedar, which will not rotte.

Note return to page 1679 [d] Ordeined for the Priestes.

Note return to page 1680 Chap.28.4.

Note return to page 1681 Chap.28.15.

Note return to page 1682 [e] A place both to offer sacrifice and to heare the Lawe.

Note return to page 1683 Chap.37.1.

Note return to page 1684 Or, a circle and a border.

Note return to page 1685 Or, feete.

Note return to page 1686 [Subnote: THE ARKE OF THE TESTIMONIE.]

A B The length, two cubites and an halfe.

B C The breadth a cubite and an halfe.

A D The height a cubite and an halfe.

E The golden crowne aboue the Arke.

F The foure rings of golde in the foure corners.

G The barres couered with golde to put through the rings to carie the Arke.

H The inner part of the Arke where the Testimonie was put.

Note return to page 1687 [f] The stone tables, the rodde of Aaron and Manna, which were a testimonie of Gods presence.

Note return to page 1688 Or, couering: or, propitiatorie.

Note return to page 1689 [g] There God appeared mercifully vnto them: and this was a figure of Christ.

Note return to page 1690 [Subnote: THE PROPITIATORIE, OR MERCIE SEATE.]

I The propitiatorie which is the couering of the Arke of the Testimonie, set apart in this edition, for plainnesse.

K The place whence issued the oracle & answere, from aboue the Propitiatorie, and from betweene the wings of the Cherubims.

Note return to page 1691 Or, will appoint with thee.

Note return to page 1692 Nomb.7.89.

Note return to page 1693 [Subnote: THE TABLE OF THE SHEWE BREAD.]

A B The height a cubite and an halfe.

B C The length two cubites.

C D The breadth a cubite.

E A crowne of golde aboue and beneath separated the one from the other by a border of an hand bredth thicke, which declareth that the Table was an hande breadth thicke.

F The foure rings.

G The barres to carie the Table, which were put through the rings.

H Dishes wherein the shewe bread was put.

I The twelue cakes or loaues called the shewe bread.

K The goblets or couerings, The incense cuppes.

Note return to page 1694 Chap.37.10.

Note return to page 1695 Or, an hands broade.

Note return to page 1696 [h] To settle bread vpon.

Note return to page 1697 [Subnote: THE CANDLESTICKE.]

Because the facion of the Candlesticke is so plaine and euident, it needeth not to describe the particular partes thereof according to the order of letters. Only whereas it is sayde in the 34.verse, that there shall bee foure boules or cuppes in the Candlesticke, it must be vnderstand of the shaft or shanke: for there are but three for euery one of the other branches.

Also the knoppes of the candlesticke are those which are vnder the branches as they issue out of the shafte on either side.

Note return to page 1698 Chap.37.17.

Note return to page 1699 [i] It shall not be molten, but beaten out of the lumpe of golde with the hammer.

Note return to page 1700 [k] This was the talent weight of the temple, & waited 120.pound.

Note return to page 1701 Ebr.8.5. act.7.44.

Note return to page 1702 [a] That is, of most cunning or fine worke.

Note return to page 1703 [Subnote: THE FIRST COVERING OF THE TABERNACLE]

A B C D The ten curtaines, which were eight and twentie cubites long of Cherubim worke.

A E The bredth of a curtaine was foure cubites, and so the tenne were fourtie cubites broade.

F G Two curtaines and an halfe: so that the whole laide together declareth that the tabernacle was thirtie cubites long and twelue broade.

F H Taches or hookes to tie the curtaines together.

Note return to page 1704 [b] On the side that the curtains might be tyed together.

Note return to page 1705 [c] In tying together both the sides.

Note return to page 1706 Or, hookes.

Note return to page 1707 Or, partition.

Note return to page 1708 [Subnote: THE CVRTAINES OF GOATES HEARE.]These eleuen curtaines of goates heare were put aboue the other ten, A. and the eleu&ebar;th hanged before the entrie of the Tabernacle, looke B. These also were 30. cubites long, & the other but eight and twentie, & therefore on the Southside they were a cubite longer then the other, looke C. And also an other on the North side, that the boardes might be couered, F.

Note return to page 1709 [d] Least raine and weather should marre it.

Note return to page 1710 [e] That is, fiue on the one side, and fiue on the other, and the sixt should hang ouer the dore of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 1711 Or, hookes.

Note return to page 1712 [f] For these curtaines were two cubites longer then the curtaines of the Tabernacle: so that they were sider by a cubite on both sides.

Note return to page 1713 [g] To be put vpon the couering that was made of goates heare.

Note return to page 1714 [h] This was the third couering for the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 1715 [Subnote: THE TABERNACLE.]

A Tw&ebar;tie boards on the Southside, and as many on the-North-side, which were of 10. cubites in length, that is from E. to E. The breadth of eche was a cubit & halfe, by reason whereof, all ioyned together, made 30. cubites which was the length of the Tabernacle. Iosephus writeth that eche boarde was an handfull thicke.

B The nether part of the boards which was cut into two tenons.

C The two mortaises, for ech tenon one, wrought in two pieces apart, whereinto when the boards were put, they receiued the tenons, & held the boardes vp.

D D D D D Signifie fiue barres to hold the boardes in order: foure pa&esset;ed without the boardes, through ringes: the middlemost went through the thicknesse of the boardes, wherein holes were made therefore.

E E Two ringes, one at the vpper part, and another at the nether part of the boardes, which ioyned the sides of the Tabernacle, and the boardes of the West end together.

F F Ringes wherethrough the barres passed.

G H A vaile hanging on 4. pillers, and wrought of Cherubims, which did separate the holy place, from the most holy.

I The most holy place.

K The holy place, wherein on the Southside the, candlesticke was placed, and on the Northside against it, the Table of shewe bread.

L Eight boardes that close vp the Tabernacle on the West ende, which was the vppermost ende of the place.

M A hanging or vaile, which was at the entrie of the Tabernacle, being at the east ende which was fastened to hang at 5 pillers.

Note return to page 1716 Or, basse pieces, wherein were the mortaises for the tenons.

Note return to page 1717 [i] The Ebrewe word signifieth twinnes: declaring that they should be so perfect and well ioyned as were possible.

Note return to page 1718 Chap.25.9,40. ebr. 8.5. act.7.44.

Note return to page 1719 [k] Some read, heads of the pillars.

Note return to page 1720 Ebr. vnder the hookes: meaning that it should hang downward from the hookes.

Note return to page 1721 [l] Whereunto the hie Priest onely entred once a yeere.

Note return to page 1722 [m] Meaning in the holie place.

Note return to page 1723 [n] This hanging or vaile was betweene the holy place and there where the people were.

Note return to page 1724 [a] For the burnt offring.

Note return to page 1725 [Subnote: THE ALTAR OF BVRNT OFFRING.]

A B The length conteining fiue cubites.

A D The height three cubites.

B C The breadth as much.

E The foure hornes or foure corners.

F The grate, which was out within the altar, and whereupon the sacrifice was burnt.

G Foure rings to lift vp the grate by, when they auoyded the ashes.

H. The barres to cary the altar.

I The ringes through the which the barres were put.

H H H Ashpans, besoms, fleshhookes, basins and such instruments apperteining to the altar.

Note return to page 1726 [b] Of the same wood and matter, not fastened vnto it.

Note return to page 1727 Or, fire pannes.

Note return to page 1728 Ebr. net.

Note return to page 1729 [c] This was the first entrie into the Tabernacle, where the people abode.

Note return to page 1730 [d] They were certaine hoopes or circles for to beautifie the pillar

Note return to page 1731 [e] Meaning curtaines of fiftie cubites.

Note return to page 1732 [f] Of the doore of the court.

Note return to page 1733 Ebr. fiftie in fiftie.

Note return to page 1734 [g] Or stakes, wherewith the curtaines were fastened to the ground.

Note return to page 1735 [h] Such as commeth from the oliue, when it is first pressed or beaten.

Note return to page 1736 Or, ascende vp.

Note return to page 1737 [a] Whereby his office may be knowen to be glorious and excellent.

Note return to page 1738 Ebr. wise in hears

Note return to page 1739 [b] Which is, to separate him from the rest.

Note return to page 1740 [Subnote: THE GARMENTS OF THE HIGH PRIEST.]

A The Ephod, or vpmost coate, which was like cloth of golde and was girded vnto him, wherein was the breast plate with the twelue stones, which was tyed about with two chaynes to two Onyx stones, and beneath with two laces.

B The robe which was next vnder the Ephod, whereunto were ioyned the pomegranates and belles of golde.

C The tunicle or broydred coate, which was vnder the robe and longer then it, and was also without sleeues.

Note return to page 1741 [c] A short and straight coate without sleeues put vpmost vpon his garments to keepe them close vnto him.

Note return to page 1742 [d] Which were about his vpmost coate.

Note return to page 1743 [e] As they were in age, so shoulde they be grauen in order.

Note return to page 1744 [f] That Aaron might remember the Israelites to Godwarde.

Note return to page 1745 [g] Of the bosses.

Note return to page 1746 [h] It was so called, because the hie Priest could not giue sentence in iudgement without that on his brest.

Note return to page 1747 [i] The description of the brestplate.

Note return to page 1748 Or, Sardoine.

Note return to page 1749 Or, Emeraude.

Note return to page 1750 Or, Carbuncle.

Note return to page 1751 Or, Iasper.

Note return to page 1752 Ebr. Tarshish.

Note return to page 1753 [k] Which are vpmost towarde the shoulder.

Note return to page 1754 [l] Which are beneath.

Note return to page 1755 [m] Aaron shall not enter into the holy place in his owne name, but in the name of all the children of Israel.

Note return to page 1756 [n] Vrim signifieth light, and Thummim perfection: declaring that the stones of the brest plate were most cleare, and of perfect beautie: by Vrim also is meant knowledge, & Thummim holinesse, shewing what vertues are required in the Priestes.

Note return to page 1757 Ecclus.45.9.

Note return to page 1758 [o] Holines appertaineth to the Lorde: for he is most holy, and nothing vnholy may appeare before him.

Note return to page 1759 [p] Their offrings could not be so perfect, but some fault would be therein: which sinne the high Priest bare and pacified God.

Note return to page 1760 [q] That is, consecrate them, by giuing them things to offer, and thereby admit them to their office.

Note return to page 1761 Or, of witnesse.

Note return to page 1762 [r] In not hiding their nakednesse.

Note return to page 1763 Leuit.9.2.

Note return to page 1764 [a] To offer them in sacrifice.

Note return to page 1765 [b] Which was next vnder the Ephod.

Note return to page 1766 Chap.28.36.

Note return to page 1767 Chap.39.25.

Note return to page 1768 Chap.28.41.

Note return to page 1769 Or, consecrate them.

Note return to page 1770 Leuit.1.4.

Note return to page 1771 [c] Signifying that the sacrifice was also offred for them, and that they did approue it.

Note return to page 1772 Leuit.3.3.

Note return to page 1773 Ebr. sinne, 2.cor.5.21.

Note return to page 1774 [d] Or a sauour of rest, which causeth the wrath of God to cease.

Note return to page 1775 [e] Meaning, the soft and nether part of the eare.

Note return to page 1776 [f] Wherewith þe; altar must be sprinkled.

Note return to page 1777 [g] Which is offred for the consecration of the hie Priest.

Note return to page 1778 [h] This sacrifice the Priest did moue toward the East, West, North and South.

Note return to page 1779 [i] So called because it was not onely shaken to and fro, but also lifted vp.

Note return to page 1780 [k] Which were offrings of thanks giuing to God for his benefites.

Note return to page 1781 Leuit.8 31.& 24 9. mat.12.4.

Note return to page 1782 [l] That is, by the sacrifices.

Note return to page 1783 Ebr. fill their hands.

Note return to page 1784 [m] To appease Gods wrath that sinne may be pardoned.

Note return to page 1785 Nom.28.3.

Note return to page 1786 [n] That is, an Omer, reade chap. 16.16.

Note return to page 1787 [o] Which is about a pinte.

Note return to page 1788 Or, declare my selfe to you.

Note return to page 1789 [p] Because of my glorious presence.

Note return to page 1790 Leuit.26.12. 2.cor.6.16.

Note return to page 1791 [q] It is I the Lord, that am their God.

Note return to page 1792 [a] Vpon þe; which the sweete perfume was burnt, vers.34.

Note return to page 1793 [b] Of the same wood and matter.

Note return to page 1794 Or, a circle and border.

Note return to page 1795 [Subnote: THE ALTAR OF SVVEETE PERFVME.]This altar was one cubite long, and one cubite broade, and in height was two cubites: the rest may be vnderstand by the former figures.

Note return to page 1796 [c] That is, in the Sanctuarie, and not in the Holiest of all.

Note return to page 1797 [d] Meaning, when he trimmeth them, and refresheth the oyle.

Note return to page 1798 [e] Otherwise made then this, which is described.

Note return to page 1799 [f] But it must only serue to burne perfume.

Note return to page 1800 Nom.1.2,5.

Note return to page 1801 [g] Whereby he testified that he redeemed his life which he had forfait as is declared by Dauid 2.Sam.24.1.

Note return to page 1802 [h] This shekel valued two common shekels: and the gerah valued about 12. pence after fiue shilling sterling the ounce of siluer.

Note return to page 1803 Leuit.27.25. nom.3.47. ezek.45.12.

Note return to page 1804 [i] That God should be mercifull vnto you.

Note return to page 1805 [Subnote: THE LAVER OF BRASSE.]Because the maner of this figure is not particularly described, wee haue put it in this fourme: aswell for that it agreeth with the text, is also it is after this fashion in other copies of sundrie l&abar;guages.

Note return to page 1806 [k] Signifying that he that commeth to God, must be washed from all sinne and corruption.

Note return to page 1807 [l] So long as the Priesthode shall last.

Note return to page 1808 [m] Waying so much.

Note return to page 1809 [n] It is a kinde of reede of a very sweete sauour within, and is vsed in pouders and odours.

Note return to page 1810 Chap.29.40.

Note return to page 1811 [o] All things which appertaine to the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 1812 [p] Neither at their burials, nor otherwise.

Note return to page 1813 [q] Either a stranger, or an Israelite, saue onely the Priests.

Note return to page 1814 [r] In Ebrew, Sheheleth: which is a sweete kinde of gumme & shineth as the nayle.

Note return to page 1815 [s] Onely dedicate to the vse of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 1816 [a] I haue chosen and made meete, chap.35.30.

Note return to page 1817 [b] This sheweth that handy craftes are the giftes of Gods spirite, and therefore ought to be esteemed.

Note return to page 1818 [c] I haue instructed them, and increased their knowledge.

Note return to page 1819 [d] So called, because of the cunning and arte vsed therein, or because the whole was beaten out of one piece.

Note return to page 1820 [e] Which onely was to anoynt the Priestes & the instruments of the Tabernacle, & not to burne.

Note return to page 1821 [f] Though I command these works to be done, yet wil I not þt; you breake my Sabbath dayes.

Note return to page 1822 Chap.20.8. ezek.20.12.

Note return to page 1823 [g] God repeateth this poynt because þe; whole keeping of the law standeth in the true vse of þe; Sabbath, which is to cease from our workes, and to obey the will of God.

Note return to page 1824 Or, Sabbath.

Note return to page 1825 Gen.1.31. & 2.2.

Note return to page 1826 [h] From creating his creatures, but not from gouerning & preseruing them.

Note return to page 1827 Deut.9.10.

Note return to page 1828 [i] Whereby he declared his will to his people.

Note return to page 1829 [a] The roote of Idolatrie is, when men thinke that God is not at hand, except they see him carnally.

Note return to page 1830 [b] Thinking that they would rather forgoe idolatrie, then to resigne their most precious iewels.

Note return to page 1831 [c] Such is the rage of Idolaters, that they spare no cost to satisfie their wicked desires.

Note return to page 1832 Psal.106.19.

Note return to page 1833 [d] They smelled of their leauen of Egypt, where they saw calues, oxen, and serpents worshipped.

Note return to page 1834 1.King.12 28.

Note return to page 1835 1.Cor.10.7.

Note return to page 1836 Deu.9.12.

Note return to page 1837 [e] Whereby we see what necessitie we haue to pray earnestly to God, to keepe vs in his true obedience, & to send vs good guides.

Note return to page 1838 1.King.12.28.

Note return to page 1839 Chap.33.3. deut.9. 3.

Note return to page 1840 [f] God sheweth that the prayers of the godly stay his punishment.

Note return to page 1841 Psal.106.23.

Note return to page 1842 Nom.14.13.

Note return to page 1843 Or, blaspheme.

Note return to page 1844 Or, repent.

Note return to page 1845 [g] That is, thy promes made to Abraham.

Note return to page 1846 Gen.12.7. & 15.7. and 48.16.

Note return to page 1847 [h] All these repetitions shew howe excellent a thing they defrauded themselues of by their idolatrie.

Note return to page 1848 Deut.9.21.

Note return to page 1849 [i] Partly to despite them of their idolatrie, & partly that they should haue none occasion to remember it afterward.

Note return to page 1850 [k] Both destitute of Gods fauour, & an occasion to their enemies to speake euil of their God.

Note return to page 1851 [l] This fact did so please God, that he turned the curse of Iaakob against Leui, to a blessing, Deut. 33 9.

Note return to page 1852 [m] In reuenging Gods glorie we must haue no respect to person, but put off all carnall affection.

Note return to page 1853 [n] So much he esteemed þe; glory of God, that he preferred it euen to his owne saluation.

Note return to page 1854 [o] I wil make it knowen that he was neuer predestinate in mine eternall counsel to life euerlasting.

Note return to page 1855 [p] This declareth howe grieuous a sinne idolatrie is, seeing that at Moses prayer God would not fully remit it.

Note return to page 1856 [a] The land of Canaan was compassed with hils: so they, that entred into it, must passe vp by the hilles.

Note return to page 1857 Gen.12.7.

Note return to page 1858 Chap.23.27. iosh. 24.11. deut.7.22.

Note return to page 1859 Chap.32.9. deut. 9.13.

Note return to page 1860 [b] That either I may shew mercie, if thou repent, or els punish thy rebellion.

Note return to page 1861 [c] That is, the Tabernacle of the Congregation: so called because the people resorted thither, when they should be instructed of þe; Lords wil.

Note return to page 1862 [d] Most plainely and familiarly of all others, Nom. 12.7,8. deu.34.10.

Note return to page 1863 [e] I care for thee and will preserue thee in this thy vocation.

Note return to page 1864 Ebr. face.

Note return to page 1865 [f] Signifying that the Israelites shoulde excell through Gods fauour all other people, vers.16.

Note return to page 1866 [g] Thy face, thy substance, and thy maiestie.

Note return to page 1867 [h] My mercy, and fatherly care.

Note return to page 1868 [i] Reade Chap. 54.vers.6,7.

Note return to page 1869 Rom.9.15.

Note return to page 1870 [k] For finding nothing in man that can deserue mercie, he will freely saue his.

Note return to page 1871 [l] For Moses sawe not his face in full maiestie, but as mans weaknesse coulde beare.

Note return to page 1872 [m] In mount Horeb.

Note return to page 1873 [n] So much of my glory as in this mortall life thou art able to see.

Note return to page 1874 Deut.10.1.

Note return to page 1875 Ebr. stand to me.

Note return to page 1876 Or, about.

Note return to page 1877 Or, polished.

Note return to page 1878 [a] This ought to be referred to the Lord and not to Moses proclaiming: as Chap.33. vers. 19.

Note return to page 1879 Ebr. not making innocent.

Note return to page 1880 Deut.5.9. iere. 32.18.

Note return to page 1881 [b] Seing the people are thus of nature, the rulers haue neede to call vpon God that he would alwayes be present with his Spirit.

Note return to page 1882 Deut.5.2.

Note return to page 1883 Deut.7.2.

Note return to page 1884 [c] If thou followe their wickednesse, and pollute thy selfe with their idolatrie.

Note return to page 1885 [d] Which pleasant places they chused for their idoles.

Note return to page 1886 Chap.20.5.

Note return to page 1887 Chap.23.32. deut.7.2.

Note return to page 1888 1.Cor.8.10.

Note return to page 1889 1.King.11.2.

Note return to page 1890 [e] As gold, siluer, brasse, or any thing that is molten: And herein is condemned al maner of idoles, whatsoeuer they be made of.

Note return to page 1891 Chap.23.15.

Note return to page 1892 Chap.13.4.

Note return to page 1893 Chap.13.2. & 22. 29. ezek.44.30.

Note return to page 1894 Chap.23.15. ecclus.35.4.

Note return to page 1895 [f] Without offring some thing.

Note return to page 1896 Chap.23.12.

Note return to page 1897 Chap.23.16.

Note return to page 1898 [g] Which was in September, when the sunne declined, which in the count of politicall things they called the ende of the yere.

Note return to page 1899 Deut.16.16.chap. 23.14,17.

Note return to page 1900 [h] God promiseth to defende them and theirs, which obey his commandement.

Note return to page 1901 Chap.23.18.

Note return to page 1902 [i] Reade Chap. 23.19. deu.14.21.

Note return to page 1903 Chap.24.18. deut. 9.9.

Note return to page 1904 [k] This miracle was to confirme the authoritie of the law, & ought no more to be followed then other miracles.

Note return to page 1905 Deut.4.13.

Note return to page 1906 Or, words.

Note return to page 1907 [l] Reade.2.Cor.3.7.

Note return to page 1908 2.Cor.3.13.

Note return to page 1909 [m] Which was in the Tabernacle of the congregation.

Note return to page 1910 Chap.20.9.

Note return to page 1911 [a] Wherein ye shal rest from all bodily worke.

Note return to page 1912 Chap.25.2.

Note return to page 1913 [b] Reade Chap. 28.3.

Note return to page 1914 Chap.26 31.

Note return to page 1915 [c] Which hanged before the Merci-seate that it could not be seene.

Note return to page 1916 Chap.30.1.

Note return to page 1917 Chap.27.1.

Note return to page 1918 [d] Such as apperteine to the seruice of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 1919 Ebr. lifted him vp.

Note return to page 1920 Or, hookes.

Note return to page 1921 Ebr. with whom was found.

Note return to page 1922 [e] Which were wittie & expert.

Note return to page 1923 [f] That is, which were good spinners.

Note return to page 1924 Chap.30.23.

Note return to page 1925 [g] Vsing Moses as a minister thereof.

Note return to page 1926 Chap.31.2.

Note return to page 1927 Or, with the spirit of God.

Note return to page 1928 [h] Perteining to grauing, or karuing, or such like.

Note return to page 1929 Chap.26.1.

Note return to page 1930 Ebr.wise in heart.

Note return to page 1931 [a] By the Sanctuarie he meaneth here all the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 1932 [b] Meaning the Israelites.

Note return to page 1933 [c] A rare example and notable to see the people so ready to serue God with their goods.

Note return to page 1934 Chap.26.3,4.

Note return to page 1935 [d] Which were litle pictures with wings in the forme of children.

Note return to page 1936 Chap.26.10.

Note return to page 1937 Or, hookes.

Note return to page 1938 Or, pauillion.

Note return to page 1939 [e] These two were aboue the couering of goates heare.

Note return to page 1940 [f] And to beare vp the curtaines of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 1941 [g] Or, towarde the Sea, which was the Sea called Mediterraneum Westward from Ierusalem.

Note return to page 1942 Chap.26.24.

Note return to page 1943 Chap.25.28. and 30.4,5.

Note return to page 1944 [h] Which was betweene the S&abar;ctuarie & the Holiest of all.

Note return to page 1945 Or, heads.

Note return to page 1946 [i] Which was betweene the court & the Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 1947 Or, grauen borders.

Note return to page 1948 Cbap.25.10.

Note return to page 1949 [a] Like battelments.

Note return to page 1950 Chap.25.17.

Note return to page 1951 [b] Of the selfe same matter that the Merciseate was.

Note return to page 1952 Or, foure fingers.

Note return to page 1953 Chap.25.29.

Note return to page 1954 Chap.25.31.

Note return to page 1955 [c] Reade Chap. 25.39.

Note return to page 1956 Chap.30.1,2,34.

Note return to page 1957 Chap.30.23,35.

Note return to page 1958 Chap.27.1

Note return to page 1959 Chap.27.3.

Note return to page 1960 Or, fire pannes.

Note return to page 1961 [a] So that the gridyron or grate was halfe so hie as the altar, & stoode within it.

Note return to page 1962 Chap.27.8.

Note return to page 1963 [b] R. Kimhi saith, that the women brought their looking glasses, which were of brasse or fine metal, & offred them freely vnto the vse of the Tabernacle: which was a bright thing and of great maiestie.

Note return to page 1964 Chap.27.14.

Note return to page 1965 Ebr. ouer against.

Note return to page 1966 Chap.27.19.

Note return to page 1967 [c] That the Leuites might haue the charge thereof, and minister in þe; same, as did Eleazar and Ithamar, Nom.3.4.

Note return to page 1968 [d] As a grauer, or carpenter, Chap. 31.4.

Note return to page 1969 Or, halfe a shekell.

Note return to page 1970 [e] Reade the weight of a talent, Chap.25.39.

Note return to page 1971 Chap.27.19.

Note return to page 1972 [a] As couerings for the Arke, the Candlesticke, the Altars, and such like.

Note return to page 1973 Chap.31.10. and 35.15.

Note return to page 1974 Chap.28.9.

Note return to page 1975 [b] That is, of very fine and curious workemanship.

Note return to page 1976 Chap.28.12.

Note return to page 1977 [c] Or, a ligure, which stone autors write that it commeth of the vrine of the beast called lynx.

Note return to page 1978 [d] That is, euery tribe had his name written in a stone.

Note return to page 1979 [e] Which was next vnder the Ephod.

Note return to page 1980 [f] Where he should put thorowe his head.

Note return to page 1981 Chap.28.33.

Note return to page 1982 Chap.28.42.

Note return to page 1983 Chap.28.36.

Note return to page 1984 Chap.27.21.

Note return to page 1985 [g] So called, because it hanged before the merciseat and couered it from sight, Chap. 35.12.

Note return to page 1986 [h] Or, which Aar&obar; dressed and refreshed with oyle euery morning, Chap.30.7.

Note return to page 1987 [i] Signifying that in Gods matters man may neither adde, nor diminish.

Note return to page 1988 [k] Praised God for the peoples diligence and prayed for them.

Note return to page 1989 [a] After that Moses had bene 40. dayes & 40. nights in the mount, that is, from the beginning of August to the tenth of September, hee came downe, and caused this woorke to be done: which being finished, was set vp in Abib, which moneth conteineth halfe March and halfe April.

Note return to page 1990 Reade Chap.26. 35.

Note return to page 1991 [b] That is, þe; altar of perfume or to burne incense on.

Note return to page 1992 [c] This hanging or vaile was betwene the Sanctuarie and the court.

Note return to page 1993 [d] Till both the priesthood and the ceremonies should ende, which was at Christes c&obar;ming:

Note return to page 1994 Nomb.7.1.

Note return to page 1995 [e] After they came out of Egypt, Nom.7.1.

Note return to page 1996 [f] That is, the tables of the lawe, Chap.31.18. and 34.29.

Note return to page 1997 Chap.35.12.

Note return to page 1998 Or, set vp.

Note return to page 1999 [g] Betweene the Sanctuarie and the court.

Note return to page 2000 Nomb.9.15. 1.king.8.10.

Note return to page 2001 [h] Thus the presence of God preserued and guided them night and day till they came to the land promised.

Note return to page 2002 Because in this booke is chiefly intreated of the Leuites, and of things pertaining to their office.

Note return to page 2003 [a] Hereby Moses declareth that he taught nothing to the people but that, which he receiued of God.

Note return to page 2004 [b] So they could offer of none other sort, but of those which were commanded.

Note return to page 2005 Exod.29.10.

Note return to page 2006 [c] Meaning, within the court of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 2007 Ebr to him.

Note return to page 2008 [d] The Priest or Leuite.

Note return to page 2009 [e] Of the burnt offering, Exod. 27.1.

Note return to page 2010 Or, the bodie of the beast, or the fat.

Note return to page 2011 [f] Or a sauour of rest, which pacifieth the anger of the Lorde.

Note return to page 2012 [g] Reade verse 5.

Note return to page 2013 [h] Before the altar of the Lorde.

Note return to page 2014 Ebr. into his pieces.

Note return to page 2015 Or, fat.

Note return to page 2016 [i] The Ebrewe worde signifieth to pinch off with the nayle.

Note return to page 2017 Or, strained, or, pressed.

Note return to page 2018 [k] On the side of the court gate in the pannes which stoode with ashes, Exod.27.3.

Note return to page 2019 [a] Because the burnt offring could not be without the meate offring.

Note return to page 2020 [b] The Priest.

Note return to page 2021 [c] To signifie that God remembreth him that offreth.

Note return to page 2022 Ecclus.7.31.

Note return to page 2023 [d] Therefore none coulde eate of it but the Priestes.

Note return to page 2024 [e] Which is a gift offered to God to pacifie him.

Note return to page 2025 Vers.2.

Note return to page 2026 Exod.29.18.

Note return to page 2027 [f] That is, fruites, which are sweete as honie, ye may offer.

Note return to page 2028 [g] But reserued for the Priestes.

Note return to page 2029 Mar.9.49.

Note return to page 2030 [h] Which they were bound (as by a couenant) to vse in all sacrifices, Nomb.18.19. 2.Chron.13.5. Ezek.43.24. or, it meaneth a sure and pure couenant.

Note return to page 2031 Chap.23.14.

Note return to page 2032 Or, full eares: for the worde signifieth a fruitfull fielde. Reade 2.Chron.26.10.in the note g.

Note return to page 2033 [a] A sacrifice of thankesgiuing offered for peace and prosperitie, eyther generally or particularly.

Note return to page 2034 [b] One part was burnt, another was to the priests, and the thirde to him that offered.

Note return to page 2035 Exod.29 22.

Note return to page 2036 Or, the which kidneis are neere the flankes.

Note return to page 2037 [c] In the peace offring it was indifferent to offer eyther male or female, but in the burnt offering onely the male: so here can be offered no birdes, but in the burnt offring they might: all there was consumed with fire, and in the peace offring but a part.

Note return to page 2038 [d] The burnt offring was wholy consumed and of the offring made by fire only the inwardes &c. were burnt: the shoulder and breast, with the two chawes and the mawe were the priests, and the rest his that offered.

Note return to page 2039 Verse 4.

Note return to page 2040 [e] Meaning at the northside of the Altar, Chap. 1. 1.

Note return to page 2041 Chap.7.25.

Note return to page 2042 [f] By eating fat, was meant to be carnall, and by blood eating, was signified crueltie.

Note return to page 2043 Gen.9.4. chap.17.14.

Note return to page 2044 Ebr. a soule.

Note return to page 2045 [a] That is, of negligence or ignorance, specially of the ceremonial lawe: for otherwise the punishments for crimes are appointed according to the transgression, Nom.15.22.

Note return to page 2046 [b] Meaning the hie priest.

Note return to page 2047 [c] Hereby confessing that hee deserued the same punishment which the beast suffered.

Note return to page 2048 [d] Which was betweene the Holiest of all, and the Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 2049 [e] Which was in the court: meaning by the Tabernacle the Sanctuarie: and in the end of this verse it is taken for the court.

Note return to page 2050 Chap.5 9.

Note return to page 2051 Exod.29.14. nom.19.5.

Note return to page 2052 Hebr.13.11.

Note return to page 2053 [f] The multitude excuseth not the sinne but if all haue sinned, they must all be punished.

Note return to page 2054 Chap.5.2,3,4.

Note return to page 2055 [g] For al the people could not lay on their hands: therefore it was sufficient that the Ancients of the people did it in the name of all the congregation.

Note return to page 2056 Or, the Priest.

Note return to page 2057 Or, make a perfume with it.

Note return to page 2058 Or, the male goate of the folde.

Note return to page 2059 [h] That is, the Priest shall kill it: for it was not lawfull for anie out of that office to kill the beast.

Note return to page 2060 [i] Wherein hee represented Iesus Christ.

Note return to page 2061 Or, priuate person.

Note return to page 2062 Or, the female of the goates.

Note return to page 2063 [k] Read vers.24.

Note return to page 2064 Exod.29.18.

Note return to page 2065 [l] Meaning that the punishment of his sinne should be laide vpon that beast, or, that he had receiued all things of God, and offred this willingly.

Note return to page 2066 [m] Or, besides the burnt offrings, which were dayly offred to the Lorde.

Note return to page 2067 Ebr. a soule.

Note return to page 2068 Or, if the iudge hath taken an oth of any other.

Note return to page 2069 [a] Whereby it is commanded to beare witnesse to the truth and disclose the iniquitie of the vngodly.

Note return to page 2070 [b] Or vowe rashly without iust examination of the circumstances, and not knowing what shalbe the issue of the same.

Note return to page 2071 [c] Which haue bene mentioned before in this Chapter.

Note return to page 2072 Ebr. if his hand cannot touch, meaning for his pouertie.

Note return to page 2073 Chap.1.13.

Note return to page 2074 Or, powred.

Note return to page 2075 Or, according to the lawe.

Note return to page 2076 [d] Or declare him to be purged of that sinne.

Note return to page 2077 Verse.7.

Note return to page 2078 [e] Which is about a pottel.

Note return to page 2079 [f] As in the meat offring, Chap.2.1.

Note return to page 2080 Chap.2.2.

Note return to page 2081 Chap.4.35.

Note return to page 2082 [g] As touching the first fruites or tithes, due to the priests and Leuites.

Note return to page 2083 [h] By the estimation of the priest, chap. 27.12.

Note return to page 2084 Chap.4.2.

Note return to page 2085 [i] That is, afterward remembreth that he hath sinned when his conscience doeth accuse him.

Note return to page 2086 Exod.30.13.

Note return to page 2087 [k] Els if his sinne against God come of malice, hee must die, Nom. 15 30.

Note return to page 2088 [a] To bestowe and occupie for the vse of him that gaue it.

Note return to page 2089 [b] By any guile or vnlawfull meanes.

Note return to page 2090 Nom.5.6.

Note return to page 2091 [c] Wherein he can not but sinne: or, wherein a man accustometh to sinne by periurie or such like thing.

Note return to page 2092 Nomb.5.7.

Note return to page 2093 Chap 5.15.

Note return to page 2094 [d] That is, the Ceremonies which ought to be obserued therein.

Note return to page 2095 [e] Vpon his secrete partes, Exod 28.43.

Note return to page 2096 [f] In the ashpannes appointed for that vse.

Note return to page 2097 Chap.2.1. nomb.15.4.

Note return to page 2098 Chap.2.9.

Note return to page 2099 [g] Or kned with leauen and after baken.

Note return to page 2100 Exod.29.37.

Note return to page 2101 Exod.16.36.

Note return to page 2102 [h] So oft as the hie priest shalbe elected and anointed.

Note return to page 2103 Or, fryed.

Note return to page 2104 [i] His sonne that shal succeede him.

Note return to page 2105 [k] Meaning the garment of the Priest.

Note return to page 2106 [l] Which was in the lauer, Exod 30.18.

Note return to page 2107 Chap.4.5. hebr.13 11.

Note return to page 2108 [m] Out of the campe, Chap.4.12.

Note return to page 2109 [a] Which is for the smaller sinnes and such as are committed by ignorance.

Note return to page 2110 [b] At the court gate.

Note return to page 2111 [c] The Priest.

Note return to page 2112 [d] The same ceremonies: notwithstanding that this worde trespasse signifieth lesse then sinne.

Note return to page 2113 [e] Meaning the rest which is left and not burnt.

Note return to page 2114 [f] Because it had no oyle nor licour.

Note return to page 2115 [g] Peace offrings conteyne a confession and thankesgiuing for a benefite receiued, and also a vowe, and free offring to receiue a benefite.

Note return to page 2116 [h] If he make a vowe to offer: for els the flesh of the peace offerings must be eat&ebar; the same day.

Note return to page 2117 [i] The sinne, wherefore he offered shall remaine.

Note return to page 2118 [k] After it be sacrificed.

Note return to page 2119 [l] Of the peace offring, that is cleane.

Note return to page 2120 Chap.15.3.

Note return to page 2121 Chap.3.17.

Note return to page 2122 Gene.9.4. chap.17.14.

Note return to page 2123 [m] And shoulde not sende it by another.

Note return to page 2124 Exod.29.24.

Note return to page 2125 [n] That is, his priuiledge, reward and portion.

Note return to page 2126 [o] Which sacrifice was offered when the Priestes were consecrated, Exod.29.22.

Note return to page 2127 Exod.28.1,4.

Note return to page 2128 Exod.30 24.

Note return to page 2129 Exod.29.4.

Note return to page 2130 Exod.28.30.

Note return to page 2131 [a] So called because this superscription, Holines to the Lorde, was grauen in it.

Note return to page 2132 [b] That is, the Holiest of all, the Sanctuarie and the court.

Note return to page 2133 Ecclus.45.15. psal.133.2.

Note return to page 2134 Exod.29.1. chap.9.2.

Note return to page 2135 [c] Of the burnt offring.

Note return to page 2136 [d] To offer for the sinnes of the people.

Note return to page 2137 [e] In other burnt offrings, which are not of consecration, or offring for himselfe, the priest hath the skinne, Chap.7.8.

Note return to page 2138 Exo.29 31.

Note return to page 2139 [f] Moses did this because that the Priests were not yet established in their office.

Note return to page 2140 Exod.29.24.

Note return to page 2141 Exod.29.26.

Note return to page 2142 [g] At the doore of the court.

Note return to page 2143 Exod 29.32. chap.24.9.

Note return to page 2144 Exod.29.35.

Note return to page 2145 Ebr.fill your handes.

Note return to page 2146 Or, as I haue done.

Note return to page 2147 [h] By commission giuen to Moses.

Note return to page 2148 [a] After their consecration: for the seuen dayes before, the priestes were consecrate.

Note return to page 2149 Exo.29 1.

Note return to page 2150 [b] Aaron entreth into the possession of the priesthood and offreth the foure principall sacrifices: the burnt offring, the sinne offring, the peace offrings, & the meat offring.

Note return to page 2151 [c] Before the altar, where his glory appeared.

Note return to page 2152 [d] Reade for the vnderstanding of this place, Ebr.5.3. & 7.27.

Note return to page 2153 [e] That is, he laied them in order, and so they were burnt when the Lord sent downe fire.

Note return to page 2154 [f] All this must be vnderstand of the preparation of the sacrifices which were burnt after, verse.24.

Note return to page 2155 Exod.29.38.

Note return to page 2156 [g] Of the bullock and the ramme.

Note return to page 2157 [h] Because the altar was neere the Sanctuarie which was the vpper end, therefore he is saide to come downe.

Note return to page 2158 [i] Or prayed for the people.

Note return to page 2159 2.Mac.2.8.

Note return to page 2160 Gen.4.4. 1.king.18.38. 2.chro.7.1. 2.mac.2.10,11.

Note return to page 2161 Or, gaue a shoute for ioye.

Note return to page 2162 Nom.3.4. & 26. 61. 1.chro.24.2.

Note return to page 2163 [a] Not taken of the altar which was sent from heauen, and endured till the captiuitie of Babylon.

Note return to page 2164 [b] I will punishe them that serue me otherwise then I haue commanded not sparing the chiefe, that the people may feare and praise my iudgements.

Note return to page 2165 Or, cousins.

Note return to page 2166 [c] As though ye lamented for them, preferring your carnall affection to Gods iust iudgement, Chap.19.28. deut.14 1.

Note return to page 2167 [d] In destroying Nabad and Abihu the chiefe, and menacing the rest except they repent.

Note return to page 2168 Or, drinke that maketh drunke.

Note return to page 2169 Or, commission.

Note return to page 2170 Exod.29.24.

Note return to page 2171 Or, where is no vncleannesse.

Note return to page 2172 [e] For the breast & shoulders of the peace offerings might bee brought to their families so that their daughters might eate of them, as also of the offrings of first fruits, the first borne, and the Easter lambe, Reade Chap.22. 12, 13.

Note return to page 2173 Or, right, or portion.

Note return to page 2174 2.Mac.2.11.

Note return to page 2175 [f] And not consumed as Nadab, and Abihu.

Note return to page 2176 Chap.6.26.

Note return to page 2177 [g] That is, Nadab, and Abihu.

Note return to page 2178 [h] Moses bare with his infirmitie, considering his great sorowe, but doth not leaue an example to forgiue them that maliciously transgresse the commaundement of God.

Note return to page 2179 Gene.7.2. deut.14. 4 act.10.14.

Note return to page 2180 [a] Or, whereof ye may eate.

Note return to page 2181 [b] He noteth foure sortes of beastes: some chewe the cud onely, and some haue onely the foote cleft: others neither chew the cud nor haue the hoofe cleft: the fourth both chew the cud and haue the hoofe deuided which may be eaten.

Note return to page 2182 2.Mac.6.18.

Note return to page 2183 [c] God woulde that hereby for a time they should be discerned as his people from the Gentiles.

Note return to page 2184 [d] As litle fishe ingendered of the slime.

Note return to page 2185 [e] As they which come of generation.

Note return to page 2186 Or, gryphin, as is in the Greeke.

Note return to page 2187 Or, cuckowe.

Note return to page 2188 Or, porphyrie.

Note return to page 2189 Or, haue no bowings on their feete.

Note return to page 2190 [f] These were certaine kindes of grashoppers, which are not now properly knowen.

Note return to page 2191 [g] Out of the campe.

Note return to page 2192 Or, hath not his foote clouen in two.

Note return to page 2193 [h] The greene frog that sitteth on the bushes.

Note return to page 2194 Or, crocodile.

Note return to page 2195 [i] As a bottel or bagge.

Note return to page 2196 Chap.6.28.

Note return to page 2197 [k] So much of the water as toucheth it.

Note return to page 2198 [l] He speaketh of seede, that is layd to steepe before it be sowen.

Note return to page 2199 [m] He sheweth why God did chuse them to be his people, 1.Pet. 1.15.

Note return to page 2200 [a] So that her husband for that time could not resort to her.

Note return to page 2201 Or, floures.

Note return to page 2202 Chap.15.19.

Note return to page 2203 Luke 2.21. iohn 7.22.

Note return to page 2204 [b] Besides the first seuen dayes.

Note return to page 2205 [c] As sacrifice or such like.

Note return to page 2206 [d] That is, into the court gate, til after fourtie dayes.

Note return to page 2207 [e] Twise so long as if shee bare a manchilde.

Note return to page 2208 [f] Where þe; burnt offrings were wont to be offred

Note return to page 2209 Ebr. yf her hande finde not the worth of a lambe.

Note return to page 2210 Luke 2.34.

Note return to page 2211 [a] That it may bee suspected to bee the leprie.

Note return to page 2212 [b] That is, shrunk in, & be lower then the rest of the skin.

Note return to page 2213 Ebr. shall pollute him.

Note return to page 2214 Ebr. in his eyes.

Note return to page 2215 [c] As hauing the skinne drawen together, or blackish.

Note return to page 2216 Ebr shall chuse him.

Note return to page 2217 Or, be spread abroade.

Note return to page 2218 [d] As touching his bodily disease: for his disease was not imputed to him for sinne before God, though it were the punishment of sinne.

Note return to page 2219 Or, budde.

Note return to page 2220 [e] For it is not that contagious leprie that infecteth, but a kinde of skirfe, which hath not the flesh rawe as the leprosie.

Note return to page 2221 [f] That is, declareth that the flesh is not sound, but is in danger to be leprous.

Note return to page 2222 Or, impostume.

Note return to page 2223 [g] None were exempted, but if the Priest pronounced him vncleane, he was put out from among the people: as appeareth by Marie the prophetesse, Nom.12. 14. & by king Vziah, 2.Chro.26. 20.

Note return to page 2224 [h] If he haue a white spot in the place, where the burning was, and was after healed.

Note return to page 2225 Or, swelling.

Note return to page 2226 [i] Which was not wont to be there, or els smaller then in any other parte of the body.

Note return to page 2227 [k] He shall not care whether the yelowe heare be there, or no.

Note return to page 2228 [l] By sickenesse, or any other inconuenience.

Note return to page 2229 [m] In signe of sorowe and lamentation.

Note return to page 2230 [n] Either in token of mourning, or for feare of infecting others.

Note return to page 2231 Nom.5.2. 2.king. 15.5.

Note return to page 2232 [o] Whether it be garment, vessell, or instrument.

Note return to page 2233 [p] But abide still in one place, as verse 37.

Note return to page 2234 [q] But remaine as it did before.

Note return to page 2235 [r] Or, whether it be in any bare place before, or behinde.

Note return to page 2236 [s] To the intent he might be sure that the leprosie was departed, and that all occasion of infection might be taken away.

Note return to page 2237 Matth.8.2. mark.1.40. luk.5.12.

Note return to page 2238 [a] Or the ceremony which shalbe vsed in his purgation.

Note return to page 2239 Or, litle birdes.

Note return to page 2240 [b] Of birdes which were permitted to be eaten.

Note return to page 2241 [c] Running water, or of the fo&ubar;taine.

Note return to page 2242 [d] Signifying that he that was made cleane, was set at libertie, and restored to the companie of others.

Note return to page 2243 [e] Which hath no imperfection in any member.

Note return to page 2244 [f] This measure in Ebrewe is called, log, and conteineth sixe egges in measure.

Note return to page 2245 Exod.29.24.

Note return to page 2246 Chap.7.7.

Note return to page 2247 Ebr. the finger of his right hand.

Note return to page 2248 Ebr. vpon the blood of the trespasse offring.

Note return to page 2249 Ebr. his hand can not take it.

Note return to page 2250 [g] Which is an omer, Reade Exod. 16.16.

Note return to page 2251 [h] Or shall offer them as the offring that is shaken to and fro.

Note return to page 2252 Ebr into the palme of the Priests left hand.

Note return to page 2253 Or, where the blood of the trespasse offring was put, as vers.17.

Note return to page 2254 [i] Whether of them he can get.

Note return to page 2255 Or, besides the meate offring.

Note return to page 2256 [k] This order is appoynted for the poore man.

Note return to page 2257 [l] This declareth that no plague nor punishment commeth to man without Gods prouidence and his sending.

Note return to page 2258 Or, blackenesse, or, hollowe strakes.

Note return to page 2259 Or, polluted.

Note return to page 2260 [m] Where carions were cast, and other filth that the people might not be therewith infected.

Note return to page 2261 [n] That is, he shall command it to be pulled downe, as vers.40.

Note return to page 2262 Or, dust.

Note return to page 2263 [o] It seemeth that this was a lace or string to binde the hysope to þe; wood, and so was made a sprinkle: the Apostle to þe; Ebrewes calleth it skarlet wooll, Ebr.9.19.

Note return to page 2264 Ebr. citie.

Note return to page 2265 Ebr. on the face of the fielde.

Note return to page 2266 Chap.13.30.

Note return to page 2267 Or, rising.

Note return to page 2268 Ebr. in the day of the vncleane, & in the day of the cleane.

Note return to page 2269 [a] Whose seede either in sleeping, or els of weaknesse of nature issueth at his secret part.

Note return to page 2270 [b] Or the thing wherefore he shal be vncleane.

Note return to page 2271 [c] On whom the vncleane man did spit.

Note return to page 2272 [d] The word signifieth euery thing whereon a man rideth.

Note return to page 2273 Chap.6.28.

Note return to page 2274 [e] That is, be restored to his olde state, and be healed thereof.

Note return to page 2275 [f] Meaning all his body.

Note return to page 2276 Or, secret part.

Note return to page 2277 [g] That is, when she hath her flowers, whereby she is separate fr&obar; her husband, from the Tabernacle & from touching of any holy thing.

Note return to page 2278 [h] If any of her vncleannesse did onely touch him in the bed: for els the man that companied with such a woman should die, Chap.20.18.

Note return to page 2279 Ebr. separation.

Note return to page 2280 [i] Shalbe vncleane as the bed whereon she lay when she had her naturall disease.

Note return to page 2281 [k] After the time that she is recouered.

Note return to page 2282 [l] Seeing that God requireth of his, puritie and cleannes: we can not be his, except our filth & sinnes be purged with the blood of Iesus Christ, and so we learne to detest all sinne.

Note return to page 2283 Chap.10.1, 2.

Note return to page 2284 Exod.30.10. hebr.9.7.

Note return to page 2285 [a] The hie Priest entred into the Holiest of all but once a yeere, euen in the moneth of September.

Note return to page 2286 Or, priuities.

Note return to page 2287 Heb.9.7.

Note return to page 2288 [b] In Ebrew it is called Azazel, which some say is a mountaine neere Sinai whither this goate was sent: but rather it is called the scape goate, because he was not offred, but sent into the desert, as verse 21.

Note return to page 2289 [c] The Holiest of all.

Note return to page 2290 Or, the smoke.

Note return to page 2291 Or, Arke.

Note return to page 2292 Heb.9.13. and 10.4.

Note return to page 2293 Chap.4.6.

Note return to page 2294 [d] That is, on the side which was toward the people: for the head of the Sanctuarie stoode Westward.

Note return to page 2295 [e] Placed among them which are vncleane.

Note return to page 2296 Luke 1.10.

Note return to page 2297 [f] Whereupon the sweete incense & perfume was offered.

Note return to page 2298 [g] Herein this goate is a true figure of Iesus Christ, who beareth the sinnes of the people, Isa.53.4.

Note return to page 2299 Ebr. the laude of separation.

Note return to page 2300 [h] In the court where was the Lauer, Exod.30.18.

Note return to page 2301 Chap.6.30. hebr. 13.11.

Note return to page 2302 [i] Which was Tifri, & answereth to part of September and part of October.

Note return to page 2303 [k] Meaning by abstinence & fasting, Nom. 29.7.

Note return to page 2304 Chap.23.7.

Note return to page 2305 [l] Or a rest which ye shal keepe most diligently.

Note return to page 2306 [m] Whome the Priest shall anoynt by Gods c&obar;mandem&ebar;t to succeede in his fathers roume.

Note return to page 2307 Exod.30.10. heb. 9.7.

Note return to page 2308 [a] Lest they should practise that idolatry, which thei had learned among the Egyptians.

Note return to page 2309 [b] To make a sacrifice or offring thereof.

Note return to page 2310 [c] I do asmuch abhorre it as though he had killed a man, as Isa.66.3.

Note return to page 2311 [d] Wheresoeuer they were moued with foolish deuotion to offer it.

Note return to page 2312 Exod.29.18. chap. 4.31.

Note return to page 2313 [e] Meaning, whatsoeuer is not the true God, 1.Cor. 10.20. psal.95.5.

Note return to page 2314 [f] For idolatrie is spirituall whoredome, because faith toward God is broken.

Note return to page 2315 [g] I will declare my wrath by taking vengeance on him, as chap. 20.3.

Note return to page 2316 [h] Which the lawe permitteth to be eaten, because it is cleane.

Note return to page 2317 Gene.9.4.

Note return to page 2318 Or, liuing creature.

Note return to page 2319 Or, counted cleane.

Note return to page 2320 Or, himselfe.

Note return to page 2321 Or, the punishment of his sinne.

Note return to page 2322 [a] Ye shal preserue your selues from these abominations following, which the Egyptians and Canaanites vse.

Note return to page 2323 Ezek.20.11. rom. 10.5. gal.3.12.

Note return to page 2324 [b] And therefore ye ought to serue me alone, as my people.

Note return to page 2325 [c] That is, to lie with her, though it be vnder title of marriage.

Note return to page 2326 [Subnote: Consanguinitie hindring marriage. Affinitie hindring marriage.]As Moses cannot contract matrimonie with the women that are so of kinne to him as is aboue specified, so also can not Mary his sister marrie with the men that are in like degree. Note also, that besides the persons here specified, there are also ment those that ascende or descende of the same line, be it of blood or kinred.

Note return to page 2327 Chap.20.11.

Note return to page 2328 [d] Which is thy stepmother.

Note return to page 2329 [e] Either by father or mother, borne in marriage or otherwise.

Note return to page 2330 [f] They are her children whose shame thou hast vncouered.

Note return to page 2331 Chap.20.19.

Note return to page 2332 Or, secretes.

Note return to page 2333 Chap.20.20.

Note return to page 2334 [g] Which thine vncle doeth discouer.

Note return to page 2335 Ebr. thy fathers brothers wife.

Note return to page 2336 Chap.20 12.

Note return to page 2337 Chap.20.21.

Note return to page 2338 [h] Because the idolaters, among whom Gods people had dwelt and should dwell, were giuen to these horrible incestes, God chargeth his to beware of the same.

Note return to page 2339 [i] By seeing thine affection more bent to her sister then to her.

Note return to page 2340 Chap.20.18.

Note return to page 2341 [k] Or whiles she hath her floures.

Note return to page 2342 Chap.20.2. 2.king.23.10.

Note return to page 2343 Ebr. of thy seede.

Note return to page 2344 Or, to make them passe.

Note return to page 2345 [l] Which was an idole of the Ammonites, vnto whom they burned and sacrificed their children, 2.King.23 10. This seemed to be the chiefe and principall of all idoles: and as the Iewes write, was of a great stature, and holowe within hauing seuen places or chambers within him: one was to receiue meale that was offered: an other turtle doues: the thirde a sheepe: the fourth a ramme: the fifth a calfe: the sixt an oxe: the seuenth a childe. This Idoles face was like a calfe, his handes were euer stretched out to receiue giftes: his priestes were called Chemarim: Reade 2.Kings.23. 5. hosea.10.5. zeph.1.4.

Note return to page 2346 Chap.20.15.

Note return to page 2347 Or, confusion.

Note return to page 2348 [m] I will punish the lande where such incestuous marriages and pollutions are suffered.

Note return to page 2349 [n] He compareth the wicked to euil humors and surfeting, which corrupt the stomacke and oppresse nature, and therefore must be cast out by vomet.

Note return to page 2350 [o] Both for their wicked marriages, vnnaturall copulations, idolatrie or spirituall whoredome with Molech, and such like abominations.

Note return to page 2351 [p] Either by the ciuill sworde, or by some plague that God will send vpon such.

Note return to page 2352 Chap.11.44. and 20.7. 1.pet.1.16.

Note return to page 2353 [a] That is, voyde of all pollution, idolatrie, and superstition both of soule and body.

Note return to page 2354 [b] Of your owne accord.

Note return to page 2355 Chap.7.16.

Note return to page 2356 [c] To wit, of God.

Note return to page 2357 Chap.23.22.

Note return to page 2358 Or, gatherings and leauings.

Note return to page 2359 [d] In that which is committed to your credit.

Note return to page 2360 Exod.20.7. deut. 5.11. mat.5.34.

Note return to page 2361 Or, oppresse him by violence.

Note return to page 2362 Deut.24.14,15. tob.4.14.

Note return to page 2363 Deut.27.18.

Note return to page 2364 Exod.23.3. deu.1. 17. and 16.19. pro 24.23. iam.2.2.

Note return to page 2365 [e] As a slaunderer, backbiter or quarelpiker.

Note return to page 2366 [f] By consenting to his death, or conspiring with the wicked.

Note return to page 2367 Ebr. suffer not sinne vpon him.

Note return to page 2368 Matth.5.43. rom. 13.9. gal.5.14. iam. 2.8.

Note return to page 2369 [g] As a horse to leape an asse, or a mule a mare.

Note return to page 2370 Ebr. a beating shalbe. some reade they shalbe beaten.

Note return to page 2371 [h] It shalbe vncleane as that thing, which is not circumcised.

Note return to page 2372 Or, that God may multiplie.

Note return to page 2373 Whether it be strangled, or otherwise.

Note return to page 2374 [i] To measure luckie or vnluckie dayes.

Note return to page 2375 Chap.21.5.

Note return to page 2376 [k] As did the Gentiles in signe of mourning.

Note return to page 2377 Or, cut, or teare.

Note return to page 2378 Deut.14.1.

Note return to page 2379 Ebr. soule, or person.

Note return to page 2380 [l] By whipping your bodyes or burning markes therein.

Note return to page 2381 [m] As did the Cyprians and Locrenses.

Note return to page 2382 1.Sam.28.8.

Note return to page 2383 [n] In token of reuerence.

Note return to page 2384 Or, doe him wrong.

Note return to page 2385 Exod.22.21.

Note return to page 2386 [o] As in measuring the ground.

Note return to page 2387 Prou.11.1. and 16.11. and 20.10.

Note return to page 2388 [p] By these two measures he meaneth all other. Of Ephah, reade Exod.16.36. and of Hin, Exod.29.40.

Note return to page 2389 Chap.18.21.

Note return to page 2390 [a] By Molech he meaneth anie kinde of idole, Chap.18.21.

Note return to page 2391 [b] Reade Chap. 17.10. and 18.31.

Note return to page 2392 [c] Though the people be negligent to do their duetie and defende Gods right, yet he will not suffer wickednesse to go vnpunished.

Note return to page 2393 [d] To esteeme sorcerers or coniurers is spirituall whoredome, or idolatrie.

Note return to page 2394 Chap.11.44. 1.pet.1.16.

Note return to page 2395 Exod.21.17. prou.20.20. mat.15.4.

Note return to page 2396 [e] He is worthie to die.

Note return to page 2397 Deut.22.22. iohn.8.4,5.

Note return to page 2398 Chap.18.8. deut.22.30.

Note return to page 2399 Or, confusion.

Note return to page 2400 Chap.18.22.

Note return to page 2401 [f] It is an execrable and detestable thing.

Note return to page 2402 Chap.18.23.

Note return to page 2403 Ebr. in the eyes of the children of their people.

Note return to page 2404 Chap.18.19.

Note return to page 2405 Or, floures.

Note return to page 2406 Chap.18.12,13.

Note return to page 2407 Ebr. flesh.

Note return to page 2408 [g] They shalbe cut off from their people, and their children shalbe taken as bastardes, and not counted among the Israelites.

Note return to page 2409 [h] Reade Chap. 18.16.

Note return to page 2410 Chap.18.26.

Note return to page 2411 Chap.18.25.

Note return to page 2412 Deut.9.5.

Note return to page 2413 [i] Full of abundance of all things.

Note return to page 2414 Chap.11.2,3. deut.14.4.

Note return to page 2415 [k] By eating them contrary to my commandement.

Note return to page 2416 Verse.7.

Note return to page 2417 Deut.18.11. 1.sam.28.7.

Note return to page 2418 [a] By touching the dead, lamenting, or being at their buriall.

Note return to page 2419 [b] For being married she seemed to be cut off from his familie.

Note return to page 2420 Ebr. he may be defiled.

Note return to page 2421 [c] Onely the Priest was permitted to mourne for his next kinred.

Note return to page 2422 Chap.19.27.

Note return to page 2423 [d] Which hath an euill name or is defamed.

Note return to page 2424 [e] Thou shalt count them holy and reuerence them.

Note return to page 2425 [f] The shewe bread.

Note return to page 2426 [g] He shall vse no such ceremonies as the mourners obserued.

Note return to page 2427 Or, to the houses of the dead.

Note return to page 2428 [h] To goe to the dead.

Note return to page 2429 [i] For by his anoynting he was preferred to the other Priestes, and therefore coulde not lament the dead, least he should haue polluted his holy oynting.

Note return to page 2430 [k] Not onely of his tribe, but of all Israel.

Note return to page 2431 [l] By marrying any vnchaste or defamed woman.

Note return to page 2432 [m] Which is deformed or bruised.

Note return to page 2433 [n] As not of equall proportion, or hauing in nomber more or lesse.

Note return to page 2434 [o] Or that hath a web, or pearle.

Note return to page 2435 [p] As the shewe bread, and meat offrings.

Note return to page 2436 [q] As of sacrifice for sinne.

Note return to page 2437 [r] As of the tenthes and first fruites.

Note return to page 2438 [s] Into the Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 2439 [a] Meaning that the Priestes absteine from eating, so long as they are polluted.

Note return to page 2440 [b] To eate thereof.

Note return to page 2441 Chap.15.2.

Note return to page 2442 [c] By touching any dead thing, or being at buriall of the dead.

Note return to page 2443 Ebr. according to all his vncleannes.

Note return to page 2444 Or, vntill.

Note return to page 2445 Or, bread.

Note return to page 2446 Exod.22.31. ezek.44.31.

Note return to page 2447 [d] Which is not of the tribe of Leui.

Note return to page 2448 [e] Some reade, the seruant which had his care bored and would not go free, Exod.21.6.

Note return to page 2449 [f] Who is not of the Priests kindred.

Note return to page 2450 Chap.10.14.

Note return to page 2451 [g] He shall giue that and a fifth part ouer.

Note return to page 2452 [h] For if they did not offer for their errour, the people by their example might commit the like offence.

Note return to page 2453 Deut.15.21. ecclus.35.12.

Note return to page 2454 Or, wart.

Note return to page 2455 Chap.21.18.

Note return to page 2456 [i] Ye shall not receiue any vnperfect thing of a stranger, to make it the Lords offring: which he calleth the bread of the Lord.

Note return to page 2457 Deut.22.6.

Note return to page 2458 Chap 7.15.

Note return to page 2459 [k] For whosoeuer doeth otherwise then God commandeth, polluteth his name.

Note return to page 2460 Or, conuocations.

Note return to page 2461 Exod.20.9,10.

Note return to page 2462 Or, ye may worke.

Note return to page 2463 Or, assemblie.

Note return to page 2464 [a] For the Sabbath was kept euery weeke and these other were kept but once euerie yeere.

Note return to page 2465 Exod.12 15. nom.28.17.

Note return to page 2466 [b] Or, bodily labour, saue about that which one must eate, Exod. 12.16.

Note return to page 2467 [c] The first day of the feast and the seuenth were Kept holie: in the rest they might worke, except any feast were intermedled, as the feast of vnleauened bread the fifteenth day, and the feast of sheaues the sixtenth day.

Note return to page 2468 Or, an omer: read Deut.24.19. ruth.2.15. psal.129.7.

Note return to page 2469 [d] That is, the second Sabbath of the Passeouer.

Note return to page 2470 [e] Which is the fifth part of an Ephah, or two omers: Reade Exod.16.16.

Note return to page 2471 [f] Reade Exod. 29 40.

Note return to page 2472 Or, full eares.

Note return to page 2473 [g] That is, the seuenth day after the first Sabbath of the passeouer.

Note return to page 2474 Or, weekes.

Note return to page 2475 [h] Because the Priest shoulde eate them, as Chap.7.13. and they should not be offred to the Lord vpon the altar.

Note return to page 2476 [i] That is, offred to the Lord, and the rest should be for the Priests.

Note return to page 2477 Chap.19.9. deut.24.19.

Note return to page 2478 [k] That is, about the ende of September.

Note return to page 2479 [l] Or, an holy day to the Lord.

Note return to page 2480 [m] Which blowing was to put them in remembrance of the manifolde feasts that were in that moneth, and of the Iubile.

Note return to page 2481 Chap.16.29,30. nom.29.7.

Note return to page 2482 [n] By fasting, and praier.

Note return to page 2483 [o] Which conteineth a night and a day: yet they tooke it but for their naturall day.

Note return to page 2484 Ebr.rest your Sabbath.

Note return to page 2485 Nomb.29.12. iohn.7.37.

Note return to page 2486 Exod.29.18.

Note return to page 2487 [p] Or a day wherin the people are stayed from all worke.

Note return to page 2488 [q] Or, peace offring.

Note return to page 2489 [r] Or a solemne feast.

Note return to page 2490 Or, of boughes thicke with leaues

Note return to page 2491 [s] In the wildernes, for asmuch as they woulde not credit Ioshua and Caleb, when they returned from spying the land of Canaan.

Note return to page 2492 [a] Read Exod. 27.20.

Note return to page 2493 [b] Which vayle separated the holiest of all, where was the Arke of the testimonie, from the Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 2494 Exod.31.8.

Note return to page 2495 Exod.25 30.

Note return to page 2496 [c] That is, two Omers: reade Exod.16.16.

Note return to page 2497 [d] For it was burnt euerie Sabbath when the bread was taken away.

Note return to page 2498 Exod.29.33. chap.8 31. mat.12.1,5.

Note return to page 2499 [e] Meaning, out of his tent.

Note return to page 2500 [f] By swearing, or, despiting God.

Note return to page 2501 Nom.15.34.

Note return to page 2502 Deut.13 9. and 17.7.

Note return to page 2503 [g] Shalbe punished.

Note return to page 2504 Exod.21.13. deut.19.4,11.

Note return to page 2505 Ebr. smiteth the soule of any man.

Note return to page 2506 Ebr. soule for soule.

Note return to page 2507 Exod 21.24. deut.19.21. matth.5.38.

Note return to page 2508 Exod.12.49.

Note return to page 2509 [h] Because the punishment was not yet appointed by the lawe for the blasphemer Moses consulted with the Lord, and tolde the people what God commanded.

Note return to page 2510 Exod 23.10.

Note return to page 2511 Ebr. shall rest a rest.

Note return to page 2512 [a] The Iewes began the count of this yeere in September: for then all the fruites were gathered.

Note return to page 2513 [b] By reason of the corne that fell out of the eares the yeere past.

Note return to page 2514 [c] Or, which thou hast separated from thy selfe, and consecrated to God for the poore.

Note return to page 2515 [d] That which the lande bringeth forth in her rest.

Note return to page 2516 Or, weekes.

Note return to page 2517 [e] In the beginning of the 50. yeere was the Iubile, so called, because the ioyfull tidings of libertie was publikely proclaimed by the sounde of a cornet.

Note return to page 2518 [f] Which were in bondage.

Note return to page 2519 [g] Because the tribes shoulde neyther haue their possessions or families diminished nor confounded.

Note return to page 2520 [h] By deceite or otherwise.

Note return to page 2521 [i] If the Iubile to come be neere, thou shalt sell better cheaper if it be farre off, dearer.

Note return to page 2522 [k] And not the full possession of the lande.

Note return to page 2523 Or, bodily without feare.

Note return to page 2524 Ebr. I will commande.

Note return to page 2525 [l] It could not be solde for euer, but must returne to the familie in the Iubile.

Note return to page 2526 [m] Ye shall sell it on condition that it may be redeemed.

Note return to page 2527 Or, kinsman.

Note return to page 2528 Ebr. his hande hath gotten.

Note return to page 2529 [n] Abating the money of the yeeres past, and paying for the rest of the yeeres to come.

Note return to page 2530 [o] From his handes that bought it.

Note return to page 2531 [p] That is, for euer, reade verse 23.

Note return to page 2532 Or, returne.

Note return to page 2533 Ebr. for euer.

Note return to page 2534 [q] Where the Leuites kept their cattell.

Note return to page 2535 [r] In Ebrewe it is, if his hand shake: meaning if he stretch foorth his hande for helpe as one in miserie.

Note return to page 2536 Exod.22.25. deut.23.19. prou.28.8. ezek.18.8. and 22.12.

Note return to page 2537 Exod.21.2. deut.15.12. ierem.34.14.

Note return to page 2538 [s] Vnto perpetuall seruitude.

Note return to page 2539 Ephes.6.9. coloss.4.1.

Note return to page 2540 [t] For they shall not be bought out at the Iubile.

Note return to page 2541 Ebr his hande take holde.

Note return to page 2542 [u] If he be able.

Note return to page 2543 [x] Which remaine yet to the Iubile.

Note return to page 2544 [y] Thou shalt not suffer him to intreate him rigorously, if thou knowe it.

Note return to page 2545 Exod.20.4. deut.5.8. psal.97.7.

Note return to page 2546 Or, stone hauing any imagerie.

Note return to page 2547 Chap.19.30.

Note return to page 2548 Deut.28.1.

Note return to page 2549 [a] By promising abundance of earthly things he stirreth the mindes to consider the rich treasures of the spirituall blessings.

Note return to page 2550 Iob.11.19.

Note return to page 2551 Ebr. I will cause the euill beast to cease.

Note return to page 2552 [b] Ye shall haue no warre.

Note return to page 2553 Iosh.23.10.

Note return to page 2554 Ebr. I will turne vnto you.

Note return to page 2555 [c] Perfourme that which I haue promised.

Note return to page 2556 Ezek 37.26. 2.cor.6.16.

Note return to page 2557 [d] I will be daily present with you.

Note return to page 2558 [e] I haue set you at full libertie, whereas before ye were as beastes tyed in bandes.

Note return to page 2559 Deut.28.15. lament.2.17. malac.2.2.

Note return to page 2560 [f] Which I made with you in chusing you to be my people.

Note return to page 2561 Or, an hastie plague.

Note return to page 2562 [g] Reade Chap. 17. 10.

Note return to page 2563 Pro.28.1.

Note return to page 2564 [h] That is, more extremely.

Note return to page 2565 [i] Ye shall haue drought and barennes, Agge.1.10.

Note return to page 2566 Or, labour.

Note return to page 2567 [k] Or, as some read, by fortune, imputing my plagues to chance and fortune.

Note return to page 2568 [l] Of your children, 2.king.17.25.

Note return to page 2569 [m] Because none dare passe thereby for feare of beasts.

Note return to page 2570 2.Sam.22.27. psal.18.26.

Note return to page 2571 [n] That is, the strength, whereby the life is susteined, Ezek.4. 16. & 5.16.

Note return to page 2572 [o] One ouen shall be sufficieut for ten families.

Note return to page 2573 Deut.28.53.

Note return to page 2574 2.Chro.34.7.

Note return to page 2575 Or, carions.

Note return to page 2576 [p] I will not accept your sacrifices.

Note return to page 2577 [q] Signifying that no enemie can come without Gods sending.

Note return to page 2578 Chap.25.2.

Note return to page 2579 [r] Which I commanded you to keepe.

Note return to page 2580 Or, cowardnes.

Note return to page 2581 [s] As if their enemies did chase them.

Note return to page 2582 [t] Forasmuch as they are culpable of their fathers faults, they shalbe punished aswell as their fathers.

Note return to page 2583 Or, pray for their sinne.

Note return to page 2584 [u] Whiles they are captiues, and without repentance.

Note return to page 2585 Deut.4.31. rom.11.26.

Note return to page 2586 [x] Made to their forefathers.

Note return to page 2587 [y] Fiftie dayes after they came out of Egypt.

Note return to page 2588 [a] As of his sonne or his daughter.

Note return to page 2589 [b] Which art the Priest.

Note return to page 2590 [c] Reade the value of the shekel, Exod.30.13.

Note return to page 2591 [d] He speaketh of those vowes whereby the fathers dedicated their children to God, which were not of such force, but they might be redeemed from them.

Note return to page 2592 [e] If he be not able to pay after thy valuation.

Note return to page 2593 [f] Which is cleane, Chap.11.2.

Note return to page 2594 [g] That is, consecrate to the Lorde.

Note return to page 2595 Ebr. so shall it stande.

Note return to page 2596 [h] Valuing the price thereof, according to the seede that is sow&ebar;, or by the seede that it doth yelde.

Note return to page 2597 [i] Homer is a measure conteyning ten Ephahs; reade of Ephah, Exod. 16.16, 36.

Note return to page 2598 [k] For their owne necessitie or godly vses.

Note return to page 2599 [l] That is, which is dedicate to the Lorde with a curse to him that doth turne it to his priuate vse, Nom. 21. 2. deut.13.15. iosh.6.17.

Note return to page 2600 Vers.12.

Note return to page 2601 [m] The Priestes valuation.

Note return to page 2602 Exod.30.13. nom.3.47. ezek.45.12.

Note return to page 2603 Exo.13.2.& 22. 29. nom.3.13.

Note return to page 2604 [n] It was the Lordes already.

Note return to page 2605 Iosh.6.19.

Note return to page 2606 [o] It shall remaine without redemption.

Note return to page 2607 [p] Besides the value of the thing it selfe.

Note return to page 2608 [q] Al that which is nombred: that is, euery tenth, as he falleth by tale without exception or respect.

Note return to page 2609 So called because of the diuersitie & multitude of nombrings which are here chiefly conteined, both of mens names and places.

Note return to page 2610 [a] In that place of the wildernes that was neere to mount Sinai.

Note return to page 2611 [b] Which conteineth part of Aprill, and part of May.

Note return to page 2612 Exod.30.12.

Note return to page 2613 Ebr. by their heades.

Note return to page 2614 [c] That is, the chiefest man of euerie tribe.

Note return to page 2615 [d] And assist you when ye nomber the people.

Note return to page 2616 [e] Or captaines, and gouernours.

Note return to page 2617 [f] In shewing euery man his tribe, and his anceters.

Note return to page 2618 These are the names of the twelue tribes, as first of Reuben.

Note return to page 2619 Or, as were able to beare weapons.

Note return to page 2620 Simeon.

Note return to page 2621 Gad.

Note return to page 2622 Iudah.

Note return to page 2623 Issachar.

Note return to page 2624 Zebulun.

Note return to page 2625 Ephraim.

Note return to page 2626 Manasseh.

Note return to page 2627 Beniamin.

Note return to page 2628 Dan.

Note return to page 2629 [Subnote: THE FIGVRE OF THE TABERNACLE ERECTED, AND OF THE TENTES PITCHED ROVNDE ABOVT IT.]

A B The length of the Court, of an hundreth cubites, on the South side: in the which space there were 20. pillers of 5. cubites height a piece, whereto the curtaines were tied, to enclose the Court.

C D The Northside, which was in all poynts like.

B C The West ende, which was of fiftie cubites wide. In this space there were 10. pillers of equall height with the rest, whereunto the curtaines were fastened, to close the court in on that side.

A D The East ende, which was also of 50. cubites breadth, so that the whole court was in length, twise the breadth. The comming in was at the East ende, right at it there hanged a wrought hanging of 20. cubites long, fastened to 4. pillers.

E At the sides of the hanging there were curtaines of 15. cubites in length, which were fastened on this side of the hanging, to 3. pillers, and on the other side to as many, as the Figure sheweth.

Note return to page 2630 Asher.

Note return to page 2631 Naphtali.

Note return to page 2632 Or, full count.

Note return to page 2633 [g] Which were warriers but were appointed to the vse of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 2634 Ebr. campe.

Note return to page 2635 [h] Whosoeuer is not of the tribe of Leui.

Note return to page 2636 [i] By not hauing due regard to the Tabernacle of the Lord.

Note return to page 2637 [a] In the twelue tribes were foure principall standerds, so that euery three tribes had their standerd.

Note return to page 2638 Or, prince.

Note return to page 2639 [b] Iudah, Issachar, & Zebulun the sonnes of Leah were of the first standerd.

Note return to page 2640 [c] Of them which were conteined vnder that name,

Note return to page 2641 [d] Reuben and Simeon the sonnes of Leah, and Gad þe; sonne of Zilpah her maide, were of the seconde standerd.

Note return to page 2642 Or, Reuel.

Note return to page 2643 [e] Because it might be in equal dist&abar;ce from ech one, and all indifferently haue recourse thereunto.

Note return to page 2644 [f] Because Ephraim and Manasseh supplied the place of Ioseph their father, they are taken to be Rahels children: so they and Beniamin make the third standerd.

Note return to page 2645 [g] Dan and Naphtali the sonnes of Bilha Rahels maide, with Asher the sonne of Zilpah make þe; fourth standerd.

Note return to page 2646 [h] Which were of twentie yeres and aboue.

Note return to page 2647 [i] For vnder euery one of the foure principall standerdes were diuers signes to keepe euery ban in order.

Note return to page 2648 [a] Or, families and kinreds.

Note return to page 2649 Exod.6.23.

Note return to page 2650 Exod.28.3.

Note return to page 2651 Leui.10.1, 2. chap.26:61.1. chro.24.2.

Note return to page 2652 [b] Or, before the Altar.

Note return to page 2653 Leuit.10.1.

Note return to page 2654 [c] Whiles their father liued.

Note return to page 2655 [d] Offer them vnto Aaron for the vse of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 2656 [e] Which apperteined to the executing of the high Priestes commandement, to the ouersight of the people, and to the seruice of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 2657 [f] Aarons sonnes the Priests serued in the Sanctuary in praying for the people and offring sacrifice: the Leuites serued for the inferior vses of the same.

Note return to page 2658 [g] Any that would minister, not being a Leuite.

Note return to page 2659 Exod.13.1. and 34.19. leuit.27.26. chap.8.16. luk.2. 23.

Note return to page 2660 Gene.46.11. exod. 6.16. chap.26.57. 1. chro.6.1. and 23.6.

Note return to page 2661 [h] Onely nombring the male children.

Note return to page 2662 Or, father.

Note return to page 2663 [i] Their charge was to cary the couerings and hangings of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 2664 [k] Doing euery one his duetie in the Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 2665 [l] The chiefe things within the Sanctuarie were committed to the Kohathites.

Note return to page 2666 Or, prince of princes.

Note return to page 2667 [m] The woodworke and the rest of the instruments were committed to their charge.

Note return to page 2668 [n] That none should enter into the Tabernacle contrary to Gods appoyntment.

Note return to page 2669 [o] So that the first borne of the children of Israel were mo by 273. as verse 43.

Note return to page 2670 [p] So that nowe þe; Leuites should satisfie vnto the Lord for the first borne of Israel, saue for the 273. which were moe then the Leuites, for whome they payed money.

Note return to page 2671 Exod.30.13. leuit. 27.25. chap. 18.16. ezek.45.12.

Note return to page 2672 [q] Of the two hundreth seuentie and three, which were more then the Leuites.

Note return to page 2673 [a] The Leuites were nombred after three sortes: first at a moneth olde when they were consecrate to the Lord, next at 25. yeere olde when they were appoynted to serue in the Tabernacle, and at 30. yeere olde to beare the burthens of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 2674 [b] Which deuided the Sanctuarie fr&obar; the holiest of all.

Note return to page 2675 [c] That is, put th&ebar; vpon their shoulders to cary it: for the barres of the Arke coulde neuer be remoued, Exo. 25.15.

Note return to page 2676 Exod.25.30.

Note return to page 2677 [d] Meaning to couer the bread.

Note return to page 2678 Exod.25.31.

Note return to page 2679 Exod.25.38.

Note return to page 2680 [e] The Ebrewe word signifieth an instrument made of two staues or barres.

Note return to page 2681 [f] Which was to burne incense: Reade Exod.30.1.

Note return to page 2682 [g] Of the burnt offring.

Note return to page 2683 [h] That is, in folding vp the things of the Sanctuarie, as the Arke, &c.

Note return to page 2684 [i] Before it be couered.

Note return to page 2685 Exod.30.34,35.

Note return to page 2686 [k] Which was offred at morning and euening.

Note return to page 2687 Exod.30.23,25.

Note return to page 2688 [l] Committing by your negligence that the holy things be not well wrapped, and so they by touching thereof perish.

Note return to page 2689 [m] Shewing what part euery man shall beare.

Note return to page 2690 [n] Which were receiued into the company of them that ministred in the Tabernacle of the Congregati&obar;.

Note return to page 2691 [o] Which vayle hanged betweene the Sanctuarie and the court.

Note return to page 2692 [p] Which court compassed both the Tabernacle of the Congregation and the altar of burnt offring.

Note return to page 2693 [q] Vnder þe; charge and ouersight.

Note return to page 2694 Exod.26.15.

Note return to page 2695 [r] Ye shall make an inuentorie of all the things, which ye commit to their charge.

Note return to page 2696 Ebr. the nombred of them.

Note return to page 2697 [s] God appointing Moses to be the minister and executor thereof.

Note return to page 2698 [t] Which were of competent age to serue therein, that is, betwene 30 and 50.

Note return to page 2699 [u] Whosoeuer of the Leuites that had any maner of charge in the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 2700 Ebr. according to the mouth or word.

Note return to page 2701 [x] So that Moses neyther added nor diminished from that which the Lord commanded him.

Note return to page 2702 Leuit.13.3.

Note return to page 2703 Leuit.15.2.

Note return to page 2704 Leuit.21.1.

Note return to page 2705 Or, in a place out of the hoste.

Note return to page 2706 [a] There were three maner tentes: of the Lord, of the Leuites, and of the Israelites.

Note return to page 2707 Leuit.6.3.

Note return to page 2708 [b] Commit any fault willingly.

Note return to page 2709 Leuit.6.5.

Note return to page 2710 [c] If he be dead, to whom the wrong is done, and also haue no kinsman.

Note return to page 2711 [d] Or, things offred to the Lord, as first fruites, &c.

Note return to page 2712 Leuit.10.12.

Note return to page 2713 [e] By breaking the band of marriage, and playing the harlot.

Note return to page 2714 Ebr. If the spirit of ielousie come vpon him.

Note return to page 2715 [f] Onely in the sinne offring, and this offring of ielousie were neither oyle nor incense offred.

Note return to page 2716 [g] Or making the sinne knowen, and not purging it.

Note return to page 2717 [h] Which also is called the water of purification or sprinkeling, reade chap.19.9.

Note return to page 2718 [i] It was so called by the effect, because it declared the woman to be accursed and turned to her destruction.

Note return to page 2719 [k] Both because she had comitted so hainous a fault, and forsware her selfe in denying the same.

Note return to page 2720 Ebr. to fall.

Note return to page 2721 [l] That is, be it so, as thou wishest, as Psalm.41.13. deut. 27.15.

Note return to page 2722 [m] Shall wash the curses, which are written, into the water in the vessell.

Note return to page 2723 Or, perfume.

Note return to page 2724 [n] Where the incense was offred.

Note return to page 2725 Or, innocent.

Note return to page 2726 [o] The man might accuse his wife vpon suspicion and not be reproued.

Note return to page 2727 [a] Which separated them selues from the worlde and dedicated th&ebar;selues to God: which figure was accomplished in Christ.

Note return to page 2728 Iudg.13.5. 1.sam. 1.11.

Note return to page 2729 [b] As at burials, or mournings.

Note return to page 2730 [c] In that he suffred his heare to grow, he signified that he was consecrate to God.

Note return to page 2731 [d] Which long heare is a signe that he is dedicate to God.

Note return to page 2732 [e] By being present where the dead was.

Note return to page 2733 [f] Beginning at the eight day, when he is purified.

Note return to page 2734 [g] So that he shall begin his vowe a newe.

Note return to page 2735 Leuit.2.15.

Note return to page 2736 Actes 21.24.

Note return to page 2737 [h] In token that his vow is ended.

Note return to page 2738 [i] For the heare, which was consecrate to þe; Lord, might not be cast into any prophane place.

Note return to page 2739 Exod.25.27.

Note return to page 2740 Or, with the breast

Note return to page 2741 [k] At the least he shall doe this, if he be able to offer no more.

Note return to page 2742 [l] That is, pray for them, Ecclus.36. 17.

Note return to page 2743 [m] They shal pray in my Name for them.

Note return to page 2744 Exod.40.18.

Note return to page 2745 Or, vessels.

Note return to page 2746 Or, captaines.

Note return to page 2747 [a] Like horselitters to keepe þe; things, that were caried in them, from weather.

Note return to page 2748 [b] That is, to cary things & stuffe in.

Note return to page 2749 [c] For their vse to cary with.

Note return to page 2750 [d] The holy things of the Sanctuarie must be caried vpon their shoulders, and not drawen &wt; oxen, chap 4.15.

Note return to page 2751 [e] That is, when the first sacrifice was offred thereupon by Aaron, Leuit.9.1.

Note return to page 2752 The offring of Nahshon.

Note return to page 2753 Leuit.2.1.

Note return to page 2754 The offring of Nethaneel.

Note return to page 2755 The offring of Eliab.

Note return to page 2756 The offring of Elizur.

Note return to page 2757 The offring of Shelumiel.

Note return to page 2758 The offring of Eliasaph.

Note return to page 2759 The offring of Elishama.

Note return to page 2760 The offring of Gamliel.

Note return to page 2761 The offring of Abidan.

Note return to page 2762 The offring of Ahiezer.

Note return to page 2763 The offring of Pagiel, or Phegiel.

Note return to page 2764 The offring of Ahira.

Note return to page 2765 [f] This was the offring of the princes, when Aaron did dedicate the Altar.

Note return to page 2766 [g] By Aaron.

Note return to page 2767 [h] That is, the Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 2768 [i] According as he had promised, Exod.25.22.

Note return to page 2769 [a] To that part which is ouer against the Candlesticke, Exod. 25.37.

Note return to page 2770 Exod.25.18.

Note return to page 2771 [b] And not set together of diuers pieces.

Note return to page 2772 [c] In Ebrewe, it is called the water of sinne, because it is made to purge sinne, as Chap.19.9.

Note return to page 2773 [d] That thou mayest doe this in presence of them all.

Note return to page 2774 [e] Meaning, certaine of them in the name of the whole.

Note return to page 2775 Chap.3.45.

Note return to page 2776 Chap.3 9.

Note return to page 2777 [f] That is, they that are the first borne.

Note return to page 2778 Exod.13.2. luke.2.23.

Note return to page 2779 [g] Which seruice the Israelites should else doe.

Note return to page 2780 [h] Because the Leuites goe into the Sanctuarie in their name.

Note return to page 2781 [i] In their presence, to serue them.

Note return to page 2782 [k] Such office as was painefull, as to beare burthens and such like.

Note return to page 2783 [l] In singing Psalmes, instructing, counselling and keeping the things in order.

Note return to page 2784 Exod.12.1. leuit. 23.5. chap.28.16. deut.16.2.

Note return to page 2785 Exod.12.6. deut.16.6.

Note return to page 2786 [a] Euen in all points as the Lord hath instituted it.

Note return to page 2787 [b] By touching a corps, or being at the buriall.

Note return to page 2788 [c] Or celebrate the Passeouer the fourtenth day of the first moneth.

Note return to page 2789 [d] And can not come where the Tabernacle is, when others keepe it.

Note return to page 2790 [e] So that the vncleane, and they that are not at home, haue a moneth longer graunted vnto them.

Note return to page 2791 Exod.12.46. iohn.19.36.

Note return to page 2792 [f] When the Passeouer is celebrated.

Note return to page 2793 Or, punishment of his sinne.

Note return to page 2794 Exod.12.49.

Note return to page 2795 Exod 40.34.

Note return to page 2796 [g] Like a pillar: reade Exod.13.21.

Note return to page 2797 Ebr. mouth.

Note return to page 2798 [h] Who taught them what to doe by the cloude.

Note return to page 2799 1 Cor.10.1.

Note return to page 2800 Ebr. camped.

Note return to page 2801 [i] They wayted when the Lorde would signifie either their departure, or their abode by the cloude.

Note return to page 2802 Ebr. dayes of nomber.

Note return to page 2803 Exod.40.36.37. reade verse.18.

Note return to page 2804 [k] Vnder the charge and gouernement of Moses.

Note return to page 2805 [a] Or, of worke beaten out with the hammer.

Note return to page 2806 [b] That is, the hoste of Iudah and they that are vnder his ensigne.

Note return to page 2807 [c] Meaning the hoste of Reuben.

Note return to page 2808 [d] So that onelie the Priests must blowe the trumpets, so long as the Priesthoode lasted.

Note return to page 2809 [e] When ye reioyce that God hath remooued any plague.

Note return to page 2810 Or, when ye offer burnt offrings.

Note return to page 2811 Or, in keeping this order in their iourneis.

Note return to page 2812 [f] From Sinai to Paran, Chap. 33.1.

Note return to page 2813 Chap.2.3.

Note return to page 2814 Chap.1.7.

Note return to page 2815 [g] With all the appertinances thereof.

Note return to page 2816 [h] Vpon their shoulders.

Note return to page 2817 Chap.4.4.

Note return to page 2818 [i] The Merarites & Gershonites.

Note return to page 2819 [k] Leauing none behinde nor any of the former that fainted in the way.

Note return to page 2820 [l] This was the order of their host when they remooued.

Note return to page 2821 [m] Some thinke that Reuel, Iethro, Hobab, and Keni were all one: Kymhi sayth that Reuel was Iethros father: so Hobab was Moses father in lawe, Exod.2. 18. & 3.1. & 4.18. & 18.1. & iudg.4.11.

Note return to page 2822 Ebr. eyes vnto vs.

Note return to page 2823 [n] Mount Sinai, or Horeb.

Note return to page 2824 Psal.68.1,2.

Note return to page 2825 [o] Declare thy might and power.

Note return to page 2826 Ebr. to the tenne thousand thousands.

Note return to page 2827 Ebr. as iniust complayners.

Note return to page 2828 Ebr. it was euill in the eares of the Lord.

Note return to page 2829 Psal.78.21.

Note return to page 2830 Or, burning.

Note return to page 2831 [a] Which were of those strangers that came out of Egypt with them, Exo.12.38.

Note return to page 2832 [b] From God.

Note return to page 2833 [c] For a small price, or good cheape.

Note return to page 2834 [d] For the greedie lust of flesh.

Note return to page 2835 Exod.16.31. wisd.11.20. psalm.78.24. iohn.6 31.

Note return to page 2836 [e] Which is, a white pearle or precious stone.

Note return to page 2837 Or, euill intreated.

Note return to page 2838 [f] Or, wherein haue I displeased thee?

Note return to page 2839 [g] Am I their father, that none may haue the charge of them but I?

Note return to page 2840 [h] Of Canaan promised by an othe to our fathers.

Note return to page 2841 [i] I had rather die then to see my griefe and miserie thus daily increase by their rebellion.

Note return to page 2842 [k] I will distribute my Spirit among them, as I haue done to thee.

Note return to page 2843 [l] Prepare your selues that ye be not vncleane.

Note return to page 2844 [m] Or, cast him off, because ye refused Manna which he appoynted as most meete for you.

Note return to page 2845 [n] Who leadeth & gouerneth you.

Note return to page 2846 [o] Of whom I haue the charge.

Note return to page 2847 Isai.50.2. & 59.1.

Note return to page 2848 Or, separated, as verse 17.

Note return to page 2849 [p] From that day the spirit of prophesie did not faile them.

Note return to page 2850 [q] Or, a yong man whom he had chosen from his youth.

Note return to page 2851 [r] Such blinde zeale was in the Apostles, Mar.9. 38. luke 9.49.

Note return to page 2852 Exo.16.14. psal.78.26,27.

Note return to page 2853 [s] Of Homer, reade Leuit.27.16. also it signifieth an heape, as Exod 8.14. iudg.15.16.

Note return to page 2854 Psal.78.31.

Note return to page 2855 Or, graues of lust.

Note return to page 2856 Or, murmured.

Note return to page 2857 [a] Zipporah Moses wife was a Midianite, and because Midian bordered on Ethiopia, it is sometime in the Scripture comprehended vnder this name.

Note return to page 2858 Ecclus.45.4.

Note return to page 2859 [b] And so bare with their grudgings, although he knewe them.

Note return to page 2860 [c] These were the two ordinarie meanes.

Note return to page 2861 [d] In all Israel which was his Church.

Note return to page 2862 Exod.33.11.

Note return to page 2863 [e] So farre as any man was able to comprehend, which he calleth his backe partes, Exod.33.23.

Note return to page 2864 [f] From the doore of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 2865 [g] As a childe that commeth out of his mothers bellie dead, hauing as it were but the skinne.

Note return to page 2866 [h] In his displeasure.

Note return to page 2867 Leuit.13.46.

Note return to page 2868 [a] That is, in Rithma, which was in Paran, Chap.33.18.

Note return to page 2869 [b] After the people had required it of Moses, as it is in Deut 1.22. then the Lorde spake to Moses so to do.

Note return to page 2870 Or, rulers.

Note return to page 2871 Or, Ioshua.

Note return to page 2872 [c] Which in nomber were twelue, according to the twelue tribes.

Note return to page 2873 Or, high countrey.

Note return to page 2874 [d] Plentifull or barren.

Note return to page 2875 [e] Which was in the wildernes of Paran.

Note return to page 2876 [f] Which were a kinde of gyants.

Note return to page 2877 [g] Declaring the antiquitie thereof: also Abraham, Sara, Izhak and Iaakob were buried there.

Note return to page 2878 Deut.1.24.

Note return to page 2879 Or, the valley of Eshcol, that is, of grapes.

Note return to page 2880 [h] Called also Kadesh berna.

Note return to page 2881 [i] That is, Moses.

Note return to page 2882 Exod.33.3.

Note return to page 2883 [k] Ahiman, Sheshai, and Tahnai, whome Caleb slew afterwarde, Iosh.11.21,22.

Note return to page 2884 Or, murmuring against Moses.

Note return to page 2885 [l] The gyants were so cruel that they spoyled and killed one another, and those that came to them.

Note return to page 2886 [a] Such as were afraide at the report of the ten spyes.

Note return to page 2887 [b] To our enemies the Canaanites.

Note return to page 2888 [c] Lamenting the people and praying for them.

Note return to page 2889 Ecclus.46 9. 1.mac.2 56.

Note return to page 2890 [d] For sorrowe, hearing their blasphemie.

Note return to page 2891 [e] We shall easely ouercome them.

Note return to page 2892 [f] This is the condition of them that would perswade in Gods cause, to be persecuted of the multitude.

Note return to page 2893 Exod.32.12.

Note return to page 2894 Ebr. eye to eye.

Note return to page 2895 Exod.13.21.

Note return to page 2896 [g] So that none shall escape.

Note return to page 2897 Deut.9.28.

Note return to page 2898 Exod.34.6. psal. 103.8.

Note return to page 2899 Psal.103.3.

Note return to page 2900 Exod.20.5. and 34.7.

Note return to page 2901 [h] In that he destroyed not them vtterly, but left their posteritie and certaine to enter.

Note return to page 2902 [i] That is, sundry times and often.

Note return to page 2903 Iosh.14.6.

Note return to page 2904 [k] A meeke and obedient spirit and not rebellious.

Note return to page 2905 [l] And lye in wayte for you.

Note return to page 2906 [m] For I will not defende you.

Note return to page 2907 Psal.106.26.

Note return to page 2908 Chap.26.65. and 32.10.

Note return to page 2909 Deut.1.35.

Note return to page 2910 Gen.14.22.

Note return to page 2911 [n] The worde signifieth to be shepherdes, or to wander like shepherdes to and fro.

Note return to page 2912 [o] Your infidelitie and disobedience against God.

Note return to page 2913 Ezek.4.6.

Note return to page 2914 Psal.95.10.

Note return to page 2915 [p] Whether my promes be true or no.

Note return to page 2916 1.Cor.10.10. hebr.3.10,17. iude.5.

Note return to page 2917 Deut.1.41.

Note return to page 2918 [q] They confesse they sinned by rebelling against God, but consider not they offended in going vp without Gods commandement.

Note return to page 2919 [r] They coulde not be stayed by any meanes.

Note return to page 2920 Deut.1.44.

Note return to page 2921 Leuit.23.10.

Note return to page 2922 [a] Into the land of Canaan.

Note return to page 2923 Leuit.22.21.

Note return to page 2924 Or, separate.

Note return to page 2925 Exod.29.18.

Note return to page 2926 Leuit.2.1.

Note return to page 2927 [b] Reade Exod. 29.40.

Note return to page 2928 [c] The liquour was so called, because it was powred on the thing that was offred.

Note return to page 2929 Or, three Omers.

Note return to page 2930 [d] Euery sacrifice of beastes must haue their meat offring and drinke offring, according to this proportion.

Note return to page 2931 Exod.12.49. chap.9.14.

Note return to page 2932 [e] Which is made of the first corne ye gather.

Note return to page 2933 Leuit.23.14.

Note return to page 2934 [f] As by ouersight or ignorance, read Leuit.4.2,13.

Note return to page 2935 [g] Some reade, from the eies of the Congregation: that is, which is hid from the Congregation.

Note return to page 2936 Leuit.4.1.

Note return to page 2937 Leuit.4.27.

Note return to page 2938 Ebr. with an hie hand: that is, in contempt of God.

Note return to page 2939 [h] He shall susteine the punishment of his sinne.

Note return to page 2940 Leuit.24.12.

Note return to page 2941 Deut.22.12. mat.23 5.

Note return to page 2942 [i] By leauing Gods commandements and folowing your owne fantasies.

Note return to page 2943 Chap.27.3. ecclus.45.18. iude 11.

Note return to page 2944 Or, tooke other with him.

Note return to page 2945 Or, before Moses.

Note return to page 2946 Chap.26.9.

Note return to page 2947 [a] Or let it suffice you: meaning to haue abused them thus long.

Note return to page 2948 [b] All are alike holie: therefore none ought to be preferred aboue other: thus the wicked reason against Gods ordinance.

Note return to page 2949 [c] To be the Priest and to offer.

Note return to page 2950 [d] He layeth the same to their charge iustly, wherewith they wrongfully charged him.

Note return to page 2951 [e] To serue in the Congregation, as in the verse before.

Note return to page 2952 [f] Thus they spake contemptuously, preferring Egypt to Canaan.

Note return to page 2953 [g] Wilt thou make them, that searched the land, beleeue that they sawe not that which they sawe?

Note return to page 2954 Gene.4.4,5.

Note return to page 2955 [h] At the dore of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 2956 [i] All that were of their faction.

Note return to page 2957 Or, of euerie creature.

Note return to page 2958 [k] With them that haue committed so manie sinnes.

Note return to page 2959 [l] I haue not forged them of mine owne braine.

Note return to page 2960 [m] Or, shewe a strange sight.

Note return to page 2961 Or, hel.

Note return to page 2962 [n] Or, deepe and darke places of the earth.

Note return to page 2963 Chap.27.3. deut.11.6. psal.106.17.

Note return to page 2964 [o] Which were the occasion of their owne death.

Note return to page 2965 [p] Of Gods iudgements against rebelles.

Note return to page 2966 [q] Who presumed aboue his vocati&obar;.

Note return to page 2967 Or, fled: to wit, Moses & Aaron.

Note return to page 2968 [r] For it was not lawful to take any other fire, but of the Altar of burnt offring, Leui.10.1.

Note return to page 2969 [s] God had begun to punish the people.

Note return to page 2970 [t] God drew backe his hand & ceased to punish them.

Note return to page 2971 [a] While he was in the doore of the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 2972 Exod.25.22.

Note return to page 2973 [b] To be the chiefe Priest.

Note return to page 2974 [c] Though Iosephs tribe was deuided into two in the distribution of the land, yet here it is but one, and Leui maketh a tribe.

Note return to page 2975 [d] To declare that God did chuse the house of Leui to serue him in the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 2976 Hebr.9.4.

Note return to page 2977 [e] Grudging that Aaron should be hie Priest.

Note return to page 2978 [f] The Chalde text describeth thus their murmuring: We dye by the sworde: the earth swaloweth vs vp, þe; pestilence doeth consume vs.

Note return to page 2979 [a] If you trespasse in any thing concerning the ceremonies of the Sanctuarie, or your office, you shalbe punished.

Note return to page 2980 [b] That is, the things, which are c&obar;mitted to thee: or, which thou doest enioyne them.

Note return to page 2981 [c] Which was not of the tribe of Leui.

Note return to page 2982 Chap.3.45.

Note return to page 2983 Or, a gift.

Note return to page 2984 [d] As the first fruit, first borne, and the tenthes.

Note return to page 2985 [e] That which was not burned, should be the Priests.

Note return to page 2986 [f] That is, in the Sanctuarie, betweene the court and the Holiest of all.

Note return to page 2987 [g] Reade Leuit. 10.14.

Note return to page 2988 [h] That is, the chiefest, or the best

Note return to page 2989 Leuit.27.28.

Note return to page 2990 Exod.13.2. and 22.29. leuit.27.26. chap.3.13.

Note return to page 2991 Exo.30.13. leuit. 27.25. chap.3.47. ezek.45.12.

Note return to page 2992 [i] Because they are appoynted for sacrifice.

Note return to page 2993 Exod.25.26. leuit.7.30.

Note return to page 2994 [k] That is, sure, stable and incorruptible.

Note return to page 2995 [l] Of Canaan.

Note return to page 2996 Deu.10.9. & 18.2. iosh.13.14,33. eze 44 28.

Note return to page 2997 [m] To serue therein: for the Leuites are put in their place.

Note return to page 2998 [n] If they faile in their office, they shalbe punished.

Note return to page 2999 [o] As acceptable as the fruit of your owne ground or vineyard.

Note return to page 3000 [p] Which ye haue receiued of the children of Israel.

Note return to page 3001 [q] Reade ver.12.

Note return to page 3002 [r] As is in þe; 11.verse

Note return to page 3003 [s] Ye shal not be punished therfore.

Note return to page 3004 [t] The offrings which þe; Israelites haue offred to God

Note return to page 3005 [a] According to this lawe & ceremonie, ye shal sacrifice þe; red kow.

Note return to page 3006 Heb.13.11.

Note return to page 3007 [b] By another Priest.

Note return to page 3008 Hebr.9.13.

Note return to page 3009 Exod.29.14. leuit.4.11,12.

Note return to page 3010 [c] Meaning Eleazar.

Note return to page 3011 [d] The inferior Priest who killed her & burned her.

Note return to page 3012 [e] Or the water of separation, because that they that were separate for their vncleannesse, were sprinkled therewith & made cleane. Chap.8.7. It is also called holy water, because it was ordeined to an holy vse, Chap 5.17.

Note return to page 3013 [f] With the sprinkling water.

Note return to page 3014 [g] So þt; shoulde not bee esteemed to be of the holy people, but as a polluted and excommunicate person.

Note return to page 3015 Ebr. a couering of cloth.

Note return to page 3016 [h] Of the red kow burnt for sinne.

Note return to page 3017 [i] Water of the fountaine or riuer.

Note return to page 3018 [k] One of þe; priests which is cleane.

Note return to page 3019 [l] Because he had bene among them that were vncleane: or els had touched the water, as vers.21.

Note return to page 3020 [m] That is, vncleane.

Note return to page 3021 [a] This was fourty yeeres after their departure from Egypt.

Note return to page 3022 [b] Moses and Aarons sister.

Note return to page 3023 [c] Another rebellion was in Raphidim, Exod.17. and this was in Kadesh.

Note return to page 3024 Chap.11.33.

Note return to page 3025 Exod.17.2.

Note return to page 3026 [d] Wherewith thou diddest miracles in Egypt, and diddest deuide the Sea.

Note return to page 3027 [e] The punishment which followed here of, declared that Moses & Aaron beleeued not the Lordes promes, as appeareth vers.12.

Note return to page 3028 [f] That the childr&ebar; of Israel shoulde beleeue and acknowledge my power, and so honour me:

Note return to page 3029 [g] Or, strife, and contention, Chap. 27.14.

Note return to page 3030 [h] By shewing himselfe almightie and maintaining his glory.

Note return to page 3031 [i] Because Iaakob or Israel was Esaus brother, who was called Edom.

Note return to page 3032 Or, his way.

Note return to page 3033 Or, come not.

Note return to page 3034 Or, the Edomites.

Note return to page 3035 [k] To passe by another way.

Note return to page 3036 Chap.33.37.

Note return to page 3037 [l] Reade Gen.25.8.

Note return to page 3038 Or, rebelled.

Note return to page 3039 Or, strife.

Note return to page 3040 Chap.33.38. deut. 32.50.

Note return to page 3041 Deut.10.6. and 32.50.

Note return to page 3042 Or, mourned.

Note return to page 3043 Chap.33.40.

Note return to page 3044 [a] By that way which their spies, that searched the dangers, founde to be most safe.

Note return to page 3045 Or, destruction.

Note return to page 3046 Iudg.1.17.

Note return to page 3047 [b] For they were forbidden to destroy it, Deut.2.5.

Note return to page 3048 Chap.11.6.

Note return to page 3049 [c] Meaning Manna, which they thought did not nourish.

Note return to page 3050 Wisd.16.1,5. 1.cor.10.9.

Note return to page 3051 [d] For they that were stung therewith, were so inflamed with the heate thereof, that they died.

Note return to page 3052 Or, vpon a pole.

Note return to page 3053 2.King.18.4. iohn 3.14.

Note return to page 3054 Or, recouered.

Note return to page 3055 Chap.33 43.

Note return to page 3056 Or, in the heapes of Abarim, or, hilles.

Note return to page 3057 [e] Which seemeth to be the booke of the Iudges, or as some thinke, a booke which is lost.

Note return to page 3058 Or, (Howe God destroyed) Vaheb (the citie) with a whirlewinde, and the valleis of Arnon.

Note return to page 3059 Or, spring.

Note return to page 3060 [f] Ye that receiue the commoditie thereof, giue praise for it.

Note return to page 3061 [g] Moses and Aaron heads of the people onely smote the rocke with the rod or staffe, which gaue water as well that were deepe digged.

Note return to page 3062 Deut.2.26. iudg. 11.19.

Note return to page 3063 Deut.29.7.

Note return to page 3064 Iosh.12.2. psal. 135.11 amos 29.

Note return to page 3065 [h] The riuer.

Note return to page 3066 [i] For the people were tall & strong like gyants, Deut. 2.20.

Note return to page 3067 Ebr. daughters.

Note return to page 3068 [k] For if it had byn the Moabites, the Israelites might not haue possessed it, Deut. 2.9.

Note return to page 3069 [l] Meaning, warre.

Note return to page 3070 [m] Chemosh was the idole of the Moabites, 1.king. 11.33. who was not able to defend his worshippers, which tooke the idole for their father.

Note return to page 3071 Ebr. light.

Note return to page 3072 Deut.3.1. and 29.7.

Note return to page 3073 Psalm.135.11.

Note return to page 3074 [a] Being at Iericho, it was beyond Iorden: but where the Israelites were, it was on this side.

Note return to page 3075 Or, was vexed.

Note return to page 3076 [b] Which were the heads and gouernours.

Note return to page 3077 Iosh.24.9.

Note return to page 3078 [c] To wit, Euphrates, vp&obar; the which stoode this citie Pethor.

Note return to page 3079 [d] Thinking to bribe him with gifts to curse the Israelites.

Note return to page 3080 [e] Whome before he called Elders: meaning the gouernours, and after calleth them seruants: that is, subiectes to their king.

Note return to page 3081 [f] He warned him by a dreame, that he should not consent to the kings wicked request.

Note return to page 3082 [g] Els he shewed himselfe willing, couetousnesse had so blinded his heart.

Note return to page 3083 [h] The wicked seeke by al meanes to further their naughty enterprises, though they knowe that God is against them.

Note return to page 3084 Chap.24.13.

Note return to page 3085 [i] Because he tempted God to require him contrary to his commandement, his petition was granted, but it turned to his owne condemnation.

Note return to page 3086 [k] Moued rather with couetousnes, then to obey God.

Note return to page 3087 2.Pet.2.16. iude 11

Note return to page 3088 [l] The seconde time.

Note return to page 3089 Or, fell.

Note return to page 3090 [m] Gaue her power to speake.

Note return to page 3091 [n] Since thou hast bene my master.

Note return to page 3092 [o] For whose eyes the Lorde doeth not open, they can neither see his anger nor his loue.

Note return to page 3093 [p] Both thy heart is corrupt, and thine enterprise wicked.

Note return to page 3094 Or, before me, or, to meete me.

Note return to page 3095 Ebr, I will returne to me.

Note return to page 3096 [q] Because his heart was euill, his charge was renewed, that he should not pretende ignorance.

Note return to page 3097 [r] Nere the place where the Israelites camped.

Note return to page 3098 [s] Of my selfe I can speake nothing: only what God reueileth, that will I vtter, seeme it good or bad.

Note return to page 3099 Or, of streetes: or, a populous citie.

Note return to page 3100 [t] Where the idole Baal was worshipped.

Note return to page 3101 [a] For among the Gentiles the kings oft times vsed to sacrifice, as did the Priests.

Note return to page 3102 Or, went vp hier.

Note return to page 3103 [b] Appeared vnto him.

Note return to page 3104 [c] Taught him what to say.

Note return to page 3105 Or, prophecie.

Note return to page 3106 Or, Syria.

Note return to page 3107 [d] Cause that all men may hate and detest them.

Note return to page 3108 [e] But shal haue religion and lawes apart.

Note return to page 3109 [f] The infinite multitude, as the dust of the earth.

Note return to page 3110 [g] The feare of Gods iudgements caused him to wish to be ioyned to þe; houshold of Abraham: thus the wicked haue their c&obar;sciences wounded, when they c&obar;sider Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 3111 Or, into the fielde of them that spied: to wit, lest the enemie should approche.

Note return to page 3112 Chap.22.35.

Note return to page 3113 [h] Gods enemies are compelled to confesse that his gouernment is iust, constant, & without change or repentance.

Note return to page 3114 [i] They triumph as victorious kings ouer their enemies

Note return to page 3115 [k] Considering what God shall worke this time for the deliuerance of his people, all the worlde shal wonder.

Note return to page 3116 [l] Thus the wicked imagine of God, that, that which he will not graunt in one place, he will do it in another.

Note return to page 3117 Chap.23.3,15.

Note return to page 3118 [a] Where the Israelites camped.

Note return to page 3119 Chap.23.7,18.

Note return to page 3120 [b] His eyes were shut vp before in respect of þe; cleare visions which he sawe after: some read, were open.

Note return to page 3121 [c] Though he lay as in a sleepe, yet the eyes of his minde were open.

Note return to page 3122 Or, tentes.

Note return to page 3123 [d] His prosperitie & posteritie shalbe very great.

Note return to page 3124 [e] Which name was common to the Kings of Amalek.

Note return to page 3125 Gene.49.9.

Note return to page 3126 [f] In token of anger.

Note return to page 3127 [g] Thus the wicked burden God when they can not compasse their wicked enterprises.

Note return to page 3128 Ebr. counsell.

Note return to page 3129 [h] He gaue also wicked counsel to cause the Israelites to sinne, that therby God might forsake them, Chap. 31.16.

Note return to page 3130 [i] Meaning, Christ

Note return to page 3131 [k] That is, the princes.

Note return to page 3132 [l] He shall subdue all that resist: for of Sheth came Noah, and of Noah all the world.

Note return to page 3133 [m] Of the Edomites.

Note return to page 3134 [n] The Amalekites first made warre against Israel, as Chap.14.45.

Note return to page 3135 Or, Midianites.

Note return to page 3136 [o] Make thy selfe as strong as thou canst.

Note return to page 3137 Or, thou Kain shalt.

Note return to page 3138 [p] Some reade, Oh, who shall not perish, when the enemie, that is, Antichrist, shal set himselfe vp as God?

Note return to page 3139 [q] The Grecians and Romanes.

Note return to page 3140 [r] Meaning, Eber, or the Iewes, for rebelling against God.

Note return to page 3141 Chap.33.49.

Note return to page 3142 [a] With the women.

Note return to page 3143 [b] Worshipped the idole of the Moabites, which was in the hill Peor.

Note return to page 3144 Deut.4.3. iosh. 22.17.

Note return to page 3145 Or, to the Lord.

Note return to page 3146 [c] Openly in the sight of all.

Note return to page 3147 [d] Let him see execution done of them that are vnder his charge.

Note return to page 3148 [e] Repenting that they had offended God.

Note return to page 3149 Psal.106.30. 1 mac.2.54.

Note return to page 3150 Or, iaueling.

Note return to page 3151 Or, in her tent. Chald. and Greek. in her secretes.

Note return to page 3152 1.Cor.10.8.

Note return to page 3153 Psal.106.30.

Note return to page 3154 [f] He was zealous to maintaine my glory.

Note return to page 3155 Ecclus.45.24. 1.mac.2.54.

Note return to page 3156 [g] He hath pacified Gods wrath.

Note return to page 3157 Ebr. of the house of the father.

Note return to page 3158 Chap 31.2.

Note return to page 3159 [h] Causing you to commit both corporall and spiritual fornication by Balaams counsel, Chap.31.16. reue.2.14.

Note return to page 3160 [a] Which came for their whoredome and idolatrie.

Note return to page 3161 Chap.1.3.

Note return to page 3162 [b] Where the riuer is neere to Iericho.

Note return to page 3163 Chap.1.1.

Note return to page 3164 Gen.46.8. exod.6. 14. 1.chro.5.1.

Note return to page 3165 Reuben.

Note return to page 3166 Chap.16.2.

Note return to page 3167 [c] In that rebellion where of Korah was head.

Note return to page 3168 [d] That is, for an example that other shoulde not murmure and rebel against Gods ministers.

Note return to page 3169 Simeon.

Note return to page 3170 Gad.

Note return to page 3171 Iudah.

Note return to page 3172 [c] Before Iaakob went into Egypt, Gen.38.3.7,10. and 46.12.

Note return to page 3173 Gene.46.12.

Note return to page 3174 Issachar.

Note return to page 3175 Zebulun.

Note return to page 3176 Manasseh.

Note return to page 3177 Iosh.17.1.

Note return to page 3178 Chap.27.1.

Note return to page 3179 Ephraim.

Note return to page 3180 Beniamin.

Note return to page 3181 Dan.

Note return to page 3182 Asher.

Note return to page 3183 Naphtali.

Note return to page 3184 [f] This is the third time that they are nombred.

Note return to page 3185 Or, persons.

Note return to page 3186 Chap. 33.54.

Note return to page 3187 Iosh.11.23. and 14.2.

Note return to page 3188 Exodus.6. verse.16,17,18,19.

Note return to page 3189 Exod.2.2. and 6.20.

Note return to page 3190 Leuit.10.2. chap.3.4. 1.chron.24.2.

Note return to page 3191 [g] Wherein appeareth the great power of God, that so wonderfully increased his people.

Note return to page 3192 Chap.14.28,29. 1.cor.10.5,6.

Note return to page 3193 Chap.26.33. and 36.11. iosh.17.3.

Note return to page 3194 Chap.14.35. and 26.64,65.

Note return to page 3195 [a] According as all men die, forasmuch as they are sinners.

Note return to page 3196 [b] That is, their matter to be iudged, to knowe what he should determine, as he did all hard matters.

Note return to page 3197 [c] Meaning an ordinance to iudge by.

Note return to page 3198 Deut.32.49.

Note return to page 3199 Chap.20.24.

Note return to page 3200 Chap.20.12.

Note return to page 3201 Exod.17.7.

Note return to page 3202 Or, strife.

Note return to page 3203 [d] Who as he hath created, so he gouerneth the hearts of all men.

Note return to page 3204 [e] That is, gouerne them and doe his duetie, as 2.Chron.1.10.

Note return to page 3205 [f] And so appoint him gouernour.

Note return to page 3206 [g] Commende him to the people as meete for the office and appointed by God.

Note return to page 3207 Exod.28.30.

Note return to page 3208 [h] According to his office: signifying that the ciuill magistrate could execute nothing but that which he knewe to be the will of God.

Note return to page 3209 [i] Howe he should gouerne him selfe in his office.

Note return to page 3210 [a] By bread, he meaneth all maner of sacrifice.

Note return to page 3211 Exod.29.38.

Note return to page 3212 Exod.16 36.

Note return to page 3213 Leuit.2.1.

Note return to page 3214 Exod.29.40.

Note return to page 3215 [b] The meate offring and drinke offring of the euening sacrifice.

Note return to page 3216 [c] Of the measure Ephah.

Note return to page 3217 [d] Which was offred euery day at morning and at euening.

Note return to page 3218 [e] That is, the wine that shalbe powred vpon the sacrifice.

Note return to page 3219 Exod 12.18. and 23.15. leuit.23.5.

Note return to page 3220 Leuit.23.7.

Note return to page 3221 [f] Or, solemne assemblie.

Note return to page 3222 Ebr. bread.

Note return to page 3223 [g] In counting seuen weekes from the Passeouer to Whitsontide, as Leuit. 23.15.

Note return to page 3224 Ebr. they shalbe to you.

Note return to page 3225 [a] Which conteineth part of September, and part of October.

Note return to page 3226 Leuit.23.24.

Note return to page 3227 [b] Which must be offred in the beginning of euery moneth.

Note return to page 3228 [c] Which is for morning and euening.

Note return to page 3229 Leuit 16.30,31. and 23.27.

Note return to page 3230 [d] Which is the feast of reconciliation.

Note return to page 3231 Leuit.16.29.

Note return to page 3232 [e] That is, offred euery morning and euening.

Note return to page 3233 [f] Meaning the feast of the Tabernacles.

Note return to page 3234 The second day of the feast of Tabernacles.

Note return to page 3235 The third day.

Note return to page 3236 [g] According to the ceremonies appointed thereunto.

Note return to page 3237 The fourth day.

Note return to page 3238 The fifth day.

Note return to page 3239 The sixth day.

Note return to page 3240 The seuenth day.

Note return to page 3241 The eight day.

Note return to page 3242 Leuit.23.36.

Note return to page 3243 [h] Beside the sacrifices that you shall vow or offer of your owne mindes.

Note return to page 3244 Ebr. Moses.

Note return to page 3245 [a] Because they myght declare them to the Israelites.

Note return to page 3246 Ebr. his soule.

Note return to page 3247 Ebr. violate his word.

Note return to page 3248 [b] For in so doing, he doth approue her.

Note return to page 3249 [c] By not approuing or consenting to her vowe.

Note return to page 3250 [d] Either by oth, or solemne promes.

Note return to page 3251 [e] For she is in subiection of her husband, and can performe nothing without his consent.

Note return to page 3252 [f] For they are not vnder the authoritie of þe; man.

Note return to page 3253 [g] Her husband being aliue.

Note return to page 3254 Ebr. the bondes of her soule.

Note return to page 3255 [h] To mortifie her selfe by abstinence, or other bodily exercises.

Note return to page 3256 [i] And warne her not the same day that he heareth it, as verse.9.

Note return to page 3257 [k] Not the same day he heard them but some day after, the sinne shall be imputed to him and not to her.

Note return to page 3258 Chap.25.17.

Note return to page 3259 Chap.27.13.

Note return to page 3260 [a] As he had commaunded, Chap. 25.17. declaring also that the iniury done against his people, is done against him.

Note return to page 3261 [b] For his great zeale that hee bare to the Lord, Chap. 25.13.

Note return to page 3262 Iosh.13.21.

Note return to page 3263 [c] The false prophet who gaue counsell how to cause the Israelites to offende their God.

Note return to page 3264 Or, palaces & gorgious buildings.

Note return to page 3265 [d] As the women and litle children.

Note return to page 3266 [e] As though he said, Ye ought to haue spared none.

Note return to page 3267 Chap.25.2.

Note return to page 3268 2.Pet.2.15.

Note return to page 3269 [f] For worshipping of Peor.

Note return to page 3270 Iudg.21.11.

Note return to page 3271 [g] That is, all the men children.

Note return to page 3272 Chap.19.11.

Note return to page 3273 Or, conteined in the lawe.

Note return to page 3274 Chap.19.12.

Note return to page 3275 [h] The third day, and before it bee molten.

Note return to page 3276 Chap.19.9.

Note return to page 3277 [i] It shalbe washed.

Note return to page 3278 The pray is first deuided equally among all.

Note return to page 3279 [k] Of the pray that falleth to the souldiers.

Note return to page 3280 [l] The Israelites which had not bene at warre, of euery fiftieth payd one to the Lord: and the souldiers, one of euery fiue hundreth.

Note return to page 3281 Ebr. not knowen the bed of man.

Note return to page 3282 [m] This is the portion that the souldiers gaue to the Lorde.

Note return to page 3283 [n] Meaning of the maydes, or virgines which had not companied with man.

Note return to page 3284 [o] Of that part which was giuen vnto them, in deuiding the spoyle.

Note return to page 3285 [p] Which had not bene at warre.

Note return to page 3286 Ebr. vnder our hands.

Note return to page 3287 [q] The captaines by this free offring acknowledge the great benefite of God in preseruing his people.

Note return to page 3288 [r] And gaue no portion to their captaines.

Note return to page 3289 [s] That the Lord might remember the children of Israel.

Note return to page 3290 [a] Reuben came of Leah, and Gad of Zilpah her handmaid.

Note return to page 3291 [b] Which mountaine was so named of the heape of stones that Iaakob made as a signe of the couenant betweene him and Laban, Gene.31.47.

Note return to page 3292 Ebr. breake.

Note return to page 3293 Chap.13.24.

Note return to page 3294 Or, valley.

Note return to page 3295 Ebr. if any of the men.

Note return to page 3296 Chap.14.28,29.

Note return to page 3297 Or, perseuered and continued.

Note return to page 3298 [c] Because they murmured, neither would beleeue their report which tolde the trueth, as concerning the lande.

Note return to page 3299 [d] By your occasion.

Note return to page 3300 [e] In the lande of Canaan.

Note return to page 3301 Iosh.1.23.

Note return to page 3302 [f] Before the Arke of the Lorde.

Note return to page 3303 [g] That is, the inhabitants of the lande.

Note return to page 3304 [h] The Lorde will graunt you this lande which ye require, Iosh.1.15.

Note return to page 3305 [i] Ye shall assuredly be punished for your sinne.

Note return to page 3306 Iosh.4.12.

Note return to page 3307 [k] Moses gaue charge that his promise made to the Reubenites and others should be perfourmed after his death, so that they breake not theirs.

Note return to page 3308 [l] That is, attributed to the Lord which his messenger speaketh.

Note return to page 3309 Deut.3.12. iosh.13.8. and 22.4.

Note return to page 3310 [m] The Amorites dwelled on both sides of Iorden: but here he maketh mention of them that dwelt on this side: and Iosh.10.12. he speaketh of them that inhabited beyond Iorden.

Note return to page 3311 Gene.50.23.

Note return to page 3312 Deut.3.14.

Note return to page 3313 [n] That is, the villages of Iair.

Note return to page 3314 [a] From whence they departed, and whither they came.

Note return to page 3315 Exod.12.37.

Note return to page 3316 [b] Either meaning their idoles or their men of authoritie.

Note return to page 3317 Exod.13.20.

Note return to page 3318 [c] At the commandement of the Lord, Exod.14.2.

Note return to page 3319 Exod.15.22.

Note return to page 3320 Exod.15.27.

Note return to page 3321 Exod.16.1.

Note return to page 3322 Exod.17.1.

Note return to page 3323 Exod.19.1.

Note return to page 3324 Chap.11.34.

Note return to page 3325 Chap.11.35.

Note return to page 3326 Chap.13.1.

Note return to page 3327 This mappe declareth the way, which the Israelites went for the space of fourtie yeeres from Egypt through the wildernesse of Arabia, vntill they entred into the lande of Canaan, as it is mencioned in Exodus Nombers and Deuteronomie. It conteineth also the 42. places where they pitched their tents, which are named, Nomb.33. with the obseruation of the degrees, concerning the length and the breadth, and the places of their abode set out by nombers.

Note return to page 3328 Chap.20.22.

Note return to page 3329 Chap.20.25. deut. 32.50.

Note return to page 3330 [d] Which the Ebrewes call Ab, and answereth to part of Iuly and part of August.

Note return to page 3331 Chap.21.1.

Note return to page 3332 Chap.21.4,10.

Note return to page 3333 Chap.21.11.

Note return to page 3334 Or, field.

Note return to page 3335 Chap.25.1.

Note return to page 3336 Deut.7.2. iosh.11.11,12.

Note return to page 3337 [e] Which were set vp in their hie places to worship.

Note return to page 3338 Chap.26.53,54.

Note return to page 3339 Iosh.23.13. iudg.2.3.

Note return to page 3340 Or, kniues.

Note return to page 3341 [a] Meaning the description of the lande.

Note return to page 3342 Iosh.15.1.

Note return to page 3343 Or, ascending vp of scorpions.

Note return to page 3344 [b] Which was Nilus, or, as some thinke, Rhinocorura.

Note return to page 3345 [c] Which is called Mediterraneum.

Note return to page 3346 [d] Which is a mountaine nere Tyre & Sidon, and not that Hor in the wildernes, where Aaron dyed.

Note return to page 3347 [e] Which in the Gospel is called the lake of Gennazereth.

Note return to page 3348 Chap.32.33. iosh.14.2,3.

Note return to page 3349 Iosh.19.51.

Note return to page 3350 [f] One of the heads or chiefe men of euery tribe.

Note return to page 3351 [g] And be iudges ouer euery piece of ground that should fall to any by lot, to the intent that all things might be done orderly and without contention.

Note return to page 3352 Iosh.21.2.

Note return to page 3353 [a] Because they had no inheritance assigned them in þe; land of Canaan.

Note return to page 3354 [b] God would haue them scattered through all the land, because the people might be preserued by them in the obedience of God and his lawe.

Note return to page 3355 [c] So that in all were three thousand: and in the compasse of these two thousand they might plant and sowe.

Note return to page 3356 Deut.4.41. iosh.20.2. & 21.3.

Note return to page 3357 Exod.21.13. deut.19.2. iosh.20.2.

Note return to page 3358 [d] Meaning, from the next of the kinred, who ought to pursue the cause.

Note return to page 3359 [e] Among the Reubenites, Gadites, and halfe the tribe of Manasseh, Deut. 4.41.

Note return to page 3360 Iosh.20.7.

Note return to page 3361 Ebr. among them.

Note return to page 3362 Exod.21.14.

Note return to page 3363 [f] Wittingly, and willingly.

Note return to page 3364 [g] That is, with a bigge and dangerous stone: in Ebr. with a stone of his hand.

Note return to page 3365 Deut.19.11.

Note return to page 3366 Or, suddenly.

Note return to page 3367 Exod.21.13.

Note return to page 3368 Ebr. instrument.

Note return to page 3369 [h] That is, his next kinsman.

Note return to page 3370 [i] Vnder this figure is declared, that our sinnes could not be remitted, but by the death of the hie Priest Iesus Christ.

Note return to page 3371 [k] By the sentence of the Iudge.

Note return to page 3372 [l] A lawe to iudge murthers done, either of purpose or vnaduisedly.

Note return to page 3373 Deut.17.6. and 19.15.

Note return to page 3374 Matth.18.16. 2.corinth. 13.1.

Note return to page 3375 [m] Which purposely hath committed murther.

Note return to page 3376 Or, murther.

Note return to page 3377 [n] So God is mindfull of the blood wrongfully shed, that he maketh his dumme creatures to demaunde vengeance thereof.

Note return to page 3378 [a] It seemeth that the tribes contended who might marry these daughters to haue their inheritance: and therfore the sonnes of Ioseph proposed the matter to Moses.

Note return to page 3379 Chap. 27.1. iosh.17 3.

Note return to page 3380 [b] Meaning, Moses.

Note return to page 3381 [c] Signifying that at no time it could returne, for in the Iubile all things returned to their owne tribes.

Note return to page 3382 [d] For the tribe could not haue continued if the inheritance which was the maintenance thereof should haue bene abalienated to others.

Note return to page 3383 [e] When there is no male to inherit.

Note return to page 3384 Chap.27.1.

Note return to page 3385 [f] Touching the ceremonial and iudiciall lawes.

Note return to page 3386 That is, a seconde lawe: so called, because the Lawe which God gaue in mount Sinai, is here repeated, as though it were a newe Lawe: and this booke is a commentarie or exposition of the ten commandements.

Note return to page 3387 [a] In the countrey of Moab.

Note return to page 3388 [b] So that the wildernes was betweene the Sea and this plaine of Moab.

Note return to page 3389 [c] In Horeb, or Sinai, fourtie yeeres before this the Lawe was giuen: but because al that were then of age and iudgement were now dead, Moses repeateth the same to the youth which either then were not borne, or had not iudgement.

Note return to page 3390 [d] By these examples of Gods fauour their mindes are prepared to receiue the Lawe.

Note return to page 3391 Nomb.21.24.

Note return to page 3392 [e] The second time.

Note return to page 3393 [f] In the seconde yeere and seconde moneth, Nom.10. 11.

Note return to page 3394 Or, Euphrates.

Note return to page 3395 Gene.15.18. and 17.7,8.

Note return to page 3396 [g] By the counsell of Iethro my father in law, Exo.18.19.

Note return to page 3397 [h] Not so much by the course of nature, as miraculously.

Note return to page 3398 [i] Signifying how great a burden it is, to gouerne the people.

Note return to page 3399 [k] Whose godlines and vprightnes is knowen.

Note return to page 3400 [l] Declaring what sort of men ought to haue a publike charge, reade Exod.18.21.

Note return to page 3401 Iohn 7.24.

Note return to page 3402 Leuit.19.15. chap. 16.19. 1.sam.16.7. prou.24.23. ecclus. 42.1. iames 2.2.

Note return to page 3403 [m] And you are his Lieutenants.

Note return to page 3404 [n] So that the faute was in themselues that they did not sooner possesse the inheritance promised.

Note return to page 3405 [o] Reade Nomb. 13 1,3.

Note return to page 3406 Nomb.13.24.

Note return to page 3407 Or, valley of the cluster of grapes.

Note return to page 3408 [p] To wit, Caleb, and Ioshua: Moses preferreth the better part to the greater, that is, two to ten.

Note return to page 3409 [q] Such was the Iewes vnthankfulnes, that they counted Gods especall loue, hatred.

Note return to page 3410 [r] The other ten, not Caleb and Ioshua.

Note return to page 3411 Nomb.13.29.

Note return to page 3412 [f] Declaring that to renounce our owne force, and constantly to follow our vocation, and depende on the Lorde, is the true boldnes, and agreeable to God.

Note return to page 3413 Exod.13.21.

Note return to page 3414 Nomb.14 23.

Note return to page 3415 Iosh.14.6.

Note return to page 3416 Nomb.20.12. and 27.14.

Note return to page 3417 Chap.3.26. and 4.21. and 34.4.

Note return to page 3418 [t] Which ministreth vnto thee.

Note return to page 3419 [u] Which were vnder twentie yeere olde, as Nomb.14.31.

Note return to page 3420 [x] This declareth mans nature, who wil doe that which God forbiddeth, and will not doe that which hee commandeth.

Note return to page 3421 [y] Signifying that man hath no strength, but when God is at hand to helpe him.

Note return to page 3422 [z] Because ye rather shewed your hypocrisie, then true repentance: rather lamenting the losse of your brethren, then repenting for your sinnes.

Note return to page 3423 [a] They obeyed, after that God had chastised them.

Note return to page 3424 [b] Eight and thirtie yere, as vers.14.

Note return to page 3425 [c] This was the second time: for before they had caused the Israelites to returne, Nomb. 20.21.

Note return to page 3426 Gene.36.8.

Note return to page 3427 [d] And giuen thee meanes wherewith thou mayest make recompence: also God wil direct thee by his prouidence, as he hath done.

Note return to page 3428 Or, wildernes.

Note return to page 3429 Or, besiege.

Note return to page 3430 [e] Which were the Moabites and Ammonites.

Note return to page 3431 [f] Signifying that as these gyants were driuen out for their sinnes: so the wicked when their sinnes are ripe, cannot anoyde Gods plagues.

Note return to page 3432 Gene.36.20.

Note return to page 3433 Nomb.21.12.

Note return to page 3434 [g] Hee sheweth hereby, that as God is true in his promes: so his threatnings are not in vaine.

Note return to page 3435 [h] His plague and punishment to destroy all that were twentie yeere olde and aboue.

Note return to page 3436 [i] Who called themselues Rephaims: that is, preseruers, or physicions to heale & reforme vices: but were in deede Zamzummims, that is, wicked and abominable.

Note return to page 3437 Or, Gaza.

Note return to page 3438 [k] According to his promes made to Abraham, Gene. 15.21.

Note return to page 3439 [l] This declareth that the hearts of men are in Gods hands either to be made faint, or bolde.

Note return to page 3440 Nomb.21.21,22.

Note return to page 3441 [m] Because neither intreatie nor examples of others could moue him; he could not complaine of his iust destruction.

Note return to page 3442 [n] God in his election and reprobation doeth not onely appoint the ends, but the meanes tending to the same.

Note return to page 3443 Nomb.21.23.

Note return to page 3444 Ebr. before vs.

Note return to page 3445 [o] God had cursed Canaan, and therefore he would not that any of the wicked race shuld be preserued.

Note return to page 3446 Or, into our hand.

Note return to page 3447 Or, fourde.

Note return to page 3448 Nomb.21.33. chap.29.7.

Note return to page 3449 [a] Therefore beside the commandement of the Lord, they had iust occasion of his part to fight against him.

Note return to page 3450 Nomb.21.24.

Note return to page 3451 Nomb.21.33.

Note return to page 3452 [b] As villages and small townes.

Note return to page 3453 [c] Because this was Gods appointment, therefore it may not be iudged cruell.

Note return to page 3454 [d] The more terrible that this gyant was, the greater occasion had they to glorifie God for the victorie.

Note return to page 3455 Nomb.32.33.

Note return to page 3456 Nomb.32.41.

Note return to page 3457 [e] Meaning when he wrote this historie.

Note return to page 3458 [f] Which separateth the Ammonites from the Amorites.

Note return to page 3459 Or, at Asdothpisgah.

Note return to page 3460 [g] That is, the Reubenites, Gadites, and halfe Manasseh, as Num.32.21.

Note return to page 3461 Iosh.22.4.

Note return to page 3462 Nom.27.18,19,23.

Note return to page 3463 [h] So that the victories came not by your owne wisdome, strength or multitude.

Note return to page 3464 Iosh.1.5. & 10.8.25.

Note return to page 3465 [i] He speaketh according to the common and corrupt speache of them which attribute that power vnto idoles that only apperteineth vnto God.

Note return to page 3466 Or, wonders.

Note return to page 3467 [k] He meaneth Zion, where the temple should bee built, and God honoured.

Note return to page 3468 [l] As before he saw by the spirit of prophesie the good mountaine which was Zion: so here his eyes were lifted vp aboue the order of nature to beholde all the plentifull land of Canaan.

Note return to page 3469 [a] For this doctrine standeth not in bare knowledge, but in practise of life.

Note return to page 3470 [b] Thinke not to be more wise then I am.

Note return to page 3471 [c] God wil not be serued by halues, but will haue full obedience.

Note return to page 3472 [d] Gods iudgements executed vpon other idolaters ought to serue for our instruction, reade Nom.25.3,4.

Note return to page 3473 [e] And were not idolaters.

Note return to page 3474 [f] Because all men naturally desire wisdome, he sheweth now to attaine vnto it.

Note return to page 3475 Or, surely.

Note return to page 3476 [g] Helping vs, and deliuering vs out of all dangers, as 2.Sam.7.23.

Note return to page 3477 [h] He addeth all these wordes to shewe that we can neuer be carefull ynough to keepe the Lawe of God and to teach it to our posteritie.

Note return to page 3478 Exod.19.18.

Note return to page 3479 [i] The Lawe was giuen with feareful miracles, to declare both that God was the authour thereof and also that no flesh was able to abide the rigour of the same.

Note return to page 3480 [k] God ioyneth this condition to his couenant.

Note return to page 3481 Or, wordes.

Note return to page 3482 Ebr. soules.

Note return to page 3483 [l] Signifying that destruction is prepared for all them that make any image to represent God.

Note return to page 3484 [m] He hath appointed them for to serue man.

Note return to page 3485 [n] He hath deliuered you out of most miserable slauerie, and freely chosen you for his children.

Note return to page 3486 [o] Moses good affection appeareth, in that that he, being depriued of such an excellent treasure, doeth not enuie them that must enioy it.

Note return to page 3487 [p] To those that come not vnto him with loue and reuerence, but rebel against him, Ebr.12.29.

Note return to page 3488 [q] Meaning hereby all superstition and corruption of the true seruice of God.

Note return to page 3489 [r] Though men would absolue you, yet the insensible creatures shalbe witnesses of your disobedience.

Note return to page 3490 [s] So that his curse shall make his former blessings of none effect.

Note return to page 3491 [t] Not with outward shewe or ceremonie, but with a true confession of thy fautes.

Note return to page 3492 Ebr. in the latter dayes.

Note return to page 3493 [u] To certifie them the more of the assurance of their saluation.

Note return to page 3494 [x] Mans neglig&ebar;ce is partly cause that he knoweth not God.

Note return to page 3495 [y] By so manifest proofes that none could doubt thereof.

Note return to page 3496 [z] He sheweth the cause, why God wrought these miracles.

Note return to page 3497 [a] Freely, and not of their deserts.

Note return to page 3498 [b] God promiseth reward not for our merits, but to incourage vs, and to assure vs that our labour shall not be lost.

Note return to page 3499 Iosh.20.8.

Note return to page 3500 [c] The articles and points of the couenant.

Note return to page 3501 Nomb.21.24. chap.1.4.

Note return to page 3502 Nomb.21.33 chap.3.3.

Note return to page 3503 [d] That is, the salt sea.

Note return to page 3504 Chap.3.17.

Note return to page 3505 Ebr. I speake in your eares.

Note return to page 3506 Exod.19.5,6.

Note return to page 3507 [a] Some reade, God made not this couenant, that is, in such ample sort and with such signes and wonders.

Note return to page 3508 [b] So plainely that you neede not to doubt thereof.

Note return to page 3509 Exod.20.2. leuit.26.1. psal.97.7,9.

Note return to page 3510 Or, seruants.

Note return to page 3511 [c] God bindeth vs to serue him onely, without superstition and idolatrie.

Note return to page 3512 Exod.34.7. iere.22.18.

Note return to page 3513 [d] That is, of his honour, not permitting it to be giuen to other.

Note return to page 3514 [e] The first degree to keepe the commandements is, to loue God.

Note return to page 3515 [f] Meaning, since God permitteth sixe dayes to our labours, that we ought willingly to dedicate the seuenth to serue him wholly.

Note return to page 3516 [g] Not for a shew, but with true obedience, and due reuerence.

Note return to page 3517 Mat.5 21.

Note return to page 3518 Luke 18.20.

Note return to page 3519 Rom.13.9.

Note return to page 3520 Rom.7.7.

Note return to page 3521 [h] Hee speaketh not onely of that resolute will, but that there be no motion or affecti&obar;.

Note return to page 3522 [i] Teaching vs by his example to be content with his word, and adde nothing thereto.

Note return to page 3523 Exod.19.19.

Note return to page 3524 Chap.4.33.

Note return to page 3525 Or, man.

Note return to page 3526 Exod.20.19.

Note return to page 3527 [k] He requireth of vs nothing but obedience, shewing also that of our selues we are vnwilling thereunto.

Note return to page 3528 [l] Ye shal neither adde nor diminish, Chap.4.2.

Note return to page 3529 [m] As by obedience, God giueth vs all felicitie: so of disobeying God proceede all our miseries.

Note return to page 3530 Or, iudgements.

Note return to page 3531 [a] A reuerent feare and loue of God, is the first beginning to keepe Gods commandements.

Note return to page 3532 [b] Which hath abundance of all things apperteining to mans life.

Note return to page 3533 Mat.22.37. mar.12.29,30. luke 10.27.

Note return to page 3534 Chap.11.18.

Note return to page 3535 [c] Some reade, thou shalt whet them vpon thy children: to wit, that they may print them more deepely in memorie.

Note return to page 3536 Or, signes of remembrance.

Note return to page 3537 [d] That when thou entrest in, thou mayest remember them.

Note return to page 3538 [e] Let not wealth & ease cause thee forget Gods mercies, whereby thou wast deliuered out of miserie.

Note return to page 3539 [f] We must feare God, serue him onely, and confesse his Name, which is done by swearing lawfully.

Note return to page 3540 [g] By doubting of his power, refusing lawful meanes, and abusing his graces.

Note return to page 3541 [h] Here he condemneth all mans good intentions.

Note return to page 3542 [i] God requireth not onely that we serue him all our life, but also that we take paine that our posteritie may set forth his glory.

Note return to page 3543 [k] Nothing ought to moue vs more to true obedience then the great benefites which we haue receiued of God.

Note return to page 3544 [l] But because none could fully obey the law, we must haue our recourse to Christ to be iustified by fayth.

Note return to page 3545 Chap.31.8.

Note return to page 3546 [a] Into thy power.

Note return to page 3547 Exod.23.32. and 34.12.

Note return to page 3548 Or, any of them.

Note return to page 3549 [b] God would haue his seruice pure without all idolatrous ceremonies and superstitions.

Note return to page 3550 Chap.14.2. and 26.18, 19.

Note return to page 3551 Exod.19.5. 1.pet.2.9.

Note return to page 3552 [c] Freely, finding no cause in you more then in others so to doe.

Note return to page 3553 [d] And so put difference betweene him and idoles.

Note return to page 3554 [e] Meaning, manifestly, or in this life.

Note return to page 3555 [f] This couenant is grounded vpon his free grace: therefore in recompensing their obedience he hath respect to his mercie & not to their merites.

Note return to page 3556 Exod.23.26.

Note return to page 3557 Exod.9.14. and 15.26.

Note return to page 3558 [g] We ought not to be mercifull where God commaundeth seueritie.

Note return to page 3559 Exod.23.33.

Note return to page 3560 Or, plagues, or, trials, as Chap.29.3. exod.15.25. and 15.4.

Note return to page 3561 Exod.23.28. iosh.24.12.

Note return to page 3562 [h] There is not so small a creature, which I will not arme to fight on thy side against them.

Note return to page 3563 [i] So that it is your commoditie that God accomplish not his promes so soone as you would wish.

Note return to page 3564 Chap.12.3. exod.23.24.

Note return to page 3565 Iosh.7.1, 21.2. mac. 12.40.

Note return to page 3566 [k] And be intised to idolatrie.

Note return to page 3567 Chap.13.17.

Note return to page 3568 [a] Shewing that it is not inough to heare the word, except we expresse it by example of life.

Note return to page 3569 [b] Which is declared in afflictions, either by patience, or by grudging against Gods visitation.

Note return to page 3570 [c] Man liueth not by meate onely, but by the power of God, which giueth it strength to nourish vs.

Note return to page 3571 [d] As they that goe bare footed.

Note return to page 3572 [e] So that his afflictions are signes of his fatherly loue towarde vs.

Note return to page 3573 Or, meres.

Note return to page 3574 [f] Where there are mines of metal.

Note return to page 3575 [g] For to receiue Gods benefites, and not to bee thankefull, is to contemne God in them.

Note return to page 3576 [h] By attributing Gods benefites to thine owne wisdome and labour, or to good fortune.

Note return to page 3577 Nom.20.11.

Note return to page 3578 Exod.16.15.

Note return to page 3579 [i] If things concerning this life proceede onely of Gods mercie: much more spirituall giftes and life euerlasting.

Note return to page 3580 [k] Or, take to witnesse the heauen and the earth as Chap.4.26.

Note return to page 3581 [a] Meaning, shortly.

Note return to page 3582 [b] By the report of the spies, Nom.13.29.

Note return to page 3583 [c] To guide thee and gouerne thee.

Note return to page 3584 [d] Man of himselfe can deserue nothing but Gods anger, and if God spare any it commeth of his great mercie.

Note return to page 3585 [e] Like stubburne oxen, which will not endure their masters yoke.

Note return to page 3586 [f] He proueth by the length of time, that their rebellion was most great and intollerable.

Note return to page 3587 Exod.24.18. and 34.28.

Note return to page 3588 Exod.31.18.

Note return to page 3589 [g] That is, miraculously, and not by the hand of men.

Note return to page 3590 Exod.32.7.

Note return to page 3591 [h] So soone as man declineth from the obedience of God, his wayes are corrupt.

Note return to page 3592 [i] Signifying that the prayers of the faithful are a barre to stay Gods anger, that he consume not all.

Note return to page 3593 [k] That is, from the Lawe: wherein he declareth what is the cause of our perdition.

Note return to page 3594 [l] Whereby he sheweth what danger they are in, that haue authoritie, and resist not wickednesse.

Note return to page 3595 [m] Horeb, or Sinai.

Note return to page 3596 Nom.11.1,3.

Note return to page 3597 Exod.17.7.

Note return to page 3598 Nom.11.34.

Note return to page 3599 [n] At the returne of the spies.

Note return to page 3600 [o] Whereby is signified that God requireth earnest continuance in prayer.

Note return to page 3601 [p] The godly in their prayers ground on gods promes, and confesse their sinnes.

Note return to page 3602 Nom.14.16.

Note return to page 3603 Exod.34.1.

Note return to page 3604 [a] Which wood is of long continuance.

Note return to page 3605 [b] When you were assembled to receiue the lawe.

Note return to page 3606 [c] This mountaine was also called Hor, Nom.20.28.

Note return to page 3607 [d] That is, to offer sacrifices and to declare the Lawe to the people.

Note return to page 3608 [e] So God turned the curse of Iaakob, Gen.49.7. vnto blessing.

Note return to page 3609 [f] For all our sinnes and transgressions God requireth nothing but to turne to him and obey him.

Note return to page 3610 Psalm 24.1.

Note return to page 3611 [g] Although he was Lord of heauen and earth yet would he chuse none but you.

Note return to page 3612 [h] Cut off all your euill affections, Ierem.4.4.

Note return to page 3613 2.Chro.19.7. iob 34.19. rom.2.11.

Note return to page 3614 Chap.6.13. mat.4.10.

Note return to page 3615 [i] Reade Chap. 6.13.

Note return to page 3616 Gen.46.27. exod.1.5.

Note return to page 3617 Gen.15.5.

Note return to page 3618 [a] Yee, which haue seene Gods graces with your eyes, ought rather to be mooued, then your children, which haue only heard of them.

Note return to page 3619 [b] As well concerning his benefites, as his corrections.

Note return to page 3620 Ebr. was at their feete.

Note return to page 3621 [c] Because ye haue felt both his chastisements and his benefites.

Note return to page 3622 Or, labour.

Note return to page 3623 [d] As by making gutters for the water to come out of the riuer Nilus to water the land.

Note return to page 3624 [e] In the seede time, and toward haruest.

Note return to page 3625 [f] By deuising to your selues foolish deuotions according to your owne fantasies.

Note return to page 3626 Chap.6.6.

Note return to page 3627 Chap.4.10. & 6.6.

Note return to page 3628 [g] As long as the heauens endure. 2.Pet. 3.10, 12.

Note return to page 3629 Iosh.1.3.

Note return to page 3630 [h] This was accomplished in Dauids & Salomons time.

Note return to page 3631 [i] Called Mediterraneum.

Note return to page 3632 Chap.28.2. & 30.1.

Note return to page 3633 Chap.28.15.

Note return to page 3634 [k] He reprooueth the malice of men which leaue that which is certeine, to folow þt; which is vncerteine.

Note return to page 3635 Chap.27.13. iosh.8.33.

Note return to page 3636 [l] Meaning, in Samaria.

Note return to page 3637 Or, plaine.

Note return to page 3638 Chap.5.32.

Note return to page 3639 [a] Whereby they are admonished to seeke none other God.

Note return to page 3640 Chap.7.5.

Note return to page 3641 Iudg.2.2.

Note return to page 3642 [b] Wherein they sacrificed to their idoles.

Note return to page 3643 [c] Ye shal not serue the Lorde with superstitions.

Note return to page 3644 1.Kin.8.29.2. chro. 6.5. & 7.12, 16.

Note return to page 3645 [d] Meaning the first fruits.

Note return to page 3646 [e] Where his Arke shall be.

Note return to page 3647 [f] Not that they sacrificed after their fantasies, but that God would be serued more purely in the land of Canaan.

Note return to page 3648 [g] It had not bene inough to c&obar;quer, except God had mainteined them in rest vnder his protection.

Note return to page 3649 Or, that which yee chuse out for your vowes.

Note return to page 3650 Chap.10.9.

Note return to page 3651 [h] As was declared euer by þe; placing of the Arke, as in Shiloh 243. yeeres, or as some write more then 300. yeres, and in other places til the temple was built.

Note return to page 3652 [i] As God hath giuen thee power and abilitie.

Note return to page 3653 [k] Euery one might eate at home as wel the beast appointed for sacrifice as the other.

Note return to page 3654 [l] Meaning, whatsoeuer was offered to the Lord might not be eaten, but where he had appointed.

Note return to page 3655 Ecclus.7.31.

Note return to page 3656 Gen.28.14. chap. 19.8.

Note return to page 3657 Ebr be strong, or constant.

Note return to page 3658 [m] Because the life of beastes is in their blood.

Note return to page 3659 [n] That which thou wilt offer in sacrifice.

Note return to page 3660 [o] God by promes bindeth him selfe to doe good to them that obey his woorde.

Note return to page 3661 [p] By folowing their superstitions and idolatries, and thinking to serue me thereby.

Note return to page 3662 [q] They thought nothing to deare to offer to their idoles.

Note return to page 3663 Chap.4.2. iosh.1.7. pro.30.6 ier.22.18.

Note return to page 3664 [a] Which sayeth that he hath things reueiled vnto him in dreames.

Note return to page 3665 [b] He sheweth whereunto þe; false prophets tende.

Note return to page 3666 [c] God ordeineth al these things that his may be known.

Note return to page 3667 [d] Being couict by testimonies, & condemned by the iudge.

Note return to page 3668 [e] All naturall affections must giue place to Gods honour.

Note return to page 3669 [f] Whom thou louest as thy life.

Note return to page 3670 [g] As the witnes is charged, Chap 17 7.

Note return to page 3671 Chap.17.13.

Note return to page 3672 Ebr. children of Belial.

Note return to page 3673 [h] Which art appointed to see fautes punished.

Note return to page 3674 [i] Signifying that no idolatrie is so execrable, nor more grieuously to be punished, then of them which once professed God.

Note return to page 3675 [k] Of the spoyle of that idolatrous and cursed citie, Reade Chap.7.26. and Iosh.7.11.

Note return to page 3676 Leuit.19 28.

Note return to page 3677 Chap.7.6 and 26 18.

Note return to page 3678 [a] Therefore thou oughtest not to folowe the superstitions of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 3679 [b] This ceremoniall Law instructed the Iewes to seeke a spirituall purenesse, euen in their meate and drinke.

Note return to page 3680 Leuit.11.9.

Note return to page 3681 Or, cuckowe.

Note return to page 3682 Leuit.11.19.

Note return to page 3683 [c] Because their blood was not shed, but remaineth in them.

Note return to page 3684 [d] Which is not of thy religion.

Note return to page 3685 Exod.23.19. and 34 26.

Note return to page 3686 [e] The tythes were ordeyned for the maintenance of the Leuites, which had none inheritance.

Note return to page 3687 [f] When he shall giue thee abilitie.

Note return to page 3688 Or, binde vp.

Note return to page 3689 [g] After the Priest hath receiued the Lords part.

Note return to page 3690 [h] Besides the yeerely tythes that were giuen to the Leuites, these were layed vp in store for the poore.

Note return to page 3691 [a] He shall onely release his dettors, which are not able to paye for that yeere.

Note return to page 3692 [b] For if thy dettor be riche, he may be constreined to pay.

Note return to page 3693 Chap.28.12.

Note return to page 3694 Or, any of thy cities.

Note return to page 3695 Mat.5.42. luke 6.34.

Note return to page 3696 Ebr. thine eye is euill.

Note return to page 3697 Ebr. let not thine heart be euill.

Note return to page 3698 [c] To trie your charitie, Matth. 26.11.

Note return to page 3699 [d] Thou shalt be liberall.

Note return to page 3700 Exod.21.2. iere. 34.14.

Note return to page 3701 [e] In token that thou doest acknowledge the benefite which God hath giuen thee by his labours.

Note return to page 3702 Exod.21.6.

Note return to page 3703 [f] To the yeere of Iubile, Leui.25.40.

Note return to page 3704 [g] For the hired seruant serued but three yeeres and he sixe.

Note return to page 3705 Exod.34.19.

Note return to page 3706 [h] For they are the Lordes.

Note return to page 3707 Leuit.22.20,22. chap 17.1. ecclus.35.12.

Note return to page 3708 [i] Thou shalt as well eate them, as the roebucke, and other wilde beasts.

Note return to page 3709 [a] Reade Exod. 13.4.

Note return to page 3710 [b] Thou shalt eate the Easter Lambe.

Note return to page 3711 Chap.12.5.

Note return to page 3712 Exod.12.14. 15.

Note return to page 3713 [c] Which signified that affliction, which thou hadst in Egypt.

Note return to page 3714 [d] This was chiefly accomplished, when the temple was built.

Note return to page 3715 [e] Which was institute to put them in remembrance of their deliuerance out of Egypt: and to continue them in the hope of Iesus Christ, of whom this lambe was a figure.

Note return to page 3716 [f] Beginning at the next morning after the Passeouer, Leuit.23.15. exod.13.4.

Note return to page 3717 Or, as thou art able, willingly.

Note return to page 3718 [g] That is, the 15. day of the seuenth moneth, Leu.23.34

Note return to page 3719 Exod.23.15. & 34.23.

Note return to page 3720 Ecclus.35.4.

Note return to page 3721 [h] According to the abilitie that God hath giuen him.

Note return to page 3722 [i] He gaue auctoritie to that people for a time to chuse themselues magistrates.

Note return to page 3723 [k] The magistrate must constantly follow the tenor of the Law, and in nothing decline from iustice.

Note return to page 3724 Or, image.

Note return to page 3725 Chap.15.21.

Note return to page 3726 [a] Thou shalt not serue God for facions sake, as hypocrites doe.

Note return to page 3727 [b] Shewing that the crime can not be excused by the frailtie of the person.

Note return to page 3728 [c] Whereby he condemneth all religion & seruing of God which God hath not commanded.

Note return to page 3729 Nomb.35.30. chap.19.15. mat.18.16. 2.cor.13.1.

Note return to page 3730 Ebr. of two witnesses or three witnesses.

Note return to page 3731 [d] Whereby they declared that they testified the truth.

Note return to page 3732 [e] To signifie a common consent to maintaine Gods honour and true religion.

Note return to page 3733 [f] Who shall giue sentence as the Priests counsel him by the Lawe of God.

Note return to page 3734 [g] Thou shalt obey their sentence that the controuersie may haue an ende.

Note return to page 3735 [h] So long as he is the true minister of God, and pronounceth according to his woorde.

Note return to page 3736 Or, maiest not.

Note return to page 3737 [i] Who is not of thy nation, least he change true religion into idolatrie, and bring thee to slauerie.

Note return to page 3738 [k] To reuenge their iniuries, and to take them of their best horses, 1.King. 10.28.

Note return to page 3739 [l] From the Lawe of God.

Note return to page 3740 [m] Meaning the Deuteronomie.

Note return to page 3741 [n] Hee shall cause it to be written by them, or he shall write it by their example.

Note return to page 3742 [o] Whereby is meant, that kings ought so to loue their subiects, as nature binedeth one brother to loue another.

Note return to page 3743 Nomb.18.20.

Note return to page 3744 Chap.10.9. 1.cor.9 13.

Note return to page 3745 [a] That is, þe; Lords part of his inheritance.

Note return to page 3746 [b] The right shoulder, Nom.18.18.

Note return to page 3747 [c] Meaning, to serue God vnfainedly, and not to seeke ease.

Note return to page 3748 [d] Not constrained to liue of him selfe.

Note return to page 3749 [e] Signifying they were purged by this ceremonie of passing betweene two fires.

Note return to page 3750 Leuit.18.21.

Note return to page 3751 Leuit.20.27.

Note return to page 3752 1.Sam.28.7.

Note return to page 3753 [f] Without hypocrisie, or mixture of false religion.

Note return to page 3754 Ebr. but thou not so.

Note return to page 3755 Ebr. giuen or appointed.

Note return to page 3756 Act.7.37.

Note return to page 3757 [g] Meaning a continuall succession of Prophets, till Christ the ende of al Prophets come.

Note return to page 3758 Exod.20.19.

Note return to page 3759 Iosh.1.45. act.3.21.

Note return to page 3760 [h] Which promes is not onely made to Christ, but to all that teach in his name, Isa.59.21.

Note return to page 3761 [i] By executing punishment vpon him.

Note return to page 3762 [k] Vnder this sure note he compriseth all the other tokens.

Note return to page 3763 Chap.12.29.

Note return to page 3764 Exod.21.13. nom.35.9, 11. iosh.20.2.

Note return to page 3765 [a] Make an open and readie way.

Note return to page 3766 [b] Which killeth against his wil, and bare no hatred in his heart.

Note return to page 3767 [c] That murther be not committed vpon murther.

Note return to page 3768 Nomb.35.12.

Note return to page 3769 Or, cannot be iudged to death.

Note return to page 3770 [d] When thou goest ouer Iorden to possesse the whole land of Canaan.

Note return to page 3771 Iosh.20.7.

Note return to page 3772 [e] Lest thou be punished for innocent blood.

Note return to page 3773 [f] The Magistrates.

Note return to page 3774 [g] Then whosoeuer pardoneth murther, offendeth against the worde of God.

Note return to page 3775 Chap.17.6. mat.18.16. iosh.8.17.

Note return to page 3776 2.Cor.13.1. ebr.10.28.

Note return to page 3777 [h] Gods presence is where his true ministers are assembled.

Note return to page 3778 Prou.19.5. dan.13.62.

Note return to page 3779 Exod.21.23. leuit.24.20. matt.5.38.

Note return to page 3780 [a] Meaning, vpon iust occasion: for God permitteth not his people to fight when it seemeth good to th&ebar;.

Note return to page 3781 Chap.28.7.

Note return to page 3782 [b] Is present to defend you with his grace & power.

Note return to page 3783 [c] For when they entred first to dwell in an house they gaue thanks to God, acknowledging that they had that benefite by his grace.

Note return to page 3784 [d] The Ebrewe word signifieth to make common or prophane, Leuit. 19.25.

Note return to page 3785 Iudg.7.3.

Note return to page 3786 Nom.21.22. chap.2.26.

Note return to page 3787 [e] If it accept peace.

Note return to page 3788 Iosh.8.8.

Note return to page 3789 [f] For God had appointed that the Canaanites should be destroyed, & made the Israelites executers of his will, cha.7.1.

Note return to page 3790 [g] Some reade, For man shalbe in steade of the tree of the fielde, to come out in the siege against thee.

Note return to page 3791 [a] This law declareth how horrible a thing murther is, seeing that for one man a whole co&ubar;trey shalbe punished except a remedy be found.

Note return to page 3792 Or, rough.

Note return to page 3793 [b] That the blood shed of the innocent beast in a solitary place, might make them abhorre the fact.

Note return to page 3794 [c] This was the prayer, which the Priests made in the audience of the people.

Note return to page 3795 [d] Signifying that her former life must be changed before they could be ioyned to the people of God.

Note return to page 3796 [e] As hauing renounced parents and countrey.

Note return to page 3797 [f] This only was permitted in the warres: otherwise the Israelites could not marry strangers.

Note return to page 3798 [g] This declareth that the pluralitie of wiues came of a corrupt affection.

Note return to page 3799 Or, while the sonne of the hated liueth.

Note return to page 3800 [h] As much as to two of the others.

Note return to page 3801 [i] Except he be vnworthy, as was Reuben Iaakobs sonne.

Note return to page 3802 [k] For it is the mothers duetie also to instruct her children.

Note return to page 3803 [l] Which death was also appointed for blasphemers & idolaters: so that to disobey the parents is most horrible.

Note return to page 3804 [m] For Gods Law by his death is satisfied, and nature abhorreth cruelty.

Note return to page 3805 Gal.3.13.

Note return to page 3806 Exod.23.4.

Note return to page 3807 [a] As though thou sawest it not.

Note return to page 3808 [b] Shewing, that brotherly affection must be shewed, not only to them that dwell neere vnto vs, but also to them which are farre off.

Note return to page 3809 [c] Much more art thou bound to doe for thy neighbours person.

Note return to page 3810 [d] For that were to alter the order of nature, and to despite God.

Note return to page 3811 [e] If God detest crueltie done to litle birdes, howe much more to man, made according to his image?

Note return to page 3812 [f] The tenor of this Lawe, is to walke in simplicitie, & not to be curious of newe inuentions.

Note return to page 3813 Nom.15.28.

Note return to page 3814 [g] That is, be an occasion that she is slaundered.

Note return to page 3815 [h] Meaning, the sheete, wherein the signes of her virginitie were.

Note return to page 3816 [i] For the fault of the childe redoundeth to the shame of the parents: therefore he was recompensed wh&ebar; she was faultles.

Note return to page 3817 Leuit.10.10.

Note return to page 3818 Or, defiled.

Note return to page 3819 Or, no sinne worthie death.

Note return to page 3820 [k] Meaning, that the innocent can not be punished.

Note return to page 3821 Exod.22.10.

Note return to page 3822 [l] He shall not lie with his stepmother: meaning hereby all other forbidden, Leui.18.

Note return to page 3823 [a] Either to beare office, or to marrie a wife.

Note return to page 3824 [b] This was to cause them to liue chastly, that their posteritie might not be reiected.

Note return to page 3825 Nehe.13.1.

Note return to page 3826 [c] Hereby he condemneth all, that further not the children of God in their vocation.

Note return to page 3827 Nom.22.5,6.

Note return to page 3828 [d] Thou shalt haue nothing to doe with them.

Note return to page 3829 [e] If the fathers haue renounced their idolatrie, and receiued circumcision.

Note return to page 3830 [f] For the necessitie of nature.

Note return to page 3831 [g] Meaning hereby that his people shoulde be pure both in soule and body.

Note return to page 3832 [h] This is meant of the heathen, who fled for their masters crueltie and imbraced the true religion.

Note return to page 3833 Ebr.gates.

Note return to page 3834 [i] Forbidding hereby that any gaine gotten of euil things should be applyed to the seruice of God, Mich.1.7.

Note return to page 3835 Exod.22.25. leuit.25.36.

Note return to page 3836 [k] This was permitted for a time for the hardnesse of their heart.

Note return to page 3837 [l] If thou shewe thy charitie to thy brother, God will declare his loue toward thee.

Note return to page 3838 [m] If the vowe be lawfull and godly.

Note return to page 3839 [n] Being hired for to labour.

Note return to page 3840 [o] To bring home to thine house.

Note return to page 3841 Mat.12.1.

Note return to page 3842 [a] Hereby God approueth not that light diuorcement, but permitteth it to auoyde further inconuenience, Mat.19.7.

Note return to page 3843 [b] Seeing that by dimitting her, he iudged her to be vncleane and defiled.

Note return to page 3844 [c] That they might learne to knowe one anothers conditions and so afterward liue in godly peace.

Note return to page 3845 [d] Nor any thing, whereby a man getteth his liuing.

Note return to page 3846 Leuit.13.2.

Note return to page 3847 Nom.12.10.

Note return to page 3848 [e] As though thou wouldest appoint what to haue, but shalt receiue what he may spare.

Note return to page 3849 [f] Though he would be vnthankefull, yet God will not forget it.

Note return to page 3850 Leuit.19.13. iob.4.14.

Note return to page 3851 2.King.14.6. 2.chro.25.4. iere.31.29,30. ezek.18.20.

Note return to page 3852 [g] Because the worlde did least esteeme these sortes of people, therefore God hath most care ouer them.

Note return to page 3853 Leuit.19.9. and 23.22.

Note return to page 3854 Or, gatherest thine oliues.

Note return to page 3855 Or, the grapes of thy vineyarde.

Note return to page 3856 [h] God iudged them not mindfull of his benefite, except they were beneficiall vnto others.

Note return to page 3857 [a] Whether there be a plaintife or none, the magistrates ought to trie out faults & punish according to the crime.

Note return to page 3858 [b] When the crime deserueth not death.

Note return to page 3859 [c] The Iewes of superstition afterwarde tooke one away, 2.Cor. 11.24.

Note return to page 3860 1.Cor.9.9. 1.tim.5.18.

Note return to page 3861 Ruth.4.3. matth.22.24. mark.12.19. luke 20.28.

Note return to page 3862 [d] Because the Ebrewe worde signifyeth not the naturall brother, and the worde, that signifieth a brother, is taken also for a kinsman: it seemeth that it is not meant that the naturall brother should marry his brothers wife, but some other of the kinred, that was in that degree which might marrie.

Note return to page 3863 [e] This lawe importeth, that godly shamefastnesse be preserued: for it is an horrible thing to see a woman past shame.

Note return to page 3864 Ebr. stone and stone.

Note return to page 3865 Ebr. Ephah and ephah: reade Exod. 16.36.

Note return to page 3866 Exod.17.8.

Note return to page 3867 [f] This was partly accomplished by Saul, about 450. yeres afterwarde.

Note return to page 3868 [a] By this ceremonie they acknowledged that they receiued the land of Canaan as a free gift of God.

Note return to page 3869 [b] To be called vpon, serued, and worshipped spiritually, Chap.12.5.

Note return to page 3870 [c] Meaning Iaakob, who serued 30. yeres in Syria.

Note return to page 3871 [d] Only by Gods mercy, and not by their fathers deseruings.

Note return to page 3872 [e] Alledging the promises made to our fathers, Abraham, Izhak and Iaakob.

Note return to page 3873 [f] In token of a thankfull heart, & mindefull of his benefite.

Note return to page 3874 [g] Signifying that God giueth vs not goods for our selues onely, but for their vses also which are c&obar;mitted to our charge.

Note return to page 3875 [h] Without hypocrisie.

Note return to page 3876 Chap.14.27.

Note return to page 3877 [i] Of malice and contempt.

Note return to page 3878 [k] Or, for any necessitie.

Note return to page 3879 [l] By putting them to any prophane vse.

Note return to page 3880 [m] As farre as my sinfull nature would suffer: for else, as Dauid and Paul say, there is not one iust, Psal. 14.3. rom.3.10.

Note return to page 3881 [n] With a good & simple conscience.

Note return to page 3882 [o] Signifying that there is a mutuall bond betweene God & his people.

Note return to page 3883 Chap.7.6. & 14.2.

Note return to page 3884 Chap.4.7. & 26.1.

Note return to page 3885 Chap.7.6. & 14.2.

Note return to page 3886 [a] As Gods minister and charged with the same.

Note return to page 3887 Iosh.4.1.

Note return to page 3888 [b] God would that his Law should be set vp in the borders of the land of Canaan, that all that looked thereon, might knowe that the land was dedicate to his seruice.

Note return to page 3889 Exo.20.25. iosh. 8.31.

Note return to page 3890 [c] The altar should not be curiously wrought, because it should continue but for a time: for God would haue but one Altar in Iudah.

Note return to page 3891 [d] That euery one may well reade it, and vnderstand it.

Note return to page 3892 [e] This condition God hath bound thee vnto, that if thou wilt be his people, thon must keepe his lawes.

Note return to page 3893 [f] Meaning, Ephraim and Manasseh.

Note return to page 3894 [g] Signifying, that if they would not obey God for loue, they should be made to obey for feare.

Note return to page 3895 [h] Vnder this he conteineth all the corrupti&obar; of Gods seruice, and the transgression of the first table.

Note return to page 3896 [i] Or, contemneth: and this apperteineth to the second table.

Note return to page 3897 [k] He c&obar;demneth all iniuries and extorsions.

Note return to page 3898 [l] Meaning, that helpeth not and counselleth not his neighbour.

Note return to page 3899 [m] In committing villany against him, Leui.20.11. & ezek.22.10 & chap.22.30.

Note return to page 3900 [n] Meaning, his wiues mother.

Note return to page 3901 [o] For God, that seeth in secret, will reuenge it.

Note return to page 3902 Ezek.22.12.

Note return to page 3903 Galat.3.10.

Note return to page 3904 Leuit.26.3.

Note return to page 3905 [a] He will make thee the most excellent of all people.

Note return to page 3906 [b] When thou thinkest thy selfe forsaken.

Note return to page 3907 [c] Thou shalt liue wealthily.

Note return to page 3908 [d] Thy children and succession.

Note return to page 3909 [e] All thine enterprises shal haue good successe.

Note return to page 3910 [f] Meaning, many wayes.

Note return to page 3911 [g] God wil blesse vs, if we doe our duetie, and not be idle.

Note return to page 3912 [h] In that he is thy God, and thou art his people.

Note return to page 3913 [i] For nothing in the earth is profitable, but when God sendeth his blessings from heauen.

Note return to page 3914 Chap 15.6.

Note return to page 3915 Or, the lowest.

Note return to page 3916 Iosh.23.6.

Note return to page 3917 Leuit.26.14. lament.2.17. mala.2.2. baruc.1.20.

Note return to page 3918 Or, store.

Note return to page 3919 Or, rebuke.

Note return to page 3920 Leuit.26.16.

Note return to page 3921 Or, drought.

Note return to page 3922 [k] It shal giue thee no more moisture then if it were of brasse.

Note return to page 3923 Or, out of the aire, as dust raised with winde.

Note return to page 3924 [l] Some reade, thou shalt be a terrour & feare, when they shall heare how God hath plagued thee.

Note return to page 3925 [m] Thou shalt be cursed both in thy life and in thy death: for the burial is a testimonie of the resurrection, which signe for thy wickednesse thou shalt lacke.

Note return to page 3926 [n] In things most euident and cleare thou shalt lacke discretion and iudgement.

Note return to page 3927 Ebr. make it common.

Note return to page 3928 [o] When they shal returne from their captiuitie.

Note return to page 3929 [p] As he did Manasseh, Ioachim, Zedechias and others.

Note return to page 3930 Iere.24.9. & 25.9. 1 king.9.7.

Note return to page 3931 Mich.6.15. Hag.1.6.

Note return to page 3932 Or, be shaken before they be ripe.

Note return to page 3933 [q] Vnder one kinde he conteineth all the vermine, which destroy the fruites of the land: and this is an euident token of Gods curse.

Note return to page 3934 [r] Gods plagues shalbe euident signes that he is offended with thee.

Note return to page 3935 Or, barbarous, cruel, or impudent.

Note return to page 3936 Or, first borne of thy bullockes.

Note return to page 3937 Or, gates.

Note return to page 3938 Leuit.26.29. 2.king.6.29. lamen 4.10. baruk.2.3.

Note return to page 3939 Chap.15.9.

Note return to page 3940 [s] As came to passe in the dayes of Ioram, King of Israel, 2.king.6.29, and when the Romanes besieged Ierusalem.

Note return to page 3941 [t] Hunger shall so bite her, that she shalbe ready to eate her childe before it be deliuered.

Note return to page 3942 [u] For he that offendeth in one, is guiltie of all, Iam. 2.10.

Note return to page 3943 [x] Declaring that God hath infinite meanes to plague the wicked, besides them that are ordinarie or written.

Note return to page 3944 Chap.10.22.

Note return to page 3945 [y] Signifying that it is a singular gift of God to be in a place where as we may worship God purely, and declare our faith and religion.

Note return to page 3946 Or, thou shalt be in dout of thy life.

Note return to page 3947 [z] Because they were vnmindfull of that miracle, when the sea gaue place for them to passe thorowe.

Note return to page 3948 [a] That is, the articles, or conditions.

Note return to page 3949 [b] At the first giuing of the lawe, which was fourtie yeeres before.

Note return to page 3950 [c] The proofes of my power.

Note return to page 3951 [d] He sheweth that it is not in mans power to vnderstande the mysteries of God, if it be not giuen him from aboue.

Note return to page 3952 [e] Made by mans arte, but manna, which is called the bread of Angels.

Note return to page 3953 Chap.4.6. 1.king.2.3.

Note return to page 3954 [f] Who knoweth your hearts, and therefore ye may not thinke to dissemble with him.

Note return to page 3955 [g] Alluding to them, that when they made a sure couenant, deuided a beast in twaine, and past betweene the partes deuided, Gene. 15.10.

Note return to page 3956 [h] Meaning their posteritie.

Note return to page 3957 [i] Such sinne, as the bitter fruite thereof might choke and destroy you.

Note return to page 3958 Act.8.23.

Note return to page 3959 Or, flatter.

Note return to page 3960 [k] For as he that is thirstie, desireth to drinke much, so he that followeth his appetites, seeketh by al meanes, and yet can not be satisfied.

Note return to page 3961 [l] Gods plagues vpon them that rebel against him, shall be so strange, that all ages shall be astonished.

Note return to page 3962 Gen.19.24,25.

Note return to page 3963 1.King.9.8. iere.22.8.

Note return to page 3964 Or, which had not giuen them a lande to posse&esset;e.

Note return to page 3965 [m] Moses hereby reproueth their curiositie, which seeke those things that are onely knowen to God: and their negligence that regard not that, which God hath reueiled vnto them, as the Lawe.

Note return to page 3966 [a] By calling to remembrance, both his mercies and his plagues.

Note return to page 3967 [b] In true repentance is none hypocrisie.

Note return to page 3968 [c] Euen to the worldes ende.

Note return to page 3969 [d] And bring thee into thy countrey.

Note return to page 3970 [e] God will purge all thy wicked affections: which thing is not in thine owne power to doe.

Note return to page 3971 [f] If we will haue God to worke in vs with his holy Spirite, we must turne againe to him by repentance.

Note return to page 3972 [g] He meaneth not that God is subiect to these passions, to reioyce or to be sad: but he vseth this maner of speach to declare the loue that he beareth vnto vs.

Note return to page 3973 [h] The lawe is so euident that none can pretend ignorance.

Note return to page 3974 Rom.10.6.

Note return to page 3975 [i] By heauen and the sea he meaneth places most farre distant.

Note return to page 3976 [k] Euen the lawe and the Gospell.

Note return to page 3977 [l] By faith in Christ.

Note return to page 3978 [m] So that to loue and obey God, is onely life and felicitie.

Note return to page 3979 [n] He addeth these promises, to signifie that it is for our profite that we loue him, and not for his.

Note return to page 3980 Chap.4.26.

Note return to page 3981 [o] That is, loue and obey God: which thing is not in mans power, but Gods Spirit onely worketh it in his elect.

Note return to page 3982 [a] I can no longer execute mine office.

Note return to page 3983 Nom.20.12. chap.3.26.

Note return to page 3984 Nomb.27.18.

Note return to page 3985 Nomb.21.24.

Note return to page 3986 [b] Into your handes.

Note return to page 3987 Chap.7.2.

Note return to page 3988 Or, be of good courage.

Note return to page 3989 [c] For he that must gouerne the people, hath neede to be valiant to represse vice, and constant to maintaine vertue.

Note return to page 3990 [d] Signifying that man can neuer be of good courage, except he be perswaded of Gods fauour and assistance.

Note return to page 3991 Nehem.8.2.

Note return to page 3992 Chap.15.1.

Note return to page 3993 [e] Before the Arke of the couenant, which was the signe of Gods presence and the figure of Christ.

Note return to page 3994 [f] Which were not borne when the lawe was giuen.

Note return to page 3995 Or, commandement.

Note return to page 3996 [g] In a cloude that was facioned like a pillar.

Note return to page 3997 [h] That is, I will take my fauour from them: as to turne his face toward vs, is to shew vs his fauour.

Note return to page 3998 [i] To preserue you and your children from Idolatrie, by remembring Gods benefites.

Note return to page 3999 [k] For this is the nature of flesh, no longer to obey God, then it is vnder the rod.

Note return to page 4000 [l] That these euils are come vpon them, because they forsooke me.

Note return to page 4001 Iohn.1.6.

Note return to page 4002 [m] Of thine infidelitie, when thou shalt turne away from the doctrine conteined therein.

Note return to page 4003 [n] As gouerners, iudges, and magistrates.

Note return to page 4004 [o] By idolatrie, and worshipping Images, which are the worke of your handes.

Note return to page 4005 [a] As witnesses of this peoples ingratitude.

Note return to page 4006 [b] He desireth that he may speake to Gods glorie, and that the people, as the greene grasse, may receiue the dewe of his doctrine.

Note return to page 4007 [c] The Ebrewe worde is rocke, noting that God onely is mighty, faithfull, and constant in his promes.

Note return to page 4008 [d] Not according to the common creation, but he hath made thee a newe creature by his Spirite.

Note return to page 4009 [e] When God by his prouidence deuided the world he lent for a time that portion to the Canaanites, which should after be an inheritance for all his people Israel.

Note return to page 4010 [f] To teach them to flie.

Note return to page 4011 Or, god of strange nation.

Note return to page 4012 [g] Meaning, of the lande of Canaan, which was hie, in respect of Egypt.

Note return to page 4013 [h] That is, abundance of al things euen in the very rockes.

Note return to page 4014 Ebr. blood.

Note return to page 4015 [i] He sheweth what is the principall ende of our vocation.

Note return to page 4016 [k] By changing his seruice for their superstitions.

Note return to page 4017 [l] Scripture calleth newe, whatsoeuer man inuenteth, be the error neuer so olde.

Note return to page 4018 [m] He calleth them Gods children not to honour them, but to shewe them from what dignitie they are fallen.

Note return to page 4019 Rom.10.19.

Note return to page 4020 [n] Which I haue not fauoured, nor giuen my lawes vnto them.

Note return to page 4021 [o] They shalbe slaine both in the fielde and at home.

Note return to page 4022 [p] Reioycing to see the godly afflicted, and attributing that to them selues which is wrought by Gods hand.

Note return to page 4023 [q] They would consider the felicitie, that was prepared for them if they had obeyed God.

Note return to page 4024 Iosh.23.10.

Note return to page 4025 Or, deliuered them so their enemies.

Note return to page 4026 [r] The fruites of the wicked are as poyson, detestable to God, and dangerous for man.

Note return to page 4027 Ecclus 28.1. rom.12.19. hebr.10.30.

Note return to page 4028 O, change his minde.

Note return to page 4029 [s] When neither strong nor weake in a maner remaine.

Note return to page 4030 1.Sam.2.6. tob. 13.2.

Note return to page 4031 Wisd.16.13.

Note return to page 4032 [t] That is, I sweare, read Gen.14.22.

Note return to page 4033 Ro&mbar;.15.10.

Note return to page 4034 [u] Whether the blood of Gods people bee shed for their sinnes, or tryall of their faith, he promiseth to reuenge it.

Note return to page 4035 Or, Ioshua.

Note return to page 4036 Chap.6.6. and 11.18.

Note return to page 4037 [x] For I will performe my promes vnto you, Isa.55.10.

Note return to page 4038 Nom.27.12.

Note return to page 4039 Gene.25.8

Note return to page 4040 Nom.20.25,28. and 33.38.

Note return to page 4041 Nom. 20. 12,13. and 27.14.

Note return to page 4042 Or, of strife.

Note return to page 4043 [y] Ye were not earnest and constant to maintaine mine honour.

Note return to page 4044 [a] This blessing conteineth not onely a simple praier, but an assurance of the offect thereof.

Note return to page 4045 [b] Meaning, infinite Angels.

Note return to page 4046 [c] Ebr his saints, that is, the children of Israel.

Note return to page 4047 [d] As thy disciples.

Note return to page 4048 [e] To vs and our successours.

Note return to page 4049 Or, Moses.

Note return to page 4050 Or, Israel.

Note return to page 4051 [f] Reuben shalbe one of the tribes of Gods people, though for his sinne his honour be diminished and his familie but small.

Note return to page 4052 [g] Signifying that he should hardly obtaine Iaakobs promes, Gene.19.8.

Note return to page 4053 Exo.28.30.

Note return to page 4054 [h] He preferred Gods glorie to all naturall affection, Exod.32.29.

Note return to page 4055 [i] He declareth that the ministers of God haue many enemies, and therfore haue needs to be praied for.

Note return to page 4056 [k] Because the temple should bee buylt in Zion, which was in the tribe of Beniamin, he sheweth that God should dwel with him there.

Note return to page 4057 Or, fountaines.

Note return to page 4058 [l] Which was God appearing vnto Moses, Exod. 3.2.

Note return to page 4059 Gene.49.26.

Note return to page 4060 Or, strength.

Note return to page 4061 [m] In thy prosperous viages vpon the Sea, Gen.49.13

Note return to page 4062 Or, mount Zion.

Note return to page 4063 [n] The tribe of Zebulun.

Note return to page 4064 [o] So that the portion of þe; Gadites, and others on this side Iorden was Gods, though it was not so know&ebar;

Note return to page 4065 [p] Meaning, neere the sea.

Note return to page 4066 [q] Thou shalt be strong, or thy countrey full of metal. It seemeth that Simeon is left out, because hee was vnder Iudah, and his portion of his inheritance, Iosh.19.9.

Note return to page 4067 [r] Who was plentifull in issue as a fountaine.

Note return to page 4068 [s] Thine enemies for feare shall lye and fayne to bee in subiection.

Note return to page 4069 [a] Which was a part of mount Abarim, Nom. 27.12.

Note return to page 4070 Chap.3.27. 2.mac.2.4.

Note return to page 4071 [b] Called, Mediterraneum.

Note return to page 4072 Gen.12.7. and 13.15.

Note return to page 4073 [c] To wit, the Angel of the Lord, Iude 9.

Note return to page 4074 [d] That the Iewes might not haue occasion thereby to commit Idolatry.

Note return to page 4075 [e] Hereby appeareth the fauour of God that leaueth not his church destitute of a gouernour.

Note return to page 4076 [f] Vnto whome the Lord did reueale him selfe so plainely, Exo.33.11

Note return to page 4077 [g] Meaning, the power of God working by Moses in the wildernesse.

Note return to page 4078 [a] The beginning of this booke dependeth on the last Chapter of Deut. which was written by Ioshua as a preparation to his historie.

Note return to page 4079 Chap.14.9.

Note return to page 4080 Deut.11.24.

Note return to page 4081 [b] Of Zin, called Kadesh and Paran.

Note return to page 4082 Or, Euphrates.

Note return to page 4083 [c] Meaning, the whole lande of Canaan.

Note return to page 4084 [d] Called, Mediterraneum.

Note return to page 4085 Hebr.13.5.

Note return to page 4086 Deut.31.23.

Note return to page 4087 Or, growe stronger and stronger.

Note return to page 4088 Deut.5.32. and 28.14.

Note return to page 4089 [e] He sheweth wherein consisteth true prosperitie, euen to obey the word of God.

Note return to page 4090 [f] Shewing that it was not possible to gouerne well without continuall studie of Gods word.

Note return to page 4091 Or, gouerne wisely.

Note return to page 4092 [g] Meaning from the day that this was proclaimed, Chap.3.2.

Note return to page 4093 Nomb.32.20.

Note return to page 4094 [h] Which belonged to Sihon the King of the Amorites, and Og King of Bashan.

Note return to page 4095 Or, beyond Iorden to Iericho.

Note return to page 4096 [i] By your request, but yet by Gods secret appointment, Deut.33.21.

Note return to page 4097 [k] They doe not onely promise to obey him so long as God is with him: but to helpe to punish all that rebel against him.

Note return to page 4098 [a] Which place was in the plaine of Moab neere vnto Iorden.

Note return to page 4099 Hebr.11.31. iames 2.25.

Note return to page 4100 Or, tauerners house, or hostesse.

Note return to page 4101 [b] Though the wicked see the hand of God vpon them, yet they repent not, but seeke how they may by their power and pollicie resist his working.

Note return to page 4102 [c] Meaning, vpon the house: for them their houses were flat aboue, so that they might doe their businesse thereupon.

Note return to page 4103 [d] For so God promised, Deut.28.7. chap.5.1.

Note return to page 4104 Exod.14.21,23.

Note return to page 4105 Chap.4.23.

Note return to page 4106 Nomb.21.24.

Note return to page 4107 Or, melted.

Note return to page 4108 Or, spirit.

Note return to page 4109 [e] Herein appeareth the great mercie of God, that in this common destruction he would drawe a most miserable sinner to repent and confesse his Name.

Note return to page 4110 Or, liues.

Note return to page 4111 [f] We warrant you on paine of our liues.

Note return to page 4112 [g] Which was neere vnto the citie.

Note return to page 4113 [h] We shalbe discharged of our othe, if thou doest perfourme this condition that followeth: for so shalt thou and thine be deliuered.

Note return to page 4114 [i] He shalbe giltie of his owne death.

Note return to page 4115 [k] So that others should thinke to escape by the same meanes.

Note return to page 4116 Or, skarlet coloured.

Note return to page 4117 [l] To wit, the riuer Iorden.

Note return to page 4118 [a] Which according to the Ebrewes was in March, and about 40. dayes after Moses death.

Note return to page 4119 [b] Which time was giuen for to prepare them vitailes, Chap. 1.11.

Note return to page 4120 Or, a myle.

Note return to page 4121 Leuit.20.7. nomb.11.18. chap.7.13. 1.sam.16.5.

Note return to page 4122 Chap.1.5.

Note return to page 4123 [c] Euen in the chanell, where the streame had runne as verse 17.

Note return to page 4124 [d] By this miracle in deuiding the water.

Note return to page 4125 [e] Which should set vp twelue stones in remembrance of the benefite.

Note return to page 4126 Psalm.114.3.

Note return to page 4127 Actes.7.45.

Note return to page 4128 Ecclus.24.30. 1.chron.12.15.

Note return to page 4129 [f] Because the riuer was accustomed at this time to be full, the miracle is so much the greater.

Note return to page 4130 [g] Either tarying till the people were past, or, as some reade, sure, as though they had bene vpon the drie lande.

Note return to page 4131 Deut.27.2.

Note return to page 4132 [a] As Chap.3.17.

Note return to page 4133 [b] Meaning, the place where they shoulde campe.

Note return to page 4134 [c] God commandeth, that not only we our selues profite by his wonderful works, but that our posteritie may knowe the cause thereof and glorifie his Name.

Note return to page 4135 [d] Besides the twelue stones which were caried by the tribes and set vp in Gilgal.

Note return to page 4136 [e] Meaning in the presence or sight of the people.

Note return to page 4137 Nom.32.27,29.

Note return to page 4138 [f] That is, before the Arke.

Note return to page 4139 Or, reuerenced him.

Note return to page 4140 [g] Because the Ark testified Gods presence and the tables of the law conteined therein, signified Gods will toward his people.

Note return to page 4141 [h] Called Abih or Nisan, conteining part of March and part of Aprill.

Note return to page 4142 Exod.14.21, 22.

Note return to page 4143 [i] Gods benefites serue for a further condemnation to the wicked, and stirte vp his to reuerence him, and obey him.

Note return to page 4144 [a] The Amorites were on both sides Iorden, wherof two Kings were slaine already on the side toward Moab.

Note return to page 4145 Exod.4.25.

Note return to page 4146 [b] For now they had left it of, about 40. yeeres.

Note return to page 4147 [c] Gilgal was so called, because they were there circumcised.

Note return to page 4148 [d] For they looked daily to remoue at þe; Lords commandement: which thing they that were new circumcised, could not do without great danger.

Note return to page 4149 Nomb.14.23.

Note return to page 4150 [e] For their fore was so grieuous that they were not able to remoue.

Note return to page 4151 [f] By bringing you into this promised land contrary to the wicked opinion of the Egyptians: or the foreskinne, whereby yon were like to the Egyptians.

Note return to page 4152 Exod.23.23.

Note return to page 4153 [g] In that that Ioshua worshippeth him, he acknowledgeth him to be God: and in that that he calleth himselfe the Lordes captaine, he declareth himselfe to be Christ.

Note return to page 4154 Exod.3.5. ruth.4.7. actes.7.33.

Note return to page 4155 [a] That none could go out.

Note return to page 4156 [b] That none could come in.

Note return to page 4157 [c] For feare of the Israelites.

Note return to page 4158 [d] Euery day once.

Note return to page 4159 [e] That the conquest might not be assigned to mans power, but to the mercie of God, which with most weake things can ouercome that which seemeth most strong.

Note return to page 4160 [f] This is chiefly meant by the Reubenites, Gadites, and halfe the tribe of Manasseh.

Note return to page 4161 [g] Meaning the rereward, wherein was the standerd of the tribe of Dan, Nomb.10.25.

Note return to page 4162 [h] For that day.

Note return to page 4163 [i] The tribe of Dan was so called, because it marched last, and gathered vp whatsoeuer was left of others.

Note return to page 4164 [k] Besides euery day once for the space of six dayes.

Note return to page 4165 [l] That is, appoynted wholy to be destroyed.

Note return to page 4166 Chap.2.4.

Note return to page 4167 Leuit.27.21. nom.21.2. deut.13.15,17.

Note return to page 4168 [m] And therefore cannot bee put to any priuate vse, but must be first molten and then serue for þe; Tabernacle.

Note return to page 4169 Heb.11.30.

Note return to page 4170 2.Mac.12.15,16.

Note return to page 4171 Chap.2.14. hebr.11.31.

Note return to page 4172 [n] For it was not lawful for strangers to dwel among the Israelites, till they were purged.

Note return to page 4173 [o] Meaning, the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 4174 [p] For she was married to Salmon prince of the tribe of Iudah, Mat.1.5.

Note return to page 4175 [q] He shal builde it to the destruction of al his stocke, which thing was fulfilled in Hiel of Beth-el, 1 King. 16.34.

Note return to page 4176 [a] In taking that which was commaunded to bee destroyed.

Note return to page 4177 Chap.22.20. 1.chro.2.7.

Note return to page 4178 [b] This was a citie of the Amorites: for there was another so called among the Ammonites, Iere.49.3. The first Ai is called Arath, Is.10.28.

Note return to page 4179 [c] God would by this ouerthrow make them more earnest to search out and punish the sinne committed.

Note return to page 4180 [d] This infirmitie of his faith sheweth how we are inclined of nature to distrust.

Note return to page 4181 [e] When thine enemies shall blaspheme thee, and say, that thou wast not able to defend vs from them.

Note return to page 4182 [f] Then, to suffer wickednesse vnpunished, is to refuse God willingly.

Note return to page 4183 [g] Meaning, the man that tooke of the thing forbidden.

Note return to page 4184 [h] That is, found guiltie, either by lottes, or by the iudgement of Vrim, Nom.27.21.

Note return to page 4185 [i] By declaring the trueth: for God is glorified when the trueth is confessed.

Note return to page 4186 [k] Such a rich garment, as the states of Babylon did weare.

Note return to page 4187 Or, nephewe.

Note return to page 4188 [l] Some reade, a plate: others, a rod, and some a tongue.

Note return to page 4189 [m] This iudgement only apperteineth to God, and to whom he will reueile it: to man he hath commanded not to punish the childe for the fathers faute, Deut. 24.16.

Note return to page 4190 [n] He declareth that this is Gods iudgem&ebar;t, because he had offended, and caused others to be slaine.

Note return to page 4191 Deut.1.21,29. and 7.18.

Note return to page 4192 Chap.6.21.

Note return to page 4193 Deut.20.14.

Note return to page 4194 [a] Meaning, on the Westside, as vers.9.

Note return to page 4195 [b] God would not destroy Ai by miracle, as Iericho, to the intent that other nati&obar;s might feare the power and policie of his people.

Note return to page 4196 Or, driue out (the inhabitants) of the citie.

Note return to page 4197 [c] With the rest of the armie.

Note return to page 4198 [d] That is, vewed or mustered them, and set them in aray.

Note return to page 4199 [e] He sent these fewe, that the other which lay in ambush might not be discouered.

Note return to page 4200 [f] To the intent that they in the citie might the better discouer his armie.

Note return to page 4201 [g] As they which fainted to flee for feare.

Note return to page 4202 [h] Or, lift vp the banner, to signifie when they shall inuade the citie.

Note return to page 4203 Or, towarde the heauen.

Note return to page 4204 Or, place.

Note return to page 4205 [i] Which came out of the ambush.

Note return to page 4206 Deuter.7.2.

Note return to page 4207 [k] For the fire, which they had before set in the citie, was not to consume it, but to signifie vnto Ioshua that they were entred.

Note return to page 4208 Nomb.31.22,26. verse 2.

Note return to page 4209 [l] That it coulde neuer be built againe.

Note return to page 4210 [m] According as it was commaunded, Deut.21.23.

Note return to page 4211 Chap.7.25,26.

Note return to page 4212 Exod.20.25. deut.27.5.

Note return to page 4213 [n] Meaning, the ten commandements, which are the summe of the whole Lawe.

Note return to page 4214 Deuter.11.29. and 27.12,13.

Note return to page 4215 Deut.31.12,13.

Note return to page 4216 [o] So neither yong nor olde, man nor woman were exempted from hearing the word of the Lord.

Note return to page 4217 [a] In respect of the plaine of Moab.

Note return to page 4218 [b] The maine sea called Mediterraneum.

Note return to page 4219 Ebr. one mouth.

Note return to page 4220 2.Sam.21.1.

Note return to page 4221 [c] Because they were all worne.

Note return to page 4222 [d] For the Gibeonites and the Hiuites were all one people.

Note return to page 4223 [e] Euen the idolaters for feare of death will pretend to honour the true God and receiue his religion.

Note return to page 4224 Ebr. in your hand.

Note return to page 4225 [f] The wicked lacke no arte nor spare no lies to set forth their policie, when they will deceiue the seruants of God.

Note return to page 4226 [g] Some thinke that the Israelites ate of their vittailes, and so made a league with them.

Note return to page 4227 [h] From Gilgal.

Note return to page 4228 [i] Fearing least for their fault the plague of God should haue light vpon them all.

Note return to page 4229 [k] This doeth not establish rash othes, but sheweth Gods mercie toward his, which would not punish them for this fault.

Note return to page 4230 [l] For the vses of the Tabernacle, and of the temple when it shalbe built.

Note return to page 4231 Deut.7.1.

Note return to page 4232 [m] Who were minded to put them to death for feare of Gods wrath.

Note return to page 4233 [n] That is, for the sacrifices of the Temple, as verse 23.

Note return to page 4234 Chap.6.15,21.

Note return to page 4235 Chap.83,28,29.

Note return to page 4236 [a] That is, Lord of iustice: so tyrants take to them selues glorious names, when in deede they be very enemies against God & all iustice.

Note return to page 4237 [b] So enuious the wicked are, when any depart from their band.

Note return to page 4238 [c] Least Ioshua should haue thought that God had sent this great power against him for his vnlawfull league with the Gibeonites, the Lorde here strengtheneth him.

Note return to page 4239 [d] So we see that all things serue to execute Gods vengeance against the wicked.

Note return to page 4240 Isa.28.21. ecclus.46.4,5.

Note return to page 4241 [e] Some reade, in the booke of the righteous, meaning Moses, the Chalde text readeth in the booke of the Law: but it is like that it was a booke thus named which is now lost.

Note return to page 4242 [f] By taking away the enemies hearts, and destroying them with hailestones.

Note return to page 4243 Ebr. cut off all their traine or taile.

Note return to page 4244 [g] Or, in safetie, so that none gaue them as much as an euill worde.

Note return to page 4245 [h] Signifying what should become of the rest of Gods enemies, seeing that kings themselues were not spared.

Note return to page 4246 Deut.21.23. chap.8.29.

Note return to page 4247 Ioshua taketh Makkedah.

Note return to page 4248 Or, euery person.

Note return to page 4249 Chap.6.21.

Note return to page 4250 Libnah is taken.

Note return to page 4251 Or, persons.

Note return to page 4252 Lachish is taken.

Note return to page 4253 The King of Gezer is slaine.

Note return to page 4254 Eglon is taken.

Note return to page 4255 Hebron is taken.

Note return to page 4256 Debit is taken.

Note return to page 4257 [i] Some reade, Ashedoth, which signifieth the descents of the hilles.

Note return to page 4258 [k] In one battel.

Note return to page 4259 [l] Where the Arke was, there to giue thankes for their victories.

Note return to page 4260 [a] The more that Gods power appeareth, the more the wicked rage against it.

Note return to page 4261 [b] Which the Euangelists call the lake of Gennezereth, or Tiberias.

Note return to page 4262 [c] Which was mount Sihon, as Deut.4.48.

Note return to page 4263 [d] That neither they should serue to the vse of war, nor the Israelites should put their trust in them.

Note return to page 4264 [e] Which signifieth, hot waters, or, according to some, brine pits.

Note return to page 4265 [f] Both men women and children.

Note return to page 4266 Nom. 33.52. deut. 7.2.

Note return to page 4267 [g] Which were strong by situation and not hurt by warre.

Note return to page 4268 [h] All mankinde.

Note return to page 4269 Exod.34.11.

Note return to page 4270 Deut.7.2.

Note return to page 4271 [i] That is, Samaria.

Note return to page 4272 [k] So called, because it was bare and without trees.

Note return to page 4273 Or, the valley of Gad.

Note return to page 4274 Chap.9.3.

Note return to page 4275 [l] That is, to giue them ouer to them selues: and therefore they coulde not but rebel against God and seeke their owne destruction.

Note return to page 4276 [m] Out of the which came Goliath, 1.Sam.17.4.

Note return to page 4277 Nom. 26.53,55.

Note return to page 4278 [a] From Gilgal where Ioshua camped.

Note return to page 4279 Nomb.21.24. deut.3.6.

Note return to page 4280 Or, wildernes.

Note return to page 4281 Or, hill sides.

Note return to page 4282 Deuter.3.17. and 4.49.

Note return to page 4283 Deuter 3.11. chap. 13.12.

Note return to page 4284 Nomb 32.29. deut.3.12. chap.13.8.

Note return to page 4285 [b] Reade Chap.11. verse 17.

Note return to page 4286 Or, in Ashdoth.

Note return to page 4287 Chap.6.2.

Note return to page 4288 Chap.8.29.

Note return to page 4289 Chap.10.23.

Note return to page 4290 Chap.10.33.

Note return to page 4291 Chap.10.39.

Note return to page 4292 Chap.10.29,30.

Note return to page 4293 Chap.10.28.

Note return to page 4294 Chap.11.10.

Note return to page 4295 Or, neere vnto Carmel.

Note return to page 4296 Gene.14.1.

Note return to page 4297 [a] Being almost an hundreth and ten yeere olde.

Note return to page 4298 Ebr. commen into yeeres.

Note return to page 4299 [b] After that the enemies are ouercome.

Note return to page 4300 Or, borders.

Note return to page 4301 Ebr. Shihor.

Note return to page 4302 Ebr. vpon the face of Egypt.

Note return to page 4303 Ebr. Mearah.

Note return to page 4304 Or, the plaine of Gad.

Note return to page 4305 [c] Reade Chap. 11.8.

Note return to page 4306 Nomb.32.33. deut.3.13. chap. 22.4.

Note return to page 4307 Or, valley.

Note return to page 4308 Deut.3.11. chap. 12.4.

Note return to page 4309 [d] Because they destroyed not all as God had commaunded, they that remained, were snares and prickes to hurt them, Nom. 33.55. chap. 23.13. iudges 2.3.

Note return to page 4310 [e] Leui shall liue by the sacrifices, Nom.18.21.

Note return to page 4311 Or, hie places of Baal.

Note return to page 4312 Or, the valley.

Note return to page 4313 Deuter.3.17.

Note return to page 4314 Nomb.31.8.

Note return to page 4315 [f] So that both they which obeyed wicked counsel, and the wicked counseller perished by the iust iudgment of God.

Note return to page 4316 [g] That is, in the land of Moab.

Note return to page 4317 Nomb.32.39.

Note return to page 4318 [h] Meaning, his nephues and posteritie.

Note return to page 4319 Chap.18.7.

Note return to page 4320 Nomb.18.20.

Note return to page 4321 Nomb.34.17.

Note return to page 4322 Nomb.26.55. and 33.54.

Note return to page 4323 [a] As Reuben and Gad and halfe the tribe of Manasseh, Nomb 33.15.

Note return to page 4324 [b] So though Leui lacked, yet were there still twelue tribes by this meanes.

Note return to page 4325 Nomb.35.2. chap.21.2,3.

Note return to page 4326 [c] Which was, that they two onely should enter into the land, Nomb. 14.24.

Note return to page 4327 [d] Which were the ten other spies.

Note return to page 4328 Ecclu.46.9.

Note return to page 4329 Ebr. to go out and come in.

Note return to page 4330 Or, gyants.

Note return to page 4331 [e] This he spake of modestie, and not of doubting.

Note return to page 4332 Chap.22.12. 1 macca.2.56.

Note return to page 4333 Chap.15.13.

Note return to page 4334 [f] Either for his power or person.

Note return to page 4335 Nomb.34.3.

Note return to page 4336 Nomb.33.36.

Note return to page 4337 [a] The Ebrewe worde signifieth tongue, whereby is meant either the anne of the Sea that commeth into the land, or a rocke or cape that goeth into the Sea.

Note return to page 4338 [b] Meaning, the mouth of the riuer where it runneth into the salt Sea.

Note return to page 4339 [c] Which was a marke to part their countreys.

Note return to page 4340 Or, the fountaine of the sunne.

Note return to page 4341 1.King.1.9.

Note return to page 4342 Ebr. Rephaim.

Note return to page 4343 Or, the citie of woods.

Note return to page 4344 [d] Meaning toward Syria.

Note return to page 4345 Chap.14.15.

Note return to page 4346 [e] This was done after the death of Ioshua, Iudg.1.10, 20.

Note return to page 4347 Or, cousin.

Note return to page 4348 [f] Because her husband taried too long.

Note return to page 4349 Or, graunt me this petition.

Note return to page 4350 [g] Because her countrey was barren, she desired of her father a fielde that had springs, Iudges 1.14, 15.

Note return to page 4351 [h] Which before was called Zephath, Iudg.1.17.

Note return to page 4352 Ebr, daughters.

Note return to page 4353 [i] Meaning, Nilus, as Chap.13.3.

Note return to page 4354 [k] Which is called Kiriath-sepher, verse 15.

Note return to page 4355 Chap.14.15

Note return to page 4356 [l] Of this citie the salt sea hath his name.

Note return to page 4357 [m] That is, vtterly, though they slewe the most part, and burnt their citie, Iudges 1.8.

Note return to page 4358 [a] That is, to Ephraim and his children: for Manassehs portion followeth.

Note return to page 4359 Iudg.1.26.

Note return to page 4360 [b] Of their inheritance.

Note return to page 4361 [c] Seuerally, first Ephraim, and then Manasseh.

Note return to page 4362 [d] For so farre the coastes reache.

Note return to page 4363 [e] Because Ephraims tribe was farre greater then Manasseh, therefore he had mo cities.

Note return to page 4364 Gene.41.51. and 46.20. and 50.23. nomb.32.39.

Note return to page 4365 Nomb.26.29.

Note return to page 4366 [a] For the other halfe tribe had their portion beyonde Iorden.

Note return to page 4367 Nom.26.33. and 27.1. and 36.2,11.

Note return to page 4368 [b] Among them of our tribe.

Note return to page 4369 [c] In the land of Canaan: fiue to the males, and other fiue to the daughters of Zelophehad.

Note return to page 4370 [d] Meaning, the citie it selfe.

Note return to page 4371 Or, the brooke of reedes.

Note return to page 4372 [e] That is, towarde the maine sea.

Note return to page 4373 [f] In the tribe of Asher, and tribe of Issachar.

Note return to page 4374 [g] For at the first they lacked courage, and after agreed with them on condition, contrary to Gods commandement.

Note return to page 4375 [h] According to my father Iaakobs prophesie, Gene. 48.19.

Note return to page 4376 [i] If this mount be not large ynough, why doest not thou get more by destroying Gods enemies, as he hath commaunded?

Note return to page 4377 [k] So that thou shalt enlarge thy portion thereby.

Note return to page 4378 [a] For they had nowe remoued it from Gilgal and set it vp in Shiloh.

Note return to page 4379 [b] As Eleazar, Ioshua and the heads of the tribes had done to Iudah, Ephraim and halfe of Manasseh.

Note return to page 4380 [c] That is, into seuen portions, to euery tribe one.

Note return to page 4381 [d] For these had their inheritance already appointed.

Note return to page 4382 [e] Before the Arke of the Lord.

Note return to page 4383 [f] That is, the sacrifices and offerings, Chap. 13.14.

Note return to page 4384 [g] By writing the names of euery countrey and citie.

Note return to page 4385 [h] That euery one should be content with Gods appointment.

Note return to page 4386 [i] Their inheritance bordered vpon Iudah and Ioseph.

Note return to page 4387 [k] Which was in the tribe of Ephraim: another Bethel was in the tribe of Beniamin.

Note return to page 4388 Or, to the sea.

Note return to page 4389 Or, Rephaim.

Note return to page 4390 Or, Ierusalem.

Note return to page 4391 [l] Which is in the tribe of Ephraim.

Note return to page 4392 Chap.15.6.

Note return to page 4393 [m] To the very strait, where the riuer runneth into the salt sea.

Note return to page 4394 [n] Which was not wholy in the tribe of Beniamin, but part of it was also in the tribe of Iudah.

Note return to page 4395 [a] According to Iaakobs prophesie, that he should be scattered among the other tribes, Gen 45.7.

Note return to page 4396 Or, Ramath. nageb.

Note return to page 4397 [b] but this large portion was giuen them by Gods prouidence to declare their increase in time to come.

Note return to page 4398 [c] Meaning, toward the great Sea.

Note return to page 4399 [d] There was another Beth-lehem in the tribe of Iudah.

Note return to page 4400 [e] There was another citie of this name in the tribe of Iudah: for vnder diuers tribes certaine cities had all one name, and were distincted by the tribe onely.

Note return to page 4401 [f] Ioyneth to the tribe of Zebulun, which lay more Eastward.

Note return to page 4402 [g] Which was Tyrus a strong citie in the Sea.

Note return to page 4403 [h] These cities were in the countrey of Zaanannim.

Note return to page 4404 Or, euen vnto Iorden.

Note return to page 4405 [i] Of the which the lake of Gennezareth had his name.

Note return to page 4406 [k] Called Ioppe.

Note return to page 4407 [l] According as Iaakob had prophesied, Ge.49.17.

Note return to page 4408 Iudg.11.82.

Note return to page 4409 Chap. 24. 30.

Note return to page 4410 Nomb. 34. 17.

Note return to page 4411 Exod. 21. 13. nomb.35.6,11,14. deut. 19.2.

Note return to page 4412 [a] At vnwares, and bearing him no grudge.

Note return to page 4413 Ebr. in the eares of the Elders.

Note return to page 4414 [b] That is, the nearest kinsman of him that is slaine.

Note return to page 4415 [c] Till his cause were prooued.

Note return to page 4416 Nomb.35.25.

Note return to page 4417 Or, Galile.

Note return to page 4418 Deut.4.43. 1. chro.6.78.

Note return to page 4419 [d] Out of the halfe tribe of Manasseh beyond Iorden.

Note return to page 4420 [e] Before the iudges.

Note return to page 4421 Or, the chiefe of the fathers.

Note return to page 4422 Nomb.35 2.

Note return to page 4423 [a] By Moses, by whose ministerie God shewed his power.

Note return to page 4424 [b] Hee meaneth them that were Priestes: for some were but Leuites.

Note return to page 4425 [c] Euery tribe gaue moe or fewer cities according as their inherit&abar;ce was great or litle, Nom.35.8.

Note return to page 4426 [d] For Aaron came of Kohath, & therefore the Priests office remained in that familie.

Note return to page 4427 Chap. 14 14. 1.chron.6.56.

Note return to page 4428 [e] That is, the Priest of the familie of the Kohathites, of whome Aaron was chiefe.

Note return to page 4429 [f] The suburbes were a thousande cubites from the wall of the citie rounde about, Nom.35.4.

Note return to page 4430 [g] That were not Priests.

Note return to page 4431 [h] Hebron and Shechem were the two cities of refuge vnder the Kohathites.

Note return to page 4432 [i] Which dwelt in Canaan.

Note return to page 4433 [k] Golan and Kedesh were the cities of refuge vnder the Gershonites.

Note return to page 4434 Or, Galile.

Note return to page 4435 [l] They are here called the rest, because they are last nombred, and Merari was the yongest brother, Gen. 46. 11.

Note return to page 4436 [m] Bezer and Ramoth were the cities of refuge vnder the Merarites and beyond Iorden, Chap.20.8.

Note return to page 4437 [n] Thus according to Iaakobs prophesie, they were scattered throughout the countrey, which God vsed to this ende, that his people might be instructed in þe; true religion by them.

Note return to page 4438 Chap.23.14,15.

Note return to page 4439 [a] After that the Israelites enioyed the land of Canaan.

Note return to page 4440 [b] Which was to goe armed before their brethren, Nom.32.29.

Note return to page 4441 Nom.32.33.chap. 13.8.

Note return to page 4442 Deut.10.12.

Note return to page 4443 [c] He sheweth wherein consisteth the fulfilling of the lawe.

Note return to page 4444 [d] He commended them to God and prayed for them.

Note return to page 4445 [e] Which remained at home and went not to the warre, Nom.31.27. 1.sam.30.24.

Note return to page 4446 Ebr. Geliloth, which countrey also was called Canaan because the Amorites dwelling there were called Canaanites.

Note return to page 4447 [f] That is, beyonde Iorden: for some time the whole countrey on both sides of Iorden is ment by Canaan.

Note return to page 4448 [g] Such nowe was their zeale, that they would rather lose their liues, then suffer the true religion to be changed or corrupted.

Note return to page 4449 Or, multitude.

Note return to page 4450 [h] Not onely of the princes, but also of the common people.

Note return to page 4451 Nom.25.4.

Note return to page 4452 [i] Meaning, God is not fully pacified, forasmuch as no punishment can be sufficient for such wickednesse and idolatrie.

Note return to page 4453 [k] In your iudgement.

Note return to page 4454 [l] To vse any other seruice then God hath appointed, is to rebell against God, 1.Sam.15.23.

Note return to page 4455 Chap.7.1,5.

Note return to page 4456 [m] Signifying, that if many suffered for one mans faute, for the faute of many all should suffer.

Note return to page 4457 [n] Let him punish vs.

Note return to page 4458 [o] Or, to turne backe from the true God.

Note return to page 4459 Gen.31.48. chap.24.27. verse 34.

Note return to page 4460 [p] They signifie a wonderfull care that they bare toward their posteritie, that they might liue in the true seruice of God.

Note return to page 4461 Ebr. it was good in their eyes.

Note return to page 4462 [q] By preseruing vs and gouerning vs.

Note return to page 4463 [r] Whom if he had offended, he would haue punished with you.

Note return to page 4464 Or, praysed.

Note return to page 4465 Ebr. said.

Note return to page 4466 Or, witnes, as verse 27.

Note return to page 4467 Ebr. commen into yeeres.

Note return to page 4468 [a] Your eyes bearing witnes.

Note return to page 4469 Or, ouerthrowen these nations.

Note return to page 4470 Ebr. at the sunne set.

Note return to page 4471 [b] Which yet remaine and are not ouercome, as chap. 13.2.

Note return to page 4472 Deut.5.32. and 28.14.

Note return to page 4473 [c] And not yet subdued.

Note return to page 4474 Psal.16.4.

Note return to page 4475 [d] Let not the Iudges admit an othe, which any shall sweare by their Idoles.

Note return to page 4476 Leuit.26.8. deut.32.30.

Note return to page 4477 Ebr. soules.

Note return to page 4478 Or, be of their affinitie.

Note return to page 4479 Or, haue conuersation with them.

Note return to page 4480 Exod.23 33. nomb.33.55. deut.7.16.

Note return to page 4481 [e] Meaning, they shalbe a continuall griefe vnto you, and so the cause of your destruction.

Note return to page 4482 [f] I dye according to the course of nature.

Note return to page 4483 [g] Most certeinely.

Note return to page 4484 Chap.21.45.

Note return to page 4485 Or, promises.

Note return to page 4486 Or, threatnings, as chap.24.20.

Note return to page 4487 [h] He sheweth that no euill can come vnto man, except he offend God by disobedience.

Note return to page 4488 [a] That is, the nine tribes and the halfe.

Note return to page 4489 [b] Before the Arke, which was brought to Shechem, when they went to burie Iosephs bones.

Note return to page 4490 Gene.11.31. iudeth 5.6,7.

Note return to page 4491 [c] Euphrates in Mesopotamia, Gene.11.26.

Note return to page 4492 Gene.21.2.

Note return to page 4493 Gene.25.26.

Note return to page 4494 Gene.36.8.

Note return to page 4495 Gene.46.6.

Note return to page 4496 Exod.3.10.

Note return to page 4497 Exod.12 37.

Note return to page 4498 Exod.14.9.

Note return to page 4499 Or, a cloude.

Note return to page 4500 [d] Euen fourtie yeeres.

Note return to page 4501 Nomb.21.29.

Note return to page 4502 Nom.22.9. deut.23.4.

Note return to page 4503 [e] Because it was the chiefe citie, vnder it he conteineth all the countrey: else they of the citie fought not, chap.3.14. and 6.1,2.

Note return to page 4504 Exod.23.28. deut.7.20. chap.11.20.

Note return to page 4505 [f] This is the true vse of Gods benefites to learne thereby to feare & serue him with an vpright conscience.

Note return to page 4506 Ebr. if it be euill in your sight.

Note return to page 4507 [g] This teacheth vs that if all the world would goe from God, yet euery one of vs particularly is bound to cleaue vnto him.

Note return to page 4508 [h] Howe much more are we bo&ubar;d to serue God in Christ, by whome we haue receiued the redemption of our soules?

Note return to page 4509 Chap.23.15.

Note return to page 4510 [i] If you doe the contrarie, your owne mouthes shal c&obar;demne you.

Note return to page 4511 [k] Out of your hearts and otherwise.

Note return to page 4512 [l] By ioyning God and the people together also hee repeated the promises and threatnings out of the lawe.

Note return to page 4513 Or, elme

Note return to page 4514 [m] Rather then mans dissimulation should not be punished, the dumme creatures shall crie for vengeance.

Note return to page 4515 Chap.19.50. iudges.2.9.

Note return to page 4516 [n] Such are the people commonly as their rulers are.

Note return to page 4517 Gen. 50. 25. exod. 13. 19.

Note return to page 4518 Gen. 33. 19.

Note return to page 4519 Ebr. Gibeath Phineas.

Note return to page 4520 [a] By the iudgem&ebar;t of Vrim: read Exod.28.30. nom.27. 21. 1.sam.28.6.

Note return to page 4521 [b] Who shalbe our Captaine?

Note return to page 4522 [c] For the tribe of Simeon had their inheritance within the tribe of Iudah, Iosh.19.1.

Note return to page 4523 Or, the Lorde of Bezek.

Note return to page 4524 [d] This was Gods iust iudgement, as the tyrant himself confesseth, that as he had done, so did he receiue, Leuit. 24.19,20.

Note return to page 4525 [e] Which was afterward built againe, and possessed by the Iebusites, 2.Sam.5.6.

Note return to page 4526 Iosh.15.14.

Note return to page 4527 [f] These three were gyantes, and the children of Anak.

Note return to page 4528 [g] Reade Iosh. 15.18.

Note return to page 4529 [h] This was one of the names of Moses father in lawe, read Nom.10.29.

Note return to page 4530 Nomb.21.3.

Note return to page 4531 [i] These cities and others were afterwarde possessed of the Philistims, 1.Sam.6.17.

Note return to page 4532 Nomb.14.24. iosh. 14.13. & 15.14.

Note return to page 4533 [k] For after that the tribe of Iudah had burnt it, they built it againe.

Note return to page 4534 Gen.28.19.

Note return to page 4535 Iosh.2.14.

Note return to page 4536 Iosh.17.11.

Note return to page 4537 [l] Wherefore God permitted the Canaanites to dwell still in the lande, read chap.3.4.

Note return to page 4538 Iosh.16.10.

Note return to page 4539 [m] That is, the tribe of Zebulun, as is also to be vnderstand of the rest.

Note return to page 4540 [n] But made them paie tribute as the others did.

Note return to page 4541 Or, afflicted them.

Note return to page 4542 Or, would dwell.

Note return to page 4543 [o] Meaning, when he was stronger then they.

Note return to page 4544 [p] Which was a citie in Arabia, or as some reade, from the rocke.

Note return to page 4545 [a] That is, messenger, or prophet, as some thinke, Phinehas.

Note return to page 4546 Deut.7.2.

Note return to page 4547 Deut.12.3.

Note return to page 4548 Iosh.23.13.

Note return to page 4549 Or, snare.

Note return to page 4550 Or, weeping.

Note return to page 4551 [b] After that he had diuided to euery man his portion by lot, Iosh. 24.28.

Note return to page 4552 [c] Meaning, the wonders and miracles.

Note return to page 4553 [d] Heres by turning the letters backward is Sereh, as Iosh.24.30.

Note return to page 4554 [e] That is, all maner of idoles.

Note return to page 4555 Chap.10.6.

Note return to page 4556 [f] These were Idoles, which had the forme of an ewe or sheepe among þe; Sidonians.

Note return to page 4557 Psal.44.12. isa.50.1.

Note return to page 4558 [g] In all their enterprises.

Note return to page 4559 [h] The v&ebar;geance.

Note return to page 4560 Or, Magistrates.

Note return to page 4561 Ebr. saued.

Note return to page 4562 [i] Meaning, from the true religion.

Note return to page 4563 Ebr. repented.

Note return to page 4564 [k] Seeing their crueltie.

Note return to page 4565 Chap.3.12.

Note return to page 4566 Ebr. corrupt themselues.

Note return to page 4567 [l] As the Hiuites, Iebusites, Amorites, &c.

Note return to page 4568 [m] So that both outward enemies and false prophets are but a triall to proue our faith, Deut.13.3. and chap.3.1.

Note return to page 4569 [a] Which were atchieued by the hand of God, and not by the power of man.

Note return to page 4570 [b] For they trusted in God, and he fought for them.

Note return to page 4571 [c] Contrary to Gods commandement, Deut.7.3.

Note return to page 4572 [d] Trees or woods erected for Idolatrie.

Note return to page 4573 Or, Mesopotamia.

Note return to page 4574 [e] He was stirred vp by the Spirit of the Lord.

Note return to page 4575 Or, Syria.

Note return to page 4576 [f] That is, 32. vnder Ioshua, and eight vnder Othniel.

Note return to page 4577 [g] So that the enemies of Gods people haue no power ouer them, but by Gods appointm&ebar;t.

Note return to page 4578 Or, Beniamin.

Note return to page 4579 Or, left handed.

Note return to page 4580 Or, caused a dagger to be made.

Note return to page 4581 [h] Or, as some reade, from the places of idoles.

Note return to page 4582 [i] Till all be departed.

Note return to page 4583 Or, hall.

Note return to page 4584 Ebr. he couereth his feete.

Note return to page 4585 Or, caused the trumpet to be blowen, Nomb. 10. 2, 3.

Note return to page 4586 Or, strong, and big bodied.

Note return to page 4587 Ebr. humbled.

Note return to page 4588 [k] Meaning, the Israelites.

Note return to page 4589 [l] So that it is not the nomber, nor the meanes that God regardeth, when he will get the victorie.

Note return to page 4590 Ebr. added, or continued to do euill.

Note return to page 4591 [a] There was another Iabin, whome Ioshua killed and burnt his citie Hazor, Iosh.11.13.

Note return to page 4592 [b] That is, in a wood, or strong place.

Note return to page 4593 [c] By the spirite of prophecie, resoluing of controuersies and declaring the will of God.

Note return to page 4594 [d] And reueiled vnto me by the spirit of prophecie.

Note return to page 4595 Psal 83.9, 10.

Note return to page 4596 Or, valley.

Note return to page 4597 [e] Fearing his owne weakenes & his enemies power, he desireth the prophetesse to go with him to assure him of Gods will from time to time.

Note return to page 4598 Or, he led after him 10000 men.

Note return to page 4599 Or, posteritie.

Note return to page 4600 Nom.10.29.

Note return to page 4601 Ebr. from Kain.

Note return to page 4602 [f] Meaning, that he possessed a great part of that countrey.

Note return to page 4603 [g] She still encourageth him to this enterprise by assuring him of Gods fauour and ayde.

Note return to page 4604 Psal.83.1.

Note return to page 4605 [h] Whose anciters were strangers, but worshipped the true God, & therefore were ioyned with Israel.

Note return to page 4606 Or, blanket.

Note return to page 4607 Chap. 5 25.

Note return to page 4608 [i] To wit, Sisera.

Note return to page 4609 [k] That is, the pinne or stake, whereby it was fastened to the ground.

Note return to page 4610 [l] So he saw that a woman had the honour, as Deborah prophecied.

Note return to page 4611 Ebr. went and was strong.

Note return to page 4612 [a] To wit, the two tribes of Zebulun and Naphtali.

Note return to page 4613 Deut.4.11.

Note return to page 4614 Deut.2.1.

Note return to page 4615 Psal.97.5.

Note return to page 4616 Exod.19.18.

Note return to page 4617 Chap.3.31.

Note return to page 4618 Chap.4.18.

Note return to page 4619 [b] For feare of the enemies.

Note return to page 4620 [c] Miraculously stirred vp of God to pitie them and deliuer them.

Note return to page 4621 [d] They had no heart to resist their enemies.

Note return to page 4622 [e] Ye gouernours.

Note return to page 4623 [f] As in danger of your enemies.

Note return to page 4624 [g] For now you may drawe water without feare of your enemies.

Note return to page 4625 [h] To wit, them that kept thy people in captiuitie.

Note return to page 4626 [i] Ioshua first fought against Amalek, and Saul destroyed him.

Note return to page 4627 [k] Euen the learned did helpe to fight.

Note return to page 4628 [l] Euen the whole tribe.

Note return to page 4629 [m] They marueiled, that they came not ouer Iorden to helpe them.

Note return to page 4630 [n] She reproueth all them that came not to helpe their brethren in their necessitie.

Note return to page 4631 [o] Either by beating of the Sea, or by mining.

Note return to page 4632 [p] They wan nothing, but lost all.

Note return to page 4633 [q] As a besome doeth the filth of the house.

Note return to page 4634 [r] It was a citie neere Tabor, where they fought.

Note return to page 4635 [s] Some reade, churned milke in a great cup.

Note return to page 4636 Ebr. destroyed.

Note return to page 4637 Or, feete.

Note return to page 4638 [t] That is, shee comforted her selfe.

Note return to page 4639 [u] Because he was chiefe of the army.

Note return to page 4640 [x] Shall growe dayly more and more in Gods fauour.

Note return to page 4641 [a] For feare of the Midianites, they fledde into the dennes of the mountaines.

Note return to page 4642 Or, of Kedem.

Note return to page 4643 [b] Euen almost the whole countrey.

Note return to page 4644 [c] This is the ende of Gods punishments, to call his to repentance that they may seeke for helpe of him.

Note return to page 4645 2.King.17.35,38. iere.10.2.

Note return to page 4646 Or, to prepare his flight.

Note return to page 4647 [d] This came not of distrust, but of weakenesse of faith, which is in the most perfect: for no man in this life can haue a perfect faith: yet the children of God haue a true faith whereby they be iustified.

Note return to page 4648 [e] That is, Christ appearing in visible forme.

Note return to page 4649 [f] Which I haue giuen thee.

Note return to page 4650 Or, familie.

Note return to page 4651 [g] So that we see howe the flesh is enemie vnto Gods vocation, which cannot be perswaded without signes.

Note return to page 4652 [h] Of Ephah, reade Exod.16.36.

Note return to page 4653 [i] By the power of God onely, as in the sacrifice of Helias, 1.King. 18.38.

Note return to page 4654 Exod.33.20. chap.13.22.

Note return to page 4655 Or, the Lord of peace.

Note return to page 4656 [k] That is, as the Chalde text writeth, fed seuen yeeres.

Note return to page 4657 [l] Which groweth about Baals altar.

Note return to page 4658 [m] Meaning, the fat bull, which was kept to be offred vnto Baal.

Note return to page 4659 [n] Thus we ought to iustifie them, that are zealous of Gods cause, though all the multitude be against vs.

Note return to page 4660 Ebr. clad Gideon.

Note return to page 4661 Nom.10.3. chap.3.27.

Note return to page 4662 [o] The familie of Abiezer, whereof he was.

Note return to page 4663 [p] This request proceeded not of infidelitie, but that he might be confirmed in his vocation.

Note return to page 4664 Gen.18.32.

Note return to page 4665 [q] Whereby he was assured that it was a miracle of God.

Note return to page 4666 Chap.8.35.

Note return to page 4667 Ebr. En-harod.

Note return to page 4668 Ebr. Hammoreh.

Note return to page 4669 [a] God will not that any creature depriue him of his glory.

Note return to page 4670 Deut.20.8. 1.mac.3.56.

Note return to page 4671 [b] I will giue thee a proofe to knowe them that shal go with thee.

Note return to page 4672 [c] Let them depart as vnmeete for this enterprise.

Note return to page 4673 [d] That is, the one & thirty thousand, & 700. Looke verses 3. and 6.

Note return to page 4674 Ebr. in their handes.

Note return to page 4675 Or, incouraged.

Note return to page 4676 [e] Thus the Lord by diuers meanes doth strengthen him, that he faint not in so great an enterprise.

Note return to page 4677 Chap.6.33.

Note return to page 4678 [f] Some reade, a trembling noyse of barley bread: meaning, that one of no reputation should make their great armie to tremble.

Note return to page 4679 [g] Or gaue God thanks, as it is in the Chalde text.

Note return to page 4680 Or, firebrandes.

Note return to page 4681 [h] These weake meanes God vsed to signifie that the whole victorie came of him.

Note return to page 4682 [i] That is, the victorie shalbe the Lordes & Gideons his seruant.

Note return to page 4683 [k] Shal destroy the enemies.

Note return to page 4684 Or, broke their array.

Note return to page 4685 Isa.9.4.

Note return to page 4686 [l] The Lord caused the Midianites to kill one another.

Note return to page 4687 [m] Meaning, the passages or the soordes, that they should not escape.

Note return to page 4688 Psa.83.11. isa.10.26.

Note return to page 4689 [n] These places had their names of the actes that were done there.

Note return to page 4690 [a] They began to cauil, because he had the glory of the victorie.

Note return to page 4691 [b] Which haue slaine two princes, Oreb and Zeeb.

Note return to page 4692 [c] This last acte of the whole tribe is more famous, then the whole enterprise of one man of one familie.

Note return to page 4693 [d] Or, some small portion.

Note return to page 4694 Ebr. that are at my feete.

Note return to page 4695 [e] Because thou hast ouercome an handfull thinkest thou to haue ouercome the whole.

Note return to page 4696 Ebr. beate in pieces.

Note return to page 4697 [f] Hauing gotten the victorie.

Note return to page 4698 [g] A citie Eastward beyonde Iorden.

Note return to page 4699 [h] He went by the wildernes where the Arabians dwelt in tents.

Note return to page 4700 [i] Some reade, before the sunne rose vp.

Note return to page 4701 Or, described.

Note return to page 4702 Ebr. brake in pieces, as one thresheth corne.

Note return to page 4703 1. King.12.25.

Note return to page 4704 Or, they were like vnto thee.

Note return to page 4705 [k] We came all out of one belly: therefore I will be reuenged.

Note return to page 4706 [l] Meaning, that they would be rid out of their paine at once, or els to haue a valiant man to put them to death.

Note return to page 4707 Or, collers.

Note return to page 4708 [m] That is, thy posteritie.

Note return to page 4709 [n] His intent was to shew himselfe thankfull for this victorie by restoring of religion, which, because it was not according as God had commanded, turned to their destruction.

Note return to page 4710 Or, sweete balles.

Note return to page 4711 [o] That is such things as perteined to the vse of the Tabernacle. Looke more of Ephod, Exo. 28.4,6. 1.sam.2.18.& 2. sam.6.14& chap.17.5.

Note return to page 4712 Ebr. which came out of his thigh.

Note return to page 4713 [p] Which citie belonged to the familie of þe; Ezrites.

Note return to page 4714 [q] That is, Baal, to whome they had bound themselues by couenant.

Note return to page 4715 [r] They were vnmindfull of God & vnkinde toward him by whome they had receiued so great a benefite.

Note return to page 4716 [a] To practise with his kinsfolkes for the atteining of the kingdome.

Note return to page 4717 [b] Of your kinred by my mothers side.

Note return to page 4718 Or, idle fellowes and vagabonds.

Note return to page 4719 [c] Thus tyrants to establish their vsurped power, spare not the innocent blood, 2.King. 10.7.2. chro.21.4.

Note return to page 4720 [d] Which was at the towne house, or common hall, which he calleth the tower of Shechem, vers. 49.

Note return to page 4721 [e] By this parable he declareth that those that are not ambicious, are most worthy of honour, & that the ambicious abuse their honour both to their owne destruction & others.

Note return to page 4722 Or, thistle, or breere.

Note return to page 4723 [f] Abimelech shall destroy the nobles of Shechem.

Note return to page 4724 Ebr. he cast his life farre from him.

Note return to page 4725 [g] That he is your King, and you his subiects.

Note return to page 4726 [h] Because the people consented with the King in shedding innocent blood: therefore God destroyeth both the one and the other.

Note return to page 4727 [i] Before they were afraide of Abimelechs power, and durst not goe out of þe; city.

Note return to page 4728 [k] Braggingly, as though he had bene present, or to his captaine Zebul.

Note return to page 4729 Ebr. craftily.

Note return to page 4730 Ebr. what thine hand can finds.

Note return to page 4731 [l] Thou art afraide of a shadowe.

Note return to page 4732 Ebr. by the nauill.

Note return to page 4733 Or, charmers.

Note return to page 4734 [m] As their captaine.

Note return to page 4735 [n] Which were of his company.

Note return to page 4736 [o] That it should be vnfruitful and neuer serue to any vse.

Note return to page 4737 [p] That is, of Baal-berith, as chap. 8.33.

Note return to page 4738 [q] Meaning, that al were destroied, as well they in the towre as the other.

Note return to page 4739 2.Sam.11.21.

Note return to page 4740 [r] Thus God by such miserable death taketh vengeance on tyrants euen in this life.

Note return to page 4741 [s] For making a tyrant their king.

Note return to page 4742 Or, his vncle.

Note return to page 4743 Or, gouerned.

Note return to page 4744 [a] Signifying, they were men of authoritie.

Note return to page 4745 Or, the townes of Iair, as Deut.3.14.

Note return to page 4746 Chap.2.11. and 3. 7.and 4.1. and 6.1. and 13.1.

Note return to page 4747 Chap 2.13.

Note return to page 4748 Or, Syria.

Note return to page 4749 Or, deliuered.

Note return to page 4750 [b] As the Reubenites, Gadites, and halfe the tribe of Manasseh.

Note return to page 4751 [c] They prayed to the Lord and confessed their sinnes.

Note return to page 4752 [d] By stirring them vp some Prophet, as Chap.6.8.

Note return to page 4753 Deut.32.15. icre.2.13.

Note return to page 4754 [e] That is, from this present danger.

Note return to page 4755 [f] This is true repentance to put away the euill, and to serue God aright.

Note return to page 4756 Or, he pitied.

Note return to page 4757 Chap.11.6.

Note return to page 4758 Ebr. a man of mightie force.

Note return to page 4759 Or, vitailer.

Note return to page 4760 [a] That is, of an harlot, as verse.

Note return to page 4761 [b] Where the gouernour of the countrey was called Tob.

Note return to page 4762 [c] Ioyned with him, as some thinke, against his brethren.

Note return to page 4763 [d] Or, ambassadours, sent for that purpose.

Note return to page 4764 [e] Men oft times are constrained to desire helpe of them, whom before they haue refused.

Note return to page 4765 [f] Oft times those things, which men reiect, God chuseth to doe great enterprises by.

Note return to page 4766 Ebr. be the hearer.

Note return to page 4767 Nomb.21.13.

Note return to page 4768 Ebr. in peace.

Note return to page 4769 Deut.2.9.

Note return to page 4770 Nomb.20. 14,20.

Note return to page 4771 Nomb.21 13. and 22.24.

Note return to page 4772 Deut.2.26.

Note return to page 4773 Or, countrey.

Note return to page 4774 [g] He trusted them not to goe thorowe his countrey.

Note return to page 4775 Deut.2.36.

Note return to page 4776 [h] For we ought more to beleeue and obey God, then thou thine idoles.

Note return to page 4777 Nomb.22 2. deut.23 4. iosh.24.9.

Note return to page 4778 [i] Meaning, their townes.

Note return to page 4779 [k] To punish the offender.

Note return to page 4780 [l] That is, the spirit of strength and zeale.

Note return to page 4781 [m] As the Apostle commendeth Iphtah for his worthy enterprise in deliuering the people, Hebr.11.32: so by his rash vowe and wicked performance of the same, his victorie was defaced: and here we see that the sinnes of the godly doe not vtterly extinguish their faith.

Note return to page 4782 Or, the plaine.

Note return to page 4783 [n] According to the maner after the victorie.

Note return to page 4784 [o] Being ouercome with blinde zeale, and not considering whether the vowe was lawful or no.

Note return to page 4785 [p] For it was co&ubar;ted as a shame in Israel, to die without children, and therefore they reioyced to be marryed.

Note return to page 4786 [a] After they had passed Iorden.

Note return to page 4787 [b] Thus ambition enuyeth Gods worke in others, as they did also against Gideon, Chap.8.1.

Note return to page 4788 [c] That is, I ventured my life, and when mans helpe fayled, I put my trust onely in God.

Note return to page 4789 [d] Ye ran from vs, and chose Gilead, and nowe in respect of vs, ye are nothing.

Note return to page 4790 [e] Which signifieth the fall of waters, or an eare of corne.

Note return to page 4791 [f] Some thinke that this was Boaz the husbande of Ruth.

Note return to page 4792 Ebr. sonnes sonnes.

Note return to page 4793 Or, horsecoltes.

Note return to page 4794 Chap. 2. 11. and 3.7. and 4.1. and 6.1. and 10.6.

Note return to page 4795 [a] Signifying that their deliuerance came onely of God and not by mans power.

Note return to page 4796 Nom.6.2,3.

Note return to page 4797 1. Sam.1.11.

Note return to page 4798 [b] Meaning, he should be separate from the worlde and dedicate to God.

Note return to page 4799 [c] If flesh be not able to abide the sight of an Angel, howe much lesse the presence of God?

Note return to page 4800 [d] He sheweth himselfe readie to obey Gods will and therefore desireth to knowe farther.

Note return to page 4801 [e] It seemeth that the Angel appeared vnto her twise in one day.

Note return to page 4802 [f] He calleth him man, because he so seemed, but he was Christ the eternall word, which at his time appointed became man.

Note return to page 4803 [g] Any thing forbidden by the Lawe.

Note return to page 4804 [h] Shewing that he sought not his owne honour, but Gods, whose messenger he was.

Note return to page 4805 Or, marueilous?

Note return to page 4806 [i] God sent fire from heauen to consume their sacrifice, to confirme their faith in his promise.

Note return to page 4807 Exod. 33.20. chap.6.22.

Note return to page 4808 [k] These graces that we haue receiued of God, and his accepting of our obedience, are sure tokens of his loue towarde vs, so that nothing can hurt vs.

Note return to page 4809 Or, to come vpon him at diuers times.

Note return to page 4810 Ebr. take her for me to wife.

Note return to page 4811 [a] Though his parents did iustly reprooue him, yet it appeareth that this was the secret work of the Lord, vers.4.

Note return to page 4812 [b] To fight against them for the deliuerance of Israel.

Note return to page 4813 [c] Whereby he had strength and boldenesse.

Note return to page 4814 Or, to take her to his wife.

Note return to page 4815 [d] Meaning, when he was maried.

Note return to page 4816 [e] That is, her parents or friends.

Note return to page 4817 [f] To weare at feastes, or solemne dayes.

Note return to page 4818 [g] Or, drew neere: for it was the fourth day.

Note return to page 4819 Or, so impouerish vs.

Note return to page 4820 [h] Vnto them which are of my nation.

Note return to page 4821 [i] Or, to the seuenth day, beginning at the fourth.

Note return to page 4822 [k] If ye had not vsed the helpe of my wife.

Note return to page 4823 [l] Which was one of the fiue chiefe cities of the Philistims.

Note return to page 4824 [a] That is, I will vse her as my wife.

Note return to page 4825 [b] For through his father in lawes occasion, he was moued againe to take vengeance of the Philistims.

Note return to page 4826 [c] Or, that which was reaped and gathered.

Note return to page 4827 [d] Or, the citizen of Timnath.

Note return to page 4828 [e] So the wicked punish not vice for loue of iustice, but for feare of danger, which els might come to them.

Note return to page 4829 Or, horsemen and footemen.

Note return to page 4830 Or, camped.

Note return to page 4831 [f] And so being our prisoner, to punish him.

Note return to page 4832 [g] Such was their grosse ignorance, that they iudged Gods great benefite to be a plague vnto them.

Note return to page 4833 [h] Thus they had rather betray their brother, then vse the meanes that God had giuen for their deliuerance.

Note return to page 4834 [i] That is, of an asse lately slaine.

Note return to page 4835 Or, the lifting vp of the iawe.

Note return to page 4836 [k] Whereby appeareth, that he did these things in faith, and so with a true zeale to glorifie God, and deliuer his countrey.

Note return to page 4837 Or, the fountayne of him that prayed.

Note return to page 4838 [a] One of the fiue chiefe cities of the Philistims.

Note return to page 4839 [b] That is, he lodged with her.

Note return to page 4840 Or, vitailer.

Note return to page 4841 Or, to the light of the morning.

Note return to page 4842 Or, plaine.

Note return to page 4843 [c] Of the value of a shekel, reade Gen.23. 15.

Note return to page 4844 Or, newe withs.

Note return to page 4845 [d] Certaine Philistims in a secret chamber.

Note return to page 4846 [e] When fire commeth neere it.

Note return to page 4847 [f] Though her falshode tended to make him lose his life, yet his affection so blinded him, that he could not beware.

Note return to page 4848 [g] It is impossible, if we giue place to our wicked affections, but at length we shalbe destroyed.

Note return to page 4849 Or, beame.

Note return to page 4850 [h] For this Samson vsed to say, I loue thee.

Note return to page 4851 [i] Thus his immoderate affections towarde a wicked woman caused him to lose Gods excellent giftes, and become slaue vnto them, whom he should haue ruled

Note return to page 4852 [k] Not for the losse of his heare, but for the contempt of the ordinance of God, which was the cause that God departed from him.

Note return to page 4853 [l] Yet had he not his strength againe, till he had called vpon God, and reconciled himselfe.

Note return to page 4854 [m] Thus by Gods iust iudgements they are made slaues to infidels which neglect their vocation in defending the faithfull.

Note return to page 4855 Or, was mocked.

Note return to page 4856 Ebr. take one vengeance.

Note return to page 4857 [n] According to my vocation, which is to execute Gods iudgements vpon the wicked.

Note return to page 4858 [o] He speaketh not this of despaire, but humbling him selfe for neglecting his office and the offence thereby giuen.

Note return to page 4859 [a] Some thinke this historie was in the time of Othniel, or as Iosephus writeth, immediatly after Ioshua.

Note return to page 4860 [b] Contrary to the commandement of God and true religion practised vnder Ioshua, they forsooke the Lorde and fell to idolatrie.

Note return to page 4861 Chap.8.27.

Note return to page 4862 [c] He would serue both God and idoles.

Note return to page 4863 Gene.31.19. hosea.3.4.

Note return to page 4864 [d] By Teraphim some vnderstand certaine idoles, hauing the likenesse of a man, but others vndestande thereby all maner of things and instruments belonging vnto those, who sought for any answere at Gods hands, as Chap. 18.5,6.

Note return to page 4865 Ebr. filled the hand of one.

Note return to page 4866 Chap.21.25.

Note return to page 4867 [e] For where there is no magistrate fearing God, there c&abar; be no true religion, nor order, Chap.21.25.

Note return to page 4868 [f] Which Beth-lehem was in the tribe of Iudah.

Note return to page 4869 [g] For in those dayes the seruice of God was corrupt in all estates, and the Leuites were not looked vnto.

Note return to page 4870 [h] Not considering that he forsooke the true worshipping of God for to mainteine his owne belly.

Note return to page 4871 [i] Thus the idolaters perswade them selues of Gods fauour, when in deede he doeth detest them.

Note return to page 4872 [a] Meaning, no ordinarie Magistrate, to punish vice according to Gods worde.

Note return to page 4873 [b] For the portion which Ioshua gaue them, was not sufficient for all their tribe.

Note return to page 4874 [c] They knewe him by his speach that he was a stranger there.

Note return to page 4875 [d] Thus God graunteth the idolaters sometime their requestes to their destruction that delite in errors.

Note return to page 4876 Ebr. made them ashamed.

Note return to page 4877 [e] Lose ye this good occasion through your slouthfulnesse?

Note return to page 4878 Or, the tents of Dan.

Note return to page 4879 [f] Because they before had had good successe, they would that their brethren should be encouraged by hearing the same tidings.

Note return to page 4880 [g] So superstition blinded them, that they thought Gods power was in these idoles, & that they should haue good successe by them, though by violence and robberie they did take them away:

Note return to page 4881 [h] With the sixe hundreth men.

Note return to page 4882 [i] Suspecting them that did pursue them.

Note return to page 4883 [k] This declareth what opinion the idolaters haue of their idoles.

Note return to page 4884 Ebr. who haue their heart bitter.

Note return to page 4885 [l] Meaning, the idoles, as verse 18.

Note return to page 4886 Or, deliuer them.

Note return to page 4887 [m] Which after was called Cesarea Philippi.

Note return to page 4888 Iosh.19.47.

Note return to page 4889 [n] Thus in steade of giuing glorie to God, they attributed the victorie to their idoles, and honoured them therefore.

Note return to page 4890 [o] That is, till the Arke was taken, 1.Sam.5.1.

Note return to page 4891 Chap.17.6. and 18.1.

Note return to page 4892 Gene.25.6.

Note return to page 4893 Ebr. besides him: to wit, with others.

Note return to page 4894 Ebr. to her heart.

Note return to page 4895 Or, at his meeting.

Note return to page 4896 Ebr. rose vp.

Note return to page 4897 Or, strengthen.

Note return to page 4898 [a] That is, his concubines father.

Note return to page 4899 Or, compelled him.

Note return to page 4900 [b] Meaning, that he should refresh himselfe with meate, as verse 5.

Note return to page 4901 Ebr. is weake.

Note return to page 4902 Or, the day lodgeth.

Note return to page 4903 [c] To wit, to the towne or citie where he dwelt.

Note return to page 4904 Or, went downe.

Note return to page 4905 [d] Though in these dayes there were most horrible corruptions, yet very necessitie could not compel them to haue to doe with them that professed not the true God.

Note return to page 4906 Or, gathered them.

Note return to page 4907 [e] That is, of the tribe of Beniamin.

Note return to page 4908 Or, a man walking.

Note return to page 4909 [f] To Shiloh or Mizpeh, where the Arke was.

Note return to page 4910 Or, hee of good comfort.

Note return to page 4911 Ebr. men of Belial, that is, giuen to all wickednesse.

Note return to page 4912 [g] To the intent they might breake it.

Note return to page 4913 Gen. 19.6.

Note return to page 4914 [h] That is, abuse them, Gen.19.8.

Note return to page 4915 [i] Shee fell downe dead, as vers 27.

Note return to page 4916 Or, husband.

Note return to page 4917 Or, fallen.

Note return to page 4918 [k] Meaning, home vnto mount Ephraim.

Note return to page 4919 [l] For this was like the sinne of Sodom, for the which God rained downe fire and brimstone from heauen.

Note return to page 4920 Hose.10.9.

Note return to page 4921 [a] That is, al with one consent.

Note return to page 4922 [b] To aske counsell.

Note return to page 4923 Ebr. corners.

Note return to page 4924 [c] Meaning, men able to handle their weapon.

Note return to page 4925 [d] To the Leuite.

Note return to page 4926 Or, chiefe, or lord.

Note return to page 4927 [e] That is, her pieces to euery tribe a piece, chap.19.29.

Note return to page 4928 [f] Before wee haue reuenged this wickednesse.

Note return to page 4929 [g] These onely should haue the charge to prouide for vitaile for the rest.

Note return to page 4930 [h] That is, euery familie of the tribe.

Note return to page 4931 [i] Because they would not suffer the wicked to be punished, they declared themselues to mainteine them in their euil, and therefore were all iustly punished.

Note return to page 4932 Chap.3.15.

Note return to page 4933 [k] That is, to the Arke, which was in Shiloh: some thinke, in Mizpeh, as vers.1.

Note return to page 4934 [l] This God permitted, because the Israelites partly trusted to much in their strength, & partly God would by this meanes punish their sinnes.

Note return to page 4935 Ebr. al they drawing the sword.

Note return to page 4936 [m] To wit, in Shiloh.

Note return to page 4937 [n] Or, serued in the priests office at those dayes: for the Iewes write, that he liued three hundreth yeeres.

Note return to page 4938 [o] By the policie of the children of Israel.

Note return to page 4939 [p] Meaning croswayes or pathes to diuers places.

Note return to page 4940 [q] They knewe not that Gods iudgement was at hand to destroy them.

Note return to page 4941 [r] Retired, to draw them after.

Note return to page 4942 Or, made a long sound with a trumpet.

Note return to page 4943 [s] For they were waxen hardie by the two former victories.

Note return to page 4944 [t] And withstood their enemies.

Note return to page 4945 [u] For they were compassed in on euery side.

Note return to page 4946 Or, droue them from their rest.

Note return to page 4947 [x] They slew them by one and one, as they were scattered abroad.

Note return to page 4948 [y] Besides eleuen hundreth that had been slaine in the former battels.

Note return to page 4949 Chap.21.13.

Note return to page 4950 [z] If they belonged to the Beniamites.

Note return to page 4951 [a] This oth came of rashnesse, and not of iudgement: for after they brake it, in shewing secretly the meanes to marrie with certaine of their daughters.

Note return to page 4952 [b] According to their custome, when they would consult with the Lord.

Note return to page 4953 [c] Or, repented that they had destroyed their brethren, as appeareth, verse.15.

Note return to page 4954 [d] Condemning them to be fautours of vice, which would not put their hand to punish it.

Note return to page 4955 Ebr. children of strength.

Note return to page 4956 Nomb.31.17.

Note return to page 4957 [e] To wit, about foure moneths after the discomfiture, Chap.20.47.

Note return to page 4958 Or, friendly.

Note return to page 4959 [f] For there lacked two hundreth.

Note return to page 4960 [g] Beniamin must be reserued to haue the twelft portion in the inheritance of Iaakob.

Note return to page 4961 [h] He describeth the place where the maydes vsed yeerely to dance, as the maner then was, and to sing Psalmes and songs of Gods workes among them.

Note return to page 4962 [i] Though they thought hereby to persuade men that they kept their othe, yet before God it was broken.

Note return to page 4963 [k] Meaning, two hundreth.

Note return to page 4964 Chap.17.6. and 18. 1. and 19.1.

Note return to page 4965 Ebr.iudged.

Note return to page 4966 [a] In the land of Canaan.

Note return to page 4967 [b] In the tribe of Iudah, which was also called Bethlehem Ephrathah, because there was another citie so called in the tribe of Zebulun.

Note return to page 4968 [c] By this wonderfull prouidence of God Ruth became one of Gods housholde, of whome Christ came.

Note return to page 4969 [d] By sending them plentie againe.

Note return to page 4970 [e] Hereby it appeareth that Naomi by dwelling among idolaters was waxen colde in the true zeale of God, which rather hath respect to the ease of the body then to the comfort of the soule.

Note return to page 4971 Or, more then you.

Note return to page 4972 [f] When shee tooke leaue and departed.

Note return to page 4973 [g] No perswasions can preuaile to turne them backe from God whom he hath chosen to be his.

Note return to page 4974 [h] Whereby appeareth that she was of a great familie and of good reputation.

Note return to page 4975 Or beautifull.

Note return to page 4976 Or, bitter.

Note return to page 4977 [i] Which was in the moneth Nisan, that conteineth part of March and part of April.

Note return to page 4978 [a] Both for vertue, authoritie and riches.

Note return to page 4979 [b] This her humilitie declareth her great affection toward her mother in lawe forasmuch as she spareth no painefull diligence to get both their liuings.

Note return to page 4980 Or, certaine handfuls.

Note return to page 4981 [c] That is, take heede in what fielde they doe reape.

Note return to page 4982 [d] Euen of the Moabites, which are enemies to Gods people.

Note return to page 4983 [e] Signifying, that she shall neuer want any thing, if she put her trust in God, and liue vnder his protection.

Note return to page 4984 [f] Which shee brought home to her mother in lawe.

Note return to page 4985 Exod.16.36.

Note return to page 4986 [g] To wit, of her bagge, as is in the Chalde text.

Note return to page 4987 [h] To my husband and children, when they were aliue, and now to vs.

Note return to page 4988 Or, fall vpon thee.

Note return to page 4989 Or, returned to her mother in lawe.

Note return to page 4990 [a] Meaning, that she would prouide her of an husband, with whome she might liue quietly.

Note return to page 4991 Or, in the barne.

Note return to page 4992 [b] Boaz, nor yet any other.

Note return to page 4993 [c] That is, had refreshed himselfe among his seruants.

Note return to page 4994 Or, turned him selfe from one side to another.

Note return to page 4995 [d] Thou shewest thy selfe from time to time more vertuous.

Note return to page 4996 [e] If he will take thee to be his wife by the title of affinitie, according to Gods lawe, Deut.25.5.

Note return to page 4997 Or, mantel.

Note return to page 4998 [f] Perceiuing by her comming home, that he had not taken her to his wife, she was astonied.

Note return to page 4999 [a] Which was the place of iudgement.

Note return to page 5000 [b] The Ebrewes here vse two words which haue no proper signification, but serue to note a certaine person: as we say, ho, syrray, or ho, such one.

Note return to page 5001 Or, inhabitants.

Note return to page 5002 [c] For thou art the next of the kinne.

Note return to page 5003 [d] That his inheritance might beare his name that is dead.

Note return to page 5004 [e] That he had resigned his right, Deut.25.9.

Note return to page 5005 [f] Or, of the citie where he remained.

Note return to page 5006 [g] Ephrathah and Beth-lehem are both one.

Note return to page 5007 Gene.38.29.

Note return to page 5008 [h] He shall leaue a continuall posteritie.

Note return to page 5009 [i] Meaning, many sonnes.

Note return to page 5010 1.Chro.2.4. mat.1.3.

Note return to page 5011 [k] This genealogie is brought in, to proue that Dauid by succession came of the house of Iudah.

Note return to page 5012 [a] There were two Ramaths, so that in this citie in mount Ephraim were Zophim: that is, the learned men and Prophets.

Note return to page 5013 Deut.16.16.

Note return to page 5014 [b] For the Arke was there at that time.

Note return to page 5015 [c] Some reade, a portion with an heauie cheare.

Note return to page 5016 [d] Let this suffice thee, that I loue thee no lesse, then if thou hadst many children.

Note return to page 5017 [e] That is, of the house where the Arke was.

Note return to page 5018 Nomb.6.5. iudg.13.5.

Note return to page 5019 Ebr. thy wine.

Note return to page 5020 Ebr. of an hard spirit.

Note return to page 5021 Psal.42.5.

Note return to page 5022 Ebr. for a daughter of Belial.

Note return to page 5023 [f] That is, pray vnto the Lorde for me.

Note return to page 5024 [g] According to her petition.

Note return to page 5025 [h] This Elkanah was a Leuite, 1.Chro.6.27. and as some write, once a yeere they accustomed to appeare before the Lord with their families.

Note return to page 5026 [i] Because her praier tooke effect, therefore it was called the Lords promes.

Note return to page 5027 Exod.16.36.

Note return to page 5028 Ebr. a childe.

Note return to page 5029 [k] That is, most certeinely.

Note return to page 5030 Ebr.lent.

Note return to page 5031 [l] Meaning, Eli gaue thankes to God for her.

Note return to page 5032 [a] After that she had obteined a sonne by prayer, she gaue thankes.

Note return to page 5033 [b] I haue recouered strength and glory by the benefite of the Lord.

Note return to page 5034 [c] I can answere them, that reproue my barrennesse.

Note return to page 5035 [d] In that ye condemne my barennesse, ye shew your pride against God.

Note return to page 5036 [e] They fell their labours for necessarie foode.

Note return to page 5037 Or, many.

Note return to page 5038 Deut.32.39. wisd.16.13. tob.13.2.

Note return to page 5039 Psalme 113.7.

Note return to page 5040 [f] He preferreth to honour and putteth downe according to his owne will, though mans iudgement be contrarie.

Note return to page 5041 [g] Therefore he may dispose all things according to his will.

Note return to page 5042 Chap.7.10.

Note return to page 5043 [h] She grounded her prayer on Iesus Christ which was to come.

Note return to page 5044 [i] In all that Eli commanded him.

Note return to page 5045 [k] That is, they neglected his ordinance.

Note return to page 5046 Or, sonne.

Note return to page 5047 [l] Transgressing the order appointed in the Lawe, Leui.7.31. for their bellies sake.

Note return to page 5048 [m] Which was commanded first to haue bene offred to God.

Note return to page 5049 Or, Lawe.

Note return to page 5050 [n] Not passing for their owne profit, so that God might be serued aright.

Note return to page 5051 [o] Seeing the horrible abuse therof.

Note return to page 5052 Exod.28 4.

Note return to page 5053 Or, for the thing that she hath lent to the Lord: to wit, Samuel.

Note return to page 5054 [p] Which was (as the Ebrues write) after their traueile, when they came to bee purified, reade Exod.38.8. Leuit.12.6.

Note return to page 5055 [q] Because they contemne their duetie to God, verse 17.

Note return to page 5056 [r] So that to obey, good admonitions is Gods mercie, and to disobey them is his iust iudgement for sinne.

Note return to page 5057 [s] To wit, Aaron.

Note return to page 5058 Leuit.10.14.

Note return to page 5059 [t] Why haue you contemned my sacrifices, and as it were trod them vnder foote?

Note return to page 5060 [u] Gods promises are onely effectual to such as he giueth constancie vnto, to feare and obey him.

Note return to page 5061 [x] Thy power and authoritie.

Note return to page 5062 [y] Thy posteritie shall see the glory of the chiefe Priest translated to another, whom they shall enuie, 1.King, 3.27.

Note return to page 5063 Or, when they come to mans age.

Note return to page 5064 [z] Meaning, Zadok, who succeeded Abiathar, and was the figure of Christ.

Note return to page 5065 [a] That is, shalbe inferiour vnto him.

Note return to page 5066 [a] The Chalde text readeth, whiles Eli liued.

Note return to page 5067 [b] Because there were very fewe Prophets to declare it.

Note return to page 5068 [c] In the court next to the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 5069 [d] That is, the lampes which burnt in the night.

Note return to page 5070 [e] Iosephus writeth that Samuel was twelue yeere olde, when the Lord appeared to him.

Note return to page 5071 [f] By vision.

Note return to page 5072 [g] Such was the corrupti&obar; of those times, that the chiefe priest was become dull and negligent to vnderstand the Lords appearing.

Note return to page 5073 2.King.21.12.

Note return to page 5074 [h] God declareth what sudden feare shall come vpon men, when they shall heare that the Arke is taken, and also see Elies house destroyed.

Note return to page 5075 [i] Meaning, that his posteritie should neuer enioy the chiefe Priestes office.

Note return to page 5076 [k] God punish thee after this and that sort, except thou tel me trueth, Ruth.1.17.

Note return to page 5077 [l] The Lord accomplished whatsoeuer he had said.

Note return to page 5078 Or, that Samuel was the faithfull Prophet of the Lord.

Note return to page 5079 Ebr. by the word of the Lord.

Note return to page 5080 From the departure of the Israelites out of Egypt, vnto the time of Samuel are about 397. yeere.

Note return to page 5081 Or, stone of helpe, chap.7.12.

Note return to page 5082 [a] For it may seeme that this warre was vndertaken by Samuels commandement.

Note return to page 5083 [b] For he vsed to appeare to the Israelites betweene the Cherubims ouer the Arke of the couenant, Exo. 25.verse 17.

Note return to page 5084 [c] Before we fought against men, and now God is come to fight against vs.

Note return to page 5085 [d] For in the red Sea in the wildernes the Egyptians were destroyed, which was the last of all his plagues.

Note return to page 5086 Iudg.13.1.

Note return to page 5087 [e] Dauid alluding to this place, Psal. 78.63 saith they were consumed with fire: meaning they were suddenly destroyed.

Note return to page 5088 [f] In token of sorow and mourning.

Note return to page 5089 [g] Least it should be taken of the enemies.

Note return to page 5090 Chap.3.2.

Note return to page 5091 [h] According as God had afore sayd.

Note return to page 5092 Or, gouerned.

Note return to page 5093 Or, to crie out.

Note return to page 5094 [i] And setled her body toward her trauell.

Note return to page 5095 Or, No glory, or, where is the glory?

Note return to page 5096 [k] She vttered her great sorow by repeating her words.

Note return to page 5097 [a] Which was one of the fiue principall cities of the Philistims.

Note return to page 5098 [b] Which was their chiefe idole, & as some write, from the nauill downward was like a fish, and vpward like a man.

Note return to page 5099 [c] Thus in steade of acknowledging þe; true God by this miracle, they fall to a farther superstition.

Note return to page 5100 Psalm.78.66.

Note return to page 5101 [d] Though they had felt Gods power and were afraide thereof, yet they would farther trie him, which thing God turned to their destruction and his glory.

Note return to page 5102 [e] The wicked, when they feele the hand of God, grudge and reiect him, where the godly humble themselues and cry for mercy.

Note return to page 5103 [a] They thought by continuance of time the plague would haue ceased, and so would haue kept the Arke still.

Note return to page 5104 [b] The idolaters confesse there is a true God, who punisheth sinne iustly.

Note return to page 5105 [c] This is Gods iudgement vpon the idolaters, that knowing the true God they worship him not aright.

Note return to page 5106 Exod.12.31.

Note return to page 5107 [d] Meaning, the golden emerods and the golden mise.

Note return to page 5108 [e] The God of Israel.

Note return to page 5109 [f] The wicked attribute almost all things to fortune and chance, where as in deede there is nothing done without Gods prouidence and decree.

Note return to page 5110 [g] For the triall of the matter.

Note return to page 5111 [h] To wit, the men of Beth-shemesh, which were Israelites.

Note return to page 5112 [i] These were the fiue principall cities of the Philistims, which were not all conquered vnto the time of Dauid.

Note return to page 5113 Or, the plaint, or lamentation.

Note return to page 5114 [k] For it was not lawfull to any either to touch or to see it, saue only to Aaron and his sonnes, Nomb. 4 15. and 20.

Note return to page 5115 [a] A citie in the tribe of Iudah, called also Kiriath-baal, Iosh. 15.60.

Note return to page 5116 [b] Lamented for their sinnes and followed the Lord.

Note return to page 5117 Iosh.24.15,23.

Note return to page 5118 Iudg.2.13.

Note return to page 5119 Deut.6.4. mat. 4.10.

Note return to page 5120 Iudg.2.12,13.

Note return to page 5121 [c] For Shiloh was now desolate, because the Philistims had taken thence the Arke.

Note return to page 5122 [d] The Chalde text hath, that they drew water out of their heart: that is, wept abundantly for their sinnes.

Note return to page 5123 [e] Signifying that in the prayers of the godly, there ought to be a vehement zeale.

Note return to page 5124 [f] According to the prophecie of Hannah Samuels mother, chap.2.10.

Note return to page 5125 [g] Which was a great rocke ouer against Mizpeh.

Note return to page 5126 [h] Meaning, the Philistims.

Note return to page 5127 [i] Which was not contrary to the Lawe: for as yet a certaine place was not appointed.

Note return to page 5128 [a] Because hee was not able to beare the charge.

Note return to page 5129 [b] Who was also called Vashni, 1.Chro.6.28.

Note return to page 5130 Deut.16.19.

Note return to page 5131 [c] For there his house was, Chap. 7.17.

Note return to page 5132 Hose.13.10. actes 13.21.

Note return to page 5133 [d] Because they were not content with the order that God had appointed, but would be gouerned as were the Gentiles.

Note return to page 5134 [e] To prooue if they will forsake their wicked purpose.

Note return to page 5135 [f] Not that Kings haue this authoritie by their office, but that such as reigne in Gods wrath shoulde vsurpe this ouer their brethren contrary to the lawe, Deu.17.20.

Note return to page 5136 Or, chiefe officers.

Note return to page 5137 [g] Because ye repent not for your sinnes, but because ye smart for your afflictions, whereinto ye cast your selues willingly.

Note return to page 5138 Or, graunt their request.

Note return to page 5139 [a] That is, both valiant and rich.

Note return to page 5140 Chap.14.51. 1.chro.8.33.

Note return to page 5141 [b] So that it might seeme that God approued their request in appointing out such a person.

Note return to page 5142 [c] All these circumstances were meanes to serue vnto Gods prouidence, whereby Saul (though not approued of God) was made King.

Note return to page 5143 [d] Where was Ramath-Zophim the citie of Samuel.

Note return to page 5144 Or, vitailes.

Note return to page 5145 [e] Which is about true pence, reade Gene.23.15.

Note return to page 5146 [f] So called, because he foresawe things to come.

Note return to page 5147 [g] That is, a feast after the offering, which should be kept in an hie place of the citie appointed for that vse.

Note return to page 5148 [h] That is, giue thankes, and distribute the meate according to their custome.

Note return to page 5149 Chap.15.1. actes 13.21.

Note return to page 5150 Ebr. in his eare.

Note return to page 5151 [i] Notwithstanding their wickednesse, yet God was euer mindfull of his inheritance.

Note return to page 5152 [k] Meaning all that thou desirest to knowe.

Note return to page 5153 [l] Whom doeth Israel desire to be their king but thee?

Note return to page 5154 [m] Where the feast was.

Note return to page 5155 [n] That is, the shoulder with the breast, which the Priest had for his familie in all peace offerings, Leuit. 10.14.

Note return to page 5156 [o] That both by the assembling of the people, and by the meate prepared for thee, thou mightest vnderstand that I knewe of thy comming.

Note return to page 5157 [p] To speake with him secretly: for the houses were flat aboue.

Note return to page 5158 [q] Gods commandement as concerning thee.

Note return to page 5159 [a] In the Lawe this anointing signified the giftes of the holy Ghost, which were necessarie for them that should rule.

Note return to page 5160 Gene.35.20.

Note return to page 5161 [b] Samuel confirmeth him by these signes, that God hath appointed him king.

Note return to page 5162 Or, eke.

Note return to page 5163 Ebr. of peace.

Note return to page 5164 [c] Which was an hie place in the citie Kiriath-iearim, where the Arke was, chap. 7.1.

Note return to page 5165 Chap.13.8.

Note return to page 5166 Ebr. shoulder.

Note return to page 5167 [d] He gaue him such vertues as were meete for a King.

Note return to page 5168 Or, sang prayses.

Note return to page 5169 Chap.19.24.

Note return to page 5170 [e] Meaning, that prophecie commeth not by succession, but is giuen to whom it pleaseth God.

Note return to page 5171 [f] Noting thereby him that from lowe degree commeth suddenly to honour.

Note return to page 5172 [g] Both to declare vnto them their fault in asking a King, and also to shewe Gods sentence therein.

Note return to page 5173 [h] That is, by casting of lot.

Note return to page 5174 [i] As though he were vnworthy and vnwilling.

Note return to page 5175 Ebr. let the King liue.

Note return to page 5176 [k] As it is written in Deut.chap. 17.15.

Note return to page 5177 [l] Both to auoide sedition, and also to winne them by pacience.

Note return to page 5178 [a] After that Saul was chos&ebar; king: for feare of whome they asked a king, as Chap.12.12.

Note return to page 5179 [b] This declareth, that the more nere that tyrants are to their destruction, the more cruell they are.

Note return to page 5180 [c] God gaue him the spirite of strength and courage to goe against this tyrant.

Note return to page 5181 [d] He addeth Samuel, because Saul was not yet approoued of all.

Note return to page 5182 Ebr. as one man.

Note return to page 5183 [e] Meaning, Saul and Samuel.

Note return to page 5184 [f] That is, to the Ammonites, dissembling that they had hope of aide.

Note return to page 5185 [g] By this victorie the Lord wonne the heartes of the people to Saul.

Note return to page 5186 [h] By shewing mercie he thought to ouercome their malice.

Note return to page 5187 [i] In signe of thankesgiuing for the victorie.

Note return to page 5188 [a] I haue graunted your petition.

Note return to page 5189 [b] To gouerne you in peace & warre.

Note return to page 5190 Ecclus.46.19.

Note return to page 5191 [c] God would that this confession shoulde be a paterne for all them that haue any charge or office.

Note return to page 5192 [d] Your King, who is anointed by the commaundement of the Lord.

Note return to page 5193 Or, exalted.

Note return to page 5194 Or, benefites.

Note return to page 5195 Gen.46.5.

Note return to page 5196 Exod.4.16.

Note return to page 5197 Iudg 4.2.

Note return to page 5198 [e] Captaine of Iabins host king of Hazor.

Note return to page 5199 [f] That is, Samson, Iudg.13.25.

Note return to page 5200 Iudg.11.1.

Note return to page 5201 Chap.4.1.

Note return to page 5202 [g] Leauing God to seeke helpe of man, Chap.8.5.

Note return to page 5203 [h] Ye shalbe preserued as they that follow the Lorstes will.

Note return to page 5204 [i] Meaning, the gouernours.

Note return to page 5205 [k] In that ye haue forsaken him, who hath all power in his hande, for a mortall man.

Note return to page 5206 [l] Not onely at other times, but nowe chiefly.

Note return to page 5207 [m] Hee sheweth that there is no sinne so great, but it shalbe forgiuen, if the sinner turne againe to God.

Note return to page 5208 [n] Of his free mercie, & not of your merites, and therefore he will not forsake you.

Note return to page 5209 [o] Vnsainedly, and without hypocrisie.

Note return to page 5210 [a] Whiles these things were done.

Note return to page 5211 [b] Before he tooke vpon him the state of a king.

Note return to page 5212 [c] Of Kiriath-iearim, where the Arke was, Chap. 10.5.

Note return to page 5213 [d] That euerie one shoulde prepare themselues to warre.

Note return to page 5214 [e] Which was also called Beth-el, in the tribe of Beniamin.

Note return to page 5215 [f] Where the two tribes & the halfe remained.

Note return to page 5216 [g] Thinking that the absence of the Prophet was a signe, that they shoulde lose the victorie.

Note return to page 5217 Ebr. blesse him.

Note return to page 5218 [h] Though these causes seeme sufficient in mans iudgement: yet because they had not the word of God, they turned to his destruction.

Note return to page 5219 [i] Who willed thee to obey him, and rest vpon þe; words spoken by his Prophet.

Note return to page 5220 [k] That is, Dauid.

Note return to page 5221 [l] And went to his citie Ramah.

Note return to page 5222 Or, the destroier: to wit, the captaine came out with three bands.

Note return to page 5223 [m] So that to mans iudgement these three armies would haue ouerrunne the whole countrey.

Note return to page 5224 [n] To declare that the victorie onely came of God, and not by their force.

Note return to page 5225 [a] By this example God would declare to Israel that the victorie did not consist in multitude or armour, but only came of his grace.

Note return to page 5226 Chap.4.21.

Note return to page 5227 Or, like a tooth.

Note return to page 5228 [b] To wit, the Philistims.

Note return to page 5229 Or, none can let the Lord.

Note return to page 5230 2.Chron.14.11.

Note return to page 5231 [c] I will followe thee whither so euer thou goest.

Note return to page 5232 [d] This he spake by the Spirit of prophesie, forasmuch as hereby God gaue him assurance of the victorie.

Note return to page 5233 1.Mac.4.30.

Note return to page 5234 [e] Thus they spake contemptuously and by derision.

Note return to page 5235 [f] That is, he crept vp, or went vp with all haste.

Note return to page 5236 [g] The second was when they slewe one another, and the third when the Israelites chased them.

Note return to page 5237 [h] In that the insensible creatures tremble for feare of Gods iudgement, it declareth howe terrible his vengeance shall be against his enemies.

Note return to page 5238 [i] Let the Ephod alone: for I haue no leasure nowe to aske counsell of God, Nom.27.21.

Note return to page 5239 Iudg.7.21,22. 2.chro.20.23.

Note return to page 5240 [k] Though before for feare of the Philistims they declared them selues as enemies to their brethren.

Note return to page 5241 [l] Such was his hypocrisie and arrogancie, that he thought to attribute to his policie that which God had giuen by the hand of Ionathan.

Note return to page 5242 Ebr. bread.

Note return to page 5243 [m] That is, the punishment, if they brake their othe.

Note return to page 5244 [n] Which were dimme before for wearines and hunger.

Note return to page 5245 Or, wearie.

Note return to page 5246 [o] By making this cruell lawe.

Note return to page 5247 Leuit.7.26. and 19.26. deu.12.16.

Note return to page 5248 [p] That the blood of the beastes that shall be slaine, may be pressed out vpon it.

Note return to page 5249 Or, of that stone began he to build an altar.

Note return to page 5250 [q] To aske counsell of him.

Note return to page 5251 Iudg.20 2.

Note return to page 5252 Ebr. corners.

Note return to page 5253 [r] Cause the lot to fall on him that hath broken the othe: but he doth not consider his presumption in commanding the same othe.

Note return to page 5254 [s] The people thought it their duetie to rescue him who of ignorance had but broken a rash lawe, and by whom they had receiued so great a benefite.

Note return to page 5255 Or, ouercame them.

Note return to page 5256 [t] As the Lord had commanded, Deut.25.17.

Note return to page 5257 [u] Called also Abinadab, chap.31.2.

Note return to page 5258 [x] Which was the wife of Dauid, chap.18.27.

Note return to page 5259 [y] Whom Ioab the captaine of Dauid slewe, 2.Sam.3.27.

Note return to page 5260 [z] As Samuel had forewarned, chap. 8.11.

Note return to page 5261 Chap.9.16.

Note return to page 5262 [a] Because he hath preferred thee to this honour, thou art bound to obey him.

Note return to page 5263 Exod.17.14. nomb.24.20.

Note return to page 5264 [b] That this might be an example of Gods vengeance against them that deale cruelly with his people.

Note return to page 5265 Or, knewe their nomber by the lambes, which they brought.

Note return to page 5266 Or, fought in the valley.

Note return to page 5267 [c] Which were the posteritie of Iethro Moses father in lawe.

Note return to page 5268 [d] For Iethro came to visite them and gaue them good counsell, Exod. 18.19.

Note return to page 5269 [e] God in his eternall counsell neuer changeth not repenteth, as verse 29. Though he seemeth to vs to repent, when any thing goeth contrary to his temporall election.

Note return to page 5270 [f] This is the nature of hypocrites to be impudent against the trueth, to condemne others, and iustifie themselues.

Note return to page 5271 [g] Meaning of base condition, as chap.9 21.

Note return to page 5272 [h] He standeth most impudently in his owne defence both against God and his owne conscience.

Note return to page 5273 Eccle.4.17. hose.6.6,7. mat.9. 13. & 12.7.

Note return to page 5274 [i] God hateth nothing more then the disobedience of his commandement, though the intent seeme neuer so good to man.

Note return to page 5275 [k] This was not true repentance, but dissimulation, fearing the losse of his kingdome.

Note return to page 5276 [l] That is, to Dauid.

Note return to page 5277 [m] Meaning God, who mainteineth & preferreth his.

Note return to page 5278 Or, in bonds.

Note return to page 5279 [n] He suspected nothing lesse then death, or as some write, hee passed not for death.

Note return to page 5280 Exod.17.11. nom.14.45.

Note return to page 5281 [o] Where his house was.

Note return to page 5282 [p] Though Saul came where Samuel was, Chap. 19.22.

Note return to page 5283 [q] As verse 11.

Note return to page 5284 [a] Signifiyng, that we ought not to shewe our selues more pitifull then God, nor to lam&ebar;t them whome he casteth out.

Note return to page 5285 Ebr. in thine hand.

Note return to page 5286 [b] That is, to make a peace offering, which might be done though the Arke was not there.

Note return to page 5287 [c] Fearing, least some grieuous crime had beene committed, because the Prophet was not wont to come thither.

Note return to page 5288 [d] Thinking, that Eliab had bene appoynted of God to be made King.

Note return to page 5289 1.Chron.28 9. iere.11.20. & 17. 10. & 20.12. psal. 7.10.

Note return to page 5290 Ebr. are the children ended?

Note return to page 5291 2.Sam.7.8. psal. 78.71. & 89.21.

Note return to page 5292 Act.7.46. & 13. 22.

Note return to page 5293 Or. prospered.

Note return to page 5294 [e] The wicked spirits are at Gods commaundement to execute his will against þe; wicked.

Note return to page 5295 [f] Though Dauid was now anointed king by the Prophet, yet God woulde exercise him in sundrie sortes before he had the vse of his kingdome.

Note return to page 5296 Or, serued him.

Note return to page 5297 [g] God would that Saul shoulde receiue this benefite as at Dauids hand, that his condemnation might be the more euident, for his cruell hate toward him.

Note return to page 5298 Or, in Ephesdammim.

Note return to page 5299 Or, of the oke.

Note return to page 5300 [a] Betweene the two campes.

Note return to page 5301 Or, coate of plate.

Note return to page 5302 [b] That is, 156.lib.4. ounces, after halfe an ounce the shekel: and 600. shekels weight amo&ubar;teth to 18.lib.3. quarters.

Note return to page 5303 Or, greaues.

Note return to page 5304 Ebr. smite me.

Note return to page 5305 Or, hand to hand.

Note return to page 5306 Chap.16.1.

Note return to page 5307 Or, he was counted among them that bare office.

Note return to page 5308 [c] To serue Saul as chap.16.ver.19.

Note return to page 5309 [d] Though Ishai ment one thing, yet Gods prouidence directed Dauid to another ende.

Note return to page 5310 [e] If they haue laied any thing to gage for their necessitie redeme is out.

Note return to page 5311 Ebr. vessels.

Note return to page 5312 Ebr. of peace.

Note return to page 5313 Or, valleis.

Note return to page 5314 [f] As are aboue rehearsed, ver.8. & 5.

Note return to page 5315 Iosh.15.16.

Note return to page 5316 [g] From taxes, and paiments.

Note return to page 5317 [h] This dishonour that he doeth to Israel.

Note return to page 5318 [i] For his fathers sending was a iust occasion, and also he felt himselfe inwardly moued by Gods Spirit.

Note return to page 5319 [k] Here Satan proueth Dauids faith, by the infidelitie of Saul.

Note return to page 5320 [l] Dauid by the experience that hee hath had in time past of Gods helpe, nothing doubteth to ouercome this danger, seeing he was zealous for Gods honour.

Note return to page 5321 [m] For by these examples he saw that the power of God was with him.

Note return to page 5322 Or, assayed.

Note return to page 5323 [n] To the intent that by these weake meanes, God might onely be knowen to be the authour of this victorie.

Note return to page 5324 [o] He sware by his gods, that he would destroy him.

Note return to page 5325 [p] Dauid being assured both of his cause & of his calling, prophecieth of the destruction of the Philistims.

Note return to page 5326 [q] Being moued with a feru&ebar;t zeale to be reuenged vpon this blasphemer of Gods Name.

Note return to page 5327 Ecclus.47.4. 1.mac.4.30.

Note return to page 5328 Or, Gaithe citie.

Note return to page 5329 Or, house at Bethlehem.

Note return to page 5330 [r] That is, of what familie & tribe is he? or els he had forgotten Dauid, albeit he had receiued so great a benefite by him.

Note return to page 5331 [a] His affection was fully bent toward him.

Note return to page 5332 [b] That is, he prospered in all his doings.

Note return to page 5333 [c] To wit, Goliath.

Note return to page 5334 Ebr. answered, playing.

Note return to page 5335 Chap.21.11. & 29.5. ecclus.47.6,7.

Note return to page 5336 [d] Because he bare him enuie and hatred.

Note return to page 5337 [e] That is, spake as a man beside him selfe: for so the people abused this word, when they could not vnderstand.

Note return to page 5338 [f] Meaning, he was captaine ouer the people.

Note return to page 5339 [g] Fight against them that warre against Gods people.

Note return to page 5340 [h] By whom he had fiue sonnes, which Dauid put to death at the request of the Gibeonites, 2.Sam.21.8.

Note return to page 5341 [i] So his hypocrisie appeareth: for vnder pretence of fauour he sought his destruction.

Note return to page 5342 [k] Meaning, that he was not able to endowe his wife with riches.

Note return to page 5343 [l] Because he thought himselfe able to compasse the Kings request.

Note return to page 5344 [m] Meaning Dauid & his souldiers.

Note return to page 5345 [n] To be depriued of his kingdome.

Note return to page 5346 [o] That is, Dauid had better successe against the Philistims then Sauls men.

Note return to page 5347 [a] Before Saul sought Dauids life secretly, but nowe his hypocrisie bursteth forth to open crueltie.

Note return to page 5348 [b] That I may giue thee warning what to do.

Note return to page 5349 Ebr. he put his soule in his hand.

Note return to page 5350 Iudg.12.3. 1.sam. 28.21 psa.119.109.

Note return to page 5351 [c] Whatsoeuer he pretended outwardly, yet his heart was full of malice.

Note return to page 5352 [d] He plaide on his harpe to mitigate the rage of the euil spirit, as Chap. 16.23.

Note return to page 5353 [e] Thus God moued both the sonne & daughter of this tyrant to fauour Dauid against their father.

Note return to page 5354 [f] Behold, how the tyrants to accomplish their rage, neither regardeth nor friendship, God nor man.

Note return to page 5355 [g] Naioth was a schoole where the word of God was studied, neere to Ramah.

Note return to page 5356 [h] Being their chiefe instructer.

Note return to page 5357 [i] Changed their mindes & praysed God.

Note return to page 5358 [k] With a minde to persecute them.

Note return to page 5359 [l] His kingly apparel.

Note return to page 5360 [m] He humbled himselfe as other did.

Note return to page 5361 Chap.10.11.

Note return to page 5362 [a] For Saul was stayed, and prophecied a day and a night by Gods prouidence, that Dauid might haue time to escape.

Note return to page 5363 Ebr. reueile it in mine eare.

Note return to page 5364 [b] I am in great danger of death.

Note return to page 5365 Ebr. sayth.

Note return to page 5366 [c] At what time there should be a solemne sacrifice, Nom.28. 11. to the which they added peace offrings & feastes.

Note return to page 5367 [d] Reade Chap. 1.21.

Note return to page 5368 Chap.18.3. and 23.18.

Note return to page 5369 [e] That he were fully determined.

Note return to page 5370 [f] If thy father doe fauour me.

Note return to page 5371 [g] The Lord punish me most grieuously.

Note return to page 5372 [h] I know that if thou werest now preferred to the kingdome, thou wouldest not destroy mee, but shewe thy selfe friendly to my posteritie.

Note return to page 5373 Or, mentioned.

Note return to page 5374 Ebr. of the way, because it serued as a signe to shew the way to them that passed by.

Note return to page 5375 Ebr. peace.

Note return to page 5376 [i] The Lord is the authour of thy departure.

Note return to page 5377 [k] Yet he might haue some busines to let him.

Note return to page 5378 [l] Thus he speaketh contemptuously of Dauid.

Note return to page 5379 [m] That is, a peace offring.

Note return to page 5380 [n] Meaning, all his kinsfolke.

Note return to page 5381 [o] Thou art euer contrary vnto me as thy mother is.

Note return to page 5382 Ebr. sonne of death.

Note return to page 5383 [p] For it were too great tyrannie to put one to death and not to shewe the cause why.

Note return to page 5384 [q] For this was the third day, as it was agreed vpon, verse 5.

Note return to page 5385 [r] By these wordes he admonished Dauid what he ought to doe.

Note return to page 5386 Ebr. instruments.

Note return to page 5387 [s] It seemeth that he had shot on the Northside of the stone, lest the boy should haue espyed Dauid.

Note return to page 5388 [t] Which othe he calleth in the eight verse the couenant of the Lorde.

Note return to page 5389 [a] Where the Arke then was, to aske counsell of the Lorde.

Note return to page 5390 [b] These infirmities that we see in the saintes of God, teach vs that none hath his iustice in him selfe, but receiueth it of Gods mercie.

Note return to page 5391 Exod.25.30. leuit.24.5. mat.12.3,4.

Note return to page 5392 [c] If they haue not companied with their wiues.

Note return to page 5393 [d] That is, their bodies.

Note return to page 5394 [e] Shalbe more carefull to keepe his vessel holy, when he shall haue eaten of this holy foode?

Note return to page 5395 [f] Tarying to worship before the Arke.

Note return to page 5396 Or, master of them that kept Sauls cattel.

Note return to page 5397 Chap.17.2.

Note return to page 5398 [g] Behinde that place, where the hie Priests garment lay.

Note return to page 5399 [h] That is, out of Sauls dominion.

Note return to page 5400 Chap.17.9.

Note return to page 5401 Chap.18.7. and 29.5. ecclus.47.6.

Note return to page 5402 Ebr put these words in his heart.

Note return to page 5403 [i] By making markes & toies.

Note return to page 5404 [k] Is hee meete to be in a Kings house?

Note return to page 5405 [a] Which was in the tribe of Iudah and neere to Beth-lehem.

Note return to page 5406 Or, captaine.

Note return to page 5407 [b] For there was another so called in Iudah.

Note return to page 5408 [c] For he feared the rage of Saul against his house.

Note return to page 5409 [d] That is, in Mizpeh, which was a strong hold.

Note return to page 5410 [e] That a great bruite went on him.

Note return to page 5411 [f] Ye that are of my tribe and linage.

Note return to page 5412 [g] Hereby he would perswade them that this conspiracie was most horrible, where the sonne conspired against the father, & the seruant against his master.

Note return to page 5413 [h] Which were þe; remnant of the house of Eli, whose house God threatned to punish.

Note return to page 5414 [i] Haue I not at other times also, when he had great affaires, consulted with the Lord for him?

Note return to page 5415 Or, footemen.

Note return to page 5416 [k] For they knew that they ought not to obey the wicked commandement of the king in slaying the innocents.

Note return to page 5417 [l] This was Gods prouidence, who according to his promes preserued some of the house of Eli, Chap.2.33.

Note return to page 5418 Or, he that taketh thy life, shall take mine also.

Note return to page 5419 [a] Which was a citie in the tribe of Iudah, Iosh.15.44.

Note return to page 5420 [b] That is, in the middes of Iudah, much more when we come to the borders against our enemies.

Note return to page 5421 Chap.22.20.

Note return to page 5422 [c] By Gods prouidence the Ephod was preserued and kept with Dauid the true King.

Note return to page 5423 Ebr. in his hand.

Note return to page 5424 [d] To consult with the Lord by Vrim and Thummim.

Note return to page 5425 Or, gouernours.

Note return to page 5426 Or, to and fro, as hauing no certaine place to go to.

Note return to page 5427 Or, strong places.

Note return to page 5428 [e] No power nor policie can preuaile against Gods children, but when he appoynteth the time.

Note return to page 5429 Ebr. his hand.

Note return to page 5430 [f] Ionathan assureth Dauid, that God will accomplish his promes, and that his father striueth against his owne conscience.

Note return to page 5431 Or, of the wildernesse.

Note return to page 5432 [g] The Lord recompence this friendship.

Note return to page 5433 Ebr. where his foote hath bene.

Note return to page 5434 [h] In your countrey of Ziph, which is in Iudah.

Note return to page 5435 [i] Which was also in the tribe of Iudah, Iosh.15.55.

Note return to page 5436 [k] Thus the Lord can pull backe the bridle of the tyrantes, and deliuer his out of the lions mouth.

Note return to page 5437 [l] That is, the stone of diuision, because there they deuided themselues one from another.

Note return to page 5438 [a] That is, in str&obar;g places, which were defenced by nature.

Note return to page 5439 [b] A citie of Iudah, Iosh.15.62.

Note return to page 5440 Ebr. to couer his feete.

Note return to page 5441 Ebr. in the sides.

Note return to page 5442 [c] Here we see howe ready we are to hasten Gods promes, if the occasion serue neuer so litle.

Note return to page 5443 [d] For seeing it was his owne priuate cause, he repented that he had touched his enemie.

Note return to page 5444 [e] Contrary to the false report of th&ebar; that sayd, Dauid was Sauls enemie, he proueth himself to be his friend.

Note return to page 5445 Or, the prouerbe of an ancient man.

Note return to page 5446 Ebr. iudge.

Note return to page 5447 [f] Though he was a most cruell enemie to Dauid, yet by his great gentlenes his c&obar;science compelled him to yeelde.

Note return to page 5448 Ebr. a good way.

Note return to page 5449 [g] Though this tyrant saw & confessed the fauour of God toward Dauid, yet he ceaseth not to persecute him against his owne conscience.

Note return to page 5450 Chap.28.3. ecclus. 46.13,20.

Note return to page 5451 [a] That is, among his owne kinred.

Note return to page 5452 [b] Maon & Carmel were cities in the tribe of Iudah. Carmel the mo&ubar;taine was in Galile.

Note return to page 5453 Ebr. of peace.

Note return to page 5454 [c] Some reade, so mayest thou liue in prosperitie the next yeere, both thou, &c.

Note return to page 5455 Ebr. for life.

Note return to page 5456 [d] Whatsoeuer thou hast ready for vs.

Note return to page 5457 [e] Thus the couetous wretches in stead of relieuing the necessitie of Gods children, vse to reuile their persons and condemne their cause.

Note return to page 5458 Ebr. vessell.

Note return to page 5459 Ebr. droue them away.

Note return to page 5460 [f] When we kept our sheepe in the wildernesse of Paran.

Note return to page 5461 Ebr. is accomplished.

Note return to page 5462 Ebr. bread.

Note return to page 5463 Or, clusters.

Note return to page 5464 [g] Because she knewe his crooked nature, that he would rather haue perished, then consented to her enterprise.

Note return to page 5465 [h] Meaning by this prouerbe, that he would destroye both small and great.

Note return to page 5466 Ebr. in thine eares.

Note return to page 5467 Or, foole.

Note return to page 5468 [i] That is, that thou shouldest not be reuenged of thine enemie.

Note return to page 5469 Or, present.

Note return to page 5470 Ebr. walke at the feete.

Note return to page 5471 [k] Confirme his kingdome to his posteritie.

Note return to page 5472 Ebr. from thy dayes.

Note return to page 5473 [l] To wit, Saul.

Note return to page 5474 [m] God shall preserue thee long in his seruice and destroy thine enemies.

Note return to page 5475 [n] That he hath not auenged him selfe, which things would haue tormented his conscience.

Note return to page 5476 [o] Reade vers.26.

Note return to page 5477 [p] He attributeth it to the Lordes mercie, and not to himselfe that he was stayed.

Note return to page 5478 Ebr. receiued thy face.

Note return to page 5479 [q] For he had no reason either to consider, or to giue thankes for this great benefite of deliuerance.

Note return to page 5480 [r] For feare of the great danger.

Note return to page 5481 Or, reuenged.

Note return to page 5482 [s] For he had experience of her great godlines, wisedome and humilitie.

Note return to page 5483 Ebr. went at her feete.

Note return to page 5484 Iosh.15 56.

Note return to page 5485 1.Sam 3.14,15.

Note return to page 5486 [t] Which was a place bordering on the countrey of the Moabites.

Note return to page 5487 Chap.23.19.

Note return to page 5488 Or, in Gibeah.

Note return to page 5489 Or, the wildernes.

Note return to page 5490 [a] That is, of the most skilfull and valiant souldiers.

Note return to page 5491 Or, to a certaine place.

Note return to page 5492 Chap.14.50. and 17.55.

Note return to page 5493 [b] Who was a stranger and not an Israelite.

Note return to page 5494 [c] Who afterward was Dauids chiefe captaine.

Note return to page 5495 Or, bolster.

Note return to page 5496 [d] Meaning, he would make him sure at one stroke.

Note return to page 5497 [e] To wit, in his owne priuate cause: for Iehu slewe two kings at Gods appointment, 2. King.9.24.

Note return to page 5498 Ebr. the heauie sleepe of the Lord was fallen vpon them.

Note return to page 5499 Ebr. Answerest.

Note return to page 5500 [f] Esteemed most valiant, and meete to saue the King.

Note return to page 5501 Ebr. sonnes of death.

Note return to page 5502 [g] Hereby it appeareth, that the hypocrite persecuted Dauid against his owne conscience, and contrary to his promes.

Note return to page 5503 [h] Let his anger toward vs be pacified by a sacrifice.

Note return to page 5504 [i] As much as lay in them, they compelled him to idolatrie, because they forced him to flee to the idolaters.

Note return to page 5505 [k] Because thou sauedst my life this day.

Note return to page 5506 [l] Thus he protesteth his innocencie towarde Saul, not defending his iustice in the sight of God, in whose presence none is righteous, Psal. 14.3. and 130.3.

Note return to page 5507 [m] To Gibeah of Beniamin.

Note return to page 5508 [a] Dauid distrusteth Gods protection, and therefore fleeth vnto the idolaters, who were enemies to Gods people.

Note return to page 5509 [b] Thus God by his prouidence changeth the enemies hearts, & maketh them to fauour his in their necessitie.

Note return to page 5510 [c] Let thine officers appoint me a place.

Note return to page 5511 Ebr. the number of the dayes.

Note return to page 5512 [d] These were the wicked Canaanites, whome God had appointed to be destroyed.

Note return to page 5513 Or, against whom.

Note return to page 5514 [e] Which were a familie of the tribe of Iudah, 1.Chron.2.9.

Note return to page 5515 Or, he doeth surely abhorre his people.

Note return to page 5516 [a] Albeit it was a great griefe to Dauid to fight against the people of God, yet such was his infirmitie, he durst not denie him.

Note return to page 5517 Chap.25.1.

Note return to page 5518 [b] According to the commandement of God, Exod.22.18. & deut.18.10,11.

Note return to page 5519 [c] Meaning, the hie Priest, Exod. 28.30.

Note return to page 5520 [d] He seeketh not to God in his miserie, but is led by Satan to vnlawfull meanes, which in his conscience he condemneth.

Note return to page 5521 Or, punishment.

Note return to page 5522 [e] He speaketh according to his grosse ignorance, not considering the state of the saintes after this life, and howe Satan hath no power ouer them.

Note return to page 5523 Or, an excellent person.

Note return to page 5524 [f] To his imagination, albeit it was Satan, who to blinde his eyes tooke vpon him the forme of Samuel, as he can do of an Angel of light.

Note return to page 5525 Ebr. by the hand of Prophets.

Note return to page 5526 [g] That is, to Dauid.

Note return to page 5527 Chap.15.28.

Note return to page 5528 Or, ministerie.

Note return to page 5529 [h] Ye shall be dead, Chap.31.6.

Note return to page 5530 [i] The wicked, when they heare Gods iudgements, tremble and despaire, but cannot seeke for mercie by repentance.

Note return to page 5531 [k] I haue ventured my life.

Note return to page 5532 [l] Because it required haste.

Note return to page 5533 Or, in Ain.

Note return to page 5534 Or, captaines.

Note return to page 5535 [a] According to their bandes, or ensignes.

Note return to page 5536 [b] Meaning, a long time, that is, foure moneths and certaine dayes, Chap.27.7.

Note return to page 5537 Ebr. fell, as Gen. 25.18.

Note return to page 5538 1.Chron.12.19.

Note return to page 5539 [c] Woulde not Saul receiue him to fauour, if he coulde betray vs?

Note return to page 5540 Chap 18.7. and 21.11.

Note return to page 5541 [d] That is, wast conuersant with me.

Note return to page 5542 Ebr thou art not good in the eyes of the princes.

Note return to page 5543 [e] This dissimulation can not be excused: for it grieued him to goe against the people of God.

Note return to page 5544 [f] With them that fled vnto thee from Saul.

Note return to page 5545 [a] After that he departed from Achish.

Note return to page 5546 [b] That is, destroyed the citie.

Note return to page 5547 [c] For these only remained in the citie, when the men were gone to warre.

Note return to page 5548 [d] Thus we see, that in troubles and aduersitie we doe not consider gods prouidence, but like raging beastes forget both our owne duetie, & contend Gods appointment ouer vs.

Note return to page 5549 [e] Though God seeme to leaue vs for a time, yet if we trust in him, we shall be sure to finde comfort.

Note return to page 5550 [f] God by his prouidence both prouided for the necessitie of this poore stranger, and made him a guide to Dauid to accomplish his enterprise.

Note return to page 5551 [g] For othes were in all ages had in most reuerence euen among the heathen.

Note return to page 5552 [h] The wicked in their pompe & pleasures consider not the iudgement of God, which is then at hande to smite them.

Note return to page 5553 [i] Some reade, and vnto the morowe of the two euenings: that is, three dayes.

Note return to page 5554 [k] Which the Amalekites had taken of others, and Dauid from them besides the goods of Ziklag.

Note return to page 5555 [l] Vnder these are comprehended the cattel and goods, which apperteined to euery man.

Note return to page 5556 [m] Some referre these wordes to Dauid, that he alledged an olde custome and law, as is it were written, It is both now and hath bene euer.

Note return to page 5557 [n] Shewing him selfe mindful of their benefites towards him.

Note return to page 5558 1.Chro.10.1.

Note return to page 5559 Or, slaine.

Note return to page 5560 Ebr. found him.

Note return to page 5561 Or, afraid.

Note return to page 5562 [a] So we see that his cruel life hath a desperate end, as is commonly seene in them that persecute the children of God.

Note return to page 5563 [b] Neere to Gilboa.

Note return to page 5564 [c] The tribes of Reuben and Gad, and halfe the tribe of Manasseh.

Note return to page 5565 [d] In token of victorie and triumph.

Note return to page 5566 [e] Whome hee had deliuered from their enemies, Chap.11.11.

Note return to page 5567 Iere.34.5.

Note return to page 5568 2.Sam.2.4.

Note return to page 5569 [f] According to the custome of mourners.

Note return to page 5570 1.Sam.30.17.

Note return to page 5571 [a] Seeming to lament the ouerthrow of the people of Israel.

Note return to page 5572 [b] As I fled in the chase.

Note return to page 5573 Or, captaines.

Note return to page 5574 [c] He was an Amalekite borne, but renounced his countrey and ioyned with the Israelites.

Note return to page 5575 Ebr. stand vpon.

Note return to page 5576 [d] I am sorie, because I am yet aliue.

Note return to page 5577 Ebr. I stoode vpon him.

Note return to page 5578 Chap.3.3 1. and 13.31.

Note return to page 5579 [e] After the lamentation hee examined him againe.

Note return to page 5580 Psal.105.15.

Note return to page 5581 [f] Thou art iustly punished for thy fault.

Note return to page 5582 [g] That they might be able to match their enemies the Philistims in that art.

Note return to page 5583 Iosh.10.13.

Note return to page 5584 Or, righteous.

Note return to page 5585 [h] Meaning Saul.

Note return to page 5586 Micah.1.10.

Note return to page 5587 [i] Let their fertile fieldes be baren, and bring forth no fruite to offer to the Lord.

Note return to page 5588 [k] They died both together in Gilboa.

Note return to page 5589 [l] As rich garments, and costly iewels.

Note return to page 5590 [m] Either toward their husbands, or their children.

Note return to page 5591 [a] By the meanes of the hie priest, as 1.Sam.23.2. and 2.sam.5.19.

Note return to page 5592 [b] Which citie was also called Kiriath-arba, Iosh.14.15.

Note return to page 5593 [c] In the time of his persecution.

Note return to page 5594 1.Sam.31.13.

Note return to page 5595 [d] According to his promes, which is to recompense them that are mercifull.

Note return to page 5596 [e] So that you shall not want a captaine and a defender.

Note return to page 5597 [f] Ouer the eleuen tribes.

Note return to page 5598 [g] After this time was expired hee reigned ouer all the countrey 33. yeres, Chap,5.5.

Note return to page 5599 [h] Let vs see howe they can handle their weapons.

Note return to page 5600 [i] Meaning, his aduersarie.

Note return to page 5601 Or, the fielde of strong men.

Note return to page 5602 [k] After that these foure and twentie were slaine.

Note return to page 5603 Or, spoyle.

Note return to page 5604 [l] Why doest thou prouoke me to kill thee?

Note return to page 5605 [m] Some reade, in those partes, whereas the liuely partes lye: as the heart, the lungs, the liuer, the milt, and the gall.

Note return to page 5606 [n] Shall we not make an end of murthering?

Note return to page 5607 [o] If thou hadst not prouoked them to battel, as verse 14.

Note return to page 5608 Or, wildernesse.

Note return to page 5609 Or, to the tents.

Note return to page 5610 [p] Thus God would confirme Dauid in his kingdome by the destruction of his aduersaries.

Note return to page 5611 [a] That is, without intermission induring two yeeres, which was the whole reigne of Ish-bosheth.

Note return to page 5612 [b] Who is called also Daniel, 1.Chron.3.1.

Note return to page 5613 [c] Within seuen yeeres and sixe moneths.

Note return to page 5614 [d] Doest thou esteeme me no more then a dog, for all my seruice done to thy fathers house?

Note return to page 5615 [e] We see howe the wicked can not abide to be admonished of their faultes, but seeke their displeasure, which goe about to bring them from their wickednesse.

Note return to page 5616 Or, secretly.

Note return to page 5617 1.Sam.18. 25,27.

Note return to page 5618 1.Sam.25.44.

Note return to page 5619 [f] Rather for malice that he bare toward Ish-bosheth, then for loue he bare to Dauid.

Note return to page 5620 Ebr. in the eares of Beniamin.

Note return to page 5621 [g] Who chalenged the kingdom, because of their father Saul.

Note return to page 5622 Or, without harme.

Note return to page 5623 [h] From warre against the Philistims.

Note return to page 5624 [i] Here appeareth the malicious minde of Ioab, who woulde haue had the King to slay Abner for his priuate grudge.

Note return to page 5625 1.King.2.5.

Note return to page 5626 Or, secretly.

Note return to page 5627 Chap.2.23.

Note return to page 5628 [k] The Lorde knoweth that I did not consent to his death.

Note return to page 5629 [l] Abishai is said to slay him with Ioab, because he consented to the murther.

Note return to page 5630 [m] Meaning, before the corps.

Note return to page 5631 [n] He declareth that Abner dyed not as a wretch or vile person, but as a valiant man might doe, being traiterously deceiued by the wicked.

Note return to page 5632 [o] According to their custome, which was to banket at burials.

Note return to page 5633 [p] It is expedient sometime not only to conceiue inwarde sorowe, but also that it may appeare to others, to the intent that they may be satisfied.

Note return to page 5634 Or, cruel.

Note return to page 5635 [a] That is, Ish-bosheth.

Note return to page 5636 [b] Meaning, that he was discouraged.

Note return to page 5637 [c] The citie Beeroth was in the tribe of Beniamin, Iosh.18.25.

Note return to page 5638 [d] After the death of Saul, for feare of the Philistims.

Note return to page 5639 [e] They disguised them selues as marchants, which came to bye wheate.

Note return to page 5640 [f] There is nothing so vile and dangerous, which the wicked will not enterprise in hope of lucre and fauour.

Note return to page 5641 Or, wildernesse.

Note return to page 5642 Chap.1.15.

Note return to page 5643 [g] For as much as neither the example of him that slewe Saul, nor duetie to their master, nor the innocencie of the person, nor reuerence of the place, nor time did moue them they deserued most grieuous punishment.

Note return to page 5644 Chap.3.32.

Note return to page 5645 1.Chron.11.1.

Note return to page 5646 [a] We are of thy kinred, and most nere ioyned vnto thee.

Note return to page 5647 Psal.78.71.

Note return to page 5648 [b] That is, taking the Lord to witnes: for the Arke was as yet in Abinadabs house.

Note return to page 5649 Chap.2.11.

Note return to page 5650 [c] The children of God called idols blind and lame guides: therefore the Iebusites meant, that they should proue that their gods were neither blinde nor lame.

Note return to page 5651 1.Chron.11.6.

Note return to page 5652 [d] The idoles should enter no more into that place.

Note return to page 5653 [e] He built from the towne house round about to his owne house, 1.Chron.11.8.

Note return to page 5654 Ebr. Zor.

Note return to page 5655 1.Chron.3.9.

Note return to page 5656 1.Chron.3.5.

Note return to page 5657 1.Chron.14.8. & 11.16.

Note return to page 5658 [f] By Abiathar the priest.

Note return to page 5659 Isa.28.21.

Note return to page 5660 Or, the plaine of diuisions.

Note return to page 5661 1.Chron.14. 12.

Note return to page 5662 [g] Meaning, the valley of giants, which Dauid called Baal-perazim because of his victorie.

Note return to page 5663 [h] Which was in the tribe of Beniamin, but the Philistims did possesse it.

Note return to page 5664 Or, chiefe.

Note return to page 5665 1 Chron.13.5,6.

Note return to page 5666 [a] This was a citie in Iudah called also Kiriathiearim, Ios.15.9.

Note return to page 5667 [b] Which was an hie place of the citie of Baale.

Note return to page 5668 1.Sam.7.1.

Note return to page 5669 [c] Praised God, & sang psalmes.

Note return to page 5670 1.Chron.13.10.

Note return to page 5671 [d] Here we see what danger it is to folow good intentions, or to do any thing in Gods seruice without his expresse worde.

Note return to page 5672 Ebr. made a breach.

Note return to page 5673 Or, the diuision of Vzzah.

Note return to page 5674 [e] Who was a Leuite, and had dwelt in Gittaim, 1.Chron.15.21.

Note return to page 5675 1.Chron.15.25.

Note return to page 5676 [f] Meaning, he caused the Leuites to beare it, according to the Law.

Note return to page 5677 [g] With a garment like to the Priests garment.

Note return to page 5678 [h] The worldlings are not able to comprehend the motions that mooue the children of God, to prayse God by all maner of meanes.

Note return to page 5679 1.Chron.16.2.

Note return to page 5680 [i] That is, to pray For his house, as he had done for the people.

Note return to page 5681 Or, vaine man.

Note return to page 5682 [k] It was for no worldly affection, but onely for that zeale that I bare to Gods glorie.

Note return to page 5683 [l] Which was a punishment because shee mocked the seruant of God.

Note return to page 5684 1.Chron.17.2.

Note return to page 5685 [a] Within the Tabernacle couered with skinnes, Exod.26.7.

Note return to page 5686 [b] Meaning, he should not: yet Nathan speaking according to mans iudgement and not by the spirit of prophecie, permitted him.

Note return to page 5687 [c] As concerning the buylding of an house: meaning that without Gods expresse word nothing ought to be attempted,

Note return to page 5688 1.Sam.16.12. Psal.78.70.

Note return to page 5689 [d] I haue made thee famous through all the world.

Note return to page 5690 [e] He promiseth them quietnesse, if they will walke in his feare and obedience.

Note return to page 5691 1.King.8.20.

Note return to page 5692 1.King.5.5. and 6. 12. 1.chro.22.10.

Note return to page 5693 Hebr.1.5.

Note return to page 5694 Psal.89.31,32.

Note return to page 5695 [f] That is, gently, as fathers vse to chastise their children.

Note return to page 5696 [g] This was begun in Salomon as a figure, but accomplished in Christ.

Note return to page 5697 Ebr. is this the lawe of man?

Note return to page 5698 [h] Commeth not this rather of thy free mercy, then of any worthinesse that can be in man?

Note return to page 5699 Deut.4.7.

Note return to page 5700 [i] O Israel.

Note return to page 5701 [k] And inheritance, which is Israel.

Note return to page 5702 [l] From the Egyptians and their idoles.

Note return to page 5703 [m] He sheweth that Gods free election is the only cause, why the Israelites were chosen to be his people.

Note return to page 5704 [n] This prayer is most effectual, wh&ebar; we chiefly seeke Gods glory, & the accomplishment of his promes.

Note return to page 5705 Ebr. found his heart disposed.

Note return to page 5706 [o] Therefore I. firmely beleeue it shal come to passe.

Note return to page 5707 1.Chro.18.1. psal 60.2.

Note return to page 5708 Or, Methegammah.

Note return to page 5709 [a] So that they payed no more tribute.

Note return to page 5710 [b] He slew two parts, as it pleased him, and reserued the third.

Note return to page 5711 Or, enlarge.

Note return to page 5712 Ebr. Perath.

Note return to page 5713 Or, bought the horses of the charets.

Note return to page 5714 Or, the Syrians.

Note return to page 5715 Or, of Damascus: that is, which dwelt neere Damascus.

Note return to page 5716 [c] In that part of Syria, where Damascus was.

Note return to page 5717 [d] They payed yeerely tribute

Note return to page 5718 [e] For the vse of the Temple.

Note return to page 5719 Or, Antiochia.

Note return to page 5720 Ebr. to aske peace.

Note return to page 5721 Ebr. blesse him.

Note return to page 5722 [f] For seeing Dauid victorious, he was glad to intreat of peace.

Note return to page 5723 Ebr. in his hand.

Note return to page 5724 Or, Syria, or Coelosyria.

Note return to page 5725 Or, in Ge-melah.

Note return to page 5726 Or, in all his enterprises.

Note return to page 5727 [g] He gaue iudgement in c&obar;trouersies, & was mercifull toward the people.

Note return to page 5728 Or, writer of Chronicles.

Note return to page 5729 Or, was ouer the Cherethites.

Note return to page 5730 [h] The Cherethites & Pelethites were as the kings garde, and had charge of his person.

Note return to page 5731 [a] Because of mine othe and promes made to Ionathan, 1.Sam.20.15.

Note return to page 5732 [b] Such mercie, as shalbe acceptable to God.

Note return to page 5733 Chap 4.4.

Note return to page 5734 [c] Who was also called Eliam, the father of Bath-sheba Dauids wife.

Note return to page 5735 Or, landes.

Note return to page 5736 [d] Meaning, a despised person.

Note return to page 5737 Or, nephew.

Note return to page 5738 [e] Be ye prouident ouerseers & gouerners of his landes that they may be profitable.

Note return to page 5739 [f] That Mephibosheth may haue all things at comm&abar;dement as becommeth a Kings sonne.

Note return to page 5740 1.Chro.19.2.

Note return to page 5741 [a] The children of God are not vnmindful of a benefite receiued.

Note return to page 5742 Ebr. in thine eyes doth Dauid.

Note return to page 5743 [b] Their arrogant malice would not suffer them to see the simplicitie of Dauids heart: therfore their counsell turned to the destruction of their countrey.

Note return to page 5744 [c] That they had deserued Dauids displeasure, for the iniurie done to his ambassadours.

Note return to page 5745 Or, Syrians.

Note return to page 5746 [d] These were diuers parts of the countrey of Syria, whereby appeareth that the Syrians serued, where they might haue enterteinment, as now the Sweltzers do.

Note return to page 5747 [e] Here is declared wherefore warre ought to be vndertaken: for the defence of true religion and Gods people.

Note return to page 5748 Or, Hadadezer.

Note return to page 5749 Or, Euphrates.

Note return to page 5750 [f] Meaning, the greatest part.

Note return to page 5751 [g] Which were the chiefest and most principal: for in all he destroyed 7000. as 1.Chro.19. 18: or the souldiers which were in 700 charets.

Note return to page 5752 [a] The yeere following about the spring time.

Note return to page 5753 1.Chro.20.1.

Note return to page 5754 [b] Whereupon he vsed to rest at after noone, as was read of Ish-bosheth, Chap.4.7.

Note return to page 5755 [c] Who was not an Israelite borne but conuerted to the true religion.

Note return to page 5756 Leuit 15.19. & 18.19.

Note return to page 5757 [d] Fearing lest she should be stoned according to the Lawe.

Note return to page 5758 [e] Dauid thought that if Vriah lay with his wife his fault might be cloked.

Note return to page 5759 [f] Hereby God would touch Dauids conscience, that seeing the fidelitie & religion of his seruant, he would declare him selfe so forgetfull of God and iniurious to his seruant.

Note return to page 5760 [g] He made him drinke more liberally then he was wont to do, thinking hereby he would haue lien by his wife.

Note return to page 5761 Ebr. saying.

Note return to page 5762 [h] Except God continually vpholde vs with his mightie spirite, the most perfect fall headlong into all vice and abomination.

Note return to page 5763 Or, thou shalt doe this, if.

Note return to page 5764 [i] Meaning, Gideon, Iudg.9. 52,53.

Note return to page 5765 Ebr. were against them.

Note return to page 5766 [k] He dissembleth with the messenger, to the intent that neyther his cruel commandement, nor Ioabs wicked obedience might be espied.

Note return to page 5767 Ebr. so and so.

Note return to page 5768 Ebr. was euill in the eyes of the Lord.

Note return to page 5769 [a] Because Dauid lay now drowned in sinne, the louing mercie of God, which suffreth not his to perish, waketh his conscience by this similitude and bringeth him to repentance.

Note return to page 5770 Or, wayfaring man.

Note return to page 5771 Or, spared.

Note return to page 5772 Ebr. the anger of Dauid was kindled.

Note return to page 5773 Ebr. is the childe of death.

Note return to page 5774 Exod.22.1.

Note return to page 5775 1.Sam.16.13.

Note return to page 5776 [b] For Dauid succeeded Saul in his kingdome.

Note return to page 5777 [c] The Iewes vnderstand this of Eglah and Michal or of Rizpah and Michal.

Note return to page 5778 [d] That is, greater thinges then these: for Gods loue and benefites increase toward his, if by their ingratitude they stay him not.

Note return to page 5779 [e] Thou hast most cruelly giuen him into the hands of Gods enemies.

Note return to page 5780 Deut.28.30. chap.16.22.

Note return to page 5781 [f] Meaning, openly, as at noone dayes.

Note return to page 5782 Ecclis.47.11.

Note return to page 5783 [g] For the Lord seeketh but that the sinner would turne to him.

Note return to page 5784 [h] In saying, that the Lord hath appointed a wicked man to raigne ouer his people.

Note return to page 5785 [i] To wit, to his priuie chamber.

Note return to page 5786 [k] Thinking by his instant prayer that God would haue restored his childe, but God had otherwise determined.

Note return to page 5787 Ebr. and he will doe himselfe euil.

Note return to page 5788 [l] Shewing that our lamentations ought not to be excessiue, but moderate: and that we must prayse God in all his doings.

Note return to page 5789 [m] As they which considered not þt; God graunteth many things to the sobbes and teares of the faithfull.

Note return to page 5790 [n] By this consideration he appeased his sorow.

Note return to page 5791 Matth.1.6.

Note return to page 5792 [o] To wit, the Lord, 1.Chron. 22.9.

Note return to page 5793 Ebr. by the hand of.

Note return to page 5794 [p] To call him Salomon.

Note return to page 5795 [q] Meaning, Dauid.

Note return to page 5796 1.Chron.22.9.

Note return to page 5797 Or, the chiefe city.

Note return to page 5798 [r] That is, the chiefe citie, and where all the conduits are, is as good as taken.

Note return to page 5799 Ebr. my name be called vpon it.

Note return to page 5800 1.Chron.20.2.

Note return to page 5801 [s] That is, three score pound after the weight of the common talent.

Note return to page 5802 [t] Signifying, that as they were malicious enemies of God, so he put them to cruel death.

Note return to page 5803 [a] Tamar was Absaloms sister both by father and mother, and Amnons onely by father.

Note return to page 5804 [b] And therefore kept in her fathers house, as virgins were accustomed.

Note return to page 5805 [c] Here we see that there is no enterprise so wicked, that can lacke counsell to further it.

Note return to page 5806 [d] Meaning, some delicate and deintie meate.

Note return to page 5807 Or, paste.

Note return to page 5808 [e] That is, she serued them on a dishe.

Note return to page 5809 [f] For the wicked are ashamed to doe that before men, which they are not afraid to commit in the sight of God.

Note return to page 5810 Leuit.18.9.

Note return to page 5811 Or, how shall I put away my shame?

Note return to page 5812 [g] As a lewde and wicked person.

Note return to page 5813 Or, for this cause.

Note return to page 5814 Or, boye.

Note return to page 5815 [h] For that which was of diuers colours or pieces, in those dayes was had in greatest estimation, Gen.37.3. iudg.5.30.

Note return to page 5816 [i] For though he conceiued sudden vengeance in his heart, yet he dissembled it till occasion serued, and comforted his sister.

Note return to page 5817 Or, in the plaine of Hazor.

Note return to page 5818 [k] To wit, to a banket, thinking thereby to fulfill his wicked purpose.

Note return to page 5819 Ebr. blessed.

Note return to page 5820 [l] Pretending to the king, that Amnon was most deare vnto him.

Note return to page 5821 [m] Such is þe; pride of the wicked masters, that in al their wicked c&obar;mandements they thinke to be obeyed.

Note return to page 5822 [n] Lamenting, as he that felt the wrath of God vpon his house, Chap. 12.10.

Note return to page 5823 Ebr. because it was put in Absaloms mouth.

Note return to page 5824 Or, take it to heart.

Note return to page 5825 Or, but.

Note return to page 5826 Or, one after another.

Note return to page 5827 [o] That onely Amnon is dead.

Note return to page 5828 [p] For Maachah his mother was the daughter of this Talmai, Chap.3.3.

Note return to page 5829 Or, ceased.

Note return to page 5830 [a] That the king fauoured him.

Note return to page 5831 Or, wise.

Note return to page 5832 [b] In token of mourning: for they vsed anoynting to seeme chearefull.

Note return to page 5833 Ebr. put words in her mouth.

Note return to page 5834 Ebr.Saue.

Note return to page 5835 Ebr. a widowe woman.

Note return to page 5836 [c] Vnder this parable she describeth the death of Amn&obar; by Absalom.

Note return to page 5837 [d] Because he hath slayne his brother, he ought to be slaine according to the Law, Gen.9.6. exod.31.12.

Note return to page 5838 [e] As touching the breach of the Law which punisheth blood, let me beare the blame.

Note return to page 5839 Or, innocent.

Note return to page 5840 [f] Sweare that they shal not reuenge the blood, which are many in nomber.

Note return to page 5841 [g] Why doest thou giue contrary sentence in thy sonne Absalom?

Note return to page 5842 Or, accept.

Note return to page 5843 [h] God hath prouided wayes (as sanctuaries) to saue them oft times, whom m&abar; iudgeth worthy death.

Note return to page 5844 [i] For I thought they would kill this mine heire.

Note return to page 5845 Ebr.rest.

Note return to page 5846 [k] Is of great wisdome to discerne right from wrong.

Note return to page 5847 [l] Hast not thou done this by the counsell of Ioab?

Note return to page 5848 [m] By speaking rather in a parable then plainely.

Note return to page 5849 Or, none can hide ought from the King.

Note return to page 5850 [n] I haue granted thy request.

Note return to page 5851 Ebr.blessed.

Note return to page 5852 [o] Couering hereby his affection, & shewing some part of iustice to please the people.

Note return to page 5853 [p] Which weyed 6.li.14. ounces after halfe an ounce the shekel.

Note return to page 5854 Or, possession.

Note return to page 5855 [q] The wicked are impatient in their affections, & spare no vnlawfull meanes to compasse them.

Note return to page 5856 [r] If I haue offended by reuenging my sisters dishonour: thus the wicked iustifie themselues in their euil.

Note return to page 5857 Ebr.made him.

Note return to page 5858 [a] Which were as a garde to set forth his estate.

Note return to page 5859 Or, controuersie.

Note return to page 5860 [b] That is, noting of what citie or place he was.

Note return to page 5861 [c] Thus by slander, flatterie and faire promises the wicked seeke preferment.

Note return to page 5862 [d] By intising them from his father to himselfe.

Note return to page 5863 [e] Counting from the time that the Israelites had asked a king of Samuel.

Note return to page 5864 [f] By offring a peace offering, which was lawful to do in any place.

Note return to page 5865 [g] And bid to his feast in Hebron.

Note return to page 5866 Ebr. went and increased.

Note return to page 5867 [h] Whose heart he saw that Satan had so possessed, that he would leaue no mischiefe vnattempted.

Note return to page 5868 Ebr.chuse.

Note return to page 5869 Ebr.at his sette.

Note return to page 5870 Or, house.

Note return to page 5871 [i] To wit,from Ierusalem.

Note return to page 5872 [k] These were as the kings garde, or as some write his counselers.

Note return to page 5873 [l] Who, as some write,was the kings sonne of Gath.

Note return to page 5874 [m] Meaning, them of his familie.

Note return to page 5875 [n] God requite thee thy friendship and fidelitie.

Note return to page 5876 [o] To wit, the sixe hundreth men.

Note return to page 5877 [p] Which was the charge of the Kohathites, Nom.4.4.

Note return to page 5878 [q] To stand by the Arke.

Note return to page 5879 Or, his tabernacle.

Note return to page 5880 [r] The faithfull in all their afflictions shewe themselues obedient to Gods will.

Note return to page 5881 1.Sam.9.9.

Note return to page 5882 [s] With ashes and dust in signe of sorowe.

Note return to page 5883 [t] The counsel of the crafty worldlings doth more harme then the open force of the enemie.

Note return to page 5884 [u] Though Hushai dissembled here at the Kings request, yet may we not vse this example to excuse our dissimulation.

Note return to page 5885 [a] Which was the hill of Oliues, Chap.15.30.

Note return to page 5886 Or, figge cakes.

Note return to page 5887 [b] Commonly there are no viler traytors then they, which vnder pretence of friendship accuse others.

Note return to page 5888 Ebr. I worship.

Note return to page 5889 [c] Which was a citie in the tribe of Beniamin.

Note return to page 5890 [d] That is, round about him.

Note return to page 5891 Ebr.man of blood.

Note return to page 5892 Ebr.man of Belial.

Note return to page 5893 [e] Reproching him as though by his meanes Ish-bosheth and Abner were slayne.

Note return to page 5894 1.Sam.24.15.& chap.3.8.

Note return to page 5895 [f] Dauid felt that this was þe; iudgement of God for his sinne,& therefore humbleth himselfe to his rodde.

Note return to page 5896 Or, my teares.

Note return to page 5897 [g] Meaning, that the Lord wil send comfort to his when they are oppressed.

Note return to page 5898 [h] To wit, at Bahurim.

Note return to page 5899 Ebr.Let the King liue.

Note return to page 5900 [i] Meaning, Dauid.

Note return to page 5901 Ebr.the second time.

Note return to page 5902 [k] Suspecting the change of the kingdome, and so his owne ouerthrowe, he giueth such counsell as might most hinder his fathers reconciliation: & also declare to the people that Absalom was in hiest authoritie.

Note return to page 5903 [l] It was so esteemed for the successe thereof.

Note return to page 5904 [a] The wicked are so griedie to execute their malice, that they leaue none occasion, that may further the same.

Note return to page 5905 [b] Meaning, Dauid.

Note return to page 5906 Ebr.was right in the eyes of Absalom.

Note return to page 5907 Ebr.what is in his mouth.

Note return to page 5908 Or, giuen such counsell.

Note return to page 5909 [c] Hushai sheweth himselfe faithfull to Dauid, in that he reproueth this wicked counsell and purpose.

Note return to page 5910 Or, tarie all night.

Note return to page 5911 Ebr.haue a breach, or ruine.

Note return to page 5912 Ebr.melt.

Note return to page 5913 Or, we will campe against him.

Note return to page 5914 Or, commanded.

Note return to page 5915 [d] That counsell which seemed good at the first to Absalom, vers.4.

Note return to page 5916 [e] For by the counsell of Hushai he went to the battell where he was destroyed.

Note return to page 5917 [f] That is, ouer Iorden.

Note return to page 5918 Or, the well of Rogel.

Note return to page 5919 [g] Meaning, the message from their fathers.

Note return to page 5920 [h] Thus God sendeth succour to his in their greatest dangers.

Note return to page 5921 [i] The Chalde text readeth, now they haue passed the Iorden.

Note return to page 5922 [k] To wit, to pursue thee with all haste.

Note return to page 5923 [l] They traueiled all night, and by morning had all their companie passed ouer.

Note return to page 5924 [m] Gods iust vengeance euen in this life is powred on them, which are enemies, traitours, or persecuters of his Church.

Note return to page 5925 [n] Who was also called Ishai Dauids father.

Note return to page 5926 [o] God sheweth himselfe most liberall to his, when they seeme to be vtterly destitute.

Note return to page 5927 [a] For certaine of the Reubenites, Gadites, and of the halfe tribe, could not beare the insolencie of the sonne against the father, and therefore ioyned with Dauid.

Note return to page 5928 [b] Signifying, that a good gouernour ought to be so deare vnto his people, that they will rather lose their liues, then that ought should come vnto him.

Note return to page 5929 [c] So called, because the Ephraimites (as some say) fed their cattel beyonde Iorden in this wood.

Note return to page 5930 This is a terrible example of Gods vengeance against them that are rebels or disobedient to their parents.

Note return to page 5931 Gene.23.15.

Note return to page 5932 Ebr.weigh vpon mine hande.

Note return to page 5933 Ebr.a lye against my soule.

Note return to page 5934 Ebr.in the heart of Absalom.

Note return to page 5935 [d] For he had pitie of the people, which was seduced by Absaloms flatterie.

Note return to page 5936 [e] Thus God turned his vaine glorie to shame.

Note return to page 5937 Gene.14.17.

Note return to page 5938 [f] It seemeth that God had punished him in taking away his children, Chap. 14.27.

Note return to page 5939 Ebr.iudged.

Note return to page 5940 [g] For Ioab bare a good affection to Ahimaaz, and doubted howe Dauid woulde take Absaloms death.

Note return to page 5941 [h] He sate in the gate of the citie of Mahanaim.

Note return to page 5942 Ebr. tydings are in his mouth.

Note return to page 5943 Ebr. I see the running.

Note return to page 5944 [i] He had had experience of his fidelitie, Chap. 17.21.

Note return to page 5945 Or, deliuered vp.

Note return to page 5946 [k] To wit, Cushi, who was an Ethiopian.

Note return to page 5947 Ebr. tidings is brought.

Note return to page 5948 [l] Because he considered both the iudgement of God against his sinne, and coulde not otherwise hide his fatherly affection towarde his sonne.

Note return to page 5949 Ebr. saluation, or deliuerance.

Note return to page 5950 Or, by stealth.

Note return to page 5951 [a] As they doe that mourne.

Note return to page 5952 [b] At Mahanaim.

Note return to page 5953 Or, captaines.

Note return to page 5954 Ebr.bene right in thine eyes.

Note return to page 5955 Ebr.to the heart of thy seruants.

Note return to page 5956 [c] Where the most resort of the people hanted.

Note return to page 5957 [d] Euery one blamed another and stroue who should first bring him home.

Note return to page 5958 [e] That they should reproue the negligence of the Elders, seeing the people were so forward.

Note return to page 5959 [f] By this policie Dauid thought that by winning of the captaine, he should haue the heartes of all the people.

Note return to page 5960 [g] Who had before reuiled him, Chap.16.13.

Note return to page 5961 Chap.16.2.

Note return to page 5962 Chap.16.15.

Note return to page 5963 [h] For in his aduersitie he was his most cruel enemie, and nowe in his prosperitie seeketh by flatterie to creepe into fauour.

Note return to page 5964 [i] By Ioseph he meaneth Ephraim, Manasseh, and Beniamin (whereof he was) because these three were vnder one standerd, Nomb. 2.18.

Note return to page 5965 [k] By my handes, or during my life, as reade, 1.King.2.8,9.

Note return to page 5966 [l] When Mephibosheth being at Ierusalem had met the King.

Note return to page 5967 Chap.16.3.

Note return to page 5968 [m] Able for his wisdome to iudge in all matters.

Note return to page 5969 [n] Worthie to die for Sauls crueltie towarde thee.

Note return to page 5970 [o] Dauid did euill in taking his landes from him before he knewe the cause, but much worse, that knowing the trueth, he did not restore them.

Note return to page 5971 Ebr. howe many dayes are the yeres of my life?

Note return to page 5972 [p] He thought it not meete to receiue benefites of him to whome he was not able to doe seruice againe.

Note return to page 5973 [q] My sonne.

Note return to page 5974 Or, chuse.

Note return to page 5975 Or, bade him farewell.

Note return to page 5976 [r] Where the tribe of Iudah taried to receiue him.

Note return to page 5977 [s] Which had taken part with the king.

Note return to page 5978 [t] Toward Ierusalem.

Note return to page 5979 Or, haue not wee first spoken to bring home the King? vers.11.

Note return to page 5980 [a] Where the ten tribes contended against Iudah.

Note return to page 5981 [b] As they of Iudah say.

Note return to page 5982 [c] He thought by speaking contemptuously of þe; king, to stirre þe; people rather to sedition, or els by causing Israel to depart, thought that they of Iudah would haue lesse esteemed him.

Note return to page 5983 [d] From Gilgal, which was neere Iorden.

Note return to page 5984 Chap.16.22.

Note return to page 5985 [e] Who was his chiefe captaine in Ioabs roume, Chap.19.13.

Note return to page 5986 [f] Either them which had bene vnder Ioab, or Dauids men.

Note return to page 5987 Chap.8.18.

Note return to page 5988 [g] Which was his coat, that he vsed to weare in the warres.

Note return to page 5989 Ebr.peace.

Note return to page 5990 Ebr.doubled not his stroke.

Note return to page 5991 [h] He stood by Amasa at Ioabs appointment.

Note return to page 5992 [i] Vnto the citie Abel, which was neere to Bethmaachah.

Note return to page 5993 [k] That is, hee went about to ouerthrow it.

Note return to page 5994 [l] She sheweth that the olde custome was not to destroy a citie, before peace was offred, Deut.20. 10,11.

Note return to page 5995 [m] Shee speaketh in the name of the citie.

Note return to page 5996 [n] Hearing his faute tolde him, he gaue place to reason, and required only him that was author of the treason.

Note return to page 5997 Ebr.they were scattered.

Note return to page 5998 Chap.8.16.

Note return to page 5999 [o] Either in dignitie, or familiaritie.

Note return to page 6000 Ebr.yeere after yeere.

Note return to page 6001 Ebr.sought the face of the Lord.

Note return to page 6002 [a] Thinking to gratifie the people, because these were not of the seede of Abraham.

Note return to page 6003 Iosh.9.3,16,17.

Note return to page 6004 [b] Wherewith may your wrath be appeased, that you may pray to God to remoue this plague from his people?

Note return to page 6005 [c] Saue onely of Sauls stocke.

Note return to page 6006 [d] Of Sauls kinsmen.

Note return to page 6007 [e] To pacifie the Lord.

Note return to page 6008 1.Sam.18.3. and 20.8,42.

Note return to page 6009 [f] Here Michal is named for Merab Adriels wife, as appeareth, 1.Sam.18. 19. for Michal was the wife of Paltiel, 1.Sam.25.44. and neuer had childe, 2.Sam.6.23.

Note return to page 6010 Ebr.fell.

Note return to page 6011 [g] Which was in the moneth Abib or Nisan, which conteineth part of March and part of April.

Note return to page 6012 [h] To make her a tent, wherein she prayed God to turne away his wrath.

Note return to page 6013 [i] Because drought was the cause of this famine, God by sending of raine shewed that he was pacified.

Note return to page 6014 Or, rest.

Note return to page 6015 1.Sam.31.10.

Note return to page 6016 [k] For where the magistrate suffreth faults vnpunished, there the plague of God lieth vpon the land.

Note return to page 6017 [l] That is, of the race of Gyants.

Note return to page 6018 [m] Which amount to nine pounde three quarters.

Note return to page 6019 [n] For the glory and wealth of the countrey standeth in the preseruati&obar; of the godly magistrate.

Note return to page 6020 [o] Called Gezer, & Saph is called Sippai, 1.Chro 20.4.

Note return to page 6021 [p] That is, Lahmi the brother of Goliath, whom Dauid slew, 1.Chro.20.5.

Note return to page 6022 1.Sam.16.9.

Note return to page 6023 [a] In token of the wonderful benefites, that he receiued of God.

Note return to page 6024 Psal.18.2.

Note return to page 6025 [b] By the diuersitie of these c&obar;fortable names, he sheweth how his faith was strengthened in all tentations.

Note return to page 6026 Or, rocke.

Note return to page 6027 [c] As Dauid (who was the figure of Christ) was by Gods power deliuered from al dangers: so Christ and his Church shall ouercome most grieuous dangers, tyrannie & death.

Note return to page 6028 [d] That is, cloudes, and vapours.

Note return to page 6029 [e] Lightning and thundering.

Note return to page 6030 [f] So it seemeth when the ayre is darke.

Note return to page 6031 [g] To flie in a moment thorowe the worlde.

Note return to page 6032 [h] By this description of a tempest he declareth the power of God against his enemies.

Note return to page 6033 [i] He alludeth to the miracle of the red Sea.

Note return to page 6034 [k] I was so beset, that all meanes seemed to faile.

Note return to page 6035 [l] Toward Saul and mine enemies.

Note return to page 6036 [m] I attempted nothing without his commandement.

Note return to page 6037 [n] Their wickednes is cause, that thou seemest to forget thy wonted mercie.

Note return to page 6038 [o] The maner that God vseth to succour his, neuer faileth.

Note return to page 6039 [p] He vseth extraordinarie meanes to make me winne most strong holdes.

Note return to page 6040 Or, steele.

Note return to page 6041 [q] He acknowledgeth that God was the authour of his victories, who gaue him strength.

Note return to page 6042 [r] The wicked in their necessitie are compelled to flee to God, but it is too late.

Note return to page 6043 [s] Meaning, of the Iewes, who conspired against me.

Note return to page 6044 [t] Not willingly obeying me, but dissemblingly.

Note return to page 6045 [u] Let him shewe his power, that he is the gouernour of all the worlde.

Note return to page 6046 Rom.13.9.

Note return to page 6047 Chap.7.13.

Note return to page 6048 [a] Which he spake after that he had made the Psalmes.

Note return to page 6049 [b] Meaning, he spake nothing but by the motion of Gods Spirit.

Note return to page 6050 [c] Which groweth quickely and fadeth soone.

Note return to page 6051 [d] But that my kingdome may continue for euer according to his promes.

Note return to page 6052 [e] As one of the kings co&ubar;sell.

Note return to page 6053 1.Chron.11.12.

Note return to page 6054 Or, assailed with danger of their liues.

Note return to page 6055 [f] Meaning, fled from the battel.

Note return to page 6056 [g] By a crampe which came of wearinesse and straming.

Note return to page 6057 1.Chron.11.27.

Note return to page 6058 [h] Who hath neither respect to many nor fewe, when he wil shew his power.

Note return to page 6059 Or, Gyants.

Note return to page 6060 [i] Being ouercome with wearinesse and thirst.

Note return to page 6061 [k] Brideling his affection, and also desiring God not to be offended for that rashe enterprise.

Note return to page 6062 1.Chron.11.20.

Note return to page 6063 Ebr.slaine.

Note return to page 6064 Or, Ish-hai.

Note return to page 6065 Or, a comely man.

Note return to page 6066 [l] Which was bigge as a weauers beame, 1. Chron.11.23.

Note return to page 6067 [m] He was more valiant then the 30 that followe, and not so valiant as the sixe before.

Note return to page 6068 Chap.2.18.

Note return to page 6069 1.Chron.11.27.

Note return to page 6070 Or, Pelenite.

Note return to page 6071 [n] Diuers of these had two names, as appeareth, 1. Chron 11. and also many more are there mentioned.

Note return to page 6072 [o] These came to Dauid and helped to restore him to his kingdome.

Note return to page 6073 [a] Before they were plagued with famine, Chap.21.1.

Note return to page 6074 [b] The Lorde permitted Satan, as 1.Chron.21.1.

Note return to page 6075 [c] Because he did this to trie his power and so to trust therein, it offended God, els it was lawfull to nomber the people, Exod. 30.12. nomb. 1.2.

Note return to page 6076 Or, riuer.

Note return to page 6077 Or, to the nether lande newly inhabited.

Note return to page 6078 Or, Zor.

Note return to page 6079 [d] According to Ioabs count: for in all there were eleuen hundreth thousande, 1. Chron.21.5.

Note return to page 6080 [e] Concluding vnder them the Beniamites: for els they had but foure hundreth and seuentie thousande, 1. Chron.21.5.

Note return to page 6081 [f] Whome God had appointed for Dauid and his time.

Note return to page 6082 [g] For three yeeres of famine were past for the Gibeonites matter: this was the fourth yeere, to the which shoulde haue bene added other three yeeres more, 1.Chron. 21.12.

Note return to page 6083 [h] From the one side of the countrey to the other.

Note return to page 6084 1.Sam.15.11.

Note return to page 6085 [i] The Lord spared this place, because he had chosen it to builde his temple there.

Note return to page 6086 [k] Dauid saw not the iust cause, why God plagued the people, and therefore he offreth himselfe to Gods corrections as the onely cause of this euil.

Note return to page 6087 [l] Called also Ornan, 1.Chro. 21.20.

Note return to page 6088 [m] That is, abundantly: for as some write, hee was King of Ierusalem before Dauid wanne the tower.

Note return to page 6089 [n] Some write, that euery tribe gaue 50, which make 600, or that afterward he bought as much as came to 550. shekels, 1.Chro. 21.25.

Note return to page 6090 [a] He was about 70 yere olde, 2. Sam.5.4.

Note return to page 6091 [b] For his naturall heate was worne away with trauels.

Note return to page 6092 Or, serue him.

Note return to page 6093 [c] Which citie was in the tribe of Issachar, as Iosh.19.18.

Note return to page 6094 [d] Reade 2.Sam. 15.1.

Note return to page 6095 Ebr.daies.

Note return to page 6096 Ebr.his wordes were with Ioab.

Note return to page 6097 [e] They tooke his part and followed him.

Note return to page 6098 Or, the fountaine.

Note return to page 6099 [f] As the Cherethites and Pelathites.

Note return to page 6100 2.Sam.3.4.

Note return to page 6101 [g] For Adoniiah will destroy thee and thy sonne, if he reigne.

Note return to page 6102 [h] By declaring such things, as may further the same.

Note return to page 6103 [i] The king being worne with age, could not attend to the affaires of the realme, and also Adoniiah had many flatterers which kept it. from the king.

Note return to page 6104 [k] And so put to death as wicked transgressers.

Note return to page 6105 Ebr.sinners.

Note return to page 6106 [l] Acknowledging him to be the true and worthie king appointed of God, as the figure of his Christ.

Note return to page 6107 Ebr.let the king Adoniiah liue.

Note return to page 6108 [m] Meaning, that he ought in such affaires enterprise nothing except he had consulted with the Lord.

Note return to page 6109 [n] Moued by the Spirit of God so to doe, because he foresawe that Salomon should be the figure of Christ.

Note return to page 6110 [o] Meaning, the kings seruants and such as were of his garde.

Note return to page 6111 Ebr.commanded.

Note return to page 6112 Ebr.say so.

Note return to page 6113 [p] Wherewith they accustomed to anoint þe; Priests and the holie instruments, Exod. 30.23.

Note return to page 6114 Ebr.brake.

Note return to page 6115 Ebr.a man of power.

Note return to page 6116 [q] He praised Ionathan, thinking to haue heard comfortable newes, but God wrought things contrarie to his expectation, and so did beate downe his pride.

Note return to page 6117 [r] To salute him, and to pray and praise God for him.

Note return to page 6118 [s] He gaue God thankes for the good successe.

Note return to page 6119 [t] Which Dauid his father had built in the stoore of Araunah, as 2.Sam.24.25.

Note return to page 6120 [a] I am ready to die, as all men must.

Note return to page 6121 [b] Hee sheweth how hard a thing it is to gouerne, and that none can doe it wel except he obey God.

Note return to page 6122 Deut.29.9. iosh 1.7.

Note return to page 6123 Or, doe wisely.

Note return to page 6124 [c] And without hypocrisie.

Note return to page 6125 2.Sam.7.12.

Note return to page 6126 Ebr.a man shall not be cut off to thee from of the throne.

Note return to page 6127 2.Sam.3.27.

Note return to page 6128 2.Sam.20.10.

Note return to page 6129 [d] Hee shed his blood in time of peace, as if there had bene warre.

Note return to page 6130 [e] Hee put the bloodie sworde into his sheath.

Note return to page 6131 2.Sam.19.31.

Note return to page 6132 [f] That is, they dealt mercifully with me.

Note return to page 6133 2.Sam.16.5.

Note return to page 6134 2.Sam.19.23.

Note return to page 6135 [g] Let him be punished with death: looke verse 46.

Note return to page 6136 Act.2.29. and 13.36.

Note return to page 6137 2.Sam.5.4. 1.chro.29.26,27.

Note return to page 6138 1.Chro.29.23.

Note return to page 6139 [h] For she feared, least he woulde worke treason against the King.

Note return to page 6140 [i] In signe of their fauour & consent.

Note return to page 6141 Ebr.cause not my face to turne away.

Note return to page 6142 [k] In token of reuerence, and that others by his example might haue her in greater honour.

Note return to page 6143 [l] Meaning, that if he shoulde haue granted Abishag, which was so deare to his father, he would afterward haue aspired to the kingdome.

Note return to page 6144 2.Sam.7.12,13.

Note return to page 6145 Or, fell vpon him

Note return to page 6146 Or, possessions.

Note return to page 6147 Ebr. a man of death.

Note return to page 6148 [m] When he fled before Absalom, 2.Sam.15.24.

Note return to page 6149 1.Sam.2.31,35.

Note return to page 6150 [n] He tooke Adoniiahs part when he woulde haue vsurped the kingdome, Chap.1.7.

Note return to page 6151 [o] Thinking to be saued by the holines of the place.

Note return to page 6152 [p] For it was lawful to take the wilful murtherer from the altar, Exod.21.14.

Note return to page 6153 2.Sam.3.27.

Note return to page 6154 2.Sam.20.10.

Note return to page 6155 [q] Ioab shalbe iustly punished for the blood that he hath cruelly shed.

Note return to page 6156 [r] And so tooke the office of the hie Priest from the house of Eli, and restored it to the house of Phinehas.

Note return to page 6157 [s] Thus God appointeth þe; wayes & meanes to bring his iust iudgem&ebar;ts vpon the wicked.

Note return to page 6158 [t] His couetous minde moued him rather to venture his life, then to lose his worldly profite, which he had by his seru&abar;ts.

Note return to page 6159 [u] For though thou wouldest denie, yet thine owne conscience would accuse thee, for reuiling and doing wrong to my father, 2.Sam. 16.5.

Note return to page 6160 2.Chron.1.1.

Note return to page 6161 [x] Because all his enemies were destroyed.

Note return to page 6162 Chap.7.8.

Note return to page 6163 [a] Which was Beth-lehem.

Note return to page 6164 [b] Where altars were appointed before the temple was built to offer vnto the Lord.

Note return to page 6165 [c] For his father had commanded him to obey the Lord & walke in his waies, Cha.2.3.

Note return to page 6166 [d] For there the Tabernacle was, 2.Chro.13.

Note return to page 6167 Or, as he walked.

Note return to page 6168 [e] Thou hast performed thy promes.

Note return to page 6169 [f] That is, to behaue my selfe in executing this charge of ruling.

Note return to page 6170 2.Chro.1.10.

Note return to page 6171 Or, obedient.

Note return to page 6172 [g] Which are so many in nomber.

Note return to page 6173 [h] That is, that thine enemies should die.

Note return to page 6174 Matt.6.33. wisd.7.11.

Note return to page 6175 Or, hath bene none.

Note return to page 6176 Chap.15.5.

Note return to page 6177 [i] He knewe that God had appeared vnto him in a dreame.

Note return to page 6178 Or, vitailers.

Note return to page 6179 [k] By this example it appeareth that God kept promes with Salomon in granting him wisedome.

Note return to page 6180 [l] She stale the quicke childe away because she might both auoyde the shame & punishment.

Note return to page 6181 [m] Except God giue iudges vnderstanding, the impudencie of the trespasser shal ouerthrowe the iust cause of the innocent.

Note return to page 6182 [n] Her motherly affection herein appeareth, that she had rather indure the rigour of the lawe, then see her childe cruelly slaine.

Note return to page 6183 [a] That is, his chiefe officers.

Note return to page 6184 [b] He was the sonne of Achimais and Zadoks nephewe.

Note return to page 6185 [c] Not Abiathar whom Salomon had put from his office, Chap.2.27. but another of that name.

Note return to page 6186 Chap.5.14.

Note return to page 6187 Or, Elon in Beth-anan.

Note return to page 6188 Or, to the plaine.

Note return to page 6189 [d] Which townes bare Iairs name, because he tooke them of the Canaanites, Nomb. 32.41.

Note return to page 6190 [e] Salomon obserued not the deuision that Ioshua made, but deuided it as might best serue for his purpose.

Note return to page 6191 [f] They lined in all peace and securitie.

Note return to page 6192 Ecclus.47.15.

Note return to page 6193 [g] Which is Euphrates.

Note return to page 6194 Ebr.Corim.

Note return to page 6195 Or, Gaza.

Note return to page 6196 [h] For they were all tributaries vnto him.

Note return to page 6197 [i] Throughout all Israel.

Note return to page 6198 2.Chron.9.25.

Note return to page 6199 Ecclus.47.14, 15.16.

Note return to page 6200 [k] Meaning, great vnderstanding & able to comprehend all things.

Note return to page 6201 [l] To wit, the philosophers & astronomers, which were iudged most wise.

Note return to page 6202 [m] Which for the most part are thought to haue perished in the captiuitie of Babylon.

Note return to page 6203 [n] From the hiest to the lowest.

Note return to page 6204 Or, Zor.

Note return to page 6205 2.Chron.2 3.

Note return to page 6206 Or, his enemies.

Note return to page 6207 [a] He declareth that he was bound to set forth Gods glory, for as much as the Lorde had sent him rest and peace.

Note return to page 6208 2.Sam.7.13. 1.chron.22.10.

Note return to page 6209 [b] This was his equitie, that he would not receiue a benefite without some recompence.

Note return to page 6210 [c] In Hiram is prefigurate the vocation of the Gentiles, who should helpe to builde the Spirituall temple.

Note return to page 6211 Or, flotes.

Note return to page 6212 [d] While my seruants are occupied about thy businesse.

Note return to page 6213 Ebr. Corim.

Note return to page 6214 Or, pure.

Note return to page 6215 Chap.3.12.

Note return to page 6216 [e] As touching the furniture of wood & vitailes.

Note return to page 6217 Chap.4.6.

Note return to page 6218 Or,masters of the worke.

Note return to page 6219 [f] The Ebrewe worde is, Giblim, which some say, were excellent masons.

Note return to page 6220 2.Chron.3.1.

Note return to page 6221 [a] Which moneth conteineth part of April and part of May.

Note return to page 6222 [b] Whereby is meant the Temple & the oracle.

Note return to page 6223 [c] Or the court where the people prayed, which was before the place where the altar of burnt offrings stood.

Note return to page 6224 Or, to open and to shut.

Note return to page 6225 Or, loftes.

Note return to page 6226 [d] Whence God spake betweene the Cherubims, called also the most holy place.

Note return to page 6227 [e] Which were certaine stones comming out of the wall, as staies for the beames to rest vpon.

Note return to page 6228 Or, gallerie.

Note return to page 6229 [f] In Exodus it is called the Tabernacle: and the Temple is there called the sanctuarie, and the Oracle the most holy place.

Note return to page 6230 2.Sam.7.13.

Note return to page 6231 [Subnote: THE TEMPLE VNCOVERED.]

The cause why we vncouered and set open the Temple, without setting foorth the wall that is before it, is, that the order of those things that are within, might be seene more liuely.

A B. The length of the Temple of three score cubites.

A C. The breadth of twentie cubites within, and not measuring the thicknesse of the walles. This also was the length of the porch without the Temple.

C D. The height of thirtie cubites.

E F. The chambers of the Priestes, which compassed about the Temple on three sides, South, West and North, and were of three heights.

G H. The breadth of the porch, ten cubites.

I. The windowes of the Temple.

K. The first chamber was fiue cubites broad.

L. The second sixe.

M. The third seuen.

N O P. The restes are stayes of the wall, which bare vp the posts that did separate chamber from chamber.

Q. The holy place.

R. The holiest of all, where the Arke of the couenant was.

S. The gate to enter into the most holy place.

T. The fiue candlesticks on euery side of the Temple.

V. The ten tables on both sides for the shewbread.

X. The incense altar.

Note return to page 6232 [g] According as he promised vnto Moses, Exo.25.22.

Note return to page 6233 [h] Meaning, vnto the roofe, which was also sieled.

Note return to page 6234 [i] For when hee spake of the house in the first verse, he meant both the oracle and the Temple.

Note return to page 6235 Or, wilde cucumers.

Note return to page 6236 [k] That is, in the most inwarde place of the house.

Note return to page 6237 Ebr.he drewe through chains of golde before.

Note return to page 6238 [l] Meaning, the altar of incense Exod.30.1.

Note return to page 6239 Or, pine tree.

Note return to page 6240 [Subnote: THE TEMPLE COVERED.]

This figure representeth the great court separated into three partes, whose separation was made of three orders of hewen stone, and one of cedar boards.

A. The court of the Priests next to the porch, called the inner court, for it was neerer the Temple then was the peoples.

B. The altar of burnt sacrifices, which was much greater then Moses was. For the length hereof was twentie cubites, and the breadth as much, and ten in height.

C. Ten lauers, 2.Chron.4.6.

D. The sea, 2.Chron.4.2.

E. The court of the people, 2 Chron.4.9. and 6.12. which is called the great porch, and in Actes 3.11. the porch of Salomon. This court is often taken in the Scriptures of the Newe Testament for the Temple, Matth.21.23. Actes 3.2,3. for the people did not passe vp further, but did worship in this court. This is the place wherein Christ and his Apostles vsed to preach, and whence Christ did cast the buyers and sellers.

F. A stage of brasse whereon Salomon prayed, that he might be better seene and heard of the people. It was fiue cubites long, fiue broad, and in height three, 2.Chron.6.13.

G. A gate on the East, called the gate of Sur, or, Seir, 2.Kings 11.6. and the gate of the foundation, 2.Chron.23.5. It is also called beautifull, Actes 3.2. for the Prince did onely enter in thereat, and not the people, Eze.44.3. for the people entred in by the North gate and the South, Ezek.46.9.

Note return to page 6241 Exod.25.20.

Note return to page 6242 [m] For the other which Moses made of beaten gold, were taken away with the other iewels by their enemies, whome God permitted diuers times to ouercome them for their great sinnes.

Note return to page 6243 [n] So that the fashion of the carued worke might still appeare.

Note return to page 6244 Or, folding.

Note return to page 6245 [o] Where the Priests were, and was thus called in respect of the great court, which is called Act.3.11. the porch of Salomon, where the people vsed to pray.

Note return to page 6246 [p] Which conteineth part of October and part of Nouember.

Note return to page 6247 [Subnote: THE FIRST FIGVRE OF THE KINGS HOVSE IN THE WOOD OF LEBANON.]

This figure is made without wall or porch, that the order of the pillars within might be seene.

A.B. The length of an hundreth cubites.

B.C. The breadth of fiftie.

B.D. The height of thirtie.

E.F.G.H. The foure rowes of pillars.

I. The three rowes of windowes.

K. The porch or gallerie before the house.

Note return to page 6248 [Subnote: THE SECOND FIGVRE OF THE SAME HOVSE.]

This second figure sheweth the maner of the house without, and the porch thereof, which was fiftie cubites long, A.B. and thirtie broad, C.D.

The pauement, E.

The windowes F.

Note return to page 6249 Chap.9.10.

Note return to page 6250 [a] After hee had built the Temple.

Note return to page 6251 [b] For the beautie of the place and great abundance of cedar trees that went to the building thereof, it was compared to mount Lebanon in Syria: this house hee vsed in sommer for pleasure and recreation.

Note return to page 6252 [c] There were as many, and like proportion on the one side as on the other, and at euery ende euen three in a rowe one aboue another.

Note return to page 6253 [d] Before the pillars of the house.

Note return to page 6254 [e] For his house, which was at Ierusalem.

Note return to page 6255 Chap.3.1.

Note return to page 6256 Or, precious.

Note return to page 6257 [f] Which were restes and stayes for the beames to lye vpon.

Note return to page 6258 Or, spanne.

Note return to page 6259 [g] From the foundation vpward.

Note return to page 6260 [h] As the Lordes house was built, so was this: onely the great court of Salomons house was vncouered.

Note return to page 6261 Or, Zor.

Note return to page 6262 [i] Thus when God will haue his glory set forth, he rayseth vp men and giueth them excellent gifts for the accomplishment of the same, Exod.31.2,3.

Note return to page 6263 Ebr. the second.

Note return to page 6264 [Subnote: THE FORME OF THE PILLAR.]

A B The height of a pillar eightene cubites: the compasse. of a pillar was twelue cubites.

D E The height of the chapiter or round ball vpon the pillar of fiue cubits height.

F In the middes were two rowes of pomgranates: the rest is the networke & floure delises, or roses.

Note return to page 6265 Or, pummels.

Note return to page 6266 Or, cordes like chaines.

Note return to page 6267 [k] As was seene commonly wrought in costly porches.

Note return to page 6268 Or, round about the middes.

Note return to page 6269 Or, beyond.

Note return to page 6270 Ebr. the second.

Note return to page 6271 [l] Which was in the inner court betweene the Temple and the oracle.

Note return to page 6272 [m] That is, he will stablish, to wit, his promise toward this house.

Note return to page 6273 [n] That is, in strength: meaning, the power thereof shall continue.

Note return to page 6274 [o] So called for the hugenesse of the vessel.

Note return to page 6275 [Subnote: THE SEA, OR GREAT CALDRON.]

A B Ten cubites from one side to the other.

C D The height of fiue cubites.

E F This vessell was in compasse thirtie cubites.

G The two rowes, which compassed the vessell about, and were garnished with bulles head, wherein were pipes to auoyde the water.

Note return to page 6276 2.Cron.4.3.

Note return to page 6277 Or, a spanne.

Note return to page 6278 [p] Bath and Ephah seeme to be both one measure, Ezek.45.11. euery Bath conteined about ten pottels.

Note return to page 6279 Ebr. shoulders.

Note return to page 6280 [q] The mouth of the great base or frame entred into the chapiter, or pillar that bare vp the caldron.

Note return to page 6281 Or, ringes.

Note return to page 6282 [r] Which was called the pillar, chapiter, or small base, wherein the caldron stoode.

Note return to page 6283 [s] To keepe waters for the vse of the sacrifices.

Note return to page 6284 [t] To wit, of the Temple or Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 6285 [u] By this name also Hiram the King of Tyrus was called.

Note return to page 6286 [Subnote: THE FORME OF THE CALDRONS.]

A B The base whereupon stood the caldrons which was foure cubites long.

B C Foure cubites broade.

A D Three cubites high.

E The imbossement and figures of Lyons, Balles, Cherubims.

F The border of workemanshippe folding to and fro.

G The foure wheeles, which had a cubite and an halfe of height.

H The foure slayes or vpholders, which were vpon the base whereupon the caldron stoode.

I The Caldron.

Note return to page 6287 Or, thicke earth.

Note return to page 6288 [x] This was done according to the forme that the Lord prescribed vnto Moses in Exodus.

Note return to page 6289 [y] Some take this for some instrument of musicke.

Note return to page 6290 2.Chro.5.1.

Note return to page 6291 2 Chro.5.2.

Note return to page 6292 Ebr. Salomon.

Note return to page 6293 [a] For Dauid brought it from Obed-edom and placed it in the Tabernacle which he had made for it, 2.Sam.6.17.

Note return to page 6294 [b] C&obar;teining part of Sept&ebar;ber & part of October, in the which month they held three solemne feastes, Nom.29.1.

Note return to page 6295 [c] That is, the Kahathites, Nom. 4.5.

Note return to page 6296 [d] They drewe them onely out so farre as they might be seene: for they might not pull them altogether out, Exod. 25.15.

Note return to page 6297 [e] For it is like that the enemies when they had the Arke in their handes, tooke away the rodde of Aaron and the pot with man.

Note return to page 6298 Exod.40.34.

Note return to page 6299 2.Chron.6.1.

Note return to page 6300 [f] He spake according to the tenor of Gods promes, which was conditionally, that they should serue him aright.

Note return to page 6301 2.Sam.7.8.

Note return to page 6302 Ebr. confirmed.

Note return to page 6303 [g] The two tables wherein the articles of the couenant were written.

Note return to page 6304 2.Chron 6.13.

Note return to page 6305 2.Mac.2.8.

Note return to page 6306 [h] Vnfainedly and without all hypocrisie.

Note return to page 6307 Chap. 2.4.

Note return to page 6308 [i] He is rauished with the admiration of Gods mercies, who being incomprehensible and Lord ouer all, will become familiar with men.

Note return to page 6309 Deut. 12.11.

Note return to page 6310 Or, from.

Note return to page 6311 [k] To wit, the iudge, or neighbour.

Note return to page 6312 Ebr. the othe.

Note return to page 6313 [l] That is, make it knowen.

Note return to page 6314 [m] Acknowledge thy iust iudgement, and praise thee.

Note return to page 6315 [n] So that there be a drought to destroy the fruites of the land.

Note return to page 6316 Ebr. in the land of their gates.

Note return to page 6317 [o] For such are most meete to receiue Gods mercies.

Note return to page 6318 [p] He meaneth such as should be turned from their idolatrie to serue þe; true God.

Note return to page 6319 [q] That this is the true religion wherewith thou wilt be worshipped.

Note return to page 6320 Dan. 6.10.

Note return to page 6321 Or, mainteine their right.

Note return to page 6322 2.Chron.6.36. eccles. 7.22. 1.ioh.18.10.

Note return to page 6323 Or, if they repent.

Note return to page 6324 [r] Though the Temple was the chiefe place of prayer, yet he secludeth not them, that being let with necessitie call vpon him in other places.

Note return to page 6325 [s] As Daniel did, Dan.6.10.

Note return to page 6326 Or, auenge their wrong.

Note return to page 6327 [t] He vnderstoode by faith, that God of enemies would make friendes vnto them that did conuert vnto him.

Note return to page 6328 Exod. 19.6.

Note return to page 6329 [u] Salomon is a figure of Christ, who continually is the Mediator betweene God and his Church.

Note return to page 6330 [x] He concludeth that man of him selfe is enemie vnto God, and that all obedience to his lawe proceedeth of his meere mercie.

Note return to page 6331 Ebr. the thing of a day in his day.

Note return to page 6332 2.Chron.7.4.

Note return to page 6333 [y] Before the oracle, where the Arke was.

Note return to page 6334 2.Chron.7.7.

Note return to page 6335 [z] That is, from North to South: meaning, all the countrey.

Note return to page 6336 [a] Seuen dayes for the dedication, and seuen for the feast.

Note return to page 6337 Ebr. blessed.

Note return to page 6338 2.Chron.7.12.

Note return to page 6339 Chap.3.5.

Note return to page 6340 Chap.8.29. deut.12.11.

Note return to page 6341 [a] If thou walke in my feare, and withdraw thy selfe from the common maner of men which folow their sensualitie.

Note return to page 6342 2.Sam 7.12. 1.chro.22.10.

Note return to page 6343 [b] God declareth that disobedience against him is the cause of his displeasure and so of all miserie.

Note return to page 6344 Iere.7.14.

Note return to page 6345 [c] The world shall make of you a mocking stock for the vile contempt and abusing of Gods most liberall benefits.

Note return to page 6346 Deut.29.24. iere.22.8.

Note return to page 6347 2.Chron.8.1.

Note return to page 6348 Or, Zor.

Note return to page 6349 Or, Galile.

Note return to page 6350 Or, dirtie, or barren.

Note return to page 6351 [d] For his tribute toward the building.

Note return to page 6352 [e] The common talent was about threescore pound weight.

Note return to page 6353 [f] Millo was as the towne house or place of assemblie which was open aboue.

Note return to page 6354 [g] Cities for his munitions of warre.

Note return to page 6355 [h] These were as bondmen and payed what was required, either labour or money.

Note return to page 6356 Leuit.25 39.

Note return to page 6357 [i] The ouerseers of Salomons workes, were deuided into three partes: the first conteined 3300, the second 300, and the third 250, which were Israelites: so here are conteined the two last partes, which make 550. looke more, 2.Chro.8.10.

Note return to page 6358 [k] In the 2.chro. 8.18.is made mention of thirtie, more, which seeme to haue bene employed for their charges.

Note return to page 6359 2.Cron.9.1. mat.12.42. luke 11.31.

Note return to page 6360 [a] Iosephus sayth þt; she was Queene of Ethiopia, and that Sheba was the name of the chiefe citie of Metoe, which is an yland of Nilus.

Note return to page 6361 [b] That is, the whole order, and trade of his house.

Note return to page 6362 Ebr. there was no more spirit in her:

Note return to page 6363 [c] But much more happie are they, which heare the wisdome of God reueiled in his worde.

Note return to page 6364 [d] It is a chiefe signe of Gods fanour, when godly and wise rulers sit in the throne of iustice.

Note return to page 6365 [e] This is the cause, why Kings are appointed.

Note return to page 6366 2.Chro.9.10.

Note return to page 6367 Ebr. by the hand of the King.

Note return to page 6368 Exod.25.39.

Note return to page 6369 [f] To wit, of Arabia, which for the great aboundance of al things was called, Happie.

Note return to page 6370 Chap.7.2.

Note return to page 6371 [g] As the chairebowes, or places to leane vpon.

Note return to page 6372 [h] By Tharshish is ment Cilicia, which was abundant in varietie of precious things.

Note return to page 6373 2.Chron.1.14.

Note return to page 6374 Or, he made siluer as plenteous as stones.

Note return to page 6375 Or, for the companie of the Kings marchants did receiue a number at a price.

Note return to page 6376 Ebr. hands.

Note return to page 6377 Deut.17.17. ecclus.47.19.

Note return to page 6378 [a] Which were idolaters.

Note return to page 6379 Exod.36.16.

Note return to page 6380 Or, Queenes.

Note return to page 6381 [b] To whome apperteined no dowrie.

Note return to page 6382 [c] He serued not God with a pure heart.

Note return to page 6383 Iudg.2.13.

Note return to page 6384 [d] Who was also called Molech, verse 7.reade 2.King.23.10.

Note return to page 6385 [e] Thus the Scripture termeth whatsoeuer man doeth reuerence & serue as God.

Note return to page 6386 Chap.3.5.& 9.2.

Note return to page 6387 Chap.6.12.

Note return to page 6388 [f] That thou hast forsaken me and worshipped idols.

Note return to page 6389 Chap.12.15.

Note return to page 6390 [g] Because the tribes of Iudah & Beniamin had their possessions mixed, they are here taken as one tribe.

Note return to page 6391 [h] Of the King of Edoms stocke.

Note return to page 6392 2 Sam.8.14.

Note return to page 6393 [i] Of the Edomites.

Note return to page 6394 [k] Thus God reserued this idolater to be a scourge to punish his peoples sinnes.

Note return to page 6395 [l] God brought him to honour that his power might be more able to compasse his enterprises against Salomons house.

Note return to page 6396 2.Sam.8.3.

Note return to page 6397 [m] When Dauid had discomfited Hadadezer and his armie.

Note return to page 6398 [n] To wit, the men whome he had gathered vnto him.

Note return to page 6399 2.Chron.13.6.

Note return to page 6400 [o] He was ouerseer of Salomons workes for the tribe of Ephraim and Manasseh.

Note return to page 6401 [p] By these visible signes the prophets would more deepely print their message into their hearts, to whome they were sent.

Note return to page 6402 Or, to doe that, that pleaseth me.

Note return to page 6403 Chap.12.15.

Note return to page 6404 [q] He hath respect vnto the Messiah, which should be the bright starre that should shine through all the worlde.

Note return to page 6405 Ebr. in all that thy soule.

Note return to page 6406 [r] For this idolatrie that Salomon hath committed.

Note return to page 6407 [s] For the whole spirituall kingdome was restored in Messiah.

Note return to page 6408 [t] Which booke, as is thought, was lost in their captiuitie.

Note return to page 6409 2.Chron.9.30.

Note return to page 6410 2.Chron.10.1.

Note return to page 6411 Chap.11.40.

Note return to page 6412 Or, returned from Egypt.

Note return to page 6413 Chap.4.7.

Note return to page 6414 [a] Oppresse vs not with so great charges, which we are not able to susteine.

Note return to page 6415 Or, had bene of his ancient counsellers.

Note return to page 6416 [b] They shewed him that there was no way to winne the peoples hearts, but to grant them their iust petition.

Note return to page 6417 [c] There is nothing harder for them, that are in authoritie, then to bridle their affections, and followe good counsell.

Note return to page 6418 Or, litle finger.

Note return to page 6419 [d] I am much more able to keepe you in subiection then my father was.

Note return to page 6420 Or, scorpions.

Note return to page 6421 [e] The people declare their obedience in this, that they would attempt nothing before the King had giuen them iust occasion.

Note return to page 6422 Or, the Lord was the cause.

Note return to page 6423 Chap.11.11.

Note return to page 6424 [f] Though their cause were good, yet it is most hard for the people to bridle their affections, as these vile wordes declare.

Note return to page 6425 Ebr. strengthened him selfe.

Note return to page 6426 [g] By the iust iudgement of God for Salomons sinnes.

Note return to page 6427 Chap.11.13.

Note return to page 6428 [h] For as yet he perceiued not that the Lord had so appointed it.

Note return to page 6429 2.Chron.11.2.

Note return to page 6430 [i] That is, the Prophet.

Note return to page 6431 [k] Who of his iust iudgement will punish the trespasser, and of his mercie spare the innocent people.

Note return to page 6432 [l] He feared lest his people shoulde haue by this meanes bene entised to rebell against him.

Note return to page 6433 [m] So craftie are the carnall perswasions of princes, when they will make a religion to serue to their appetite.

Note return to page 6434 [n] That is, a temple, where altars were built for idolatrie.

Note return to page 6435 [o] Because he would the more binde the peoples deuotion to his idolatrie, he made a newe holy day, besides those that the Lorde had appointed in the Law.

Note return to page 6436 [a] That is, a Prophet.

Note return to page 6437 [b] Not that that was called Luz in Beniamin, but another of that name.

Note return to page 6438 2.King.23.17.

Note return to page 6439 [c] By this signe ye shall knowe that the Lorde hath sent me.

Note return to page 6440 Or, be powred out.

Note return to page 6441 [d] The wicked rage against the Prophets of God, when they declare them Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 6442 Ebr. mouth.

Note return to page 6443 [e] Though the wicked humble themselues for a time, when they feele Gods iudgements, yet after they returne to their old malice and declare that they are but vile hypocrites.

Note return to page 6444 Or, take sustenance.

Note return to page 6445 Or, hee charged me: to wit, an Angel.

Note return to page 6446 [f] Seing he had the expresse word of God, he ought not to haue declined there from, neither for the persuasion of man nor Angel.

Note return to page 6447 Ebr. looked.

Note return to page 6448 Ebr. I am.

Note return to page 6449 [g] This he did of a simple minde, thinking it his duetie to declare friendship to a Prophet.

Note return to page 6450 [h] His faulte is here double: first in that that he suffreth not the Prophet to obey Gods expresse commandement: and next, that he faineth to haue a reuelation to the contrarie.

Note return to page 6451 [i] God would reproue his folie by him, who was the occasion to bring him into error.

Note return to page 6452 [k] By this feareful example, God setteth forth, howe dangerous a thing it is for men to behaue themselues coldly, or deceitfully in their charge whereunto God hath called them.

Note return to page 6453 [l] To declare that this was only the iudgement of God: for if the lion had done it for hunger, hee would also haue deuoured the body.

Note return to page 6454 [m] Which hee had prepared for himselfe.

Note return to page 6455 [n] So the wicked profite not by Gods threatnings, but goe backward and become worse and worse, 2. Tim.3.13.

Note return to page 6456 Ebr. fill his hand.

Note return to page 6457 [a] His owne conscience bare him witnesse, that the Prophet of God would not satisfie his affections which was a wicked man.

Note return to page 6458 Chap.11.31.

Note return to page 6459 Ebr. in thine hand.

Note return to page 6460 [b] According to the custome when they went to aske counsel of prophets, 1.Sam.9.7.

Note return to page 6461 Or, wafers.

Note return to page 6462 Ebr. eyes stoode.

Note return to page 6463 [c] Then the wife of Ieroboam.

Note return to page 6464 [d] For God oft times discloseth vnto his the craft & subtiltie of the wicked.

Note return to page 6465 [e] Which wast but a seruant.

Note return to page 6466 [f] To wit, two calues.

Note return to page 6467 Chap.21.21. & 2.king.9.8.

Note return to page 6468 [g] Euery male euen to the dogs, 1.Sam.25.22.

Note return to page 6469 [h] As well him that is in the strong holde, as him that is abroad.

Note return to page 6470 [i] They shall lack the honour of buriall in token of Gods malediction.

Note return to page 6471 [k] In the middes of the wicked, God hath some, on whom he doeth bestowe his mercies.

Note return to page 6472 [l] The Lorde will begin to destroy it out of hand.

Note return to page 6473 [m] Meaning, Euphrates.

Note return to page 6474 [n] The people shall not be excused, when they do euill at the commandement of their gouernours.

Note return to page 6475 [o] The Lord smote him that he died, 2.Chro. 13.20.

Note return to page 6476 [p] And dyed before Ieroboam about 4 yeeres.

Note return to page 6477 Or, besides all that their fathers had done by their sinnes.

Note return to page 6478 [q] Where idolatrie reigneth, all horrible vices are committed, till at length Gods iust iudgement destroy them vtterly.

Note return to page 6479 Chap.10.16.

Note return to page 6480 [r] Which bookes were called the bookes of Shemaiah and Iddo the Prophets, 2.Chro. 12.15.

Note return to page 6481 [s] That is, all the dayes of Rehoboams life

Note return to page 6482 [t] Whose idolatrie Rehoboam her sonne followed

Note return to page 6483 2.Chro.11.12.

Note return to page 6484 [a] Some thinke that this was Absalom Salomons sonne.

Note return to page 6485 [b] Meaning, a sonne to reigne ouer Iudah.

Note return to page 6486 2.Sam.11.4. and 12.9.

Note return to page 6487 2.Chron.13.3.

Note return to page 6488 2.Chro.14.1.

Note return to page 6489 [c] That is, his grandmother, as Dauid is oft times called father of them, whose gr&abar;dfather he was.

Note return to page 6490 [d] Neither kinred nor authoritie ought to be regarded, when they blaspheme God & become idolaters, but must be punished.

Note return to page 6491 2.Chro.15.16.

Note return to page 6492 [e] For in that that he suffred them to worship God in other places, then he had appointed, it came of ignorance and not of malice.

Note return to page 6493 [f] Of the same purpose that Ieroboam did, because the people should not go vp to Ierusalem lest they shoulde follow Asa.

Note return to page 6494 2.Chron.16.2.

Note return to page 6495 Or, Syria.

Note return to page 6496 [g] And vexe me no longer.

Note return to page 6497 Or, made a proclamation.

Note return to page 6498 Ebr. none innocent.

Note return to page 6499 [h] He had the goute & put his trust rather in physicious then in the Lord, 2.Chro.16.12.

Note return to page 6500 [i] His great grandfather.

Note return to page 6501 [k] So God stirred vp one tyrant to punish the wickednes of another.

Note return to page 6502 Chap. 14.10.

Note return to page 6503 [l] By causing the people to commit idolatrie with his calues, & so prouoking God to anger.

Note return to page 6504 [m] Which was the place where the kings of Israel remained.

Note return to page 6505 [a] Thus spake Iehu to Baasha in the Name of the Lord.

Note return to page 6506 [b] Meaning, the house of Baasha.

Note return to page 6507 Chap. 15.29.

Note return to page 6508 Chap. 14.11.

Note return to page 6509 Or, valiantnesse.

Note return to page 6510 2.Chron.16.1.

Note return to page 6511 [c] That is, the Prophet did his message.

Note return to page 6512 [d] Meaning, Nadab Ieroboams sonne.

Note return to page 6513 [e] The Chalde text hath thus, Drinking till he was drunken in the temple of Arza the idole by his house in Tirzah.

Note return to page 6514 [f] Both Hanani his father and he were Prophets.

Note return to page 6515 [g] The siege had continued fr&obar; the tune of Nadab Ieroboams sonne.

Note return to page 6516 [h] Where Zimri kept himselfe in holde.

Note return to page 6517 Ebr. burnt the Kings house vpon him.

Note return to page 6518 [i] That is, the people which were not at the siege of Gibbethon: for there they had chosen Omri.

Note return to page 6519 Or, Shomeron.

Note return to page 6520 [k] For such is the nature of Idolatry, that the superstiti&obar; thereof doth daily encrease, and the elder it is, þe; more abominable it is before God and his Church.

Note return to page 6521 [l] He was the first king that was buried in Samaria, after that the kings house was burnt in Tirzah.

Note return to page 6522 [m] By whose meanes he fell to all wicked and strange idolatry, & cruell persecution.

Note return to page 6523 [n] Reade Iosh. 6. 26.

Note return to page 6524 Ebr. by the hand of Ioshua.

Note return to page 6525 Ecclus. 48.3. iam. 5.16, 17.

Note return to page 6526 [a] That is, whom I serue.

Note return to page 6527 [b] But as I shall declare it by Gods reuelation.

Note return to page 6528 Or, brooke.

Note return to page 6529 [c] To strengthen his faith against persecution, God promiseth to feede him miraculously.

Note return to page 6530 [d] As the troubles of the Saintes of God are many, so his mercy is euer at hand to deliuer them.

Note return to page 6531 Luke 4.25, 26.

Note return to page 6532 [e] All this was to strength&ebar; the faith of Eliiah, to the intent that he should looke vpon nothing worldly, but only trust on Gods prouidence.

Note return to page 6533 Ebr. two.

Note return to page 6534 [f] For there is no hope of any more sustenance.

Note return to page 6535 [g] God receiueth no benefite for the vse of his, but he promiseth a most ample rec&obar;pence for the same.

Note return to page 6536 [h] That is, till he had raine & foode on the earth.

Note return to page 6537 Or, that he dyed.

Note return to page 6538 [i] God would trie whether shee had learned by his mercifull prouidence to make him her onely stay and comfort.

Note return to page 6539 [k] He was afraid lest Gods Name should haue bin blasphemed and his ministers contemned, except he should haue continued his mercies, as he had begun them, specially while he there remained.

Note return to page 6540 [l] So hard a thing it is to depende on God, except we be confirmed by miracles.

Note return to page 6541 [a] After that he departed from the riuer Cherith.

Note return to page 6542 [b] God had begunne to worke his feare in his heart, but had not yet brought him to that knowledge, which is also requisite of the godly: that is, to professe his Name openly.

Note return to page 6543 [c] God pitieth oft times the wicked for godlies sake, and causeth Eliiah to meete with Obadiah, that the benefite might be knowen to bee granted for Gods childrens sake.

Note return to page 6544 [d] I am none of the wicked persecuters, that thou shouldest procure vnto me such displeasure, but serue God and fauour his children.

Note return to page 6545 [e] By my presence I will declare that thou hast tolde him the trueth.

Note return to page 6546 [f] The true ministers of God ought not onely not to suffer the trueth to be vniustly slandered, but to reproue boldly the wicked slanderers without respect of person.

Note return to page 6547 [g] Be constant in religion, & make it not as a thing indifferent whether ye followe God or Baal, or whether ye serue God wholy or in part, Zeph.1.5.

Note return to page 6548 [h] By sending downe fire from heauen to burne the sacrifice.

Note return to page 6549 [i] As men rauished with some strange spirit.

Note return to page 6550 [k] You esteeme him as a god.

Note return to page 6551 [l] He mocketh their beastly madnesse, which thinke that by any instance or sute the dead and vile Idoles can helpe their worshippers in their necessities.

Note return to page 6552 Gen.32.28. 2.king.17.34.

Note return to page 6553 Ebr. Sats, which some thinke conteine about three pottels and a third part a piece.

Note return to page 6554 [m] Hereby he declared the excellent power of God, who contrary to nature could make the fire burne euen in the water, to the intent they should haue none occasion to doubt, that he is the onely God.

Note return to page 6555 [n] Though God suffer his to runne in blindenesse and error for a time, yet at the length he calleth them home to him by some notorious signe and worke.

Note return to page 6556 [o] He commanded them that as they were truely perswaded to confesse the onely God: so they would serue him with all their power and destroy the idolaters his enemies.

Note return to page 6557 [p] As Gods spirit mooued him to pray, so was he strengthened by the same that he did not faint, but continued stil til he had obtained.

Note return to page 6558 Or, here and there.

Note return to page 6559 [q] He was so str&ebar;gthened with Gods spirit, that he ran faster then þe; charet was able to runne.

Note return to page 6560 [a] To wit, of Baal.

Note return to page 6561 [b] Though þe; wicked rage against Gods children, yet he holdeth them backe that they cannot execute their malice.

Note return to page 6562 Or, whither his minde led him.

Note return to page 6563 [c] So hard a thing it is to bridle our impaciencie in affliction, that the saintes could not ouercome the same.

Note return to page 6564 [d] He declareth that except God had nourished him miraculously, it had not bene possible for him to haue gone this iourney.

Note return to page 6565 [e] He complayneth, that the more zealous þt; he shewed him selfe to mayntaine Gods glory, the more cruelly was he persecuted.

Note return to page 6566 Rom.11.3.

Note return to page 6567 [f] For the nature of man is not able to come neere vnto God, if he should appeare in his strength and full maiestie, and therefore of his mercie he submitteth himselfe to our capacitie.

Note return to page 6568 [g] We ought not to depend on the multitude in maitaining Gods glory, but because our duetie so requireth, we ought to doe it.

Note return to page 6569 Or, Syria.

Note return to page 6570 2.King.9.1. 3.ecclus.48.8.

Note return to page 6571 Rom 11.

Note return to page 6572 [h] He declareth that wicked dissemblers and idolaters are not his.

Note return to page 6573 [i] Though this naturall affection is not to be contemned, yet it ought not to moue vs when God calleth vs to serue him.

Note return to page 6574 [k] He would not stay till wood was brought, so great was his desire to folow his vocati&obar;.

Note return to page 6575 Or, Syria.

Note return to page 6576 [a] That is, gouernours, and rulers of prouinces.

Note return to page 6577 Or, Shomeron.

Note return to page 6578 [b] I am content to obey and pay tribute.

Note return to page 6579 [c] He would not accept his answere, except he did out of hand deliuer whatsoeuer he should aske: for he sought an occasion, howe to make warre against him.

Note return to page 6580 [d] They thought it their dueties rather to v&ebar;ter their liues, then to grant to that thing which was not lawful, onely to satisfie the lust of a tyrant.

Note return to page 6581 [e] Much lesse shal there be found any pray, that is worth any thing, when they shalbe so many.

Note return to page 6582 [f] Boast not before the victorie be gotten.

Note return to page 6583 Or, put your selues in order.

Note return to page 6584 [g] Before God went about with signes & miracles to pul Ahab from his impietie, and now againe with w&obar;derful victories

Note return to page 6585 [h] That is, yong men trained in the seruice of Princes.

Note return to page 6586 Ebr man.

Note return to page 6587 Or, Syrians.

Note return to page 6588 [i] With them that were appointed for the preseruati&obar; of his person.

Note return to page 6589 [k] Thus the wicked blaspheme God in their furie, whom notwithst&abar;ding he suffreth not vnpunished.

Note return to page 6590 [l] All they, which were in the battell of the former yere, vers. 15.

Note return to page 6591 [m] Who am of like power in the valley, as I am on the hils, and can aswell destroy a multitude with few as with many.

Note return to page 6592 Ebr. from chamber to chamber.

Note return to page 6593 [n] In signe of submission, & that we haue deserued death, if he will punish vs with rigour.

Note return to page 6594 Or, and caught it of him.

Note return to page 6595 [o] He is aliue.

Note return to page 6596 [p] Thou shalt appoint in my chiefe citie what thou wilt, and I will obey thee.

Note return to page 6597 Or, of the disciples.

Note return to page 6598 [q] By this external signe he woulde more liuely touch the kings heart.

Note return to page 6599 [r] Because thou hast transgressed the c&obar;mandement of the Lord.

Note return to page 6600 [s] By this parable he maketh Ahab c&obar;demne himselfe, who made a coueuant with Gods enemie, & let him escape, whom God had appointed to be slayne.

Note return to page 6601 Chap. 22.38.

Note return to page 6602 Or, Shomeron.

Note return to page 6603 Or, at this time.

Note return to page 6604 [a] Though Ahabs tyrannie be condemned by the holy Spirit, yet he was not so rigorous that he would take from another man his right without full recompence.

Note return to page 6605 [b] Thus the wicked consider not what is iust and lawfull, but fret inwardly, when they can not haue their inordinate appetites satisfied.

Note return to page 6606 [c] As though she said, thou knowest not what it is to reigne. Command, and intreate not.

Note return to page 6607 Ebr. let thine heart be merrie.

Note return to page 6608 [d] For then they vsed to enquire of mens faults: for none could fast truely that were notorious sinners.

Note return to page 6609 [e] Thus þe; worldlings contrary to Gods commandement, who willeth not to consent to the shedding of innoc&ebar;t blood, obey rather the wicked c&obar;mandements of princes then the iust lawes of God.

Note return to page 6610 Ebr. blesse.

Note return to page 6611 [f] This example of monstruous crueltie the holy Ghost leaueth to vs, to the intent that we should abhorre all tyrannie, & specially in them, whom nature and kinde should moue to be pitifull & inclined to mercy.

Note return to page 6612 [g] Doest thou thinke to haue any aduantage by murthering of an innocent?

Note return to page 6613 [h] This was fulfilled in Ioram his sonne, as 2.King. 9.25,26.

Note return to page 6614 Chap.14.10. 2.king.9.8.

Note return to page 6615 1.Sam.25.22.

Note return to page 6616 Chap.14.10.

Note return to page 6617 Chap.15.29.

Note return to page 6618 Chap.16.3.

Note return to page 6619 2. King.9.33,36.

Note return to page 6620 Or, fortresse, or possession.

Note return to page 6621 [i] By the wicked counsell of his wife, he became a vile idolater & cruel murtherer, as one that gaue himselfe wholy to serue sinne.

Note return to page 6622 Ebr. his flesh.

Note return to page 6623 [k] In token of mourning, or as some reade, bare footed.

Note return to page 6624 [l] Meaning, in Iorams time, 2.King.9.26.

Note return to page 6625 2. Chron.18.1,2.

Note return to page 6626 [a] Ben-hadad the King of Syria & Ahab made a peace, which endured three yeeres.

Note return to page 6627 [b] To see and visite him.

Note return to page 6628 [c] The Kings of Syria kept Ramoth before this league was made by Ben-hadad: therefore he thought not him selfe bounde thereby to restore it.

Note return to page 6629 [d] I am ready to ioyne and goe with thee, and all mine is at thy commandement.

Note return to page 6630 [e] He seemed that he would not goe to the warre, except God approued it, yet when Michaiah counselled the contrary, he would not obey.

Note return to page 6631 [f] Meaning, the false prophets, which were flatterers & serued for lucre, whom Iezebel had assembled and kept after the death of those whome Elias slewe.

Note return to page 6632 [g] Ichoshaphat did not acknowledge the false prophets to be Gods ministers, but did c&obar;temne them.

Note return to page 6633 [h] Whereby we see that the wicked cannot abide to heare the trueth, but hate the Prophets of God and molest them.

Note return to page 6634 [i] Reade Geue.37.36.

Note return to page 6635 [k] In their kingly apparel.

Note return to page 6636 [l] The true Prophets of God were accustomed to vse signes for the confirmation of their doctrine, Isa.20.2.iere.7.2. wherein the false prophets did imitate them, thinking thereby to make their doctrine more commendable.

Note return to page 6637 Ebr. mouth.

Note return to page 6638 [m] This is the common argument of the wicked, who thinke that none should speake against a thing, if the greater part approue it, be they neuer so vngodly.

Note return to page 6639 [n] He speaketh this in derision, because the king attributed so much to the false prophets, meaning that by experience he should trie that they were but flatterers.

Note return to page 6640 [o] It is better they returne home, th&ebar; to be punished & scattered, because they take warre in hand without Gods counsel and approbation.

Note return to page 6641 [p] Meaning, his Angels.

Note return to page 6642 Or, perswade and deceiue.

Note return to page 6643 [q] Here we see that though the deuil be euer readie to bring vs to destruction, yet he hath no further power then God giueth him.

Note return to page 6644 [r] I will cause all his prophets to tell lyes.

Note return to page 6645 2.Chron.18.23.

Note return to page 6646 [s] Thus the wicked would seeme that none were in the fauour of God, but they, & that God hath giuen his graces to none so much as to them.

Note return to page 6647 [t] Let him be pined away with hunger and be fed with a small portion of bread and water.

Note return to page 6648 [u] That when ye shall see these things come to passe, ye may giue God the glory and know that I am his true Prophet.

Note return to page 6649 [x] That is, to the Lord for helpe.

Note return to page 6650 Or, in his simplicitie and ignorantly.

Note return to page 6651 Ebr. and betweene the brigandine.

Note return to page 6652 Ebr.sicke.

Note return to page 6653 [y] To wit, Ahab King of Israel.

Note return to page 6654 [z] Of the Israelites.

Note return to page 6655 Or, the harlots washed it.

Note return to page 6656 Chap.21.19.

Note return to page 6657 2.Chron.20.31.

Note return to page 6658 [a] Meaning, that he was led with an error, thinking that they might still sacrifice to the Lord in those places, aswell as they did before the Temple was built.

Note return to page 6659 [b] In the time of this King, Idumea was subiect to Iudah and was gouerned by whom they of Iudah appoynted.

Note return to page 6660 [c] By Tharshish the Scripture meaneth Cilicia and all the Sea called Mediterraneum.

Note return to page 6661 [d] Iosephus writeth that Ophis is in India, where the Egyptians and Arabians traffike for golde.

Note return to page 6662 Or, in all poynts as his father did.

Note return to page 6663 [a] So that he was punished for his idolatrie after two sortes: for the Moabites, which were wont to pay him tribute, rebelled, and he fell downe at a grate which was vpon his house to giue light beneath.

Note return to page 6664 [b] The Philistims which dwelt at Ekron, worshipped this idole, which signifieth the god of flyes, thinking that he could preserue them from the biting of flyes: or els he was so called, because flyes were ingendred in great abundance of the blood of the sacrifices that were offered to that idole.

Note return to page 6665 [c] He sheweth that idolaters haue not the true God, for els they would seeke to none but to him alone.

Note return to page 6666 [d] Ignorance is the mother of error and idolatry.

Note return to page 6667 [e] Some thinke that this is ment of his garments which were tough and made of heare.

Note return to page 6668 [f] To wit, Carmel.

Note return to page 6669 [g] He declareth what power Gods worde hath in the mouth of his seruants, when they threaten Gods iudgements against the wicked.

Note return to page 6670 [h] He spake this in mockerie, and therefore prouoked Gods wrath so much the more.

Note return to page 6671 [i] Meaning, that God would shewe by effect, whether he was a true Prophet or not.

Note return to page 6672 [k] Which humble my selfe before God and his seruant.

Note return to page 6673 [l] That is, spare my life and let me not die as the other two.

Note return to page 6674 [m] Thus the Lord giueth boldnesse to his that they feare not the threatnings of tyrants, which otherwise of themselues are afraide to doe Gods message.

Note return to page 6675 [n] Iehoshaphat going to battell against the Syrians, made his sonne Iehoram king, in the 17.yeere of his reigne: and in the 18.yeere, which was the 2. yeere of his sonne, Iehoram the sonne of Ahab reigned in Israel: and in the 5. yeere of this Iehoram, Iehoshaphat dyed, and the kingdome of Iudah was confirmed to his sonne.

Note return to page 6676 [a] Which was that place where the children of Israel were circumcised after they came ouer Iorden, and had bene fourtie yeres in the wildernesse, as Iosh 5.9.

Note return to page 6677 [b] So called because they are begotten as it were anewe by the heauenly doctrine.

Note return to page 6678 [c] That is, from being any more thine head: for to be as the head, is to be the master, as to be at the seete, is to be a scholer.

Note return to page 6679 [d] For the Lord had reueiled it vnto him.

Note return to page 6680 [e] Not onely at Beth-el, but at Iericho and other places were there Prophets, which had scholers, whome they instructed and brought vp in the true feare of God.

Note return to page 6681 [f] To wit, of Iorden.

Note return to page 6682 [g] Let thy Spirit haue double force in me, because of these dangerous times: or let me haue twise so much as the rest of the Prophets: or thy spirit being deuided into three partes, let me haue two.

Note return to page 6683 Ecclus.48.9. 1.mac.2.58.

Note return to page 6684 [h] Thus God hath left a testimonie in all ages (both before the Lawe, in the Law, and in the time of the Gospel) of our resurrection.

Note return to page 6685 [i] The Spirite of prophecie is giuen to him, as it was to Eliiah.

Note return to page 6686 [k] Meaning, Eliiah: for they thought his body had bene cast in some mountaine.

Note return to page 6687 [l] Because the fact was extraordinarie, they douted where he was become, but Elisha was assured that he was taken vp to God.

Note return to page 6688 Or, killeth the inhabitants.

Note return to page 6689 [m] Thus God gaue him power, euen contrary to nature, to make that water profitable for mans vse, which before was hurtfull.

Note return to page 6690 [n] Perceiuing their malicious heart against the lord and his word, he desireth God to take vengeance of that iniurie done vnto him.

Note return to page 6691 [a] Reade the annotation in the 1.Chap. & 17.verse.

Note return to page 6692 [b] He sacrificed to the golden calues, that Ieroboam had made.

Note return to page 6693 [c] This was done after that Dauid had made the Moabites tributaries to his successors.

Note return to page 6694 [d] Reade 1.Kings.22.4.

Note return to page 6695 [e] Meaning, the viceroy or Lieutenant of the King of Iudah, reade 1. King.22.47.

Note return to page 6696 Ebr. that were at their feate.

Note return to page 6697 [f] That is, who was his seruant.

Note return to page 6698 [g] He is able to instruct vs what is Gods will in this point.

Note return to page 6699 [h] He knewe that this wicked King would haue but vsed his counsell to serue his turne, and therefore he disdained to answere him.

Note return to page 6700 [i] The wicked esteeme not the seruants of God, but when they are driuen by very necessitie and feare of the present danger.

Note return to page 6701 [k] God suffreth his worde to be declared to the wicked, because of the godly that are among them.

Note return to page 6702 [l] He sang songs to Gods glory, and so stirred vp the Prophets heart to prophecie.

Note return to page 6703 [m] He will not only miraculously giue you waters, but your enemies also into your hand.

Note return to page 6704 [n] Though God bestowe his benefites for a time vpon his enemies, yet he hath his seasons, when he will take them away, to the intent they might see his vengeance, which is prepared against them.

Note return to page 6705 Ebr. to gird himselfe with a girdle.

Note return to page 6706 [o] The sudden ioy of the wicked is but a preparation to their destruction, which is at hand.

Note return to page 6707 [p] Meaning, they followed them into the townes.

Note return to page 6708 [q] Which was one of the principall cities of the Moabites, wherein they left nothing but the walles.

Note return to page 6709 [r] Some referre it to the King of Edoms sonne, whom they say he had taken in that skirmish: but rather it seemed to be his owne sonne, whom he offered to his gods to pacifie them, which barbarous crueltie mooued the Israelites hearts of pitie to depart.

Note return to page 6710 [a] Read Chap.2.3.

Note return to page 6711 [b] And therefore fell not into det by vnthriftines or prodigalitie, but by the hand of the Lord.

Note return to page 6712 [c] Because I am poore and not able to pay.

Note return to page 6713 [d] Thus God suffereth his many times to bee brought to extreme necessitie, before he succor them, that afterward they may the more prayse his mercy.

Note return to page 6714 [e] The Prophet declareth hereby vnto her, that God neuer fayleth to prouide for his seruants, their wiues and children, if they trust in him.

Note return to page 6715 [f] To augment & increase in the vessels.

Note return to page 6716 [g] God here did not onely prouide for his seruant, that his dets should be payed, and so kept his doctrine and profession without slander, but also for his wife and children.

Note return to page 6717 [h] Which should he separate from the rest of þe; house, þt; he might more commodiously giue himselfe to studie & prayers.

Note return to page 6718 [i] Thus the seruants of God are not vnthankful for the benefites they receiue.

Note return to page 6719 [k] I am content with that þt; God hath sent me, and can want nothing that one can do for another.

Note return to page 6720 [l] Which then was a reproche, and therefore he would that his master should pray to God for her that she might be fruitful.

Note return to page 6721 Gen.18.10.

Note return to page 6722 [m] His head aked sore, and therefore he cryed thus.

Note return to page 6723 [n] For at such times the people were wont to resort to the Prophets for doctrine and consolation.

Note return to page 6724 Ebr. peace.

Note return to page 6725 Or, farre of.

Note return to page 6726 [o] In token of humilitie and ioy that she had met with him.

Note return to page 6727 Ebr. her soule is in bitternesse.

Note return to page 6728 [p] Make such speede that nothing may let thee in the way, Luke. 10.4.

Note return to page 6729 [q] The like did Eliiah to the widowes sonne at Sarephta, 1.King. 17.21. & Saint Paul Act.20.10. signifying the care that ought to be in them, that beare the word of God & are distributers of the spirituall life.

Note return to page 6730 [r] Meaning, oftentimes.

Note return to page 6731 [s] That is, in the land of Israel.

Note return to page 6732 [t] Which the Apoticaries cal colloquintida, and is most vehement & dangerous in purging.

Note return to page 6733 [u] They feared that they were poysoned, because of the bitternes.

Note return to page 6734 [x] It is not the quantitie of bread that satisfieth, but the blessing that God giueth.

Note return to page 6735 [a] Here appeareth that among the infidels God hath his, and also that the infidels haue them in estimation, which do good to their countrey.

Note return to page 6736 Ebr. she was before.

Note return to page 6737 [b] Meaning, Elisha.

Note return to page 6738 [c] That is, Naaman tolde it to the King of Syria.

Note return to page 6739 [d] To giue this as a present to the Prophet.

Note return to page 6740 Ebr. in his hand.

Note return to page 6741 [e] The Prophet rebuketh the king because he did not consider that God was true in his promes, & therfore would not leaue his Church destitute of a Prophet, whose prayers he would heare, & to whome other should haue recourse for c&obar;fort.

Note return to page 6742 [f] Mans reason murmureth, when it considereth onely the signes and outward things, & hath not regard to the word of God, which is there conteined.

Note return to page 6743 [g] This declareth that seru&abar;ts ought to reuerence and loue their masters as children their fathers, & likewise masters towarde their seruants must be affectioned as toward their children.

Note return to page 6744 Luke 4.27.

Note return to page 6745 Ebr. ble&esset;ing.

Note return to page 6746 [h] So the Lord commandeth that they that receiue freely should giue also freely.

Note return to page 6747 [i] He feeleth his conscience wounded in being present at idoles seruice, & therefore desireth God to forgiue him, least others by his example might fal to idolatrie: for as for his owne part hee confesseth that he wil neuer serue any but the true God.

Note return to page 6748 [k] The Prophet did not approue his acte, but after the common maner of speach he biddeth him farewell.

Note return to page 6749 [l] Declaring thereby what honour and affection he bare to the Prophet his master.

Note return to page 6750 Or, fortresse, or secret place.

Note return to page 6751 [m] Naamans seruants.

Note return to page 6752 [n] Was not I present with thee in spirite?

Note return to page 6753 [o] That is, money to bye possessions with: meaning, that it is detestable in the seruants of God to haue couetous mindes.

Note return to page 6754 [p] To be an example to all such, as by whose couetousnesse Gods word might be slandered.

Note return to page 6755 [a] Or a piece of wood fit to builde with.

Note return to page 6756 Or, the axe head.

Note return to page 6757 [b] God wrought this miraculously to confirme the autoritie of Elisha, to whome he had giuen such aboundance of his Spirite.

Note return to page 6758 [c] Meaning, that he would lie in ambush and take the Israelites at vnwares.

Note return to page 6759 [d] The wicked conspire nothing so craftily, but God can reueile it to his seruants and cause their counsell to be disclosed.

Note return to page 6760 [e] There is nothing so secret that thou canst goe about, but hee knoweth it, and discouereth it vnto his King.

Note return to page 6761 [f] Though it had bene nothing in mans iudgement to haue taken Elisha, yet the wicked euer dout and thinke they are neuer able to prepare power ynough, though it be but against one, or a fewe.

Note return to page 6762 [g] For he was assured of Gods helpe, and that millions of Angels camped about the godly to deliuer them.

Note return to page 6763 1.Chron.32.7.

Note return to page 6764 [h] That he may beholde howe thou hast prepared an armie to rescue vs.

Note return to page 6765 [i] Meaning, the Syrians his enemies, which came downe, thinking them selues sure of him.

Note return to page 6766 [k] Thus he did being led by the Spirit of God, and not because he sought his owne reuengeance, but onely to set forth the glory of God.

Note return to page 6767 [l] The wicked vse reuerent and graue words towardes the seruants of God, when they thinke to haue any commoditie by them, though in their heart they can not abide them.

Note return to page 6768 [m] For this gentle intreatie and the miracle wrought by the Prophet, did more preuaile for common quietnes, then if they had bene ouercome in battel: for they returned no more at that time to fight against Israel, or in that Kings dayes.

Note return to page 6769 [n] The Ebrewes write, that they burned it in the siege for lacke of wood.

Note return to page 6770 [o] Meaning, any kinde of vitaile, as corne and wine &c.

Note return to page 6771 Deut.28.53,57.

Note return to page 6772 Or, vnder his clothes.

Note return to page 6773 [p] Thus hypocrites, when they feele Gods iudgements, thinke to please him with outward ceremonies, whome in prosperitie they will not knowe.

Note return to page 6774 [q] Meaning, Iehoram Ahabs sonne who killed the Prophets and caused Naboth to be stoned.

Note return to page 6775 [r] So the wicked fall into a rage and desperation, if they finde not sudden remedie against their afflictions.

Note return to page 6776 [a] The godly are euer assured of Gods helpe in their necessities, but the times and houres are onely reueiled by Gods Spirit.

Note return to page 6777 [b] To whome the King gaue the charge and ouersight of things, as verse 17.

Note return to page 6778 [c] He mocketh at the Prophets wordes, saying, that if God rayned downe corne from heauen, yet this could not come to passe.

Note return to page 6779 [d] Thy infidelitie shalbe punished herein when thou shalt see this miracle and yet not be partaker thereof.

Note return to page 6780 [e] For it was commanded in the lawe that they should dwell apart and not among their brethren, Leuit. 13.46.

Note return to page 6781 [f] Thus God nedeth no great preparation to destroy the wicked, though they be neuer so many: for he can scatter them with a smal noise or shaking of a leafe.

Note return to page 6782 [g] The wicked need no greater enemie then their owne conscience to pursue th&ebar;.

Note return to page 6783 Or, we shall be punished for our fault.

Note return to page 6784 [h] He mistrusted the Prophets wordes, and therefore coulde beleeue nothing, as they which are more politike then godly euer cast more perils then needeth.

Note return to page 6785 [i] There are no more left, but they, or the rest are consumed with the famine as the rest of the people.

Note return to page 6786 Or, two horses of the charet, which were accustomed to drawe in the charet.

Note return to page 6787 [k] Which he spake by the mouth of Elisha, verse 1.

Note return to page 6788 [l] As the people preased out of the gate to runne to the Syrians tents where they had heard was meat, and great spoyle left.

Note return to page 6789 Chap.4.35.

Note return to page 6790 [a] Where thou canst finde a commodious place to dwell, where as is plentie.

Note return to page 6791 [b] That is, to complaine on them which had taken her possessions while she was absent.

Note return to page 6792 [c] Gods wonderful prouidence appeareth in this that he caused the King to bee desirous to heare of him, whome before he contemned, and also here by prepared an entrance to the poore widowes sute.

Note return to page 6793 [d] The King caused that to bee iustly restored which was wrongfully holden from her.

Note return to page 6794 [e] Of all the chiefest and precious things of the countrey.

Note return to page 6795 [f] Meaning, that he should recouer of this disease: but he knew that this messenger Hazael should slay him to obteine the kingdome.

Note return to page 6796 [g] That I should be without all humanitie and pitie.

Note return to page 6797 [h] Vnder pretence to refresh or ease him, he stifled him with this cloth.

Note return to page 6798 2.Chro.21.4.

Note return to page 6799 [i] Read Chap.1.17.

Note return to page 6800 [k] He was confirmed in his kingdome after his fathers death.

Note return to page 6801 [l] The holy Ghost sheweth hereby what danger it is to ioyne with infidels.

Note return to page 6802 2.Sam.7.13.

Note return to page 6803 [m] Which had bene subiect from Dauids time vntil this time of Iehoram.

Note return to page 6804 [n] This was a citie in Iudah giuen to the Leuites, Iosh.21.13. and after turned from King Iehoram because of his idolatrie.

Note return to page 6805 1.Chro.22.1.

Note return to page 6806 [o] Which is to be vnderstand, that hee was made King, when his father reigned, but after his fathers death he was confirmed King, when hee was fourtie two yere olde, as 2.Chro.22.2.

Note return to page 6807 [p] Which was a citie in the tribe of Gad beyonde Iorden.

Note return to page 6808 [q] This is a citie belonging to the tribe of Issachar.

Note return to page 6809 1.King. 19.16,17.

Note return to page 6810 [a] Prepare thy selfe to goe diligently about thy busines: for in those countries they vsed long garments which they tucked vp, when they went about earnest businesse.

Note return to page 6811 Ebr. from chamber to chamber.

Note return to page 6812 [b] This anointing was for Kings, Priests and Prophets, which were all figures of Messiah, in whome these three offices were accomplished.

Note return to page 6813 1.King.21.15,25.

Note return to page 6814 1.King.14.10. & 21.21.

Note return to page 6815 1.King.14.10. and 21.22.

Note return to page 6816 1.King.16.3,11.

Note return to page 6817 [c] That is, the rest of the armie, whom he called before, his brethren, verse 2.

Note return to page 6818 [d] In this estimation the worlde hath the ministers of God: notwithst&abar;ding forasmuch as the worlde hath euer slaundered þe; children of God (yea they called the sonne of God a deceiuer, and said he had the deuil:) therefore they ought not to be discouraged.

Note return to page 6819 Chap.8.29.

Note return to page 6820 [e] God had thus ordeined, as is red, 2.Chro.22.7. that this wicked and idolatrous King, who was more ready to gratifie wicked Ioram, then to obey the will of God, should perish with him, by whose meanes he thought to haue bene stronger.

Note return to page 6821 Or, folowe me.

Note return to page 6822 [f] As one that went earnestly about his enterprise.

Note return to page 6823 [g] Meaning that forasmuch as God is their enemie because of their sinnes, that hee will euer stirre vp some to reuenge his cause.

Note return to page 6824 Or, spake this prophecie against him.

Note return to page 6825 1.King.21.29.

Note return to page 6826 [h] By this place it is euident, that Iezebel caused both Naboth and his sonnes to be put to death, that Ahab might enioy his vineyard more quietly: for els his childr&ebar; might haue claymed possessi&obar;.

Note return to page 6827 [i] After þt; he was wo&ubar;ded in Samaria, he fled to Megiddo, which was a citie of Iudah.

Note return to page 6828 [k] That is, eleuen whole yeres: for chap.8.25. before, when hee said that he began to reigne the twelft yeere of Ioram, he taketh part of the yeere for the whole.

Note return to page 6829 [l] Beeing of an hautie and cruel nature, she woulde still reteine her princely state and dignitie.

Note return to page 6830 [m] As though shee would say, Can any traitor or any that riseth against his superior, haue good successe? read 1. King. 16.10.

Note return to page 6831 Or, chief seruants.

Note return to page 6832 [n] This hee did by the motion of the Spirit of God, that her blood should be shed, that had shed the blood of innocents, to be a spectacle and example of Gods iudgements to al tyrants.

Note return to page 6833 [o] To wit, of the King of Zidon, 1.King.16.31.

Note return to page 6834 Ebr. by the h&abar;d of.

Note return to page 6835 1.King.21.23.

Note return to page 6836 [p] Thus Gods iudgm&ebar;ts appeare euen in this world against them that suppresse his word and persecute his seruants.

Note return to page 6837 [a] The Scripture vseth to call them sonnes, which are either children or nephewes.

Note return to page 6838 [b] He wrote this, to prooue them whether they would take his part or no.

Note return to page 6839 [c] God as a iust iudge punisheth the wicked childr&ebar; of wicked parents vnto the third and fourth generation.

Note return to page 6840 [d] Ye can not iustly condemne me for þe; Kings death, seeing ye haue done the like to his posteritie: for the Lord commanded me, & moued you to execute this his iudgem&ebar;t.

Note return to page 6841 Ebr. by the hand of.

Note return to page 6842 1.King 21.29.

Note return to page 6843 [e] Meaning, which were the idolatrous priests.

Note return to page 6844 [f] Thus Gods vengeance is vpon them that haue any part or familiaritie with the wicked.

Note return to page 6845 [g] For he feared God & lamented the wickednes of those times: therefore Iehu was glad to ioyne with him: of Rechab reade Ieremie 35.2.

Note return to page 6846 Or, praised God for him.

Note return to page 6847 [h] Here Baal is taken for Ashtaroth the idole of the Zidonians, which Iezebel caused to be worshipped, as it is also so vsed, 1.King.16.32. & 22.53.

Note return to page 6848 Ebr. sanctifie.

Note return to page 6849 [i] Thus God would haue his seruants preserued, and idolaters destroyed: as in his law he giueth expresse commandement, Deut. 13.

Note return to page 6850 Or, he shall die for him.

Note return to page 6851 [k] Which citie was neere to Samaria.

Note return to page 6852 [l] Thus God approueth & rewardeth his zeale, in executing Gods iudgement, albeit his wickednes was afterward punished.

Note return to page 6853 Or, to cut them off.

Note return to page 6854 2.Chro.22.10.

Note return to page 6855 [a] Meaning all the posteritie of Iehoshaphat, to whome the kingdome appertained: thus God vsed the crueltie of this woman to destroy the whole familie of Ahab.

Note return to page 6856 [b] The Lord promised to mainteine the familie of Dauid, and not to quench the light thereof: therefore he moued þe; heart of Iehosheba to preserue him.

Note return to page 6857 [c] Where the Priests did lye.

Note return to page 6858 2.Chro.23.13.

Note return to page 6859 [d] The chiefe Priest Iehoshebas husband.

Note return to page 6860 [e] Of the Leuites, which had charge of the keeping of the Temple and kept watch by course.

Note return to page 6861 [f] That none should come vpon them, while they were crowning the King.

Note return to page 6862 [g] Called the East gate of the Temple, 2.Chro.23.5.

Note return to page 6863 Or, that none breake his order.

Note return to page 6864 [h] Whose charge is ended.

Note return to page 6865 [i] Reade vers.5. and 7.

Note return to page 6866 [k] To wit, Iehoiada.

Note return to page 6867 [l] That is, Ioash, which had bene kept secret sixe yeeres.

Note return to page 6868 [m] Meaning, the Lawe of God, which is his chiefe charge, & whereby only his throne is established,

Note return to page 6869 [n] Where the kings place was in the Temple.

Note return to page 6870 Or, out of the Temple.

Note return to page 6871 [o] To take her part.

Note return to page 6872 [p] That both the King & the people should mainteine the true worship of God, & destroy all idolatrie.

Note return to page 6873 [q] That he should gouerne and they obey in the feare of God.

Note return to page 6874 [r] Euen in þe; place where he had blasphemed God and thought to haue bene holpen by his idole, there God powred his vengeance vpon him.

Note return to page 6875 [s] To wit, Iehoiada.

Note return to page 6876 [t] Which by her crueltie & persecution had vexed the whole land before.

Note return to page 6877 2.Chro.24.1.

Note return to page 6878 [a] So long as rulers giue eare to the true ministers of God, they prosper.

Note return to page 6879 [b] So hard a thing it is for them, that are in authoritie, to be brought to the perfite obedience of God.

Note return to page 6880 [c] That is, the money of redempti&obar;, Exo.30.12: also the money which the Priest valued the vowes at, Leuit. 27.2. and their free liberalitie.

Note return to page 6881 [d] For the Temple which was buylt an hundreth fiftie & fiue yeeres before, had many things decayed in it, both by the negligence of the kings his predecessors & also by the wickednes of the idolaters.

Note return to page 6882 [e] He taketh from them the ordering of the money, because of their negligence.

Note return to page 6883 [f] That is, on the Southside.

Note return to page 6884 Or, vessel.

Note return to page 6885 [g] For the King had appoynted other which were meete for that purpose, Cha.22.5.

Note return to page 6886 [h] For these men had onely the charge of the reparation of the Temple, and the rest of the money was brought to the King, who caused these afterwarde to be made, 2.Chron. 24.14.

Note return to page 6887 [i] After the death of Iehoiada Ioash fell to idolatrie: therefore God reiecteth him, and stirreth vp his enemy against him, whom he pacified with the treasures of the Temple: for God would not be serued with those gifts, seeing the Kings heart was wicked.

Note return to page 6888 [k] Because he had put Zacharie the sonne of Iehoiada to death, 2. Chro.24.25.

Note return to page 6889 [l] Reade 2. Sam. 5.9.

Note return to page 6890 Or, Iozabar.

Note return to page 6891 [a] By worshipping the calues, which Ieroboam did erect in Israel.

Note return to page 6892 [b] While Iehoahaz liued.

Note return to page 6893 [c] To wit, Ioash the sonne of Iehoahaz.

Note return to page 6894 [d] Safely & without danger.

Note return to page 6895 Ebr. as yesterday and before yesterday.

Note return to page 6896 [e] Wherein they did commit their idolatrie, and which the Lord had commanded to be destroyed, Deut.16.21.

Note return to page 6897 [f] That is, Hazael and Ben-hadad his sonne, as vers. 3. Reade of Hazael, Chap.8.12.

Note return to page 6898 [g] His chiefe purpose is to describe the kingdome of Iudah and how God performed his promes made to the house of Dauid: but by the way he sheweth how Israel was afflicted and punished for their great idolatrie, who though they had now degenerate, yet God both by sending them sundry Prophets & diuers punishments did call them vnto him againe.

Note return to page 6899 [h] Thus they vsed to call the Prophets and seruants of God by whom God blessed his people, as Chap. 2.12. meaning that by their prayers they did more prosper their co&ubar;trey, then by force of armes.

Note return to page 6900 [i] That is, toward Syria, so that he did not onely prophesie with wordes, but also confirmed him by these signes that he shoulde haue þe; victory.

Note return to page 6901 [k] Because he seemed content to haue victorie against the enemies of God for twise or thrise, & had not a zeale to ouercome them continually and to destroy them vtterly.

Note return to page 6902 Ecclus.48.14.

Note return to page 6903 [l] By this miracle God confirmed the authoritie of Elisha whose doctrine in his life they contemned, that at this sight they might returne and imbrace the same doctrine.

Note return to page 6904 [m] That is, vntill their sinnes were come to a full measure, & there was no more hope of amendment.

Note return to page 6905 2.Chro.25.1.

Note return to page 6906 [a] In the beginning of his reigne he seemed to haue an outward shew of godlinesse, but afterward he became an idolater and worshipped the idoles of the Idumeans.

Note return to page 6907 Chap. 12.20.

Note return to page 6908 [b] Because they neither consented nor were partakers with their fathers in that acte.

Note return to page 6909 Deut.24.16. ezek.18.20.

Note return to page 6910 [c] For the Idumeans, whom Dauid had brought to subiection, did rebel in the time of Iehoram sonne of Iehoshaphat.

Note return to page 6911 Or, the towre, or, rocke, 2.Chr.25.12.

Note return to page 6912 [d] Let vs fight hand to hand & trie it by battel, and not destroy one anothers cities.

Note return to page 6913 [e] By this parable Iehoash compareth him selfe to a cedar tree because of his great kingdome ouer ten tribes, and Amaziah to a thistle, because he ruled but ouer two tribes, and the wilde beasts are Iehoashs souldiers that spoyled the cities of Iudah.

Note return to page 6914 [f] Bragge of thy victorie, so that thou tary at home and anoy me not.

Note return to page 6915 Or, brought him.

Note return to page 6916 [g] That is, which the Israelites had giuen to them of Iudah for an assurance of peace.

Note return to page 6917 2.Chron.25.27.

Note return to page 6918 [h] Which citie Roboam built in Iudah for a fortresse, 2.Chro. 11.9.

Note return to page 6919 [i] Who is also called Vzziah, 2.Chr. 26.1.

Note return to page 6920 [k] Which is also called Elanon or Eloth.

Note return to page 6921 [l] Because this idolatrie was so vile and almost incredible, that men should forsake the liuing God to worship calues, the worke of mans hands, therefore þe; Scripture doeth oft times repeate it in the reproche of all idolaters.

Note return to page 6922 Ebr. by the hand of.

Note return to page 6923 [m] Reade 1.King. 14.10.

Note return to page 6924 Ebr. had not spoken.

Note return to page 6925 [n] Which was also called Antiochia of Syria, or Riblah.

Note return to page 6926 Ebr. in the twentieth yere and seuenth yeere.

Note return to page 6927 [a] So long as he gaue eare to Zachariah the Prophet.

Note return to page 6928 [b] His father and grandfather were slaine by their subiects & seruants, & he, because he would vsurpe the Priests office contrary to Gods ordinance, was smitten immediatly by the hand of God with the leprosie, 2.Chro.26.21.

Note return to page 6929 [c] As viceroy, or deputie to his father.

Note return to page 6930 [d] He was the fourth in descent from Iehu, who reigned according to Gods promise, but in him God began to execute his wrath against the house of Iehu.

Note return to page 6931 [e] Zacharias was the last in Israel, that had the kingdome by successi&obar;, saue onely Pekahiah the sonne of Menahem, who reigned but two yeeres.

Note return to page 6932 Chap.10.30.

Note return to page 6933 [f] Which was a citie of Israel that would not receiue him to be King.

Note return to page 6934 [g] That is, of Israel.

Note return to page 6935 [h] In steade of seeking helpe of God, he went about by money to purchase þe; fauour of this King being an infidel, & therefore God forsooke him, & Pul soone afterward brake promes, destroyed his countrey and led his people away captiue.

Note return to page 6936 [i] Which were of the same conspiracie.

Note return to page 6937 [k] For God stirred vp Pul & Tiglath Pileser against Israel for their sinnes, 1.Chro.5.26.

Note return to page 6938 2.Chro.27.1.

Note return to page 6939 Or, Azariah.

Note return to page 6940 [l] He sheweth that his vprightnes was not such, but that he had many and great faultes.

Note return to page 6941 [m] After the death of Iotham.

Note return to page 6942 [n] Which slewe of Iudah in one day sixe score thousand fighting men, 2. Chro.28.6. because they had forsaken the true God.

Note return to page 6943 [a] This was a wicked sonne of a godly father, as of him againe came godly Ezekiah, & of him wicked Manasseh, saue that God in the ende shewed him mercie. Thus we see howe vncertaine it is to depend on the dignitie of our fathers.

Note return to page 6944 [b] That is, offred him to Molech, or made him to passe betweene two fires, as the maner of the Gentiles was, Leuit.18.21. deut 18.10.

Note return to page 6945 Isa.7.1.

Note return to page 6946 [c] For the Lord preserued the citie & his people for his promes sake made to Dauid.

Note return to page 6947 [d] Which citie Azariah had taken fr&obar; the Aramites and fortified it, Chap.14.22.

Note return to page 6948 [e] Contrary to the admonition of the Prophet Isai, Isa.7.4.

Note return to page 6949 [f] Thus he spared not to spoyle the Temple of God to haue succour of men, & would not once lift his heart toward God to desire his helpe, nor yet heare his Prophets counsell.

Note return to page 6950 [g] We see that there is no prince so wicked, but he shal finde flatterers & false ministers to serue his turne.

Note return to page 6951 [h] Either offrings for peace or prosperitie, or of th&abar;ks giuing, as Leui.3.1. or els meaning the morning and euening offring, Exod. 29.38. nom.28.31 & thus he c&obar;temned the meanes & the altar which God had commanded by Salomon, to serue God after his owne fantasie.

Note return to page 6952 [i] That is, at the right hand as men went into the Temple.

Note return to page 6953 [k] Here he establisheth by commandement his owne wicked proceedings, and doeth abolish the commandement & ordinance of God.

Note return to page 6954 [l] Or tent, whereiu they lay on the Sabbath which had serued their weeke in the Temple, and so departed home.

Note return to page 6955 [m] Either to flatter þe; king of Assyria, when he shoulde thus see him ch&abar;ge the ordinance of God, or els that þe; Temple might be a refuge for him if the king should suddenly assayle his house.

Note return to page 6956 [a] Though he inuented no newe idolatrie or impietie as others did, yet he sought for helpe at the Egyptians which God had forbidden.

Note return to page 6957 [b] For he had payde tribute for the space of eight yeere.

Note return to page 6958 Chap.18.10.

Note return to page 6959 [c] For at this time the Medes & Persians were subiect to the Assyrians.

Note return to page 6960 [d] He setteth forth at length the cause of this great plague and perpetual captiuitie, to admonish all people and nations to cleaue to þe; Lord God, & only worship him for feare of like iudgement.

Note return to page 6961 [e] Meaning, throughout all their borders.

Note return to page 6962 Deut.4.19.

Note return to page 6963 Ebr.by the h&abar;d of.

Note return to page 6964 Iere.18.11. & 25. 5. & 35.15.

Note return to page 6965 Deut.31.27.

Note return to page 6966 [f] So that to alledge the authoritie of our fathers or great antiquitie, except we can proue that they were godly, is but to declare that we are the children of the wicked.

Note return to page 6967 Exod.32.8. 1.king.12.28.

Note return to page 6968 [g] That is, the sunne, the moone and starres, Deut. 4.19.

Note return to page 6969 [h] Reade Chap. 16.3.

Note return to page 6970 [i] Reade of this phrase, 1.King. 21.20. and 25.

Note return to page 6971 [k] No whole tribe was left but Iudah: and they of Beniamin and Leui, which remained were counted with Iudah.

Note return to page 6972 [l] Out of the land where he shewed the greatest tokens of his presence & fauour.

Note return to page 6973 [m] That is, God cut off the ten tribes, 1 King. 12. 16,20.

Note return to page 6974 Ebr. by the hand of.

Note return to page 6975 Iere.25.9.

Note return to page 6976 [n] Of these peoples came the Samaritans, whereof mention is so much made in the Gospel, and with whom the Iewes would haue nothing to doe, Iohn 4.9.

Note return to page 6977 [o] That is, they serued him not: therefore, lest they should blaspheme him, as though there were no God, because he chastised the Israelites, he sheweth his mightie power among them by this strange punishment.

Note return to page 6978 [p] That is, howe to worship him: thus the wicked rather then to lose their commodities, will change to all religions.

Note return to page 6979 [q] Meaning, that euery countrey serued that idole, which was most esteemed in that place whence they came.

Note return to page 6980 Ezek.20.39. zepha.1.5.

Note return to page 6981 [r] That is, they had a certaine knowledge of God and feared him, because of the punishment, but they continued still idolaters, as doe the Papisis, which worship both God and idols: but this is not to feare God, as appeareth vers. 34.

Note return to page 6982 [s] He meaneth this by the Israelites, to whome God had giuen his commandements.

Note return to page 6983 Gen.32.28. 1.king.18 31.

Note return to page 6984 Iudg.6.10. iere.10.2.

Note return to page 6985 [t] That is, these strangers which were sent into Samaria by the Assyrians.

Note return to page 6986 2.Chron.28.27. and 29.1.

Note return to page 6987 [a] Although they of Iudah were giuen to idolatrie and impietie, as they of Israel were, yet God for his promes sake was mercifull vnto the throne of Dauid: and yet by his iudgement toward the other, prouoked them to repentance.

Note return to page 6988 Nom.21.8,9.

Note return to page 6989 [b] That is, a piece of brasse: thus he calleth the serpent by contempt, which notwithstanding was set vp by the word of God, & miracles were wrought by it: yet when it was abused to idolatrie, this good King destroyed it, not thinking it worthie to be called a serpent, but a piece of brasse.

Note return to page 6990 [c] Reade chap. 17.9.

Note return to page 6991 Chap.17.3.

Note return to page 6992 Chap.17.6.

Note return to page 6993 2.Chron.32.1. isa.36.1. ecclus.48.18,19.

Note return to page 6994 [d] As his zeale was before praysed, so his weakenesse is here set forth, that none should glorie in himselfe.

Note return to page 6995 [e] After certaine yeres when Hezekiah ceased to sende the tribute appointed by the King of the Assyrians, he sent his captaines and armie against him.

Note return to page 6996 Or, writer of Chronicles, or, secretarie.

Note return to page 6997 Ebr. talke of the lippes.

Note return to page 6998 [f] Thou thinkest that wordes will serue to persuade thy people or to moue my master.

Note return to page 6999 [g] Egypt shall not onely be able not to succour thee, but shalbe an hurt vnto thee.

Note return to page 7000 [h] Thus the idolaters thinke that Gods religion is destroyed, when superstition and idolatrie are reformed.

Note return to page 7001 [i] Meaning, that it was best for him to yeeld to the King of Assyria, because his power was so small that he had not men to furnish two thousande horses.

Note return to page 7002 [k] The wicked alwayes in their prosperitie flatter them selues, that God doeth fauour them. Thus he speaketh to feare Hezekiah, that by resisting him, he should resist God.

Note return to page 7003 Or, Syrians.

Note return to page 7004 Ebr. the water of their feete.

Note return to page 7005 Or, by his hand.

Note return to page 7006 Ebr. blessing: meaning the conditions of peace.

Note return to page 7007 [l] He maketh himselfe so sure, that he wil not graunt them truce, except they render them selues to him to be led away captiues.

Note return to page 7008 [m] This is an execrable blasphemie against the true God, to make him equall with the idoles of other nations: therefore God did most sharpely punish it.

Note return to page 7009 Isa.37.1.

Note return to page 7010 [a] To heare some newe prophesie, and to haue comfort of him.

Note return to page 7011 [b] The dangers are so great that we can neither auenge this blasphemie, nor helpe our selues, no more then a woman in her trauell.

Note return to page 7012 [c] Meaning, for Ierusalem, which onely remained of all the cities of Iudah.

Note return to page 7013 [d] The Lord can with one blast blowe away all the strength of man and turne it into dust.

Note return to page 7014 [e] That is, Saneherib.

Note return to page 7015 Or, blacke Mores.

Note return to page 7016 [f] For the Kings of Ethiopia and Egypt ioyned together against the King of Assyria because of his oppression of other countries.

Note return to page 7017 [g] The more neere that the wicked are to their destruction, the more they blaspheme.

Note return to page 7018 [h] Before the Arke of the couenant,

Note return to page 7019 [i] He sheweth what is the true refuge and succour in all dangers, to wit, to flee to the Lorde by earnest prayer.

Note return to page 7020 [k] Shewe by effect that thou wilt not suffer thy name to be blasphemed.

Note return to page 7021 [l] By this title he discerneth God from all idoles and false gods.

Note return to page 7022 [m] He sheweth for what ende the faithfull desire of God to be deliuered: to wit, that he may be glorified by their deliuerance.

Note return to page 7023 [n] Because as yet Ierusalem had not bene taken by the enemie, therefore he calleth her virgine.

Note return to page 7024 [o] God counteth that iniurie done to him, and will reuenge it, which is done to any of his Saintes.

Note return to page 7025 [p] Meaning, Ierusalem, which Isaiah calleth the height of his borders, to wit, of Iudah, Isa. 37.24.

Note return to page 7026 Or, pleasant countrey.

Note return to page 7027 Or, the waters of cities besieged.

Note return to page 7028 [q] He declareth that forasmuch as he is the author and beginning of his Church, he will neuer suffer it vtterly to be destroyed, as other cities, and kingdomes.

Note return to page 7029 [r] Thus he describeth the wicked, which for a time florish, and afterwarde fade and decay like flowers.

Note return to page 7030 [s] I will bridle thy rage and turne thee to and fro as pleaseth me.

Note return to page 7031 [t] God did not onely promes him the victorie, but giueth him a signe to confirme his faith.

Note return to page 7032 [u] The Lord will multiplie in great nomber that small remnant of Iudah that is escaped.

Note return to page 7033 [x] The loue that God beareth towarde his Church shal ouercome the counsels and enterprises of men.

Note return to page 7034 Isa 37.36. tob.1.21. ecclus.48.24. 1.mac.7.41. 2.mac.8.19.

Note return to page 7035 [y] This was the iust iudgement of God for his blasphemie, that he should be slaine before the idole, whome he preferred to the liuing God, and by them, by whome he ought by nature to haue bene defended.

Note return to page 7036 2.Chron.32.24. isa 38.1.

Note return to page 7037 [a] That his mind might not be troubled.

Note return to page 7038 [b] Meaning, without all hypocrisie.

Note return to page 7039 [c] Not so much for his owne death, as for feare that idolatrie should be restored, which he had destroyed, and so Gods Name be dishonoured.

Note return to page 7040 [d] Because of his vnfained repentance and prayer God turned away his wrath.

Note return to page 7041 [e] To giue thanks for thy deliuerance.

Note return to page 7042 [f] He declareth that albeit God can heale without other medicines, yet he sheweth that he will not haue these inferior meanes contemned.

Note return to page 7043 Ecclus.48 24.

Note return to page 7044 [g] Let the sunne go so many degrees backe that the houres may be so many the fewer in the Kings diall.

Note return to page 7045 [h] Which diall was set in the top of the staires that Ahaz had made.

Note return to page 7046 Isa.39.1.

Note return to page 7047 [i] Mooued with the fauour that God shewed to Hezekiah, and also because he had declared him selfe enemie to Saneherib his enemie which was nowe destroyed.

Note return to page 7048 [k] Being moued with ambition and vaine glorie, and also because he seemed to reioice in the friendship of him that was Gods enemie and an infidel.

Note return to page 7049 Chap.24.13. and 25.13. ierem.27.19.

Note return to page 7050 [l] He acknowledgeth Isaiah to be the true Prophet of God, and therefore humbleth him selfe to his worde.

Note return to page 7051 [m] Seeing that God hath shewed me this fauour to graunt me quietnesse during my life: for he was afraide least the enemies should haue had occasion to reioyce, if the Church had decayed in his time, because he had restored religion.

Note return to page 7052 2.Chron.33.1.

Note return to page 7053 Deut.18.1.

Note return to page 7054 Chap.18 9.

Note return to page 7055 Ierem.32.34.

Note return to page 7056 2.Sam.7.13.

Note return to page 7057 [a] Reade Chap. 16.3.

Note return to page 7058 1.King.8.29. and 9.3. chap.23.27.

Note return to page 7059 [b] Therefore seeing they obeyed not the commandement of God, they were iustly cast foorth of that land which they had but on condition.

Note return to page 7060 Ierem.15.4.

Note return to page 7061 1.Sam.3.11.

Note return to page 7062 [c] Meaning, that whosoeuer shall heare of this great plague, shalbe astonished.

Note return to page 7063 [d] As I haue destroyed Samaria and the house of Ahab, so will I destroy Iudah.

Note return to page 7064 [e] Meaning, Iudah and Beniamin, which were onely left of the rest of the tribes.

Note return to page 7065 [f] The Ebrewes write that he slew Isaiah the Prophet, who was his father in Lawe.

Note return to page 7066 2.Chro.33.20,21.

Note return to page 7067 [g] That is, according to his commandements.

Note return to page 7068 Or, he buried him to wit, Iosiah his sonne.

Note return to page 7069 2.Chron.34 1.

Note return to page 7070 [a] His zeale was prophecied of, and his name mencioned by Iaddo the Prophet, more then three hundreth yeeres before, 1.King.13.2. and being but eight yeere olde, he sought the God of his father Dauid, 2.chro 34.3.

Note return to page 7071 Or, coyne, as verse 9.

Note return to page 7072 Or, vessell.

Note return to page 7073 [b] Certaine of the Priests were appointed to this office, as Chap. 12.9.

Note return to page 7074 [c] From the time of Ioash for the space of 224. yeres þe; t&ebar;ple remained without reparati&obar; through the negligence of the priests. this declareth, that they that haue a charge, and execute it not, ought to haue it taken from them.

Note return to page 7075 [d] So God prouided him of faithful seruants, seeing he went about so zealously to set foorth the worke of God.

Note return to page 7076 [e] This was the copy that Moses left them, as appeareth, 2.Chro. 34.14: which either by the negligence of þe; Priests had bene lost, or els by the wickednes of idolatrous kings had bene abolished.

Note return to page 7077 Ebr. melted.

Note return to page 7078 [f] Meaning, to some Prophet whom God reueyleth the knowledge of things vnto, as Ier.21.1, though at other times they inquired the Lord by Vrim and Thummim.

Note return to page 7079 [g] Or, the house of doctrine which was neere to the Temple, & where the learned assembled to entreat the Scriptures, and the doctrine of the Prophets.

Note return to page 7080 [h] The workes of mans hand here signifie all that man inuenteth beside the word of God, which are abominable in Gods seruice.

Note return to page 7081 [i] Meaning, that he did repent, as they that do not rep&ebar;t, are said to harden their heart, Psa 95. 8.

Note return to page 7082 [k] Whereupon we may gather that þe; anger of God is readie against the wicked, when God taketh his seruants out of this world.

Note return to page 7083 2.Chron.34.30.

Note return to page 7084 [a] Because he sawe the great plagues of God that were threatned, he knew no more speedie way to auoide them, th&ebar; to turne to God by repentance, which can not come but of faith, and faith by hearing of the word of God.

Note return to page 7085 [b] Where the King had his place, Chap. 11.14.

Note return to page 7086 [c] As Ioshua did, Iosh.24.22,25.

Note return to page 7087 [d] Meaning, them which were next in dignitie to the hie Priest.

Note return to page 7088 [e] In contempt of that altar, which Ierobo&abar; had there built to sacrifice to his calues.

Note return to page 7089 [f] Meaning, the Priests of Baal, which were called Chemarims, either because they ware black garments, or els were smoked with burning incense to idoles.

Note return to page 7090 [g] He remoued the groue which idolaters for deuotion had pl&abar;ted neere vnto þe; Temple, c&obar;trarie to the commandement of the Lord, Deut. 16.21. or as some read, the similitude of a groue which was hanged in the Temple.

Note return to page 7091 [h] Both in cont&ebar;pt of the idoles, & reproch of them which had worshipped them in their liues.

Note return to page 7092 [i] Because þt; those that had forsaken the Lord to serue idoles, were not meete to minister in þe; seruice of the Lord for þe; instruction of others.

Note return to page 7093 [k] Which was a valley neere to Ierusalem, & signifieth a tabret, because they smote on þe; tabret while their children were burning, that their cry shoulde not be heard, Leuit 18.21. where after Iosiah c&obar;manded carions to be cast in cont&ebar;pt therof.

Note return to page 7094 [l] The idolatrous Kings had dedicate horses & charets to þe; sunne, either to carie the Image therof about as the heathen did, or els to sacrifice them, as a sacrifice most agreeable.

Note return to page 7095 Or, valley.

Note return to page 7096 [m] That was the mount of oliues, so called because it was full of idoles.

Note return to page 7097 1.King.11.7.

Note return to page 7098 [n] Which Ieroboam had built in Israel, 1.king.12. 28,29.

Note return to page 7099 [o] According to the prophecie of Iaddo, 1.King.13.2

Note return to page 7100 [p] Meaning, the Prophet which came after him, and caused him to eate contrary to the commaundement of the Lord, which were both two buried in one graue, 1.king.13. 31.

Note return to page 7101 2.Chro.35. 1.esd.1.1.

Note return to page 7102 Exod.12.3. deut.16.2.

Note return to page 7103 [q] For the multitude and zeale of the people with the great preparation.

Note return to page 7104 Leuit.20.27. deut.18.11.

Note return to page 7105 [r] Because of the wicked heart of the people, which would not turne vnto him by repentance.

Note return to page 7106 1.King.8.29. and 9.3. chap.2.7.

Note return to page 7107 2.Chron.35.20.

Note return to page 7108 [s] Because he passed through his countrey, he feared least he would haue done him harme, and therefore woulde haue stayed him, yet hee consulted not with the Lorde, and therefore was slaine.

Note return to page 7109 2.Chron.36.1,2.

Note return to page 7110 [t] Meaning, the wicked Kings before.

Note return to page 7111 [u] Which was Antiochia in Syria, called also Hamath.

Note return to page 7112 Or, that he should not reigne.

Note return to page 7113 [a] In the ende of the thirde yeere of his reigne, and in the beginning of the fourth, Dan.1.1.

Note return to page 7114 Chap.20.17. and 23.27.

Note return to page 7115 [b] Though God vsed these wicked tyrants to execute his iust iudgements, yet they are not to be excused, because they proceeded of ambition and malice.

Note return to page 7116 [c] Not that he was buryed with his fathers, but he dyed in the way, as they led him prisoner towarde Babylon: reade Iere.22.19.

Note return to page 7117 Or, Euphrates.

Note return to page 7118 Dan.1.1.

Note return to page 7119 [d] That is, yelded himselfe vnto him by the counsell of Ieremie.

Note return to page 7120 [e] In the reigne of the King of Babylon.

Note return to page 7121 Chap.20.17. isa.39.6.

Note return to page 7122 2.Chron.36.10. esther.2.6.

Note return to page 7123 Ierem.37.1. and 52.1.

Note return to page 7124 [f] Out of Ierusalem and Iudah into Babylon.

Note return to page 7125 Ierem.39.1. and 52.4.

Note return to page 7126 [a] That is, of Zedekiah.

Note return to page 7127 [b] Which the Ebrewes call Tebet, and it conteineth part of December and part of Ianuarie.

Note return to page 7128 Or, a mount.

Note return to page 7129 [c] In so much that the mothers did eate their children, Lamen. 4.10.

Note return to page 7130 [d] Which was a posterne doore or some secret gate to issue out at.

Note return to page 7131 [e] Or condemned him for his periurie and treason, 2.Chron.36.13.

Note return to page 7132 [f] Ieremie writeth Chap.52.12. the tenth day, because the fire continued from the seuenth day, to the tenth.

Note return to page 7133 Or, Captaine of the garde.

Note return to page 7134 [g] While the siege endured.

Note return to page 7135 Chap.20.17. ierem.27.19,20.

Note return to page 7136 [h] Of these reade Exod.27.3.

Note return to page 7137 1.King.7.15. ierem.52.21. 2.chron.3.15.

Note return to page 7138 [i] That is, one appointed to succeede in the hie priestes roome, if he were sicke or else otherwise letted.

Note return to page 7139 [k] Ieremie maketh mention of seuen, but here he speaketh of them that were the chiefest.

Note return to page 7140 Ierem.40.5,9.

Note return to page 7141 [l] That is, he did exhort them in the Name of the Lord according to Ieremies counsel, to submit them selues to Nebuchad-nezzar, seeing it was the reueiled will of the Lorde.

Note return to page 7142 Ierem.41.1.

Note return to page 7143 [m] Contrary to Ieremies counsel, Ierem.40.41. and 42.43. Chapters.

Note return to page 7144 [n] Thus long was he, his wife, and his children in Babylon, whome Nebuchad-nezzars sonne, after his fathers death preferred to honour: thus by Gods prouidence the seede of Dauid was reserued euen vnto Christ.

Note return to page 7145 [o] Meaning, that he had an ordinarie in the court.

Note return to page 7146 Ebr. wordes of dayes.

Note return to page 7147 Or, of things omitted, to wit, in the bookes of the Kings.

Note return to page 7148 [a] Meaning, that Sheth was Adams sonne & Enosh Sheths sonne.

Note return to page 7149 [b] It had bin sufficient to haue named Shem, of whom came Abraham and Dauid, but because the world was restored by these three, mention is also made of Ham, and Iapheth.

Note return to page 7150 Gene.10.2.

Note return to page 7151 Or, Riphath.

Note return to page 7152 Or, Rodanim.

Note return to page 7153 [c] Who first did lift vp himselfe aboue others, Gen.10.8.

Note return to page 7154 Gen.10.22. and 11.10.

Note return to page 7155 [d] Of whom came the Syrians, and therefore they are called Aramites throughout all the Scripture.

Note return to page 7156 [e] Of him came the Ebrewes which were afterward called Israelites of Israel, which was Iaakob: and Iewes of Iudah, because of the excellencie of that tribe.

Note return to page 7157 [f] He repeateth Shem againe, because he would come to the stock of Abraham.

Note return to page 7158 [g] Who came of Shem, and of him Shelah.

Note return to page 7159 Gen.11.26. & 17. 5. & 21.2.

Note return to page 7160 Gene 25.13.

Note return to page 7161 Or, Hadar.

Note return to page 7162 [h] Reade Gen. 25.2.

Note return to page 7163 Gene.23 4.

Note return to page 7164 Gen 21.2.

Note return to page 7165 [i] These were borne of three diuers mothers, read Gen.36.4.

Note return to page 7166 Gen.36.9.

Note return to page 7167 Or, Zepho.

Note return to page 7168 [k] Which was Eliphaz concubine: read Gen.36.12.

Note return to page 7169 [l] He is also called Seir the Horite, which inhabited mount Seir, Gen. 36.20.

Note return to page 7170 [m] He maketh mention of the Kings that came of Esau, according to Gods promes made to Abraham concerning him, that Kings should come of him. These 8. Kings reigned one after another in Idumea vnto the time of Dauid, who conquered their countrey.

Note return to page 7171 [n] Which was the principal citie of the Edomites.

Note return to page 7172 Or, Pan.

Note return to page 7173 Or, Aluah.

Note return to page 7174 Gen.29.32. & 30. 5. and 35.18.

Note return to page 7175 Gen.38.3. and 46. 12.chap.4.1.

Note return to page 7176 [a] Though Iudah was not Iaakobs eldest sonne, yet he first beginneth at him, because he would come to the genealogie of Dauid, of whom came Christ.

Note return to page 7177 Gene.38.29. matth.1.3.

Note return to page 7178 Ruth.4.18.

Note return to page 7179 Or, Zabdi.

Note return to page 7180 [b] Of these reade 1.King.4.31.

Note return to page 7181 Or, Achan.

Note return to page 7182 Iosh.7.1.

Note return to page 7183 [c] Whome Saint Matth. calleth Aram, Mat.1.3.

Note return to page 7184 [d] That is, chiefe of the familie.

Note return to page 7185 Or, Iesse.

Note return to page 7186 1.Sam.16.19. & 17.12.

Note return to page 7187 Or, Shamnah.

Note return to page 7188 [e] Who was called Chelubar the sonne of Hezron vers.9.

Note return to page 7189 Exod 31.2.

Note return to page 7190 [f] Who was prince of mount Gilead, read Nom.32.40.

Note return to page 7191 [g] That is, the Geshurites and Syrians tooke the townes from Iairs children.

Note return to page 7192 [h] Which was a towne named of the husband and wife, called also Beth-lehem Ephratah.

Note return to page 7193 [i] Meaning, the chiefe & Prince.

Note return to page 7194 [k] Who dyed whiles his father was aliue & therefore it is sayd, vers. 34 that Sheshan had no sonnes.

Note return to page 7195 [l] That is, the chiefe gouernour or Prince of the Ziphims, because the prince ought to haue a fatherly care & affection toward his people.

Note return to page 7196 [m] This difference was betweene the wife and the concubine, that the wife was taken with certaine solemnities of mariage, and her children did inherite: the concubine had no solemnities in mariage, neither did her children inherit, but had a portion of goods or money giuen them.

Note return to page 7197 Iosh.15.17.

Note return to page 7198 Or, he that sawe the halfe, because the prince ought to ouersee his subiects.

Note return to page 7199 [n] Meaning, the chiefe and principall.

Note return to page 7200 Or, the Zorites, the halfe of the Manahthites.

Note return to page 7201 [o] Which were men learned and expert in the lawe.

Note return to page 7202 [p] Read Nom 10.29. & Iudg.1.16.

Note return to page 7203 [a] He returneth to the genealogie of Dauid, to shewe that Christ came of his stock.

Note return to page 7204 [b] Which 2. Sam. 3.3. is called Cheleab, borne of her that was Nabals wife þe; Carmelite.

Note return to page 7205 [c] Called also Bathsheba the daughter of Eliam: so they gaue them diuers names.

Note return to page 7206 [d] Elishama, or Elishua, 2.Sam. 5.15. & Eliphelet dyed, and Dauid named those sonnes, which were next borne, by the same names: in þe; booke of Kings his children are m&ebar;tioned which were aliue, & here both they that were aliue and dead.

Note return to page 7207 [e] So called, because he was preferred to the dignitie royal before his brother Iehoiakim, which was the elder.

Note return to page 7208 Or, Iehoahaz, 2.King.23.30.

Note return to page 7209 [f] S. Matth. sayth that Zorobabel was sonne of Zalathiel, meaning that he was his nephew according to the Ebrew speach: for he was Pedaiahs sonne.

Note return to page 7210 [g] So that Shemaiah was Shechaniahs naturall sonne, and the other fiue his nephewes, and in all were sixe.

Note return to page 7211 [a] Meaning, they came of Iudah, as nephewes & kinsmen: for only Pharez was his natural sonne.

Note return to page 7212 Gen. 38.29. & 46.12. chap. 2.4.

Note return to page 7213 [b] The first borne of his mother, and not þe; eldest sonne of his father.

Note return to page 7214 [c] Otherwise called Othniel, Iudg. 1.13.

Note return to page 7215 [d] It is to be vnderstand, that then he would accomplish his vowe which he made.

Note return to page 7216 [e] The lord of that valley where the artificers did worke.

Note return to page 7217 [f] Called also Esron.

Note return to page 7218 Or, she bare, meaning, the second wife of Ezra.

Note return to page 7219 Or, of whome he had Mered.

Note return to page 7220 Gen. 38.1.3, 7.

Note return to page 7221 Or, of the inhabitants of Lehem.

Note return to page 7222 [g] They were King Dauids gardiners and serued him in his workes.

Note return to page 7223 Gen. 46.10. exod. 6.15.

Note return to page 7224 [h] His sonne Ohad is here omitted.

Note return to page 7225 [i] These cities belonged to the tribe of Iudah, Iosh.19 1. and were giuen to the tribe of Simeon.

Note return to page 7226 [k] Then Dauid restored them to the tribe of Iudah.

Note return to page 7227 [l] For the tribe of Simeon was so great in nomber, that in the time of Ezekiah they sought new dwellings vnto Gedor, which is in the tribe of Dan.

Note return to page 7228 [m] And were not slaine by Saul and Dauid.

Note return to page 7229 Gen. 35 22. and 49.4.

Note return to page 7230 [a] Because they were made two tribes, they had a double portion.

Note return to page 7231 [b] That is, he was the chiefest of all the tribes according to Iaakobs prophecie, Gen. 49.8. and because Christ should come of him.

Note return to page 7232 Gen. 46.9. exod. 6.14. nom. 26.5.

Note return to page 7233 [c] To wit, in the time of Vzziah King of Israel, 2.King. 15.29.

Note return to page 7234 [d] These places were beyond Iorden toward the East in the land giuen to the Reubenites.

Note return to page 7235 Or, Euphrates.

Note return to page 7236 [e] The Ishmaelites that came of Hagar Abrahams concubine.

Note return to page 7237 [f] Both the whole countrey and one peculiar citie were called by this name Bashan.

Note return to page 7238 [g] These twaine were the sonnes of Ishmael, Gen.25.15.

Note return to page 7239 [h] To wit, by the Lord that gaue them the victory.

Note return to page 7240 Ebr. soules of men.

Note return to page 7241 [i] Meaning, the captiuitie of the ten tribes vnder Tilgath Pilneeser.

Note return to page 7242 [k] Otherwise called Baal-gad.

Note return to page 7243 [l] Thus God stirred vp the wicked, & vsed them as instruments to execute his iust iudgement against sinners, although they were led with malice and ambition.

Note return to page 7244 2.King. 18.11.

Note return to page 7245 Gen. 46.11. exod. 6.16. chap. 23.12.

Note return to page 7246 Leuit. 10.1.

Note return to page 7247 Nom. 20.19.

Note return to page 7248 [a] Which was hie priest after that Abiathar was deposed, according to the prophecie of Eli the Priest, 1. Sam. 2.31, 35.

Note return to page 7249 [b] And did valiantly resist king Vzziah, who would haue vsurped the Priestes office, 2. Chro. 26. 17, 18.

Note return to page 7250 [c] That is, he was led into captiuitie with his father Seraiah the hie Priest, 2. King. 35.18.

Note return to page 7251 [d] Who seemeth to be called Izhar. Exod. 6.21.

Note return to page 7252 Nom. 16.1.

Note return to page 7253 [e] Who is also called Ioel, 1. Sam. 8.2. & the 33. verse of this chapter.

Note return to page 7254 [f] After it was brought to that place where the Temple shoulde be built, and was no more caried to and fro.

Note return to page 7255 [g] Reade Exod. 37.21.

Note return to page 7256 Or, nephewe.

Note return to page 7257 Or, cousin.

Note return to page 7258 [h] Meaning, the cousin of Heman, verse 33.

Note return to page 7259 [i] The Leuites are called the singers brethren because they came of þe; same stocke.

Note return to page 7260 [k] Reade Nomb. 4.4.

Note return to page 7261 [l] Or, cities which were giuen to the Leuites.

Note return to page 7262 [m] They were first appointed, and prepared for.

Note return to page 7263 [n] Which was also called Kiriatharba, Gen. 23.2. Iosh. 21. 11.

Note return to page 7264 [o] That he that had killed a man might flee thereunto for succour til his cause were tried, Deut. 19.2.

Note return to page 7265 [p] Which Ioshua calleth Holon, Iosh. 15.51. and 21.15.

Note return to page 7266 [q] Or, Almon, Iosh. 21.18.

Note return to page 7267 [r] That is, they gaue a portion to the Kohathites, which were the r&ebar;nant of the tribe of Leui, out of the halfe tribe of Manasseh and out of Ephraim, verse 66.

Note return to page 7268 Iosh. 21.21.

Note return to page 7269 Or, Tanach, Iosh. 21.25.

Note return to page 7270 Or, Gath-rimmon.

Note return to page 7271 [s] Who in the first verse is called also Gershon

Note return to page 7272 Or, Beeshterah, Iosh. 21.27.

Note return to page 7273 Or, Kishon, Iosh. 21.28.

Note return to page 7274 Or, Iarmuth, Iosh. 21.29.

Note return to page 7275 Or, Engannira, Iosh. 21.29.

Note return to page 7276 Or, Helkah, Iosh. 21.31.

Note return to page 7277 Or, Ammothdor, Iosh. 21.32.

Note return to page 7278 Or, Kartan, Iosh. 21.32.

Note return to page 7279 Or, Iokneam.

Note return to page 7280 Or, Kartah, Iosh. 21.34.

Note return to page 7281 Iosh. 20.8. and 21.36.

Note return to page 7282 Or, Phuuah.

Note return to page 7283 [a] Who also is called Iob, Gen. 46 13.

Note return to page 7284 [b] That is, their nomber was found thus great when Dauid n&obar;bred the people, 2.Sam. 24.1.

Note return to page 7285 [c] Meaning, the foure sonnes, & the father.

Note return to page 7286 Or, kinsemen.

Note return to page 7287 [d] Called also Ashbel, Gen. 46. 21. Nom. 26.38.

Note return to page 7288 [e] Which were the chiefe: for els there were seuen in all as appeareth Gen.46.21.

Note return to page 7289 Or, Irl.

Note return to page 7290 [f] Meaning, that he was not the sonne of Beniamin but of Dan, Gen 46.23.

Note return to page 7291 Or, of Aber.

Note return to page 7292 Or, Shillem, Gen, 46.24.

Note return to page 7293 [g] These came of Dan & Naphtali, which were the sonnes of Bilhah, Gen. 46.23, 24, 25.

Note return to page 7294 Nom.26.25, 31. iosh.17.1.

Note return to page 7295 Or, Iezer, Nom. 26.30.

Note return to page 7296 [h] Meaning, the sister of Gilead.

Note return to page 7297 [i] Which was one of the fiue principal cities of þe; Philistims, slew the Ephraimites.

Note return to page 7298 Or, knissolkes.

Note return to page 7299 Or, neece.

Note return to page 7300 [k] To wit, of Ephraim.

Note return to page 7301 Or, Adaiah.

Note return to page 7302 Gen.46.17.

Note return to page 7303 Or, Kimbal.

Note return to page 7304 [a] He continueth in the description of the tribe of Beniamin, because his purpose is to set forth the genealogie of Saul.

Note return to page 7305 [b] Meaning, the inhabitants of the citie Geba.

Note return to page 7306 [c] To wit, Ehud.

Note return to page 7307 [d] After he had put away his two wiues.

Note return to page 7308 Or, Araiah.

Note return to page 7309 [e] The chiefe of the tribe of Beniamin that dwelt in Ierusalem.

Note return to page 7310 Chap.9.35.

Note return to page 7311 [f] Who in the 1. Sam.9.1. is called Abiel.

Note return to page 7312 [g] He is also named Ishbosheth, 2.Sam.2.8.

Note return to page 7313 [h] He is likewise called Mephibosheth, 2.Sam.9.6.

Note return to page 7314 [a] Hitherto he hath described their genealogies before they went into captiuitie, and now he describeth their historie after their returne.

Note return to page 7315 [b] Meaning, the Gibeonites, which serued in þe; T&ebar;ple, reade Iosh.9.23.

Note return to page 7316 Or, chiefe of the families.

Note return to page 7317 [c] That is, he was the hie Priest.

Note return to page 7318 [d] To serue in the Temple, euery one according to his office.

Note return to page 7319 [e] So called, because the King came into the Temple thereby, and not the common people.

Note return to page 7320 [f] Their charge was, that none should enter into those places, which were only appointed for the Priests to minister in.

Note return to page 7321 Or, for their fidelitie.

Note return to page 7322 [g] They serued weekely, as Eze. 4.10.

Note return to page 7323 Or, opening of the doores.

Note return to page 7324 [h] Whereof the meate offring was made, Leuit.2.1.

Note return to page 7325 Exod.25.37.

Note return to page 7326 [i] But were continually occupied in singing praises to God.

Note return to page 7327 Chap.8.29.

Note return to page 7328 Or, Abigibeon,

Note return to page 7329 1.Sam.14.51. chap.8.33.

Note return to page 7330 [k] Who was also called Iehoadah, Chap.8.36.

Note return to page 7331 1.Sam.31.1.

Note return to page 7332 Ebr. found.

Note return to page 7333 Ebr. fallen.

Note return to page 7334 [a] Which was the idole of the Philistims, and from the bellie downewarde had the forme of a fish, and vpward of a man.

Note return to page 7335 2. Sam.15.23.

Note return to page 7336 Or, witch, and sorceresse.

Note return to page 7337 1. Sam.28.8.

Note return to page 7338 2, Sam.5.1.

Note return to page 7339 [a] This was after the death of Ishbosheth Sauls sonne, when Dauid had reigned ouer Iudah seuen yeeres and sixe moneths in Hebron, 2. Sam. 5.5.

Note return to page 7340 1. Sam.16.13.

Note return to page 7341 2. Sam.5.8.

Note return to page 7342 2. Sam.5.9.

Note return to page 7343 2. Sam.23.8.

Note return to page 7344 [b] Meaning, the most excellent and best esteemed for his valiantnes: some reade, the chiefe of the Princes.

Note return to page 7345 Or, his vncle.

Note return to page 7346 [c] This acte is referred to Shammah, 2 Sam. 23. 11. which seemeth was the chiefest of these.

Note return to page 7347 [d] That is, Eleazar and his two companions.

Note return to page 7348 2. Sam.23.15.

Note return to page 7349 [e] That is, this water, for the which they ventured their blood.

Note return to page 7350 2. Sam. 23.19.

Note return to page 7351 Or, lyons.

Note return to page 7352 [f] Meaning, those three which brought the water to Dauid.

Note return to page 7353 2. Sam.23.23.

Note return to page 7354 [g] Called also Shemmoah, 2. Sam. 23.25.

Note return to page 7355 [h] He is also called Mebunnai, 2. Sam. 23.27.

Note return to page 7356 [a] To take his part against Saul, who persecuted him.

Note return to page 7357 [b] That is, of the tribe of Beniamin, whereof Saul was, and wherein were excellent throwers with slings, Iudg. 30.16.

Note return to page 7358 Or, Godua.

Note return to page 7359 Or, buckler.

Note return to page 7360 [c] Meaning, fierce and terrible.

Note return to page 7361 Or, Mashmannah.

Note return to page 7362 [d] Which the Ebrewes called Nisan or Abib, conteining halfe March and halfe April, when Iorden was wont to ouerflowe his bankes, reade Iosh. 3.15.

Note return to page 7363 [e] The spirit of boldnesse & courage moued him to speake thus.

Note return to page 7364 [f] They came onely to helpe Dauid and not to succour the Philistims which were enemies to their countrey.

Note return to page 7365 1. Sam. 29.4.

Note return to page 7366 Or, on the ieopardie of our heads.

Note return to page 7367 [g] To wit, of the Amalekites which had burned the citie Ziklag, 1. Sam. 30.1, 9.

Note return to page 7368 [h] Meaning, mightie or strong: for the Ebrewes say a thing is of God, when it is excellent.

Note return to page 7369 Or, buckler.

Note return to page 7370 [i] Of the Leuites which came by descent of Aaron.

Note return to page 7371 [k] That is, the greatest nomber tooke Sauls part.

Note return to page 7372 [l] Men of good experience, which knewe at all times what was to be done.

Note return to page 7373 Or, set them selues in aray.

Note return to page 7374 Ebr. heart and heart.

Note return to page 7375 [m] So that his whole hoste were three hundreth twentie and two thousand, two hundreth twentie and two.

Note return to page 7376 Or, fight in their aray.

Note return to page 7377 Or, with a good courage.

Note return to page 7378 [n] The rest of the Israelites.

Note return to page 7379 [a] His first care was to restore religion, which had in Sauls dayes bene corrupted and neglected.

Note return to page 7380 2.Sam.6.2.

Note return to page 7381 Or, Nilus.

Note return to page 7382 [b] That is, from Gibea, where the inhabitants of Kiriath-iearim had placed it in the house of Abinadab, 2. Sam.6.3.

Note return to page 7383 Or, Baale, reade 2.Sam.6.2.

Note return to page 7384 [c] The sonnes of Abinadab.

Note return to page 7385 [d] That is, before the Arke where God shewed him selfe: so that the signe is taken for the thing signified, which is common to all sacraments both in the olde and newe testament.

Note return to page 7386 [e] Called also Nachon, 2.Sam. 6.6.

Note return to page 7387 [f] Before the Arke for vsurping that which did not appertaine to his vocation: for this charge was giuen to the Priests, Nomb. 4.13. so that here all good intentions are condemned, except they be commanded by the worde of God.

Note return to page 7388 [g] Who was a Leuite, and called Gittite, because he had dwelt at Gath.

Note return to page 7389 2,Sam.5.11.

Note return to page 7390 Ebr. Zor.

Note return to page 7391 [a] Because of Gods promes made to the people of Israel.

Note return to page 7392 [b] Elpalet and Nogah are not mencioned, 2. Sam.5.14. so there are but eleuen, and here thirteene.

Note return to page 7393 Or, Eliada.

Note return to page 7394 [c] That is, the valley of diuisions, because the enemies were dispersed there like waters.

Note return to page 7395 [a] That was in the place of the citie called Zion, 2.Sam.5.7,9.

Note return to page 7396 Nomb.4.2, 20.

Note return to page 7397 [b] From the house of Obed Edom, 2.Sam.6.10, 12.

Note return to page 7398 Or, kinsemen.

Note return to page 7399 [c] Who was the sonne of Vzziel, the fourth sonne of Kohath, Exod. 6.18,22. & nomb. 3.30.

Note return to page 7400 [d] The thirde sonne of Kohath, Exod.6.18.

Note return to page 7401 [e] Prepare your selues, & be pure, absteine from all things whereby ye might be polluted, and so not able to come to the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 7402 Chap.13.10.

Note return to page 7403 [f] According as he hath appointed in the Lawe.

Note return to page 7404 Exod.25.14, 15.

Note return to page 7405 [g] These instruments and other ceremonies, which they obserued, were instructions of their infancie, which continued to the comming of Christ.

Note return to page 7406 [h] Which were inferior in dignitie.

Note return to page 7407 [i] This was an instrument of musike, or a certaine tune, whereunto they accustomed to sing Psalmes.

Note return to page 7408 [k] Which was the eight tune, ouer the which he that was most excellent had charge.

Note return to page 7409 [l] To wit, to appoint Psalmes, and songs to them that sung.

Note return to page 7410 [m] With Berechiah and Elkanah, verse 13.

Note return to page 7411 2.Sam.6.12.

Note return to page 7412 [n] That is, gaue them strength to execute their office.

Note return to page 7413 [o] Besides the bullocke and the fat beast, which Dauid offred at euery sixt pase, 2.Sam.6.13.

Note return to page 7414 [p] Reade 2.Sam, 6.14.

Note return to page 7415 [q] Is was so called, because it put the Israelites in remembrance of the Lords couenant made with them.

Note return to page 7416 2.Sam.6.16.

Note return to page 7417 2.Sam.6.17.

Note return to page 7418 [a] He called vpon the Name of God, desiring him to prosper the people, and giue good successe to their beginnings.

Note return to page 7419 [b] To wit, Gods benefites toward his people.

Note return to page 7420 [c] Dauid gaue th&ebar; this Psalme to prayse the Lorde, signifying that in al our enterprises the Name of God ought to be praised and called vpon.

Note return to page 7421 Psalm. 105.1. isa. 12.4.

Note return to page 7422 [d] Whereof this is the chiefest that he hath chosen him selfe

Note return to page 7423 [e] Who of his wonderfull prouidence hath chosen a few of the stocke of Abraham to be his children.

Note return to page 7424 [a] Church to call vpon his Name.

Note return to page 7425 [f] In ouercomming Pharaoh, which iudgements were declared by Gods mouth to Moses.

Note return to page 7426 [g] Meaning hereby that the promes of adoption only apperteineth to the church.

Note return to page 7427 Gen. 22. 16, 17, 18 luk. 1.73. heb.6.17.

Note return to page 7428 Ebr. coard, whereby parcels of lands were measured.

Note return to page 7429 [h] Meaning, from the time that Abraham entred, vnto the time, that Iaakob went into Egypt for famine.

Note return to page 7430 [i] As Pharaoh and Abimelech.

Note return to page 7431 [k] Mine elect people and them whome I haue sanctified.

Note return to page 7432 [l] To whome God declared his word, and they declared it to their posteritie.

Note return to page 7433 Psalm. 95.1.

Note return to page 7434 [m] His strong faith appeareth herein that though all the world would follow idoles, yet he would cleaue to the liuing God.

Note return to page 7435 [n] Humble your selues vnder the mightie hand of God.

Note return to page 7436 [o] He exhorteth the dumme creatures to reioyce with him in considering the greatnesse of the grace of God.

Note return to page 7437 [p] To restore all things to their estate.

Note return to page 7438 [q] He esteemeth this to be the chiefest felicitie of man.

Note return to page 7439 [r] He willeth all the people both in heart & mouth to consent to these praises.

Note return to page 7440 [s] With Zadok and the rest of the Priests.

Note return to page 7441 [t] Declaring that after our duetie to God we are chieflie bound to our owne house, for the which as for all other things, wee ought to pray vnto God, and instruct our families to praise his Name.

Note return to page 7442 2.Sam. 7.2.

Note return to page 7443 [a] Wel built and faire.

Note return to page 7444 [b] That is, in tents couered with skinnes.

Note return to page 7445 [c] As yet God had not reueiled to the Prophet what he purposed concerning Dauid: therefore seeing God fauoured Dauid, he spake what he thought.

Note return to page 7446 [d] After that Nathan had spoken to Dauid.

Note return to page 7447 [e] That is, in a tent which remooued to and fro.

Note return to page 7448 [f] Meaning, wheresoeuer his Arke went, which was a signe of his presence.

Note return to page 7449 [g] Of a shepheard of sheepe I made thee a shepheard of men, so that thou camest not to this dignitie through thine owne merites, but by my pure grace.

Note return to page 7450 Or, gotten thee fame.

Note return to page 7451 [h] Make them sure that they shal not remoue.

Note return to page 7452 Ebr. sonnes of iniquitie.

Note return to page 7453 Or, consume.

Note return to page 7454 [i] Wil giue thee great posteritie.

Note return to page 7455 [k] That is, vnto the comming of Christ: for then these figures shold cease.

Note return to page 7456 [l] Which was Saul.

Note return to page 7457 [m] He went into the tent where the Arke was, shewing what we ought to doe when wee receiue any benefites of the Lord.

Note return to page 7458 Or, remained.

Note return to page 7459 [n] Meaning, to this kingly estate.

Note return to page 7460 [o] Thou hast promised a kingdome that shall continue to me & my posteritie, and that Christ shall proceede of me.

Note return to page 7461 [p] Freely, and according to the purpose of thy wil, without any deseruing.

Note return to page 7462 [q] That is, hee sheweth himselfe in deede to bee their God, by deliuering them fr&obar; dangers, and preseruing them.

Note return to page 7463 [r] Thou hast declared vnto me by Nathan the Prophet.

Note return to page 7464 Ebr. hath found.

Note return to page 7465 [s] And canst not breake promes.

Note return to page 7466 [a] Which, 2.Sam. 8.1. is called the bridle of bondage, because it was a strong towne, and kept the countrey round about in subiection.

Note return to page 7467 Or, payed, tribute.

Note return to page 7468 Or, Hadadezer.

Note return to page 7469 Or, Euphrates.

Note return to page 7470 2.Sam. 8.4.

Note return to page 7471 Or, Darmesek.

Note return to page 7472 [b] That is, in all things that he enterprised.

Note return to page 7473 [c] Which, 2. Samuel.8.8 are called Betah and Berothai.

Note return to page 7474 1.King. 7.23. iere 52.20.

Note return to page 7475 [d] Called also Ioram, 2.Sam.8.10.

Note return to page 7476 [e] Because the Edomites and the Syrians ioyned their power together, it is said, 2. Sam. 8. 12. that the Aramites were spoyled.

Note return to page 7477 [f] Which is vnderstand that Ioab slewe twelue thousand, as is in the title of the threescore Psal. and Abishai the rest.

Note return to page 7478 Or, Seraiah.

Note return to page 7479 2. Sam.8.17,18.

Note return to page 7480 [g] Read 2. Sam. 8.18.

Note return to page 7481 2.Sam. 10.3.

Note return to page 7482 [a] Because Nahash receiued Dauid, and his companie, when Saul persecuted him, he would nowe shewe pleasure to his sonne for the same.

Note return to page 7483 [b] Thus the malicious euer interprete the purpose of the godly in the worst sense.

Note return to page 7484 [c] They shaued off the halfe of their beardes, 2. Sam.10.4.

Note return to page 7485 [d] To put them to shame and villanie, where as the embassadors ought to haue bene honoured: and because the Iewes vsed to weare side garments and beards, they thus disfigured them to make them odious to others.

Note return to page 7486 Or, had made themselues to be abhorred of Dauid.

Note return to page 7487 2. Sam.10.6,8.

Note return to page 7488 [e] Which were fiue in all.

Note return to page 7489 [f] Which was a citie of the tribe of Reuben beyond Iorden.

Note return to page 7490 [g] He declareth, that where the cause is euill, the courage can not be valiant, and that in good causes men ought to be couragious and commit the successe to God.

Note return to page 7491 [h] That is, Euphrates.

Note return to page 7492 [i] For this place reade 2. Sam.10. 18.

Note return to page 7493 2. Sam.11.1.

Note return to page 7494 [a] Which was the chiefe citie of the Ammonites.

Note return to page 7495 2.Sam.12. 29,30.

Note return to page 7496 [b] Which mounteth about the value of seuen thousand and seuentie crownes which is about threescore pounde weight.

Note return to page 7497 2.Sam.21.18.

Note return to page 7498 Or, Gob, 2.Sam. 21.18.

Note return to page 7499 Or, Saph.

Note return to page 7500 Or, Raphaim, or, the gyants.

Note return to page 7501 [c] Reade 2.Sam. 21.19.

Note return to page 7502 [d] Meaning, that he had sixe a piece on hands and feete.

Note return to page 7503 [a] He tempted Dauid in setting before his eyes his excellencie and glorie, his power and victories, reade 2. Sam.24.1.

Note return to page 7504 [b] That is, from South to North.

Note return to page 7505 [c] It was a thing indifferent and vsuall to nomber the people, but because he did it of an ambitious minde, as though his strength stoode in his people, God punished him.

Note return to page 7506 [d] Ioab partly for griefe, and partly through negligence gathered not the whole summe as it is here declared.

Note return to page 7507 [e] In Samuel is mention of thirtie thousande more: which was either by ioyning to them some of the Beniamites, which were mixed with Iudah, or as the Ebrewes write, here the chiefe and princes are left out.

Note return to page 7508 Or, Prophet.

Note return to page 7509 Or, smite thee.

Note return to page 7510 [f] Reade,2.Sam. 24.16.

Note return to page 7511 [g] When God draweth backe his plagues, he seemeth to repent, reade Gene. 6.6.

Note return to page 7512 Or, Araunah.

Note return to page 7513 [h] Thus he both sheweth a true repentance and a fatherly care towarde his people, which desireth God to spare them and to punish him and his.

Note return to page 7514 [i] If man hide him selfe at the sight of an Angel which is a creature, howe much lesse is a sinner able to appeare before the face of God?

Note return to page 7515 [k] Thus he did by the commandement of God, as vers.18. for els it had bene abominable, except he had either Gods worde, or reuelation.

Note return to page 7516 [l] That is, as much as it is worth: for hauing inough of his owne and yet to haue taken of another mans goods to offer vnto the Lord, it had bene theft and not acceptable to God.

Note return to page 7517 [m] Reade 2.Sam. 24.24.

Note return to page 7518 [n] God declared that he heard his request in that he sent downe fire from heauen: for els they might vse no fire in sacrifice, but of that which was reserued still vpon the altar, Leuit. 6.13. and came downe from heauen, Leuit. 9. 24. as appeared by the punishment of Nadab and Abihu, Leuit. 10.1.

Note return to page 7519 [a] That is, the place wherein he will be worshipped.

Note return to page 7520 [b] Meaning conning men of other nations which dwelt among the Iewes.

Note return to page 7521 [c] To wit, which weighed fiftie shekels of golde, 2. Chron. 3. 9.

Note return to page 7522 2 Sam.7.13.

Note return to page 7523 Chap.28.3.

Note return to page 7524 [d] This declareth how, greatly God detesteth the sheading of blood, seeing Dauid for this cause is stayed to builde the Temple of the Lord, albeit he enterprised no warre, but by Gods commandement and against his enemies.

Note return to page 7525 2.Sam.7.13. 1.King 5.5.

Note return to page 7526 [e] He sheweth that there can bee no prosperitie, but when the Lord is with vs.

Note return to page 7527 [f] These are onely the meanes whereby Kings gouerne their subiects aright, and whereby the realmes doe prosper & florish.

Note return to page 7528 [g] For Dauid was poore in respect of Salomon.

Note return to page 7529 Or, masons, and carpenters.

Note return to page 7530 [h] That is, go about it quickly.

Note return to page 7531 [i] The nations round about.

Note return to page 7532 [k] For els hee knewe that God would plague them and not prosper their labours except they sought with all their hearts to set forth his glorie.

Note return to page 7533 1.King.1.30.

Note return to page 7534 Or, to haue care ouer.

Note return to page 7535 Ebr. I made meaning Dauid.

Note return to page 7536 Chap.6.1

Note return to page 7537 Exod.6.17.

Note return to page 7538 Or, Libni, Chap.6.7.

Note return to page 7539 Or, Zina.

Note return to page 7540 Exod.2.2. & 6.20. heb.5.4,5.

Note return to page 7541 [a] That is, to serue in the most holy place and to consecrate the holy things.

Note return to page 7542 [b] They were but of the order of the Leuites and not of the Priests, as Aarons sonnes.

Note return to page 7543 Exod.2.22. and 18.3.

Note return to page 7544 [c] The Scripture vseth to call chiefe or the first borne, although he be alone and there be none borne after, Mat.1.25.

Note return to page 7545 [d] Meaning, their cousins.

Note return to page 7546 [e] Dauid did chuse the Leuites twise, first at the age of thirtie, as verse 3. & againe afterward at 20. as þe; necessitie of the office did require: at the beginning they had no charge in the Temple, before they were fiue and twentie yere olde, and had none after fiftie, Nomb.4.3.

Note return to page 7547 [f] In washing and clensing all the holy vessels.

Note return to page 7548 Leuit.10.4,6. nom.3.4. & 26.60.

Note return to page 7549 [a] Whiles their father yet liued.

Note return to page 7550 Or, cousins.

Note return to page 7551 Ebr. heades.

Note return to page 7552 [b] This lot was ordeined to take away all occasion of enuie or grudging of one against another.

Note return to page 7553 [c] Zacharie the father of Iohn Baptist was of this course or lot of Abia, Luke 1.5.

Note return to page 7554 [d] By the dignity that God gaue to Aaron.

Note return to page 7555 [e] Which was the second sonne of Merari.

Note return to page 7556 [f] That is, euery one had that dignitie, which fel vnto him by lot.

Note return to page 7557 [a] The singers were deuided into 24 courses, so that euery course or order conteined twelue, and in al there were 288. as vers.7.

Note return to page 7558 Ebr. hands.

Note return to page 7559 [b] Whereof one is not here nombred.

Note return to page 7560 [c] Meaning, Psalmes & songs to praise God.

Note return to page 7561 Or, Prophet.

Note return to page 7562 Or, power, meaning of the King.

Note return to page 7563 Or, gouernement.

Note return to page 7564 Ebr hand.

Note return to page 7565 [d] Who should be in euery companie and course.

Note return to page 7566 [e] Without respect to age or cunning.

Note return to page 7567 [f] So that he serued in the first turne, and the rest euery one as his turne followed orderly.

Note return to page 7568 Or, the Zerites.

Note return to page 7569 Or, courses and turnes.

Note return to page 7570 [a] This Asaph was not the notable musition, but another of that name called also Ebiasaph, Chap.6.23,37. & 9.19. and also Iasaph.

Note return to page 7571 [b] In giuing him many children.

Note return to page 7572 [c] Or, like their fathers house, meaning, worthy men, and valiant.

Note return to page 7573 Or, nephewes.

Note return to page 7574 [d] And meete to serue in the office of the portership.

Note return to page 7575 Or, cousins.

Note return to page 7576 Or, courses.

Note return to page 7577 [e] According to their turnes, aswel the one as the other.

Note return to page 7578 Or, Meshelemiah.

Note return to page 7579 [f] One expert and meete to keepe that gate.

Note return to page 7580 [g] This was an house, where they vsed to resort to consult of things concerning the Temple, as a Conuocation house.

Note return to page 7581 [h] Whereat they vsed to cast out the filth of the citie.

Note return to page 7582 [i] Meaning, two one day and two another.

Note return to page 7583 [k] Which was an house wherein they kept the instruments of the Temple.

Note return to page 7584 [l] These also had charge ouer the treasures.

Note return to page 7585 Or, cousins.

Note return to page 7586 [m] According as the Lord commanded, Nom.31.28.

Note return to page 7587 [n] Meaning, of things that were out of the citie.

Note return to page 7588 [o] That is, for the kings house.

Note return to page 7589 [p] To wit, the cousins of Iediiah.

Note return to page 7590 [q] Both in spiritual and temporall things.

Note return to page 7591 Ebr. diuisions, or bands.

Note return to page 7592 [a] Which executed their charge & office, which is meant by c&obar;ming in & going out.

Note return to page 7593 [b] That is, Dodais lieutenant.

Note return to page 7594 2. Sam.23.20,22, 23.

Note return to page 7595 Or, Beniamin.

Note return to page 7596 [c] Meaning, besides these twelue captaines.

Note return to page 7597 [d] Which is beyond Iorden in respect of Iudah: also one captaine was ouer the Reubenites and the Gadites.

Note return to page 7598 Chap.21.7.

Note return to page 7599 [e] And the commandement of the King was abominable to Ioab, Chap.21.6.

Note return to page 7600 [f] The Ebrewes make both these bookes of Chronicles but one, & at this verse make the middes of the booke, as touching the nomber of verses.

Note return to page 7601 [g] That is, a man learned in the word of God.

Note return to page 7602 [h] To be their scholemasters and teachers.

Note return to page 7603 [i] After that Ahitophel had hanged himselfe, 2.Sam. 17.23. Iehoiada was made counseller.

Note return to page 7604 Or, chiefe seru&abar;t, Gen.37.36.

Note return to page 7605 [a] Where the Arke should remaine & remoue no more to and fro.

Note return to page 7606 Psal.99.5.

Note return to page 7607 2.Sam.7.5,13. chap.22.8.

Note return to page 7608 [b] According to the prophesie of Iaakob, Gen.49.8.

Note return to page 7609 Wisd.9.7.

Note return to page 7610 [c] If he continue to keepe my law and depart not therefrom, as he doeth hitherto.

Note return to page 7611 [d] To wit, of Canaan.

Note return to page 7612 [e] He declareth that nothing can separate them from the commoditie of this land, both for themselues and their posteritie, but their sinnes and iniquitie.

Note return to page 7613 1.Sam.16.7. psal. 7.9. iere. 11.20. & 17.10. & 20.12.

Note return to page 7614 [f] Meaning, for his Arke.

Note return to page 7615 [g] Put it in execution.

Note return to page 7616 Ebr. that were in his spirit with him.

Note return to page 7617 [h] That is, the ten candlestickes, 1. King.7.49.

Note return to page 7618 Or, couerings.

Note return to page 7619 [i] Meaning, of the merciseate which couered the Arke, which was called the charet because the Lord declared himselfe there.

Note return to page 7620 [k] For all this was left in writing in the booke of the Law, Exod.25.40. which booke the King was bound to put in execution, Deut.17.19.

Note return to page 7621 [l] That is, euery one wil be ready to helpe thee with those gifts that God hath giuen him.

Note return to page 7622 Ebr. at all thy wordes.

Note return to page 7623 [a] And therefore it ought to be excellent in all poyntes.

Note return to page 7624 [b] His great zeale toward the furtherance of the Temple made him to spare no expenses, but to bestowe his owne peculiar treasure.

Note return to page 7625 [c] He sheweth what he had of his owne store for the Lordes house.

Note return to page 7626 [d] He was not onely liberall himselfe, but prouoked others to set foorth the worke of God.

Note return to page 7627 Or, to offer.

Note return to page 7628 [e] Meaning, them that had any.

Note return to page 7629 [f] That is, with a good courage & without hypocrisie.

Note return to page 7630 Psal.122.1.

Note return to page 7631 [g] Which diddest reueile thy selfe to our father Iaakob.

Note return to page 7632 [h] We gaue thee nothing of our owne, but that which we haue receiued of thee for whether the giftes be corporall or spirituall, we receiue them all of God and therefore must giue him the glorie.

Note return to page 7633 [i] And therefore haue this lande but lent to vs for a time.

Note return to page 7634 Ebr. wayting for them to returne.

Note return to page 7635 1.Sam.16.7. chap.28.9.

Note return to page 7636 [k] Continue them in this good mind, that they may serue thee willingly.

Note return to page 7637 [l] That is, did reuerence to the King.

Note return to page 7638 [m] Meaning, all kinde of licour which they mingled with their sacrifices, as wine, oyle, &c.

Note return to page 7639 [n] This declareth that the Kings of Iudah were figures of Christ, who was the true anoynted, and to whom God gaue the chiefe gouernement of all things.

Note return to page 7640 Ebr. gaue the hande.

Note return to page 7641 1.King.2.11.

Note return to page 7642 [o] The bookes of Nathan and Gad are thought to haue bin lost in the captiuitie.

Note return to page 7643 [p] Meaning, the troubles and griefes.

Note return to page 7644 Or, established, & strong. reade 1.King.2.46.

Note return to page 7645 [a] That is, he proclaymed a solemne sacrifice, and commaunded that all should be at the same.

Note return to page 7646 [b] Reade 1.King. 3.3.

Note return to page 7647 [c] So called, because that God thereby shewed certaine signes to the congregation of his presence.

Note return to page 7648 [d] Which was for the burnt offrings, Exod.27.1.

Note return to page 7649 Exod.38.1,2.

Note return to page 7650 1.King.3.4.

Note return to page 7651 [e] Performe thy promes made to my father concerning me.

Note return to page 7652 [f] That I may gouerne this people, read 1.Chro.27.1. & 1.king.3.7.

Note return to page 7653 [g] That is, to be reuenged on thine enemies.

Note return to page 7654 1.King.10.26.

Note return to page 7655 [h] Which were cities appoynted to keepe & maintaine the charets.

Note return to page 7656 [i] He caused so great plentie that it was no more esteemed then stones.

Note return to page 7657 Isa.19.9. ezek.27.7.

Note return to page 7658 [k] Reade 1.King. 10.28.

Note return to page 7659 Ebr. handes.

Note return to page 7660 Or, Palace.

Note return to page 7661 [a] Which is to be vnderstand of all sort of officers and ouerseers: for els the chiefe officers were but 3300. as 1.King 5. 16.

Note return to page 7662 Or, Hiram.

Note return to page 7663 2.Sam.5.11.

Note return to page 7664 [b] That is, to doe the seruice which he hath commanded, signifying that none is able to honour & serue God in that perfection as his maiestie deserueth.

Note return to page 7665 Or, scarlet.

Note return to page 7666 [c] Some take it for brasil, or the wood called Ebenum, others for corall.

Note return to page 7667 Or, Almuggran.

Note return to page 7668 Ebr. Corim.

Note return to page 7669 [d] Of Bath reade 1.King.7.2 6. it is called also Epha, but Epha is to measure dry things, as Bath is a measure for licours.

Note return to page 7670 [e] The very heathen c&obar;fessed that it was a singular gift of God, when he gaue to any nation a King that was wise & of vnderstanding, albeit it appeareth that this Hiram had the true knowledge of God.

Note return to page 7671 [f] It is also written, that she was of the tribe of Naphtali, 1.King.7.14. which may be vnderstand that by reason of the confusion of tribes, which then began to be, they maried in diuers tribes, so that by her father shee might be of Dan, & by her mother of Naphtali.

Note return to page 7672 Or, ships.

Note return to page 7673 Or, Ioppe.

Note return to page 7674 1.King.6.1.

Note return to page 7675 [a] Which is the mountaine where Abraham thought to haue sacrificed his sonne, Ge.22.2.

Note return to page 7676 2.Sam.24. 16, 21.

Note return to page 7677 [b] According to the whole length of the Temple, c&obar;prehending the most holy place with the rest.

Note return to page 7678 [c] It conteined as much as did the breadth of the Temple, 1.kin.6.3.

Note return to page 7679 [d] From the foundation to the top: for in the booke of Kings mention is made fr&obar; the foundation to the first stage.

Note return to page 7680 [e] Some thinke it is that place which is called Peru.

Note return to page 7681 1.King.6.24.

Note return to page 7682 [f] Which separated the Temple from the most holy place.

Note return to page 7683 [g] Euery one was eighteene cubites long, but the halfe cubite could not be seene: for it was hid in the roundnes of the chapiter, & therefore he giueth to euery one but 17. and an halfe.

Note return to page 7684 [h] For euery pillar an hundreth, reade 1.King.7.20.

Note return to page 7685 [a] A great vessel of brasse, so called, because of the great qu&abar;titie of water, which it c&obar;teined, 1.King.7.23.

Note return to page 7686 [b] Meaning, vnder the brim of þe; vessell, as 1.Kin.7.24.

Note return to page 7687 [c] In the length of euery cubite were ten heads or knops which in al are 300

Note return to page 7688 Or, floure delices.

Note return to page 7689 [d] In þe; first booke of Kings, Cha. 7.26. mention is onely made of two thousand: but the lesse nomber was taken there, & here according as the measures proued afterward is declared.

Note return to page 7690 [e] Euen as they should be made.

Note return to page 7691 [f] Called also the porch of Salom&obar;, Act.3.11. It is also taken for the Temple where Christ preached, Matth. 21.23.

Note return to page 7692 Or, caldrous.

Note return to page 7693 [g] Whom Salom&obar; reuerenced for the gifts that God had giuen him, as a father: he had the same name also that Huram þe; king of Tyrus had, his mother was a Iewesse and his father a Tyrian. Some reade, for his father, the autour of this worke.

Note return to page 7694 [h] In Ebrew, the bread of the faces, because they were set before þe; Arke, where the Lord shewed his presence.

Note return to page 7695 Or instruments of musike.

Note return to page 7696 [i] That is, couered with plates of golde.

Note return to page 7697 1.King.7.52. & 8. 1.

Note return to page 7698 [a] Reade 2.Sam. 6.12.

Note return to page 7699 [b] When þe; things were dedicate and brought into the Temple.

Note return to page 7700 [c] Called in Ebrewe Ethanim, conteining part of September & part of October, 1.King.8.2. which moneth the Iewes called the first moneth, because they say that the worlde was created in that moneth, and after they came from Egypt they began at March: but because this opinion is vncertaine, we make March euer the first, as best writers doe.

Note return to page 7701 Or, without the Oracle.

Note return to page 7702 [d] For Aarons rod and Manna were taken th&ebar;ce before it was brought to this place.

Note return to page 7703 [e] Were prepared to serue þe; Lord.

Note return to page 7704 [f] They agreed all in one tune.

Note return to page 7705 [g] This was the effect of their songs, Psal.118.1. and 136.1.

Note return to page 7706 1.King.8.12.

Note return to page 7707 [a] After that he had seene the glory of the Lorde in the cloude.

Note return to page 7708 Or, power.

Note return to page 7709 Or, Temple.

Note return to page 7710 2.Sam.7.5.

Note return to page 7711 Ebr. that it was in thine beast.

Note return to page 7712 [b] Meaning, þe; two Tables, wherein is conteined the effect of the couenant, that God made with our fathers.

Note return to page 7713 [c] On a skaffold that was made for that purpose, that he praying for the whole people might be heard of all, as 1. King.8.22.

Note return to page 7714 [d] Both to giue thankes for the great benefites of God bestowed vpon him, and also to pray for the perseuerance and prosperitie of his people.

Note return to page 7715 2.Mac.2.8.

Note return to page 7716 Or, in effect, or, by thy power.

Note return to page 7717 Ebr. a man shall not be cut off.

Note return to page 7718 1.King.8.27.

Note return to page 7719 [e] That thou maiest declare in effect, that thou hast a continuall care ouer this place.

Note return to page 7720 1. King.8.31.

Note return to page 7721 [f] By reteining any thing from him, or els by denying that which he hath left him to keepe, or doe him any wrong.

Note return to page 7722 Ebr. othe.

Note return to page 7723 [g] Meaning, to giue him that which he hath deserued.

Note return to page 7724 Or, prayse.

Note return to page 7725 Or, toward this place.

Note return to page 7726 Chap.20.9.

Note return to page 7727 Ebr. in the land of their gates.

Note return to page 7728 [h] He declareth that the prayers of hypocrites can not be heard, nor of any but of them, which pray vnto God with an vnfained faith and in true repentance.

Note return to page 7729 [i] He sheweth that before God there is no acception of person, but all people that feareth him and worketh righteousnesse, is accepted, Act. 10.35.

Note return to page 7730 [k] Meaning, that none ought to enterprise any warre, but at the Lords commandement, that is, which is lawfull by his worde.

Note return to page 7731 Or, according to the maner of this citie.

Note return to page 7732 1.King.8.46. ecclus. 7.22. 1.iohn 1.8.

Note return to page 7733 Or, repent.

Note return to page 7734 Or, maintaine their right.

Note return to page 7735 Psal.132.8.

Note return to page 7736 [l] That is, into thy Temple.

Note return to page 7737 [m] Let them be preserued by thy power and made vertuous and holy.

Note return to page 7738 [n] Heare my prayer which am thine anoynted King.

Note return to page 7739 2.Mac.2.10.

Note return to page 7740 [a] Hereby God declared that hee was pleased with Salomons prayer.

Note return to page 7741 1.King.8.62,63.

Note return to page 7742 Ebr. by their handes.

Note return to page 7743 [b] The feast of the Tabernacles which was kept in the seuenth moneth.

Note return to page 7744 [c] They assembled to heare the worde of God after that they had remained seuen dayes in the boothes or Tabernacles.

Note return to page 7745 [d] They had leaue to depart the two and twentieth day, 1.king. 8.66. but they went not away till the next day.

Note return to page 7746 1.King.9.1.

Note return to page 7747 Nomb.12.6.

Note return to page 7748 [e] I will cause the pestilence to cease and destroy the beastes that hurt the fruites of the earth, and sende raine in due season.

Note return to page 7749 Chap.6 16.

Note return to page 7750 [f] Which thing declareth that God had more respect to their saluation, then to the aduancement of his owne glorie: and where as men abuse those things, which God hath appointed to set foorth his prayse, he doeth withdrawe his graces thence.

Note return to page 7751 1.King.9.10.

Note return to page 7752 [a] Signifying, that he was twentie yeere in building them.

Note return to page 7753 [b] That is, which Hiram gaue againe to Salomon because they pleased him not: and therefore called them Cabul, that is, dirt or filth, 1.King.9.13.

Note return to page 7754 [c] Meaning, of munitions and treasures for the warre.

Note return to page 7755 [d] That is, he repaired and fortified them: for they were built long before by Sherah a noble woman of the tribe of Ephraim, 1.Chron.6.68. and 7.24.

Note return to page 7756 [e] Reade 1.King. 7.2.

Note return to page 7757 Ebr. to come vp to tribute.

Note return to page 7758 [f] For in all there were 3300. but here he meaneth of them that had the principall charge, reade 1.King.9.23.

Note return to page 7759 Chap.4.1.

Note return to page 7760 Exod.29.39.

Note return to page 7761 Or, after the maner of euery day.

Note return to page 7762 [g] Reade Leuit. 23.

Note return to page 7763 1.Chron.24.1.

Note return to page 7764 [h] Both for the matter and also for the workemanship.

Note return to page 7765 [i] Meaning, the red Sea.

Note return to page 7766 [k] Which summe is thought to mount to three millions and sixe hundreth thousand crownes: for here is mention made of thirtie mo, then are spoken of, 1.King.9.28.

Note return to page 7767 1.King.10.1. mat.12.42. luke.11.31.

Note return to page 7768 [a] To know whether his wisedome were so great as the report was.

Note return to page 7769 [b] There was no question so hard that he did not solue.

Note return to page 7770 Or, galleries whereby he went vp.

Note return to page 7771 Ebr. there was no more spirit in her.

Note return to page 7772 Or, actes.

Note return to page 7773 [c] Meaning, that the Israelites were Gods peculiar people, and that Kings are the lieutenants of God which ought to graunt vnto him the superioritie, and minister iustice to all.

Note return to page 7774 [d] Reade Chap. 2.8. and 1.king. 10.11.

Note return to page 7775 [e] Or pillars: meaning, the garnishing and trimming of the staires or pillars.

Note return to page 7776 [f] That is, which the King gaue her for recompence of that treasure which she brought.

Note return to page 7777 [g] Which summe mounteth to 2400. crownes of the sunne, Budeus de asse.

Note return to page 7778 [h] Or, pounds, called minae, where of euery one seemed to make an hundreth shekels.

Note return to page 7779 [i] That is, the steps and the footstoole were fastened to the throne.

Note return to page 7780 [k] Vpon the pommels or knops.

Note return to page 7781 [l] Which countrey of the best writers is thought to be Cilicia, reede 1.King.10.22.

Note return to page 7782 [m] That is, ten horses in euery stable, which in all mount to fourtie thousand, as 1.King.4.26.

Note return to page 7783 Or, Euphrates.

Note return to page 7784 [n] The abundance of these temporall treasures in Salomons kingdome is a figure of the spiritual treasures, which the elect shall enioye in the heauens vnder the true Salomon Christ.

Note return to page 7785 Or, Iddo.

Note return to page 7786 [o] That is, which prophecied against him.

Note return to page 7787 1.King 11. 41,42.

Note return to page 7788 1.King. 12.1.

Note return to page 7789 [a] After the death of Salomon.

Note return to page 7790 [b] That is, handled vs rudely. It seemeth that God hardened their heartes, so that they thus murmured without cause: which declareth also the inconstancie of the people.

Note return to page 7791 [c] Or, that stoode by him, that is, which were of his counsel and secrets.

Note return to page 7792 [d] Or, litle finger: meaning that hee was of far greater power then was his father.

Note return to page 7793 Or, scorpions.

Note return to page 7794 [e] Gods will imposeth such a necessitie to the second causes, that nothing can bee done but according to the same, and yet mans wil worketh as of it self so that it can not be excused in doing euil by alledging that it is Gods ordinance.

Note return to page 7795 Ebr. by the hand.

Note return to page 7796 1.King.12.16.

Note return to page 7797 Or, receiuer.

Note return to page 7798 Ebr.strengthened himselfe.

Note return to page 7799 1.King.12.20,21.

Note return to page 7800 [a] That is, the halfe tribe of Beniamin for the other halfe was gone after Ieroboam.

Note return to page 7801 [b] Meaning, the ten tribes which rebelled.

Note return to page 7802 [c] Or, repayred them and made them strong, to be more able to resist Ieroboam.

Note return to page 7803 Or, strengthened.

Note return to page 7804 Ebr. stood.

Note return to page 7805 Chap.13.9.

Note return to page 7806 1.King.12.31.

Note return to page 7807 [d] Meaning, idoles, reade Isa.44.15.

Note return to page 7808 [e] Which were zealous of true religion, and feared God.

Note return to page 7809 [f] So long as they feared God, and set forth his word, they prospered.

Note return to page 7810 [g] Called also Abiiam, who reigned three yeere, 1.king.15.2.

Note return to page 7811 [h] He gaue himselfe to haue many wiues.

Note return to page 7812 Or, when the Lord had established Rehoboams kingdome.

Note return to page 7813 [a] For such is the inconstancie of the people, that for the most part they folowe the vices of their gouernours.

Note return to page 7814 [b] Which were a people of Africa called the Troglodites, because they, dwelled in holes.

Note return to page 7815 Or, black Mores.

Note return to page 7816 [c] Signifying that no calamitie can come vnto vs except we forsake God, and that he neuer leaueth vs till we haue cast him off.

Note return to page 7817 [d] And therefore doth iustly punish you for your sins.

Note return to page 7818 Ebr. drop downe.

Note return to page 7819 [e] He sheweth that Gods punishments are not to destroy his vtterly, but to chastice them, to bring them to the knowledge of themselues and to knowe how much better it is to serue God then tyrants.

Note return to page 7820 Chap.9.15,16.

Note return to page 7821 [f] Which declareth that God seeketh not the death of a sinner but his conuersion, Ezek.18. 32, & 33.11.

Note return to page 7822 1.Kings.14.21.

Note return to page 7823 [g] That is, twelue yeres after that he had bene ouercome by Shishak, verse.2.

Note return to page 7824 Eb sayings.

Note return to page 7825 Or, Abiiam.

Note return to page 7826 [a] He meaneth Iudah and Beniamin.

Note return to page 7827 [b] Or, Maacha, 1.King 15.2.

Note return to page 7828 [c] Called also Abshalom, for Abshalom was her grandfather, 1.King.15.2.

Note return to page 7829 [d] Which was one of the tops of mount Ephraim.

Note return to page 7830 [e] And therefore whosoeuer doth vsurpe it or take it from that stock, transgresseth the ordinance of the lord, thus like an hipocrite he alledged the worde of God for his aduantage.

Note return to page 7831 [f] That is, perpetual, because that thing, which is salted, is preserued from corruption: he meaneth also that it was made solemnly and confirmed by offring of sacrifices, wheras they vsed salt according as was ordeined, Nom. 18.19.

Note return to page 7832 1.King.11.26.

Note return to page 7833 [g] This word in þe; Calde tongue is Racha, which out Sauiour vseth, Mat.5.22.

Note return to page 7834 Ebr. children of Belial.

Note return to page 7835 [h] Meaning, in heart and courage.

Note return to page 7836 Or, faint hearted.

Note return to page 7837 Leuit.26.36.

Note return to page 7838 1 King.12.31. chap.11.14.

Note return to page 7839 Ebr. fil his hand.

Note return to page 7840 [i] He sheweth the nature of idolaters which take no triall of the vocation, life and doctriue of their ministers, but thinke the most vilest and greatest beastes sufficient to serue their turne.

Note return to page 7841 [k] As it was appoynted in the Law, exod.29.39.

Note return to page 7842 [l] Because their cause was good and approued by the Lord they doubted not of the successe and victorie.

Note return to page 7843 [m] Contemning the good counsell which came of the Spirit of God, he thought to haue ouercome by deceit.

Note return to page 7844 Or, gaue him the ouerthrowe.

Note return to page 7845 [n] Hee sheweth that the stay of all kingdomes and assurance of victories depend vpon our trust and confidence in þe; Lord.

Note return to page 7846 Ebr. daughters.

Note return to page 7847 1.King.15.8.

Note return to page 7848 [a] Which were planted contrary to the lawe, Deut.16.21.

Note return to page 7849 [b] He sheweth that the rest and quietnesse of kingdomes standeth in abolishing idolatrie, and aduancing true religion.

Note return to page 7850 [c] Whiles we haue the full gouernment thereof.

Note return to page 7851 [d] The King of Ethiopia, or Egypt.

Note return to page 7852 [e] Which was a citie in Iudah, Iosh. 15.44. where Michaiah the Prophet was borne.

Note return to page 7853 1.Sam.14.6.

Note return to page 7854 Or, against many, without power.

Note return to page 7855 [f] Thus the children of God neither trust in their owne power or policie, neither feare the strength and subtiltie of their enemies but consider the cause and see whether their enterprises tende to Gods glorie, and thereupon assure themselues of the victorie by him, which is onely Almightie and can turne all flesh into dust with the breath of his mouth.

Note return to page 7856 [g] The Lord had stricken them with feare.

Note return to page 7857 [a] Who was called Obed, as his father was, verse 8.

Note return to page 7858 [b] For the space of twelue yeeres vnder Rehoboam, and three yeeres vnder Abiiah, religion was neglected and idolatrie planted.

Note return to page 7859 [c] He sheweth, that notwithstanding the wickednesse of tyrants and their rage, yet God hath his, whome he heareth in their tribulation, as he deliuered his from Zerah King of the Ethiopians, Chap.14.9,12. and out of all other dangers, when they called vpon the Lord.

Note return to page 7860 [d] Your confidence and trust in God shall not be frustrate.

Note return to page 7861 [e] Called Shiuan, conteining part of May and part of Iune.

Note return to page 7862 [f] Which they had taken of the Ethiopians.

Note return to page 7863 [g] These were the wordes of their couenant, which commanded all idolaters to be put to death according to the Lawe of God, Deut.13.5,9,15.

Note return to page 7864 [h] So long as they serued him aright, so long did he preserue and prosper them.

Note return to page 7865 1.King.15.13.

Note return to page 7866 [i] Or grandmother: and herein he shewed that he lacked zeale: for she ought to haue dyed both by the couenant, as vers 13. and by the Lawe of God: but he gaue place to foolish pitie, and woulde also seeme after a sorte to satisfie the Law.

Note return to page 7867 [k] Which partly came through lacke of zeale in him, partly through the negligence of his officers, and partly by the superstition of the people, that all were not taken away.

Note return to page 7868 [l] Because that God was called the God of Israel by reason of his promes to Iaakob: therefore Israel is sometime taken for Iudah, because Iudah was his chiefe people.

Note return to page 7869 [m] In respect of his predecessours.

Note return to page 7870 [a] Who reigned after Nadab the sonne of Ieroboam.

Note return to page 7871 1.King.15.17.

Note return to page 7872 [b] He fortified it with walles and ditches: it was a citie in Beniamin neere to Gibeon.

Note return to page 7873 Or, Darmesek.

Note return to page 7874 [c] He thought to repulse his aduersarie by an vnlawfull meanes, that is, by seeking helpe of infidels, as they that seeke the Turkes amitie, thinking thereby to make them selues more strong.

Note return to page 7875 Or, Prophet.

Note return to page 7876 Chap.14.9.

Note return to page 7877 2.Macca.9.5. and 12.22.

Note return to page 7878 Ebr. prison house.

Note return to page 7879 [d] Thus in steade of turning to God by repentance, he disdained the admonition of the Prophet, and punished him, as the wicked doe when they be tolde of their faultes.

Note return to page 7880 Or, goutie, or swollen.

Note return to page 7881 1.King.15.23.

Note return to page 7882 Or, to the top of his head.

Note return to page 7883 [e] God plagued his rebellion, and hereby declareth that it is nothing to beginne well, except we so continue to the ende, that is, zealous of Gods glorie, and put our whole trust in him.

Note return to page 7884 [f] He sheweth that it is in vaine to seeke to the Phisitions, except first we seeke to God to purge our sinnes, which are the chiefe cause of all our diseases, and after vse the helpe of the Physition, as a meane by whome God worketh.

Note return to page 7885 [a] That is, his vertues: meaning, before he had committed with Bath-sheba and against Vriah.

Note return to page 7886 [b] Sought not helpe at strange gods.

Note return to page 7887 Ebr. worke.

Note return to page 7888 [c] He gaue him selfe wholy to serue the Lorde.

Note return to page 7889 [d] He knewe it was in vaine to professe religion, except such were appointed which could instruct the people in the same, and had authoritie to put away all idolatrie.

Note return to page 7890 [e] Thus God prospereth all such that with a pure heart seeke his glorie, and keepeth their enemies in feare that they can not be able to execute their rage against them.

Note return to page 7891 Ebr. in his hand.

Note return to page 7892 Or, next to him.

Note return to page 7893 [f] Meaning, which was a Nazarite, Nomb.6.

Note return to page 7894 [g] That is, they were as his ordinarie garde.

Note return to page 7895 1.King.22 3.

Note return to page 7896 [a] For Ioram Iehoshaphats sonne maried Ahabs daughter.

Note return to page 7897 [b] That is, the third yere, 1. King.22.2.

Note return to page 7898 [c] To recouer it out of the handes of the Syrians.

Note return to page 7899 [d] Heare the aduise of some Prophet, to knowe whether it bee Gods will.

Note return to page 7900 [e] Which were the Prophets of Baal, signifying that the wicked esteeme not but flatterers and such as will beare with their inordinate affections.

Note return to page 7901 [f] Yet the true ministers of god ought not to cease to do their duetie, though the wicked magistrates can not abide them to speake þe; trueth.

Note return to page 7902 [g] Meaning, that he ought not to refnse to heare auy that was of God.

Note return to page 7903 [h] That is, in their maiestie and royall apparell.

Note return to page 7904 [i] Read 1.King. 22.11.

Note return to page 7905 [k] Thinking, that whereas foure h&ubar;dreth Prophets had agreed in one thing, that he being but one man, and in least estimation durst not gainesay it.

Note return to page 7906 [l] He spake this by derision of the false Prophets, as the King well perseiued.

Note return to page 7907 [m] He prophesieth how the people should bee dispersed and Ahab slaine.

Note return to page 7908 [n] Meaning, his Angels.

Note return to page 7909 Or, deceiue.

Note return to page 7910 [o] That is, the Lord.

Note return to page 7911 [p] To them that will not beleeue the trueth, God sendeth strong delusion, that they should beleeue lyes, 2.Thes. 2.10.

Note return to page 7912 [q] By this crueltie his ambition and hypocrisie was discouered: thus the hypocrites boast of the Spirit which they haue not, and declare their malice against them in whome the true spirit is.

Note return to page 7913 [r] Keepe him streightly in prison, and let him feele hunger and thirst.

Note return to page 7914 Or, Michaiah.

Note return to page 7915 [s] Thus the wicked thinke by their owne subtiltie to escape Gods iudgements which he threatneth by his word.

Note return to page 7916 [t] He cried to the Lord by acknowledging his fault in going with this wicked King to warre against the word of the Lord by his Prophet, and also by desiring mercie for the same.

Note return to page 7917 Ebr. in his simplicitie, or ignorantly.

Note return to page 7918 Or, betweene the habergins,

Note return to page 7919 [u] He dissembled his hurt, that his souldiers might fight more courageously.

Note return to page 7920 Ebr. in peace.

Note return to page 7921 [a] He declareth that the wrath and iudgement of God is ouer all such, that support the wicked, and rather shew not in deede that they are enemies to all such as hate the Lord.

Note return to page 7922 Ebr. wrath from the Lord.

Note return to page 7923 [b] He visited all his countrey and brought his people from idolatrie to þe; knowledge of the true God.

Note return to page 7924 [c] Both to preserue you, if you do iustly, or to punish you, if you do the contrary.

Note return to page 7925 [d] Hee wil declare by the sharpenesse of the punishment, that hee hateth al iniquitie.

Note return to page 7926 Deut.10.17. iob. 34.19. actes 10.34. rom.2.11. gal. 2.6. ephe. 6.9. col. 3.25. 1. pet. 1.17.

Note return to page 7927 [e] The Priests and Leuites, which should iudge matters according to the word of the Lorde.

Note return to page 7928 [f] That is, to trie whether the murther was done at vnwares or els on set purpose, Nomb. 35.11. deut. 4.41.

Note return to page 7929 [g] Meaning, that God would punish them most sharpely, if they would not execute iustice aright.

Note return to page 7930 [h] Shalbe chiefe ouerseer of the publike affaires of the realme.

Note return to page 7931 [i] They shall haue the handling of inferiour causes.

Note return to page 7932 [k] God will assist them that doe iustice.

Note return to page 7933 [a] That is, which counterfaited the Ammonites in language and apparell. The Hebrewes thinke that they were the Amalekites, but as may appeare by the tenth verse they were the Idumeans of mount Seir.

Note return to page 7934 [b] Called the dead Sea, where God destroyed the fiue cities for sinne.

Note return to page 7935 [c] This declareth what the feare of þe; godly is, which is as a pricke to stirre them to prayer, and to depend on the Lord, where as it mooueth the wicked either to seeke after worldly meanes and policies, or els to fal into despaire.

Note return to page 7936 [d] He groundeth his prayer vpon Gods power, whereby he is able to helpe, and also on his mercie, which he will continue toward his, for as much as he hath once chosen them and begun to shewe his graces towarde them.

Note return to page 7937 1.King.8.37. chap.6.28.

Note return to page 7938 [e] Meaning, warre which commeth by Gods iudgements for our sinnes.

Note return to page 7939 [f] That is, it is here called vpon, and thou declarest thy presence and fauour.

Note return to page 7940 Deut.2.9. nehem. 13.1.

Note return to page 7941 [g] We onely put our trust in thee and wayte for our deliuerance from heauen.

Note return to page 7942 [h] That is, before the Arke of the couenant.

Note return to page 7943 [i] Which was moued by the Spirit of God to prophecie.

Note return to page 7944 [k] They fight against God and not against you: therefore he will fight for you.

Note return to page 7945 Exod. 14.13,14.

Note return to page 7946 Or, deliuerance.

Note return to page 7947 [l] Declaring his faith and obedience to the word of the Lord, and giuing thankes for the deliuerance promised.

Note return to page 7948 [m] Giue credite to their wordes and doctrine.

Note return to page 7949 [n] This was a Psalme of thankesgiuing, which they vsed commonly to sing when they praised the Lord for his benefites, and was made by Dauid, Psal. 136.

Note return to page 7950 [o] Meaning, the Idumeans, which dwelt in mount Seir.

Note return to page 7951 [p] Thus the Lord according to Iehoshaphats praier declared his power, when he deliuered his by causing their enemies to kill one another.

Note return to page 7952 [q] To giue thanks to the Lord for the victorie: and therefore the valley was called Berachah, that is, blessing or thankesgiuing, which was also called the valley of Iehoshaphat, Ioel. 3.2. & 12. because the Lord iudged þe; enemies according to Iehoshaphats prayer.

Note return to page 7953 [r] He declareth hereby, that the workes of God bring euer c&obar;fort or deliuerance to his, and feare or destruction to his enemies.

Note return to page 7954 1.King.22.42.

Note return to page 7955 [s] Meaning, in his vertues and those wayes, wherein he folowed God.

Note return to page 7956 [t] If the great care & diligence of this good king was not able vtterly to abolish all superstition and idolatrie out of this people, but that they would still reteine their filth & idolatrie, howe much lesse are they able to reforme euill, which either haue litle zeale, or not such as he had: though herein he was not to be excused?

Note return to page 7957 1. King. 16.1.

Note return to page 7958 1. King. 22.48,49.

Note return to page 7959 [u] Thus God would not haue his to ioyne in societie with idolaters and wicked men.

Note return to page 7960 [a] Reade Chap. 15. 17, how by Israel is meant Iudah.

Note return to page 7961 2.King.8.16.

Note return to page 7962 [b] Because the wicked liue euer in feare & also are ambitious, they become cruel, and spare not to murther them, whome by nature they ought most to cherish & defend.

Note return to page 7963 [c] Meaning, of Iudah and Beniamin.

Note return to page 7964 [d] So that we see how it cannot be that we shoulde ioyne with the wicked and serue God.

Note return to page 7965 2.Sam.7.12,16. 1.king.2.4. & 9.5. 2.king.8.19. chap. 6.16.

Note return to page 7966 [e] Reade 2.King. 8.22.

Note return to page 7967 [f] Meaning idolatrie, because that the idolater breaketh promes with God, as doeth the adulteresse to her husband.

Note return to page 7968 [g] Some thinke that this was Elisha, so called, because he had the Spirit in abund&abar;ce, as had Eliiah.

Note return to page 7969 [h] We see this example dayly practised vp&obar; them that fal away from God, and become idolaters and murtherers of their brethren.

Note return to page 7970 [i] There were other Arabians in Africa Southward toward Egypt.

Note return to page 7971 [k] Called also Ahaziah, as Chap. 22.1 or Azariah, vers. 6. following.

Note return to page 7972 [l] That is, as some write, he was not regarded, but deposed for his wickednes, & idolatry: so that his sonne reigned 22. yeeres, (his father yet liuing) without honour, and after his fathers death he was confirmed to reigne still, as Chap.22.2.

Note return to page 7973 2.King.8 24.

Note return to page 7974 [a] Meaning, the Philistims.

Note return to page 7975 [b] Reade Chap. 21.20.

Note return to page 7976 [c] That is, after the death of his father.

Note return to page 7977 [d] She was Ahabs daughter, who was the sonne of Omri.

Note return to page 7978 [e] He sheweth, that it must needes follow that the rulers are such as their counsellers be, and that there cannot be a good King, that suffreth wicked counsellers.

Note return to page 7979 [f] Hereby we see how nothing can come to any, but by Gods prouidence & as he hath appoynted, and therefore he causeth all meanes to serue to his will.

Note return to page 7980 2.King.9.7.

Note return to page 7981 Or, tooke vengeance.

Note return to page 7982 [g] This was the iust plague of God because he ioyned himself with Gods enemies: yet God to declare the worthines of Iehoshaphat his grandfather, moued th&ebar; to giue him the honour of burial.

Note return to page 7983 2.King.11.1.

Note return to page 7984 [h] To the intent that there should be none to make title to þe; crowne, and so she might vsurpe the gouernement.

Note return to page 7985 [i] Meaning, in the chamber, where the Priests & Leuites slept, which kept their courses weekely in the Temple.

Note return to page 7986 [k] To wit, of Iudah.

Note return to page 7987 2. King. 11 4.

Note return to page 7988 [a] Of the reigne of Athaliah, or after the death of Ahaziah.

Note return to page 7989 [b] Meaning, of Iudah & Beniamin: reade why they are called Israel, Chap. 15.17.

Note return to page 7990 2. Sam. 7.12, 16. 1.king.2.4. chap. 21.7.

Note return to page 7991 2.King. 11.6.

Note return to page 7992 [c] Which was the chiefe gate of the Temple toward the East.

Note return to page 7993 [d] Meaning, to make any tumult or to hinder their enterprise.

Note return to page 7994 [e] Which had finished their course on the Sabbath, & so the other part entred to keepe their turne.

Note return to page 7995 [f] Meaning, the most holy place where the Arke stoode.

Note return to page 7996 [g] That is, the booke of the Law, or as some reade, they put vpon him his royal apparel.

Note return to page 7997 Or, sawe the King standing.

Note return to page 7998 [h] Declaring her vile impudencie, which hauing vniustly, and by murther vsurped the crowne, woulde still haue defeated the true possessour, and therefore called true obedience, treason.

Note return to page 7999 [i] To ioyne with her partie, and to maintaine her authoritie.

Note return to page 8000 [k] That they would onely serue him and renounce all idolatrie.

Note return to page 8001 [l] According to their couenant made to the Lorde.

Note return to page 8002 [m] As the Lord commanded in his Lawe both for the person & also the citie, Deut.13.9. & 15.

Note return to page 8003 Or, charge.

Note return to page 8004 Nom.28.3.

Note return to page 8005 [n] Which was the principall gate, that the King might be seene of all the people.

Note return to page 8006 [o] For where a tyrant & an idolater reigneth, there can be no quietnes: for the plagues of God are euer among such people.

Note return to page 8007 1.King.12.1.

Note return to page 8008 [a] Who was a faithfull counseler, and gouerned him by the word of God.

Note return to page 8009 Or, gaue him two wiues.

Note return to page 8010 [b] He meaneth not the ten tribes, but only the two tribes of Iudah & Beniamin.

Note return to page 8011 [c] For he was the hie Priest.

Note return to page 8012 Exod.30.13.

Note return to page 8013 [d] The Scripture doeth terme her thus, because she was a cruel murtherer, and a blasphemous idolatresse.

Note return to page 8014 2.King.12.9.

Note return to page 8015 Exod.30.13.

Note return to page 8016 [e] Such as were faithfull men, whom the King had appointed for that matter.

Note return to page 8017 [f] Signifying, that this thing was done by aduise and counsel, and not by any one mans affection.

Note return to page 8018 Ebr. a medicine was vpon the worke, meaning, it was repaired.

Note return to page 8019 [g] For the wicked kings his predecessors & Athaliah had destroyed the vessels of the Temple, or turned them to the vse of their idoles.

Note return to page 8020 [h] Signifying, that they could not honour him too much, who had so excellently serued in the worke of the Lord, and in the affaires of þe; common wealth.

Note return to page 8021 [i] Which were flatterers, & knew now that the king was destitute of him who did watch ouer him as a father, & therefore brought him to most vile idolatrie.

Note return to page 8022 [k] They tooke heauen & earth & all creatures to witnes, that except they returned to þe; Lorde, he would most grieuously punish their infidelitie and rebellion, Nehe.9.26.

Note return to page 8023 [l] In a place aboue the people, to the intent that hee might be heard.

Note return to page 8024 [m] There is no rage so cruel and beastly as of them whose hearts God hath hardened, & which delite more in superstition and idolatrie, then in the true seruice of God and pure simplicitie of his worde.

Note return to page 8025 [n] Reuenge my death and require my blood at your hands: or he speaketh this by prophecie, because he knew that God would doe it. This Zacharie is also called the sonne of Barachie, Matt. 23.35. because his progenitours were Iddo, Barachiah, Iehoiada, &c.

Note return to page 8026 [o] That is, reproued and checked him, and handled him rigorously.

Note return to page 8027 [p] Meaning Zacharie, which was one of Iehoiadas sonnes and a Prophet of the Lord.

Note return to page 8028 [q] That is, concerning his sonnes, &c.

Note return to page 8029 [r] That is, the reparation.

Note return to page 8030 2.King.14.2.

Note return to page 8031 [a] Meaning, in respect of his predecessors, albeit he had his imperfections.

Note return to page 8032 Deut.24.16. 2.king 14.6. iere.31.30. exek.18.20.

Note return to page 8033 [b] That is, for that fault wherefore the childe is punished, except he be culpable of the same.

Note return to page 8034 [c] So many as were able men to beare weapons & goe to the warre.

Note return to page 8035 [d] That is, out of the ten tribes, which had separated themselues before, both from God and their true King.

Note return to page 8036 [e] And therefore to thinke to haue helpe of them, whom the Lord fauoureth not, is to cast off the helpe of the Lorde.

Note return to page 8037 [f] If thou wilt not giue credite to my wordes.

Note return to page 8038 [g] He sheweth that if we depend onely vpon God, we shall not neede to be troubled &wt; these worldly respects: for he will giue at all times that which shalbe necessarie, if we obey his worde.

Note return to page 8039 [h] For the Idnmeans means whom Dauid had brought to subiection, rebelled vnder Iehoram Iehoshaphats sonne.

Note return to page 8040 [i] In the 2.Kings 14.7. this rocke is called the citie Sela.

Note return to page 8041 [k] That is, the hundreth thousand of Israel.

Note return to page 8042 [l] Thus where he should haue giuen the praise to God for his benefites and great victory, he fell from God, and did most vilely dishonour him.

Note return to page 8043 [m] He proueth that whatsoeuer can not saue him selfe nor his worshippers, is no god but an idole.

Note return to page 8044 [n] Meaning, the King.

Note return to page 8045 [o] So hard it is for the carnall man to be admonished of his fault, that he contemneth, mocketh and threatneth him that warneth him: yea, imprisoneth him and putteth him to death, as Chap. 16.10. & 18.26. & 14.21.

Note return to page 8046 [p] That is, let vs trye the matter hand to hand: for he was offended, that the armie of the Israelites, whom he had in wages, and dimissed by the counsell of the Prophet, had destroyed certaine of the cities of Iudah.

Note return to page 8047 2.King.14.9.

Note return to page 8048 [q] Thus God oft times plagueth by those meanes, wherein men most trust, to teach them to haue their recourse onely to him: and to shew his iudgements, moueth their hearts to follow that which shalbe their destruction.

Note return to page 8049 [r] Meaning, the successors of Obed Edom: for the house bare the name of the chiefe father.

Note return to page 8050 2.King.14.19.

Note return to page 8051 2.King.14.21.

Note return to page 8052 [a] Called also Azariah.

Note return to page 8053 [b] He fortified it & made it strong: this citie was also called Elath and Elanon, neere to the red Sea.

Note return to page 8054 2.King 15.2.

Note return to page 8055 [c] This was not that Zechariah that was the sonne of Iehoiada, but some other Prophet of that name.

Note return to page 8056 [d] For God neuer forsaketh any that seeketh vnto him, & therefore man is the cause of his owne destruction.

Note return to page 8057 [e] That is, they payed tribute in signe of subiection

Note return to page 8058 Neb.3.19. & 24.

Note return to page 8059 [f] Where as the wall or towre turneth.

Note return to page 8060 Or, pits.

Note return to page 8061 [g] That is, in mo&ubar;t Carmel, or as the word signifieth, in the fruitfull field. it is also taken for a greene eare of corne, when it is full, as Leui.2.14.

Note return to page 8062 [h] Of the chiefe officers of þe; Kings house, or of the captaines and sergeants for warre.

Note return to page 8063 Ebr. engins by the inuention of an inuentiue man.

Note return to page 8064 [i] Thus prosperitie causeth men to trust in th&ebar;selues, and by forgetting him, which is the autor thereof, procure their owne perdition.

Note return to page 8065 Nomb.18.7.

Note return to page 8066 [k] Though his zeale seemed to be good and also his iutention, yet because they were not gouerned by the word of God, he did wickedly, & was therfore both iustly resisted and also punished.

Note return to page 8067 2.King.15.5.

Note return to page 8068 [l] According to þe; commandement of the Lord, Leuit.13. 46.

Note return to page 8069 [m] And therefore was buried apart in the same fielde, but not in þe; same sepulchres with his predecessors.

Note return to page 8070 2.King.15.33.

Note return to page 8071 [a] To wit, to offer incense against the worde of God, which thing is spoken in the commendation of Iotham.

Note return to page 8072 [b] They were not cleane purged from idolatrie.

Note return to page 8073 [c] Which was sixe score cubites hie, and was for the height called Ophel: it was at the East gate, & mention is made of it, Chap.3.4.

Note return to page 8074 Ebr. Corim.

Note return to page 8075 Or, yeerely.

Note return to page 8076 [d] He sheweth þt; all prosperitie c&obar;meth of God, who neuer faileth, wh&ebar; we put our trust in him.

Note return to page 8077 2.King.16.2.

Note return to page 8078 Or, predecessour.

Note return to page 8079 [a] He was an idolater like them.

Note return to page 8080 [b] As the idolaters haue certein chiefe idoles, who are as patrons: (as were these Baalim) so haue they others which are inferior & do represent the great idoles.

Note return to page 8081 Or, made them passe through the fire, as chap.33.6. leuit.18.21.

Note return to page 8082 Ebr. a great captiuitie.

Note return to page 8083 [c] Who was King of Israel.

Note return to page 8084 Ebr. sonnes of strength.

Note return to page 8085 Or, tyrant.

Note return to page 8086 [d] Thus by the iust iudgement of God Israel destroyed Iudah.

Note return to page 8087 [e] For they thought they had ouercome them by their owne valiantnes, & did not consider that God had deliuered th&ebar; into their hands, because Iudah had offended him.

Note return to page 8088 [f] May not God aswel punish you for your sinnes, as he hath done these men for theirs, seeing yours are greater?

Note return to page 8089 [g] Which tribe was now greatest, and had most authoritie.

Note return to page 8090 [h] God will not suffer this sinne, which we commit against him, to be vnpunished.

Note return to page 8091 [i] Whose names were rehearsed before, verse 12.

Note return to page 8092 [k] Either for their woundes or wearines.

Note return to page 8093 [l] To them of the tribe of Iudah.

Note return to page 8094 [m] To Tilgath Pilneeser, & those Kings that were vnder his dominion, 2.King.16.7.

Note return to page 8095 [n] He meaneth Iudah, because Ahaz forsooke the Lord, & sought helpe of the infidels. Reade of Israel taken for Iudah, Cha.15.17.

Note return to page 8096 Ebr. deuided.

Note return to page 8097 2.King.16.8.

Note return to page 8098 [o] As he falsely supposed.

Note return to page 8099 [p] Thus the wicked measure Gods fauour by prosperitie & aduersitie: for if idolaters prosper, they make their idoles gods, not considering that God punisheth th&ebar; oft times whom he loueth, & giueth his enemies good successe for a time, whome afterward he will destroy.

Note return to page 8100 Or, Iudah and Beniamin.

Note return to page 8101 Or, in Ierusalem

Note return to page 8102 [q] They buried him not in the citie of Dauid, where were the sepulchres of the Kings.

Note return to page 8103 2.King.18.1.

Note return to page 8104 Or, Abi.

Note return to page 8105 [a] Which Ahaz had shut vp, Chap. 28.24.

Note return to page 8106 [b] This is a notable example for all princes first to establish the pure religion of God, & to procure that the Lord may be honoured and serued aright.

Note return to page 8107 [c] Meaning, all the idoles, altars, groues & whatsoeuer was occupied in their seruice & wherewith the Temple was polluted.

Note return to page 8108 [d] He sheweth that the contempt of religion is the cause of all Gods plagues.

Note return to page 8109 Or, a nodding of the head and mockery.

Note return to page 8110 Ebr. it is in mine heart.

Note return to page 8111 [e] He proueth by the iudgements of God vpon those that haue contemned his word, that there is no way to auoyd his plagues, but by c&obar;forming themselues to his will.

Note return to page 8112 Nomb.18.6.

Note return to page 8113 Or, concerning the things of the Lord.

Note return to page 8114 [f] From the pollutions and filth that Ahaz had brought in.

Note return to page 8115 [g] Which conteined part of March and part of April.

Note return to page 8116 Or, table where the bread was set in order.

Note return to page 8117 [h] By this maner of speach the Ebrewes meane a certaine diligence & speede to doe a thing, and when there is no delay.

Note return to page 8118 Leuit.4.14.

Note return to page 8119 [i] For without sprinkling of blood nothing could be sanctified, Hebr.9.21. exod.24.8.

Note return to page 8120 [k] That is, the King and the Elders, as Leuit.4. 15. for they that offred a sinne offring, must lay their hands vpon it, to signifie that they had deserued that death, and also that they did consecrate it to God to be thereby sanctified, Exod.29.10.

Note return to page 8121 1.Chro.16.4.

Note return to page 8122 [l] This thing was not appoynted of man, but it was the commandement of God.

Note return to page 8123 [m] The Psalme which Dauid had appointed to be sung for th&abar;ks giuing.

Note return to page 8124 [n] Which Dauid had appointed to prayse the Lord with.

Note return to page 8125 [o] With that Psalme whereof menti&obar; is made, 1.Chro.16.8.

Note return to page 8126 Ebr. filled your hands.

Note return to page 8127 [p] That is, for the holy offrings.

Note return to page 8128 [q] Meaning, were more zealous to set forward the religion.

Note return to page 8129 Leuit. 3.2,3.

Note return to page 8130 [r] He sheweth that religion can not proceede, except God touch the heart of the people.

Note return to page 8131 [a] Meaning, all Israel, whom Tilgath Pilneesar had not taken away into the captiuitie, 2.King.15.29.

Note return to page 8132 [b] Though they ought to haue done it in the first moneth, as Exod.12.18. Nom.9.3, yet if any were not cleane, or els had a long iourney, they migh defer it vnto the second moneth, as Nom.9.10,11.

Note return to page 8133 [c] From one ende of the land to the other, North and South.

Note return to page 8134 [d] In such sort and perfection, as God had appointed.

Note return to page 8135 [e] He will haue compassion on th&ebar; & preserue them.

Note return to page 8136 [f] Submit your selues to the Lord, and rebell no more.

Note return to page 8137 [g] God will not onely preserue you, but through your repentance restore your brethren, which for their sinnes hee gaue into the hands of the enemies.

Note return to page 8138 [h] Though the wicked mocke at the seruants of God, by whome he calleth them to repentance, as Gen.19.14, yet the word ceaseth not to fructifie in the hearts of Gods elect.

Note return to page 8139 [i] He sheweth the cause why some obey & some mocke at Gods calling, to wit, because his Spirit is with the one sort, and moueth their heart, and the other are left to th&ebar;selues.

Note return to page 8140 [k] Which declareth that we must put away those thinges wherewith God is offended, before we can serue him aright.

Note return to page 8141 [l] Seeing their owne negligence (who should haue bin most prompt) and the readinesse of the people, Chap.19.36.

Note return to page 8142 [m] To wit, of the lambe of the Passeouer.

Note return to page 8143 [n] He knew, that faith and synceritie of heart was more agreeable to God, then the obseruation of these ceremonies, and therefore he prayed vnto God to pardon this fault vnto the people, which did not offend of malice but of ignorance.

Note return to page 8144 [o] That is, did accept them as purified.

Note return to page 8145 Ebr. spake to the heart.

Note return to page 8146 [p] This great liberalitie declareth how Kings, Princes, and all they, to whome God hath giuen wherewith, ought to be most ready to bestowe it in setting forth of Gods glory.

Note return to page 8147 [q] According to that which is written, Nomb.6.23. when they should dimisse þe; people.

Note return to page 8148 [a] According to the commandement of the Lord, Deut.7.25. iosh.7. 1. 2.Mac.12.40.

Note return to page 8149 [b] That is, all they which came to the Passeouer.

Note return to page 8150 [c] That is, in the Temple where they assembled as in a tent.

Note return to page 8151 Nom.28.3,9.

Note return to page 8152 [d] The tithes and first fruites for the maintenance of the Priestes and Leuites.

Note return to page 8153 [e] That their mindes might not be entangled with prouision of worldly things, but that they might wholy and cherefully serue the Lord.

Note return to page 8154 Or, published.

Note return to page 8155 [f] Which they had dedicated to the Lorde by a vowe.

Note return to page 8156 [g] For the reliefe of the Priestes, Leuites, widowes, pupilles, fatherlesse, strangers, and such as were in necessitie.

Note return to page 8157 [h] They praised the Lord, and prayed for al prosperitie to his people.

Note return to page 8158 [i] He sheweth that this plenteous liberalitie is expedient for the maintenance of the ministers, and that God therefore prospereth his people, and increaseth by his blessing that which is giuen.

Note return to page 8159 Ebr. by the hand.

Note return to page 8160 [k] Who had also a portion and allowance in this distribution.

Note return to page 8161 [l] Meaning, that either by the faithfull distributions of the officers, euery one had their part in the things that were offred, or else that their wiues and children were relieued, because the Leuites were faithfull in their office, and so depended on them.

Note return to page 8162 2.King.18.13. isa.30.1. ecclus.48.18.

Note return to page 8163 Ebr. breake them vp.

Note return to page 8164 Ebr. face.

Note return to page 8165 Ebr. he was strengthened.

Note return to page 8166 [a] He made a double wall.

Note return to page 8167 [b] Reade 2.Sam. 5.9.

Note return to page 8168 [c] Some reade, swordes or daggers.

Note return to page 8169 Ebr. he spake to their heart.

Note return to page 8170 2.King.6.16.

Note return to page 8171 [d] That is, the power of man.

Note return to page 8172 [e] This declareth that Hezekiah did euer put his trust in God, and yet made him selfe strong and vsed lawfull meanes, least he should seeme to tempt God.

Note return to page 8173 2.King.18.17.

Note return to page 8174 [f] While he besieged Lachish.

Note return to page 8175 [g] Thus the wicked put no difference betweene true religion and false, God and idoles: for Hezekiah onely destroyed idolatrie and placed true religion. thus the Papists slander the seruants of God: for when they destroy idolatrie, they say that they abolish religion.

Note return to page 8176 [h] This is his blasphemie, that he will compare the liuing God to vile idoles.

Note return to page 8177 [i] When man hath prosperitie, he swelleth in pride and thinketh himselfe able to resist and ouercome euen God him selfe.

Note return to page 8178 [k] Herein we see that when the wicked speake euill of the seruants of God, they care not to blaspheme God him selfe: for if they feared god, they would loue his seruants.

Note return to page 8179 [l] Their wordes are written, 2.King.18.19.

Note return to page 8180 [m] Which were inuented, made and autorized by man.

Note return to page 8181 [n] This sheweth what is the best refuge in all troubles and dangers.

Note return to page 8182 [o] To the nomber of an hundreth, fourescore and fiue thousande, as 2.King.19.35,36.

Note return to page 8183 Ebr. with shame of face.

Note return to page 8184 [p] Meaning, Adramelech, and Sharezer his sonnes.

Note return to page 8185 Or, gouerned.

Note return to page 8186 [q] Thus after trouble, God sendeth comfort to all them that paciently waite on him, and constantly put their trust in his mercies.

Note return to page 8187 2.King.20.1. isa 38.1.

Note return to page 8188 [r] To confirme his faith in Gods promes, who declared to him by his Prophet that his life should be prolonged fifteene yeere.

Note return to page 8189 [s] He was lifted vp with the pride of his victorie and treasures, and shewed them for an ostentation to the ambassadours of Babylon.

Note return to page 8190 Or, ranges, and partitions.

Note return to page 8191 Or, rackes.

Note return to page 8192 [t] Which also was called Siloe, whereof mention is made, Isa 8.6. Iohn 9.7.

Note return to page 8193 [u] Here we see the cause, why the faithfull are tempted, which is to trie whether they haue faith or no, and that they may feele the presence of God, who suffreth them not to be ouercome by tentations, but in their weakenesse ministreth strength.

Note return to page 8194 2.King.21.1.

Note return to page 8195 Deut.18.9.

Note return to page 8196 2.King.18.4.

Note return to page 8197 Ierem.31.34. 2.king.17.10.

Note return to page 8198 2.King.21.4.

Note return to page 8199 [a] Reade 2.King. 16.3.

Note return to page 8200 1.King.8.29. and 9.3. 2.king.21.7. and 23.27.

Note return to page 8201 2.Sam.7.10.

Note return to page 8202 [b] By the charge giuen to Moses.

Note return to page 8203 [c] Meaning, by his Prophets, but their heartes were not touched to beleeue and repent, without the which the preaching of the worde taketh no place.

Note return to page 8204 [d] Thus affliction giueth vnderstanding: for he that hated God in his prosperitie, nowe in his miserie he seeketh vnto him.

Note return to page 8205 [e] Reade Chap. 32.30.

Note return to page 8206 [f] Keade Chap. 27.3.

Note return to page 8207 [g] Which Salomon had caused to be made.

Note return to page 8208 [h] Thus by ignorance they were deceiued, thinking it nothing to keepe the altars, so that they worshipped God: but it is idolatrie to worship God any otherwise then he hath appointed.

Note return to page 8209 [i] Which albeit that it is not conteined in the Ebrew, yet because it is heere mentioned and is written in the Greeke, wee haue placed it in þe; end of this booke.

Note return to page 8210 Or, Hozai.

Note return to page 8211 [k] Because he had so horribly offended against the Lord, they did not bury him in the sepulchres of the Kings, but in the gard&ebar; of the Kings house.

Note return to page 8212 2.King.21.23.

Note return to page 8213 2.King.22.1.

Note return to page 8214 [a] He followed Dauid in all points that he followed the Lorde.

Note return to page 8215 [b] When he was but sixteene yeere olde, he shewed himselfe zealous of Gods glorie, & at twentie yeere olde he abolished idolatry and restored the true religion.

Note return to page 8216 [c] Which sheweth that he would see the reformation &wt; his own eyes.

Note return to page 8217 [d] Read 2.King. 23.16.

Note return to page 8218 [e] This great zeale of this godly King the holy Ghost setteth forth as an example and paterne to other Kings and rulers, to teache them what God requireth of them.

Note return to page 8219 2.King.22.3.

Note return to page 8220 Or, they returned to Ierusalem, meaning, Shaphan, &c.

Note return to page 8221 [f] For there were many portions & pieces annexed to the Temple.

Note return to page 8222 [g] Meaning, that they were in such credite for their fidelitie, that they made none accomtes of that which they receiued, 2.King.22.7,9.

Note return to page 8223 [h] Read .2.King. 22.8.

Note return to page 8224 [i] For the King was commanded to haue continually a copie of this booke, and to reade therein day and night, Deut. 17.18.

Note return to page 8225 [k] For sorow that the word of God had bene so long suppressed and the people kept in ignorance, considering also the curses conteined therein against the transgressours.

Note return to page 8226 [l] Thus the godly doe not onely lament their owne sinnes but also þt; their fathers and predecessours haue offended God.

Note return to page 8227 Or, Tikuah.

Note return to page 8228 Or, Harhas.

Note return to page 8229 [m] Meaning, eyther of the Priests apparel, or of the Kings.

Note return to page 8230 [n] Read hereof, 2.King.22.15.

Note return to page 8231 [o] That is, to the King.

Note return to page 8232 [p] This she speaketh in contempt of the idolaters, who contrary to reason and nature make that a god, which they haue made and framed with their owne handes.

Note return to page 8233 [q] This declareth what is the ende of Gods threatnings, to call his to repentance, and to assure the vnrepentant of their destruction.

Note return to page 8234 [r] It may appeare that very fewe were touched with true repentance, seeing that God spared them for a time onely for the Kings sake.

Note return to page 8235 [s] Forasmuch as neither yong nor olde coulde bee exempted from the curses conteined therein, if they did transgresse, he knewe it perteined to all, and was his duetie to see it read to all sorts, that euery one might learne to auoyde those punishments by seruing God aright.

Note return to page 8236 [t] Because he had charge ouer all & must answere for euery one that perished, he thought it his duetie to see þt; al should make profession to receiue the worde of God.

Note return to page 8237 2.King.23.21.

Note return to page 8238 [a] The Scripture vseth in sundrie places to call the lambe the Passeouer, which was but þe; signe of þe; Passeouer, because in all sacraments the signes haue the names of the things which are signified.

Note return to page 8239 [b] So þt; the Leuites charge was not onely to minister in the Temple, but also to instruct the people in the word of God.

Note return to page 8240 [c] As it was before the Temple was built: therefore your office onely is now to teache the people, and to praise God.

Note return to page 8241 1.Chro. 23 24, 25. 26.chapters, &c.

Note return to page 8242 Or, the people.

Note return to page 8243 [d] Exhort euery one to examine themselues, that they be not vnmeete to eate of the Passeouer.

Note return to page 8244 Ebr. sonnes of the people.

Note return to page 8245 [e] So that euery one and of all sorts gaue of that they had a liberall portion to the seruice of God.

Note return to page 8246 [f] Meaning, of the lambe, which was called the Passeouer: for onely the Priests might sprinkle, and in necessitie the Leuites might kill the sacrifice.

Note return to page 8247 [g] They reserued for the people that which was not expedient to be offred, that euery man might offer peace offrings, and so haue his porti&obar;.

Note return to page 8248 Exod.12.8.

Note return to page 8249 1.Chro.25.1.

Note return to page 8250 [h] Meaning hereby his Prophet, because hee appointed þe; Psalmes and prophesies which were to be sung.

Note return to page 8251 Ebr. sounde.

Note return to page 8252 [i] Which was in the sixe and twentieth yeere of his age.

Note return to page 8253 2.King.23.29.

Note return to page 8254 [k] Which was a citie of the Assyrians, and Iosiah fearing least he passing through Iudah, would haue taken his kingdome, made warre against him and consulted not with the Lord.

Note return to page 8255 Or, Euphrates.

Note return to page 8256 Ebr. of my battel.

Note return to page 8257 [l] That is, armed him selfe, or disguised him selfe because he might not be knowen.

Note return to page 8258 [m] The people so much lamented the losse of this good King, that after when there was any great lamentation, this was spoken of as a prouerbe, reade Zach.12.11.

Note return to page 8259 [n] Which some thinke Ieremie made, wherein he lamenteth the state of the Church after this Kings death.

Note return to page 8260 2.King.23.30.

Note return to page 8261 [a] For three moneths after the death of Iosiah came Necho to Ierusalem, and so the plagues began, which Huldah, and the Prophets forewarned shoulde come vpon Ierusalem.

Note return to page 8262 [b] To pay this as a yerely tribute.

Note return to page 8263 [c] Because he, and the people turned not to God by his first plague, he brought a new vpon him, and at length rooted them out.

Note return to page 8264 2.King.24.13.

Note return to page 8265 [d] He meaneth superstitious markes which were found vpon his body, when he was dead: which thing declared how deepely idolatrie was rooted in his heart seeing he bare the markes in his flesh.

Note return to page 8266 [e] That is, he began his reigne at eight yeere olde, and reigned ten yeeres when his father was aliue, and after his fathers death, which was the eighteenth yeere of his age, he reigned alone three moneths and ten dayes.

Note return to page 8267 Or, vncle.

Note return to page 8268 2.King.24.17,19. ierem.52.2.

Note return to page 8269 Ebr. by the hand of his.

Note return to page 8270 [f] By this phrase the Scripture meaneth, often times and diligently, as Ierem.11.7. and 25.3. and 26.5. and 32.33.

Note return to page 8271 [g] Till God could no longer suffer their sinnes, but must needes punish them.

Note return to page 8272 [h] Whither they fled, thinking to haue bene saued for the holinesse thereof.

Note return to page 8273 [i] Which is not because God approoueth him which yet is the minister of his iustice, but because God would by his iust iudgement punish this people: for this King was ledde with ambition and vaine glorie, whereunto were ioyned furie and crueltie: therefore his worke was condemnable, notwithstanding it was iust and holy on Gods part, who vsed this wicked instrument to declare his iustice.

Note return to page 8274 [k] When Cyrus King of Persia had made the Babylonians subiect.

Note return to page 8275 [l] Who threatned the vengeance of God, and seuentie yeeres captiuitie, which he calleth the Sabbaths or rest of the land. Ier.25.11.

Note return to page 8276 Ier.25.13. & 29.10. 1.esd. 2.1.

Note return to page 8277 [m] In the first yeere that he reigned ouer the Caldeans, Ezra.1.1.

Note return to page 8278 [n] God had so forewarned by his prophet aboue an h&ubar;dreth yeres, before Cyrus was borne, Isa.44.28. that Ierusalem & the T&ebar;ple should be built againe by Cyrus his anointed: so called, because God vsed his seruice for a time to deliuer his Church.

Note return to page 8279 This prayer is not in the Ebrewe, but is translated out of the Greeke.

Note return to page 8280 [a] Thou hast promised that repentance shalbe the way for them to returne to thee.

Note return to page 8281 [b] He speaketh this in comparison of him selfe & those holy fathers which haue their commendation in the Scriptures, so that in respect of him selfe he calleth their sinnes nothing, but attributeth vnto them righteousnesse.

Note return to page 8282 2.Chron.36.22. 1.esdras.2.1. ierem.25.12. and 29.10.

Note return to page 8283 [a] After that he and Darius had wonne Babylon.

Note return to page 8284 [b] Who promised them deliuerance after that 70.yeres were past, Ierem.25.11.

Note return to page 8285 [c] That is, moued him, and gaue him heart.

Note return to page 8286 [d] For he was chiefe Monarch, and had many nations vnder his dominion, which this heathen King confesseth to haue receiued of the liuing God.

Note return to page 8287 [e] If any through pouertie were not able to returne, the Kinges commission was that he should be furnished with necessaries.

Note return to page 8288 [f] Which they th&ebar;selues should send toward the reparation of the Temple.

Note return to page 8289 [g] The Babylonians & Chaldeans gaue them these presents: thus rather then the children of GOD should want for their necessities, he would stirre vp the heart of the very infidels to helpe them.

Note return to page 8290 2.Kings 25 13. 2.chro 36.7. iere.27. 19,20. dan.1.2.

Note return to page 8291 [h] So the Chaldeans called Zerubbabel, who was the chiefe gouernour, so that the preeminence still remayned in the house of Dauid.

Note return to page 8292 [i] Which serued to kill the beasts that were offred in sacrifice.

Note return to page 8293 [k] With the Iewes that had bene kept captiues in Babylon.

Note return to page 8294 Nebe.7.6. 1.esdr.5.7.

Note return to page 8295 [a] Meaning, Iudea, which was a prouince, that is, a countrey which was in subiection.

Note return to page 8296 [b] Zerubbabel was chiefe captaine, & Ieshua the hie Priest: but Nehemiah a man of great authoritie went not now but came after, 64. yeeres.

Note return to page 8297 [c] This was not that Mordecai which was Esters kinsman.

Note return to page 8298 [d] Meaning, of the common people.

Note return to page 8299 Or, of the Duke of Moab.

Note return to page 8300 [e] Which were of the posteritie of Hezekiah.

Note return to page 8301 [f] That is, inhabitants: for so this word (sonne) signifieth, when it is ioyned with the names of places.

Note return to page 8302 [g] Before, he hath declared the two Tribes of Iudah and Beniamin, and nowe commeth to the Tribe of Leui, and beginneth at the Priests.

Note return to page 8303 The Leuites.

Note return to page 8304 The Singers.

Note return to page 8305 The Porters.

Note return to page 8306 [h] So called because they were giu&ebar; to the Temple, to cut wood and beare water for the vse of the sacrifices, and came of the Gibeonites which were appoynted to this vse by Ioshua, Ios 9.23.

Note return to page 8307 [i] Which came of them that Salomon had appoynted for the worke of the Temple.

Note return to page 8308 [k] Of him is made mention, 2.Sam. 17.27. and 19.31. and because the Priests office was had in contempt, these would haue changed their estate by their name, and so by Gods iust iudgement lost both the estimation of the world & the dignitie of their office.

Note return to page 8309 [l] This is a Chalde name & signifieth him that hath authoritie ouer others.

Note return to page 8310 [m] Reade Exod. 28.30.

Note return to page 8311 [n] Which mount to of our money 24 826.li 13.sh. 4.d. esteeming the Frenche crowne at 6.shil.4.d for the dramme is the eight part of an ounce, and the ounce the eyght part of a marke.

Note return to page 8312 [o] Which are called minae and containe a piece two markes: so 5000. minaes make 550000. frankes, which mount to of our money 69666.li.13.sh.4.d. so that the whole summe was 94493.li.6.shil. 8.d.

Note return to page 8313 1.Esdr.5 47.

Note return to page 8314 [a] Called Tishri which answereth to part of September, and part of October.

Note return to page 8315 [b] Meaning, nephewe: for he was the sonne of Pedaiah. read, 1. Chro.3.19.

Note return to page 8316 [c] In the place where Salomon had placed it.

Note return to page 8317 Exod.23.16.

Note return to page 8318 [d] That is, after the feast of Tabernacles.

Note return to page 8319 Or, Ioppe.

Note return to page 8320 [e] Which moneth conteined part of April, and part of May. for in the meane season they had prouided for things necessarie for the worke.

Note return to page 8321 [f] They gaue them exhortations and encouraged euery man forward in the worke.

Note return to page 8322 1.Chro.16.7, 8.

Note return to page 8323 [g] Because they sawe that it was nothing so glorious as that Temple, which Salomon had buylt, notwithstanding Aggeus comforteth them & prophesieth that it shalbe more beautifull then the first: meaning the spiritual Temple, which are þe; members of Christes bodie.

Note return to page 8324 [a] Meaning, the inhabitants of Samaria, whom the king of Assyria had placed in the stead of the ten tribes, 2. King.17 24. & 19. 37. These professed God, but worshipped idoles also, & therefore were the greatest enemies to the true seruants of God.

Note return to page 8325 [b] For they perceiued what their pretence was, to wit, to elect idolatrie in stead of true religion.

Note return to page 8326 Ebr. made their hands weake.

Note return to page 8327 [c] They bribed the gouerners vnder the king, to hinder their worke. thus they that halt, can not abide, that God should be purely serued.

Note return to page 8328 [d] He was also called Artaxerxes, which is a Persian name. some thinke it was Cambises Cyrus sonne, or Darius, as vers.5.

Note return to page 8329 [e] Called Artaxerses, which signifieth in the Persian tongue, an excellent warriour.

Note return to page 8330 Or, Counselour.

Note return to page 8331 [f] These were certaine people, which the Assyrians placed in Samaria in stead of the ten tribes.

Note return to page 8332 [g] Some thinke it was Saneherib, but rather Salmanasar.

Note return to page 8333 [h] To wit, Euphrates, & he meaneth in respect of Babel that they dwelt beyond it.

Note return to page 8334 [i] Which were a certaine people that enuied the Iewes.

Note return to page 8335 [k] Meaning, the gifts that are wont to be giuen to Kings when they passe by any countrey.

Note return to page 8336 Ebr. In the Chalde, We haue eaten the salt of the Palace.

Note return to page 8337 [l] Some reade for Shelam, salutation or greeting.

Note return to page 8338 [m] Called also Cheeneth, as verse 11.

Note return to page 8339 [n] Not altogether: for the Prophets exhorted them to continue, but they vsed lesse diligence because of the troubles.

Note return to page 8340 Or, Haggeus.

Note return to page 8341 Hag.1.1. 1.esd.6.1.

Note return to page 8342 [a] Which incouraged them to goe forward, & accused them that they were more carefull to buylde their owne houses then zealous to buylde the Temple of God.

Note return to page 8343 [b] That is, the enemies asked this, as verse 10.

Note return to page 8344 [c] His fauour and the spirite of strength.

Note return to page 8345 Or, marble.

Note return to page 8346 [d] To wit, Salomon.

Note return to page 8347 1.King.6.2. 2.chro 3.2.

Note return to page 8348 2.King.24.12. & 25.9.

Note return to page 8349 [e] Reade cha.1.1,2.

Note return to page 8350 [f] Reade Chap.1.8.

Note return to page 8351 [g] Meaning, in the librarie, or places where lay the registers, or records of times.

Note return to page 8352 1.Esdr.6.21.

Note return to page 8353 Ebr. house of bookes.

Note return to page 8354 [a] Wherein were the actes of the Kings of Medes and Persians.

Note return to page 8355 Or, rowes, or courses.

Note return to page 8356 Or, marble.

Note return to page 8357 [b] Meaning, Zerubbabel, to whom he giueth charge.

Note return to page 8358 [c] Meddle not with them, neither hinder them.

Note return to page 8359 [d] For lacke of money.

Note return to page 8360 [e] Who hath appointed that place to haue his Name called vpon there.

Note return to page 8361 1.Esd.7.1.

Note return to page 8362 [f] Whome God stirred vp to assure th&ebar; that he would giue their worke good successe.

Note return to page 8363 [g] This is the twelft moneth, & conteineth part of Februarie and part of March.

Note return to page 8364 [h] And the two & fourtieth after their first returne.

Note return to page 8365 Nom.3.6. & 8.9.

Note return to page 8366 [i] Which were of the heathen, & forsaked their idolatrie to worship the true God.

Note return to page 8367 [k] Meaning, Darius who was King of the Medes, Persians, and Assyrians.

Note return to page 8368 Ebr. to strengthen their handes.

Note return to page 8369 [a] The Ebrewes write, that diuers of the Kings of Persia were called by this name, as Pharaoh was a common name to the Kings of Egypt, and Cesar to the Emperours Romaine.

Note return to page 8370 [b] Ezra deduceth his kinred, till he commeth to Aaron, to prooue that he came of him.

Note return to page 8371 [c] He sheweth here what a scribe is, who had charge to write the Law and to expound it, whom Marke calleth a scribe, Mar.12.28. Matt. and Luke call him a Lawyer, or doctor of the Lawe, Mat.22.35. Luke 10.25.

Note return to page 8372 [d] That conteyned part of Iuly and part of August.

Note return to page 8373 [e] Of King Darius.

Note return to page 8374 [f] Some take this for the name of a people, some for time or continuance, meaning that the King wished him long life.

Note return to page 8375 [g] Which remayned as yet in Babylon, and had not returned with Zerubbabel.

Note return to page 8376 [h] To examine who liued according to the Law.

Note return to page 8377 [i] Whereof thou art expert.

Note return to page 8378 [k] As ye knowe best may serue to Gods glorie.

Note return to page 8379 [l] Which was the riuer Euphrates, and they were beyond it in respect of Babylon.

Note return to page 8380 Ebr. Corim.

Note return to page 8381 [m] Reade 1.King. 7.26. and 2.chro. 2.10.

Note return to page 8382 [n] This declareth that the feare of Gods iudgem&ebar;ts caused him to vse this liberalitie, & not the loue that he bare to Gods glorie or affection to his people.

Note return to page 8383 [o] He gaue Ezra full authoritie to restore all things according to the word of God, and to punish them that resisted and would not obey.

Note return to page 8384 [p] Thus Ezra gaue God thankes for that he gaue him so good successe in his affaires by reason of the King.

Note return to page 8385 1.Esd.8.29.

Note return to page 8386 [a] Reade Chap. 7.1.

Note return to page 8387 Or, captaine of Moab.

Note return to page 8388 [b] That came to goe with Ezra.

Note return to page 8389 [c] To that place of Euphrates, where Ahaua the riuer entreth into it, looke 1.Esdas 8.41.

Note return to page 8390 [d] Hee was the chiefest that taught there the Law of God vnto the Leuites.

Note return to page 8391 Ebr. put wordes in their mouth.

Note return to page 8392 [e] Reade Chap. 2.43.

Note return to page 8393 [f] He sheweth that the end of fasting is to humble the body to the spirit, which must proceede of the heart liuely touched, or else it is but hypocrisie.

Note return to page 8394 [g] He thought it better to commit himselfe to the protecti&obar; of God, then by seeking these ordinarie meanes, to giue an occasion to others to thinke that he did doubt of Gods power.

Note return to page 8395 [h] Reade 1.King. 9.14.

Note return to page 8396 [i] Reade Chap. 2.69.

Note return to page 8397 [k] This declared that their iourney was full of danger, and yet God deliuered them according to their prayer.

Note return to page 8398 [l] This was a token of a good conscience and of his integritie, that he woulde haue witnesses of his fidelitie.

Note return to page 8399 1.Esdr.8.67.

Note return to page 8400 [a] From the time they came home vnder Zerubbabel vntil the comming of Ezra, they had degenerate contrary to the lawe of God, and married where it was not lawfull, Deut.7.3.

Note return to page 8401 [b] That is, the gouernours are the chiefe beginners hereof.

Note return to page 8402 [c] As one doubting whether God woulde continue his benefites towards vs or else destroy this which he had begun.

Note return to page 8403 Exod.25.39. nom. 28.3,4.

Note return to page 8404 [d] That is, we are drowned in sinne.

Note return to page 8405 [e] They so exceede that they can not grow greater.

Note return to page 8406 [f] In giuing vs a resting place. It is a similitude taken of them that remaine still in a place, which smite nailes to hang things vpon, Isa.22.23.

Note return to page 8407 Exo.23.32. & 34. 32,15,16. deut.7.23.

Note return to page 8408 Deut.23.6.

Note return to page 8409 [g] Hast not vtterly cast vs downe and destroyed vs for our sinnes, Deut. 28.13.

Note return to page 8410 [h] He sheweth that God is iust in punishing his people, & yet merciful in reseruing a residue to whome he sheweth fauour.

Note return to page 8411 Esd.8.90.

Note return to page 8412 [a] He confessed his sinnes & the sinnes of the people.

Note return to page 8413 [b] Meaning, that God would receiue them to mercie.

Note return to page 8414 [c] Which are str&abar;gers and maryed contrary to the Law of God.

Note return to page 8415 [d] Because God hath giuen thee autoritie, and learning to perswade the people herein and to command them.

Note return to page 8416 Esd.9.1.

Note return to page 8417 Ebr. sonnes of the captiuitie.

Note return to page 8418 Or, condemned.

Note return to page 8419 [e] Which contained part of Nouember & part of December.

Note return to page 8420 [f] For the season was giuen to raine, & so the weather was more sharpe & colde, & also their conscience touched them.

Note return to page 8421 [g] Ye haue layde one sinne vpon another.

Note return to page 8422 [h] Reade Iosh. 7.19.

Note return to page 8423 [i] Let them be appointed to examine this matter.

Note return to page 8424 [k] They went to the chiefe cities to sit on this matter which was three moneths in finishing.

Note return to page 8425 [l] As a token that they would keepe promes & do it.

Note return to page 8426 [m] Meaning, of the common people: for before he spake of the Priests and Leuites.

Note return to page 8427 Or, the captaine of Moab.

Note return to page 8428 [n] Which also were made illegitimate because the mariage was vnlawfull.

Note return to page 8429 [a] Which conteineth part of Nouember & part of December, & was their ninth moneth.

Note return to page 8430 [b] A Iewe as I was.

Note return to page 8431 [c] Meaning, in Iudea.

Note return to page 8432 Dan.9.4.

Note return to page 8433 Ebr. corrupted.

Note return to page 8434 Deu.29.21,28.

Note return to page 8435 Deut.30 4.

Note return to page 8436 [d] That is to worship thee.

Note return to page 8437 [e] To wit, the King Artahshashte.

Note return to page 8438 [a] Which was the first moneth of the yere & conteineth part of March and part of April.

Note return to page 8439 [b] Who is also called Darius: reade Ezra 7.1: & was the sonne of Hystaspis.

Note return to page 8440 [c] I desired God in mine heart to prosper mine enterprise.

Note return to page 8441 Or, Euphrates.

Note return to page 8442 Or, paradise.

Note return to page 8443 [d] As God moued me to aske, and as he gaue me good successe therein.

Note return to page 8444 [e] These were great enemies to the Iewes and laboured alwayes both by force & subtiltie to ouercome them, and Tobiah because his wife was a Iewesse, had aduertisement euer of their affaires, and so wrought them great trouble.

Note return to page 8445 Or, conduite.

Note return to page 8446 [f] That is, contemned of other nations, as though God had forsaken vs.

Note return to page 8447 [g] They were incouraged and gaue themselues to doe well, and to trauell in this worthy enterprise.

Note return to page 8448 [h] These were three chiefe gouernours vnder the King of Persia beyond Euphrates.

Note return to page 8449 [i] Thus the wicked when they will burthen the children of God, euer lay treason vnto their charge, both because it maketh them most odious to the worlde, and also stirreth the hatred of Princes most against them.

Note return to page 8450 [k] Neither yee are of the nomber of the children of God (to whom he hath appoynted this citie only) neyther did any of your predecessours euer feare God.

Note return to page 8451 [a] In Ebrewe they sanctified it, that is, they finished it, and so dedicated it to the Lorde by prayer, in desiring him to maintaine it.

Note return to page 8452 [b] The rich and mightie woulde not obey them, which were appointed officers in this worke, neither would they helpe thereunto.

Note return to page 8453 Isa.22.11.

Note return to page 8454 [c] Vnto the place where the Duke was wont to sit in iudgement, who gouerned the countrey in their absence.

Note return to page 8455 Or, of Zorephim.

Note return to page 8456 Or, of the Apotecaries.

Note return to page 8457 Or, measure.

Note return to page 8458 Or, Siloe.

Note return to page 8459 [d] Where the weapons and armour of the citie laye.

Note return to page 8460 [e] Which dwelt in the playne country by Iorden & Iericho.

Note return to page 8461 [f] Reade Ezra, Chap.2.43.

Note return to page 8462 [g] Meaning, the sixt of his sonnes.

Note return to page 8463 [h] Which was the place of iudgem&ebar;t, or execution.

Note return to page 8464 [a] Of his companions that dwelt in Samaria.

Note return to page 8465 [b] Thus the wicked, that consider not þt; Gods power is euer in a readinesse for the defence of his, mocke them as though they were weake and feeble.

Note return to page 8466 [c] This is the remedie that the children of God haue against the derision & threatnings of their enemies, to flee to God by prayer.

Note return to page 8467 [d] Let them be spoyled and led away captiue.

Note return to page 8468 [e] Let thy plagues declare to þe; world that they set them selues against thee, and against thy Church: thus he prayeth, onely hauing respect to Gods glorie, and not for any priuate affection, or grudge.

Note return to page 8469 Or, halfe height.

Note return to page 8470 Ebr. make to slay, meaning the people.

Note return to page 8471 [f] That is, often times.

Note return to page 8472 [g] They, which brought the tydings, said thus, When you leaue your worke, and goe either to eate or to rest, your enemies will assaile you.

Note return to page 8473 [h] Who is euer at hand to deliuer his out of danger, and therefore seeing they should fight for the mainten&abar;ce of Gods glory, and for the preseruation of their owne liues and of theirs, he encourageth them to play the valiant men.

Note return to page 8474 [i] To ouersee th&ebar; and to encourage them to their worke.

Note return to page 8475 [k] Meaning, to resist their enemies, if neede required.

Note return to page 8476 [l] That is, when they purified them selues, or els when they washed their clothes.

Note return to page 8477 [a] Against the riche, which oppressed them.

Note return to page 8478 [b] This is the complaint of the people, shewing to what extremitie they were brought vnto.

Note return to page 8479 [c] To pay our tribute to the King of the Persians, which was exacted yeerely of vs.

Note return to page 8480 [d] By nature the rich is no better then the poore.

Note return to page 8481 [e] We are not able to redeeme them, but for pouertie are constreyned to hyre them to others.

Note return to page 8482 [f] You presse them with vsury, and seeke howe to bring all things into your hands.

Note return to page 8483 [g] Both because they should be moued with pitie, seeing howe many were by them opprest, and also heare the iudgement of others, which should be as it were witnesses of their dealing towarde their brethren.

Note return to page 8484 [h] Seeing God hath once deliuered them from the bondage of the heathen, shall we make them our slaues?

Note return to page 8485 [i] Meaning, Nehemiah.

Note return to page 8486 [k] Who by this occasion will blaspheme the Name of God, seeing that our actes are no better then theirs.

Note return to page 8487 Or, vsurie.

Note return to page 8488 [l] Which ye take of them for the loue.

Note return to page 8489 [m] I receiued not that portion, and diet, which the gouernours, that were before me, exacted: wherein he declareth that he rather sought the wealth of the people, then his owne commoditie.

Note return to page 8490 Or, once in ten dayes.

Note return to page 8491 [n] Whereas at other times they had by measure, at this time, they had most liberally.

Note return to page 8492 [a] That is, that they were ioyned together, as Chap.4.6.

Note return to page 8493 [b] Meaning, that if he should obey their request, the worke, which God had appointed, should cease: shewing hereby that we should not commit our selues to the handes of the wicked.

Note return to page 8494 Or, Geshem.

Note return to page 8495 [c] As the fame goeth.

Note return to page 8496 [d] Thou hast bribed, and set vp false Prophets, to make thy selfe King, and so to defraude the King of Persia of that subiection, which you owe vnto him.

Note return to page 8497 Ebr. strengthen thou mine hand.

Note return to page 8498 [e] As though he would be secret, to the intent that he might pray vnto God with greater libertie, and receiue some reuelation, which in him was but hypocrisie.

Note return to page 8499 [f] He doubted not but God was able to preserue him, & knew that if he had obeyed this counsel, he should haue discouraged all the people: thus God giueth power to his, to resist false prophecies though they seeme to haue neuer so great probabilitie.

Note return to page 8500 [g] Very griefe caused him to pray against such, which vnder the pretence of being the ministers of God, were aduersaries to his glorie, and went about to ouerthrowe his Church, declaring also hereby that where there is one true minister of God, the deuill hath a great sort of hirelings.

Note return to page 8501 [h] Which was the sixt moneth and conteyned part of August, and part of September.

Note return to page 8502 [i] After that I had sent Sanballat his answere.

Note return to page 8503 [k] Thus the Church of God hath euermore enemies within it selfe, which are more dangerous then the outwarde and professed enemie.

Note return to page 8504 Ecclus.49.13.

Note return to page 8505 [a] To wit, they that are mencioned, vers.2.

Note return to page 8506 Ebr. holde them, Meaning, till the barres were put in.

Note return to page 8507 Ezra.2.2.

Note return to page 8508 [b] That is, the inhabitants of Iudah.

Note return to page 8509 [c] Azariah in Ezra is called Seraiah, and Raamiah, Reeliah, chap.2.2.

Note return to page 8510 Or, the captaine of Moab.

Note return to page 8511 [d] That is, the inhabitants of Gibeon.

Note return to page 8512 [e] For there were two cities of this name.

Note return to page 8513 Or, Hodaiah.

Note return to page 8514 [f] Reade Ezra.2. 38.

Note return to page 8515 [g] Meaning, Nehemiah: for Tirshatha in the Chalde tongue signifieth a butler.

Note return to page 8516 Exod.28.30.

Note return to page 8517 [h] Reade Ezra. 2.69.

Note return to page 8518 Or, mines.

Note return to page 8519 [i] Which conteined part of September and part of October.

Note return to page 8520 Ebr. as one man.

Note return to page 8521 [a] Reade Ezra.7.6.

Note return to page 8522 [b] Which had age and discretion to vnderstand.

Note return to page 8523 [c] This declareth the great zeale, that the people had to heare the word of God.

Note return to page 8524 [d] To the intent that his voyce might be the better heard.

Note return to page 8525 [e] In considering their offences against the Lawe. Therefore the Leuites doe not reprooue them for mourning, but assure them of Gods mercies forasmuch as they are repentant.

Note return to page 8526 [f] That is, remember the poore.

Note return to page 8527 [g] Reioyce in the Lord, and he will giue you strength.

Note return to page 8528 Leuit.23.34.

Note return to page 8529 Or, goodly branches, as Leuit. 23.40.

Note return to page 8530 [h] For their houses were made flat aboue, reade Deut. 22.8.

Note return to page 8531 [i] Which was almost a thousand yeeres.

Note return to page 8532 [a] Meaning, the seuenth.

Note return to page 8533 1.Esdr.9.4.

Note return to page 8534 Ebr. strange children.

Note return to page 8535 [b] They made confession of their sinnes and vsed prayers.

Note return to page 8536 Gen.11.31.

Note return to page 8537 Gen.17.5.

Note return to page 8538 Gen.15.18.

Note return to page 8539 Exo.3.7. & 14.10.

Note return to page 8540 Exod.14.22.

Note return to page 8541 Exod.13.21.

Note return to page 8542 Exod.20.1. & 19.18,20.

Note return to page 8543 Exod.16.15.

Note return to page 8544 Exod.17.6.

Note return to page 8545 Deut.1.8.

Note return to page 8546 Exod.13.22. nomb.14.14. 1.cor.10.1.

Note return to page 8547 Deut.8.4.

Note return to page 8548 [c] Though the way was tedious and long.

Note return to page 8549 [d] Meaning, the heathen whome he droue out.

Note return to page 8550 Nomb.21.26.

Note return to page 8551 [e] Taking heauen and earth to witnesse that God would destroy them, except they returned, as 2. Chron.24.19.

Note return to page 8552 [f] He declareth howe Gods mercies euer, contended with the wickednesse of the people, who euer in their prosperitie forgate God.

Note return to page 8553 Leuit.18.5. ezek.20.11. rom.10.5. galat.3.12

Note return to page 8554 [g] Which is a similitude taken of oxen, that shrinke at the yoke or burden, as Zech.7.11.

Note return to page 8555 [h] When thou diddest admonish them by thy Prophets.

Note return to page 8556 Ebr. thou diddest prolong vpon them many yeeres.

Note return to page 8557 Exod.34.6,7.

Note return to page 8558 Psal.143.1,2.

Note return to page 8559 [i] By whome we were led away into captiuitie, and haue bene appointed to be slaine, as Ester. 3.13.

Note return to page 8560 [k] He confesseth that all these things came to them iustly for their sinnes, but he appealeth from Gods iustice to his mercies.

Note return to page 8561 [l] That thou wouldest destroy them, except they would returne to thee, as verse 26.

Note return to page 8562 [m] That is, to be the lordes thereof.

Note return to page 8563 [n] Thus by affliction they promes to keepe Gods commandements, whereunto they could not be brought by Gods great benefites.

Note return to page 8564 Or, but let.

Note return to page 8565 [a] Which subscribed to keepe the promes.

Note return to page 8566 Or, captaine of Moab.

Note return to page 8567 [b] Reade Ezra.2.43.

Note return to page 8568 [c] Which being idolaters forsooke their wickednesse and gaue themselues to serue God.

Note return to page 8569 [d] They made the othe in the name of the whole multitude.

Note return to page 8570 [e] Whereunto they gaue themselues, if they brake the Lawe, as Deut.28.15.

Note return to page 8571 [f] Which notwithstanding they brake soone after, as chap.13.15.

Note return to page 8572 Leuit.25.4. deut.15.1.

Note return to page 8573 Ebr.hande.

Note return to page 8574 [g] This declareth wherefore they gaue this thirde part of the shekel, which was besides the halfe shekel, that they were bound to pay, Exod.30.13.

Note return to page 8575 Or, into the house of.

Note return to page 8576 [h] By this rehearsall is meant that there was no part nor ceremonie in the Lawe, whereunto they did not bind them selues by couenant.

Note return to page 8577 [i] Wheresoeuer we laboured, or traueiled, there the tithes were due vnto the Lorde both by the Lawe and according to the othe and couenant that we made.

Note return to page 8578 Nomb.18.26.

Note return to page 8579 [k] We will not leaue it destitute of that, that shall be necessary for it.

Note return to page 8580 [a] Because their enemies dwelt round about th&ebar;, they prouided that it might be replenished with men, and vsed this policie, because there were fewe that offred them selues willingly.

Note return to page 8581 [b] Which came of Perez the sonne of Iudah.

Note return to page 8582 Or, of a Shilonite.

Note return to page 8583 [c] That is, was the hie Priest.

Note return to page 8584 [d] That serued and ministred in the Temple.

Note return to page 8585 Or, of one of the great men.

Note return to page 8586 [e] That is, he began the psalme, and was the chanter.

Note return to page 8587 [f] Meaning, of the Temple.

Note return to page 8588 [g] Of them, which dwelt not in Ierusalem.

Note return to page 8589 Or, Ophel.

Note return to page 8590 [h] Was chiefe about the King for all his affaires.

Note return to page 8591 [a] From Babylon to Ierusalem.

Note return to page 8592 [b] Next in dignitie to the hie Priests, and which were of the stocke of Aaron.

Note return to page 8593 [c] Had charge of them that sang the psalmes.

Note return to page 8594 [d] They kept the wardes & watches according to their turnes, as 1.Chro. 23.6.

Note return to page 8595 [e] That is, next to Seraiah, or rather of the order, which was called after the name of Seraiah.

Note return to page 8596 [f] Whereof was Zacharie Iohn Baptists father.

Note return to page 8597 [g] That is, one after another, and euery one in his course.

Note return to page 8598 Ebr. sonnes of the singers.

Note return to page 8599 [h] Which were a certaine familie and had their possessions in the fields, 1.Chro 2 54.

Note return to page 8600 [i] Meaning, Nehemiah.

Note return to page 8601 [k] That is, the brethren of Zaccur.

Note return to page 8602 [l] Which was the going vp to the mount Zion, which is called the citie of Dauid.

Note return to page 8603 Ebr. caused to heare.

Note return to page 8604 [m] Which were chambers appointed by Hezekiah to put in þe; tythes, and such thinges, 2.Chro.3 1.11, and now were repaired againe for the same vse.

Note return to page 8605 1.Chro.15.16.

Note return to page 8606 [n] That is, the tenth part of the tithes.

Note return to page 8607 Deut.23.3.

Note return to page 8608 Nomb.22.5,6.

Note return to page 8609 [a] That is, all such, which had ioyned in vnlawful marriage, and also those with whome God had forbidden them to haue societie.

Note return to page 8610 [b] That the separation was made.

Note return to page 8611 [c] He was ioyned in affinitie with Tobiah the Ammonite, and enemie of the Iewes.

Note return to page 8612 [d] Called also Darius, Ezra 7.1.

Note return to page 8613 Or, at the yeres ende.

Note return to page 8614 [e] Thus we see to what inconueniences the people fall into, when they are destitute of one that hath the feare of God, seeing that their chiefe gouernour was but a while absent, and yet they fel into such great absurdities: as appeareth also, Exod.32.1.

Note return to page 8615 [f] He protesteth that he did his duety with a good conscience, yet he doeth not iustifie himselfe herein, but desireth God to fauour him, and to be merciful vnto him for his own goodnesse sake, as vers.22. and 31.

Note return to page 8616 [g] I declared vnto them, that God would not suffer such transgressours of his Lawe to be vnpunished.

Note return to page 8617 [h] Was not this a great cause, why God plagued vs in times past? meaning, that if they transgressed now in the same againe, their plague should be greater.

Note return to page 8618 [i] About the time that the sunne went down: for the Sabbath lasted from the sunne going downe of the one day, to the sunne setting of the other.

Note return to page 8619 [k] Meaning, of the Temple, that none that was vncleane, should enter.

Note return to page 8620 [l] Which was a citie of the Philistims, and they had maryed wiues thereof, and so had corrupted their speach, and religion.

Note return to page 8621 [m] That is, I did excommunicate them, and driue them out of the Congregation.

Note return to page 8622 1.King.3.7,12.

Note return to page 8623 2.Sam.12.24,25.

Note return to page 8624 1.King.11.1,4. ecclus.47.19, 20.

Note return to page 8625 [n] Punish them according to their fault, & euil example, which they haue giuen to the rest of thy people contrary to their vocation.

Note return to page 8626 [o] That is, to shew mercy vnto me.

Note return to page 8627 [a] Called also Darius, who was now the soueraigne Monarch, and had the gouernment of the Medes, Persians & Chaldeans. some thinke he was Darius Hystaspis sonne, called also Artaxerxes.

Note return to page 8628 [b] Daniel chap.6.1. maketh mention but of sixe score, leauing out the nomber that is vnperfite, as þe; Scripture in diuers places vseth.

Note return to page 8629 [c] That is, had rest, and quietnes.

Note return to page 8630 Nehem.1.1.

Note return to page 8631 [d] Which they vsed in those countries in steade of tables.

Note return to page 8632 [e] As was beseeming for so magnificall a King.

Note return to page 8633 [f] None might be c&obar;pelled to drinke more then it pleased him.

Note return to page 8634 [g] Which was the last day of the feast that the King made for the people, as verse 5.

Note return to page 8635 Ebr. which was in the hand of the eunuches.

Note return to page 8636 [h] That had experience of things as they had learned by diligent marking in continu&abar;ce of time.

Note return to page 8637 [i] Which were his chiefe counselers, that might haue alwayes accesse to him.

Note return to page 8638 [k] By her disobedience she hath giuen an example to all women to do the like to their husbands.

Note return to page 8639 [l] That is, her disobedience.

Note return to page 8640 [m] Meaning, that they would take first occasion hereof to do the like, & that the rest of women would by continuance do the same.

Note return to page 8641 [n] Let her be diuorced & another made Queene.

Note return to page 8642 [o] For he had vnder him an hundreth twentie and seuen countries.

Note return to page 8643 [p] That is, that the wife should be subiect to the husband, and at his commandement.

Note return to page 8644 [a] That is, he called the matter againe into communication.

Note return to page 8645 [b] By the seuen wise men of his counsell.

Note return to page 8646 [c] The abuse of these countries was so great, that they inuented many meanes to serue the lustes of princes, & therefore, as they ordeined wicked lawes that the King might haue whose daughters he would, so they had diuers houses appoynted, as one for them, whiles they were virgins, another when they were concubines, & for the Queenes another.

Note return to page 8647 [d] Reade what this purification was, verse 12.

Note return to page 8648 2.King.24.15.

Note return to page 8649 Ebr. portions.

Note return to page 8650 [e] For though she was taken away by a cruell law, yet he ceased not to haue a fatherly care ouer her, & therefore did resort oft times to heare of her.

Note return to page 8651 [f] What apparell shee asked of the eunuch, that was he bound to giue her.

Note return to page 8652 Or, Hegai.

Note return to page 8653 [g] Wherein her modestie appeaed because she sought not apparell to commend her beautie, but stoode to the Eunuches appoyntment.

Note return to page 8654 [h] Which conteined part of December and part of Ianuarie.

Note return to page 8655 [i] That is, made for her sake.

Note return to page 8656 [k] He released their tribute.

Note return to page 8657 [l] That is, great & magnificall.

Note return to page 8658 [m] That is, at the mariage of Ester, which was the second mariage of the King.

Note return to page 8659 [n] Meaning, to kill him.

Note return to page 8660 [o] In the Chronicles of the Medes and Persians, as Chap.10.2.

Note return to page 8661 [a] The Persians maner was to kneele downe and reuerence their kings, & such as he appointed in chief autoritie, which Mordecai would not do to this ambitious & proude man.

Note return to page 8662 [b] Thus we see that there is none so wicked, but they haue their flatterers to accuse the godly.

Note return to page 8663 Ebr. despised in his eyes.

Note return to page 8664 [c] Which answereth to part of March and part of April.

Note return to page 8665 [d] To know what moneth and day should be good to enterprise this thing, þt; it might haue good successe: but God disappointed their lots and expectation.

Note return to page 8666 [e] Conteining part of Februarie, and part of March,

Note return to page 8667 [f] These be the two arguments which commonly the worldlings & the wicked vse toward princes against the godly, that is, the contempt of their lawes, and diminishing of their profite: without respect how God is eyther pleased or displeased.

Note return to page 8668 Ebr. weigh.

Note return to page 8669 Or, secretaries.

Note return to page 8670 Ebr. the hands of postes.

Note return to page 8671 [g] To wit, the Iewes, that were in Shushan.

Note return to page 8672 [a] Because hee would aduertise Ester of this cruel proclamation.

Note return to page 8673 Ebr. sackcloth, and ashes were spread for many.

Note return to page 8674 Ebr. had caused to stand before her.

Note return to page 8675 Ebr. declaration.

Note return to page 8676 Or, contents.

Note return to page 8677 Ebr. breathing.

Note return to page 8678 [b] Thus Mordecai spake in þe; confidence of þt; faith, which all Gods children ought to haue: which is, that God will deliuer them, though al worldly meanes fayle.

Note return to page 8679 [c] For to deliuer Gods Church out of these present dangers.

Note return to page 8680 [d] I will put my life in danger and referre the successe to God, seeing it is for his glory and the deliuerance of his Church.

Note return to page 8681 [a] To wit, after that the Iewes had begun to fast.

Note return to page 8682 [b] Which was a signe that her comming was agreeable vnto him, as Chap. 4.11.

Note return to page 8683 [c] Meaning hereby, that whatsoeuer shee asked, should be graunted, as Mar.6.23.

Note return to page 8684 [d] Because they vsed to drinke excesiuely in their bankets, they called the banket by the name of that, which was most in vse or esteemed.

Note return to page 8685 [e] I will declare what thing I demaund.

Note return to page 8686 [f] Thus the wicked when they are promoted, in stead of acknowledging their charge and humbling themselues, waxe ambitious, disdainefull, and cruell.

Note return to page 8687 [g] Meaning, the highest that could be found.

Note return to page 8688 Ebr. the kings sleepe departed.

Note return to page 8689 Chap.2.22.

Note return to page 8690 [a] For he thought vnworthie his state to receiue a benefite, and not rewarde it.

Note return to page 8691 [b] Thus while the wicked imagine the destruction of others, they themselues fall into the same pit.

Note return to page 8692 [c] Meaning hereby that the King should make him next vnto himself, as Ioseph hereby was knowen to be next to Pharaoh, Gen 41.42.

Note return to page 8693 [d] Thus God sometime putteth in the mouth of the very wicked, to speake that thing, which he hath decreed shall come to passe.

Note return to page 8694 [a] Reade Chap. 5.6.

Note return to page 8695 [b] Haman could not so much profit the King by this his malice, as he should hinder him by the losse of the Iewes, and the tribute which he hath of them.

Note return to page 8696 Ebr. filleth his heart.

Note return to page 8697 [c] His conscience did accuse him that as he had conspired the death of innocents, so the vengeance of God might fall vpon him for þe; same.

Note return to page 8698 [d] He fell downe at the beds feete or couche, whereupon she sate, and made request for his life.

Note return to page 8699 [e] This was the maner of the Persians, when one was out of the Kings fauour.

Note return to page 8700 [f] Which discouered the conspiracie against the King, Chap.2.21,22.

Note return to page 8701 [a] That is, was receiued into the Kings fauour and presence.

Note return to page 8702 [b] That he was her vncle, and had brought her vp.

Note return to page 8703 [c] Meaning, that he should abolish the wicked decrees, which he had made for the destruction of the Iewes.

Note return to page 8704 [d] Reade Chap.5,2.

Note return to page 8705 Or, went about to slay the Iewes.

Note return to page 8706 [e] This was the law of the Medes and Persians, as Dan.6.15: notwithstanding the King reuoked the former decree graunted to Haman, for Esters sake.

Note return to page 8707 [f] Which conteineth part of May and part of Iune.

Note return to page 8708 [g] That is, in such letters and language, as was vsual in euery prouince.

Note return to page 8709 Or, mules.

Note return to page 8710 [h] That is, to defend themselues against all that would assaile th&ebar;.

Note return to page 8711 [i] Which hath part of February and part of March.

Note return to page 8712 [k] The King gaue them libertie to kill all that did oppresse them.

Note return to page 8713 [l] He sheweth by these wordes that follow, what this light was.

Note return to page 8714 [m] Conformed themselues to the Iewes religion.

Note return to page 8715 [a] This was by Gods great prouid&ebar;ce, who turneth the ioy of the wicked into sorowe, & the teares of the godly into gladnes.

Note return to page 8716 [b] Did them honour, and shewed them friendship.

Note return to page 8717 [c] Which had c&obar;spired their death by the permission of the wicked Haman.

Note return to page 8718 [d] Besides those three hundreth, that they slew the second day, as verse 15.

Note return to page 8719 [e] Whereby they declared, that this was Gods iust iudgement vpon the enemies of his Church, forasmuch as they sought not their owne gaine, but to execute his vengeance.

Note return to page 8720 [f] This she requireth, not for desire of vengeance, but with zeale to see Gods iudgements executed against his enemies.

Note return to page 8721 [g] Reade Chap. 8.11.

Note return to page 8722 [h] Meaning, that they layd hands on none, that were not the enemies of God.

Note return to page 8723 [i] Meaning, in all places sauing in Shushan.

Note return to page 8724 [k] As the Iewes do euen to this day, calling it in the Persians language Purim, that is, the day of lots.

Note return to page 8725 [l] The Iewes gather hereof that Mordecai wrote this storie, but it seemeth that he wrote but onely these letters, & decrees that followe.

Note return to page 8726 [m] He setteth before our eyes the vse of this feast, which was for the remembrance of Gods deliuerance, the maintenance of mutuall friendship, and reliefe of the poore.

Note return to page 8727 [n] Reade Chap. 3.7.

Note return to page 8728 [o] That is, Ester.

Note return to page 8729 [p] These are the words of the kings commandement to disanul Hamans wicked enterprise.

Note return to page 8730 Or, transgresse.

Note return to page 8731 [q] Meaning, the fourteenth and the fifteenth day of the moneth Adar.

Note return to page 8732 Or, strength, or efficacie.

Note return to page 8733 [r] Which were letters declaring vnto them quietnes, & assurance, & putting them out of doubt & feare.

Note return to page 8734 Ebr. soules.

Note return to page 8735 [s] That they would obserue this feast with fasting, and earnest prayer, which in Ebrew is signified by this word (their cry.)

Note return to page 8736 [a] These three poyntes are here set forth as commendable, & necessary for him, that is in authoritie: to haue the fauour of the people, to procure their wealth, & to be g&ebar;tle, & louing toward them.

Note return to page 8737 [a] That is, of the countrey of Idumea, as Lamen.4. 21, or bordering thereupon: for the land was called by the name of Vz the sonne of Dishan the sonne of Seir, Gen.36.28.

Note return to page 8738 [b] Forasmuch as he was a Gentile, and not a Iewe, and yet is pronounced vpright, and without hypocrisie, it declareth that among the heathen God hath his.

Note return to page 8739 [c] Hereby is declared, what is meant by an vpright and iust man.

Note return to page 8740 [d] His children and riches are declared, to commende his vertue in his prosperitie, and his pacience, and constancie, when God had taken them from him.

Note return to page 8741 Ebr. children.

Note return to page 8742 [e] Meaning, the Arabians, Chaldeans, Idumeans, &c.

Note return to page 8743 [f] That is, commaunded them to be sanctified: meaning, that they shoulde consider the faultes, that they had committed, and reconcile themselues for the same.

Note return to page 8744 [g] That is, he offred for euery one of his children an offring of reconciliation, which declared his religion towarde God, and the care that hee had towarde his children.

Note return to page 8745 [h] In Ebrewe it is, and blessed God, which is sometime taken for blaspheming and cursing, as heere, and 1.King.21.10. and 13. &c.

Note return to page 8746 [i] While the feast lasted.

Note return to page 8747 [k] Meaning, the Angels which are called the sonnes of God, because they are willing to execute his will.

Note return to page 8748 [l] Because our infirmitie cannot comprehende God in his maiestie, he is set forth vnto vs as a King, that our capacitie may bee able to vnderstande that which is spoken of him.

Note return to page 8749 [m] This declareth that although Satan bee aduersarie to God, yet he is compelled to obey him, and doe him all homage, without whose permission and appoyntment he can doe nothing.

Note return to page 8750 [n] This question is asked for our infirmitie: for God knewe whence hee came.

Note return to page 8751 [o] Herein is described the nature of Satan, which is euer ranging for his pray, 1.Pet.5.8.

Note return to page 8752 [p] He feareth thee not for thine owne sake, but for the commoditie that hee receiueth by thee.

Note return to page 8753 [q] Meaning, the grace of God, which serued Iob, as a rampart against all tentations.

Note return to page 8754 [r] This signifieth, that Satan is not able to touche vs, but it is God that must doe it.

Note return to page 8755 [s] Satan noteth the vice, whereunto men are commonly subiect: that is, to hide their rebellion, and to be content with God in the time of prosperitie, which vice is disclosed in the time of their aduersitie.

Note return to page 8756 [t] God giueth not Satan power ouer man to gratifie him, but to declare that he hath no power ouer man, but that which God giueth him.

Note return to page 8757 [u] That is, went to execute that which God had permitted him to doe: for else hee can neuer goe out of Gods presence.

Note return to page 8758 [x] That is the Arabians.

Note return to page 8759 [y] Which thing was also done by the craft of Satan, to tempt Iob the more grieuously, for as much as he might see, that not onely men were his enemies, but that God made warre against him.

Note return to page 8760 [z] This last plague declareth that when one plague is past which seemeth hard to be borne, God can send vs another farre more grienous, to trie his, and teache them obedience.

Note return to page 8761 [a] Which came not of impaciencie, but declareth that the children of God are not insensible like blockes, but that in their pacience they seele affliction, and griefe of minde: yet they keepe a meane herein, and rebell not against God, as the wicked doe.

Note return to page 8762 Eccle.5.14. 1.tim.6 7.

Note return to page 8763 [b] That is, into the bellie of the earth, which is the mother of all.

Note return to page 8764 [c] Hereby he confesseth that God is iust, and good, although his hand be sore vpon him.

Note return to page 8765 [d] But declared that God did all things according to iustice and equitie.

Note return to page 8766 [a] That is, the Angels, as Chap.1.6.

Note return to page 8767 [b] Read Chap.1.6.

Note return to page 8768 Chap.1.1. ezek. 14.14.

Note return to page 8769 [c] He proueth Iobs integritie by this that he ceased not to feare God when his plagues were grieuously vpon him.

Note return to page 8770 [d] That is, when thou hadst nought against him, or wh&ebar; thou wast not able to bring thy purpose to passe.

Note return to page 8771 [e] Hereby hee meant that a mans owne skin is dearer vnto him then another mans.

Note return to page 8772 [f] Meaning, his owne person.

Note return to page 8773 [g] Thus Satan can goe no further in punishing, then God hath limited him.

Note return to page 8774 [h] This sore was most vehement, wherewith also God plagued the Egyptians, Exod 9.9, and threatneth to punish the rebellious people, Deuter.28.27. so that this tentation was most grieuous: for if Iob had measured Gods fauour by the vehemencie of his disease, hee might haue thought that God had cast him off.

Note return to page 8775 [i] As destitute of all other helpe and meanes, and wonderfully afflicted with the sorowe of his disease.

Note return to page 8776 [k] Satan vseth the same instrument against Iob, as he did against Adam.

Note return to page 8777 [l] Meaning, what gaynest thou to serue God, seeing he thus plagueth thee as though he were thine enemie? This is the most grieuous tentation of the faithfull, when their faith is assayled, and when Satan goeth about to perswade them, that they trust in God in vayne.

Note return to page 8778 [m] For death was appoynted to the blasphemer, and so shee meant that he shoulde be soone ridde out of his payne.

Note return to page 8779 [n] That is, to be patient in aduersitie, as wee reioyce, when he sendeth prosperitie, and so to acknowledge him to bee both mercifull and iust.

Note return to page 8780 [o] Hee so brideled his affections, that his tongue through impaciencie did not murmure against God.

Note return to page 8781 [p] Which were men of authoritie, wise and learned, and as the Septuagint write, Kings, and came to comfort him, but when they sawe howe he was visited, they conceiued an euill opinion of him, as though hee had bene but an hypocrite, and so iustly plagued of God for his sinnes.

Note return to page 8782 [q] This was also a ceremonie, which they vsed in those countreyes, as the renting of their clothes in signe of sorowe, &c.

Note return to page 8783 [r] And therefore thought that he would not haue hearkened to their counsell.

Note return to page 8784 [a] The seuen daies ended, Chap.2.13.

Note return to page 8785 [b] Here Iob beginneth to feele his great imperfection in this battel betweene þe; spirit & the flesh, Rom.7.18. and after a maner yeeldeth, yet in the ende he getteth victorie, though he was in the meane time greatly wounded.

Note return to page 8786 [c] Men ought not to be wearie of their life, & curse it because of the infirmities that it is subiect vnto, but because they are giuen to sinne & rebellion against God.

Note return to page 8787 [d] Let it be put out of the nomber of dayes, and let it not haue the light of the sunne to separate it from the night.

Note return to page 8788 [e] That is, most obscure darkenesse, which maketh them afraid of death, that are in it.

Note return to page 8789 [f] Which curse the day of their birth, let them lay that curse vpon this night.

Note return to page 8790 [g] Let it be alwayes night, and neuer see day.

Note return to page 8791 Ebr. The eye liddes of the morning.

Note return to page 8792 [h] This and that which followeth, declareth that when man giueth place to his passions, he is not able to stay nor keepe measure, but runneth headlong into all euil, except God call him backe.

Note return to page 8793 [i] The vehemencie of his afflictions made him to vtter these words, as though death were the ende of all miseries, & as if there were no life after this, which hee speaketh not as though it were so, but the infirmities of his flesh caused him to brast out into this errour of the wicked.

Note return to page 8794 [k] He noteth the ambition of them, which for their pleasure, as it were, change the order of nature, & build in most barren places, because they woulde hereby make their names immortall.

Note return to page 8795 [l] That is, by death the crueltie of the tyrants hath ceased.

Note return to page 8796 [m] All they that sustaine any kind of calamitie and miserie in this worlde: which he speaketh after the iudgement of the flesh.

Note return to page 8797 [n] He sheweth that the benefites of God are not comfortable, except the heart be ioyfull, and the conscience quieted.

Note return to page 8798 [o] That seeth not how to come out of his miseries, because he dependeth not on Gods prouidence.

Note return to page 8799 [p] In my prosperitie I looked euer for a fall, as is come now to passe.

Note return to page 8800 [q] The feare of troubles that shoulde ensue, caused my prosperitie to seeme to me as nothing, and yet I am not exempted from trouble.

Note return to page 8801 [a] Seeing this thine impaciencie.

Note return to page 8802 [b] Thou hast comforted others in their afflictions, & canst not now c&obar;fort thy selfe.

Note return to page 8803 [c] This he concludeth that Iob was but an hypocrite, and had no true feare not trust in God.

Note return to page 8804 [d] He concludeth that Iob was reprooued, seeing that God handled him so extreemely, which is the argument that the carnall men make against the children of God.

Note return to page 8805 [e] They that doe euill, can not but receiue euill.

Note return to page 8806 [f] He sheweth that God needeth no great preparation to destroy his enemies: for he can doe it with the blast of his mouth.

Note return to page 8807 [g] Though men according to their office do not punish tyrants (whome for their crueltie he compareth to lyons, and their children to their whelpes) yet God both is able, and his iustice will punish them.

Note return to page 8808 [h] A thing that I knewe not before, was declared vnto me by vision: that is, that whosoeuer thinketh him selfe iust, shall be found a sinner, when he commeth before God.

Note return to page 8809 [i] In these visions which God sheweth to his creatures, there is euer a certaine feare ioyned, that the authoritie thereof might be had in greater reuerence.

Note return to page 8810 [k] When all things were quiet, or when the feare was somewhat asswaged, as God appeared to Eliah, 1.King.19.12.

Note return to page 8811 [l] He proueth that if God did punish the innocent, the creature should be more iust then the Creator, which were a blasphemie.

Note return to page 8812 [m] If God find imperfection in his Angels, when they are not maintained by his power, how much more shal he lay follie to mans charge. when he would iustifie him selfe against God?

Note return to page 8813 [n] That is, in this mortall bodie, subiect to corruption, 2.Cor.5.1.

Note return to page 8814 [o] They see death continually before their eyes, and daily approching toward them.

Note return to page 8815 [p] No man for al this doth consider it.

Note return to page 8816 [q] That is, before that any of them were so wise as to thinke on death.

Note return to page 8817 [a] He willeth Iob to consider the example of all them that haue liued or doe liue godly, whether any of them be like vnto him in raging against God as he doeth.

Note return to page 8818 [b] Murmuring against God in afflictions increaseth the paine, and vttereth mans follie.

Note return to page 8819 [c] That is, the sinner that hath not þe; feare of God

Note return to page 8820 [d] I was not moued with his prosperitie, but knewe that God had cursed him and his.

Note return to page 8821 [e] Though God sometime suffer the fathers to passe in this worlde, yet his iudgements will light vpon their wicked childr&ebar;.

Note return to page 8822 [f] By publique iudgement they shalbe condemned, and none shall pitie them.

Note return to page 8823 [g] Though there be but two or three eares left in the hedges, yet these shalbe taken from him.

Note return to page 8824 [h] That is, the earth is not the cause of barrennesse and mans miserie, but his owne sinne.

Note return to page 8825 [i] Which declareth that sinne is euer in our corrupt nature: for before sinne it was not subiect to paine and affliction.

Note return to page 8826 [k] If I suffred as thou doest, I would seeke vnto God.

Note return to page 8827 [l] He counselleth Iob to humble himselfe vnto God, to whome all creatures are subiect, and whose workes declare that man is inexcusable, except he glorifie God in all his workes.

Note return to page 8828 [m] He sheweth by particular examples, what the workes of God are.

Note return to page 8829 1.Cor.3.19.

Note return to page 8830 [n] In things plaine and euident they shewe them selues fooles in steade of wise men.

Note return to page 8831 [o] This declareth that God punisheth the worldly wise, as he threatned, Deut.28.29.

Note return to page 8832 [p] That is, he that humbleth himselfe before God.

Note return to page 8833 [q] He compareth the slaunder of the wicked to sharpe swordes.

Note return to page 8834 [r] If the wicked be compelled at Gods works to stoppe their mouthes, much more they that professe God.

Note return to page 8835 [s] He will sende trouble after trouble, that his children may not for one time, but continually trust in him: but they shall haue a comfortable issue, euen in the greatest and the last, which is here called the seuenth.

Note return to page 8836 [t] Where as the wicked lament in their troubles, thou shalt haue occasion to reioyce.

Note return to page 8837 [u] When we are in Gods fauour, all creatures shall serue vs.

Note return to page 8838 [x] God shall so blesse thee, that thou shalt haue occasion to reioyce in all things, and not to be offended.

Note return to page 8839 [y] Though the children of God haue not alwayes this promise perfourmed, yet God doeth recompense it otherwise to their aduantage.

Note return to page 8840 [z] We haue learned these points by experience, that God punisheth not the innocent, that man can not compare in iustice with him, that the hypocrites shall not long prosper, and that the affliction which man susteineth, commeth for his owne sinne.

Note return to page 8841 [a] To knowe whether I complaine without iust cause.

Note return to page 8842 [b] My griefe is so great, that I lacke wordes to expresse it.

Note return to page 8843 [c] Which declareth that he was not onely afflicted in bodie, but wounded in conscience, which is the greatest battell that the faithfull can haue.

Note return to page 8844 [d] Thinke you that I crie without cause, seeing the bruite beastes doe not complaine when they haue what they would?

Note return to page 8845 [e] Can a mans taste delite in that hath no sauour? meaning, that none take pleasure in affliction, seeing they can not away with things that are vnsauerie to the mouth.

Note return to page 8846 [f] Herein he sinneth double, both in wishing through impaciencie to dye, and also in desiring of God a thing which was not agreeable to his wil

Note return to page 8847 [g] That is, let me dye at once, before I come to distrust in Gods promes through mine impatiencie.

Note return to page 8848 [h] He feareth least he should bee brought to inconueniences, if his sorowes should continue.

Note return to page 8849 [i] Haue I not sought to helpe my selfe as much as was possible?

Note return to page 8850 Or, wisedome, or lawe.

Note return to page 8851 [k] He compareth those friendes which comfort vs not in miserie, to a brooke, which in sommer, when we neede waters, is drie, in winter is harde frosen, and in the time of raine, when we haue no neede, ouerfloweth with water.

Note return to page 8852 [l] They that passe thereby to goe into the hote countreis of Arabia, thinke to finde water there, to qu&ebar;ch their thirst, but they are deceiued.

Note return to page 8853 [m] That is, like to this brooke, which deceiueth them, that thinke to haue water there in their neede, as I locked for consolation at your handes.

Note return to page 8854 [n] He toucheth the worldlings, which for no necessitie will giue part of their goods, and much more these men, which would not giue him comfortable wordes.

Note return to page 8855 [o] Shewe me wherein I haue erred, and I will confesse my faulte.

Note return to page 8856 [p] He that hath a good conscience, doeth not shrinke at the sharpe words or reasonings of others, except they be able to perswade him by reason.

Note return to page 8857 [q] Doe you cauil at my wordes, because I should be thought to speake foolishly, which am nowe in miserie?

Note return to page 8858 [r] Consider whether I speake as one that is driuen to this impatiencie through very sorowe, or as an hypocrite, as you condemne me.

Note return to page 8859 [a] Hath not an hyred seruant some rest and ease? then in this my continuall torment I am worse then an hyreling.

Note return to page 8860 [b] My sorowe hath continued from moneth to moneth, and I haue looked for hope in vaine.

Note return to page 8861 [c] This signifieth that his disease was rare and most horrible.

Note return to page 8862 [d] Thus he speaketh in respect of the breuitie of mans life, which passeth without hope of returning, in consideration whereof he desireth God to haue compassion on him.

Note return to page 8863 [e] If thou beholde me in thine anger, I shall not be able to stande in thy presence.

Note return to page 8864 [f] Shall no more enioy this mortall life.

Note return to page 8865 [g] Seeing I can by none other meanes comfort my selfe, I will declare my griefe by wordes, and thus he speaketh as one ouercome with griefe of minde.

Note return to page 8866 [h] Am not I a poore wretch? what needest thou then to lay so much pain on me?

Note return to page 8867 [i] So that I can haue no rest, night nor day.

Note return to page 8868 [k] He speaketh as one ouercome with sorowe, and not of iudgement, or of the examination of his faith.

Note return to page 8869 [l] Seeing my terme of life is so short, let me haue some rest and ease.

Note return to page 8870 [m] Seeing that man of him selfe is so vile, why doest thou giue him that honour to contende against him? Iob vseth all kindes of perswasion with God, that he might stay his hande.

Note return to page 8871 [n] After all tentations faith brasteth foorth, and leadeth Iob to repentance: yet it was not in such perfection, that he coulde bridle him selfe from reasoning with God, because that he still tryed his faith.

Note return to page 8872 [o] That is, I shall be dead.

Note return to page 8873 [a] He declareth that their wordes which woulde diminish any thing from the iustice of God, is but as a puffe of winde that vanisheth away.

Note return to page 8874 [b] That is, hath rewarded them according to their iniquitie: meaning, that Iob ought to be warned by the example of his children, that he offende not God.

Note return to page 8875 [c] That is, if thou turne betime whiles God calleth thee to repentance.

Note return to page 8876 [d] Though the beginnings be not so pleasant, as thou wouldest desire, yet in the ende thou shalt haue sufficient occasion to cont&ebar;t thy selfe.

Note return to page 8877 [e] He willeth Iob to examine al antiquitie, and he shal finde it true which he here saith.

Note return to page 8878 [f] Meaning, that it is not ynough to haue the experi&ebar;ce of our selues, but to be confirmed by the examples of them that went before vs.

Note return to page 8879 [g] As a rush cannot growe without moystnes, so can not the hypocrite, because he hath not faith which is moistened with Gods Spirit.

Note return to page 8880 [h] Which is to day, and to morowe swept away.

Note return to page 8881 [i] He compareth the iust to a tree, which although it be remoued out of one place vnto another, yet florisheth: so the affliction of the godly turneth to their profite.

Note return to page 8882 [k] That is, so that there remaine nothing there to proue whether the tree had growen there or no.

Note return to page 8883 [l] To bee planted in another place, where it may growe at pleasure.

Note return to page 8884 [m] If thou be godly, hee will giue thee occasion to reioyce, and if not, thine affliction shall increase.

Note return to page 8885 [a] Iob here answereth to that point of Eliphaz and Bildads oration, touching the iustice of God and his innocencie, confessing God to be infinite in iustice, and man to be nothing in respect.

Note return to page 8886 [b] Of a thousand things, which God could lay to his charge, man cannot answere him one.

Note return to page 8887 [c] He declareth what is the infirmitie of man by the mightie and incomprehensible power that is in God, shewing what he coulde doe if he would set forth his power.

Note return to page 8888 [d] These are the names of certaine starres, whereby he meaneth that all starres both knowen and vnknowen are at his appoyntment.

Note return to page 8889 [e] I am not able to comprehend his works, which are common and dayly before mine eyes, much lesse in those things, which are hid and secret.

Note return to page 8890 [f] He sheweth that when God doth execute his power, he doth it iustly, forasmuch as none can controle him.

Note return to page 8891 [g] God wil not be appeased for ought that man can lay for himselfe for his iustification.

Note return to page 8892 [h] That is, all the reasons that men can lay to approue their cause.

Note return to page 8893 [i] How should I be able to answere him by eloqu&ebar;ce? whereby he noteth his friends, that albeit they were eloquent in talke, yet they felt not in heart, that which they spake.

Note return to page 8894 [k] Meaning, in his owne opinion, signifying, that man wil sometime flatter himselfe to be righteous, which before God is abomination.

Note return to page 8895 [l] Whiles I am in my pangs, I cannot but brast forth into many inconueniences, although I know stil that God is iust.

Note return to page 8896 [m] I am not able to feele my sinnes so great, as I feele the weight of his plagues: and this hee speaketh to condemne his dulnesse, and to iustifie God.

Note return to page 8897 [n] After he hath accused his owne weakenes, he continueth to iustifie God & his power.

Note return to page 8898 [o] If I would stand in mine owne defence, yet God hath iust cause to condemne me, if he examine mine heart, & c&obar;science.

Note return to page 8899 [p] If God punish according to his iustice, he will destroy aswel them that are counted perfite as them þt; are wicked.

Note return to page 8900 [q] To wit, the wicked.

Note return to page 8901 [r] This is spoken according to our apprehension, as though he would say, If God destroy but the wicked, as Chap. 5.3 why should he suffer the innocents to bee so long tormented by them?

Note return to page 8902 [s] That they can not see to doe iustice.

Note return to page 8903 [t] That can shewe the contrary?

Note return to page 8904 [u] I thinke not to fall into these affections, but my sorowes bring me to these manifold infirmities, and my conscience condemneth me.

Note return to page 8905 [x] Why doeth not God destroy me at once? thus he speaketh according to the infirmitie of the flesh.

Note return to page 8906 [y] Though I seeme neuer so pure in mine owne eyes, yet all is but corruption before God.

Note return to page 8907 [z] Whatsoeuer I would vse to couer my filthinesse with, shal disclose me so much more.

Note return to page 8908 [a] Which might make an accord betweene God and me, speaking of impaciencie, and yet confessing God to be iust in punishing him.

Note return to page 8909 [b] Signifying that Gods iudgements keepe him in awe.

Note return to page 8910 [a] I am more like to a dead man then to one that liueth.

Note return to page 8911 [b] I will make an ample declaration of my torments, accusing my selfe and not God.

Note return to page 8912 [c] He would not that God should proceede against him by his secret iustice, but by the ordinarie meanes that he punisheth others.

Note return to page 8913 [d] Is it agreeable to thy iust&ibar;ce to do me wrong?

Note return to page 8914 [e] Wilt thou be without compassion?

Note return to page 8915 [f] Wilt thou gratifie the wicked and condemne me?

Note return to page 8916 [g] Doest thou this of ignorance?

Note return to page 8917 [h] Art thou inconstant and changeable, as the times, to day a friend, to morow an enemy?

Note return to page 8918 [i] By afflicti&obar; thou keepest mee as in a prison, and restrainest me from doing euill, neyther can any set me at libertie.

Note return to page 8919 [k] In these eight verses following hee describeth the mercie of God in the wonderfull creation of man: & thereon groundeth that God should not shewe himselfe rigorous against him.

Note return to page 8920 [l] As brittle as a pot of clay.

Note return to page 8921 [m] That is, reason and vnderstanding, and many other giftes whereby man excelleth all earthly creatures.

Note return to page 8922 [n] That is, thy fatherly care and prouidence, wherby thou preseruest me, and without þe; which I should perish streightway.

Note return to page 8923 [o] Though I bee not fully able to comprehend these things, yet I must needs confesse that it is so.

Note return to page 8924 [p] I will alway walke in feare and humilitie, knowing that none is iust before thee.

Note return to page 8925 [q] Iob being sore assaulted in this battel betweene the flesh and the spirit, brasteth out into these affections, wishing rather short dayes then long paine.

Note return to page 8926 [r] That is, diuersitie of diseases and in great abundance: shewing that God hath infinite meanes to punish man.

Note return to page 8927 [s] Hee wisheth that God woulde leaue off his affliction, considering his great miserie and the breuitie of his life.

Note return to page 8928 [t] Hee speaketh thus in the person of a sinner, that is ouercome with passions and with the feeling of Gods iudgments, and therefore cannot apprehend in that state the mercies of God and comfort of the resurrection.

Note return to page 8929 [u] No distinction betweene light and darkenesse, but where all is very darkenesse it selfe.

Note return to page 8930 [a] Should he perswade by his great talke, that he is iust?

Note return to page 8931 [b] He chargeth Iob with this, that he should say, that the thing which he spake, was true, and that he was without sinne in the sight of God.

Note return to page 8932 [c] Which is, not to stand in iustifying of thy selfes he signifieth that man will neuer be ouercome, whiles he reasoneth with another, and therefore God must breake off the controuersie, and stop mans mouth.

Note return to page 8933 [d] That is, this perfection of God, & if man be not able to comprehend the height of the heauen, the depth of hell, the length of the earth, the breadth of the sea, which are but creatures: how can he attaine to the perfection of the Creator?

Note return to page 8934 [e] If God shoulde turne the state of things, and establish a new order in nature, who could controlle him?

Note return to page 8935 [f] That is, without vnderstanding: so that whatsoeuer giftes he hath afterward, come of God and not of nature.

Note return to page 8936 [g] If thou repent, pray vnto him.

Note return to page 8937 [h] Renounce thine owne euill workes, and see that they offende not God, ouer whome thou hast charge.

Note return to page 8938 [i] He declareth what quietnesse of conscience and successe in all things such shall haue, which turne to God by true repentance.

Note return to page 8939 Leuit.26.5,6.

Note return to page 8940 [k] He sheweth that contrarie things shall come vnto them that doe not repent.

Note return to page 8941 [a] Because you feele not þt; which you speake, you thinke the whole standeth in words, & so flatter your selues as though none knewe any thing, or could knowe but you.

Note return to page 8942 Prou.14.2.

Note return to page 8943 [b] He reprooueth these his friends of two fautes: the one, that they thought they had better knowledge then in deede they had, and the other, that in stead of true consolation, they did deride and despise their friend in his aduersitie.

Note return to page 8944 [c] The which neighbour being a mocker, & a wicked man, thinketh þt; no man is in Gods fauour but he, because he hath all things that he desireth.

Note return to page 8945 [d] As the rich esteeme not a light, or torch that goeth out, so is he despised that falleth from prosperitie to aduersitie.

Note return to page 8946 Ebr. to whome God hath brought in with his hand.

Note return to page 8947 [e] He declareth to them þt; did dispute against him, that their wisedome is common to al, & such as the very brute beasts do daily teach.

Note return to page 8948 Or, flesh.

Note return to page 8949 [f] He exhorteth them to be wise in iudging, and aswell to know the right vse why God hath giuen them eares, as he hath done a mouth.

Note return to page 8950 [g] Though men by age, and continuance of time attaine to wisedome, yet it is not comparable to Gods wisedome, not able to comprehende his iudgementes, wherein he answereth to that, which was alledged, Chap 8.8.

Note return to page 8951 [h] He sheweth that there is nothing done in this world without Gods wil and ordinance: for els he shoulde not be almightie.

Note return to page 8952 [i] He taketh wisedome from them.

Note return to page 8953 [k] He abateth the honour of princes, and bringeth them into the subiection of others.

Note return to page 8954 [l] He causeth that their wordes haue no credite, which is when he will punish sinne.

Note return to page 8955 [m] In this discourse of Gods wonderfull works Iob sheweth that whatsoeuer is done in this world both in the order and change of things, is by Gods will and appointment: wherein he declareth that he thinketh well of God, and is as able to set foorth his power in wordes as they that reasoned against, were.

Note return to page 8956 [a] For although he knewe that God had a iustice, which was manifest in his ordinarie working, and another in his secret counsell, yet he woulde vtter his affection to God, because he was not able to vnderstande the cause why he did thus punish him.

Note return to page 8957 [b] You doe not well applie your medicine to the disease.

Note return to page 8958 [c] He condemneth their zeale, which had not knowledge, neither regarded they to comfort him, but alway grated on Gods iustice, as though it was not euidently seene in Iob, except they had vndertaken the probation thereof.

Note return to page 8959 [d] Your fame shall come to nothing.

Note return to page 8960 [e] Is not this a manifest signe of mine affliction, and that I doe not complaine without cause, seeing that I am thus tormented as though I should teare mine owne flesh, and put my life in danger?

Note return to page 8961 [f] Whereby he declareth that he is not an hypocrite as they charged him.

Note return to page 8962 [g] That is, cleared, and not cast off for my sinnes, as you reason.

Note return to page 8963 [h] To prooue that God doeth thus punish me for my sinnes.

Note return to page 8964 [i] If I defende not my cause, euery man will condemne me.

Note return to page 8965 [k] He sheweth what these two things are.

Note return to page 8966 [l] His pangs thus mooue him to reason with God, not denying but that he had sinned, but he desired to vnderstand what were his great sinnes that had deserued such rigour, wherein he offended, that he would knowe a cause of God why he did punish him.

Note return to page 8967 [m] Thou punishest me nowe for the faultes that I committed in my youth.

Note return to page 8968 [n] Thou makest me thy prisoner, and doest so presse me that I can not stirre hande not foote.

Note return to page 8969 Ebr. rootes.

Note return to page 8970 [a] Taking occasion of his aduersaries wordes, he describeth the state of mans life from his birth to his death.

Note return to page 8971 Chap.8.9. psal.144.4.

Note return to page 8972 [b] His meaning is, that seeing that man is so fraile a creature, God should not handle him so extremely: wherein Iob sheweth the wickednes of the flesh, when it is not subiect to the Spirit.

Note return to page 8973 Psal.51.5,7.

Note return to page 8974 [c] Vntill the time that thou hast appointed for him to die, which he desireth, as the hireling waiteth for the ende of his labour to receiue his wages.

Note return to page 8975 [d] He speaketh not here as though he had not hope of the immortalitie, but as a man in extreme paine, when reason is ouercome by affections and torments.

Note return to page 8976 [e] Hereby he declareth that the feare of Gods iudgement was the cause why he desired to dye.

Note return to page 8977 [f] That is, release my paines, and take me to mercie.

Note return to page 8978 [g] Meaning, vnto the day of the resurrection when he should be changed, and renued.

Note return to page 8979 [h] Though I be afflicted in this life, yet in the resurrection I shall feele thy mercies and answere when thou callest me.

Note return to page 8980 Prouerb.5.21.

Note return to page 8981 [i] Thou layest them all together, and sufferest none of my sinnes vnpunished.

Note return to page 8982 [k] He murmureth through the impaciencie of the flesh against God, as though he vsed as great seueritie against him as against the harde rockes, or waters that ouerflowe, so that hereby all the occasion of his hope is taken away.

Note return to page 8983 [l] Yet whiles he liueth, he shalbe in paine and miserie.

Note return to page 8984 [a] That is, vaine wordes, and without consolation.

Note return to page 8985 [b] Meaning, with matters that are of none importance, which are forgotten assoone as they are vttered, as the East winde dryeth vp the moysture assoone as it falleth.

Note return to page 8986 [c] He chargeth Iob as though his talke caused men to cast off the feare of God and prayer.

Note return to page 8987 [d] Thou speakest as doe the mockers and contemners of God.

Note return to page 8988 [e] That is, the most auncient, and so by reason the most wise?

Note return to page 8989 [f] Art thou onely wise?

Note return to page 8990 [g] He accuseth Iobs pride and ingratitude, that will not be comforted by God, nor by their counsell.

Note return to page 8991 [h] Why doest thou stand in thine owne conceite?

Note return to page 8992 Ebr. in thy spirit.

Note return to page 8993 [i] His purpose is to proue that Iob as an vniust man and an hypocrite is punished for his sinnes, like as he did before, Chap. 4.18.

Note return to page 8994 [k] Which hath a desire to sinne as he that is thirstie to drinke.

Note return to page 8995 [l] Who by their wisedome so gouerned, that no stranger inuaded them, and so the lande seemed to be giuen to them alone.

Note return to page 8996 [m] The cruel man is euer in danger of death, and is neuer quiet in conscience.

Note return to page 8997 [n] Out of that miserie where into he once falleth.

Note return to page 8998 [o] God doeth not onely impouerish the wicked oft times: but euen in their prosperitie he punisheth them with a greedinesse euermore to gather: which is as a beggerie.

Note return to page 8999 [p] He sheweth what weapons God vseth against the wicked, which lift vp them selues against him, to wit, terrour of conscience, and outwarde afflictions.

Note return to page 9000 [q] That is, he was so puft vp with great prosperitie and aboundance of all things, that he forgate God: noting, that Iob in his felicitie, had not the true feare of God.

Note return to page 9001 [r] Though he builde, and repaire ruinous places to get him fame, yet God shall bring all to nought, and turne his great prosperitie into extreme miserie.

Note return to page 9002 [s] Meaning, that his sumptuous buildings shoulde neuer come to perfection.

Note return to page 9003 [t] He standeth so in his owne conceite, that he will giue no place to good counsell, therefore his owne pride shal bring him to destruction.

Note return to page 9004 [u] As one that gathereth grapes before they be ripe.

Note return to page 9005 [x] Which were builte or maintained by powling, and briberie.

Note return to page 9006 [y] And therefore all their vaine deuices shall turne to their owne destruction.

Note return to page 9007 [a] Which serue for vaine ostentation and for no true comfort.

Note return to page 9008 [b] For Eliphaz did reply against Iobs answere.

Note return to page 9009 [c] I would you felt that which I doe.

Note return to page 9010 [d] That is, mock at your miserie, as you do at mine.

Note return to page 9011 [e] If this were in my power, yet would I comfort you, and not doe as ye doe to me.

Note return to page 9012 [f] If they would say, Why doest thou not then c&obar;fort thy selfe? hee answereth, that the iudgements of God are more heauie, then he is able to asswage either by words or silence.

Note return to page 9013 [g] Meaning, God.

Note return to page 9014 [h] That is, destroyed most of my familie.

Note return to page 9015 [i] In token of sorowe and griefe.

Note return to page 9016 [k] That is, God by his wrath: and in this diuersitie of words and hie style hee expresseth how grieuous the hand of God was vpon him.

Note return to page 9017 [l] That is, hath handled me most contemptuously: for so smiting on þe; cheeke signified, 1.King.22.24. mar.14.65.

Note return to page 9018 [m] They haue led me whither they would.

Note return to page 9019 [n] His manifold afflictions.

Note return to page 9020 [o] I am wounded to the heart.

Note return to page 9021 [p] Meaning, his glory was brought lowe.

Note return to page 9022 [q] Signifying, that he is not able to comprehend the cause of this his grieuous punishment.

Note return to page 9023 [r] That is, vnfained, and without hypocrisie.

Note return to page 9024 [s] Let my sinne be knowen if I bee such a sinner as mine aduersaries accuse me, and let me finde no fauour.

Note return to page 9025 [t] Though man condemne mee, yet God is witnesse of my cause.

Note return to page 9026 [u] Vse painted words in steade of true consolation.

Note return to page 9027 [x] Thus by his great torments he is caried away, and brasteth out into passions, & speaketh vnaduisedly, as though God should intreat man more gently, seeing he hath but a short time here to liue.

Note return to page 9028 [a] In stead of comfort, being nowe at deaths doore, he had but them that mocked at him, and discouraged him.

Note return to page 9029 [b] I see still that they seeke but to vexe me.

Note return to page 9030 [c] He reasoneth with God as a man beside himselfe, to the intent that his cause might be brought to light.

Note return to page 9031 [d] And answere for thee?

Note return to page 9032 [e] That these mine afflictions are thy iust iudgements, though man knowe not the cause.

Note return to page 9033 [f] He that flattereth a man, and onely iudgeth him happie in his prosperitie, shall not himselfe onely but in his posteritie be punished.

Note return to page 9034 [g] God hath made all the world to speake of me, because of mine afflictions.

Note return to page 9035 [h] That is, as a continuall sound in their eares.

Note return to page 9036 [i] To wit, when they see the godly punished: but in the end they shall come to vnderstanding, & knowe what shall be the reward of the hypocrite.

Note return to page 9037 [k] That is, wil not be discouraged, considering that the godly are punished, as well as the wicked.

Note return to page 9038 [l] Iob speaketh to them three, that came to comfort him.

Note return to page 9039 [m] That is, haue brought me sorowe in stead of comfort.

Note return to page 9040 [n] Though I should hope to come from aduersitie to prosperitie as your discourse pretendeth.

Note return to page 9041 [o] I haue no more hope in father, mother, sister, or any worldly thing: for the dust and wormes shall bee to mee in stead of them.

Note return to page 9042 [p] All worldly hope, and prosperitie fayle, which you say, are onely signes of Gods fauour: but seeing that these things perish, I set mine hope in God, and in the life euerlasting.

Note return to page 9043 [a] Which count your selues iuste as Chap. 12.4.

Note return to page 9044 [b] Whome you take to bee but beastes, as chap. 12.7.

Note return to page 9045 [c] That is, like a mad man.

Note return to page 9046 [d] Shall God change the order of nature for thy sake, by dealing with thee otherwise then he doeth with all men?

Note return to page 9047 [e] When the wicked is in his prosperitie, then God changeth his stare: and this is his ordinarie working for their sinnes.

Note return to page 9048 [f] Meaning, þt; the wicked are in continuall danger.

Note return to page 9049 [g] That which shoulde nourish him, shalbe consumed by famine.

Note return to page 9050 [h] That is, some strong and violent death shall consume his strength: or as the Ebrewe word signifieth, his members or partes.

Note return to page 9051 [i] That is, with most great feare.

Note return to page 9052 [k] Meaning, not truely come by.

Note return to page 9053 [l] Though all the world woulde fauour him, yet God would destroy him and his.

Note return to page 9054 [m] He shall fall from prosperitie to aduersitie.

Note return to page 9055 [n] When they shall see what came vnto him.

Note return to page 9056 [a] That is, many times, as Neh.4.12.

Note return to page 9057 [b] That is, I my selfe shalbe punished for it, or you haue not yet confuted it.

Note return to page 9058 [c] He brasteth out againe into his passions, and declareth still that his affliction commeth of God, though he be not able to feele þe; cause in himself.

Note return to page 9059 [d] Meaning, out of his afflictions.

Note return to page 9060 [e] Meaning, his children, & whatsoeuer was deare vnto him in this world.

Note return to page 9061 [f] Which is pluckt vp, & hath no more hope to growe.

Note return to page 9062 [g] His manifolde afflictions.

Note return to page 9063 [h] Mine household seru&abar;ts: by all these losses Iob sheweth that touching the flesh he had great occasion to bee moued.

Note return to page 9064 [i] Which were hers and mine.

Note return to page 9065 [k] Besides these great losses and most cruel vnkindnesse, he was touched in his owne pers&obar; as followeth

Note return to page 9066 [l] All my flesh was consumed.

Note return to page 9067 [m] Seeing I haue these iust causes to complayne, cond&ebar;ne me not as an hypocrite, specially ye which should comfort me.

Note return to page 9068 [n] Is it not ynough þt; God doeth punish me, except you by reproches increase my sorow?

Note return to page 9069 [o] To see my bodie punished, except ye trouble my minde?

Note return to page 9070 [p] He protesteth that notwithstanding his sore passions his religion is perfit, and that he is not a blasphemer, as they iudged him.

Note return to page 9071 [q] I do not so iustifie my selfe before the world, but I know that I shall come before the great Iudge, who shall be my deliuerer and Sauiour.

Note return to page 9072 [r] Herein Iob declareth plainely that he had a full hope, that both the soule and body should enioy the presence of God in the last resurrection.

Note return to page 9073 [s] Though his friends thought that hee was but persecuted of God for his sinnes, yet hee declareth that there was a deeper consideration: to wit, the trial of his faith and patience, and so to bee an example for others.

Note return to page 9074 [t] God wil bee reuenged of his hastie iudgement, whereby you condemne me.

Note return to page 9075 [a] He declareth that two things moued him to speake: to wit, because Iob seemed to touch him, and because he thought he had knowledge sufficient to confute him.

Note return to page 9076 [b] His purpose is to proue Iob to be a wicked man, and an hypocrite, because God punished him, & changed his prosperitie into aduersitie.

Note return to page 9077 [c] Whereas the father through ambition and tyranny oppressed the poore, the children through pouertie and miserie shall seeke fauour at the poore.

Note return to page 9078 [d] So that the thing, which hee hath taken away by violence, shall be restored againe by force.

Note return to page 9079 [e] Meaning, that he shall cary nothing away with him, but his sinne.

Note return to page 9080 [f] As poyson that is sweete in the mouth bringeth destruction, when it commeth into the bodie: so all vice at the first is pleasant, but afterward God turneth it to destruction.

Note return to page 9081 [g] He compareth euil gotten goods to the venim of aspes, which serpent is most dangerous: noting that Iobs great riches were not truely come by, and therefore God did plague him iustly for the same.

Note return to page 9082 [h] Though God giue to all other abundance of his blessings, yer he shal haue no part thereof.

Note return to page 9083 [i] That is, these raueners and spoylers of the poore shall enioy their theft but for a time: for after God will take it from them and cause them to make restitution, so that it is but an exchange.

Note return to page 9084 [k] He shall leaue nothing to his posteritie.

Note return to page 9085 [l] The wicked shal neuer bee in rest: for one wicked man shall seeke to destroy another.

Note return to page 9086 [m] Some reade, vpon his flesh, alluding to Iob, whose flesh was smitten with a scab.

Note return to page 9087 [n] Some reade, of the quiuer.

Note return to page 9088 [o] All feare & sorow shal light vp&obar; him, when he thinketh to escape.

Note return to page 9089 [p] That is, fire from heauen, or the fire of Gods wrath.

Note return to page 9090 [q] Meaning, the children of the wicked shal flowe away like riuers & be dispersed in diuers places.

Note return to page 9091 [r] Thus God will plague þe; wicked.

Note return to page 9092 [s] Against God, thinking to excuse himselfe and to escape Gods hand.

Note return to page 9093 [a] Your diligent marking of my wordes shalbe to me a great consolation.

Note return to page 9094 [b] As though he would say, I do not talke with man, but with God, who will not answere me, & therefore my minde must needes be troubled.

Note return to page 9095 [c] He chargeth them as though they were not able to comprehend this his feeling of Gods iudgement, & exhorteth them therfore to silence.

Note return to page 9096 [d] Iob proueth against his aduersaries that God punisheth not straightwayes the wicked, but oft times giueth them long life, & prosperitie: so that we must not iudge God iust or vniust by the things that appeare to our eye.

Note return to page 9097 [e] They haue store of children, lusty & healthfull, and in these poyntes he answereth to that which Zophar alleaged before.

Note return to page 9098 [f] Not being tormented with long sickenes.

Note return to page 9099 [g] They desire nothing more then to be exempt from all subiection that they should beare to God: this Iob sheweth his aduersaries, that if they reason onely by that which is seene by common experience, the wicked that hate God, are better dealt withall, then they that loue him.

Note return to page 9100 [h] It is not their owne, but God onely lendeth it vnto them.

Note return to page 9101 [i] God keepe me from their prosperitie.

Note return to page 9102 [k] When God recompenseth his wickednes, he shal know that his prosperitie was but vanitie.

Note return to page 9103 [l] Who sendeth to the wicked prosperitie, & punisheth the godly.

Note return to page 9104 [m] Meaning, the wicked.

Note return to page 9105 [n] To wit, the godly.

Note return to page 9106 [o] As concerning their bodies: and this he speaketh according to the common iudgement.

Note return to page 9107 [p] Thus they called Iobs house in derision, concluding that it was destroyed because he was wicked.

Note return to page 9108 [q] Which through long traueling haue experience & tokens hereof, to wit, that the wicked do prosper, & the godly liue in affliction.

Note return to page 9109 [r] Though the wicked florish here, yet God will punish him in the last day.

Note return to page 9110 [s] Though men doe flatter him, and none dare reproue him in this worlde, yet death is a token, that God will bring him to an account.

Note return to page 9111 [t] He shall be glad to lye in a slimie pitte, which before could not be content with a royall palace.

Note return to page 9112 [u] Saying, that the iust in this worlde haue prosperitie and the wicked aduersitie.

Note return to page 9113 [a] Though man were iust, yet God could haue no profite of this his iustice: and therefore wh&ebar; he punisheth him, he hath no regard to his iustice, but to his sinne.

Note return to page 9114 Chap.35.7.

Note return to page 9115 [b] Least thou shouldest reproue or hurt him?

Note return to page 9116 [c] Thou hast bene cruel and without charitie, and wouldest do nothing for the poore, but for thine owne aduantage.

Note return to page 9117 [d] When thou wast in power & authoritie, thou didst not iustice, but wrong.

Note return to page 9118 [e] Thou hast not onely not shewed pitie, but oppressed them.

Note return to page 9119 [f] That is, manifold afflictions.

Note return to page 9120 [g] He accuseth Iob of impietie & contempt of God, as though he would say, If thou passe not for men, yet c&obar;sider the height of Gods maiestie.

Note return to page 9121 [h] That so much the more by that excellent worke thou mayst feare God, and reuerence him.

Note return to page 9122 [i] He reproueth Iob as though he denied Gods prouidence, and that he could not see the things that were done in this worlde.

Note return to page 9123 [k] How God hath punished them from the beginning?

Note return to page 9124 [l] He proueth Gods prouidence by the punishment of the wicked, whom he taketh away before they can bring their wicked purposes to passe.

Note return to page 9125 [m] He answereth to that, which Iob had sayd, Chap. 21.7. that the wicked haue prosperitie in this worlde: desiring that he might not be partaker of the like.

Note return to page 9126 [n] The iust reioyce at the destruction of the wicked for two causes: first, because God sheweth himselfe iudge of þe; world, & by this meanes continueth his honour and glorie: secondly, because God sheweth that he hath care ouer his in that he punisheth their enemies.

Note return to page 9127 [o] That is, the state & preseruation of the godly is hid vnder Gods wings.

Note return to page 9128 [p] Meaning, of the wicked.

Note return to page 9129 [q] He exhorteth Iob to repentance and to returne to God.

Note return to page 9130 [r] God will restore vnto thee all thy substance.

Note return to page 9131 [s] Which shalbe in abundance like dust.

Note return to page 9132 [t] That is, the fauour of God.

Note return to page 9133 [u] God will deliuer his when the wicked are destroyed rounde about them, as in the flood & in Sodom.

Note return to page 9134 [x] God will deliuer a whole countrey from peril, euen for the iust mans sake.

Note return to page 9135 [a] He sheweth the iust cause of his complaining, and as touching that Eliphaz had exhorted him to returne to God, Cha. 22.21. he declareth that he desireth nothing more: but it seemed that God woulde not be found of him.

Note return to page 9136 [b] Vsing his absolute power, and saying, Because I am God, I may do what I will.

Note return to page 9137 [c] Of his mercie he would giue me power to answere him.

Note return to page 9138 [d] When hee of his mercie hath giuen strength to mainteine their cause.

Note return to page 9139 [e] Meaning, that if he consider Gods iustice, he is not able to comprehende his iudgements on what side or part soeuer he turneth himselfe.

Note return to page 9140 [f] God hath this preemin&ebar;ce aboue me þt; he knoweth my way: to wit, þt; I am innoc&ebar;t, & I am not able to iudge of his works: he sheweth also his c&obar;fid&ebar;ce, that God doeth visite him for his profite.

Note return to page 9141 [g] His worde is more precious vnto mee, then the meate wherewith the body is sustained.

Note return to page 9142 [h] Iob confesseth that at this present he felt not Gods fauour, & yet was assured, that he had appoynted him to a good end.

Note return to page 9143 [i] In many poyntes man is not able to atteine to Gods iudgem&ebar;ts.

Note return to page 9144 [k] That I shoulde not be without feare.

Note return to page 9145 [l] He sheweth the cause of his feare, which is, that he being in trouble, seeth none end, neither yet knoweth þe; cause.

Note return to page 9146 [a] Thus Iob speaketh in his passions & after the iudgement of the flesh: that is, that he seeeth not the things that are done at times, neither yet hath a peculiar care ouer all, because he punisheth not the wicked, nor reuengeth the godly.

Note return to page 9147 [b] When he punisheth þe; wicked & rewardeth þe; good.

Note return to page 9148 [c] And for crueltie & oppression dare not shewe their faces.

Note return to page 9149 [d] That is, spare no diligence.

Note return to page 9150 [e] He and his, liue by robbing and murthering.

Note return to page 9151 [f] Meaning, the poore mans.

Note return to page 9152 [g] Signifying, that one wicked man wil not spoyle another, but for necessitie.

Note return to page 9153 [h] The poore are driuen by the wicked into rockes & holes, where they can not lye dry for the rayne.

Note return to page 9154 [i] That is, they so powle & pill the poore widow, that she cannot haue to sustaine her selfe that she may be able to giue her childe sucke:

Note return to page 9155 [k] That is, his garment, wherewith he should be couered or clad.

Note return to page 9156 [l] In such places, which are appointed for þt; purpose: meaning, that those that labour for þe; wicked, are pined for h&ubar;ger.

Note return to page 9157 [m] For þe; great oppression & extortion.

Note return to page 9158 [n] Cry out & cal for venge&abar;ce.

Note return to page 9159 [o] God doth not cond&ebar;ne þe; wicked, but seemeth to passe ouer it by his l&obar;g silence.

Note return to page 9160 [p] That is, Gods word, because they are reproued therby.

Note return to page 9161 [q] By these particular vices & þe; lic&ebar;ce therunto, he would proue þt; God punisheth not þe; wicked & rewardeth the iust,

Note return to page 9162 [r] He fleeth to the waters for his succour.

Note return to page 9163 [s] They thinke that all the worlde is bent against them and dare not goe by the hie way.

Note return to page 9164 [t] As the drye ground is neuer full with waters, so will they neuer cease sinning, till they come to the graue.

Note return to page 9165 [u] Though God suffer the wicked for a time, yet their ende shall be most vile destruction, and in this poynt Iob commeth to him selfe and sheweth his confidence.

Note return to page 9166 [x] Hee sheweth why the wicked shall not be lamented, because he did not pitie others.

Note return to page 9167 [y] He declareth that after that the wicked haue destroyed the weakest, they will doe like to the stronger, and therefore are iustly preuented by Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 9168 [z] That is, that contrary to your reasoning no man can giue a perfite reason of Gods iudgements, let me be reprooued.

Note return to page 9169 [a] His purpose is to proue, that albeit God trie and afflict the iust, yet soone after he sendeth prosperitie, and because he did not so to Iob, he concludeth that he is wicked.

Note return to page 9170 [b] Who can hide him from his presence?

Note return to page 9171 [c] That is, be iust in respect of God?

Note return to page 9172 [d] If God shewe his power, the moone and starres can not haue that light, which is giuen them, much lesse can man haue any excellencie, but of God.

Note return to page 9173 [a] Thou concludest nothing: for neither thou helpest me, which am destitute of all helpe, neyther yet speakest sufficiently on Gods behalfe, who hath no neede of thy defence.

Note return to page 9174 [b] But thou doest not apply it to the purpose.

Note return to page 9175 [c] That is, meaneth thee to speake this?

Note return to page 9176 [d] Iob beginneth to declare the force of Gods power and prouidence in the mines and mettals in the deepe places of the earth.

Note return to page 9177 [e] There is nothing hidde in the bottome of the earth, but he seeth it.

Note return to page 9178 [f] Meaning, the graue wherein thinges putrifie.

Note return to page 9179 [g] Hee causeth the whole heauen to turne about the North pole.

Note return to page 9180 [h] That is, he hideth the heauens, which are called his throne.

Note return to page 9181 [i] So long as this world endureth.

Note return to page 9182 [k] Not that heauen hath pillars to vpholde it, but he speaketh by a similitude, as though hee woulde say, The heauen it selfe is not able to abide his reproche.

Note return to page 9183 [l] Which is a figure of starres fashioned like a serpent, because of the crookednesse.

Note return to page 9184 [m] If these fewe thinges, which wee see dayly with our eyes, declare his great power and prouidence, howe much more woulde they appeare, if we were able to comprehend all his workes?

Note return to page 9185 [a] He hath so sore afflicted me, þt; men can not iudge of mine vprightnesse: for they iudge onely by outward signes.

Note return to page 9186 [b] Howsoeuer m&ebar; iudge of me, yet will I not speake contrary to that, which I haue said, and so doe wickedly in betraying the trueth.

Note return to page 9187 [c] Which cond&ebar;ne mee as a wicked man, because the hande of God is vpon me.

Note return to page 9188 [d] I will not confesse that God doth thus punish me for my sinnes.

Note return to page 9189 [e] Of my life past.

Note return to page 9190 [f] What aduantage hath the dissembler to gaine neuer so much, seeing he shal lose his owne soule?

Note return to page 9191 [g] That is, what God reserueth to himselfe, & whereof he giueth not the knowledge to all.

Note return to page 9192 [h] That is, these secrete iudgements of God, & yet doe not vnderstand them.

Note return to page 9193 [i] Why maintaine you then this errour?

Note return to page 9194 [k] Thus will God order the wicked, and punish him, euen vnto his posteritie.

Note return to page 9195 [l] None shall lament him.

Note return to page 9196 [m] Which breedeth in another mans possession or garment, but is soone shaken out.

Note return to page 9197 [n] He meaneth that the wicked tyr&abar;ts shall not haue a quiet death, nor be buried honourably.

Note return to page 9198 [a] His purpose is to declare that man may attayne in this worlde to diuers secrets of nature, but man is neuer able to c&obar;prehend the wisdome of God.

Note return to page 9199 [b] There is nothing but it is compassed within certaine limits, and hath an ende, but Gods wisd&obar;e.

Note return to page 9200 [c] Meaning him that dwelleth thereby.

Note return to page 9201 [d] Which a man can not wade thorowe.

Note return to page 9202 [e] That is, come, and vnderneath is brimstone or cole, which easily conceiueth fire.

Note return to page 9203 [f] He alludeth to the mines and secretes of nature, which are vnder the earth, whereinto neither foules nor beastes can enter.

Note return to page 9204 [g] After that he hath declared the wisdome of God in the secrets of nature, he describeth his power.

Note return to page 9205 [h] Though Gods power, and wisedome may be vnderstand in earthly things, yet his heauenly wisedome cannot be atteined vnto.

Note return to page 9206 [i] It is too hie a thing for man to attaine vnto in this worlde.

Note return to page 9207 [k] It can neither be bought for gold, nor precious stones, but is onely the gift of God.

Note return to page 9208 [l] Which is thought to be a kinde of precious stone.

Note return to page 9209 [m] Meaning, that there is no naturall meanes, whereby man might attaine to the heauenly wisdome: which he meaneth by the foules, that flie hie.

Note return to page 9210 [n] He maketh God onely the autor of this wisdome, and the giuer thereof.

Note return to page 9211 Prouerb.1.7.

Note return to page 9212 [o] He declareth þt; man hath so much of this heauenly wisdome, as he sheweth by fearing God, & departing from euil.

Note return to page 9213 Ebr. moneths before.

Note return to page 9214 [a] When I felt his fauour.

Note return to page 9215 [b] I was free from affliction.

Note return to page 9216 [c] That is, seemed by euident tokens to be more present with me.

Note return to page 9217 [d] By these similitudes he declareth the great prosperitie, þt; he was in, so that he had none occasion to be such a sinner as they accused him.

Note return to page 9218 [e] Being ashamed of their lightnesse and afrayde of my grauitie.

Note return to page 9219 [f] Acknowledging my wisedome.

Note return to page 9220 [g] All that heard me, praysed me.

Note return to page 9221 [h] Testifying that I did good iustice.

Note return to page 9222 [i] Because his aduersaries did so much charge him with wickednes, he is compelled to render account of his life.

Note return to page 9223 [k] That is, I did succour him that was in distresse, & so he had cause to prayse me.

Note return to page 9224 [l] I delited to doe iustice, as others did to weare costly apparell.

Note return to page 9225 [m] That is, at home in my bed, without all trouble, and vnquietnesse.

Note return to page 9226 [n] My felicitie doeth encrease.

Note return to page 9227 [o] That is, was pleasant vnto them.

Note return to page 9228 [p] As the drye ground thirsteth for the rayne.

Note return to page 9229 [q] That is, they thought it not to be a iest, or they thought not that I would condescend vnto them.

Note return to page 9230 [r] They were afrayde to offend me, and cause me to be angry.

Note return to page 9231 [s] I had them at commandement.

Note return to page 9232 [a] That is, mine estate is changed, and whereas before þe; ancient men were glad to doe me reuerence, the yong men now contemne me.

Note return to page 9233 [b] Meaning, to be my shepheardes, or to keepe my dogges.

Note return to page 9234 [c] That is, their fathers died for famine before they came to age.

Note return to page 9235 Or, malowes.

Note return to page 9236 [d] Iob sheweth þt; these that mocked him in his afflicti&obar;, were like to their fathers, wicked, & lewde felowes, such as he here describeth.

Note return to page 9237 [e] They make songs of me, and mocke at my miserie.

Note return to page 9238 [f] God hath taken from me the force, credit & autoritie, wherewith I kept th&ebar; in subiection.

Note return to page 9239 [g] He said that the yong men when they saw him, hid themselues, as Cha. 29.8, and nowe in his miserie they were impudent and licencious.

Note return to page 9240 [h] That is, they sought by all meanes how they might destroy me.

Note return to page 9241 [i] They neede none to helpe them.

Note return to page 9242 [k] By my calamitie they tooke an occasion against me.

Note return to page 9243 [l] My life fayleth me, and I am as halfe dead.

Note return to page 9244 [m] Meaning, sorowe.

Note return to page 9245 [n] That is, God hath brought me into contempt.

Note return to page 9246 [o] He speaketh not thus to accuse God, but to declare the vehemencie of his afflicti&obar;, whereby he was caried beside him selfe.

Note return to page 9247 [p] He compareth his afflictions to a tempest or whirlewinde.

Note return to page 9248 Or, wisedome, or Lawe.

Note return to page 9249 [q] None can deliuer mee thence though they lam&ebar;t at my death.

Note return to page 9250 [r] In stead of comforting they mocked at me.

Note return to page 9251 [s] Not deliting in any worldly thing, no not so much, as in the vse of the sunne.

Note return to page 9252 [t] Lamenting them that were in affliction, & mouing others to pitie th&ebar;.

Note return to page 9253 [u] I am like the wilde beastes that desire most solitarie places.

Note return to page 9254 [x] With the heate of affliction.

Note return to page 9255 [a] I kept mine eyes from all wanton lookes.

Note return to page 9256 [b] Would not God then haue punished me?

Note return to page 9257 [c] Iob declareth that the feare of God was a bridle to stay him from all wickednes.

Note return to page 9258 [d] He sheweth wherein his vprightnes standeth, that is, in asmuch as he was blameles before men, & sinned not against the second table.

Note return to page 9259 [e] That is, hath acc&obar;plished the lust of mine eye.

Note return to page 9260 [f] According to the curse of the lawe, Deut.28.33.

Note return to page 9261 [g] Let her be made a slaue.

Note return to page 9262 [h] He sheweth that albeit man neglect the punishment of adulterie, yet the wrath of God will neuer cease til such be destroyed.

Note return to page 9263 [i] When they thought themselues euil intreated by me.

Note return to page 9264 [k] If I had oppressed others, howe should I haue escaped Gods iudgement?

Note return to page 9265 [l] He was moued to shew pitie vnto seruants, because they were Gods creatures as he was.

Note return to page 9266 [m] By l&obar;g wayting for her request.

Note return to page 9267 [n] He nourished the fatherlesse and maintained the widowes cause.

Note return to page 9268 [o] To oppresse him & do him iniurie.

Note return to page 9269 [p] Let me rotte in pieces.

Note return to page 9270 [q] I refrained not from sinning for feare of men, but because I feared God.

Note return to page 9271 [r] If I was proude of my worldly prosperitie and felicitie, which is meant by the shining of the sunne and brightnes of the moone.

Note return to page 9272 [s] If mine owne doings delighted me.

Note return to page 9273 [t] By putting c&obar;fidence in any thing, but in him alone.

Note return to page 9274 [u] My seruants moued me to be reuenged of mine enemie, yet did I neuer wish him hurt.

Note return to page 9275 [x] And not confessed it freely: whereby it is euident that hee iustified himselfe before men and not before God.

Note return to page 9276 [y] That is, I reuerenced the most weake and contemned, and was afraid to offend them.

Note return to page 9277 [z] I suffred them to speake euill of me and went not out of my house to reuenge it.

Note return to page 9278 [a] This is a sufficient token of my righteousnesse, þt; God is my witnes and will iustifie my cause.

Note return to page 9279 [b] Shoulde not this booke of his accusations be a prayse & comm&ebar;dation to me?

Note return to page 9280 [c] I will make him a count of all my life, &wt;out feare.

Note return to page 9281 [d] As though I had withholden their wages that laboured in it.

Note return to page 9282 [e] Meaning, that he was no briber nor extortioner.

Note return to page 9283 [f] That is, the talke which he had with his three friendes.

Note return to page 9284 Ebr. was iust in his owne eyes.

Note return to page 9285 [a] Which came of Buz the sonne of Nahor Abrahams brother.

Note return to page 9286 [b] Or, as the Chalde paraphrast readeath, Abram.

Note return to page 9287 [c] By making himselfe innocent, and by charging God of rigour.

Note return to page 9288 [d] That is, the three mencioned before.

Note return to page 9289 [e] Meaning, the ancient, which haue experience.

Note return to page 9290 [f] It is a speciall gift of God that man hath vnderstanding, and commeth neither of nature nor by age.

Note return to page 9291 [g] To proue that Iobs affliction came for his sinnes.

Note return to page 9292 [h] And flatter your selues, as though you had ouercome him.

Note return to page 9293 [i] To wit, Iob.

Note return to page 9294 [k] He vseth almost the like argum&ebar;ts, but without taunting, & reproches.

Note return to page 9295 [l] I haue conceiued in my minde great store of reasons.

Note return to page 9296 [m] I will neither haue regarde to riches, credit, nor authoritie, but wil speake the very trueth.

Note return to page 9297 [n] The Ebrewe worde signifieth, to change the name, as to call a foole a wise man: meaning that he would not cloke the trueth to flatter men.

Note return to page 9298 [a] I confesse the power of God, & am one of his, therefore thou oughtest to heare me.

Note return to page 9299 [b] Because Iob had wished to dispute his cause with God, Chap. 16.21, so that he might do it without feare, Elihu sayth, he will reason in Gods stead, whom he needeth not to feare, because he is a man made of the same matter that he is.

Note return to page 9300 [c] I will not handle thee so roughly as these others haue done.

Note return to page 9301 [d] He repeateth Iobs words, wherby he protested his innocencie in diuers places, but specially in the 13.16. and 30. Chapter.

Note return to page 9302 [e] The cause of his iudgements is not alwayes declared to man.

Note return to page 9303 [f] Though God by sundry examples of his iudgements spake vnto man, yet the reason thereof is not knowen: yea and though God should speake, yet he is not vnderstande.

Note return to page 9304 [g] God, saith he, speaketh comm&obar;ly, eyther by visions to teach vs the cause of his iudgements, or els by afflictions, or by his messenger.

Note return to page 9305 [h] That is, determined to send vpon them.

Note return to page 9306 [i] He sheweth for what end God sendeth afflictions: to beate downe mans pride, & to turne from euill.

Note return to page 9307 [k] That is, his painfull and miserable life.

Note return to page 9308 [l] To them that shall burie him.

Note return to page 9309 [m] A man sent of God to declare his will.

Note return to page 9310 [n] A singular man, and as one chosen out of a thousand, which is able to declare the great mercies of God vnto sinners: and wherein mans righteousnesse standeth, which is through the iustice of Iesus Christ and faith therein.

Note return to page 9311 [o] He sheweth that it is a sure token of Gods mercie towarde sinners, when he causeth his worde to be preached vnto them.

Note return to page 9312 [p] That is, the minister shall by the preaching of the worde pronounce vnto him the forgiuenesse of his sinnes.

Note return to page 9313 [q] He shall feele Gods fauour and reioyce: declaring hereby, wherein standeth the true ioy of the faithfull: and that God will restore him to health of body, which is a token of his blessing.

Note return to page 9314 [r] God will forgiue his sinnes and accept him as iust.

Note return to page 9315 [s] That is, done wickedly.

Note return to page 9316 [t] But my sinne hath bene the cause of Gods wrath towarde me.

Note return to page 9317 [u] God will forgiue the penitent sinner.

Note return to page 9318 [x] Meaning, oft times, euen as oft as a sinner doeth repent.

Note return to page 9319 [y] If thou doubt of any thing, or see occasi&obar; to speake against it.

Note return to page 9320 [z] That is, to shew thee, wherein m&abar;s iustification consisteth.

Note return to page 9321 [a] Which are esteemed wise of the worlde.

Note return to page 9322 [b] Let vs examine the matter vprightly.

Note return to page 9323 [c] That is, hath afflicted me without measure.

Note return to page 9324 [d] Should I say, I am wicked, being an innocent?

Note return to page 9325 [e] I am sorer punished, then my sinne deserueth.

Note return to page 9326 [f] Which is compelled to receiue the reproch and scornes of many for his foolish wordes.

Note return to page 9327 [g] Meaning, that Iob was like to the wicked, because he seemed not to glorifie God, and submit himselfe to his iudgements.

Note return to page 9328 [h] He wresteth Iobs wordes, who said þt; Gods children are oft times punished in this worlde, and the wicked goe free.

Note return to page 9329 [i] That is, liue godly, as Gene.5.22.

Note return to page 9330 Chap.36.23.

Note return to page 9331 [k] To destroy him.

Note return to page 9332 [l] The breath of life, which he gaue man.

Note return to page 9333 [m] If God were not iust, howe could he gouerne the worlde?

Note return to page 9334 [n] If man of nature feare to speake euill of such as haue power, then much more ought they to be afraid to speake euill of God.

Note return to page 9335 [o] When they looke not for it.

Note return to page 9336 [p] The messengers of visitation that God shall send.

Note return to page 9337 [q] God doeth not afflict man aboue measure, so that he should haue occasion to contende with him.

Note return to page 9338 [r] For all his creatures are at hande to serue him so that he needeth not to seeke for any other army.

Note return to page 9339 [s] Make them manifest that they are wicked.

Note return to page 9340 [t] Declare the things that were hid.

Note return to page 9341 [u] Meaning, openly in the sight of all men.

Note return to page 9342 [x] By their crueltie, and extortion.

Note return to page 9343 [y] When tyrants sit in the throne of iustice which vnder pretence of executing iustice are but hypocrites and oppresse the people, it is a signe that God hath drawen backe his countenance and fauour from that place.

Note return to page 9344 [z] Onely it belongeth to God to moderate his corrections, and not vnto man.

Note return to page 9345 [a] Thus Elihu speaketh in the person of God, as it were mocking Iob because he would be wiser then God.

Note return to page 9346 [b] Will God vse thy counsell in doing his workes?

Note return to page 9347 [c] Thus he speaketh in the person of God, as though Iob should chuse and refuse affliction at his pleasure.

Note return to page 9348 [d] That he may speake as much as he can, that we may answere him and all the wicked that shall vse such arguments.

Note return to page 9349 [e] He standeth stubburnely in the maintenance of his cause.

Note return to page 9350 [a] Iob neuer spake these wordes: but because he maintained his innocencie, it seemed as though he would say, that God tormented him without iust cause.

Note return to page 9351 [b] Such as are in the like errour.

Note return to page 9352 [c] If thou canst not controle þe; clouds, wilt thou presume to instruct God?

Note return to page 9353 [d] Neither doth thy sinne hurt God, nor thy iustice profite him: for he will be glorified &wt;out thee.

Note return to page 9354 [e] The wicked may hurt man and cause him to cry, who if he sought to God, which sendeth comfort, should be deliuered.

Note return to page 9355 [f] Because they pray not in faith, as feeling Gods mercies.

Note return to page 9356 [g] God is iust, howsoeuer thou iudgest of him.

Note return to page 9357 [h] For if he did punish thee, as thou deseruest, thou shouldest not be able to open thy mouth.

Note return to page 9358 [a] Hee sheweth that when wee speake of God, we must lift our spirits more hie, then our naturall sense is able to teach.

Note return to page 9359 [b] Thou shalt perceiue that I am a faithful instructour, and that I speake to thee in the name of God.

Note return to page 9360 [c] Strong and constant, & of vnderstanding: for these are the giftes of god, and he loueth them in man: but forasmuch as God punished now Iob, it is a signe þt; these are not in him.

Note return to page 9361 [d] Therefore he will not preserue the wicked: but to the humble and afflicted heart hee will shew grace.

Note return to page 9362 [e] He preferreth the godly to honour.

Note return to page 9363 [f] Hee will moue their hearts to feele their sinnes that they may come to him by repentance as hee did Manasseh.

Note return to page 9364 Isa. 1.19.

Note return to page 9365 [g] That is, in their folly or obstination, and so shalbe cause of their owne destruction.

Note return to page 9366 [h] Which are maliciously bent against God and flatter themselues in their vices.

Note return to page 9367 [i] When they are in affliction they seeke not to God for succour, as Asa. 2. Chro. 16.12. Reue.16 11.

Note return to page 9368 [k] They dye of some vile death and that before they come to age.

Note return to page 9369 [l] If thou hadest bene obedient to God, he would haue brought thee to libertie and wealth.

Note return to page 9370 [m] Thou art altogether after the maner of the wicked: for thou doest murmure against the iustice of God.

Note return to page 9371 [n] God doth punish thee, least thou shouldest forget God in thy welth & so perish.

Note return to page 9372 [o] Be not thou curious in seeking the cause of Gods iudgements, when he destroyeth any.

Note return to page 9373 [p] And so murmure against God through impaciencie.

Note return to page 9374 [q] The works of God are so manifest, that a man may see them afarre of and know God by the same.

Note return to page 9375 [r] Our infirmitie hindereth vs so, that we cannot attaine to the perfite knowledge of God.

Note return to page 9376 [s] That is, the raine commeth of those drops of water, which hee kepeth in þe; clouds.

Note return to page 9377 [t] Meaning of the cloudes, which he calleth the Tabernacle of God.

Note return to page 9378 [u] Vpon the cloud

Note return to page 9379 [x] That men cannot come to the knowledge of the springes thereof.

Note return to page 9380 [y] Hee sheweth that the rayne hath double vse: the one that it declareth Gods iudgements, when it doeth ouerflowe any places, and the other that it maketh the land fruitefull.

Note return to page 9381 [z] That is, one cloude to dashe against another.

Note return to page 9382 [a] The colde vapor sheweth him: that is, the cloude of the hote exhalation, which being taken in the cold cloude mounteth vp toward the place where the fire is, and so anger is ingendred: that is, noyse and thunder clappes.

Note return to page 9383 [a] At the marueiling of the thunder & lightnings: whereby hee declareth that the faithful are liuely touched with the maiestie of God, when they behold his workes.

Note return to page 9384 [b] That is, the th&ubar;der, whereby hee speaketh to men to wak&ebar; their dulnes, and to bring them to the consideration of his workes.

Note return to page 9385 [c] Meaning, the raines & thunders.

Note return to page 9386 [d] So that neither small raine nor great, snow nor any thing els commeth without Gods appointment.

Note return to page 9387 [e] By raynes and thunders God causeth men to keepe them selues within their houses.

Note return to page 9388 [f] In Ebrewe it is called the scattering winde, because it driueth away the cloudes and purgeth the ayre.

Note return to page 9389 [g] That is, is frosen vp and dryed.

Note return to page 9390 [h] Gather the vapours, and mooue to and fro to water the earth.

Note return to page 9391 [i] That is, the cloude that hath lightening in it.

Note return to page 9392 [k] Rayne, colde, heate, tempestes and such like are sent of God, either to punish man, or to profite the earth, or to declare his fauour toward man, as Chap. 36.31.

Note return to page 9393 [l] That is, the lightning to breake foorth in the cloudes?

Note return to page 9394 [m] Which is sometime changed into raine, or snowe, or hayle or such like.

Note return to page 9395 [n] Why thy clothes shoulde keepe thee warm, when the South winde bloweth, rather then when any other winde bloweth?

Note return to page 9396 [o] For their clearenesse.

Note return to page 9397 [p] That is, our ignorance: signifying that Iob was so presumptuous that he woulde controlle the workes of God.

Note return to page 9398 [q] Hath God need that any should tell him when man murmureth against him?

Note return to page 9399 [r] If God woulde destroy a man, should he repine?

Note return to page 9400 [s] The cloude stoppeth the shining of the sunne, that man can not see it till the winde haue chased away the cloude: and if man be not able to attaine to the knowledge of these things, howe much lesse of Gods iudgements?

Note return to page 9401 [t] In Ebrewe, golde: meaning faire weather and cleare as golde.

Note return to page 9402 [u] Meaning, without cause.

Note return to page 9403 [a] That his words might haue greater maiestie, & that Iob might knowe with whome he had to doe.

Note return to page 9404 [b] Which by seeking out the secret counsell of God by mans reason, maketh it more obscure and sheweth his owne follie.

Note return to page 9405 [c] Because he had wished to dispute &wt; God, Chap.13.3 God reasoneth with him to declare his rashnesse.

Note return to page 9406 [d] Seeing he could not iudge of those things, which were done so long before he was borne, he was not able to comprehende all Gods works: much lesse the secret causes of his iudgements.

Note return to page 9407 [e] The starres and dumme creatures are said to praise God, because his power, wisdome and goodnesse is manifest and knowen therein.

Note return to page 9408 [f] Meaning, the Angels.

Note return to page 9409 [g] As though the great sea were but as a litle babe in the handes of God to turne to & fro.

Note return to page 9410 [h] That is, Gods decree and commandement as verse 10.

Note return to page 9411 [i] To wit, to rise, since thou wast borne?

Note return to page 9412 [k] Who hauing in the night bene giuen to wickednesse, can not abide the light, but hide them selues.

Note return to page 9413 [l] The earth which seemed in the night to haue no forme, by the rising of the sunne is as it were created anewe, and all things therein clad with new beautie.

Note return to page 9414 [m] If thou art not able to seeke out the depth of the sea, howe much lesse art thou able to comprehende the co&ubar;sell of God?

Note return to page 9415 [n] That thou mightest appoint it his way and limits.

Note return to page 9416 [o] To punish mine enemies with them, as Exod.9.18. Iosh.10.11.

Note return to page 9417 [p] The yee couereth it, as though it were paued with stone.

Note return to page 9418 [q] Which starres arise when the sunne is in Taurus, which is the spring time, and bring floures.

Note return to page 9419 [r] Which starre bringeth in winter.

Note return to page 9420 [s] Certaine starres so called: some thinke they were the twelue signes

Note return to page 9421 [t] The North starre with those that are about him?

Note return to page 9422 [u] Canst thou cause the heauenly bodyes to haue any power ouer the earthly bodyes?

Note return to page 9423 [x] In the secrete partes of man.

Note return to page 9424 [y] That is, the cloudes, wherein the water is contained as in bottels.

Note return to page 9425 [z] For when God doeth not open these bottels, the earth commeth to this inconuenience.

Note return to page 9426 [a] After he had declared Gods workes in the heauens, he sheweth his marueilons prouidence in earth, euen toward the bruite beastes.

Note return to page 9427 [b] Reade Psal. 147.9.

Note return to page 9428 [c] He chiefly maketh mention of wilde goates and hindes, because they bring foorth their yong with most difficultie.

Note return to page 9429 [d] That is, howe long they go with yong?

Note return to page 9430 [e] They bring foorth with great difficultie.

Note return to page 9431 [f] That is, the barren grounde where no good fruites growe.

Note return to page 9432 [g] Is it possible to make the vnicorne tame? signifying that if man can not rule a creature, that it is much more impossible that he shoulde appoint the wisdome of God, whereby he gouerneth all the worlde.

Note return to page 9433 [h] They write that the ostrich couereth her egges in the sande, and because the countrey is hote and the sunne still keepeth them warme, they are hatched.

Note return to page 9434 [i] If he should take care for them.

Note return to page 9435 [k] That is, to haue a care, & natural affection towarde his yong.

Note return to page 9436 [l] When the yong ostrich is growen vp, he outrunneth the horse.

Note return to page 9437 [m] That is, giuen him courage? which is meant by neying and shaking his mane: for with his breath he couereth his necke.

Note return to page 9438 [n] He beateth with his hoofe.

Note return to page 9439 [o] He so riddeth the ground, that it seemeth nothing vnder him.

Note return to page 9440 [p] That is, when colde commeth, to flie into the warme countries.

Note return to page 9441 [q] Is this the way for a man that will learne to striue with God? which thing he reproueth in Iob.

Note return to page 9442 [r] Whereby he sheweth that he repented, and desired pardon for his fautes.

Note return to page 9443 Chap.38.1.

Note return to page 9444 [a] Signifying that they that iustifie themselues, condemne God as vniust.

Note return to page 9445 [b] Meaning, that these were proper vnto God, and belonged to no man.

Note return to page 9446 [c] Cause them to die if thou canst.

Note return to page 9447 [d] Prouing hereby that whosoeuer attributeth to him selfe power and abilitie to saue himselfe, maketh himselfe God.

Note return to page 9448 [e] This beast is thought to be the elephant, or some other, which is vnknowen.

Note return to page 9449 [f] Whom I made aswell as thee.

Note return to page 9450 [g] This commendeth the prouidence of God toward man: for if he were giuen to deuour as a lion, nothing were able to resist him or content him.

Note return to page 9451 [h] He is one of the chiefest workes of God among the beastes.

Note return to page 9452 [i] Though man dare not come neere him, yet God can kill him.

Note return to page 9453 [k] He drinketh at leasure and feareth no body.

Note return to page 9454 [l] Meaning, the whale.

Note return to page 9455 [m] Because he feareth lest thou shouldest take him.

Note return to page 9456 [n] To do thy businesse, and be at thy commandement?

Note return to page 9457 [o] If thou once consider the danger, thou wilt not medle with him.

Note return to page 9458 [p] To wit, that trusteth to take him.

Note return to page 9459 [a] If none dare stand against a whale, which is but a creature, who is able to compare with God the Creator?

Note return to page 9460 [b] Who hath taught me to accomplish my worke?

Note return to page 9461 [c] The partes, and members of the whale.

Note return to page 9462 [d] That is, who dare pul off his skinne?

Note return to page 9463 [e] Who dare put a bridle in his mouth?

Note return to page 9464 [f] Who dare looke in his mouth?

Note return to page 9465 [g] That is, casteth out flames of fire.

Note return to page 9466 [h] Nothing is paynfull or hard vnto him.

Note return to page 9467 [i] His skinne is so hard that he lyeth with as great ease on the stones as in myre.

Note return to page 9468 [k] Either he maketh the sea to seeme as it boyled by his wallowing, or els he spouteth water in such ab&ubar;dance, as it would seeme that the sea boyled.

Note return to page 9469 [l] That is, a white froth, and shining streame before him.

Note return to page 9470 [m] He despiseth all other beasts and monsters, and is the prowdest of all others.

Note return to page 9471 [a] No thought so secret, but thou doest see it, nor any thing that thou thinkest, but thou canst bring it to passe.

Note return to page 9472 [b] Is there any but I? for this God layd to his charge, Chap.38.2.

Note return to page 9473 [c] I confesse herein mine ignorance, and that I spake I wist not what.

Note return to page 9474 [d] Hee sheweth that he wil bee Gods scholer to learne of him.

Note return to page 9475 [e] I knewe thee onely before by hearesay: but now thou hast caused me to feele what thou art to me, that I may resigne my selfe ouer vnto thee.

Note return to page 9476 [f] You tooke in hand an euil cause, in that you condemned him by his outward afflictions and not comforted him with my mercies.

Note return to page 9477 [g] Who had a good cause, but handeled it euil.

Note return to page 9478 [h] When you haue reconciled your selues to him for þe; fautes that you haue committed against him, he shal pray for you, and I will heare him.

Note return to page 9479 [i] He deliuered him out of the affliction wherein he was.

Note return to page 9480 [k] That is, all his kinred, reade Chap.19.13.

Note return to page 9481 Or, lambe, or money so marked.

Note return to page 9482 [l] God made him twise so riche in cattell as he was afore, and gaue him as many children, as he had taken from him.

Note return to page 9483 [m] That is, of long life, or beautifull as the day.

Note return to page 9484 [n] As pleasant as cassia, or sweete spice.

Note return to page 9485 [o] That is, the horne of beautie.

Note return to page 9486 Or, prayses, according to the Ebrewes: and were chiefly institute to prayse, and giue thankes to God for his benefites. They are called the Psalmes or Songs of Dauid, because the most part were made by him.

Note return to page 9487 [a] When a man hath giuen once place to euill co&ubar;sell, or to his owne concupiscence, he beginneth to forget himselfe in his sinne, and so falleth into contempt of God, which contempt is called the seate of the scorners.

Note return to page 9488 Deut.6.6. iosh.1.8. prou.6.20.

Note return to page 9489 [b] In the holy Scriptures.

Note return to page 9490 Iere.17.8.

Note return to page 9491 [c] Gods children are so moystened euer with his grace, that whatsoeuer commeth vnto them, tendeth to their saluation.

Note return to page 9492 [d] Though the wicked seeme to beare the swinge in this worlde, yet the Lord driueth them downe that they shall not rise nor stand in the companie of the righteous.

Note return to page 9493 [e] But tremble when they feele Gods wrath.

Note return to page 9494 [f] Doeth approoue and prosper, like as not to knowe, is to reprooue and reiect.

Note return to page 9495 [a] The conspiracie of þe; Gentiles, the murmuring of the Iewes, & power of Kings cannot preuaile against Christ.

Note return to page 9496 Acts.4.25.

Note return to page 9497 Or, anoynted.

Note return to page 9498 [b] Thus the wicked say, that they will cast off the yoke of God and of his Christ.

Note return to page 9499 Prouerb.1.26.

Note return to page 9500 [c] Gods plagues will declare that in resisting his Christ, they fought against him.

Note return to page 9501 [d] To shewe that my vocation to the kingdome is of God.

Note return to page 9502 Acts.13.23, 33. hebr.1.5.

Note return to page 9503 [e] That is to say, as touching mans knowledge, because it was the first time that Dauid appeared to be elected of God. So is it applied to Christ in his first comming and manifestation to the worlde.

Note return to page 9504 [f] Not onely the Iewes but the Gentiles also.

Note return to page 9505 Reue.2.27.

Note return to page 9506 [g] Hee exhorteth all rulers to repent in time.

Note return to page 9507 [h] In signe of homage.

Note return to page 9508 [i] When the wicked shall say, Peace and rest, seeming yet to be but in the midway of their purposes, then shall destruction suddenly come, 1.Thess.5.3.

Note return to page 9509 [a] This was a token of his stable faith, that for all his troubles hee had his recourse to God.

Note return to page 9510 [b] Selah here signifieth a lifting vp of the voyce, to cause vs to consider the sentence, as a thing of great importance.

Note return to page 9511 [c] When he considered the trueth of Gods promes, and tried the same, his faith increased marueilously.

Note return to page 9512 [d] Be the dangers neuer so great or many, yet God hath euer meanes to deliuer his.

Note return to page 9513 [a] Among them that were appointed to sing the Psalmes, and to play on the instruments, one was appointed chiefe to set the tune, and to begin: who had the charge, because he was most excellent, and he began this Psalme on the instrument calleth Neginoth, or in a tune so called.

Note return to page 9514 [b] Thou that art the defender of my iust cause.

Note return to page 9515 [c] Both of minde and body.

Note return to page 9516 [d] Ye that thinke your selues noble in this world.

Note return to page 9517 [e] Though your enterprises please you neuer so much, yet God wil bring them to nought.

Note return to page 9518 [f] A King that walketh in his vocation.

Note return to page 9519 [g] For feare of Gods iudgement.

Note return to page 9520 [h] Cease your rage.

Note return to page 9521 [i] Serue God purely and not with outward ceremonies.

Note return to page 9522 [k] The multitude seeke worldly wealth, but Dauid setteth his felicitie in Gods fauour.

Note return to page 9523 [l] This worde in Ebrew may be referred to God, as it is here translated, or to Dauid, signifying that he should dwell as ioyfully alone, as if he had many about him, because the Lord is with him.

Note return to page 9524 Or, a musicall instrument or tune.

Note return to page 9525 [a] That is, my vehement prayer and secret complaint and sighings.

Note return to page 9526 [b] With patience and trust till I be heard.

Note return to page 9527 [c] Seeing that God of nature hateth wickednes, hee must needes punish the wicked & saue the godly.

Note return to page 9528 [d] Which runne most ragingly after their carnal affections.

Note return to page 9529 [e] In the deepest of his tentations he putteth his full confidence in God.

Note return to page 9530 [f] Because thou art iust, therefore leade me out of the dangers of mine enemies.

Note return to page 9531 Rom.3.13.

Note return to page 9532 Or, cause them to erre.

Note return to page 9533 [g] Let their deuises come to nought.

Note return to page 9534 [h] Thy fauour towarde me shall confirme the faith of all others.

Note return to page 9535 Or, giue good successe.

Note return to page 9536 [i] So that he shalbe safe from all dangers.

Note return to page 9537 Iere.10.24.

Note return to page 9538 [a] Though I deserue destruction, yet let thy mercie pitie my frailtie.

Note return to page 9539 [b] For my whole strength is abated.

Note return to page 9540 [c] His conscience is also touched with the feare of Gods iudgement.

Note return to page 9541 [d] He lamenteth that occasion should be taken from him to praise God in the Congregation.

Note return to page 9542 Or, mine eye is eaten as it were with wormes.

Note return to page 9543 [e] God sendeth comfort and boldnes in affliction, that we may triumph ouer our enemies.

Note return to page 9544 [f] When the wicked thinke that the godly shall perish, God deiluereth them suddenly and destroyeth their enemies.

Note return to page 9545 Or, kinde of tune.

Note return to page 9546 Or, accusation.

Note return to page 9547 2.Sam.16.7.

Note return to page 9548 [a] He desireth God to deliuer him from the rage of cruel Saul.

Note return to page 9549 [b] Wherewith Chush chargeth mee.

Note return to page 9550 [c] If I reuerenced not Saul for affinities sake and preserued his life, 1.Sam.26.8, 9.

Note return to page 9551 [d] Let me not onely die, but be dishonoured for euer.

Note return to page 9552 [e] In promising me the kingdome.

Note return to page 9553 [f] Not onely for mine, but for thy Church sake declare thy power.

Note return to page 9554 [g] As touching my behauiour toward Saul and mine enemies.

Note return to page 9555 [h] Though they pretend a iust cause against me, yet God shall iudge their hypocrisie.

Note return to page 9556 [i] He doeth continually call the wicked to repentance by some signes of his iudgements.

Note return to page 9557 [k] Except Saul turne his minde, I die: for he hath both men and weapons to destroy me. Thus considering his great danger, he magnifieth Gods grace.

Note return to page 9558 Isa.59.4. iob 15.35.

Note return to page 9559 [l] In keeping faithfully his promes with me.

Note return to page 9560 Or, kinde of instrument, or tune.

Note return to page 9561 Or, noble, or marueilous.

Note return to page 9562 [a] Though the wicked woulde hide Gods praises, yet the very babes are sufficient witnesses of the same.

Note return to page 9563 Or, established.

Note return to page 9564 Or, confound.

Note return to page 9565 [b] It had bene sufficient for him to haue set foorth his glory by the heauens, though he had not come so low as to man, which is but dust.

Note return to page 9566 [c] Touching his first creation.

Note return to page 9567 [d] By the temporall giftes of mans creation he is led to consider the benefites which he hath by his regeneration through Christ.

Note return to page 9568 Or, kinde of instrument, or tune: or for the death of Labben or Goliath.

Note return to page 9569 [a] God is not praised, except the whole glory be giuen to him alone.

Note return to page 9570 [b] Howsoeuer the enemie seeme for a time to preuaile, yet God preserueth the iust.

Note return to page 9571 [c] A derision of the enemie, that mindeth nothing but destruction: but the Lord will deliuer his, and bring him into iudgement.

Note return to page 9572 Or, reigne as Iudge.

Note return to page 9573 [d] Our miseries are meanes to cause vs to feele Gods present care ouer vs.

Note return to page 9574 [e] Though God reuengeth not suddenly the wrong done to his, yet he suffereth not the wicked vnpunished.

Note return to page 9575 [f] In the open assemblie of the Church.

Note return to page 9576 [g] For God ouerthroweth the wicked in their enterprises.

Note return to page 9577 [h] The mercie of God towarde his Saintes must be declared, and the fall of the wicked must alwayes be considered.

Note return to page 9578 Or, this is worthy to be noted.

Note return to page 9579 [i] God promiseth not to helpe vs before we haue felt the crosse.

Note return to page 9580 [k] Which they cannot learne without the feare of thy iudgement.

Note return to page 9581 [a] So soone as we enter into affliction, we thinke God should helpe vs, but that is not alwayes his due time.

Note return to page 9582 [b] The wicked man reioyceth in his owne lust: he boasteth when he hath that hee would: he braggeth of his wit and wealth, and blesseth himselfe, and thus blasphemeth the Lord.

Note return to page 9583 Or, snuffeth at.

Note return to page 9584 Or, not be mooued because he was neuer in euill.

Note return to page 9585 [c] The euill shall not touch mee, Isa.28.15. or els he speaketh thus because he neuer felt euill.

Note return to page 9586 [d] He sheweth that the wicked haue many meanes to hide their crueltie, and therefore ought more to be feared.

Note return to page 9587 [e] By the hypocrisie of them that haue authoritie, the poore are deuoured.

Note return to page 9588 [f] He calleth to God for helpe because wickednes is so farre ouergrowen, that God must now helpe or neuer.

Note return to page 9589 [g] Therefore thou must needes punish this their blasphemie.

Note return to page 9590 [h] To iudge betweene the right and the wrong.

Note return to page 9591 [i] For thou hast vtterly destroyed him.

Note return to page 9592 [k] The hypocrites, or such as liue not after Gods Lawe, shall be destroyed.

Note return to page 9593 [l] God helpeth when mans helpe ceaseth.

Note return to page 9594 Or, destroy no more man vpon the earth.

Note return to page 9595 [a] This is the wicked counsell of his enemies to him and his companions, to driue him from the hope of Gods promes.

Note return to page 9596 [b] All hope of succour is taken away.

Note return to page 9597 [c] Yet am I innocent and my cause good.

Note return to page 9598 [d] Though all things in earth be out of order, yet God will execute iudgement from heauen.

Note return to page 9599 [e] As in the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrha.

Note return to page 9600 [f] Which they shall drinke euen to the dregs, Ezek 23.34.

Note return to page 9601 [a] Which dare defend the trueth, and shewe mercie to the oppressed.

Note return to page 9602 [b] He meaneth the flatterers of the court, which hurt him more with their tongues, then with their weapons.

Note return to page 9603 [c] They thinke themselues able to perswade whatsoeuer they take in hand.

Note return to page 9604 [d] The Lord is mooued with the complaints of his, and deliuereth in the ende from all dangers

Note return to page 9605 [e] Because the Lords word and promes is true and vnchangeable, he will performe it, and preserue the poore from this wicked generation.

Note return to page 9606 [f] That is, thine, though he were but one man.

Note return to page 9607 [g] For they suppresse the godly, and maintaine the wicked.

Note return to page 9608 [a] He declareth that his afflictions lasted a long time and that his faith fainted not.

Note return to page 9609 [b] Changing my purpose as the sicke man doth his place.

Note return to page 9610 [c] Which might turne to Gods dishonour, if he did not defend his.

Note return to page 9611 [d] The mercie of God is the cause of our saluation

Note return to page 9612 [e] Both by the benefites past and by others to come.

Note return to page 9613 Psalme.53.

Note return to page 9614 [a] He sheweth that the cause of all wickednesse is to forget God.

Note return to page 9615 [b] There is nothing but disorder and wickednes among them.

Note return to page 9616 [c] Dauid here maketh comparison betweene the faithfull and the reprobate, but S. Paul speaketh the same of all men naturally, Rom 3.10.

Note return to page 9617 [d] Where they thinke them selues most sure.

Note return to page 9618 [e] You mocke them that put their trust in God.

Note return to page 9619 [f] He prayeth for the whole Church, whom he is assured God will deliuer: for none but he onely can doe it.

Note return to page 9620 [a] First God requireth vprightnes of life, next doing well to others, and thirdly trueth and simplicitie in our wordes.

Note return to page 9621 [b] He that flattereth not the vngodly in their wickednes.

Note return to page 9622 [c] To the hinderance of his neighbour.

Note return to page 9623 [d] That is, shal not be cast forth of the Church as hypocrites.

Note return to page 9624 Or, a certaine tune.

Note return to page 9625 [a] He sheweth that we can not call vpon God, except we trust in him.

Note return to page 9626 [b] Though we can not enriche God, yet we must bestowe Gods giftes to the vse of his children.

Note return to page 9627 [c] As griefe of conscience and miserable destruction.

Note return to page 9628 [d] He would neither by outward profession, not in heart, nor in mouth consent to their idolatries.

Note return to page 9629 Exod.23.13.

Note return to page 9630 [e] Wherewith my portion is measured.

Note return to page 9631 [f] God teacheth me continually by secret inspiration.

Note return to page 9632 [g] The faithfull are sure to perseuere to the ende.

Note return to page 9633 [h] That is, I reioyce both in body and in soule.

Note return to page 9634 [i] This is chiefly meant of Christ by whose resurrection all his members haue immortalitie.

Note return to page 9635 [k] Where God fauoureth, there is perfite felicitie.

Note return to page 9636 [a] My righteous cause.

Note return to page 9637 [b] The vengeance that thou shalt shew against mine enemies.

Note return to page 9638 [c] When thy Spirit examined my conscience.

Note return to page 9639 [d] I was innocent toward mine enemie both in deede and thought.

Note return to page 9640 [e] Though the wicked prouoked me to doe euill for euill, yet thy word kept me backe.

Note return to page 9641 [f] He was assured that God would not refuse his request.

Note return to page 9642 [g] For all rebell against thee, which trouble thy Church.

Note return to page 9643 [h] For their crueltie can not be satisfied but with my death.

Note return to page 9644 [i] They are puft vp with pride, as the stomacke that is choked with fatte.

Note return to page 9645 [k] Stop his rage.

Note return to page 9646 Or, which is thy sword.

Note return to page 9647 [l] By thine heauenly power.

Note return to page 9648 Or, whose tyrannie hath to long endured.

Note return to page 9649 [m] And feele not the smart that Gods children oft times doe.

Note return to page 9650 [n] This is the full felicitie, comforting against all assaultes, to haue the face of God and fauourable countenance opened vnto vs.

Note return to page 9651 [o] And am deliuered out of my great troubles.

Note return to page 9652 2.Sam.22.2.

Note return to page 9653 [a] He vseth this diuersitie of names, to shewe that as the wicked haue many meanes to hurt, so God hath many wayes to helpe.

Note return to page 9654 [b] For none can obteine their requestes of God, that ioyne not his glory with their petition.

Note return to page 9655 [c] He speaketh of the dangers and malice of his enemies, from the which God had deliuered him.

Note return to page 9656 Or, coards, or, cables.

Note return to page 9657 [d] A description of the wrath of God against his enemies after he had heard his prayers.

Note return to page 9658 [e] Hee sheweth howe horrible Gods iudgements shalbe to the wicked.

Note return to page 9659 [f] Darkenes signifieth the wrath of God, as the cleare light signifieth Gods fauour.

Note return to page 9660 [g] This is described at large, Psal.104.

Note return to page 9661 [h] As a King angrie with the people, will not shewe himselfe vnto them.

Note return to page 9662 [i] Thundred, lightned, and hailed.

Note return to page 9663 [k] His lightnings.

Note return to page 9664 [l] That is, the deep bottoms were seene, when the red Sea was deuided.

Note return to page 9665 [m] Out of sundry and great dangers.

Note return to page 9666 [n] To wit, Saul.

Note return to page 9667 [o] Therefore God sent me succour.

Note return to page 9668 [p] The cause of Gods deliuerance is his onely fauour and loue to vs.

Note return to page 9669 [q] Dauid was sure of his righteous cause and good behauiour towarde Saul and his enemies, and therefore was assured of Gods fauour and deliuerance.

Note return to page 9670 [r] For all his dangers he exercised himselfe in the Lawe of God.

Note return to page 9671 [s] I neither gaue place to their wicked tentations, nor to mine owne affections.

Note return to page 9672 [t] Here he speaketh of God according to our capacitie, who sheweth mercie to his and punisheth the wicked, as is sayd also, Leui.26.21, 24.

Note return to page 9673 [u] When their sinne is come to the full measure.

Note return to page 9674 [x] He attributeth it to God that he both gate the victorie in the fielde, and also destroyed the cities of his enemies.

Note return to page 9675 [y] Be the dangers neuer so many or great, yet Gods promise must take effect.

Note return to page 9676 [z] He giueth good successe to all mine enterprises.

Note return to page 9677 [a] As towres and fortes, which hee tooke out of the hands of Gods enemies.

Note return to page 9678 Or, steele.

Note return to page 9679 [b] To defend me from dangers.

Note return to page 9680 [c] He attributeth the beginning, continuance and increase in well doing onely to Gods fauour.

Note return to page 9681 [d] Dauid declareth that he did nothing besides his vocation, but was stirred vp by Gods Spirit to execute his iudgements.

Note return to page 9682 [e] Thou hast giuen them into mine hands to be slaine.

Note return to page 9683 [f] They that reiect the crie of the afflicted, God wil also reiect them, when they cry for helpe: for either paine or feare cause those hypocrites to crie.

Note return to page 9684 [g] Which dwell round about me.

Note return to page 9685 [h] The kingdome of Christ is in Dauids kingdome prefigured: who by the preaching of his worde bringeth all to his subiection.

Note return to page 9686 [i] Or, lye: signifying a subiection constrained and not voluntarie.

Note return to page 9687 [k] Feare shall cause them to be afraide and come forth of their secret holes and holdes to seeke pardon.

Note return to page 9688 [l] That is, Saul, who of malice persecuted him.

Note return to page 9689 [m] This prophesie appertaineth to the kingdome of Christ, and vocation of the Gentiles, as Rom.15.9.

Note return to page 9690 [n] This did not properly appertaine to Salomon, but to Iesus Christ.

Note return to page 9691 Rom.1.20.

Note return to page 9692 [a] He reprocheth vnto man his ingratitude, seeing the heauens, which are dumme creatures, set foorth Gods glorie.

Note return to page 9693 [b] The continuall successe of the day and the night is sufficient to declare Gods power and goodnesse.

Note return to page 9694 [c] The heauens are a Scholemaster to all nations, be they neuer so barbarous.

Note return to page 9695 [d] The heauens are as a line of great capitall letters to shewe vnto vs Gods glorie.

Note return to page 9696 [e] Or, vaile. The maner was that the bride & bridegrome shoulde stand vnder a vaile together, and after come foorth with great solemnitie and reioycing of the assemblie.

Note return to page 9697 [f] Though the creatures cannot serue, yet this ought to be sufficient to leade vs vnto him.

Note return to page 9698 [g] So that all mans inuentions and intentions are lyes.

Note return to page 9699 [h] Euery one without exception.

Note return to page 9700 [i] Except Gods worde be esteemed aboue all worldly things, it is contemned.

Note return to page 9701 [k] For God accepteth out indeuour, though it be farre vnperfite.

Note return to page 9702 [l] Then there is no rewarde of duetie, but of grace: for where sinne is, there death is the rewarde.

Note return to page 9703 [m] Which are done purposely and of malice.

Note return to page 9704 [n] If thou suppresse my wicked affections by thine holy spirite.

Note return to page 9705 [o] That I may obey thee in thought, worde and deede.

Note return to page 9706 [a] Hereby Kings are also admonished to call to God in their affaires.

Note return to page 9707 [b] The vertue, power and grace of God.

Note return to page 9708 [c] In token that they are acceptable vnto him.

Note return to page 9709 [d] Granted to the King in whose wealth our felicitie standeth.

Note return to page 9710 [e] The Church feeleth that God hath heard their petition.

Note return to page 9711 [f] As by the visible Sanctuarie Gods familiaritie appeared toward his people, so by the heauenly is ment his power and maiestie.

Note return to page 9712 [g] The worldlings that put not their only trust in God.

Note return to page 9713 [h] Let the King be able to deliuer vs by thy strength, when we seeke vnto him for succour.

Note return to page 9714 [a] When he shall ouercome his enemies, and so be assured of his vocation.

Note return to page 9715 [b] Thou declaredst thy liberall fauour towarde him before he prayed.

Note return to page 9716 [c] Dauid did not onely obtaine life, but also assurance that his posteritie should reigne for euer.

Note return to page 9717 [d] Thou hast made him thy blessings to others, and a perpetuall example of thy fauour for euer.

Note return to page 9718 [e] Here he describeth the power of Christes kingdome against the enemies thereof.

Note return to page 9719 [f] This teacheth vs patiently to endure the crosse till God destroy the aduersarie.

Note return to page 9720 [g] They layd as it were their nets to make Gods power to giue place to their wicked enterprises.

Note return to page 9721 [h] As a marke to shoote at.

Note return to page 9722 [i] Maintaine thy Church against thine aduersaries, that we may haue ample occasion to prayse thy Name.

Note return to page 9723 Or, the hinde of the morning, and this was the name of some common song.

Note return to page 9724 [a] Here appeareth that horrible conflict, which he susteined betweene faith & desperati&obar;.

Note return to page 9725 [b] Being tormented with extreme anguish.

Note return to page 9726 Or, I cease not.

Note return to page 9727 [c] He meaneth the place of praysing, euen the Tabernacle: or els it is so called, because he gaue the people continually occasion to prayse him.

Note return to page 9728 [d] And seeming most miserable of all creatures, which was ment of Christ. And herein appeareth the vnspeakeable loue of God toward man, that he woulde thus abase his Sonne for our sakes.

Note return to page 9729 Ebr. roled vpon God.

Note return to page 9730 Mat.27.43.

Note return to page 9731 [e] Euen from my birth thou hast giuen me occasion to trust in thee.

Note return to page 9732 [f] For except Gods prouidence preserue the infants, they should perish a thousand times in the mothers wombe.

Note return to page 9733 [g] He meaneth, that his enemies were so fat, proude and cruell, that they were rather beastes then men

Note return to page 9734 [h] Before, he spake of the crueltie of his enemies, and now he declareth the inward griefes of the minde, so that Christ was tormented both in soule and body.

Note return to page 9735 [i] Thou hast suffered me to be without al hope of life.

Note return to page 9736 [k] Thus Dauid complaineth as though he were nailed by his enemies both hands and feete: but this was accomplished in Christ.

Note return to page 9737 [l] My life that is solitarie, left alone and forsaken of all, Psal 35.17. and 25.16.

Note return to page 9738 [m] Christ is deliuered with a more mightie deliuerance by ouercomming death, then if he had not tasted death at all.

Note return to page 9739 Hebr.2.12.

Note return to page 9740 [n] He promiseth to exhort the Church, that they by his example might prayse the Lorde.

Note return to page 9741 [o] The poore afflicted are comforted by this example of Dauid or Christ.

Note return to page 9742 [p] Which were sacrifices of thankesgiuing, which they offered by Gods commandement, when they were deliuered out of any great danger.

Note return to page 9743 [q] He doeth allude stil to the sacrifice.

Note return to page 9744 [r] Though the poore be first named, as verse 26 yet the welthie are not separated fr&obar; the grace of Christes kingdome.

Note return to page 9745 [s] In whom there is no hope that he shall recouer life: so neither poore nor riche, quicke nor dead shalbe reiected from his kingdome.

Note return to page 9746 [t] Meaning the posteritie, which the Lord keepeth as a seede to the Church to continue his praise among men.

Note return to page 9747 [u] That is, God hath fulfilled his promes.

Note return to page 9748 Isa.40.11. iere.23.5. ezek.34.23. iohn 10.11. 1.pet.2.25.

Note return to page 9749 [a] He hath care ouer me and ministreth vnto me all things.

Note return to page 9750 [b] He comforteth or refresheth me.

Note return to page 9751 [c] Plaine, or streight wayes.

Note return to page 9752 [d] Though hee were in danger of death, as the sheepe that wandreth in the darke valley without his shepheard.

Note return to page 9753 [e] Albeit his enemies sought to destroy him, yet God deliuereth him, and dealeth most liberally with him in despite of them.

Note return to page 9754 [f] As was the maner of great feastes.

Note return to page 9755 [g] He setteth not his felicitie in the pleasures of this worlde, but in the feare and seruice of God.

Note return to page 9756 Deut.10.14. iob 28.24. 1.cor.10.26.

Note return to page 9757 [a] Hee noteth two things: the one, that the earth to mans iudgement seemeth aboue the waters: and next, that God miraculously preserueth the earth, that it is not drowned with the waters, which naturally are aboue it.

Note return to page 9758 [b] Though circumcision separate the carnall seede of Iaakob from the Gentiles, yet he that seeketh God, is the true Iaakob, and the very Israelite.

Note return to page 9759 [c] Dauid desireth the building vp of the Temple, wherein the glorie of God should appeare, and vnder the figure of this temple, he also prayeth for the spirituall temple, which is eternall, because of the promes which was made to the temple, as it is written, Psalm.132.14.

Note return to page 9760 [a] I put not my trust in any worldly thing.

Note return to page 9761 [b] That thou wilt take away mine enemies, which are thy roddes.

Note return to page 9762 Isa.28.26. rom.10.11.

Note return to page 9763 [c] Reteine me in the faith of thy promes, that I swerue not on any side.

Note return to page 9764 [d] Constantly, and against all tentations.

Note return to page 9765 [e] He confesseth that his manifold sinnes were the cause that his enemies did thus persecute him, desiring þt; the cause of the euill may be taken away, to the intent that the effect may cease.

Note return to page 9766 [f] That is, cal them to repentance.

Note return to page 9767 [g] He wil gouerne and comfort them that are truely humbled for their sinnes.

Note return to page 9768 [h] And for none other respect.

Note return to page 9769 [i] Meaning, the nomber is very small.

Note return to page 9770 [k] He will direct such with his spirite to folowe the right way.

Note return to page 9771 [l] He shall prosper both in spirituall and corporall things.

Note return to page 9772 [m] His counsell conteined in his worde, whereby he declareth that hee is the protector of the faithfull.

Note return to page 9773 [n] My griefe is increased because of mine enemies crueltie.

Note return to page 9774 [o] The greater that his afflictions were, & the more that his enemies increased, the more neere felt he Gods helpe.

Note return to page 9775 [p] For as much as I haue behaued my selfe vprightly toward mine enemies, let them knowe that thou art the defender of my iust cause.

Note return to page 9776 [a] He fleeth to God to be the Iudge of his iust cause, seeing there is no equitie among men.

Note return to page 9777 [b] My very affections and inwarde motions of the heart.

Note return to page 9778 [c] He sheweth what staied him, that hee did not recompense euill for euill.

Note return to page 9779 [d] Hee declareth that they can not walke in simplicitie before God, that delite in the companie of the vngodly.

Note return to page 9780 [e] I wil serue thee with a pure affection, and with the godly that sacrifice vnto thee.

Note return to page 9781 [f] Destroy mee not in the ouerthrowe of the wicked.

Note return to page 9782 [g] Whose cruell handes doe execute the malicious deuises of their hearts.

Note return to page 9783 [h] I am preserued fr&obar; mine enemies by the power of God, and therefore will praise him openly.

Note return to page 9784 [a] Because he was assured of good successe in all his dangers, and that his saluation was surely laide vp in God, he feared not the tyrannie of his enemies.

Note return to page 9785 [b] That God will deliuer me, & giue my faith the victorie.

Note return to page 9786 [c] The losse of countrey, wife and all worldly commodities grieue me not in respect of this one thing, þt; I may not praise thy Name in the middes of the congregation.

Note return to page 9787 [d] Dauid assured him selfe by the Spirite of prophecie that he shoulde ouercome his enemies, & serue God in his Tabernacle.

Note return to page 9788 [e] He groundeth vpon Gods promes, and sheweth that hee is most willing to obey his commandement.

Note return to page 9789 [f] He magnifieth Gods loue towardes his, which farre passeth the most tender loue of parents towards their children.

Note return to page 9790 [g] But either pacifie their wrath, or bridle their rage.

Note return to page 9791 [h] In this present life before I die, as Isa.38.11.

Note return to page 9792 [i] He exhorteth himself to depend on the Lord, seeing he neuer failed in his promes.

Note return to page 9793 [a] He counteth himselfe as a dead man, till God shew his fauour towarde him, and grant him his petition.

Note return to page 9794 [b] Hee vsed this outward meanes to helpe the weaknesse of his faith: for in that place was the Arke, and there God promised to shewe the tokens of his fauour.

Note return to page 9795 [c] Destroy not the good &wt; the bad.

Note return to page 9796 [d] He thus praieth in respect of Gods glory, and not for his owne cause, being assured that God wold punish the persecuters of his Church.

Note return to page 9797 [e] Let them be vtterly destroyed, as Malac.1.4.

Note return to page 9798 [f] Because he felt the assurance of Gods helpe in his heart, his mouth was opened to sing his praises.

Note return to page 9799 [g] Meaning, his souldiers, who were as meanes, by whome God declared his power.

Note return to page 9800 [a] He exhorteth the proude tyrants to humble them selues vnder Gods hand, and not to be inferiour to brute beasts and dumme creatures.

Note return to page 9801 [b] The thunder clappes, that are heard out of the cloudes, ought to make the wicked to tremble for feare of Gods anger.

Note return to page 9802 [c] That is, þe; thunderbolt breaketh the most strong trees, & shall men thinke their power to be able to resist God?

Note return to page 9803 [d] Called also Hermon.

Note return to page 9804 [e] It causeth the lightnings to shoote and glide.

Note return to page 9805 [f] In places most desolate, whereas seemeth there is no pres&ebar;ce of God.

Note return to page 9806 [g] For feare maketh them to cast their calues.

Note return to page 9807 [h] Maketh the trees bare, or pearceth the most secrete places.

Note return to page 9808 [i] Though the wicked are nothing mooued with these sights, yet the faithfull praise God.

Note return to page 9809 [k] To moderate the rage of the tempest & waters, that they destroy not all.

Note return to page 9810 2.Sam.7.2.

Note return to page 9811 Deut.20.5.

Note return to page 9812 [a] After that Absalom had polluted it &wt; most filthie fornication.

Note return to page 9813 [b] He condemneth them of great ingratitude, which doe not praise God for his benefites.

Note return to page 9814 [c] Restored from the rebellion of Absalom.

Note return to page 9815 [e] The word signifieth them that haue receiued mercie and shewe mercie liberally vnto others.

Note return to page 9816 [f] Before his Tabernacle.

Note return to page 9817 Psal.145.8. isai.54.7, 8. 2.cor.4.17.

Note return to page 9818 [g] I put too much confidence in my quiet state, as Iere. 31.18. 2.Chron. 32.24, 25.

Note return to page 9819 [h] I thought thou hadest established me in Zion most surely.

Note return to page 9820 [i] After that thou hadest withdrawn thine helpe, I felt my miserie.

Note return to page 9821 [k] Dauid meaneth that þe; dead are not profitable to the Congregation of the Lorde here in earth: therefore hee would liue to praise his Name, which is the ende of mans creation.

Note return to page 9822 [l] Because thou hast preserued mee, that my tongue shoulde praise thee, I will not bee vnmindefull of my duetie.

Note return to page 9823 1.Sam.23.14. psal.71.1.

Note return to page 9824 [a] For then God declareth himselfe iust, when he preserueth his according as he hath promised.

Note return to page 9825 [b] Preserue me from the craftie counsels and subtil practises of mine enemies.

Note return to page 9826 [c] Hee desireth God not onely to take care for him in this life, but that his soule may be saued after this life.

Note return to page 9827 [d] This affection ought to be in all Gods children, to hate whatsoeuer thing is not grounded vpon a sure trust in God, as deceitfull and vaine.

Note return to page 9828 [e] Largenes signifieth comfort, as straightnes sorowe and perill.

Note return to page 9829 [f] Meaning, that his sorowe and torment had continued a great while.

Note return to page 9830 [g] Mine enemies had drawen all men to their part against me, euen my chiefe friends.

Note return to page 9831 [h] They were afraide to shewe me any token of friendship.

Note return to page 9832 [i] They that were in authoritie, condemned me as a wicked doer.

Note return to page 9833 [k] I had this testimonie of conscience, that thou wouldest defend mine innocencie.

Note return to page 9834 [l] Whatsoeuer changes come, thou gouernest them by thy prouidence.

Note return to page 9835 [m] Let death destroy them to the intent that they may hurt no more.

Note return to page 9836 [n] The treasures of Gods mercy are alwayes layed vp in store for his children, albeit at all times they doe not enioy them.

Note return to page 9837 Ebr. in the secret of thy face.

Note return to page 9838 [o] That is, in a place where they shall haue thy comfort, and be hid safely from the enemies pride.

Note return to page 9839 [p] Meaning, there was no citie so strong to preserue him, as the defence of Gods fauour.

Note return to page 9840 [q] And so by my rashnesse and infidelitie deserued to haue bene forsaken.

Note return to page 9841 Or, yee that feele his mercies.

Note return to page 9842 [r] Bee constant in your vocation, and God will confirme you with heauenly strength.

Note return to page 9843 [a] Concerning the free remission of sinnes, which is the chiefest point of our faith.

Note return to page 9844 [b] To bee iustified by faith, is to haue our sinnes freely remitted, and to bee reputed iust, Rom.4.6.

Note return to page 9845 [c] Betweene hope and despaire.

Note return to page 9846 [d] Neither by silence nor crying found I ease: signifying, that before the sinner be reconciled to God, he feeleth a perpetuall torment.

Note return to page 9847 [e] He sheweth that as Gods mercie is the onely cause of forgiuenesse of sinnes, so the meanes thereof are repentance and confession, which proceede of faith.

Note return to page 9848 [f] When necessitie causeth him to seeke to thee for helpe, Isa.55.6.

Note return to page 9849 [g] To wit, the waters, and great dangers.

Note return to page 9850 [h] Dauid promiseth to make the rest of Gods children partakers of the benefites, which he felt, and that he will diligently looke and take care to direct them in the way of saluation.

Note return to page 9851 [i] If men can rule brute beastes, thinke they that God will not bridle and tame their rage?

Note return to page 9852 [k] He sheweth that peace and ioy of conscience in the holy Ghost is the fruite of faith.

Note return to page 9853 [a] It is the duetie of the godly to set foorth the prayses of God for his mercie and power shewed towarde them.

Note return to page 9854 [b] To sing on instruments was a part of the ceremoniall seruice of the Temple, which doeth no more appertaine vnto vs, then the sacrifices, censings and lights.

Note return to page 9855 [c] That is, counsell or commandement in gouerning the worlde.

Note return to page 9856 [d] That is, the effect and execution.

Note return to page 9857 [e] Howesoeuer the worlde iudgeth of Gods workes, yet he doeth all things according to iustice and mercie.

Note return to page 9858 [f] By the creation of the heauens and beautifull ornament, with the gathering also of the waters, hee setteth foorth the power of God, that all creatures might feare him.

Note return to page 9859 Or, was created.

Note return to page 9860 [g] No counsell can preuaile against God, but he defeateth it and it shall haue euill successe.

Note return to page 9861 [h] He sheweth that all our felicitie standeth in this, that the Lord is our God.

Note return to page 9862 [i] He proueth that all things are gouerned by Gods prouidence and not by fortune.

Note return to page 9863 [k] Therefore he knoweth their wicked enterprises.

Note return to page 9864 [l] If Kings and the mightie of the worlde cannot be saued by worldly meanes, but onely by Gods prouidence, what haue others to trust in, that haue not like meanes?

Note return to page 9865 [m] God sheweth that toward his of his mercie, which man by no meanes is able to compasse.

Note return to page 9866 [n] Thus he speaketh in the name of the whole Church, which onely depend on Gods prouidence.

Note return to page 9867 [a] He promiseth neuer to become vnmindefull of Gods great benefite for his deliuerance.

Note return to page 9868 [b] They that are beaten downe with the experience of their owne euils.

Note return to page 9869 [c] Which I conceiued for the dangers wherein I was.

Note return to page 9870 [d] They shalbe bolde to flee to thee for succour, when they shall see thy mercies toward me.

Note return to page 9871 [e] Though Gods power be sufficient to gouerne vs, yet for mans infirmitie he appointeth his Angels to watch ouer vs.

Note return to page 9872 [f] The godly by their pacient obedience profit more then they, which rauine and spoyle.

Note return to page 9873 [g] If they abide the last tryall.

Note return to page 9874 [h] That is, the true religion and worship of God.

Note return to page 9875 1.Peter 3.10.

Note return to page 9876 [i] Seeing all men naturally desire felicitie, he wondreth why they cast themselues willingly into miserie.

Note return to page 9877 [k] The anger of God doeth not onely destroy the wicked, but also abolisheth their name for euer.

Note return to page 9878 [l] When they seeme to bee swallowed vp with afflictions, then God is at hand to deliuer them.

Note return to page 9879 [m] And as Christ saith, all the heares of his head.

Note return to page 9880 [n] Their wicked enterprises shall turne to their owne destruction.

Note return to page 9881 [o] For when they seeme to be ouercome with great dangers and death it selfe, then God sheweth himselfe their redeemer.

Note return to page 9882 [a] Hee desireth God to vndertake his cause against them that did persecute him and slaunder him.

Note return to page 9883 [b] Albeit God can with his breath destroy all his enemies, yet the holy Ghost attributeth vnto him these outwarde weapons, to assure vs of his present power.

Note return to page 9884 [c] Assure me against these tentations, that thou art the authour of my saluation.

Note return to page 9885 [d] Smite them with the spirite of giddinesse that their enterprises may be foolish, and they receiue iust rewarde.

Note return to page 9886 [e] Shewing that we may not call God to be a reuenger, but onely for his glorie, and when our cause is iust.

Note return to page 9887 [f] When he promiseth to himselfe peace.

Note return to page 9888 [g] Which hee prepared against the children of God.

Note return to page 9889 [h] Hee attributeth his deliuerance onely to God, praysing him therefore both in soule and body.

Note return to page 9890 [i] That woulde not suffer me to purge my selfe.

Note return to page 9891 [k] To haue taken from me all comfort, and brought me into despaire.

Note return to page 9892 [l] I prayed for them &wt; inwarde affecti&obar;, as I would haue done for my selfe: or, I declared mine affecti&obar; with bowing downe mine head.

Note return to page 9893 [m] When they saw me ready to slip & as one that halted for infirmitie.

Note return to page 9894 [n] With their railing wordes.

Note return to page 9895 [o] The worde signifieth cakes: meaning, þt; the proude courteors at their deintie feastes scoffe, raile, & conspire his death.

Note return to page 9896 [p] In token of contempt and mocking.

Note return to page 9897 Or, clefts of the earth: meaning himselfe & others in their miserie.

Note return to page 9898 [q] They reioyced as though they had nowe seene Dauid ouerthrowen.

Note return to page 9899 [r] It is the iustice of God to giue to the oppressers affliction & torment, and to the oppressed aid and reliefe, 2.Thes.1.6.

Note return to page 9900 [s] Because wee haue that which we sought for, seeing he is destroied.

Note return to page 9901 [t] That is, at once, were they neuer so many or mightie.

Note return to page 9902 [u] This prayer shall alwayes be verified against them that persecute the faithfull.

Note return to page 9903 [x] That at least fauour my right, though they be not able to helpe me.

Note return to page 9904 [y] He exhorteth the Church to praise God for the deliuerance of his seruants, and for the destruction of his aduersaries.

Note return to page 9905 [a] I see euidently by his deedes, that sinne pusheth forward the reprobate from wickednes to wickednes, albeit he go about to couer his impietie:

Note return to page 9906 [b] Though all other detest his vile sinne, yet hee himselfe seeth it not.

Note return to page 9907 [c] The reprobate mocke at wholsome doctrine and put not difference betweene good and euill.

Note return to page 9908 [d] By describing at large the nature of the reprobate, hee admonisheth the godly to beware of these vices.

Note return to page 9909 [e] Though wickednesse seemeth to ouerflowe all the world, yet by thine heauenly prouidence thou gouernest heauen and earth.

Note return to page 9910 Ebr. the mountaines of God: for whatsoeuer is excellent, is thus called.

Note return to page 9911 [f] The depth of thy prouidence gouerneth all things, and disposeth them, albeit the wicked seeme to ouerwhelme the worlde.

Note return to page 9912 [g] Onely Gods children haue ynough of all things both concerning this life and the life to come.

Note return to page 9913 [h] Hee sheweth who are Gods children, to wit, they that knowe him, and leade their liues vprightly.

Note return to page 9914 [i] Let not the proude aduance himselfe against me, neither the power of the wicked driue me away.

Note return to page 9915 [k] That is, in their pride wherein they flatter themselues.

Note return to page 9916 [a] He admonisheth vs neither to vexe our selues for the prosperous estate of the wicked, neither to desire to be like them to make our state þe; better.

Note return to page 9917 [b] For Gods iudgement cutteth downe their state in a moment.

Note return to page 9918 [c] To trust in God, and doe according to his will, are sure tokens, that his prouidence will neuer faile vs.

Note return to page 9919 [d] Be not led by thine owne wisdome, but obey God, and he will finish his woorke in thee.

Note return to page 9920 [e] As the hope of the day light causeth vs not to be offended with the darkenesse of the night: so ought we paciently to trust þt; God will cleare our cause & restore vs to our right.

Note return to page 9921 [f] When God suffereth the wicked to prosper, it seemeth to the flesh that he fauoureth their doings, Iob. 21.7 &c.

Note return to page 9922 [g] Meaning, except he moderate his affections, he shalbe led to doe as they doe.

Note return to page 9923 [h] He correcteth the impaciencie of our nature, which can not abide til the fulnesse of Gods time be come.

Note return to page 9924 Matth.5.5.

Note return to page 9925 [i] The godly are assured that the power and crast of the wicked shall not preuaile against them, but fall on their ownee neckes, & therefore ought paciently to abide Gods time, and in the meane while bewaile their sins, & offer vp their teares as sacrifice of their obedience.

Note return to page 9926 [k] For they are daily fed as with Manna from heauen, and haue sufficient, when the wicked haue nener ynough, but euer hunger.

Note return to page 9927 [l] God knoweth what d&abar;gers hang ouer his, and by what meanes to deliuer them.

Note return to page 9928 [m] For God will giue them contented mindes, and that which shalbe necessarie.

Note return to page 9929 [n] They shall vanish away suddenly: for they are fed for the day of slaughter.

Note return to page 9930 [o] God so furnisheth him with his blessing, that hee is able to helpe others.

Note return to page 9931 [p] God prospereth the faithfull, because they walke in his waies with an vpright conscience.

Note return to page 9932 [q] When God doeth exercise his faith with diuers rentations.

Note return to page 9933 [r] Though the iust man die, yet Gods blessings are extended to his posteritie, & though God suffer some iust man to lacke temporal benefits, yet he recompenseth him with spirituall treasures.

Note return to page 9934 [s] They shal continually be preserued vnder Gods wings, and haue at least inward rest.

Note return to page 9935 [t] These three points are required of the faithful, that their talke be godly, that Gods lawe be in their heart, & that their life be vpright.

Note return to page 9936 [u] For though it be sometime so expedient both for Gods glory and their saluation, yet hee will approue their cause, and reuenge their wr&obar;g.

Note return to page 9937 [x] So that the prosperitie of the wicked is but as a cloude, which vanisheth away in a moment.

Note return to page 9938 [y] He exhorteth the faithfull to marke diligently the examples both of Gods mercies, and also of his iudgements.

Note return to page 9939 [z] Hee sheweth that the patient hope of the godly is neuer in vaine, but in the ende hath good successe, though for a time God prooue them by sundrie tentations.

Note return to page 9940 [a] To put him selfe and others in minde of Gods chastisement for sinne.

Note return to page 9941 [b] He desireth not to be exempted from Gods rod, but that hee would so moderate his hand, that he might be able to beare it.

Note return to page 9942 [c] Thy sickenes, wherewith thou hast visited me.

Note return to page 9943 [d] Dauid acknowledgeth God to be iust in his punishments, because his sinnes had deserued much more.

Note return to page 9944 [e] He confesseth his sinnes, Gods iustice, and maketh prayer his refuge.

Note return to page 9945 [f] That rather gave place to mine owne lustes, then to the will of God.

Note return to page 9946 Or, blacke, as one that is disfigured and consumed with sickenes.

Note return to page 9947 [g] This example warneth vs nener to despaire, be the torment neuer so great: but alwayes to cry vnto God with sure trust for deliuerance.

Note return to page 9948 Ebr. runneth about, or, is tossed to and fro: meaning, that he was destitute of all helpe and counsell.

Note return to page 9949 [h] My sight fayleth me for very sorow.

Note return to page 9950 [i] Partly for feare and partly for pride they denied all duetie and friendship.

Note return to page 9951 [k] For I can haue no audience before men, and therefore paciently waite for the helpe of God.

Note return to page 9952 [l] That is, if they see that thou succour me not in time, they will mocke and triumph, as though thou hadst forsaken mee.

Note return to page 9953 [m] I am without hope to recouer my strength.

Note return to page 9954 [n] In my greatest misery they most reioyce.

Note return to page 9955 [o] He had rather haue the hatred of all the world, then to faile in any part of his duetie to Godwarde.

Note return to page 9956 [p] Which art the authour of my saluation: and this declareth that he prayed with sure hope of deliuerance.

Note return to page 9957 [a] This was one of the chiefe singers, 1. Chro.16.41.

Note return to page 9958 [b] Albeit he had appointed with himselfe paciently to haue taried gods leasure, yet the vehemencie of his paine caused him to break his purpose.

Note return to page 9959 [c] Though when the wicked ruled, he thought to haue kept silence, yet his zeale caused him to change his minde.

Note return to page 9960 [d] He confesseth that he grudged against God, considering the greatnes of his sorowes, and the shortnes of his life.

Note return to page 9961 [e] Yet Dauid offended in that that he reasoned with God, as though that he were too seuere toward his weake creature.

Note return to page 9962 [f] Make me not a mocking stocke to the wicked, or wrappe me not vp with the wicked, when they are put to shame.

Note return to page 9963 [g] Seeing my troubles came of thy prouid&ebar;ce, I ought to haue endured them paciently.

Note return to page 9964 [h] Though thine open plagues light not euermore vpon them, yet thy secret curse continually fretteth them.

Note return to page 9965 [i] The word signifyeth all that he desireth, as health, force, strength, beautie, and in whatsoeuer he hath delite, so that the rod of God taketh away all that is desired in this worlde.

Note return to page 9966 [k] For his sorowe caused him to thinke that God would destroy him vtterly: whereby we see how hard it is for the very Saintes to keepe a measure in their wordes, when death and despaire assaile them.

Note return to page 9967 [a] Though God deferred his help, yet he pati&ebar;tly abode, till he was heard.

Note return to page 9968 [b] He hath deliuered me from most great dangers.

Note return to page 9969 [c] That is a special occasion to praise him: for Gods benefites are so many occasions for vs to praise his Name.

Note return to page 9970 [d] To folowe their example, which he must needes doe, that trusteth not onely in the Lord.

Note return to page 9971 [e] Dauid goeth from one kinde of Gods fauour, to the contemplation of his prouidence ouer all, and confesseth that his counsels towardes vs are farre aboue our capacities; we cannot so much as tell them in order.

Note return to page 9972 [f] Thou hast opened mine eares to vnderstand the spiritual meaning of the sacrifices: and here Dauid esteemeth the ceremonies of the Law nothing in respect of the spirituall seruice.

Note return to page 9973 [g] When thou haddest opened mine eares and heart, I was readie to obey thee, being assured that I was written in the booke of thine elect for this ende.

Note return to page 9974 [h] In the Church assembled in the Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 9975 [i] Dauid here nombreth 3. degrees of our saluati&obar;: Gods mercy, whereby he pitieth vs: his righteousnes, which signifieth his continuall protection, and his trueth, whereby appeareth his constant fauour, so that hereof proceedeth our saluation.

Note return to page 9976 [k] As touching the iudgement of the flesh, I was vtterly destitute of all counsel: yet faith inwardly mooued mine heart to pray.

Note return to page 9977 [l] Hee desireth that Gods mercy may contende for him against the rage of his enemies.

Note return to page 9978 [m] Let the same shame and confusion light vpon them which they intended to haue brought vpon me.

Note return to page 9979 [n] As the faithfull alwayes prayse God for his benefites: so the wicked mocke Gods children in their afflictions.

Note return to page 9980 [a] Not condemning him as accursed, whome God doth visit, knowing that there are diuers causes, why God layeth his hand vpon vs: yea, and afterward he restoreth vs.

Note return to page 9981 [b] Wh&ebar; for sorow and griefe of mind he casteth himselfe vpon his bed.

Note return to page 9982 [c] Thou hast restored him in his sicke bed and sent him comfort.

Note return to page 9983 [d] That is, curse me, and cannot haue their cruel hate quenched but with my shamefull death.

Note return to page 9984 [e] For pretending to comfort me, he conspireth my death in his heart, and braggeth thereof.

Note return to page 9985 [f] The enemies thought by his sharpe punishments, that God was become his mortall enemie.

Note return to page 9986 Ebr. the man of my peace.

Note return to page 9987 [g] As Dauid felt this falsehood, and as it was chiefly accomplished in Christ, Iohn 13.18. so shall his members continually prooue the same.

Note return to page 9988 [h] Meaning, either in prosperitie of life, or in the true feare of God against all tentati&obar;s.

Note return to page 9989 [i] Shewing me euident signes of thy fatherly prouid&ebar;ce.

Note return to page 9990 [k] By this repetition he stirreth vp the faithfull to praise God.

Note return to page 9991 [a] As a treasure to be kept of them, which were of the nomber of the Leuites.

Note return to page 9992 [b] By these similitudes of thirst and panting, he sheweth his feruent desire to serue God in his Temple.

Note return to page 9993 [c] As others take pleasure in eating and drinking, so he was altogether giuen to weeping.

Note return to page 9994 [d] That is, how I led the people to serue thee in thy Tabernacle, and now seeing my contrary estate, I die for sorow.

Note return to page 9995 [e] Though he susteined grieuous assaults of the flesh to cast him into despaire, yet his faith grounded on Gods accustomed mercies, getteth the victorie.

Note return to page 9996 [f] That is, when I remember thee in this land of my banishment among the mountaines.

Note return to page 9997 [g] Afflictions came to thicke vpon me, that I felt my selfe as ouerwhelmed: whereby he sheweth there is no ende of our misery, till God be pacified, and sende remedie.

Note return to page 9998 [h] Hee assureth himselfe of Gods helpe in time to come.

Note return to page 9999 [i] That is, I am most grieuously tormented.

Note return to page 10000 [k] This repetition doeth declare that Dauid did not ouercome at once: to teache vs to bee constant for as much as God will certainely deliuer his.

Note return to page 10001 [a] He desireth God to vndertake his cause against the enemies but chiefly that he would restore him to the Tabernacle.

Note return to page 10002 [b] That is, the cruel companie of mine enemies.

Note return to page 10003 [c] To wit, thy fauour, which appeareth by the performance of thy promises.

Note return to page 10004 [d] He promiseth to offer a solemne sacrifice of thankesgiuing in token of his great deliuerance.

Note return to page 10005 [e] Whereby he admonisheth the faithfull not to relent, but constantly to waite on the Lord, though their troubles be long and great.

Note return to page 10006 [a] This Psalme seemeth to haue bene made by some excellent Prophet for the vse of the people, when the Church was in extreme misery, either at their returne fr&obar; Babylon, or vnder Antiochus, or in such like affliction.

Note return to page 10007 [b] That is, the Canaanites.

Note return to page 10008 [c] To wit, our fathers.

Note return to page 10009 [d] Of Canaan.

Note return to page 10010 [e] That is, our fathers.

Note return to page 10011 [f] Gods free mercy and loue is the only fountaine and beginning of the Church, Deu.4.37.

Note return to page 10012 [g] Because thou art our King, therefore deliuer thy people from their miserie.

Note return to page 10013 [h] Because they & their forefathers made both one Church, they apply that to themselues, which before they did attribute to their fathers.

Note return to page 10014 [i] As they confessed before, that their str&ebar;gth came of God, so nowe they acknowledge that this affliction came by his iust iudgement.

Note return to page 10015 Or, as their pleasure.

Note return to page 10016 Rom.8.36.

Note return to page 10017 [k] Knowing God to be authour of this calamitie, they murmure not, but seeke remedy at his handes, who wounded them.

Note return to page 10018 [l] As slaues which are solde for a low price, neither lookest thou for him that offereth most, but takest the first chapman.

Note return to page 10019 [m] I dare not lift vp mine head for shame.

Note return to page 10020 [n] Meaning, the proude and cruel tyrant.

Note return to page 10021 [o] They boast not of their vertues, but declare that they rest vpon God in the mids of their afflictions: who punished not nowe their sinnes, but by hard afflictions called them to the consideration of the heauenly ioyes.

Note return to page 10022 O, whales: meaning the bottomlesse seas of tentations. here wee see the power of faith, which can bee ouercome by no perils.

Note return to page 10023 [p] They shew that they honoured God aright, because they trusted in him alone.

Note return to page 10024 [q] They take God to witnes that they were vpright to him warde.

Note return to page 10025 [r] The faithfull make this their comfort, that the wicked punish them not for their sinnes, but for Gods cause, Matt. 5.10. 1.Pet.4.14.

Note return to page 10026 [s] There is no hope of recouerie, except thou put to thine hand and rayse vs vp.

Note return to page 10027 [t] Which is the onely and sufficient ransome to deliuer both body and soule from all kinde of slauerie and miserie.

Note return to page 10028 [a] This was a certaine tune or an instrument.

Note return to page 10029 [b] Of that perfite loue that ought to be betweene the husband and the wife.

Note return to page 10030 [c] Salomons beautie and eloquence to winne fauour with his people, and his power to ouercome his enemies, is here described.

Note return to page 10031 [d] He alludeth to them that ride in chariots in their triumphes, shewing that the quiet state of a kingdom standeth in trueth, meekenes and iustice, not in worldly pompe and vanitie.

Note return to page 10032 [e] Vnder this figure of this kingdome of iustice is set forth the euerlasting kingdome of Christ.

Note return to page 10033 [f] Hath established thy kingdome as the figure of Christ, which is the peace and ioy of the Church.

Note return to page 10034 [g] In the which palace the people made thee ioyfull to see them giue thankes and reioyce for thee.

Note return to page 10035 [h] Though he had many kings daughters among his wiues, yet he loued Pharaohs daughter best.

Note return to page 10036 [i] Vnder the figure of Pharaohs daughter he sheweth that the Church must cast off all carnall affections to obey Christ onely.

Note return to page 10037 [k] He signifieth that diuers of them that be rich, shalbe benefactors to the Church, albeit they giue not perfit obedience to the Gospel.

Note return to page 10038 Or Zor.

Note return to page 10039 [l] There is nothing fained, nor hypocriticall, but she is glorious both within & without: and howbeit the Church hath not at all times this outward glory, the fault is to be imputed onely to their owne ingratitude.

Note return to page 10040 [m] They shall haue greater graces then their fathers.

Note return to page 10041 [n] He signifieth the great compasse of Christs kingdome, which shall be sufficient to enrich all his members.

Note return to page 10042 [o] This must onely be referred to Christ and not to Salomon.

Note return to page 10043 [a] Which was either a musicall instrument or a solemne tune, vnto the which this Psalme was sung.

Note return to page 10044 Or, protection.

Note return to page 10045 [b] In all maner of troubles God sheweth his speedy mercie and power in defending his.

Note return to page 10046 [c] That is, we will not be ouercome with feare.

Note return to page 10047 [d] Though the afflictions rage neuer so much, yet the riuers of Gods mercies bring sufficient comfort to his.

Note return to page 10048 [e] The riuer of Shiloah, which passed through Ierusalem: meaning, though the defence seeme neuer so small, yet if God haue appointed it, it is sufficient.

Note return to page 10049 [f] Alwayes when neede requireth.

Note return to page 10050 Ebr. gaue his voyce.

Note return to page 10051 [g] They are assured that God can and will defende his Church from all dangers and enemies.

Note return to page 10052 [h] To wit, how oft hee hath destroyed his enemies and deliuered his people.

Note return to page 10053 [i] He warneth them that persecute the Church, to cease their crueltie: for els they shall feele that God is too strong for them, against whome they fight.

Note return to page 10054 [a] Here is figured Christ, vnto whome all his should giue willing obedience, and who woulde shewe himselfe terrible to the wicked.

Note return to page 10055 [b] He hath made the Iewes, who were the keepers of the Iawe and Prophets, schoolemasters to the Gentiles, that they should with gladnesse obey them.

Note return to page 10056 [c] God hath chosen vs aboue all other nations to enioy a most glorious inheritance.

Note return to page 10057 [d] He doeth allude vnto the trumpets, that were blowen at solemne feastes: but he doeth further signifie the triumph of Christ and his glorious ascension into the heauens.

Note return to page 10058 [e] He requireth that vnderstanding be ioyned with singing, least the Name of God be profaned with vaine crying.

Note return to page 10059 [f] He prayseth Gods highnes, for that he ioyneth the great princes of the world (whome hee calleth shields) to the fellowship of his Church.

Note return to page 10060 [a] Some put this difference betweene a song, and Psalme, saying that it is called a song, when there is no instrument, but the voyce: and the Psalme, the contrary. The song of the Psalme is when the instruments begin, and the voyce followeth. The Psalme of the song, the contrary.

Note return to page 10061 [b] Albeit God shew his wonders through all the world, yet he wil be chiefly praysed in his Church.

Note return to page 10062 [c] Because the worde of saluation came thence to all them that should beleeue.

Note return to page 10063 [d] Except God were the defence thereof, neither situation nor munition coulde preuaile.

Note return to page 10064 [e] They conspired and went against Gods people.

Note return to page 10065 [f] The enemies were afrayd at the sight of the citie

Note return to page 10066 [g] That is, of Cilicia, or of the sea called Mediterraneum.

Note return to page 10067 [h] To wit, of our fathers, so haue we prooued: or, God hath performed his promes.

Note return to page 10068 [i] In all places where thy Name shall be heard of, men shall prayse thee, when they heare of thy marueilous workes.

Note return to page 10069 [k] Let Ierusalem and the cities of Iudea reioyce for thy iust iudgements against thine enemies.

Note return to page 10070 [l] For in this outward defence & strength Gods blessings did also appeare: but the chiefe is to be referred to Gods fauour and secret defence, who neuer leaueth his.

Note return to page 10071 [a] He wil intreat how God gouerneth the world by his prouidence which can not be perceiued by the iudgement of the flesh.

Note return to page 10072 [b] Though wickednes reigne and enemies rage, seeing God will execute his iudgements against the wicked in time conuenient.

Note return to page 10073 [c] To trust in riches is meere madnes, seeing they can neither restore life nor prolong it.

Note return to page 10074 [d] That is, so rare, or not to be fo&ubar;d, as prophecie was precious in the dayes of Eli, 1.Samuel 3.1.

Note return to page 10075 [e] Meaning, it is impossible to liue for euer: also that life and death are onely in Gods hands.

Note return to page 10076 [f] In that that death maketh no difference betweene the persons.

Note return to page 10077 [g] That is, not to their children, but to strangers. Yet the wicked profit not by these examples, but still dreame an immortalitie in earth.

Note return to page 10078 Or, labour that their name may be famous in earth.

Note return to page 10079 [h] As touching the death of the body.

Note return to page 10080 [i] They speake and doe the same thing that their fathers did.

Note return to page 10081 [k] As sheepe are gathered into the folde, so shall they be brought to the graue.

Note return to page 10082 [l] Because they haue no part of life euerlasting.

Note return to page 10083 [m] Christs comming is as the morning, when the elect shall reigne with Christ their head ouer the wicked.

Note return to page 10084 Or, because he hath receiued me.

Note return to page 10085 Iob 27.19. 1.tim. 6.7.

Note return to page 10086 Ebr. he blessed his soule.

Note return to page 10087 [n] The flatterers prayse them that liue in delights and pleasures.

Note return to page 10088 Or, his soule.

Note return to page 10089 [o] And not passe the terme appointed for life.

Note return to page 10090 [p] Both they and their fathers shall liue here but a while, and at length dye for euer.

Note return to page 10091 [q] He condemneth mans ingratitude, who hauing receiued excellent gifts of God, abuseth them like a beast to his owne condemnation.

Note return to page 10092 [a] Who was either the authour, or a chiefe singer, to whome it was committed.

Note return to page 10093 [b] To pleade against his dissembling people before heauen and earth.

Note return to page 10094 [c] Because God had chosen it to haue his Name there called vpon and also his image shined there in the doctrine of the lawe.

Note return to page 10095 [d] As when God gaue his Lawe in mount Sinai, he appeared terrible with thunder and tempest, so wil he appeare terrible to take a co&ubar;t for the keeping thereof.

Note return to page 10096 [e] As witnesses against þe; hypocrites.

Note return to page 10097 [f] God in respect of his elect, calleth the whole body holy, Saints, and his people.

Note return to page 10098 [g] Which should know that sacrifices are seales of the couenant betwene God and his people and not set religion therein.

Note return to page 10099 [h] For I passe not for sacrifices, except the true vse be there which is to c&obar;firme your faith in my promises.

Note return to page 10100 [i] Though he did delite in sacrifice, yet had he no neede of mans helpe thereunto.

Note return to page 10101 [k] Though mans life for the infirmitie thereof hath neede of foode, yet God, whose life quickeneth all the world, hath no need of such meanes.

Note return to page 10102 [l] Shewe thy selfe mindefull of Gods benefites by thankesgiuing.

Note return to page 10103 [m] Why doest thou faine to be of my people and talkest of my couen&abar;t, seeing thou art but an hypocrite?

Note return to page 10104 [n] And to liue according to my word.

Note return to page 10105 [o] He sheweth what are the fruits of them that contemne Gods worde.

Note return to page 10106 [p] Hee noteth the crueltie of hypocrites, which spare not in their talke or iudgement their owne mothers sonne.

Note return to page 10107 [q] I wil write all thy wicked deedes in a rolle and make thee to reade and acknowledge them whether thou wilt or no.

Note return to page 10108 [r] Vnder the which is conteyned faith & inuocation.

Note return to page 10109 [s] As God hath appointed.

Note return to page 10110 [t] That is, declare my selfe to be his Sauiour.

Note return to page 10111 [a] To reproue him because he had c&obar;mitted so horrible sinnes, and lyen in the same without repentance more then a whole yeere.

Note return to page 10112 [b] As his sinnes were manifolde, and great, so he requireth that God would giue him the feeling of his excellent and abundant mercies.

Note return to page 10113 [c] My sinnes sticke so fast in me, that I haue neede of some singular kinde of washing.

Note return to page 10114 [d] My conscience accuseth me, so that I can haue no rest, til I be reconciled.

Note return to page 10115 [e] When thou giuest sentence against sinners, they must needes confesse thee to be iust, & themselues sinners.

Note return to page 10116 [f] He confesseth that God, who loueth purenesse of heart, may iustly destroy man, who of nature is a sinner, much more him whom he had instructed in his heauenly wisdom.

Note return to page 10117 Leuit. 14.6.

Note return to page 10118 [g] He meaneth Gods comfortable mercies towardes repentant sinners.

Note return to page 10119 [h] By the bones he vnderstandeth all strength of soule and body, which by cares & mourning are c&obar;sumed.

Note return to page 10120 [i] He confesseth that when Gods Spirit is colde in vs, to haue it againe reuiued is as a newe creation.

Note return to page 10121 [k] Which may assure me that I am drawen out of the slauery of sinne.

Note return to page 10122 [l] He promiseth to endeuour that others by his example may turne to God.

Note return to page 10123 [m] From the murder of Vriah, and the others that were slaine with him, 2.Sam.11.17.

Note return to page 10124 [n] By giuing mee occasion to praise thee, when thou shalt forgiue my sinnes.

Note return to page 10125 [o] Which is a wounding of the heart, proceeding of faith, which seeketh vnto God for mercy.

Note return to page 10126 [p] He prayeth for the whole Church, because through his sinne it was in danger of Gods Iudgement.

Note return to page 10127 [q] That is, iust and lawfull, applied to their right ende, which is the exercise of faith and repentance.

Note return to page 10128 [a] O Doeg, which hast credit with the tyrant Saul, & hast power to murther the saints of God.

Note return to page 10129 [b] Thy malice moueth thee by crafty flatteries and lies to accuse and destroy the innoc&ebar;ts.

Note return to page 10130 Ebr righteousnes.

Note return to page 10131 [c] Though God forbeare for a time, yet at length hee will recompense thy falsehoode.

Note return to page 10132 [d] Albeit thou seeme to be neuer so sure setled.

Note return to page 10133 [e] For the eyes of the reprobate are shut vp at Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 10134 [f] With ioyfull reuerence, seeing that he taketh their part against the wicked.

Note return to page 10135 Or, in his subst&abar;ce.

Note return to page 10136 [g] He reioyceth to haue a place among the seruants of God, that hee may growe in the knowledge of godlinesse.

Note return to page 10137 [h] Executed his vengeance.

Note return to page 10138 Or, waite vpon thy grace and promise.

Note return to page 10139 [a] Which was an instrument or kinde of note.

Note return to page 10140 [b] Whereas no regard is had of honestie or dishonestie, of vertue nor of vice, there the Prophet pronounceth that the people haue no God.

Note return to page 10141 [c] Whereby he condemneth all knowledge & vnderstanding, that tendeth not to seeke God.

Note return to page 10142 Rom.3.10.

Note return to page 10143 [d] Dauid pronounceth Gods vengeance against cruel gouerners, who hauing charge to defend and preserue Gods people, doe most cruelly deuoure them.

Note return to page 10144 [e] When they thought there was none occasion to feare, the sudden vengeance of God lighted vp&obar; them.

Note return to page 10145 [f] Be the enemies power neuer so great, not the danger so fearefull, yet God deliuereth his in due time.

Note return to page 10146 1. Sam. 23.19.

Note return to page 10147 [a] He declareth that when all meanes do faile, God will deliuer, euen as it were by miracle, them that cal vnto him with an vpright conscience.

Note return to page 10148 [b] To wit, the Ziphims.

Note return to page 10149 [c] Saul and his armie, which were like cruel beastes, and could not be satisfied but by his death.

Note return to page 10150 [d] Be they neuer so fewe, as he was with Ionathan.

Note return to page 10151 [e] According to thy faithfull promes for my defence.

Note return to page 10152 [f] For hypocrites serue God for feare, or vpon conditions

Note return to page 10153 [g] We may lawfully reioyce for Gods iudgements against the wicked, if our affections be pure.

Note return to page 10154 [a] The earnestnes of his praier declareth the vehemencie of his griefe, insomuch as he is compelled to burst out into cryes.

Note return to page 10155 [b] For the threatnings of Saul and his adherents.

Note return to page 10156 [c] They haue defamed me as a wicked person: or, they haue imagined my destruction.

Note return to page 10157 [d] There was no part of him that was not astonished with extreme feare.

Note return to page 10158 [e] Feare had driuen him to so great distresse, þt; he wished to be hid in some wildernes, and to be banished from that kingdome, which God had promised that hee should enioy.

Note return to page 10159 [f] From the cruel rage and tyrannie of Saul.

Note return to page 10160 [g] As in the confusion of Babylon, when þe; wicked c&obar;spired against God.

Note return to page 10161 [h] All lawes and good orders are broken, and onely vice & dissolution reigneth vnder Saul.

Note return to page 10162 [i] If mine open enemie had sought mine hurt, I coulde the better haue anoyded him.

Note return to page 10163 [k] Which was not onely ioyned to me in friendship and counsell in worldly matters, but also in religi&obar;.

Note return to page 10164 [l] As Korah, Dathan and Abiram.

Note return to page 10165 [m] Which signifyeth a feruent mind and sure trust to obtaine his petition, which thing made him earnest at all times in prayer.

Note return to page 10166 [n] Euen the Angels of God sought on my side against mine enemies, 2. King.6.16.

Note return to page 10167 [o] But their prosperous estate still continueth.

Note return to page 10168 [p] I did not prouoke him, but was at peace with him, yet he made warre against me.

Note return to page 10169 Or, gift: to wit, which thou wouldest that God should giue thee.

Note return to page 10170 [q] Though for their bettering and trial he suffer them to slip for a time.

Note return to page 10171 [r] Though they sometime liue longer, yet their life is cursed of God, vnquiet, and worse then any death.

Note return to page 10172 [a] Being chased by the furie of his enemies into a strange countrey, hee was as a dumme doue, not seeking reuengeance.

Note return to page 10173 [b] Hee sheweth that it is either nowe time or neuer, that God helpe him: for all the world is against him and ready to deuoure him.

Note return to page 10174 [c] He stayeth his conscience vpon Gods promes, though he see not present helpe.

Note return to page 10175 [d] All my counsels haue euill successe, and turne to mine owne sorow.

Note return to page 10176 [e] As all the world against one man, and can not be faciat, except they haue my life.

Note return to page 10177 [f] They thinke not onely to escape punishment, but the more wicked they are, the more impudent they waxe.

Note return to page 10178 [g] If God keepe the teares of his Saints in store, much more will he remember their blood to auenge it: and though tirants burne the bones, yet can they not blot the teares and blood out of Gods register.

Note return to page 10179 [h] Hauing receiued that which I required, I am bound to pay my vowes of thankesgiuing, as I promised.

Note return to page 10180 [i] As mindfull of his great mercies, and giuing him thankes for the same.

Note return to page 10181 [k] That is, in this life and light of the sunne.

Note return to page 10182 [a] This was either the beginning of a certaine song, or the wordes which Dauid vttered when he stayed his affection.

Note return to page 10183 1.Sam.24.4.

Note return to page 10184 Or, dwell most safely.

Note return to page 10185 [b] He compareth the afflictions, which God layeth vpon his children, to a storme that commeth and goeth.

Note return to page 10186 [c] Who leaueth not his workes begun vnperfit.

Note return to page 10187 [d] He would rather deliuer me by a miracle, then that I should be ouercome.

Note return to page 10188 [e] Hee meaneth their calumnies and false reportes.

Note return to page 10189 [f] Suffer me not to be destroyed to the contempt of thy Name.

Note return to page 10190 [g] For very feare, seeing the great dangers on all sides.

Note return to page 10191 [h] That is, wholy bent to giue thee prayse for my deliuerance.

Note return to page 10192 [i] Hee sheweth that both his heart shal prayse God, & his tongue shal confesse him, & also that he wil vse other meanes to prouoke himselfe forward to the same.

Note return to page 10193 [k] Thy mercies doe not onely appertaine to the Iewes, but also to the Gentiles.

Note return to page 10194 [a] Ye counsellers of Saul, who vnder pretence of consulting for the common wealth conspire my death being an innocent.

Note return to page 10195 [b] Ye are not ashamed to execute the crueltie publikely, which ye haue imagined in your hearts.

Note return to page 10196 [c] That is, enemies to the people of God, euen from their birth.

Note return to page 10197 [d] They passe in malice and subtiltie the craftie serpent, which coulde preserue himselfe by stopping his eare from the inchanter.

Note return to page 10198 [e] Take away all occasions and meanes, whereby they hurt.

Note return to page 10199 [f] Considering Gods diuine power, he sheweth that God in a moment can destroy their force whereof they brag.

Note return to page 10200 [g] As flesh is taken rawe out of the pot before the water seethe: so he desireth God to destroy their enterprises before they bring them to passe.

Note return to page 10201 [h] With a pure affection.

Note return to page 10202 [i] Their punishment and slaughter shalbe so great.

Note return to page 10203 [k] Seeing God gouerneth all by his prouidence, he must needes put difference betweene the godly and the wicked.

Note return to page 10204 [a] Reade Psal.16.

Note return to page 10205 1.Sam. 19.11.

Note return to page 10206 [b] Though his enemies were euen at hand to destroy him, yet he assured himselfe that God had wayes ynowe in his hand to deliuer him.

Note return to page 10207 [c] For I am innocent to themwardes and haue not offended them.

Note return to page 10208 [d] Seeing it appertaineth to Gods iudgements to punish the wicked, hee desireth God to execute his vengeance on the reprobate, who maliciously persecute his Church.

Note return to page 10209 [e] He compareth their crueltie to hungry dogges, shewing that they are neuer wearie in doing euill.

Note return to page 10210 [f] They boast openly of their wicked deuises, & euery worde is as a sword: for they neither feare God, nor are ashamed of men.

Note return to page 10211 [g] Though Saul haue neuer so great power, yet I know that thou doest bridle him: therefore will I patiently hope on thee.

Note return to page 10212 [h] Hee will not faile to succour me, when neede requireth.

Note return to page 10213 [i] Altogether, but by litle and litle, that the people seeing oftentimes thy iudgements, may be mindfull of thee.

Note return to page 10214 [k] That in their miserie & shame they may be as glasses and examples of Gods vengeance.

Note return to page 10215 [l] When thy time shall come, and when they haue sufficiently serued for an example of thy vengeance vnto other.

Note return to page 10216 [m] He mocketh at their vaine enterprises, being assured that they shall not bring their purpose to passe.

Note return to page 10217 [n] Which diddest vse the policie of a weake woman to confound the enemies strength, as 1.Sam.19.12.

Note return to page 10218 [o] Confessing himselfe to be voyde of all vertue and strength, he attributeth the whole to God.

Note return to page 10219 [a] These were certaine songs, after the note whereof this psalme was sung.

Note return to page 10220 2.Sam.8.1. and 10.1. 1.chron.18.3.

Note return to page 10221 Or, Syria, called Mesopotamia.

Note return to page 10222 [b] Called also Sophene which standeth by Euphrates.

Note return to page 10223 [c] For when Saul was not able to resist the enemie, the people fled hither and thither: for they could not be safe in their owne houses.

Note return to page 10224 [d] As cleft with an earthquake.

Note return to page 10225 [e] Thou hast handled thy people sharpely in taking from them sense and iudgement, in that they ayded Saul the wicked King, and pursued him, to whome God had giuen the iust title of the realme.

Note return to page 10226 [f] In making mee King, thou hast perfourmed thy promes, which seemed to haue lost the force.

Note return to page 10227 [g] It is so certaine as if it were spoken by an oracle, that I shall possesse these places, which Saul had left to his children.

Note return to page 10228 [h] For it was strong and well peopled.

Note return to page 10229 [i] Dauid meaneth, that in this tribe his kingdome shalbe established, Gene.49.10.

Note return to page 10230 [k] In most vile subiection.

Note return to page 10231 [l] For thou wilt dissemble, & faine as though thou werest glad.

Note return to page 10232 [m] He was assured that God woulde giue him þe; strong cities of his enemies wherein they thought themselues sure.

Note return to page 10233 [a] From the place where I was banished, being driuen out of the citie and Temple by my sonne Absalom.

Note return to page 10234 [b] Vnto the which without thy helpe I cannot attaine.

Note return to page 10235 [c] There is nothing that doeth more strengthen our fayth, then the remembrance of Gods succour in times past.

Note return to page 10236 [d] This chiefly is referred to Christ, who liueth eternally not onely in himselfe, but also in his members.

Note return to page 10237 [e] For the stabilitie of my Kingdome standeth in thy mercie & trueth.

Note return to page 10238 1.Chron.16.41.

Note return to page 10239 [a] Though Satan tempted him to murmure against God, yet he bridled his affections, and resting vpon Gods promes, beareth his crosse patiently.

Note return to page 10240 [b] It appeareth by the oft repetition of this worde, that the Propet abode manifolde tentatious, but by resting on God and by patience he ouercame them all.

Note return to page 10241 [c] Hee meaneth himselfe, being the man whome God had appointed to the kingdome.

Note return to page 10242 [d] Though ye seeme to be in honour, yet God will suddenly destroy you.

Note return to page 10243 [e] Dauid was greatly moued with these troubles, therefore he stirreth vp himselfe to trust in God.

Note return to page 10244 [f] These vehement and often repetitions were necessarie to strengthen his fayth against the horrible assaultes of Satan.

Note return to page 10245 [g] He admonisheth vs of our wicked nature, which rather hide our sorow, & bite on the bridle, then vtter our griefe to God to obteine remedie.

Note return to page 10246 [h] Giue your selues wholy to God by putting away all things that are contrary to his Lawe.

Note return to page 10247 [i] He hath plainely borne witnes of his power, so that none needeth to doubt thereof.

Note return to page 10248 [k] So that the wicked shall feele thy power, and the godly thy mercie.

Note return to page 10249 [a] To wit, of Ziph, 1.Sam. 23.14.

Note return to page 10250 [b] Though he was both hungrie and in great distresse, yet he made God his sufficiencie and aboue all meate and drinke.

Note return to page 10251 [c] In this miserie I exercise my selfe in the contemplation of thy power and glorie, as if I were in thy Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 10252 [d] The remembrance of thy fauour is more sweete vnto me then all the pleasures and deinties of the worlde.

Note return to page 10253 [e] He assureth him selfe by the Spirite of God to haue the gift of constancie.

Note return to page 10254 [f] He prophecieth of the destruction of Saul and them that take his part, whose bodies shall not be buried, but be deuoured with wilde beastes.

Note return to page 10255 [g] All that sweare by God aright, or professe him, shal reioyce in this worthy King.

Note return to page 10256 [a] In that he calleth to God with his voyce, it is a signe that his prayer was vehement, and that his life was in danger.

Note return to page 10257 [b] That is, from their secrete malice.

Note return to page 10258 [c] To wit, their outwarde violence.

Note return to page 10259 [d] False reports and slaunders.

Note return to page 10260 [e] To be without feare of God and reuerence of man, is a signe of reprobation.

Note return to page 10261 [f] The more that the wicked see Gods children in miserie, the more bolde and impudent are they in oppressing them.

Note return to page 10262 [g] There is no way so secrete and subtill to doe hurt, which they inuented not for his destruction.

Note return to page 10263 [h] To see Gods heauie iudgements against them, and howe hee hath caught them in their owne snares.

Note return to page 10264 [i] When they shall consider that hee will be fauourable to them, as he was to his seruant Dauid.

Note return to page 10265 [a] Thou giuest dayly newe occasion to thy Church to prayse thee.

Note return to page 10266 [b] Not onely the Iewes, but also the Gentiles in the kingdome of Christ.

Note return to page 10267 [c] He imputeth it to his sinnes and to the sinnes of the people, that God, who was accustomed to assist them, withdraweth his succour fr&obar; them.

Note return to page 10268 [d] Thou wilt declare thy selfe to be the preseruer of thy Church in destroying thine enemies, as thou didest in the red Sea.

Note return to page 10269 [e] As of all barbarous nations and farre off.

Note return to page 10270 [f] He sheweth that there is no part nor creature in the world, which is not gouerned by Gods power and prouidence.

Note return to page 10271 Ebr. The going forth of the morning and of the euening.

Note return to page 10272 [g] To wit, with rayne.

Note return to page 10273 [h] That is, Shiloah, or, the raine.

Note return to page 10274 [i] Thou hast appointed the earth to bring foorth foode to mans vse.

Note return to page 10275 [k] By this description he sheweth that all the order of nature is a testimonie of Gods loue towarde vs who causeth all creatures to serue our necessitie.

Note return to page 10276 [l] That is, the dumme creatures shall not onely reioyce for a time for Gods benefites, but shall continually sing.

Note return to page 10277 [a] He prophecieth that al nations shal come to the knowledge of God, who then was onely knowen in Iudea.

Note return to page 10278 [b] As the faithfull shall obey God willingly: so the infidels for feare shall dissemble themselues to be subiect.

Note return to page 10279 [c] He toucheth the slothfull dulnesse of man, who is colde in the consideration of Gods workes.

Note return to page 10280 [d] His prouidence is wonderfull in maintaining their estate.

Note return to page 10281 [e] Hee proueth that God will extend his grace also to the Gentiles, because he punisheth among them such as will not obey his calling.

Note return to page 10282 [f] He signifyeth some speciall benefite, that God had shewed to his Church of the Iewes, in deliuering them from some great danger: whereof or of the like he promiseth that the Gentiles shalbe partakers.

Note return to page 10283 [g] The condition of the Church is here described, which is to be led by Gods prouidence into troubles, to be subiect vnder tyrants, and to enter into manifolde dangers.

Note return to page 10284 [h] The duetie of the faithfull is here described, which are neuer vnmindfull to render God prayse for his benefites.

Note return to page 10285 [i] It is not ynough to haue receiued Gods benefites and to be mindfull thereof, but also we are bounde to make others to profite thereby, and prayse God.

Note return to page 10286 [k] If I delite in wickednesse, God will not heare me: but if I confesse it, he will receiue me.

Note return to page 10287 [a] That is, moue our heartes with his holy Spirit, that wee may feele his fauour towarde vs.

Note return to page 10288 [b] That both Iewes and Gentiles may knowe Gods couenant made with them.

Note return to page 10289 [c] By these oft repetitions hee sheweth, that the people can neuer reioyce sufficiently, and giue thankes for the great benefites that they shall receiue vnder the kingdome of Christ.

Note return to page 10290 [d] Hee sheweth that where God fauoureth, there shall be abundance of all other things.

Note return to page 10291 [e] When they feele his great benefites both spirituall and corporall towardes them.

Note return to page 10292 [a] The Prophet sheweth that albeit God suffereth the wicked tyrants to oppresse his Church for a time, yet at length he will be reuenged of them.

Note return to page 10293 [b] He sheweth that when God declareth his power against the wicked, that it is for the commoditie and saluation of his Church, which prayse him therefore.

Note return to page 10294 [c] Iah and Iehouah are the names of God, which doe signifie his essence and maiestie incomprehensible, so that hereby is declared, that all idols are but vanitie, and that the God of Israel is the onely true God.

Note return to page 10295 [d] He giueth children to them that be childlesse, and increaseth their families.

Note return to page 10296 [e] Which is baren of Gods blessings, which before they had abused.

Note return to page 10297 [f] He teacheth that Gods fauour peculiarly belongeth to his Church, as appeareth by their wonderfull deliuerance out of Egypt.

Note return to page 10298 [g] God blessed the land of Canaan because hee had chosen that place for his Church.

Note return to page 10299 [h] The facion then was, that women sang songs after the victorie as Miriam, Deborah, Iudith and others.

Note return to page 10300 [i] The pray was so great, that not only the souldiers, but women also had part thereof.

Note return to page 10301 [k] Though God suffer his Church for a time to lie in blacke darkenesse, yet hee will restore it, and make it most shining and white.

Note return to page 10302 [l] In the lande of Canaan, where his Church was.

Note return to page 10303 [m] Zion the Church of God doeth excell all worldly things, not in pompe and outward shewe, but by the inwarde grace of God, which there remaineth because of his dwelling there.

Note return to page 10304 [n] Why boast ye of your strength and beautie against this Mountaine of God?

Note return to page 10305 [o] As God ouercame the enemies of his Church, tooke them prisoners, and made them tributaries: so Christ, which is God manifested in flesh, subdued Satan and sinne vnder vs, and gaue vnto his Church most liberall giftes of his Spirit, Ephes.4.8.

Note return to page 10306 [p] In most extreme d&abar;gers God hath infinite waies to deliuer his.

Note return to page 10307 [q] As he deliuered his Church once fr&obar; Og of Bathan, and other tyrants, and from the dangers of the red Sea, so will he still doe as oft as necessitie requireth.

Note return to page 10308 [r] That is, in the blood of þt; great slaughter, where dogs shall lappe blood.

Note return to page 10309 [s] That is, howe thou, which art chiefe King, goest out with thy people to warre, and giuest them the victorie.

Note return to page 10310 [t] He describeth the order of the people, when they went to the Temple to giue thanks for the victorie.

Note return to page 10311 [u] Which come of the Patriarke Iaacob.

Note return to page 10312 [x] Beniamin is called litle, because he was the yongest sonne of Iaakob.

Note return to page 10313 [y] Who was some chiefe ruler of the tribe.

Note return to page 10314 [z] Declare out of thine holy palace thy power for the defence of thy Church Ierusalem.

Note return to page 10315 [a] Hee desireth that the pride of the mightie may be destroied, which accustomed to garnish their shoes with siluer: and therefore for their glittering pompe thought themselues aboue all men.

Note return to page 10316 [b] He prophecieth that the Gentiles shal come to the true knowledge and worship of God.

Note return to page 10317 [c] By his terrible thunders hee will make himselfe to bee knowen the God of all the world.

Note return to page 10318 [d] In shewing fearefull iudgements against thine enemies for the saluation of thy people.

Note return to page 10319 [e] He alludeth to the Tabernacle which was deuided into three partes.

Note return to page 10320 [a] Of Shoshannim, reade Psal.4 5.

Note return to page 10321 [b] Dauid signifieth by the waters, in what great daungers hee was, out of the which God did deliuer him.

Note return to page 10322 [c] No firmitie or stablenesse to settle my feete.

Note return to page 10323 [d] Though his senses failed him yet his faith was constant and incouraged him still to pray.

Note return to page 10324 [e] Condemning me guiltles.

Note return to page 10325 [f] They iudged me poore innocent as a thiefe and gaue my goods to others as though I had stolen them.

Note return to page 10326 [g] Though I bee guiltie to theewarde, yet am I innocent towarde them.

Note return to page 10327 [h] Let not mine euill intreatie of the enemies be an occasion, that the faithfull fall from thee.

Note return to page 10328 [i] When I sawe thine enemies pretende thy Name onely in mouth, and in their life denie the same, thine holy Spirite thrust me forward, to reprooue them and defende thy glorie.

Note return to page 10329 [k] My zeale moued mee to lament and praie for my saluation.

Note return to page 10330 [l] The more hee sought to winne them to God the more they were against him both poore and rich.

Note return to page 10331 [m] Knowing that albeit I suffer now trouble, yet thou hast a time wherein thou hast appoynted my deliuerance.

Note return to page 10332 [n] He sheweth a liuely faith, in that that he assureth him selfe, that God is fauourable to him, when hee seemeth to be angrie: and at hande, when he seemeth to be farre off.

Note return to page 10333 [o] Not that hee feared that God woulde not heare him, but that care made him to thinke that God deferred long.

Note return to page 10334 [p] Thou seest that I am beset as a sheepe among many wolues.

Note return to page 10335 [q] He sheweth þt; it is in vaine to put our trust in men in our great necessities, but that our comfort onely dependeth of God: for man rather increaseth our sorowes, then diminisheth them, Iohn 19.29.

Note return to page 10336 [r] Hee desireth God to execute his iudgements against the reprobate, which cannot by any meanes bee turned, Roman. 11. 9.

Note return to page 10337 [s] Take both iudgement and power from them.

Note return to page 10338 Actes 1.20.

Note return to page 10339 [t] Punish not onely them but their posteritie, which shall bee like vnto them.

Note return to page 10340 [u] By their continuance and increasing in their sinnes let it bee knowen that they bee of the reprobate.

Note return to page 10341 [x] They which seemed by their professi&obar; to haue bene written in thy booke, yet by their fruites prooue the contraery, let them be knowen as reprobate.

Note return to page 10342 [y] There is no sacrifice, which God more esteemeth, then thankes giuing for his benefites.

Note return to page 10343 [z] For as he deliuered his seruaunt Dauid, so will he doe all that are in distresse, and call vpon him.

Note return to page 10344 [a] Vnder the temporall promes of the lande of Canaan he comprehendeth the promes of life euerlasting to the faithfull and their posteritie.

Note return to page 10345 [a] Which might put him in rem&ebar;brance of his deliuerance.

Note return to page 10346 Psal.40.13.

Note return to page 10347 [b] He teacheth vs to be earnest in praier though God seeme to staie: for at his time he will heare vs.

Note return to page 10348 [c] He was assured that the more they raged, the neerer they were to destruction, and hee the neerer to his deliuerance.

Note return to page 10349 [d] Hereby wee are taught not to mocke at others in their miserie, lest the same fall on our owne necks.

Note return to page 10350 [e] Because he had felt Gods helpe before, he groundeth on experience and boldely seeketh vnto him for succour.

Note return to page 10351 Psal. 31.1.

Note return to page 10352 [a] He prayeth to God with ful assurance of faith, that he wil deliuer him from his aduersaries.

Note return to page 10353 [b] By declaring thy selfe true of promise.

Note return to page 10354 [c] Thou hast infinite meanes, and all creatures are at thy commaundement: therefore shewe some signe, whereby I shalbe deliuered.

Note return to page 10355 [d] That is, from Absalom, Ahithophel and that conspiracie.

Note return to page 10356 [e] Hee strengtheneth his faith by the experience of Gods benefites, who did not onely preserue him in his mothers bellie, but tooke him thence and euer since hath preserued him.

Note return to page 10357 [f] All the worlde wondreth at me because of my miseries, aswell they in authoritie as the common people, yet beeing assured of thy fauour I remained stedfast.

Note return to page 10358 [g] Thou that didest helpe mee in my youth, when I had more strength, helpe me nowe so much the more in mine olde age and weakenesse.

Note return to page 10359 [h] Thus the wicked both blaspheme God and triumph against his Saintes, as though he had forsaken them, if he suffer them to fall into their hands.

Note return to page 10360 [i] In calling him his God, he putteth backe the false reportes of the aduersaries, that saide, God had forsaken him.

Note return to page 10361 [k] Because thy benefites toward me are innumerable, I can not but continually meditate & rehearse them.

Note return to page 10362 [l] I will remaine stedfast, being vpholden with the power of God.

Note return to page 10363 [m] He desireth that as he hath begun, he would so continue his benefites, that his liberalitie may haue perfite praise.

Note return to page 10364 [n] Thy iust performance of thy promise.

Note return to page 10365 [o] His faith breaketh through all tentations, and by this exclamation he praiseth the power of God.

Note return to page 10366 [p] As he confesseth that God is the onely autour of his deliuerance so he acknowledgeth that these euils were sent vnto him by Gods prouidence.

Note return to page 10367 [q] He confesseth that his long tariance was well recompensed, when God performed his promise.

Note return to page 10368 [r] For there is no true praising of God, except it come from the heart: and therefore he promiseth to delite in nothing but wherein God may be glorified.

Note return to page 10369 [a] Composed by Dauid as touching the reigne of his sonne Salomon.

Note return to page 10370 [b] Endue the King with the Spirite of wisedome and iustice, that he reigne not as do þe; worldly tyrants.

Note return to page 10371 [c] To wit, to his posteritie.

Note return to page 10372 [d] When iustice reigneth, euen the places most baren shall be enriched with thy blessings.

Note return to page 10373 [e] He sheweth wherefore the sworde is committed to Kings: to wit, to defend the innocent, and suppresse the wicked.

Note return to page 10374 [f] The people shall imbrace thy true religion, when thou giuest a King, that ruleth according to thy woorde.

Note return to page 10375 [g] As this is true in all godly kings: so is it chiefly verified in Christ, who with his heauenly dewe maketh his Church euer to florish.

Note return to page 10376 [h] That is, from the red Sea to the sea called Syriacum, and from Euphrates forwarde: meaning, that Christes kingdome shoulde be large and vniuersall.

Note return to page 10377 [i] Of Cilicia, and of all other countreys beyond the sea, which he meaneth by the yles.

Note return to page 10378 [k] That is, of Arabia that riche countrey, whereof Sheba was a part bordering vpon Ethiopia.

Note return to page 10379 [l] Though tyrants passe not to shed blood, yet this godly King shall preserue his subiects from all kind of wrong.

Note return to page 10380 [m] God will both prosper his life, and also make the people most willing to obey him.

Note return to page 10381 [n] Vnder such a King shalbe most great plentie, both of fruite and also of the encrease of mankinde.

Note return to page 10382 [o] They shall pray to God for his continuance, and knowe that God doeth prosper them for his sake.

Note return to page 10383 [p] He confesseth that except God miraculously preserue his people, that neither the King nor the kingdome can continue.

Note return to page 10384 [q] Concerning his sonne Salomon.

Note return to page 10385 [a] As it were betweene hope and despaire he brasteth foorth into this affection, being assured that God would continue his fauour towarde such as were godly in deede, and not hypocrites.

Note return to page 10386 [b] The wicked in this life liue at pleasure, and are not drawen to death like prisoners: that is, by sickenesse, which is deaths messenger.

Note return to page 10387 [c] They glorie in their pride, as some doe in their chaines: and in crueltie, as some doe in apparell.

Note return to page 10388 Ebr. they passe the desires of the heart.

Note return to page 10389 [d] They blaspheme God and feare not his power, & raile vpon men, because they esteeme them selues aboue all others.

Note return to page 10390 [e] Not onely the reprobate, but also the people of God oftentimes fall backe, seeing the prosperous estate of the wicked, and are ouerwhelmed with sorowes, thinking that God considereth not right the state of the godly.

Note return to page 10391 [f] Thus the flesh moueth euen the godly to dispute with God touching their poore estate and the prosperitie of the wicked.

Note return to page 10392 [g] If I giue place to this wicked thought, I offend against thy prouidence, seeing thou disposest all things most wisely, and preseruest thy children in their greatest dangers.

Note return to page 10393 [h] Vntill I entred into thy schoole and learned by thy worde and holy Spirite, that thou orderest all things most wisely, and iustly.

Note return to page 10394 [i] By thy fearefull iudgement.

Note return to page 10395 [k] When thou openest our eyes to consider thy heauenly felicitie we contemne all their vaine pompe.

Note return to page 10396 [l] For the more that man goeth about by his owne reason to seeke out Gods iudgements, the more doeth he declare himselfe a beast.

Note return to page 10397 [m] By faith I was assured that thy prouidence did watch alwayes ouer me to preserue me.

Note return to page 10398 [n] He sought neither helpe nor comfort of any saue of God onely.

Note return to page 10399 [o] He teacheth vs to denie our selues, to haue God our whole sufficiencie, and onely contentment.

Note return to page 10400 [p] That is, forsake thee to seeke others.

Note return to page 10401 [q] Though all the worlde shrinke from God, yet he promiseth to trust in him, and to magnifie his workes.

Note return to page 10402 [a] The Church of God being oppressed by the tyrannie eyther of the Babylonians, or of Antiochus, prayeth to God by whose hand this yoke was layde vpon them for their sinnes.

Note return to page 10403 [b] Which inheritance thou hast measured out for thy selfe as with a line or rodde.

Note return to page 10404 Or, secte.

Note return to page 10405 [c] They haue destroyed thy true religion, and spred their banners in signe of defiance.

Note return to page 10406 [d] He commendeth the Temple for the costly matter, the excellent workemanship and beautie thereof which notwithstanding the enemies did destroy.

Note return to page 10407 [e] They incouraged one another to crueltie, that not onely Gods people might be destroyed, but also his religion vtterly in all places suppressed.

Note return to page 10408 [f] They lament that they haue no Prophet among them to shewe them howe long their miseries should endure.

Note return to page 10409 [g] They ioyne their deliuerance with Gods glorie and power, knowing that the punishment of the enemie should be their deliuerance.

Note return to page 10410 [h] Meaning, in the sight of all the worlde.

Note return to page 10411 [i] To wit, Pharaohs armie.

Note return to page 10412 [k] Which was a great monster of the sea, or whale, meaning Pharaoh.

Note return to page 10413 [l] His destruction did reioyce them as meate refresheth the body.

Note return to page 10414 [m] Seeing that God by his prouidence gouerneth and disposeth all things, he gathereth that he will take care chiefely for his children.

Note return to page 10415 [n] He meaneth the Church of God, which is exposed as a praye to the wicked.

Note return to page 10416 [o] That is, all places where thy worde shineth not, there reigneth tyrannie and ambition.

Note return to page 10417 [p] He sheweth that God cannot suffer his Church to be oppressed, except hee lose his owne right.

Note return to page 10418 Or, increaseth more and more.

Note return to page 10419 [a] Reade Psalm. 57.1.

Note return to page 10420 [b] He declareth howe the faithfull shall euer haue iust occasion to prayse God, for as much as in their neede they shall feele his power at hand to helpe them.

Note return to page 10421 [c] When I see my time (sayth God) to helpe your miseries, I will come and set all things in good order.

Note return to page 10422 [d] Though all things be brought to ruine, yet I can restore and preserue them.

Note return to page 10423 [e] The Prophet warneth the wicked that they woulde not set themselues against Gods people, seeing that God at his time destroyeth them that rule wickedly.

Note return to page 10424 [f] Gods wrath is compared to a cup of strong and delicate wine, wherewith the wicked are made so dr&ubar;ke, that by drinking till they come to the very dregges, they are vtterly destroyed.

Note return to page 10425 [g] The godly shall better prosper by their innocent simplicitie, then the wicked shall by all their craft, and subtiltie.

Note return to page 10426 [a] He declareth that Gods power is euidently seene in preseruing his people and destroying his enemies.

Note return to page 10427 [b] Which afterward was called Ierusalem.

Note return to page 10428 [c] He compareth the kingdomes full of extortion and rapine to the mo&ubar;taines that are full of rauening beasts.

Note return to page 10429 [d] God hath taken their spirites and strength fr&obar; them, as though their handes were cut off.

Note return to page 10430 [e] God with a looke is able to destroy all the power and actiuitie of the enemies, were they neuer so many or mightie.

Note return to page 10431 [f] To reuenge the wrongs done to thy Church.

Note return to page 10432 [g] For the end shal shewe that the enemie was able to bring nothing to passe: also thou shalt bridle their rage, that they shall not compasse their purpose.

Note return to page 10433 [h] To wit, the Leuites that dwell about the Tabernacle, or the people among whom he doeth dwell.

Note return to page 10434 [i] The Ebrewe worde signifieth, to vintage, or gather grapes: meaning that he shall make the counsels and enterprises of wicked tyrants foolish and vaine.

Note return to page 10435 Psalm.39. and 62. 1.chron. 6.41.

Note return to page 10436 [a] The Prophet teacheth vs by his example to flee vnto God for help in our necessities.

Note return to page 10437 Or, mine hand was stretched out.

Note return to page 10438 [b] He sheweth that we must paciently abide, although God deliuer vs not out of our troubles at the first crie.

Note return to page 10439 [c] Meaning, that his sorrowes were as watchmen that kept his eyes from sleeping.

Note return to page 10440 [d] Of thankesgiuing, which I was accustomed to sing in my prosperitie.

Note return to page 10441 [e] Both the causes why I was chastened, and when my sorrowes shoulde haue an ende.

Note return to page 10442 [f] As if he should say, It is impossible: whereby he exhorteth himselfe to patience.

Note return to page 10443 [g] Though I first douted of my life, yet considering that God had his yeeres, that is, change of times, and was accustomed also to lift vp them, whome he hath beaten, I tooke heart again.

Note return to page 10444 [h] That is, in heauen, whereunto we must ascend by faith, if we will knowe the waies of God.

Note return to page 10445 [i] He condemneth all that worship any thing saue the onely true God, whose glory appeareth through the worlde.

Note return to page 10446 [k] He declareth, wherein the power of God was declared, when he deliuered the Israelites through the red Sea.

Note return to page 10447 [l] That is, thundered and lightened.

Note return to page 10448 [m] For when thou hadest brought ouer thy people, the water returned to her course, and the enemies that thought to haue followed them, coulde not passe through, Exod.14.28, 29.

Note return to page 10449 [a] Read Psalme 32.

Note return to page 10450 [b] The Prophet vnder the Name of a teacher calleth the people his, and the doctrine his, as Paul calleth the Gospel his, whereof hee was but the preacher, as Rom.2.16. & 16.25.

Note return to page 10451 [c] Which were the people of God.

Note return to page 10452 [d] By the testimony & law, he meaneth the law written, which they were commaunded to teach their children, Deut.6.7.

Note return to page 10453 [e] He sheweth wherein the children should be like their fathers, that is, in mainteining Gods pure religi&obar;.

Note return to page 10454 [f] Hee sheweth wherein the vse of this doctrine standeth: in faith, in the meditation of Gods benefits and in obedience.

Note return to page 10455 [g] Though these fathers were the seede of Abraham and the chosen people, yet he sheweth by their rebellion, prouocation, falshode, & hypocrisie, that the childr&ebar; ought not to followe their examples.

Note return to page 10456 [h] By Ephraim hee meaneth also the rest of the tribes, because they were most in nomber: whose punishment declareth that they were vnfaithfull to God, and by their multitude & autoritie had corrupt all others.

Note return to page 10457 [i] He proueth that not onely the posteritie, but also their forefathers were wicked and rebellious to God.

Note return to page 10458 Exod.14.21.

Note return to page 10459 Exod.14.24.

Note return to page 10460 Exod.17.6. nomb.20.11. psal.105.41.

Note return to page 10461 1.Cor.10.4. wisd.11.4.

Note return to page 10462 [k] Their wicked malice coulde bee ouercome by no benefites, which were great and manie.

Note return to page 10463 [l] Then to require more then is necessarie, and to separate Gods power from his will, is to tempt God.

Note return to page 10464 Nomb.11.1.

Note return to page 10465 [m] Thus when we giue place to sin, we are mooued to doubt of Gods power, except the wil alwaies be ready to serue our lust

Note return to page 10466 Exod.17.6. nomb.20.11. psal.105.41. 1.cor.10.4.

Note return to page 10467 Nomb.11.1.

Note return to page 10468 [n] That is, in his fatherly prouidence, whereby he careth for his and prouideth sufficiently.

Note return to page 10469 [o] So that they had that, which was necessarie and sufficient: but their lust made them to couet that which they knewe God had denied them.

Note return to page 10470 Iohn 6. 31. 1.cor.10.3.

Note return to page 10471 [p] God vsed the meanes of the winde to reache them that all elements were at his commaundement, and that no distance of place coulde let his woorking.

Note return to page 10472 [q] Such is the nature of concupiscence, that the more it hath, the more it lusteth.

Note return to page 10473 [r] Though other were not spared, yet chiefly they suffred, which trusted in their strength against God.

Note return to page 10474 [s] Thus sinne by continuance maketh men insensible, so that by no plagues they can be amended.

Note return to page 10475 [t] Such was their hypocrisie, þt; they sought vnto God for feare of punishment, though in their heart they loued him not.

Note return to page 10476 [u] Whatsoeuer c&obar;meth not from the pure fountaine of the heart, is hypocrisie.

Note return to page 10477 [x] Because hee would euer haue some remnant of a Church to praise his Name in earth, he suffred not their sinnes to ouercome his mercie.

Note return to page 10478 [y] That is, they tempted him oft times.

Note return to page 10479 [z] As they all doe that measure the power of God by their capacitie.

Note return to page 10480 [a] The forgetfulnes of Gods benefites is the roote of rebellion and all vice.

Note return to page 10481 [b] This woorde signifieth a confused mixture of flies and venemous wormes. Some take it for al sortes of serpents: some for all wilde beastes.

Note return to page 10482 [c] He repeateth not here all the miracles that God did in Egypt, but certaine which might be sufficient to conuince the people of malice & ingratitude.

Note return to page 10483 [d] So called, either of the effect: that is, of punishing the wicked: or els because they were wicked spirites, whome God permitted to vexe men.

Note return to page 10484 [e] The first borne are so called, as Gen.49.3.

Note return to page 10485 [f] That is, Egypt: for it was called Mizraim or Egypt of Mizraim, that was the sonne of Ham.

Note return to page 10486 [g] That is, they had none occasion to feare, forasmuch as God destroied their enemies, and deliuered them safely.

Note return to page 10487 [h] Meaning Canaan, which God had consecrated to himselfe, and appointed to his people.

Note return to page 10488 Iosh.11.6. & 13.6.

Note return to page 10489 [i] Nothing more displeaseth God in the children, then when they continue in that wickednesse, which their fathers had begun.

Note return to page 10490 [k] By seruing God otherwise then he had appointed.

Note return to page 10491 [l] For their ingratitude he suffered the Philistims to take the Arke, which was þe; signe of his presence, from among them.

Note return to page 10492 [m] The Arke is called his power & beautie, because thereby he defended his people, and beautifully appeared vnto them.

Note return to page 10493 [n] They were suddenly destroyed, 1.Sam.4.10.

Note return to page 10494 [o] They had no marriage songs: that is, they were not married.

Note return to page 10495 [p] Either they were slaine before, or taken prisoners of their enemies, and so were forbidden.

Note return to page 10496 [q] Because they were drunken in their sinnes, they iudged Gods pacience to be a slumbring, as though he were drunken: therefore he answearing their beastly iudgem&ebar;t, sayeth, he will awake & take sudden vengeance.

Note return to page 10497 [r] Shewing that hee spared not altogether the Israelites, though hee punished their enemies.

Note return to page 10498 [s] By building the Temple and establishing the kingdome, hee declareth that the signes of his fauour were among them.

Note return to page 10499 [t] Hee sheweth wherein a Kings charge standeth: to wit, to prouide faithfully for his people, to guide them by counsell, and defend them by power.

Note return to page 10500 [a] The people crie vnto God against the barbarous tyrannie of the Babylonians: who spoiled Gods inheritance, polluted his Temple, destroied his religion & murthered his people.

Note return to page 10501 [b] The Prophet sheweth to what extremities God suffereth sometime his Church to fall, to exercise their faith before he set to his hande to deliuer them.

Note return to page 10502 [c] Their friendes & kinsfolkes durst not burie them for feare of the enemies.

Note return to page 10503 [d] Whereof some came of Abraham, but were degenerate: and others were open enemies to thy religion, but they both laughed at our miseries.

Note return to page 10504 [e] Wilt thou vtterly consume vs for our sins, before thou takest vs to mercy?

Note return to page 10505 Ier.10.25.

Note return to page 10506 [f] Which we & our fathers haue committed.

Note return to page 10507 [g] And stay not til we haue rec&obar;pensed for our sinnes.

Note return to page 10508 [h] Seeing we haue none other Sauiour, neither can we helpe our selues, & also by our saluation thy Name shall be praised: therefore, O Lord, helpe vs.

Note return to page 10509 [i] Who though in respect of God they were iustly punished for their sinnes, yet in consideration of their cause, were vniustly murthered.

Note return to page 10510 [k] Which were captiues among their enemies, and could looke for nothing but death.

Note return to page 10511 [l] We ought to desire no benefite of God, but on this condition to praise his name, Isa.43.21.

Note return to page 10512 [a] This Psalme was made as a prayer for to desire God to be mercifull to the tenne tribes.

Note return to page 10513 [b] Mooue their heartes that they may returne to worship God aright: that is, in the place where thou hast appointed.

Note return to page 10514 [c] Ioyne thy whole people and all thy tribes together againe.

Note return to page 10515 [d] The faithfull feare Gods anger, when they perceiue that their prayers are not forthwith heard.

Note return to page 10516 [e] Our neighbours haue continuall strife and warre against vs.

Note return to page 10517 [f] Because that repentance onely commeth of God, they most instantly and oft times call to God for it as a meane, whereby they shalbe saued.

Note return to page 10518 [g] Seeing that of thy mercie thou hast made vs a most deare possession to thee, and we through our sinnes are made open for wilde beastes to deuoure vs, declare againe thy loue, and finish the worke that thou hast begun.

Note return to page 10519 Ebr. Cedars of God.

Note return to page 10520 [h] To wit, Euphrates.

Note return to page 10521 [i] That is, aswell they that hate our religion as they that hate our persons.

Note return to page 10522 [k] They gaue not place to tentation, knowing that albeit there were no help in earth, yet God was able to succour them from heauen.

Note return to page 10523 [l] So that no power can preuaile against it, & which as a yong bud thou raysest vp againe as out of the burnt ashes.

Note return to page 10524 [m] Only when thou art angry, and not with the sword of the enemie.

Note return to page 10525 [n] That is, vpon this vine, or people, whome thou hast planted with thy right hand, that they should be as one man or one body.

Note return to page 10526 [o] For none can call vpon God, but such as are raised vp, as it were from death to life and regenerate by the holy Spirit.

Note return to page 10527 [a] An instrument of musike brought from Geth.

Note return to page 10528 [b] It seemeth that this Psalme was appointed for solemne feastes and assemblies of the people, to whome for a time these ceremonies were ordeined, but nowe vnder the Gospel are abolished.

Note return to page 10529 [c] Vnder this feast he comprehendeth all other solemne dayes.

Note return to page 10530 [d] That is, in Israel: for Iosephs familie was counted the chiefe before that Iudah was preferred.

Note return to page 10531 [e] God speaketh in the person of the people, because he was their leader.

Note return to page 10532 [f] If they were neuer able to giue sufficient thankes to God for this deliuerance from corporall bondage, how much more are we indetted to him for our spirituall deliuerance from the tyrannie of Satan and sinne?

Note return to page 10533 [g] By a strange and wonderful facion.

Note return to page 10534 Or, contention, Exod.17.7.

Note return to page 10535 [h] He condemneth all assemblies, where the people are not attentiue to heare Gods voyce, and to giue obedience to the same.

Note return to page 10536 [i] God accuseth their incredulitie, because they opened not their mouthes to receiue Gods benefites in such abundance as hee powreth them out.

Note return to page 10537 [k] God by his worde calleth all, but his secrete election appointeth who shall heare with fruite.

Note return to page 10538 [l] If their sinnes had not letted.

Note return to page 10539 [m] If the Israelites had not broken couenant with God, he would haue giuen them victory against their enemies.

Note return to page 10540 [n] That is, with most fine wheate and abundance of honie.

Note return to page 10541 [a] The Prophet sheweth that if princes and iudges do not their dutie, God, whose authoritie is aboue them, wil take v&ebar;geance on them.

Note return to page 10542 [b] For thieues and murderers finde fauour in iudgement, when the cause of the godly cannot be heard.

Note return to page 10543 [c] Not onely when they cry for helpe, but when their cause requireth ayde and support.

Note return to page 10544 [d] That is, all things are out of order, either by their tyrannie, or carelesse negligence.

Note return to page 10545 [e] No title of honour shall excuse you, but you shall be subiect to Gods iudgement, and render account as well as other men.

Note return to page 10546 [f] Therefore no tyrant shall plucke thy right and authoritie from thee.

Note return to page 10547 [a] This Psalme seemeth to haue bene composed, as a forme of prayer against the dangers that the Church was in in the dayes of Ioshaphat.

Note return to page 10548 [b] He calleth them Gods enemies, which are enemies to his Church.

Note return to page 10549 [c] The elect of God are his secret ones: for he hideth them in the secrete of his tabernacle, and preserueth them from all dangers.

Note return to page 10550 [d] They were not content to take the Church as prisoner, but sought vtterly to destroy it.

Note return to page 10551 [e] By all secret meanes.

Note return to page 10552 [f] They thought to haue subuerted thy counsel, wherein the perpetuitie of the Church was established.

Note return to page 10553 Or, Zor.

Note return to page 10554 [g] The wickednes of the Ammonites and Moabites is described, in that they prouoked these other nations to fight against the Israelites their brethren.

Note return to page 10555 [h] By these examples, they were confirmed that God would not suffer his people to be vtterly destroyed, Iudg.7.21. and 4.15.

Note return to page 10556 [i] Troden vnder feete as myre.

Note return to page 10557 Iudges 7.25. and 8.21.

Note return to page 10558 [k] That is, Iudea: for where his Church is, there dwelleth hee among them.

Note return to page 10559 [l] Because the reprobate could by no meanes be amended, he prayeth that they may vtterly be destroyed, be vnstable and ledde with all windes.

Note return to page 10560 [m] That is, be compelled by thy plagues to c&obar;fesse thy power.

Note return to page 10561 [n] Though they beleeue not, yet they may proue by experience, that it is in vaine to resist against thy co&ubar;sel in establishing thy Church.

Note return to page 10562 [a] Dauid complaineth that he cannot haue accesse to the Church of God to make profession of his faith and to profite in religion.

Note return to page 10563 [b] For none but the priestes coulde enter into the Sanctuarie, and the rest of the people into the courtes.

Note return to page 10564 [c] So that the poore birdes haue more libertie then I.

Note return to page 10565 [d] Who trusteth nothing in himselfe, but in thee onely, and learneth of thee to rule his life.

Note return to page 10566 [e] That is, of mulberie trees which was a barren place: so that they which passed through, must digge pits for water: signifying that no lets can hinder them that are fully bent to come to Christes Church, neither yet that God will euer faile them.

Note return to page 10567 [f] They are neuer wearie, but increase in strength and courage till they come to Gods house.

Note return to page 10568 [g] That is, for Christes sake, whose figure I represent.

Note return to page 10569 [h] He would wish to liue but one day rather in Gods Church, then a thousand among the worldlings.

Note return to page 10570 [i] But will from time to time increase his blessings towardes his more and more.

Note return to page 10571 [a] They confesse that Gods free mercie was the cause of their deliuerance, because he loued the land, which he had chosen.

Note return to page 10572 [b] Thou hast buried them that they shal not come into iudgement.

Note return to page 10573 [c] Not onely in withdrawing thy rod, but in forgiuing our sinnes, and in touching our heartes to confesse them.

Note return to page 10574 [d] As in times past they had felt Gods mercies: so nowe being oppressed by the long continuance of euils, they pray vnto God, that according to his nature hee would be mercifull vnto them.

Note return to page 10575 [e] Hee confesseth that our saluation commeth onely of Gods mercie.

Note return to page 10576 [f] He wil send all prosperitie to his Church, wh&ebar; he hath sufficiently corrected them, also by his punishm&ebar;ts the faithful shall learne to beware that they returne not to like offences.

Note return to page 10577 [g] Though for a time God thus exerciseth them with his rods, yet vnder the kingdome of Christ they should haue peace & ioy.

Note return to page 10578 [h] Iustice shal then florish & haue free course and passage in euery place.

Note return to page 10579 [a] Dauid persecuted of Saul, thus prayed, leauing the same to the Church as a monument, how to seeke redresse against their miseries.

Note return to page 10580 [b] I am not enemie to them, but pitie them, though they be cruel towad me.

Note return to page 10581 [c] Which was a sure token that he beleeued that God would deliuer him.

Note return to page 10582 [d] He doeth confesse that God is good to all, but onely mercifull to poore sinners.

Note return to page 10583 [e] By crying and calling continually, hee sheweth how we may not be weary, though God graunt not foorthwith our request, but that we must earnestly and often call vpon him.

Note return to page 10584 [f] He condemneth all idoles, forasmuch as they can doe no workes to declare that they are gods.

Note return to page 10585 [g] This prooueth that Dauid prayed in the Name of Christ the Messias, of whose kingdom he doeth here prophecie.

Note return to page 10586 [h] He confesseth himself ignor&abar;t till God hath taught him, and his heart variable and separate from God, till God ioyne it to him and confirme it in his obedience.

Note return to page 10587 [i] That is, from most great danger of death: out of the which none, but onely the mightie hand of God, could deliuer him.

Note return to page 10588 [k] He sheweth that there can be no moderation nor equitie, where proude tyrants reigne, and that the lacke of Gods feare is as a priuiledge to all vice and crueltie.

Note return to page 10589 [l] He boasteth not of his owne vertues, but confesseth that God of his free goodnes hath euer bene mercifull vnto him and giuen him power against his enemies, as to one of his owne housholde.

Note return to page 10590 [a] God did chuse that place among the hilles: to establish Ierusalem and his Temple.

Note return to page 10591 [b] Though thy glorious estate doe not yet appeare, yet waite &wt; patience and God will accomplish his promes.

Note return to page 10592 [c] That is, Egypt and these other countreys shall come to the knowledge of God.

Note return to page 10593 [d] It shalbe sayd of him, that is regenerate & come to the Church, that he is as one that was borne in the Church

Note return to page 10594 [e] Out of all quarters they shall come into the Church, and be counted as citizens.

Note return to page 10595 [f] When he calleth by his worde them into the Church, whome hee had elected and written in his booke.

Note return to page 10596 [g] The Prophet setteth his whole affections and comfort in the Church.

Note return to page 10597 1.Kings 4.31. Psal.53.

Note return to page 10598 [a] That is, to humble. It was the beginning of a song, by the tune whereof this Psalme was sung.

Note return to page 10599 [b] Though many cry in their sorowes, yet they cry not earnestly to God for remedy as he did: whom he confessed to be the autor of his saluation.

Note return to page 10600 [c] For he that is dead, is free from all cares and busines of this life: and thus he sayth, because he was vnprofitable for all matters concerning mans life, and as it were cut off from this world.

Note return to page 10601 [d] That is, from thy prouidence and care, which is meant according to the iudgement of the flesh.

Note return to page 10602 [e] The stormes of thy wrath haue ouerwhelmed me.

Note return to page 10603 [f] He attributeth the losse and displeasure of his friends to Gods prouidence, whereby he partly punisheth and partly tryeth his.

Note return to page 10604 [g] I see none ende of my sorowes.

Note return to page 10605 [h] Mine eyes and face declare my sorowes.

Note return to page 10606 [i] He sheweth that the time is more conuenient for God to helpe, when men call vnto him in their dangers, then to tary till they bee dead, and then raise them vp againe.

Note return to page 10607 [k] That is, in the graue, where onely the body lyeth without all sense and remembrance.

Note return to page 10608 [l] I am euer in great dangers and sorowes, as though my life should vtterly be cut off euery moment.

Note return to page 10609 Ebr. were in darkenes.

Note return to page 10610 [a] Though the horrible confusion of things might cause them to despaire of Gods fauour: yet the manifolde examples of his mercies cause them to trust in God, though to mans iudgement they saw none occasion.

Note return to page 10611 [b] As he that surely beleeued in heart.

Note return to page 10612 [c] As thine inuisible heauen is not subiect to any alteration & change: so shall the trueth of thy promes be vnchangeable.

Note return to page 10613 [d] The Prophet sheweth what was the promes of God, whereon he grounded his fayth.

Note return to page 10614 [e] The Angels shall prayse thy power and faithfulnes in deliuering thy Church.

Note return to page 10615 [f] That is, in the heauens.

Note return to page 10616 [g] Meaning, the Angels.

Note return to page 10617 [h] If the Angels tremble before Gods maiestie and infinite iustice, what earthly creature by oppressing the Church, dare set himselfe against God?

Note return to page 10618 [i] For as he deliuered the Church by the red Sea, and by destroying Rahab, that is, the Egyptians: so will he eftsoone deliuer it, when the dangers be great.

Note return to page 10619 [k] Tabor is a mountaine Westward from Ierusalem, and Hermon Eastward: so the Prophet signifieth that all partes and places of the world shall obey Gods power for the deliuerance of his Church.

Note return to page 10620 [l] For hereby he iudgeth the world and sheweth himselfe a mercifull Father and faythfull protectour vnto his.

Note return to page 10621 [m] Feeling in their conscience that God is their Father.

Note return to page 10622 [n] They shalbe preserued by thy Fatherly prouidence.

Note return to page 10623 [o] In that they are preserued and continue, they ought to giue the prayse & glory onely to thee.

Note return to page 10624 [p] In that þt; our King hath power to defend vs, it is the gift of God.

Note return to page 10625 [q] To Samuel and to others, to assure that Dauid was thy chosen one.

Note return to page 10626 [r] Whom I haue both chosen and giuen him strength to execute his office, as verse 21.

Note return to page 10627 [s] Though there shalbe euermore enemies against Gods kingdome, yet he promiseth to ouercome them.

Note return to page 10628 [t] I will mercifully performe my promises to him notwithstanding his infirmities and offences.

Note return to page 10629 [u] His power, glory and estate.

Note return to page 10630 [x] He shall enioy the land round about.

Note return to page 10631 [y] His excellent dignitie shall appeare herein that hee shalbe named the Sonne of God, and the first borne, wherein he is a figure of Christ.

Note return to page 10632 [z] Though for the sinnes of the people the state of this kingdome decayed: yet God reserued still a roote, till he had accomplished this promes in Christ.

Note return to page 10633 2.Sam.7.14.

Note return to page 10634 [a] Though the faithfull answere not in all pointes to their profession, yet God will not breake his couenant with them.

Note return to page 10635 [b] For God in promising hath respect to his mercy and not to mans power in perfourming.

Note return to page 10636 Ebr. If I lie vnto Dauid, which is a maner of othe.

Note return to page 10637 [c] As long as the sunne and moone endure, they shall be witnesses to me of this promes.

Note return to page 10638 [d] Because of the horrible confusion of things, the Prophet complaineth to God as though he sawe not the perfourmance of his promes. And thus discharging his cares on God, he resisteth doute and impaciencie.

Note return to page 10639 [e] By this hee meaneth the horrible dissipation and renting of the kingdome, which was vnder Ieroboam: or els by the Spirit of prophecie Ethan speaketh of those great miseries, which came soone afterwarde to passe at the captiuitie of Babylon.

Note return to page 10640 [f] Hee sheweth that the kingdome fell before it came to perfection or was ripe.

Note return to page 10641 [g] The Prophet in ioyning prayer with his complaint, sheweth that his faith neuer failed.

Note return to page 10642 [h] Seeing mans life is short, and thou hast created man to bestowe thy benefites vpon him, except thou hast to helpe, death will preuent thee.

Note return to page 10643 [i] He meaneth that Gods enemies did not onely slander him behinde his backe: but also mocked him to his face, and as it were cast their iniuries in his bosome.

Note return to page 10644 [k] So he calleth them that persecute the Church.

Note return to page 10645 [l] They laugh at vs, which patiently waite for the comming of thy Christ.

Note return to page 10646 [a] Thus the scripture vseth to call the Prophets.

Note return to page 10647 [b] Thou hast bene as an house and defence vnto vs in all our troubles & trauels now this foure hundreth yeeres.

Note return to page 10648 [c] Thou hast chosen vs to be thy people before the foundations of the world were layed.

Note return to page 10649 [d] Moses by lamenting the frailtie and shortnesse of mans life mooueth God to pitie.

Note return to page 10650 [e] Though man thinke his life long, which is in deede most short, yea though it were a thousand yeeres: yet in Gods sight it is as nothing, and as the watch that lasteth but three houres.

Note return to page 10651 [f] Thou takest them away suddenly as with a flood.

Note return to page 10652 [g] Thou callest vs by thy rods to c&obar;sider the shortnes of our life, and for our sinnes thou abbridgest our dayes.

Note return to page 10653 [h] Our dayes are not onely short, but miserable, for as much as our sinnes dayly prouoke thy wrath.

Note return to page 10654 [i] Meaning, according to the common state of life.

Note return to page 10655 [k] If mans life for the breuitie be miserable, much more, if thy wrath lie vpon it, as they, which feare thee, only know.

Note return to page 10656 [l] Which is, by considering the shortnesse of our life, and by meditating the heauenly ioyes.

Note return to page 10657 [m] Meaning, wilt thou be angry?

Note return to page 10658 Or, take comfort in thy seruants.

Note return to page 10659 [n] Euen thy mercie, which is thy chiefest worke.

Note return to page 10660 [o] As Gods promises apperteined as well to their posteritie, as to them, so Moses prayeth for the posteritie.

Note return to page 10661 [p] Meaning, that it was obscured, when hee ceased to doe good to his Church.

Note return to page 10662 [q] For except thou guide vs with thine holy Spirit, our enterprises can haue no good successe.

Note return to page 10663 [a] He that maketh God his defence and trust, shall perceiue his protection to be a most sure safegard.

Note return to page 10664 [b] Being assured of this protection, he prayeth vnto the Lord.

Note return to page 10665 [c] That is, Gods helpe is most readie for vs, whether Satan assaile vs secretly, which he calleth a snare: or openly which is here ment by the pestilence.

Note return to page 10666 [d] That is, his faithfull keeping of promes to helpe thee in thy necessitie.

Note return to page 10667 [e] The care that God hath ouer his, is most sufficient to defende them from all dangers.

Note return to page 10668 [f] The godly shall haue some experience of Gods iudgements against the wicked euen in this life, but fully they shall see it at that day, when all thinges shalbe reueiled.

Note return to page 10669 [g] God hath not appointed euery man one Angel, but many to be ministers of his prouidence to keepe his and defend them in their vocation, which is the way to walke in without tempting God.

Note return to page 10670 [h] Thou shalt not only be preserued from all euil, but ouercome it whether it be secret or open.

Note return to page 10671 [i] To assure the faithfull of Gods protection he bringeth in God to confirme the same.

Note return to page 10672 [k] For hee is contented with that life, that God giueth: for by death the shortnesse of this life is recompensed with immortalitie.

Note return to page 10673 [a] Which teacheth that the vse of the Sabbath standeth in praysing God, and not onely in ceasing from worke.

Note return to page 10674 [b] For Gods mercie and fidelitie in his promises towarde his, binde them to praise him continually both day and night.

Note return to page 10675 [c] These instruments were then permitted, but at Christes comming abolished.

Note return to page 10676 [d] Hee sheweth what is the vse of the Sabbath day: to wit, to meditate Gods workes.

Note return to page 10677 [e] That is, the wicked consider not Gods workes, nor his iudgements against them, and therefore most iustly perish.

Note return to page 10678 [f] Thy iudgements are most constant against the wicked, and passe our reach.

Note return to page 10679 [g] Thou wilt strengthen them with al power, and blesse them with all felicitie.

Note return to page 10680 [h] Though the faithfull seeme to wither and be cut downe by the wicked, yet they shall grow againe and flourish in the Church of God as the Cedars doe in mount Lebanon.

Note return to page 10681 [i] The children of God shall haue a power aboue nature, and their age shall bring foorth most fresh fruites.

Note return to page 10682 [a] As God by his power and wisdome hath made and gouerneth the world: so must the same be our defence against all enemies and dangers.

Note return to page 10683 [b] Wherein thou sittest and gouernest the world.

Note return to page 10684 [c] Gods power appeareth in ruling the furious waters.

Note return to page 10685 [d] Besides Gods power and wisedome in creating and gouerning, his great mercie also appeareth in that hee hath giuen his people his word and couenant.

Note return to page 10686 [a] Whose office it is to take vengeance on the wicked.

Note return to page 10687 [b] Shewe by effect that thou art Iudge of the worlde to punish the wicked.

Note return to page 10688 [c] That is, bragge of their crueltie and oppression: or esteeme themselues aboue all other.

Note return to page 10689 [d] Seeing the Church was then so sore oppressed it ought not to seeme strange to vs, if wee see it so now, and therefore we must call to God, to take our cause in hande.

Note return to page 10690 [e] He sheweth that they are desperate in malice, forasmuch as they feared not God, but gaue themselues wholy to do wickedly.

Note return to page 10691 [f] He sheweth that it is impossible, but God should heare, see and vnderstand their wickednes.

Note return to page 10692 [g] If God punish whole nations for their sinnes, it is meere folly for any one man, or els a fewe to thinke that God will spare them.

Note return to page 10693 [h] God hath eare ouer his and chastiseth them for their wealth, that they should not perish for euer with the wicked.

Note return to page 10694 [i] God will restore the state and gouernment of thinges to their right vse, and then the godly shall follow him cherefully.

Note return to page 10695 [k] Hee complayneth of them, which would not helpe him to resist the enemies: yet was assured that Gods helpe woulde not faile.

Note return to page 10696 [l] When I thought there was no way but death.

Note return to page 10697 [m] In my trouble and distresse I euer found thy present helpe.

Note return to page 10698 [n] Though the wicked iudges pretende iustice in oppressing the Church, yet they haue not that authoritie of God.

Note return to page 10699 [o] It is a great token of Gods iudgement, when the purpose of the wicked is broken, but most, when they are destroyed in their owne malice.

Note return to page 10700 [a] Hee sheweth that Gods seruice standeth not in dead ceremonies, but chiefely in the sacrifice of praise and thankesgiuing.

Note return to page 10701 [b] Euen the Angels (who in respect of men are thought as gods) are nothing in his sight: much lesse the idoles which mans braine inuenteth.

Note return to page 10702 [c] All things are gouerned by his prouidence.

Note return to page 10703 [d] By these three wordes he signifieth one thing: meaning, that they must wholy giue themselues to serue God.

Note return to page 10704 [e] That is, the flocke whome he gouerneth with his owne hande. He sheweth wherein they are Gods flocke: that is, if they heare his voyce.

Note return to page 10705 [f] By the contemning of Gods worde.

Note return to page 10706 Or, in strife: whereof the place was so called.

Note return to page 10707 Or, tentation, reade Exodus 17.7.

Note return to page 10708 Exodus 17.2. nombers 14.22.

Note return to page 10709 [g] They were without iudgement and reason.

Note return to page 10710 [h] That is, into the lande of Canaan, where he promised them rest.

Note return to page 10711 [a] The Prophet sheweth that the time shall come, that all nations shall haue occasion to prayse the Lord for the reueiling of his Gospel.

Note return to page 10712 [b] Seeing he will reueile himselfe to all nations contrarie to their owne expectation, they ought all to worship him contrary to their owne imaginations, & onely as he hath appointed.

Note return to page 10713 Or, vanities.

Note return to page 10714 [c] Then the idols, or whatsoeuer made not the heauens, are not God.

Note return to page 10715 [d] God can not be knowen, but by his strength and glory: the signes whereof appeare in his Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 10716 [e] As by experience ye see that it is onely due vnto him.

Note return to page 10717 [f] By offering vp your selues wholly vnto God, declare that you worship him onely.

Note return to page 10718 [g] He prophecieth that the Gentiles shall be partakers with the Iewes of Gods promes.

Note return to page 10719 [h] Hee shall regenerate them anew with his Spirite, and restore them to the image of God.

Note return to page 10720 [i] If the insensible creatures shall haue cause to reioyce, when God appeareth, much more we, from whome he hath taken malediction and sinne.

Note return to page 10721 [a] Hee sheweth that where God reigneth, there is all felicitie, & spirituall ioye.

Note return to page 10722 [b] For the Gospel shall not be onely preached in Iudea, but through al yles & countreys.

Note return to page 10723 [c] He is thus described to keepe his enemies in feare, which commonly contemne Gods power.

Note return to page 10724 [d] This feare bringeth not the wicked to true obedience, but maketh them to run away from God.

Note return to page 10725 [e] Hee signifieth that Gods iudgements are in a readines to destroy the idolaters.

Note return to page 10726 [f] Let all þt; which is esteemed in the world, fall downe before him.

Note return to page 10727 [g] The Iewes shal haue occasion to reioyce that the Gentiles are made partakers with them of Gods fauour.

Note return to page 10728 [h] He requireth two things of his children: the one that they detest vice, the other, that they put their trust in God for their deliuerance.

Note return to page 10729 [i] Though Gods deliuerance appeare not suddenly, yet it is sowen and layde vp in store for them.

Note return to page 10730 [k] Be mindful of his benefits, & only trust in his defence.

Note return to page 10731 [a] That is, some song newly made in token of their wonderfull deliuerance by Christ.

Note return to page 10732 Isai.59.16.

Note return to page 10733 [b] He preserueth his Church miraculously.

Note return to page 10734 [c] For the deliuerance of his Church.

Note return to page 10735 [d] God was moued by none other meanes to gather his Church of the Iewes and Gentiles, but because he would performe his promes.

Note return to page 10736 [e] By this repetition and earnest exhortation to giue prayses with instruments, and also of the dumme creatures, he signifieth that the world is neuer able to praise God sufficiently for their deliuerance.

Note return to page 10737 [a] When God deliuereth his Church, all the enemies shall haue cause to tremble.

Note return to page 10738 Exod.25.22.

Note return to page 10739 [b] Though the wicked rage against God, yet the godly shall prayse his Name and mightie power.

Note return to page 10740 [c] That is, before his Temple or Arke, where he promised to heare, when they worshipped him, as nowe he promiseth his spirituall presence, wheresoeuer his Church is assembled.

Note return to page 10741 [d] Vnder these three he comprehendeth the whole people of Israel, with whome God made his promes.

Note return to page 10742 [e] For the more liberally that God dealeth with his people, the more doeth he punish them that abuse his benefites.

Note return to page 10743 [a] He prophecieth that Gods benefite in calling the Gentiles, shall be so great, that they shall haue wonderfull occasion to prayse his mercie and reioyce.

Note return to page 10744 [b] He chiefly meaneth, touching the spirituall regeneration, whereby we are his sheepe and people.

Note return to page 10745 [c] Hee sheweth that God wil not be worshipped, but by þt; meanes, which he hath appointed.

Note return to page 10746 [d] He declareth that we ought neuer to be wearie in praysing him, seeing his mercies toward vs last for euer.

Note return to page 10747 [a] Dauid considereth what maner of King he would be when God should place him in the throne, promising openly, that he would be mercifull and iust.

Note return to page 10748 [b] Though as yet thou deferrest to place me in the Kingly dignitie, yet wil I giue my selfe to wisdome and vprightnes being a priuate man.

Note return to page 10749 [c] He sheweth that magistrates doe not their dueties, except they be enemies to all vice.

Note return to page 10750 [d] In promising to punish these vices, which are most pernicious in them that are about Kings, hee declareth that he will punish all.

Note return to page 10751 [e] Hee sheweth what is the true vse of the sworde: to punish the wicked and to maintaine the good.

Note return to page 10752 [f] Magistrates must immediatly punish vice, least it growe to farther inconuenience: and if heathen magistrates are bound to doe this, howe much more they that haue the charge of the Church of God.

Note return to page 10753 [a] Whereby is signified, that albeit we be in neuer so great miseries, yet there is euer place left for prayer.

Note return to page 10754 [b] He declareth that in our prayer we must liuely feele that, which we desire and stedfastly beleeue to obteine.

Note return to page 10755 [c] These excessiue kindes of speach shewe how much the affliction of the Church ought to wound the hearts of the godly.

Note return to page 10756 [d] My sorowes were so great, that I passed not for mine ordinarie foode.

Note return to page 10757 [e] Euer mourning and solitarie casting out fearefull cries.

Note return to page 10758 [f] Haue conspired my death.

Note return to page 10759 [g] I haue not risen out of my mourning to take my refection.

Note return to page 10760 [h] He sheweth that the afflictions did not onely thus mooue him, but chiefly the feeling of Gods displeasure.

Note return to page 10761 [i] Howsoeuer we be fraile: yet thy promes is sure and the remembrance thereof shall confirme vs for euer.

Note return to page 10762 [k] That is, the seuentie yeeres, which by the Prophet Ieremie thou diddest appoint, Iere.29.12.

Note return to page 10763 [l] The more that the Church is in miserie and desolation, the more ought the faithfull to loue & pitie it.

Note return to page 10764 [m] That is, when he shall haue drawen his Church out of the darkenes of death.

Note return to page 10765 [n] The deliuerance of þe; Church is a most excellent benefite, and therefore he compareth it to a new creation: for in their banishment the body of the Church seemed to haue bene dead, which by deliuerance was as it were created anewe.

Note return to page 10766 [o] Who nowe in their banishment could looke for nothing but death.

Note return to page 10767 [p] Hee sheweth that Gods Name is neuer more praysed, then when religion florisheth and the Church increaseth: which thing is chiefly accomplished vnder the kingdome of Christ.

Note return to page 10768 [q] The Church lament that they see not the time of Christ, which was promised, but haue but fewe yeeres and short dayes.

Note return to page 10769 [r] If heauen and earth perish, much more man shall perish: but the Church by reason of Gods promes endureth for euer.

Note return to page 10770 [s] Seeing thou hast chosen thy Church out of the world and ioyned it to thee, it can not but continue for euer: for thou art euerlasting.

Note return to page 10771 [a] He wakeneth his dulnesse to prayse God, shewing that both vnderstanding and affections, minde and heart are too litle to set foorth his prayse.

Note return to page 10772 [b] This is the beginning & chiefest of all benefites: remission of sinne.

Note return to page 10773 [c] For before that we haue remission of our sinnes, we are as dead men in the graue.

Note return to page 10774 [d] As the eagle, when her beake ouergroweth, sucketh blood, and so is renued in strength, euen so God miraculously giueth strength to his Church aboue all mans expectation.

Note return to page 10775 [e] As to his chiefe minister and next to his people.

Note return to page 10776 [f] He sheweth first his seuere iudgement, but so soone as the sinner is humbled, he receiueth him to mercie.

Note return to page 10777 [g] We haue prooued by continuall experience, that his mercie hath euer preuailed against our offences.

Note return to page 10778 [h] As great as the world is, so full is it of signes of Gods mercies toward his faithfull when he hath remoued their sinnes.

Note return to page 10779 [i] He declareth that man hath nothing in himselfe to moue God to mercie, but onely the confession of his infirmitie and miserie.

Note return to page 10780 [k] His iust and faithfull keeping of his promes.

Note return to page 10781 [l] To whom he giueth grace to feare him, and to obey his worde.

Note return to page 10782 [m] In that that we, which naturally are slowe to prayse God, exhort the Angels, which willingly do it, we stirre vp our selues to consider our duetie, & awake out of our sluggishnesse.

Note return to page 10783 [a] The Prophet sheweth that we neede not to enter into the heauens to seeke God, for as much as all the order of nature, with the proprietie and placing of the elements, are most liuely mirrours to see his maiestie in.

Note return to page 10784 [b] As the Prophet here sheweth that all visible powers are redie to serue God: so the Apostle to the Ebre.1.7. beholdeth in this glasse howe the very Angels also are obedient to his commaundement.

Note return to page 10785 [c] Thou makest the sea to be an ornament vnto the earth.

Note return to page 10786 [d] If by thy power thou diddest not bridle the rage of the waters, it were not possible, but the whole worlde shoulde be destroyed.

Note return to page 10787 [e] If God prouide for the very beasts, much more will he extende his prouident care to man.

Note return to page 10788 [f] There is no part of the worlde so barren, where most euident signes of Gods blessings appeare not.

Note return to page 10789 [g] From the cloudes.

Note return to page 10790 [h] He describeth Gods prouident care ouer man, who doeth not onely prouide necessarie things for him, as herbes and other meate: but also things to reioyce and comfort him, as wine and oyle or ointments.

Note return to page 10791 Or, does, roes, and such like.

Note return to page 10792 [i] As to separate the night from the day, and to note dayes, moneths and yeeres.

Note return to page 10793 [k] That is, by his course, either farre or neere, it noteth sommer, winter and other seasons.

Note return to page 10794 [l] That is they onely finde meate according to Gods prouidence, who careth euen for the brute beastes.

Note return to page 10795 [m] To wit, when the day springeth: for the light is as it were a shielde to defende man against the tyrannie and fiercenesse of beastes.

Note return to page 10796 [n] He confesseth that no tongue is able to expresse Gods workes, not minde to comprehend them.

Note return to page 10797 Or, whale.

Note return to page 10798 [o] God is a most nourishing Father, who prouideth for all creatures their dayly foode.

Note return to page 10799 [p] As by thy presence all things haue life: so, if thou withdrawe thy blessings, they all perish.

Note return to page 10800 [q] As the death of creatures sheweth that we are nothing of our selues: so their generation declareth that we receiue all things of our Creator.

Note return to page 10801 [r] Gods mercifull face giueth strength to the earth, but his seuere countenance burneth the mountaines.

Note return to page 10802 [s] Who infect the worlde, and so cause God that hee cannot reioyce in his workes.

Note return to page 10803 [a] For as much as the Israelites were exempted from the common condemnation of the worlde, and were elected to be Gods people, the Prophet willeth them to shewe themselues mindfull by thankesgiuing.

Note return to page 10804 [b] By the strength and face, he meaneth the Arke where God declared his power and his presence.

Note return to page 10805 [c] Which he hath wrought in the deliuerance of his people.

Note return to page 10806 [d] Because his power was thereby as liuely declared, as if he should haue declared it by mouth.

Note return to page 10807 [e] The promes which God made to Abraham to be his God, and the God of his seede after him, he renued and repeated it againe to his seede after him.

Note return to page 10808 [f] He sheweth that they should not enioy the land of Canaan by any other meanes, but by reason of his couenant made with their fathers.

Note return to page 10809 [g] That is, the King of Egypt and the King of Gerar, Gene.12.17. and 20.3.

Note return to page 10810 [h] Those whom I haue sanctified to be my people.

Note return to page 10811 [i] Meaning the old fathers, to whom God shewed him selfe plainely, and who were setters foorth of his word.

Note return to page 10812 [k] Either by sending scarcitie, or by taking away the strength and nourishment thereof.

Note return to page 10813 [l] So long he suffered aduersitie as God had appointed, and till he had tryed sufficiently his patience.

Note return to page 10814 [m] That the very princes of the countrey should be at Iosephs commandement and learne wisedome at him.

Note return to page 10815 [n] So it is in God, either to mooue the heartes of the wicked to loue or to hate Gods children.

Note return to page 10816 [o] Meaning, Moses and Aaron.

Note return to page 10817 Exod.7.20.

Note return to page 10818 Exod.8.6.

Note return to page 10819 [p] So that this vermine came not by fortune, but as God had appointed, and his Prophet Moses spake.

Note return to page 10820 [q] It was strange to see raine in Egypt, much more it was fearefull to see hayle.

Note return to page 10821 [r] He sheweth that all creatures are armed against man, when God is his enemie: as at his commandement the grashoppers destroyed the lande.

Note return to page 10822 Exod.12.29.

Note return to page 10823 [s] When their enemies felt Gods plagues, his children by his prouidence were exempted.

Note return to page 10824 [t] For Gods plagues caused them rather to depart with the Israelites, then with their liues.

Note return to page 10825 [u] Not for necessitie, but for satisfying of their lust.

Note return to page 10826 [x] Which he confirmeth to the posteritie, in whom after a sort the dead liue and enioy the promises.

Note return to page 10827 [y] When the Egyptians lamented and were destroyed.

Note return to page 10828 [z] This is the ende, why God preserueth his Church, because they should worship, and call vpon him in this worlde.

Note return to page 10829 [a] The Prophet exhorteth the people to prayse God for his benefites past, that thereby their mindes may be strengthened against all present troubles and despaire.

Note return to page 10830 [b] He sheweth that it is not ynough to prayse God with mouth, except the whole heart agree thereunto, & all our life be thereunto framed.

Note return to page 10831 [c] Let the good will that thou bearest to thy people, extend vnto me, that thereby I may be receiued into the nomber of thine.

Note return to page 10832 [d] By earnest confession aswell of their owne, as of their fathers sinnes, they shewe that they had hope that God according to his promes would pitie them.

Note return to page 10833 [e] The inestimable goodnesse of God appeareth in this, that hee woulde change the order of nature, rather then his people shoulde not be deliuered, although they were wicked.

Note return to page 10834 Exod.14.27.

Note return to page 10835 [f] The wonderfull workes of God caused them to beleeue for a time, and to prayse him.

Note return to page 10836 [g] They woulde preuent his wisedome and prouidence.

Note return to page 10837 [h] The abundance þt; God gaue them, profited not, but made them pine away, because God cursed it.

Note return to page 10838 [i] By the greatnes of the punishment the hainous offence may be considered: for they that rise against Gods ministers, rebell against him.

Note return to page 10839 [k] Hee sheweth that all idolaters renounce God to be their glorie, when in steade of him they worship any creature, much more wood, stone, metal or calues.

Note return to page 10840 [l] If Moses by his intercession had not obtained Gods fauour against their rebellious.

Note return to page 10841 [m] That is, Canaan, which was as it were an earnest penie of the heauenly inheritance.

Note return to page 10842 [n] That is, hee sware. Sometime also it meaneth to punish.

Note return to page 10843 [o] Which was the Idole of the Moabites.

Note return to page 10844 [p] Sacrifices offered to the dead idoles.

Note return to page 10845 [q] Signifying, that whatsoeuer man inuenteth of himselfe to serue God by, is detestable and prouoketh his anger.

Note return to page 10846 [r] When all other neglected Gods glorie, hee in his zeale killed the adulterers and preuented Gods wrath.

Note return to page 10847 Nom.25.12.

Note return to page 10848 [s] This acte declared his liuely faith, and for his faithes sake was accepted.

Note return to page 10849 Nom.20.13. psal.95.8.

Note return to page 10850 [t] If so notable a Prophet of God escape not punishment though others prouoked him to sinne, howe much more shall they be subiect to Gods iudgement, which cause Gods children to sinne?

Note return to page 10851 [u] Hee sheweth howe monstrous a thing idolatrie is, which can winne vs to thinges abhorring to nature, where as Gods woorde can not obtaine most small thinges.

Note return to page 10852 [x] Then true chastitie is to cleane wholely and onely vnto God.

Note return to page 10853 [y] The Prophet sheweth that neyther by menaces, nor promises wee can come to God, except we be altogether newly reformed, and that his mercy ouercouer and hide our malice.

Note return to page 10854 [z] Not that God is changeable in him selfe, but that then he seemeth to vs to repent, when he altereth his punishment, and forgiueth vs,

Note return to page 10855 [a] Gather thy Church, which is dispersed, and giue vs constancie vnder the crosse, that with one consent wee may all praise thee.

Note return to page 10856 [a] This notable sentence was in the beginning vsed, as the foote or tenour of the song, which was oftentimes repeated.

Note return to page 10857 [b] As this was true in the Iewes, so is there none of Gods elect, that feele not his helpe in their necessitie.

Note return to page 10858 Or, from the sea: meaning the red sea, which is on the South part of the lande.

Note return to page 10859 [c] Hee sheweth that there is none affliction so grieuous, out of the which God will not deliuer his, and also exhorteth them that are deliuered, to bee mindefull of so great a benefite.

Note return to page 10860 [d] Then the true way to obey God, is to followe his expresse commandement: also hereby all are exhorted to descende into them selues, forasmuch as none are punished, but for their sinnes.

Note return to page 10861 [e] Hee sheweth that the cause why God doeth punish vs extremely, is because wee can bee brought vnto him by none other meanes.

Note return to page 10862 [f] When there seemeth to mans iudgement no recouerie, but all things are brought to despaire, then God chiefly sheweth his mighty power.

Note return to page 10863 [g] They that haue no feare of God, by his sharpe roddes are brought to call vpon him, and so finde mercie.

Note return to page 10864 [h] By healing them hee declareth his good wil towarde them.

Note return to page 10865 [i] Meaning their diseases, which had almost brought them to the graue and corruption.

Note return to page 10866 [k] Praise and consession of Gods benefites are the true sacrifices of the godly.

Note return to page 10867 [l] He sheweth by the sea what care God hath ouer man, for in that that he deliuereth them from the great dangers of the sea, he deliuereth them, as it were from a thousand deathes.

Note return to page 10868 [m] Their feare and danger is so great.

Note return to page 10869 [n] When their arte and meanes faile them, they are c&obar;pelled to confesse that onely Gods prouidence doeth preserue them.

Note return to page 10870 [o] Though before euery drop seemed to fight one against another, yet at his commaundement they are as still, as though they were frosen.

Note return to page 10871 [p] This great benefite ought not onely to be considered particularly, but magnified in all places and assemblies.

Note return to page 10872 Or, saltne&esset;e.

Note return to page 10873 [q] For the loue that hee beareth to his Church hee changeth the order of nature for their commoditie.

Note return to page 10874 [r] Continuall increase and yerely.

Note return to page 10875 [s] As God by his prouidence doeth exalt men, so doth he also h&ubar;ble them by afflictions to know themselues.

Note return to page 10876 [t] For their wickednes & tyrannie he causeth the people and subiects to contemne them.

Note return to page 10877 [u] They, whose faith is lightened by Gods Spirite, shall reioyce to see Gods iudgements against the wicked and vngodly.

Note return to page 10878 [a] This earnest affection declareth that hee is free from hypocrisie, and that sluggishnesse staieth him not.

Note return to page 10879 Or, my glorie, because it chiefly setteth foorth the glorie of God.

Note return to page 10880 [b] He prophecieth of þe; calling of the Gentiles: for except they were called, they coulde not heare the goodnesse of God.

Note return to page 10881 [c] Let al the world see thy iudgem&ebar;ts, in that that thou art God ouer all, and so confesse that thou art glorious.

Note return to page 10882 [d] When God by his benefites maketh vs partakers of his mercies, he admonisheth vs to be earnest in praier to desire him to c&obar;tinue and finish his graces.

Note return to page 10883 [e] As he hath spoken to Samuel concerning me, so will he shewe him selfe constant, and holy in his promes, so that these nations folowing shall be subiect vnto mee.

Note return to page 10884 Psal.60.8.

Note return to page 10885 [f] From the sixt verse of this Psalme vnto the last read the exposition in the lx. Psalme, and fift verse.

Note return to page 10886 [a] Though all the worlde condemne me, yet thou wilt approoue mine innocencie, and that is a sufficient praise to me.

Note return to page 10887 [b] To declare that I had none other refuge, but thee, in whome my conscience was at rest.

Note return to page 10888 [c] Whether it were Doeg or Saul, or some familiar friend that had betraied him, he praieth not of priuate affection, but mooued by gods Spirit, that God wold take vengeance vpon him.

Note return to page 10889 [d] As to the elect all things turne to their profite: so to the reprobate eu&ebar; those things, that are good, turne to their damnation.

Note return to page 10890 [e] This was chiefly accomplished in Iudas, Acts 1.20.

Note return to page 10891 [f] He declareth that the curse of God lieth vpon the extortioners: who thinking to enrich their children by their vnlawfull gotten goodes, are by Gods iust iudgement depriued of all.

Note return to page 10892 [g] Thus punisheth the Lorde to the thirde and fourth generation the wickednesse of the parentes in their wicked children.

Note return to page 10893 [h] He sheweth that God accustometh to plague them after a str&abar;ge sort, that shewe themselues cruell towarde other.

Note return to page 10894 [i] Thus giueth the Lorde to euery man the thing, wherein he deliteth, that the reprobate cannot accuse God of wrong, when they are giuen vp to their lustes and reprobate mindes.

Note return to page 10895 [k] For being destitute of mans helpe, he fully trusted in the Lorde, that he would deliuer him.

Note return to page 10896 [l] As thou art named mercifull, gracious and long suffering, so shewe thy selfe in effect.

Note return to page 10897 [m] Meaning, that he hath no staye nor assurance in this worlde.

Note return to page 10898 [n] For hunger, that came of sorowe, he was leane, and his naturall moisture failed him.

Note return to page 10899 [o] The more grieuous that Satan assayled him, the more earnest and instant was he in prayer.

Note return to page 10900 [p] They shal gaine nothing by cursing me.

Note return to page 10901 [q] Not onely in confessing it secretly in my selfe, but also in declaring it before all the C&obar;gregation.

Note return to page 10902 [r] Hereby he sheweth that he had not to doe with them, that were of litle power, but with the iudges and princes of the worlde.

Note return to page 10903 [a] Iesus Christ in the two and twentie of Matth. verse 44. giueth the interpretation hereof, and sheweth that this cannot properly be applied vnto Dauid, but to himselfe.

Note return to page 10904 [b] And thence it shall stretche through all the world: and this power chiefely standeth in the preaching of his worde.

Note return to page 10905 [c] By thy word thy people shalbe assembled into thy Church, whose increase shalbe so abundant and wonderfull, as the drops of the dewe.

Note return to page 10906 [d] As Melchi-zedek the figure of Christ was both King and Priest: so the effect cannot be accomplished in any King, saue only in Christ, 2.Chr.26.21.

Note return to page 10907 [e] No power shalbe able to resist him.

Note return to page 10908 [f] Vnder this similitude of a captaine, that is so greedie to destroy his enemies, that he will not scarce drinke by the way, he sheweth howe God will destroy his enemies.

Note return to page 10909 [a] The Prophet declareth that he will prayse God both priuatly and openly, and that from the heart, as he that consecrateth himselfe wholy and onely vnto God.

Note return to page 10910 [b] Hee sheweth that Gods workes are a sufficient cause, wherefore we should prayse him, but chiefely his benefites toward his Church.

Note return to page 10911 [c] God hath giuen to his people all that was necessarie for them, and will doe still euen for his couenants sake, and in this sense the Ebrewe worde is taken, Prou.30.8. & 31.15.

Note return to page 10912 Or, pray, and foode.

Note return to page 10913 [d] As God promised to take the care of his Church: so in effect doth hee declare himselfe iust and true in the gouernement of the same.

Note return to page 10914 [e] They only are wise, that feare God, & none haue vnderstanding, but they þt; obey his word.

Note return to page 10915 [f] To wit, his c&obar;mandem&ebar;ts, as verse 7.

Note return to page 10916 [a] He meaneth that reuerent feare, which is in the children of God, which caused them to delite only in the worde of God.

Note return to page 10917 [b] The godly shall haue abundance and contentment, because their heart is satisfied in God onely.

Note return to page 10918 [c] The faithfull in all their aduersities knowe that all shall goe well with them: for God will be mercifull and iust.

Note return to page 10919 [d] He sheweth what is the fruite of mercie: to lend freely and not for gaine, and so to measure his doings that he may be able to helpe where neede requireth, and not to bestowe all on himselfe.

Note return to page 10920 [e] The godly pinche not nigardly, but distribute liberally, as the necessitie of the poore requireth, & as his power is able.

Note return to page 10921 [f] His power & prosperous estate.

Note return to page 10922 [g] The blessings of God vpon his children shall cause þe; wicked to die for enuie.

Note return to page 10923 [a] By this often repetition hee stirreth vp our colde dulnesse to prayse God, seeing his workes are so wonderfull and that wee are created for the same

Note return to page 10924 [b] If Gods glorie shine through all the worlde, and therefore of all ought to be praysed, what great condemnation were it to his people, among whom chiefely it shineth, if they should not earnestly extoll his Name?

Note return to page 10925 [c] By preferring the poore to high honour, and giuing the baren children, he sheweth that God worketh not onely in his Church by ordinarie meanes, but also by miracles.

Note return to page 10926 Exod.13.3.

Note return to page 10927 [a] That is, from them that were of a strange language.

Note return to page 10928 [b] The whole people were witnesses of his holy maiestie, in adopting them, and of his mightie power in deliuering them.

Note return to page 10929 [c] Seeing that these dead creatures felt Gods power, and after a sort sawe it, much more his people ought to consider it and glorifie him for the same.

Note return to page 10930 [d] Ought then his people to be insensible, when they see his power and maiestie?

Note return to page 10931 [e] That is, caused miraculously water to come out of the rocke in most abundance, Exod.17.6.

Note return to page 10932 [a] Because God promised to deliuer them, not for their sakes, but for his name, Isa.48. 11, therefore they ground their prayer vpon this promes.

Note return to page 10933 [b] When the wicked see that God accomplisheth not his promes, as they imagine, they thinke there is no God.

Note return to page 10934 [c] No impedim&ebar;ts can let his worke, but he vseth euen the impediments to serue his will.

Note return to page 10935 [d] Seeing that neither the matter, nor the forme can commende the idoles, it followeth that there is nothing, why they shoulde be esteemed.

Note return to page 10936 [e] Hee sheweth what great vanitie it is to aske helpe of them, which not onely haue no helpe in them, but lacke sense and reason.

Note return to page 10937 [f] As much without sense, as blocks & stones.

Note return to page 10938 [g] For they were appointed by God as instructers and teachers of fayth and religion for others to followe.

Note return to page 10939 [h] That is, he will continue his graces towarde his people.

Note return to page 10940 [i] And therefore doeth still gouerne and continue all things therein.

Note return to page 10941 [k] And they declare ynough his sufficiencie, so that the worlde serueth him nothing, but to shewe his fatherly care towarde men.

Note return to page 10942 [l] Though the dead set foorth Gods glorie, yet he meaneth here, that they prayse him not in his Church and Congregation.

Note return to page 10943 [a] He graunteth that no pleasure is so great, as to feele Gods helpe in our necessitie, neither that any thing more stirreth vp our loue towarde him.

Note return to page 10944 [b] That is, in conuenient time to seeke helpe, which was when he was in distresse.

Note return to page 10945 [c] He sheweth forth the fruite of his loue in calling vpon him, confessing him to be iust and mercifull, and to helpe them that are destitute of aide and counsell.

Note return to page 10946 [d] Which was vnquieted before, nowe rest vpon the Lord: for he hath bene beneficiall towardes thee.

Note return to page 10947 [e] The Lord will preserue me, and saue my life.

Note return to page 10948 [f] I felt all these things and therefore was moued by faith to confesse them, 2.Cor. 4.13.

Note return to page 10949 [g] In my great distresse I thought God would not regard man, which is but lies and vanitie, yet I ouercame this tentation, and felt the contrarie.

Note return to page 10950 [h] In the Law they vsed to make a banket, when they gaue solemne thankes to God, and to take the cuppe and drinke in signe of thankesgiuing.

Note return to page 10951 [i] I perceiue that God hath a care ouer his, so that he both disposeth their death, and taketh an account.

Note return to page 10952 [k] I will thanke him for his benefites: for that is a iust payment, to confesse that we owe all to God.

Note return to page 10953 Rom.15.11.

Note return to page 10954 [a] That is, the most certaine and continual testimonies of his Fatherly grace.

Note return to page 10955 [a] Because God by creating Dauid King, shewed his mercie toward his afflicted Church, the Prophet doeth not onely himselfe thanke God, but exhorteth all the people to doe the same.

Note return to page 10956 [b] We are here taught, þt; the more that troubles oppresse vs, the more ought we to be instant in praier.

Note return to page 10957 [c] Being exalted to this estate, hee assured himselfe to haue man euer to be his enemie. Yet he doubted not, but God woulde maintaine him, because he had placed him.

Note return to page 10958 [d] He sheweth that he had trusted in vaine, if he had put his confidence in man, to haue bene preferred to the kingdom, & therefore hee put his trust in God and obteined.

Note return to page 10959 [e] He noteth Saul his chiefe enemie.

Note return to page 10960 [f] In that he was deliuered, it came not of himself, nor of the power of man, but onely of Gods fauour: therfore he wil praise him.

Note return to page 10961 [g] He promiseth both to r&ebar;der graces himselfe, and to cause others to doe the same, because that in his person the Church was restored.

Note return to page 10962 [h] So that all, that are both farre and neere, may see his mightie power.

Note return to page 10963 [i] He willeth the doores of the Tabernacle to be opened, that he may declare his thankefull minde.

Note return to page 10964 Isa.28.16. mat.21.42. actes 4.11. rom.9.33. 1.pet.2.6,7.

Note return to page 10965 [k] Though Saul and the chiefe powers refused mee to bee King, yet God hath preferred mee aboue them all.

Note return to page 10966 [l] Wherein God hath shewed chiefly his mercie, by appointing me King, and deliuering his Church.

Note return to page 10967 [m] The people pray for the prosperitie of Dauids kingdom, who was the figure of Christ.

Note return to page 10968 [n] Which are the Priests and haue the charge thereof, as Nomb.6.23.

Note return to page 10969 [o] Because hee hath restored vs from darknesse to light, we will offer sacrifices and praises vnto him.

Note return to page 10970 [a] Here they are not called blessed, which thinke themselues wise in their owne, iudgement, nor, which imagine to themselues a certaine holinesse, but they whose conuersation is without hypocrisie.

Note return to page 10971 [b] For they are ruled by Gods Spirite and imbrace no doctrine but his.

Note return to page 10972 [c] Dauid acknowledgeth his imperfection, desiring God to reforme it, that his life may be conformable to Gods word.

Note return to page 10973 [d] For true religion standeth in seruing God without hypocrisie.

Note return to page 10974 [e] That is, thy preceptes, which conteine perfite righteousnesse.

Note return to page 10975 [f] He refuseth not to be tried by tentations, but he feareth to faint, if God succour not his infirmitie in time.

Note return to page 10976 [a] Because youth is most giuen to licentiousnesse, hee chiefly warneth them to frame their liues betime to Gods woorde.

Note return to page 10977 [b] If Gods woorde be grauen in our hearts, we shall be more able to resist the assaultes of Satan: and therefore the Prophet desireth God to instruct him daily more and more therein.

Note return to page 10978 [c] The Prophet doeth not boast of his vertues, but setteth foorth an example for others to followe Gods woorde and leaue worldly vanities.

Note return to page 10979 [a] Hee sheweth that we ought not to desire to liue but to serue God, and that we can not serue him aright, except hee open our eyes and mindes.

Note return to page 10980 [b] Seeing mans life in this worlde is but a passage, what shoulde become of him, if thy woorde were not his guide?

Note return to page 10981 [c] In all ages thou hast plagued all such, which maliciously and contemptuously depart from thy trueth.

Note return to page 10982 [d] When the powers of the worlde gaue false sentence against me, thy woorde was a guide and counseller to teache me what to doe, and to comfort me.

Note return to page 10983 [a] That is, it is almost brought to the graue, & without thy woorde I cannot liue.

Note return to page 10984 [b] I haue confessed mine offences, and nowe depend wholy on thee.

Note return to page 10985 [c] If God did not mainteine vs by his worde, our life would drop away like water.

Note return to page 10986 [d] Instruct me in thy worde, whereby my minde may be purged from vanitie, and taught to obey thy will.

Note return to page 10987 [e] By this hee sheweth that we can neither chuse good, cleaue to Gods woorde, nor runne forwarde in his way, except hee make our hearts large to receiue his grace, and willing to obey.

Note return to page 10988 [a] He sheweth that he cannot followe on to the ende, except God teache him oft times, and lead him forward.

Note return to page 10989 [b] Not onely in outwarde conuersation, but also with inwarde affection.

Note return to page 10990 [c] Hereby meaning all other vices, because that couetousnes is the roote of all euill.

Note return to page 10991 [d] Meaning, all his senses.

Note return to page 10992 [e] Let me not fall to thy dishonour, but let mine heart still delite in thy gracious woorde.

Note return to page 10993 [f] Giue mee strength to continue in thy woorde euen to the ende.

Note return to page 10994 [a] Hee sheweth that Gods mercie and loue is the first cause of our saluation.

Note return to page 10995 [b] By trusting in Gods woorde he assureth himselfe to bee able to confute the slaunders of his aduersaries.

Note return to page 10996 [c] They, that simplie walke after Gods woord, haue no lets to intangle them, whereas they that doe contrarie, are euer in nettes and snares.

Note return to page 10997 [d] Hee sheweth that the children of God ought not to suffer their fathers glorie to be obscured by the vaine pompe of Princes.

Note return to page 10998 [a] Though hee feele Gods hande still to lie vpon him, yet he resteth on his promes, and comforteth himselfe therein.

Note return to page 10999 [b] Meaning, the wicked, which contemne Gods worde, and treade his religion vnder foote.

Note return to page 11000 [c] That is, the examples, whereby thou declarest thy selfe to be iudge of the worlde.

Note return to page 11001 [d] That is, a vehement zeale to thy glorie, and indignation against the wicked.

Note return to page 11002 [e] In the course of this life and sorowfull exile.

Note return to page 11003 [f] Euen when other sleepe.

Note return to page 11004 [g] That is, all these benefites.

Note return to page 11005 [a] I am perswaded that to keepe thy Law is an heritage and great gaine for mee.

Note return to page 11006 [b] Hee sheweth that none can imbrace the woorde of God, except hee consider his owne imperfections and waies.

Note return to page 11007 [c] They haue gone about to draw me into their companie.

Note return to page 11008 [d] Not onely in mutuall consent, but also with aide and succour.

Note return to page 11009 [e] For the knowledge of Gods woorde is a singular token of his fauour.

Note return to page 11010 [a] Hauing prooued by experience that God was true in his promesse, he desireth that he woulde increase in him knowledge and iudgement.

Note return to page 11011 [b] So Ieremie sayeth, that before the Lord touched him, hee was like a calfe vntamed: so that the vse of Gods roddes is to call vs home to God.

Note return to page 11012 [c] Their heart is indurate and hardened, puffed vp with prosperitie and vaine estimation of themselues.

Note return to page 11013 [d] Hee confesseth that before that he was chastened, he was rebellious, as man by nature is.

Note return to page 11014 [a] Because God leaueth not his woorke, that hee hath begun, he desireth a newe grace: that is, that he would continue his mercies.

Note return to page 11015 [b] When God sheweth his grace towarde any, he testifieth to others that he faileth not them that trust in him.

Note return to page 11016 Eb. in truth.

Note return to page 11017 [c] He declareth, þt; when he felt not Gods mercies, he was as dead.

Note return to page 11018 [d] That is, be c&obar;forted by mine ex&abar;ple

Note return to page 11019 [e] He sheweth that there can bee no true feare of God without the knowledge of his word.

Note return to page 11020 [a] Though my strength faile me, yet my soule groneth and sigheth, resting still in thy worde.

Note return to page 11021 [b] Like a skinne bottel or bladder that is parched in the smoke.

Note return to page 11022 [c] How long wilt thou afflict thy seruant?

Note return to page 11023 [d] They haue not onely oppressed me violently, but also craftily conspired against me.

Note return to page 11024 [e] He assureth himselfe, that God will deliuer his and destroy such as vniustly persecute them.

Note return to page 11025 [f] Finding no help in earth, he lifteth vp his eyes to heau&ebar;.

Note return to page 11026 [a] Because none should esteeme Gods word according to the changes of things in this worlde, he sheweth that it abideth in heauen, and therefore is immutable.

Note return to page 11027 [b] Seeing the earth and all creatures remaine in that estate, wherein thou hast created them, much more thy trueth remaineth constant and vnchangeable.

Note return to page 11028 [c] He proueth by effect, that hee is Gods childe, because he seeketh to vnderstand his word.

Note return to page 11029 [d] There is nothing so perfect in earth, but it hath an ende: onely Gods word lasteth for euer.

Note return to page 11030 [a] He sheweth that we cannot loue Gods word except we exercise our selues therein and practise it.

Note return to page 11031 [b] Whosoeuer doeth submit himselfe only to Gods worde, shall not onely be safe against the practises of his enemies, but also learne more wisdome, then they that professe it, and are men of experience.

Note return to page 11032 [c] So then of our selues we can do nothing, but when God doth inwardly instruct vs &wt; his Spirit, we feele his graces sweeter then hony.

Note return to page 11033 [a] Of our selues we are but darkenes, and cannot see, except we be lightened with Gods word.

Note return to page 11034 [b] So all the faithfull ought to binde themselues to God by a solemne othe & promes, to stirre vp their zeale to imbrace Gods word.

Note return to page 11035 [c] That is, my prayers & thankesgiuing, which sacrifice Hosea calleth the calues of the lippes, Chap. 14.verse 3.

Note return to page 11036 [d] That is, I am in continuall danger of my life.

Note return to page 11037 [e] I esteemed no worldly things, but made thy word mine inheritance.

Note return to page 11038 [a] Whosoeuer will imbrace Gods word aright, must abhorre all fantasies and imaginations both of himselfe and of others.

Note return to page 11039 [b] And hinder mee not to keepe the Law of the Lord.

Note return to page 11040 [c] Hee desireth Gods continuall assistance least he should faint in this race, which he had begun.

Note return to page 11041 [d] The craftie practises of them that contemne thy Lawe, shall bee brought to nought.

Note return to page 11042 [e] Which infected thy people, as drosse doeth the metal.

Note return to page 11043 [f] Thy iudgements do not onely teach me obedience, but cause me to feare, considering mine owne weakenes, which feare causeth repentance.

Note return to page 11044 [a] Put thy selfe betweene mine enemies and me, as if thou were my pledge.

Note return to page 11045 [b] He boasteth not that hee is Gods seruant, but hereby putteth God in minde, that as he made him his by his grace, so he would continue his fauour toward him.

Note return to page 11046 [c] The Prophet sheweth that when the wicked haue brought all things to confusion, and Gods worde to vtter contempt, then is it Gods time to helpe and sende remedie.

Note return to page 11047 [d] That is, whatsoeuer dissenteth from the puritie of thy worde.

Note return to page 11048 [a] Conteyning high and secrete mysteries, so that I am moued with admiration and reuerence.

Note return to page 11049 [b] The simple idiots, that submit themselues to God, haue their eyes opened, and their mindes illuminated so soone as they begin to reade Gods word.

Note return to page 11050 [c] My zeale toward thy word was so great.

Note return to page 11051 [d] Hee sheweth what ought to bee the zeale of Gods children, when they see his worde contemned.

Note return to page 11052 [a] We cannot confesse God to be righteous, except we liue vprightly and truely, as hee hath commanded.

Note return to page 11053 Psal.69.9. iohn 2.17.

Note return to page 11054 [b] Golde hath neede to be fined, but thy word is perfection it selfe.

Note return to page 11055 [c] This is the true trial, to praise God in aduersitie.

Note return to page 11056 [d] So that the life of man without knowledge of God is death.

Note return to page 11057 [a] He sheweth that all his affections and whole heart were bent to Godward for to haue helpe in his dangers.

Note return to page 11058 [b] He was more earnest in the studie of Gods word, then they that kept the watch were in their charge.

Note return to page 11059 Or, custome.

Note return to page 11060 [c] He sheweth the nature of the wicked to be to persecute against their conscience.

Note return to page 11061 [d] His faith is grounded vpon Gods word, that he would euer be at hand when his children be oppressed.

Note return to page 11062 [a] For without Gods promes there is no hope of deliuerance.

Note return to page 11063 [b] According to thy promes made in the Law, which because the wicked lacke, they can haue no hope of saluation.

Note return to page 11064 [c] My zeale consumed me, when I saw their malice and contempt of thy glorie.

Note return to page 11065 [d] It is a sure signe of our adoption, when we loue the Lawe of God.

Note return to page 11066 [e] Since thou first promisedst, euen to the ende all thy sayings are true.

Note return to page 11067 [a] The threatnings and persecutions of princes coulde not cause mee to shrinke to confesse thee, whom I more feare then men.

Note return to page 11068 [b] That is, often and sundry times.

Note return to page 11069 [c] For their conscience assureth them, that they please thee, whereas they, that loue not thee, haue the contrary.

Note return to page 11070 [d] He sheweth that we must first haue faith, before we can worke and please God.

Note return to page 11071 [e] I had no respect of men, but set thee alwayes before mine eyes, as the iudge of my doings.

Note return to page 11072 [a] As thou hast promised to bee the scholemaster vnto all them that depende vpon thee.

Note return to page 11073 [b] The worde signifieth to powre foorth continually.

Note return to page 11074 [c] All his prayer, and desire is, to profite in the word of God.

Note return to page 11075 [d] That is, thy prouident care ouer mee, and wherewith thou wilt iudge mine enemies.

Note return to page 11076 [e] Being chased to and fro by mine enemies, and hauing no place to rest in.

Note return to page 11077 [a] That is, of lifting vp the tune and rising in singing.

Note return to page 11078 [b] Albeit the children of God ought to reioyce when they suffer for righteousnes sake, yet it is a great griefe to the flesh to heare euill for well doing.

Note return to page 11079 [c] He assured himselfe that God would turne their craft to their owne destruction.

Note return to page 11080 [d] Hee sheweth that there is nothing so sharpe to pearce, nor so hote to set on fire as a slanderous tongue.

Note return to page 11081 [e] These were people of Arabia, which came of Iaphet, Genesis 10.2.

Note return to page 11082 [f] That is, of the Ishmaelites.

Note return to page 11083 [g] He declareth what hee meaneth by Meshech, and Kedar: to wit, the Israelites, which had degenerate from their godly fathers, and hated and contended against the faithfull.

Note return to page 11084 Or, aboue the mountaines: meaning, that there is nothing so high in this world, wherein he can trust, but onely in God.

Note return to page 11085 [a] He accuseth m&abar;s ingratitude, which cannot depend on Gods power.

Note return to page 11086 [b] He sheweth that Gods prouidence not only watcheth ouer his Church in generall, but also ouer euery member thereof.

Note return to page 11087 [c] Neither heat nor colde, nor any incommoditie shalbe able to destroy Gods Church, albeit for a time they may molest it.

Note return to page 11088 [d] Whatsoeuer thou doest enterprise, shall haue good successe.

Note return to page 11089 1.Chro.29.9.

Note return to page 11090 [a] He reioyceth that God had appointed a place, where the Arke should stil remaine.

Note return to page 11091 [b] Which were wont to wander to and fro, as the Arke remoued.

Note return to page 11092 [c] By the artificiall ioyning and beautie of the houses, he meaneth the concord, and loue that was betweene the citizens.

Note return to page 11093 [d] All the Tribes according to Gods couenant shall come and pray there.

Note return to page 11094 [e] In whose house God placed the throne of Iustice, and made it a figure of Christes kingdome.

Note return to page 11095 [f] The fauour of God prosper thee both within and without.

Note return to page 11096 [g] Not onely for mine owne sake, but for all the faythfull.

Note return to page 11097 [a] He compareth the condition of the godly to seruants that are destitute of all helpe, assuring that when all other helpes faile, God is euer at hand and like himselfe.

Note return to page 11098 [b] Hee declareth that when the faithful are so full, that they can no more endure the oppressions, and scornings of the wicked, there is alway helpe aboue, if with hungry desires they call for it.

Note return to page 11099 [a] He sheweth that God was ready to helpe at neede, and þt; there was none other way to be saued, but by his onely meanes.

Note return to page 11100 [b] So vnable were we to resist.

Note return to page 11101 [c] Hee vseth most proper similitudes to expresse þe; great danger that the Church was in, and out of the which God miraculously deliuered them.

Note return to page 11102 [d] For the wicked did not only furiously rage against þe; faithful, but craftily imagined to destroy them.

Note return to page 11103 [a] Though the world be subiect to mutations, yet the people of God shal stand sure and be defended by Gods prouidence.

Note return to page 11104 [b] Though God suffer his to be vnder the crosse, least they should imbrace wickednes, yet this crosse shall not so rest vpon them, that it should driue them from hope.

Note return to page 11105 [c] Hee desireth God to purge his Church from hypocrites and such as haue no zeale of the trueth.

Note return to page 11106 [a] Their deliuerance was as a thing incredible, & therefore tooke away all excuse of ingratitude.

Note return to page 11107 [b] Hee sheweth how the godly ought to reioyce, when God gathereth his Church or deliuereth it.

Note return to page 11108 [c] If the infidels confesse Gods wonderful worke, the faythfull can neuer shew them selues sufficiently thankfull.

Note return to page 11109 [d] It is no more impossible to God to deliuer his people, then to cause the riuers to runne in the wildernes and barren places.

Note return to page 11110 [e] That is, seede which was scarce and deare: meaning, that they which trusted in Gods promes to returne, had their desire.

Note return to page 11111 [a] That is, gouerne and dispose all things perteining to the familie.

Note return to page 11112 [b] The publique estate of the common wealth.

Note return to page 11113 [c] Which watch and warde, and are also magistrates, and rulers of the citie.

Note return to page 11114 [d] Either that, which is gotten by hard labour, or eaten with griefe of minde.

Note return to page 11115 [e] Not exempting them from labour, but making their labours comfortable, and as it were a rest.

Note return to page 11116 [f] That is, indued with strength and vertues from God: for these are signes of Gods blessings, and not the nomber.

Note return to page 11117 [g] Such children shall be able to stoppe their aduersaries mouthes, when their godly life is maliciously accused before Iudges.

Note return to page 11118 [a] God approueth not our life except it be reformed, according to his worde.

Note return to page 11119 [b] The worlde esteemeth them happie, which liue in wealth, & idlenes: but the holy Ghost approoueth them best, that liue of the meane profite of their labours.

Note return to page 11120 [c] Because Gods fauour appeareth in none outward thing, more then in increase of children, he promiseth to enrich the faithfull with this gift.

Note return to page 11121 [d] Because of the spiritual blessing, which God hath made to his Church, these temporall things shalbe granted.

Note return to page 11122 [e] For except God blessed his Church publikely, this priuate blessing were nothing.

Note return to page 11123 [a] The Church nowe afflicted ought to remember, how her condition hath euer bene such from the beginning: to be molested most grieuously by the wicked: yet in time it hath euer bene deliuered.

Note return to page 11124 [b] Because God is righteous, he can not but plague his aduersaries, and deliuer his, as oxen out of the plough.

Note return to page 11125 [c] The enemies that lift themselues most high, and as it were approche neere to the sunne, are consumed with the heate of Gods wrath, because they are not grounded in godly humilitie.

Note return to page 11126 [d] That is, the wicked shall perish and none shall passe for them.

Note return to page 11127 [a] Being in great distresse & sorow.

Note return to page 11128 [b] He declareth that we can not be iust before God, but by forgiuenes of sinnes.

Note return to page 11129 [c] Because of nature thou art mercifull: therefore the faithfull reuerence thee.

Note return to page 11130 [d] He sheweth to whome the mercie of God doeth apperteine: to Israel, that is, to the Church, and not to the reprobate.

Note return to page 11131 [a] He setteth forth his great humilitie, as an example to all rulers and gouernours.

Note return to page 11132 [b] Which passe the measure & limits of his vocation.

Note return to page 11133 [c] He was voyde of ambition and wicked desires.

Note return to page 11134 [a] That is, with howe great difficultie hee came to the Kingdome, and with howe great zeale & care he went about to build thy Temple.

Note return to page 11135 [b] Because the chiefe charge of þe; King was to set forth Gods glory, he sheweth, that he could take no rest, neither would goe about any worldly thing, were it neuer so necessarie, before he had executed his office.

Note return to page 11136 [c] That is, þe; Arke, which was a signe of Gods presence.

Note return to page 11137 [d] The common brute was that the Arke should remaine in Ephrathah: that is, in Beth-lehem a plentifull place: but after we perceiued that thou wouldest place it in Ierusalem, which was baren as a forest & compassed about onely with hilles.

Note return to page 11138 [e] That is, Ierusalem, because that afterward his Arke should remoue to none other place.

Note return to page 11139 [f] Let the effect of thy grace both appeare in the Priests and in the people.

Note return to page 11140 [g] As thou first madest promes to Dauid, so continue it to his posteritie, that whatsoeuer they shal aske for their people, it may be graunted.

Note return to page 11141 [h] Because this cannot be accomplished but in Christ, it followeth that the promes was spirituall.

Note return to page 11142 [i] Meaning, for his owne sake, and not for the plentifulnes of the place: for he promiseth to blesse it, declaring before, that it was baren.

Note return to page 11143 [k] That is, with my protection, whereby they shalbe safe.

Note return to page 11144 [l] Though his force for a time seemed to be broken, yet he promiseth to restore it.

Note return to page 11145 [a] Because þe; greatest part were against Dauid, though some fauoured him, yet when hee was established King, at length they ioyned all together like brethren: and therefore he sheweth by these similitudes the commoditie of brotherly loue.

Note return to page 11146 [b] The oyntment was a figure of the graces, which come from Christ the head vnto his Church.

Note return to page 11147 [c] By Hermon and Zion he meaneth the plentifull countrey about Ierusalem.

Note return to page 11148 [d] Where there is such concorde.

Note return to page 11149 [a] Ye that are Leuites and chiefly appointed to this office.

Note return to page 11150 [b] For their charge was not onely to keepe the Temple, but to pray there and to giue God thanks.

Note return to page 11151 [c] And therefore hath all power, blesse thee with his Fatherly loue declared in Zion. Thus the Leuites vsed to praise the Lord, and blesse the people.

Note return to page 11152 [a] Ye Leuites that are in his S&abar;ctuary.

Note return to page 11153 [b] Meaning the people: for the people and Leuites had their courtes, which were places of the Temple separate.

Note return to page 11154 [c] That is, hath freely loued the posteritie of Abraham.

Note return to page 11155 [d] He ioyneth Gods power with his will, to the intent that wee should not separate them: and hereby he willeth Gods people to dep&ebar;d on his power, which he confirmeth by examples.

Note return to page 11156 Iere.10.13.

Note return to page 11157 Exod.12.29.

Note return to page 11158 Nom.21.24,34.

Note return to page 11159 [e] He sheweth what fruite the godly conceiue of Gods power, whereby they see how he destroyeth his enemies, and deliuereth his people.

Note return to page 11160 [f] That is, gouerne and defende his people.

Note return to page 11161 [g] By shewing what punishment God appointeth for the heathen idolaters, he warneth his people to beware the like offence, seeing that idoles haue neither power nor life, and that their deliuerance came not by idoles, but by the mightie power of God, reade Psalme 115. verse 4.

Note return to page 11162 [a] By this repetition hee sheweth that the least of Gods benefites binde vs to th&abar;kesgiuing: but chiefly his mercy, which is principally declared towardes his Church.

Note return to page 11163 [b] This was a common kinde of thankesgiuing, which the whole people vsed, when they had receiued any benefite of God, as 2.Chr.7.6. and 20.21: meaning that God was not onely mercifull to their fathers, but also continued the same to their posteritie.

Note return to page 11164 [c] Gods mercifull prouid&ebar;ce toward man appeareth in all his creatures, but chiefly in that that he deliuered his Church from the thraldome of their enemies.

Note return to page 11165 [d] In doing such a worke as was neuer done before, nor that any other could doe.

Note return to page 11166 [e] Where for the space of fourtie yeeres he shewed infinite and most strange wonders.

Note return to page 11167 [f] Declaring thereby that no power nor authoritie was so deere vnto him, as the loue of his Church.

Note return to page 11168 [g] In our greatest affliction and slauerie, when we looked for nothing lesse then to haue had any succour.

Note return to page 11169 [h] Seeing that God prouideth euen for the beasts: much more hath he care ouer his.

Note return to page 11170 [i] Seeing that all ages haue had most plaine testimonies of Gods benefites.

Note return to page 11171 [a] That is, we abode a long time: and albeit that the countrey was pleasant, yet could it not stay our teares, nor turne vs from the true seruice of our God.

Note return to page 11172 [b] To wit, of that countrey.

Note return to page 11173 [c] The Babylonians spake thus in mocking vs, as though by our silence we should signifie that we hoped no more in God.

Note return to page 11174 [d] Albeit the faithfull are touched with their particular griefes, yet the common sorowe of the Church is most grieuous vnto them, and is such as they cannot but remember and lament.

Note return to page 11175 [e] The decay of Gods religion in their countrey was so grieuous, that no ioy coulde make them glad, except it were restored.

Note return to page 11176 [f] According as Ezekiel 25.13, and Ieremie 49.7. verse prophecied: and Obadiah, verse 10. sheweth that the Edomites, which came of Esau, conspired with the Babylonians against their brethren and kinsefolke.

Note return to page 11177 [g] When thou diddest visite Ierusalem.

Note return to page 11178 [h] Hee alludeth to Isaiahs prophecie, Chapter 13. and 16. verse, promising good successe to Cyrus and Darius, whome ambition mooued to fight against Babylon: but God vsed them as his rods to punish his enemies.

Note return to page 11179 [a] Euen in the presence of Angels and of them, that haue authoritie among men.

Note return to page 11180 [b] Both the Temple and ceremoniall seruice at Christes comming were abolished: so that now God wil be worshipped only in spirite and trueth. Ioh.4.23.

Note return to page 11181 [c] Thou hast strengthened mee against mine outward and inward enemies.

Note return to page 11182 [d] All the world shall confesse that thou hast wonderfully preserued me, and performed thy promise.

Note return to page 11183 [e] Distance of place cannot hinder God to shewe mercie to his, and to iudge the wicked, though they thinke that hee is farre off.

Note return to page 11184 [f] Though mine enemies rage neuer so much, yet the Lorde, which hath begun his worke in mee, will continue his grace to the ende.

Note return to page 11185 [a] He confesseth that neither our actions, thoughts, or any part of our life can be hid to God, though he seeme to bee farre off.

Note return to page 11186 [b] So that they are euidently knowen to thee.

Note return to page 11187 [c] Thou knowest my meaning before I speake.

Note return to page 11188 [d] Thou so guidest me &wt; thine hand, that I can turne no way, but where thou appointest mee.

Note return to page 11189 [e] From thy power and knowledge?

Note return to page 11190 [f] Thy power doth so fast holde me, that I can escape by no meanes from thee.

Note return to page 11191 [g] Though darkenes be an hinderance to mans sight, yet it serueth thine eyes as well as the light.

Note return to page 11192 [h] Thou hast made me in all partes and therefore must needes know me.

Note return to page 11193 [i] Considering thy wonderfull worke in forming mee, I cannot but praise thee, and feare thy mightie power.

Note return to page 11194 [k] That is, in my mothers wombe: which he compareth to the inward parts of the earth.

Note return to page 11195 [l] Seeing that thou didest knowe me before I was composed of either flesh or bone, much more now must thou know me when thou hast fashioned me.

Note return to page 11196 [m] How ought we to esteeme the excellent declaration of thy wisdome in the creati&obar; of man?

Note return to page 11197 [n] I continually see new occasions to meditate in thy wisdome and to praise thee.

Note return to page 11198 [o] He teacheth vs boldly to c&obar;temne all the hatred of the wicked, and friendship of the world, when they would let vs to serue God sincerely.

Note return to page 11199 [p] Or any heinous way or rebellious: meaning, that though he were subiect to sinne, yet was he not giuen to wickednes and to prouoke God by rebellion.

Note return to page 11200 [q] That is, continue thy fauour towards me to the ende.

Note return to page 11201 [a] Which persecuteth me of malice and without cause.

Note return to page 11202 [b] That is, by their false cauillations and lies they kindle the hatred of the wicked against me.

Note return to page 11203 [c] Hee sheweth what weapons the wicked vse, when power and force faile them.

Note return to page 11204 [d] He declareth what is the remedie of the godly, when they are oppressed by the worldlings.

Note return to page 11205 [e] He calleth to God with liuely faith, being assured of his mercies, because he had beforetime prooued, that God helped him euer in his dangers.

Note return to page 11206 [f] For it is in Gods hand to ouerthrowe the counsels and enterprises of the wicked.

Note return to page 11207 [g] It seemeth that he alludeth to Saul.

Note return to page 11208 [h] To wit God: for Dauid sawe that they were reprobate, and that there was no hope of repentance in them.

Note return to page 11209 [i] Gods plagues shall light vpon him in such sort, that he shall not escape.

Note return to page 11210 [k] That is, shall be defended and preserued by thy Fatherly prouidence and care.

Note return to page 11211 [a] Hee sheweth that there is none other refuge in our necessities, but onely to flee vnto God for comfort of soule.

Note return to page 11212 [b] Hee meaneth his earnest zeale and gesture, which he vsed in prayer: alluding to the sacrifices, which were by Gods c&obar;mandement offred in þe; old Law.

Note return to page 11213 [c] He desireth God to keepe his thoughtes and wayes either from thinking or executing vengeance.

Note return to page 11214 [d] Let not their prosperitie allure me to be wicked as they are.

Note return to page 11215 [e] He could abide all corrections, that came of a louing heart.

Note return to page 11216 [f] By pati&ebar;ce I shal see the wicked so sharply handled, that I shal for pitie pray for them.

Note return to page 11217 [g] The people, which followed their wicked rulers in persecuting the Prophet, shal repent & turne to God, when they see their wicked rulers punished.

Note return to page 11218 [h] Here appeareth that Dauid was miraculously deliuered out of many deaths, as 2.Cor.1.9,10.

Note return to page 11219 [i] Into Gods nets, whereby he catcheth the wicked in their own malice.

Note return to page 11220 [k] So that none of them escape.

Note return to page 11221 [a] Dauids patience and instant prayer to God condemneth their wicked rage, which in their troubles either despaire and murmure against God, or els seeke to others, then to God, to haue redresse in their miseries.

Note return to page 11222 Ebr. Was folden or wrapped in me: meaning as a thing that could haue none i&esset;ue.

Note return to page 11223 Or, sought for my soule.

Note return to page 11224 [b] Though all meanes fayled him, yet he knew that God would neuer forsake him.

Note return to page 11225 [c] For he was on all sides beset with his enemies, as though he had bin in a most straight prison.

Note return to page 11226 [d] Either to reioyce at my wonderfull deliuerance, or to set a crowne vpon mine head.

Note return to page 11227 [a] That is, as thou hast promised to be faithfull in thy promes to all that trust in thee.

Note return to page 11228 [b] That is according to thy free goodnes, whereby thou defendest thine.

Note return to page 11229 [c] He knew that his afflictions were Gods messengers to call him to repentance for his sinnes, though toward his enemies he was innocent, and that in Gods sight all men are sinners.

Note return to page 11230 [d] He acknowledgeth that God is the onely and true physicion to heale him: and that he is able to raise him to life, though he were dead long ago, and turned to ashes.

Note return to page 11231 [e] So that only by fayth, and by the grace of Gods Spirit he was vpholden.

Note return to page 11232 [f] To wit, thy great benefites of olde, and the manifolde examples of thy fauour toward thine.

Note return to page 11233 [g] That is, speedily and in due season.

Note return to page 11234 [h] Let thine holy Spirit counsell me how to come forth of these great cares and troubles.

Note return to page 11235 [i] I hid my selfe vnder the shadow of thy wings, that I might be defended by thy power.

Note return to page 11236 [k] He confesseth that both the knowledge & obedience of Gods will commeth by the Spirit of God, who teacheth vs by his worde, giueth vnderstanding by his Spirit & frameth our hearts by his grace to obey him.

Note return to page 11237 [l] That is, iustly and a right: for so soone as we decline from Gods will we fall into errour.

Note return to page 11238 [m] Which shalbe a signe of thy Fatherly kindnes towarde mee.

Note return to page 11239 [n] Resigning my selfe wholy vnto thee, and trusting in thy protection.

Note return to page 11240 [a] Who of a poore shepheard hath made me a valiant warriour & mightie conquerour.

Note return to page 11241 Ebr. my deliuerer vnto me: for the Prophet can not satisfie himselfe with my words.

Note return to page 11242 [b] He confesseth that neither by his owne autoritie, power nor policie his kingdome was quiet, but by the secret grace of God.

Note return to page 11243 [c] To giue vnto God iust prayse is to confesse our selues to be vnworthy of so excellent benefites, & that he bestoweth them vpon vs of his free mercie.

Note return to page 11244 [d] Hee desireth God to continue his graces and to send helpe for the present necessitie.

Note return to page 11245 [e] By these maner of speaches hee sheweth that all the lets in the world can not hinder Gods power, which he apprehended by fayth.

Note return to page 11246 [f] That is, deliuer me from the tumultes of them that should be my people, but are corrupt in their iudgement and enterprises, as though they were strangers.

Note return to page 11247 [g] For though they shake hands, yet they keepe not promes.

Note return to page 11248 [h] That is, a rare and excellent song, as thy great benefites deserue.

Note return to page 11249 [i] Though wicked kings be called Gods seruants, as Cyrus, Isai.45.1. forasmuch as hee vseth them to execute his iudgements: yet Dauid because of Gods promes, and they, that rule godly, are properly so called, because they serue not their owne affections, but set forth Gods glory.

Note return to page 11250 [k] Hee desireth God to continue his benefites towarde his people, counting the procreation of children and their good education among the chiefest of Gods benefites.

Note return to page 11251 [l] That the very corners of our houses may be full of store for the great abundance of thy blessings.

Note return to page 11252 [m] He attributeth not onely the great commodities, but euen the least also to Gods fauour.

Note return to page 11253 [n] And if God giue not to all his children all these blessings, yet he recompenseth them with better things.

Note return to page 11254 [a] Hee sheweth what sacrifices are pleasant and acceptable vnto God: euen prayse and thankesgiuing, and seeing that God still continueth his benefites towards vs, we ought neuer to be wearie in praysing him for the same.

Note return to page 11255 [b] Hereby he declareth that all power is subiect vnto God, & that no worldly promotion ought to obscure Gods glory.

Note return to page 11256 [c] Forasmuch as the end of mans creation & of his preseruation in this life is to praise God, therefore he requireth that not only we our selues doe this, but cause all other to doe the same.

Note return to page 11257 [d] Of thy terrible iudgments against the wicked.

Note return to page 11258 Exod.34.6.

Note return to page 11259 [e] He describeth after what sort God sheweth him selfe to all his creatures, though our sinnes haue prouoked his vengeance, against all: to wit, mercifull, not only in pardoning the sinnes of his elect, but in doing good euen to the reprobate, albeit they cannot feele the sweete comfort of the same.

Note return to page 11260 [f] The prayse of thy glory appeareth in all thy creatures: and though the wicked would obscure the same by their silence, yet the faithfull are euer mindfull of the same.

Note return to page 11261 [g] Hee sheweth that all things are out of order, but onely where God reigneth.

Note return to page 11262 Luke 1.33. dan.7.14.

Note return to page 11263 [h] Who being in miserie and affliction would faint and fall away, if God did not vpholde them, and therefore they ought to reuerence him, that reigneth in heauen, and suffer themselues to be gouerned by him.

Note return to page 11264 [i] To wit, as well of man, as of beast.

Note return to page 11265 [k] He prayseth God, not onely for that he is beneficiall to al his creatures, but also in that that he iustly punisheth the wicked, & mercifully examineth his by the crosse, giuing them strength and deliuering them.

Note return to page 11266 [l] Which only appertaineth to the faythfull: & this vertue is contrary to infidelitie, doubting, impatiencie and murmuring.

Note return to page 11267 [m] For they will aske or wish for nothing, but according to his will, 1.Iohn 5.14.

Note return to page 11268 [n] That is, all men shall be bound to prayse him.

Note return to page 11269 [a] He stirreth vp himselfe & all his affections to praise God.

Note return to page 11270 [b] That God may haue the whole prayse. wherein he forbiddeth al vaine confidence, shewing that of nature we are more inclined to put our trust in creatures, then in God the Creator.

Note return to page 11271 [c] As their vaine opinions, whereby they flattered themselues, and so imagined wicked enterprises.

Note return to page 11272 [d] He encourageth the godly to trust onely in the Lord, both for that his power is able to deliuer them from all dangers, and for his promes sake his will is most ready to doe it.

Note return to page 11273 [e] Whose faith & patience for a while he trieth, but at length he punisheth the aduersaries, that he may be knowen to be iudge of the world.

Note return to page 11274 [f] Though he visite them by affliction, hunger, imprisonment and such like, yet his fatherly loue and pitie neuer faileth them, yea rather to his these are signes of his loue.

Note return to page 11275 [g] Meaning all them that are destitute of worldly meanes and succour.

Note return to page 11276 [h] Hee assureth the Church that God reigneth for euer for the preseruation of the same.

Note return to page 11277 [a] Hee sheweth wherein we ought to exercise our selues continually, and to take our pastime: to wit, in praysing God.

Note return to page 11278 [b] Because the Lord is the founder of the Church, it cannot be destroyed, though the members therof be dispersed, and seeme, as it were, for a time to be cut off.

Note return to page 11279 [c] With affliction or sorow for sinne.

Note return to page 11280 [d] Though it seme to man incredible, that God shoulde assemble his Church, being so dispersed, yet nothing can be too hard to him, that can nomber and name all the starres.

Note return to page 11281 [e] For the more high that the wicked clime, the greater is their fall in the ende.

Note return to page 11282 [f] He sheweth by the examples of Gods mightie power, goodnesse and wisedome, that we can neuer want most iust occasion to prayse God.

Note return to page 11283 [g] For their crying is as it were a confession of their neede, which can not be relieued, but by God onely: then if God shewe himselfe mindfull of the most contemptible soules, can he suffer them to die with famine, whom he hath assured of life euerlasting?

Note return to page 11284 [h] Though to vse lawfull meanes is both profitable and pleaseth God, yet to put our trust in them, is to defraude God of his honour.

Note return to page 11285 [i] He doeth not onely furnish his Church with all things necessarie, but preserueth also the same, and maketh it strong against all outward force.

Note return to page 11286 Ebr. fat.

Note return to page 11287 [k] His secret working in all creatures is as a commandement to keepe them in order, and to giue them moouing and force.

Note return to page 11288 [l] For immediatly and without resisting all things obey him.

Note return to page 11289 [m] As before he called Gods secret working in all his creatures his worde: so he meaneth here, by his worde, the doctrine of life euerlasting, which he hath left to his Church, as a most precious treasure.

Note return to page 11290 [n] The cause of this difference is Gods free mercie, which hath elected his in his sonne Christ Iesus to saluation: and his last iudgement, whereby he hath appointed the reprobate to eternal damnation.

Note return to page 11291 [a] Because they are members of the same body, he setteth them before our eyes, which are most willing hereunto, and by their prompt obedience teache vs to doe our duetie.

Note return to page 11292 [b] In that Gods glory shineth in these insensible creatures, this their beautie is as a continuall praysing of God.

Note return to page 11293 [c] Not that there are diuers heauens, but because of the spheres and of the situation of the fixed starres and planets, he comprehendeth by this worde the whole heauen.

Note return to page 11294 [d] That is, the raine, which is in the middle region of the aire, which he here comprehendeth vnder the name of the heauens.

Note return to page 11295 [e] Meaning, the great and monstruous fishes, as whales and such like.

Note return to page 11296 [f] Which come not by chance or fortune, but by Gods appointed ordinance.

Note return to page 11297 [g] For the greater giftes that any hath receiued, and the more high that one is preferred, the more bound is he to prayse God for the same: but neither high nor lowe condition or degree can be exempted from this duetie.

Note return to page 11298 [h] That is, the dignitie, power and glorie of his Church.

Note return to page 11299 [i] By reason of his couenant made with Abraham.

Note return to page 11300 [a] For his rare and manifolde benefites bestowed on his Church.

Note return to page 11301 [b] In that that they were preferred before al other nations, it was as a newe creation, and therefore Psalm.95.7. they were called the sheepe of Gods handes.

Note return to page 11302 [c] For God as he is the Creator of the soule and body, so will he that both two serue him, and that his people be continually subiect vnto him as to their most lawfull King.

Note return to page 11303 [d] He alludeth to that continuall rest, and quietnesse, which they should haue, if they woulde suffer God to rule them.

Note return to page 11304 [e] This is chiefely accomplished in the kingdome of Christ, when Gods people for iust causes execute Gods iudgements against his enemies: and it giueth no libertie to any to reuenge their priuate iniuries.

Note return to page 11305 [f] Not onely the people, but the Kings that were their enemies, shoulde be destroyed.

Note return to page 11306 [g] Hereby God bindeth the hands and mindes of all his to enterprise no farther then he appointeth.

Note return to page 11307 [a] That is, in the heauen.

Note return to page 11308 [b] For his wonderfull power appeareth in the firmament, which in Ebre. is called a stretching out, or spreading abroade, wherein the mightie worke of God shineth.

Note return to page 11309 [c] Exhorting the people only to reioyce in praysing God, hee maketh mention of those instruments which by Gods commandement were appointed in the old Lawe, but vnder Christ the vse thereof is abolished in the Church.

Note return to page 11310 [d] Hee sheweth that all the order of nature is bound to this duetie, and much more Gods children, who ought neuer to cease to prayse him, till they be gathered into that kingdome, which he hath prepared for his, where they shall sing euerlasting prayse.

Note return to page 11311 This worde Prouerbe, or parable signifieth a graue and notable sentence, worthie to be kept in memorie: and is sometime taken in the euill part for a mocke, or scoffe.

Note return to page 11312 [a] That is, what we ought to know and folowe, and what we ought to refuse.

Note return to page 11313 [b] Meaning, the worde of God wherein is the onely true knowledge.

Note return to page 11314 [c] To learne to submit our selues to the correction of those that are wise.

Note return to page 11315 [d] By liuing iustly, and rendring to euery man that which appertayneth vnto him.

Note return to page 11316 [e] To such as haue not discretion to rule themselues.

Note return to page 11317 [f] As he sheweth that these parables conteyning the effect of religion as touching maners and doctrine doe appertaine to the simple people: so doeth he declare that the same is also necessarie for them that are wise and learned.

Note return to page 11318 Psal.111.10. ecclus.1.16.

Note return to page 11319 [g] He speaketh this in the Name of God, which is the vniuersall Father of all creatures, or in the name of the pastor of the Church, who is as a father.

Note return to page 11320 [h] That is, of the Church, wherein the faithfull are begotten by the incorruptible seede of Gods worde.

Note return to page 11321 Ebr. increase of grace.

Note return to page 11322 [i] To wit, the wicked which haue not the feare of God.

Note return to page 11323 [k] He speaketh not onely of the shedding of blood with hand, but of all craftie practises which tende to the detriment of our neighbour.

Note return to page 11324 [l] As the graue is neuer satiat, so the auarice of the wicked and their crueltie hath none end.

Note return to page 11325 [m] He sheweth whereby the wicked are allured to ioyne together, because they haue euery one part of the spoyle of the innocent.

Note return to page 11326 [n] That is, haue nothing at all to doe with them.

Note return to page 11327 [o] He sheweth that there is no cause to moue these wicked to spoile the innocent, but their auarice and crueltie.

Note return to page 11328 [p] Whereby hee concludeth that the couetous man is a murtherer.

Note return to page 11329 [q] This wisedome is the eternall worde of God.

Note return to page 11330 [r] So that none can pretend ignorance.

Note return to page 11331 [s] Wisdome reproueth three kinds of men: the foolish or simple, which erre of ignorance, and the mockers that cannot suffer to be taught, and the fooles which are drowned in worldly lustes, and hate the knowledge of godlinesse.

Note return to page 11332 [t] This is spoken according to our capacitie, signifying that the wicked, which mocke and iest at Gods word, shall haue the iust rewarde of their mocking.

Note return to page 11333 [u] That is, your destruction, which thing you feared.

Note return to page 11334 [x] Because they sought not with an affection to God, but for ease of their owne griefe.

Note return to page 11335 [y] Shewing that without faith and obedience we can not call vpon God aright.

Note return to page 11336 [z] They shall feele what commoditie their wicked life shall giue them.

Note return to page 11337 [a] That is the prosperitie, and sensualitie, wherein they delite.

Note return to page 11338 [a] That is, keepe them in thine heart.

Note return to page 11339 [b] If thou giue thy selfe to the true knowledge of God without hypocrisie.

Note return to page 11340 [c] Meaning, that we must seeke the knowledge of God with care and diligence.

Note return to page 11341 [d] Shewing that no labour must be spared.

Note return to page 11342 [e] This (sayth he) is the true wisedome, to knowe and feare God.

Note return to page 11343 Or, hideth the saluation.

Note return to page 11344 [f] The worde of God shall teache thee and counsell thee howe to gouerne thy selfe.

Note return to page 11345 [g] That is, the worde of God, which is the onely light, to followe their owne fantasies which are darkenesse.

Note return to page 11346 [h] When they see any giuen to euill as they are.

Note return to page 11347 [i] Meaning, that wisdome, which is the word of God, shall preserue vs from all vices: naming this vice of whordome whereunto man is most prone.

Note return to page 11348 [k] That is, her husband, which is her head and guide to gouerne her, from whom she ought not to depart, but remaine in his subiection.

Note return to page 11349 [l] Which is þe; promes made in marriage.

Note return to page 11350 [m] Her acquaintance with her familiars and them that hant her.

Note return to page 11351 [n] To them that are dead in body and soule.

Note return to page 11352 [o] They shall enioy the temporall and spirituall promises of God, as the wicked shalbe voyde of them.

Note return to page 11353 Deu.8.1. & 30.16.

Note return to page 11354 [a] Long life is the blessing of God which he giueth to his, so farre forth as it is expedient for them.

Note return to page 11355 [b] By mercie and trueth, he meaneth the c&obar;mandements of the first and second table: or els the mercy & faithfulnes þt; we ought to vse toward our neighbours.

Note return to page 11356 [c] Keepe them as a most precious iewel.

Note return to page 11357 [d] Haue them euer in remembrance.

Note return to page 11358 [e] By this part he comprehendeth the whole body, and by health he meaneth all the benefites promised in the Lawe both corporall and spirituall.

Note return to page 11359 [f] As was commaunded in the Lawe, Exod.23.19. Deut.26.2. and by this they acknowledged that God was the giuer of all things, and that they were ready to bestowe all at his commandement.

Note return to page 11360 [f] As was commaunded in the Lawe, Exod.23.19. Deut.26.2. and by this they acknowledged that God was the giuer of all things, and that they were ready to bestowe all at his commandement.

Note return to page 11361 [g] For to the faithful distributer God giueth in greater abundance.

Note return to page 11362 Hebr.12.5. reu.3.19.

Note return to page 11363 [h] Meaning, that he that seeketh wisdome, that is, suffereth himselfe to be gouerned by the word of God, shall haue all prosperitie both corporal and spirituall.

Note return to page 11364 [i] Which bringeth foorth such fruite that they that eate thereof, haue life: and he alludeth to the tree of life in paradise.

Note return to page 11365 [k] Hereby hee sheweth that this wisdome, whereof he speaketh, is euerlasting, because it was before all creatures, and that all things, euen the whole world were made by it.

Note return to page 11366 Or, throate, reade Chap.1.9.

Note return to page 11367 [l] For when God destroyeth tho wicked, he will saue his, as he did Lot in Sodom.

Note return to page 11368 [m] Not onely from them to whom the possession belongeth, but also thou shalt not keepe it from them, which haue neede of the vse thereof.

Note return to page 11369 [n] That is, putteth his trust in thee.

Note return to page 11370 [o] Desire not to be like vnto him.

Note return to page 11371 [p] That is his couenant and fatherly affection which is hid and secret from the world.

Note return to page 11372 [q] He will shewe by his plagues that their scornes shall turne to their owne destruction, as Chap.1.26.

Note return to page 11373 [a] He speaketh this in the person of a preacher and minister which is as a father vnto the people, reade Chapter 1.8.

Note return to page 11374 [b] Meaning, Dauid his father.

Note return to page 11375 [c] He sheweth that we must first begin at Gods woorde, if so be we will that other things prosper with vs, contrary to the iudgement of þe; worlde, which make it their last studie, or els, care not for it at all.

Note return to page 11376 [d] Salomon declareth what care his father had to bring him vp in the true feare of God: for this was Dauids protestation.

Note return to page 11377 [e] Thou shalt walke at liberty without offence.

Note return to page 11378 [f] Meaning, that to doe euill is more proper and natural to the wicked, then to sleepe, eate or drinke.

Note return to page 11379 [g] Gotten by wicked meanes & cruell oppression.

Note return to page 11380 [h] Signifying, that the godly increase daily in knowledge and perfection, till they come to full perfection, which is, when they shall be ioyned to their head in the heauens.

Note return to page 11381 [i] That is, they shall haue health of bodie: vnder the which al other blessings promised in the law are conteined.

Note return to page 11382 [k] For as the heart is either pure or corrupt, so is the whole course, of mans life.

Note return to page 11383 [l] Keepe a measure in all thy doings.

Note return to page 11384 Or, vnderstanding.

Note return to page 11385 [a] That is, an harlot which giueth her selfe to another then to her husbande.

Note return to page 11386 [b] By oyle and honie hee meaneth flattering & craftie intisements.

Note return to page 11387 [c] All her doings leade to destructi&obar;.

Note return to page 11388 [d] Shee hath euer new meanes to allure to wickednes.

Note return to page 11389 [e] That is, thy strength & goods to her that will haue no pitie vpon thee: as is red of Samson, and the prodigall sonne.

Note return to page 11390 [f] The goods gotten by thy trauell.

Note return to page 11391 [g] Although I was faithfully instructed in þe; truth, yet had I almost fallen to vtter shame and destruction, notwithst&abar;ding my good bringing vp in the assemblie of the godly.

Note return to page 11392 [h] He teacheth vs sobrietie, exhorting vs to liue of our owne labours and to be beneficiall to the godly that want.

Note return to page 11393 [i] Distribute them not to the wicked and infidels, but reserue them for thy selfe, thy familie and them that are of þe; housholde of faith.

Note return to page 11394 [k] Thy children which shall come of thee in great abundance, shewing that God blesseth marriage, and curseth whoredome.

Note return to page 11395 [l] Which thou diddest marrie in thy youth.

Note return to page 11396 Or, goe astray with a stranger?

Note return to page 11397 [m] Hee declareth that except man doe ioyne to his wife both in heart and in outwarde conuersation, that hee shall not escape the iudgements of God.

Note return to page 11398 [n] Because he wil not giue eare to Gods woorde and be admonished.

Note return to page 11399 [a] He forbiddeth vs not to become suretie one for another, according to the rule of charitie, but that we consider for whom and after what sort, so that the creditour may not be defrauded.

Note return to page 11400 [b] If the word of God cannot instruct thee, yet learne at the litle pismire to labour for thy selfe and not to burden others.

Note return to page 11401 Chap.24.33.

Note return to page 11402 [c] He expresseth liuely the nature of the sluggards, which though they sleepe neuer so long, yet haue neuer ynough, but euer seeke occasions thereunto.

Note return to page 11403 [d] That is, suddenly, and when thou lookest not for it.

Note return to page 11404 [e] It shall come in such sort as thou art not able to resist it.

Note return to page 11405 [f] He sheweth to what inconuenience the idle persons and sluggards come, by calling them vnthriftie or the men of Belial, and slaunderous.

Note return to page 11406 Ebr. speaketh.

Note return to page 11407 [g] Thus all his gesture tendeth to wickednesse.

Note return to page 11408 [h] Meaning, the raging affections, which cary a man away in such sort that he cannot tell what he doeth.

Note return to page 11409 Or, neighbours.

Note return to page 11410 [i] Reade Chap.3.3.

Note return to page 11411 [k] By the commandement he meaneth the worde of God: and by the instruction, the preaching and declaration of the same, which is committed to the Church.

Note return to page 11412 [l] And reprehensions when the worde is preached bring vs to life.

Note return to page 11413 [m] With her wanton lookes and gesture.

Note return to page 11414 [n] Meaning, that shee will neuer cease, till she haue brought thee to beggerie, and then seeke thy destruction.

Note return to page 11415 [o] He approueth not theft, but sheweth that it is not so abominable as whoredome, forasmuch as theft might be redeemed: but adulterie was a perpetuall infamie, and death by the lawe of God.

Note return to page 11416 [p] Meaning, for very necessitie.

Note return to page 11417 Ebr. faileth in heart.

Note return to page 11418 [q] That is, death appointed by the Lawe.

Note return to page 11419 [r] He sheweth that man by nature seeketh his death that hath abused his wife, and so concludeth þt; neither Gods Law nor þe; law of nature admitteth any raunsome for þe; adulterie.

Note return to page 11420 [a] By this diuersitie of wordes he meaneth that no thing ought to be so deare vnto vs, as the worde of God, nor that we looke on any thing more, nor minde any thing so much.

Note return to page 11421 [b] Salomon vseth this parable to declare their foly, that suffer themselues to be abused by harlots.

Note return to page 11422 [c] He sheweth that there was almost none so impudent, but they were afraide to be seene, & also their owne consciences did accuse them, which caused them to seeke the night to couer their filthinesse.

Note return to page 11423 Or, garment.

Note return to page 11424 Or, hid.

Note return to page 11425 [d] He describeth certaine conditions, which are peculiar to harlots.

Note return to page 11426 Ebr. she strengthened her face.

Note return to page 11427 [e] Because that in peace offerings a portion returned to them that offered, she sheweth him that she hath meate at home to make good cheere with: or els shee woulde vse some cloke of holinesse till she had gotten him in her snares.

Note return to page 11428 [f] Which declareth that harlots outwardly will seeme holy and religious: both because they may the better deceiue others, and also thinking by obseruing of ceremonies and offerings to make satisfaction for their sinnes.

Note return to page 11429 Or, carued worke.

Note return to page 11430 Ebr. in his hand.

Note return to page 11431 [g] Which thinking he goeth to the pasture, goeth willingly to his owne destruction.

Note return to page 11432 [h] Which goeth cheerefully, not knowing that he shalbe chasticed.

Note return to page 11433 Ebr. it is for his life.

Note return to page 11434 [i] Neither wit nor strength can deliuer them that fall into the handes of the harlot.

Note return to page 11435 Chap.2.18.

Note return to page 11436 Chap.1.20.

Note return to page 11437 [a] Salomon declareth that man is cause of his owne perdition, and that he can pretend no ignorance, forasmuch as God calleth to all men by his worde, and by his workes to folowe vertue and to flee from vice.

Note return to page 11438 [b] Where the people did most resort, and which was the place of iustice.

Note return to page 11439 [c] Meaning, that the worde of God is easie vnto all, that haue a desire vnto it, and which are not blinded by the prince of this worlde.

Note return to page 11440 [d] That is, except a man haue wisedome, which is the true knowledge of God, he can neither be prudent nor good counseller.

Note return to page 11441 [e] So that he that doeth not hate euill, feareth not God.

Note return to page 11442 [f] Whereby he declareth that honors, dignitie or riches come not of mans wisedome or industrie, but by the prouidence of God.

Note return to page 11443 [g] That is, studie the worde of God diligently, and with a desire to profite.

Note return to page 11444 [h] Signifying, that he chiefely meaneth the spirituall treasures and heauenly riches.

Note return to page 11445 [i] For there can be no true iustice or iudgement, which is not directed by this wisedome.

Note return to page 11446 [k] He declareth hereby the diuinitie and eternitie of this wisedome, which he magnifieth and prayseth through this booke: meaning thereby the eternall sonne of God Iesus Christ our Sauiour, whom Saint Iohn calleth the worde that was in the beginning, Iohn 1.1.

Note return to page 11447 [l] He declareth the eternitie of the Sonne of God, which is meant by this worde Wisedome, who was before all time, and euer present with the Father.

Note return to page 11448 [m] Some reade a chiefe worker: signifying that this Wisedome, euen Christ Iesus, was equall with God his father, and created, preserued and still worketh with him, as Iohn 5.17.

Note return to page 11449 [n] Whereby is declared that the worke of the creation was no paine, but a solace vnto the wisedome of God.

Note return to page 11450 [o] By earth he meaneth man, which is the worke of God in whom wisedome tooke pleasure: in so much as for mans sake the Diuine Wisdome tooke mans nature, and dwelt among vs, and filled vs with vnspeakeable treasures: and this is that solace and pastime whereof is here spoken.

Note return to page 11451 [a] Christ hath prepared him a Church.

Note return to page 11452 [b] That is, many chiefe staies and principall partes of his Church, as were the Patriarkes, Prophets, Apostles, Pastors, and Doctors.

Note return to page 11453 [c] He compareth wisedome with great princes that keepe open house for all that come.

Note return to page 11454 [d] Meaning true preachers, which are not infected with mans wisedome.

Note return to page 11455 [e] He that knoweth his owne ignorance, and is voyde of malice.

Note return to page 11456 [f] By the meate and drinke, is meant the worde of God and the ministration of the sacraments, whereby God nourisheth his seruants in his house, which is the Church.

Note return to page 11457 [g] For the wicked will contemne him and labour to defame him.

Note return to page 11458 [h] Meaning, them that are incorrigible, which Christ calleth dogges and swine: or he speaketh this in comparison, not that the wicked should not be rebuked, but he sheweth their malice, and the small hope of profite.

Note return to page 11459 [i] Hee sheweth what true vnderstanding is, to knowe the will of God in his worde, which is meant by holy things.

Note return to page 11460 [k] Thou shalt haue the chiefe profite and commoditie thereof.

Note return to page 11461 [l] By the foolish woman, some vnderstand, the wicked preachers, who counterfaite the worde of God as appeareth verse 16, which were the wordes of the true preachers, as verse 4: but their doctrine is but as stollen waters: meaning that they are but mens traditions, which are more pleasant to the flesh then the worde of God: and therefore they themselues boast thereof.

Note return to page 11462 Chap.15.20.

Note return to page 11463 [a] That is, wickedly gotten.

Note return to page 11464 [b] Though he suffer the iust to want for a time, yet he will send him comfort in due season.

Note return to page 11465 Or, deceitfull.

Note return to page 11466 [c] When their wickednesse shall be discouered, they shalbe as dumme, and not know what to say.

Note return to page 11467 [d] Shalbe vile and abhorred both of God and man, contrary to their owne expectation, which thinke to make their name immortall.

Note return to page 11468 Ebr. lippes.

Note return to page 11469 Or, surely.

Note return to page 11470 [e] He that beareth a faire counten&abar;ce, and imagineth mischiefe in his heart, as Chap.6.13.

Note return to page 11471 [f] For the corruption of his heart is knowen by his talke.

Note return to page 11472 1.Cor.13.4. 1.pet.4.8.

Note return to page 11473 [g] That is, God wil finde him out to punish him.

Note return to page 11474 [h] And so maketh him bolde to doe euill, whereas pouertie bridleth the poore from many euill things.

Note return to page 11475 [i] For they speake trueth and edifie many by exhortations, admonition and counsell.

Note return to page 11476 [k] Meaning that al worldly things bring care, and sorowe, whereas they that feele the blessings of God, haue none.

Note return to page 11477 [l] He is but a trouble, and griefe to him that setteth him about any busines.

Note return to page 11478 [m] The time of their prosperitie shalbe short, because of their great fall, though they seeme to liue long.

Note return to page 11479 [n] They enioy in this life by fayth and hope, their euerlasting life.

Note return to page 11480 [a] Vnder this word he condemneth all false weights, measures and deceite.

Note return to page 11481 Ebr. stone.

Note return to page 11482 [b] When man forgetteth him selfe, and thinketh to be exalted aboue his vocation, then God bringeth him to confusion.

Note return to page 11483 Ezek.7.19. ecclus.5.1.

Note return to page 11484 Wisd.5.15.

Note return to page 11485 [c] That is, shall enter into trouble.

Note return to page 11486 [d] A dissembler that pretendeth friendship, but is a priuie enemie.

Note return to page 11487 [e] The countrey is blessed, where there is godly men, & they ought to reioyce when the wicked are taken away.

Note return to page 11488 Or, prosperitie.

Note return to page 11489 [f] Will not make light report of others.

Note return to page 11490 [g] Where God giueth store of men of wisdome, and counsell.

Note return to page 11491 [h] Whose conuersation he knoweth not.

Note return to page 11492 [i] He that doeth not without iudgment, and consideration of the circumstances put himselfe in danger, as Chap.6.1.

Note return to page 11493 Or, modest.

Note return to page 11494 [k] Is both good to himselfe, and to others.

Note return to page 11495 Or, neighbour.

Note return to page 11496 [l] Though they make neuer so many friendes, or thinke themselues neuer so sure, yet they shall not escape.

Note return to page 11497 Or, is of vncomely behauiour.

Note return to page 11498 [m] They can looke for nothing but Gods vengeance.

Note return to page 11499 [n] Meaning them that giue liberally, whom God blesseth.

Note return to page 11500 [o] That is, the niggarde.

Note return to page 11501 Ebr. the soule of ble&esset;ing shalbe made fat.

Note return to page 11502 [p] That prouideth for the vse of them that are in necessitie.

Note return to page 11503 [q] The couetous men that spare their riches to the hinderance of their families, shalbe depriued thereof miserably.

Note return to page 11504 [r] For though the wicked be riche, yet are they but slaues to the godly, which are the true possessours of the giftes of God.

Note return to page 11505 [s] That is, bringeth them to the knowledge of God.

Note return to page 11506 [t] Shalbe punished as he deserueth, 1.Peter 4.18.

Note return to page 11507 [a] They are so grounded in the fauour of God, that their roote shall prosper continually.

Note return to page 11508 Ebr strong, or painefull.

Note return to page 11509 [b] As their conscience is vpright, so shall they be able to speake for them selues against their accusers.

Note return to page 11510 [c] The poore man that is contemned and yet liueth of his owne trauaile.

Note return to page 11511 [d] Is mercifull, euen to the very beast that doeth him seruice.

Note return to page 11512 Chap.28.19. ecclus.20.27.

Note return to page 11513 Or, defence.

Note return to page 11514 [e] Continually imagineth meanes howe to do harme to others.

Note return to page 11515 [f] Meaning, their heart within, which is vpright and doeth good to all.

Note return to page 11516 [g] He standeth in his owne conceie, and condemneth al others in respect of himselfe.

Note return to page 11517 [h] Which bridleth his affections.

Note return to page 11518 Chap.14.5.

Note return to page 11519 [i] Which seeke nothing more then to prouoke others to anger.

Note return to page 11520 Chap.10.4.

Note return to page 11521 [k] That is, words of comfort, or a chearefull minde, which is declared by his words, reioyceth a man, as a couetous minde killeth him.

Note return to page 11522 [l] That is more liberall in giuing.

Note return to page 11523 [m] Although he get much by vnlawful meanes, yet wil he not spend it vpon himselfe.

Note return to page 11524 [a] If hee vse his tongue to Gods glory, and the profite of his neighbour, God shall blesse him.

Note return to page 11525 [b] He euer desireth, but taketh no paynes to get any thing.

Note return to page 11526 Ebr. way.

Note return to page 11527 [c] For his pouertie, he is not able to escape the threatnings, which the cruel oppressers vse against him.

Note return to page 11528 [d] When as euery man contendeth to haue the preeminence, and will not giue place to another.

Note return to page 11529 [e] That is, goods euill gotten.

Note return to page 11530 [f] That is, with his owne labour.

Note return to page 11531 [g] Meaning, the worde of God, whereby he is admonished of his duetie.

Note return to page 11532 Chap.25.13.

Note return to page 11533 [h] Bringeth many Inconueniences both to himselfe and to others.

Note return to page 11534 [i] As he is partaker of their wickednes and beareth with their vices, so shall he be punished alike as they are.

Note return to page 11535 [k] Reade Iob 27. 16,17.

Note return to page 11536 [l] God blesseth the labour of the poore, and consumeth their goods, which are negligent, because they thinke they haue ynough.

Note return to page 11537 Chap.23.13. ecclus.30.1.

Note return to page 11538 [a] That is, taketh paine to profit her familie and to doe that which concerneth her duetie in her house.

Note return to page 11539 Iob 12.4.

Note return to page 11540 [b] That is, in vprightnesse of heart and without hypocrisie.

Note return to page 11541 [c] His proude tongue shall cause him to be punished.

Note return to page 11542 [d] By the oxe is ment labour, and by the crib the barne: meaning, without labour there is no profite.

Note return to page 11543 [e] For the maintenance of his owne ambition and not for Gods glory, as Simon Magus.

Note return to page 11544 [f] Doth not know the grieuousnesse thereof, nor Gods iudgem&ebar;ts against the same.

Note return to page 11545 [g] As a mans conscience is witnes of his owne griefe: so another cannot feele the ioye and comfort, which a man feeleth in himselfe.

Note return to page 11546 Chap.16.25.

Note return to page 11547 [h] He sheweth that the allurement vnto sinne seemeth sweete, but the end thereof is destruction.

Note return to page 11548 [i] He that forsaketh God, shall be punished, and made weary of his sinnes wherein he delited.

Note return to page 11549 Ebr. the man of imaginations.

Note return to page 11550 [k] If this come not dayly to passe, we must consider that it is because of our sinnes, which let Gods working.

Note return to page 11551 [l] That is, the strength of a King standeth in many people.

Note return to page 11552 Or, bodie.

Note return to page 11553 Chap.17.5.

Note return to page 11554 [m] For as much as they are conuict thereby, and put to silence.

Note return to page 11555 Or, and the mercie of the people is a sacrifice for sinne.

Note return to page 11556 Chap.25.15.

Note return to page 11557 Verse 28.

Note return to page 11558 [a] For though they haue much, yet it is full of trouble and care.

Note return to page 11559 [b] That thing is abominable before God, which the wicked thinke to be most excellent, and whereby they thinke most to be accepted.

Note return to page 11560 [c] He that swarueth from the word of God, cannot abide to be admonished.

Note return to page 11561 [d] There is nothing so deepe, or secret that can be hidde from the eyes of God, much lesse mens thoughts.

Note return to page 11562 Chap.17.22.

Note return to page 11563 Ebr. heart.

Note return to page 11564 Psalme 37.16.

Note return to page 11565 Chap.29.22.

Note return to page 11566 [e] That is, he euer findeth some let or stay, and dare not goe forward.

Note return to page 11567 Chap.10.1.

Note return to page 11568 [f] Reade Chap. 11.14.

Note return to page 11569 [g] If we will that our talke be comfortable, we must waite for time and season.

Note return to page 11570 [h] That is, holsome and profitable to the hearers.

Note return to page 11571 [i] That suffereth himselfe to be admonished by Gods word, which bringeth life: and so amendeth.

Note return to page 11572 [k] Meaning, that God exalteth none, but them that are truely humbled.

Note return to page 11573 [a] He derideth the presumption of man, who dare attribute to himselfe any thing, as to prepare his heart or such like, seeing that he is not able to speake a word, except God giue it him.

Note return to page 11574 [b] He sheweth hereby, that man flattereth himselfe in his doings: calling that vertue which God termeth vice.

Note return to page 11575 Ebr. role.

Note return to page 11576 [c] So that iustice of God shall appeare to his glorie, euen in the destruction of the wicked.

Note return to page 11577 Chap.11.21.

Note return to page 11578 [d] Their vpright and repenting life shalbe a token that their sinnes are forgiuen.

Note return to page 11579 Chap.15.16. Psal.37.16.

Note return to page 11580 [e] He sheweth the folly of man which thinketh that his wayes are in his owne hand, and yet is not able to remoue one foote except God giue force.

Note return to page 11581 Chap 11.1.

Note return to page 11582 [f] If they be true and iust, they are Gods worke, and he deliteth therein, but otherwise if they be false, they are the worke of the deuil, and to their condemnation that vse them.

Note return to page 11583 [g] They are appointed by God to rule according to equitie and iustice.

Note return to page 11584 [h] That is, he findeth out many meanes to execute his wrath.

Note return to page 11585 [i] Which is most comfortable to the dry grounde, Deuter.11.14.

Note return to page 11586 Chap.8.10.

Note return to page 11587 Psalme 125.1.

Note return to page 11588 [k] The sweete wordes of consolation, which come foorth of a godly heart.

Note return to page 11589 [l] Either that which the wicked teache others, or els it is folly to teache them that are malicious.

Note return to page 11590 Chap.14.12.

Note return to page 11591 Ebr. boweth vpon him.

Note return to page 11592 [m] For he consumeth himselfe and others.

Note return to page 11593 [n] With his whole indeuour he laboureth to bring his wickednes to passe.

Note return to page 11594 [o] That is, when it is ioyned with vertue: or els the elder that the wicked are, the more they are to be abhorred.

Note return to page 11595 [p] So that there is nothing that ought to be attributed to fortune: for all things are determined in the counsel of God, which shal come to passe.

Note return to page 11596 [a] For where as were many sacrifices, there were many portions giuen to the people, wherewith they feasted.

Note return to page 11597 Ecclus.10.26.

Note return to page 11598 [b] That is, shalbe made gouernour ouer the children.

Note return to page 11599 Chap.14.31.

Note return to page 11600 Ebr. the lippe of excellencie.

Note return to page 11601 [c] The reward hath great force to gaine the heartes of men.

Note return to page 11602 [d] He that admonisheth the prince of his faute, maketh him his enemie.

Note return to page 11603 [e] By the messenger is ment such meanes, as God vseth to punish the rebels.

Note return to page 11604 [f] Whereby hee meaneth the wicked in his rage, who hath no feare of God.

Note return to page 11605 Rom.12.17. 1.the&esset;.5.15. 1.peter 3.9.

Note return to page 11606 Isa.5.23. chap.24.24.

Note return to page 11607 [g] What auaileth it the wicked to be riche, seeing he setteth not his minde to wisdome?

Note return to page 11608 [h] So that he is more then a friend, euen a brother that helpeth in time of aduersitie.

Note return to page 11609 [i] Reade Chap.6.1.

Note return to page 11610 [k] Lifteth vp himselfe aboue his degree.

Note return to page 11611 Chap.15.13.

Note return to page 11612 [l] That is, secretly and out of the bosome of the riche.

Note return to page 11613 Eccle.2.14. and 8.1.

Note return to page 11614 [m] That is, wander to and fro & seeke not after wisdome.

Note return to page 11615 Chap.20.1.

Note return to page 11616 [n] For their weldoing.

Note return to page 11617 [a] He that loueth wisdome, will separate himselfe from all impediments, and giue himselfe wholy to seeke it.

Note return to page 11618 [b] That is, that he may talke licentiously of whatsoeuer commeth to minde.

Note return to page 11619 [c] Meaning, such one as contemneth all others.

Note return to page 11620 [d] Which can neuer be drawen emptie, but bring euer profite.

Note return to page 11621 [e] That is, to fauour him and support him.

Note return to page 11622 [f] They are soone beleeued and enter most deepely.

Note return to page 11623 [g] Hee sheweth what is the refuge of the godly against all troubles.

Note return to page 11624 Chap.10.15.

Note return to page 11625 Chap.16.18.

Note return to page 11626 Ecclus.11.8.

Note return to page 11627 [h] The minde can well beare the infirmitie of the body, but when the spirit is wounded, it is a thing most hard to susteine.

Note return to page 11628 [i] Getteth him libertie to speake, and fauour of them that are most in estimation.

Note return to page 11629 [k] He that speaketh first, is best heard of the wicked iudge, but when his aduersarie inquireth out the matter, it turneth to his shame.

Note return to page 11630 [l] If a controuersie cannot otherwise be decided, it is best to cast lottes to know whose the thing shalbe.

Note return to page 11631 [m] Appeaseth their controuersie, which are so stoute that can not otherwise be pacified.

Note return to page 11632 [n] Which for the strength thereof will not bow nor yeelde.

Note return to page 11633 [o] By the vsing of the tongue wel or euill commeth the fruit therof either good or bad.

Note return to page 11634 [p] He that is ioyned with a vertuous woman in mariage, is blessed of the Lorde, as Chap.19.14.

Note return to page 11635 [q] That is, oft times such are found which are more ready to doe pleasure then he that is more bound by duetie.

Note return to page 11636 Chap.28.6.

Note return to page 11637 Deut.19.19. dan.13.62.

Note return to page 11638 [a] To haue comfort of them.

Note return to page 11639 [b] He that is vpright in iudgment, findeth fauour of God.

Note return to page 11640 [c] The free vse of things are not to be permitted to him that cannot vse them aright.

Note return to page 11641 [d] That is, to couer it by charitie and to doe therein as may most serue to Gods glory.

Note return to page 11642 Chap.20.2.

Note return to page 11643 Chap.17.21.

Note return to page 11644 Chap.21.9.

Note return to page 11645 [e] As raine that droppeth and rotteth the house.

Note return to page 11646 Chap.18.22.

Note return to page 11647 [f] Though for a time he giue place to counsell, yet soone after will he giue place to his raging affections.

Note return to page 11648 [g] Mans deuise shall not haue successe, except God gouerne it, whose purpose is vnchangeable.

Note return to page 11649 [h] That is, that he be honest: for the poore man that is honest, is to be esteemed aboue the riche which is not vertuous.

Note return to page 11650 Chap.26.15.

Note return to page 11651 Chap.21.11.

Note return to page 11652 [i] That is, the simple and ignorant men learne, when they see the wicked punished.

Note return to page 11653 [k] Taketh a pleasure and delite therein, as gluttons & drunkards in delicate meates and drinkes.

Note return to page 11654 [a] By wine here is meant him that is giuen to wine, and so by str&obar;g drinke.

Note return to page 11655 Chap.19.12.

Note return to page 11656 [b] Putteth his life in danger.

Note return to page 11657 [c] It is hard to finde out: for it is as deepe waters, whose bottome cannot be found: yet the wise man will knowe a man either by his wordes or maners.

Note return to page 11658 [d] Where righteous iudgement is executed, there sinne ceaseth, and vice dare not appeare.

Note return to page 11659 1.King.8.46. 2.chro.6.36. eccles. 7.21.

Note return to page 11660 1.Iohn 1.8.

Note return to page 11661 Ebr. stone and stone, ephah and ephah.

Note return to page 11662 [e] Reade Chap. 16.11.

Note return to page 11663 Chap.27.13.

Note return to page 11664 [f] Teach him wit, that he cast not himselfe rashly into danger.

Note return to page 11665 Chap.11.13.

Note return to page 11666 Exod.21.17. leuit.20.9. matt.15.4.

Note return to page 11667 Deut.32.35. chap.17.13. & 24. 29. rom.12.17. 1.the&esset;.5.15. 1.pet. 3.9.

Note return to page 11668 Chap.11.1. and verse 10.

Note return to page 11669 Iere.10.23.

Note return to page 11670 [g] That is, to applie it, or take it to his owne vse, which was appointed to gods, and then inquire howe they may be exempted from the fault.

Note return to page 11671 [h] Which was a kinde of punishment then vsed.

Note return to page 11672 [i] The worde of God giueth life vnto man, and causeth vs to see and trie the secret of our darke hearts, Hebr.4.12.

Note return to page 11673 Chap.29.14.

Note return to page 11674 [k] Sharpe punishment, that perceth euen to the inward parts, is profitable for the wicked, to bring them to amendement.

Note return to page 11675 [a] Though Kings seeme to haue all things at commandement, yet are they not able to bring their owne purposes to passe any otherwise then God hath appointed: much lesse are the inferiours able.

Note return to page 11676 Chap.16.2.

Note return to page 11677 Miche.6.8.

Note return to page 11678 Or, plowing.

Note return to page 11679 [b] That is, the thing whereby he is guided, or which he bringeth forth as the fruite of his worke.

Note return to page 11680 [c] He that goeth rashly about his busines and without counsell.

Note return to page 11681 Chap.13.11.

Note return to page 11682 [d] Hee meaneth this chiefly of Iudges and Princes which leaue that vocation whereunto God hath called them, and powle their subiects to mainteine their lustes.

Note return to page 11683 Chap.19.13. and 25.24.

Note return to page 11684 Or, in a great familie.

Note return to page 11685 [e] Reade Chap. 19.25.

Note return to page 11686 [f] Though the godly admonish them both by wordes and example of life, yet the wicked will not amend, till God destroy them.

Note return to page 11687 [g] To doe a pleasure to the angry man pacifieth him.

Note return to page 11688 [h] God shal cause that to fal on their owne heads, which they intended against the iust, by deliuering the iust, and putting the wicked in their places.

Note return to page 11689 Ecclus.25.18.

Note return to page 11690 [i] Meaning, abundance of al things.

Note return to page 11691 [k] Wisdome ouercommeth strength and confidence in worldly things.

Note return to page 11692 [l] He thinketh to liue by wishing and desiring all things, but will take no paine to get ought.

Note return to page 11693 Chap.15.8. isa.1.13. ecclus.34.21.

Note return to page 11694 Chap.19.5.

Note return to page 11695 [m] He may boldly testifie the trueth that he hath heard.

Note return to page 11696 Eccles.7.3.

Note return to page 11697 [a] Which c&obar;meth by well doing.

Note return to page 11698 Chap.29.13.

Note return to page 11699 [b] Liue together and haue need the one of the other.

Note return to page 11700 Chap.27.12.

Note return to page 11701 [c] That is, the punishment, which is prepared for the wicked, and fleeth to God for succour.

Note return to page 11702 [d] Bring him vp vertuously, and he shall so continue.

Note return to page 11703 [e] His authoritie, whereby he did oppresse others, shalbe taken from him.

Note return to page 11704 Ecclus 31.23.

Note return to page 11705 [f] He that is mercifull and liberall.

Note return to page 11706 [g] Hee sheweth that princes should vse their familiaritie, whose conscience is good, and their talke wise and godly.

Note return to page 11707 [h] Fauoure them that loue knowledge.

Note return to page 11708 [i] Hee derideth them that inuent vaine excuses, because they would not do their dutie.

Note return to page 11709 [k] So God punisheth one sinne by another, when he suffereth the wicked to fall into the acquaintance of an harlot.

Note return to page 11710 [l] He is naturally giuen vnto it.

Note return to page 11711 [m] He sheweth what the ende of wisdome is: to wit, to direct vs to the Lord.

Note return to page 11712 [n] That is, sundry times.

Note return to page 11713 Ebr. in the gates.

Note return to page 11714 Chap.23.11.

Note return to page 11715 [o] Haue not to do with him that is not able to rule his affections: for he would hurt thee by his euill conuersation.

Note return to page 11716 [p] Which rashly put themselues in danger for others, as Chap.6 1.

Note return to page 11717 Deut.27.17. chap.23.10.

Note return to page 11718 [a] Eate with sobrietie.

Note return to page 11719 [b] Bridle thine appetite, as it were by force and violence.

Note return to page 11720 [c] For oft times the riche, when they bid their inferiours to their tables, it is not for the loue they bare them, but for their owne secret purposes.

Note return to page 11721 [d] Bestowe not the giftes that God hath giuen thee, to get worldly riches.

Note return to page 11722 [e] That is, couetous, as contrary a good eye is taken for liberall, as Chap.22.9.

Note return to page 11723 [f] He wil not cease, till he hath done thee some harme, and his flattering wordes shall come to no vse.

Note return to page 11724 Deut.27.17. chap.22.28.

Note return to page 11725 Chap.22.23.

Note return to page 11726 Chap.13.24. and 19.18. ecclus.30.1.

Note return to page 11727 [g] That is, from destruction.

Note return to page 11728 Psalme 37.1. chap.24.1.

Note return to page 11729 [h] The prosperitie of the wicked shall not continue.

Note return to page 11730 [i] In the obseruation of Gods commandements.

Note return to page 11731 Ebr. wine bibbers.

Note return to page 11732 Ebr. deuourers of flesh.

Note return to page 11733 [k] Spare no cost for trueths sake, neither depart from it for any gaine.

Note return to page 11734 [l] Giue thy selfe wholy to wisedome.

Note return to page 11735 Chap.22.14.

Note return to page 11736 Chap.7.12.

Note return to page 11737 [m] She seduceth many, and causeth them to offend God.

Note return to page 11738 [n] Which by arte make wine stronger, and more pleasant.

Note return to page 11739 [o] That is, drunkennes shall bring thee to whoredome.

Note return to page 11740 [p] In such great danger shalt thou bee.

Note return to page 11741 [q] Though drunkennes make them more insensible then beastes, yet can they not refraine.

Note return to page 11742 Psal.37.1. chap.23.17.

Note return to page 11743 Chap.20.18.

Note return to page 11744 [a] In the place where wisdome should be shewed.

Note return to page 11745 [b] Man hath no triall of his strength till he be in troubles.

Note return to page 11746 [c] None can be excused, if he helpe not the innocent when hee is in danger.

Note return to page 11747 [d] As hony is sweet and pleasant to the taste, so wisdome is to the soule.

Note return to page 11748 Or, rewarde.

Note return to page 11749 [e] He is subiect to many perils: but God deliuereth him.

Note return to page 11750 [f] To be auenged on thee.

Note return to page 11751 Psalme 37.1. chap.23.17.

Note return to page 11752 Chap.13.9.

Note return to page 11753 [g] Meaning, either of the wicked, and sedicious, as verse 19. and 21, or of them that feare not God nor obey their King.

Note return to page 11754 Ebr. to knowe the face.

Note return to page 11755 Chap.17.15. isa.5.23.

Note return to page 11756 [h] Be sure of the meanes howe to compasse it before thou take any enterprise in hand.

Note return to page 11757 Chap.20.22.

Note return to page 11758 [i] Hee sheweth what is the nature of the wicked, to reuenge wrong for wrong.

Note return to page 11759 [k] That I might learne by another mans fault.

Note return to page 11760 [l] Reade Chap.6.10.

Note return to page 11761 [a] Whome Hezekiah appointed for this purpose.

Note return to page 11762 [b] That is, gathered out of diuers bookes of Salom&obar;.

Note return to page 11763 [c] God doeth not reueile the cause of his iudgements to man.

Note return to page 11764 [d] Because the King ruleth by the reueiled worde of God, the cause of his doings must appeare, and therefore he must vse diligence in trying ont of causes.

Note return to page 11765 [e] Hee sheweth that it is too hard for man to attaine to the reason of all the secret doings of the King, euen when he is vpright, and doeth his duetie.

Note return to page 11766 [f] When vice is remooued from a King, he is a meete vessell for the Lordes vse.

Note return to page 11767 [g] It is not ynough that he be pure himselfe, but that he put away others that be corrupted.

Note return to page 11768 Luke 14.10.

Note return to page 11769 [h] Least whereas thou thinkest by this meaues to haue an ende of the matter, it put thee to farther trouble.

Note return to page 11770 [i] In the time of great heate when men desire colde.

Note return to page 11771 [k] Which haue an outward appearance, and are nothing within.

Note return to page 11772 [l] By not ministring occasion to prouoke him farther.

Note return to page 11773 [m] That is, the heart that is bent to anger, as Chap. 15.1.

Note return to page 11774 [n] Vse moderately the pleasures of this world.

Note return to page 11775 [o] Which melteth it, & consumeth it.

Note return to page 11776 Or, alume.

Note return to page 11777 Rom.12.20.

Note return to page 11778 [p] Thou shalt as it were by force ouercome him, in so much that his owne conscience shall moue him to acknowledge the benefites, and his heart shalbe inflamed.

Note return to page 11779 Chap.21.9.

Note return to page 11780 Ecclus.3.22.

Note return to page 11781 [q] And so is in extreme danger.

Note return to page 11782 [a] Consent not vnto him in his doings.

Note return to page 11783 [b] Reproue him as the matter requireth.

Note return to page 11784 Ebr. eyes.

Note return to page 11785 [c] To wit, of the messenger whome he sendeth.

Note return to page 11786 [d] That is, receiueth domage thereby.

Note return to page 11787 [e] Whereby hee both hurteth himselfe and others.

Note return to page 11788 [f] Meaning, God.

Note return to page 11789 2.Pet.2.22.

Note return to page 11790 [g] For the foole will rather be counselled then he: also the foole sinneth of ignorance, and the other of malice.

Note return to page 11791 [h] Reade Chap. 22.13.

Note return to page 11792 Chap.19.24.

Note return to page 11793 [i] Which dissembleth himselfe to be that he is not.

Note return to page 11794 Ecclus.28.10.

Note return to page 11795 Chap.18.8.

Note return to page 11796 [k] They will soone breake out and vtter themselues.

Note return to page 11797 [l] Meaning many: he vseth the nomber certaine for the vncertaine.

Note return to page 11798 [m] In the assembly of the godly.

Note return to page 11799 Eccles.10.8. ecclus.27.26.

Note return to page 11800 [a] Delay not the time, but take occasion when it is offered.

Note return to page 11801 Ecclus.22.15.

Note return to page 11802 [b] For the enuious are obstinate and cannot be reconciled.

Note return to page 11803 [c] They are flattering, and seeme friendfull.

Note return to page 11804 Iob 6.6.

Note return to page 11805 [d] Trust not to any wordly helpe in the day of thy trouble.

Note return to page 11806 [e] Reade Chap. 22.3.

Note return to page 11807 Chap.20.16.

Note return to page 11808 Ebr. ble&esset;eth.

Note return to page 11809 [f] Hastily & without cause.

Note return to page 11810 Chap.19.13. and 21.9.

Note return to page 11811 [g] One hastie man prouoketh another to anger.

Note return to page 11812 [h] There is no difference betweene man and man by nature, but onely the grace of God maketh the difference.

Note return to page 11813 Ecclus.14.9.

Note return to page 11814 Chap.17.3.

Note return to page 11815 [i] That is, he is either knowen to be ambitious and glorious, or humble and modest.

Note return to page 11816 [k] This declareth the great goodnesse of God towards man, and the diligence that he requireth of him for the preseruation of his gifts.

Note return to page 11817 [a] Because their owne conscience accuseth them.

Note return to page 11818 [b] The state of the common weale is often times changed.

Note return to page 11819 Chap.19.1.

Note return to page 11820 [c] For God will take away the wicked vsurer, & giue his goods to him that shall bestowe them well.

Note return to page 11821 [d] Because it is not of fayth, which is grounded of Gods worde, or Lawe, which the wicked contemne.

Note return to page 11822 [e] And iudge that he is not wise.

Note return to page 11823 Chap.29 2.

Note return to page 11824 [f] He is knowen by his doings to be wicked.

Note return to page 11825 [g] Which standeth in awe of God and is afrayd to offend him.

Note return to page 11826 [h] For he can neuer be satisfied, but euer oppresseth & spoyleth.

Note return to page 11827 [i] None shalbe able to deliuer him.

Note return to page 11828 Chap.12.11. ecclus.20.27.

Note return to page 11829 Chap.13.11. and 20.21.

Note return to page 11830 [k] He wil be abused for nothing.

Note return to page 11831 [l] Meaning him that is couetous.

Note return to page 11832 [m] Shall haue all things in abundance.

Note return to page 11833 Chap.29.2.

Note return to page 11834 Chap.28.12. & 28.

Note return to page 11835 Or, are increased.

Note return to page 11836 Luke 15.13.

Note return to page 11837 [a] He that giueth care to the flatterer, is in danger as the bird is before the fouler.

Note return to page 11838 [b] He is euer ready to fall into the snare that he layeth for others.

Note return to page 11839 [c] He can beare no admonition, in what sort soeuer it is spoken.

Note return to page 11840 Chap.22.2.

Note return to page 11841 Chap.20.28.

Note return to page 11842 [d] Where there are not faithfull ministers of the worde of God.

Note return to page 11843 [e] He that is of a seruile and rebellious nature.

Note return to page 11844 Or, regarde.

Note return to page 11845 Chap.15.18.

Note return to page 11846 Iob 22.29.

Note return to page 11847 [f] He that feareth man more then God, falleth into a snare and is destroyed.

Note return to page 11848 [g] He needeth not to flatter the ruler: for what God hath appointed, that shall come to him.

Note return to page 11849 [a] Who was an excellent man in vertue and knowledge in the time of Salomon.

Note return to page 11850 [b] Which were Agurs schollers or friendes.

Note return to page 11851 [c] Herein he declareth his great humilitie who would not attribute any wisdome to himselfe, but al vnto God.

Note return to page 11852 [d] Meaning, to knowe the secrets of God, as though he woulde say, None.

Note return to page 11853 Psalm.19.8.

Note return to page 11854 Deut.4.2. and 12.32.

Note return to page 11855 [e] He maketh this request to God.

Note return to page 11856 [f] Meaning, that they that put their trust in their riches, forget God, and that by too much wealth men haue an occasion to the same.

Note return to page 11857 [g] In accusing him without cause.

Note return to page 11858 [h] The leache hath two forkes in her tongue, which here he calleth her two daughters, whereby she sucketh the blood, and is neuer saciate: euen so are the couetous extortioners insaciable.

Note return to page 11859 [i] Which hante in the valley for carions.

Note return to page 11860 [k] She hath her desires, and after counterfaiteth as though she were an honest woman.

Note return to page 11861 [l] These commonly abuse the state whereunto they are called.

Note return to page 11862 [m] Which is married to her master after the death of her mistres.

Note return to page 11863 [n] They conteyne great doctrine and wisedome.

Note return to page 11864 [o] If man be not able to compasse these common things by his wisedome, we cannot attribute wisdome to man but follie.

Note return to page 11865 [p] Make a stay and continue not in doing euill.

Note return to page 11866 [a] That is, of Salomon, who was called Lemuel, that is of God, because God had ordeined him to be King ouer Israel.

Note return to page 11867 [b] The doctrine which his mother Bath-sheba taught him.

Note return to page 11868 [c] By this often repetition of one thing she declareth her motherly affection.

Note return to page 11869 [d] Meaning, that women are the destruction of Kings, if they hante them.

Note return to page 11870 [e] That is, the King must not giue himselfe to wantonnesse and neglect his office which is to execute iudgement.

Note return to page 11871 [f] For wine doeth comfort the heart, as Psalme 104.15.

Note return to page 11872 [g] Defende their cause that are not able to helpe themselues.

Note return to page 11873 [h] He shall not neede to vse any vnlawfull meanes to gaine his liuing.

Note return to page 11874 Or, meate, as Psal. 111.5.

Note return to page 11875 [i] She prepareth their meate betime.

Note return to page 11876 [k] Shee purchaseth it with the gaines of her trauaile.

Note return to page 11877 Or, with double.

Note return to page 11878 [l] In the assemblies and places of iudgement.

Note return to page 11879 Or, linnen cloth.

Note return to page 11880 [m] After that he had spoken of the apparell of the bodie, he nowe declareth the apparell of the spirit.

Note return to page 11881 [n] Her tongue is as a booke whereby one might learne many good things: for she deliteth to talke of the worde of God.

Note return to page 11882 [o] That is, doe her reuerence.

Note return to page 11883 [p] Confesse her diligent labours and commend her therefore.

Note return to page 11884 [q] For as much as the most honourable are clad in the apparell that she made.

Note return to page 11885 [a] Salomon is here called a Preacher, or one that assembleth the people, because hee teacheth the true knowledge of God, and how men ought to passe their life in this transitorie worlde.

Note return to page 11886 [b] He condemneth the opinions of all men that set felicitie in any thing, but in God alone, seeing that in this worlde all things are as vanitie and nothing.

Note return to page 11887 [c] Salomon doeth not condemne mans labour or diligence, but sheweth that there is no full contentation in any thing vnder the heauen, nor in any creature, forasmuch as all things are transitorie.

Note return to page 11888 [d] One man dieth after another, and the earth remaineth longest, euen to the last day, which yet is subiect to corruption.

Note return to page 11889 [e] By the sunne, winde and riuers he sheweth that the greatest labour and longest hath an ende, and therefore there can be no felicitie in this worlde.

Note return to page 11890 Ecclus.40.11.

Note return to page 11891 [f] The sea which compasseth all the earth, filleth the veines thereof, the which powre out springs and riuers into the sea againe.

Note return to page 11892 [g] He speaketh of times and seasons, and things done in them, which as they haue bene in times past, so come they to passe againe.

Note return to page 11893 [h] He proueth that if any coulde haue attained to felicitie in this world by labour and studie, hee chiefely should haue obteined it, because he had giftes and aides of God thereunto aboue all other.

Note return to page 11894 [i] Man of nature hath a desire to knowe, and yet is not able to come to the perfection of knowledge, which is the punishment of sinne, to humble man, and to teache him to depend onely vpon God.

Note return to page 11895 [k] Man is not able by all dis diligence to cause things to go otherwise then they doe: neither can he nomber the faultes that are committed, much lesse remedie th&ebar;.

Note return to page 11896 [l] That is, vaine things, which serued vnto pleasure, wherein was no commoditie, but griefe and trouble of conscience.

Note return to page 11897 [m] Wisdome and knowledge cannot be come by without great paine of body and minde: for when a man hath attained to the highest, yet is his mind neuer fully content: therefore in this worlde is no true felicitie.

Note return to page 11898 [a] Salomon maketh this discourse with himselfe, as though he woulde trye whether there were contentation in ease and pleasures.

Note return to page 11899 Ebr. drawe my flesh to wine.

Note return to page 11900 [b] Albeit I gaue my selfe to pleasures, yet I thought to keepe wisdome and the feare of God in mine heart, and gouerne mine affaires by the same.

Note return to page 11901 Ebr. doe.

Note return to page 11902 Ebr. paradises.

Note return to page 11903 [c] Meaning, of the seruants or slaues, which hee had bought: so the children borne in their seruitude, were the masters.

Note return to page 11904 [d] That is, whatsoeuer men take pleasure in.

Note return to page 11905 [e] Which were the most beautiful of them that were taken in warre, as Iudges 5.30. Some vnderst&abar;d by these wordes, no women but instruments of musicke.

Note return to page 11906 [f] For all this God did not take his gift of wisdome from me.

Note return to page 11907 [g] This was the fruite of all my labour, a certaine pleasure mixt with care, which he calleth vanitie in the next verse.

Note return to page 11908 [h] I bethought &wt; my selfe whether it were better to followe wisdome, or mine owne affections and pleasures, which hee calleth madnes.

Note return to page 11909 Or, compare with the King.

Note return to page 11910 Prouerb.17.24.

Note return to page 11911 [i] Hee foreseeth things, which the foole cannot for lacke of wisdome.

Note return to page 11912 [k] For both die and are forgotten, as verse 16, or they both alike haue prosperitie or aduersitie.

Note return to page 11913 [l] Meaning, in this world.

Note return to page 11914 [m] He wondereth that men forget a wise man, being dead, assoone as they doe a foole.

Note return to page 11915 [n] That I might seeke the true felicitie which is in God.

Note return to page 11916 [o] Among other griefes this was not the least, to leaue that which he had gotten by great trauaile, to one that had taken no paine therefore, and whome he knew not whether he were a wise man or a foole.

Note return to page 11917 [p] When man hath all laboured, hee can get no more then foode, and refreshing, yet hee confesseth also that this commeth of Gods blessing, as Chap.3.13.

Note return to page 11918 [q] Meaning, to pleasures.

Note return to page 11919 [a] He speaketh of this diuersitie of time for two causes, first to declare that there is nothing in this world perpetual: next, to teach vs not to be grieued, if we haue not all things at once according to our desires, neither enioye them so long as we would wish.

Note return to page 11920 [b] Reade Chap. 1.13.

Note return to page 11921 [c] God hath giuen man a desire, and affection to seeke out the things of this worlde, and to labour therein.

Note return to page 11922 [d] Reade Chap.2. 24. and these places declare that we should do al things with sobrietie, and in the feare of God, forasmuch as he giueth not his gifts to the intent that they should be abused.

Note return to page 11923 [e] That is, man shal neuer be able to let Gods worke, but as he hath determined, so it shall come to passe.

Note return to page 11924 [f] God onely causeth that, which is past, to returne.

Note return to page 11925 [g] Meaning, &wt; God, howsoeuer man neglect his duetie.

Note return to page 11926 [h] And made them pure in their first creation.

Note return to page 11927 [i] Man is not able by his reason, and iudgement to put difference betweene man and beast, as touching those things wherunto both are subiect: for the eye cannot iudge any otherwise of a man being dead, then of a beast, which is dead: yet by the worde of God and faith wee easily knowe the diuersitie, as verse 21.

Note return to page 11928 [k] Meaning, that reason cannot comprehend that which faith beleeueth herein.

Note return to page 11929 [l] By the often repetition of this sentence, as Chap.2 24. and Chap 3.12,22. Chap. 5.17. and Chap.8.15. he declareth that man by reason can comprehende nothing better in this life then to vse the giftes of God soberly and comfortably: for to knowe farther is a speciall gift of God reueiled by his Spirit.

Note return to page 11930 [a] He maketh here another discourse with himselfe concerning the tyrannie of them that oppressed the poore.

Note return to page 11931 [b] Because they are no more subiect to these oppressions.

Note return to page 11932 [c] He speaketh according to the iudgement of the flesh, which cannot abide to feele, or see troubles.

Note return to page 11933 [d] The more perfite that the worke is, the more is it enuied of the wicked.

Note return to page 11934 [e] For idlenes he is compelled to destroy himselfe.

Note return to page 11935 [f] Forasmuch as when man is alone, hee can neither helpe himselfe nor others, hee sheweth that men ought to liue in mutuall societie, to the intent they may be profitable one to another, and that their things may increase.

Note return to page 11936 [g] By this prouerbe he declareth howe necessarie it is, that men should liue in societie.

Note return to page 11937 [h] That is, from a poore, and base estate, or out of trouble, and prison, as Ioseph did, Gen. 41.14.

Note return to page 11938 [i] Meaning, that is borne a King.

Note return to page 11939 [k] Which folowe & flatter the kings sonne, or him that shal succeede to enter into credite with them in hope of gaine.

Note return to page 11940 [l] They neuer cease by al meanes to creepe into fauour: but when they obteine not their griedy desires, they thinke themselues abused, as other haue bene in time past, and so care no more for him.

Note return to page 11941 [m] That is, with what affection thou commest to heare the woorde of God.

Note return to page 11942 [n] Meaning, of the wicked, which thinke to please God with ceremonies, and haue neither fayth nor repentance.

Note return to page 11943 [a] Either in vowing or in praying: meaning, that we should vse all reuerence to Godward.

Note return to page 11944 [b] He heareth thee not for thy many wordes sake, or often repetitions, but considereth thy faith, and feruent minde.

Note return to page 11945 Deut.23.21

Note return to page 11946 [c] He speaketh of vowes, which are approued by Gods word and serue to his glorie.

Note return to page 11947 [d] Cause not thy selfe to sinne by vowing rashly: as they doe which make a vowe to liue vnmarried, and such like.

Note return to page 11948 [e] That is, before Gods messenger, when he shall examine thy doing: as though thy ignorance should be a iust excuse.

Note return to page 11949 [f] Meaning, that God will redresse these things, and therefore we must depend vpon him.

Note return to page 11950 [g] The reuenues of the earth are to be preferred aboue all things which apperteine to this life.

Note return to page 11951 [h] Kings and Princes cannot mainteine their estate without tillage, which thing commendeth the excellencie of tillage.

Note return to page 11952 [i] That is, his great abundance of riches, or the surfeiting, which commeth by his great feeding.

Note return to page 11953 [k] When couetous men heape vp riches, which turne to their destructi&obar;.

Note return to page 11954 [l] Hee doeth not enioye his fathers riches.

Note return to page 11955 Iob 1.21. wisdome 7.6. 1.timoth.6.7.

Note return to page 11956 [m] Meaning, in vaine, and without profit.

Note return to page 11957 [n] In affliction, and griefe of minde.

Note return to page 11958 [o] Reade Chap. 3.22.

Note return to page 11959 [p] He will take no great thought for the paines that he hath indured in time past.

Note return to page 11960 [a] He sheweth that it is the plague of God when the riche man hath not a liberall heart to vse his riches.

Note return to page 11961 [b] If he can neuer haue ynough

Note return to page 11962 [c] As we see often times, that the couetous man either falleth into crimes that deserue death, or is murthered or drowned or hangeth himselfe or such like, and so lacketh the honor of buriall, which is the last office of humanitie.

Note return to page 11963 [d] Meaning, the vntimely fruite whose life did neither profite or hurt any.

Note return to page 11964 [e] His desire and affection.

Note return to page 11965 [f] That knoweth to vse his goods well in the iudgement of men.

Note return to page 11966 [g] To be content with that which God hath giuen, is better then to followe the desires that neuer can be satisfied.

Note return to page 11967 [h] Meaning, God who will make him to feele that he is mortall.

Note return to page 11968 [a] There is no state, wherein man can liue to haue perfite quietnesse in this life.

Note return to page 11969 Iob 14.2. psal.144 4.

Note return to page 11970 Prou.22 1.

Note return to page 11971 [b] He speaketh thus after the iudgement of the flesh, which thinketh death to be the ende of all euils: or else, because that this corporall death is the entring into life euerlasting.

Note return to page 11972 [c] Where we may see the hand of God, and learne to examine our liues.

Note return to page 11973 [d] Which crakle for a while and profite nothing.

Note return to page 11974 [e] A man that is esteemed wise, when he falleth to oppression, becommeth like a beast.

Note return to page 11975 [f] He noteth their lightnes which enterprise a thing, and suddenly leaue it off againe.

Note return to page 11976 [g] Murmure not against God when he sendeth aduersities for mans sinnes.

Note return to page 11977 [h] He answereth to them that esteeme not wisedome, except riches be ioyned therewith, shewing that both are the giftes of God, but that wisedome is farre more excellent, and may be without riches.

Note return to page 11978 Chap.1.15.

Note return to page 11979 [i] Consider wherefore God doeth send it, and what may comfort thee.

Note return to page 11980 [k] That man should be able to c&obar;trole nothing in his workes.

Note return to page 11981 [l] Meaning, that cruell tyrants put the godly to death and let the wicked goe free.

Note return to page 11982 [m] Boast not too much of thine owne iustice and wisedome.

Note return to page 11983 [n] Tarie not long when thou art admonished to come out of the way of wickednesse.

Note return to page 11984 [o] To wit, on these admonitions that goe before.

Note return to page 11985 [p] Consider what desolation and destruction shall come, if thou doe not obey them.

Note return to page 11986 1.King.8.46. 2.chro.6.36. prou.20.9. 1.iohn 1.8.

Note return to page 11987 [q] Credite them not, neither care for them.

Note return to page 11988 Or, spoken euill of others.

Note return to page 11989 [r] Meaning, wisedome.

Note return to page 11990 [s] That is, to come to a conclusion.

Note return to page 11991 [t] And so are cause of their owne destruction.

Note return to page 11992 [a] That is, doeth get him fauour and prosperitie.

Note return to page 11993 [b] Whereas before he was proud and arrogant, he shall become humble and meeke.

Note return to page 11994 [c] That is, that thou obey the King, and keepe the othe that thou hast made for the same cause.

Note return to page 11995 [d] Withdrawe not thy selfe lightly from the obedience of thy prince.

Note return to page 11996 [e] That is, when time is to obey, and howe farre he should obey.

Note return to page 11997 [f] Man of himselfe is miserable, and therefore ought to doe nothing to increase the same, but to worke al things by wisedome and counsell.

Note return to page 11998 [g] Man hath no power to saue his owne life, and therefore must not rashly cast him selfe into danger.

Note return to page 11999 [h] As commeth oft times to tyrants, and wicked rulers.

Note return to page 12000 [i] That is, others as wicked as they.

Note return to page 12001 [k] They that feared God, and worshipped him according as he had appointed.

Note return to page 12002 [l] Where iustice is delayed, there sinne reigneth.

Note return to page 12003 [m] Which are pvnished as though they were wicked, as Chap. 7.17.

Note return to page 12004 [n] Reade Chap. 3.22.

Note return to page 12005 [a] Meaning, what things he ought to chuse or refuse: or man knoweth not by these outwarde things, that is, by prosperitie or aduersitie, wh&obar; God doeth fauour or hate: for he sendeth them aswell to the wicked as to the godly.

Note return to page 12006 [b] In outwarde things, as riches and pouertie, sicknesse and health, there is no difference betweene the godly and the wicked: but the difference is that the godly are assured by faith of Gods fauour and assistance.

Note return to page 12007 [c] He noteth the Epicures, and carnall men, which made their bellie their god, and had no pleasure but in this life, wishing rather to be an abiect, and vile person in this life, then a man of authoritie, and so to die which is meant by the dog and lyon.

Note return to page 12008 [d] They flatter themselues to be in Gods fauour, because they haue all things in abundance.

Note return to page 12009 [e] Reioyce, be merie, and spare for no cost. thus spake the wicked belly gods.

Note return to page 12010 Ebr. regarde the life.

Note return to page 12011 Chap. 5.18.

Note return to page 12012 [f] Thus the worldlings say to proue that all things are lawfull for them, and attribute that to chance and fortune, which is done by the prouidence of God.

Note return to page 12013 [g] That is, he doeth not foresee what shall come.

Note return to page 12014 [a] So that he doeth all things well and iustly, where as the foole doeth the contrarie.

Note return to page 12015 [b] By his doings he bewraieth himself.

Note return to page 12016 [c] If thy superiour be angry &wt; thee, be thou discrete, and not mooued.

Note return to page 12017 [d] Meaning, that it is an euill thing when they that are in autoritie, faile, and doe not their duetie.

Note return to page 12018 [e] They that are rich in wisedome and vertue.

Note return to page 12019 Psal.7.16. prou.26.27. ecclus 27.26.

Note return to page 12020 [f] Without wisedom whatsoeuer a man taketh in h&abar;d, turneth to his own hurt.

Note return to page 12021 [g] The ignorance and beastlinesse of the wicked is such, that they knowe not common things, and yet wil they discusse hie matters.

Note return to page 12022 [h] That is, without wisdome and counsell.

Note return to page 12023 [i] Are giu&ebar; to their lusts & pleasures.

Note return to page 12024 [k] Meaning, when hee is noble for vertue and wisedom and with the gifts of God.

Note return to page 12025 [l] Thou canst not woorke euill so secretely, but it shall be knowen.

Note return to page 12026 [a] That is, be liberall to the poore, & though it seeme to bee as a thing ventred on the sea, yet it shall bring thee profite.

Note return to page 12027 [b] As the cloudes that are ful, powre out raine, so the rich that haue abundance, must distribute it liberallie.

Note return to page 12028 [c] He exhorteth to be liberall while we liue: for after there is no power.

Note return to page 12029 [d] He that feareth inconueniences, when necessity requireth, shall neuer doe his duetie.

Note return to page 12030 [e] Be not wearie of well doing.

Note return to page 12031 [f] That is, which of thy workes are most agreeable to God.

Note return to page 12032 [g] That is, of affliction & trouble.

Note return to page 12033 [h] Hee derideth them that set their delite in worldly pleasures, as though God wold not cal them to an account.

Note return to page 12034 [i] To wit, anger, and enuie.

Note return to page 12035 [k] Meaning, carnal lusts whereunto youth is giuen.

Note return to page 12036 [a] Before thou come to a continuall miserie: for when the cloudes remaine after the raine, mans griefe is increased.

Note return to page 12037 [b] The handes, which keepe the bodie.

Note return to page 12038 [c] The legges.

Note return to page 12039 [d] The teeth.

Note return to page 12040 [e] The eyes.

Note return to page 12041 [f] The lippes, or mouth.

Note return to page 12042 [g] When the chawes shall scarse open and not bee able to chewe no more.

Note return to page 12043 [h] He shall not be able to sleepe.

Note return to page 12044 [i] That is, the winde pipes, or the eares shall be deafe and not able to heare singing.

Note return to page 12045 [k] To climbe hie because of their weakenes, or they stoupe downe, as though they were afraied least any thing shoulde hit them.

Note return to page 12046 [l] They shall tremble as they goe, as though they were afraide.

Note return to page 12047 [m] Their head shalbe as white as the blossomes of an almond tree.

Note return to page 12048 [n] They shall be able to beare nothing.

Note return to page 12049 [o] Meaning, the marowe of the backe bone and the sinewes.

Note return to page 12050 [p] The litle skin that couereth the braine, which is in colour like golde.

Note return to page 12051 [q] That is, the veines.

Note return to page 12052 [r] Meaning the liuer.

Note return to page 12053 [s] Which is the head.

Note return to page 12054 [t] That is, the heart, out of the which the head draweth the powers of life.

Note return to page 12055 [u] The soule incontinently either goeth to ioy or torment, and sleepeth not as the wicked imagine.

Note return to page 12056 [x] Which are wel applied by the ministers, whome he calleth masters.

Note return to page 12057 [y] That is, by God.

Note return to page 12058 [z] These things cannot be comprehended in bookes, or learned by studie, but God must instruct thy heart that thou mayest onely knowe that wisedome is the true felicitie, and the way thereunto is to feare God.

Note return to page 12059 Ebr. a song of songs: so called because it is the chiefest of those 1005, which Salomon made, as is mentioned, 1. King.4.32.

Note return to page 12060 [a] This is spoken in the person of the Church, or of the faithfull soule inflamed with the desire of Christ, whom she loueth.

Note return to page 12061 [b] The feeling of thy great benefites.

Note return to page 12062 [c] They that are pure in heart and conuersation.

Note return to page 12063 [d] The faithfull confesse that they can not come to Christ except they be drawen.

Note return to page 12064 [e] Meaning, the secret ioy that is not knowen to the world.

Note return to page 12065 [f] The Church confesseth her spots and sinne, but hath confidence in the fauour of Christ.

Note return to page 12066 [g] Kedar was Ishmaels sonne, of whom came the Arabians that dwelt in tents.

Note return to page 12067 [h] Which within were all set with precious stones and iewels.

Note return to page 12068 [i] Consider not the Church by the outward appearance.

Note return to page 12069 [k] The corruption of nature through sinne and afflictions.

Note return to page 12070 [l] Mine owne brethren, which should haue most fauoured me.

Note return to page 12071 [m] She confesseth her owne negligence.

Note return to page 12072 [n] The spouse feeling her fault, fleeth to her husbande onely for succour.

Note return to page 12073 [o] Whome thou hast called to the dignitie of pastours, and they set foorth their owne dreames in stead of thy doctrine.

Note return to page 12074 [p] Christ speaketh to his Church, bidding them that are ignorant, to go to the pastors to learne.

Note return to page 12075 [q] For thy spiritual beauty & excellencie there was no worldly treasure to be compared vnto thee.

Note return to page 12076 [r] The Church reioyceth that she is admitted to the company of Christ.

Note return to page 12077 [s] Hee shall be most deare vnto me.

Note return to page 12078 [t] Christ accepteth his Church & commendeth her beautie.

Note return to page 12079 [u] That is, the heart of the faithfull wherein Christ dwelleth by his Spirit.

Note return to page 12080 [a] Thus Christ preferreth his Church aboue all other things.

Note return to page 12081 [b] The spouse testifieth her great desire towarde her husbande, but her strength faileth her, and therefore she desireth to be comforted, and felt it.

Note return to page 12082 [c] Christ chargeth them which haue to doe in the Church, as it were by a solemne othe, that they trouble not the quietnesse thereof.

Note return to page 12083 [d] This is spoken of Christ, who tooke vpon him our nature to come to helpe his Church.

Note return to page 12084 [e] Forasmuch as his diuinitie was hidde vnder the cloke of our flesh.

Note return to page 12085 [f] So that we can not haue ful knowledge of him in this life.

Note return to page 12086 [g] That is, sinne and errour is driuen backe by the c&obar;ming of Christ, which is here described by the spring time, when all things florish.

Note return to page 12087 [h] Thou that art ashamed of thy sinnes, come and shewe thy selfe vnto me.

Note return to page 12088 [i] Suppresse the heretiques whiles they are yong, that is, wh&ebar; they begin to shewe their malice & destroye the vine of the Lord.

Note return to page 12089 [k] The Church desireth Christ to be most readie to helpe her in all dangers.

Note return to page 12090 [a] The Church by night, that is, in troubles seeketh to Christ, but is not inc&obar;tinently heard.

Note return to page 12091 [b] Shewing that although we be not heard at the first, yet we must still continue in prayer till we feele comfort.

Note return to page 12092 [c] Which declareth, that we must seeke vnto all, of whom we hope to haue any succour.

Note return to page 12093 [d] Reade Chap.2.7.

Note return to page 12094 [e] This is referred to the Church of Israel, which was led by the wildernes fourtie yeeres.

Note return to page 12095 Ebr. powder.

Note return to page 12096 [f] By the bed is ment the Temple, which Salomon made.

Note return to page 12097 [g] He alludeth to the watch, which kept the Temple.

Note return to page 12098 Or, charet.

Note return to page 12099 [h] All ye, that are of the nomber of the faithfull.

Note return to page 12100 [i] Christ become man was crowned by the loue of God with the glorious crowne of his diuinitie.

Note return to page 12101 [a] Because Christ delighteth in his Church, he commendeth all that is in her.

Note return to page 12102 Chap.6.4.

Note return to page 12103 [b] He hath respect to the multitude of the faithfull which are many in nomber.

Note return to page 12104 [c] Wherein are knowledge, and zeale, two precious iewels.

Note return to page 12105 [d] Christ promiseth his Church to call his faithfull from all the corners of the world.

Note return to page 12106 [e] Christ calleth his Church sister in respect that he had taken the flesh of man.

Note return to page 12107 [f] In that he made his Church beautifull and rich, he loued his gifts in her.

Note return to page 12108 [g] Because of thy confession and thankesgiuing.

Note return to page 12109 [h] The Church confesseth that all her glory, & beautie commeth of Christ, who is the true fountaine of all grace.

Note return to page 12110 [i] She desireth Christ to comfort her, and to powre the graces of his Spirit vpon her, which Spirit is ment by the North and South winde.

Note return to page 12111 [a] The garden signifieth the kingdome of Christ where he prepareth the banket for his elect.

Note return to page 12112 [b] The spouse saith that she is troubled with the cares of worldly things, which is ment by sleeping.

Note return to page 12113 [c] Declaring the long patience of the Lord toward sinners.

Note return to page 12114 [d] The spouse confesseth her nakednes, and that of her selfe she hath nothing: or seeing that she is once made cleane, she promiseth not to defile her selfe againe.

Note return to page 12115 Ebr. my bowels were mooued towards him.

Note return to page 12116 [e] The spouse which should bee anointed of Christ, shall not finde him if she thinke to anoynt him with her good workes.

Note return to page 12117 [f] These are the false teachers, which wound the conscience with their traditions.

Note return to page 12118 [g] She asketh of them which are godly (forasmuch as the lawe and saluati&obar; should come out of Zion and Ierusalem) that they would direct her to Christ.

Note return to page 12119 [h] Thus say they of Ierusalem.

Note return to page 12120 [i] She describeth Christ to be of perfit beautie, and comelinesse.

Note return to page 12121 Ebr. Tarshish.

Note return to page 12122 [k] Hearing of the excellencie of Christ the faithfull desire to knowe how to finde him.

Note return to page 12123 [a] That is, is conuersant here in earth among men.

Note return to page 12124 [b] Which was a faire and strong citie, 1.King.14.17.

Note return to page 12125 [c] This declareth the exceeding loue of Christ toward his Church.

Note return to page 12126 Chap.4.1.

Note return to page 12127 [d] Meaning, that the giftes are infinite which Christ giueth to his Church: or that his faithful are many in nomber.

Note return to page 12128 [e] Hee sheweth that the beginning of the Church was small, but that it grewe vp to a great multitude.

Note return to page 12129 [f] He went downe into the Synagogue to see what fruites came of the Lawe, and the Prophets.

Note return to page 12130 [g] I founde nothing but rebelli&obar;.

Note return to page 12131 [h] I ranne as swift as the nobles of my people in their charets.

Note return to page 12132 [i] O yee people of Ierusalem: for Ierusalem was called Shalem, which signifieth peace.

Note return to page 12133 [a] Hee describeth the comely beautie of the Church in euery part, which is to be vnderstande spiritually.

Note return to page 12134 [b] Reade Chap. 4.5.

Note return to page 12135 [c] He deliteth to come neere thee and to be in thy company.

Note return to page 12136 Or, galeries.

Note return to page 12137 [d] This the spouse speaketh.

Note return to page 12138 [e] If the people that are called to Christ, bring forth any fruite.

Note return to page 12139 [a] The Church called of the Gentiles, speaketh thus to the Church of Ierusalem.

Note return to page 12140 Or, me.

Note return to page 12141 [b] Reade Chap.2.6.

Note return to page 12142 [c] Reade Chap.3.5.

Note return to page 12143 [d] The spouse desireth Christ to be ioyned in perpetuall loue with him.

Note return to page 12144 [e] The Iewish Church speaketh this of the Church of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 12145 [f] If she be sure and fast, she is meete for the husband to dwell in.

Note return to page 12146 [g] The Church promiseth fidelitie and constancie.

Note return to page 12147 [h] This is the vineyard of the Lord hired out, Matth. 21.33.

Note return to page 12148 [i] Christ dwelleth in his Church, whose voyce the faythfull heare.

Note return to page 12149 [k] The Church desireth Christ that if he depart from them, yet that he would haste to helpe them in their troubles.

Note return to page 12150 [a] That is, a reuelation or prophecie, which was one of the two meanes, whereby God declared himselfe to his seruants in olde time, as Nom12.6. and therefore the Prophets were called Seers, I.Sam. 9.9.

Note return to page 12151 [b] Isaiah was chiefly sent to Iudah and Ierusalem, but not onely: for in this booke are prophecies concerning other nations also.

Note return to page 12152 [c] Called also Azariah, 2.King.15.1. of these Kings reade 2.Kings from Chap. 14. vnto Chap.21. and 2.Chron. from Chap. 25. vnto Chap.33.

Note return to page 12153 [d] Because men were obstinate and insensible, he calleth to the dumme creatures, which were more prompt to obey Gods worde, as Deut.32.1.

Note return to page 12154 [e] He declareth his great mercy toward the Iewes, forasmuch as he chose them aboue all other nations to be his people and children, as Deut. 10. 15.

Note return to page 12155 [f] The most bruite and dull beastes doe more acknowledge their duetie towarde their masters, then my people doe towarde me, of whome they haue receiued benefites without comparison.

Note return to page 12156 [g] They were not onely wicked, as were their fathers, but vtterly corrupt, and by their euill example infected others.

Note return to page 12157 [h] That is, him that sanctifieth Israel.

Note return to page 12158 [i] What auaileth it to seeke to amende you by punishment, seeing the more I correct you, the more ye rebell?

Note return to page 12159 [k] By naming the chiefe partes of the body, hee signifieth, that there was no part of the whole body of the Iewes free from his rods.

Note return to page 12160 [l] Euery part of the body, aswell the least as the chiefest was plagued.

Note return to page 12161 [m] Their plagues were so grieuous that they were incurable, and yet they would not repent.

Note return to page 12162 [n] Meaning, of them that dwell farre off, which, because they looke for no aduantage of that which remaineth, destroy all before them.

Note return to page 12163 [o] That is, Ierusalem.

Note return to page 12164 [p] Because that he will euer haue a Church to call vpon his Name.

Note return to page 12165 [q] That is, all destroyed.

Note return to page 12166 [r] Ye that for your vices deserued all to be destroyed as they of Sodom, saue that God of his mercie reserued a litle nomber, Lamen.3.22.

Note return to page 12167 [s] Although God commaunded these sacrifices for a time, as aydes and exercises of their fayth: yet because the people had not fayth nor repentance, God detesteth them, Psalme 50.13. Ieremie 6.20. Amos 5.21. Micah 6.7.

Note return to page 12168 [t] Without fayth and repentance.

Note return to page 12169 [u] Your sacrifices offered in the new moones & feasts: he condemneth hereby hypocrites, which thinke to please God with ceremonies, and they themselues are voyde of fayth and mercy.

Note return to page 12170 [x] Hee sheweth that where men be giuen to auarice, deceite, crueltie and extortion, which is meant by blood, there God will shew his anger, and not accept them, though they seeme neuer so holy, as Chap. 59 3.

Note return to page 12171 [y] By this outward washing, he meaneth the spirituall: exhorting the Iewes to repent and amend their liues.

Note return to page 12172 [z] This kinde of reasoning, by the second table, the Scriptures vse in many places against the hypocrites, who pretende most holinesse and religion in worde, but when their charitie and loue toward their brethren should appeare, they declare that they haue neither fayth nor religion.

Note return to page 12173 [a] To know if I doe accuse you without cause.

Note return to page 12174 [b] Least sinners should pretende any rigour on Gods part, he only willeth them to be pure in heart, and he wil forgiue all their sinnes, were they neuer so many or great.

Note return to page 12175 [c] Hee sheweth that whatsoeuer aduersitie man indureth, it ought to be attributed to his owne incredulitie and disobedience.

Note return to page 12176 [d] That is, Ierusalem, which had promised fidelitie vnto me, as a wife to her husband.

Note return to page 12177 [e] Giuen to couetousnes and extortion, which he signified before by blood, vers.15.

Note return to page 12178 [f] Whatsoeuer was pure in thee before, is now corrupt, though thou haue an outward shew.

Note return to page 12179 [g] That is, they mainteine the wicked & the extortioners, & not only doe not punish them, but are themselues such.

Note return to page 12180 [h] When God will shew himselfe mercifull to his Church, he calleth himselfe, The holy one of Israel: but when he hath to doe with his enemies, he is called Mightie, as against whom no power is able to resist.

Note return to page 12181 [i] I wil take vengeance of mine aduersaries the Iewes, & so satisfie my desire by punishing them. Which thing yet he doeth with a griefe because of his couenant.

Note return to page 12182 [k] Least the faythful among them should be ouercome with this threatning, he addeth this consolation.

Note return to page 12183 [l] It is only the worke of God to purifie the heart of man, which thing hee doeth because of his promes, made concerning the saluation of his Church.

Note return to page 12184 [m] By iustice is meant Gods faithfull promes, which is the cause of the deliuerance of his Church.

Note return to page 12185 [n] The wicked shall not be partakers of Gods promes, Psal.92.9.

Note return to page 12186 [o] That is, the trees and pleasant places, where ye commit idolatrie, which was forbidden, Deut.16.22.

Note return to page 12187 [p] The false god, wherein ye put your confidence, shalbe consumed as easily, as a piece of towe.

Note return to page 12188 Micah 4.1.

Note return to page 12189 [a] The decree and ordinance of God, touching the restauration of the Church, which is chiefly meant of the time of Christ.

Note return to page 12190 [b] In an euident place to be seene and discerned.

Note return to page 12191 [c] When the kingdome of Christ shalbe enlarged by the preaching of the doctrine. Here also is declared the zeale of the children of God, when they are called.

Note return to page 12192 [d] Alluding to mount Zion, where the visible Church then was.

Note return to page 12193 Micah 4.2.

Note return to page 12194 [e] Meaning the whole doctrine of saluation.

Note return to page 12195 [f] This was accomplished, when the Gospel was first preached in Ierusalem, & from thence went thorow all the world.

Note return to page 12196 [g] The Lord, which is Christ, shall haue all power giuen him.

Note return to page 12197 [h] That they may acknowledge their sinnes and turne to him.

Note return to page 12198 [i] He sheweth the fruite of the peace, which the Gospel should bring: to wit, that men should doe good one to another, where as before they were enemies.

Note return to page 12199 [k] Hee speaketh not against the vse of weapons and lawfull warre, but sheweth how the hearts of the godly shalbe affected one toward another: which peace and loue doeth begin and growe in this life, but shalbe perfited, when we are ioyned with our head Christ Iesus.

Note return to page 12200 [l] Seeing the Gentiles wil be so ready, make you haste and shewe them the way to worship God.

Note return to page 12201 [m] The Prophet seeing the small hope, that the Iewes would conuert, complaineth to God, as though he had vtterly forsaken them for their sinnes.

Note return to page 12202 [n] Full of the corruptions that reigned chiefly in the East partes.

Note return to page 12203 [o] They altogether giue themselues to the facions of other nations.

Note return to page 12204 [p] The Prophet first condemned their superstition and idolatrie: next their couetousnes, and thirdly, their vaine trust in worldly meanes.

Note return to page 12205 [q] He noteth the nature of the idolaters, which are neuer satisfied in their superstitions.

Note return to page 12206 [r] Thus the Prophet spake, being inflamed with the zeale of Gods glory, and that he might feare them with Gods iudgement.

Note return to page 12207 [s] Meaning, as soone as God shall beginne to execute his iudgements.

Note return to page 12208 [t] By hie trees and mountaines are meant them that are proude, and loftie, and thinke them selues most strong in this world.

Note return to page 12209 [u] He condemneth their vaine confidence, which they had in strong holdes, and in their rich marchandise, which brought in vaine pleasures, wherewith mens mindes became effeminate.

Note return to page 12210 Hosea 10.8. luke 23.30. reuel.6.16. and 9.6.

Note return to page 12211 [x] They shall cast them into most vile and filthy places, when they perceiue that they are not able to helpe them.

Note return to page 12212 [y] Cast off your vaine confidence of man, whose life is so fraile, that if his nose be stopped, he is dead, and consider that you haue to doe with God.

Note return to page 12213 [a] Because they trusted in their abundance & prosperitie, he sheweth that they should be taken from them.

Note return to page 12214 [b] The temporall gouernour and the minister.

Note return to page 12215 [c] By these he meaneth that God would take away euery thing that was in any estimation and wherein they had any occasion to vaunt themselues.

Note return to page 12216 [d] Not onely in age, but in wit, maners, knowledge and strength.

Note return to page 12217 [e] For lacke of good regiment and order.

Note return to page 12218 [f] He sheweth that this plague shalbe so horrible, that contrary to the common maner of men, which by nature are ambitious, none shalbe found able or willing to be their gouernour.

Note return to page 12219 [g] Feare shall rather cause him to forswere himselfe, then to take such a dangerous charge vpon him.

Note return to page 12220 [h] When God shall examine their deedes, whereupon they now set an impudent face, he shall finde the marke of their impietie in their forehead.

Note return to page 12221 [i] Be ye that are godly assured that God will defende you in the middes of these troubles.

Note return to page 12222 [k] Because the wicked people were more addict to their princes, then to the commandements of God, he sheweth that he would giue them such princes, by whome they should haue no helpe, but that should bee manifest tokens of his wrath, because they should be fooles & effeminate.

Note return to page 12223 [l] Meaning, that the rulers and gouerners had destroyed his Church, and not preserued it, according to their dutie.

Note return to page 12224 [m] That is, ye shewe all crueltie against them.

Note return to page 12225 [n] He menaceth the people, because of the arrogancie and pride of their women, which gaue themselues to all wantonnesse and dissolution.

Note return to page 12226 [o] Which declared their pride.

Note return to page 12227 [p] As a signe, that they were not chaste.

Note return to page 12228 [q] Which shewed their wantonnesse.

Note return to page 12229 [r] They delited then in slippers that did creake, or had litle plates sowed vpon them, which tinkled as they went.

Note return to page 12230 [s] In rehearsing all these things particularly, he sheweth the lightnesse, and vanitie of such as cannot be content with comely apparell according to their degree.

Note return to page 12231 [t] Meaning, that God will not only punish the women, but their husbandes, which haue suffered this dissolutenesse, and also the common weale, which hath not remedied it.

Note return to page 12232 [a] When God shall execute this vengeance, there shall not be one man founde to be the head to many women, and they contrary to womanly shamefastnesse, shall seeke vnto men, and offer them selues to any condition.

Note return to page 12233 [b] Be thou our husband, and let vs be called thy wiues.

Note return to page 12234 [c] For so they thought it to bee without an head and husband.

Note return to page 12235 [d] He comforteth the Church in this desolation, which shall spring vp like a bud, signifying that Gods graces should be as plentifull toward the faithful, as though they sprang out of the earth, as Chap. 45.8. Some by the budde of the Lord meane Christ.

Note return to page 12236 [e] He alludeth to the booke of life, whereof reade Exod. 32 32: meaning Gods secret counsell, wherein his elect are predestinate to life euerlasting.

Note return to page 12237 [f] That is, the crueltie, extortion auarice, and all wickednesse.

Note return to page 12238 [g] When things shalbe redressed that were amisse.

Note return to page 12239 [h] He alludeth to the pillar of the cloude. Exod.13.21. meaning, that Gods fauour and protection should appeare in euery place.

Note return to page 12240 [i] The faithfull are called the glory of God, because his image, and tokens of his grace shine in them.

Note return to page 12241 [k] God promiseth to be the defence of his Church against all troubles and dangers.

Note return to page 12242 [a] The Prophet by this song doeth set before the peoples eyes their ingratitude, and Gods mercie.

Note return to page 12243 [b] That is, to God.

Note return to page 12244 Ier. 2 21. mat.21.33.

Note return to page 12245 [c] Meaning, that he had planted his Church in a place most plentifull and abundant.

Note return to page 12246 [d] He spared no diligence nor cost.

Note return to page 12247 [e] In the seuenth verse he declareth what they were.

Note return to page 12248 [f] He maketh them iudges in their owne cause, for as much as it was euident that they were the cause of their owne ruine.

Note return to page 12249 [g] I will take no more care for it: meaning that hee would take from them his word and ministers, and all other comfortes, and send them contrary plagues.

Note return to page 12250 [h] Iudgement and righteousnes are true fruites of the feare of God, and therefore in the cruel oppressers there is no religion.

Note return to page 12251 [i] Of them that are oppressed.

Note return to page 12252 [k] To wit for the poore to dwel in.

Note return to page 12253 [l] I haue heard the complaint and cry of the poore.

Note return to page 12254 [m] Which conteineth about tenne pottels so that euery acre should but yelde one pottel.

Note return to page 12255 [n] Which conteineth an hundreth pottels.

Note return to page 12256 [o] An Ephah containeth ten pottels, and is in dry things as much as bath is in licours.

Note return to page 12257 [p] That spare no paine nor dilig&ebar;ce to folow their lustes.

Note return to page 12258 [q] Which are neuer weary of their riotting and excessiue pleasures: but vse all meanes to prouoke to the same.

Note return to page 12259 [r] They regard not the prouident care of God ouer them, nor for what ende he hath created them.

Note return to page 12260 [s] That is, shall certainely go: for so the Prophets vse to speake, as though the thing which shall come to passe, were done already.

Note return to page 12261 [t] Because they would not obey the worde of God.

Note return to page 12262 [u] Meaning, the graue shal swalow vp them that shal die for h&ubar;ger & thirst, and yet for all this great destruction it shall neuer be saciate.

Note return to page 12263 [x] God comforteth the poore lambes of his Church, which had bin str&abar;gers in other co&ubar;treys, promising that they should dwel in those places againe, whereof they had bin depriued by the fat and cruel tyrants.

Note return to page 12264 [y] Which vse all allurements, occasions and excuses to harden their c&obar;science in sinne.

Note return to page 12265 [z] Hee sheweth what are the wordes of the wicked, when they are menaced with Gods iudgements, 2. Peter 3.4.

Note return to page 12266 [a] Which are not ashamed of sinne, nor care for honestie, but are growen to a desperate impietie.

Note return to page 12267 [b] Which are contemners of all doctrine and admonition.

Note return to page 12268 [c] Which are neuer weary, but shewe their strength, and bragge in gluttony and drunkennes.

Note return to page 12269 [d] Both they and their posteritie, so that nothing shalbe left.

Note return to page 12270 [e] Hee sheweth that God had so sore punished this people, that the dumme creatures, if they had bene so plagued, would haue bene more sensible, and therefore his plagues must continue, till they beginne to feele them.

Note return to page 12271 [f] He wil make the Babylonians to come against them at his becke, and to fight vnder his standerd.

Note return to page 12272 [g] They shall be prompt, and lustie to execute Gods vengeance.

Note return to page 12273 [h] The enemie shall haue none impediment.

Note return to page 12274 [i] Whereby is declared the crueltie of the enemie.

Note return to page 12275 [k] The Iewes shall finde no succour.

Note return to page 12276 [l] In the land of of Iudah.

Note return to page 12277 [a] God sheweth not himselfe to man in his maiesty, but according as mans capacitie is able to comprehend him: that is, by visible signes, as Iohn Baptist sawe the holy Ghost in the forme of a doue.

Note return to page 12278 [b] As a Iudge readie to giue sentence.

Note return to page 12279 [c] Of his garment, or of his throne.

Note return to page 12280 [d] They were Angels, so called, because they were of a fierie colour, to signifie that they burnt in the loue of God, or were light as fire to execute his will.

Note return to page 12281 [e] Signifying, that they were not able to endure the brightnesse of Gods glorie.

Note return to page 12282 [f] Whereby was declared that man was not able to see the brightnesse of God in them.

Note return to page 12283 [g] Which thing declareth the prompt obedience of the Angels to execute Gods commaundement.

Note return to page 12284 [h] This oft repetition signifieth, that the holy Angels can not satisfie them selues in praysing God, to teach vs that in all our liues we should giue our selues to the continuall prayse of God.

Note return to page 12285 [i] His glory doeth not onely appeare in the heauens, but through all the world, and therefore all creatures are bound to praise him.

Note return to page 12286 [k] Which things were to confirme the Prophet, that it was not the voyce of man: and by the smoke was signified the blindnes that shoulde come vpon the Iewes.

Note return to page 12287 [l] He speaketh this for two causes: the one, because hee that was a mortall creature, & therefore had more neede to glorifie God then the Angels, did it not: and the other, because the more neere that man approcheth to God, the more doeth he know his owne sinne and corruption.

Note return to page 12288 [m] Of the burnt offerings, where the fire neuer went out.

Note return to page 12289 [n] This declareth that man cannot render true obedience to God, till he haue purged vs.

Note return to page 12290 [o] Whereby is declared that for the malice of man God will not immediatly take away his worde, but he wil cause it to be preached to their condemnation, when as they wil not learne thereby to obey his will, and be saued: hereby he exhorteth the ministers to doe their duetie, and answereth to the wicked murmurers, that through their owne malice their heart is hardened, Mat.13.14. actes 28.26. rom.11.8.

Note return to page 12291 [p] As he was moued with the zeale of Gods glory, so was he touched with a charitable affection towarde the people.

Note return to page 12292 [q] Meaning, the tenth part: or as some write, it was reueiled to Isaiah for the confirmation of his prophecie, that ten Kings should come before their captiuitie, as were from Vzziah to Zedekiah.

Note return to page 12293 [r] For the fewnesse they shall seeme to be eaten vp: yet they shall after florish as a tree, which in winter looseth his leaues, and seemeth to be dead, yet in sommer is fresh, and greene.

Note return to page 12294 2.King.16.5.

Note return to page 12295 Or, Syria.

Note return to page 12296 [a] To wit, the second time: for in the first battell Ahaz was ouercome.

Note return to page 12297 [b] Meaning, the Kings house.

Note return to page 12298 [c] That is, Israel, because that Tribe was the greatest, Gene. 48.19.

Note return to page 12299 [d] For feare.

Note return to page 12300 [e] That is to say, the rest shall returne: which name Isaiah gaue his sonne, to signifie that the rest of the people should returne out of their captiuitie.

Note return to page 12301 [f] Which haue but a litle smoke, and shal quickly be quenched.

Note return to page 12302 [g] Which was an Israelite, and as seemeth, enemy to the house of Dauid.

Note return to page 12303 [h] Counting from the fiue and twentieth yeere of the reigne of Vzziah, at what time Amos prophecied this thing, and nowe Isaiah confirmeth that the Israelites should be led into perpetuall captiuitie, which thing came to passe within twentie yeere after that Isaiah did this message.

Note return to page 12304 [i] For the confirmation of this thing, that thine enemies shall be destroyed and thou preserued.

Note return to page 12305 [k] Not to beleeue Gods worde without a signe, is to tempt God: but to refuse a signe when God offreth it for the ayde and helpe of our infirmitie, is to rebell against him.

Note return to page 12306 [l] You thinke you haue to doe with men, when ye contemne Gods messengers: but it is God against whome you bend your selues.

Note return to page 12307 [m] Forasmuch as thou art vnworthy, the Lord for his owne promes sake will giue a signe, which shall be that Christ the Sauiour of his Church and the effect of all signes and miracles shall be reueiled.

Note return to page 12308 Or, God with vs, which name can agree to none, but to him, that is both God and man.

Note return to page 12309 [n] Meaning, that Christ is not onely God, but man also, because he shalbe nourished as other men, vntill the age of discretion.

Note return to page 12310 [o] Not meaning Christ, but any childe: for before a childe can come to the yeeres of discretion, the Kings of Samaria & Syria shalbe destroyed.

Note return to page 12311 [p] Since the time that the twelue Tribes rebelled vnder Roboam.

Note return to page 12312 [q] In whom thou hast put thy trust.

Note return to page 12313 [r] Meaning, the Egyptians: for by reason the countrey is hote and moyste, it is full of flies, as Assyria is full of bees.

Note return to page 12314 [s] Signifying, that no place shall be free from them.

Note return to page 12315 [t] That is, that which is from the belly downeward: meaning, that he would destroy both great and small.

Note return to page 12316 [u] He that before had a great nomber of cattel shalbe content with one kowe & two sheepe.

Note return to page 12317 [x] The nomber of men shall be so small, that a fewe beasts shalbe able to nourish all aboundantly.

Note return to page 12318 [y] As they that go to seeke wilde beasts among the bushes.

Note return to page 12319 [z] The mountaines contrary to their wont, shalbe tilled by such as shall flee to them for succour.

Note return to page 12320 [a] That thou mayest write in great letters to the intent it may be more easily read.

Note return to page 12321 [b] Meaning, after the common facion: because all men might reade it.

Note return to page 12322 [c] Because the thing was of great importance hee tooke these two witnesses, which were of credit with the people, when he set this vp vpon the doore of the temple, albeit Vriah was a flattering hypocrite, 2.King.16.11.

Note return to page 12323 [d] Meaning, to his wife, and this was done in a vision.

Note return to page 12324 Or, make speede to the spoyle: haste to the praye.

Note return to page 12325 [e] Before any child be able to speake.

Note return to page 12326 [f] That is, the army of Assyria.

Note return to page 12327 [g] Which was a fountaine at the foote of mount Zion, out of the which ran a small riuer through the citie: meaning, that they of Iudah, distrusting their owne power, which was small, desired such power and riches as they sawe in Syria and Israel.

Note return to page 12328 [h] That is, the Assyrians, which dwell beyond Euphrates.

Note return to page 12329 [i] It shall be ready to drowne them.

Note return to page 12330 [k] He speaketh this to Messiah, or Christ, in whome the faythfull were comforted, and who would not suffer his Church to be destroyed vtterly.

Note return to page 12331 [l] To wit, ye that are enemies to the Church, as the Assyrians, Egyptians, Syrians, &c.

Note return to page 12332 [m] To encourage me that I should not shrinke for the infidelitie of this people, and so neglect mine office.

Note return to page 12333 [n] Consent not ye that are godly, to the league and friendship that this people seeke with strangers and idolaters.

Note return to page 12334 [o] Meaning, that they should not feare the thing that they feared, which haue no hope in God.

Note return to page 12335 [p] In putting your trust onely in him in calling vpon him in aduersitie, patiently looking for his help & fearing to do any thing contrary to his wil.

Note return to page 12336 [q] He wil defend you which are his elect, & reiect al þe; rest, which is ment of Christ, against wh&obar; the Iewes shuld stumble & fal, Luk.2.34.r&obar; 9.33. 1.pet.2.7,8.

Note return to page 12337 [r] Though all forsake mee, yet ye that are mine, keepe my worde sure sealed in your hearts.

Note return to page 12338 [s] Meaning, them that were willing to heare and obey the worde of God, whome the world hated as though they were monsters and not worthy to liue.

Note return to page 12339 [t] This was a consolation in their troubles, knowing that nothing could come vnto them, but by the will of the Lord.

Note return to page 12340 [u] Answere the wicked thus, Should not Gods people seeke succour only at him?

Note return to page 12341 [x] That is, wil they refuse to be taught of the Prophet, who is the mouth of God, and seeke helpe at the dead, which is the illusion of Satan?

Note return to page 12342 [y] Seeke remedie in the word of God where his will is declared.

Note return to page 12343 [z] They haue no knowledge, but are blinde leaders of the blinde.

Note return to page 12344 [a] That is, in Iudah, where they should haue had rest, if they had not thus grieuously offended God.

Note return to page 12345 [b] In whome afore they put their trust.

Note return to page 12346 [c] They shall thinke that heauen and earth and all creatures are bent against them to trouble them.

Note return to page 12347 [a] He comforteth the Church againe after these great threatnings, promising to restore them to great glory in Messiah.

Note return to page 12348 [b] Wherewith Israel was punished, first by Tiglath-pilesar, which was a light scourge in respect of that which they suffered afterward by Shalmaneser, who caried the Israelites away captiues.

Note return to page 12349 [c] Where as the Iewes and Gentiles dwelt together by reason of those twentie cities, which Salomon gaue to Hiram.

Note return to page 12350 [d] Which were captiue in Babylon and the Prophet speaketh of that thing which should come to passe threescore yeeres after, as though it were nowe done.

Note return to page 12351 [e] Meaning, the comfort of their deliuerance.

Note return to page 12352 [f] This captiuitie & deliuerance were figures of our captiuitie by sinne, & of our deliuerance by Christ through þe; preaching of the Gospel, Mat.4.15,16.

Note return to page 12353 [g] Their nomber was greater when they went into captiuitie then when they returned, but their ioye was greater at their returne, Hag 2.10.

Note return to page 12354 [h] Thou gauest them perfite ioy, by deliuering them and by destroying the tyrants that had kept them in cruel bondage, as thou didst deliuer them by Gidion fr&obar; the Midianites, Iud.7.23.

Note return to page 12355 [i] He speaketh of the deliuerance of his Church, which he hath deliuered miraculously from his enemies, but specially by the comming of Christ, of whom he prophecieth in the next verse.

Note return to page 12356 [k] The autour of eternitie, and by whom the Church and euery member thereof shalbe preserued for euer, and haue immortall life.

Note return to page 12357 [l] His singular loue and care for his elect.

Note return to page 12358 [m] This is another prophesie against them of Samaria, which were mockers and contemners of Gods promises & menaces.

Note return to page 12359 [n] We were but weake, when the enemie ouercame vs, but wee will make our selues so strong, that we wil neither care for our enemies, nor feare Gods threatnings.

Note return to page 12360 [o] Rezin King of Syriah, who was in league with Israel, was slaine by the Assyrians, after whose death, Aram, that is, the Syrians were against Israel, which on the other side were assailed by the Philistims.

Note return to page 12361 [p] Wickednesse as a bellowse kindleth the fire of Gods wrath, which consumeth all his obstinate enemies.

Note return to page 12362 [q] Though there were no foren enemie, yet they shall destroy one another.

Note return to page 12363 [r] Their greedines shalbe insatiable, so that one brother shall eate vp another, as though he shoulde eate his owne flesh.

Note return to page 12364 [a] Which write and pronounce a wicked sentence to oppresse the poore: meaning that the wicked magistrates, which were the chiefe cause of mischiefe, shoulde be first punished.

Note return to page 12365 [b] To wit, from Assyria.

Note return to page 12366 [c] Your riches & autoritie, þt; they may be safe, and þt; ye may receiue them againe.

Note return to page 12367 [d] Because they haue forsaken me, some shall goe into captiuitie, and the rest shall be slaine.

Note return to page 12368 [e] God calleth for the Assyrians to be the executioners of his vengeance.

Note return to page 12369 [f] That is, the Assyrians against the Iewes, which are but hypocrites: and in this sixt and seuenth verse is declared the difference of the word of God and of the wicked in one very thing and acte: for Gods intention is to chastise them for their amendement, and the Assyrians purpose is to destroy them to enriche themselues: thus in respect of Gods iustice, it is Gods worke, but in respect of their owne malice, it is the worke of the deuill.

Note return to page 12370 [g] Seeing that I haue ouercome, aswell one citie as another, so that none could resist, shall Ierusalem be able to escape mine hands?

Note return to page 12371 [h] When he hath sufficiently chastised his people (for he beginneth at his owne house) then will he burne the roddes.

Note return to page 12372 [i] Meaning, of Saneherib.

Note return to page 12373 [k] Here we see that no creature is able to doe any thing, but as God appointeth him, and that they are all but his instrum&ebar;ts to doe his worke, though the intentions be diuers, as verse 6.

Note return to page 12374 [l] Meaning, that God is a light to comfort his people and a fire to burne his enemies.

Note return to page 12375 [m] That is, the Assyrians.

Note return to page 12376 [n] To wit, body and soule vtterly.

Note return to page 12377 [o] When the battell is lost, and the standerd taken.

Note return to page 12378 [p] This is the ende of Gods plagues towards his, to bring them to him and to forsake all trust in others.

Note return to page 12379 [q] This small nomber, which seemed to be consumed, and yet according to Gods decree is saued, shalbe sufficient to fill all the worlde with righteousnesse.

Note return to page 12380 [r] God will destroy this land as he hath determined, and after saue a small portion.

Note return to page 12381 [s] As the Egyptians did punish thee.

Note return to page 12382 [t] Reade Chap. 9.4.

Note return to page 12383 [u] When the Israelites passed through by the lifting vp of Moses rod, and the enemies were drowned, Exod. 14.28.

Note return to page 12384 [x] Because of the promes made to that kingdome, whereby Christs kingdome was prefigured.

Note return to page 12385 [y] He describeth by what way the Assyrians shoulde come against Ierusalem to confirme the faithfull, when it shoulde come to passe, that as their plague was come, so shoulde they be deliuered.

Note return to page 12386 [z] Feare and destruction shall come vpon Iudah: for the princes and the people shall all be led away captiues.

Note return to page 12387 [a] Because the captiuitie of Babylon was a figure of the spirituall captiuitie vnder sinne, he sheweth that our true deliuerance must come by Christ: for as Dauid came out of Ishai a man without dignitie: so Christ shoulde come of a poore carpenters house as out of a dead stocke; Chap.53 2.

Note return to page 12388 [b] All these properties can agree to none but onely vnto Christ: for it is he that toucheth the heartes of the faithfull and mortifieth their concupiscences: and to the wicked he is the sauour of death and to them that shall perish: so that all the worlde shall be smitten with this rodde, which is his word.

Note return to page 12389 [c] Men because of their wicked affections are named by the names of beastes, wherein the like affections reigne: but Christ by his Spirit shall reforme them, and worke in them such mutuall charitie, that they shall be like lambes, fauouring and louing one another, and cast off all their cruell affections, Chap.65.25.

Note return to page 12390 [d] It shall be in as great abundance as the waters in the sea.

Note return to page 12391 [e] He prophecieth of the calling of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 12392 [f] That is, the Church, which he also calleth his rest, Psal.132.14.

Note return to page 12393 [g] For God first deliuered his people out of Egypt, and nowe promiseth to deliuer them out of their enemies hands, as from the Parthians, Persians, Caldeans and them of Antiochia, among whom they were dispersed: and this is chiefely meant of Christ, who calleth his people being dispersed through all the worlde.

Note return to page 12394 [h] Here he describeth the consent that shalbe in his Church, and their victorie against their enemies.

Note return to page 12395 [i] Meaning, a corner of the sea, that entreth into the land, and hath the forme of a tongue.

Note return to page 12396 [k] To wit, Nilus, the great riuer of Egypt which entreth into the sea &wt; seuen streames.

Note return to page 12397 [a] He sheweth howe the Church shall prayse God, when they are deliuered from their captiuitie.

Note return to page 12398 [b] Our saluation standeth onely in God, who giueth vs an assured confidence, constancie, and occasion to prayse him for the same.

Note return to page 12399 Exod.15.2. psal.118.14.

Note return to page 12400 [c] The graces of God shalbe so abundant, that ye may receiue them in as great plentie, as waters out of a fountaine that is full.

Note return to page 12401 1.Chro.16.8.

Note return to page 12402 [d] Ye that are of the Church.

Note return to page 12403 [a] That is, the great calamitie, which was prophecied to come on Babel, as a most grieuous burden, which they were not able to beare. In these twelue chapters following he speaketh of the plagues, wherewith God woulde smite these strange nations, (whome they knewe) to declare that God chastised the Israelites as his children, and these other as his enemies: and also that if God spare not these that are ignorant, that they must not thinke strange, if he punished them, which haue knowledge of his Lawe, and keepe it not.

Note return to page 12404 [b] To wit, to the Medes and the Persians.

Note return to page 12405 [c] That is, prepared and appointed to execute my iudgements.

Note return to page 12406 [d] Which willingly goe about the worke whereunto I appoint them, but howe the wicked doe this, reade chap.10.6.

Note return to page 12407 [e] The army of the Medes & the Persians against Babyl&obar;.

Note return to page 12408 [f] Ye Babylonians.

Note return to page 12409 [g] The Babylonians anger, & griefe shalbe so much, that their faces shal burne as fire.

Note return to page 12410 [h] They that are ouercome, shall thinke that all the powers of heauen & earth are against them, Ezek.32.7. ioel 3.15. matt. 24.29.

Note return to page 12411 [i] He compareth Babylon to the whole worlde, because they so esteemed themselues by reason of their great empire.

Note return to page 12412 [k] He noteth the principall vice, whereunto they were most giuen, as are all that abound in wealth.

Note return to page 12413 [l] He noteth the great slaughter þt; shall be, seeing the enemie shall neither for golde, or siluer spare a mans life, as ver.17.

Note return to page 12414 [m] Meaning, the power of Babylon with their hired souldiers.

Note return to page 12415 Psal.137.9.

Note return to page 12416 [n] This was not accomplished when Cyrus tooke Babylon, but after the death of Alexander the great.

Note return to page 12417 Gen.19.24. ier.50.40.

Note return to page 12418 [o] Who vseth to goe from c&obar;untrey to co&ubar;ntrey to finde pasture for their beastes, but there shall they finde none.

Note return to page 12419 [p] Which were either wilde beastes, or foules, or wicked spirits, whereby Satan deluded man, as by the fairies, gobblins, and such like fantasies.

Note return to page 12420 [a] Hee sheweth why God will hast to destroy his enemies: to wit, because he will deliuer his Church.

Note return to page 12421 [b] Meaning, that the Gentiles shall be ioyned with the Church and worship God.

Note return to page 12422 [c] Signifying that the Iewes shoulde be superiors to the Gentiles, and that they shoulde bee brought vnder the seruice of Christ by the preaching of the Apostles, whereby all are brought to þe; subiection of Christ, 2.Cor.10.5.

Note return to page 12423 [d] That is, he suffred all violence & iniuries to be don.

Note return to page 12424 [e] Meaning, that when tyrantes reigne, there can be no rest nor quietnesse, and also howe detestable a thing tyrannie is, seeing the insensible creatures haue occasi&obar; to reioyce at their destruction.

Note return to page 12425 [f] As though they feared least thou shouldest trouble the dead, as thou didest the liuing: and here he derideth the proud tyrannie of the wicked, which knowe not that all creatures wish their destruction that they may reioyce.

Note return to page 12426 [g] In stead of thy costly carpets and couerings.

Note return to page 12427 [h] Thou that thoughtest thy selfe most glorious, and as it were placed in the heauen: for the morning starre that goeth before the sunne, is called Lucifer, to whome Nebuchad-nezzar is compared.

Note return to page 12428 [i] Meaning, Ierusalem, whereof the Temple was on the Northside, as Psalme 48.2. whereby hee meaneth that tyrantes fight against God, when they persecute his Church, and woulde set them selues in his place.

Note return to page 12429 [k] In marueiling at thee.

Note return to page 12430 [l] To set them at libertie: noting his crueltie.

Note return to page 12431 [m] Thou wast not buried in the sepulchre of thy fathers, thy tyrannie was so abhorred.

Note return to page 12432 [n] He calleth to the Medes & Persians and all those that should execute Gods vengeance.

Note return to page 12433 Or, torteis.

Note return to page 12434 [o] As I haue begun to destroy the Assyrians in Senaherib, so will I continue, and destroy them wholy, when I shall deliuer you from Babylon.

Note return to page 12435 [p] From the Iewes.

Note return to page 12436 [q] Reade Chap. 13.1.

Note return to page 12437 [r] He willeth the Philistims not to reioyce because the Iewes are diminished in their power: for their strength shall be greater then euer it was.

Note return to page 12438 [s] The Israelites, which were brought to most extreme miserie.

Note return to page 12439 [t] To wit, my people.

Note return to page 12440 [u] That is, from the Iewes, or Assyrians: for they were both North from Palestina.

Note return to page 12441 [x] But they shall be all readie, and ioyne together.

Note return to page 12442 [y] Which shall come to enquire of the state of the Church.

Note return to page 12443 [z] They shall answere, that þe; Lord doeth defend his Church, and them that ioyne themselues thereunto.

Note return to page 12444 [a] Read chap.13.1.

Note return to page 12445 [b] The chiefe citie, whereby the whole countrey was ment.

Note return to page 12446 [c] The Moabites shall flee to their idoles for succour, but it shall be too late.

Note return to page 12447 [d] Which were cities of Moab.

Note return to page 12448 [e] For as in the West partes the people vsed to let their heare growe long, when they mourned, so in the East partes they cut it off.

Note return to page 12449 [f] The Prophet speaketh this in the person of the Moabites, or as one that felt the great iudgement of God that should come vpon them.

Note return to page 12450 [g] Meaning, that it was a citie that euer liued in pleasure, and neuer felt sorowe.

Note return to page 12451 [h] He describeth the miserable dissipation, and flight of the Moabites.

Note return to page 12452 [i] To hide themselues, and their goods there.

Note return to page 12453 [k] Of them that are slaine.

Note return to page 12454 [l] So that by no meanes they shuld escape the hand of God: thus wil God punish the enemies of his Church.

Note return to page 12455 [a] That is, offer a sacrifice: whereby he derideth their long delay, which would not repent when the Lorde called them, shewing them that it is nowe too late, seeing the vengeance of God is vpon them.

Note return to page 12456 [b] There is no remedie, but you must flie.

Note return to page 12457 [c] Hee sheweth what Moab should haue done, when Israel their neighbour was in affliction, to whome because they wold giue no shadowe nor comfort, they are now left comfortlesse.

Note return to page 12458 [d] The Assyrians shall oppresse the Israelites, but for a while.

Note return to page 12459 [e] Meaning, Christ.

Note return to page 12460 [f] Their vaine confidence, and proud bragges shall deceiue them, as Ier. 48.2.

Note return to page 12461 [g] For all your mourning, yet the citie shall be destroied, euen vnto the foundations.

Note return to page 12462 [h] That is, the Assyrians, and other enemies.

Note return to page 12463 [i] Meaning, that the countrey of Moab was nowe destroied and all þe; precious things thereof were caried into the borders, yea into other countreis, and ouer the sea.

Note return to page 12464 [k] He sheweth that their plague was so great, that it would haue mooued any man to lament with them, as Psal.141.5.

Note return to page 12465 [l] The enemies are come vpon thee, and shoute for ioye, when they carie thy commodities from thee, as Iere.48.33.

Note return to page 12466 [m] For verie sorowe and compassion.

Note return to page 12467 [n] They shall vse all meanes to seeke helpe of their idoles and all in vaine: for Chemoz their great god shall not bee able to helpe them.

Note return to page 12468 [o] He appointed a certaine time to punish the enemies in.

Note return to page 12469 [p] Who will obserue iustly the time, for the which he is hyred, and serue no longer, but will euer long for it.

Note return to page 12470 [a] Reade Chap. 13.1.

Note return to page 12471 [b] The chiefe citie of Syria.

Note return to page 12472 [c] It was a countrey of Syria by the riuer Arnon.

Note return to page 12473 [d] It seemeth that the Prophet woulde comfort the Church in declaring the destruction of these two Kings, of Syria and Israel, when as they had conspired the ouerthrowe of Iudah.

Note return to page 12474 [e] The ten Tribes gloried in their multitude, and alliance with other nations: therefore he sayth that they shalbe brought downe and the Syrians also.

Note return to page 12475 [f] Meaning of the ten tribes, which boasted themselues of their nobilitie, prosperitie, strength and multitude.

Note return to page 12476 [g] As the abundance of corne doeth not feare the haruest men that shoulde cut it downe: no more shal the multitude of Israel make the enemies to shrink, whom God shall appoint to destroy them.

Note return to page 12477 [h] Which valley was plentifull and fertile.

Note return to page 12478 [i] Because God woulde haue his couenant stable, he promiseth to reserue some of this people, and to bring them to repentance.

Note return to page 12479 [k] Hee sheweth that Gods corections euer bring forth some fruite, and cause his to turne from their sinnes, and to humble themselues to him.

Note return to page 12480 [l] As the Canaanites left their cities, when God did place the Israelites there, so the cities of Israel shall no more be able to defend their inhabitants, then bushes, when God shall send the enemie to plague them.

Note return to page 12481 [m] Which are excellent, & brought out of other countreis.

Note return to page 12482 [n] As the Lord threatneth the wicked in his Law, Leuit.26.16.

Note return to page 12483 [o] The Prophet lamenteth, considering the horrible plague that was prepared against Israel by the Assyrians, which were infinite in nomber, and gathered of many nations.

Note return to page 12484 [p] He addeth this for the consolation of the faithfull, which were in Israel.

Note return to page 12485 [q] He compareth the enemies the Assyrians to a tempest, which riseth ouer night, and in the morning is gone.

Note return to page 12486 [a] Hee meaneth þt; part of Ethiopia, which lieth towarde the Sea, which was so full of ships, that the sayles (which he compareth to wings) seemed to shadowe the sea.

Note return to page 12487 [b] Which in those countreys were great: in so much as they made ships of them for swiftnesse.

Note return to page 12488 [c] This may be taken that they sent other to comfort the Iewes, and to promise them helpe against their enemies, and so the Lord did threaten to take away their strength that the Iewes should not trust therein: or that they did solicite the Egyptians, and promised them ayde to goe against Iudah.

Note return to page 12489 [d] To wit, the Iewes, who because of Gods plagues made all other nations afraide of the like, as God threatned, Deut.28 37.

Note return to page 12490 [e] Meaning, the Assyrians, as chap.8.7.

Note return to page 12491 [f] When the Lord prepareth to fight against the Ethiopians.

Note return to page 12492 [g] I will stay a while from punishing the wicked.

Note return to page 12493 [h] Which two seasons are most profitable for the riping of fruites: whereby he meaneth, that he will seeme to fauour them, & giue them abundance for a time, but he will suddenly cut them off.

Note return to page 12494 [i] Not onely men shall contemne them, but the bruite beastes.

Note return to page 12495 [k] Meaning, that God will pitie his Church, and receiue that litle remnant as an offering vnto himselfe.

Note return to page 12496 [a] Reade chap.13.1.

Note return to page 12497 [b] Because the Egyptians trusted in the defence of their countrey, in the multitude of their idoles, and in the valiantnesse of their men, the Lorde sheweth that he will come ouer all their munitions in a swift cloude, and that their idoles shall tremble at his comming, and that mens heartes shall faint.

Note return to page 12498 [c] As hee caused the Ammonites, Moabites, and Idumeans to kill one another, when they came to destroy the Church of God, 2.Chron. 20.22, chap.49.26.

Note return to page 12499 [d] Meaning, their policie, and wisedome.

Note return to page 12500 [e] Hee sheweth that the Sea and Nilus their great riuer, whereby they thought themselues most sure, shoulde not bee able to defende them from his anger, but that he would sende the Assyrians among them, that shoulde keepe them vnder as slaues.

Note return to page 12501 [f] For Nilus ranne into the Sea by seuen streames, as though they were so many riuers.

Note return to page 12502 [g] The Ebrewe worde is mouth, whereby they meane the spring, out of the which the water gusheth as out of a mouth.

Note return to page 12503 [h] The Scriptures vse to describe the destruction of a countrey by taking away of the commodities thereof, as by vines, flesh, fish, and such other things, whereby countreys are enriched.

Note return to page 12504 [i] Called also Tanes, a famous citie vpon Nilus.

Note return to page 12505 [k] He noteth the flatterers of Pharaoh: who persuaded the King that he was wise, and noble, and that his house was most ancient, and so he flattered himselfe, saying, I am wise.

Note return to page 12506 [l] Or Memphis, others Alexandria, and nowe called the great Caira.

Note return to page 12507 [m] The principall vpholders thereof are the chiefest cause of their destruction.

Note return to page 12508 [n] For the spirite of wisedome he hath made them drunken and giddie with the spirit of errour.

Note return to page 12509 [o] Neither þe; great nor the small, the strong nor the weake.

Note return to page 12510 [p] Considering that through their occasion the Iewes made not God their defence but put their trust in them, and were therefore nowe punished, they shall feare lest the like light vpon them.

Note return to page 12511 [q] Shall make one confession of faith with the people of God: by the speach of Canaan, meaning, the language, wherein God was then serued.

Note return to page 12512 [r] Shall renounce their superstitions, and protest to serue God aright.

Note return to page 12513 [s] Meaning, of sixe cities fiue shoulde serue God, and the sixt remaine in their wickednesse: and so of the sixt part there should be but one lost.

Note return to page 12514 [t] There shalbe euident signes and tokens, that Gods religion is there: which maner of speach is taken of the Patriarkes, and ancient times, when God had not as yet appointed the place, and full maner howe he would be worshipped.

Note return to page 12515 [u] This declareth that this prophecie shoulde be accomplished in the time of Christ.

Note return to page 12516 [x] By these ceremonies he comprehendeth the spiritual seruice vnder Christ.

Note return to page 12517 [y] By these two nati&obar;s, which were then chiefe enemies of þe; Church, he sheweth þt; the Gentiles, & the Iewes should be ioyned together in one faith & religion, & should be all one fold vnder Christ their shepheard.

Note return to page 12518 [a] Who was a captaine of Saneherib, 2. King. 18. 17.

Note return to page 12519 [b] A citie of the Philistims.

Note return to page 12520 [c] The Ebrewes write that Saneherib was so called.

Note return to page 12521 [d] Which signifieth that the Prophet did lament the miserie that he sawe prepared, before the three yeeres, that hee went naked and bare footed.

Note return to page 12522 [e] In whose ayde they trusted.

Note return to page 12523 [f] Of whom they boasted, & gloried.

Note return to page 12524 [g] Meaning, Iudea, which was compassed about with their enemies, as an yle &wt; waters.

Note return to page 12525 [a] On the sea side betweene Iudea, and Caldea was a wildernes, whereby hee meaneth Caldea.

Note return to page 12526 [b] That is, the ruine of Babylon by the Medes, and Persians.

Note return to page 12527 [c] The Assyrians, & Caldeans, which had destroyed other nations, shall be ouercome of the Medes & Persians. and this hee prophecied an hundreth yere before it came to passe.

Note return to page 12528 [d] By Elam, hee meaneth the Persians.

Note return to page 12529 [e] Because they shall finde no succour, they shall mourne no more, or, I haue caused them to cease mourning, whom Babylon had afflicted.

Note return to page 12530 [f] This the Prophet speaketh in the person of the Babylonians.

Note return to page 12531 [g] He prophecieth the death of Belshazzar, as Dan. 5. 30, who in the mids of his pleasures was destroyed.

Note return to page 12532 [h] Whiles they are eating and drinking, they shalbe commanded to run to their weapons.

Note return to page 12533 [i] To wit, in a vision by the Spirit of prophecie.

Note return to page 12534 [k] Meaning, charets of men of warre, and others that caried þe; baggage.

Note return to page 12535 [l] Meaning Darius, which ouercame Babylon.

Note return to page 12536 [m] The watchman, whom Isaiah set vp, told him who came toward Babylon and the Angel declared that it shoulde be destroyed: all this was done in a vision.

Note return to page 12537 Iere.51.8. reuel.14.8.

Note return to page 12538 [n] Meaning, Babylon.

Note return to page 12539 Ebr. sonne.

Note return to page 12540 [o] Which was a citie of the Ishmaelites, and was so named of Dumah, Gene.25.14.

Note return to page 12541 [p] A mountaine of the Idumeans.

Note return to page 12542 [q] Hee describeth the vnquietnes of the people of Dumah, who were night and day in feare of their enemies, and euer ran to and fro to enquire newes.

Note return to page 12543 [r] For feare, the Arabians shall flee into the woodes, and he appoynteth what way they shall take.

Note return to page 12544 [s] Signifying that for feare they shall not tarie to eate or drinke.

Note return to page 12545 [t] Hee appoynteth them respit for one yere only, and then they should be destroied.

Note return to page 12546 [u] Reade Chap.16.14.

Note return to page 12547 [x] Which was the name of a people of Arabia: and by the horrible destruction of all these nations, hee teacheth the Iewes that there is no place for refuge or to escape Gods wrath, but onely to remaine in his Church, and to liue in his feare.

Note return to page 12548 [a] Meaning, Iudea, which was compassed about with mountaines, and was called the valley of visions, because of the Prophets, which were alwaies there, whom they named Seers.

Note return to page 12549 [b] He speaketh to Ierusalem, whose inhabitants were fled vp to þe; house toppes for feare of their enemies.

Note return to page 12550 [c] Which wast wont to be full of people and ioy.

Note return to page 12551 [d] But for hunger.

Note return to page 12552 [e] And led into captiuitie.

Note return to page 12553 [f] Which haue fled from other places to Ierusalem for succour.

Note return to page 12554 [g] Hee sheweth what is the duetie of the godly, when Gods plagues h&abar;g ouer the Church, and specially of the ministers, Iere. 9.1.

Note return to page 12555 [h] That is, the shoute of the enemies, whome God had appointed to destroy the citie.

Note return to page 12556 [i] He putteth them in minde how God deliuered them once from Saneherib, who brought the Persians & Cyrenians with him, that they might by returning to God auoide that great plague which they should els suffer by Nebuchad-nezzar.

Note return to page 12557 [k] The secrete place where the armour was: to wit, in the house of the forest, 1.Kin.7.2.

Note return to page 12558 [l] Ye fortified the ruinous places, which were neglected in time of peace: meaning, the whole citie and the citie of Dauid which was within the compasse of the other.

Note return to page 12559 [m] Either to pull downe such as might hurt, or els to know what men they were able to make.

Note return to page 12560 [n] To prouide if neede shoulde be of water.

Note return to page 12561 [o] To God that made Ierusalem: that is, they trusted more in these worldly meanes then in God.

Note return to page 12562 [p] In steade of repentance ye were ioyfull and made great cheere, contemning the admonitions of the Prophets, saying, Let vs eate and drinke: for our Prophets say, that we shal die to morow.

Note return to page 12563 [q] Because the Ebrew word doeth also signifie one that doeth nourish and cherish, there are of the learned that thinke, that this wicked man did nourish secret friendship with þe; Assyrians & Egyptians, to betray the church, and to prouide for himselfe against all dangers: in the meane season he packt craftily and gate of the best offices into his hand vnder Hezekiah, euer aspiring to þe; highest.

Note return to page 12564 [r] Meaning, that he was a stranger and came vp of nothing.

Note return to page 12565 [s] Where as he thought to make his name immortal by his famous sepulchre, hee died most miserably among þe; Assyrians.

Note return to page 12566 [t] Signifying that whatsoeuer dignitie the wicked attaine vnto, at length it wil turne to the shame of those Princes, by whome they are preferred.

Note return to page 12567 [u] To be steward againe, out of the which office hee had beene put by þe; craft of Shebna.

Note return to page 12568 [x] I will commit vnto him the full charge and gouernement of the kings house.

Note return to page 12569 [y] I wil establish him and confirme him in his office: of this phrase read Ezra.9.9.

Note return to page 12570 [z] Meaning, that both small and great that shall come of Eliakim, shall haue praise and glorie by his faithfull officer.

Note return to page 12571 [a] Hee meaneth Shebna, who in mans iudgement shoulde neuer haue fallen.

Note return to page 12572 [a] Read chap.13.1.

Note return to page 12573 [b] Yee of Cilicia that come thither for marchandise.

Note return to page 12574 [c] Tyrus is destroied by Nebuchad-nezzar.

Note return to page 12575 [d] By Chittim they meant all the yles and countreis Westward from Palestina.

Note return to page 12576 [e] All men know of this destruction.

Note return to page 12577 [f] Haue haunted thee, and enriched thee.

Note return to page 12578 [g] Meaning, the corne of Egypt which was fed by the ouerflowing of Nilus.

Note return to page 12579 [h] That is, Tyrus, which was the chiefe port of the Sea.

Note return to page 12580 [i] I haue no people left in me, and am as a barren woman that neuer had childe.

Note return to page 12581 [k] Because these two co&ubar;treis were ioyned in league together.

Note return to page 12582 [l] Tyrus willeth other marchants to goe to Cilicia, and to come no more there.

Note return to page 12583 [m] Who maketh her marchantes like Princes.

Note return to page 12584 [n] Thy strength will no more serue thee: therefore flee to other countreis for succour.

Note return to page 12585 [o] For Tyrus was neuer touched nor afflicted before.

Note return to page 12586 [p] Because Tyrus was built by them of Zidon.

Note return to page 12587 [q] The Caldeans which dwelt in tentes in the wildernesse, were gathered by the Assyrians into cities.

Note return to page 12588 [r] The people of the Caldeans destroied the Assyrians: whereby the Prophet meaneth, that seeing þt; Caldeans were able to ouercome the Assyrians, which were so great a nation, much more shall these two nations of Caldea and Assyria be able to ouerthrow Tyrus.

Note return to page 12589 [s] That is, Tyrus by whome ye are enriched.

Note return to page 12590 [t] Tyrus shall lye destroied seuentie yeeres, which hee calleth the reigne of one King or a mans age.

Note return to page 12591 [u] Shall vse all craft and subtiltie to entise men againe to her.

Note return to page 12592 [x] Shee shall labour by al meanes to recouer her first credite, as an harlot when she is l&obar;g forgotten, seeketh by al meanes to entertain her louers.

Note return to page 12593 [y] Thogh shee haue beene chastised of the Lorde, yet shee shall returne to her olde wicked practises, and for gaine shall giue her selfe to all mens lustes like an harlot.

Note return to page 12594 [z] He sheweth that God yet by the preaching of the Gospel will call Tyrus to repentance, and turne her heart from auarice and filthie gaine vnto the true worshipping of God and liberalitie toward his Saintes.

Note return to page 12595 [a] This prophesie is as a conclusion of that which hath beene threatned to the Iewes & other nations from the 13. chap. and therefore by the earth he meaneth those landes, which were before named.

Note return to page 12596 [b] Because this was a name of dignitie, it was also applied to them, which were not of Aarons familie, and so signifieth also a man of dignitie, as 2.Sa 8.18. & 20.25.1.chron.18.17. and by these woordes the Prophet signifieth an horrible confusion, where there shalbe neither religion, order nor policie, Hosea.4.9.

Note return to page 12597 [c] That is, rendreth not her fruite for the sinne of the people, whom the earth deceiued of their nouriture, because they deceiued God of his honour.

Note return to page 12598 [d] Written in the Lawe, as Leuit.26. 14.deut.28 16. thus the Prophets vsed to applie particularly the menaces, and promises which are generall in the lawe.

Note return to page 12599 [e] With heate and drought, or els, that they were c&obar;sumed with þe; fire of Gods wrath.

Note return to page 12600 [f] Which as it was without order, so nowe should it be brought to desolation and confusion: and this was not onely meant of Ierusalem, but of all the other wicked cities.

Note return to page 12601 [g] Because they did not vse Gods benefites aright, their pleasures shoulde faile, and they fall to mourning.

Note return to page 12602 [h] He comforteth the faithfull, declaring that in this great desolation the Lorde will assemble his Church, which shall praise his name, as Chap. 10.22.

Note return to page 12603 [i] From the vtmost coasts of þe; world, where the Gospel shalbe preached, as verse 16.

Note return to page 12604 [k] Meaning, to God, who will publish his gospel through all the worlde.

Note return to page 12605 [l] I am consumed &wt; care, considering the affliction of the Church, both by forreine enemies, and domesticall. Some reade, my secret, my secret: that is, it was reueiled to the Prophet, that þe; good should be preserued and the wicked destroyed.

Note return to page 12606 [m] Meaning, that Gods wrath and vengeance should be ouer and vnder them: so that they shoulde not escape no more then they did at Noahs flood.

Note return to page 12607 [n] There is no power so high or mightie, but God will visite him with his roddes.

Note return to page 12608 [o] Not with his roddes, as verse 21. but shall bee comforted.

Note return to page 12609 [p] When God shall restore his Church, the glorie thereof shall so shine and his ministers (which are called his ancient men) that the sunne and the moone shalbe darke in comparison thereof.

Note return to page 12610 [a] Thus the Prophete giueth thankes to God, because hee will bring vnder subiection these nations by his corrections, & make them of his Church which before were his enemies.

Note return to page 12611 [b] Not only of Ierusalem, but also of these other cities, which haue bene thine enemies.

Note return to page 12612 [c] That is, a place where as all vagabondes may liue without danger, and as it were, at ease, as in a palace.

Note return to page 12613 [d] The arrogant and proude, which before would not know thee, shall by thy corrections feare and glorifie thee.

Note return to page 12614 [e] The rage of the wicked is furious, till God breake the force thereof.

Note return to page 12615 [f] Meaning, that as the heate is abated by the raine, so shal God bring downe the rage of the wicked.

Note return to page 12616 [g] As a cloude shadoweth from the heate of the sunne, so shal God aswage the reioycing of the wicked against the godly.

Note return to page 12617 [h] To wit, in Zion, whereby he meaneth his Church, which should vnder Christ be assembled of the Iewes and the Gentiles, and is here described vnder the figure of a costly banket, as Matth.22.2.

Note return to page 12618 [i] Meaning, that ignorance and blindenesse, whereby we are kept backe from Christ.

Note return to page 12619 [k] Hee will take away all occasions of sorowe and fill his with perfite ioye, Reuelat.7.17. and 21.4.

Note return to page 12620 [l] By Moab are meant all the enemies of his Church.

Note return to page 12621 [m] There were two cities of this name: one in Iudah, 1.Chron.2.49. and an other in the lande of Moab, Ieremie 48.2. which seemeth to haue bene a plentifull place of corne, Chapter 10.31.

Note return to page 12622 [a] This song was made to c&obar;fort the faithful, when their captiuitie should come, assuring them also of their deliuerance, for the which they should sing this song.

Note return to page 12623 [b] Gods protecti&obar; and defence shalbe sufficient for vs.

Note return to page 12624 [c] He assureth the godly to returne after the captiuitie to Ierusalem.

Note return to page 12625 [d] Thou hast decreed so, and thy purpose c&abar;not be changed.

Note return to page 12626 [e] There is no power so hie, that can let God, wh&ebar; he wil deliuer his.

Note return to page 12627 [f] God wil set the poore afflicted ouer the power of the wicked.

Note return to page 12628 [g] We haue constantly abid in the aduersities wherewith thou hast afflicted vs.

Note return to page 12629 [h] Meaning, that by afflictions men shall learne to feare God.

Note return to page 12630 [i] The wicked though God shew them euident signes of his grace, shalbe neuer the better.

Note return to page 12631 [k] Through enuie and indignation against thy people.

Note return to page 12632 [l] The fire and vengeance, wherewith thou doest destroy thine enemies.

Note return to page 12633 [m] The Babylonians, which haue not gouerned according to thy worde.

Note return to page 12634 [n] Meaning, that the reprobate, euen in this life shall haue the beginning of euerlasting death.

Note return to page 12635 [o] To wit, the companie of the faithfull by the calling of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 12636 [p] That is, the faithful by thy rods were mooued to pray vnto thee for deliuerance.

Note return to page 12637 [q] To wit, in extreme sorowe.

Note return to page 12638 [r] Our sorowes had none ende, neither did we enioy the comfort, that we looked for.

Note return to page 12639 [s] The wicked and men without religion were not destroyed.

Note return to page 12640 [t] He comforteth the faithful in their afflictions, shewing them that euen in death they shall haue life: and that they should most certainely rise to glory: the contrary should come to the wicked, as verse 14.

Note return to page 12641 [u] As herbes, dead in winter, flourish againe by the raine in the spring time: so they that lie in the dust, shall rise vp to ioy when they feele the dewe of Gods grace.

Note return to page 12642 [x] He exhorteth the faithful to be pacient in their afflictions, and to wait vpon Gods worke.

Note return to page 12643 [y] The earth shall vomit and cast out the innocent blood, which it hath drunke, that it may cry for vengeance against the wicked.

Note return to page 12644 [a] At the time appointed.

Note return to page 12645 [b] That is, by his mighty power and by his worde. Hee prophecieth here of the destruction of Satan and his kingdome vnder the name of Liuiathan, Asshur and Egypt.

Note return to page 12646 [c] Meaning, of the best wine, which this vineyarde, that is, the Church, should bring foorth as most agreeable to the Lorde.

Note return to page 12647 [d] Therefore he will destroy the kingdome of Satan, because he loueth his Church for his owne mercies sake, and can not be angry with it, but wisheth that he may powre his anger vpon the wicked infidels, whom he meaneth by bryers and thornes.

Note return to page 12648 [e] He marueileth, that Israel wil not come by gentlenesse, except God make them to feele his rods, and so bring them vnto him.

Note return to page 12649 [f] Though I afflict and diminish my people for a time, yet shall the roote spring againe and bring foorth in great abundance.

Note return to page 12650 [g] He sheweth that God punisheth his in mercie, and his enemies in iustice.

Note return to page 12651 [h] That is, thou wilt not destroy the roote of thy Church though the branches thereof seeme to perish by the sharpe winde of affliction.

Note return to page 12652 [i] He sheweth that there is no true repentance, nor full reconciliation to God, till the heart be purged from all idolatrie, and the monuments thereof destroyed.

Note return to page 12653 [k] Notwithstanding his fauour that hee will shewe them after, yet Ierusalem shall bee destroyed, and grasse for cattell shall growe in it.

Note return to page 12654 [l] God shall not haue neede of mightie enemies: for the very women shall doe it, to their great shame.

Note return to page 12655 [m] Hee shall destroye all from Euphrates to Nilus: for some fled towarde Egypt, thinking to haue escaped.

Note return to page 12656 [n] In the time of Cyrus, by whome they shoulde bee deliuered: but this was chiefely accomplished vnder Christ.

Note return to page 12657 [a] Meaning, the proude kingdome of the Israelites, which were drunken with worldly prosperitie.

Note return to page 12658 [b] Because the Israelites for þe; most part dwelt in plentifull valleis, hee meaneth hereby the valley of them, that had abundance of worldly prosperitie, and were, as it were crowned therewith, as with garlands.

Note return to page 12659 [c] He seemeth to meane the Assyrians, by whome the tenne tribes were caried away.

Note return to page 12660 [d] Which is not of long continuance, but is soone ripe, and first eaten.

Note return to page 12661 [e] Signifying, that the faithfull, which put not their trust in any worldly prosperitie, but made God their glory, shalbe preserued.

Note return to page 12662 [f] Hee will giue counsell to the gouernour, & strength to the captaine, to driue the enemies in at their owne gates.

Note return to page 12663 [g] Meaning, the hypocrites, which were among them, and were altogether corrupt in life and doctrine, which is here ment by drunkennes and vomiting.

Note return to page 12664 [h] For there was none that was able to vnderstand any good doctrine: but were foolish, and as vnmeete as yong babes.

Note return to page 12665 [i] They must haue one thing ofttimes tolde.

Note return to page 12666 [k] Let one teache what he can, yet they shall no more vnderstand him, then if hee spake in a str&abar;ge language.

Note return to page 12667 [l] That is, the Prophet, whome God should sende.

Note return to page 12668 [m] This is the doctrine, whereupon ye ought to stay and rest.

Note return to page 12669 [n] Shewe to them that are weary and haue neede of rest, what is the true rest.

Note return to page 12670 [o] Because they wil not receiue the word of God when it is offred, it commeth of their own malice, if after their hearts be so hardened, that they care not for it, as before Chap.6.9.

Note return to page 12671 [p] They thought they had shiftes to auoyde Gods iudgements, and that they could escape though all other perished.

Note return to page 12672 [q] Though the Prophets condemned their idoles, and vaine trust, of falsehode, and vanitie, yet the wicked thought in themselues that they would trust in these things.

Note return to page 12673 [r] That is, Christ by whom all the building must be tried, & vpholden, Psal.118.22. mat.21. 42. actes 4.11. rom. 9.33. 1.pet.2.6.

Note return to page 12674 [s] He shalbe quiet, & seeke none other remedies, but be content with Christ.

Note return to page 12675 [t] In the restitution of his Church, iudgement, and iustice shall reigne.

Note return to page 12676 [u] Gods corrections and affliction.

Note return to page 12677 [x] Affliction shall discouer their vaine confidence, which they kept secret to themselues.

Note return to page 12678 [y] Terrour and destruction shall make you to learne that, which exhortations and gentlenesse could not bring you vnto.

Note return to page 12679 [z] Your affliction shalbe so sore, that you are not able to endure it.

Note return to page 12680 [a] When Dauid ouercame the Philistims, 2 Sam. 5.20. 1.Chro.14. 11.

Note return to page 12681 [b] Where Ioshua discomfited fiue Kings of the Amorites, Ioshua 10.12.

Note return to page 12682 [c] As the plowe man hath his appointed time, and diuers instruments for his labour, so hath the Lord for his vengeance: for he punisheth some at one time, and some at another, some after one sort, and some after another, so that his chosen seede is beaten, and tried, but not broken, as are the wicked.

Note return to page 12683 [a] The Ebrewe worde Ariel signifieth the Lyon of God, and signifieth the Altar, because the Altar seemed to deuoure the sacrifice that was offred to God, as Ezek.43.16.

Note return to page 12684 [b] Your vaine confidence in your sacrifices shall not last long.

Note return to page 12685 [c] Your citie shall be full of blood, as an altar whereon they sacrifice.

Note return to page 12686 [d] Thy speach shal be no more so loftie, but abased, and low as the very charmers which are in low places, and whisper so that their voyce can scarse be heard.

Note return to page 12687 [e] Thine hired souldiers, in whom thou trustest, shall be destroyed, as dust or chaffe in a whirlewinde.

Note return to page 12688 [f] The enemies that I wil bring to destroy thee, and that which thou makest thy vaine trust, shall come at vnwares, euen as a dreame in the night. Some reade, as if this were a comfort to the Church for the destruction of their enemies.

Note return to page 12689 [g] That is, he thinketh þt; he eateth.

Note return to page 12690 [h] Muse hereon as long as ye list, yet shall ye finde nothing but occasion to be astonied: for your Prophets are blinde, and therefore can not direct you.

Note return to page 12691 [i] Meaning, that it is all alike either to reade, or not to reade, except God open the heart to vnderstande.

Note return to page 12692 [k] Because they are hypocrites and not sincere in heart, as Mat.15.8.

Note return to page 12693 [l] That is, their religion was learned by mans doctrine, and not by my worde.

Note return to page 12694 [m] Meaning, that where as God is not worshipped according to his worde, both magistrates and ministers are but fooles, and without vnderstanding.

Note return to page 12695 [n] This is spoken of them, which in heart despised Gods worde, and mocked at the admonitions, but outwardly bare a good face.

Note return to page 12696 [o] For all your craft, saith þe; Lord, you cannot be able to escape mine hands no more then the clay, that is in the potters hands, hath power to deliuer it selfe.

Note return to page 12697 [p] Shall there not be a change of all things? and Carmel, that is a plentifull place in respect of that it shal be then, may be taken as a forest, as Chap.32.15 and thus he speaketh to comfort the faythfull.

Note return to page 12698 [q] They that went about to find fault with the Prophets wordes, and would not abide admonitions, but would intangle them and bring them into danger.

Note return to page 12699 [r] Signifying, that except God giue vnderstanding, and knowledge, man can not but still erre, and murmure against him.

Note return to page 12700 [a] Who contrary to their promes, take not me for their protectour, and contrary to my commaundement, seeke helpe at strangers.

Note return to page 12701 [b] They seeke shiftes to cloke their doings, and not godly meanes.

Note return to page 12702 [c] The chiefe of Israel went into Egypt in Ambassie to seeke helpe, and abode at these cities.

Note return to page 12703 [d] That is, a heauy sentence or prophecie against the beasts that caried their treasures into Egypt, by the wildernes, which was South from Iudah: signifying that if the beastes should not be spared, that men should be punished much more grieuously.

Note return to page 12704 [e] To wit, to Ierusalem.

Note return to page 12705 [f] And not to come to and fro to seeke helpe.

Note return to page 12706 [g] That is, this prophecie.

Note return to page 12707 [h] That it may be a witnes against them for all posteritie.

Note return to page 12708 [i] Hee sheweth what was the cause of their destruction, & bringeth also all miserie to man: to wit, because they would not heare the worde of God, but delited to be flattered, and led in errour.

Note return to page 12709 [k] Threaten vs not by the worde of God, neither be so rigorous, nor talke vnto vs in the Name of the Lord, as Iere.11.21.

Note return to page 12710 [l] Meaning, in their stubbernes against God and the admonitions of his Prophets.

Note return to page 12711 [m] Signifying, that the destruction of the wicked shalbe without recouerie.

Note return to page 12712 [n] Oft times by his Prophets hee put you in rem&ebar;brance of this, that you should onely depend on him.

Note return to page 12713 [o] We wil trust to escape by our horses.

Note return to page 12714 [p] Whereas all the trees are cut down saue two or three to make mastes.

Note return to page 12715 [q] He commendeth the great mercies of God, who with patience waiteth to call sinners to repent&abar;ce.

Note return to page 12716 [r] Not only in punishing, but in vsing moderation in the same, as Ier. 10.24. and 30.11.

Note return to page 12717 Or, instructour.

Note return to page 12718 [s] God shal direct all thy wayes, and appoint thee how to go either hither or thither.

Note return to page 12719 [t] Ye shal cast away your idols, which you haue made of gold, & siluer, with all that belongeth vnto them, as a most filthie thing, & polluted.

Note return to page 12720 [u] Shewing that there can be no true repentance except both in heart & deede we shew ourselues enemies to idolatrie.

Note return to page 12721 [x] By these diuers maners of speach he sheweth that the felicitie of the Church shalbe so great, that none is able sufficiently to expresse it.

Note return to page 12722 [y] When the Church shalbe restored, the glory thereof shall passe seuen times the brightnes of the sunne: for by the sunne and moone, which are two excellent creatures, he sheweth what shalbe the glory of the children of God in the kingdome of Christ.

Note return to page 12723 [z] This threatning is against the Assyrians, the chiefe enemies of the people of God.

Note return to page 12724 [a] To driue thee to nothing: and thus God consumeth the wicked by that meanes, whereby he clenseth his.

Note return to page 12725 [b] Ye shall reioyce at the destruction of your enemies, as they that sing for ioy of the solemne feast, which began in the euening.

Note return to page 12726 [c] Gods plague.

Note return to page 12727 [d] It shal destroy.

Note return to page 12728 [e] With ioy and assurance of the victorie.

Note return to page 12729 [f] Against Babel: meaning, the Assyrians and Babylonians.

Note return to page 12730 [g] Here it is taken for hell, where the wicked are tormented, reade 2.King.23.10.

Note return to page 12731 [h] So that their state or degree can not exempt the wicked.

Note return to page 12732 [i] By these figuratiue speaches he declareth the condition of the wicked after this life.

Note return to page 12733 [a] There were two speciall causes, why the Israelites should not ioyne amitie with the Egyptians: first, because the Lorde had commaunded them neuer to returne thither, Deut.17.16. and 28. 68. least they should forget the benefite of their redemption: and secondly, least they should be corrupted with the superstition and idolatrie of the Egyptians, and so forsake God, Iere.2.18.

Note return to page 12734 [b] Meaning, that they forsake the Lorde, that put their trust in worldly things: for they can not trust in both.

Note return to page 12735 [c] And knoweth their craftie enterprises & will bring all to naught.

Note return to page 12736 [d] Meaning, both the Egyptians and the Israelites.

Note return to page 12737 [e] He sheweth the Iewes, that if they would put their trust in him, he is so able, that none can resist his power: and so carefull ouer them, as a birde ouer her y&obar;g, which euer flyeth about th&ebar; for their defence: which similitude the Scripture vseth in diuers places, as Deut.32. 11. mat.23.37.

Note return to page 12738 [f] Hee toucheth their conscience that they might earnestly feele their grieuous sinnes, and so truely repent, for as much as now they are almost drowned and past recouerie.

Note return to page 12739 [g] By these fruites your repentance shalbe knowen, as Chap.2.18.

Note return to page 12740 [h] When your rep&ebar;tance appeareth.

Note return to page 12741 [i] This was accomplished soone after when Saneheribs armie was discomfited, and he fled to his castell in Nineueh for succour.

Note return to page 12742 [k] To destroy his enemies.

Note return to page 12743 [a] This prophesie is of Hezekiah, who was a figure of Christ, & therefore it ought chiefly to be referred to him.

Note return to page 12744 [b] By iudgement and iustice is ment an vpright gouernment, both in policie and religion.

Note return to page 12745 [c] Where men are weary with traueiling, for lacke of water.

Note return to page 12746 [d] He promiseth to giue the true light, which is, the pure doctrine of Gods word, and vnderstanding, and zeale of the same, are c&obar;trary to the threatnings against the wicked, Chap.6.9. and 29.10.

Note return to page 12747 [e] Vice shall no more be called vertue, nor vertue esteemed by power and riches.

Note return to page 12748 [f] He prophesieth of such calamitie to come, that they will not spare the women & children, and therefore willeth them to take heede and prouide.

Note return to page 12749 [g] Meaning, that the afflicti&obar; should continue long, and when one yeere were past, yet they should looke for newe plagues.

Note return to page 12750 [h] God will take from you the meanes and occasions, which made you to c&obar;temne him: to wit, abundance of worldly goods.

Note return to page 12751 [i] By the teates he meaneth the plentifull fieldes, whereby men are nourished, as children with the teate: or, the mothers for sorowe, and leannesse shall lacke milke.

Note return to page 12752 Or, multitude.

Note return to page 12753 [k] That is when the Church shalbe restored: thus the Prophetes after they haue denounced Gods iudgements against the wicked, vse to comfort the godly least they should faint.

Note return to page 12754 [l] The fielde which is now fruitefull, shalbe but as a barren forest in comparison of that it shalbe then, as Chap.29.17. which shalbe fulfilled in Christes time: for then they that were before as the barren wildernes, being regenerate, shalbe fruitfull, and they that had some beginning of godlines, shall bring foorth fruits in such abundance, that their former life shall seeme but as a wildernes, where no fruits were.

Note return to page 12755 [m] They shall not neede to build it in hie places for feare of the enemy: for God wil defend it, & turne away the stormes fr&obar; hurting of their c&obar;modities.

Note return to page 12756 [n] That is, vpon fat ground and well watered, which bringeth foorth in abundance: or in places which before were couered with waters, and now made dry for your vses.

Note return to page 12757 [o] The fieldes shalbe so ranke, that they shall send out their cattel to eate vp the first crop, which abundance shalbe signes of Gods fauour and loue towards them.

Note return to page 12758 [a] Meaning the enemies of the Church, as were the Caldeans, and Assyri&abar;s: but chiefly of Saneherib, but not onely.

Note return to page 12759 [b] When thine appointed time shall come that God shal take away thy power: and that which thou hast wrongfully gotten, shalbe giuen to others, as Amos 5.11.

Note return to page 12760 [c] The Caldeans shall do like to the Assyrians, as the Assyrians did to Israel: & the Medes, and Persians shall doe the same to the Caldeans.

Note return to page 12761 [d] He declareth hereby what is the chiefe refuge of the faithfull when troubles come, to pray and seeke helpe of God.

Note return to page 12762 [e] Which helpedst our fathers so soone as they called vpon thee.

Note return to page 12763 [f] That is, the Assyrians fled before the armie of the Caldeans, or the Caldeans for feare of the Medes and Persians.

Note return to page 12764 [g] When thou, O Lorde, diddest lift vp thine arme to punish thine enemies.

Note return to page 12765 [h] Yee that as caterpillers destroyed with your nomber the whole worlde, shall haue no strength to resist your enemies the Caldeans, but shalbe gathered on an heape and destroyed.

Note return to page 12766 [i] Meaning the Medes and Persians against the Caldeans.

Note return to page 12767 [k] That is, in the dayes of Hezekiah.

Note return to page 12768 [l] Sent from Saneherib.

Note return to page 12769 [m] Whom they of Ierusalem sent to intreat of peace.

Note return to page 12770 [n] These are the words of the Ambassadours, when they returne fr&obar; Saneherib.

Note return to page 12771 [o] Which was a plentifull countrey, meaning, that Saneherib would destroye all.

Note return to page 12772 [p] To helpe & deliuer my Church.

Note return to page 12773 [q] This is spoken against the enemies, who thought all was their owne, but he sheweth that their enterprise shalbe in vaine, and that the fire, which they had kindled for others, should consume them.

Note return to page 12774 [r] His vengeance shalbe so great that all the world shall talke thereof.

Note return to page 12775 [s] Which doe not beleeue the words of the Prophet and the assurance of their deliuerance.

Note return to page 12776 [t] Meaning, that God will be a sure defence to al them that liue according to his word.

Note return to page 12777 [u] They shall see Hezekiah deliuered from his enemies & restored to honour and glory.

Note return to page 12778 [x] They shalbe no more shut in as they were by Saneherib, but go where it pleaseth them.

Note return to page 12779 [y] Before that this libertie commeth, thou shalt thinke that thou art in great danger: for the enemie shall so sharply assaile you, that one shall cry, Where is þe; clarke that writeth the names of them that are taxed? another, Where is the receiuer? another shall cry for him that valueth the riche houses, but God will deliuer you from this feare.

Note return to page 12780 [z] Let vs be content with this smal riuer of Shiloah, and not desire the great streames and riuers, whereby the enemies may bring in shippes and destroye vs.

Note return to page 12781 [a] Hee derideth the Assyrians and enemies of the Church, declaring their destruction as they that perish by shipwracke.

Note return to page 12782 [b] He comforteth the Church, and sheweth that they shalbe enriched with all benefites both of body and soule.

Note return to page 12783 [a] He prophecieth of the destruction of the Edomites, and other nations which were enemies to the Church.

Note return to page 12784 [b] God hath determined in his counsel and hath giuen sentence for their destruction.

Note return to page 12785 [c] He speaketh this in respect of mans iudgement, who in great feare and horrible troubles thinketh that heauen and earth perisheth.

Note return to page 12786 [d] I haue determined in my secret counsell and in the heauens to destroye them till my sworde be weary with shedding blood.

Note return to page 12787 [e] They had an opinion of holinesse because they came of the Patriarke Izhak, but in effect were accursed of God, and enemies vnto his Church as the Papistes are.

Note return to page 12788 [f] That is, both of yong & old, poore and riche of his enemies.

Note return to page 12789 [g] That famous citie shalbe consumed as a sacrifice burnt to ashes.

Note return to page 12790 [h] The mighty and rich shalbe aswell destroyed as the inferiours.

Note return to page 12791 [i] He alludeth to the destruction of Sodom and Gomorah, Gen.19.24.

Note return to page 12792 [k] Reade Chap.13. 21. and Zepha.2.14.

Note return to page 12793 [l] In vaine shall any man go about to build it againe.

Note return to page 12794 [m] Meaning, there shalbe neither order nor policie, nor state of common weale.

Note return to page 12795 [n] Reade Chap. 13.21.

Note return to page 12796 [o] Signifying, that Idumea should bee an horrible desolation and barren wildernes.

Note return to page 12797 [p] That is, in the Lawe where such curses are threatned against the wicked.

Note return to page 12798 [q] To wit, beastes and foules.

Note return to page 12799 [r] That is, the mouth of the Lord.

Note return to page 12800 [s] He hath giuen the beastes and foules Idumea for an inheritance.

Note return to page 12801 [a] He prophecieth of the full restauration of the Church both of the Iewes and Gentiles vnder Christ, which shalbe fully accomplished at the last day: albeit as yet it is compared to a desert and wildernesse.

Note return to page 12802 [b] The Church which was before compared to a barren wildernes, shall by Christ be made most plenteous and beautifull.

Note return to page 12803 [c] He sheweth that the presence of God is the cause that the Church doeth bring foorth fruite and florish.

Note return to page 12804 [d] He willeth all to encourage one another, and specially the ministers to exhort and strengthen the weake, that they may patiently abide the comming of God, which is at hande.

Note return to page 12805 [e] To destroye your enemies.

Note return to page 12806 [f] When the knowledge of Christ is reueiled.

Note return to page 12807 [g] They that were barren and destitute of the graces of God, shall haue them giuen by Christ.

Note return to page 12808 [h] It shalbe for the Saints of God and not for þe; wicked.

Note return to page 12809 [i] God shall leade and guide them, alluding to the bringing forth of Egypt.

Note return to page 12810 [k] As he threatned to the wicked to be destroyed hereby, Chap.30.6.

Note return to page 12811 [l] Whom the Lord shall deliuer from the captiuitie of Babylon.

Note return to page 12812 [a] This historie is rehearsed, because it is as a seale and confirmation of the doctrine afore, both for the threatnings and promises: to wit, that God would suffer his Church to be afflicted, but at length would send deliuerance.

Note return to page 12813 [b] When he had abolished superstition, and idolatrie, and restored religion, yet God would exercise his Church to trye their fayth and patience.

Note return to page 12814 [c] For he was now restored to his office, as Isaiah had prophecied, Chap. 22.20.

Note return to page 12815 [d] This declareth that there were fewe godly to be found in the Kings house, when hee was driuen to send this wicked man in such a weightie matter.

Note return to page 12816 [e] Saneheribs chiefe captaine.

Note return to page 12817 [f] Hee speaketh this in the person of Hezekiah falsly charging him, that he put his trust in his wit and eloquence, whereas his onely confidence was in the Lorde.

Note return to page 12818 [g] Satan laboured to pull the godly King from one vaine confidence to another: to wit, from trust in the Egyptians, whose power was weake and would deceiue them, to yeeld himselfe to the Assyrians, and so not to hope for any helpe of God.

Note return to page 12819 Or, turne backe.

Note return to page 12820 [h] He reprocheth to Hezekiah his small power, which is not able to resist one of Saneheribs least captaines.

Note return to page 12821 [i] Thus the wicked to deceiue vs, will pretend the Name of the Lorde: but we must trie the spirits, whether they be of God or no.

Note return to page 12822 [k] They were afraide, least by his wordes hee should haue stirred the people against the King, and also pretended to growe to some appointment with him.

Note return to page 12823 Ebr. the water of their feete.

Note return to page 12824 [l] The Ebrewe worde signifieth blessing: whereby this wicked captaine would haue perswaded the people, that their condition should be better vnder Saneherib then vnder Hezekiah.

Note return to page 12825 [m] That is of Antiochia in Syria, of the which these two other cities also were: whereby we see howe euery towne had his peculiar idole, and how the wicked make God an idole, because they do not vnderstand that God maketh them his scourge, and punisheth cities for sinne.

Note return to page 12826 [n] Not that they did not shewe by euident signes that they did detest his blasphemie: for they had now rent their clothes, but they knew it was in vaine to vse long reasoning with this infidel, whose rage they should haue so much more prouoked.

Note return to page 12827 2.Kings 19.1.

Note return to page 12828 [a] In signe of griefe and repentance.

Note return to page 12829 [b] To haue comfort of him by the worde of God, that his fayth might be confirmed and so his prayer be more earnest: teaching hereby that in all dangers these two are the onely remedies, to seeke vnto God and his ministers.

Note return to page 12830 [c] We are in as great sorowe as a woman that trauaileth of childe, and can not be deliuered.

Note return to page 12831 [d] That is will declare by effect that hee hath heard it: for when God deferreth to punish, it seemeth to the flesh, that hee knoweth not the sinne, or heareth not the cause.

Note return to page 12832 [e] Declaring that the ministers office doeth not onely stande in comforting by the worde, but also in praying for the people.

Note return to page 12833 [f] Of the Egyptians and Ethiopians, that shal come and fight against him.

Note return to page 12834 [g] Which was a citie toward Egypt, thinking thereby to haue stayed the force of his enemies.

Note return to page 12835 [h] Thus God would haue him to vtter a most horrible blasphemie before his destruction: as to call the authour of all trueth, a deceiuer: some gather hereby that Shebnah had disclosed vnto Saneherib the answere that Isaiah sent to the King.

Note return to page 12836 [i] Which was a citie of þe; Medes.

Note return to page 12837 [k] Called also Charre a citie in Mesopotamia, whence Abraham came after his fathers death.

Note return to page 12838 [l] He groundeth his prayer on Gods promes, who promised to heare them from betweene the Cherubims.

Note return to page 12839 [m] Meaning, the ten tribes.

Note return to page 12840 [n] He declareth for what cause he prayed, that they might be deliuered: to wit, that God might be glorified thereby through all the world.

Note return to page 12841 [o] Whom God had chosen to himselfe, as a chaste virgin, and ouer whom he had care to preserue her from the lustes of the tyrant, as a father would haue ouer his daughter.

Note return to page 12842 [p] Declaring hereby that they that are enemies to Gods Church, fight against him whose quarel his Church onely mainteineth.

Note return to page 12843 [q] He boasteth of his policie, in that that he can finde meanes to nourish his army: and of his power, in that that his army is so great that it is able to drie vp whole riuers, and to destroy the waters, which the Iewes had closed in.

Note return to page 12844 [r] Signifying, that God made not his Church to destroy it, but to preserue it, and therefore he sayth that hee formed it of olde, euen in his eternal counsell, which cannot be changed.

Note return to page 12845 Ebr. are short in hand.

Note return to page 12846 [s] Hee sheweth that the state and power of most florishing cities endureth but a moment in respect of the Church, which shall remaine for euer, because God is the mainteiner thereof.

Note return to page 12847 [t] Meaning, his counsels and enterprises.

Note return to page 12848 [u] Because Saneherib shewed himselfe, as a deuouring fish and furious beast, he vseth these similitudes, to teach howe he will take him and guide him.

Note return to page 12849 [x] Thou shalt lose thy labour.

Note return to page 12850 [y] God giueth signes after two sortes: some goe before the thing, as the signes that Moses wrought in Egypt, which were for the confirmation of their fayth: and some go after the thing as the sacrifice, which they were commanded to make three dayes after their departure: & these latter are to keepe the benefites of God in our remembrance, of the which sort this here is.

Note return to page 12851 [z] Hee promiseth that for two yeeres the ground of it selfe should feede them.

Note return to page 12852 [a] They whom God had deliuered out of the hands of the Assyrians, shall prosper: and this properly belongeth to the Church.

Note return to page 12853 [b] For my promes sake made to Dauid.

Note return to page 12854 2.King.19.35. 2.chro.32.21. iob.1.18. ecclus.48.22. 1.macca.7.41. 2.mac.8.19.

Note return to page 12855 [c] Which was the chiefest citie of the Assyrians.

Note return to page 12856 Iob 1.21.

Note return to page 12857 Or, Armenia.

Note return to page 12858 [d] Who was also called Sardanapalus, in whose dayes ten yeeres after Saneheribs death the Chaldeans ouercame the Assyrians by Merodach their King.

Note return to page 12859 2.King.20.1. 2.chro.32.24.

Note return to page 12860 [a] Soone after that the Assyrians were slaine: so that God will haue the exercise of his children continuall, that they may learne onely to depend vpon God and aspire to the heauens.

Note return to page 12861 [b] For his heart was touched with feare of Gods iudgment, seeing he had appointed him to die, so quickly after his deliuerance from so great calamitie, as one vnworthy to remaine in that estate, & also foreseeing the great change, that should come in the Church, forasmuch as he left no sonne to reigne after him: for as yet Manasseh was not borne: and when he reigned, we see what a tyrant he was.

Note return to page 12862 [c] He doeth not onely promise to prolong his life, but to giue him rest and quietnesse from the Assyrians, who might haue renued their armie to reuenge their former discomfiture.

Note return to page 12863 [d] For Hezekiah had asked, for the confirmation of his faith, a signe, as verse 22. & 2.King. 20.8: whereunto he was moued by the singular motion of Gods Spirit.

Note return to page 12864 [e] Reade 2.King. 20.10.

Note return to page 12865 [f] He left this song of his lamentation and thankesgiuing to all posteritie, as a monument of his owne infirmitie and thankefull heart for Gods benefites, as Dauid did, Psalm.51.

Note return to page 12866 [g] At what time it was tolde me, that I shoulde die.

Note return to page 12867 [h] I shall no more prayse the Lorde here in this Temple among the faithfull: thus God suffereth his dearest children to want his consolation for a time, that his grace afterward may the more appeare wh&ebar; they feele their owne weakenesse.

Note return to page 12868 [i] By my sinne I haue prouoked God to take my life from me.

Note return to page 12869 [k] That is, in one day, or shortly.

Note return to page 12870 [l] Ouer night I thought that I shoulde liue till morning, but my pangs in the night perswaded me the contrary: he sheweth the horrour that the faithfull haue when they apprehend Gods iudgement against sinne.

Note return to page 12871 [m] I was so opprest with sorowe, that I was not able to vtter my wordes, but onely to grone and sigh.

Note return to page 12872 [n] To wit, sorowe and griefe both of body and mind.

Note return to page 12873 [o] God hath declared by his Prophet that I shall die, and therefore I will yeelde vnto him.

Note return to page 12874 [p] I shall haue no release, but continuall sorowes whiles I liue.

Note return to page 12875 [q] They that shall ouerliue the men that are nowe aliue, and all they that are in these yeeres shall acknowledge this benefite.

Note return to page 12876 [r] That after that thou hadest condemned me to death, thou restoredst me to life.

Note return to page 12877 [s] Where as I thought to haue liued in rest and ease being deliuered from mine enemies, I had griefe vpon griefe.

Note return to page 12878 [t] He esteemeth more the remission of his sinnes, and Gods fauour then a thousand liues.

Note return to page 12879 [u] For as much as God hath placed man in this worlde to glorifie him, the godly take it as a signe of his wrath when their dayes were shortened, either because that they seemed vnworthy for their sinnes to liue longer in his seruice, or for their zeale to Gods glorie, seeing that there are so few in earth, that do regard it, as Psal.6.5. and 115.17.

Note return to page 12880 [x] Al posteritie shal acknowledge & the fathers according to their duetie toward their children shall instruct them in thy graces, and mercies toward me.

Note return to page 12881 [y] Hee sheweth what is the vse of the Congregation and Church: to wit, to giue the Lord thankes for his benefites.

Note return to page 12882 [z] Reade 2.Kin.27.

Note return to page 12883 [a] As verse 7.

Note return to page 12884 2.King.20.12.

Note return to page 12885 [a] This was the first King of Babylon, which ouercame the Assyrians in the tenth yeere of his reigne.

Note return to page 12886 [b] Partly moued with the greatnes of the miracle, partly because he shewed himselfe enemie to his enemies, but chiefely, because he would ioyne with them whom God fauoured, and haue their helpe, if occasion serued.

Note return to page 12887 [c] Reade, 2.King. 20.13. and 2.chro. 32.25,31.

Note return to page 12888 [d] He asketh him of the particulars to make him vnderstand the craft of the wiced, which he before being ouercome with their flatterie, and blinded with ambition could not see.

Note return to page 12889 [e] By the grieuousnesse of the punishment is declared howe greatly God detesteth ambition & vaine glory.

Note return to page 12890 [f] That is, officers and seruants.

Note return to page 12891 [g] Reade 2.King. 20.19.

Note return to page 12892 [a] This is a consolation for the Church, assuring them that they shall be neuer destitute of Prophets, whereby he exhorteth the true ministers of God that then were, & those also that shoulde come after him, to comfort the poore afflicted, and to assure them of their deliuerance both of body and soule.

Note return to page 12893 [b] The time of her affliction.

Note return to page 12894 [c] Meaning, sufficient, as chap.61.7. and full correction, or double grace, whereas she deserued double punishment.

Note return to page 12895 [d] To wit, of the Prophets.

Note return to page 12896 [e] That is, in Babylon & other places where they were kept in captiuitie, & miserie.

Note return to page 12897 [f] Meaning, Cyrus & Darius which should deliuer Gods people out of captiuitie, and make them a ready way to Ierusalem: and this was fully accomplished, when Iohn the Baptist brought tidings of Iesus Christes comming, who was the true deliuerer of his Church from sinne and Satan, Matth.3.3.

Note return to page 12898 [g] Whatsoeuer may let or hinder this deliuerance, shall be remooued.

Note return to page 12899 [h] This miracle shall be so great, that it shall be knowen through all the worlde.

Note return to page 12900 [i] The voyce of God, which spake to the Prophet Isaiah.

Note return to page 12901 [k] Meaning, all mans wisedome and naturall powers, Iames 1.10. 1.peter 1 24.

Note return to page 12902 [l] The Spirit of God shall discouer the vanitie in all that seeme to haue any excellencie of themselues.

Note return to page 12903 [m] Though considering the frailtie of mans nature many of the Iewes should perish, and so not be partakers of this deliuerance, yet Gods promes should be fulfilled, and they that remained, should feele the fruite thereof.

Note return to page 12904 [n] To publish this benefite through all the worlde.

Note return to page 12905 [o] He sheweth at one worde the perfection of all mans felicitie, which is to haue Gods presence.

Note return to page 12906 [p] His power shall be sufficient without helpe of any other, and shall haue all meanes in himselfe to bring his will to passe.

Note return to page 12907 [q] He shall shewe his care and fauour ouer them that are weake and tender.

Note return to page 12908 [r] Declaring that as God onely hath all power, so doth he vse the same for the defence and maintenance of his Church.

Note return to page 12909 [s] Hee sheweth Gods infinite wisedome for the same end and purpose.

Note return to page 12910 [t] He speaketh all this to the intent that they shoulde neither feare man, nor put their trust in any, saue onely in God.

Note return to page 12911 [u] Hereby he armeth them against the idolatrie, wherewith they should be tempted in Babylon.

Note return to page 12912 [x] He sheweth the rage of the idolaters, seeing that the poore that haue not to suffice their owne necessities, will defraud themselues to serue their idoles.

Note return to page 12913 [y] Haue ye not the worde of God, which plainely condemneth idolatrie?

Note return to page 12914 [z] Can you not learne by the visible creatures whom God hath made to serue your vse, that you shoulde not serue them nor worship them?

Note return to page 12915 [a] So that his power appeareth in euery place wheresoeuer wee turne our eyes.

Note return to page 12916 [b] Who hath set in order the infinite nomber of the starres.

Note return to page 12917 [c] He rebuketh the Iewes, because they did not rest on the prouidence of God, but thought that he had forsaken them in their troubles.

Note return to page 12918 [d] And therefore all power is in his hand to deliuer when his time commeth.

Note return to page 12919 [e] Shewing that man must paciently abide, and not curiously seeke out the cause of Gods delay in our afflictions.

Note return to page 12920 [f] They that trust in their owne vertue, and doe not acknowledge that all commeth of God.

Note return to page 12921 [a] God, as though he pleaded his cause with all nations, requireth silence that he may be heard in his right.

Note return to page 12922 [b] That is, gather all their power and supports.

Note return to page 12923 [c] Who called Abraham (who was the paterne of Gods iustice in deliuering his Church) from the idolatrie of the Caldeans to goe to and fro at his commandement, and placed him in the land of Canaan?

Note return to page 12924 [d] Who hath created man and mainteined his succession.

Note return to page 12925 [e] Though the world set vp neuer so many gods, yet they diminish nothing of my glory: for I am all one, vnchangeable, which haue euer bene and shall be for euer.

Note return to page 12926 [f] Considering mine excellent workes among my people.

Note return to page 12927 [g] They assembled themselues, and conspired against me to maintaine their idolatrie.

Note return to page 12928 [h] He noteth the obstinacie of the idolaters to mainteine their superstitions.

Note return to page 12929 [i] And therefore oughtest not to pollute thy selfe with the superstition of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 12930 [k] That is, by the sorce of my promes, in the performance whereof I will shewe my selfe faithfull and iust.

Note return to page 12931 [l] Because they shall be destroyed.

Note return to page 12932 [m] Thus he calleth them because they were contemned of al the world, and that they considering their owne poore estate, should seeke vnto him for helpe.

Note return to page 12933 [n] I will make thee able to destroy all thine enemies, be they neuer so mightie: and this chiefly is referred to the kingdome of Christ.

Note return to page 12934 [o] That is, they that shalbe afflicted in the captiuitie of Babylon.

Note return to page 12935 [p] God will rather change the order of nature, then they shoulde want any thing, that crie to him by true faith in their miseries: declaring to them hereby þt; they shal lacke nothing by the way, wh&ebar; they returne from Babylon.

Note return to page 12936 [q] That is, hath appoynted, & determined that it shall come so to passe.

Note return to page 12937 [r] He biddeth the idolaters to proue their religion, and to bring foorth their idoles, þt; they may be tried whether they know all things, and can doe all things: which if they cannot do he concludeth that they are no gods, but vile idoles.

Note return to page 12938 [s] So that a man can not make an idole, but he must doe þt; which God detesteth & abhorreth: for he chuseth his owne deuises, and forsaketh þe; Lords.

Note return to page 12939 [t] Meaning, the Chaldeans.

Note return to page 12940 [u] That is, Cyrus, who shall doe all thing in my Name, & by my directi&obar;: whereby he meaneth þt; both their captiuitie, and deliuerance, shall be ordered by Gods prouidence & appointment.

Note return to page 12941 [x] Both of þe; Chaldeans and others.

Note return to page 12942 [y] Meaning, that none of the Gentiles gods can worke any of these things.

Note return to page 12943 [z] That is, the Israelites, which returne from þe; captiuitie.

Note return to page 12944 [a] To wit, a continual succession of Prophets and ministers.

Note return to page 12945 [b] When I looked whether the idoles could do these things, I founde that they had neither wisdome nor power to do any thing: therefore he concludeth that all are wicked, that trust in such vanitie.

Note return to page 12946 [a] That is Christ, who in respect of his manhoode is called here seru&abar;t. The Prophets vse to make mention of Christ after þt; they haue declared any great promes, because he is þe; foundation whereup&obar; al þe; promises are made & ratified.

Note return to page 12947 [b] For I haue c&obar;mitted al my power to him, as to a most faithful steward. Some read, I wil establish him: to wit, in his office, by giuing him þe; fulnes of my Spirit.

Note return to page 12948 [c] He onely is acceptable vnto me and they that come vnto me by him: for there is no other meanes of reconciliation, Matt. 12.18. ephes.1.4.

Note return to page 12949 [d] He shal declare himselfe gouernor ouer the Gentiles, and call them by his woorde, and rule them by his Spirit.

Note return to page 12950 [e] His comming shall not be with pompe and noise, as earthly princes.

Note return to page 12951 [f] Hee will not hurt the weake & feeble, but support and comfort them.

Note return to page 12952 [g] Meaning the weeke of a lampe, or candle which is almost out, but hee will cherish it and snuffe it, that it may shine brighter.

Note return to page 12953 [h] Although hee fauour the weake, yet will hee not spare the wicked, but will iudge them according to trueth and equitie.

Note return to page 12954 [i] Till he haue set all things in good order.

Note return to page 12955 [k] The Gentiles shall be desirous to receiue his doctrine.

Note return to page 12956 [l] Meaning, vnto a lawfull and iust vocation.

Note return to page 12957 [m] To assist and guide thee.

Note return to page 12958 [n] As him, by whome the promise, made to all nations in Abraham, shall be fulfilled.

Note return to page 12959 [o] I will not suffer my glorie to bee diminished: which I shoulde doe, if I were not faithfull in performing the same, and the idolaters thereby would extoll their idoles aboue me.

Note return to page 12960 [p] As in time past I haue beene true in my promises, so will I be in time to come.

Note return to page 12961 [q] Meaning the Arabians, vnder whome he comprehendeth all the people of the East.

Note return to page 12962 [r] Hee sheweth the zeale of the Lorde, and his power in the conseruation of his Church.

Note return to page 12963 [s] I will haste to execute my vengeance, which I haue so long deferred, as a woman that desireth to be deliuered when she is in trauel.

Note return to page 12964 [t] That is, my poore people, which are in perplexitie and care.

Note return to page 12965 [u] To wit, Israel, which shoulde haue most light because of my Lawe.

Note return to page 12966 [x] The Priest to whome my woorde is committed, which should not onely heare it himself, but cause others to heare it.

Note return to page 12967 [y] As the Priests and Prophets that shoulde be light to others:

Note return to page 12968 [z] Because they wil not acknowledge this benefit of the Lord, who is ready to deliuer them, he suffreth them to be spoiled of their enemies through their owne faute and incredulitie.

Note return to page 12969 [a] There shall be none to succour them, or to wil the enemie to restore that, which hee hath spoiled.

Note return to page 12970 [b] Meaning, Gods wrath.

Note return to page 12971 [a] After these threatnings he promiseth deliuer&abar;ce to his Church, because he hath regenerate them, adopted them, and called them.

Note return to page 12972 [b] When thou seest dangers & conspiracies on all sides, remember this benefite and the loue of thy God, and it shall encourage thee.

Note return to page 12973 [c] By water and fire, he meaneth all kinde of troubles and perils.

Note return to page 12974 [d] I turned Saneheribs power against these countreis, & made them to suffer that affliction which thou shouldest haue done, and so were as the paiment of thy ransome, chap. 37.9.

Note return to page 12975 [e] I wil not spare any m&abar; rather then thou shouldest perish: for God more esteemeth one of his faithfull, then all the wicked in the worlde.

Note return to page 12976 [f] He prophecieth of their deliuer&abar;ce from the captiuitie of Babylon, and so of the calling of the vniuersall Church, alluding to that which is written Deut.30,3.

Note return to page 12977 [g] Meaning, that he could not be vnmindfull of them, except he woulde neglect his owne Name and glorie.

Note return to page 12978 [h] Signifying, that no power can resist him in doing this miraculous worke, nor al their idoles are able to doe the like, as Chap.41.22.

Note return to page 12979 [i] To prooue that the thinges which are spoken of them, are true.

Note return to page 12980 [k] Shewing, that the malice of the wicked hindreth them in the knowledge of the trueth, because they will not heare when God speaketh by his word.

Note return to page 12981 [l] The Prophets and people to whom I haue giuen my Lawe.

Note return to page 12982 [m] Meaning specially Christ, and by him all the faithfull.

Note return to page 12983 [n] By Darius and Cyrus.

Note return to page 12984 [o] They shall crie when they would escape by water, seeing that the course of Euphrates is turned another way by the enemie.

Note return to page 12985 [p] When he deliuered Israel from Pharaoh, Exod.14. 22.

Note return to page 12986 [q] When the Israelites passed throgh Iorden, Iosh.3.17.

Note return to page 12987 [r] When he deliuered his people out of Egypt.

Note return to page 12988 [s] Pharaoh and his mightie armie.

Note return to page 12989 [t] Meaning that their deliuerance out of Babylon shoulde be more famous then that from Egypt was, Iere.23.7. hag.2.10. 2 cor.5.17 reue. 21.5.7.

Note return to page 12990 [u] They shall haue such abundance of all things as they returne home, eu&ebar; in the drie and barren places, that the very beastes shall feele my benefites, and shal acknowledge them: much more men ought to be thankful for the same.

Note return to page 12991 [x] Thou hast not worshipped me as thou oughtest to haue done.

Note return to page 12992 [y] Because thou hast not willingly receiued þt; which I did commaunde thee, thou didest grieue me. Whereby hee sheweth that his mercies were the onely cause of their deliuerance, forasmuch as they had deserued the contrary.

Note return to page 12993 [z] Meaning, in true faith and obedience.

Note return to page 12994 [a] Either for the composition of the sweete oyntment, Exo.30.34, or for the sweete incense, Exod.30.7.

Note return to page 12995 [b] Thou hast made mee to beare an heauie burden by thy sinnes.

Note return to page 12996 [c] If I forget any thing that may make for thy iustification, put me in remembrance and speake for thy selfe.

Note return to page 12997 [d] Thine ancesters.

Note return to page 12998 [e] Thy Priests and thy Prophets.

Note return to page 12999 [f] That is, reiected, abhorred and destroied them in the wildernesse, and at other times.

Note return to page 13000 [a] He created and chose thee from the beginning of his owne mercie, and before thou couldest merite any thing.

Note return to page 13001 [b] Whome God accepteth as righteous: or which hadst occasi&obar; therunto because of the Lawe, and of thine holy vocation.

Note return to page 13002 [c] Because man of him selfe is as the drie and baren lande, hee promiseth to moisten him with the waters of his holy Spirite, Ioel.2.28. iohn 7.38. actes 2.17.

Note return to page 13003 [d] That is, thy children and posteritie shall increase wonderfully after their deliuerance from Babylon.

Note return to page 13004 [e] By this diuersitie of speache hee meaneth one thing, that is, that the people shallbe holy and receiue the true religion of God, as Psalm. 87.5.

Note return to page 13005 [f] I am alwayes like my selfe, that is, mercifull toward my Church, and most able to maintaine it, as chap.41.4. and 48. 12. reuel.1.17. and 22.13.

Note return to page 13006 [g] And appoint them that shall deliuer the Church.

Note return to page 13007 [h] That is, declare vnto me howe I ought to proceede herein.

Note return to page 13008 [i] God calleth the Israelites ancient, because he preferred them to all other in his eternall election.

Note return to page 13009 [k] Meaning, their idoles.

Note return to page 13010 [l] Reade chap. 43.10.

Note return to page 13011 [m] Whatsoeuer they bestowe vpon their idoles to make them to seeme glorious.

Note return to page 13012 [n] That is, the idolaters seeing their idoles blind, must needes bee witnesses of their owne blindnesse, and feeling that they are not able to helpe them, must confesse that they haue no power.

Note return to page 13013 [o] Meaning, that whatsoeuer is made by the hand of man, if it be esteemed as God, is most detestable.

Note return to page 13014 [p] Whereby appeareth their blasphemie, which call images the bookes of the laitie, seeing that they are not onely here called vnprofitable, but chap.41.24. abominable: and Ieremie calleth them the worke of errours, Ierem.10.15. Habakkuk, a lying teacher.2.18.

Note return to page 13015 [q] That is, which by any way consent either to the making or worshipping.

Note return to page 13016 [r] Signifying, that the multitude shall not then saue the idolaters, when God will take vengeance, although they excuse themselues thereby among men.

Note return to page 13017 [s] He describeth the raging affection of the idolaters, which forget their owne necessities to set foorth their deuotion towarde their idoles.

Note return to page 13018 [t] To place it in some Temple.

Note return to page 13019 [u] He setteth foorth the obstinacie and malice of the idolaters, which though they see by dayly experience that their idoles are no better then the rest of the matter whereof they are made, yet they refuse the one part and make a god of the other, as the Papistes make their cake god, and the rest of their idoles.

Note return to page 13020 [x] That is he either maketh a table or trenchers.

Note return to page 13021 [y] The Prophet giueth here an answere to all them that wonder howe it is possible that any shoulde be so blinde to commit such abomination, saying, that God hath blinded their eyes, and hardened their heartes.

Note return to page 13022 Ebr. turneth.

Note return to page 13023 [z] He is abused as one that woulde eate ashes, thinking to satisfie his hunger.

Note return to page 13024 [a] Shewing that mans heart is most inclined to idolatrie, and therefore he warneth his people by these examples, that they should not cleaue to any but to the liuing God, when they shoulde be among the idolaters.

Note return to page 13025 [b] He sheweth that the worke of the Lord toward his people shall be so great, that the insensible creatures shall be mooued therewith.

Note return to page 13026 [c] He armeth them against the southsayers of Babylon, which would haue borne them in hand, that they knewe by the starres that God would not deliuer them, and that Babylon shoulde stand.

Note return to page 13027 [d] Of Isaiah and the rest of his Prophets, which did assure the Church of Gods fauour and deliuerance.

Note return to page 13028 [e] He sheweth that Gods worke should be no lesse notable in this their deliuerance, then when he brought them out of Egypt through the Sea.

Note return to page 13029 [f] To assure them of their deliuerance, he nameth the person by whom it shoulde be, more then an hundreth yeere before he was borne.

Note return to page 13030 [a] To assure the Iewes of their deliuerance against the great tentations that they should abide, he nameth the person & the meanes.

Note return to page 13031 [b] Because Cyrus should execute the office of a deliuerer, God called him his anointed for a time, but after another sort then he called Dauid.

Note return to page 13032 [c] To guide him in the deliuerance of my people.

Note return to page 13033 [d] I will take away all impediments and lets.

Note return to page 13034 [e] Not that Cyrus did know God to worship him aright, but he had a certaine particular knowledge, as prophane men may haue of his power, and so was compelled to deliuer Gods people.

Note return to page 13035 [f] Not for any thing that is in thee, or for thy worthines.

Note return to page 13036 [g] I haue giuen thee strength, power and authoritie.

Note return to page 13037 [h] I send peace and warre, prosperitie and aduersitie, as Amos 3.6.

Note return to page 13038 [i] He comforteth the Iewes, as if he would say, Though when ye looke to the heauens and earth for succour, ye see nothing nowe but signes of Gods wrath, yet I will cause them to bring foorth most certaine tokens of your deliuerance, and of the performance of my promes, which is meant by righteousnesse.

Note return to page 13039 [k] I haue appointed Cyrus to this vse and purpose.

Note return to page 13040 [l] Hereby hee brideleth their impaciencie, which in aduersitie and trouble murmure against God and will not tarie his pleasure: willing that man shoulde matche with his like and not contend against God.

Note return to page 13041 [m] That is, it is not perfitely made.

Note return to page 13042 [n] In steade of murmuring, humble your selues, and aske what ye wil for the consolation of my children, and you shall be sure of it, as ye are of these things which are at your commaundement. Some reade it with an interrogation, and make it the application of the similitude.

Note return to page 13043 [o] That is, the starres.

Note return to page 13044 [p] To wit, Cyrus, that I may shewe by him the faithfulnesse of my promes in deliuering my people.

Note return to page 13045 [q] Meaning, freely and without ransome, or any grienous condition.

Note return to page 13046 [r] These people were tributaries to the Persians, and so King Artahshashte gaue this money toward the building of the Temple, Ezra 7.21.

Note return to page 13047 [s] Whereas tofore they were thine enemies, they shall nowe honour thee, and thou shalt rule them: which was accomplished in the time of Christ.

Note return to page 13048 [t] Hereby he exhorteth the Iewes to patience, though their deliuerance be deferred for a time: shewing that they should not repent their long patience, but the wicked and idolaters shall be destroyed.

Note return to page 13049 [u] To wit, of man, but chiefely of his Church.

Note return to page 13050 [x] As do the false gods, which giue vncertaine answeres.

Note return to page 13051 [y] All ye idolaters, which though you seeme to haue neuer so much worldly dignitie, yet in Gods sight you are vile and abiect.

Note return to page 13052 [z] He calleth the idolaters to repentance, willing them to looke vnto him with the eye of faith.

Note return to page 13053 [a] That is, that the thing, which I haue promised shalbe faithfully performed.

Note return to page 13054 [b] The knowledge of God and the true worshipping shall be through all the worlde, Rom.14.11. Phil.2.10. whereby he signifieth that wee must not onely serue God in heart, but declare the same also by outwarde profession.

Note return to page 13055 [c] Meaning, the faithfull shall feele and confesse this.

Note return to page 13056 [d] All the contemners of God.

Note return to page 13057 [a] These were the chiefe idoles of Babylon.

Note return to page 13058 [b] Because they were of golde and siluer, the Medes and Persians caried them away.

Note return to page 13059 [c] The beasts that caried the idoles, fell downe vnder their burden.

Note return to page 13060 [d] He derideth the idoles, which had neither soule nor sense.

Note return to page 13061 [e] He sheweth the difference betweene the idoles and the true God: for they must be caried of others, but God himselfe carieth his, as Deu. 32.11.

Note return to page 13062 [f] Seeing I haue begotten you, I will nourish and preserue you for euer.

Note return to page 13063 [g] The people of God, seeing their owne calamitie and the florishing estate of the Babylonians, should be tempted to thinke that their God was not so mightie as the Idoles of their enemies: therefore he describeth the original of al the idoles, to make them to be abhorred of all men: shewing that the most that can be spoken in their commendation, is but to proue th&ebar; vile, Baruc.6.25.

Note return to page 13064 [h] Become wise, meaning, that all idolaters are without wit or sense, like mad men.

Note return to page 13065 [i] That is, Cyrus, which shall come as swift as a bird and fight against Babylon.

Note return to page 13066 [k] Him by whom I haue appointed to execute that, which I haue determined.

Note return to page 13067 [l] Which by your incredulitie woulde let the performance of my promes.

Note return to page 13068 [m] He sheweth that mans incredulitie cannot abolish the promes of God, Rom.3.3.

Note return to page 13069 [a] Which hast liued in wealth, and wantonnesse, and hast not yet beene ouercome by any enemie.

Note return to page 13070 [b] Thy gouernement shalbe taken from thee.

Note return to page 13071 [c] Thou shalt be brought to most vile seruitude: for to turne the mill was the office of slaues.

Note return to page 13072 [d] The thinges wherein shee setteth her greatest pride, shalbe made vile, euen from the head to the foote.

Note return to page 13073 [e] I wil vse no humanitie nor pitie toward thee.

Note return to page 13074 [f] The Israelites shall confesse, that the Lord doth this for his Churches sake.

Note return to page 13075 [g] For very shame, and hide thy selfe.

Note return to page 13076 [h] They abused Gods iugements, thinking that hee punished the Israelites, because he would vtterly cast them off, & therefore in steade of pitying their miserie, thou diddest increase it.

Note return to page 13077 [i] So that thy punishment shall be so great, as is possible to be imagined.

Note return to page 13078 [k] Thou diddest think þt; thine own wisedome and policie would haue saued thee.

Note return to page 13079 [l] Hee derideth their value confidence, that put their trust in any thing, but in God, condemning also such vaine sciences, which serue to no vse, but to delude the people, and to bring them from depending onely on God.

Note return to page 13080 [m] They shall vtterly perish and no part of them remaine.

Note return to page 13081 [n] They shall flee euery one to that place, which hee thought by his speculations to be most sure: but that shal deceiue them.

Note return to page 13082 [a] He detecteth their hypocrisie which vaunted th&ebar; selues to be Israelites and were not so in deede.

Note return to page 13083 [b] Meaning, the fountaine and stocke.

Note return to page 13084 [c] They make a shewe, as though they would haue none other God.

Note return to page 13085 [d] He sheweth that they could not accuse him in any thing, for as much as he had performed whatsoeuer he had promised.

Note return to page 13086 [e] I haue done for thee more then I promised that thy stubbernnesse and impudencie might haue beene ouercome.

Note return to page 13087 [f] How thou shouldest be deliuered out of Babylon.

Note return to page 13088 [g] Will ye not acknowledge this my benefite and declare it vnto others?

Note return to page 13089 [h] Shewing that mans arrogancie is the cause why God doeth not declare all thinges at once, lest they shoulde attribute this knowledge to their owne wisdome.

Note return to page 13090 [i] From the time that I brought thee out of Egypt: for that deliuerance was at the birth of þe; Church.

Note return to page 13091 [k] As it was my free mercie that I did chuse thee: so is it my free mercie that must saue thee.

Note return to page 13092 [l] For I had respect to thy weakenesse and infirmitie: for in siluer there is some purenes, but in vs there is nothing but drosse.

Note return to page 13093 [m] I tooke thee out of the fornace where thou shouldest haue beene consumed.

Note return to page 13094 [n] God ioyneth the saluation of his &wt; his owne honour: so that they can not perish, but his glorie shoulde be diminished, as Deut 32.27.

Note return to page 13095 [o] Reade Chap. 42.8.

Note return to page 13096 [p] Read Chap.41.4.

Note return to page 13097 [q] To obey me, and to doe whatsoeuer I command them.

Note return to page 13098 [r] Meaning, Cyrus, whom he had chosen to destroy Babylon.

Note return to page 13099 [s] Since the time that I declared my selfe to your fathers.

Note return to page 13100 [t] Thus the Prophet speaketh for himselfe, and to assure them of these things.

Note return to page 13101 [u] What thinges shal do thee good.

Note return to page 13102 [x] That is, the prosperous estate of Israel.

Note return to page 13103 [y] After that he had forewarned them of their captiuitie, and of the cause thereof, he sheweth them the great ioy, that shall come of their deliuerance.

Note return to page 13104 [z] He sheweth that it shall be as easie to deliuer them. as hee did their fathers out of Egypt.

Note return to page 13105 [a] Thus he speaketh that the wicked hypocrites shoulde not abuse Gods promes, in whome was neither faith nor repentance, as Chap.57.21.

Note return to page 13106 [a] This is spoken in the person of Christ to assure the faithfull, that these promises shoulde come to passe: for they were al made in him, and in him shoulde be perfourmed.

Note return to page 13107 [b] This is meant of the time that Christ shoulde be manifested to the world, as Psal.2.7.

Note return to page 13108 [c] By the sworde and shaft, he signifieth the vertue & efficacie of Christes doctrine.

Note return to page 13109 [d] God hath taken me to his protection and defence: this chiefly is meant of Christ, & may also be applied to the ministers of his word.

Note return to page 13110 [e] By Israel is meant Christ, and all the body of the faithfull, as the m&ebar;bers & their head.

Note return to page 13111 [f] Thus Christ in his members complaineth, that his labour, and preaching take none effect, yet hee is contented that his doings are approued of God.

Note return to page 13112 [g] Though the Iewes refuse my doctrine, yet God will approue my ministerie.

Note return to page 13113 [h] To declare my Gospel to þe; Gentiles, Chap.42.6. acts 13.47. lu.2.31.

Note return to page 13114 [i] Meaning, the Iewes whome tyrants kept in bondage.

Note return to page 13115 [k] The benefite of their deliuerance shalbe so great, that great & small shall acknowledge it, and reuerence God for it.

Note return to page 13116 [l] Thus he speaketh of his Church, wh&ebar; he would shew his mercy toward it, 2.Cor.6.2.

Note return to page 13117 [m] Meaning, Christ alone.

Note return to page 13118 [n] Signifying, that before Christ renue the earth by his worde, there is nothing but confusi&obar; and disorder.

Note return to page 13119 [o] To them that are in the prison of sinne, and death.

Note return to page 13120 [p] Being in Christs protection they shalbe safe against al dangers, & free from the feare of the enemies.

Note return to page 13121 [q] Meaning, that there shoulde bee nothing in their way from Babylon, that shoulde hinder or hurt them: but this is accomplished spiritually.

Note return to page 13122 [r] Meaning, the South countrey, so that Christ shall deliuer his from all the partes of the worlde.

Note return to page 13123 [s] Reade Chap.44.23.

Note return to page 13124 [t] He obiecteth what the faithful might say in their long affliction, and answereth thereunto to comfort them, with a most proper similitude, and full of consolation.

Note return to page 13125 [u] Because I would not forget thee.

Note return to page 13126 [x] Meaning, the good order of pollicie & discipline.

Note return to page 13127 [y] I haue a c&obar;tinuall care to builde thee vp againe, and to destroy thine enemies.

Note return to page 13128 [z] Hee sheweth what are the ornaments of the Church: to haue many children, which are assembled by the worde of God and gouerned by his Spirite.

Note return to page 13129 [a] Hee sheweth that Christ will not onely gather this great number of the Iewes, but also of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 13130 [b] Meaning, that Kings shalbe conuerted to the Gospel and bestowe their power, and authoritie for the preseruation of the Church.

Note return to page 13131 [c] Being ioyned with the Church they shall humble themselues to Christ their head, and giue him all honour.

Note return to page 13132 [d] He maketh this as an obiection, as though the Caldeans were strong, and had them in iust possession.

Note return to page 13133 [e] This is the answere to their obiection, that none is stronger then the Lord, neither hath a more iust title vnto them.

Note return to page 13134 [f] I will cause them to destroy one another, as Iudges 7.22. 2.Chronicles 20.22. Chapter 19.2.

Note return to page 13135 [a] Meaning, that he had not forsaken her, but through her owne occasion, as Hosea.2.2.

Note return to page 13136 [b] Which should declare that I haue cut her off: meaning, þt; they could shewe none.

Note return to page 13137 [c] Signifying that he solde them not for any dette or pouertie, but that they solde themselues to sinnes to buy their owne lusts and pleasures.

Note return to page 13138 [d] Hee came by his prophets and ministers, but they wold not beleeue their doctrine and conuert.

Note return to page 13139 [e] Am I not able to helpe you, as I haue holpen your fathers of olde, when I dried vp the red Sea, and killed the fish in the riuers, and also afterward in Iorden?

Note return to page 13140 [f] As I did in Egypt in token of my displeasure, Exod.10. 21.

Note return to page 13141 [g] The Prophet doeth represent here the person and charge of them that are iustly called to the ministerie of Gods worde.

Note return to page 13142 [h] To him that is oppressed by affliction and miserie.

Note return to page 13143 [i] As they that are taught, and made meete by him.

Note return to page 13144 [k] I did not shrinke from God for any persecution or calamitie. Whereby he sheweth, that the true ministers of God can looke for none other recompence of the wicked but after this sort, and also what is their comfort.

Note return to page 13145 [l] Shewing that it is a rare thing that any should obey aright Gods true ministers, though they labour to bring them from hell to heauen.

Note return to page 13146 [m] You haue sought c&obar;solation by your owne deuises, and haue refused the light, and consolation, which God hath offered: therefore ye shall remaine in sorowe, and not be comforted.

Note return to page 13147 [a] He comforteth the Church, that they should not be discouraged for their smal nomber.

Note return to page 13148 [b] That is, to Abraham, of whome ye were begotten, and to Sarah, of whome ye were borne.

Note return to page 13149 [c] As plentifull as Paradise, Gen.2.3.

Note return to page 13150 [d] I will rule, and gouerne my church by my word, and doctrine.

Note return to page 13151 [e] The time that I will accomplish my promes.

Note return to page 13152 [f] My power, and strength.

Note return to page 13153 [g] He forewarneth them of the horrible changes and mutations of all things, and how he will preserue his Church in the mids of all these dangers.

Note return to page 13154 [h] He putteth them in remembrance of his great benefite for their deliuer&abar;ce out of Egypt, that thereby they might learne to trust in him constantly.

Note return to page 13155 [i] Meaning, Egypt, Psalme 87.4.

Note return to page 13156 [k] To wit, Pharaoh, Ezek.29.3.

Note return to page 13157 [l] From Babylon.

Note return to page 13158 [m] He comforteth them by the short time of their banishment: for in seuentie yeres they were restored, and the greatest empire of the world destroyed.

Note return to page 13159 [n] Meaning, of Isaiah, and of all true ministers, who are defended by his protection.

Note return to page 13160 [o] That all things may be restored in heauen and earth, Ephes.1.20.

Note return to page 13161 [p] Thou hast bene iustly punished and sufficiently as Chap.40.2. and this punishment in the elect is by measure, and according as God giueth grace to beare it: but in the reprobate it is the iust vengeance of God to driue them to an insensiblenesse and madnesse, as Iere.25.16.

Note return to page 13162 [q] Whereof the one is outward, as of the things that come to the body: as warre and famine: and the other is inward, and apperteineth to the minde: that is, to be without comfort: therefore he saith, how shalt thou be c&obar;forted?

Note return to page 13163 [r] But with trouble and feare.

Note return to page 13164 [a] No wicked tyrant, which shall subuert Gods true religion, and oppresse the consciences.

Note return to page 13165 [b] Put off the garments of sorowe and heauinesse, and put on the apparell of ioye and gladnesse.

Note return to page 13166 [c] The Babylonians payde nothing to mee for you: therefore I will take you againe without ransome.

Note return to page 13167 [d] When Iaakob went thither in time of famine.

Note return to page 13168 [e] The Egyptians might pretende some cause to oppresse my people because they went thither and remained among them, but the Assyrians haue no title to excuse their tyrannie by: and therefore will I punish them more then I did the Egyptians.

Note return to page 13169 [f] To wit, by the wicked, which thinke that I haue no power to deliuer them.

Note return to page 13170 [g] Signifying, that the ioye and good tidings of their deliuerance should make their affliction in the meane time more easie: but this is chiefly meant of the spirituall ioye, as Nahum 1.15. rom. 10.15.

Note return to page 13171 [h] The Prophetes which are thy watchmen, shall publish this thy deliuerance: this was begun vnder Zerubbabel, Ezra and Nehemiah, but was accomplished vnder Christ.

Note return to page 13172 [i] As ready to smite his enemies and to deliuer his people.

Note return to page 13173 [k] He warneth the faithfull not to pollute themselues with the superstitions of the Babylonians, as Chapter 48.20. 2.Corinth.6 17.

Note return to page 13174 [l] For the time is at hande, that the Priestes and Leuites chiefely (and so by them all the people which shalbe as Leuites in this office) shall carrie home the vessels of the Temple, which Nebuchadnezzar had taken away.

Note return to page 13175 [m] As your fathers did out of Egypt.

Note return to page 13176 [n] Meaning, Christ, by whom our spirituall deliuerance should bee wrought, whereof this was a figure.

Note return to page 13177 [o] In the corrupt iudgement of man, Christ in his person was not esteemed.

Note return to page 13178 [p] Hee shall spread his worde through many nations.

Note return to page 13179 [q] In signe of reuerence, and as being astonished at his excellencie.

Note return to page 13180 [r] By the preaching of the Gospel.

Note return to page 13181 [a] The Prophet sheweth, that very fewe shall receiue this their preaching of Christ, and of their deliuerance by him, Iohn 12.38. rom.10.16.

Note return to page 13182 [b] Meaning, that none can beleeue, but whose heartes God toucheth with the vertue of his holy Spirite.

Note return to page 13183 [c] The beginning of Christes kingdome shall bee small and contemptible in the sight of man, but it shall growe wonderfully, and flourish before God.

Note return to page 13184 [d] Reade Chap.11.1.

Note return to page 13185 [e] Which was by Gods singular prouidence for the comfort of sinners, Ebrewes 4.15.

Note return to page 13186 [f] That is, the punishment due to our sinnes: for the which hee hath both suffered, and made satisfaction, Matth.8.17. 1 pet. 2.24.

Note return to page 13187 [g] Wee iudged euil, thinking that he was punished for his owne sinnes, and not for ours.

Note return to page 13188 [h] He was chastised for our reconciliation, 1.Corin. 15.3.

Note return to page 13189 [i] Meaning, the punishment of our iniquitie, and not the fault it selfe.

Note return to page 13190 [k] But willingly, and paciently obeyed his fathers appointment, Mat. 26.63. acts.8.32.

Note return to page 13191 [l] From the crosse, and graue after that he was condemned.

Note return to page 13192 [m] Though he died for sinne, yet after his resurrection he shall liue for euer: and this his death is to restore life to his members, Rom.6.9.

Note return to page 13193 [n] God the Father deliuered him into the hands of the wicked, and to the powers of the world to doe with him what they would.

Note return to page 13194 [o] Christ by offering vp him selfe shall giue life to his Church, and so cause them to liue with him for euer.

Note return to page 13195 [p] That is, the fruite and effect of his labour, which is the saluati&obar; of his Church.

Note return to page 13196 [q] Christ shall iustifie by faith through his worde, whereas Moses coulde not iustifie by the Lawe.

Note return to page 13197 [r] Because he humbled himselfe, therefore hee shalbe exalted to glorie, Phil.2.7. &c. to verse 12.

Note return to page 13198 [s] That is, of all that beleeue in him.

Note return to page 13199 [a] After that he hath declared the death of Christ, he speaketh to the Church, because it should feele the fruit of the same, and calleth her barren, because that in the captiuitie she was as a widowe without hope to haue any children.

Note return to page 13200 [b] The Church in this her affliction, and captiuitie shall bring foorth moe childr&ebar; then when she was at libertie: or this may be spoken by admiration, considering the great nomber that should come of her. Her deliuerance vnder Cyrus was as her childehoode, and therefore this was accomplished, when shee came to her age, which was vnder the Gospell.

Note return to page 13201 [c] Signifying, that for the great nomber of children, that God should giue her, she should seeme to lacke roume to lodge them.

Note return to page 13202 [d] The afflictions which thou sufferedst at the beginning.

Note return to page 13203 [e] When as thou wast refused for thy sinnes, Chap. 50.1.

Note return to page 13204 [f] That did regenerate thee by his holy Spirit.

Note return to page 13205 [g] His glory shall shine through the whole worlde, which seemed before to be shut vp in Iudea.

Note return to page 13206 [h] As a wife which wast forsaken in thy youth.

Note return to page 13207 [i] As sure as the promes that I made to Noah, that the waters should no more ouerflowe the earth.

Note return to page 13208 [k] Hereby he declareth the excellent estate of the Church vnder Christ.

Note return to page 13209 Or, iasper, or, pearle.

Note return to page 13210 [l] By the hearing of his worde and inward mouing of his Spirit.

Note return to page 13211 [m] In stabilitie and surenes so that it shall stand for euer.

Note return to page 13212 [n] And therefore shall not preuaile.

Note return to page 13213 [o] Meaning, the domesticall enemies of þe; Church as are the hypocrites.

Note return to page 13214 [p] Signifying hereby that man can doe nothing, but so farre as God giueth power: for seeing that all are his creatures, hee must needes gouerne and guide them.

Note return to page 13215 [a] Christ by proposing his graces and giftes to his Church exempteth the hypocrites which are full with their imagined workes, and the Epicures, which are full with their worldly lustes and so thirst not after these waters.

Note return to page 13216 [b] Signifying, that Gods benefits can not be bought for money.

Note return to page 13217 [c] By waters, wine, milke and bread, he meaneth all things necessarie to the spirituall life, as these are necessarie to this corporall life.

Note return to page 13218 [d] Hee reproueth their ingratitude which refuse those things that God offreth willingly, & in the meane time spare neither cost nor labour to obteine those, which are nothing profitable.

Note return to page 13219 [e] You shalbe fed abundantly.

Note return to page 13220 [f] The same couenant, which through my mercie, I ratified and confirmed to Dauid, that it should be eternall, 2.Sam.7.13. actes 19.34.

Note return to page 13221 [g] Meaning, Christ, of whome Dauid was a figure.

Note return to page 13222 [h] To wit, the Gentiles, which before thou diddest not receiue to be thy people.

Note return to page 13223 [i] When he offreth himself by þe; preaching of his word.

Note return to page 13224 [k] Hereby he sheweth that repent&abar;ce must be ioyned with fayth, & how we cannot call vpon God aright, except the fruite of our fayth appeare.

Note return to page 13225 [l] Although you are not soone reconciled one to an other and iudge mee by your selues, yet I am most easie to be reconciled, yea I offer my mercies to you.

Note return to page 13226 [m] If these small things haue their effect, as dayly experience sheweth, much more shall my promes which I haue made and confirmed, bring to passe the thing which I haue spoken for your deliuerance.

Note return to page 13227 [n] Reade Chap. 44.23. and 49.13.

Note return to page 13228 [o] To set foorth his glory.

Note return to page 13229 [p] Of Gods deliuerance, and that he wil neuer forsake his Church.

Note return to page 13230 [a] God sheweth what he requireth of them after that he hath deliuered them: to wit, the workes of charitie whereby true faith is declared.

Note return to page 13231 [b] Which I will declare towarde you and powre into your hearts by my Spirit.

Note return to page 13232 [c] Vnder the Sabbath he comprehendeth þe; whole seruice of God and true religion.

Note return to page 13233 [d] Let none thinke himselfe vnmeete to receiue the graces of the Lorde: for the Lord will take away all impediments, and wil forsake none which wil keepe his true religion and beleeue in him.

Note return to page 13234 [e] Meaning, in his Church.

Note return to page 13235 [f] They shall be called after my people and be of the same religion: yea, vnder Christ the dignitie of the faythfull shall be greater then the Iewes were at that time.

Note return to page 13236 [g] Hereby hee meaneth the spirituall seruice of God, to whome the faythfull offer continuall thankesgiuing, yea themselues and all that they haue as a liuely and acceptable sacrifice.

Note return to page 13237 [h] Not onely for the Iewes but for all others, Matth. 21.13.

Note return to page 13238 [i] Meaning, the enemies of the Church, as the Babylonians, Assyrians, &c. thus he speaketh to feare the hypocrites and to assure the faithfull, that when this commeth, they may know it was tolde them before.

Note return to page 13239 [k] Hee sheweth that this affliction shal come through the fault of the gouernours, Prophets and pastours, whose ignorance, negligence, auarice and obstinacie prouoked Gods wrath against them.

Note return to page 13240 [l] We are well yet, and to morowe shall be better: therefore let vs not feare the plagues before they come: thus the wicked contemned the admonitions and exhortations which were made them in the Name of God.

Note return to page 13241 [a] From the plague that is at hand, and also because God will punish the wicked.

Note return to page 13242 [b] The soule of the righteous shal be in ioy & their body shall rest in the graue vnto the time of the resurrection, because they walked before the Lord.

Note return to page 13243 [c] He threatneth the wicked hypocrites, who vnder the pretence of the name of Gods people derided Gods word & his promises: boasting openly that they were the children of Abraham, but because they were not faithfull and obedient as Abraham was, he calleth them bastards, and the children of sorcerers, which forsooke God and fled to wicked meanes for succour.

Note return to page 13244 [d] Reade Leuit.18. 21. 2.king.23.10.

Note return to page 13245 [e] Meaning, euery place was polluted with their idolatrie: or euery faire stone that they found, they made an idole of it.

Note return to page 13246 [f] In the sacrifices which you, offring before these idoles, thought you did serue God.

Note return to page 13247 [g] To wit, thine altars, in an open place like an impudent harlot that careth not for the sight of her husband.

Note return to page 13248 [h] In steade of setting vp the worde of God in the open places on the postes and doores to haue it in remembrance, Deut.6.9. & 27.1. thou hast set vp signes and markes of thine idolatrie in euery place.

Note return to page 13249 [i] That is, diddest increase thine idolatrie more and more.

Note return to page 13250 [k] Thou diddest seeke the fauour of the Assyrians by giftes and presents, to helpe thee against the Egyptians: and when they failed, thou soughtest to the Babylonians and more and more diddest torment thy selfe.

Note return to page 13251 [l] Although thou sawest all thy labours to be in vaine, yet wouldest thou neuer acknowledge thy fault and leaue off.

Note return to page 13252 [m] Hee derideth their vnprofitable diligence which thought to haue made all sure, and yet were deceiued.

Note return to page 13253 [n] Broken promes with me.

Note return to page 13254 [o] Meaning, that the wicked abuse Gods lenitie and growe to farther wickednes.

Note return to page 13255 [p] That is, thy naughtines, idolatries, and impieties: which the wicked call Gods seruice: thus he derideth their obstinacie.

Note return to page 13256 [q] Meaning, the Assyrians and other, whose helpe they looked for.

Note return to page 13257 [r] God shall say to Darius and Cyrus.

Note return to page 13258 [s] I will not vse my power against fraile man whose life is but a blast.

Note return to page 13259 [t] That is, for the vices and faultes of the people, which is meant here by couetousnesse.

Note return to page 13260 [u] Though they were obstinate, yet I did not withdrawe my mercy from them.

Note return to page 13261 [x] That is, I frame the speach and wordes of my messengers which shall bring peace.

Note return to page 13262 [y] As wel to him that is in captiuitie as to him that remaineth at home.

Note return to page 13263 [z] Their euill conscience doeth euer torment them, and therefore they can neuer haue rest, reade Chap.48.22.

Note return to page 13264 [a] The Lord thus speaketh to the Prophet, willing him to vse all diligence and seueritie to rebuke the hypocrites.

Note return to page 13265 [b] They wil seeme to worship me and haue outward holinesse.

Note return to page 13266 [c] Hee setteth forth the malice and disdaine of the hypocrites, which grudge against God, if their workes be not accepted.

Note return to page 13267 [d] Thus he conuinceth the hypocrites by the second table and by their duetie toward their neighbour that they haue neither fayth nor religion.

Note return to page 13268 [e] So long as you vse contention and oppression, your fasting and prayer shall not be heard.

Note return to page 13269 [f] That you leaue off all your extortions.

Note return to page 13270 [g] For in him thou seest thy selfe as in a glasse.

Note return to page 13271 [h] That is, the prosperous estate, wherewith God will blesse thee.

Note return to page 13272 [i] The testimonie of thy goodnesse shall appeare before God and man.

Note return to page 13273 [k] Whereby is ment all maner of iniurie.

Note return to page 13274 [l] That is, haue compassion on their miseries.

Note return to page 13275 [m] Thine aduersitie shalbe turned into prosperitie.

Note return to page 13276 [n] Signifying, that of the Iewes should come such, as should builde againe the ruines of Ierusalem and Iudea: but chiefly this is ment of the spirituall Ierusalem: whose builders were the Apostles.

Note return to page 13277 [o] If thou refraine thy selfe from thy wicked workes.

Note return to page 13278 Nomb.11.23. chap.50.2.

Note return to page 13279 Iere.5.25.

Note return to page 13280 [a] Reade Chap. 1.15.

Note return to page 13281 [b] All men winke at the iniuries and oppressions, and none go about to remedie them.

Note return to page 13282 [c] According to their wicked deuises, they hurt their neighbours.

Note return to page 13283 [d] Whatsoeuer commeth from them, is poyson and bringeth death.

Note return to page 13284 [e] They are profitable to no purpose.

Note return to page 13285 [f] That is, Gods vengeance to punish our enemies.

Note return to page 13286 [g] Gods protection to defend vs.

Note return to page 13287 [h] We are altogether destitute of counsell and can finde no ende of our miseries.

Note return to page 13288 [i] We expresse our sorowes by outward signes, some more some lesse.

Note return to page 13289 [k] This confession is generall to the Church to obtaine remission of sinnes, and the prophets did not exempt themselues from the same.

Note return to page 13290 [l] To wit, against our neighbours.

Note return to page 13291 [m] There is neither iustice nor vprightnesse among men.

Note return to page 13292 [n] The wicked wil destroy him.

Note return to page 13293 [o] Meaning, to doe iustice and to remedie the things that were so farre out of order.

Note return to page 13294 [p] That is, his Church: or his arme did helpe it selfe, and did not seeke ayde of any other.

Note return to page 13295 [q] Signifying, that God hath all meanes at hand to deliuer his Church, and to punish their enemies.

Note return to page 13296 [r] To wit, your enemies, which dwel in diuers places, and beyonde the sea.

Note return to page 13297 [s] Hee sheweth that there shall be great affliction in the Church, but God will euer deliuer his.

Note return to page 13298 [t] Whereby hee declareth that the true deliuerance from sinne and Satan belongeth to none, but to the children of God, whome he iustifieth.

Note return to page 13299 [u] Because the doctrine is made profitable by the vertue of the spirite, hee ioyneth the one with the other, and promiseth to giue them both to his Church for euer.

Note return to page 13300 [a] The time of thy prosperitie and felicitie: whereas speaking of Babylon he commaunded her to goe downe, Chap.47.1.

Note return to page 13301 [b] Signifying, that all men are in darkenes till God giue them the light of his spirit, and that this light shineth to none but to those that are in his Church.

Note return to page 13302 [c] Meaning, that Iudea should be as the morning starre, and that the Gentiles should receiue light of her.

Note return to page 13303 [d] An infinite nomber from all countries, as chap.49.18.

Note return to page 13304 [e] For ioy, as the heart is drawen in for sorowe.

Note return to page 13305 [f] Meaning, that euery one shall honour the Lorde with that, wherewith he is able: signifying, that it is no true seruing of God, except wee offer our selues to serue his glory, and all that wee haue.

Note return to page 13306 [g] That is, the Arabians, that haue great abundance of cattell.

Note return to page 13307 [h] Because the altar was a figure of Christ, Ebr.13.10: he sheweth that nothing can be acceptable to him, which is not offered to him by this altar, who was both the offering and the altar it selfe.

Note return to page 13308 [i] Shewing what great nomber shall come to the Church, and with what great diligence and zeale.

Note return to page 13309 [k] The Gentiles that are now enemies, shall become friendes and setters foorth of the Church.

Note return to page 13310 [l] Meaning, Cyrus and his successours: but chiefly this is accomplished in them that serue Christ being conuerted by his Gospel.

Note return to page 13311 [m] Hee sheweth that God hath giuen all power and authoritie here in earth for the vse of his Church: and that they which will not serue and profite the same, shalbe destroyed.

Note return to page 13312 [n] There is nothing so excellent which shall not serue the necessitie of the Church.

Note return to page 13313 [o] Signifying, that Gods maiestie is not included in the Temple, which is but the place for his feete, that wee may learne to rise vp to the heauens.

Note return to page 13314 [p] To worship their head Christ by obeying his doctrine.

Note return to page 13315 [q] Both hie and low shall be readie to helpe and succour thee.

Note return to page 13316 [r] Thy gouernours shall loue thee and seeke thy wealth and prosperitie.

Note return to page 13317 [s] Meaning, not a temporall felicitie, but a spirituall, which is fulfilled in Christes kingdome.

Note return to page 13318 [t] Signifying, that all worldly meanes shal cease, and that Christ shalbe all in all, as Reuel.21.22. and 22.5.

Note return to page 13319 [u] The children of the Church.

Note return to page 13320 [x] Meaning, that the Church should be miraculously multiplied.

Note return to page 13321 Luke 4.18.

Note return to page 13322 [a] This apperteineth to all the Prophetes and ministers of God, but chiefly to Christ, of whose aboundant graces euery one receiueth according as it pleaseth him to distribute.

Note return to page 13323 [b] To them that are liuely touched with the feeling of their sinnes.

Note return to page 13324 [c] Which are in the bondage of sinne.

Note return to page 13325 [d] The time when it pleased God to shewe his good fauour to man, which S. Paul calleth the fulnesse of time, Galat.4.4.

Note return to page 13326 [e] For when God deliuereth his Church, hee punisheth his enemies.

Note return to page 13327 [f] Which was the signe of mourning.

Note return to page 13328 [g] Trees that bring foorth good fruits, as Matth.3.8.

Note return to page 13329 [h] That is, for a long time.

Note return to page 13330 [i] They shalbe readie to serue you in al your necessities.

Note return to page 13331 [k] This is accomplished in the time of Christ, by whome all the faithfull are made Priestes and Kings, 1.Peter 2.9. reuel. 1.6. and 5.10.

Note return to page 13332 [l] Reade Chap.60. 16. and chapter 60.11.

Note return to page 13333 [m] Abundant recompence, as this worde is vsed, Chap.40.2.

Note return to page 13334 [n] That is, the Iewes.

Note return to page 13335 [o] To wit, of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 13336 [p] Where as the Gentiles had dominion ouer the Iewes in times past, nowe they shall haue double authoritie ouer them and possesse twise so much.

Note return to page 13337 [q] I will not receiue their offering, which are extortioners, deceiuers, hypocrites, or that depriue mee of my glorie.

Note return to page 13338 [r] That is, of the Church.

Note return to page 13339 [s] Hee sheweth what shall bee the affection, when they feele this their deliuerance.

Note return to page 13340 [a] The Prophet sayth that he wil neuer cease to declare vnto the people the good tidings of their deliuerance.

Note return to page 13341 [b] Till they haue full deliuerance: and this the Prophet speaketh to incourage al other ministers to þe; setting forth of Gods mercies towarde his Church.

Note return to page 13342 [c] Thou shalt haue a more excellent fame then thou hast had hitherto.

Note return to page 13343 [d] He shal esteeme thee as deare and precious, as a King doeth his crowne.

Note return to page 13344 [e] Thou shalt no more be contemned as a woman forsaken of her husband.

Note return to page 13345 Or, my delite in her.

Note return to page 13346 Or, married.

Note return to page 13347 [f] That it may be replenished with children.

Note return to page 13348 [g] Forasmuch as they confesse one fayth and religion with thee, they are in the same bond of mariage with thee, and they are called the children of the Church, inasmuch as Christ maketh her plentifull to bring forth children vnto him.

Note return to page 13349 [h] Prophets, pastours, and ministers.

Note return to page 13350 [i] He exhorteth the ministers neuer to cease to call vpon God by prayer for the deliuerance of his Church, and to teach others to doe the same.

Note return to page 13351 [k] For the restauration whereof all the world shal prayse him.

Note return to page 13352 [l] Signifying the great number that should come to the Church, and what meanes hee woulde prepare for the restitution of the same, as Chap.57.14.

Note return to page 13353 [m] Ye Prophets and ministers shewe the people of this their deliuerance: which was chiefly meant of our saluation by Christ, Zach.9.9. mat.21.5.

Note return to page 13354 [n] Hee shall haue all power to bring his purpose to passe, as Chap.40.10.

Note return to page 13355 [o] That is, one ouer whome God hath had a singular care to recouer her when she was lost.

Note return to page 13356 [a] This prophecie is against the Idumeans, and enemies which persecuted the Church, on whome God will take vengeance, and is here set forth all bloody after that hee hath destroyed them in Bozrah, the chiefe citie of the Idumeans: for these were their greatest enemies, and vnder the title of circumcision and the kinred of Abraham claimed to themselues the chiefe religion, and hated the true worshippers, Psalme 137.7.

Note return to page 13357 [b] God answered them that asked this question, Who is this? &c. and sayth, Ye see nowe perfourmed in deede the vengeance which my Prophetes threatned.

Note return to page 13358 [c] Another question to the which the Lorde answereth.

Note return to page 13359 [d] Shewing, that when God punisheth his enemies, it is for the profite and deliuerance of his Church.

Note return to page 13360 [e] God sheweth that hee hath no neede of mans helpe for the deliuerance of his, and though men refuse to doe their duetie through negligence, and ingratitude, yet he himselfe wil deliuer his Church, and punish the enemies, Reade Chap.59.16.

Note return to page 13361 [f] I wil so astonysh them and make them so giddy, that they shall not know, which way to goe.

Note return to page 13362 [g] The Prophet speaketh this to moue the people to remember Gods benefites in times past, that they may be confirmed in their troubles.

Note return to page 13363 [h] For I did chuse them to be mine, that they should be holy, and not deceiue mine expectation.

Note return to page 13364 [i] He bare their afflictions & griefes as though they had bene his owne.

Note return to page 13365 [k] Which was a witnes of Gods presence: and this may be referred to Christ, to whome belongeth the office of saluation.

Note return to page 13366 [l] That is, the people of Israel being afflicted, called to remembrance Gods benefites, which he had bestowed vpon their fathers in times past.

Note return to page 13367 [m] Meaning, Moses.

Note return to page 13368 [n] That is, in Moses, that he might wel gouerne the people: some referre this giuing of the Spirit to the people.

Note return to page 13369 [o] Peaceably and gently, as an horse is led to his pasture.

Note return to page 13370 [p] Hauing declared Gods benefites shewed to their forefathers, he turneth himselfe to God by prayer, desiring him to continue the same graces toward them.

Note return to page 13371 [q] Thy great affection which thou barest towards vs.

Note return to page 13372 [r] Meaning, from the whole body of the Church.

Note return to page 13373 [s] Though Abraham would refuse vs to be his children, yet thou wilt not refuse to be our father.

Note return to page 13374 [t] By taking away thy holy Spirit from vs, by whome we were gouerned, and so for our ingratitude diddest deliuer vs vp to our owne concupiscence, and diddest punish sinne by sinne according to thy iust iudgement.

Note return to page 13375 [u] Meaning, for the couenants sake made to Abraham, Izhak and Iaakob his seruants.

Note return to page 13376 [x] That is, in respect of the promes, which is perpetuall albeit they had now possessed the land of Canaan, a thousand and foure hundreth yeere: and thus they lament, to mooue God rather to remember his couenant then to punish their sinnes.

Note return to page 13377 [a] The Prophet continueth his prayer, desiring God to declare his loue towarde his Church by miracles, and mightie power as he did in mount Sinai.

Note return to page 13378 [b] Meaning, the raine, haile, fire, thunder, and lightnings.

Note return to page 13379 [c] Saint Paul vseth the same kinde of admiration, 1.Cor. 2.9. marueiling at Gods great benefite shewed to his Church by the preaching of the Gospel.

Note return to page 13380 [d] Thou shewedst fauour toward our fathers, when they trusted in thee, and walked after thy commandements.

Note return to page 13381 [e] They considered thy great mercies.

Note return to page 13382 [f] That is, in thy mercies, which he calleth the wayes of the Lord.

Note return to page 13383 [g] Thou wilt haue pitie vpon vs.

Note return to page 13384 [h] We are iustly punished and brought into captiuitie, because we haue prouoked thee to anger, and though we would excuse our selues, yet our righteousnes, and best vertues are before thee as vile clouts, or, (as some reade) like the menstruous clothes of a woman.

Note return to page 13385 [i] Albeit, O Lord, by thy iust iudgement thou mayest vtterly destroy vs, as the potter may his pot, yet we appeale to thy mercies, whereby it hath pleased thee to adopt vs to be thy children.

Note return to page 13386 [k] For so the flesh iudgeth when God doeth not immediatly send succour.

Note return to page 13387 [l] Which were dedicate to thy seruice & to call vpon thy Name.

Note return to page 13388 [m] Wherein we reioyced and worshipped thee.

Note return to page 13389 [n] That is, at the contempt of thine owne glory? though our sinnes haue deserued this, yet thou wilt not suffer thy glory thus to be diminished.

Note return to page 13390 [a] Meaning, the Gentiles which knew not God, should seeke after him when he had moued their hearts with his holy Spirit, Rom.10.20.

Note return to page 13391 [b] Hee sheweth the cause of the reiection of the Iewes, because they woulde not obey him for any admonition of his Prophets, by whome hee called them continually and stretched out his hande to drawe them.

Note return to page 13392 [c] He sheweth that to delite in our owne fantasies, is the declining from God & the beginning of all superstition & idolatrie.

Note return to page 13393 [d] Which were dedicate to idols.

Note return to page 13394 [e] Meaning their altars, which hee thus nameth by contempt.

Note return to page 13395 [f] To consult with spirits and to coniure deuils, which was forbidden, Deut.18.11.

Note return to page 13396 [g] Which was contrary to Gods c&obar;mandement, Leuit. 11.7. deut.14.8.

Note return to page 13397 [h] He sheweth that hypocrisie is euer ioyned with pride and contempt of other.

Note return to page 13398 [i] Their punishment shall neuer haue end.

Note return to page 13399 [k] So that the remembrance thereof can not be forgotten.

Note return to page 13400 [l] Shalbe both punished together: & this declareth how the children are punished for their fathers faultes: to wit, when the same faultes or like are found in them.

Note return to page 13401 [m] That is, it is profitable: meaning, that God wil not destroy the faythfull branches of his vineyarde when he destroyeth the rotten stocks, that is, the hypocrites.

Note return to page 13402 [n] Which was a plentifull place in Iudea to feede sheepe, as Achor was for cattell.

Note return to page 13403 [o] By the multitude and number he meaneth their innumerable idols, of whome they thought they could neuer haue inough.

Note return to page 13404 [p] Seeing you can not number your gods, I will number you with the sword.

Note return to page 13405 [q] By my Prophets, whome ye would not obey.

Note return to page 13406 [r] By these words, Eate and drinke, he meaneth the blessed life of the faithfull, which haue alwayes consolation, & full contentment of all things in their God, though sometimes they lacke these corporall things.

Note return to page 13407 [s] Meaning, that he would call the Gentiles, who should abhorre euen þe; very name of þe; Iewes for their infidelities sake.

Note return to page 13408 [t] Then by the name of the Iewes.

Note return to page 13409 [u] By blessing, and by swearing is meant the praysing of God for his benefites, and the true worshipping of him, which shal not be onely in Iudea, but through all the world.

Note return to page 13410 [x] I wil no more suffer my Church to be desolate as in times past.

Note return to page 13411 [y] I will so alter and change the state of my Church, that it shall seeme to dwell in a newe world.

Note return to page 13412 [z] Meaning, in this wonderfull restauration of the Church, there should be no weakenesse of youth, nor infirmities of age, but all should be fresh, and florishing: and this is accomplished in the heauenly Ierusalem, when all sinnes shall cease, and the teares shall be wiped away.

Note return to page 13413 [a] Whereby he sheweth that the infidels and vnrepentant sinners haue no part of this benediction.

Note return to page 13414 [b] He proposeth to the faithfull the blessings which are conteined in the Lawe, and so vnder temporall things comprehendeth the spirituall promises.

Note return to page 13415 [c] Reade Chap.11.6.

Note return to page 13416 Actes 7.48, 49.

Note return to page 13417 [a] My maiestie is so great that it filleth both heauen and earth, and therefore cannot be included in a temple like an idole: condemning hereby their vaine confidence, which trusted in the Temple and sacrifices.

Note return to page 13418 [b] Seeing that both the Temple and the thinges therein with the sacrifices were made and done by his appointment, he sheweth that he hath no neede thereof, and that he can bee without them, Psalm.50.10.

Note return to page 13419 [c] To him that is humble and pure in heart, which receiueth my doctrine with reuerence and feare.

Note return to page 13420 [d] Because the Iewes thought themselues holy by offering of their sacrifices, and in the meane season had neither faith nor repentance, God sheweth that he doth no lesse detest these ceremonies, then he doth the sacrifices of the heathen, who offered men, dogges, and swine to their idoles, which things were expressely forbidden in the lawe.

Note return to page 13421 [e] I will discouer their wickednesse & hypocrisie, wherewith they thinke to blinde mine eyes, to all the worlde.

Note return to page 13422 [f] He incourageth the faithfull by promising to destroy their enemies which pretended to bee as brethren, but were hypocrites, and hated them that feared God.

Note return to page 13423 [g] The enemies shall shortly heare a more terrible voyce, euen fire and slaughter, seeing they woulde not heare the gentle voyce of the Prophets which called them to repentance.

Note return to page 13424 [h] Meaning, that the restauration of the Church shoulde be so sudden and contrary to all mens opinion: as when a woman is deliuered before shee looked for it, and that without paine in trauaile.

Note return to page 13425 [i] This shall passe the capacitie of man to see such a multitude that shall come vp at once, meaning vnder the preaching of the Gospel, whereof they that come vp out of Babylon, were a figure.

Note return to page 13426 [k] Declaring hereby, that as by his power, and prouidence woman traiueileth and is deliuered: so hath he power to bring forth his Church at his time appointed.

Note return to page 13427 [l] That ye may reioyce for all the benefites that God bestoweth vpon his Church.

Note return to page 13428 [m] I will giue her felicitie, and prosperitie in great abundance.

Note return to page 13429 [n] Reade Chap. 60.16.

Note return to page 13430 [o] Ye shall be cherished as her dearely beloued children.

Note return to page 13431 [p] Ye shall haue newe strength and newe beautie.

Note return to page 13432 [q] This vengeance God beganne to execute at the destruction of Babylon, and hath euer continued it against the enemies of his Church and will doe till the last day, which shalbe the accomplishment thereof.

Note return to page 13433 [r] Meaning, the hypocrites.

Note return to page 13434 [s] Whereby are meant them that did maliciously transgresse the Lawe, by eating beastes forbidden, euen to the mouse which abhorreth nature.

Note return to page 13435 [t] The Gentiles shall be partakers of that glorie, which before I shewed to the Iewes.

Note return to page 13436 [u] I will marke these that I chuse that they perish not with the rest of the infidels: whereby hee alludeth to the marking of the postes of his people, whom hee preserued, Exod.12.7.

Note return to page 13437 [x] I will scatter the rest of the Iewes, which escape destruction, into diuers nations.

Note return to page 13438 [y] That is, Cilicia.

Note return to page 13439 [z] Meaning Affrica.

Note return to page 13440 [a] To wit, Lydia, or Asia minor.

Note return to page 13441 [b] Signifying, the Parthians.

Note return to page 13442 [c] Italie.

Note return to page 13443 [d] Grecia.

Note return to page 13444 [e] Meaning, the Apostles, disciples, and others which hee did first chuse of the Iewes to preache vnto the Gentiles.

Note return to page 13445 [f] That is, the Gentiles, which by faith shall be made the children of Abraham as you are.

Note return to page 13446 [g] Whereby hee meaneth that no necessarie meanes shall want when God shall call the Gentiles to the knowledge of the Gospel.

Note return to page 13447 [h] To wit, of the Gentiles, as he did Luke, Timothie, and Titus first, and others after to preache his worde.

Note return to page 13448 [i] Hereby he signifieth the kingdome of Christ wherein his church shall be renued, and whereas before there were appointed seasons to sacrifice: in this there shall be one continuall Sabbath, so that all times and seasons shall be meete.

Note return to page 13449 [k] As he hath declared the felicitie that shalbe within the Church for the comfort of the godly, so doeth hee shewe what horrible calamitie shall come to the wicked, that are out of the Church.

Note return to page 13450 [l] Meaning, a continuall torment of conscience, which shall euer gnawe them and neuer suffer them to bee at rest, Marke 9.44.

Note return to page 13451 [m] This is the iust recompence for the wicked, which contemning God and his worde, shall be by Gods iust iudgement abhorred of all his creatures.

Note return to page 13452 [a] That is, the sermons & prophesies.

Note return to page 13453 [b] Which is thought to be he that founde the booke of the Law vnder King Iosiah, 2.King.22.8.

Note return to page 13454 [c] This was a citie about three miles distant from Ierusalem, and belonged to the Priestes the sonnes of Aaron, Iosh.21.18.

Note return to page 13455 [d] This is spoken to confirme his vocation and office: forasmuch as he did not presume of himselfe to preache, and prophesie, but was called thereunto by God.

Note return to page 13456 [e] Meaning, the nephewe of Iosiah: for Iehoahaz was his father, who reigned but three moneths, and therefore is not mencioned, no more is Ioachin that reigned no longer.

Note return to page 13457 [f] Of the eleuenth yeere of Zedekiah, who was also called Mattaniah, & at this time the Iewes were caried away into Babylon by Nebuchad-nezzar.

Note return to page 13458 [g] The scripture vseth this maner of speach to declare, that God hath appointed his ministers to their offices before they were borne, as Isa.49.1. gal.1.15.

Note return to page 13459 [h] For Ieremiah did not onely prophesie against the Iewes, but also against the Egyptians, Babylonians, Moabites, and other nations.

Note return to page 13460 [i] Considering the great iudgements of God, which according to his threatnings should come vpon the worlde, he was moued with a certeine compassion on the one side to pitie them that should thus perish, and on the other side by the infirmitie of mans nature, knowing howe hard a thing it was to enterprise such a charge, as Isa.6.11. Exod 3.11. and 4.1.

Note return to page 13461 [k] Which declareth, that God maketh them meete, and assureth them, whom he calleth to set forth his glorie: giuing them all meanes necessarie for the same, Exod.4.12. Isai.6.7.

Note return to page 13462 [l] He sheweth what is the autoritie of gods true ministers, which by his word haue power to beate downe whatsoeuer lifteth it selfe vp against God: and to plant and assure the humble, and such as giue them selues to the obedience of Gods worde, 2.Corinth. 10.4. ebre.4.12. and these are the keyes which Christ hath left to loose and bind, Mat.18.18.

Note return to page 13463 [m] He ioyneth the signe with the worde for a more ample confirmation: signifying by the rod of the almond tree, which first buddeth, the hastie comming of the Babylonians against the Iewes.

Note return to page 13464 [n] Signifying, that the Caldeans, and Assyrians should bee as a pot to seethe the Iewes, which boyled in their pleasures and lustes.

Note return to page 13465 [o] Syria and Assyria were Northwarde in respect of Ierusalem, which were the Caldeans dominion.

Note return to page 13466 [p] I will giue them charge and power to execute my vengeance against the idolaters, which haue forsaken me for their idoles.

Note return to page 13467 [q] Which declareth that Gods vengeance is prepared against th&ebar;, which dare not execute their duetie faithfully, either for feare of man, or for any other cause, 1.Cor.9.16.

Note return to page 13468 [r] Signifying on the one part, that the more that Satan, and the world rage against Gods ministers, the more present will he be to helpe them, Iosh.1.5. ebre.13.5. and on the other part, that they are vtterly vnmeete to serue God, and his Church, which are afraide, and doe not resist wickednesse, whatsoeuer danger depende thereon, Isa.50.7. Ezek.3.8.

Note return to page 13469 [a] According to that grace, and fauour, which I shewed thee from the beginning, when I did first chuse thee to be my people, and married thee to my selfe, Ezek.16.8.

Note return to page 13470 [b] When I had deliuered thee out of Egypt.

Note return to page 13471 [c] Chosen aboue all other to serue the Lord only, and the first offered to the Lorde of all other nations.

Note return to page 13472 [d] Whosoeuer did chalenge this people, or els did annoy them, was punished.

Note return to page 13473 [e] That is, fallen to most vile idolatrie.

Note return to page 13474 [f] Altogether giuen to vanitie, and are become blinde and insensible as the idoles, that they serue.

Note return to page 13475 [g] Where for lacke of all thinges necessarie for life, ye coulde looke for nothing euery houre but present death.

Note return to page 13476 [h] By your idolatrie, and wicked maners, Psal.78.58. and 106.38.

Note return to page 13477 [i] They taught not þe; people to seeke after God.

Note return to page 13478 [k] As the Scribes, which should haue expounded the Law to þe; people.

Note return to page 13479 [l] Meaning, the princes and ministers: signifying that all estates were corrupt.

Note return to page 13480 [m] That is, spake vaine things, and brought the people from the true worship of God to serue idoles: for by Baal, which was the chiefe idole of the Moabites, are ment all idols.

Note return to page 13481 [n] Signifying, that he would not as he might, straight way condemne them, but sheweth them by euid&ebar;t examples their great ingratitude, that they might bee ashamed, and repent.

Note return to page 13482 [o] Meaning, the Grecians and Italians.

Note return to page 13483 [p] Vnto Arabia.

Note return to page 13484 [q] That is, God which is their glory, and who maketh them glorious aboue all other people: reproouing the Iewes, that they were lesse diligent to serue the true God, then were the idolaters to honour their vanities.

Note return to page 13485 [r] Meaning, the idoles, which were their destruction, Psal.106.36.

Note return to page 13486 [s] Hee sheweth, that the insensible creatures abhorre this vile ingratitude, & as it were, tremble for feare of Gods great iudgements against the same.

Note return to page 13487 [t] Signifying, that when men forsake Gods woorde, which is the fountaine of life, they reiect God himselfe, and so fall to their owne inuentions, and vaine confidence, and procure to themselues destruction, Iona.2.8. zacha. 10.2.

Note return to page 13488 [u] Haue I ordered them like seruaunts, and not like dearely beloued children? Exo. 4.22. therefore it is their fault onely, if the enemie spoile them.

Note return to page 13489 [x] The Babylonians, Caldeans, and Assyrians.

Note return to page 13490 [y] Not one shall be left to dwel there.

Note return to page 13491 [z] That is, the Egyptians: for these were two great cities in Egypt.

Note return to page 13492 [a] Haue grieuously vexed thee at sundrie times.

Note return to page 13493 [b] Shewing, that God would haue still led them aright, if they woulde haue followed him.

Note return to page 13494 [c] To seeke helpe of man as though God were not able ynough to defende thee, which is to drinke of the puddels, and to leaue the fountaine, read Isa.31.1.

Note return to page 13495 [d] To wit, Euphrates.

Note return to page 13496 [e] Meaning, that the wicked are insensible till the punishment for their sinne waken them, as vers.26. Isa.3.9.

Note return to page 13497 [f] When I deliuered thee out of Egypt, Exod.19.8. Deut.5.27. iosh.24. 16. ez.10.12. ne.8.6

Note return to page 13498 Ebr. seede was all true.

Note return to page 13499 [g] Though thou vse all the purifications and ceremonies of the Lawe, thou canst not escape punishment, except thou turne to me by faith, and repentance.

Note return to page 13500 [h] Meaning, that hypocrites denie that they worship the idoles, but that they honour God in them, and therefore they call their doings Gods seruice.

Note return to page 13501 [i] He compareth the idolaters to these beasts, because they neuer cease running to and fro: for both valleis and hilles are full of their idolatrie.

Note return to page 13502 [k] He c&obar;pareth the idolaters to a wilde asse: for she can neuer be tamed, nor yet wearied: for as she runneth, shee can take her winde at euery occasion.

Note return to page 13503 [l] That is, when shee is with foale, and therefore the hunters wait their time: so though thou canst not be turned nowe from thine idolatrie, yet when thine iniquitie shalbe at the full, God will meete with thee.

Note return to page 13504 [m] Heereby hee warneth them that they should not goe into strange countreis to seeke helpe: for they should but spend their labour, and hurt themselues, which is here meant by the bare foot and thirst, Isa.57.10.

Note return to page 13505 [n] As a theefe will not acknowledge his fault, till hee bee taken with the deede, and ready to bee punished, so they will not confesse their idolatrie, til the plagues due to þe; same light vpon them.

Note return to page 13506 [o] Meaning, that idolaters spoile God of his honour: and whereas he hath taught to call him the father of all flesh, they attribute this title to their idoles.

Note return to page 13507 [p] Thou thoughtest that thy gods of blocks & stones could haue holpen thee, because they were many in n&ubar;ber and present in euery place: but nowe let vs see whether either the multitude, or their presence can deliuer thee from my plague, Cha.11.13.

Note return to page 13508 [q] As though I did you iniurie in punishing you, seeing that your faultes are so euident.

Note return to page 13509 [r] That is, you haue killed your Prophets, that exhorted you to repentance, as Zechariah, Isaiah, &c.

Note return to page 13510 [s] Haue I not giuen them abundance of all things?

Note return to page 13511 [t] But wil trust in our owne power and policie.

Note return to page 13512 [u] With strangers.

Note return to page 13513 [x] The Prophets & the faithfull are slaine in euery corner of your countrey.

Note return to page 13514 [y] For the Assyri&abar;s had taken away the tribes out of Israel, & destroied Iudah, euen vnto Ierusalem: and the Egyptians slewe Iosiah and vexed the Iewes in sundrie sortes.

Note return to page 13515 [z] In signe of lamentation, as 2.Sam.13.19.

Note return to page 13516 [a] According as it is written, Deut. 24.4.

Note return to page 13517 [b] If he take such one to wife again.

Note return to page 13518 [c] That is, with idoles, and with them, whome thou hast put thy confidence in.

Note return to page 13519 [d] And I will not cast thee off, but receiue thee, according to my mercie.

Note return to page 13520 [e] Which dwelleth in tentes and waiteth for them that passe by to spoile them.

Note return to page 13521 [f] As God threatned by his Lawe, Deut.28.24.

Note return to page 13522 [g] Thou wouldest neuer be ashamed of thine actes and repent: and this impudencie is common to idolaters, which will not giue off, though they be neuer so manifestly conuicted.

Note return to page 13523 [h] He sheweth that the wicked in their miseries will crie vnto God and vse outwarde praier as the godly doe, but because they turne not from their euill, they are not heard, Isa.58.3,4.

Note return to page 13524 [i] Meaning, the ten tribes.

Note return to page 13525 [k] And gaue her vnto the hands of the Assyrians.

Note return to page 13526 [l] The Ebrewe worde may either signifie lightnesse and wantonnes, or noise and brute.

Note return to page 13527 [m] Iudah fained for a time that she did returne, as vnder Iosiah and other good Kinges, but shee was neuer truely touched, or wholely reformed, as appeared when occasion was offred by any wicked prince.

Note return to page 13528 [n] Israel hath not declared her selfe so wicked as Iudah, which yet hath had more admonitions and examples to call her to repentance.

Note return to page 13529 [o] Whereas the Israelites were nowe kept in captiuitie by the Assyrians, to whome he promiseth mercie, if they will repent.

Note return to page 13530 [p] There was no way, which thou diddest not haunte to seeke after the idoles, and to trot a pilgrimage.

Note return to page 13531 [q] This is to be vnderstand of the comming of Christ: for then they shall not seeke the Lorde by ceremonies, and all figures shall cease.

Note return to page 13532 [r] Meaning the Church, where the Lorde will be present to the worldes ende, Mat.28.20.

Note return to page 13533 [s] Where they are nowe in captiuitie.

Note return to page 13534 [t] The Ebrewe woorde signifieth a friende or companion, and here may be taken for a husbande, as it is vsed also, Hosea. 3.1.

Note return to page 13535 [u] Signifying, that God, whome they had forsaken, woulde bring their enemies vpon them, who should lead them captiue and make them to crie and lament.

Note return to page 13536 [x] This is spoken in the person of Israel to the shame of Iudah, which staied so long to turne vnto God.

Note return to page 13537 [y] For their idolatrie Gods vengeance hath light vpon them and theirs.

Note return to page 13538 [z] They iustifie not themselues, or say that they woulde followe their fathers, but condemne their wicked doings and desire forgiuenesse of the same, 1.Ezra.9.7. as Psal.106.6.6. Isa.64.6.

Note return to page 13539 [a] That is, wholy, and without hypocrisie, Ioel 2.12. not dissembling to turne and serue God as they doe which serue him by halues, as Hose.7.16.

Note return to page 13540 [b] Thou shalt detest the name of idoles, Psal.16.4. and shalt with reuerence sweare by the liuing God, when thine othe may aduance Gods glory, and profite others: and here, by swearing he meaneth the true religion of God.

Note return to page 13541 [c] He willeth them to plucke vp the impietie and wicked affection and worldly respects out of their heart, that the true seede of Gods worde may bee sowen therein, Hos.10.12. and this is the true circumcision of the heart, Deut.10. 16. rom.2.29. col.2.11.

Note return to page 13542 [d] Hee warneth them of the great dangers that shall come vpon them by the Caldeans, except they repent, and turne to the Lord.

Note return to page 13543 [e] Hee speaketh this to admonish them of the great danger when euery man shall prepare to saue him selfe, but it shall be too late, 2.King. 25.4.

Note return to page 13544 [f] Meaning, Nebuchad-nezzar King of Babylon, 2.Kin. 24.1.

Note return to page 13545 [g] That is, the false prophets which still prophesied peace & securitie.

Note return to page 13546 [h] By the false prophets, which promised peace and tranquilitie: and thus thou hast punished their rebellious stubbernesse by causing them to hearken vnto lies which would not beleeue thy trueth, 2.Kin. 22.23. Ezek.14.9 2.Thess.2.11.

Note return to page 13547 [i] The North winde whereby he meaneth Nebuchadnezzar.

Note return to page 13548 [k] But to carie away both corne and chaffe.

Note return to page 13549 [l] Meaning, that Nebuchadnezzar shoulde come as suddenly, as a cloude that is caried with the winde.

Note return to page 13550 [m] This is spoken in the person of all the people who in their affliction should cry thus.

Note return to page 13551 [n] Which was a citie in the vtmost border of Israel Northward toward Babylon.

Note return to page 13552 [o] Which was in the mid way betweene Dan & Ierusal&ebar;.

Note return to page 13553 [p] Which keepe the fruites so straitly, that nothing can come in not out: so should the Babylonians compasse Iudah.

Note return to page 13554 [q] He sheweth that the true ministers are liuely touched with the calamities of the Church, so that all the parts of their body feele the griefe of their heart, albeit with zeale to Gods glorie they prono&ubar;ce his iudgements against the people.

Note return to page 13555 [r] Meaning, the cities, which were as easily cast downe as a tent.

Note return to page 13556 [s] Their wisedome and policie wisedome, and policie tend to their owne destruction, and pulleth them from God.

Note return to page 13557 [t] By these maner of speaches hee sheweth the horrible destruction that should come vpon the land, and also condemneth the obstinacie of the people, who repent not at the feare of these terrible tidings, seeing that the insensible creatures are moued therewith, as if the order of nature should be changed, Isa.13.10. and 24.23. Eze.32. 7. Ioel 2.31. & 3.15.

Note return to page 13558 [u] But for his mercies sake he will reserue himselfe a residue to be his Church, and to prayse him in earth, Isai.2.9.

Note return to page 13559 [x] Neither thy ceremonies nor riche giftes shall deliuer thee.

Note return to page 13560 [y] As the Prophets were moued to pitie the destruction of their people, so they declared it to the people to moue them to repentance, Isai.22.4. chap.9.1.

Note return to page 13561 [a] That is, the citie.

Note return to page 13562 [b] Though they pretend religion and holinesse, yet all is but hypocrisie: for vnder this kinde of swearing is conteined the true religion.

Note return to page 13563 [c] Doest not thou loue vprightnesse and faithfull dealing?

Note return to page 13564 [d] Thou hast oft times punished them, but all is in vaine, Isa.9.13.

Note return to page 13565 [e] He speaketh this to the reproch of them, which should gouerne and teache others, and yet are farther out of the way then the simple people.

Note return to page 13566 [f] Meaning, Nebuchadnezzar and his armie.

Note return to page 13567 [g] He sheweth that to sweare by any thing then by God, is to forsake him.

Note return to page 13568 Ezek.22.11.

Note return to page 13569 [h] He commaundeth the Babylonians and enemies to destroy them.

Note return to page 13570 [i] Reade Chap. 4.27.

Note return to page 13571 [k] Because they gaue no credite to the wordes of his Prophetes, as Isa.28.15.

Note return to page 13572 [l] Their wordes shall be of none effect, but vaine.

Note return to page 13573 [m] They are not sent of the Lord, and therefore that which they threaten to vs, shall come vpon them.

Note return to page 13574 [n] Meaning, Ieremiah.

Note return to page 13575 [o] To wit, the Babylonians and Caldeans.

Note return to page 13576 [p] Who shall kill many with their arrowes.

Note return to page 13577 [q] Here the Lord declareth his vnspeakeable fauour toward his church, as Chap.4.27.

Note return to page 13578 Chap.16.10.

Note return to page 13579 [r] Meaning the Prophet Ieremiah.

Note return to page 13580 Ebr. without heart.

Note return to page 13581 Isa.6.9. matth.13.14. actes 28.27. rom.11.8.

Note return to page 13582 Iob 26.10.

Note return to page 13583 [s] If there be any staye, that we receiue not Gods blessings in abundance, wee must consider that it is for our owne iniquities, Isa. 59.1, 2.

Note return to page 13584 Isai.1.23. zech.7.9.

Note return to page 13585 [t] They feele not the plague of God for it.

Note return to page 13586 [u] Meaning, that there coulde be nothing but disorder, where the ministers were wicked persons and corrupt.

Note return to page 13587 Or, beare rule.

Note return to page 13588 [a] He speaketh to them chiefely because they should take heede by the example of their brethren, the other halfe of their tribe, which were nowe caried away prisoners.

Note return to page 13589 [b] Which was a citie in Iudah sixe miles from Bethlehem, 2. Chr.11.6.

Note return to page 13590 [c] Reade Nehe. 3.14.

Note return to page 13591 [d] I haue intreated her gently and giuen her abundance of all things.

Note return to page 13592 [e] She shall be so destroyed, that the sheepe may be fed in her.

Note return to page 13593 [f] He speaketh this in the person of the Babylonians, which complaine that the time faileth them before they haue brought their enterprises to passe.

Note return to page 13594 [g] He sheweth the cause why it should be destroyed, and howe it commeth of them selues.

Note return to page 13595 [h] He warneth them to amende by his corrections and to turne to him by repentance.

Note return to page 13596 [i] He exhorteth the Babylonians to be diligent to search out all and to leaue none.

Note return to page 13597 [k] They delite to heare vaine things & to shut vp their eares to true doctrine.

Note return to page 13598 [l] As the Lord had giu&ebar; him his word to be as a fire of his indignation to burne the wicked, Chap.5.14. so hee kindleth it now when he seeth that all remedies are past.

Note return to page 13599 [m] None shall be spared.

Note return to page 13600 [n] When the people began to feare Gods iudgements, the false Prophets comforted them by flatterings, shewing that God would send peace and not warre.

Note return to page 13601 Ebr. them that fal.

Note return to page 13602 [o] Wherein the patriarkes and Prophets walked, directed by the word of God: signifying that there is no true way, but that which God prescribeth.

Note return to page 13603 [p] Prophets which should warne you of the dangers that were at hand.

Note return to page 13604 [q] God taketh all the world to witnes and the insensible creatures of the ingratitude of the Iewes.

Note return to page 13605 [r] Read Isa.1.11. & Amos 5.21.

Note return to page 13606 [s] From Babylon by Dan, which was North from Ierusalem.

Note return to page 13607 [t] For feare of the enemie: he speaketh this in the person of the Iewes.

Note return to page 13608 [u] Meaning, Ieremiah, whome God had appointed to trie out the godly from the wicked as a founder doeth the pure metall from the drosse.

Note return to page 13609 [x] All the paine and labour that hath beene taken with them, is lost.

Note return to page 13610 Chap.26.13.

Note return to page 13611 [a] Beleeue not the false Prophets, which say that for the Temples sake, and the sacrifices there, the Lord wil preserue you, and so nourish you in your sinne, and vaine confidence.

Note return to page 13612 [b] God sheweth on what condition he made his promes to this Temple: that they shoulde be an holy people vnto him as hee would be a faithfull God to them.

Note return to page 13613 [c] As theeues hid in holes, and dennes thinke themselues safe, so when you are in my Temple, you thinke to bee couered with the holines therof, and that I cannot see your wickednesse, Mat.21.13.

Note return to page 13614 [d] Because they depended so much on the Temple, which was for his promes, that hee would be present and defende them where þe; Arke was, he sendeth them to Gods iudgements against Shilo, where þe; Arke had remained about 300. yeeres, and after was taken, the Priestes slaine and the people miserably discomfited, 1.Sam. 4.11. chap.26.6.

Note return to page 13615 [e] That is, I neuer ceased to warne you, as Isa.65.2. prou.1.23.

Note return to page 13616 [f] He sheweth what is the onely remedie to redresse our fautes: to suffer God to leade vs into the way, and to obey his calling, Isa.66.4.

Note return to page 13617 [g] I wil send you into captiuitie as I haue done Ephraim, that is the ten tribes.

Note return to page 13618 [h] To assure them that God had determined with himselfe to punish their wickednesse, he sheweth that the praier of the godly can nothing auaile them, whiles they remaine in their obstinacie against God, and will not vse the meanes that he vseth to cal them to repentance, Chap.11.14. & 14.11.

Note return to page 13619 [i] That is, they sacrifice to þe; sunne, moone and starres, which they called the Queene of heauen, Chap.44.17.2. king.23.5.

Note return to page 13620 [k] Shewing that it was not his chiefe purpose & intent, that they shoulde offer sacrifices: but that they shoulde regarde, wherefore they were ordeined: to wit, to be ioyned to þe; word as seales and confirmations of remission of sinnes in Christ: for without the word they were vaine and vnprofitable.

Note return to page 13621 [l] Which was about fourteene hundreth yeeres.

Note return to page 13622 [m] Read verse 13.

Note return to page 13623 [n] Whereby hee sheweth that the pastours ought not to leaue their flockes in their obstinacie: for the Lorde will vse the meanes of his seruants to make the wicked more fautie and to prooue his.

Note return to page 13624 [o] In signe of mourning, as Iob 1.20. micha.1.6.

Note return to page 13625 [p] Against whom hee had iust occasion to powre out his wrath.

Note return to page 13626 [q] Of Topheth read 2.King.23.10.

Note return to page 13627 [r] But commanded the contrary, as Leuit.18.21.& 20.3. deut.18.10.

Note return to page 13628 Ezek.26.13.

Note return to page 13629 [a] The enemie for griedinesse of gaine shall rifle your graues, and lay you before those idoles, which in your life you worshipped, to see if they can helpe you.

Note return to page 13630 [b] Because of the afflictions þt; they shall feele through Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 13631 [c] Is there no hope, that they will returne?

Note return to page 13632 [d] They are full of hypocrisie, and euery one followeth his owne fantasie without any consideration.

Note return to page 13633 [e] Hee accuseth them in that that they are more ignorant of gods iudgements then these birdes are of their appointed seasons to discerne the cold, and heat, as Isa.1.3.

Note return to page 13634 [f] The Lawe doeth not profite you, neither neede it to haue bene written for ought that you haue learned by it.

Note return to page 13635 [g] They that seeme wise, may be ashamed of their ignorance: for all wisdome consisteth in Gods worde.

Note return to page 13636 Isa.36.11. chap.5. 31. & 6.13.

Note return to page 13637 [h] Read Chap.6.14.

Note return to page 13638 [i] He speaketh in the person of the people, who when the enemie commeth, will runne about to hide themselues, and acknowledge that it is Gods hand.

Note return to page 13639 [k] That is, hath brought vs into extreme affliction, and thus they shal not attribute this plague to fortune, but to Gods iust iudgement, Chap.9.15.& 23.15.

Note return to page 13640 Chap.14.19.

Note return to page 13641 [l] Reade Chap.4. 15.

Note return to page 13642 [m] God threatneth to send the Babylonians among them, who shal vtterly destroy them in such sort as by no meanes they shal escape.

Note return to page 13643 [n] Reade Chap.4. 19.

Note return to page 13644 [o] Thus the Lord speaketh.

Note return to page 13645 [p] The people wonder that they haue so long time looke for succour in vaine.

Note return to page 13646 [q] The Prophet speaketh this.

Note return to page 13647 [r] Meaning, that no mans helpe or meanes could saue them: for in Gilead was precious balme, Chap.46.11. or els deriding the vaine confidence of the people, who looked for helpe at their Priestes, who shoulde haue bene the Physitions of their soules, and dwelt at Gilead, Hos.6.8.

Note return to page 13648 [a] The Prophet sheweth the great compassion that he had toward this people, seeing that he could neuer sufficiently lament the destruction that he sawe to hang ouer them. Which is a special note to discerne the true pastours from the hirelings, Reade Chap.4.19.

Note return to page 13649 [b] He sheweth that this were more quietnesse and greater safetie for him to dwell among the wilde beasts then among this wicked people, saue that God hath inioyned him this charge.

Note return to page 13650 [c] Vtterly turned from God.

Note return to page 13651 [d] To belye and slaunder their neighbours.

Note return to page 13652 [e] Meaning, that al were corrupt & none could find an honest man.

Note return to page 13653 [f] They haue so practised deceite, that they can not forsake it.

Note return to page 13654 [g] They had rather forsake God, then leaue their wicked trade.

Note return to page 13655 [h] With the fire of affliction.

Note return to page 13656 Psal.28.3. & 120.4.

Note return to page 13657 [i] Signifying that al the places about Ierusalem should be destroyed.

Note return to page 13658 [k] Meaning, that they are all without sense and vnderstanding, & that God hath tak&ebar; his spirit from them.

Note return to page 13659 [l] He sheweth that the children can not excuse themselues by their fathers: for both father, and childe if they be wicked, shall perish.

Note return to page 13660 [m] Reade Cha.8.14.

Note return to page 13661 [n] Seeing you can not lament your owne sinnes, call for those foolish women, whome of a superstition you haue to lament for the dead, that they by their fayned teares may prouoke you to some sorow.

Note return to page 13662 [o] As though they were weary of vs, because of our iniquities, Leui.18.28. and 20.22.

Note return to page 13663 [p] He derideth the superstition of the women, which made an arte of mourning, and taught to weepe with fained teares.

Note return to page 13664 [q] Signifying, that there is no meanes to deliuer the wicked from Gods iudgements: but when they thinke to be most sure, & most farre off, then are they soonest taken.

Note return to page 13665 [r] Forasmuch as none can saue him selfe by his owne labour or any worldly meanes, he sheweth that it is in vaine to put our trust therein, but that we trust in the Lord and reioyce in him, who only can deliuer vs, 1.Cor.1.31. 2.cor.10.17.

Note return to page 13666 [s] These three points are necessarie to know aright: his mercy, wherein consisteth our saluation: his iudgement, which he executeth c&obar;tinually against þe; wicked: & his iustice, wherby he desendeth, & mainteineth the faithfull.

Note return to page 13667 [t] Meaning both Iewes & Gentiles, as in the next verse he sheweth the cause, reade Chap. 4.4.

Note return to page 13668 [a] God forbiddeth his people to giue credite or feare the constellations and coniunctions of starres and planets, which haue no power of themselues, but are gouerned by him, and their secrete motions and influences are not knowen to man, and therfore there can be no certaine iudgement thereof, Deut. 18.9.

Note return to page 13669 [b] Meaning not onely in the obseruation of the stars, but their Lawes and ceremonies whereby they confirme their idolatrie, which is forbidden, Deut.12. 30.

Note return to page 13670 [c] The Prophets vse thus plainely and simply to set forth the vile absurditie of the idolaters, that men might learne to be ashamed of that, whereunto their corrupt nature is most subiect, reade Isa.44.12.

Note return to page 13671 [d] He teacheth the people to lift vp their eyes to God, who hath all power, and therefore ought onely to be feared: and herein he sheweth them not only the euill that they ought to eschew, bnt the good which they ought to folow, Reue. 15.4.

Note return to page 13672 [e] Because the people thought that to haue images, was a meane to serue God, and to bring them to the knowledge of him, he sheweth that nothing more displeaseth God, nor bringeth man into greater errours and ignorance of God: and therefore he calleth them the doctrine of vanitie, the worke of errors, verse 15. & Habak.2.18. calleth them the teachers of lyes: contrary to that wicked opinion, that they are the bookes of the laye people.

Note return to page 13673 [f] Whereas they founde the best golde: shewing that they thought nothing too deare for their idoles: some reade Ophir, as 1.King 9.28.

Note return to page 13674 [g] This declareth, that all that hath bene in this Chapter spoken of idoles, was to arme the Iewes when they shoulde be in Caldea among the Idolaters, & now with one sentence he instructeth them both how to protest their owne religion against the idolaters, & how to answere them to their shame which should exhort them to idolatrie, and therefore he writeth this sentence in the Caldeans tongue for a memorial, whereas all the rest of his writing is Ebrew.

Note return to page 13675 [h] The more that man thinketh to do any thing well by his owne wisdome, and not as God instructeth him, the more doth he proue himselfe to be a vile beast.

Note return to page 13676 [i] By these wordes, Portion & rod, he signifieth their inherit&abar;ce: meaning, þt; God should be al sufficient for them, & that their felicitie c&obar;sisted in him alone, & therefore they ought to renounce all other helpes, & succours as of idoles, &c. Deu.32.9. psa 16.5.

Note return to page 13677 [k] The Prophet willeth the Iewes to prepare themselues to this captiuitie, shewing that it was now at hand, that they should feele the things, whereof he had told them.

Note return to page 13678 [l] It is my iust plague, and therefore I wil take it patiently: whereby he teacheth the people howe to behaue themselues toward God.

Note return to page 13679 [m] He sheweth howe Ierusalem shal lament.

Note return to page 13680 [n] The gouernors and ministers.

Note return to page 13681 [o] Reade Chap.4. 15.

Note return to page 13682 [p] He speaketh this because that Nebuchad-nezzar purposed to haue made warre against the Moabites and Ammonites, but hearing of Zedekiahs rebellion, he turned his power to goe against Ierusalem, Ezek 21 21. therefore the Prophet sayth, that this was the Lordes direction.

Note return to page 13683 [q] Considering that God had reueiled vnto him the certitude of their captiuitie, Chap.7.16 he onely prayeth, that he would punish them with mercy, which Isaiah calleth, in measure Chap.17.8. measuring his rods by their infirmitie. 1 Cor.10.13. for here by iudgement is meant not onely the punishment, but also the merciful moderation of the same, as Cha.30.11.

Note return to page 13684 [r] Forasmuch as God cannot onely be knowen and glorified by his mercy, that he vseth towarde his Church, but also by his iustice in punishing his enemies, he prayeth that his glory may fully appeare both in the one and the other, Psal.79.6.

Note return to page 13685 [a] He calleth the Iewes to the c&obar;sideration of Gods mercies, who freely chose th&ebar;, made a couen&abar;t of eternal felicitie with them, and howe he euer performed it on his behalfe, and howe they euer shewed th&ebar;selues rebellious and ingrate towarde him & brake it on their part, & so are subiect to the curse of the Lawe, Deut.27.26.

Note return to page 13686 [b] Thus he speaketh in the person of the people, which agreed to the couenant.

Note return to page 13687 [c] Reade Chap.7. 13.

Note return to page 13688 [d] According to his owne fantasie, and not as my word appoynted him.

Note return to page 13689 [e] Meaning, the menaces and curses conteyned in the Lawe, Leuit. 26.14. deut.28. 16.

Note return to page 13690 [f] That is, a generall consent to rebell against me.

Note return to page 13691 [g] Because they will not pray with true faith and repentance, but for the smart & griefe, which they feele, Prou. 1.28.

Note return to page 13692 [h] Reade Chap.2. 28.

Note return to page 13693 [i] Reade Chap.7. 16 and 14.11.

Note return to page 13694 [k] My people of Israel whome I haue hitherto so greatly loued.

Note return to page 13695 [l] Meaning, that they offer not in the Temple to God, but vpon the altars of Baal and the idoles, and so reioyced in their wickednesse.

Note return to page 13696 [m] Of the Babylonians and Caldeans.

Note return to page 13697 [n] Which went about priuily to conspire my death.

Note return to page 13698 [o] Let vs destroy the Prophet and his doctrine. Some reade, let vs corrupt his meat with wood, meaning, poyson.

Note return to page 13699 [p] Thus he spake, not for hatred, but being moued with the Spirit of God, he desireth the aduancement of Gods glory and the verifying of his word, which is by the destruction of his enemies.

Note return to page 13700 [q] To wit, both the Priests and the rest of the people: for this towne was the Priestes, and they dwelt in it, reade Chap.1.1.

Note return to page 13701 [r] Not that they coulde not abide to heare God named: (for herein they woulde shewe them selues most holy) but because they coulde not abide to be sharpely reproued, and therefore desired to be flattered, Isa.30.10. and to be maintained in their pleasures, Mich.2.11. and not to heare vice condemned, Amos 7.12.

Note return to page 13702 [a] The Prophet confesseth God to be iust in al his doings, although man be not able to giue a reason of all his acts.

Note return to page 13703 [b] This question hath bene alway a great tentation to the godly, to see the wicked enemies of God in prosperitie, and his deare children in aduersitie, as Iob.21.7. psalm. 37.1. and 73.3. Habac.1.3.

Note return to page 13704 [c] They professe God in mouth, but denie him in heart, which is here meant by the reines, Isa.29.13. matth. 15 8.

Note return to page 13705 [d] The Ebrewe word is, sanctifie them, meaning, that God would be sanctified in the destruction of the wicked, to whom God for a while giueth prosperitie, that afterwarde they shoulde the more feele his heauie iudgement when they lacke their riches, which were a signe of his mercy.

Note return to page 13706 [e] Abusing Gods lenitie and his promises, they flattered themselues as though God woulde euer be mercifull, and not vtterly destroy them: therefore they hardened themselues in sinne, till at length the beastes and insensible creatures felt the punishment of their stubburne rebellion against God

Note return to page 13707 [f] Some thinke that GOD reproueth Ieremiah in that, that hee woulde reason with him, saying, that if hee were not able to match with men, that hee were farre vnable to dispute with God. Others, by the foote men, meane them of Anathoth, and by the horsemen them of Ierusalem, which shoulde trouble the Prophet worse then his owne countrie men did.

Note return to page 13708 [g] God willeth the Prophet to denounce his iudgementes against Ierusalem, notwithstanding that they shall both by threatnings and flatteries labour to put him to silence.

Note return to page 13709 [h] Euer ramping and raging against me and my Prophets.

Note return to page 13710 [i] In steade of bearing my liuerie and wearing ouely my colours, they haue change and diuersitie of colours of their idoles and superstitions: therefore their enemies, as thicke as the foules of the aire, shall come about them to destroy them.

Note return to page 13711 [k] He prophecieth of the destruction of Ierusalem by the captaines of Nebuchad-nezzar, whom he calleth pastors.

Note return to page 13712 [l] Because no man regardeth my worde, or the plagues that I haue sent vpon the land.

Note return to page 13713 [m] To wit, the Prophets.

Note return to page 13714 [n] They lamented the sinnes of the people.

Note return to page 13715 [o] For in steade of amendement, you grewe worse and worse, as Gods plagues testified.

Note return to page 13716 [p] Meaning, the wicked enemies of his Church which blasphemed his name, and whom he woulde punish after that he hath deliuered his people.

Note return to page 13717 [q] After that I haue punished the Gentiles, I will haue mercie vpon them.

Note return to page 13718 [r] The true doctrine and maner to serue God.

Note return to page 13719 [s] Reade Chap.4.2.

Note return to page 13720 [t] They shalbe of the number of the faithfull, & haue a place in my Church.

Note return to page 13721 [a] Because this riuer Perath or Euphrates was farre from Ierusalem, it is euident, that this was a vision, whereby was signified that the Iewes shoulde passe ouer Euphrates to be captiues in Babylon, and there for length of time shoulde seeme to be rotten: although they were ioyned to the Lord before as a girdle about a man.

Note return to page 13722 [b] Euery one of you shalbe filled with spirituall drunkennes, and be without all knowledge to seeke howe to helpe your selues.

Note return to page 13723 [c] It shall be as easie for me to destroy the greatest and the strongest, as it is for a man to breake earthen bottels.

Note return to page 13724 [d] That is, affliction and miserie by the Babylonians, Isa.8. 22.

Note return to page 13725 [e] Meaning, for helpe and support of the Egyptians.

Note return to page 13726 [f] You shall surely be led away captiue, and I, according to mine affection towarde you, shall weepe and lament for your stubbernnes.

Note return to page 13727 [g] For Iehoiachin, and his mother rendred th&ebar;selues by Ieremiahs co&ubar;sel to the king of Babylon, 2.King. 24.12.

Note return to page 13728 [h] That is, of Iudah, which lieth Southward from Babylon.

Note return to page 13729 [i] He asketh the King, where his people is become.

Note return to page 13730 [k] By seeking to strangers for helpe thou hast made them skilfull to fight against thee.

Note return to page 13731 [l] Thy cloke of hypocrisie shall be pulled off and thy shame seene.

Note return to page 13732 [m] As thine iniquities haue bene manifest to al the world: so shall thy shame, and punishment.

Note return to page 13733 [n] He compareth idolaters to horses inflamed after mares.

Note return to page 13734 [o] There is no place so hie nor low, whereas the markes & signes of thine idolatrie appeare not.

Note return to page 13735 [a] Which came. for lacke of raine, as verse 4.

Note return to page 13736 Or, restreint.

Note return to page 13737 [b] The word signifieth to be made blacke, & so is here taken for extreme sorow.

Note return to page 13738 [c] To wit, with ashes in token of sorowe.

Note return to page 13739 [d] Meaning, that the brute beasts for drought were compelled to forsake their yong, contrary to nature, & to go seeke water which they could not finde.

Note return to page 13740 [e] Which are so hote of nature, that they cannot be cooled with drinking of water, but still gape for the aire to refresh them.

Note return to page 13741 [f] He sheweth the only way to remedie Gods plagues, which is by vnfained confession of our sinnes, & returning to him by repentance.

Note return to page 13742 [g] That taketh no care for vs.

Note return to page 13743 [h] As one that hath strength to helpe, and yet is afraide to put to his hand.

Note return to page 13744 [i] Reade Chap.7. 16 & 11.14.

Note return to page 13745 [k] He pitieth the people, & accuseth the false prophets, which deceiued them: but the Lord answered, that both the prophets, which deceiued, & the people, which suffered themselues to be seduced, shall perish, Chap.23.15. & 27. 8,9. and 29 8.

Note return to page 13746 Chap.23.21. and 27.10,15.& 29.9.

Note return to page 13747 [l] The false prophets promised peace, & assurance, but Ieremiah calleth to teares, and repentance for their affliction, which is at hand, as Chap.9.1. Lamen. 1.16. and 2.18.

Note return to page 13748 [m] Both hie and lowe shalbe led captiues into Babylon.

Note return to page 13749 [n] Though the Prophet knewe that God had cast off the multitude, which were hypocrites, and bastarde children, yet he was assured that for his promes sake he woulde haue stil a Church, for the which he prayeth.

Note return to page 13750 [o] He teacheth the Church a forme of prayer to humble themselues to God by true repentance, which is the onely meane to auoyde this famine, which was the beginning of Gods plagues.

Note return to page 13751 [p] Meaning, their idoles, reade Chap.10.15.

Note return to page 13752 [a] Meaning, that if there were any man liuing moued with so great zeale toward the people, as were these two, yet that he would not grant this request, forasmuch as he had determined the contrary, Ezek.14.14.

Note return to page 13753 Zech.11.9.

Note return to page 13754 [b] The dogges, birdes and beastes should deuoure them, that were slaine.

Note return to page 13755 [c] The word signifieth to runne to & fro for feare & vnquietnes of c&obar;science, as did Kain.

Note return to page 13756 [d] Not that the people was punished for the kings sinne onely, but for their owne sinnes also, because they consented to his wickednes, 2.King. 21.9.

Note return to page 13757 [e] That is, I will not call backe my plagues, or spare thee any more.

Note return to page 13758 [f] Meaning, the cities.

Note return to page 13759 [g] Because I had slaine their husbandes.

Note return to page 13760 Or, mother.

Note return to page 13761 Or, fearefully.

Note return to page 13762 [h] She that had many, lost all her children.

Note return to page 13763 [i] She was destroyed in þe; middes of her prosperitie.

Note return to page 13764 [k] These are the prophets words, complaining of þe; obstinacie of the people, and that he was reserued to so wicked a time: wherein also he sheweth what is the condition of Gods ministers: to wit, to haue all the world against th&ebar;, though they giue none occasion.

Note return to page 13765 [l] Which is an occasion of contention and hatred.

Note return to page 13766 [m] In this perplexitie the Lord comforted me, and said that my last dayes should be quiet: and by the enemie he meaneth here, Nebuzardan þe; captaine of Nebuchad nezzar, who gaue Ieremiah the choise either to remaine in his countrey, or to goe whither he would: or by the enemy he meaneth the Iewes, which should afterward knowe Ieremiahs fidelitie, and therefore fauour him.

Note return to page 13767 [n] As for the people, though they seemed strong as yron, yet should they not be able to resist the hard yron of Babylon, but should be led captiues.

Note return to page 13768 Or, ransome.

Note return to page 13769 [o] He speaketh not this for desire of reuengeance, but wishing that God would deliuer his Church of them whome he knew to be hardened, and incorrigible.

Note return to page 13770 [p] I receiued them with as great ioy as he, that is affamished, eateth meate.

Note return to page 13771 [q] I had nothing a doe with the wicked contemners of thy word, but lamented bitterly for thy plagues: shewing what the faithful should do when they see tokens of Gods anger.

Note return to page 13772 [r] And hast not assisted me according to thy promes? wherein appeareth, that in the Saints of God is imperfection of faith, which through impatiencie is oft times assailed, as Chap.20.7.

Note return to page 13773 [s] If thou forget these carnall considerations, & faithfully execute thy charge.

Note return to page 13774 [t] That is, seeke to winne the good from the bad.

Note return to page 13775 [u] To wit, as my mouth hath pronounced, Chap.1.18. & as here foloweth, ver.20.

Note return to page 13776 [x] Conforme not thy selfe to their wickednes, but let them followe thy godly example.

Note return to page 13777 [y] I wil arme thee with an inuincible strength & constancie, so that all the powers of þe; world shal not ouercome thee.

Note return to page 13778 [a] Meaning, that þe; affliction should be so horrible in Ierusal&ebar;, that wife & children should but increase his sorowe.

Note return to page 13779 [b] Signifying that þe; affliction should be so great, that one should not haue leisure to comfort another.

Note return to page 13780 [c] That is, should not rent their clothes in signe of mourning.

Note return to page 13781 [d] For in these great extremities all consolation & comfort shalbe in vaine.

Note return to page 13782 Chap.5.19.

Note return to page 13783 [e] Because the wicked are alwayes rebellious & dissemble their owne sinnes, and murmure against Gods iudgements as though he had no iust cause to punish them, he sheweth him what to answere.

Note return to page 13784 Chap.7.26.

Note return to page 13785 Chap.23.7.

Note return to page 13786 [f] Signifying the benefite of their deliuerance out of Babylon should be so great that it shoulde abolish the remembrance of their deliuer&abar;ce from Egypt: but he hath here chiefly respect to the spirituall deliuerance vnder Christ.

Note return to page 13787 [g] By the fishers & hunters are meant the Babylonians & Caldeans, who should destroy th&ebar; in such sort, that if they escaped the one, the other should take them.

Note return to page 13788 [h] That is, their sonnes and daughters, which they offred to Molech.

Note return to page 13789 [i] He wondereth at the great mercy of God in this deliuerance, which shal not only extend to the Iewes, but also the Gentiles.

Note return to page 13790 [k] Our fathers were most vile idolaters: therefore it commeth onely of Gods mercie, that he performeth his promes, and hath not vtterly cast vs off.

Note return to page 13791 [l] They shall once againe feele my power, and mercie for their deliuerance, that they may learne to worship me.

Note return to page 13792 [a] The remembrance of their contempt of God can not passe, albeit for a time he deferre the punishment, for it shall be manifest to men and Angels.

Note return to page 13793 [b] In steade of the Lawe of God, they haue written idolatry and all abominations in their heart.

Note return to page 13794 [c] Your sinnes appeare in all the altars that you haue errected to idoles.

Note return to page 13795 [d] Some reade, So that their children remember their altars, that is, followe their fathers wickednesse.

Note return to page 13796 [e] Zion that was my mountaine shall nowe be left as a waste fielde.

Note return to page 13797 [f] Because thou wouldest not giue the lande rest at such times, dayes, and yeeres as I appoynted, thou shalt hereafter be caryed away, and it shall rest for lacke of labourers.

Note return to page 13798 [g] The Iewes were giuen to worldly policies, & thought to make themselues strong by the friendshippe of the Egyptians, Isa.31.3. and strangers, and in the meane season did not depende on God, and therefore he denounceth Gods plagues against them, shewing that they preferre corruptible man to God, which is immortall, Isa.2.22. Chap.48.6,7.

Note return to page 13799 [h] Reade Psal.1.3.

Note return to page 13800 [i] Because the wicked haue euer some excuse to defende their doings, he sheweth, that their owne lewde imaginations deceiue them, and bring them to these inconueniences: but God will examine their deedes by the malice of their hearts, 1.Samu.16.7. 1.Chron 28.9. Psalm.7.10. Chap. 11.20. and 20 12. Reuel.2.23.

Note return to page 13801 [k] As the Partrich by calling gathereth others, which forsake her, when they see that she is not their damme: so the couetous man is forsaken of his riches, because hee commeth by them falsely.

Note return to page 13802 [l] Shewing that the godly ought to glory in nothing, but in God: who doeth exalt his, and hath left a signe of his fauour in his Temple.

Note return to page 13803 [m] Their names shall not be registred in the booke of life.

Note return to page 13804 [n] He desireth God to preserue him that hee fall not into tentation considering the great contempt of Gods worde, and the multitude that fall from God.

Note return to page 13805 [o] The wicked say that my prophecie shall not come to passe because thou deferrest the time of thy vengeance.

Note return to page 13806 [p] I am assured of my vocation, and therefore knowe that the thing which thou speakest by me, shall come to passe, and that I speake not of any worldly affection.

Note return to page 13807 [q] Howsoeuer the wicked deale rigorously with me, yet let me finde comfort in thee.

Note return to page 13808 [r] Reade Chap.11. 20.

Note return to page 13809 [s] Whereas thy doctrine may be best vnderstande both of hie and lowe.

Note return to page 13810 [t] By naming the Sabbath day, he comprehendeth the thing, that is thereby signified for if they transgressed in the ceremonie, they must needes be culpable of the rest, reade Exod.20.8. and by the breaking of this one commandement, he maketh them transgressors of the whole lawe, forasmuch as the first and seconde table are conteined herein.

Note return to page 13811 Chap.22.4.

Note return to page 13812 [a] As the potter hath power ouer the clay to make what pot he wil, or to breake them, when he hath made them: so haue I power ouer you to doe with you as seemeth good to me, Isa 45.9. wis.15.7. rom.9.20, 21.

Note return to page 13813 [b] When þe; scripture attributeth repentance vnto God, it is not that he doeth contrary to that which he hath ordeyned in his secrete counsell: but when he threatneth, it is a calling to repentance, and when he giueth man grace to repent, the threatning (which euer conteineth a condition in it) taketh no place: and this the scripture calleth repentance in God, because it so appeareth to mans iudgement.

Note return to page 13814 [c] As men that had no remorse, but were altogether bent to rebellion, and to their owne selfe will.

Note return to page 13815 [d] As no man that hath thirst, refuseth fresh conduit waters which he hath at home, to goe and seeke waters abroad to quench his thirst: so they ought not to seeke for helpe and succour at strangers and leaue God, which was present with them.

Note return to page 13816 [e] That is, the way of trueth, which God had taught by his lawe, reade Chap.6.16.

Note return to page 13817 [f] I will shewe mine anger and not my fauour toward them.

Note return to page 13818 [g] This argument the wicked haue euer vsed against the seruantes of God, The Church can not erre: we are the Church, and therefore whosoeuer speaketh against vs, they ought to die, 1.King.22.24. chap.7.4. and 10.2. malac.2.4. and thus the false Church persecuteth the true Church, which standeth not in outward pompe, and in multitude, but is knowen by the graces of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 13819 [h] Let vs slander him, and accuse him: for we shall be beleeued.

Note return to page 13820 [i] Seeing the obstinate malice of the aduersaries, which grew daily more and more, the Prophet being moued with Gods Spirit, without any carnall affection prayeth for their destruction, because hee knewe that it shoulde tende to Gods glory, and profite of his Church.

Note return to page 13821 Or, gate of the sunne.

Note return to page 13822 [a] By Kings here and in other places are meant councellers and gouernors of the people; which he called the Ancients, verse 1.

Note return to page 13823 [b] Reade of this phrase, 1.Sam 3. 11.

Note return to page 13824 [c] Whereby is declared, that whatsoeuer is not commanded by Gods worde touching his seruice, is against his word.

Note return to page 13825 [d] Reade chap.7. 31. and 2.king.23.10. isa 30.33.

Note return to page 13826 Chap.18.16.and 49.13. and 50.13.

Note return to page 13827 Deut.28.53. lament.4.10.

Note return to page 13828 [e] This visible sight was to confirme them touching the assurance of this plague, which the Lord threatned by his Prophet.

Note return to page 13829 [f] He noteth the great rage of the idolaters, which left no place free from their abominations, in somuch as they polluted their owne houses therewith, as we see yet among the Papistes.

Note return to page 13830 [g] Reade Deut.

Note return to page 13831 [a] Thus we see that the thing which neither the King, nor the Princes, nor the people durst enterprise against the Prophet of God, this Priest as a chiefe instrument of Satan first attempted, reade Chap.18.18.

Note return to page 13832 Or, feare round about.

Note return to page 13833 [b] Which haue suffred them selues to be abused by thy false prophecies.

Note return to page 13834 [c] Herein appeareth the impaciencie, which oft&ebar;times ouercommeth the seruants of God, when they see not their labours to profite, and also feele their owne weakenesse, reade chap.15.18.

Note return to page 13835 [d] Thou diddest thrust me foorth to this worke against my will.

Note return to page 13836 [e] He sheweth that he did his office in that he reprooued the people of their vices, and threatned them with Gods iudgements: but because he was derided and persecuted for this, he was discouraged and thought to haue ceased to preach, saue that Gods Spirit did force him thereunto.

Note return to page 13837 [f] Thus the enemies conferred together to knowe what they had heard him say, that they might accuse him thereof, reade Isa.29 21.

Note return to page 13838 [g] Here he sheweth howe his faith did striue against t&ebar;tation, & sought to the Lorde for strength.

Note return to page 13839 1 Sam.16.7. 1.chron.28.9. psalme.7.9. chap.11.20. and 17.10.

Note return to page 13840 [h] How the children of God are ouercome in this battel of the flesh and the spirit, and into what inconueniences they fall till God raise them vp againe, reade Iob.3 1. and chap.15.10.

Note return to page 13841 [i] Alluding to the destruction of Sodom and Gomorah, Gen.19.25.

Note return to page 13842 [k] Meaning, that the fruite thereof might neuer come to profite.

Note return to page 13843 [a] Not that the King was touched with repentance of his sinnes and so sought to God, as did Hezekiah when he sent to Isaiah, 2. King.19.1. Isa.37.2. but because the Prophet might pray vnto God to take this present plague away, as Pharaoh sought vnto Moses, Exod.9.28.

Note return to page 13844 [b] To wit, from your enemies to destroy your selues.

Note return to page 13845 [c] By yeelding your selues to Nebuchad-nezzar.

Note return to page 13846 [d] By resisting him.

Note return to page 13847 Chap.38 2.

Note return to page 13848 [e] As a thing recouered from extreeme danger, Chap.37.2. and 39.18. and 45.5.

Note return to page 13849 Chap.22.3.

Note return to page 13850 [f] Be diligent to doe iustice.

Note return to page 13851 [g] Meaning, Ierusalem, which was builded part on the hill and part in the valley, and was compassed about with mountaines.

Note return to page 13852 [h] That is, in the houses thereof, which stoode as thicke as trees in the forest.

Note return to page 13853 Chap.21.12.

Note return to page 13854 [a] This was his ordinarie maner of preaching before the Kings from Iosiah vnto Zedekiah, which was about fourtie yeeres.

Note return to page 13855 Chap.17 25.

Note return to page 13856 [b] Shewing that there is none greater then he is, Hebr.6.13. and that he will most certainely perfourme his othe.

Note return to page 13857 [c] He compareth Ierusalem to Gilead, which was beyonde Iorden, and the beautie of Iudea to Lebanon.

Note return to page 13858 [d] The Ebrewe worde signifieth to sanctifie, because the Lord doeth dedicate to his vse and purpose such as he prepareth to execute his worke, Isa 13.3. chap.6.4. & 12.3.

Note return to page 13859 [e] Thy buildings made of Cedar trees.

Note return to page 13860 [f] As they that wonder at a thing which they thought would neuer haue come so to passe, Deut.29. 24. 1.king 9.8.

Note return to page 13861 [g] Signifying that they should lose their King: for Iehoiachin went forth to meete Nebuchad-nezzar, and yeelded him selfe and was caryed into Babylon, 2.King.24.12.

Note return to page 13862 [h] Whome some thinke to be Iehoiachin and that Iosiah was his grandfather: but as seemeth, this was Iehoiakim, as verse 18.

Note return to page 13863 [i] By bribes and extortion.

Note return to page 13864 [k] Meaning, Iosiah, who was not giuen to ambition and superfluitie, but was content with mediocritie and did onely delite in setting foorth Gods glory and to doe iustice to all.

Note return to page 13865 [l] For euery one shall haue ynough to lament for him selfe.

Note return to page 13866 [m] Not honourably among his fathers, but as carions are cast in a hole because their stinke should not infect, reade 2.King.24.9. Iosephus Antiquit 10.8. writeth that the enemie slewe him in the citie, and commanded him to be cast before the walles vnburied, looke chap. 36.30.

Note return to page 13867 [n] To call to the Assyrians for helpe.

Note return to page 13868 [o] For this was the way out of Iudea to Assyria: whereby is meant that all helpes shoulde faile: for the Caldeans haue subdued both them and the Egyptians.

Note return to page 13869 [p] Both thy gouernours and they that should helpe thee, shall vanish away as winde.

Note return to page 13870 [q] Thou that art built of the faire Cedar trees of Lebanon.

Note return to page 13871 [r] Who was called Iehoiachin or Ieconiah, whome he calleth here Coniah in contempt, who thought his kingdome could neuer depart from him, because he came of the stocke of Dauid, and therefore for the promes sake coulde not be taken from his house: but he abused Gods promise, and therefore was iustly depriued of the kingdome.

Note return to page 13872 [s] He sheweth that all posteritie shall be witnesses of this iust plague, as though it were registred for perpetuall memorie.

Note return to page 13873 [t] Not that he had no children (for after that he begate Salathiel in the captiuitie, Matthewe 1.12.) but that none shoulde reigne after him as King.

Note return to page 13874 [a] Meaning the princes, gouernours and false prophets, as Ezek.34.2.

Note return to page 13875 [b] For the which I haue especiall care and haue prepared good pastures for them.

Note return to page 13876 [c] Whose charge is to feede the flocke but they eate the fruite therof, Ezek.34.3.

Note return to page 13877 [d] Thus the Prophets euer vse to mixe the promises with the threatnings, lest the godly shoulde bee to much beaten downe, and therefore he sheweth how God will gather his church after this dispersion.

Note return to page 13878 [e] This prophecie is of the restitution of the Church in the time of Iesus Christ, who is the true branch, reade Isa.11.1. and 45.8. chap.33.15. dan.9.24.

Note return to page 13879 Deut.33.28.

Note return to page 13880 Chap.33.16.

Note return to page 13881 [f] Reade Chap. 16.14.

Note return to page 13882 [g] Meaning, the false prophets which deceiue the people: wherein appeareth his great loue toward his nation, reade chap.14.13.

Note return to page 13883 Ebr. pa&esset;ed ouer or troubled.

Note return to page 13884 [h] They runne headlong to wickednesse, and seeke vaine helpe.

Note return to page 13885 Or, are hypocrites.

Note return to page 13886 [i] My Temple is full of their idolatrie and superstitions.

Note return to page 13887 [k] They which should haue profited by my rods against Samaria, are become worse then they.

Note return to page 13888 [l] Though to the world they seem&ebar; holy fathers, yet I detest them as I did these abominable cities.

Note return to page 13889 [m] Reade Chap. 8.14.

Note return to page 13890 Or, hypocrisie.

Note return to page 13891 [n] Which they haue inuented of their owne braine.

Note return to page 13892 [o] Reade Chap.6.14. & 8.11.

Note return to page 13893 [p] Thus they did deride Ieremiah as though the word of God were not reueiled vnto him: so also spake Zidkiiah to Michah, 1.King 22.24.

Note return to page 13894 [q] Both that God hath sent mee, and that my wordes shalbe true.

Note return to page 13895 Chap.14 13, 14. and 27.15. and 29.8,9.

Note return to page 13896 [r] He sheweth the difference betweene the true Prophets and the false, betweene the hireling and the true minister.

Note return to page 13897 [s] Doe not I see your falsehod. howsoeuer you cloke it, & wheresoeuer you commit it?

Note return to page 13898 [t] I haue a prophecie reueiled vnto me, as Nom.12.6.

Note return to page 13899 Ebr. Is it in the heart of the Prophets?

Note return to page 13900 [u] Hee sheweth that Satan raiseth vp false prophets to bring the people from God.

Note return to page 13901 [x] Let the false prophet declare that it is his owne fantasie, and not slaunder my word as though it were a cloke to couer his lies.

Note return to page 13902 [y] Meaning, that it is not sufficient for Gods ministers to absteine from lies and to speake the word of God: but that there bee iudgem&ebar;t in alledging it, and that it may appeare to be applied to the same purpose that it was spoken, Ezek.3.17. 1.cor.2.13. and 4.2. 2.tim.2.15. 1.pet.4.10, 11.

Note return to page 13903 [z] Which set forth in my name that which I haue not commanded.

Note return to page 13904 [a] To wit, the Lorde.

Note return to page 13905 [b] The Prophets called their threatnings Gods burden, which the sinners were not able to susteine: therefore the wicked in deriding the worde, woulde aske of the Prophets, what was the burden, as though they woulde say, You seeke nothing els, but to lay burdens on our shoulders: and thus they reiected the word of God as a grieuous burden.

Note return to page 13906 [c] Because this worde was brought to contempt and derision, hee will teache them another maner of speach, and will cause this worde Burden to cease, and teache them to aske with reuerence, What saith the Lorde?

Note return to page 13907 [d] The thing which they mock and, come vpon them.

Note return to page 13908 Or, take you away.

Note return to page 13909 Chap.20.11.

Note return to page 13910 [a] The good figges signified them that were gone into captiuitie, and so saued their life, as Chap.21.8. and the naughtie figges them that remained, which were yet subiect to the sword, famine & pestilence.

Note return to page 13911 [b] Whereby he approoueth the yelding of Ieconiah, and his companie, because they obeyed the Prophet, who exhorted them thereunto.

Note return to page 13912 [c] Which declareth that man of him selfe can know nothing, till God giue the heart and vnderstanding.

Note return to page 13913 Chap.31.33. hebr.8.10.

Note return to page 13914 Chap.29.17.

Note return to page 13915 [d] Which fled thither for succour.

Note return to page 13916 [a] That is, in the third yere accomplished, and in the beginning of the fourth: for though Nebuchad nezzar began to reigne in the ende of the third yeere of Iehoiakims reigne, yet that yere is not here counted, because it was almost expired, Dan.1.1.

Note return to page 13917 [b] Which was the fist yeere and the ninth moneth of Iehoiakims reigne.

Note return to page 13918 [c] That is, I haue spared no diligence or labour, Chap.7.13.

Note return to page 13919 [d] Hee sheweth that the Prophets wholy with one consent did labour to pull the people from those vices, which then reigned: to wit, from idolatrie and the vaine confidence of men: for vnder these two all other were conteined, 2 King.17.13. chap.18.11. and 35.15. Ionah., 8.

Note return to page 13920 [e] The Caldeans, & all their power.

Note return to page 13921 [f] So the wicked and Satan him selfe are Gods seruants, because he maketh them to serue him by constreint, and turneth that which they doe of malice, to his honour and glorie.

Note return to page 13922 [g] As the Philistims, Ammonites, Egyptians and others.

Note return to page 13923 Chap.16.9.

Note return to page 13924 Or, destroy.

Note return to page 13925 [h] Meaning, that bread and all things that should serue vnto their feastes, shoulde bee taken away.

Note return to page 13926 [i] This reuelation was for the confirmation of his prophecie, because he told them of the time, that they should enter and remaine in captiuitie, 2.Chro.36 22. ezra.1.1. chap.29.10. dan.9 2.

Note return to page 13927 [k] For seeing the iudgement began at his owne house, the enemies must needes bee punished most grieuously, Ezek 9.6. 1.pet.4.17.

Note return to page 13928 [l] That is, of the Babylonians, as Chap.27.7.

Note return to page 13929 [m] Signifying, the extreeme afflictions that God had appointed for euery one, as Psal.75.8. Isa.31. 17. and this cup, which the wicked drinke, is more bitter then that which he giueth to his children, for he measureth the one by mercie, and the other by iustice.

Note return to page 13930 [n] For now it beginneth and shall so continue till it be accomplished.

Note return to page 13931 [o] Reade Iob. 1.1.

Note return to page 13932 [p] Which were cities of the Philistims.

Note return to page 13933 [q] Edom is here taken for the whole countrey, and Vz for a part thereof.

Note return to page 13934 [r] As Grecia, Italie, and the rest of those countreies.

Note return to page 13935 [s] These were people of Arabia which came of Dedan the sonne of Abraham and Keturah.

Note return to page 13936 [t] For there were two countreyes so named, the one called plentifull, and the other, baren, or desert.

Note return to page 13937 Or, Persia.

Note return to page 13938 [u] That is, of Babylon, as Chap. 51.41.

Note return to page 13939 [x] That is, Ierusalem, reade verse.12.

Note return to page 13940 Ioel.3.16. amos.1.2.

Note return to page 13941 Chap.30.23.

Note return to page 13942 [y] They which are slaine at the Lordes appointment.

Note return to page 13943 [z] Ye that are chiefe rulers, and gouernours.

Note return to page 13944 [a] Which are most easily broken.

Note return to page 13945 [b] It shall not helpe them to seeke to flee.

Note return to page 13946 Ebr. peaceable.

Note return to page 13947 [a] That is, in that place of the Temple, whereunto the people resort out of all Iudah to sacrifice.

Note return to page 13948 [b] To the intent that they should pretende no ignorance, as Actes 20.27.

Note return to page 13949 [c] Reade chap. 18.8.

Note return to page 13950 [d] Reade chap. 7.12.

Note return to page 13951 [e] So that when they would curse any, they shall say, God do to thee as to Ierusalem.

Note return to page 13952 [f] Because of Gods promes to the Temple, Psal. 132.14. that he would for euer remaine there, the hypocrites thought this Temple coulde neuer perish, and therefore thought it blasphemie to speake against it, Matth.26.61. Actes 6.13. not considering that this was meant of the Church, where God will remaine for euer.

Note return to page 13953 [g] So called, because it was repaired by Ioatham, 2.King. 15.35.

Note return to page 13954 Ebr. iudgement of death belongeth to this man.

Note return to page 13955 [h] He both sheweth the cause of his doings plainly, and also threatneth them that they should nothing auaile, though they should put him to death, but heape greater vengeance vpon their heades.

Note return to page 13956 Micah.1.1. and 3.12.

Note return to page 13957 [i] That is, of the House of the Lord, to wit, Zion and these examples the godly alledged to deliuer Ieremiah out of the Priestes handes, whose rage els would not haue bene satisfied, but by his death.

Note return to page 13958 [k] So that the citie was not destroyed, but by miracle was deliuered out of the hands of Saneherib.

Note return to page 13959 [l] Here is declared the furie of tyrants, who can not abide to heare Gods word declared, but persecute the ministers thereof, and yet in the end they preuaile nothing, but prouoke Gods iudgements so much the more.

Note return to page 13960 [m] As in the first Hezekiahs example is to be folowed, so in this other Iehoiakims acte is to be abhorred: for Gods plague did light on him, and his housholde.

Note return to page 13961 [n] Which declareth that nothing could haue appeased their furie, if God had not moued this noble man to stande valiantly in his defence.

Note return to page 13962 [a] As touching the disposition of these prophecies, they that gathered them into a booke, did not altogether obserue the order of times, but did set some afore, which should be after, and contrariwise: which if the reader marke well, it shall auoide many doubtes, and make the reading much more easie.

Note return to page 13963 [b] By such signes the Prophets vsed sometimes to confirme their prophecies, which notwithstanding they could not doe of them selues, but in as much as they had a reuelation for the same, Isa.20 2. and therefore the false prophets to get more credite, did vse also such visible signes but they had no reuelation, 1.King.22.11.

Note return to page 13964 [c] Reade Chap. 25.9.

Note return to page 13965 [d] Meaning, Euilmerodach, and his sonne Belshazar.

Note return to page 13966 [e] They shall bring him, and his kingdome in subiection, as Chap.25.14.

Note return to page 13967 Chap.14.14. and 23.21. and 29.9.

Note return to page 13968 Chap.28.3.

Note return to page 13969 [f] Which were taken when Ieconiah was ledde captiue into Babel.

Note return to page 13970 [g] For it was not onely the Prophets office to shewe the word of God, but also to pray for the sinnes of the people, Gen.20.7. which these coulde not do because they had no expresse worde: for God had pronounced the contrary.

Note return to page 13971 2.King.25.13.

Note return to page 13972 2.King.24.12,15.

Note return to page 13973 [h] That is, for the space of seuentie yeres, till I haue caused the Medes and Persians to ouercome the Caldeans.

Note return to page 13974 [a] When Ieremiah began to beare these bondes and yokes.

Note return to page 13975 [b] After that the land had rested, as Leuit.25.2.

Note return to page 13976 [c] This was a citie in Beniamin belonging to the sonnes of Aaron, Iosh.21.17.

Note return to page 13977 Ebr two yeeres of dayes.

Note return to page 13978 [d] He was so esteemed, though hee was a false prophet.

Note return to page 13979 [e] That is, I would wish the same for Gods honor, and welth of my people, but he hath appointed the contrarie.

Note return to page 13980 [f] Meaning, that the Prophets that did either denounce warre or peace, were tried either true or false by the successe of their prophecies. Albeit God maketh to come to passe sometime that which the false prophet speaketh, to trye the faith of his, Deut.13.3.

Note return to page 13981 [g] This declareth the impudencie of the wicked hirelings, which haue no zeale to the trueth, but are led with ambition to get the fauour of men, and therefore cannot abide any, that might discredite them, but burst forth into rages, and contrarie to their owne conscience, passe not what lies they report, or howe wickedly they do, so that they may mainteine their estimation.

Note return to page 13982 [h] That is, a hard, & cruel seruitude.

Note return to page 13983 [i] Signifying, that all should be his, as Dan.2.38.

Note return to page 13984 [k] Seeing this thing was euident in the eies of the people and yet they returned not to the Lord, it is manifest, that miracles can not moue vs, neither the word itselfe, except God touch the heart.

Note return to page 13985 Or, letter.

Note return to page 13986 [a] For some dyed in the way.

Note return to page 13987 [b] Meaning, Ieconiahs mother.

Note return to page 13988 Chap.24.1.

Note return to page 13989 [c] To intreate of some equall condicions.

Note return to page 13990 [d] To wit, the Lorde, whose worke this was.

Note return to page 13991 [e] The prophet speaketh not this for the affection that he bare to the tyrant but that they should pray for the common rest, and quietnes, that their troubles might not be increased, and that they might with more pacience and lesse griefe wayte for the time of their deliuerance, which God had appointed most certeine: for els not onely the Israelites, but all the world, yea, and the insensible creatures should reioyce when these tyrants should bee destroyed, as Isa. 14.4.

Note return to page 13992 [f] When your oppression shalbe great, and your afflictions cause you to repent your disobedience, and also when the seuentie yeeres of your captiuitie shalbe expired, 2.Chro.36.22. Ezra.1.1. Chap.25. 12. dan.9.2.

Note return to page 13993 [g] As Ahab, Zedekiah, and Shemaiah.

Note return to page 13994 [h] Whereby hee assureth them, that there shalbe no hope of returning before the time appointed.

Note return to page 13995 [i] According to the comparison, Chap.24.1,2.

Note return to page 13996 [k] Read Chap. 26.6.

Note return to page 13997 [l] Reade Chap. 7. 13. & 25.3.& 26.5.

Note return to page 13998 [m] Because they gaue the people hope of speedie returning.

Note return to page 13999 [n] Which was adultery, and falsifying the worde of God.

Note return to page 14000 Or, dreamer.

Note return to page 14001 [o] Shemaiah the false prophet flattereth Zephaniah the chiefe Priest, as though God had giuen him the spirit and zeale of Iehoiada to punish whosoeuer trespassed against the word of God, of the which hee would haue made Ieremiah one, calling him a rauer and a false prophet.

Note return to page 14002 [p] He & his seede shalbe destroyed, so that none of them should see the benefite of this deliuerance.

Note return to page 14003 [a] Because they should be assured and their posteritie confirmed in the hope of this deliuerance promised.

Note return to page 14004 [b] He sheweth that before that this deliuerance shall come, the Caldeans should be extremely afflicted by their enemies, and that they shoulde bee in such perplexitie and sorowe as a woman in her trauaile, as Isa.13.8.

Note return to page 14005 [c] Meaning, that the time of their captiuitie should be grieuous.

Note return to page 14006 [d] When I shall visite Babylon.

Note return to page 14007 [e] Of the King of Babylon.

Note return to page 14008 [f] To wit, of Iaakob.

Note return to page 14009 [g] That is, Messiah, which should come of the stocke of Dauid according to the flesh, and should be the true pastor, as Ezek.34.23. who is set forth, and his kingdome that should bee euerlasting, in the person of Dauid, Hos.3 5.

Note return to page 14010 [h] Heade Chap. 10.24.

Note return to page 14011 [i] Meaning, that no man is able to finde out a meane to deliuer them, but that it must be the worke of God.

Note return to page 14012 [k] The Assyrians and Egyptians whom thou didest entertaine with giftes, who left thee in thine affliction.

Note return to page 14013 [l] Herein is commended Gods great mercie toward his, who doth not destroy them for their sinnes, but correct and chastise them, till he haue purged and pardoned them, and so burneth the rods by the which he did punish them, Isa.33.1.

Note return to page 14014 [m] Meaning, that the citie and the Temple should be restored to their former state.

Note return to page 14015 [n] Hee sheweth howe the people shall with praise and thankesgiuing acknowledge this benefite.

Note return to page 14016 [o] Meaning, Zerubbabel, who was the figure of Christ, in whome this was accomplished.

Note return to page 14017 [p] Signifying, that Christ doeth willingly submit himselfe to the obedience of God his father.

Note return to page 14018 [q] Lest the wicked hypocrites should flatter themselues with these promises, the Prophet sheweth what shal be their portion.

Note return to page 14019 [r] When this Messiah and deliuerer is sent.

Note return to page 14020 [a] When this noble gouernour shal come: meaning Christ, not onely Iudah and Israel, but the rest of the world shalbe called.

Note return to page 14021 [b] Which were deliuered fr&obar; the crueltie of Pharaoh.

Note return to page 14022 [c] To wit, God.

Note return to page 14023 [d] The people thus reason as though he were not so beneficiall to them nowe, as he had bene of olde.

Note return to page 14024 [e] Thus the Lord answereth that his loue is not changeable.

Note return to page 14025 [f] Thou shalt haue still occasion to reioyce: which is m&ebar;t by tabrets and dancing, as their custome was after notable victories, Exod.15.20. iudges 5.2. and chap.11.34.

Note return to page 14026 [g] Because the Israelites, which were the ten tribes, neuer returned to Samaria, therefore this must be spiritually vnderstand vnder the kingdome of Christ, which was the restauration of the true Israel.

Note return to page 14027 [h] That is, shall eate the fruite thereof, as Leuiticus 19.23. deuter.20.6.

Note return to page 14028 [i] The ministers of the word.

Note return to page 14029 [k] They shall exhort all to the embracing of the Gospel, as Isa.2.3.

Note return to page 14030 [l] Hee sheweth what shall be the concorde and loue of all vnder the Gospel, where none shalbe refused for their infirmities; and euery one shall exhort one another to embrace it.

Note return to page 14031 [m] That is, lamenting their sinnes, which had not giuen care to the Prophets, & therefore it followeth that God receiued them to mercie, Chap.50.4. Some take it that they should weepe for ioye.

Note return to page 14032 [n] Where they found no impediments, but abundance of al things.

Note return to page 14033 [o] That is, my dearely beloued, as the first childe is to the father.

Note return to page 14034 [p] That is, from the Babylonians, and other enemies.

Note return to page 14035 [q] By these temporall benefites he meaneth the spirituall graces, which are in the Church, and whereof there should bee euer plentie, Isa.58.11,12.

Note return to page 14036 [r] In the companie of the faithfull, which euer praise God for his benefites.

Note return to page 14037 [s] Meaning the spirit of wisedome, knowledge and zeale.

Note return to page 14038 [t] To declare the greatnesse of Gods mercie in deliuering the Iewes, hee sheweth them that they were like to the Beniamites, or Israelites: that is, vtterly destroyed and caried away, in so much that if Rahel the mother of Beniamin coulde haue risen againe to seeke for her childr&ebar;, she should haue found none remayning.

Note return to page 14039 [u] That is, the people that were led captiue.

Note return to page 14040 [x] Which was wanton and could not be subiect to the yoke.

Note return to page 14041 [y] Hee sheweth how the faithfull vse to pray: that is, desire God to turne them, for as much as they can not turne of themselues.

Note return to page 14042 [z] In signe of rep&ebar;tance, and detestation of my sinne.

Note return to page 14043 [a] As though he would say, No: for by his iniquitie he did what laye in him to cast me off.

Note return to page 14044 [b] To wit, in pitying him for my promes sake.

Note return to page 14045 [c] Marke by what way thou diddest go into captiuitie, & thou shalt turne againe by the same.

Note return to page 14046 [d] Because their deliuerance fr&obar; Babylon was a figure of their deliuerance from sinne, he sheweth how this should be procured, to wit, by Iesus Christ whome a woman should conceiue, & beare in her wombe. Which is a str&abar;ge thing in earth, because he should be borne of a virgine without man: or, he meaneth, that Ierusalem which was like a barren woman in her captiuitie, should be fruitfull as she, that is ioyned in mariage, and whome God blesseth with children.

Note return to page 14047 [e] Hauing vnderstand this vision of the Messiah to come, in whom the two houses of Israel and Iudah should be ioyned, I reioyced.

Note return to page 14048 [f] I will multiplie, and enriche them with people and cattell.

Note return to page 14049 [g] The wicked vsed this prouerbe, wh&ebar; they did murmure against Gods iudgments pronounced by the Prophets, saying, That their fathers had committed the fault, and that the children were punished, Ezek.18.3.

Note return to page 14050 [h] Though the couenant of redemption made to the fathers, and this which was giuen after, seeme diuers, yet they are all one, and grounded on Iesus Christ, saue that this is called newe, because of the manifestation of Christ, and the abundant graces of the holy Ghost giuen to his Church vnder the Gospel.

Note return to page 14051 [i] And so were the occasion of their owne diuorcement through their infidelitie, Isa.50.1.

Note return to page 14052 Or, master.

Note return to page 14053 [k] In the time of Christ my law shal in steade of tables of stone be written in their heartes by mine holy Spirit, Ebrew.8.10.

Note return to page 14054 [l] Vnder the kingdome of Christ there shalbe none blinded with ignorance, but I will giue them faith, and knowledge of God for remission of their sinnes and dayly increase the same: so that it shall not seeme to come so much by the preaching of my ministers, as by the instruction of my holy Spirit, Isa.54.13. but the full accomplishing hereof is referred to the kingdome of Christ, when we shall be ioyned with our head.

Note return to page 14055 [m] If the sunne, moone, and starres can not but giue light according to mine ordinance, so long as this worlde lasteth, so shall my Church neuer faile, neither shall any thing hinder it: and as sure as I will haue a people, so certaine is it, that I will leaue them my word for euer to gouerne them with.

Note return to page 14056 [n] The one and the other is impossible.

Note return to page 14057 [o] As it was perfourmed, Nehemiah 3.1. By this description he sheweth that the citie should be as ample, and beautifull as euer it was: but he alludeth to the spirituall Ierusalem, whose beautie should be incomparable.

Note return to page 14058 [a] So that Ieremiah had now prophecied from the thirtenth yeere of Iosiah vnto the last yeere saue one of Zedekiahs reigne, which was almost fourtie yeeres.

Note return to page 14059 Chap.29.16,17. and 34.2.

Note return to page 14060 [b] Till I take Zodekiah away by death: for he shall not die by the sword, as chap.34.4.

Note return to page 14061 [c] Whereby was ment that the people should returne againe out of captiuitie and enioye their possessions and vineyards, as verse 15.and 44.

Note return to page 14062 Or, right to redeeme it.

Note return to page 14063 [d] Because he was next of the kinred, as Ruth 4.4.

Note return to page 14064 [e] Of the possession of the Leuites, reade Leuit.25.32.

Note return to page 14065 [f] Which mounteth to of our money, about tenne shillings six pence, if this shekel were the common shekel, reade Gene.23. 15. for the shekel of the Temple was of double value and ten pieces of siluer were halfe a shekel, for twentie made the shekel.

Note return to page 14066 [g] According to the custome the instrument or euidence was sealed vp with the common seale, and a copie thereof remained, which c&obar;teined the same in effect, but was not so autentical as the other, but was left open to be seene if any thing should bee called into doubt.

Note return to page 14067 [h] And so to hide them in the gro&ubar;d, that they might be preserued as a token of their deliuerance.

Note return to page 14068 Or, hid.

Note return to page 14069 Exod.34.7. deut.5.9.

Note return to page 14070 [i] Because the wicked are subiect to the curse of God, he sheweth, that their posteritie, which by nature are vnder this malediction, shalbe punished both for their owne wickednes, and that the iniquitie of their fathers, which is likewise in them, shalbe also reuenged on their head.

Note return to page 14071 [k] Meaning, that his miracles in deliuering his people, should neuer be forgotten.

Note return to page 14072 [l] The worde signifieth any thing that is cast vp, as a mount or ram part, and is also vsed for engins of warre, which were layde on an hie place to shoote into a citie before that gunnes were in vse.

Note return to page 14073 [m] That is, of euery creature: who as they are his worke, so doeth he gouerne and guide them as pleaseth him, whereby he sheweth that as he is the authour of this their captiuitie for their sinnes, so wil he for his mercies be their redeemer to restore them againe to libertie.

Note return to page 14074 [n] From the time that I brought them out of Egypt, and made them my people, and called them my first borne.

Note return to page 14075 [o] Reade Pro.1.24. isa.65.2. chap 7.13. and 25.3.& 26.5. & 29.19.& 2.chro. 36.15.and chap.35. 14. and 44.4.

Note return to page 14076 [p] That is, the altars, which were made to offer sacrifice vpon to their idoles.

Note return to page 14077 [q] Reade Chap. 7.31. 2.King.21.4,6.

Note return to page 14078 [r] Reade 2.King. 16.3.

Note return to page 14079 [s] Reade Chap. 30.16.

Note return to page 14080 Deut.30.3.

Note return to page 14081 Chap.30.22.

Note return to page 14082 [t] One consent and one religion, as Ezek.11.19.and 36.27.

Note return to page 14083 [u] Reade Chap. 31.32,33.

Note return to page 14084 [x] This is the declaration of that, which was spoken, verse 8.

Note return to page 14085 [a] Which was in the Kings house at Ierusalem, as chap. 32.1,2.

Note return to page 14086 [b] To wit, of Ierusalem, who as he made it, so will he preserue it, reade Isai.37.26.

Note return to page 14087 [c] Reade Chap. 32.24.

Note return to page 14088 [d] The Iewes thinke to ouercome the Caldeans, but they seeke their owne destruction.

Note return to page 14089 [e] He sheweth that Gods fauour is cause of all prosperitie, as his anger is of all aduersitie.

Note return to page 14090 [f] In the mids of his threatnings God remembreth his and comforteth them.

Note return to page 14091 [g] Declaring that there is no deliuerance nor ioy, but whereas we feele remission of sinnes.

Note return to page 14092 [h] Whereby hee sheweth that the Church, wherein is remission of sinnes, is Gods honour and glory, so that whosoeuer is enemie to it, laboureth to dishonour God.

Note return to page 14093 [i] Which was a song appointed for the Leuites to prayse God by, 1.Chro.16.8. psal. 105.1. isa.12.4. Psal 106.1.& psal. 107.1.& psal.118.1. and psal.136.1.

Note return to page 14094 [k] Meaning that all the countrey of Iudah shall be inhabited againe.

Note return to page 14095 [l] That is, I will send the Messiah, which shall come of the house of Dauid, of whome this prophecie is meant, as testifie all the Iewes, and that which is written, Chap.23.5.

Note return to page 14096 [m] To wit, Christ that shal call his Church.

Note return to page 14097 [n] That is, Christ is our Lord God, our righteousnes, sanctification, and redemption, 1.Cor.1.30.

Note return to page 14098 [o] This is chiefly meant of the spirituall sacrifice of thankesgiuing, which is left to the Church in the time of Christ, who was the euerlasting Priest and the euerlasting sacrifice figured by the sacrifice of the Lawe.

Note return to page 14099 [p] Reade Chap. 31.35.

Note return to page 14100 [q] Meaning, the Caldeans & other infidels which thought God had vtterly cast off Iudah and Israel or Beniamin, because he did correct them for a time for their amendment.

Note return to page 14101 [a] Who commonly of Ieremiah was called Nebuchad-rezzar, and of other Nebuchad-nezzar.

Note return to page 14102 2.Chro.36.19. chap.29.16,17. and 32.3.

Note return to page 14103 [b] Not of any violent death.

Note return to page 14104 [c] The Iewes shall lament for thee their lorde and King.

Note return to page 14105 [d] When the enemie was at hand, and they saw them selues in danger, they would seeme holy, and so began some kinde of reformation: but soone after they vttered their hypocrisie.

Note return to page 14106 [e] According to the Lawe, Exod.21.2. Deut.15.12.

Note return to page 14107 Ebr. returned.

Note return to page 14108 Or, bondage.

Note return to page 14109 Deut.15.1,12.

Note return to page 14110 [f] Meaning, in the Temple, to declare that it was a most solemne and streit couenant, made in the Name of the Lord.

Note return to page 14111 [g] That is, I giue the sword libertie to destroy you.

Note return to page 14112 [h] As touching this maner of solemne couenant which the ancient vsed by passing betweene the two partes of a beasts, to signifie that the transgressour of the same couenant should be so diuided in pieces, reade Gen. 15.10.

Note return to page 14113 [i] To fight against the Egyptians, as Chap.37.11.

Note return to page 14114 [a] For the disposition and order of these prophecies, reade Chap.27.1.

Note return to page 14115 [b] They came of Hobab Moses father in lawe, who was no Israelite, but after ioyned with them in the seruice of God.

Note return to page 14116 [c] That is, a Prophet.

Note return to page 14117 Or, doore.

Note return to page 14118 [d] The Prophet saith not, The Lord saith thus: for then they ought to haue obeyed: but he tendeth to another ende: that is, to declare their obedience to man, seeing the Iewes would not obey God himselfe.

Note return to page 14119 [e] Whom Iehu the King of Israel fauoured for his zeale, 2.King.10.15.

Note return to page 14120 [f] Teaching them hereby to flee all occasion of intemperancie, ambition and auarice, and that they might knowe that they were strangers in the earth, and be readie to depart at all occasions.

Note return to page 14121 [g] Which was now for the space of three hundreth yeeres from Iehu to Iehoiakim.

Note return to page 14122 [h] Which declareth that they were not so bound to their vowe, that it could not be broken for any necessitie: for where they were commanded to dwell in tents, they dwel nowe at Ierusalem for feare of the warres.

Note return to page 14123 [i] Whome I haue chosen to be my children, seeing these which were the children of an heath&ebar; man, obeyed the commandement of their father.

Note return to page 14124 [k] I haue most diligently exhorted and warned you both by my selfe and my Prophets.

Note return to page 14125 Chap.18.11. and 25.5.

Note return to page 14126 [l] That is, by his Prophets and ministers: which sheweth that it is as much as though he should speake to vs himselfe, when he sendeth his ministers to speake in his Name.

Note return to page 14127 [m] His posteritie shall continue and be in my fauour for euer.

Note return to page 14128 [a] Reade Chap. 25.1.

Note return to page 14129 [b] Which were twentie and three yere, as Chap 25.3. counting from the thirtenth yeere of Iosiahs reigne.

Note return to page 14130 [c] As he did indite.

Note return to page 14131 [d] Meaning, in prison, through the malice of the Priestes.

Note return to page 14132 [e] Which was proclaimed for feare of the Babyloni&abar;s, as their custome was when they feared warre or any great plague of God.

Note return to page 14133 [f] He sheweth that fasting without prayer and repentance auaileth nothing, but is mere hypocrisie.

Note return to page 14134 [g] The fast was then proclaimed, and Baruch read this roule, which was a litle before that Ierusalem was first taken, and then Iehoiakim and Daniel, and his companions were ledde away captiues.

Note return to page 14135 [h] Which is the East gate of the Temple.

Note return to page 14136 [i] The godly were afraide, seeing God so offended, and the wicked were astonied for the horror of the punishment.

Note return to page 14137 [k] They that were godly among the princes, gaue this counsell, by whose meanes it is like that Ieremiah was deliuered: for they knew the rage of the King and of the wicked to be such, that they could not escape without danger of their liues.

Note return to page 14138 [l] Which conteined part of Nouember and part of December.

Note return to page 14139 [m] Shewing, that the wicked in steade of repenting when they heare Gods iudgements, grow into further malice against him and his word.

Note return to page 14140 [n] Thus we see the continuall care, that God hath euer ouer his to preserue them from the rage of the wicked.

Note return to page 14141 [o] Though the wicked thinke to haue abolished the worde of God, when they haue burnt the booke thereof: yet this declareth that God wil not onely raise it vp againe, but also increase it in greater abundance to their condemnation, as vers.32.

Note return to page 14142 [p] These are Iehoiakims wordes.

Note return to page 14143 [q] Though Iehoiachin his sonne succeeded him, yet because he reigned but three moneths, it was esteemed as no reigne.

Note return to page 14144 [r] Reade Chap. 22.19.

Note return to page 14145 2.Kin.24.17. a.chro.36.10. chap.52.1.

Note return to page 14146 [a] Who was called Iehoiachin, of Ieconiah.

Note return to page 14147 [b] And called him Zedekiah, whereas before his name was Mattaniah, 2.King.24.17.

Note return to page 14148 Ebr. hand.

Note return to page 14149 [c] Because he was afrayd of the Caldeans that came against him.

Note return to page 14150 [d] That is, was out of prison and at libertie.

Note return to page 14151 [e] To helpe the Iewes.

Note return to page 14152 Ebr. went vp.

Note return to page 14153 Or, lift not vp your mindes.

Note return to page 14154 [f] As some thinke to go to Anathoth his owne towne.

Note return to page 14155 [g] By the which men went into the countrey of Beniamin.

Note return to page 14156 Ebr. fallest.

Note return to page 14157 [h] Because it was a vile and straight prison.

Note return to page 14158 Chap.28.4.

Note return to page 14159 Ebr. fall.

Note return to page 14160 [i] That is, so long as there was any bread in the citie: thus God prouideth for his that he wil cause their enemies to preserue them to that end whereunto hee hath appointed them.

Note return to page 14161 [a] For Zedekiah had sent these to Ieremiah to inquire at the Lord for the state of the countrey nowe when Nebuchad-nezzar came, as Chap.21.1.

Note return to page 14162 [b] Reade Chap. 21.9.and 45.5.

Note return to page 14163 Or, discourageth.

Note return to page 14164 [c] Thus we see how the wicked when they can not abide to heare the trueth of Gods worde, seeke to put the ministers to death as transgressours of policies.

Note return to page 14165 [d] Wherein he grieuously offended in that that not onely hee would not heare the trueth spoken by the Prophet, but also gaue him to the lustes of the wicked to be cruelly intreated.

Note return to page 14166 Ebr. Cushite, or, Ethiopian.

Note return to page 14167 [e] To heare matters and giue sentence.

Note return to page 14168 [f] Hereby is declared that the Prophet found more fauour at this strangers hands, then he did by all them of his countrey which was to their great condemnation.

Note return to page 14169 Ebr. vnder thine hand.

Note return to page 14170 [g] Where the King had set him before to be at more libertie, as Chap.37.21.

Note return to page 14171 [h] And yelde thy selfe vnto them.

Note return to page 14172 [i] Which declareth that he more feared the reproch of men then the threatnings of God.

Note return to page 14173 [k] When Ieconiah and his mother with others were caried away, these women of the kings house were left: which shalbe taken, sayth the Prophet, and tell the King of Babel how Zedekiah hath bene seduced by his familiar friends and false prophets, which haue left him in the myre.

Note return to page 14174 [l] Herein appeareth the infirmitie of the Prophet, who did dissemble to saue his life albeit it was not to the deniall of his doctrine, or to the hurt of any.

Note return to page 14175 2.King.25.1. chap.52.4.

Note return to page 14176 [a] The gates and walles were broken downe.

Note return to page 14177 [b] Which was a posterne doore, reade 2.Kin.25.4.

Note return to page 14178 [c] Which is called Antiochia in Syria.

Note return to page 14179 Or, captaine of the garde.

Note return to page 14180 [d] For the riche and the mightie which put their trust in their shifts and meanes, were by Gods iust iudgements most rigorously handled.

Note return to page 14181 Ebr. by the hand of.

Note return to page 14182 Ebr. set thine eyes vpon him.

Note return to page 14183 [e] Thus God preserued his Prophet by his means, whome he made the scourge to punish the King, and them that were his enemies.

Note return to page 14184 [f] Whome the King of Babel had now appointed gouernour ouer the rest of the Iewes that he left behinde.

Note return to page 14185 [g] Thus God recompensed his zeale and fauour, which he shewed to his Prophet in his troubles.

Note return to page 14186 [a] From this seconde verse, vnto Chap.42.7. it seemeth to be as a parenthesis, and separated matter: and there this storie beginneth againe, and this vision is declared what it was.

Note return to page 14187 [b] God moued this infidell to speake this, to declare the great blindnesse and obstinacie of the Iewes, which coulde not feele that which this heathen man confessed.

Note return to page 14188 Ebr. cease.

Note return to page 14189 Or, at thy commandement.

Note return to page 14190 [c] Which was a citie of Iudah.

Note return to page 14191 [d] Which were scattered abroad for feare of the Caldeans.

Note return to page 14192 [e] Who was of the Kings blood and after slewe him, Chap.41.2.

Note return to page 14193 2.King.25.24.

Note return to page 14194 Or, to receiue them, or to intreate them for you.

Note return to page 14195 Or, chosen to dwell in.

Note return to page 14196 [f] Which were fled also for feare of the Caldeans.

Note return to page 14197 [g] For vnder the colour of entertaining of Ishmael he sought onely to make them to destroy one another.

Note return to page 14198 [h] Thus the godly, which thinke no harme to others, are soonest deceiued and neuer lacke such as conspire their destruction.

Note return to page 14199 [a] The citie was destroyed in the fourth moneth: and in the seuenth moneth, which contained part of September, & part of October, was the gouernour Gedaliah slaine.

Note return to page 14200 [b] Meaning, Zedekiah.

Note return to page 14201 [c] They did eate together as familiar friendes.

Note return to page 14202 [d] For they thought that the Temple had not bene destroyed, and therefore came vp to the feast of Tabernacles, but hearing of the burning thereof in the way, they shewed these signes of sorowe.

Note return to page 14203 [e] For his death was kept secret, and he fained that he lamented for the destruction of Ierusalem and the Temple: but after slewe them when they seemed to fauour Gedaliah.

Note return to page 14204 [f] Asa fortified Mizpah for feare of the enemie, and cast ditches and trenches, 1.King. 15.22.

Note return to page 14205 [g] Which had bene captaines vnder Zedekiah.

Note return to page 14206 [h] For Baalis the King of the Ammonites was the cause of this murther.

Note return to page 14207 [i] Which place Dauid of olde had giuen to Chimham the sonne of Barzillai the Gileadite, 2.Sam.19.38.

Note return to page 14208 Ebr. Let our prayer fall before thee, as Chap.36.7.

Note return to page 14209 [a] This declareth the nature of hypocrites, which would knowe of Gods word what they shoulde doe, but wil not folow it, but in asmuch as it agreeth with that thing which they haue purposed to doe.

Note return to page 14210 [b] There are none more ready to abuse the Name of God and take it in vaine, then the hypocrites, which to colour their falsehode vse it without all reuerence, and make it a meanes for them to deceiue the simple and the godly.

Note return to page 14211 [c] Here is declared the vision and the occasion thereof, whereof mention was made, Chap.40.1.

Note return to page 14212 [d] Reade Chap. 18.8.

Note return to page 14213 [e] Because all Kings heartes and wayes are in his handes, he can turne them and dispose them as it pleaseth him, and therefore they neede not to feare man, but onely obey God, Prouerb.21.1.

Note return to page 14214 Or, returne.

Note return to page 14215 [f] Thus God turneth the policie of the wicked to their owne destruction: for they thought themselues sure in Egypt, and there Nebuchad-nezzar destroyed them, and the Egyptians, Chap. 46.25.

Note return to page 14216 [g] Reade Chap. 26.6.and 24.12. shewing that this should come vpon them for their infidelitie and stubbernesse.

Note return to page 14217 [h] For you were fully minded to goe into Egypt, whatsoeuer God spake to the contrary.

Note return to page 14218 [i] To wit, in Egypt.

Note return to page 14219 [a] Who was also called Iezaniah, Chap.42.1.

Note return to page 14220 [b] This declareth that pride is the cause of rebellion, and contempt of Gods ministers.

Note return to page 14221 [c] When the hypocrisie of the wicked is discouered, they brast forth into open rage: for they can abide nothing but flatteries, reade Isai.30.10.

Note return to page 14222 [d] He sheweth what is the nature of the hypocrites: to wit, to fayne that they woulde obey God and imbrace his worde, if they were assured that his messengers spake the trueth: though in deede they be most farre from all obedience.

Note return to page 14223 [e] Thus the wicked doe not onely contemne and hurt the messengers of God, but slander, & speake wickedly of all them þt; support or fauour þe; godly.

Note return to page 14224 [f] As from the Moabites, Ammonites, & Edomites, Chap.40.11.

Note return to page 14225 [g] Whom these wicked led away by force.

Note return to page 14226 [h] A citie in Egypt neere to Nilus.

Note return to page 14227 [i] Which signified that Nebuchad-nezzar shoulde come euen to the gates of Pharaoh, where were his bricke killes for his buildings.

Note return to page 14228 [k] Reade Chap. 25.9.

Note return to page 14229 [l] Euery one shall be slaine by that meanes that God hath appointed, Chap.15.2.

Note return to page 14230 [m] Meaning, most easily, and suddenly shall he cary the Egyptians away.

Note return to page 14231 Or, the house of the sunne.

Note return to page 14232 [a] These were all famous and strong cities in Egypt, where the Iewes, that were fled, dwelt for their safetie: but the Prophet declareth that there is no holde so strong, that can preserue them from Gods vengeance.

Note return to page 14233 [b] Reade Chap.7. 25.and 25.3.& 36. 5.& 29.19. & 32.33.

Note return to page 14234 [c] He setteth before their eyes Gods iudgements against Iudah and Ierusalem for their idolatrie, that they might beware by their example, and not with the like wickednes prouoke the Lord: for th&ebar; they should be double punished.

Note return to page 14235 [d] Hee sheweth that we ought to keepe in memorie Gods plagues from the beginning, that considering them, we might liue in his feare, and know, if he haue not spared our fathers, yea, Kings, princes, and rulers, and also whole countreys, and nations for their sinnes, that we vile wormes cannot looke to escape punishment for ours.

Note return to page 14236 Or, beaten downe.

Note return to page 14237 Amos 9.4.

Note return to page 14238 [e] Which haue fully set their mindes, and are gone thither on purpose. Whereby he excepteth the innocents as Ieremiah and Baruch that were forced: therefore the Lord sheweth, that he wil set his face against them: that is, purposely destroy them.

Note return to page 14239 [f] Reade Chap.26. 6. and 41.18.

Note return to page 14240 Ebr. lift vp their soules.

Note return to page 14241 [g] Meaning, but a fewe.

Note return to page 14242 [h] This declareth howe dangerous a thing it is to decline once from God, and to followe our owne fantasies: for Satan euer soliciteth such and doth not leaue them till he haue brought them to extreme impudencie and madnes, euen to iustifie their wickednes against God and his Prophets.

Note return to page 14243 [i] Reade Chap.7. 18. It seemeth that the papists gathered of this place Salue Regina, and Regina celi letare, calling the virgin Marie Queene of heauen, & so of the blessed virgin, and mother of our Sauiour Christ made an idole: for here the Prophet condemneth their idolatrie.

Note return to page 14244 Ebr. we were satiate with bread.

Note return to page 14245 [k] This is still the argument of idolaters, which esteeme religion by the bellie, and in steade of acknowledging Gods woorkes, who sendeth both plentie and dearth, health and sicknesse, they attribute it to their idoles, and so dishonour God.

Note return to page 14246 Or, saw.

Note return to page 14247 Or, want.

Note return to page 14248 Or, to appease her.

Note return to page 14249 [l] This teacheth vs how great danger it is for the husbands to permit their wiues any thing wherof they be not assured by Gods woorde: for thereby they take an occasion to iustifie their doings, & their husbands shall giue an accompt thereof before God, reade Isa.3.25.

Note return to page 14250 Ebr. is it not come vp into his heart?

Note return to page 14251 [m] You haue committed double euil in making wicked vowes, and in performing the same.

Note return to page 14252 [n] This declareth an horrible plague toward idolaters, seeing that God wil not vouchsafe to haue his Name mentioned by such as haue polluted it.

Note return to page 14253 [o] We see therfore, that God hath a perpetuall care ouer his, wheresoeuer they are scattered: for though they be but two or three, yet he wil deliuer them wh&ebar; he destroieth his enemies.

Note return to page 14254 [p] He sheweth the meanes whereby they should be destroied, to assure them of þe; certeintie of the plague, & yet they remain still in their obstinacie till they perish: for Iosephus lib.10.de Antiq. cap.11. writeth þt; fiue yere after the taking of Ierusal&ebar;, Nebuchad-nezzar the yonger, hauing ouercome the Moabites and the Ammonites, went against Egypt, and slew the King, & so brought these Iewes, and other into Babylon.

Note return to page 14255 [a] Which was Ieremiahs disciple, and wrote his prophesies vnder him.

Note return to page 14256 [b] Whereof read Chap.36.9,10.

Note return to page 14257 [c] Baruch mooued with an inconsiderate zeale of Ieremiahs imprisonment, but chiefly for the destruction of the people, and the Temple, maketh this lamentation, as Psal.6.6.

Note return to page 14258 [d] Meaning, that God might destroy this people because he had planted them.

Note return to page 14259 [e] Thinkest thou to haue honour and credit? wherein he sheweth his infirmitie.

Note return to page 14260 [f] Read chap.21.9.

Note return to page 14261 [a] That is, nine nations, which are round about the land of Egypt.

Note return to page 14262 [b] Read 2.King. 23.29.& 24.7.& 2.chro.35.20.

Note return to page 14263 [c] He warneth the Egyptians to prepare themselues to warre.

Note return to page 14264 [d] The Prophet had this vision of the Egyptians which should be put to flight by the Babylonians at Carchemish.

Note return to page 14265 [e] The Babylonians shal discomfite them at the riuer Euphrates.

Note return to page 14266 [f] He derideth the boastings of the Egyptians, who thought by their riches, and power to haue ouercome all the world, alluding to the riuer Nilus, which at certaine times ouerfloweth the co&ubar;trey of Egypt.

Note return to page 14267 [g] For these nations tooke part &wt; the Egyptians.

Note return to page 14268 [h] He calleth the slaughter of Gods enemies a sacrifice, because it is a thing that doeth please him, Isa.34.6

Note return to page 14269 [i] That is, at Carchemish.

Note return to page 14270 [k] For at Gilead did, growe most soueraine balme for woundes.

Note return to page 14271 [l] So called because Egypt had not yet bene ouercome by the enemie.

Note return to page 14272 [m] He sheweth that no salue or medicine can preuaile where as God giueth the wound.

Note return to page 14273 [n] As they that should repent that they helped the Egyptians.

Note return to page 14274 [o] He derideth them which shall impute their ouerthrowe to lacke of counsell and policie, or to fortune, and not obseruing of time, not considering that it is Gods iust iudgement.

Note return to page 14275 [p] To wit, that the Egyptians shalbe destroyed.

Note return to page 14276 [q] They haue abundance of all things, and therefore are disobedient and proude.

Note return to page 14277 [r] As verse 9.

Note return to page 14278 [s] They shalbe scarse able to speake for feare of the Caldeans.

Note return to page 14279 [t] Meaning, Egypt.

Note return to page 14280 [u] That is, they shall slaye the great and mightie men of power.

Note return to page 14281 [x] To wit, Nebuchad-nezzars armie.

Note return to page 14282 [y] Some take the Ebrewe worde Amon for the Kings name of No, þt; is, of Alexandria.

Note return to page 14283 [z] Meaning, that after the space of fourtie yeeres Egypt shoulde be restored, Isa.19.23. ezek.29.13.

Note return to page 14284 [a] God comforteth all his that were in captiuitie, but specially the small Church of the Iewes, whereof were Ieremiah and Baruch, which remained among the Egyptians: for the Lord neuer forsaketh his, Isa. 44.2. Chap.30.10.

Note return to page 14285 [b] Read chap.10.24.

Note return to page 14286 [a] Which was also called Gaza a citie of the Philistims.

Note return to page 14287 [b] He meaneth the armie of the Caldeans, Isa.8.7,8.

Note return to page 14288 [c] The great feare shall take away their naturall affection.

Note return to page 14289 [d] Their heart shal so faile them.

Note return to page 14290 [e] For the Caphtorims, which are also called Cappadocians, had destroyed in olde time the Philistims and dwelt in their land euen to Gaza, Deu.2.23.

Note return to page 14291 [f] They haue pulled off their heare for sorowe and heauinesse.

Note return to page 14292 [g] As the heathen vsed in their mourning which þe; Lord forbad his people to doe, Deut.14.1.

Note return to page 14293 [h] Meaning that it is not possible that the wicked should by any meanes escape or stay the Lord, when he wil take vengeance.

Note return to page 14294 [a] These were cities of the Moabites, which Nebuchad-nezzar tooke before he went to fight against Necho king of Egypt.

Note return to page 14295 [b] Thus shall the Babylonians incourage one another.

Note return to page 14296 [c] Reade Isa.25.10.

Note return to page 14297 [d] Horonaim and Luhith were two places whereby the Moabites should flee, Isa.15.5.

Note return to page 14298 [e] Hide your selues in barren places, where the enemie will not pursue after you, Chap.17.6.

Note return to page 14299 [f] That is, the idoles which are the workes of thine hands. Some reade, in thy possessions, for so the worde may signifie, as 1 Sam.25.2.

Note return to page 14300 [g] Both thy great idole and his mainteiners shall be led away captiues, so that they shal then knowe that it is in vaine to looke for helpe at idoles, Isai.15.2.

Note return to page 14301 [h] He sheweth that God would punish the Caldeans, if they did not destroy the Egyptians, & that with a courage, & calleth this executing of his vengeance against his enemies his worke: though the Caldeans sought another ende, Isa.10.12.

Note return to page 14302 Or, deceitfully.

Note return to page 14303 [i] Hath not bene remooued as the Iewes haue, but hath liued at ease, and as a wine that feedeth himselfe on his lees.

Note return to page 14304 [k] As the calfe of Beth-el was not able to deliuer the Israelites: no more shall Chemosh deliuer the Moabites.

Note return to page 14305 Ebr. gone vp, or destroyed.

Note return to page 14306 [l] Howe are they destroyed that put their trust in their strength and riches?

Note return to page 14307 [m] Thus they that flee, shall answere.

Note return to page 14308 [n] That is, his power & strength.

Note return to page 14309 [o] He willed the Caldeans to lay afflictions ynough vpon them, till they be like drunken men that fall downe to their shame and are derided of all.

Note return to page 14310 Or, shalbe full or clap his handes.

Note return to page 14311 [p] Thou reioycest to heare of his miserie.

Note return to page 14312 Isai.16.6.

Note return to page 14313 [q] He shall not execute his malice against his neighbours.

Note return to page 14314 [r] Reade Isai.16.1,8.

Note return to page 14315 [s] Which citie was in the vtmost border of Moab: and hereby he signifieth that the whole land should be destroyed and the people caried away.

Note return to page 14316 [t] Reade Isa.15.5.

Note return to page 14317 [u] Their custome was to play on flutes or instruments, heauie and graue tunes at burials and in the time of mourning, as Matth.9.23.

Note return to page 14318 Isai.15.2,3. ezek.7.18.

Note return to page 14319 Or, shauen.

Note return to page 14320 [x] That is, Nebuchad-nezzar, as Chap.49.22.

Note return to page 14321 [y] He that escapeth one danger, shall be taken of another, Isa.24.17.

Note return to page 14322 [z] They fled thither thinking to haue succour of the Amorites.

Note return to page 14323 [a] The Amorites had destroyed the Moabites in times past, and nowe because of their power, the Moabites shall seeke to them for helpe.

Note return to page 14324 [b] Which vanted themselues of their idole as though he coulde haue defended them.

Note return to page 14325 [c] That is, they shalbe restored by the Messiah.

Note return to page 14326 [a] They were seperated from the Moabites by the riuer Arnon, and after that the ten tribes were caried away into captiuitie, they inuaded the countrey of Gad.

Note return to page 14327 [b] To wit, of the Ammonites.

Note return to page 14328 [c] Meaning, of the Israelites.

Note return to page 14329 [d] Which was one of the chiefe cities of the Ammonites, as were Heshbon and Ai: there was also a citie called Heshbon among the Moabites.

Note return to page 14330 [e] In thy plentifull countrey.

Note return to page 14331 [f] Signifying that power and riches cannot preuaile when as God will execute his iudgements.

Note return to page 14332 [g] That is, without looking backe and as euery one can finde a way to escape.

Note return to page 14333 [h] In the time of Christ when the Gentiles shall be called.

Note return to page 14334 [i] Which was a citie of Edom called by the name of Teman Eliphaz sonne who came of Esau.

Note return to page 14335 [k] The enemies that shall dissemble as though they fled away, shall turne backe and inuade your land, and possesse it.

Note return to page 14336 [l] Meaning, þt; God would vtterly destroy them, and not spare one though þe; grape gatherers leaue some grapes and theeues seeke but till they haue ynough, Obad.1.5.

Note return to page 14337 [m] The destruction shall be so great, that there shall be none left to take care ouer the widowes, and fatherlesse.

Note return to page 14338 [n] I haue not spared mine owne peoples and howe should I pitie thee?

Note return to page 14339 [o] Which was a chiefe citie of Edom.

Note return to page 14340 [p] That is, Bozrah.

Note return to page 14341 Or, idoll.

Note return to page 14342 [q] To wit, Nebuchad-nezzar after he hath ouercome Iudah, which is ment by the swelling of Iordan, shall come against mount Seir and Edom.

Note return to page 14343 [r] That is, the Israelites, whom the Edomites kept as prisoners to haste away fr&obar; thence.

Note return to page 14344 [s] The captaine and gouernour of the armie, meaning, Nebuchad-nezzar.

Note return to page 14345 [t] They shall not be able to resist his petit captaines.

Note return to page 14346 [u] To wit, the enemie.

Note return to page 14347 [x] As Chap.48.40. was saide of Moab.

Note return to page 14348 [y] Which was the chiefe citie of Syria, whereby he meaneth þe; whole countrey.

Note return to page 14349 [z] When she heard the sudden comming of the enemie.

Note return to page 14350 [a] He speaketh this in the person of the King and of them of the countrey who shall wonder to see Damascus the chiefe citie destroied.

Note return to page 14351 [b] Who was King of Syria, 1.Kin.20. 26. and had builte these palaces, which were still called the palaces of Ben-hadad.

Note return to page 14352 [c] Meaning the Arabians, and their borderers.

Note return to page 14353 [d] Because they vsed to dwell in tents, hee nameth the things that pertaine thereunto.

Note return to page 14354 [e] The enemies will dwell in your places.

Note return to page 14355 [f] He sheweth that they of Hazor wil flee to the Arabians for succour, but that shall not auaile them.

Note return to page 14356 [g] That is, Persia: so called of Elam the sonne of Shem.

Note return to page 14357 [h] Because the Persians were good archers, he sheweth that the thing wherein they put their trust, should not profite them.

Note return to page 14358 [i] I will place Nebuchadnezzar there: and in these prophesies Ieremiah speaketh of those countreis, which shoulde be subdued vnder the first of those foure monarchies wherof Daniel maketh mention.

Note return to page 14359 [k] This may be referred to the empire of the Persians, and Medes after the Caldeans, or vnto the time of Christ, as Chap. 48.47.

Note return to page 14360 Ebr. hand.

Note return to page 14361 [a] After that God hath vsed the Babylonians seruice to punish other nations, he sheweth that their turne shall come to be punished.

Note return to page 14362 [b] These were two of their chiefe idoles.

Note return to page 14363 [c] To wit, the Medes, and the Persians.

Note return to page 14364 [d] When Cyrus shall take Babel.

Note return to page 14365 [e] Read Chap.31.9.

Note return to page 14366 [f] Their gouernours and ministers by their examples haue prouoked them to idolatrie.

Note return to page 14367 [g] They haue committed idolatrie in euery place.

Note return to page 14368 [h] For the Lord dwelt am&obar;g them in his Temple, and would haue maintained them by his iustice against their enemies.

Note return to page 14369 [i] When God shal deliuer you by Cyrus.

Note return to page 14370 [k] That is, most forward and without feare.

Note return to page 14371 [l] Shalbe made riche thereby.

Note return to page 14372 [m] For ioy of the victorie, that yee had against my people.

Note return to page 14373 [n] In signe of contempt, & disdaine.

Note return to page 14374 [o] Hee speaketh to the enemies the Medes & Persians.

Note return to page 14375 [p] Though the Lorde called the Babylonians his seruants, and their worke his worke in punishing his people, yet because they did it not to glorifie God, but for their owne malice, and to profite them selues, it is here called sinne.

Note return to page 14376 [q] Destroy her so that none be left to labour the ground or to take the fruit thereof.

Note return to page 14377 [r] Meaning, Tiglath-pelezar who caried away the ten tribes.

Note return to page 14378 [s] He caried away the rest, to wit, Iudah, and Beniamin.

Note return to page 14379 [t] That is, Babylon: thus the Lorde raiseth vp Cyrus.

Note return to page 14380 Ezek.23.23.

Note return to page 14381 Or, of them that should be visited.

Note return to page 14382 [u] Nebuchad-nezzar, who had smitten downe all the princes, & people of the world.

Note return to page 14383 Ebr. from the end.

Note return to page 14384 [x] Her princes and mightie men.

Note return to page 14385 [y] Of the Iewes which should be deliuered by Cyrus.

Note return to page 14386 Reuel.28.6.

Note return to page 14387 [z] He sheweth that when God executeth his iudgem&ebar;ts against his enemies, that his Church shall then haue rest.

Note return to page 14388 Ebr. liars.

Note return to page 14389 [a] For Cyrus did cut the riuer Euphrates and deuided the course thereof into many streames, so that it might be passed ouer as though there had beene no water: which thing he did by the co&ubar;sel of two of Belshazzars captains, who conspired against their King, because hee had gelded the one of them in despite, & slaine the sonne of the other.

Note return to page 14390 [b] Read Isa.13.21.

Note return to page 14391 Ebr. sonnes of the ostriches, or yong.

Note return to page 14392 Gene.19.24. isa.13.19.

Note return to page 14393 [c] Meaning, that the Persians should gather their armie of many nations.

Note return to page 14394 [d] Which is ment of Belshazzar, Dan.5.6.

Note return to page 14395 Chap.49.19.

Note return to page 14396 [e] Read. Chap. 49.19.

Note return to page 14397 Or, of the land that riseth vp.

Note return to page 14398 [a] The Medes and Persians, that shal destroy them as the winde doeth the chaffe.

Note return to page 14399 [b] Though they were forsaken for a time, yet they were not vtterly cast off as though their husband were dead.

Note return to page 14400 [c] He sheweth that there remaineth nothing for them that abide in Babylon, but destruction, Chap.17.6. and 48.6.

Note return to page 14401 [d] By whome the Lord powred out the drinke of his vengeance, to wh&obar; it pleased him.

Note return to page 14402 [e] For the great afflictions that they haue felt by the Babylonians.

Note return to page 14403 Isa.21.9. reuel.14.8.

Note return to page 14404 [f] Thus the people of God exhort one another to go to Zion and praise God.

Note return to page 14405 [g] In approuing our cause & punishing our enemies.

Note return to page 14406 Or, fill, or multiply.

Note return to page 14407 [h] For the wrong done to his people & to his Temple, Chap.50.28.

Note return to page 14408 [i] For the land of Caldea was full of riuers which ran into Euphrates.

Note return to page 14409 Or, measure.

Note return to page 14410 Ebr. his soule.

Note return to page 14411 Amos.6.8.

Note return to page 14412 Chap.10.12.

Note return to page 14413 [k] Reade Chap. 10.14.

Note return to page 14414 [l] When God shal execute his vengeance.

Note return to page 14415 [m] That is, the true God of Israel is not like to these idoles: for he can helpe when all things are desperate.

Note return to page 14416 [n] He meaneth the Medes & Persians, as he did before call the Babylonians, his hammer, Chap.50.23.

Note return to page 14417 [o] Not that Babylon stoode on a mountaine, but because it was strong and seemed inuincible.

Note return to page 14418 [p] From thy strong holds & fortresses.

Note return to page 14419 [q] By these three nations he meaneth Armenia the hier, and Armenia the lower, & Scythia: for Cyrus had gathered an armie of diuers nations.

Note return to page 14420 [r] By turning the course of the riuer, one side was made open, & the reedes that did growe in the water were destroyed, which Cyrus did by the co&ubar;sel of Gobria and Gabatha Belshazzars captaines.

Note return to page 14421 [s] When she shalbe cut vp & threshed.

Note return to page 14422 [t] This is spoken in the person of the Iewes, bewailing their state and the crueltie of the Babylonians.

Note return to page 14423 [u] Thus the Lord esteemeth the iniurie done to his Church as done to himselfe, because their cause is his.

Note return to page 14424 [x] When they are inflamed with surfeting & drinking, I will feast with them, alluding to Belshazzars b&abar;ket, Dan.5.2.

Note return to page 14425 [y] Meaning Babel, as Chap.25.26.

Note return to page 14426 [z] The great armie of the Medes and Persians.

Note return to page 14427 [a] That is, his gifts & presents which he had receiued as part of the spoyle of other nations, & which the idolaters brought vnto him from all countreys.

Note return to page 14428 [b] Meaning, that Babylon shoulde not be destroyed all at once, but by litle & litle should be brought to nothing: for the first yeere came the tydings, the next yere the siege, and in the third yeere it was taken: yet this is not that horrible destructi&obar; which þe; Prophets threatned in many places: for that was after this, wh&ebar; they rebelled and Darius ouercame them by the policie of Zopyrus & h&abar;ged three thousand gentlemen besides the common people.

Note return to page 14429 [c] All creatures in heauen and earth shal reioyce and praise God for the destruction of Babylon þe; great enemie of his Church.

Note return to page 14430 [d] Babylon did not only destroy Israel, but many other nations.

Note return to page 14431 [e] Ye that are now captiues in Babylon.

Note return to page 14432 [f] He sheweth how they should remember Ierusalem by lamenting the miserable affliction thereof.

Note return to page 14433 [g] For the walles were two hundreth foote hie.

Note return to page 14434 [h] I wil so astonish them by afflictions that they shal not knowe which way to turne them.

Note return to page 14435 [i] The thicknes of the wall was fiftie foote thicke.

Note return to page 14436 [k] This was not in the time of his captiuitie, but seuen yeeres before, when he went either to gratulate Nebuchad-nezzar, or to intreate of some matters.

Note return to page 14437 [l] S. Iohn in his reuelation alludeth to this place, when he sayth that the Angel tooke a milstone & cast it into the sea: signifying thereby the destruction of Babylon, Reue.18.21.

Note return to page 14438 [m] They shal not be able to resist, but shal labour in vaine.

Note return to page 14439 2.King.24.18. 2.chro.36.11.

Note return to page 14440 [a] So the Lord punished sinne by sinne, & gaue him vp to his rebellious heart, till he had brought the enemie vpon him to leade him away and his people.

Note return to page 14441 2.King.25.1. and chap.39.1.

Note return to page 14442 [b] Reade Chap. 39.4.

Note return to page 14443 [c] Reade 2.Kin.25. 6. & Chap.39.5.

Note return to page 14444 [d] In the 2.King. 25.8. it is called the seuenth day, because the fire began then, and so continued to the tenth.

Note return to page 14445 [e] That is, which was his seruant, as 2.King.25.8.

Note return to page 14446 [f] Of these pillars reade 1.King.7.15.

Note return to page 14447 [g] Which were also made of brasse, as 1.King.7.45.

Note return to page 14448 [h] It was so much in quantitie.

Note return to page 14449 [i] But because of the roundnesse no more coulde be seene but ninetie and sixe.

Note return to page 14450 [k] Which serued in the hie Priestes stead, if he had any necessary impediment.

Note return to page 14451 [l] In the 2.King. 25. 19 is read but of fiue: those were the most excell&ebar;t: and the other two, which were not so noble, are not there mencioned with them.

Note return to page 14452 [m] Which was the latter ende of the seuenth yere of his reigne and the beginning of the eight.

Note return to page 14453 [n] In the latter end also of that yeere, and the beginning of the ninetenth.

Note return to page 14454 Ebr. soules.

Note return to page 14455 [o] That is, restored him to liberty and honour.

Note return to page 14456 [p] And gaue him princely apparel.

Note return to page 14457 [q] That is, he had allowance in the court, and thus at length he had rest and quietnesse because he obeyed Ieremiah the Prophet where as the other were cruelly ordered, þt; woulde not obey him.

Note return to page 14458 [a] The Prophet wondreth at the great iudgement of God seeing Ierusalem, which was so strong and so ful of people, to be nowe destroyed and desolate.

Note return to page 14459 [b] Which had chiefe rule ouer many prouinces and countries.

Note return to page 14460 [c] So that she taketh no rest.

Note return to page 14461 [d] Meaning, the Egyptians and Assyrians, which promised helpe.

Note return to page 14462 [e] For her crueltie toward the poore and oppression of seruants, Iere.34. 11.

Note return to page 14463 [f] As they vsed to come vp, &wt; mirth and ioy, Psal.42.4.

Note return to page 14464 Ebr. bitternesse.

Note return to page 14465 [g] That is, haue rule ouer her, Deut.28.44.

Note return to page 14466 [h] As men pined away with sorow and that haue no courage.

Note return to page 14467 [i] In her miserie she considered the great benefites & commodities that she had lost.

Note return to page 14468 [k] At her religion and seruing of God, which was þe; greatest griefe to the godly.

Note return to page 14469 Or, driuen away.

Note return to page 14470 [l] She is not ashamed of her sinne, although it be manifest.

Note return to page 14471 Ebr. hath magnified himselfe.

Note return to page 14472 [m] God forbiddeth that the Ammonites and Moabites should enter into the Congregation of the Lorde, and vnder them he c&obar;prehendeth all enemies, Deut.23.3.

Note return to page 14473 [n] Thus Ierusalem lam&ebar;teth, mouing others to pitie her and to learne by her example.

Note return to page 14474 [o] This declareth that we shoulde acknowledge God to be the author of al our afflictions, to the intent that we might seeke vnto him for remedy.

Note return to page 14475 [p] Mine heauie sinnes are continually before his eyes, as he that tyeth a thing to his hand for a remembrance.

Note return to page 14476 [q] He hath troden them vnder foote as they treade grapes in the winepresse.

Note return to page 14477 Iere.14.17. chap. 2.18.

Note return to page 14478 [r] Which because of her pollution was separate from her husband, Leui. 15.19. and was abhorred for the time.

Note return to page 14479 Ebr. mouth.

Note return to page 14480 [s] That is, they died for hunger.

Note return to page 14481 [t] Of desiring vengeance against the enemie, reade Iere. 11.20. & 18.21.

Note return to page 14482 Or, gather them like grapes.

Note return to page 14483 [a] That is, brought her from prosperitie to aduersitie.

Note return to page 14484 [b] Hath giuen her a most sore fall.

Note return to page 14485 [c] Alluding to the Temple or to the Arke of the couenant, which was called the footestoole of the Lord, because they shoulde not set their mindes so lowe, but lift vp their hearts toward the heauens.

Note return to page 14486 [d] Meaning, þe; glory and strength, as 1.Sam.2.1.

Note return to page 14487 [e] That is, his succour which he was wont to send vs, when our enemies oppressed vs.

Note return to page 14488 [f] Shewing, þt; there is no remedie but destruction, where God is the enemy.

Note return to page 14489 [g] As the people were accustomed to prayse God in þe; solemne feastes with a loud voyce, so nowe the enemies blaspheme him with shouting and crying.

Note return to page 14490 [h] This is a figuratiue speach, as that was, when he sayd, the wayes did lament, Chap.1.4: meaning, that this sorowe was so great that the insensible things had their part thereof.

Note return to page 14491 Or, finde.

Note return to page 14492 Or, faint.

Note return to page 14493 Ebr. wheate and wine.

Note return to page 14494 Ebr. powred out the soule.

Note return to page 14495 [i] Meaning, that her calamitie was so euident that it neede no witnesses.

Note return to page 14496 [k] Because the false prophets called themselues seers, as the other were called, therefore he sheweth that they sawe amisse, because they did not reprooue the peoples faults, but flattered them in their sinnes, which was the cause of their destruction.

Note return to page 14497 Or, burdens.

Note return to page 14498 Leuit.26.15,25. deut.28.15,25.

Note return to page 14499 Iere.14.17. chap.1.16.

Note return to page 14500 Or, brought vp in their owne hands.

Note return to page 14501 Or, enemies, whom I feared.

Note return to page 14502 [a] The Prophet complaineth of þe; punishments & afflicti&obar;s þt; he endured by þe; false prophets and hypocrites, when he declared the destruction of Ierusalem, as Iere.20.2.

Note return to page 14503 [b] He speaketh this as one that felt Gods heauy iudgements, which he greatly feared, and therefore setteth them out with this diuersity of words.

Note return to page 14504 [c] This is a great tentation to the godly, when they see not the fruite of their prayers, and causeth them to thinke that they are not heard, which thing God vseth to doe, that they might pray more earnestly and the oftener.

Note return to page 14505 [d] And keepeth mee in holde as a prisoner.

Note return to page 14506 [e] He hath no pitie on me.

Note return to page 14507 Ebr. sonnes.

Note return to page 14508 [f] With great anguish & sorow he hath made me to lose my sense.

Note return to page 14509 [g] Thus with paine he was driuen to and fro betweene hope & despaire, as þe; godly oft times are, yet in the ende the Spirit getteth the victorie.

Note return to page 14510 [h] He sheweth that God thus vseth to exercise his, to the intent that hereby they may knowe themselues & feele his mercies.

Note return to page 14511 [i] Considering the wickednes of man, it is maruel þt; any remaineth aliue: but only that God for his owne mercies sake & for his promes will euer haue his Church to remaine though they be neuer so fewe in nomber, Isa.1.9.

Note return to page 14512 [k] We feele thy benefites dayly.

Note return to page 14513 [l] The godly put their whole confidence in God, and therfore looke for none other inheritance, as Psa.16.5.

Note return to page 14514 [m] He sheweth that we can neuer begin too timely to be exercised vnder the crosse, that when the afflicti&obar;s grow greater, our patience also by experience may be stronger.

Note return to page 14515 [n] He murmureth not against God, but is patient.

Note return to page 14516 [o] He humbleth himselfe as they that fall downe with their face to the ground, and so with paci&ebar;ce waiteth for succour.

Note return to page 14517 [p] He taketh no pleasure in it, but doth it of necessitie for our am&ebar;dement, when he suffreth þe; wicked to oppresse the poore

Note return to page 14518 Ebr. with his heart.

Note return to page 14519 [q] He doeth not delite therein.

Note return to page 14520 [r] He sheweth that nothing is done without Gods prouidence.

Note return to page 14521 [s] That is, aduersitie, & prosperitie, Amos 3.6.

Note return to page 14522 [t] When God afflicteth him.

Note return to page 14523 [u] That is, both hearts and hands: for els to lift vp the hands is but hypocrisie.

Note return to page 14524 1.Cor.4.13.

Note return to page 14525 [x] I am ouercome with sore weeping for all my people.

Note return to page 14526 [y] Reade Iere.37. 16. how he was in the miry dungeon.

Note return to page 14527 [z] Meaning, the cause wherfore his life was in danger.

Note return to page 14528 Psal.28.4.

Note return to page 14529 Or, an obstinate heart.

Note return to page 14530 [a] By the golde he meaneth the Princes, as by þe; stones he vnderstandeth the Priests.

Note return to page 14531 Or, hid.

Note return to page 14532 Or, sonnes.

Note return to page 14533 [b] Which are of small estimation & haue none honour.

Note return to page 14534 [c] Though the dragons be cruell, yet they pitie their yong and nourish them, which thing Ierusalem doeth not.

Note return to page 14535 [d] The women forsake their children, as the Ostrich doth her egges, Iob.39.17.

Note return to page 14536 Gen.19.25.

Note return to page 14537 Or, no strength was against her.

Note return to page 14538 Nomb.62.

Note return to page 14539 [e] They that were before most in Gods fauour, are nowe in greatest abomination vnto him.

Note return to page 14540 [f] For lacke of foode they pine away, & consume.

Note return to page 14541 [g] He meaneth that these things are come to passe therefore, contrary to all mens expectation.

Note return to page 14542 [h] Some referre this to the blinde men, which as they went, stumbled on the blood, whereof the citie was full.

Note return to page 14543 [i] Meaning, the heathen, which came to destroy them, could not abide them.

Note return to page 14544 Or, face.

Note return to page 14545 [k] That is, the enemies.

Note return to page 14546 [l] He sheweth two principal causes of their destruction: their crueltie, and their vaine confidence in man: for they trusted in the helpe of the Egyptians.

Note return to page 14547 [m] Our King Iosiah, in whom stood our hope of Gods fauor, & on whom dep&ebar;ded our state & life, was slaine, whom he calleth anointed, because he was a figure of Christ.

Note return to page 14548 [n] This is spoken by derision.

Note return to page 14549 Or, shew thy nakednes.

Note return to page 14550 [o] He comforteth the Church by that after seuentie yeeres their sorowes shal haue an ende, whereas the wicked should be tormented for euer.

Note return to page 14551 [a] This praier as is thought, was made when some of the people were caried away captiue, others, as þe; poorest remained, & some went into Egypt & other places for succour: albeit it seemeth that the prophet foreseeing their miseries to come, thus prayed.

Note return to page 14552 [b] Meaning, their extreme seruitude and bondage.

Note return to page 14553 [c] We are ioyned in league and amitie with them, or haue submitted our selues vnto them.

Note return to page 14554 [d] As our fathers haue bin punished for their sinnes, so we þt; are culpable of the same sinnes, are punished.

Note return to page 14555 [e] Because of the enemie þt; came fr&obar; the wildernes, and would not suffer vs to go, & seeke our necessary foode.

Note return to page 14556 [f] That is, by the enemies hand.

Note return to page 14557 [g] Their slauery was so great, that they were not able to abide it.

Note return to page 14558 [h] There were no more lawes nor forme of common wealth.

Note return to page 14559 [i] With weeping.

Note return to page 14560 [k] And therefore thy couenant and mercies can neuer faile.

Note return to page 14561 [l] Whereby is declared that it is not in mans power to turne to God, but is onely his worke to conuert vs, and thus God worketh in vs before we can turne to him, Iere. 31. 18.

Note return to page 14562 [a] After that the booke of the Law was founde, which was the eightenth yere of the reigne of Iosiah, so that fiue and twentie yeeres after this booke was found, Ieconiah was led away captiue with Ezekiel (and many of the people) who the first yere after sawe these visions.

Note return to page 14563 [b] Which was a part of Euphrates, so called.

Note return to page 14564 [c] That is notable, and excellent visions, so þt; it might be knowen, it was no natural dreame, but came of God.

Note return to page 14565 [d] That is, the Spirit of prophecie, as Chap.3.22. & 37.1.

Note return to page 14566 [e] By this diuersity of words he signifieth the fearefull iudgement of God, and the great afflictions, þt; should come vpon Ierusalem.

Note return to page 14567 Or, pale yellowe.

Note return to page 14568 [f] Which were the foure Cherubims that represented the glory of God, as Chap.3.23.

Note return to page 14569 [g] The wing of þe; one touched the wing of the other.

Note return to page 14570 [h] Euery Cherubim had foure faces, the face of a man, and of a lyon on the right side, and the face of a bullocke, and of, an egle on the left side.

Note return to page 14571 Ebr. Whither their spirit or will was to goe.

Note return to page 14572 [i] That is, when they had executed Gods will: for afore they returned not, till God had changed the state of things.

Note return to page 14573 [k] The Ebrewe worde is tarshish: meaning, that the colour was like the Cilician sea, or a precious stone so called.

Note return to page 14574 Or, the trent.

Note return to page 14575 [Subnote: THE VISION OF EZEKIEL.]

A. The whirlewinde that came out of the North, or Aquilon.

B. The great cloud.

C. The fire wrapped about it.

D. The brightnesse about it.

E. The likenesse of amber, or the pale colour.

F. The forms of the foure beastes.

G. Their feete like calues feete.

H. Handes c&obar;ming out fr&obar; vnder their wings.

I. K. L. M. The facion of the foure faces of euery beast.

N. Their wings ioyned one to another.

O. Their two wings, which couered their bodies.

P. Fire running among the beasts.

Q Wheeles hauing euery one foure faces.

R. The rings of the wheeles which were ful of eyes.

S. The firmament like vnto chrystal.

T. The throne, which was set vp&obar; the firmament.

V. Where sate like the appearance of a man.

X. The appearance of amber aboue, & beneath the man.

Y. The fire about him.

Z. The brightnes of fire like the raine bowe.

Midi, Or the South

Note return to page 14576 [l] Which declared the swiftnesse, and the fearefulnesse of Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 14577 [m] Which signified, that they had no power of themselues but onely waited to execute Gods commandement.

Note return to page 14578 [n] Whereby was signified a terrible iudgement toward the earth.

Note return to page 14579 [o] Considering the maiestie of God, and the weakenesse of flesh.

Note return to page 14580 [a] That is, the Lord.

Note return to page 14581 [b] Meaning man, which is but earth and ashes, which was to humble him and cause him to consider his owne state, and Gods grace.

Note return to page 14582 [c] So that he coulde not abide Gods presence till Gods Spirit did enter into him.

Note return to page 14583 Ebr. hard of face.

Note return to page 14584 [d] This declareth on the one part Gods great affection toward his people, that notwithstanding their rebellion, yet he will send his Prophets among them, and admonisheth his ministers on the other parte that they cease not to doe their duetie, though the people be neuer so obstinate: for the worde of God shalbe eyther to their saluation or greater condemnation.

Note return to page 14585 [e] Reade Ierem.1. 17: he sheweth that for none afflictions they shoulde cease to doe their dueties.

Note return to page 14586 [f] He doeth not onely exhorte him to his duetie, but also giueth him the meanes wherewith he may be able to execute it.

Note return to page 14587 [g] He sheweth what were the contents of this booke: to wit, Gods iudgements against the wicked.

Note return to page 14588 [a] Whereby is meant, that none is meete to be Gods messenger before he haue receiued the worde of God in his heart, as verse.10. and haue a zeale thereunto, and delite therein, as Ierem.15.16. reuel 10.10.

Note return to page 14589 Ebr. deepe lippes.

Note return to page 14590 [b] God promiseth his assistance to his ministers, and that he will giue them boldnes and constancie in their vocation, Isa.50.7. iere.1.18. mich.3 8.

Note return to page 14591 [c] He sheweth what is ment by the eating of the booke, which is, that the ministers of God may speake nothing as of them selues, but that onely, which they haue receiued of the Lorde.

Note return to page 14592 [d] Whereby he signifieth, that Gods glorie shoulde not be diminished, although he departed out of his Temple: for this declared, that the citie, and Temple shoulde be destroyed.

Note return to page 14593 [e] This sheweth that there is ouer an infirmitie of the flesh which can neuer be ready to render full obedience to God, and also Gods grace, who euer assisteth his, and ouercommeth their rebellious affections.

Note return to page 14594 [f] Which was a place by Euphrates, where the Iewes were prisoners.

Note return to page 14595 [g] Declaring hereby, that Gods ministers must with aduisement, and deliberation vtter his iudgements.

Note return to page 14596 [h] Of this reade Chap.33.2.

Note return to page 14597 [i] If he that hath bene instructed in the right way turne backe.

Note return to page 14598 [k] I will giue him vp into a reprobate minde, Rom.1.28.

Note return to page 14599 [l] Which seemed to haue bene done in faith, and were not.

Note return to page 14600 [m] That is, the Spirite of prophesie.

Note return to page 14601 Or, valley.

Note return to page 14602 [n] Meaning, the vision of the Cherubims, and the wheeles.

Note return to page 14603 [o] Reade Chap. 2.2.

Note return to page 14604 [p] Signifying, that not onely he should not profit, but they should grieuously trouble and afflict him.

Note return to page 14605 [q] Which declareth the terrible plague of the Lord, when God stoppeth the mouthes of his ministers, and that all such are the rods of his vengeance that do it.

Note return to page 14606 Reuel.22.11.

Note return to page 14607 [a] Which signified the stubburnesse and hardnes of their heart.

Note return to page 14608 [b] Hereby he represented the idolatrie and sinne of the ten tribes (for Samaria was on his left hand fr&obar; Babylon) and how they had remained therein three hundreth and ninetie yeeres.

Note return to page 14609 [c] Which declared Iudah, who had nowe from the time of Iosiah slept in their sinnes fourtie yeeres.

Note return to page 14610 [d] In token of a speedy vengeance.

Note return to page 14611 [e] The people should so straitly be besieged, that they should not be able to turne them.

Note return to page 14612 [f] Meaning, that the famine should be so great, that they should be glad to eate whatsoeuer they coulde get.

Note return to page 14613 [g] Which were foureteene moneths that the citie was besieged and this was as many dayes as Israel sinned yeeres.

Note return to page 14614 [h] Which make a pound.

Note return to page 14615 [i] Reade Exod. 29.40.

Note return to page 14616 [k] Signifying hereby the great scarcitie of fuel, and matter to burne.

Note return to page 14617 [l] Much lesse such vile corruption.

Note return to page 14618 [m] To be as fire to bake thy bread with.

Note return to page 14619 [n] That is, the force and strength wherewith it should nourish, Isa.31. chap.5.17. and 14.13.

Note return to page 14620 [a] To shaue thine head & thy beard.

Note return to page 14621 [b] To wit, of that city which he had pourtrayed vpon the bricke, Chap. 4.1. By the fire & pestilence he meaneth the famine, wherewith one part perished during the siege of Nebuchad-nezzar. By the sworde, those that were slaine when Zedekiah fled, and those that were caryed away captiue. And by the scattering into the winde those that fled into Egypt and into other partes after the citie was taken.

Note return to page 14622 [c] Meaning, that a very fewe should be left, which the Lord would preserue among all these stormes, but not without troubles, and triall.

Note return to page 14623 [d] Out of that fire which thou kindlest, shall a fire come, which shall signifie the destruction of Israel.

Note return to page 14624 [e] My worde and lawe into idolatrie and superstitions.

Note return to page 14625 [f] Because your idoles are in greater nomber and your superstitions mo then among the professed idolaters, reade Isa.65.11: or he condemneth their ingratitude in respect of his benefites.

Note return to page 14626 Leuit.26.29. deut.28.53. 2.king.6.29. lament.4.10. baruch.2.3.

Note return to page 14627 [g] That is, I will not be pacified, till I be reuenged, Isa.1.24.

Note return to page 14628 Or, dangerous.

Note return to page 14629 [h] Which were the grashoppers, mildew, and whatsoeuer were occasions of famine.

Note return to page 14630 Chap.14.13.

Note return to page 14631 Chap.36.1.

Note return to page 14632 [a] Hee speaketh to all the places where the Israelites accustomed to commit their idolatries, threatning them destruction.

Note return to page 14633 [b] Reade 2.King. 23.11.

Note return to page 14634 [c] In contempt of their power and force, which shall neither be able to deliuer you nor themselues, 2.King.23.20.

Note return to page 14635 [d] He sheweth that in all dangers God wil preserue a few, which shall be as the seede of his Church & call vpon his Name.

Note return to page 14636 [e] They shall be ashamed to see that their hope in idoles was but vaine, and so shal repent.

Note return to page 14637 [f] By these signes he would that the Prophet should signifie the great destruction to come.

Note return to page 14638 [g] That is, all nations, when you shal see my iudgements.

Note return to page 14639 Chap.5.14.

Note return to page 14640 [h] Some reade, more desolate th&ebar; the wildernesse of Diblath, which was in Syria, and bordered vpon Israel, or from the wildernesse, which was South vnto Diblath, which was north: meaning, the whole countrey.

Note return to page 14641 [a] I will punish thee as thou hast deserued for thine idolatrie.

Note return to page 14642 Or, beholde, euill commeth after euil.

Note return to page 14643 [b] Hee sheweth that the iudgements of god euer watch to destroy the sinners, which notwithstanding he delayeth till there be no more hope of repent&abar;ce.

Note return to page 14644 [c] The beginning of his punishments is alreadie come.

Note return to page 14645 [d] Which was a voyce of ioy, and mirth.

Note return to page 14646 [e] The scourge is in a readinesse.

Note return to page 14647 [f] That is, the proud tyrant Nebuchad nezzar hath gathered his force and is ready.

Note return to page 14648 [g] This cruel enemie shall bee a sharpe scourge for their wickednesse.

Note return to page 14649 [h] Their owne affliction shalbe so great that they shall haue no regard to lament for others.

Note return to page 14650 [i] For the present profite.

Note return to page 14651 [k] For he shall lose nothing.

Note return to page 14652 [l] In the yere of the Iubile, meaning, that none should enioy the priuiledge of the lawe, Leuit.25. 13. for they should all be caryed away captiues.

Note return to page 14653 [m] This vision signified, that all should be caried away, and none should returne for the Iubile.

Note return to page 14654 [n] No man for all this, indeuoreth himselfe or taketh heart to repent for his euill life. Some reade, for none shalbe strengthened in his iniquitie of his life: meaning, that they shoulde gayne nothing by flattering themselues in euil.

Note return to page 14655 [o] The Israelites made a brag, but their hearts sayled them.

Note return to page 14656 Isa.13.7. iere.6 24.

Note return to page 14657 Isa.15.3. ier.48.37.

Note return to page 14658 Prou.11.4. zephan.1.18. eccle.5.8.

Note return to page 14659 [p] Meaning, the Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 14660 [q] That is, of the Babylonians.

Note return to page 14661 [r] Which signifieth the most holy place, whereinto none might enter but the hie Priest.

Note return to page 14662 [s] Signifying, that they shoulde be bounde and led away captiues.

Note return to page 14663 [t] That is, of sinnes that deserue death.

Note return to page 14664 [u] Which was the Temple, that was deuided into three partes, Psal.68.35.

Note return to page 14665 [a] Of the captiuitie of Ieconiah.

Note return to page 14666 [b] Which conteined part of August, and part of September.

Note return to page 14667 [c] As Chap.1.27.

Note return to page 14668 Ebr. in the visions of God.

Note return to page 14669 [d] Meaning, that he was thus caried in spirit, and not in body.

Note return to page 14670 [e] Which was the porch or the court where the people assembled.

Note return to page 14671 [f] So called because it prouoked Gods indignation, which was the idole of Baal.

Note return to page 14672 [g] Read Chap. 3. 22.

Note return to page 14673 [h] That is, in the court where the people had made an altar to Baal.

Note return to page 14674 [i] For God will not be where idoles are.

Note return to page 14675 [k] Which were forbidden in the Law, Leui.11.4.

Note return to page 14676 [l] Thus they that should haue kept all the rest in the feare, and true seruice of God, were the ring leaders to all abomination and by their example pulled others from God.

Note return to page 14677 [m] It was in such abundance.

Note return to page 14678 [n] For besides their common idolatrie, they had particular seruice, which they had in secret chambers.

Note return to page 14679 [o] The Iewes write that this was a Prophet of the idols, who after his death was once a yere mourned for in þe; night.

Note return to page 14680 [p] Declaring that the sensings, and seruice of the idolaters, are but infection & vileny before God.

Note return to page 14681 Prou.1.28. isa.46.7. ierem.11.11. mich.3.4.

Note return to page 14682 [a] The time to take vengeance.

Note return to page 14683 [b] Which were Angels in the similitude of men.

Note return to page 14684 [c] Signifying, that the Babylonians should come from the North to destroy the citie and the Temple.

Note return to page 14685 [d] To marke them that shoulde be saued.

Note return to page 14686 [e] Which declared, that he was not bound thereunto, neither would remaine any longer, then there was hope that they would returne from their wickednesse, and worship him aright.

Note return to page 14687 Or, thresholde.

Note return to page 14688 Or, marke with Thau.

Note return to page 14689 [f] He sheweth what is the maner of Gods children, whome he marketh to saluation: to wit, to mourne and crie out against the wickednesse, which they see committed against Gods glorie.

Note return to page 14690 [g] Thus in all his plagues the Lorde preserueth his finall nomber, which he marketh, as Exod.12. 22. reuel.7.3. but the chiefe marke is the Spirit of adoption, wherewith the heart is sealed vp to life euerlasting.

Note return to page 14691 [h] Which were the chiefe occasion of all these euils, as Chap.8.11.

Note return to page 14692 [i] This declareth, that the seruants of God haue a c&obar;passion, when they see his iudgements executed.

Note return to page 14693 [k] That is, with all kind of wickednesse, read Isa.1.15.

Note return to page 14694 Chap.1.22.

Note return to page 14695 [a] Which in the first Chap.ver.5. he called the foure beastes.

Note return to page 14696 [b] This signified, that the citie should be burnt.

Note return to page 14697 [c] Meaning, that the glorie of God should depart from the Temple.

Note return to page 14698 [d] Reade Chap. 1.24.

Note return to page 14699 [e] Reade Chap. 1.16.

Note return to page 14700 [f] Vntill they had executed Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 14701 Or, trents.

Note return to page 14702 Chap.1.5.

Note return to page 14703 [g] There was one consent betweene the Cherubims and the wheeles.

Note return to page 14704 [h] Read Chap.9.3.

Note return to page 14705 Chap.1.15.

Note return to page 14706 [i] That is, the whole body of the foure beastes or Cherubims.

Note return to page 14707 [a] Thus the wicked derided the Prophets, as though they preached but errors, and therefore gaue themselues still to their pleasures.

Note return to page 14708 [b] We shall not be pulled out of Ierusalem, till the houre of our death come, as the flesh is not taken out of the caldron till it be sod.

Note return to page 14709 [c] Contrary to their vaine confidence he sheweth in what sense this citie is the caldron, that is, because of the dead bodies that haue bene murthered therein, and so lie as flesh in the caldron.

Note return to page 14710 [d] That is, of the Caldeans.

Note return to page 14711 [e] That is, in Riblah reade 2.king. 25.6.

Note return to page 14712 [f] It seemeth that this noble man died of some terrible death, and therefore the Prophet feared some strange iudgement of God towarde the rest of the people.

Note return to page 14713 [g] They that remained still at Ierusalem thus reproched them that were gone into captiuitie, as though they were cast off and forsaken of God.

Note return to page 14714 [h] They shalbe yet a litle Church: shewing that the Lorde will euer haue some to cal vpon his Name, whome he will preserue and restore, though they be for a time afflicted.

Note return to page 14715 Ierem.32.39. chap.36.26.

Note return to page 14716 [i] Meaning, the heart whereunto nothing can enter, and regenerate them anewe, so that their heart may be soft and ready to receiue my graces.

Note return to page 14717 [k] When Ieconiah was led away captiue.

Note return to page 14718 [a] That is, they receiue not the fruite of that which they see and heare.

Note return to page 14719 Ebr. make thee vessels to goe into captiuitie.

Note return to page 14720 [b] That as thou doest, so shall they doe, and therefore in thee they shall see their owne plague and punishment.

Note return to page 14721 [c] Doe not they deride thy doings?

Note return to page 14722 Or, prophesie.

Note return to page 14723 [d] When the king shal thinke to escape by fleeing, I will take him in my net; as Chap. 17 20. & 32.3.

Note return to page 14724 [e] Which should beare his Name, and should be his Church, reade Chap.11.16.

Note return to page 14725 [f] Because they did not immediatly see the prophecies accomplished, they contemned them as though they should neuer bee fulfilled.

Note return to page 14726 Or take none effect.

Note return to page 14727 [g] That is, it shall not come to passe in our daies, and therefore we care not for it: thus the wicked euer abuse Gods pacience & benignitie.

Note return to page 14728 Chap.14.9.

Note return to page 14729 [a] After their owne fantasie, and not as hauing the reuelation of the Lord, Iere. 23.16.

Note return to page 14730 [b] Watching to destroy the vineyarde.

Note return to page 14731 [c] He speaketh to the gouernours & true ministers that should haue resisted them.

Note return to page 14732 [d] Ye promised peace to this people and now ye see their destruction, so that it is manifest, that yee are false prophets.

Note return to page 14733 [e] That is, in the booke of lyfe, wherein the true Israelites are written.

Note return to page 14734 [f] Read. Iere.6.14.

Note return to page 14735 [g] Whereas the true Prophets prophesied the destruction of the citie to bring the people to repentance, the false prophets spake the contrary & flattered them in their vanities, so that what one false prophet sayde, (which is here called þe; building of the wall) an other false prophet would affirme, though he had neither occasion nor good ground to beare him.

Note return to page 14736 [h] Whereby is ment whatsoeuer man of him selfe setteth forth vnder the autoritie of Gods word.

Note return to page 14737 [i] These superstitious women for lucre would prophecie and tell euery man his fortune, giuing them pillowes to leane vpon & kerchiefs to couer theyr heads to the intent they might the more allure them and bewitch them.

Note return to page 14738 [k] Will yee make my word to serue your bellies?

Note return to page 14739 [l] These sorcerers made the people beleeue that they could preserue life or destroy it, and that it should come to euery one according as they prophecied.

Note return to page 14740 [m] That is, to cause them to perish, and that they should depart from the bodie.

Note return to page 14741 [n] By threatning them that were godly, and vpholding the wicked.

Note return to page 14742 [a] He sheweth the hypocrisie of the idolaters, who wil dissemble to heare the Prophets of God, though in their heart they followe nothing lesse then their admonitions, and also how by one meanes or other, God doeth discouer them.

Note return to page 14743 [b] They are not only idolaters in heart, but also worship their filthy idoles openly, which lead them in blindenes, and cause them to stumble, and cast them out of Gods fauour, so that he will not heare them when they call vnto him, reade Iere 10.15.

Note return to page 14744 [c] To inquire of things which the Lorde hath appointed to come to passe.

Note return to page 14745 [d] As his abomination hath deserued: that is, hee shall be ledde with lyes according as he delited therin, 2.Thes.2.10.

Note return to page 14746 [e] That is, conuince them by their owne conscience.

Note return to page 14747 Or, by my selfe.

Note return to page 14748 [f] The Prophet declareth that God for mans ingratitude raiseth vp false Prophets to seduce them that delite in lies rather then in the trueth of God, and thus he punisheth sinne by sinne, 1.King 22 20,22. and destroyeth aswell those Prophets as that people.

Note return to page 14749 [g] Thus Gods iudgements against the wicked, are admonitions to the godly to cleaue vnto the Lorde, and not to defile themselues with like abominations.

Note return to page 14750 [h] Read Chap.4. 16. and 5.17. Isa. 3 1.

Note return to page 14751 [i] Though Noah & Iob were nowe aliue, which in their time were most godly men (for at this time Daniel was in captiuitie with Ezekiel) and so these three together should pray for this wicked people, yet would I not heare them, read Iere.15.1.

Note return to page 14752 [k] Meaning that a very fewe (which he calleth the remnant, vers.22.) should escape these plagues, whom God hath sanctified and made righteous, so that this righteousnes is a signe that they are the church of God, whome hee would preserue for his owne sake.

Note return to page 14753 Chap.5.17.

Note return to page 14754 [l] Read Chap.5.3.

Note return to page 14755 [a] Which bringeth foorth no fruite, no more then the other trees of the forest doe: meaning that if Ierusalem, which bare the name of his Church, did not bring forth fruite, it should be vtterly destroyed.

Note return to page 14756 [b] Though they escape one danger, yet another shall take them.

Note return to page 14757 [a] Thou boastest to be of the seede of Abraham, but thou art degenerate and followest the abominations of the wicked Canaanites, as children do the maners of their fathers, Isa. 1.4. and 57.3.

Note return to page 14758 [b] When I first brought thee out of Egypt, and planted thee in this lande to be my Church.

Note return to page 14759 [c] Being thus in thy filthines and forsaken of all men, I tooke thee & gaue thee life: whereby is ment that before God wash his Church, and giue life, there is nothing but filthines and death.

Note return to page 14760 [d] These words, as blood, pollution, nakednes & filthines are ofttimes repeated, to beate downe their pride, and to cause them to consider what they were before God receiued them to mercy, sauoured them and couered their shame.

Note return to page 14761 [e] That thou shouldest be a chaste wife vnto me, and that I should maintaine thee & endue theewith al graces.

Note return to page 14762 [f] I washed away thy sinnes.

Note return to page 14763 [g] I sanctified thee with mine holy Spirit.

Note return to page 14764 [h] Hereby he sheweth how he saued his Church, enriched it, and gaue it power and dominion to reigne.

Note return to page 14765 [i] Hee declareth wherein the dignitie of Ierusalem stoode: to wit, in that that the Lord gaue them of his beautie and excellencie.

Note return to page 14766 [k] In abusing my giftes and in putting thy confid&ebar;ce in thine owne wisdome and dignitie, which were the occasions of thine idolatrie.

Note return to page 14767 [l] There was none idolatry so vile wherewith thou didest not pollute thy selfe.

Note return to page 14768 [m] This declareth how the idolaters put their chiefe delite in those things, which please the eyes and outward senses.

Note return to page 14769 [n] Thou hast conuerted my vessels and instruments, which I gaue thee to serue me with, to the vse of thine idoles.

Note return to page 14770 [o] Meaning, by fire, reade Leuit.18.21. 2.King.23.10.

Note return to page 14771 Or, head.

Note return to page 14772 [p] He noteth the great impietie of this people, who first falling from God to seeke helpe at strange nations, did also at length embrace their idolatrie, thinking thereby to make their amitie more strong.

Note return to page 14773 Or, cities.

Note return to page 14774 Or, that will beare rule.

Note return to page 14775 [q] Meaning, that some harlots contemne small rewards, but no louers gaue a reward to Israel, but they gaue to all others: signifying, that the idolaters bestowe all their substance, which they receiue of God for his glorie, to serue their vile abominations.

Note return to page 14776 Or, nether partes.

Note return to page 14777 [r] Egyptians, Assyrians and Caldeans, whome thou tookest to be thy louers, shall come and destroy thee, Chap. 23.9.

Note return to page 14778 [s] I will iudge thee to death, as the adulterers and murtherers.

Note return to page 14779 2.King.25.9.

Note return to page 14780 [t] I will vtterly destroye thee, and so my ielousie shall cease.

Note return to page 14781 [u] I haue punished thy faultes, but thou wouldest not repent.

Note return to page 14782 [x] As were the Canaanites, and the Hittites & others your predecessours, so are you their successours.

Note return to page 14783 [y] That is, of Samaria, and Sodom.

Note return to page 14784 [z] That is, her cities.

Note return to page 14785 Ebr. thy sister yonger then thou.

Note return to page 14786 [a] But done farre worse.

Note return to page 14787 [b] He alledgeth these foure vices, pride, excesse, idlenesse and c&obar;tempt of the poore, as foure principall causes of such abomination, wherefore they were so horribly punished, Gene.19.24.

Note return to page 14788 [c] Which worshipped the calues in Beth-el and Dan.

Note return to page 14789 [d] Thou art so wicked, that in respect of thee, Sodom and Samaria were iust.

Note return to page 14790 [e] This he speaketh in comparison, saying, that he would restore Ierusalem wh&ebar; Sodom should be restored, that is, neuer: and this is ment of the greatest part of the Iewes.

Note return to page 14791 [f] In that thou hast shewed thy selfe worse then they, and yet thoughtest to escape punishment.

Note return to page 14792 [g] Meaning, that it should neuer come to passe.

Note return to page 14793 Ebr. was not a rumour in thy mouth.

Note return to page 14794 [h] Thou wouldest not cal her punishment to minde when thou wast aloft, to learne by her example to feare my iudgements.

Note return to page 14795 [i] That is, till thou wast brought vnder by the Syrians and Philistims, 2. Chron.28.19.

Note return to page 14796 [k] Which ioyned with the Syrians, or compassed about Ierusalem.

Note return to page 14797 [l] When thou brakest the couenant, which was made betwene thee and me, as verse 8.

Note return to page 14798 [m] That is, of mercie and loue I will pitie thee, and so stand to my couenant, though thou hast deserued the contrary.

Note return to page 14799 [n] Whereby he sheweth that among the most wicked he had euer some seede of his Church which hee would cause to fructifie in due time: and here he declareth howe hee will call the Gentiles.

Note return to page 14800 [o] But of my free mercie.

Note return to page 14801 [p] This declareth what fruites Gods mercies worke in his, to wit, sorow, and repentance for their former life.

Note return to page 14802 [a] That is, Nebuchad-nezzar, who hath great power, riches, and many countreys vnder him, shall come to Ierusal&ebar; and take away Ieconiah the King, as vers.12.

Note return to page 14803 [b] Meaning, to Babylon.

Note return to page 14804 [c] That is, Zedekiah, who was of the Kings blood, and was left at Ierusal&ebar;, and made King in stead of Ieconiah, 2.King 24.17. iere. 37.1.

Note return to page 14805 [d] This was Zedekiahs kingdome.

Note return to page 14806 [e] That is, might not haue power to rebel against Babylon, as vers.14.

Note return to page 14807 [f] Meaning, the King of Egypt, of whome Zedekiah sought succour against Nebuchad-nezzar.

Note return to page 14808 [g] They thought to be moistned by the waters of Nilus.

Note return to page 14809 [h] Shall not Nebuchad-nezzar destroy it.

Note return to page 14810 [i] By this drie winde, he meaneth the Babylonians.

Note return to page 14811 [k] That is, Ieconiah, 2.King.24.15.

Note return to page 14812 [l] For his subiection and obedience.

Note return to page 14813 [m] Because hee tooke the Name of God in vaine, and brake his othe which he had confirmed by giuing his hand, therefore the Prophet declareth that God would not suffer such periurie and infidelitie to escape punishm&ebar;t.

Note return to page 14814 Chap.12.13. and 32.3.

Note return to page 14815 [n] This promes is made to þe; Church which shalbe as a smal remnant, & as the top of a tree.

Note return to page 14816 [o] I will trimme it and dresse it.

Note return to page 14817 [p] Both the Iewes & Gentiles shalbe gathered into it.

Note return to page 14818 [q] All the worlde shal know that I haue pluct downe the proude enemies & set vp my Church which was lowe and contemned.

Note return to page 14819 [a] The people murmured at the chastisings of the Lord, & therefore vsed this prouerbe meaning that their fathers had sinned and their children were punished for their transgressions, reade Iere. 31.29.

Note return to page 14820 [b] If he hath not eaten of the flesh that hath bene offred vp to idols, to honour them thereby.

Note return to page 14821 Leuit.18.20.

Note return to page 14822 Ebr. come neere.

Note return to page 14823 Leuit.20.18.

Note return to page 14824 Isa.58.7. matt. 25.35.

Note return to page 14825 Exod.22.25 leuit.25.37. deut.23.19. psal.15.5.

Note return to page 14826 Or, a cruell man.

Note return to page 14827 [c] Hee sheweth how the sonne is punished for his fathers fault: that is, If he be wicked as his father was, and doeth not repent, he shalbe punished as his father was, or els not.

Note return to page 14828 Deut.24.16. 2.king.14.6. 2.chro.25.4.

Note return to page 14829 [d] He ioyneth the obseruation of the commandements with repentance: for none can repent in deede except he labour to keepe the Law.

Note return to page 14830 Or, not layde to his charge.

Note return to page 14831 [e] That is, in the fruites of his faith which declare that God doeth accept him.

Note return to page 14832 [f] Hee speaketh this to commend Gods mercy to poore sinners, who rather is ready to pardon, then to punish, as his long suffring declareth, Chap.33.11. Albeit God in his eternall counsell appointed the death and damnation of the reprobate, yet the end of his counsell was not their death only, but chiefly his owne glory. And also because he doeth not approoue sinne, therefore it is here said that he would haue th&ebar; to turne away from it that they might liue.

Note return to page 14833 Or, rather that he may returne from his wayes and liue.

Note return to page 14834 [g] That is, the false opinion that the hypocrites haue of their righteousnes.

Note return to page 14835 [h] In punishing the father with the children.

Note return to page 14836 [i] He sheweth that man can not forsake his wickednes till his heart be changed, which is only the worke of God.

Note return to page 14837 [a] That is, Iehohaz and Iehoiakim Iosiahs sonnes, who for their pride and crueltie are compared vnto lyons.

Note return to page 14838 [b] To wit, Iehohaz mother, or Ierusalem.

Note return to page 14839 [c] By Pharaoh Necho king of Egypt, 2.King.23.33.

Note return to page 14840 [d] Which was Tehoiakim.

Note return to page 14841 [e] He slew of the Prophets, & them that feared God, and rauished their wiues.

Note return to page 14842 [f] Nebuchad-nezzar with his great armie which was gathered of diuers nations.

Note return to page 14843 [g] Hee speaketh this in the reproch of this wicked King, in whose blood, that is, in the race of his prodecessours, Ierusalem should haue bene blessed, according to Gods promes, and florished as a fruitfull vine.

Note return to page 14844 [h] Meaning, that the Caldeans should destroy them as the East winde doeth the fruite of the vine.

Note return to page 14845 [i] Dectruction is come by Zedekiah who was the occasion of this rebellion.

Note return to page 14846 [a] Of the captiuitie of Ieconiah.

Note return to page 14847 [b] This declareth the great lenitie and patience of God, which calleth sinners to repentance before hee condemne them.

Note return to page 14848 [c] I sware that I would be their God. which maner of othe was obserued from all antiquitie, where they vsed to lift vp their hands toward the heauen, acknowledging God to be the authour of trueth, & the defender thereof, & also the iudge of the heart, wishing that he should take vengeance, if they concealed any thing which they knew to be trueth.

Note return to page 14849 [d] God had forbidden them to make mention of the idols, Exod.23.13. Psal.16.4.

Note return to page 14850 [e] Which thing declareth the wickednes of mans heart which iudge Gods seruice by their eyes and outward senses.

Note return to page 14851 [f] God had euer this respect to his glory: þt; he would not haue his Name euil spoken of among the Gentiles for the punishm&ebar;t that his people deserued, in confidence whereof the godly euer prayed, as Exo. 32.12. Nom. 14.13.

Note return to page 14852 Leuit.18.5. rom. 10.5. galat.3.12.

Note return to page 14853 Exod.20.8. and 31.13. deut. 5.12.

Note return to page 14854 Nomb.14.28,29. and 266.5.

Note return to page 14855 [g] Who might thereby take an occasi&obar; to blaspheme my Name and to accuse me of lacke of abilitie, or else that I had sought a meanes to destroy them more commodiously.

Note return to page 14856 [h] That is, my true religion, which I had commaunded them and gaue themselues to serue me according to their owne fantasies.

Note return to page 14857 [i] Whereby the holy Ghost confuteth them that say that they wil followe the religion and example of their fathers, and not measure their doings by Gods worde, whether they be approueable thereby or no.

Note return to page 14858 [k] Meaning, that they set their delite vpon them.

Note return to page 14859 [l] Because they would not obey my lawes, I gaue them vp to themselues, that they should obey their owne fantasies, as verse 39.Rom.1. 21,24.

Note return to page 14860 [m] I condemned those things, and counted them as abominable which they thought had bene excellent, and to haue declared most zeale, Luke 16.15. for that which God required as most excellent, that gaue they to their idoles.

Note return to page 14861 [n] Not onely in the wildernes, wh&ebar; I brought them out of Egypt, but since I placed them in this land: which declareth how prompt mans heart is to idolatry, seeing that by no admonitions he can be drawen backe.

Note return to page 14862 [o] Which signifieth an hie place, declaring that they va&ubar;ted themselues of their idolatry, and were not ashamed therof, though God had commanded them expresly, that they should haue no altar lifted vp on hie by staires, Exo.20.26.

Note return to page 14863 Ebr. in the way.

Note return to page 14864 [p] He sheweth, that the ingratitude of the people deserueth, that God should cut them off and that they should not haue the comfort of his worde.

Note return to page 14865 [q] Hee declareth that man of nature is wholy enemie vnto God and to his owne saluation, and therefore God calleth him to the right way, partly by chastising, but chiefly by his mercie in forgiuing his rebelli&obar;, and wickednes.

Note return to page 14866 [r] I will bring you among strange nations as into a wildernes, and there will visite you, and so call you to repentance and then bring the godly home againe, Isa. 65.9.

Note return to page 14867 [s] Signifying that he will not burne the corne with the chaffe, but chuse out the wicked to punish them when he will spare his.

Note return to page 14868 [t] This is spoken to the hypocrites.

Note return to page 14869 [u] Your owne consciences shall conuict you after that you haue felt my mercies.

Note return to page 14870 [x] For Iudah stood South from Babylon.

Note return to page 14871 [y] Both strong and weake in Ierusalem.

Note return to page 14872 [z] The people said, that the Prophet spake darkely: therefore he desireth the Lord to giue them a plaine declaration hereof.

Note return to page 14873 [a] Speake sensibly, that all may vnderstand.

Note return to page 14874 [b] That is, such which seeme to haue an outwarde shewe of righteousnes, by obseruation of the ceremonies of the Lawe.

Note return to page 14875 [c] Meaning, thorowe all the land.

Note return to page 14876 [d] As though thou were in extreme anguish.

Note return to page 14877 [e] Because of the great noyse of the armie of the Caldeans.

Note return to page 14878 [f] And so cause a feare.

Note return to page 14879 [g] Meaning, the scepter: shewing, that it will not spare the king who should be as the sonne of God, and in his place.

Note return to page 14880 [h] That is, the rest of the people.

Note return to page 14881 [i] To wit, vnto the armie of the Caldeans.

Note return to page 14882 [k] Reade Ier. 31.19.

Note return to page 14883 [l] Ezekiel mooued with compassion, thus complaineth fearing the destruction of the kingdome, which God had confirmed to Dauid, and his posteritie by promes: which promes God performed, although here it seemeth to mans eye that it should vtterly perish.

Note return to page 14884 [m] That is, encourage the sword.

Note return to page 14885 [n] Prouide for thy selfe: for thou shalt see Gods plague of all partes on this countrey.

Note return to page 14886 [o] This was spoken, because that when Nebuchad-nezzar came against Iudah, his purpose was also to goe against the Ammonites: but doubting in the way, which enterprise to vndertake first, he consulted with his southsayers, and so went against Iudah.

Note return to page 14887 [p] That is, to the tribe of Iudah that kept themselues in Ierusalem.

Note return to page 14888 [q] To knowe whether he should goe against the Ammonites or them of Ierusalem.

Note return to page 14889 [r] He vsed coniuring and sorcerie.

Note return to page 14890 [s] Because there was a league betweene the Iewes, and the Babylonians, they of Ierusalem shal thinke nothing lesse th&ebar; that this thing should come to passe.

Note return to page 14891 [t] That is, Nebuchad-nezzar will rem&ebar;ber the rebellion of Zedekiah, and so come vpon them.

Note return to page 14892 [u] Meaning, Zedekiah, who practised with the Egypti&abar;s to make himselfe hie, and able to resist the Babyloni&abar;s.

Note return to page 14893 [x] Some referre this to the Priestes attire: for Iehosadek the Priest went into captiuitie with the King.

Note return to page 14894 [y] That is, vnto the comming of Messiah: for though the Iewes had some signe of gouernement afterwarde vnder the Persians, Greekes and Romanes, yet this restitution was not till Christes comming, and at length should be acc&obar;plished, as was promised, Gen 49.10.

Note return to page 14895 [z] Though the Iewes and Ammonites would not beleeue, that thou, to wit, the sword, shouldest come vpon them, and saide that the Prophetes, which threatned, spake lyes, yet thou shalt as surely come, as thogh thou werest already vpon their neckes,

Note return to page 14896 [a] Art thou ready to execute thy charge, which I commit vnto thee against Ierusalem, that murdereth the Prophets, and them that are godly?

Note return to page 14897 [b] That is, the time of her destruction.

Note return to page 14898 [c] To her owne vndoing.

Note return to page 14899 [d] Whose very name all men hate.

Note return to page 14900 [e] He meaneth hereby that there was no kinde of wickednes which was not committed in Ierusalem, and therefore the plagues of God should speedily come vpon her.

Note return to page 14901 Leuit.20.11,18.

Note return to page 14902 Iere.5.8.

Note return to page 14903 [f] In token of my wrath and vengeance.

Note return to page 14904 [g] That is, able to defende thy selfe.

Note return to page 14905 [h] I will thus take away the occasion of thy wickednes.

Note return to page 14906 [i] Thou shalt be no more the inheritance of the Lord, but forsaken.

Note return to page 14907 [k] Which before was most precious.

Note return to page 14908 [l] Meaning hereby, that the godly should be tried and the wicked destroyed.

Note return to page 14909 [m] Thou art like a baren land which the Lord plagueth with drought.

Note return to page 14910 [n] The false prophets haue conspired together to make their doctrine more probable.

Note return to page 14911 [o] They haue neglected my seruice.

Note return to page 14912 Mich.3.11. zepha.3.3.

Note return to page 14913 [p] They which should haue reproued them, flattered them in their vices and couered their doings with lyes, Chap.13.10.

Note return to page 14914 [q] Which would shew himselfe zealous in my cause by resisting vice, Isa.59.16. and 63.5. and also pray vnto me to withholde my plagues, Psal. 106.23.

Note return to page 14915 [a] Meaning, Israel and Iudah, which came both out of one familie.

Note return to page 14916 [b] They became idolaters after the maner of the Egyptians.

Note return to page 14917 [c] Aholah signifieth a mansion or dwelling in her selfe, meaning Samaria which was the royall citie of Israel: and Aholibah signifieth my mansion in her, whereby is meant Ierusalem where Gods Temple was.

Note return to page 14918 Ebr. vnder me.

Note return to page 14919 [d] When the Israelites were named the people of God, they became idolaters, and forsooke God, and put their trust in the Assyrians.

Note return to page 14920 [e] The holy Ghost vseth these termes which seeme strange to chaste eares to cause this wicked vice of idolatrie so to be abhorred that vnneth any should abide to heare the name thereof mentioned.

Note return to page 14921 [f] Meaning, the Assyrians.

Note return to page 14922 [g] This declareth that no wordes are able sufficiently to expresse the rage of idolaters, and therefore the holy Ghost here compareth them to those which in their raging loue and filthie lustes dote vpon the images and paintings of them after whome they lust.

Note return to page 14923 [h] These were the names of certaine princes and captaines vnder Nebuchad-nezzar.

Note return to page 14924 Ebr. I will giue iudgement before them.

Note return to page 14925 Or, lawes.

Note return to page 14926 [i] They shal destroy thy princes and Priests with the rest of thy people.

Note return to page 14927 [k] All thy treasures and riches which thou hast gotten by labour.

Note return to page 14928 [l] All the world shall see thy shamefull forsaking of God to serue idoles.

Note return to page 14929 [m] I will execute the same iudgements and vengeance against thee, and that with greater seueritie.

Note return to page 14930 [n] Meaning, that the afflictions shoulde be so great that they should cause them to lose their senses, and reason.

Note return to page 14931 [o] That is, to be sacrifices to their idols, reade Chap. 16.20.

Note return to page 14932 [p] They sent into other countreys to haue such as should teach the seruice of their idoles.

Note return to page 14933 [q] Hee meaneth the altar, that was prepared for the idoles.

Note return to page 14934 [r] Which should teach the maner of worshipping their gods.

Note return to page 14935 [s] That is, worthy death, reade Chap. 16.38.

Note return to page 14936 [t] Meaning, all other cities and countreys.

Note return to page 14937 [a] Of Ieconiahs captiuitie, and of the reigne of Zedekiah, 2.Kin.25.1.

Note return to page 14938 [b] Called Tebeth, which conteineth part of December and part of Ianuarie: in the which moneth and day Nebuchad-nezzar besieged Ierusalem.

Note return to page 14939 [c] Whereby was ment Ierusalem.

Note return to page 14940 [d] That is, the citizens, & the chiefe men thereof.

Note return to page 14941 Or, heape.

Note return to page 14942 [e] Meaning, of the innocents, whom they had slaine, who were the cause of the kindling of Gods wrath against them.

Note return to page 14943 [f] Whose iniquities, and wicked citizens there yet remaine.

Note return to page 14944 [g] Signifying, that they shoulde not be destroyed all at once, but by litle and litle.

Note return to page 14945 [h] Spare none estate or condition.

Note return to page 14946 [i] The citie shewed her crueltie to all the worlde, and was not ashamed thereof, neither yet hid it.

Note return to page 14947 Nah.3.1. habak.2.12.

Note return to page 14948 Or, an heape of wood.

Note return to page 14949 [k] Meaning, that the citie shoulde be vtterly destroyed, and that hee woulde giue the enemies an appetite thereunto.

Note return to page 14950 Or, botome.

Note return to page 14951 [l] The citie hath flattered her selfe in vaine.

Note return to page 14952 [m] I laboured by sending my Prophetes to call thee to repentance, but thou wouldest not.

Note return to page 14953 [n] That is, the Babylonians.

Note return to page 14954 [o] Meaning, his wife in whom he delited, as verse 18.

Note return to page 14955 [p] For in mourning they went bare headed and bare footed, and also couered their lippes.

Note return to page 14956 [q] That is, which the neighbours sent to them that mourned.

Note return to page 14957 [r] Meaning, the morning following.

Note return to page 14958 [s] By sending the Caldeans to destroy it, as Chap. 7.22.

Note return to page 14959 [t] Wherein you boast and delite.

Note return to page 14960 Ebr. lifting vp of their soules.

Note return to page 14961 [a] Because ye reioyced when the enemie destroyed my citie and Temple.

Note return to page 14962 [b] That is, to the Babylonians.

Note return to page 14963 [c] They shall chase thee away and take thy gorgeous houses to dwell in.

Note return to page 14964 [d] Called also Philadelphia, which was the chiefe citie of the Ammonites and full of conduites, 2.Sam. 12.27.

Note return to page 14965 [e] So that no power or strength should be able to resist the Babylonians.

Note return to page 14966 [f] Which were certaine garisons of Philistims, whereby they oft times molested the Iewes. of the Cherethims Dauid also had a gard.2.Sam.8.18.

Note return to page 14967 [a] Either of the captiuitie of Ieconiah, or of the reigne of Zedekiah.

Note return to page 14968 [b] That is, the famous citie Ierusalem, whereunto all people resorted.

Note return to page 14969 [c] My riches and fame shall increase: thus the wicked reioyce at their fall by whom they may haue any profite or aduantage.

Note return to page 14970 [d] The townes that belonged vnto her.

Note return to page 14971 [e] For Tyrus was much built by art, & by labour of men was wonne out of the sea. Some referre this vnto the images of the noble men which they had erected vp for their glorie and renoume.

Note return to page 14972 Ierem.7.34.

Note return to page 14973 [f] I will make thee so bare that thou shalt haue nothing to couer thee.

Note return to page 14974 [g] The gouernours and rulers of other countreys that dwell by the sea: whereby he signifieth that her destruction should be so horrible, that all the worlde should heare thereof and be afraide.

Note return to page 14975 [h] Meaning, marchants which by their traffique did enrich her wonderfully and increase her power.

Note return to page 14976 [i] Which are dead long agoe.

Note return to page 14977 [k] Meaning in Iudea, when it shalbe restored.

Note return to page 14978 Or, make thee a terrour.

Note return to page 14979 [a] Which seruest al the worlde with thy marchandise.

Note return to page 14980 Ebr. heart.

Note return to page 14981 [b] This mountaine was called Hermon, but the Amorites called it Shenir, Deut.3.9.

Note return to page 14982 [c] Which is taken for Grecia and Italie.

Note return to page 14983 Or, shipmasters.

Note return to page 14984 [d] Meaning, that they built the walles of the citie, which is here meant by the ship: and of these were the builders of Salomons Temple, 1.King.5.18.

Note return to page 14985 [e] That is, they of Cappadocia, or Pigmes and dwarfes, which were so called, because that out of the hie towers they seemed litle.

Note return to page 14986 [f] Of Grecia, Italie and Cappadocia.

Note return to page 14987 [g] By selling slaues.

Note return to page 14988 [h] Which are taken for a people of Asia minor.

Note return to page 14989 [i] Meaning, Vnicornes hornes, & Elephants teeth.

Note return to page 14990 Or, workes.

Note return to page 14991 Or, carbuncle.

Note return to page 14992 Or, silke.

Note return to page 14993 [k] Where the best wheat growed.

Note return to page 14994 Or, turpentine, or triacle.

Note return to page 14995 Or, were march&abar;ts whose marchandise passed through thine hands.

Note return to page 14996 Or, came in companie toward thee.

Note return to page 14997 Or, rowers.

Note return to page 14998 [l] That is, Nebuchad-nezzar.

Note return to page 14999 [m] That is, the cities nere about thee, as was Zidon, Aruad and others.

Note return to page 15000 [n] Whereby is meant a l&obar;g time: for it was prophecied to be destroied but seuentie yeres, as Isa.23.15.

Note return to page 15001 [a] I am safe that none can come to hurt me, as God is in the heauen.

Note return to page 15002 Though thou set thine heart as the heart of God.

Note return to page 15003 [b] Thus he speaketh by derision: for Daniel had declared notable signes of his wisedome in Babylon, when Ezekiel wrote this.

Note return to page 15004 [c] Like the rest of the heathen and infidels, which are Gods enemies.

Note return to page 15005 [d] He derideth the vaine opinion and confidence that the Tyrians had in their riches, strength and pleasures.

Note return to page 15006 Or, iasper.

Note return to page 15007 Or, carbuncle.

Note return to page 15008 [e] He meaneth the royall state of Tyrus, which for the excellencie and glory thereof he compareth to the Cherubims which couered the Arke: and by this woorde annointed he signifieth the same.

Note return to page 15009 [f] I did thee this honour to make thee one of the builders of my Temple, which was when Hiram sent vnto Salomon things necessary for the worke.

Note return to page 15010 [g] To wit, among my people Israel, which shined as precious stones.

Note return to page 15011 [h] Which was when I first called thee to this dignitie.

Note return to page 15012 [i] Thou shalt haue no part among my people.

Note return to page 15013 [k] That is, the honour, whereunto I called them.

Note return to page 15014 Or, brought to nothing.

Note return to page 15015 [l] By executing my iudgements against thy wickednes.

Note return to page 15016 [m] That is, Nebuchad-nezzar.

Note return to page 15017 [n] He sheweth for what cause God wil assemble his Church, and preserue it stil though he destroy his enemies: to wit, that they should praise him, & giue thanks for his great mercies.

Note return to page 15018 [a] To wit, of the captiuitie of Ieconiah or of the reigne of Zedekiah. Of the order of these prophecies and howe the former sometimes standeth after the latter, reade Iere. 27.1.

Note return to page 15019 [b] He compareth Pharaoh to a dragon which hideth himselfe in the riuer Nilus, as Isa. 51.9.

Note return to page 15020 [c] I wil send enemies against thee, which shal plucke thee, and thy people which trust in thee, out of thy sure places.

Note return to page 15021 [d] Read 2. King.18, 21. Isa. 36.6.

Note return to page 15022 Or, shake.

Note return to page 15023 [e] When they felt their hurt, they would staie no more vpon thee, but stoode vpon their feete and put their trust in others.

Note return to page 15024 [f] Thus God can not suffer that man shoulde arrogate any thing to himselfe or put his trust in any thing saue in him alone.

Note return to page 15025 Ebr. Cush, or Ethiopia.

Note return to page 15026 Iere. 45.26.

Note return to page 15027 [g] Meaning, that they should not haue full dominion, but be vnder the Persians, Grecians & Romaines, and the cause is, that the Israelites should no more put their trust in them, but learne to depend on God.

Note return to page 15028 [h] Lest I should by this meanes punish their sinnes.

Note return to page 15029 [i] Counting from the captiuitie of Ieconiah.

Note return to page 15030 [k] He tooke great paines at the siege of Tyrus and his armie was sore handled.

Note return to page 15031 [l] Signifying, that Nebuchad-nezzar had more paines then profite, by the taking of Tyrus.

Note return to page 15032 Or, in it.

Note return to page 15033 Or, euill against me.

Note return to page 15034 [a] By Phut and Lud are meant Aphrica and Lybia.

Note return to page 15035 [b] Which was a strong citie of Egypt, Chap. 29.10.

Note return to page 15036 Or, Memphis, or Alkaira.

Note return to page 15037 Or, Tanis.

Note return to page 15038 Or, Pelusium.

Note return to page 15039 Or, Alexandria.

Note return to page 15040 Or, Heliopolis.

Note return to page 15041 Or, Pubastum.

Note return to page 15042 [c] Meaning, that there shall be great sorowe and affliction.

Note return to page 15043 [d] That is, the strength and force.

Note return to page 15044 [e] Of the captiuitie of Ieconiah or of Zedekiahs reigne.

Note return to page 15045 [f] For Nebuchad-nezzar destroyed Pharaoh Necho at Charchemish, Ierem.46.26.

Note return to page 15046 [g] His force and power.

Note return to page 15047 [h] Whereby we see that tyrants haue no power of themselues, neither can doe any more harme then God appointeth, and when he will they must cease.

Note return to page 15048 [a] Of Zedekiahs reigne or of Ieconiahs captiuitie.

Note return to page 15049 [b] Meaning, that he was not like in strength to the King of the Assyrians, whom the Babylonians ouercame.

Note return to page 15050 [c] Many other nations were vnder their dominion.

Note return to page 15051 Or, countrey.

Note return to page 15052 [d] Signifying, that there was no greater power in the worlde then his was.

Note return to page 15053 Or, thou wast lift vp.

Note return to page 15054 [e] That is, of Nebuchad-nezzar, who afterwarde was the monarche and onely ruler of the worlde.

Note return to page 15055 [f] Hereby is signified the destruction of the power of the Assyrians by the Babylonians.

Note return to page 15056 [g] The deepe waters that caused him to mount so hie (meaning his great abundance and pompe) shall nowe lament as though they were couered with sackecloth.

Note return to page 15057 [h] To cause this destruction of the King of Assyria to seeme more horrible, he setteth forth other Kings and princes which are dead, as though they reioyced at the fall of such a tyrant.

Note return to page 15058 [i] Meaning, that Pharaohs power was nothing so great as his was.

Note return to page 15059 [k] Reade Chap.28.10.

Note return to page 15060 [a] Which was the first yeere of the generall captiuitie vnder Zedekiah.

Note return to page 15061 [b] Thus the scriptures compare tyrants to cruell and huge beasts which deuoure all that be weaker then they, and such as they may ouercome.

Note return to page 15062 Or, whale.

Note return to page 15063 [c] Thou preparedst great armies.

Note return to page 15064 Chap.12.13. and 17.20.

Note return to page 15065 [d] With heapes of the carkases of thine armie.

Note return to page 15066 [e] As Nilus ouerfloweth Egypt, so will I make the blood of thine hoste to ouerflowe it.

Note return to page 15067 [f] The worde signifyeth to be put out as a candle is put out.

Note return to page 15068 Isa.13.10. ioel.2. 31. and 3.15. matth. 24.29.

Note return to page 15069 [g] By this maner of speach is ment the great sorowe that shall be for the slaughter of the King and his people.

Note return to page 15070 [h] This came to passe in lesse then foure yeeres after this prophesie.

Note return to page 15071 [i] To wit, of the Caldeans thine enemies, which shall quietly enioy all thy commodities.

Note return to page 15072 [k] That is, prophesie, that they shall be cast downe: thus the Lorde giueth his Prophets power both to plant & to destroy by his word, read Iere.1.10.

Note return to page 15073 [l] Haue not other kingdomes, more beautifull then thou, perished?

Note return to page 15074 [m] That is, Egypt.

Note return to page 15075 [n] To make the matter more sensible, he bringeth in Pharaoh whome þe; dead shall meete and maruaile at him, read Isa.14.9.

Note return to page 15076 [o] Meaning, the Persians.

Note return to page 15077 [p] Whom in this life all the worlde feared.

Note return to page 15078 [q] That is, the Cappadocians and Italians, or Spaniards, as Iosephus writeth.

Note return to page 15079 [r] Which died not by cruell death, but by the course of nature, and are honourably buried with their coate armour and signes of honour.

Note return to page 15080 [s] The Kings of Babylon.

Note return to page 15081 [t] As the wicked reioyce when they see others partakers of their miseries.

Note return to page 15082 [u] I wil make the Egyptians afraide of mee, as they caused others to feare them.

Note return to page 15083 Or, of their coasts.

Note return to page 15084 [a] He sheweth that the people ought to haue continually gouernours and teachers which may haue a care ouer them, and to warne them euer of the dangers which are at hand.

Note return to page 15085 [b] Signifying that the wicked shall not escape punishment though the watchman be negligent: but if the watchman blowe the trumpet, and then he will not obey, he shall deserue double punishment.

Note return to page 15086 Chap.3.17.

Note return to page 15087 [c] Which teacheth that he that receiueth not his charge at the Lordes mouth, is a spie, and not a true watchman.

Note return to page 15088 [d] The watchman must answere for the blood of all þt; perish through his negligence.

Note return to page 15089 [e] Thus the wicked when they heare Gods iudgements for their sinnes, despaire of his mercies and murmure.

Note return to page 15090 [f] Read Chap. 18.23.

Note return to page 15091 [g] Reade of this righteousnesse, Chap.18.22,24.

Note return to page 15092 [h] Hereby he condemneth all them of hypocrisie, which pretend to forsake wickednes, & yet declare not themselues such by their fruits, that is, in obeying Gods c&obar;mandements and by godly life.

Note return to page 15093 Chap.28.25.

Note return to page 15094 [i] When the Prophet was led away captiue with Ieconiah.

Note return to page 15095 [k] I was indued with the Spirite of prophesie, Chap.8.2.

Note return to page 15096 [l] Whereby is signified that the ministers of God can not speake till God giue them courage and open their mouthes, Chap.24.27.&29. 21 Eph.6.19.

Note return to page 15097 [m] Thus the wicked thinke them selues more worthy to enioy Gods promises then the Saints of God, to whom they were made: and would binde God to be subiect to them, though they would not be bound to him.

Note return to page 15098 [n] Contrary to the Law, Leui.17.14.

Note return to page 15099 [o] As they that are ready still to shead blood.

Note return to page 15100 Chap.7.14. & 24. 31? 30.6,7.

Note return to page 15101 [p] In derision.

Note return to page 15102 [q] This declareth that we ought to heare Gods worde with such zeale & affection that we should in al points obey it, els we abuse the worde to our owne condemnation, and make of his ministers as though they were lefts to serue mens foolish fantasies.

Note return to page 15103 Or, pleasant, and loue song.

Note return to page 15104 Iere.23.1.

Note return to page 15105 [a] By the shepheards he meaneth the King, the magistrates, Priests, and Prophets.

Note return to page 15106 [b] Ye seeke to enrich your selues by their commodities, and so spoyle their riches and substance.

Note return to page 15107 [c] He describeth the office & duetie of a good pastor, who ought to loue and succour his flocke and not to be cruel toward them.

Note return to page 15108 [d] For lacke of good gouernment and doctrine they perished.

Note return to page 15109 [e] By destroying the couetous hirelings and restoring true shepherdes, whereof we haue a signe so oft as God sendeth true preachers who both by doctrine and life labour to feede his sheepe in the pleasant pastures of his worde.

Note return to page 15110 [f] In the day of their affliction and miserie: and this promes is to comfort the Church in all dangers.

Note return to page 15111 [g] Meaning, such as lift vp themselues aboue their brethren, & thinke they haue no neede to be gouerned by me.

Note return to page 15112 [h] That is, by putting difference betweene the good and the bad, and so giue to either, as they deserue.

Note return to page 15113 [i] By good pasture and deepe waters is ment the pure worde of God and the administration of iustice, which they did not distribute to the poore till they had corrupted it.

Note return to page 15114 [k] Meaning Christ, of whom Dauid was a figure, Iere. 30.9. hose.3.5.

Note return to page 15115 [l] This declareth, that vnder Christ the flocke should be truely deliuered from sinne, and hell, & so be safely preserued in the church where they should neuer perish.

Note return to page 15116 [m] The fruites of Gods grace shal appeare in great abundance in his Church.

Note return to page 15117 [n] That is the rod that shal come out of the roote of Ishai, Isa.11.1.

Note return to page 15118 [a] Where the Idumeans dwelt.

Note return to page 15119 [b] When by their punishment I called them from their iniquitie.

Note return to page 15120 [c] Except thou repent thy former crueltie.

Note return to page 15121 [d] To wit, to these former estate.

Note return to page 15122 [e] Meaning, Israel and Iudah.

Note return to page 15123 [f] And so by sighting against Gods people, they should go about to put him out of his owne possessi&obar;.

Note return to page 15124 [g] As thou hast done cruelly, so shalt thou be cruelly handled.

Note return to page 15125 [h] Shewing, that when God punisheth the enemies, the godly ought to consider that he hath a care ouer them, & so prayse his Name: and also that the wicked rage as though there were no God, til they feele his hand to their destruction.

Note return to page 15126 Chap.6.2.

Note return to page 15127 [a] That is, the Idumean.

Note return to page 15128 [b] That is, Ierusalem, which for Gods promises was the chiefest of all the worlde.

Note return to page 15129 [c] Ye are made a matter of talke & derision to all the worlde.

Note return to page 15130 [d] They appointed with themselues to haue it, & therefore came with Nebuchad-nezzar against Ierusalem for this purpose.

Note return to page 15131 [e] Because you haue bene a laughing stocke vnto them.

Note return to page 15132 [f] By making a solemne othe, reade Chap.20.5.

Note return to page 15133 [g] God declareth his mercies and goodnes toward his Church, who still preserueth his, euen when he destroyeth his enemies.

Note return to page 15134 [h] Which was accomplished vnder Christ, to whom al these temporal deliuerances did direct them.

Note return to page 15135 [i] That is, vpon the mountaines of Ierusalem.

Note return to page 15136 Or, thee.

Note return to page 15137 [k] This the enemies imputed as the reproch of the land, which God did for the sinnes of the people according to his iust iudgements.

Note return to page 15138 Isa.52 5. rom.2.24.

Note return to page 15139 [l] And therefore would not suffer my Name to be had in contempt, as the heathen would haue reproched me, if I had suffred my Church to perish.

Note return to page 15140 [m] This excludeth from man al dignitie, & meane to deserue any thing by, seeing that God referreth þe; whole to himselfe, & that only for the glory of his holy Name.

Note return to page 15141 Or, your.

Note return to page 15142 [n] That is, his Spirit whereby he reformeth the heart and regenerateth his, Isa.44.3.

Note return to page 15143 Iere.32.39. chap.11.19.

Note return to page 15144 [o] Vnder the abundance of temporall benefites he concludeth the spirituall graces.

Note return to page 15145 [p] Ye shal come to true repentance, & thinke your selues vnworthy to be of the nomber of Gods creatures for your ingratitude against him.

Note return to page 15146 [q] He declareth that it ought not to be referred to the soyle or plentifulnes of the earth that any countrey is rich, & abundant, but onely to Gods mercies, as his plagues, and curses declare, when he maketh it barren.

Note return to page 15147 Or, valley.

Note return to page 15148 [a] He sheweth by a greater miracle, that God hath power, & also will deliuer his people from their captiuitie, in asmuch as he is able to giue life to the dead bones, & bodies, and raise them vp againe.

Note return to page 15149 [b] Signifying, all parts whereas the Israelites were scattered; that is, the faithful shalbe brought to þe; same vnitie of spirit, & doctrine, wheresoeuer they are scattered through the world.

Note return to page 15150 [c] That is, when I haue brought you out of those places, and townes where you are captiues.

Note return to page 15151 [d] Which signifieth the ioyning together of þe; two houses of Israel, and Iudah.

Note return to page 15152 [e] That is, þe; house of Israel.

Note return to page 15153 Iohn 10.16.

Note return to page 15154 Isa.40.11. iere.23. 5. chap.34.23. dan.9.24.

Note return to page 15155 [f] Meaning, that þe; elect by Christ shal dwell in þe; heauenly Ierusal&ebar;, which is meant by the land of Canaan.

Note return to page 15156 Psal.109 4.and 116.2.

Note return to page 15157 [a] Which was a people that came of Magog þe; sonne of Iaphet, Gen. 10. 2. Magog also here signifieth a certaine countrey, so that by these two countries, which had the gouernment of Grecia & Italie, he meaneth the principall enemies of þe; Church, Reue.20.8.

Note return to page 15158 [b] He sheweth that the enemies should bend themselues against the Church, but it should be to their owne destruction.

Note return to page 15159 [c] The Persians, Ethiopians, and men of Aphrica.

Note return to page 15160 [d] Gomer was Iaphets sonne and Togarmah þe; sonne of Gomer, & are thought to be they that inhabite Asia minor.

Note return to page 15161 [e] Signifying, that all the people of the world should assemble th&ebar;selues against the Church and Christ their head.

Note return to page 15162 Or, it: meaning, the land of Israel.

Note return to page 15163 [f] That is, to molest and destroy the Church.

Note return to page 15164 [g] Meaning, Israel which had nowe bene destroyed, & was not yet built againe: declaring hereby the simplicitie of the godly, who seeke not so much to fortifie themselues by outward force as to depend on þe; prouidence and goodnesse of God.

Note return to page 15165 [h] One enemie shal enuie another because euery one shall thinke to haue the spoyle of the Church.

Note return to page 15166 [i] Shalt not thou spye thine occasions to come against my Church, when they suspect nothing?

Note return to page 15167 [k] Meaning, in the last age, and from the comming of Christ vnto the end of the world.

Note return to page 15168 [l] Signifying, that God will be sanctified by mainteining his Church, and destroying his enemies, as Chap. 36.23.and 37.28.

Note return to page 15169 [m] Hereby he declareth that none affliction can come to the Church, whereof they haue not bene aduertised aforetime, to teach them to indure all thinges with more patience when they knowe that God hath so ordeined.

Note return to page 15170 [n] All meanes whereby man shoulde thinke to saue himselfe shall fayle, the affliction in those dayes shall be so great, and the enemies destruction shalbe so terrible.

Note return to page 15171 [o] Against the people of Gog and Magog.

Note return to page 15172 Chap.36.23.and 37.28.

Note return to page 15173 [a] Or, destroy thee with sixe plagues, as Chap.38.22.

Note return to page 15174 [b] Meaning, that by the vertue of Gods worde the enemie shalbe destroyed wheresoeuer he assayleth his Church.

Note return to page 15175 [c] That is, among all nations where the enemies of my people dwell, seeme they neuer so farre separate.

Note return to page 15176 [d] That is, this plague is fully determined in my counsel & cannot be changed.

Note return to page 15177 [e] After this destruction þe; church shall haue great peace and tranquilitie, & burne all their weapons because they shall no more feare the enemie: and this is chiefly meant of the accomplishment of Christs kingdome, when by their head Christ all enemies shalbe ouercome.

Note return to page 15178 [f] Which declareth that the enemies shall haue an horrible fall.

Note return to page 15179 [g] For the stinke of the carkeises.

Note return to page 15180 Or, of the multitude of Gog.

Note return to page 15181 [h] Meaning, a long time.

Note return to page 15182 [i] Partly that the holy land should not be polluted, and partly for the compassion that the children of God haue, euen on their enemies.

Note return to page 15183 Or, multitude.

Note return to page 15184 [k] Whereby he signifieth the horrible destruction that should come vpon the enemies of his Church.

Note return to page 15185 [l] The heathen shal knowe that they ouercame not my people by their strength, neither yet by the weakenes of mine arme, but that this was for my peoples sinnes.

Note return to page 15186 Chap.36.23.

Note return to page 15187 [a] The Iewes counted the beginning of the yeere after two sortes: for their feasts they began to count in March, and for their other affaires in September: so that this is to be vnderstand of September.

Note return to page 15188 Or, visions of God.

Note return to page 15189 [b] Which was an Angel in forme of a man, that came to measure out this building.

Note return to page 15190 [Subnote: THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGVRE which beginneth, verse 5.]

Chap.XL. Verse 5. The wal thee compasseth about the Temple & the courts, as appeareth in the second and in the great figure.

A B. The thicknesse of the wall was sixe cubits: for so long the reede was.

A C. The height of the wall, which was also sixe cubites: this wall conteined two thousand cubites, that is, on the East side 500.

C H. And on the North side 500.

H I. As much on the South side.

C K. And 500. on the West side.

I K. This wall did separate the Temple from the citie, Chap. 42.20.

Verse 6. This gate in the great figure is marked with D. vnto the which appertaine seuen steppes. E

Thence they goe into the porche where are sixe chambers F. which porch was closed with a wall G.

Verse 7 E F G. The length.

The breadth E O G.

The space of fiue cubites betweene the chambers and so much space was on this side, and beyond the chambers G.

From the threshold inward to the porch was sixe cubites A B.

B C. The porch.

Verse 9. C D. The vpper postes.

H I The breadth of the alley of the porch.

B C. The length of the porch, which was inward.

Vers.11. L M. the breadth of þe; gate, & the height A N.

Vers.12. The space before the ch&abar;bers as a litle galery O.

Vers 13. The breadth of the whole porch from the vnmost chamber to the gate 25. cubites P Q

In the 14. verse he speaketh of the vpper postes, or pentises which in all were 60. cubits: for euery chamber had sixe, and the threshold, & lintell of the doore, either 12. K figures.

Vers.15. A D. The fiftie cubites.

Vers.17. The outward court R so called, because it was the outward court in respect of the Temple, as appeareth in þe; great figure N. but it is the inner court in respect of þe; porch, which hath bene described.

S. The thirtie chambers, fifteene on a side.

The two litle gates 6. which are by þe; great gate T.

Vers.19. The lower gate A which had seuen steps, and the gate within eight. T. betweene A T were 100. cubites, and had as much from South to North VX.

Vers.20. This must be considered in the great figure.

The outwarde court in respect of the Temple M R.

The North side.

The porch. S.

The court without T.

The length of the porch with the chambers, as in the East side. V X.

The breadth 25 cubites Y Z.

Vers.23. The gate of the inner court B. ouer against the gate of the outward court R. and towarde the East C. an h&ubar;dreth cubites R B.

Vers.24. The South gate in the great figure d.

The outwarde court e.

Vers.27. The inner court gate. f

An hundreth cubites d f which was the length of a court, and his chambers.

Vers.28. The inner court g.

The eight steps are hid with the building, but they are like them of the East gate Q. for all the courts were of one measure, quantitie and facion.

Vers.32. The inner court on the East side N. And so in all he maketh sixe courts, two on the East side, two on the North, and two on the South side. Looke in the great figure.

Vers.38. He speaketh of sixe chambers, which were in the porch of the inner court on the North side i

The entry of the chambers, that is, the doores, were vnder the vpper postes or pentises, which hanged ouer the chambers as also did ouer the gate. Looke in the great figure.

Vers.39. In the porch of the inner court were foure tables K. & as many in the outwarde court S. a cubite, & an halfe long, and as broad, and one cubite high.

Vers.44. The chambers in the inner porche on the North side for the singers L. but the perspectiue hindereth þe; sight, therefore behold them which are in the East court for they are all alike: likewise on the South side. The Prophet was now in þe; East court, where he saw the altar measured, & describeth one rowe of chambers, which was for the Priestes.

Vers.45. He speaketh of the two rowes of chambers, which were in the inner court N. whereof they on the North side were for þe; priestes that sacrificed O. and they on the South side for th&ebar; that kept the Temple N. which chambers were East and by South, as the other O were East and by North. These must bee seene in the great figure.

Vers.47. The altar p.

Vers.48. He entred by the gate Q to come into the porch of the Temple R

The which Temple is here described more at large, because the things here mentioned might the better be vnderstand.

Vers.48. By the postes of the porch he meaneth the wall which was fiue cubites thicke on either side of the alley or porche.1.2.

The two litle gates in the side of the porche 3.4. which were to goe to the Priestes chambers that were by the Temple, A B.

Vers.49. The length of the porch 20. cubites 5.6.

And the breadth eleuen. 7.8.

The steps whereby the Prophet came into the porch of the Temple 9.7.

The two pillars 10.

Chap.XLI. Vers.1. The vpper postes or pentises, meaning, the tops of the chambers on the sides of the Temple. A B.

The seconde chamber G goeth out more then the first R. and the thirde A more then the seconde.

Verse.2. The breadth of the entrie or gate tenne cubites C D

Fiue cubites from the Temple wall to the gate on oyther side E C D F.

The length of fourtie cubites from the Temple gate to the most holy place 8.1.

The breadth of the Temple 20 cubites E F. or G.

P He speaketh not here of the height: therefore it is made of 30. cubites according to Salomons.

Verse 3. The Angel went into the most holy place.

The poste of the entrie, that is, the thresholde, or thicknesse of the wall. H.I.

The gate 6. cubites. K L.

The breadth on eyther side the gate 7. cubites, M K. and L N. which make in all 20. cubites.

Verse 4. The length 20. cubites G O. for it was square.

Verse 5. The first chamber was 4. cubites. Q R.

The seconde fiue, S T. and the thirde sixe A B.

There were three heights or stages of chambers. R S A.

The turning stayre can not be shewed in the figure, but may easely be conceiued.

Vers.8. The foundations of sixe cubites, meaning the hie chamber was so and the nether from thence seemed so likewise by a perpendicular line or plommet, B Z.

Vers.9. The chamber without was the hie chamber, and fr&obar; that chamber the wall was but fiue cubites thicke B X Y: for downeward it was sixe. Q 6.

Vers.10. The ch&abar;bers on the one side were distant from them on the other side 20 cubites, which was the breadth of the Temple.

Vers.11. The dores of the chambers on the Northside, opened toward the North V and they on the Southside toward þe; South R for there was an alley of fiue cubites round about the Temple V Z and was so closed with a wall 11.

Vers.12. The building, or the great place compassed with a wall of fiue cubites thicke, and was farther off the Temple then the alley, or separate place *, and this is more plainely set forth in the great figure.

Vers.16. He declareth that whatsoeuer was of stone worke from the bottome to þe; top, was couered with wood on the East, South, and North side.

Vers.22. The altar V which was three cubites high Y X. and two cubites long Y Z.

Chap.XLII. Vers.1. Hauing described the length and bredth of the Temple, he commeth to the outward court on the Northside: T. This appeareth in the great figure.

He brought me into the chamber: that is, the rowe of ch&abar;bers, which were toward the separate place Westward. t.

Vers.2. He meaneth that the North was an hundreth cubites long. x.y. and in breadth fiftie. b.X.

Vers.4. This gallerie appeareth in the great figure by this nomber 12.

Vers.5. These ch&abar;bers were contrary facioned to th&ebar; of the Temple.

Vers.8. So that the wall for the chambers of the outward court and the wall of the inner, was either fiftie cubites, and the whole court an hundreth.

Vers.9. Vnder these chambers were entries, or doores to passe fr&obar; one place to another, which are noted euer by z in the great figure.

Vers.10.11. The ch&abar;bers p of the East court M were like to the chambers of the North court.

Vers.13. Which chambers were in the East gate toward the North and South 3. and toward the separate place or backe building .4. which chambers are called holy, because they were by the Temple.

Chap.XLIIII. Vers.1. The East gate D in the great figure.

Chap.XLVI. Vers.1 The inner court gate O whereunto they went vp by eight steppes as appeareth in the great figure.

Vers.9. He that entreth in by the North gate R. shal go out by the South gate D and contrary, and in going forwarde they worshipped in the middes M.

Vers.19. He describeth the Priests chambers, which were at the side of the Temple toward the North: and so commeth to þe; place, which was on the West side S which vers. 21. is called the vtter court, in respect of the inner court, as also where the people were, was the vtter court in respect to this inner.

Vers.21. The litle court in euery corner, was fortye cubites long.7,8. and thirtie broad 8,9. & 7,9.

Vers.23. About the walles of these litle courts, which were as kitchins, were litle chambers for the cookes 10.

Chap.XLVII. Vers.1. The doore of the Temple R and from vnder the thresholde issued out waters, which came out of the Southside, and ran toward the East. Looke in the great figure 11.

Note return to page 15191 Or, thresholde.

Note return to page 15192 Or, vpper post.

Note return to page 15193 Or, pentifes.

Note return to page 15194 Or, winde.

Note return to page 15195 Chap.9.3.

Note return to page 15196 [a] When I prophecied the destruction of the citie by the Caldeans.

Note return to page 15197 [b] Which was departed afore, Chap.10.4. and 11.22.

Note return to page 15198 [c] By their idolatries.

Note return to page 15199 [d] He alludeth to Ammon and Manasseh, who were buried in their gardens neere the Temple, and there had erected vp monuments to their idoles.

Note return to page 15200 Ebr. Lawe.

Note return to page 15201 [Subnote: THE FIGVRE OF THE ALTAR.]

Vers.13. The mids or bottome A. which was a cubite hie B C. and a cubite broad B D.

Vers.14. The lower piece which standeth on þe; bottom and is the middlemost piece and vnder the hiest, is two cubites D E.

The breadth one cubite E F.

From the litle piece, which was the second, to the hiest foure cubites F G.

Vers.15. Foure cubites, meaning the hier part of the altar F G.

Vers.16. Length and breadth G H I K. Which note also the 4. hornes of the altar.

Vers.17. The frame whereupon the hiest piece stood, is fourteene cubites: for on euery side it is longer by a cubite then the vppermost E L, L M.

Note return to page 15202 Ebr. fill his hand.

Note return to page 15203 [a] Meaning, from the common people, but not from the Priestes, nor the prince, reade Chap.46.8,9.

Note return to page 15204 Ebr. set thine heart.

Note return to page 15205 [b] For they had brought idolaters which were of other countreis, to teach them their idolatrie, Chap.23 40.

Note return to page 15206 [c] Ye haue not offred vnto me according to my Lawe.

Note return to page 15207 [d] The Leuites which had committed idolatrie were put from their dignitie and could not be receiued into the Priestes office, although they had bene of the house of Aaron, but must serue in the inferior offices, as to watch and to keepe the doores, reade 2.King.23.9.

Note return to page 15208 [e] Which obserued the Lawe of God, and fell not to idolatrie.

Note return to page 15209 [f] As did the infidels and heathen.

Note return to page 15210 Leuit.10.9.

Note return to page 15211 Leuit.21.13,14.

Note return to page 15212 Leuit.21.1,2,11.

Note return to page 15213 [g] They may be at their buriall, which was a defiling.

Note return to page 15214 Deut.18.1. nomb.18.20.

Note return to page 15215 Exod.13.2. & 22. 29.and 34.19. nomb.3.13.

Note return to page 15216 Exod.22.31. leuit.22.8.

Note return to page 15217 [a] Of all the land of Israel the Lorde onely requireth this portion for the Temple and for the Priests, for the citie and for the prince.

Note return to page 15218 [b] The Prophet sheweth that the heads must bee first reformed afore any good order can bee established among the people.

Note return to page 15219 [c] Ephah & Bath were both of one quantitie, saue that Ephah conteined in dry things, that which Bath did in licour, Leuit.5. 11. 1.king 5.11.

Note return to page 15220 Exod.30.13. leuit.27.25. nomb.3.47.

Note return to page 15221 [d] That is, threescore shekels make a weight called Mina: for he ioyneth these three parts to Mina.

Note return to page 15222 [e] Which was Nisan, conteyning parte of March & part of Aprill.

Note return to page 15223 Or, court.

Note return to page 15224 Exod.12.18. leuit.23.5.

Note return to page 15225 [f] Reade Exod. 29.40.

Note return to page 15226 [a] That is, as much as he will.

Note return to page 15227 [b] Meaning, as hee shall thinke good.

Note return to page 15228 [c] Which was at the Iubile, Leui. 25.9.

Note return to page 15229 [d] But be content with that portion that God hath assigned him, as Chap.45.8.

Note return to page 15230 [e] That the people should not haue to do with those things which apperteine to the Lord, and thinke it lawfull for them to eate them.

Note return to page 15231 [a] Whereby are ment the spirituall graces that should be giuen to the Church vnder the kingdom of Christ.

Note return to page 15232 [b] Signifiyng that the graces of God should neuer decrease but euer abound in his Church.

Note return to page 15233 [c] Meaning, the multitude of them that should bee refreshed by the spiritual waters.

Note return to page 15234 [d] Shewing that the abundance of these graces shuld be so great, that all the world shoulde be full thereof, which is here ment by the Persian Sea or Genezareth, and the Sea called Mediterraneum, Zech.14.8.

Note return to page 15235 [e] The waters which of nature are salt and vnholsome, shalbe made sweete, and comfortable.

Note return to page 15236 [f] Signifying that when God bestoweth his mercies in such abundance, the ministers shall by their preaching winne many.

Note return to page 15237 [g] Which were cities at the corners of the salt or dead sea.

Note return to page 15238 [h] They shalbe here of all sortes, and in as great abundance as in the great Ocean where they are bred.

Note return to page 15239 [i] That is, the wicked and reprobate.

Note return to page 15240 Or, tree for meate.

Note return to page 15241 Or, for bruises and sores.

Note return to page 15242 Gene.48.22.

Note return to page 15243 Gene.12.7. and 13.15. & 15.18. and 26.4. deut.34.4.

Note return to page 15244 [k] By the land of promes he signifieth the spirituall land whereof this was a figure.

Note return to page 15245 Or, strife.

Note return to page 15246 [l] Meaning, that in this spirituall kingdome there should be no difference betweene Iewe nor Gentile, but that all should be partakers of this inheritance in their head Christ.

Note return to page 15247 [a] The tribes after that they entred into the lande vnder Ioshua, diuided the lande somewhat otherwise then is here set foorth by this vision.

Note return to page 15248 [b] That is, the portion of the grounde, which they shall separate and appoint to the Lorde, which shalbe deuided into three partes: for the Priestes, for the prince, and for the citie.

Note return to page 15249 Chap.44.15.

Note return to page 15250 [c] Meaning, that it should be square.

Note return to page 15251 [d] Euery way it shalbe fiue and twentie thousande.

Note return to page 15252 [e] So that Iudah was on the Northside of the Princes and Leuites portions, and Beniamin on the Southside.

Note return to page 15253 [f] Which is here taken for Idumea.

Note return to page 15254 [g] Which was Iericho the citie of palme trees.

Note return to page 15255 [h] Meaning, Nilus that runneth into the Sea called Mediterraneum.

Note return to page 15256 Ebr. Iehouah shammah.

Note return to page 15257 [a] Reade 2.King. 24.1. & iere.25 1.

Note return to page 15258 [b] Which was a plaine by Babylon, where was the Temple of their great god, and is here taken for Babylon.

Note return to page 15259 [c] Who was as master of the wardes.

Note return to page 15260 [d] He calleth them Eunuches whome the King nourished and brought vp to be rulers of other countreis afterward.

Note return to page 15261 [e] His purpose was to keepe them as hostages, and that hee might shewe himselfe victorious, and also by their good intreatie and learning of his religion, they might fauour rather him then the Iewes, and so to be able to serue him as gouernours in their lande: moreouer by this meanes the Iewes might be better kept in subiection, fearing otherwise to procure hurt to these noble men.

Note return to page 15262 [f] The King required three things, that they should be of noble birth, that they should be wittie and learned, and that they should be of a strong and comely nature, that they might doe him better seruice: this he did for his owne commoditie, therefore it is not to praise his liberalitie: yet in this he is worthy praise, that he esteemed learning, and knewe that it was a necessarie meane to gouerne by.

Note return to page 15263 [g] That they might forget their owne religion, and countrey facions, to serue him the better to his purpose: yet it is not to be thought þt; Daniel did learne any knowledge that was not godly: in all pointes he refused the abuse of things & superstition, in so much that he woulde not eate the meate which the King appointed him, but was content to learne the knowledge of naturall things.

Note return to page 15264 [h] That by their good entertainement they might learne to forget the mediocritie of their owne people.

Note return to page 15265 [i] To the intent that in this time they might both learne the maners of the Caldeans, and also their tongue.

Note return to page 15266 [k] Aswel to serue at the table, as in other offices.

Note return to page 15267 [l] That they might altogether forget their religion: for the Iewes gaue their children names, which might euer put them in remembrance of some point of religion: therefore this was a great tentation & a signe of seruitude which they were not able to resist.

Note return to page 15268 [m] Not that hee thought any religion to be in the meate or drinke (for afterwarde he did eate) but because the king should not entise him by this sweete poyson to forget his religion and accustomed sobrietie, and that in his meat & drinke he might dayly remember of what people hee was: and Daniel bringeth this in to shewe howe God from the beginning assisted him with his Spirit, and at length called him to bee a Prophet.

Note return to page 15269 [n] Hee supposed they did this for their religion, which was contrary to the Babylonians, and therefore herein hee representeth them, which are of no religion: for neither hee would condemne theirs nor maintaine his owne.

Note return to page 15270 [o] Meaning, that within this space hee might haue the tryall, and that no man shoulde be able to discerne it: and thus hee spake, beeing mooued by the Spirite of God.

Note return to page 15271 [p] Not that it was a thing abominable to eate deintie meates, and to drinke wine, as both before and after they did, but if they should haue hereby bene wonne to the King and haue refused their owne religion that meate and drinke had bene accursed.

Note return to page 15272 [q] This bare feeding and that also of Moses when he fledde from the court of Egypt, declareth that wee must liue in such sobrietie as God doeth call vs vnto, seeing hee will make it more profitable vnto vs, then all deinties: for his blessing onely suffiseth.

Note return to page 15273 Ebr. fatter in flesh.

Note return to page 15274 [r] Meaning, in the liberall sciences, and naturall knowledge, and not in the magical artes which are forbidden, Deu.18 11.

Note return to page 15275 [s] So that he onely was a Prophet & none of the other. for by dreames and visions God appeared to his Prophets, Nom.12.6.

Note return to page 15276 [t] Of the three yeres aboue mencioned. vers 5.

Note return to page 15277 [u] That is, he was esteemed in Babylon as a Prophet so long as þt; common welth stoode.

Note return to page 15278 [a] The father and the sonne were both called by this name: so that this is ment of þe; sonne, when he reigned alone: for he reigned also after a sort &wt; his father.

Note return to page 15279 [b] Not that hee had many dreames, but because many matters were conteined in this dreame.

Note return to page 15280 [c] Because it was so rare & strange a dreame þt; he had not had the like.

Note return to page 15281 [d] He was so heauy with sleepe that he began to sleepe againe. Some read, and his sleepe was broken from him.

Note return to page 15282 [e] For all these Astrologers and sorcerers called themselues by this name of honour as though al the wisdome and knowledge of the countrey depended vpon them, and that all other countreis were voyd of the same.

Note return to page 15283 [f] That is, in the Syrian tongue which differed not much from the Caldeans, saue it seemed to bee more eloquent, & therefore the learned vsed to speake it: as the Iewish writers do to this day.

Note return to page 15284 [g] This is a iust reward of their arrogancie (which va&ubar;ted of themselues that they had the knowledge of all things) that they should bee prooued fooles, and that to their perpetuall shame and confusion.

Note return to page 15285 [h] Herein appeared their ignorance, that notwithstanding their brags, yet were they not able to tell the dreame, except hee entred them into the matter, and therefore they would pretend knowledge where was but mere ignorance, and so as deluders of the people, they were worthy to die.

Note return to page 15286 Ebr. redeeme the tyme.

Note return to page 15287 [i] Which declareth, that God would not haue his seruant ioyned in the companie of these sorcerers, & Astrologers, whose artes were wicked, & therfore iustly ought to dye, though the king did it vpon a rage, & no zeale.

Note return to page 15288 Or the captaine of the garde.

Note return to page 15289 Psalm.113.2. and 113.18.

Note return to page 15290 [k] Hee sheweth that man hath neyther wisedome nor knowledge, but very darke blindnes, and ignorance of himselfe: for it commeth onely of God, that man vnderstandeth any thing.

Note return to page 15291 [l] To whome thou madest thy promes, and who liued in thy feare: whereby he excludeth all other gods.

Note return to page 15292 [m] Meaning, power to interprete it.

Note return to page 15293 [n] Whereby appeareth that many were slaine, as vers. 13, and the rest at Daniels offer were preserued on condicion: not that Daniel fauoured their wicked profession, but that he had respect to equitie because the King proceeded according to his wicked affection, & not considering if their science were lawful or no.

Note return to page 15294 [o] Hee affirmeth that man by reason & arte is not able to atteine to the cause of Gods secrets, but the vnderstanding onely thereof must come of God: whereby he smiteth þe; King with a certaine feare & reuerence of God, that he might be the more apt to receiue the hie misteries, that should be reueiled.

Note return to page 15295 [p] Because he had said that God onely must reueale the significati&obar; of this dreame, the King might haue asked, why Daniel did enterprise to interprete it, and therefore he sheweth, that he was but Gods minister, and had no giftes, but such as God had giuen him to set forth his glory.

Note return to page 15296 [q] By golde, siluer, brasse, and yron, are ment the Caldean, Persian, Macedonian, and Romane kingdome, which shoulde successiuely rule all the worlde till Christ (which is here called the stone) come himselfe, and destroy the last: and this was to assure the Iewes, that their afflictions shoulde not ende with the empire of the Caldeans, but that they shoulde paciently abide the comming of Messiah, which shoulde bee at the ende of this fourth monarchie.

Note return to page 15297 [r] Daniel leaueth out the kingdome of the Assyrians, which was before the Babylonian, both because it was not a monarchie and generall empire, and also because he would declare the things, þt; were to come, to the comming of Christ, for þe; comfort of the elect among these wonderfull alterations and he calleth the Babylonian kingdome the golden head, because in respect of the other three, it was the best, and yet was of it selfe wicked and cruel.

Note return to page 15298 [s] Meaning, the Persians, which were not inferiour in dignitie, power, & riches, but were worse touching ambition, crueltie, and all kinde of vice. shewing, that the world shoulde grow worse, and worse, til it was restored by Christ.

Note return to page 15299 [t] That is, of the Macedonians shalbe of brasse, not alluding to the hardnesse thereof, but to the vilenes in respect of siluer.

Note return to page 15300 [u] That is, the Romane empire shal subdue all these other aforenamed, which after Alexander were deuided into the Macedonians, Grecians, Syrians and Egyptians.

Note return to page 15301 [x] They shall haue ciuil warres & continuall discordes among themselues.

Note return to page 15302 [y] They shall by marriages, and affinities thinke to make themselues strong: yet shall they neuer be ioyned in hearts.

Note return to page 15303 [z] His purpose is to shewe, that all the kingdomes of the worlde are transitorie, & that the kingdome of Christ shall onely remayne for euer.

Note return to page 15304 [a] Meaning Christ, who was sent of God, and not set vp by man, whose kingdome at the beginning should be small and without beautie to mans iudgement, but should at length grow and fil the whole earth, which he calleth a great mountaine, as vers 35. And this kingdome, which is not onely referred to the person of Christ, but also to the whole body of his Church, and to euery member thereof, shalbe eternall: for the spirit that is in them. is life eternall, Rom.8.10.

Note return to page 15305 [b] Though this humbling of the King seemed to deserue commendation, yet because he ioyned Gods honour with the Prophets, it is to bee reprooued, & Daniel herein erred if hee suffred it: but it is credible that Daniel admonished him of his fault, and did not suffer it.

Note return to page 15306 [c] This confession was but a sudden motion, as it was also in Pharaoh, Exod.9 28. but his heart was not touched, as appeared soone afterward.

Note return to page 15307 [d] Not that the Prophet was desirous of gifts or honour, but because by this meanes he might relieue his poore brethren which were grieuously oppressed in this their captiuitie, & also he receiued them, lest he should offend this cruel King, which willingly gaue them.

Note return to page 15308 [e] He did not this for their priuate profite, but that the whole Church which was then there in affliction, might haue some release and ease, by this benefite.

Note return to page 15309 [f] Meaning, that either he was a iudge, or that hee had the whole authoritie, so that none could be admitted to the Kings presence, but by him.

Note return to page 15310 [a] Vnder pretence of religion, and holinesse in making an image to his idole Bel, he sought his owne ambition and vaine glorie: and this declareth, that he was not touched with the true feare of God before, but that he confessed him on a sudden motion, as the wicked, when they are ouercome with the greatnes of his workes. The Greeke interpreters write, that this was done eightene yeeres after the dreame, and as may appeare, the King feared lest the Iewes by their religion should haue altered the state of his common wealth, and therefore he ment to bring all to one kinde of religion, and so rather sought his owne quietnesse, then Gods glory.

Note return to page 15311 [b] Shewing, that the idole is not knowen for an idole so long as he is with the workeman: but when the ceremonies and customes are recited and vsed, and the consent of the people is there, then of a blocke they thinke they haue made a god.

Note return to page 15312 [c] This was sufficient with the wicked at all times to approue their religion, if the Kings authoritie were alledged for the establishment thereof, not considering in the meane season what Gods worde did permit.

Note return to page 15313 [d] These are the two dangerous weapons wherewith Satan vseth to fight against the children of God, the consent of the multitude and the crueltie of the punishment: for though some feared God, yet the multitude, which consented to the wickednesse, astonied them: and here the King required not an inwarde consent, but an outwarde gesture, that the Iewes might by litle and litle learne to forget their true religion.

Note return to page 15314 [e] It seemeth, that they named not Daniel because he was greatly in the Kings fauour, thinking if these three had bin destroyed, they might haue had better occasi&obar; to accuse Daniel: and this declareth that this policie of erecting this image was inuented by the malicious flatterers, which sought nothing but the destruction of the Iewes, whom they accused of rebellion and ingratitude.

Note return to page 15315 [f] Signifying, that he would receiue them to grace, if they would now at the length obey his decree.

Note return to page 15316 [g] For they should haue done iniurie to God, if they should haue donted in this holy cause, and therefore they say, that they are resolued to die for Gods cause.

Note return to page 15317 [h] They ground on two points, first on the power, and prouidence of God ouer them, and secondly on their cause, which was Gods glory, and the testifying of his true religion with their blood, and so make open confession, that they wil not so much as outwardly consent to idolatrie.

Note return to page 15318 [i] This declareth that the more that tyrants rage, and the more wittie they shewe themselues in inuenting strange and cruel punishments, the more is God glorified by his seruants to whom he giueth patience and constancie to abide the crueltie of their punishment: for either he deliuereth them from death, or els for this life giueth them a better.

Note return to page 15319 [k] For the Angels were called the sonnes of God, because of their excellencie: therefore the King called this Angel, whome God sent to comfort his in these great torments, the sonne of God.

Note return to page 15320 [l] This commendeth their obedience vnto God that they woulde not for any feare depart out of this fornace, till the time was appointed, as Noah remained in the Arke till the Lord called him foorth.

Note return to page 15321 [m] He was moued by the greatnes of the miracle to praise God, but his heart was not touched. And here we see that miracles are not sufficient to conuert men to God, but that doctrine must chiefly be adioyned, without the which there can be no faith.

Note return to page 15322 [n] If this heathen King mooued by Gods Spirit, would not see blasphemie vnpunished, but made a lawe and set a punishment to such transgressours, much more ought all they that professe religion, take order that such impietie reigne not, least according as their knowledge and charge is greater, so they suffer double punishment.

Note return to page 15323 [o] Meaning, so farre as his dominion extended.

Note return to page 15324 [p] Reade Chap.2 44.

Note return to page 15325 [a] There was no trouble that might cause mee to dreame, and therefore it came onely of God.

Note return to page 15326 [b] This was another dreame besides that which he sawe of the foure empires: for Daniel both declared what that dreame was and what it ment: and here he onely expoundeth the dreame.

Note return to page 15327 [c] In that that he sent abroad to others whose ignorance in times past he had experimented, and left Daniel which was euer ready at hand, it declareth the nature of the vngodly, which neuer seeke to the seruants of God, but for very necessitie, and then they spare no flatterings.

Note return to page 15328 [d] This no doubt was a great griefe to Daniel not onely to haue his name changed, but to be called by the name of a vile idole, which thing Nebuchad-nezzar did to make him forget the true religion of God.

Note return to page 15329 [e] Which also was a great griefe to the Prophet to bee nombred among the sorcerers and men whose practises were wicked and contrary to Gods word.

Note return to page 15330 [f] By the tree, is signified the dignitie of a King, whome God ordeineth to be a defence for all kinde of men, and whose state is profitable for mankinde.

Note return to page 15331 [g] Meaning, the Angel of God, which neither eateth nor sleepeth, but is euer readie to do Gods will and is not infect with mans corruption but is euer holy: and in that that he commaundeth to cut downe this tree, he knewe that it should not be cut downe by man but by God.

Note return to page 15332 [h] Hereby he meaneth that Nebuchad-nezzar should not onely for a time lose his kingdome, but be like a beast.

Note return to page 15333 [i] God hath decreed this iudgement and the whole armie of heauen haue as it were subscribed vnto it, like as also they desire the execution of his decree against al them that lift vp themselues against God.

Note return to page 15334 [k] He was troubled for the great iudgement of God which he sawe ordeined against the King: and so the Prophets vsed on the one part to denounce Gods iudgm&ebar;ts for the zeale they bare to his glory, and on th&ebar; other part to haue compassion vpon man, and also to consider that they should be subiect to Gods iudgements, if he did not regard them with pitie.

Note return to page 15335 [l] Whereby hee meaneth a long space, as seu&ebar; yeres. Some interprete seuen moneths, and others seuen weekes: but it seemeth he ment of yeeres.

Note return to page 15336 [m] Not that his shape or forme was changed into a beast, but that he was either striken mad, and so auoyded mans company, or was cast out for his tirannie and so wandred among the beasts and ate herbes and grasse.

Note return to page 15337 [n] Daniel sheweth the cause, why God thus punished him.

Note return to page 15338 [o] Cease from prouoking God to anger any longer by thy sinnes, that hee may mitigate his punishment, if thou shewe by thine vpright life that thou hast true fayth and repentance.

Note return to page 15339 [p] Suffer the errors of thy former life to be redressed.

Note return to page 15340 [q] After that Daniel had declared this vision: and this his pride declareth that it is not in man to conuert to God except his Spirit moue him, seeing that these terrible threatnings could not moue him to repent.

Note return to page 15341 [r] When the terme of these seuen yeeres was accomplished.

Note return to page 15342 Chap.7.14. mich. 4.17. luke 1.33.

Note return to page 15343 [s] He confesseth Gods will to be the rule of all iustice and a most perfite law whereby he gouerneth both man and Angels & deuils, so þt; none ought to murmure, or aske a reason of his doings, but onely to stand content therewith & giue him the glory.

Note return to page 15344 [t] By whom it seemeth that hee had bene put from his kingdome before.

Note return to page 15345 [u] He doeth not onely prayse God for his deliuer&abar;ce, but also confesseth his fault that God may onely haue the glory and man the shame, and that he may be exalted and man cast downe.

Note return to page 15346 [a] Daniel reciteth this historie of king Belshazzar Euilmerodachs sonne, to shewe Gods iudgements against the wicked for the deliuer&abar;ce of his Church, and how the prophecie of Ieremiah was true, that they should be deliuered after seuentie yeeres.

Note return to page 15347 [b] The Kings of the East parts then vsed to sit alone commonly, & disdained that any should sit in their company: and now to shew his power, and how litle hee set by his enemie, which then besieged Babylon, hee made a solemne banket, & vsed excesse in their company which is meant here by drinking wine: thus the wicked are most dissolute, and negligent wh&ebar; their destruction is at hand.

Note return to page 15348 Or, ouercome with wine.

Note return to page 15349 [c] Meaning, his grandfather.

Note return to page 15350 [d] In contempt of the true God they praysed their idols, not that they thought, that the gold or siluer were gods, but that there was a certaine vertue, and power in them to doe them good, which is also the opinion of all idolaters.

Note return to page 15351 [e] That it might the better be seene.

Note return to page 15352 [f] So hee that before contemned God, was moued by this sight to tremble for feare of Gods iudgm&ebar;ts.

Note return to page 15353 [g] Thus the wicked in their troubles seeke many meanes, who draw them from God, because they seeke not to him who is the onely comfort in all afflictions.

Note return to page 15354 [h] To wit, his grandmother Nebuchad-nezzars wife, which for her age was not before at the feast, but came thither when she heard of these strange newes.

Note return to page 15355 [i] Reade Chap.4.6. and this declareth, that both this name was odious vnto him, and also that hee did not vse these vile practises, because he was not among them when all were called.

Note return to page 15356 [k] For the idolaters thought, that the Angels had power as God, and therefore had them in like estimation, as they had God, thinking that the spirite of prophecie, and vnderstanding came of them.

Note return to page 15357 [l] Before he reade the writing, hee declareth to the King his great ingratitude toward God, who could not be moued to giue him the glory, considering his wonderfull worke toward his grandfather, & so sheweth, that he doeth not sinne of ignorance, but of malice.

Note return to page 15358 [m] After that God had so long time deferred his anger, and patiently waited for thine amendement.

Note return to page 15359 [n] This worde is twise written for the certeintie of the thing: shewing, that God had most surely counted: signifying also that God hath appointed a terme for all kingdomes, and that a miserable ende shall come on all that raise themselues against him.

Note return to page 15360 Or, wanting.

Note return to page 15361 [o] Cyrus his sonne in lawe gaue him this title of honour although Cyrus in effect had the dominion.

Note return to page 15362 [a] Reade Ester, Chap.1.1.

Note return to page 15363 Or, not be troubled.

Note return to page 15364 [b] This heathen King preferred Daniel a stranger to all his nobles and familiars, because the graces of God were more excellent in him then in others.

Note return to page 15365 [c] Thus the wicked can not abide the graces of God in others, but seeke by all occasions to deface them: therefore against such assaults there is no better remedie then to walke vprightly in the feare of God, and to haue a good conscience

Note return to page 15366 [d] Herein is condemned the wickednesse of the King, who would be set vp as a god, and passed not what wicked lawes he approued for the maintenance of the same.

Note return to page 15367 [e] Because hee would not by his silence shew that he consented to this wicked decree, he set open his windowes toward Ierusalem, when he prayed: both to stirre vp himselfe with the remembrance of Gods promises to his people when they should pray toward the Temple, and also that others might see, that he would neither consent in heart nor deede for these fewe dayes to any thing that was contrary to Gods glory.

Note return to page 15368 [f] Thus the wicked maintaine euill lawes by constancie, and authoritie, which is oft times either lightnes, or stubbernnes when as the innocents thereby perish: and therefore gouernours neither ought to feare nor be ashamed to breake such.

Note return to page 15369 [g] This declareth that Darius was not touched with the true knowledge of God, because he douted of his power.

Note return to page 15370 [h] My iust cause and vprightnes in this thing, wherein I was charged, is approoued of God.

Note return to page 15371 [i] For he did disobey the Kings wicked commaundement to obey God, and so did no iniurie to the King, who ought to c&obar;maunde nothing whereby God should be dishonoured.

Note return to page 15372 [k] Because he committed himselfe wholy vnto God whose cause he did defend, he was assured, that nothing but good could come vnto him: wherein we see the power of faith, as Ebrew.11.33.

Note return to page 15373 [l] This is a terrible example against all the wicked, which doe against their conscience make cruel lawes to destroy the children of God, and also admonisheth Princes how to punish such, when their wickednes is come to light: though not in euery point or with like circumstances, yet to execute true iustice vpon them.

Note return to page 15374 [m] This prooueth not that Darius did worship God aright, or else was conuerted: for then hee would haue destroyed all superstition and idolatrie, and not onely giuen God the chiefe place, but also haue set him vp, and caused him to be honoured according to his worde: but this was a certaine confession of Gods power, whereunto hee was compelled by this wonderfull miracle.

Note return to page 15375 [n] Which hath not onely life in himselfe, but is the onely fountaine of life, and quickeneth all things, so that without him there is no life.

Note return to page 15376 [a] Whereas the people of Israel looked for a continuall quietnesse after these seu&ebar;tie yeres, as Ieremiah had declared, he sheweth that this rest shal not be a deliuerance from all troubles, but a beginning, and therefore incouraged them to looke for a continuall affliction til the Messiah be vttered & reueiled, by whom they should haue a spiritual deliuerance, & all the promises fulfilled: whereof they should haue a certaine token in the destruction of the Babylonicall kingdome.

Note return to page 15377 [b] Which signified that there should be horrible troubles and afflictions in the world in all corners of the world and at sundrie times.

Note return to page 15378 [c] Meaning, the Assyrian and Caldean empire, which was most strong and fierce in power, and most soone come to their authoritie as though they had had wings to flie: yet their wings were pulled by the Persians, and they went on their feete, and were made like other men, which is here ment by mans heart.

Note return to page 15379 [d] Meaning the Persians, which were barbarous and cruel.

Note return to page 15380 [e] They were small in the beginning and were shut vp in their mo&ubar;taines and had no bruite.

Note return to page 15381 [f] That is, destroyed many kingdomes, and was insatiable.

Note return to page 15382 [g] To wit, the Angels by Gods commandement, who by this meanes punished the ingratitude of the world.

Note return to page 15383 [h] Meaning, Alexander the King of Macedonie.

Note return to page 15384 [i] That is, his foure chiefe captaines, which had the empire among them after his death. Seleucus had Asia the great, Antigonus the lesse, Cassander, and after him Antipater was King of Macedonie, and Ptolemeus had Egypt.

Note return to page 15385 [k] It was not of himselfe nor of his owne power that hee gate all these countreys: for his armie conteined but thirtie thousande men, and hee ouercame in one battell Darius, which had tenne hundreth thousande, when he was so heauie with sleepe that his eyes were scarse open, as the stories report: therefore this power was giuen him of God.

Note return to page 15386 [l] That is, the Romane empire which was as a monster and could not be compared to any beast, because the nature of none was able to expresse it.

Note return to page 15387 [m] Signifying the tyrannie and greedinesse of the Romanes.

Note return to page 15388 [n] That which the Romanes coulde not quietly enioye in other countreys, they would giue it to other Kings and rulers, that at all times when they would, they might take it againe: which liberalitie is here called the stamping of the rest vnder the feete.

Note return to page 15389 [o] That is, sundry and diuers prouinces which were gouerned by the deputies and proconsuls, whereof euery one might bee compared to a King.

Note return to page 15390 [p] Which is meant of Iulius Ceasar, Augustus, Tiberius, Caligula, Claudius, and Nero, &c. who were as Kings in effect, but because they coulde not rule, but by the consent of the Senate, their power is compared to a little horne. For Mahomet came not of the Romane empire, and the Pope hath no vocation of gouernment: therefore this cannot be applied vnto them. and also in this prophesie the Prophets purpose is chiefely to comfort the Iewes vnto the reuelation of Christ. Some take it for the whole body of Antichrist.

Note return to page 15391 [q] Meaning, a certaine portion of the tenne hornes: that is, a part from the whole estate was pluckt away. For Augustus tooke from the Senate the libertie of chusing the deputies to sende into the prouinces, and tooke the gouernment of certaine countreys to him selfe.

Note return to page 15392 [r] These Romane Emperours at the first vsed a certaine humanitie and gentlenesse, and were content that others as the Consuls and Senate shoulde beare the name of dignitie, so that they might haue the profite, and therefore in elections and counsels woulde behaue them selues according as did other Senatours: yet against their enemies and those that woulde resist them, they were fierce and cruel, which is here meant by the proude mouth.

Note return to page 15393 [s] Meaning the places where God and his Angels should come to iudge these Monarchies, which iudgement should beginne at the first comming of Christ.

Note return to page 15394 [t] That is, God which was before all times, and is here described as mans nature is able to comprehend some portion of his glorie.

Note return to page 15395 [u] That is, an infinite nomber of Angels, which were readie to execute his commaundement.

Note return to page 15396 [x] This is meant of the first comming of Christ, when as the will of God was plainely reueiled by his Gospel.

Note return to page 15397 [y] Meaning, that he was astonied, when he saw these Emperours in such dignitie, and pride, and so suddenly destroyed at the c&obar;ming of Christ, when this fourth Monarchie was subiect to men of other nations.

Note return to page 15398 [z] As the three former Monarchies had an ende at the time that God appointed, although they flourished for a time, so shall this fourth haue, and they that paciently abide Gods appointment, shal enioy the promises.

Note return to page 15399 [a] Which is ment of Christ, who had not yet taken vpon him mans nature, neither was the sonne of Dauid according to the flesh, as he was afterward: but appeared then in a figure, and that in the cloudes: that is, being separate from the common sort of men by manifest signes of his diuinitie.

Note return to page 15400 [b] To wit, when he ascended into the heauens, and his diuine maiestie appeared, and all power was giuen vnto him in respect of that that hee was our Mediatour.

Note return to page 15401 [c] This is meant of the beginning of Christes kingdome when God the Father gaue vnto him all dominion, as to the Mediatour, to the intent that he should gouerne here his Church in earth continually till the time that hee brought them to eternall life.

Note return to page 15402 [d] Through the strangenesse of the vision.

Note return to page 15403 [e] Meaning, of the Angels, as verse 10.

Note return to page 15404 [f] Because Abraham was appointed heire of all the worlde, Rom.4.13. and in him all the faithfull, therefore the kingdome thereof is theirs by right, which these foure beasts or tyrants should inuade, & vsurpe vntill the world were restored by Christ: and this was to confirme them that were in troubles, that their afflictions should haue an end at length.

Note return to page 15405 [g] That is, of the most high things, because God hath chosen them out of this world, that they should looke vp to the heauens, whereon all their hope dependeth.

Note return to page 15406 [h] For the other three Monarchies were gouerned by a King, & the Romane empire by Consuls: the Romanes changed their gouernours yerely, & the other Monarchies reteined them for terme of life: also the Romanes were the strongest of all the other, and were neuer quiet among themselues.

Note return to page 15407 [i] Reade vers.7.

Note return to page 15408 [k] This is ment of the fourth beast, which was more terrible then the other.

Note return to page 15409 [l] Meaning the Romane Emperours, who were most cruel against the Church of God both of the Iewes and of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 15410 [m] Til God shewed his power in the person of Christ, and by the preaching of the Gospel gaue vnto his some rest, and so obteined a famous name in the world, & were called the Church of God, or the kingdome of God.

Note return to page 15411 [n] Reade the exposition hereof vers.8.

Note return to page 15412 [o] That is, shall make wicked decrees and proclamations against Gods word, and sende throughout all their dominion, to destroy all that did professe it.

Note return to page 15413 [p] These Emperours shal not consider that they haue their power of God, but thinke it is in their owne power to change Gods lawes and mans, and as it were the order of nature, as appeareth by Octauius, Tyberius, Caligula, Nero, Domitianus, &c.

Note return to page 15414 [q] God shall suffer them thus to rage against his Saintes for a long time, which is meant by the time and times, but at length hee will asswage these troubles and shorten the times for his electes sake, Matthewe 24.22. which is here meant by the deuiding of time.

Note return to page 15415 [r] God by his power shall restore thinges that were out of order, and so destroye this litle horne, that it shall neuer rise vp againe.

Note return to page 15416 [s] Hee sheweth wherefore the beast should bee destroyed, to wit, that his Church might haue rest and quietnesse, which though they doe not fully enioye here, yet they haue it in hope and by the preaching of the Gospell enioye the beginning thereof, which is meant by these wordes vnder the heauen: and therefore he here speaketh of the beginning of Christes kingdome in this world, which kingdome the faithfull haue by the participation that they haue with Christ their head.

Note return to page 15417 [t] That is, some of euery sort that beare rule.

Note return to page 15418 [u] Though he had many motions in his heart which mooued him to and fro to seeke out this matter curiously: yet hee was content with that which God reueiled, and kept it in memorie, and wrote it for the vse of the Church.

Note return to page 15419 [a] After the generall vision, he commeth to certaine particular visions: as touching the destruction of the Monarchie of the Persians, and Macedonians: for the ruine of the Babylonians was at hande, and also he had sufficiently spoken thereof.

Note return to page 15420 [b] That is, of Persia.

Note return to page 15421 [c] Which represented the kingdome of the Persians and Medes, which were ioyned together.

Note return to page 15422 [d] Meaning Cyrus, which after grewe greater in power then Darius his vncle and father in lawe.

Note return to page 15423 [e] That is, no kings or nations.

Note return to page 15424 [f] Meaning Alexander that came from Grecia with great speede and expedition.

Note return to page 15425 [g] Though he came in the name of all Grecia, yet hee bare the title and dignitie of the generall captaine, so that the strength was attributed to him, which is meant by this horne.

Note return to page 15426 [h] Alexander ouercame Darius in two sundrie battels, and so had the two kingdomes of the Medes and Persians.

Note return to page 15427 [i] Alexanders great power was broken: for when hee had ouercome all the East, hee thought to returne towarde Grecia to subdue them that there had rebelled, and so dyed by the way.

Note return to page 15428 [k] That is, which were famous: for almost in the space of fifteene yeere there were fifteene diuers successours before this monarchie was deuided to these foure, whereof Cassander had Macedonia, Seleucus Syria, Antigonus Asia the lesse, and Ptolemeus Egypt.

Note return to page 15429 [l] Which was Antiochus Epiphanes, who was of a seruile and flattering nature, and also there were other betweene him and the kingdome, and therefore is here called the litle horne, because neither princely conditions, nor any other thing was in him, why he should obteine this kingdome.

Note return to page 15430 [m] That is, toward Egypt.

Note return to page 15431 [n] Whereby hee meaneth Ptolemais.

Note return to page 15432 [o] That is, Iudea.

Note return to page 15433 [p] Antiochus raged against the elect of God, and trod his precious starres vnder feete, which are so called, because they are separated from the world.

Note return to page 15434 [q] That is, God, who gouerneth and maintaineth his Church.

Note return to page 15435 [r] He laboured to abolish all religion, and therefore cast Gods seruice out of his Temple, which God had chosen as a litle corner from all the rest of the world to haue his Name there truely called vpon.

Note return to page 15436 [s] He sheweth that their sinnes are the cause of these horrible afflictions: & yet comforteth them, in that hee appointeth this tyrant a time, whom he would not suffer vtterly to abolish his religion.

Note return to page 15437 [t] This horne shall abolish for a time the true doctrine and so corrupt Gods seruice.

Note return to page 15438 [u] Meaning, that he heard one of the Angels asking this question of Christ, whome he calleth a certaine one or a secrete one, or a marneilous one.

Note return to page 15439 [x] That is, the Iewes sinnes, which were cause of this destruction.

Note return to page 15440 [y] That is, which suppresseth Gods religion, and his people.

Note return to page 15441 [z] Christ answered mee for the comfort of the Church.

Note return to page 15442 [a] That is, vnto so many naturall dayes be past, which make sixe yeres three moneths and an halfe: for so long vnder Antiochus was the Temple prophaned.

Note return to page 15443 [b] Which was Christ, who in this maner declared himselfe to the olde fathers howe hee would be God manifested in flesh.

Note return to page 15444 [c] This power to commaund the Angel, declared that hee was God.

Note return to page 15445 [d] The effect of this vision shal not yet appeare, but a long time after.

Note return to page 15446 [e] Meaning that great rage which Antiochus should shew against the Church.

Note return to page 15447 [f] That is, out of Grecia.

Note return to page 15448 [g] They shal not haue like power as had Alexander.

Note return to page 15449 [h] Noting that this Antiochus was impudent & cruel, & also craftie that he could not be deceiued.

Note return to page 15450 [i] That is, not like Alex&abar;ders strength.

Note return to page 15451 [k] Both the Gentiles that dwel about him, & also the Iewes.

Note return to page 15452 [l] Whatsoeuer he goeth about by his craft, he shal bring it to passe.

Note return to page 15453 [m] That is, vnder pretence of peace, or as it were in sport.

Note return to page 15454 [n] Meaning, against God.

Note return to page 15455 [o] For God would destroy him with a notable plague, & so comfort his Church, 2.Mac.9.9.

Note return to page 15456 [p] Reade verse 14.

Note return to page 15457 [q] For feare and astonishment.

Note return to page 15458 [a] Who was also called Astyages.

Note return to page 15459 [b] For Cyrus led with ambition, went about warres in other countreys, & therefore Darius had the title of the kingdom, though Cyrus was King in effect.

Note return to page 15460 [c] For though he was an excellent Prophet, ye hee dayly encreased in knowledge by reading of the Scriptures.

Note return to page 15461 [d] Hee speaketh not of that ordinarie prayer, which he vsed in his house thrise a day, but of a rare and vehement prayer, least their sinnes should cause God to delay the time of their deliuerance prophecied by Ieremiah.

Note return to page 15462 [e] That is, hast all power in thy selfe to execute thy terrible iudgements against obstinate sinners, as thou art riche in mercie to comfort them which obey thy worde and loue thee.

Note return to page 15463 Ebr. him.

Note return to page 15464 [f] Hee sheweth that whensoeuer God punisheth, hee doeth it for iust cause: and thus the godly neuer accuse him of rigour as the wicked doe, but acknowledge that in them selues there is iust cause why he should so intreate them.

Note return to page 15465 Ebr. confusion of face.

Note return to page 15466 [g] Hee doeth not excuse the Kings because of their authoritie, but prayeth chiefly for them as the chiefe occasions of these great plagues.

Note return to page 15467 [h] Hee sheweth that they rebell against God, which serue him not according to his commaundement and worde.

Note return to page 15468 [i] As Deut.27.15. or the curse confirmed by an othe.

Note return to page 15469 Or, gouerned vs.

Note return to page 15470 Ebr. watched vpon the euil.

Note return to page 15471 Exod.14.28. baruc.2.11.

Note return to page 15472 [k] That is, according to all thy mercifull promises and the performance thereof.

Note return to page 15473 [l] Shew thy selfe fauourable.

Note return to page 15474 [m] That is, for thy Christes sake in whome thou wilt accept all our prayers.

Note return to page 15475 [n] Declaring, that the godly flee only vnto Gods mercies and renounce their owne works when they seeke for remission of their sinnes.

Note return to page 15476 [o] Thus he could not content himselfe with any vehemencie of wordes: for hee was so led with a feruent zeale considering Gods promes, made to the citie in respect of his Church and for the aduancem&ebar;t of Gods glory.

Note return to page 15477 Chap.8.16.

Note return to page 15478 [p] He alludeth to Ieremiahs prophecie, who prophecied that their captiuitie should be seuentie yeeres: but nowe Gods mercie should seuen folde exceede his iudgement, which should be foure hundred and ninetie yeeres, euen to the comming of Christ, and so then it should continue for euer.

Note return to page 15479 [q] Meaning Daniels nation, ouer whome he was carefull.

Note return to page 15480 [r] To shew mercy & to put sinne out of remembrance.

Note return to page 15481 [s] That is, from the time that Cyrus gaue them leaue to depart.

Note return to page 15482 [t] These weekes make fourtie nine yeere, where of 46. are referred to the time of the building of the Temple, and 3. to the laying of the foundation.

Note return to page 15483 [u] Counting from the sixt yeere of Darius who gaue the second commandement for the building of the Temple, are 62. weekes, which make 439. yeeres, which comprehende the time from this building of the Temple vnto the Baptisme of Christ.

Note return to page 15484 Ebr. in streights of time.

Note return to page 15485 [x] In this last weeke of the seuentie shal Christ come and preach and suffer death.

Note return to page 15486 [y] He shall seeme to haue no beautie, nor to be of any estimation, as Isa.53.2.

Note return to page 15487 [z] Meaning, Titus Vespasianus sonne, who should come and destroy both the Temple and the people without all hope of recouerie.

Note return to page 15488 [a] By the preaching of the Gospel he confirmed his promes, first, to the Iewes, and after to the Gentiles.

Note return to page 15489 [b] Christ accomplished this by his death & resurrection.

Note return to page 15490 [c] Meaning, that Ierusalem & the Sanctuarie should be vtterly destroyed for their rebellion against God and their idolatrie: or as some reade, that the plagues shall bee so great, that they shall all be astonied at them.

Note return to page 15491 [a] He noteth this third yere, because at this time the building of the Temple began to be hindred by Cambyses Cyrus sonne, when the father made warre in Asia minor against the Scythians, which was a discouraging to þe; godly and a great feare to Daniel.

Note return to page 15492 [b] Which is to declare that the godly should not hast&ebar; too much but patiently to abide the yssue of Gods promes.

Note return to page 15493 [c] Called Abib, which conteineth part of March and part of April.

Note return to page 15494 [d] Being caried by the Spirit of prophecie to haue the sight of this riuer Tygris.

Note return to page 15495 [e] This was the Angel of God, which was sent to assure Daniel in this prophecie that followeth.

Note return to page 15496 Iere.10.9.

Note return to page 15497 [f] The worde also signifieth comelines, or beautie, so that for feare he was like a dead man for deformitie.

Note return to page 15498 [g] Which declareth that when we are striken downe with the maiestie of God, we cannot rise except he also lift vs vp with his hand, which is his power.

Note return to page 15499 [h] Meaning, Cambyses who reigned in his fathers absence, and did not only for this space hinder the building of the Temple, but would haue farther raged, if God had not sent me to resist him, and therefore haue I stayed for the profite of the Church.

Note return to page 15500 [i] Though God coulde by one Angel destroy all the world, yet to assure his children of his loue, he sendeth foorth double power euen Michael, that is, Christ Iesus the head of Angels.

Note return to page 15501 [k] For though the Prophet Daniel should ende and cease, yet his doctrine should continue till the comming of Christ, for the comfort of his Church.

Note return to page 15502 [l] This was the same Angel that spake with him before in the similitude of a man.

Note return to page 15503 [m] I was ouercome with feare and sorowe, when I sawe the vision.

Note return to page 15504 [n] He declareth hereby that God would be mercifull vnto the people of Israel.

Note return to page 15505 [o] Which declareth that when God smiteth downe his children, he doeth not immediatly lift them vp at once (for nowe the Angel had touched him twise) but by litle and litle.

Note return to page 15506 [p] Meaning that he would not onely himselfe bridle the rage of Cambyses, but also the other Kings of Persia by Alexander the King of Macedonia.

Note return to page 15507 [q] For this Angel was appointed for the defence of the Church vnder Christ, who is the head thereof.

Note return to page 15508 [a] The Angel assureth Daniel that God hath giuen him power to performe these things, seeing he appointed him to assist Darius, when he ouercame the Caldeans.

Note return to page 15509 [b] Whereof Cambyses that nowe reigned, was the first, the seconde Smerdes, the third, Darius the sonne of Hystaspis, and the fourth Xerxes, which all were enemies to the people of God and stood against them.

Note return to page 15510 [c] For he raysed vp all the East countreis to fight against the Grecians: and albeit he had in his armie nine hundreth thousand men, yet in foure battels he was discomfited and fled away with shame.

Note return to page 15511 [d] That is, Alexander the great.

Note return to page 15512 [e] For when his estate was most flourishing, he ouercame himselfe with drinke, and so fell into a disease: or as some write, was poysoned by Cassander.

Note return to page 15513 [f] For his twelue chiefe princes first deuided his kingdome among themselues.

Note return to page 15514 [g] After this his Monarchie was deuided into foure: for Seleucus had Syria, Antigonus Asia minor, Cassander the kingdome of Macedonia, & Ptolemeus Egypt.

Note return to page 15515 [h] Thus God reuenged Alexanders ambition and crueltie in causing his posteritie to be murthered, partly of the fathers chiefe friends, and partly one of another.

Note return to page 15516 [i] None of these foure shall be able to be compared to the power of Alexander.

Note return to page 15517 [k] That is, his posteritie hauing no part thereof.

Note return to page 15518 [l] To wit, Ptolemeus king of Egypt.

Note return to page 15519 [m] That is, Antiochus the sonne of Seleucus, and one of Alexanders princes shall be more mightie: for he shoulde haue both Asia & Syria.

Note return to page 15520 [n] That is, Berenice the daughter of Ptolemeus Philadelphus shall be giuen in mariage to Antiochus Theos, thinking by this affinitie that Syria and Egypt shoulde haue a continuall peace together.

Note return to page 15521 [o] That force and strength shall not continue: for soone after Berenice and her yong sonne after her husbands death, was slaine of her stepsonne Seleucus Calinicus the sonne of Laodice, the lawfull wife of Antiochus, but put away for this womans sake.

Note return to page 15522 [p] Neither Ptolemeus nor Antiochus.

Note return to page 15523 [q] Some reade, seede, meaning the children begotten of Berenice.

Note return to page 15524 [r] Some reade, she that begate her, and thereby vnderstand her nurse, which brought her vp: so that all they that were occasion of this mariage, were destroyed.

Note return to page 15525 [s] Meaning, that Ptolemeus Euergetes after the death of his father Philadelphus should succeede in the kingdome being of the same stocke that Berenice was.

Note return to page 15526 [t] To reuenge his sisters death against Antiochus Calinicus king of Syria.

Note return to page 15527 [u] For this Ptolemeus reigned sixe and fourtie yeeres.

Note return to page 15528 [x] Meaning, Seleucus and Antiochus the Great, the sonnes of Calinicus shall make warre against Ptolemeus Philopater the sonne of Philadelphus.

Note return to page 15529 [y] For his elder brother Seleucus died, or was slaine whiles the warres were preparing.

Note return to page 15530 [z] That is, Philopater when he shall see Antiochus to take great dominions from him in Syria, and also ready to inuade Egypt.

Note return to page 15531 [a] For Antiochus had sixe thousand horsemen and three score thousand sootemen.

Note return to page 15532 [b] After the death of Ptolemeus Philopater, who left Ptolemeus Epiphanes his heire.

Note return to page 15533 [c] For not only Antiochus came against him, but also Philip King of Macedonia, and these two brought great power with them.

Note return to page 15534 [d] For vnder Onias which falsely alleadged that place of Isa.19.19. certeine of the Iewes retyred with him into Egypt to fulfill this prophesie: also the Angel sheweth that all these troubles which are in the Church, are by the prouidence and counsell of God.

Note return to page 15535 [e] The Egyptians were not able to resist Stopas Antiochus captaine.

Note return to page 15536 [f] He sheweth that he shall not onely afflict the Egyptians, but also the Iewes, & shall enter into their countrey, whereof he admonisheth them before, that they may know þt; al these things come by Gods prouidence.

Note return to page 15537 [g] This was the second battel that Antiochus fought against Ptolemeus Epiphanes.

Note return to page 15538 [h] To wit, a beautifull woman, which was Cleopatra Antiochus daughter.

Note return to page 15539 [i] For he regarded not the life of his daughter in respect of the kingdome of Egypt.

Note return to page 15540 [k] She shall not agree to his wicked counsell, but shall loue her husband, as her duetie requireth, and not seeke his destruction.

Note return to page 15541 [l] That is, toward Asia, Grecia, and those yles which are in the Sea called Mediterraneum: for the Iewes called al countreys yles which were deuided fr&obar; them by Sea.

Note return to page 15542 [m] For where as Antiochus was wont to contemne the Romanes, and put their ambassadours to shame in all places, Attilius the Consull, or Lucius Scipio put him to flight and caused his shame to turne on his owne head.

Note return to page 15543 [n] By his wicked life and obeying of foolish counsell.

Note return to page 15544 [o] For feare of the Romanes he shall flee to his holdes.

Note return to page 15545 [p] For when as vnder the pretence of pouertie he would haue robbed the Temple of Iupiter Dodoneus, the countrey men slewe him.

Note return to page 15546 [q] That is, Seleucus shall succeede his father Antiochus.

Note return to page 15547 [r] Not by foreine enemies, or battell, but by treason.

Note return to page 15548 [s] Which was Antiochus Epiphanes, who as is thought, was the occasion of Seleucus his brothers death, and was of a vile, cruell and flattering nature, and defrauded his brothers sonne of the kingdome, and vsurped the kingdome without the consent of the people.

Note return to page 15549 [t] He sheweth that great foreyne powers shall come to helpe the young sonne of Seleucus against his vncle Antiochus, and yet shall be ouerthrowen.

Note return to page 15550 [u] Meaning Ptolemeus Philometor Philopaters sonne, who was this childes cousin germaine, & is here called the prince of the couenant, because he was the chiefe, and all other followed his conduite.

Note return to page 15551 [x] For after the battell Philometor & his vncle Antiochus made a league.

Note return to page 15552 [y] For he came vpon him at vnwares, and when he suspected his vncle Antiochus nothing.

Note return to page 15553 [z] Meaning, in Egypt.

Note return to page 15554 [a] Hee will content himselfe with the small holdes for a time, but euer labour by craft to attaine to the chiefest.

Note return to page 15555 [b] He shall be ouercome with treason.

Note return to page 15556 [c] Signifying his princes and the chiefe about him.

Note return to page 15557 [d] Declaring that his souldiers shall brast out and venture their life to slaye and to be slayne for the sauegarde of their prince.

Note return to page 15558 [e] The vncle and the nephewe shall take truce, and banket together, yet in their heartes they shall imagine mischiefe one against another.

Note return to page 15559 [f] Signifying, that it standeth not in the counsell of men to bring thinges to passe, but in the prouidence of God, who ruleth the Kings by a secrete bridle, that they cannot doe what they list themselues.

Note return to page 15560 [g] Which hee shall take of the Iewes in spoyling Ierusalem and the Temple, and this is tolde them before to moone them to patience knowing that all things are done by Gods prouidence.

Note return to page 15561 [h] That is, the Romane power shall come against him: for P. Popilius the Ambassadour appointed him to depart in the Romanes name, to which thing he obeyed, although with griefe, and to reuenge his rage he came against the people of God the second time.

Note return to page 15562 [i] With the Iewes which shall forsake the couenant of the Lord: for first he was called against the Iewes by Iason the high priest, & this second time by Menelaus.

Note return to page 15563 [k] A great faction of the wicked Iewes shall holde with Antiochus.

Note return to page 15564 [l] So called, because the power of God was nothing diminished, although this tyrant set vp in the Temple the image of Iupiter Olympius, and so began to corrupt þe; pure seruice of God.

Note return to page 15565 [m] Meaning such as bare the name of Iewes but in deede were nothing lesse: for they solde their soules, and betrayed their brethren for gaine.

Note return to page 15566 [n] They that remaine constant among the people, shall teache others by their example and edifie many in the true religion.

Note return to page 15567 [o] Whereby he exhorteth þe; godly to c&obar;stancie, although they should perish a thousand times, and though their miseries endure neuer so long.

Note return to page 15568 [p] As God will not leaue his Church destitute, yet will he not deliuer it all at once, but so helpe, as they may still seeme to fight vnder the crosse, as he did in the time of the Maccabees whereof he here prophesieth.

Note return to page 15569 [q] That is, there shall be euen of this small number many hypocrites.

Note return to page 15570 [r] To wit, of them that feare God and will lose their life for the defence of true religion, signifying also that the Church must continually be tryed and purged, and ought to looke for one persecution after another: for God hath appointed the time: therefore we must obey.

Note return to page 15571 [s] Because the Angels purpose is to shewe the whole course of the persecutions of the Iewes vnto the comming of Christ, hee nowe speaketh of the Monarchie of the Romanes which he noteth by the name of a King, who were without all religion and contemned the true God.

Note return to page 15572 [t] So long the tyrants shall preuaile as God hath appointed to punish his people: but he sheweth that it is but for a time.

Note return to page 15573 [u] The Romanes shall obserue no certaine forme of religion as other nations, but shall change their gods at their pleasures, yea, contemne them & preferre themselues to their gods.

Note return to page 15574 [x] Signifying that they should be without all humanitie: for the loue of women is taken for singular or great loue, as 2.Sam.1.26.

Note return to page 15575 [y] That is, the god of power and riches: they shall esteeme their owne power aboue all their gods and worship it.

Note return to page 15576 [z] Vnder pretence of worshipping the gods, they shal enrich their citie with the most precious iewels of all the world, because þt; hereby all men should haue them in admiration for their power & riches.

Note return to page 15577 [a] Although in their hearts they had no religion, yet they did acknowledge the gods & worshipped them in their temples, least they should haue bene despised as Atheists: but this was to increase their fame and riches: and when they gate any countrey, they so made others þe; rulers thereof, that the profite euer came to þe; Romanes.

Note return to page 15578 [b] That is, both the Egyptians and the Syrians shall at length fight against the Romanes, but they shalbe ouercome.

Note return to page 15579 [c] The Angel forewarneth the Iewes that when they should see the Romanes inuade them, and that the wicked shoulde escape their handes, that then they should not thinke but that all this was done by Gods prouidence, for asmuch as hee warned them of it so long afore, and therefore he would still preserue them.

Note return to page 15580 [d] Hearing that Crassius was slaine and Antonius discomfited.

Note return to page 15581 [e] For Augustus ouercame the Parthians, and recouered that which Antonius had lost.

Note return to page 15582 [f] The Romanes after this reigned quietly through all countreis and from sea to sea, and in Iudea: but at length for their crueltie God shall destroy them.

Note return to page 15583 [a] The Angell here noteth two things: first that the Church shalbe in great affliction and trouble at Christes comming, and next that God will send his Angell to deliuer it, whome here hee calleth Michael, meaning Christ, which is published by the preaching of the Gospel.

Note return to page 15584 [b] Meaning, all shall rise at the generall resurrection, which thing he here nameth, because the faithful should haue euer their respect to that: for in the earth there shalbe no sure c&obar;fort.

Note return to page 15585 [c] Who haue kept the true feare of God and his religion.

Note return to page 15586 [d] Hee chiefly meaneth the ministers of Gods word and next, all the faithful which instruct the ignorant, & bring them to the true knowledge of God.

Note return to page 15587 [e] Though the most part despise this prophesie, yet keepe thou it sure and esteeme it as a treasure.

Note return to page 15588 [f] Till the time that God hath appointed for the full reuelation of these things: and then many shall runne to and fro to search the knowledge of these mysteries, which things they obteine nowe by the light of the Gospel.

Note return to page 15589 [g] Which was Tygris.

Note return to page 15590 [h] Which was as it were a double oth and did the more c&obar;firme the thing.

Note return to page 15591 [i] Meaning, a long time, a longer time, and at length a short time: signifying that their troubles shoulde haue an ende.

Note return to page 15592 [k] When þe; Church shalbe scattered & diminished in such sort as it shal seeme to haue no power.

Note return to page 15593 [l] From the time that Christ by his sacrifice shall take away the sacrifice and ceremonies of the Lawe.

Note return to page 15594 [m] Signifying than the time shall be long of Christes second comming, and yet the children of God ought not to be discouraged, though it be deferred.

Note return to page 15595 [n] In this number he addeth a month and an halfe to the former number, signifying that it is not in man to appoynt the time of Christes comming, but that they are blessed that patiently abide his appearing.

Note return to page 15596 [o] The Angell warneth the Prophet patiently to abide, till the time appoynted come, signifying that he should depart this life, and rise againe with the elect, when God had sufficiently humbled and purged his Church.

Note return to page 15597 [a] Called also Azariah, who being a leper was deposed from his kingdom.

Note return to page 15598 [b] So that it may be gathered by the reigne of these foure Kings, that he preached aboue three score yeere.

Note return to page 15599 [c] That is, one that of long time hath accustomed to play the harlot: not that the Prophet did this thing in effect, but hee sawe this in a vision, or els was commaunded by God to set foorth vnder this parable or figure the idolatrie of the Synagogue, and of the people her children.

Note return to page 15600 [d] Gomer signifieth a consumption or corruption & Diblaim clusters of figs, declaring, that they were all corrupt like rotten figges.

Note return to page 15601 [e] Meaning, þt; they should be no more called Israelites, of the which name they boasted, because Israel did preuaile with God: but that they were as bastardes, and therefore should be called Izreelites, þt; is, scattered people, alluding to Izreel, which was the chief city of þe; ten tribes vnder Ahab where Iehu shed so much blood, 2.Kin. 10.8.

Note return to page 15602 [f] I wil be reuenged vpon Iehu for the blood that he shed in Izreel: for albeit God stirred him vp to execute his iudgem&ebar;ts, yet he did them for his owne ambition, and not for the glory of God, as the end declared: for he built vp that idolatrie, which he had destroied.

Note return to page 15603 [g] When þe; measure of their iniquitie is ful, and I shal take vengeance and destroy all their policie and force.

Note return to page 15604 [h] That is, not obteining mercy: whereby he signifieth, þt; Gods fauour was departed fr&obar; them.

Note return to page 15605 [i] For the Israelites neuer returned, after that they were taken captiues by the Assyrians.

Note return to page 15606 [k] For after their captiuitie he restored them myraculously by the meanes of Cyrus, Ezra 1.1.

Note return to page 15607 [l] That is, not my people.

Note return to page 15608 [m] Because they thought that God coulde not haue beene true in his promes except he had preserued them, he declareth, that though they were destroied, yet the true Israelites, which are the sonnes of the promes, shoulde be without nomber, which stande both of the Iewes, and the Gentiles, Rom.9.26.

Note return to page 15609 [n] To wit, after the captiuitie of Babylon when the Iewes were restored: but chiefly this is referred to the time of Christ, who shoulde be the head both of the Iewes and Gentiles.

Note return to page 15610 [o] The calamitie and destruction of Izreel shall be so great, that to restore them shall be as a miracle.

Note return to page 15611 [a] Seeing þt; I haue promised you deliuerance, it remaineth that you incourage one an other to embrace the same, considering that ye are my people on whome I wil haue mercie.

Note return to page 15612 [b] God sheweth that the faute was not in him but in their Synagogue, & their idolatries, that he forsooke them, Isa.50.1.

Note return to page 15613 [c] Meaning, that their idolatrie was so great, that they were not ashamed, but boasted of it, Ezek.16.25.

Note return to page 15614 [d] For though this people were as an harlot for their idolatries, yet hee had left them with their apparell and dowrie & certaine signes of his fauor, but if they continued stil, he would vtterly destroy them.

Note return to page 15615 [e] When I brought her out of Egypt, Eze.16.4,39.

Note return to page 15616 [f] That is, bastards and begotten in adulterie.

Note return to page 15617 [g] Meaning, the idols which they serued & by whom they thought they had wealth and abundance.

Note return to page 15618 [h] I wil punish thee that then thou maiest trie whether thine idoles can helpe thee, and bring thee into such streightnesse, that thou shalt haue no lust to play the wanton.

Note return to page 15619 [i] This he speaketh of the faithful, which are truely conuerted, and also sheweth the vse and profite of Gods rods.

Note return to page 15620 [k] This declareth that idolaters defraude God of his honour when they attribute his benefites to their idoles.

Note return to page 15621 [l] Signifying that God will take away his benefits when man by his ingratitude doeth abuse them.

Note return to page 15622 [m] That is, all her seruice, ceremonies and inuentions whereby shee worshipped her idoles.

Note return to page 15623 [n] I will punish her for her idolatrie.

Note return to page 15624 [o] By shewing how harlots trimme them selues to please others, he declareth how the superstitious idolaters set a great part of their religion in decking them selues on their holy daies.

Note return to page 15625 [p] By my benefites in offring her grace and mercie, euen in that place where shee shall thinke her selfe destitute of all helpe and comfort.

Note return to page 15626 [q] Which was a plentifull valley, and wherein they had great comfort when they came out of the wildernes, as Iosh.7.26. and is called the doore of hope, because it was a departing from death, and an entrie into life.

Note return to page 15627 [r] Shee shall then praise God as shee did when she was deliuered out of Egypt.

Note return to page 15628 [s] That is, mine husband, knowing that I am ioyned to thee by an inuiolable couenant.

Note return to page 15629 [t] That is, my master: which name was applied to their idoles.

Note return to page 15630 [u] No idolatrie shall once come into their mouth, but they shal serue me purely according to my worde.

Note return to page 15631 [x] Meaning, that hee will so blesse them that all creatures shall fauour them.

Note return to page 15632 [y] With a couenant that neuer shall be broken.

Note return to page 15633 [z] Then shall the heauen desire raine for the earth which shall bring foorth for the vse of man.

Note return to page 15634 Rom.9.15. 1.pet.2.10.

Note return to page 15635 [a] Herein the Prophet representeth the person of God, which loued his Church before he called her, and did not withdrawe the same when shee gaue her selfe to idoles.

Note return to page 15636 [b] That is, gaue them selues wholy to pleasures, and coulde not take vp, as they that are giuen to drunkennesse.

Note return to page 15637 [c] Yet I loued her and paied a small portion for her, least shee perceiuing the greatnesse of my loue, shoulde haue abused mee and not beene vnder duetie: for fifteene pieces of siluer were but halfe the price of a slaue, Exodus 21.32.

Note return to page 15638 [d] I will trie thee a long time as in thy widowehoode whether thou wilt bee mine or no.

Note return to page 15639 [e] Meaning, not onely all the time of their captiuitie, but also vnto Christ.

Note return to page 15640 [f] That is, they shoulde neither haue policie nor religion, and their idoles also wherein they put their confidence, should be destroyed.

Note return to page 15641 [g] This is ment of Christes kingdom, which was promised vnto Dauid to bee eternall, Psalm.72.17.

Note return to page 15642 [a] Because the people would not obey the admonitions of the Prophet, he citeth them before the iudgement seate of God, against wh&obar; they chiefly offended, Isa.7.12. Zecha. 12.10. mich.6.1,2.

Note return to page 15643 [b] In euery place appeareth a libertie to most hainous vices, so that one foloweth in the necke of another.

Note return to page 15644 [c] As though he would say, that it were in vaine to rebuke them: for no man can abide it: yea, they will speake against the Prophets & priests whose office it is chiefely to rebuke them.

Note return to page 15645 [d] Ye shall perish all together: the one, because he would not obey, and the other because he woulde not admonish.

Note return to page 15646 [e] That is, the Synagogue wherein thou boastest.

Note return to page 15647 [f] That is, the Priestes shall be cast off, because that for lacke of knowledge, they are not able to execute their charge, and instruct others, Deut.33.3. Mal.2.7.

Note return to page 15648 [g] Meaning, the whole body of the people, which were wearie with hearing the word of God.

Note return to page 15649 [h] The more I was beneficiall vnto them.

Note return to page 15650 [i] To wit, þe; Priests seeke to eate the peoples offerings and flatter them in their sinnes.

Note return to page 15651 [k] Signifying, that as they haue sinned together, so shall they be punished together.

Note return to page 15652 [l] Shewing, that their wickednesse shall be punished on all sortes: for though they thinke by the multitude of wiues to haue many children, yet they shall be deceiued of their hope.

Note return to page 15653 [m] In giuing themselues to pleasures, they become like brute beastes.

Note return to page 15654 [n] Thus he speaketh by derision in calling them his people, which nowe for their sinnes they were not: for they sought helpe of stockes and stickes.

Note return to page 15655 [o] They are caried away with a rage.

Note return to page 15656 [p] Because they take away Gods honour, and giue it to idoles, therefore he will giue them vp to their lustes, that they shall dishonour their owne bodies, Rom.1.28.

Note return to page 15657 [q] I will not correct your shame to bring you to amendment, but let you runne headlong to your owne damnation.

Note return to page 15658 [r] God complaineth that Iudah is infected, and willeth th&ebar; to learne by their example to returne in time.

Note return to page 15659 [s] For albeit the Lord hath honoured this place in time past by his presence, yet because it was abused by their idolatrie, he would not that his people should resort thither.

Note return to page 15660 [t] He calleth Bethel, that is, the house of God, Beth-auen, that is, the house of iniquitie, because of their abominations set vp there, signifying that no place is holy where God is not purely worshipped.

Note return to page 15661 [u] God will so disperse them that they shall not remaine in any certaine place.

Note return to page 15662 [x] They are so impudent in receiuing bribes, that they wil c&obar;mand men to bring th&ebar; vnto them.

Note return to page 15663 [y] To cary them suddenly away.

Note return to page 15664 [a] The Priests and princes catched the poore people in their snares as the foulers did the birds, in those two high mountaines.

Note return to page 15665 [b] Notwithstanding they seemed to be giuen altogether to holynesse, and to sacrifices, which here he calleth slaughter in contempt.

Note return to page 15666 [c] Though I had admonished them continually by my Prophets.

Note return to page 15667 [d] They boasted themselues not onely to be Israelites, but also Ephraimites, because their King Ieroboam came of that tribe.

Note return to page 15668 [e] Meaning, their contemning of all admonitions.

Note return to page 15669 [f] That is, their children are degenerate, so that there is no hope in them.

Note return to page 15670 [g] Their destruction is not farre off.

Note return to page 15671 [h] That is, all Israel comprehended vnder this parte, signifying that the Lords plagues should pursue them from place to place till they were destroyed.

Note return to page 15672 [i] By the successe they shall knowe that I haue surely determined this.

Note return to page 15673 [k] They haue turned vpside downe all politicall order, and all maner of religion.

Note return to page 15674 [l] To wit, after King Ieroboams commandement and did not rather followe God.

Note return to page 15675 [m] In steade of seeking for remedie at Gods hand.

Note return to page 15676 [n] Who was king of the Assyrians.

Note return to page 15677 [a] He sheweth the people howe they ought to turne to the Lord, that he might call backe his plagues.

Note return to page 15678 [b] Though he correct vs from time to time, yet his helpe will not be farre of, if we returne to him.

Note return to page 15679 [c] You seeme to haue a certaine holinesse and repentance, but it is vpon the sudden, and as a morning cloude.

Note return to page 15680 [d] I haue still laboured by my prophets, and as it were, framed you to bring you to amendement, but all was in vaine: for my word was not meate to feede them, but a sworde to slaye them.

Note return to page 15681 [e] My doctrine which I taught thee, was most euident.

Note return to page 15682 [f] He sheweth to what scope his doctrine tended, that they should ioyne the obedience of God, and the loue of their neighbour with outward sacrifice.

Note return to page 15683 [g] That is, like light and weake persons.

Note return to page 15684 [h] Which was the place where the Priests dwelt, & which should haue bene best instructed in my word.

Note return to page 15685 [i] That is, doeth imitate thine idolatrie, & hath taken graftes of thy trees.

Note return to page 15686 [a] Meaning, that there was no one kinde of vice among them, but that they were subiect to all wickednesse, both secret and open.

Note return to page 15687 [b] They esteeme their wicked king Ieroboam aboue God, and seeke but howe to flatter and please him.

Note return to page 15688 [c] He compareth the rage of the people to a burning ouen which the baker heateth still tyll his dough be leauened and raysed.

Note return to page 15689 [d] They vsed all ryot and excesse in their feastes and solemnities, wherby their King was ouercome with surfet, and brought into diseases, & delited in flatteries.

Note return to page 15690 [e] By their occasion God hath depriued them of all good rulers.

Note return to page 15691 [f] That is, he counterfaiteth the religion of the Gentiles, yet is but as a cake baked on þe; one side, & raw on the other, that is, neither through hot nor through cold, but partly a Iew, & partly a Gentile.

Note return to page 15692 [g] Which are a token of his manifolde afflictions.

Note return to page 15693 [h] That is, without all iudgement, as they that can not tell whether it is better to cleaue onely to God, or to seeke the helpe of man.

Note return to page 15694 [i] According to my curses made to the whole congregation of Israel.

Note return to page 15695 [k] That is, diuers times redeemed them, and deliuered them from death.

Note return to page 15696 [l] When they were in affliction and cryed out for paine, they sought not vnto me for helpe.

Note return to page 15697 [m] They onely seeke their owne commoditie and wealth, and passe not for me their God.

Note return to page 15698 [n] Because they boast of their owne strength, and passe not what they speake against me and my seruants, Psalm.73.9.

Note return to page 15699 [a] God encourageth the Prophet to signifie the speedie comming of the enemie against Israel, which was once the people of God.

Note return to page 15700 [b] They shall crye like hypocrites, but not from the heart, as their deedes declare.

Note return to page 15701 [c] That is, Ieroboam, by whom they sought their owne libertie, and not to obey my will.

Note return to page 15702 [d] That is, vpright iudgement and godly life.

Note return to page 15703 [e] Meaning, the calfe was inuented by themselues, and of their fathers in the wildernesse.

Note return to page 15704 [f] Shewing þt; their religion hath but a shewe, and in it selfe is but vanitie.

Note return to page 15705 [g] They neuer cease but run to & fro to seeke helpe.

Note return to page 15706 [h] That is, for the tribute which the King and the princes shall lay vpon them: which meanes the Lord vseth to bring them to repent&abar;ce.

Note return to page 15707 [i] Thus the idolaters count the word of God as strange in respect of their owne inuentions.

Note return to page 15708 [k] Saying that they offer it to þe; Lord, but he accepteth no seruice, which he himselfe hath not appointed.

Note return to page 15709 [a] For though all other people shuld escape, yet thou shalt be punished.

Note return to page 15710 [b] Thou hast committed idolatrie in hope of rewarde, and to haue thy barnes filled, Iere. 44.17. as an harlot that had rather liue by playing the whore then to be intertained of her owne husb&abar;d.

Note return to page 15711 [c] These outward things that thou seekest, shalbe taken from thee.

Note return to page 15712 [d] All their doings both touching policie and religion, shall be reiected as things polluted.

Note return to page 15713 [e] The meat offring which they offred for themselues.

Note return to page 15714 [f] When the Lord shall take away all the occasions of seruing him, which shall be the most grieuous point of your captiuitie, when ye shall see your selues cut off from God.

Note return to page 15715 [g] Though they thinke to escape by fleeing the destruction that is at hande, yet shall they be destroied in the place whither they flee for succour.

Note return to page 15716 [h] Then they shall knowe that they were deluded by them who chalenged to themselues to be their Prophets and spiritual men.

Note return to page 15717 [i] The Prophets duetie is to bring men to God and not to be a snare to pull them from God.

Note return to page 15718 [k] This people is so rooted in their wickednesse, that Gibeah which was like to Sodom, was neuer more corrupt, Iud.19.22.

Note return to page 15719 [l] Meaning, that hee so esteemed them and delited in them.

Note return to page 15720 [m] They were as abominable vnto mee, as their louers the idols.

Note return to page 15721 [n] Signifying, that God woulde destroy their children by these sundrie meanes, and so consume them by litle and litle.

Note return to page 15722 [o] As they kept tender plantes in their houses in Tyrus to preserue them from the colde aire of the Sea, so was Ephraim at the first vnto me, but nowe I wil giue him to the slaughter.

Note return to page 15723 [p] The Prophet seeing the great plagues of God toward Ephraim, praieth to God to make them baren, rather then that this great slaughter should come vpon their children.

Note return to page 15724 [q] The chiefe cause of their destruction is that they commit idolatrie, and corrupt my religion in Gilgal.

Note return to page 15725 [a] Whereof though the grapes were gathered, yet euer as it gathered new strength, it increased newe wickednesse, so that the correction which shoulde haue brought them to obedience, did but vtter their stubbernesse.

Note return to page 15726 [b] As they were riche and had abundance.

Note return to page 15727 [c] To wit, from God.

Note return to page 15728 [d] The day shall come that God shall take away their King, and then they shall feele the fruite of their sinnes, and howe they trusted in him in vaine, 2.King.17.6,7.

Note return to page 15729 [e] In promising to be faithfull towarde God.

Note return to page 15730 [f] Thus their integritie and fidelitie which they pretended, was nothing but bitternes and griefe.

Note return to page 15731 [g] When the calfe shall be caried away.

Note return to page 15732 [h] Chemarims were certeine idolatrous priestes, which did weare blacke apparell in their sacrifices and cried with a loude voyce: which superstition Eliah derided, 1.King. 18.27. read 2.king. 23.5.

Note return to page 15733 [i] This he speaketh in contempt of Beth el, reade Chap.4.15.

Note return to page 15734 Isa.2.19. luk 23.30. reuel.6.16. & 9.6.

Note return to page 15735 [k] In those daies wast thou as wicked as the Gibeonites, as God there partly declared: for thy zeale coulde not bee good in executing Gods iudgements, seeing thine owne deedes were as wicked as theirs.

Note return to page 15736 [l] To wit, to fight, or the Israelites remained in that stubburnesse from that time.

Note return to page 15737 [m] The Israelites were not mooued by their example to cease from their sinnes.

Note return to page 15738 [n] Because they are so desperate, I will delight to destroy them.

Note return to page 15739 [o] That is, when they haue gathered all their strength together.

Note return to page 15740 [p] Wherein is pleasure, as in plowing is labour and paine.

Note return to page 15741 [q] I will laie my yoke vpon her fatte necke.

Note return to page 15742 [r] Reade Ieremie 4 4.

Note return to page 15743 [s] That is, Shalmanazzar in the destruction of that citie spared neither kinde nor age.

Note return to page 15744 [a] Whiles the Israelites were in Egypt and did not prouoke my wrath by their malice and ingratitude.

Note return to page 15745 [b] They rebelled and went a contrary way when the Prophets called them to repentance.

Note return to page 15746 [c] That is, friendly: and not as beastes or slaues.

Note return to page 15747 [d] Seeing they contemne al this kindnesse, they shall be led captiue into Assyria.

Note return to page 15748 [e] To wit, the Prophets.

Note return to page 15749 [f] God considereth with himselfe, and that with a certein griefe how to punish them.

Note return to page 15750 [g] Which were two of the cities that were destroied &wt; Sodom, deu.29.23.

Note return to page 15751 [h] Meaning, that his loue wherwith he first loued them, made him betweene doute and assurance what to doe: and herein appeareth his fatherly affection, that his mercy towarde his shall ouercome his iudgements, as he declareth in the next verse.

Note return to page 15752 [i] To c&obar;sume thee, but will cause thee to yelde and so receiue thee to mercie: and this is ment of the small nomber who shall walke after the Lorde.

Note return to page 15753 [k] The Egyptians and Assyrians shall bee afraide when the Lorde mainteineth his people.

Note return to page 15754 [l] Gouerneth their state according to Gods woorde, and doeth not degenerate.

Note return to page 15755 [a] That is, flattereth him selfe &wt; vaine confidence.

Note return to page 15756 [b] Meaning, presents to get friendship.

Note return to page 15757 [c] Which in these pointes was like to Ephraim, but not in idolatries.

Note return to page 15758 [d] Seeing that God did thus preferre Iaakob their father, Iudahs ingratitude was the more to be abhorred.

Note return to page 15759 [e] Read Gen.32.31.

Note return to page 15760 [f] God found Iaakob as he lay sleeping in Bethel, Gene.28.12. and so spake with him there, that the fruite of that speache apperteined to the whole bodie of the people, whereof we are.

Note return to page 15761 [g] As for Ephraim he is more like the wicked Canaanites then godly Abraham or Iaakob.

Note return to page 15762 [h] Thus the wicked measure Gods fauour by outward prosperitie, and like hypocrits can not abide that any should reprooue their doings.

Note return to page 15763 [i] Seeing thou wilt not acknowledge my benefites, I will bring thee againe to dwell in tents as in the feast of the Tabernacles, which thou doest nowe contemne.

Note return to page 15764 [k] The people thought that no man durst haue spoken against Gilead, that holy place, and yet the Prophet sayeth, that all their religion was but vanitie.

Note return to page 15765 [l] If you boast of your richesse and nobilitie, yee seeme to reproche your father who was a poore fugitiue and seruant.

Note return to page 15766 [m] Meaning Moses, whereby appeareth, that whatsoeuer they haue, it commeth of Gods free goodnesse.

Note return to page 15767 [a] He sheweth the excellencie, and autoritie that this tribe had aboue all the rest.

Note return to page 15768 [b] He made a king of his tribe.

Note return to page 15769 [c] The Ephraimites are not farre from destruction, and haue lost their autoritie.

Note return to page 15770 [d] The false Prophets perswaded the idolaters to offer their children after the example of Abraham, and he sheweth howe they would exhort one another to the same, and to kisse and worship these calues which were their idoles.

Note return to page 15771 [e] He calleth them to repentance and reproueth their ingratitude.

Note return to page 15772 [f] Thy destruction is certaine, and my benefites towarde thee declare that it commeth not of mee: therefore thine owne malice, idolatrie and vaine confidence in men must needes be the cause thereof.

Note return to page 15773 [g] I am all one, Iames 1.17.

Note return to page 15774 [h] It is surely layd vp to be punished, as Iere.17.1.

Note return to page 15775 [i] But would come out of the wombe, that is, out of this danger wherein he is, and not tary to be stifeled.

Note return to page 15776 [k] Meaning, that no power shal resist God when he wil deliuer his but eu&ebar; in death wil he giue them life.

Note return to page 15777 [l] Because they wil not turne to me, I will not change my purpose.

Note return to page 15778 [a] He exhorteth them to repentance, to auoyde all these plagues, willing them to declare by wordes their obedience & repentance.

Note return to page 15779 [b] He sheweth th&ebar; howe they ought to confesse their sinnes.

Note return to page 15780 [c] Declaring, that this is the true sacrifice, that the faithful can offer, euen thankes and praise, Heb 13.15.

Note return to page 15781 [d] We will leaue off all vaine confidence and pride.

Note return to page 15782 [e] He declareth how ready God is to receiue them that do repent.

Note return to page 15783 [f] Whosoeuer ioyne themselues to this people, shalbe blessed.

Note return to page 15784 [g] God sheweth how prompt he is to heare his, when they repent, and to offer himselfe, as a protection, & sauegard vnto them, as a most sufficient fruite and profite.

Note return to page 15785 [h] Signifying, that the true wisedome & knowledge consisteth in this, euen to rest vpon God.

Note return to page 15786 [a] Signifying, the Princes, the priests, & the gouernours.

Note return to page 15787 [b] He calleth the Iewes to the consideration of Gods iudgements, who had nowe plagued the fruites of the ground for þe; space of foure yeere, which was for their sinnes, and to call them to repentance.

Note return to page 15788 [c] Meaning, that þe; occasion of their excesse & drunk&ebar;nes was tak&ebar; away.

Note return to page 15789 [d] This was another plague wherewith God had punished them, when he stirred vp þe; Assyrians against th&ebar;.

Note return to page 15790 [e] Mourne grieuously as a wom&abar;, which hath lost her husband, to whome she hath bene married in her youth.

Note return to page 15791 [f] The tokens of Gods wrath did appeare in his T&ebar;ple, in so much as Gods seruice was left off.

Note return to page 15792 [g] All comfort & substance for nourishment is taken away.

Note return to page 15793 [h] He sheweth that the onely meanes to auoyde Gods wrath, and to haue all things restored, is vnfeined repentance.

Note return to page 15794 [i] We see by these great plagues that vtter destruction is at hand.

Note return to page 15795 [k] That is, drought.

Note return to page 15796 [a] He sheweth the great iudgements of God which are at hand, except they repent.

Note return to page 15797 [b] Of affliction and trouble.

Note return to page 15798 [c] Meaning, the Assyrians.

Note return to page 15799 [d] The enemie destroyeth our plentiful countrey wheresoeuer he commeth.

Note return to page 15800 [e] They shalbe pale & blacke for feare, Nahum.2.10.

Note return to page 15801 [f] For none shalbe able to resist them.

Note return to page 15802 [g] Reade verses 2, 31. & Isa.13.10. ezek.32.7.cha.3.15. matt.24.29.

Note return to page 15803 [h] The Lord shal stirre vp the Assyrians to execute his iudgements.

Note return to page 15804 Iere.30.7. amos 5. 18. zeph.1.15.

Note return to page 15805 [i] Mortifie your affections & serue God with purenes of heart and not with ceremonies.

Note return to page 15806 [k] He speaketh this to stirre vp their slouthfulnes, & not that he doubted of Gods mercies, if they did repent. How God repenteth, reade Ier.18.8.

Note return to page 15807 [l] That as all haue sinned, so all may shew forth signes of their rep&ebar;tance, that men seeing þe; children, which are not free fr&obar; Gods wrath, might be the more liuely touched with the consideration of their owne sinnes.

Note return to page 15808 Psal.79.10.

Note return to page 15809 [m] If they repent, he sheweth that God wil preserue and defend them with a most ardent affection.

Note return to page 15810 [n] That is, the Assyrians your enemies.

Note return to page 15811 [o] Called the salt sea, or Persian sea: meaning, that though his armie were so great, that it filled all from this sea to the sea called Mediterraneum, yet he would scatter th&ebar;.

Note return to page 15812 [p] That is, such as should come by iust measure, & as was wont to be sent when God was reconciled with them.

Note return to page 15813 Leuit.26 4. deut.11.14.

Note return to page 15814 [q] That is, in greater abundance and more generally then in time past: and this was fulfilled vnder Christ, when as Gods graces, and his Spirit vnder the Gospel was abundantly giuen to þe; Church, Isa.44.3. act.2.17. ioh.7.38,39.

Note return to page 15815 [r] As they had visions and dreames in olde time, so shal they nowe haue clearer reuelations.

Note return to page 15816 [s] He warneth the faithful what terrible things should come, to the int&ebar;t that they should not looke for c&obar;tinuall quietnes in this world, and yet in al these troubles he would preserue them.

Note return to page 15817 [t] The order of nature shal seeme to be changed for the horrible afflictious that shalbe in the world, Isa.13.10. ezek.32.7. chap.3. 15. matth.24.29.

Note return to page 15818 [u] Gods iudgements are for the destruction of the infidels, & to moue the godly to call vpon the Name of God, who will giue them saluation.

Note return to page 15819 [x] Meaning hereby the Gentiles, Rom.10.13.

Note return to page 15820 [a] When I shal deliuer my Church, which standeth of the Iewes, and of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 15821 [b] It appeareth that he alludeth to that great victorie of Iehoshaphat, wh&ebar; as God without mans helpe destroyed þe; enemies, 2.Chron.20.26. also he hath respect to this worde Iehoshaphat, which signifieth pleading, or iudgement, because God woulde iudge the enemies of his Church as he did there.

Note return to page 15822 [c] That which the enemie gate for the sale of my people, he bestowed vpon harlots and drinke.

Note return to page 15823 [d] He taketh the cause of his Church in hand against the enemie, as though the iniurie were done to himselfe.

Note return to page 15824 [e] Haue I done you wrong, that ye will render me the like?

Note return to page 15825 [f] For afterwarde God solde them by Nebuchad-nezzar, and Alexander the great, for the loue he bare to his people, and therby they were comforted as though the price had bene theirs.

Note return to page 15826 [g] When I shal execute my iudgements against mine enemies, I will cause euery one to be ready, and to prepare their weapons to destroy one another, for my Church sake.

Note return to page 15827 [h] Thus he shall incourage the enemies wh&ebar; their wickednes is full ripe to destroy one another, which he calleth the valley of Gods iudgement.

Note return to page 15828 [i] God assureth his against al troubles, that when he destroyeth his enemies, his children shalbe deliuered.

Note return to page 15829 [k] The strangers shall no more destroy his Church: which if they doe it is the people which by their sinnes make the breach for the enemie.

Note return to page 15830 [l] He promiseth to his Church abundance of graces, read Ezek.47.1. which should water and comfort þe; most barren places, Amos.9.13.

Note return to page 15831 [m] The malicious enemies shall haue no part of this grace.

Note return to page 15832 [n] He had suffered his Church hitherto to lie in their filthinesse, but nowe hee promiseth to clense them and to make them pure vnto him.

Note return to page 15833 [a] Which was a towne sixe miles from Ierusalem in Iudea, but he prophecied in Israel.

Note return to page 15834 [b] In his dayes the kingdome of Israel did most florish.

Note return to page 15835 [c] Which, as Iosephus writeth, was wh&ebar; Vzziah would haue vsurped the Priests office, and therfore was smitten &wt; the leprosie.

Note return to page 15836 [d] Whatsoeuer is fruitfull and pleasant in Israel shall shortly perish.

Note return to page 15837 [e] He sheweth first that all the people round about should be destroyed for their manifold sinnes: which are meant by three and foure which make seuen, because the Israelites shoulde the more deepely consider Gods iudgementes towarde them.

Note return to page 15838 [f] If the Syrians shall not be spared for committing this crueltie against one citie, it is not possible that Israel shoulde escape punishment which hath committed so many and grieuous sinnes against God and man.

Note return to page 15839 [g] The antiquitie of their buildings shall not auoyde my iudgements, reade Iere 49.27.

Note return to page 15840 [h] Tiglath Pileser led þe; Syrians captiue, and brought them to Cyrene, which he calleth here Kir.

Note return to page 15841 [i] They ioyned themselues with the Edomites their enemies, which caried them away captiues.

Note return to page 15842 [k] For Esau (of whom came the Edomites) and Iaakob were brethren: therefore they ought to haue admonished them of their brotherly friendeship, and not to haue prouoked them to hatred.

Note return to page 15843 Ebr. corrupt his compassions.

Note return to page 15844 [l] He was a continuall enemie vnto him.

Note return to page 15845 [m] He noteth the great crueltie of the Ammonites that spared not the women, but most tyrannously tormented them, and yet the Ammonites came of Lot who was of the houshold of Abraham.

Note return to page 15846 [a] For the Moabites were so cruel against the King of Edom that they burnt his bones after that hee was dead: which declared their barbarous rage, seeing they woulde reuenge themselues of the dead.

Note return to page 15847 [b] Seeing þe; Gentiles that had not so farre knowledge were thus punished, Iudah which was so fully instructed of the Lords will, might not thinke to escape.

Note return to page 15848 [c] If he spare not Iudah vnto whom his promises were made, much more he will not spare this degenerate kingdome.

Note return to page 15849 [d] They esteemed most vile bribes more then mens liues.

Note return to page 15850 [e] When they haue spoyled him and throwen him to the grounde, they gape for his life.

Note return to page 15851 [f] Thinking by these ceremonies, that is, by sacrificing, and being neere mine altar, they may excuse all their other wickednesse.

Note return to page 15852 [g] They spoyle others and offer thereof vnto God, thinking that hee will dispence with them, when he is made partaker of their iniquitie.

Note return to page 15853 [h] The destruction of their enemies and his mercie towarde them shoulde haue caused their heartes to melt for loue towarde him.

Note return to page 15854 [i] Ye contemned my benefites, and abused my graces and craftily went about to stoppe the mouthes of my Prophets.

Note return to page 15855 [k] You haue wearied me with your sinnes, Isa.1.14.

Note return to page 15856 [l] None shall be deliuered by any meanes.

Note return to page 15857 [a] I haue onely chosen you to be mine among all other people, and yet you haue forsaken me.

Note return to page 15858 [b] Hereby the Prophet signifieth that he speaketh not of himselfe, but as God guideth and moueth him, which is called the agreement betweene God and his Prophets.

Note return to page 15859 [c] Wil God threaten by his Prophets, except there be some great occasion?

Note return to page 15860 [d] Can any thing come without Gods prouidence?

Note return to page 15861 [e] Shall his threatnings be in vaine?

Note return to page 15862 [f] Shall the Prophets threaten Gods iudgements and the people not be afraide?

Note return to page 15863 [g] Doeth any aduersitie come without Gods appoyntment? Isa.45.7.

Note return to page 15864 [h] God dealeth not with the Israelites as he doeth with other people: for he euer warneth them before of his plagues by his Prophets.

Note return to page 15865 [i] Because the people euer murmured against the Prophetes, he sheweth that Gods Spirite mooued them so to speake as they did.

Note return to page 15866 [k] Hee calleth the straungers, as the Philistims and Egyptians to be witnesses of Gods iudgementes against the Israelites for their crueltie and oppression.

Note return to page 15867 [l] The fruite of their crueltie and theft appeareth by their great riches, which they haue in their houses.

Note return to page 15868 [m] When the Lyon hath saciate his hunger, the shephearde findeth a legge or a tippe of an eare to shewe that the sheepe hath bene woried.

Note return to page 15869 [n] Where they thought to haue had a sure holde, and to haue bene in safetie.

Note return to page 15870 [a] Thus he calleth the princes & gouernours, which being ouerwhelmed with the great ab&ubar;dance of Gods benefites, forgate God, & therfore he calleth them by þe; name of beasts and not of men.

Note return to page 15871 [b] They incourage such as haue authoritie ouer the people, to powle them, so that they may haue profite by it.

Note return to page 15872 [c] He alludeth to fishers which c&abar;tch fish by hookes and thornes.

Note return to page 15873 [d] He speaketh this in contempt of them which resorted to these places, thinking that their great deuotion & good int&ebar;tion had bene sufficient to haue bound God vnto them.

Note return to page 15874 [e] Reade Deut. 14. 28.

Note return to page 15875 [f] As Leuit 7.13.

Note return to page 15876 [g] You only delite in these outward ceremonies and haue none other respect.

Note return to page 15877 [h] That is, lacke of bread and meate.

Note return to page 15878 [i] I stayed the raine till the fruites of the earth were destroyed &wt; drought, and yet you would not consider it to returne to me by repentance.

Note return to page 15879 [k] They could not find water ynough where they had heard say it had rayned.

Note return to page 15880 [l] As I plagued the Egyptians, Exod. 9.10.

Note return to page 15881 [m] You were almost all c&obar;sumed, and a few of you wonderfully preserued, 2.kin.14.26.

Note return to page 15882 [n] Turne to him by repentance.

Note return to page 15883 [a] He so calleth them because they so boasted of them selues, or because they were giuen to wantonnes and deintines.

Note return to page 15884 [b] Meaning, that þe; tenth part should scarcely be saued.

Note return to page 15885 [c] In these places they worshipped new idoles, which afore time serued for the true honor of God: therefore he saith that these shal not saue them.

Note return to page 15886 [d] In steade of iudgement and equitie they execute crueltie and oppression.

Note return to page 15887 [e] He describeth the power of God, Iob.9.9.

Note return to page 15888 [f] They hate the Prophets, which reproue them in the open assemblies.

Note return to page 15889 [g] Ye take both his money and also his foode wherewith he should liue.

Note return to page 15890 [h] God will so plague them, that they shal not suffer the godly once to open their mouths to admonish them of their faultes.

Note return to page 15891 [i] So that all degrees shall haue matter of lamentation for the great plagues.

Note return to page 15892 [k] Thus he speaketh because the wicked and hypocrites sayde they were content to abide Gods iudgements, whereas the godly tremble and feare, Iere.30.7. ioel 2.2, 11. zeph.1. 15.

Note return to page 15893 [l] Because ye haue corrupt my true seruice & remaine obstinate in your vices, Isa.1.11. iere.6.10.

Note return to page 15894 [m] Do your duetie to God & to your neighbour, & so ye shal feele his grace plentifully, if you shew your abundant affections according to Gods worde.

Note return to page 15895 [n] That idole which you esteemed as your king, & caried about, as you did Chiun, in the which images you thought that there was a certaine diuinitie.

Note return to page 15896 [a] The Prophet threatneth the wealthie, which regarded not Gods plagues nor menaces by his Prophets.

Note return to page 15897 [b] These two cities were famous by their first inhabitants the Canaanites: and seeing before time they did nothing auaile them that were there borne, why should you looke that they should saue you which were brought in to dwell in other mens possessions?

Note return to page 15898 [c] If God haue destroyed these excellent cities in three diuers kingdomes, as in Babylon, Syria, and of the Philistims, and hath brought their wide borders into a greater streightnesse, then yours yet are, thinke you to be better or to escape?

Note return to page 15899 [d] Ye that continue still in your wickednes and thinke that Gods plagues are not at hand, but giue your selues to all idlenes, wantonnes and riote.

Note return to page 15900 [e] As he caused diuers kindes of instruments to be made to serue Gods glorie, so these did contend to inuent as many to serue their wanton affections and lustes.

Note return to page 15901 [f] They pitied not their brethren, whereof nowe many were slaine and caried away captiue.

Note return to page 15902 [g] Some reade, the ioy of them that stretch themselues, shall depart.

Note return to page 15903 [h] Reade Iere.51.14.

Note return to page 15904 [i] That is, the riches & pompe.

Note return to page 15905 [k] The destruction shalbe so great, that none shal almost be left to bury the dead: and therefore they shal burne them at home, to cary out the burnt ashes with more ease.

Note return to page 15906 [l] That is, to some neighbour, that dwelleth round about.

Note return to page 15907 [m] They shall be so astonished at this destruction, that they shall boast no more of the Name of God, and that they are his people: but they shalbe dumme when they heare Gods Name, and abhorre it, as they that are desperate or reprobate.

Note return to page 15908 [n] He compareth them to barren rockes whereupon it is in vayne to bestowe labour: shewing that Gods benefites can haue no place among them.

Note return to page 15909 [o] Reade Chap.5.7.

Note return to page 15910 [p] That is, power and glorie.

Note return to page 15911 [q] From one corner of the countrey to another.

Note return to page 15912 [a] To deuoure the land: & he alludeth to the inuading of the enemies.

Note return to page 15913 [b] After the publike c&obar;mandement for mowing was giuen: or as some reade, when the Kings sheepe were shorne.

Note return to page 15914 [c] That is stayed this plague at my prayer.

Note return to page 15915 [d] Meaning, that Gods indignation was inflamed against the stubbernnes of this people.

Note return to page 15916 [e] Signifying, that this should be the last measuring of the people, & that he would deferre his iudgement no longer.

Note return to page 15917 [f] That is, when Amos had prophecied that the King should be destroyed: for this wicked Priest more for hatred he bare to the Prophet then for loue towarde the King, thought this accusation sufficient to condemne him, wheras none other could take place.

Note return to page 15918 [g] When this instrument of Satan was not able to compasse his purpose by the king, be assayed by another practise: that was, to feare the Prophet, that he might depart, and not reproue their idolatrie there openly, & so hinder his profite.

Note return to page 15919 [h] Thus he sheweth by his extraordinarie vocation, that God had giuen him a charge which he must needes execute.

Note return to page 15920 [i] Thus God vsed to approue the authoritie of his Prophets by his plagues & iudgements against them, which were malicious enemies, Iere.28.12. and 29.21,25. as this day he doeth against them that persecute the ministers of his Gospel.

Note return to page 15921 [a] Which signified the ripenesse of their sinnes & the readines of Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 15922 [b] There shal be none left to mourne for them.

Note return to page 15923 [c] By staying the sale of foode and necessarie things which you haue gotten into your owne hands, and so cause the poore to spende quickly that litle that they haue, and at length for necessitie to become your slaues.

Note return to page 15924 [d] When þe; dearth was once come, they were so greedie of gaine, that they thought the holy day to be an hinderance vnto them.

Note return to page 15925 [e] That is, the measure small, and the price great.

Note return to page 15926 [f] That is, the inhabitants of þe; lande shalbe drowned, as Nilus drowneth many when it ouerfloweth.

Note return to page 15927 [g] In the middes of their prosperitie, I will sende great affliction.

Note return to page 15928 [h] Whereby he sheweth that they shall not onely perish in body, but also in soule for lacke of Gods worde, which is the foode thereof.

Note return to page 15929 [i] For the idolaters did vse to sweare by their idoles: which here he calleth their sinne, as the papists yet doe by theirs.

Note return to page 15930 [k] That is, the common maner of worshipping and the seruice or religion there vsed.

Note return to page 15931 [a] Which was at Ierusalem: for he appeared not in the idolatrous places of Israel.

Note return to page 15932 [b] Both the chiefe of them and also the common people.

Note return to page 15933 [c] He sheweth that God will declare himselfe enemie vnto them in all places, and that his elements and all creatures shalbe enemies to destroy them.

Note return to page 15934 [d] He declareth by the wonderfull power of God by the making of the heauens and the elements that it is not possible for man to escape his iudgements when he punisheth.

Note return to page 15935 [e] Am I more bound to you then to the Ethiopians or Blackmores? yet haue I bestowed vpon you greater benefites.

Note return to page 15936 [f] Read Iere.47.4.

Note return to page 15937 [g] Though he destroy the rebellious multitude, yet he will euer reserue the remnant his Church to call vpon his Name.

Note return to page 15938 [h] Meaning, that none of his should perish in his wrath.

Note return to page 15939 [i] I will sende the Messiah promised and restore by him the spirituall Israel, Act.15.16.

Note return to page 15940 [k] Meaning, that the very enemies, as were the Edomites and others, shoulde be ioyned with the Iewes in one societie and bodie, whereof Christ should be the head.

Note return to page 15941 [l] Signifying that there shall bee great plentie of all things, so that when one kinde of fruite is ripe, another shoulde followe and euery one in course, Leuit.26.5.

Note return to page 15942 [m] Reade Ioel.3. 18.

Note return to page 15943 [n] The accomplishment hereof is vnder Christ, when they are planted in his Church, out of the which they can neuer be pulled, after they are once grafted therein.

Note return to page 15944 [a] God hath certainely reueiled to his Prophets that he wil raise vp the heathen to destroy þe; Edomites, wherof þe; rumor is now published, Iere. 49 14.

Note return to page 15945 [b] Thus the heath&ebar; encourage themselues to rise against Edom.

Note return to page 15946 [c] Which despisest al others in respect of thy selfe, & yet art but an handfull in comparison of others, & art shut vp among þe; hilles as separate fr&obar; the rest of the world.

Note return to page 15947 [d] God will so destroy them that he will leaue none, though theeues when they come, take but till they haue inough, and they that gather grapes, euer leaue some behinde th&ebar;, Iere 49 9.

Note return to page 15948 [e] They in whom thou diddest trust, for to haue helpe and friendship of them, shalbe thine enemies and destroy thee.

Note return to page 15949 [f] That is, thy familiar friends and ghestes haue by secrete practises destroyed thee.

Note return to page 15950 [g] He sheweth the cause why the Edomites were so sharpely punished: to wit, because they were enemies to his Church, whom nowe he comforteth by punishing their enemies.

Note return to page 15951 [h] When Nebuchad-nezzar came against Ierusalem, thou ioynedst with him, and hadst part of the spoile, & so didst reioyce when my people, that is, thy brother, were afflicted, wheras thou shouldst haue pitied & holp&ebar; thy brother.

Note return to page 15952 [i] When the Lord depriued them of their former dignitie and gaue th&ebar; to be caried into captiuitie.

Note return to page 15953 [k] When he will summon al þe; heathen, and send th&ebar; to destroy thee.

Note return to page 15954 [l] That is, reioyced and triumphed.

Note return to page 15955 [m] The Edomites shalbe vtterly destroyed, and yet in despite of all the enemies I will reserue my church and restore it.

Note return to page 15956 [n] God attributeth this power, to consume his enemies, to his Church, which power is onely proper to him selfe, as Isa.10. 17. deut.4.24. heb.12.29.

Note return to page 15957 [o] He describeth howe the Church shalbe enlarged & haue great possessions, but this chiefly is acc&obar;plished vnder Christ when as the faithful are made heires and lords of all things by him which is their head.

Note return to page 15958 [p] By the Canaanites the Iewes meane þe; Dutchmê, & by Zarephath, Fraunce, & by Sepharad, Spaine.

Note return to page 15959 [q] Meaning, þt; God will raise vp in his Church such as shall rule and gouerne for the defence of the same, and destruction of his enemies vnder Messiah, whom the Prophet calleth here the Lord and head of this kingdome.

Note return to page 15960 [a] After that he had preached a long time in Israel: and so Ezekiel, after that for a time he had prophecied in Iuda, hee had visions in Babylon, Ezek.1.1.

Note return to page 15961 [b] For seeing the great obstination of the Israelites, he sent his Prophet to the Gentiles that they might prouoke them to repentance, or at least make them inexcusable: for Nineueh was the chiefe citie of the Assyrians.

Note return to page 15962 [c] For as authors write, it conteined in circuit about eight and fourty mile, and had a thousand and fiue hundreth towers, and at this time there were an hundreth & twenty thousand children therin, Chap.4.11.

Note return to page 15963 [d] Whereby he declared his weakenesse, that woulde not promptly followe the Lords calling, but gaue place to his owne reason, which perswaded him that hee shoulde nothing at all profite there, seeing hee had done so small good among his owne people, Chap.4.2.

Note return to page 15964 [e] Which was the hauen, and porte to take shipping thyther, called also Ioppe.

Note return to page 15965 [f] From that vocation whereunto God had called him, and wherein he would haue assisted him.

Note return to page 15966 [g] As one that would haue cast off this care and sollicitude, by seeking rest and quietnes.

Note return to page 15967 [h] As they had called on their idoles, which declareth that idolaters haue no stay not certeintie, but in their troubles seeke, they can not tell to whom.

Note return to page 15968 [i] Which declareth that the matter was in great extremitie, and doubt, which thing was Gods motion in them for the triall of the cause: and this may not be done but in matters of great importance.

Note return to page 15969 [k] This declareth that the very wicked in their necessities flee vnto God for succour, and also that they are touched with a certaine feare to shead mans blood, whereas they knowe no manifest signe of wickednes.

Note return to page 15970 [l] They were touched with a certaine repentance of their life past, and began to worship the true God, by whome they sawe them selues so wonderfully deliuered: but this was done for feare and not of a pure heart and affection, neither according to Gods worde.

Note return to page 15971 [m] Thus the Lord would chastise his Prophet with a most terrible spectacle of death, and hereby also confirmed him of his fauour and support in this his charge which was inioyned him.

Note return to page 15972 [a] Being nowe swallowed vp of death, and seeing no remedie to escape, his faith brast out vnto the Lorde, knowing that out of the very hell he was able to deliuer him.

Note return to page 15973 [b] For he was nowe in the fishes bellie as in a graue or place of darknes

Note return to page 15974 [c] This declared what his prayer was, and howe he laboured betweene hope and despaire, considering the neglect of his vocation and Gods iudgements for the same: but yet in the ende faith gate the victorie.

Note return to page 15975 [d] Thou hast deliuered me from the belly of the fish and all these dangers, as it were raising me from death to life.

Note return to page 15976 [e] They that depende vpon any thing saue on God alone.

Note return to page 15977 [f] They refuse their owne felicitie, and that goodnes which they should els receiue of God.

Note return to page 15978 [a] This is a great declaration of Gods mercie, that he receiueth him againe and sendeth him forth as his Prophet, which had before shewed so great infirmitie.

Note return to page 15979 [b] Reade Chap. 1.2.

Note return to page 15980 [c] He went forwarde one day in the citie, and preached, and so he continued till the citie was conuerted.

Note return to page 15981 [d] For he declared that he was a Prophet sent to them from God to denounce his iudgements against them.

Note return to page 15982 [e] Not that the dumme beastes had sinned or coulde repent, but that by their example man might be astonished, considering that for his sinne the anger of God hanged ouer all creatures.

Note return to page 15983 [f] He willed, that þe; men should earnestly call vnto God for mercie.

Note return to page 15984 [g] For partly by the threatning of the Prophet, and partly by the motion of his owne conscience he doubted whether God woulde shewe them mercie.

Note return to page 15985 [h] That is, the fruites of their repentance, which did proceede of faith which God had planted by the ministerie of his Prophet.

Note return to page 15986 [i] Reade Ierem.18.8.

Note return to page 15987 [a] Because hereby he shoulde be taken as a false prophet, and so the Name of God, which he preached, shoulde be blasphemed.

Note return to page 15988 [b] Reade Chap. 1.3.

Note return to page 15989 [c] Thus he prayed of griefe searing least Gods Name by this forgiuenesse might be blasphemed as though he sent his Prophets foorth to denounce his iudgements in vaine.

Note return to page 15990 [d] Wilt thou be iudge when I doe things for my glory, and when I doe not?

Note return to page 15991 [e] For he douted as yet whether God woulde shewe them mercie or no: and therefore after fourtie dayes he departed out of the citie, looking what issue God woulde sende.

Note return to page 15992 [f] Which was a further meanes, to couer him from the heate of the sunne, as he remained in his boothe.

Note return to page 15993 [g] This declareth the great inconueniences whereinto Gods seruants do fall when they giue place to their owne affections, and doe not in all things willingly submit them selues to God.

Note return to page 15994 [h] Thus God mercifully reproueth him, which would pitie him selfe, and this gourde, and yet would restraine God to shewe his compassion to so many thousande people.

Note return to page 15995 [i] Meaning, that they were children and infants.

Note return to page 15996 [a] Borne in Mareshah a citie of Iudah.

Note return to page 15997 [b] Because of the malice, and obstinacie of the people whome he had so oft exhorted to repentance, he summoneth them to Gods iudgements, taking all creatures, and God him selfe to witnes, that the preaching of his Prophets, which they haue abused, shalbe reuenged.

Note return to page 15998 [c] Meaning hereby, that God will come to iudgement against the strong cities and holdes.

Note return to page 15999 [d] Samaria, which shoulde haue bene an example to all Israel of true religion and iustice, was the puddle, and stewes of all idolatrie and corruption, and boasted themselues of their father Iaakob.

Note return to page 16000 [e] That is, the idolatrie and infection

Note return to page 16001 [f] Which they gathered by euill practises, and thought that their idoles had enriched them therewith for their seruice vnto them.

Note return to page 16002 [g] The gaine that came by their idoles, shalbe consumed as a thing of nought: for as the wages or riches of harlots are wickedly gotten, so are they vilely and speedily spent.

Note return to page 16003 [h] Lest the Philistims our enemies reioyce at our destruction.

Note return to page 16004 [i] Which was a citie neere to Ierusalem, Ioshu. 18.23. there called Ophrah, and signifieth dust: therefore he willeth them to mourne, and roule themselues in the dust, for their dustie citie.

Note return to page 16005 [k] These were cities whereby the enemie should passe as he came to Iudah.

Note return to page 16006 [l] He shall not depart before he hath ouercome you, and so you shall pay for his tarying.

Note return to page 16007 [m] For Rabshakeh had shut vp Ierusalem, that they could not send to succour them.

Note return to page 16008 [n] To flee away: for Saneherib laid siege first to that citie, and remained therein when he sent his captaines and armie against Ierusalem.

Note return to page 16009 [o] Thou first receiuedst the idolatrie of Ieroboam, and so diddest infect Ierusalem.

Note return to page 16010 [p] Thou shalt bribe the Philistims thy neighbours, but they shall deceiue thee, as well as they of Ierusalem.

Note return to page 16011 [q] He prophecieth against his owne citie, and because it signified an heritage, he saith that God would sende an heire to possesse it.

Note return to page 16012 [r] For so they thought them selues for the strength of their citie.

Note return to page 16013 [a] Assoone as they rise, they execute their wicked deuises of the night, and according to their power hurt others.

Note return to page 16014 Ebr. Is in power.

Note return to page 16015 [b] Thus the Iewes lament & say that there is no hope of restitution, seeing their possessions are deuided among þe; enemies.

Note return to page 16016 [c] Ye shall haue no more lands to deuide, as you had in times past, and as you vsed to measure them in the Iubile.

Note return to page 16017 [d] Thus the people warne the Prophets that they speake to them no more: for they cannot abide their threatnings.

Note return to page 16018 [e] God saith that they shal not prophecie, nor receiue no more of their rebukes nor ta&ubar;ts.

Note return to page 16019 [f] Are these your workes according to his Law?

Note return to page 16020 [g] Do not the godly finde my words comfortable?

Note return to page 16021 [h] That is, afore time.

Note return to page 16022 [i] The poore can haue no commoditie by them, but they spoyle them, as though they were enemies.

Note return to page 16023 [k] That is, their substance, and liuing, which is Gods blessing, and as it were, parte of his glorie.

Note return to page 16024 [l] Ierusalem shall not be your safegarde: but þe; cause of your destructi&obar;.

Note return to page 16025 [m] That is, shewe him selfe to be a Prophet.

Note return to page 16026 [n] Hee sheweth what Prophets they delite in: that is, in flatterers, which tell them pleasant tales, and speake of their commodities.

Note return to page 16027 [o] To destroy thee.

Note return to page 16028 [p] The enemie shall breake their gates and walles, and leade them into Caldea.

Note return to page 16029 [q] To driue them forwarde, and to helpe their enemies.

Note return to page 16030 [a] That thing which is iust and lawfull, both to gouerne my people aright, and also to discharge your owne conscience?

Note return to page 16031 [b] The Prophet condemneth the wicked gouerners not only of couetousnesse, theft and murther, but compareth them to wolues, lions, and most cruell beastes.

Note return to page 16032 [c] That is, when I shall visite their wickednesse: for though I heare the godly before they cry, Isa.65 24. yet I will not heare these though they cry, Isa.1.15. and Ezek.8.18. iam.2.12. 1.pet.3.11,12.

Note return to page 16033 [d] They deuoure all their substance, and then flatter them, promising that all shall goe well: but if one restraine from their bellies, then they inuent all wayes to mischiefe.

Note return to page 16034 [e] As you haue loued to walke in darkenesse, and to prophecie lies, so God shall reward you with grosse blindnesse, and ignorance, so that when all others shall see the bright beames of Gods graces, ye shall as blinde men grope as in the night.

Note return to page 16035 [f] When God shal discouer them to the world, they shalbe afraide to speake: for all shall knowe that they were but false prophets, and did belye the worde of God.

Note return to page 16036 [g] The Prophet being assured of his vocation by the Spirit of God, setteth himselfe alone against all the wicked, shewing howe God both gaue him gifts, habilitie and knowledge, to discerne betweene good and euil, and also constancie to reproue the sinnes of the people, and not to flatter them.

Note return to page 16037 [h] They buylde them houses by briberie, which hee calleth blood & iniquitie.

Note return to page 16038 [i] They wil say, that they are the people of God, & abuse his Name as a pretence to cloke their hypocrisie.

Note return to page 16039 [k] Reade Ieremiah 26.18.

Note return to page 16040 [a] When Christ shall come, and the Temple shalbe destroyed.

Note return to page 16041 [b] Reade Isa 2.2.

Note return to page 16042 [c] He sheweth that there is no true Church but where as the people are taught by Gods pure worde.

Note return to page 16043 [d] By his corrections and threatnings he will bring the people into subiection which are in the vtmost corners of the worlde.

Note return to page 16044 [e] They shall absteine from all euill doing, and exercise themselues in godlines and in well doing to others.

Note return to page 16045 [f] Reade Isa.2.4.

Note return to page 16046 [g] He sheweth that the people of God ought to remaine constant in their religion albeit all the world should giue themselues to their superstition and idolatrie.

Note return to page 16047 [h] I will cause that Israel, which is now as one lame and halting, and so almost destroyed, shall liue againe and growe into a great people.

Note return to page 16048 [i] Meaning Ierusalem, where the Lords flocke was gathered.

Note return to page 16049 [k] The florishing state of the kingdome, as it was vnder Dauid and Salomon, which thing was accomplished to the Church by the c&obar;ming of Christ.

Note return to page 16050 [l] In the meane season he sheweth that they should endure great troubles and tentations when they sawe themselues neither to haue king nor counsel.

Note return to page 16051 [m] Hee sheweth that the faythfull ought not to measure Gods iudgements by þe; brags and threatnings of the wicked, but thereby are admonished to lift vp their hearts to God to call for deliuerance.

Note return to page 16052 [n] God giueth his Church this victorie so oft as hee ouercommeth their enemies: but the accomplishment hereof shalbe at the last comming of Christ.

Note return to page 16053 [a] He forewarneth them of the dangers that shal come before they enioy these comforts, shewing that forasmuch of Ierusalem was accustomed with her garisons to trouble others, the Lorde would now cause other garisons to vexe her, and that her Rulers should be smitten on the face most c&obar;temptuously.

Note return to page 16054 [b] For so the Iewes deuided their countrey, that for euery thousand there was a chiefe captaine: and because Bethleem was not able to make a thousande, he calleth it litle, but yet God will raise vp his captaine & gouernour therein: and thus it is not the least by reason of this benefite, as Mat.2.6.

Note return to page 16055 [c] He sheweth that the comming of Christ and all his waies were appoynted of God from all eternitie.

Note return to page 16056 [d] He compareth the Iewes to women with child, who for a time should haue great sorowes, but at length they should haue a comfortable deliuerance, Ioh.16.21.

Note return to page 16057 [e] That is, Christs kingdome shalbe stable & euerlasting, and his people, aswel the Gentiles as the Iewes shall dwel in safetie.

Note return to page 16058 [f] This Messiah shalbe a sufficient sauegard for vs, and though the enemie inuade vs for a time, yet shall God stirre vp many which shalbe able to deliuer vs.

Note return to page 16059 [g] These whom God shall raise vp for the deliuerance of his Church, shall destroy all the enemies thereof, which are meant here by the Assyrians & Babylonians which were þe; chiefe at that time.

Note return to page 16060 [h] By these gouernours wil God deliuer vs wh&ebar; the enemie commeth into our land.

Note return to page 16061 [i] This r&ebar;nant or Church which God shall deliuer, shal only depend on Gods power & defence, as doth the grasse of the field, & not on the hope of man.

Note return to page 16062 [k] I wil destroy all things wherein thou puttest thy confidence, as thy vaine confidence and idolatrie, and so will helpe thee.

Note return to page 16063 [l] It shalbe so terrible that the like hath not bene heard of.

Note return to page 16064 [a] He taketh the hie mountaines and hard rockes to witnesse against the obstinacie of his people.

Note return to page 16065 [b] I haue not hurt thee, but bestowed infinite benefites vpon thee.

Note return to page 16066 [c] That is, remember my benefites from the beginning how I deliuered you from Balaams curse, and also spared you from Shittim, which was in the plaine of Moab, till I brought you into the land promised.

Note return to page 16067 [d] That is, the trueth of his promes and his manifolde benefites toward you.

Note return to page 16068 [e] Thus the people by hypocrisie aske how to please God, and are content to offer sacrifices, but will not change their liues.

Note return to page 16069 [f] There is nothing so deare to man, but the hypocrites will offer it vnto God, if they thinke thereby to auoyd his anger: but they will neuer bee brought to mortifie their owne affections & to giue themselues willingly to serue God as he commaundeth.

Note return to page 16070 [g] The Prophet in fewe words calleth them to the obseruation of the seconde table, to knowe if they will obey God aright or no, saying that God hath prescribed them to doe this.

Note return to page 16071 [h] Meaning, that when God speaketh to any citie or nation, the godly will acknowledge his maiestie, and consider not the mortall man that bringeth the threatning, but God that sendeth it.

Note return to page 16072 [i] That is, of Ierusalem.

Note return to page 16073 [k] Thou shalt be consumed with inwarde griefe and euils.

Note return to page 16074 [l] Meaning, that the citie shoulde goe about to saue her men, as they that lay holde on that which they woulde preserue.

Note return to page 16075 [m] You haue receiued all the corruption and idolatrie, wherewith the ten tribes were infected vnder Omri and Ahab his sonne: and to excuse your doings, you alledge the Kings authority by his statutes, & also wisedome and policy in so doing, but you shall not escape punishment, but as I haue shewed you great fauour, and taken you for my people, so shall your plagues be accordingly, Luke 12.47.

Note return to page 16076 [a] The Prophet taketh vpon him the person of the earth, which complaineth that all her fruites are gone, so that none is left: that is, that there is no godly man remaining: for all are giuen to crueltie and deceite, so that none spareth his owne brother.

Note return to page 16077 [b] He sheweth that the prince, the iudge and the rich man are linked together, all to doe euill and to cloke þe; doings one of another.

Note return to page 16078 [c] That is, the rich man that is able to giue money, abstaineth from no wickednesse nor iniurie.

Note return to page 16079 [d] These men agree among themselues and conspire with one consent to doe euill.

Note return to page 16080 [e] They that are of most estimation and are counted most honest among them, are but thornes and briers to pricke.

Note return to page 16081 [f] Meaning, of the Prophets and gouernours.

Note return to page 16082 [g] The Prophet sheweth þt; the only remedie for þe; godly in desperate euils is to flee vnto God for succour.

Note return to page 16083 [h] This is spoken in the person of the Church, which calleth the malignant Church her enemie.

Note return to page 16084 [i] To wit, when God shall shewe him selfe a deliuerer of his Church, and a destroyer of his enemies.

Note return to page 16085 [k] Meaning, the cruel empire of the Babylonians.

Note return to page 16086 [l] When the Church shall be restored, they that were enemies afore, shall come out of all the corners of the worlde vnto her, so that neither holdes, riuers, seas nor mountaines shalbe able to let them.

Note return to page 16087 [m] Afore this grace appeare, he sheweth howe grieuously the hypocrites them selues shall be punished, seeing that the earth it selfe, which can not sinne, shalbe made waste because of their wickednesse.

Note return to page 16088 [n] The Prophet prayeth to God to be mercifull vnto his Church, when they should be scattered abroade as in solitarie places in Babylon, and to be beneficiall vnto them as in time past.

Note return to page 16089 [o] God promiseth to be fauourable to his people as he had bene afore time.

Note return to page 16090 [p] They shalbe as dumme men and dare bragge no more.

Note return to page 16091 [q] They shalbe astonished, & afraid to heare men speake, least they shoulde heare of their destruction.

Note return to page 16092 [r] They shall fall flat on the grounde for feare.

Note return to page 16093 [s] As though he would not see it, but winke at it.

Note return to page 16094 [t] Meaning, of his elect.

Note return to page 16095 [u] The Church is assured, that God will declare in effect the trueth of his mercifull promes, which he had made of olde to Abraham, and to all that should apprehende the promes by faith.

Note return to page 16096 [a] Reade Isa.13.1.

Note return to page 16097 [b] The vision or reuelation, which God commanded Nahum to write concerning the Nineuites.

Note return to page 16098 [c] That is, borne in a poore village in the tribe of Simeon.

Note return to page 16099 [d] Meaning, of his glorie.

Note return to page 16100 [e] With his he is but angrie for a time, but his anger neuer asswageth towarde the reprobate, though for a time he deferre it.

Note return to page 16101 [f] Thus the wicked would make Gods mercie an occasion to sinne, but the Prophet willeth them to consider his force and iustice.

Note return to page 16102 [g] If all creatures be at Gods commandement and none is able to resist his wrath, shall man flatter him selfe, and thinke by any meanes to escape when he prouoketh his God to anger?

Note return to page 16103 [h] Lest the faithfull shoulde be discouraged by hearing the power of God, he sheweth them that his mercies appertaine vnto them, and that he hath care ouer them.

Note return to page 16104 [i] Signifying, that God will suddenly destroy Nineueh, and the Assyrians, in such sort as they shall lie in perpetuall darkenesse, and neuer recouer their strength againe.

Note return to page 16105 [k] He sheweth that the enterprises of the Assyrians against Iudah and the Church, were against God, and therefore he would so destroy them at once, that he should not neede to returne the second time.

Note return to page 16106 [l] Though the Assyrians thinke them selues like thornes that pricke on all sides, yet the Lord will set fire on them, and as drunken men are not able to stande against any force, so they shall be nothing able to resist him.

Note return to page 16107 [m] Which may be vnderstande either of Saneherib, or of the whole body of the people of Nineueh.

Note return to page 16108 [n] Though they thinke them selues in most safetie, and of greatest strength, yet when God shall passe by, he will destroy them: notwithstanding he comforteth his Church, and promiseth to make an ende of punishing them by the Assyrians.

Note return to page 16109 [o] Meaning Saneherib, who shoulde haue no more children, but be slaine in the house of his gods, 2.King.19.36,37.

Note return to page 16110 Isa.52.7. romanes. 10.15.

Note return to page 16111 [p] Which peace the Iewes should enioy by the death of Saneherib.

Note return to page 16112 [a] That is, Nebuchad nezzar is in a readinesse to destroy the Assyrians: and the Prophet derideth the enterprises of the Assyrians which prepared to resist him.

Note return to page 16113 [b] Seeing God hath punished his owne people Iudah and Israel, he will nowe punish the enemies by whome he scourged them, reade Isa.10.12.

Note return to page 16114 [c] Signifying that the Israelites were vtterly destroyed.

Note return to page 16115 [d] Both to feare the enemie, and also that they them selues shoulde not so soone espie blood one of another to discourage them.

Note return to page 16116 [e] Meaning, their speares shoulde shake and crashe together.

Note return to page 16117 [f] Then the Assyrians shall seeke by all meanes to gather their power, but all things shall faile them.

Note return to page 16118 [g] The Assyrians will flatter them selues and say, that Nineueh is so ancient that it can neuer perish, and is as a fishpoole, whose waters they that walke on the bankes can not touch, but they shalbe scattered, & shall not looke backe though men would call them.

Note return to page 16119 [h] God commandeth the enemies to spoyle Nineueh, and promiseth them infinite riches and treasures.

Note return to page 16120 [i] That is, Nineueh, and the men there of shalbe after this sort.

Note return to page 16121 [k] Reade Ioel.2.6.

Note return to page 16122 [l] Meaning Nineueh, whose inhabitants were cruell like the lyons, and giuen to all oppression, and spared no violence or tyrannie to prouide for their wiues & children.

Note return to page 16123 [m] That is, assoone as my wrath beginneth to kindle.

Note return to page 16124 [n] Signifying the heraldes, which were accustomed to proclaime warre. Some reade of thy gumme teeth wherewith Nineueh was wont to bruise the bones of þe; poore.

Note return to page 16125 [a] It neuer ceaseth to spoyle and robbe.

Note return to page 16126 [b] He sheweth howe the Caldeans shall haste, and how courageous their horses shall be in beating the grounde when they come against the Assyrians.

Note return to page 16127 [c] He compareth Nineueh to an harlot, which by her beautie and subtiltie entiseth yong men, and bringeth them to destruction.

Note return to page 16128 [d] Meaning, Alexandria, which was in league with so many nations, and yet was now destroyed.

Note return to page 16129 Or, thine.

Note return to page 16130 [e] Signifying that Gods iudgements should suddenly destroy the Assyrians, as these vermine are with raine or change of weather.

Note return to page 16131 [f] Thy princes and counsellers.

Note return to page 16132 [g] Meaning, that there was no people, to whome the Assyrians had not done hurt.

Note return to page 16133 [a] The Prophet complayneth vnto God and bewayleth that among the Iewes is left none equitie nor brotherly loue: but in stead hereof reigneth crueltie theft, contention and strife.

Note return to page 16134 [b] To suppresse him if any should shew him selfe zealous of Gods cause.

Note return to page 16135 [c] Because the iudges which should redresse this excesse, are as euil as the rest.

Note return to page 16136 [d] As in times past you would not beleeue Gods word, so shall ye not now beleeue þe; strange plagues which are at hand.

Note return to page 16137 [e] They themselues shalbe your iudges in this cause, and none shall haue authoritie ouer them to controlle them.

Note return to page 16138 Zeph.3.3.

Note return to page 16139 [f] For the Iewes most feared this winde, because it destroyed their fruites.

Note return to page 16140 [g] They shall be so many in nomber.

Note return to page 16141 [h] they shall cast vp mounts against it.

Note return to page 16142 [i] The Prophet comforteth the faithfull that God will also destroy the Babylonians, because they shall abuse this victorie and become proude and insolent, attributing the prayse hereof to their idoles.

Note return to page 16143 [k] He assureth the godly of Gods protection, shewing that the enemie can doe no more then God hath appoynted, and also that their sinnes required such a sharpe rod.

Note return to page 16144 [l] So that the great deuoureth the small and the Caldeans destroy all the world.

Note return to page 16145 [m] Meaning, that the enemies flatter themselues, and glory in their owne force, power, and wit.

Note return to page 16146 [n] Meaning, that they should not.

Note return to page 16147 [a] I wil renounce mine owne iudgement, and onely depend on God to be instructed what I shall answere them that abuse my preaching, and to be armed against all tentations.

Note return to page 16148 [b] Write it in great letters, that he that runneth, may reade it.

Note return to page 16149 [c] Which conteined the destruction of the enemie, and the comfort of the Church: which thing though God execute not according to mans hastie affections, yet the yssue of both is certaine at his time appointed.

Note return to page 16150 [d] To trust in him selfe or in any worldly thing, is neuer to be quiet: for the onely rest is to stay vpon God by fayth, Rom.1.17. gala.3. 11. hebr.10.38.

Note return to page 16151 [e] He compareth the proude, and couetous man to a drunkard that is without reason and sense, whom God will punish, and make him a laughing stocke to all the world: and this he speaketh for the comfort of the godly, and against the Caldeans.

Note return to page 16152 [f] Signifying, that all the world shall wish the destruction of tyrants, and that by their oppression and couetousnes, they heape but vpon themselues more heauie burdens: for the more they get, the more are they troubled.

Note return to page 16153 [g] That is, the Medes and Persians, that should destroy the Babylonians?

Note return to page 16154 [h] Signifying that the couetous man is the ruine of his owne house, when as hee thinketh to enriche it by crueltie and oppression.

Note return to page 16155 [i] The stones of the house shall crie, and say that they are built of blood, and the wood shall answere and say the same of it selfe.

Note return to page 16156 [k] Meaning, that God wil not deferre his vengeance long, but wil come and destroy all their labours, as though they were consumed with fire.

Note return to page 16157 [l] In the destruction of the Babylonians his glory shal appeare through all the world.

Note return to page 16158 [m] Hee reprocheth thus the King of Babylon, who as he was drunken with couetousnes and crueltie, so he prouoked others to the same, and inflamed them by his rage, and so in the ende brought them to shame.

Note return to page 16159 [n] Where as thou thoughtest to haue glory of these thy doings, they shall turne to thy shame: for thou shalt drinke of the same cup with others in thy turne.

Note return to page 16160 [o] Because the Babylonians were cruell not onely against other nations, but also against the people of God, which is meant by Lebanon, and the beasts therein, he sheweth that the like crueltie shalbe executed against them.

Note return to page 16161 [p] Hee sheweth that the Babylonians gods could nothing auaile them: for they were but blocks or stones, reade Iere.10.8.

Note return to page 16162 [q] If thou wilt consider what it is, and how that it hath neither breath nor life, but is a dead thing.

Note return to page 16163 [a] The Prophet instructeth his people to pray vnto God not only for their great sinnes, but also for such as they had committed of ignorance.

Note return to page 16164 [b] Thus the people were afraide when they heard Gods threatnings, and prayed.

Note return to page 16165 [c] That is, the state of thy Church which is now ready to perish, before it come to halfe a perfect age, which should be vnder Christ.

Note return to page 16166 [d] Teman and Paran were neere Sinai where the Law was giuen: whereby is signified that his deliuerance was as present now as it was th&ebar;.

Note return to page 16167 [e] Whereby is meant a power, that was ioyned with his brightnes, which was hid to the rest of the world, but was reueiled in mount Sinai to his people, Psal. 31.16.

Note return to page 16168 [f] Signifying that God hath wonderfull meanes, and euer had a marueilous power when he would deliuer his Church.

Note return to page 16169 [g] The iniquitie of this King of Syria in vexing thy people was made manifest by thy iudgement, to the comfort of thy Church, Iudg.3.10. and also of the Midianites, which destroyed themselues, Iudg. 7.22.

Note return to page 16170 [h] Meaning, that God was not angry with the waters, but that by this meanes he would destroy his enemies and deliuer his Church.

Note return to page 16171 [i] And so didst vse al the elements as instruments for the destruction of thine enemies.

Note return to page 16172 [k] That is, thy power.

Note return to page 16173 [l] For he had not onely made a couenant with Abraham, but renued it with his posteritie.

Note return to page 16174 [m] Reade Nomb.20.11.

Note return to page 16175 [n] He alludeth to the red sea and Iorden, which gaue passage to Gods people, and shewed signes of their obedience, as it were by lifting vp of their hands.

Note return to page 16176 [o] As appeareth, Iosh.10.12.

Note return to page 16177 [p] According to thy commandement the sunne was directed by the weapons of thy people, that fought in thy cause, as though it durst not go forward.

Note return to page 16178 [q] Signifying that there is no saluation, but by Christ.

Note return to page 16179 [r] From the toppe to the toe thou hast destroyed the enemies.

Note return to page 16180 [s] God destroyed his enemies both great and small with their owne weapons, though they were neuer so fierce against his Church.

Note return to page 16181 [t] He returneth to that which he spake in the second verse, and sheweth how he was afraide of Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 16182 [u] He sheweth that the faithfull can neuer haue true rest, except they feele before the weight of Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 16183 [x] That is, the enemie: but the godly shall be quiet, knowing that all things shall turne to good vnto them.

Note return to page 16184 [y] He declareth wherein standeth the comfort and ioy of the faithfull, though they see neuer so great afflictions prepared.

Note return to page 16185 [z] The chiefe singer vpon the instruments of musike shall haue occasion to praise God for this great deliuerance of his Church.

Note return to page 16186 2.King.22.1.

Note return to page 16187 2.King.21.26.

Note return to page 16188 [a] Not that God was angrie with these dumme creatures, but because man was so wicked for whose cause they were created, God maketh them to take part of the punishment with him.

Note return to page 16189 [b] Which were an order of superstitious Priestes appointed to minister in the seruice of Baal, and were as his peculiar chaplens, reade 2. King.23.5. Hosea 10.5.

Note return to page 16190 [c] He alludeth to their idole Molech, which was forbidden, Leuit. 20.2. yet they called him their King and made him as a god: therefore he here noteth them that will both say they worship God, and yet wil sweare by idoles, and serue them: which halting is here condemned as Ezekiel 20.39. 2.King.17.33. 1.King.18.21.

Note return to page 16191 [d] Meaning, the courtiers, which did imitate the strange apparell of other nations to winne their fauour thereby, and to appeare glorious in the eyes of all other, reade Ezek.23.14.

Note return to page 16192 [e] He meaneth the seruants of the rulers which inuade other mens houses, and reioyce and leape for ioy when they can get any praye to please their master withall.

Note return to page 16193 [f] Signifying that all the corners of the citie of Ierusalem should be full of trouble.

Note return to page 16194 [g] This is ment of the streete of the marchants which was lower then the rest of the place about it.

Note return to page 16195 [h] So that nothing shall escape me.

Note return to page 16196 [i] By their prosperitie they are hardned in their wickednes.

Note return to page 16197 Deut.28.30. amos 5.11.

Note return to page 16198 [k] They that trusted in their owne strength and contemned the Prophets of God.

Note return to page 16199 Iere.30.7. ioel.2.11. amos 5.18.

Note return to page 16200 Ezek.7.19.

Note return to page 16201 Chap.3.8.

Note return to page 16202 [a] He exhorteth them to rep&ebar;tance, and willeth them to descend into themselues and gather themselues together, least they be scattered like chaffe.

Note return to page 16203 [b] That is, which haue liued vprightly and godly according as hee prescribeth by his worde.

Note return to page 16204 [c] He comforteth the faithful in that, that God would change his punishments from them vnto the Philistims their enemies and other nations.

Note return to page 16205 [d] That is, Galilea: by these nations he meaneth the people that dwelt neere to the Iewes and in steade of friendship were their enemies: therefore he calleth them Canaanites whome the Lord appointed to be slaine.

Note return to page 16206 [e] Hee sheweth why God would destroy their enemies, because their countrey might be a resting place for his Church.

Note return to page 16207 [f] These nations presumed to take from the Iewes that co&ubar;trey which the Lord had giuen them.

Note return to page 16208 [g] When he shall deliuer his people and destroy their enemies and idols, his glorie shall shine throughout all the world.

Note return to page 16209 [h] Reade Isa.34.11.

Note return to page 16210 Or, hedgehog.

Note return to page 16211 [i] Meaning, Nineueh, which reioycing so much of her strength and prosperitie, should be thus made waste and Gods people deliuered.

Note return to page 16212 [a] That is, Ierusalem.

Note return to page 16213 Ezek.22.25,27. mich.3.11.

Note return to page 16214 Habak.1.8.

Note return to page 16215 [b] They are so griedie that they eate vp bones and all.

Note return to page 16216 [c] The wicked thus boasted that God was euer among them, but the Prophet answereth that that can not excuse their wickednes: for God wil not beare with their sinnes: yet that he did paciently abide and sent his Prophets continually to call them to repentance, but he profited nothing.

Note return to page 16217 [d] By the destruction of other nations he sheweth that the Iewes should haue learned to feare God.

Note return to page 16218 [e] They were most earnest and readie to do wickedly.

Note return to page 16219 [f] Seeing ye will not repent, you shall looke for my vengeance aswell as other nations.

Note return to page 16220 [g] Least any should thinke then that Gods glory should haue perished when Iudah was destroyed, he sheweth that he will publish his grace through all the world.

Note return to page 16221 Ebr. with one shoulder, as Hos.6.9.

Note return to page 16222 [h] That is, þe; Iewes shall come as well as the Gentiles: which is to be vnderstand vnder the time of the Gospel.

Note return to page 16223 [i] For they shall haue full remission of their sinnes: and the hypocrites which boasted of the Temple, which was also thy pride in time past, shalbe taken from thee.

Note return to page 16224 [k] That is, the punishment for thy sinne.

Note return to page 16225 [l] As the Assyrians, Caldeans, Egyptians, and other nations.

Note return to page 16226 [m] To defend thee as by thy sinnes thou hast put him away and left thy selfe naked, as Exod.32.25.

Note return to page 16227 [n] Signifying, that God deliteth to shewe his loue and great affection toward his Church.

Note return to page 16228 [o] That is, them that were had in hatred and reuiled for the Church and because of their religion.

Note return to page 16229 [p] I wil deliuer the Church which now is afflicted, as Mica.4.6.

Note return to page 16230 [q] As among the Assyrians & Caldeans which did mocke them and put them to shame.

Note return to page 16231 [a] Who was the sonne of Hystaspis, and the third King of the Persians, as some thinke.

Note return to page 16232 [b] Because the building of the Temple began to cease by reason that the people were discouraged by their enemies: and if these two notable men had neede to be stirred vp & admonished of their dueties, what shall we thinke of other goueruours, whose doings are either against God, or very colde in his cause?

Note return to page 16233 [c] Not that they condemned the building thereof, but they preferred policie, and priuate profite to religion, being content with small beginnings.

Note return to page 16234 [d] Shewing that they sought not onely their necessities, but their very pleasures before Gods honour.

Note return to page 16235 [e] Consider the plagues of God vpon you for preferring your policies to his religion, and because ye seeke not him first of all.

Note return to page 16236 [f] Meaning, that they should leaue off their owne commodities, and goe forward in the building of Gods Temple, and in the setting forth of his religion.

Note return to page 16237 [g] That is, I will heare your prayers according to my promes, 1.King.8.21,29.

Note return to page 16238 [h] That is, my glory shall be set forth by you.

Note return to page 16239 [i] And so bring it to nothing.

Note return to page 16240 [k] This declared that God was the authour of the doctrine, and that he was but the minister, as Exo.14.31. iudg.7.20. act.15.28.

Note return to page 16241 [l] Which declareth that men are vnapt and dull to serue the Lorde, neither can they obey his worde or his messengers before God reforme their hearts and giue them newe spirits, Iohn 6.44.

Note return to page 16242 [a] For the people, according as Isa.32. 11.and Ezek.41.1. had prophecied, thought this Temple should haue bene more excellent then Salomons Temple, which was destroyed by the Babylonians, but the Prophets meant the spiritual Temple, the Church of Christ.

Note return to page 16243 [b] That is, go forward in building the Temple.

Note return to page 16244 [c] Hee exhorteth them to patience though they see not as yet this T&ebar;ple so glorious as the Prophets had declared: for this should be accomplished in Christ by whom al things should be renued.

Note return to page 16245 [d] Meaning, Christ whome all ought to looke for and desire: or by desire, he may signifie all precious things, as riches & such like.

Note return to page 16246 [e] Therefore when his time commeth, he can make all the treasures of the world to serue his purpose: but the glory of this second T&ebar;ple doeth not stand in material things, neither can be built.

Note return to page 16247 [f] Meaning, all spirituall blessings and felicitie purchased by Christ, Phil.4.7.

Note return to page 16248 [g] That is, the flesh of the sacrifices: whereby he signifieth that that thing, which of it selfe is good cannot make an other thing so: and therefore they ought not to iustifie themselues by their sacrifices & ceremonies: but contrary he that is vncleane and not pure of heart, doeth corrupt those things and make them detestable vnto God which els are good and godly.

Note return to page 16249 [h] Consider howe God did plague you with famine afore you began to build the Temple.

Note return to page 16250 [i] That is, before the building was begun.

Note return to page 16251 [k] Form the time they began to build the Temple, he promiseth that God would blesse them: and albeit as yet the fruite was not come forth, yet in the gathering they should haue plentie.

Note return to page 16252 [l] He exhorteth them to patience and to abide till the haruest came, & then they should see Gods blessings.

Note return to page 16253 [m] I wil make a change and renue all things in Christ, of whom Zerubbabel here is a figure.

Note return to page 16254 [n] Hereby hee sheweth that there shalbe no let or hinderance when God wil make this wonderfull restitution of his Church.

Note return to page 16255 [o] Signifying that his dignitie should be most excellent, which thing was accomplished in Christ.

Note return to page 16256 [a] Who was the sonne of Hystaspis.

Note return to page 16257 [b] This was not that Zechariah, whereof is mention, 2.Chro.24.20. but had the same name, and is called the sonne of Berechiah, as he was because he came of those progenitours, as of Ioiada or Berechiah and Iddo.

Note return to page 16258 [c] Hee speaketh this to feare them with Gods iudgements that they should not prouoke him as their fathers had done, whom he so grieuously punished.

Note return to page 16259 [d] Let your fruites declare, that you are Gods people, and that he hath wrought in you by his spirite and mortified you: for els man hath no power to returne to God; but God must conuert him, as Ierem.31.18. lamen.5.21. isai.21.8. and 31.6. and 45.21.

Note return to page 16260 Iere.3.12. ezek.18.30. hose.14.2. ioel 2.12.

Note return to page 16261 [e] Though your fathers be dead, yet Gods iudgements in punishing them ought still to be before your eyes: and though the Prophets be dead, yet their doctrine remaineth for euer, 2.Pet.1.15.

Note return to page 16262 [f] Seeing ye sawe the force of my doctrine in punishing your fathers, why doe not ye feare the threatnings conteined in the same and declared by my Prophets?

Note return to page 16263 [g] As men astonished with my iudgements, and not that they were touched with true repentance.

Note return to page 16264 [h] Which conteineth part of Ianuarie and part of Februarie.

Note return to page 16265 [i] This vision signifieth the restauration of the Church, but as yet it should not appeare to mans eies, which is here ment by the night, by the bottome, and by the mirre trees, which are blacke, and giue a darke shadowe: yet he compareth God to a King, who hath his posts and messengers abroad By whome he still, worketh his purpose and bringeth his matters to passe.

Note return to page 16266 [k] Who was the chiefe among the rest of þe; horsemen.

Note return to page 16267 [l] These signified the diuers offices of Gods Angels by whom God sometime punisheth, & sometime comforteth and bringeth forth his workes in diuers sortes.

Note return to page 16268 [m] That is, Christ the Mediatour prayed for the saluation of his Church, which was now troubled wh&ebar; al the countreys about them were at rest.

Note return to page 16269 [n] Though for a time God deferre his helpe and comfort from his Church, yet this declareth that he loueth them still most dearely, as a most mercifull father his children, or an husband his wife, and when it is expedient for them, his helpe is euer readie.

Note return to page 16270 [o] In destroying the reprobate I shewed my selfe but a litle angry toward my Church, but the enemie woulde haue destroyed them also, and considered not the ende of my chastisements.

Note return to page 16271 [p] To measure out the buildings.

Note return to page 16272 [q] The abundance shalbe so great that the places of store shall not be able to conteine these blessings that God wil send, but shal euen breake for fulnesse.

Note return to page 16273 [r] Which signified all the enemies of the Church, East, West, North, South.

Note return to page 16274 [s] These carpenters or smithes are Gods instruments, which with their mallets and hammers breake these hard and strong hornes, which would ouerthrow the Church, & declare that none enemies horne is so strong, but God hath an hammer to breake it in pieces.

Note return to page 16275 [a] That is, the Angel who was Christ: for in respect of his office he is oft times called an Angel, but in respect of his eternall essence, is God and so called.

Note return to page 16276 [b] Meaning, himselfe Zechariah.

Note return to page 16277 [c] Signifying the spirituall Ierusalem and Church vnder Christ, which should be extended by the Gospel through all the world and should neede no materiall walles, nor trust in any worldly str&ebar;gth, but should be safely preserued, and dwell in peace among all their enemies.

Note return to page 16278 [d] To defend my Church, to feare the enemies, and to destroy them if they approch nere.

Note return to page 16279 [e] In me they shall haue their full felicitie and glory.

Note return to page 16280 [f] Hee calleth to them which partly for feare, and partly for their owne ease, remayned still in captiuitie, and so preferred their owne priuate commodities to the benefites of God promised in his Church.

Note return to page 16281 [g] As it was I that scattered you, so haue I power to restore you.

Note return to page 16282 [h] By flying from Babylon and comming to the Church.

Note return to page 16283 [i] Seeing that God hath begunne to shewe his grace among you by deliuering you, he continueth the same still towarde you, and therefore sendeth mee his Angell, and his Christ to defende you from your enemies, that they shall not hurt you, neither by the way not at home.

Note return to page 16284 [k] Yee are so deare vnto God, that he can no more suffer your enemies to hurt you, then a man can abide to be thrust in the eye, Psalme 17.8.

Note return to page 16285 [l] Vpon the heathen your enemies.

Note return to page 16286 [m] They shall be your seruants as you haue bene theirs.

Note return to page 16287 [n] This must necessarily be vnderstande of Christ, who being God equall with his Father, was sent as he was Mediatour to dwel in his Church, and to gouerne them.

Note return to page 16288 [a] Hee prayed to Christ the Mediatour for the state of the Church.

Note return to page 16289 [b] Which declareth that the faithfull haue not onely warre with flesh and blood, but with Satan himselfe and spirituall wickednesses, Ephes. 6.12.

Note return to page 16290 [c] That is, Christ speaketh to God as the Mediatour of his Church that he would rebuke Satan: and here he sheweth himselfe to be the continuall preseruer of his Church.

Note return to page 16291 [d] Meaning, that Iehoshua was wonderfully preserued in the captiuitie, and nowe Satan sought to afflict and trouble him when he was doing his office.

Note return to page 16292 [e] In respect of the glorious garments, and precious stones that the Priestes did weare before the captiuitie: and by this contemptible state the Prophet signifieth that these small beginnings should be made excellent when Christ shall make the full restitution of his Church.

Note return to page 16293 [f] Hee sheweth of what apparell hee speaketh, which is when our filthie sinnes are taken away and we are clad with Gods mercies, which is meant of the spirituall restitution.

Note return to page 16294 [g] The Prophet prayeth that besides the rayment, the Priest might also haue tyre for his head accordingly, that is, that the dignitie of the Priesthood might be perfect: and this was fulfilled in Christ, who was both Priest and King: and here all such are condemned that can content them selues with any meane reformation in religion, seeing the Prophet desireth the perfection, & obteineth it.

Note return to page 16295 [h] That is, haue rule and gouernment in my Church, as thy predecessours haue had.

Note return to page 16296 [i] Whereby he meaneth to haue the whole charge and ministerie of the Church.

Note return to page 16297 [k] That is, the Angels who represented the whole nomber of the faithfull: signifying that all the godly shoulde willingly receiue him.

Note return to page 16298 [l] Because they followe my worde, they are contemned in the world, and esteemed as monsters, Isa.8 18.

Note return to page 16299 [m] That is, Christ, who did so humble himselfe, that not onely hee became the seruant of God, but also the seruant of men: and therefore in him they should haue comfort, although in the world they were contemned, Isa.11.1.iere.23.5. and 33.14,15.

Note return to page 16300 [n] Hee sheweth that the ministers can not build, before God lay the first stone, which is Christ, who is full of eyes, both because hee giueth light vnto all others, and that all ought to seeke light at him, Chap. 4.10.

Note return to page 16301 [o] That is, I will make it perfect in all points, as a thing wrought by the hand of God.

Note return to page 16302 [p] Though I haue punished this land for a time, yet I wil euen now be pacified, and visite their sinnes no more.

Note return to page 16303 [q] Ye shall then liue in peace and quietnesse, that is, in the kingdome of Christ, Isa.2.2.micah. 4 4.haggai.2.10.

Note return to page 16304 [a] Which was euer in the mids of the Temple, signifying that the graces of Gods Spirit should shine there in most abundance, and in all perfection.

Note return to page 16305 [b] Which conueyed the oyle that dropped from the trees into the lampes, so that the light neuer failed: and this vision was to confirme the faithfull that God had sufficient power in himselfe to continue his graces, and to bring his promes to passe, though he had no helpe of man.

Note return to page 16306 [c] Who was a figure of Christ, and therefore this doctrine was directed to all the Church who are his body and members.

Note return to page 16307 [d] He sheweth that Gods power onely is sufficient to preserue his Church, though he vse not mans helpe thereunto.

Note return to page 16308 [e] He compareth the power of the aduersaries to a great mountaine, who thought the Iewes nothing in respect of them, and would haue hindered Zerubbabel, who repres&ebar;ted Christ whom the enemies dayly labour to let, in the building of his spirituall Temple, but all in vaine.

Note return to page 16309 [f] Though the enemies thinke to staye this building, yet Zerubbabel shall laye the highest stone thereof, and bring it to perfection, so that all the godly shall reioyce, and pray vnto God that hee would continue his grace and fauour toward the Temple.

Note return to page 16310 [g] Meaning, the Prophet, that I am Christ sent of my Father for the building, and preseruation of my spirituall Temple.

Note return to page 16311 [h] Signifying that all were discouraged at the small & poore beginnings of the Temple.

Note return to page 16312 [i] Whereby he signifieth the plummet and line, that is, that Zerubbabel which represented Christ, should goe forward with his building to the ioy and comfort of the godly, though the world be against him, and though his for a while be discouraged, because they see not things pleasant to the eye.

Note return to page 16313 [k] That is, God hath seuen eyes: meaning a continuall prouidence, so that neither Satan nor any power in the worlde can goe about or bring any thing to passe to hinder his worke, Chap. 3.9.

Note return to page 16314 [l] Which were euer greene and full of oyle, so that still they powred foorth oyle into the lampes: signifying, that God will continually mainteine and preserue his Church, and indue it still with abundance and perfection of graces.

Note return to page 16315 [a] Because þe; Iewes had prouoked Gods plagues by contemning his word, and casting off all iudgement and equitie, hee sheweth that Gods curses written in this booke had iustly light both on them, and their fathers: but now if they would repent, God would sende the same among the Caldeans their former enemies.

Note return to page 16316 [b] That is, vseth any iniurie towarde his neighbour.

Note return to page 16317 [c] Meaning, wheresoeuer he be in the world.

Note return to page 16318 [d] He that transgresseth the first table, and serueth not God aright, but abuseth Gods Name.

Note return to page 16319 [e] Which was a measure in drie things conteyning about ten pottels.

Note return to page 16320 [f] That is, all the wickednes of the vngodly is in Gods sight, which he keepeth in a measure and can shut it or open it at his pleasure.

Note return to page 16321 [g] To couer the measure.

Note return to page 16322 [h] Which representeth iniquitie, as in the next verse.

Note return to page 16323 [i] Signifying, that Satan should not haue such power against the Iewes to tempt them, as he had in time past, but that God woulde shut vp iniquitie in a measure as in a prison.

Note return to page 16324 [k] Which declared that God woulde execute his iudgements by the meanes of weake and infirme meanes.

Note return to page 16325 [l] To remooue the iniquitie and afflictions that came for the same from Iudah, to place it for euer in Babylon.

Note return to page 16326 [a] By charets here, as by horses afore, he meaneth the swift messengers of God to execute and declare his will.

Note return to page 16327 [b] By the brasen mountaines hee meaneth the eternall counsell and prouidence of God, whereby he hath from before all eternitie decreed what shall come to passe, and that which neither Satan nor all the worlde can alter.

Note return to page 16328 [c] Which signified the great crueltie and persecutions that the Church had endured vnder diuers enemies.

Note return to page 16329 [d] Signifying that they had endured great afflictions vnder the Babylonians.

Note return to page 16330 [e] These represented their state vnder the Persians which restored them to libertie.

Note return to page 16331 [f] Which signified that God woulde sometime giue his Church rest, and powre his plagues vpon their enemies, as hee did in destroying Nineueh and Babylon, and other their enemies.

Note return to page 16332 [g] Meaning, all the actions and motions of Gods Spirit, which according to his inchangeable counsell he causeth to appeare through all the worlde.

Note return to page 16333 [h] That is, toward Egypt, and other countreys thereabout.

Note return to page 16334 [i] That is, they of diuers colours, which aske leaue, to signifie that Satan hath no power to hurt or afflict til God giue it him, Iob 1.12.

Note return to page 16335 [k] By punishing the Caldeans mine anger ceased, and you were deliuered.

Note return to page 16336 [l] To receiue of him and the other three, money to make the two crownes: which were men of great authoritie among the Iewes, and douted of the restitution of the kingdome and of the priesthood, and hurt others by their example.

Note return to page 16337 [m] Because this could not be attributed to any one according to the Lawe, therefore it followeth that Iehoshua must represent the Messiah who was both Priest and King.

Note return to page 16338 [n] Meaning, Christ, of whome Iehoshua was the figure: for in Greeke they were both called Iesus.

Note return to page 16339 [o] That is, of him selfe without the helpe of man.

Note return to page 16340 [p] Which declareth that none could build this Temple, wherof Haggai speaketh, but only Christ: and therefore it was spirituall, & not material, Hag.2.10.

Note return to page 16341 [q] Whereof Iehoshua had but a shadowe.

Note return to page 16342 [r] The two offices of the kingdome, & priesthood shall be so ioyned together, that they shalbe no more disseuered.

Note return to page 16343 [s] Who was also called Heldai.

Note return to page 16344 [t] He also was called Ioshiah.

Note return to page 16345 [u] That they may acknowledge their infirmitie, which looked that all things should haue bin restored incontinently: and of this their infidelitie these two crownes shal remaine as tokens, Act.1.6.

Note return to page 16346 [x] That is, the Gentiles by the preaching of the Gospel shal helpe toward the building of this spiritual Temple.

Note return to page 16347 [y] If ye wil beleeue & remaine in the obedience of faith.

Note return to page 16348 [a] Which conteined part of Nouember, and part of December.

Note return to page 16349 [b] That is, the rest of the people that remained yet in Caldea, sent to the Church at Ierusalem, for the resolution of these questions, because these feasts were consented vpon by the agreement of the whole Church, the one in the moneth that the Temple was destroyed, and the other when Gedaliah was slaine, Iere.41.2.

Note return to page 16350 [c] By weeping, and mourning appeare what exercises they vsed in their fasting.

Note return to page 16351 [d] That is, prepare my selfe with all deuotion to this fast.

Note return to page 16352 [e] Which was nowe since the time the Temple was destroyed.

Note return to page 16353 [f] For there were both of the people, and of the Priests, which doubted as touching this controuersie, besides them which as yet remained in Caldea, and reasoned of it, as of one of the chiefe pointes of their religion.

Note return to page 16354 [g] For they thought they had deserued towarde God because of this fast, which they inuented of themselues: and though fasting of it selfe be good, yet because they thought it a seruice toward God, and trusted therein, it is here reprooued.

Note return to page 16355 [h] Did ye not eate, & drinke for your owne commoditie and necessitie? and so likewise ye did absteine according to your owne fantasies, and not after the prescript of my Lawe.

Note return to page 16356 [i] Hereby he condemneth their hypocrisie, which thought by their fasting to please God, & by such things as they inuented, & in the meane season would not serue him as he had commanded.

Note return to page 16357 [k] He sheweth, that they did not fast with a syncere heart, but for an hypocrisie, and that it was not done of a pure religion, because that they lacked these offices of charitie, which should haue declared that they were godly, Mat.23.23.

Note return to page 16358 [l] And would not cary the Lords burden, which was sweete & easie, but would beare their owne, which was heauie and grieuous to the flesh, thinking to merite thereby: which similitude is taken of oxen, which shrinke at the yoke, Nehe.9.29.

Note return to page 16359 [m] Which declareth that they rebelled not only against þe; Prophets, but against þe; Spirit of God þt; spake in them.

Note return to page 16360 [n] That is, after they were caried captiue.

Note return to page 16361 [o] By their sinnes wherby they prouoked Gods anger.

Note return to page 16362 [a] I loued my citie with a singular loue, so that I could not abide that any should doe her any iniurie.

Note return to page 16363 [b] Because she shall be faithfull, and loyall toward me her husband.

Note return to page 16364 [c] Though their enemies did greatly molest & trouble them, yet God would come and dwel among them, and so preserue them so long as nature would suffer them to liue, and encrease their children in great abundance.

Note return to page 16365 [d] He sheweth wherein our faith standeth, that is, to beleeue that God can performe that which he hath promised though it seeme neuer so vnpossible to man, Rom.4.20. Gen.18.14.

Note return to page 16366 [e] So that their returne shall not be in vaine: for God wil accomplish his promise, and their prosperitie shalbe sure and stable.

Note return to page 16367 [f] Let neither respect of your priuate commodities, neither counsell of others, nor feare of enemies discourage you in the going forward &wt; the building of the Temple, but be constant and obey the Prophets, which incourage you thereunto.

Note return to page 16368 [g] For God cursed your work, so that neither man nor beast had profit of their labours.

Note return to page 16369 [h] Reade Ezek. 18 20.

Note return to page 16370 [i] Which declareth, that man can not turne to God till he change mans heart by his Spirit, and so begin to doe well, which is to pardon his sinnes and to giue him his graces.

Note return to page 16371 [k] Which fast was appointed when the citie was besieged, and was the first fast of these foure: and here the Prophet sheweth, that if the Iewes wil repent, and turne wholy to God, they shall haue no more occasion to fast, or to shew signes of heauines: for God wil send them ioy and gladnes.

Note return to page 16372 [l] He declareth the great zeale that God should giue the Gentiles to come to his Church and to ioyne with the Iewes in his true religion, which should be in the kingdome of Christ.

Note return to page 16373 Isa.2.2. micah 4.1.

Note return to page 16374 [a] Whereby hee meaneth Syria.

Note return to page 16375 [b] Gods anger shal abide vpon their chiefe citie, & not spare so much as that.

Note return to page 16376 [c] When the Iewes shall conuert and repent, then God God will destroy their enemies.

Note return to page 16377 [d] That is, by Damascus: meaning that Hamath or Antiochia should be vnder the same rod and plague.

Note return to page 16378 [e] Hee secretly sheweth the cause of their destructi&obar;, because they deceiued all other by their craft and subtiltie, which they cloked with this name of wisdome.

Note return to page 16379 [f] Though they of Tyrus thinke them selues inuincible by reason of the sea, þt; compasseth them round about, yet they shall not escape Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 16380 [g] Meaning, that all should be destroyed saue a very few, that should remaine as strangers.

Note return to page 16381 [h] He promiseth to deliuer the Iewes when he shall take venge&abar;ce on their enemies, for their crueltie, & wrongs done to them.

Note return to page 16382 [i] As the Iebusites had bin destroyed, so should Ekron & all the Philistims.

Note return to page 16383 [k] He sheweth that Gods power only shalbe sufficient to defend his Church against all aduersaries be they neuer so cruell, or assemble their power neuer so often.

Note return to page 16384 [l] That is, God hath nowe seene the great iniuries and afflictions wherewith they haue bene afflicted by their enemies.

Note return to page 16385 [m] That is, he hath righteousnes, and saluation in him selfe for the vse & commoditie of his Church.

Note return to page 16386 [n] Which declareth that they should not looke for such a King as should be glorious In the eies of man, but shoulde be poore, and yet in himselfe haue all power to deliuer his: and this is meant of Christ, as Mat.21.5.

Note return to page 16387 [o] No power of man or creature shalbe able to let this kingdome of Christ, & he shal peaceably gouerne them by his worde.

Note return to page 16388 [p] That is, from the red sea, to the sea called Syriacum: and by these places which the Iewes knewe, he meant an infinite space and compasse ouer the whole world.

Note return to page 16389 [q] That is, from Euphrates.

Note return to page 16390 [r] Meaning, Ierusalem or the Church, which is saued by the blood of Christ, whereof the blood of the sacrifices was a figure, and is here called the couenant of the Church, because God made it with his Church, and left it with them for the loue that he bare vnto them.

Note return to page 16391 [s] God sheweth that he wil deliuer his Church out of all dangers, seeme they neuer so great.

Note return to page 16392 [t] That is, into the holy lande where the citie and the Temple are, where God will defend you.

Note return to page 16393 [u] Meaning, the faithfull, which seemed to be in danger of their enemies on euery side, & yet liued in hope that God would restore them to libertie.

Note return to page 16394 [x] That is, double benefites, and prosperitie in respect of that which your fathers enioyed from Dauids time to the captiuitie.

Note return to page 16395 [y] I wil make Iudah and Ephraim, that is, my whole Church, victorious against all enemies, which he here meaneth by the Grecians.

Note return to page 16396 [z] He promiseth that the Iewes shall destroy their enemies and haue abundance, and excesse of all things, as there is abundance on the altar when the sacrifice is offered: Which things are not to moue them to intemperancie, but to sobrietie, and a thankfull remembrance of Gods great liberalitie.

Note return to page 16397 [a] The faithfull shall be preserued, and reuerenced of all, that the very enemies shall be compelled to esteeme them: for Gods glorie shall shine in them, as Iosephus declareth of Alexander the great when he met Iadi the high Priest.

Note return to page 16398 [a] The Prophet reproueth the Iewes because by their owne infidelitie they put backe Gods graces promised, and so famine came by Gods iust iudgement: therefore to auoyde this plague he willeth them to turne to God, and to pray in faith to him, and so he will giue them abundance.

Note return to page 16399 [b] He calleth to remembrance Gods punishments in times past because they trusted not in him, but in their idoles and sorcerers who euer deceiued them.

Note return to page 16400 [c] That is, the Iewes went into captiuitie.

Note return to page 16401 [d] Meaning, the cruell gouernours which did oppresse the poore sheepe, Ezek.34.16,17.

Note return to page 16402 [e] He will be merciful to his Church and cherish them as a King or Prince doeth his best horse which shall be for his owne vse in the warre.

Note return to page 16403 [f] Out of Iudah shall the chiefe gouernour proceede, who shall be as a corner to vpholde the building, and as a naile to fasten it together.

Note return to page 16404 [g] Ouer their enemies.

Note return to page 16405 [h] That is, the ten tribes, which should be gathered vnder Christ to the rest of the Church.

Note return to page 16406 [i] Whereby he declareth the power of God who needeth no great preparation when he will deliuer his: for with a becke or hisse he can call them from all places suddenly.

Note return to page 16407 [k] Though they shall yet be scattered and seeme to be lost, yet it shall be profitable vnto them: for there they shall come to the knowledge of my Name, which was accomplished vnder the Gospel, among whom it was first preached.

Note return to page 16408 [l] Not that they shoulde returne into their countrey, but be gathered and ioyned in one faith by the doctrine of the Gospel.

Note return to page 16409 [m] He alludeth to the deliuerance of the people out of Egypt, where as the Angel smote the floodes and riuers.

Note return to page 16410 [a] Because the Iewes thought themselues so strong by reason of this mountaine, that no enemie coulde come to hurt them, the Prophet sheweth, that when God sendeth the enemies, it shall shewe it selfe readie to receiue them.

Note return to page 16411 [b] Shewing that if the strong men were destroyed, the weaker were not able to resist.

Note return to page 16412 [c] Seeing that Lebanon was destroyed, which was the strongest munition, the weaker places could not thinke to holde out.

Note return to page 16413 [d] That is, the renoume of Iudah and Israel should perish.

Note return to page 16414 [e] Which being nowe destinate to be slayne, were deliuered as out of the lions mouth.

Note return to page 16415 [f] Their gouernours destroy them without any remorse of conscience, or yet thinking that they doe euill.

Note return to page 16416 [g] He noteth the hypocrites, which euer haue the Name of God in their mouthes, though in their life and doings they denie God, attributing their gaine to Gods blessing, which commeth of the spoyle of their brethren.

Note return to page 16417 [h] I will cause one to destroy another.

Note return to page 16418 [i] Their gouernours shall execute crueltie ouer them.

Note return to page 16419 [k] That is, the small remnant, whom he thought worthie to shewe mercie vnto.

Note return to page 16420 [l] God sheweth his great benefites towarde his people to conuince them of greater ingratitude, which would neither be ruled by his most beautifull order of gouernement, neither continue in the bandes of brotherly vnitie, and therefore he breaketh both the one and the other. Some reade, for Bandes Destroyers, but in the 14. verse the first reading is confirmed.

Note return to page 16421 [m] Whereby he sheweth his care and diligence that he would suffer them to haue no euill rulers, because they should consider his great loue.

Note return to page 16422 [n] Meaning, the people, because they would not acknowledge these great benefites of God.

Note return to page 16423 [o] He sheweth that the least part euer profite by Gods iudgements.

Note return to page 16424 [p] Besides their ingratitude God accuseth them of malice and wickednesse, which did not onely forget his benefites, but esteemed them as things of nought.

Note return to page 16425 [q] Shewing that it was too litle to pay his wages, which could scarse suffice to make a fewe tyles for to couer the Temple.

Note return to page 16426 [r] Signifying, that they shoulde haue a certaine kinde of regiment, and outwarde shewe of gouernement: but in effect it should be nothing: for they shoulde be wolues, and deuouring beastes in steade of shepheardes.

Note return to page 16427 [s] And is in health and sounde.

Note return to page 16428 [t] By the arme he signifieth strength, as he doth wisedome and iudgement by the eye: that is, the plague of God shall take away both thy strength and iudgement.

Note return to page 16429 [a] That is, the tenne tribes, which neglected Gods benefite in deliuering their brethren, and had rather remaine in captiuitie, then to returne home, when God called them.

Note return to page 16430 [b] Ierusalem shall be defended against all her enemies: so shall God defende all Iudah also, and shall destroy the enemies.

Note return to page 16431 [c] Euery captaine, that had many vnder him afore, shall nowe thinke that the small power of Ierusalem shall be sufficient to defend them against all enemies, because the Lord is among them.

Note return to page 16432 [d] The people which are nowe as it were dispersed by the fieldes, and lye open to their enemies, shall be no lesse preserued by my power, then if they were vnder their Kings, (which is ment by the house of Dauid) or in their defensed cities.

Note return to page 16433 [e] They shall haue the feeling of my grace by faith, and knowe that I haue compassion on them.

Note return to page 16434 [f] That is, whom they haue continually vexed with their obstinacie, and grieued my Spirit, Iohn 19 37. where it is referred to Christes body, which here is referred to the Spirit of God.

Note return to page 16435 [g] They shall turne to God by true repentance, whom before they had so grieuously offended by their ingratitude.

Note return to page 16436 [h] They shall lament and repent exceedingly for their offences against God.

Note return to page 16437 [i] Which was the name of a towne and place neere to Megiddo where Iosiah was slaine, 2.Chro.35.22.

Note return to page 16438 [k] That is, in all places where the Iewes shall remaine.

Note return to page 16439 [l] Signifying that this mourning or repentance shoulde not be a vaine ceremonie: but euery one touched with his owne griefe shall lament.

Note return to page 16440 [m] Vnder these certaine families he conteineth all the tribes, and sheweth that both the Kings and the Priests had by their sinnes perced Christ.

Note return to page 16441 [n] Called also Simeon.

Note return to page 16442 [o] To wit, which were elect by grace, and preserued from the common destruction.

Note return to page 16443 [a] He sheweth what shall be the fruite of their repentance, to wit, remission of sinnes, by the blood of Christ, which shall be a continual running fountaine, and purge them from all vncleannesse.

Note return to page 16444 [b] He promiseth that God will also purge them from all superstition, and that their religion shall be pure.

Note return to page 16445 [c] Meaning, the false prophets and teachers, who are the corrupters of all religion, whom the Prophet here calleth vncleane spirites.

Note return to page 16446 [d] That is, when they shall prophesie lies, and make God, who is the authour of trueth, a cloke thereunto.

Note return to page 16447 [e] He sheweth what zeale the godly shall haue vnder the kingdome of Christ, Deut.13.6,9.

Note return to page 16448 [f] God shall make them ashamed of their errors and lies, and bring them to repentance, and they shall no more weare Prophets apparell to make their doctrine seeme more holy.

Note return to page 16449 [g] They shall confesse their former ignorance, and be content to labour for their liuing.

Note return to page 16450 [h] Hereby he sheweth that though their parents and friendes dealt more gently with them, and put them not to death, yet they would so puuish their children, that became false prophets, that the markes and signes shoulde remaine for euer.

Note return to page 16451 [i] The Prophet warneth the Iewes, that before this great comfort should come vnder Christ, there shoulde be an horrible dissipation among the people: for their gouernours and pastors should be destroyed, and the people shoulde be as scattered sheepe: and the Euangelist applieth this to Christ, because he was the head of all Pastours, Matth. 26.31.

Note return to page 16452 [k] The greatest part shall haue no portion of these blessings, and yet they that shall enioy them, shall be tryed with great afflictions, so that it shall be knowen that onely Gods power and his mercies doe preserue them.

Note return to page 16453 [a] He armeth the godly against the great tentations that should come, before they enioyed this prosperous estate promised vnder Christ, that when these dangers should come, they might knowe that they were warned of them afore.

Note return to page 16454 [b] As your fathers, and you haue had experience both at the red Sea and at all other times.

Note return to page 16455 [c] By this maner of speache the Prophet sheweth Gods power and care ouer his Church, and how he will as it were by miracle saue it.

Note return to page 16456 [d] So that out of al the partes of the world, they shall see Ierusalem, which was before hid &wt; this mo&ubar;taine: & this he meaneth of þe; spirituall Ierusal&ebar; þe; Church.

Note return to page 16457 [e] He speaketh of the hypocrites, which coulde not abide Gods presence, but shoulde flee into all places, where they might hide them among the mountaines

Note return to page 16458 [f] Read Amos 1.1.

Note return to page 16459 [g] Because they did not credit the Prophets wordes, he turneth to God, and comforteth himselfe in that that he knew that these things should come, and sayeth, Thou, O God, with thine Angels wilt come to performe this great thing.

Note return to page 16460 [h] Signifying, that there shoulde be great troubles in the Church, & that the time hereof is in the Lords hands, yet at l&ebar;gth (which is here ment by the euening) God would send comfort.

Note return to page 16461 [i] That is, the spiritual graces of God, which should euer continue in most abundance.

Note return to page 16462 [k] All idolatrie and superstition shall be abolished, and there shalbe one God, one faith, and one religion.

Note return to page 16463 [l] This newe Ierusalem shall be seene through all the worlde, and shall excell the first in excellencie, wealth and greatnesse.

Note return to page 16464 [m] God will not onely raise vp warre without, but sedition at home to trie them.

Note return to page 16465 [n] To hurt, and oppresse him.

Note return to page 16466 [o] The enemies are rich, and therefore shall not come for a pray, but to destroy and shed blood.

Note return to page 16467 [p] As the men should be destroied, verse 12.

Note return to page 16468 [q] By the Egyptians, which were greatest enemies to true religion, he meaneth all the Gentiles.

Note return to page 16469 [r] Signifying, that to what seruice they were put nowe (whether to labour, or to serue in warre) they were nowe holy, because the Lorde had s&abar;ctified them.

Note return to page 16470 [s] As precious the one as the other, because they shall be sanctified.

Note return to page 16471 [t] But all shall be pure, and cleane, and there shal neither be hypocrite, or any that shall corrupt the true seruice of God.

Note return to page 16472 [a] Read Isa.13.1.

Note return to page 16473 [b] Which declareth their great ingratitude that did not acknowledge this loue, which was so euident, in that he chose Abraham fr&obar; out of all the world, & next chose Iaakob the yonger brother of whom they came, and left Esau the elder.

Note return to page 16474 [c] For besides that the signes of mine hatred appeared euen when he was made seruaunt vnto his yonger brother, being yet in his mothers bellie, and also afterwarde in that hee was put from his birth-right, yet euen nowe before your eyes the signes hereof are euident, in that that his countrey lieth waste, and he shall neuer returne to inhabite it, whereas ye my people whom the enemie hated more then them, are by my grace & loue toward you deliuered, read Rom.9.13.

Note return to page 16475 [d] Besides the rest of the people he condemneth the Priests chiefly, because they shoulde haue reprooued others for their hypocrisie, and obstinacie against God, and not haue hardened them by their example to greater euils.

Note return to page 16476 [e] Hee noteth their grosse hypocrisie, which would not see their faults, but most impudently coueted them, and so were blinde guides.

Note return to page 16477 [f] Yee receiue all manor offrings for your owne griedines, and doe not examine whether they be according to my Lawe or no.

Note return to page 16478 [g] Not that they said thus, but by their doings they declared no lesse.

Note return to page 16479 [h] You make it no fault: whereby he c&obar;demneth them, that thinke it suffient to serue God partly as hee hath commanded, and partly after mans fantasie, & so come not to that purenesse of religion, which he requireth, and therefore in reproch he sheweth them that a mortall m&abar; would not be content to be so serued.

Note return to page 16480 [i] He derideth the Priestes who bare the people in hande, that they praied for them, and sheweth that they were the occasion, that these euils came vpon the people.

Note return to page 16481 [k] Will God consider your office and state, seeing you are so couetous, and wicked?

Note return to page 16482 [l] Because the Leuites, who kept the doores, did not trie whether the sacrifices that came in, were according to the Lawe, God wisheth that they would rather shut the doores then to receiue such as were not perfite.

Note return to page 16483 [m] God sheweth that their ingratitude, and neglect of his true seruice shall be the cause of the calling of the Gentiles: and here the Prophet that was vnder the Lawe framed his woordes to the capacitie of the people, and by the altar and sacrifice he meaneth the spirituall seruice of God, which shoulde bee vnder the Gospel, when an ende shoulde bee made to all these legall ceremonies by Christes onely sacrifice.

Note return to page 16484 [n] Both the Priests and the people were infected with this errour, that they passed not what was offered: for they thought that God was as well content with the leane as with the fatte: but in the meane season they shewed not that obedience to God, which he required, and so committed both impietie, and also shewed their contempt of God, and couetousnes.

Note return to page 16485 [o] The Priests and people were both wearie with seruing God, and passed not what maner of sacrifice and seruice they gaue to God, for that which was least profitable, was thought good inough for the Lord.

Note return to page 16486 [p] That is, hath habilitie to serue the Lord according to his worde, and yet will serue him according to his couetous minde.

Note return to page 16487 [a] He speaketh vnto them chiefly, but vnder them he conteineth the people also.

Note return to page 16488 [b] To serue me according to my worde.

Note return to page 16489 [c] That is, the abundance of Gods benefites.

Note return to page 16490 [d] Your seede sowen shall come to no profite.

Note return to page 16491 [e] You boast of your holinesse, sacrifices and feasts, but they shal turne to your shame, and be as vile as dongue.

Note return to page 16492 [f] The Priests obiected against the Prophet that he could not reprooue them, but he must speake against the priesthoode, and the office established of God by promise, but he sheweth, that the office is nothing slaundered, when these vilaines and dongue are called by their owne names.

Note return to page 16493 [g] He sheweth what were þe; two conditions of the couenant made with the tribe of Leui, on Gods part, that he woulde giue them long life and felicitie, and on their part, that they shoulde faithfully serue him according to his worde.

Note return to page 16494 [h] I prescribed Leui a certaine lawe to serue me.

Note return to page 16495 [i] He serued mee and set foorth my glory with all humilitie and submission.

Note return to page 16496 [k] Hee sheweth þt; the Priest ought to haue knowledge to instruct other in the word of the Lord.

Note return to page 16497 [l] He is as the treasure house of Gods worde and ought to giue to euery one according to their necessitie, and not to reserue it for himselfe.

Note return to page 16498 [m] Shewing, that whosoeuer doeth not declare Gods wil, is not his messenger, and Priest.

Note return to page 16499 [n] The Prophet accuseth the ingratitude of the Iewes towarde God and man: for seeing they were all borne of one father Abraham, and God had elected them to be his holy people, they ought neither to offende God nor their brethren.

Note return to page 16500 [o] Whereby they had bound themselues to God to be an holy people.

Note return to page 16501 [p] They haue ioyned themselues in marriage with them that are of another religion.

Note return to page 16502 [q] That is, the Priestes.

Note return to page 16503 [r] Yee cause the people to lament, because that God doeth not regarde their sacrifices, so that they seeme to sacrifice in vaine.

Note return to page 16504 [s] This is another fault, whereof he accuseth them, that is, that they brake the lawes of marriage.

Note return to page 16505 [t] As the one halfe of thy selfe.

Note return to page 16506 [u] Shee that was ioyned to thee by a solemne couenant, and by the inuocation of Gods name.

Note return to page 16507 [x] Did not God make man and woman as one flesh and not manie?

Note return to page 16508 [y] By his power and vertue he coulde haue made many women for one man.

Note return to page 16509 [z] Such as shoulde be borne in lawfull and moderate marriage wherein is no excesse of Iustes.

Note return to page 16510 [a] Conteine your selues within your boundes, and bee sober in minde, and bridle your affections.

Note return to page 16511 [b] Not that hee doeth allowe diuorcement, but of the two faultes hee sheweth, which is the lesse.

Note return to page 16512 [c] Hee thinketh it sufficient to keepe his wife still, albeit hee take others, and so as it were couereth his fault.

Note return to page 16513 [d] Yee murmured against God, because hee heard not you assoone as yee called.

Note return to page 16514 [e] In thinking that God fauoured the wicked, and hath no respect to them that serue him.

Note return to page 16515 [f] Thus they blasphemed God in condemning his power and iustice, because hee iudged not according to their fantasies.

Note return to page 16516 [a] This is ment of Iohn Baptist, as Christ expoundeth it, Luke 7.27.

Note return to page 16517 [b] Meaning, Messiah as Psal.40.1,7. dan.9.17,25.

Note return to page 16518 [c] That is, Christ by whom the couenant was made and ratified, who is called the Angel or messenger of the couenant, because he reconcileth vs to his Father: and is Lord or King, because he hath the gouernement of his Church.

Note return to page 16519 [d] He sheweth that the hypocrites which wish so much for the Lords comming, will not abide when he draweth neere: for he will consume them, and purge his and make them cleane.

Note return to page 16520 [e] He beginneth at the Priests that they might be lightes and shine vnto others.

Note return to page 16521 [f] They murmured against God because they saw not his helpe euer present to defende them: and therefore he accuseth them of ingratitude, and sheweth that in that they are not dayly consumed, it is a token, that he doth still defend them: and so his mercie toward them neuer changeth.

Note return to page 16522 [g] Reade Zech.1.3.

Note return to page 16523 [h] There are none of the heathen so barbarous, that wil defraude their gods of their honour, or deale deceitfully with them.

Note return to page 16524 [i] Whereby the seruice of God should haue bene mainteined, and the Priestes, and the poore relieued.

Note return to page 16525 [k] Not hauing respect how much ye neede, but I will giue you in all abundance: so that ye shall lacke place to put my blessings in.

Note return to page 16526 [l] Meaning, the caterpiller, and whatsoeuer destroyeth corne and fruites.

Note return to page 16527 [m] The Prophet condemneth them of double blasphemie against God: first in that they said that God had no respect to them that serued him, and next that the wicked were more in his fauour then tht godly.

Note return to page 16528 [n] They are not onely preferred to honour, but also deliuered from dangers.

Note return to page 16529 [o] After these admonitions of the Prophet some were liuely touched, and incouraged others to feare God.

Note return to page 16530 [p] Both because the thing was strange, that some turned to God in that great and vniuersall corruption, and also that this might be an example of Gods mercies to all penitent sinners.

Note return to page 16531 [q] When I shall restore my Church according to my promise, they shall be as mine owne proper goodes.

Note return to page 16532 [r] That is, forgiue their sinnes, and gouerne them with my Spirite.

Note return to page 16533 [a] He prophesieth of Gods iudgements against the wicked, who would not receiue Christ, when as God should send him for the restauration of his Church.

Note return to page 16534 [b] Meaning Christ, who with his wings or beames of his grace should lighten and comfort his Church, Ephes.5. 14. and he is called the sunne of righteousnesse, because in himselfe he hath all perfection and also the iustice of the Father dwelleth in him: whereby he regenerateth vs into righteousnesse, clenseth vs from the filth of this world, and reformeth vs to the image of God.

Note return to page 16535 [c] Ye shall be set at libertie and increase in the ioy of the Spirit,2.Cor.3.17.

Note return to page 16536 [d] Because the time was come that the Iewes should be destitute of Prophets vntill the time of Christ, because they shoulde with more feruent mindes desire his comming, the Prophet exhorteth them to exercise them selues diligently in studying the Lawe of Moses in the meane season, whereby they might continue in the true religion and also be armed against al tentations.

Note return to page 16537 [e] This Christ expoundeth of Iohn Baptist, Matth.11.13,14. who both for his zeale, and restoring of religion is aptly compared to Eliiah.

Note return to page 16538 [f] Which as it is true for the wicked, so doeth it waken the godly & call them to repentance.

Note return to page 16539 [g] He sheweth wherein Iohns office shoulde stand: in the turning of men to God and ioyning the father and children in one vnitie of faith: so that the father shall turne to the religion of his sonne which is conuerted to Christ, and the sonne shall imbrace the faith of the true fathers, Abraham, Izhak, and Iaakob.

Note return to page 16540 [h] The seconde point of his office was to denounce Gods iudgements against them that woulde not receiue Christ.

Note return to page 16541 2.King.23.21. 2.chro.35.1.

Note return to page 16542 Or, Jehiel.

Note return to page 16543 Or, Hasabias.

Note return to page 16544 Or, Iehiel.

Note return to page 16545 Or, Choraba.

Note return to page 16546 Exod.12.1.

Note return to page 16547 Or, Ieduthun.

Note return to page 16548 Or, by worshipping sensible creatures.

Note return to page 16549 2.Chro.35.20.

Note return to page 16550 2.King.23.30. 2.chro.36.1.

Note return to page 16551 Iere.38.21.

Note return to page 16552 Iere.25.11. and 29.10.

Note return to page 16553 2.Chro.36.22. Ezra.1.1.

Note return to page 16554 Or, Shashbazar or, Sanabassar

Note return to page 16555 Ezra.4.6.

Note return to page 16556 Or, Bischlemus

Note return to page 16557 Or, Shimshi

Note return to page 16558 Or, poundes.

Note return to page 16559 Or, Zorobabel.

Note return to page 16560 Ezra.2.1.

Note return to page 16561 Or, Zorobabel.

Note return to page 16562 Or, Saraia.

Note return to page 16563 Or, Areh.

Note return to page 16564 Or, Bibai.

Note return to page 16565 Or, Azgal.

Note return to page 16566 Or, Aterhezecia.

Note return to page 16567 Or, the sonnes of Anania an hundreth, the sonnes of Arom one, the sonnes of Besai three hundreth, twenty and three.

Note return to page 16568 Or, Bethlehem.

Note return to page 16569 Or, Netophah.

Note return to page 16570 Or, Anathoth.

Note return to page 16571 Or, Kariath-iarim.

Note return to page 16572 Or, Pirah.

Note return to page 16573 Or, Aramah.

Note return to page 16574 Or, Macamos.

Note return to page 16575 Or, Bethel.

Note return to page 16576 Or, Nebus.

Note return to page 16577 Or, Sanaah.

Note return to page 16578 Or, Phashur.

Note return to page 16579 Or, Charim.

Note return to page 16580 Or, Talmon

Note return to page 16581 Or, Ceros.

Note return to page 16582 Or, Suia.

Note return to page 16583 Or, Hagaba.

Note return to page 16584 Or, Acub.

Note return to page 16585 Or, Uta.

Note return to page 16586 Or, Via.

Note return to page 16587 Or, Agab.

Note return to page 16588 Or, Sibe. Or, Cedur.

Note return to page 16589 Or, Raia.

Note return to page 16590 Or, Neroda.

Note return to page 16591 Or, Gazema.

Note return to page 16592 Or, Baste.

Note return to page 16593 Or, Meunim.

Note return to page 16594 Or, Naphison.

Note return to page 16595 Or, Bacubub.

Note return to page 16596 Or, Acupha.

Note return to page 16597 Or, Assur.

Note return to page 16598 Or, Baraloth.

Note return to page 16599 Or, Mehida.

Note return to page 16600 Or, Charescha.

Note return to page 16601 Or, Barcus.

Note return to page 16602 Or, Thomoth.

Note return to page 16603 Or, Nasib.

Note return to page 16604 Or, Hazophoreth.

Note return to page 16605 Or, Pharuda.

Note return to page 16606 Or, Ieelah.

Note return to page 16607 Or, Staphelia.

Note return to page 16608 Or, Phacareth.

Note return to page 16609 Or, Sabin.

Note return to page 16610 Or, Spartia.

Note return to page 16611 Or, Addu.

Note return to page 16612 Or, Subah.

Note return to page 16613 Or, Thelmelah and Thelharsa. Carathalar and Alar.

Note return to page 16614 Or, Dalaias.

Note return to page 16615 Or, Tubia.

Note return to page 16616 Or, Necoda.

Note return to page 16617 Or, Hobie.

Note return to page 16618 Or, Hacoz.

Note return to page 16619 Ezra.2.61.

Note return to page 16620 Or, Barceleus.

Note return to page 16621 Or, Nehemias and Atharias.

Note return to page 16622 Or, fourtie and two thousand three hundred and sixtie.

Note return to page 16623 Or, asses.

Note return to page 16624 Or, of golde 12. thousand pounde, and of siluer fiue, &c.

Note return to page 16625 Or, quarters.

Note return to page 16626 Ezra.3. 1.

Note return to page 16627 Leuit.23 34.

Note return to page 16628 Ezra.3.6.

Note return to page 16629 Eccle.49 13.

Note return to page 16630 Or, Ascazaret, or, Asachadon.

Note return to page 16631 Ezra.4.3,4.

Note return to page 16632 Ezr.5.1. neh.11.

Note return to page 16633 Grek. vpon th&ebar;.

Note return to page 16634 1.King.6.2.

Note return to page 16635 2.King.24.1.

Note return to page 16636 Or, Shashbazar.

Note return to page 16637 Ezra.6.12.

Note return to page 16638 Ezra.6.13.

Note return to page 16639 Or, Azarias.

Note return to page 16640 Or, Azarias.

Note return to page 16641 Or, Meraioth.

Note return to page 16642 Or, Sama.

Note return to page 16643 Or, Azi.

Note return to page 16644 Ezra.8.1.

Note return to page 16645 Or, Hattus.

Note return to page 16646 Or, Pahath Moab, Elioenai.

Note return to page 16647 Or, Ieziel.

Note return to page 16648 Or, Obed.

Note return to page 16649 Or, Iesaias.

Note return to page 16650 Or, Michael.

Note return to page 16651 Or, Obadiah sonne of Iechiel.

Note return to page 16652 Or, Baniab, Esolomith.

Note return to page 16653 Or, Asgad, Iohanan sonne of Eccethan.

Note return to page 16654 Or, Iehel.

Note return to page 16655 Or, Semaias.

Note return to page 16656 Or, Bagoi, Vti, sonne of Istacuri.

Note return to page 16657 Ezra.8.15.

Note return to page 16658 Or, Masma, Alnathan.

Note return to page 16659 Or, Iorib, Elnathan Zacharie, & Mosollam

Note return to page 16660 Or, Seredia.

Note return to page 16661 Or, Anom, Iesaas.

Note return to page 16662 Or, Canaanien.

Note return to page 16663 [illeg.]

Note return to page 16664 Or, Serebias.

Note return to page 16665 Or, Marimoth the sonne of Iori of Vrie.

Note return to page 16666 Or, Noedia sonnes sonne of Bannus.

Note return to page 16667 Ezra.9.2.

Note return to page 16668 Ezra.9.6.

Note return to page 16669 Deut.7.1.

Note return to page 16670 Ezra.10.1.

Note return to page 16671 Or, Ieiel.

Note return to page 16672 Ezra.10.6.

Note return to page 16673 Or, Iahazias.

Note return to page 16674 Or, Theena.

Note return to page 16675 Or, Maasias.

Note return to page 16676 Or, Iedaliah.

Note return to page 16677 Or, Anani, and Zabiah.

Note return to page 16678 Or, Phashur, Elionai, Maassias, Iesmael.

Note return to page 16679 Or, Olridel and Alasa.

Note return to page 16680 Or, Iosabad, Semei.

Note return to page 16681 Or, Galias, Pathias, Iobudas.

Note return to page 16682 Or, Eliasib, and Bacur.

Note return to page 16683 Or, Sallum.

Note return to page 16684 Or, Remias

Note return to page 16685 Or, Banadias.

Note return to page 16686 Or, Elam.

Note return to page 16687 Or, Iehiel.

Note return to page 16688 Or, Ieremoth, and Helias.

Note return to page 16689 Or, Zathone, Eliadas, Elisib.

Note return to page 16690 Or, Sabad, and Sardai.

Note return to page 16691 Or, Bebe.

Note return to page 16692 Or, Iosabat, and Emah.

Note return to page 16693 Or, Bani, Olam, Malluch, Iedaia, Iasub.

Note return to page 16694 Or, Addin, Naatus, Laccun, Banaias.

Note return to page 16695 Or, Bezelel, Balnus, Mana&esset;es.

Note return to page 16696 Or, Hasam.

Note return to page 16697 Or, Mathiaas, Matathias.

Note return to page 16698 Or, Ban, Ieremias, Moadi, Euiram.

Note return to page 16699 Nehem.8.1.

Note return to page 16700 Or, Mattithias.

Note return to page 16701 Or, Pedaias.

Note return to page 16702 Or, Bani.

Note return to page 16703 Or, Nehemias.

Note return to page 16704 Ezra.7.1.

Note return to page 16705 Isai.58.1.

Note return to page 16706 Exod.14.28.

Note return to page 16707 Nom.21.24. iosh.8.12.

Note return to page 16708 Exod.14.29.

Note return to page 16709 Or, streete.

Note return to page 16710 Exod.3.10. and 4.14.

Note return to page 16711 Exod.13.11.

Note return to page 16712 Exod.16 13. Psal.104.40.

Note return to page 16713 Num.14.3.

Note return to page 16714 Wisd.16.20.

Note return to page 16715 Num.20.11. wisd.11.4.

Note return to page 16716 Isa.5.4.

Note return to page 16717 Exod.15.23.

Note return to page 16718 Exod.32.8.

Note return to page 16719 Isa.I.15.

Note return to page 16720 Mat.23.37.

Note return to page 16721 Isa.1.13.

Note return to page 16722 Malac.3.1.

Note return to page 16723 Gen.19.24.

Note return to page 16724 Tob.1.17,18,19

Note return to page 16725 Reuel.7.9.

Note return to page 16726 Gen.2.9.

Note return to page 16727 Or, went forward.

Note return to page 16728 Gene.6.12.

Note return to page 16729 Gen.7.10.

Note return to page 16730 1.Pet 3.20.

Note return to page 16731 Gen.12.1.

Note return to page 16732 Gen 27 5.

Note return to page 16733 Gen.21.2.3.

Note return to page 16734 Gen.25.25 26.

Note return to page 16735 Mala.1.2.3. [illeg.]

Note return to page 16736 Exod.19.1. deut.4.10.

Note return to page 16737 Gen.3.6.

Note return to page 16738 1.Sam.16.13.

Note return to page 16739 1.Sam 5.1. & 7.5,13.

Note return to page 16740 Iudg.9.8. 2.chron.25.18.

Note return to page 16741 Isa.55.8,9. iohn.3.31. 1.cor.2.13,14.

Note return to page 16742 Mark.24.12.

Note return to page 16743 Gent.25.26

Note return to page 16744 Gene.1.1.

Note return to page 16745 Gene.1.14.

Note return to page 16746 Gene.1.14. and 15 deut.4.19.

Note return to page 16747 Gene.1.20.

Note return to page 16748 Or, Enoch.

Note return to page 16749 Deut.8.1.

Note return to page 16750 Gene.18.23.

Note return to page 16751 Exod.32 3.

Note return to page 16752 2.Sam.24.17.

Note return to page 16753 2.Chro.6.14.

Note return to page 16754 1.King.17.21. and 18.42,45.

Note return to page 16755 2.King.19.15.

Note return to page 16756 Rom.5.18.

Note return to page 16757 Deut.30.19.

Note return to page 16758 Rom.2.4.

Note return to page 16759 Math.20.16.

Note return to page 16760 1.King.8.46. 2.chron.6.36.

Note return to page 16761 Gene.4.4.

Note return to page 16762 Psalme 14.1. and 53.2.

Note return to page 16763 Matth.24.7.

Note return to page 16764 Chap.8.3. matth.20.16.

Note return to page 16765 Exod.19.9. and 24.3. deut.4.12.

Note return to page 16766 Exod.32.28.

Note return to page 16767 Chap.10.44.

Note return to page 16768 Chap.4.1.

Note return to page 16769 Chap.5.20.

Note return to page 16770 Dan.7.7.

Note return to page 16771 Math.24.7.

Note return to page 16772 2.King 17.3.

Note return to page 16773 Exod.14.21. iosh.3.15,16.

Note return to page 16774 Or, Ararath.

Note return to page 16775 Exod.3.2,8.

Note return to page 16776 Gen.47.4.

Note return to page 16777 Acts.7.53.

Note return to page 16778 Ezech.3.2.

Note return to page 16779 Reuel.6.10. and 19.1.

Note return to page 16780 Or, Wist.

Note return to page 16781 Luke 16.15.

Note return to page 16782 Gen.1.1.

Note return to page 16783 Psal.147.4.

Note return to page 16784 Tobias, being captiue amongst the Assyrians, did not leaue the way of trueth.

Note return to page 16785 Or, Salmanasar.

Note return to page 16786 2.King.17.3.

Note return to page 16787 Tobias was mercifull.

Note return to page 16788 1.King.12.30.

Note return to page 16789 Hee fled from idoles.

Note return to page 16790 Exod.22.29. deut.12.6.

Note return to page 16791 He marrieth to wife Anna, which beareth him Tobiah.

Note return to page 16792 Nomb.36.7.

Note return to page 16793 Gen.43.32.

Note return to page 16794 He found grace in the sight of Salmanasar.

Note return to page 16795 Or, sonne.

Note return to page 16796 Or, in Rages a citie of Media.

Note return to page 16797 The charitie of Tobias.

Note return to page 16798 Or, Salmanasar.

Note return to page 16799 2.Kin.19.35,36. isa.37.36,37. ecclus.48.18,22. 1.maccha.7.41. 2.maccha.8.19.

Note return to page 16800 Tobit fleeth fro the face of Sennacherib.

Note return to page 16801 2.King.19.37. 2.chron.32.21.

Note return to page 16802 Tobit returneth.

Note return to page 16803 Tobit doeth bid to dinner those which feare God.

Note return to page 16804 Tobit, leauing his ghests vp the dead body into his house to burie it.

Note return to page 16805 Amos.8.10. I. maccha.1.41.

Note return to page 16806 Tobit is rebuked of his neighbours.

Note return to page 16807 Chap.I.29.

Note return to page 16808 Hee is made blinde for an example of patience to his posteritie.

Note return to page 16809 The wife of Tobit laboureth for her liuing.

Note return to page 16810 Deut.22.I.

Note return to page 16811 Iob.2.9.

Note return to page 16812 Deut.15.37.

Note return to page 16813 Or, thy iudgements are many and true.

Note return to page 16814 Sara is checked of her fathers maydes.

Note return to page 16815 Or, when shee beat them for their faults they sayde.

Note return to page 16816 Sarra prayeth, & fasteth, that she may be deliuered from shame.

Note return to page 16817 The innocencie of Sarra.

Note return to page 16818 But chastitie.

Note return to page 16819 Greek. neere brother.

Note return to page 16820 The prayers of Tobit, and Sarra are heard both at a time.

Note return to page 16821 Chap.1.14.

Note return to page 16822 Tobits exhortati&obar; to his sonne, wh&ebar; he thought he should die. The mother is to be reuer&ebar;ced.

Note return to page 16823 Exod.20.12. eccle.7.27.

Note return to page 16824 God must be in our hearts.

Note return to page 16825 Almes.

Note return to page 16826 Prouerb 3.9. eccle.4.1. & 14. 23.

Note return to page 16827 Luke 14.13. ecclu.35.10.

Note return to page 16828 Ecclu.29.13.

Note return to page 16829 Aduoutrie.

Note return to page 16830 1.Thes.4.3.

Note return to page 16831 Pride.

Note return to page 16832 Or, vnprofitablenes.

Note return to page 16833 Wages of an hyred seruant.

Note return to page 16834 Leuit 19.13. deut.24.14,25.

Note return to page 16835 Matt.7.12. luke 6.31.

Note return to page 16836 Luke 14.13.

Note return to page 16837 The hungry.

Note return to page 16838 Matt.6.1.

Note return to page 16839 Or, be liberall for the iust, euen to their death.

Note return to page 16840 Counsell.

Note return to page 16841 God is to be blessed.

Note return to page 16842 Chap.1.14.

Note return to page 16843 Pouertie with the feare of God.

Note return to page 16844 Tobias, sent by his father to Rages, seeketh a companion, and meeteth with Raphael, whom he bringeth to his father.

Note return to page 16845 Or, thou commest happily.

Note return to page 16846 Tobias goeth forth, the Angel keeping him company.

Note return to page 16847 His mother weepeth.

Note return to page 16848 Chap.10.4.

Note return to page 16849 Tobias, inuaded of a fish, is deliuered by the Angel.

Note return to page 16850 Num.27.8 and 36 8.

Note return to page 16851 Raphael & Tobias come to Raguel.

Note return to page 16852 Tobias asketh Raguels daughter to wife.

Note return to page 16853 Raguel giueth his daughter Sarra to Tobias.

Note return to page 16854 Num.36.6.

Note return to page 16855 Tobias followeth Raphaels counsell, as Chap.6.7.

Note return to page 16856 Or, vpmost.

Note return to page 16857 Tobias prayer.

Note return to page 16858 Gene.2.7,18,22

Note return to page 16859 Raguel thinking Tobias was dead, made a graue for him.

Note return to page 16860 Raguel prayseth God for Tobias.

Note return to page 16861 Raguel giueth halfe of his goods toward the mariage of his daughter to Tobias.

Note return to page 16862 Tobits care for his sonne.

Note return to page 16863 The Angel goeth on Tobias message.

Note return to page 16864 The father and mother are in heauinesse for Tobias tarying.

Note return to page 16865 Chap.5.17.

Note return to page 16866 Raguel giueth Tobias, and his wife leaue to depart.

Note return to page 16867 Sarra is instructed by her parents.

Note return to page 16868 The Angels counsell to Tobias.

Note return to page 16869 He that will be acceptable to God must be proued with sentation.

Note return to page 16870 God.18.8. & 19.3. iudg.13.26.

Note return to page 16871 Deut.32.39. I.sam 2.6. Wisd.16.13.

Note return to page 16872 Or, Souphir.

Note return to page 16873 Or, prayse ye the Lord.

Note return to page 16874 That is, Ierusalem.

Note return to page 16875 Ezra.3.8. & 6.14.

Note return to page 16876 Or, his soule failed him in the bed.

Note return to page 16877 Chap.11 26.

Note return to page 16878 Gen.11.32.

Note return to page 16879 Gen.11.31.

Note return to page 16880 Exod.1.8.

Note return to page 16881 Exo.12.31.33.

Note return to page 16882 Exod.14.21.

Note return to page 16883 Exod.19.2.

Note return to page 16884 Iosh.12.8.

Note return to page 16885 Iudg.2.11 and 3.8.

Note return to page 16886 2.King.25.I,II.

Note return to page 16887 Ezra.I.I,3.

Note return to page 16888 Chap.5.5.22

Note return to page 16889 Exod.5.21.

Note return to page 16890 Chap.7.26.35.

Note return to page 16891 Iulg.2.11 and 4.2. and 6.1.

Note return to page 16892 Gen.21.1.

Note return to page 16893 Gen.28.7.

Note return to page 16894 Gen.34.2,25.

Note return to page 16895 Iudg.4.21. and 5.26.

Note return to page 16896 Iudg.7.2. 2.chro.14.11. & 16.8. and 20. 6.

Note return to page 16897 Chap.35.

Note return to page 16898 Or, hath done well.

Note return to page 16899 Gene.43.32. daniel.1.8. tob.1.11.

Note return to page 16900 Eccle.31.20,25.

Note return to page 16901 2.Mac.15.35.

Note return to page 16902 Chap.2.11,15.

Note return to page 16903 Gen.1.24. psal.33.9.

Note return to page 16904 Or, her people.

Note return to page 16905 Cap.gen.50.10.

Note return to page 16906 Or, lottes.

Note return to page 16907 Ester.2.21. and 6.2.

Note return to page 16908 Ioseph. antiq. lib. 11.chap.6.

Note return to page 16909 Ioseph. Antiq. 11.chap.6.

Note return to page 16910 1.King.3.3. asai.56.1.

Note return to page 16911 Deut.4.29. 2.chro.15.4.

Note return to page 16912 Iere.4.22.

Note return to page 16913 Colos.5.22.

Note return to page 16914 Deut.4.23.

Note return to page 16915 Ezek.18.23. and 33.11.

Note return to page 16916 Iob 7.1. and 14.1. mat.21.23. 1.cor.15.32.

Note return to page 16917 1.Chro.29.19. chap.5.9.

Note return to page 16918 Isa.22.13. and 56.12. 1.cor.15.32.

Note return to page 16919 Ioh.7.7. ephes.5.13.

Note return to page 16920 Isai.53.3.

Note return to page 16921 Psal.22.8,9. mat.27.43.

Note return to page 16922 Iere.11.19.

Note return to page 16923 Gen.1.27. and 2.7. and 5.1. ecclus.17.2.

Note return to page 16924 Gene.3.1, 2.

Note return to page 16925 Deut 33.3.

Note return to page 16926 Chap.5.4.

Note return to page 16927 Rom.8.24. 2.cor.5.1. 1.pet.1.13.

Note return to page 16928 Exod.16.4. deut.8.2.

Note return to page 16929 Mat.13.43.

Note return to page 16930 Mat.19.18. I.cor.6.2.

Note return to page 16931 Mat.25.41.

Note return to page 16932 Esai.56.5.

Note return to page 16933 Matt.7.19.

Note return to page 16934 Gene.5.24. hebr.11.5.

Note return to page 16935 Chap.3.2.

Note return to page 16936 1.Chron.29.15. chap.2.5.

Note return to page 16937 Prou.30.19.

Note return to page 16938 Iob 8.9. psa.2.4. and 143.4 prou.10.25. and 11.7. iames 1.10,11.

Note return to page 16939 Rom.13.2.

Note return to page 16940 Deut.10.17. 2.chron.19.7. iob.34.19. ecclus.35.12,16. acts.10.34. rom.2.11. gal.2.6. ephes.6.9. colos.3.25. 1.pet.1.17.

Note return to page 16941 Iob 10.10,11.

Note return to page 16942 Iob 1.21. 1.Tim.6.7.

Note return to page 16943 Iob 28.15.

Note return to page 16944 1.King.3.13. matth.6 33.

Note return to page 16945 Ebr.3.8.

Note return to page 16946 Gen.11,28.

Note return to page 16947 I.King.3.9.

Note return to page 16948 Psal.116.16.

Note return to page 16949 1.Chro 28.5. 3.Chro.1.9.

Note return to page 16950 Prou.8.12. iob.1.9.

Note return to page 16951 Esai.40 13. rem. 11.34. E.cor.2.16.

Note return to page 16952 Gene.2.20.

Note return to page 16953 Gene.4.8.

Note return to page 16954 Gene.7.21.

Note return to page 16955 Gene.11.1.

Note return to page 16956 Or, kept him strong in his tender loue toward his sonne.

Note return to page 16957 Gene.19.16.

Note return to page 16958 Gene.28.5.

Note return to page 16959 Gen 37.28. and 39.7. act.7.10.

Note return to page 16960 Exod.1.10.

Note return to page 16961 Exod.5.1.

Note return to page 16962 Exod.14.21,22. psal.78.13.

Note return to page 16963 Exod.15.1.

Note return to page 16964 Exod.16.1.

Note return to page 16965 Exod.17.10,11.

Note return to page 16966 Nomb.20.11.

Note return to page 16967 Exod.7.20.

Note return to page 16968 Chap.12.24. rom.1.23.

Note return to page 16969 Gene.1.1.

Note return to page 16970 Leuit.26.22. iere.8.16,17. chap.16.1.

Note return to page 16971 Deut.9.3,12, 31 and 18.12.

Note return to page 16972 Exod.33.2. deut 2.22.

Note return to page 16973 Rom.9 22.

Note return to page 16974 1.Pet.5.7.

Note return to page 16975 Iob 10.23.

Note return to page 16976 Chap.11.13,16.rom.I.23.

Note return to page 16977 Deut.2.19.

Note return to page 16978 Deut.4.19. and 17.3.

Note return to page 16979 Rom.1.21.

Note return to page 16980 Isa.44.23. iere. 103.

Note return to page 16981 Or, the shippe.

Note return to page 16982 Exod.14.22.

Note return to page 16983 Gene.6.4. and 7.10.

Note return to page 16984 Psal.113.8. baruc.6.3.

Note return to page 16985 Psal.5.5.

Note return to page 16986 Iere.10.8. habak.2.18.

Note return to page 16987 Deut.18.10. ierem.7.9. and 19.4.

Note return to page 16988 Ro.9.20.

Note return to page 16989 Luke 22.20.

Note return to page 16990 Chap.28.13. nomb.21.6.

Note return to page 16991 Nomb.11.31.

Note return to page 16992 Nomb.21.6. I.cor.10.9.

Note return to page 16993 The signe of the brasen serpent.

Note return to page 16994 Ex.8.24. & 10. 4.reuel.9.7.

Note return to page 16995 Deut.32.39. 1.Sam.2.6.tobit.13.2.

Note return to page 16996 Exod.9.23.

Note return to page 16997 Exod.16.14. numb.11.7. psal.78.25. iohn.6.31.

Note return to page 16998 Exod.6.23.

Note return to page 16999 Deut.8.3. matth.4.4.

Note return to page 17000 That is, the mighty vision.

Note return to page 17001 Ex.7.12. & 8.27:

Note return to page 17002 Or, Echo.

Note return to page 17003 Exod.10.23.

Note return to page 17004 Or, the Egyptians.

Note return to page 17005 Exod.13.21. & 14.24. psal.78.14. & 105.39.

Note return to page 17006 Exod.1.36.

Note return to page 17007 Exo.14 24,25.

Note return to page 17008 Exod.11.5.

Note return to page 17009 Nom.16.46.

Note return to page 17010 Exod.28.6,11.

Note return to page 17011 Or, were fed.

Note return to page 17012 Exod.16.13. nom.11.31.

Note return to page 17013 Chap.16.2.

Note return to page 17014 Or, Egyptians.

Note return to page 17015 Gen.19.11.

Note return to page 17016 That which is marked with these two markes [] is read in the Latine copies, and not in the Greeke.

Note return to page 17017 1.King.3.9. and 4.29.

Note return to page 17018 Rom.11.34.

Note return to page 17019 Psal.111.10. pro.9.10. iob 28.28.

Note return to page 17020 Or, wisdome.

Note return to page 17021 Wisd.3.6.prou.17.3

Note return to page 17022 Psal,37.25.

Note return to page 17023 Or, double.

Note return to page 17024 2.King.18.38.

Note return to page 17025 John.24.23,24.

Note return to page 17026 Exod.10.12. deut.5.16.

Note return to page 17027 Or, the blessing of men.

Note return to page 17028 Phil.2.3.

Note return to page 17029 Psal.131.1. prou.25.27. rom.12.3.

Note return to page 17030 Dan.4.24. psal.41.1.

Note return to page 17031 Deut.15.7.

Note return to page 17032 Tolit.4.7.

Note return to page 17033 Or, to defende him.

Note return to page 17034 Rom.12.11. 1.thes.5.22.

Note return to page 17035 Act.20.35.

Note return to page 17036 Prou.10.2. & 11.4.

Note return to page 17037 Leu.1.19.

Note return to page 17038 Levit.19.16.

Note return to page 17039 Chap.37.4,5.

Note return to page 17040 Chap.8.9.

Note return to page 17041 Or, earnestly.

Note return to page 17042 Psa.1.2,3.

Note return to page 17043 Iob.9.1,2. Psal.143.2. eccle.7.18. luk.18.11.

Note return to page 17044 Chap.1.5.

Note return to page 17045 1.Sam.2.7.

Note return to page 17046 Mat.6.5,7.

Note return to page 17047 Rom.12.11.

Note return to page 17048 Leuit.19.13. chap.33.29. & 34.23.

Note return to page 17049 Deut.25.4.

Note return to page 17050 Chap.30.11.

Note return to page 17051 Chap.3.9. tob.4.3.

Note return to page 17052 Deut.12.18,19.

Note return to page 17053 Leuit.2.3. num.18.15.

Note return to page 17054 Or, liberalitie.

Note return to page 17055 Tob.2.4,7. & 4.17.

Note return to page 17056 Rom.12.15.

Note return to page 17057 Matt.25.36.

Note return to page 17058 Mat.5.25.

Note return to page 17059 Chap.31.6.

Note return to page 17060 Galat.6.1.

Note return to page 17061 Leuit.19.32.

Note return to page 17062 Chap.6.35.

Note return to page 17063 Chap.29.4.

Note return to page 17064 Gen.4 8.

Note return to page 17065 Prou.22.24.

Note return to page 17066 Gen.6.1,2. and 34.2.

Note return to page 17067 Prou.5.2.

Note return to page 17068 Matt.5.28.

Note return to page 17069 Gen.34.1,2.2.sam.11.2.iudeth.10.17.19.

Note return to page 17070 Judg 9.13.24. 2 sam.15.12.

Note return to page 17071 Chap.6.36,38 & 8.8 & 37.22.

Note return to page 17072 Deut.6.7. & 11.19.

Note return to page 17073 Or, the worke is praised according to the worke.

Note return to page 17074 1.King.12.1, 13,14.

Note return to page 17075 Leuit.19.17.

Note return to page 17076 Iere.27.6.dan.9.14.

Note return to page 17077 Luke.1.52 and 14 11 and 18 14. I.Sara.2.7,8.

Note return to page 17078 Prou.17.8.

Note return to page 17079 2.Sam.12.13.

Note return to page 17080 Prou.12.9,12.

Note return to page 17081 Gene.41.40. deu.6.3.

Note return to page 17082 Act.12.21,23.

Note return to page 17083 1.Sam.15.28. ester 6.10.

Note return to page 17084 Deut.13.14. & 17.4,6. iosh.7.22.

Note return to page 17085 Pro.18.13.

Note return to page 17086 Matth.19.22. 1.tim.6.9.

Note return to page 17087 Prou.10.3.

Note return to page 17088 Iob.42.10.

Note return to page 17089 Iob.14.21. ezek.28.4.

Note return to page 17090 Luk.12.19.

Note return to page 17091 Chap.18.24.

Note return to page 17092 Gal.6.10.I.tim.5.8.

Note return to page 17093 Chap.7.8 and 21.1.

Note return to page 17094 Iere.41.4.

Note return to page 17095 Deut.7.5.

Note return to page 17096 Which is a wilde beast that counterfeiteth the voice of m&ebar;, and so entiseth th&ebar; out of their houses and devoureth them.

Note return to page 17097 Chap.19.6, 16. iam.3.2.

Note return to page 17098 Pro.17.20.

Note return to page 17099 Chap.4.1. tob.4.7. luk.14.23.

Note return to page 17100 Isa.40.6. 1.pet. 1.24. iam.1.10.

Note return to page 17101 Psal.1.2.

Note return to page 17102 Iob.4.10.

Note return to page 17103 Gen.1.27.

Note return to page 17104 Iere.21.8.

Note return to page 17105 Psal.34.15, 16. heb.4.13.

Note return to page 17106 Chap.21.9,10.

Note return to page 17107 Gen.6.4.

Note return to page 17108 Gen.19.21,25.

Note return to page 17109 Numb.14.15.16,20.&26,51.

Note return to page 17110 Chap.5.6.

Note return to page 17111 2.Pet.3.10.1.king.8.27. 2.chron.6.18.

Note return to page 17112 Gene.1.27 and 5.2. Wisd.2.23. and 7.1,6 1.cor.12.3 col.3.10.

Note return to page 17113 Gen.2.22.9.

Note return to page 17114 Exod.20.16,17. and 22.23.

Note return to page 17115 Deut.4.20. and 10,15.

Note return to page 17116 Chap.29.13.

Note return to page 17117 Matt.25.35.

Note return to page 17118 Act.3.19.

Note return to page 17119 Iere.3.12.

Note return to page 17120 Psal.6.5. isa.38.18,19.

Note return to page 17121 Gene.1.1.

Note return to page 17122 Psal.90.10.

Note return to page 17123 2.Pet.3.8.

Note return to page 17124 1.Cor.11.31.

Note return to page 17125 Chap.7.17,36.

Note return to page 17126 Chap.11.25.

Note return to page 17127 Rom.6.6 and 13.14.

Note return to page 17128 Gene.19.33. I.king.11.1,2,4.

Note return to page 17129 Iosh.22.11,12

Note return to page 17130 Chap.22.22 & 27.17.

Note return to page 17131 Leuit.14.7. matth.18,15.

Note return to page 17132 Sam.3.2.

Note return to page 17133 Chap.23.30,23.

Note return to page 17134 Chap 30.20.

Note return to page 17135 Luke.3.7.

Note return to page 17136 Chap.52.4.

Note return to page 17137 Chap.6.5.

Note return to page 17138 Chap.25.2.

Note return to page 17139 Prou.12.11. and 28.19.

Note return to page 17140 Exod.23.8. deut.16.19.

Note return to page 17141 Chap.5. 9. psal.41.4. luk.15.21.

Note return to page 17142 Exod.3.9. and 22.23.

Note return to page 17143 Chap.16.6.

Note return to page 17144 Or, keepeth the vnderstanding thereof.

Note return to page 17145 Chap.33.5.

Note return to page 17146 Chap.19.27,28.

Note return to page 17147 Chap.28. 13.

Note return to page 17148 Chap.38.16.

Note return to page 17149 Chap 12.12.

Note return to page 17150 Prou.27.3

Note return to page 17151 Psal.141.3.

Note return to page 17152 Or, my lippes.

Note return to page 17153 That is, of the tongue, & lips.

Note return to page 17154 Exod.20.7. chap.27.15. mat.5.33,34.

Note return to page 17155 Or, inordinate swearing.

Note return to page 17156 2.Sam.16.7.

Note return to page 17157 Isa.29.15.

Note return to page 17158 Leuit.20.10. deut.22.22.

Note return to page 17159 Exod.20.14.

Note return to page 17160 Pro.8.23.

Note return to page 17161 Exod.31.3.

Note return to page 17162 Psal.32.8.

Note return to page 17163 Or, in Cedes.

Note return to page 17164 Iohn.15.1.

Note return to page 17165 Psal.19.10,11.

Note return to page 17166 Exo.20.1. and 24.3. deut.4.1. and 29.9.

Note return to page 17167 Gen.2.11.

Note return to page 17168 Iosh.3.15.

Note return to page 17169 Chap.33.10.

Note return to page 17170 Gen.13.2.5. rom.12.10

Note return to page 17171 Chap.14.1 and 19.16. iam.3.2.

Note return to page 17172 Or, woman.

Note return to page 17173 Pro.21.29.

Note return to page 17174 Or, a beare.

Note return to page 17175 Chap.42.12. 2.sam.11.2. and 13.2.

Note return to page 17176 Gent.3.6. 1.sim.2.14.

Note return to page 17177 Chap.42.11.

Note return to page 17178 1.Timo.6.9. prouerb.25.4.

Note return to page 17179 Prouer.27.21

Note return to page 17180 Chap.23.9,10.

Note return to page 17181 Chap.19.10. and 22.22.

Note return to page 17182 Prouerb.20.10.

Note return to page 17183 Psal.7.15. pro.26.27. eccle.10.8.

Note return to page 17184 Deut.32.35. rom.12.19.

Note return to page 17185 Man ought not to seeke vengeance.

Note return to page 17186 Matth.6.14.

Note return to page 17187 Chap.8.I.

Note return to page 17188 Prou.26.23,

Note return to page 17189 The tongue

Note return to page 17190 Chap.21.28

Note return to page 17191 Of well doing.

Note return to page 17192 Deut.15.7,8.

Note return to page 17193 Dan.4.24. and .6.20. luke.11.41. and 12.33. act.10.4. I.sim.18,19.

Note return to page 17194 Or, giue thine almes secretly.

Note return to page 17195 Tob.4.8.9,10,11.

Note return to page 17196 Of suretiship.

Note return to page 17197 Chap.19.16.

Note return to page 17198 Sober liuing.

Note return to page 17199 Pro.13.24. and 23.13.

Note return to page 17200 Deu.6.7.

Note return to page 17201 Chap.7.23.

Note return to page 17202 The praise of health.

Note return to page 17203 Chap.20.3.

Note return to page 17204 Pro.12.25. and 15.13.& 17.22.

Note return to page 17205 Couetousnes.

Note return to page 17206 1.Tim.6.9, 10.

Note return to page 17207 Chap.8.2.

Note return to page 17208 Luke 6.24.

Note return to page 17209 Temperancy.

Note return to page 17210 Chap.37.29.

Note return to page 17211 Prouer.22.9.

Note return to page 17212 Liberality.

Note return to page 17213 Iudeth 13.28.

Note return to page 17214 Psal.104.15. pro.31.4,5,6,7.

Note return to page 17215 Chap.20.I.

Note return to page 17216 Humblenes.

Note return to page 17217 Eccle.2.7.chap.20.7

Note return to page 17218 Iob.32.6

Note return to page 17219 Or, the Lawe.

Note return to page 17220 The feare of God.

Note return to page 17221 Chap.21.16.

Note return to page 17222 Gene.1.27. and 2.7.

Note return to page 17223 Isa.45.9. rom.9.20.21.

Note return to page 17224 Chap.24.39.

Note return to page 17225 Howe slaues were ordered in olde time.

Note return to page 17226 Chap.7.20.

Note return to page 17227 Dreames.

Note return to page 17228 The feare of the Lord.

Note return to page 17229 Psalme 33.18.

Note return to page 17230 Psalme 91.1,2.

Note return to page 17231 Prou.21.27.

Note return to page 17232 The offrings of the wicked and their prayer.

Note return to page 17233 Prou.15.8.

Note return to page 17234 Deut.24.14,15. chap.7.20.

Note return to page 17235 Nom.19.11,12.

Note return to page 17236 2.Pet.2 20, 21,22.

Note return to page 17237 1.Sam.15.22. iere.7.3,5,6,7.

Note return to page 17238 True sacrifices.

Note return to page 17239 Philip 4.18.

Note return to page 17240 Exod.23.15 and 34.20. deut.16.16.

Note return to page 17241 Gen.4.4,5.

Note return to page 17242 1.Cor.9.7.

Note return to page 17243 Tob.4.8.

Note return to page 17244 Leuit.22.21,22. deut.15.21.

Note return to page 17245 Deut.10 17.2. chro.19.7. iob.34.19. wisd.6.7. acts.10.34. rom.2.11. galat.2.6. ephe.6.9. colo&esset;.3.25. 1.pet.1.17.

Note return to page 17246 Against the wicked.

Note return to page 17247 Ierem.10.25.

Note return to page 17248 A prayer for the godly.

Note return to page 17249 Exod.4.22.

Note return to page 17250 Num.6.23.

Note return to page 17251 The prayse of a good woman.

Note return to page 17252 Of friendship.

Note return to page 17253 Chap.6.10.

Note return to page 17254 Of whome we should take counsell.

Note return to page 17255 Chap.8.19. and 9.16.

Note return to page 17256 Or, what neede h. hath.

Note return to page 17257 Or, wisdome.

Note return to page 17258 Of temporancie.

Note return to page 17259 Chap.31.19,20.

Note return to page 17260 Or, taketh heede.

Note return to page 17261 Of Physicions, and physicke.

Note return to page 17262 Exod.15.25.

Note return to page 17263 Isa.38.2,5.

Note return to page 17264 God bestoweth first his benefits, & we must render a portion thereof to such vses as he appointeth.

Note return to page 17265 Chap.22.11.

Note return to page 17266 Of mourning.

Note return to page 17267 Or, the custome.

Note return to page 17268 Prou.15.13. and 17.21.

Note return to page 17269 1.Sam.12.20.

Note return to page 17270 Of true wisdome

Note return to page 17271 Or, the Lord

Note return to page 17272 Chap.44.15.

Note return to page 17273 Or, Libanus.

Note return to page 17274 Gen.2.32. mar.7.37.

Note return to page 17275 Chap.29.23.

Note return to page 17276 Chap.40.9,10.

Note return to page 17277 Gene.1.31.

Note return to page 17278 The misteries of mans life.

Note return to page 17279 Chap.39 25,30.

Note return to page 17280 Gene.7.11.

Note return to page 17281 Gene.3.19. chap.41.10.

Note return to page 17282 Iacobs.1.7.

Note return to page 17283 Faithfulnesse.

Note return to page 17284 Phil.4.12. 1.tim.6.6.

Note return to page 17285 Of death.

Note return to page 17286 Chap.40.11.

Note return to page 17287 A good name.

Note return to page 17288 Chap.20.29.

Note return to page 17289 Of shamefastnesse.

Note return to page 17290 Or, table.

Note return to page 17291 In what things we ought not to be ashamed.

Note return to page 17292 Or, is a secret watch to the father.

Note return to page 17293 Chap.26.10.

Note return to page 17294 Chap.25.23.

Note return to page 17295 Gen.3.4.

Note return to page 17296 Iob.41.4 isai.29.15.

Note return to page 17297 Or, stab lisheth

Note return to page 17298 The wonderfull workes of God.

Note return to page 17299 Gene.1.16.

Note return to page 17300 Exod.12.2.

Note return to page 17301 Gene.9.3, 14.

Note return to page 17302 Isa.40.12.

Note return to page 17303 Psal.96.4.

Note return to page 17304 Psal.106.2. iohn 1.18.

Note return to page 17305 Exod.18.25.

Note return to page 17306 Gene.7.22.

Note return to page 17307 Chap.39.10.

Note return to page 17308 Enoch.

Note return to page 17309 Gene.5.24. hebr.11.5.

Note return to page 17310 Noe.

Note return to page 17311 Gene.6.9. and 7.1. heb.11.7.

Note return to page 17312 Gene.9.11.

Note return to page 17313 Abraham.

Note return to page 17314 Gene.12.3. and 15.5. and 17.4.

Note return to page 17315 Gene.21.4.

Note return to page 17316 Gene.21.16, 17, 18. gala.3 8.

Note return to page 17317 Gene.26.2, 3.

Note return to page 17318 Isaak.

Note return to page 17319 Iacob.

Note return to page 17320 Or, knewe him.

Note return to page 17321 Gene.27.28. and 28.1.

Note return to page 17322 Gene.28.14.

Note return to page 17323 Ioseph.

Note return to page 17324 Moyses.

Note return to page 17325 Exod.11.3. actes 7.22.

Note return to page 17326 Exod.6.7.8.9. chapters.

Note return to page 17327 Nomb.12.3.

Note return to page 17328 Exod.19.7.

Note return to page 17329 Aaron.

Note return to page 17330 Exod.4.28.

Note return to page 17331 Exod.28.35.

Note return to page 17332 Vrim and Thummim.

Note return to page 17333 Leuit.8.12.

Note return to page 17334 Deut.17.10. and 21.5.

Note return to page 17335 Nomb.16.1, 2.

Note return to page 17336 Nomb.17.8.

Note return to page 17337 Deut.12.13. and 18.1.

Note return to page 17338 Phinees.

Note return to page 17339 Nomb.15.12, 13.1 Isaac.2.54.

Note return to page 17340 [illeg.].

Note return to page 17341 Iosue.Nomb.27.18. deut.34.9.iosh.1.2. and 12.7.

Note return to page 17342 Iosh.8.1,2.

Note return to page 17343 Iosh.10.12,13,14.

Note return to page 17344 Iosh.10,11.

Note return to page 17345 Or, that the Lord favoured his battell.

Note return to page 17346 Or, pursued the mightie men.

Note return to page 17347 Nomb.14.6. 1.mac.2.55.56.

Note return to page 17348 Caleb.

Note return to page 17349 Caleb.Nomb.26.65. deut.1.35.36.

Note return to page 17350 Iosh.14.11.

Note return to page 17351 Iudges.

Note return to page 17352 Chap.49,10.

Note return to page 17353 Samuel.

Note return to page 17354 Sam.10.1.and 16.13.

Note return to page 17355 I.sam.7.9,10,11.

Note return to page 17356 I.Sam.10.3.

Note return to page 17357 1.Sam.28.18.

Note return to page 17358 Nathan.

Note return to page 17359 1.Sam.12.1.

Note return to page 17360 Dauid.

Note return to page 17361 1.Sam.17.34.

Note return to page 17362 1.Sam.17.49, 50,51.

Note return to page 17363 1.Sam.18.7.

Note return to page 17364 Or, the people.

Note return to page 17365 Or, with blessings of the Lord.

Note return to page 17366 1.Sam.5.7.

Note return to page 17367 1.Chro.16.4.

Note return to page 17368 1.Sam.12.13.

Note return to page 17369 Salomon.

Note return to page 17370 1.King.4.21, 24.

Note return to page 17371 1.King.4.29.30.

Note return to page 17372 1.King.4.31, 32.

Note return to page 17373 1.King.10.27.

Note return to page 17374 1.King.11.1.

Note return to page 17375 1.King.12.15, 16, 17.

Note return to page 17376 2.Sam.15 16.

Note return to page 17377 Roboam.

Note return to page 17378 Or, a most euident foole.

Note return to page 17379 1.King.12.10, 11, 13, 14.

Note return to page 17380 Ieroboam.

Note return to page 17381 1.Kin.12.28,30

Note return to page 17382 Elias.

Note return to page 17383 1.King.17.1.

Note return to page 17384 1.King.18.38. and 2.king.1.10, 12.

Note return to page 17385 1.Kin.17.21, 22.

Note return to page 17386 1.King.19.15.

Note return to page 17387 1.King.16 17.

Note return to page 17388 The wickednes of Achab and Iezabel.

Note return to page 17389 2.King.2.11.

Note return to page 17390 Mala.4.5.

Note return to page 17391 2.King.2.11.

Note return to page 17392 Eliseus.

Note return to page 17393 2.King.13.21.

Note return to page 17394 2.King.18.12.

Note return to page 17395 Ezekias.

Note return to page 17396 2.King.18.2.

Note return to page 17397 2.King.18.13.

Note return to page 17398 2.King.19.35. isa.37.36. iob.1.21. 2.mac.7.41. 2.mac.8.19.

Note return to page 17399 Isaias.

Note return to page 17400 2.King.20. 10,11. isa.38.8.

Note return to page 17401 Iosias.

Note return to page 17402 2.King.22.1. and 23.2. 2.chro.34.3.

Note return to page 17403 2.King.23.4.

Note return to page 17404 Or, power.

Note return to page 17405 2.King.25.9.

Note return to page 17406 Or, hand.

Note return to page 17407 Ieremias.

Note return to page 17408 Iere.38.6. iere.1.5.

Note return to page 17409 Iere.38.6. iere.1.5.

Note return to page 17410 Ezechiel.

Note return to page 17411 Ezek.1.3,15.

Note return to page 17412 Ezek.13.9. and 38.11,16.

Note return to page 17413 Chap.46.12.

Note return to page 17414 Hag.1.24. ezra.3.2.

Note return to page 17415 Zorobabel.

Note return to page 17416 Iesus.

Note return to page 17417 Zecha.3.1. ezra.3.2. hag.1.12. and 2.3.

Note return to page 17418 Nehe.7.1.

Note return to page 17419 Nehemias.

Note return to page 17420 Enoch.

Note return to page 17421 Gene.5.24. Chap 44,16. heb.11.5.

Note return to page 17422 Ioseph.

Note return to page 17423 Gen.41.44 & 42.6. & 45.8.

Note return to page 17424 Sem.

Note return to page 17425 Gen.5.3 and 11.10.

Note return to page 17426 Seth.

Note return to page 17427 Adam.

Note return to page 17428 Simon.

Note return to page 17429 2.Mac.34.

Note return to page 17430 Or, people.

Note return to page 17431 Or, Sitchem.

Note return to page 17432 Or, natives.

Note return to page 17433 Isa.35.1.

Note return to page 17434 Chap.6.18.

Note return to page 17435 Or, Sedeias.

Note return to page 17436 Or, Sedi.

Note return to page 17437 Or, Siban.

Note return to page 17438 Or, Manna, for Minhah, which was the euening and morning sacrifice.

Note return to page 17439 Chap.2.6.

Note return to page 17440 Dan.9.5.

Note return to page 17441 Deut.28.15.

Note return to page 17442 Deut.28.53.

Note return to page 17443 Chap.1.13.

Note return to page 17444 Dan.9.15.

Note return to page 17445 Deut.26.15.isa.63.15.

Note return to page 17446 Psal.6.5.6. and 115.17.18. isa.38.19.

Note return to page 17447 Or, glorie, nor praise of righteousness.

Note return to page 17448 Or, by the hand of thy seruants.

Note return to page 17449 Iere.27.7.

Note return to page 17450 Leui.26.14. deut.18.15.

Note return to page 17451 Isa.44.10. psal.115.9. [illeg.].13.14.

Note return to page 17452 Or, courts.

Note return to page 17453 Isa.46.7.

Note return to page 17454 Or, branne.

Note return to page 17455 Psal.115.3. wisd.13.10.

Note return to page 17456 Psa.148.4.

Note return to page 17457 Or, colde.

Note return to page 17458 Or, frostes.

Note return to page 17459 Or, Sosanna

Note return to page 17460 Exod.23.7,6.

Note return to page 17461 Or, life.

Note return to page 17462 Or, mirtle tree.

Note return to page 17463 Deut.19.19. prou.19.5.

Note return to page 17464 Called Artaba whereof enemy one conteyned somewhat more then nine gallons, which make in all an hundreth and eight gallons at least.

Note return to page 17465 Called Metreta, and euery one of these measures conteined about ten gallons, which in all make three score.

Note return to page 17466 Or, Noble.

Note return to page 17467 Ioseph. Antiq.12.Chap.6.

Note return to page 17468 [a] By drawing the skinne ouer the part that was circumcised, as Cels.7.chap.25. Epiph.li.depoderib & mesuris.

Note return to page 17469 Iosep. Antiq. 12. Chap.6. & 7.

Note return to page 17470 Or, drinke offrings.

Note return to page 17471 Or, rage.

Note return to page 17472 Iosep. Antiq.12. chap.7.

Note return to page 17473 Or, Anaran.

Note return to page 17474 Nom.25.7.

Note return to page 17475 Or, that hand iustly and vprightly.

Note return to page 17476 Gene.22.9,10. rom.4.3.

Note return to page 17477 Gene.41.40.

Note return to page 17478 Num. 25.13. ecclus.45.23,24.

Note return to page 17479 Iosh.1.2.

Note return to page 17480 Num.14.6,7. iosh.14.13.

Note return to page 17481 2.Sam.2.4.

Note return to page 17482 2.King.2.11.

Note return to page 17483 Dan.3.16,17, 18,26.

Note return to page 17484 Dan.6.22.

Note return to page 17485 Matt.10.26,28, 31.Isa.40.6,7,8. and 51.7,8.

Note return to page 17486 Iam.1.10. 1.pet.1.24. ecclu.14.18.

Note return to page 17487 Emmaus.

Note return to page 17488 Deut.20.9. iudg.7.3.

Note return to page 17489 Ioseph.lib.12. chap.10.

Note return to page 17490 Exod.14 9, 29.

Note return to page 17491 Or, Assaremoth.

Note return to page 17492 Or, Iudea.

Note return to page 17493 Or, Bethoron.

Note return to page 17494 1.Sam.17.50, 51.

Note return to page 17495 1.Sam.14. 13, 14.

Note return to page 17496 Or, Arabathane.

Note return to page 17497 Or, Chasphor.

Note return to page 17498 Ioseph, Anti.12. chap.11. and 12.

Note return to page 17499 Or, Philistines.

Note return to page 17500 Ioseph Antiq. 12.chap.II, and 32.

Note return to page 17501 Ioseph.Antiq.12 .chap.14.

Note return to page 17502 Or, Saura.

Note return to page 17503 Or, the Iewes.

Note return to page 17504 Or, giue handes.

Note return to page 17505 Ioseph. Antiq. 12.cap.5.

Note return to page 17506 Or, Hasidinse.

Note return to page 17507 Psal.79.2.

Note return to page 17508 Or, Bethseth, or, Bezeth.

Note return to page 17509 Ioseph.Ant. 12.cap.16.

Note return to page 17510 Or, Capharsarama.

Note return to page 17511 Isa.56.5,7.

Note return to page 17512 Or, Adarsa.

Note return to page 17513 2 King.19.35. tobit.I.18.ecclus.48.22. isa.37.36. 2.mac.8.19.

Note return to page 17514 Ioseph Antiq. 12.cap.18.

Note return to page 17515 Or, French men.

Note return to page 17516 Or, Citims.

Note return to page 17517 Or, counsell.

Note return to page 17518 Or, the Romanes.

Note return to page 17519 Or, the Iewes.

Note return to page 17520 Ioseph. Antiq. 12.chap.18.

Note return to page 17521 Or, the right horne.

Note return to page 17522 Or, Laisa,

Note return to page 17523 Ioseph. Antiq. 13.chap.1.& 3.

Note return to page 17524 Or, against the enemies of our nation.

Note return to page 17525 Or, Iambri.

Note return to page 17526 Or, Nadabath.

Note return to page 17527 Or, Ionathan.

Note return to page 17528 Or, Beth-bessen.

Note return to page 17529 Or, Odares.

Note return to page 17530 Ioseph. Antiq.13. Chap.2.3.

Note return to page 17531 Or, mitre.

Note return to page 17532 Or, take our part.

Note return to page 17533 Ioseph. Antiq. 13.Chap.3.

Note return to page 17534 Ioseph. Antiq. 13.Chap.5.

Note return to page 17535 Ioseph. Antiq. Cap.6.lth.13.

Note return to page 17536 Ioseph. Anti.13. cap.7.

Note return to page 17537 Or, Emaleuel.

Note return to page 17538 Or, giue us the right hand.

Note return to page 17539 Or, Elephants.

Note return to page 17540 Or, heathen.

Note return to page 17541 Or, Abe&esset;salmous.

Note return to page 17542 Ioseph. Antiq. 1; Chap.8.

Note return to page 17543 Or, Lacedemonians.

Note return to page 17544 Ioseph. Antiq. 12.chap.5.

Note return to page 17545 Or, Darius.

Note return to page 17546 Ioseph. Antiq. 13.chap.9.

Note return to page 17547 Ioseph.antiq.13, chap 9.

Note return to page 17548 Or, Addus.

Note return to page 17549 Ioseph.Anti.13.cap.10.

Note return to page 17550 Or, colar, or, baudricke: in Greeke Bainen, or babeu.

Note return to page 17551 Or, Gaza.

Note return to page 17552 Angell.

Note return to page 17553 Or, Ierusalem.

Note return to page 17554 Ioseph.Antiq. 13 Chap.11.

Note return to page 17555 Or, Sampsace.

Note return to page 17556 Or, complainest concerning.

Note return to page 17557 Ioseph. Anti.13. Chap.11.

Note return to page 17558 Leuit.6.13. and 10.1. and 16.12.

Note return to page 17559 Deut.30.5.

Note return to page 17560 Or, Nephi.

Note return to page 17561 Baruch. 6.

Note return to page 17562 Deut.34.1.

Note return to page 17563 1.King.8 14,23, 30.2. chro.6.21.

Note return to page 17564 1.Kin.8.62,65. 2.chron.7.4,5.

Note return to page 17565 Leuit.9.24. and 10.16.

Note return to page 17566 2.Chron.7.1.

Note return to page 17567 Some read Ieremie.

Note return to page 17568 Deut.30.5.

Note return to page 17569 Or, the state and prouision.

Note return to page 17570 Or, that hee would write the Antiochians that were at Ierusalem among them.

Note return to page 17571 Or, buskins in token of wantonnesse as the Gentiles did.

Note return to page 17572 This game was to trie strength by casting a stone that had an hole in the middes, or a piece of metall.

Note return to page 17573 Or, Olympian sportes, which were games kept euery fift yeere.

Note return to page 17574 Or, commaundements.

Note return to page 17575 Or, shut vp.

Note return to page 17576 Or, Antiochia.

Note return to page 17577 Or, eating of the flesh that was sacrificed.

Note return to page 17578 Or, to another maner of life.

Note return to page 17579 Deut.32.36.

Note return to page 17580 2.King.19.35. isa.37.36. iob.1.18. ecclus 48.22 1.macc.7.41.

Note return to page 17581 Or, Esdras.

Note return to page 17582 Rom.31.29. 1.Sam.2.24.

Note return to page 17583 Or, God their defender.

Note return to page 17584 Actes.12.23.

Note return to page 17585 Or, rottennesse.

Note return to page 17586 Or, Nouember.

Note return to page 17587 Exod.23.20. deut.20.4.

Note return to page 17588 Or, the fiue and twentie day.

Note return to page 17589 Or, Aprill.

Note return to page 17590 Or, Manlius

Note return to page 17591 So called because they were shepheards.

Note return to page 17592 Or, battell rammes.

Note return to page 17593 Iosh.6.20.

Note return to page 17594 Or, with Gorgias.

Note return to page 17595 Deut.7.25. iosh.7.1,11,12.

Note return to page 17596 From this verse to the end of this chapter, the Greeke text is corrupt, so that no good sense, much lesse certain doctrine can be gathered thereby: Also it is euident that this place was not written by the holy Ghost, both because it dissenteth from the rest of the holy Scriptures, and also the autor of this booke acknowledging his own infirmitie, desireth pardon, if he haue not atteined to that he shoulde. And it seemeth, that this Iason the Cyrenean, out of whome hee tooke this abbridgement, is Ioseph Ben Gorion, who liath written in Ebrewe fiue bookes of these matters, and intreating this place, maketh no mention of this prayer for the dead, lib.3. chap.19. for it is contrary to the custome of the Iewes, euen to this day, to pray for the dead. And though Iudas had so done, yet this particular example is not sufficient to establish a doctrine, no more then Zipporalis was to proue that women might minister the Sacraments, Exod.4 25. or the example of Razis that one might kill him selfe, whome this autor so much commendeth, Chap.14.41.

Note return to page 17597 Or, gaue and tooke the right hand.

Note return to page 17598 Or, Theodotus.

Note return to page 17599 Or, Mattathias.

Note return to page 17600 Or, had Iudas before his eyes.

Note return to page 17601 As this priuate example ought not to be followed of the godly, because it is contrary to the word of God although the autor seeme here to approue it: so that place as touching prayer, Chap.12. 44 though Iudas had appointed it, yet were it not sufficient to proue a doctrine, because it is onely a particular example.

Note return to page 17602 Or, Elephants.

Note return to page 17603 1.King.19.35. isa.37.36 ioh.1. 28. eccles.48.28.

Note return to page 17604 [All of these anchors have been captured as *.]

Note return to page 17605 Luke 3.23.

Note return to page 17606 [1] Iesus Christ came of Abraham of the tribe of Iuda, and of the stocke of Dauid, as God promised.

Note return to page 17607 [a] Rehearsall: As the Hebrewes vse to speake: as Genes. 5.1. The booke of the generations.

Note return to page 17608 [b] Of the ancesters of whom Christ came.

Note return to page 17609 [c] Which Christ is also the sonne of Abraham.

Note return to page 17610 Gene.21.2.

Note return to page 17611 Gene.25.24.

Note return to page 17612 Gene.29.35.

Note return to page 17613 Gene.38.27.

Note return to page 17614 1.Chron.2.5. ruth.418,19.

Note return to page 17615 Ruth 4. 21.

Note return to page 17616 1.Sam.16.1. and 17.12.

Note return to page 17617 2.Sam 12.24.

Note return to page 17618 1.King.11.43. 1.chron.3.10,11.

Note return to page 17619 2.King.20.21. and 21.18. 1.chron. 3.13,14,15.

Note return to page 17620 2.King.23.34. and 24.1,6. 2.chr.36,4,9.

Note return to page 17621 [d] That is, the captiuitie fell in the dayes of Iakim and Iechonias: for Iechonias was borne before their carying away into captiuitie.

Note return to page 17622 1.Chron.3.16.

Note return to page 17623 1.Chron.3.17. ezra.3.2. and 5.2.

Note return to page 17624 [e] All these which are reckoned vp in this pedegree of Dauids stocke, as they begat one another orderly in their degrees.

Note return to page 17625 [2] Christ the true Immanuel, and therefore, Iesus (that is Sauiour) is conceiued in the Virgine by the holy Ghost, as it was foretolde by the Prophets.

Note return to page 17626 Luke 1.72.

Note return to page 17627 Deuter.24.1.

Note return to page 17628 [f] Receiue her at her parents and kinsfolkes handes.

Note return to page 17629 [g] Which was promised & made sure to thee to be thy wife.

Note return to page 17630 [h] Of the mothers substance, by the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 17631 [3] Christ is borne of the same virgine which neuer knew man: and is called Iesus of God him selfe, by the Angel.

Note return to page 17632 Luke 1.31.

Note return to page 17633 Acts.4.12.

Note return to page 17634 [i] Deliuer, and this sheweth vs the meaning of this name Iesus.

Note return to page 17635 Esai.7.14.

Note return to page 17636 [k] There is in the Hebrew and Greeke text, an article added, to point out the woman, & set her forth plainly: as you would say, That Virgine, or a certaine Virgin.

Note return to page 17637 [l] Th[illeg.] litle word Till, in the Hebrew tongue, giueth vs to vnderst&abar;d also, that a thing shall not come to pa&esset; in time to come: as Michol had no children Till her deathes day, 2.Sam.6.23. And in the last Chapter of this Euangelist: Beholde, I am with you Till the ende of the world.

Note return to page 17638 Luke 2.6.

Note return to page 17639 [1] Christ a poore child, layed downe in a crib, and nothing set by of his owne people, receiueth notwithstanding a noble witnes of his diuinitie from heauen, and of his Kingly estate, of strangers which his owne also vnwittingly allowe of, although they do not acknowledge him.

Note return to page 17640 [a] For there was another in the tribe of Zabulon.

Note return to page 17641 [b] Wise and learned men: It is a Persian word which they vse in good part.

Note return to page 17642 [c] Was much mooued, for he was a stranger and came to the kingdome by force: and the Iewes were troubled: for wickednes is madde and raging.

Note return to page 17643 [d] The chiefe priests, that is, such as were of Aarons familie, which were deuided into foure & tw&ebar;tie orders, 1.Chro.24. 5. and 2.Chr.36.14.

Note return to page 17644 [e] They that expo&ubar;d the Lawe to the people: for the Hebrewes take this worde of an other which signifieth as much as to expound and declare.

Note return to page 17645 Micha.5.2. Iohn 7.42.

Note return to page 17646 [f] Though thou be a small towne, yet shalt thou be very famous and noble through the birth of the Me&esset;ias, who shalbe borne in thee.

Note return to page 17647 [g] That shall rule and gouerne: for Kings are fitly called feeders and shepheardes of the people.

Note return to page 17648 [h] A kinde of humble and lowly reuerence.

Note return to page 17649 [i] The rich[illeg.] and costly presents, which they brought him.

Note return to page 17650 [k] God warned and tolde them of it, when as they asked it not.

Note return to page 17651 [2] Christ being yet scarse borne, beginneth to be crucified for vs, both in himselfe, and also in his members.

Note return to page 17652 Hose.11.1.

Note return to page 17653 [l] For God speaketh by the mouth of the Prophets.

Note return to page 17654 Iere.31.15.

Note return to page 17655 [m] A voyce of lamenting, weeping and howling.

Note return to page 17656 [n] That is to say, All that compasse about Bethlehem: for Rachel Iacobs wife, who died in childebed, was buried in the way that leadeth to this towne, which is also called Ephrata, because of the fruitfulnes of the soyle, and pletie of corne.

Note return to page 17657 [3] Christ is brought vp in Nazareth, after the death of the tyrant by Gods prouidence: that by the very name of the place, it might plainely appeare to the world, that he is the Lords true Nazarite.

Note return to page 17658 Mar.1.4. luke 3.3.

Note return to page 17659 [a] Not when Ioseph went to dwell at Nazareth, but a great while after, about the space of 25. yeeres: for in the 30. yeere of his age was Iesus baptized of Iohn: therefore by those dayes, is ment, at that time that Iesus remained as yet an inhabitant of the towne of Nazareth.

Note return to page 17660 [1] Iohn, who through his singular holines and rare austerenesse of life, caused all men to cast their eyes vpon him, prepareth the way for Christ folowing fast on at his heeles, as the Prophet Esai foretolde, & deliuereth the summe of the Gospel, which in short space after should be deliuered more fully.

Note return to page 17661 [b] In an hilly co&ubar;trey, which was not withstanding inhabited, for Zachary dwelt there: Luk.1.40. and there was Ioabs house, 1.King.2.34. and besides these, Iehoshua maketh mention of sixe townes that were in this wildernes, cap.15 61.

Note return to page 17662 [c] The word in the Greeke tongue, signifieth a changing of our minds & hearts fr&obar; euil to better.

Note return to page 17663 [d] The kingdom of Me&esset;ias, whose gouernm&ebar;t shalbe heauenly, & nothing but heau&ebar;ly.

Note return to page 17664 Esa.40.3. mar.1.3. luk.3.4. ioh.1.23.

Note return to page 17665 [e] Make him a plaine & smooth way.

Note return to page 17666 Mar.1.6.

Note return to page 17667 [f] Locusts were a kind of meate, which certaine of the East people vse, which were therefore called deuourers of locusts, Eust.in Od.9.

Note return to page 17668 Mar.1.5. luk.1.7.

Note return to page 17669 [g] The people of Ierusalem.

Note return to page 17670 [h] Acknowledging that they were saued onely by free remi&esset;ion and foregiuenes of their sinnes.

Note return to page 17671 [2] There is nothing that stoppeth vp the way of mercie and saluation against vs so much as the opinion of our owne righteousnesse doeth.

Note return to page 17672 Chap.12 34.

Note return to page 17673 [3] True repent&abar;ce, is an inward thing which hath it seate in the minde and heart.

Note return to page 17674 [4] The faith of the fathers, auaileth the vnbeleeuing childr&ebar; nothing at all: and yet for all that, God playeth nor the lyer, not dealeth vnfaithfully in his league which he made &wt; the holy fathers.

Note return to page 17675 [i] Thinke not that you haue any cause to be proude of Abraham.

Note return to page 17676 [k] In your hearts.

Note return to page 17677 Iohn 8.39. actes 13.26.

Note return to page 17678 Chap.7.19.

Note return to page 17679 Mar.1.8. luk.3.16. ioh.1.26. act.1.5. and 2.4.& 8.17.& 19.4.

Note return to page 17680 [5] We may neither dwell vpon the signes which God hath ordeined as meanes to leade vs vnto our saluation, neither vpon them that minister them but we must clime vp to the matter it selfe, that is to say, to Christ, who inwardly worketh that effectually, which is outwardly signified vnto vs.

Note return to page 17681 [l] The outward signe putteth vs in minde of this, that we must change our liues and become better, a&esset;uring vs as by a seale, that wee are ingraffed into Christ, whereby our old man dieth, and the new man riseth vp, Rom.6.

Note return to page 17682 [6] The triumphs of the wicked shall ende in euerlasting torment.

Note return to page 17683 [m] Will cleanse it throughly, and make a full riddance.

Note return to page 17684 Mar,1.9. luke 3.21.

Note return to page 17685 [7] Christ sanctifieth our baptisme in himself.

Note return to page 17686 [n] All such things as he hath appointed vs to keepe.

Note return to page 17687 [o] To Iohn.

Note return to page 17688 [8] Christs full consecration and authorising to the office of the mediatourship, is shewed by the fathers owne voyce, and a visible signe of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 17689 Colo&esset;.1.13. 2 pet.1.17.

Note return to page 17690 [p] The Greeke worde betokeneth a thing of great account, and such as highly pleaseth a man. So then the Father saith, that Christ onely is the man, whome when he beholdeth, looke what opinion he had c&obar;ceiued of vs, he layeth it cleane aside.

Note return to page 17691 Marke 1.11. luke 4.1.

Note return to page 17692 [1] Christ was tempted all maner of wayes, and still ouer commeth, that we also through his vertue, may ouercome.

Note return to page 17693 [a] Full fourtie daies.

Note return to page 17694 Deut.8.3.

Note return to page 17695 [b] The battlement wherewith the flat roofe of the temple was c&obar;pa&esset;ed about, that no`man might full downe: as was appointed by the Lawe, Deut.22.8.

Note return to page 17696 Psal.91.11.

Note return to page 17697 Deut.6.16.

Note return to page 17698 [c] Word for word, Thou shalt not goe on still in tempting.

Note return to page 17699 Deut.6.13.and 10.20.

Note return to page 17700 Mar.1.13. luke 4.13.

Note return to page 17701 Mark.1.14. luke 4.14. iohn 4.43.

Note return to page 17702 [2] When the Heraults mouth is stopped, the Lord reueileth himselfe and bringeth full light into the darkenes of this world, preaching free forgiuenes of sinnes to them that repent.

Note return to page 17703 [d] Which was a towne a great deale more famous then Nazareth was.

Note return to page 17704 Esai.9.1.

Note return to page 17705 [e] Of Tiberias, or because that countrey bended toward Tyrus, which standeth vpon the sea that cutteth the midst of the world.

Note return to page 17706 [f] So called, because it bordered vpon Tyrus and Sidon, and because Solomon gaue the King of Tyrus twentie cities in that quarter, 1.King.9.11.

Note return to page 17707 Marke 1. 15.

Note return to page 17708 [g] Is come to you.

Note return to page 17709 [3] Christ thinking by time, that he should at length depart from vs, euen at the beginning of his preaching, getteth him disciples after an heauenly sort, men in deede poore, and vtterly vnlearned, and therefore such as might be least suspected witnesses of the trueth of those thinges which they heard and sawe.

Note return to page 17710 Marke 1.16. 1.cor.1.27.

Note return to page 17711 [4] Christ assureth the hearts of the beleeuers of his spirituall and sauing vertue, by healing the diseases of the body.

Note return to page 17712 [h] Their, that is, the Galileans.

Note return to page 17713 [i] Synagogues, that is, the Iewes Churches.

Note return to page 17714 [k] Of Messias.

Note return to page 17715 [l] Diseases of all kindes, but not euery one: that is, as we say, some of euery one.

Note return to page 17716 [m] The worde signifieth properly, the weakenes of the stomake: but here it is taken for those diseases which make men faint and weare away, that haue them.

Note return to page 17717 [n] The worde signifieth properly the stone wherewith golde is tried: and by a borowed kinde of speach, is applied to all kinde of examination by torture, when as by rough dealing and torments, we goe about to drawe out the trueth of men, which otherwise they would not confe&esset;e: and in this place it is taken for those diseases, which put sicke men to great woe.

Note return to page 17718 [o] Which at euery full Moone, or other changes of the Moone, are shrewdly troubled and diseased.

Note return to page 17719 [p] Weake and feeble men, who haue the partes of their body loosed, and so weakened, that they are neither able to gather them vp together, nor put them out as they would.

Note return to page 17720 [1] Christ teacheth, that the greatest ioye and felicitie is not in the c&obar;modities & pleasures of this life, but is layde vp in heauen for them that willingly rest in the good will & pleasure of God, and endeuour to profite all men, although they be cruelly vexed and troubled of the worldlings, because they wil not fashion themselues to their maners.

Note return to page 17721 Luke 6.20.

Note return to page 17722 [a] Vnder the name of pouertie are all such miseries meant, as are ioyned with pouertie.

Note return to page 17723 [b] Whose mindes and spirits are brought vnder, and tamed, and obey God.

Note return to page 17724 Esai.61.2,3. luke 6.21.

Note return to page 17725 Psal.37.11.

Note return to page 17726 Esai.65.13.

Note return to page 17727 Psal.24.4.

Note return to page 17728 [c] Fitly is this word Pure, ioyned with the heart, for as a bright and shining resemblance or image may be seene plainely in a cleare and pure looking gla&esset;e, euen so doeth the face (as it were) of the euer lasting God, shine forth, and clerely appeare in a pure heart.

Note return to page 17729 1.Cor.14.33. 1.pet.3.14.

Note return to page 17730 Act.5.41. 1.pet.4.14.

Note return to page 17731 Mark.9.50. luke 14.34.

Note return to page 17732 [2] The ministers of the worde especially (vnlesse they will be the most caitifes of all) must needes leade other both by worde and deede to this greatest ioy and felicitie.

Note return to page 17733 [d] Your doctrine must be very sound and good, for if it be not so, it shalbe nought set by, and cast away as a thing vnsauerie and vaine.

Note return to page 17734 [e] What shall you haue to salt withall? And so are fooles in the Latine tongue called saltle&esset;e, as you would say, men that haue no salt, or sauour and taste in them.

Note return to page 17735 [f] You shine and giue light, by being made partakers of the true light.

Note return to page 17736 Mar.4.21. luke 8.16. and 11.33.

Note return to page 17737 1.Pet.2.12.

Note return to page 17738 [3] Christ came not to bring any new way of righteousues and saluation into the world, but to fulfill that in deede which was shadowed by the figures of the Law, by deliuering men through grace from the curse of the Lawe: and moreouer to teache the true vse of obedience which the Law appointeth, and to graue in our hearts the force of obedience.

Note return to page 17739 [g] That the prophecies may be accomplished.

Note return to page 17740 Luke 16.17.

Note return to page 17741 Iames 2.10.

Note return to page 17742 [4] He beginneth with the true expounding of the Law, and setteth it against the old (but yet false) gloses of the Scribes: So farre is he from abolishing the least commandement of his Father.

Note return to page 17743 [h] He shal haue no place in the Church.

Note return to page 17744 Luke 11.39.

Note return to page 17745 [5] The true meaning of the sixt commandement.

Note return to page 17746 Exod.20.13. deut.5.17.

Note return to page 17747 [i] He speaketh of the iudgement of God, and of the difference of sinnes, & therefore applieth his wordes to the forme of ciuill iudgments, which were then vsed.

Note return to page 17748 [k] Of that iudgement which was ruled by three men, who had the hearing and deciding of money matters, and such other small causes.

Note return to page 17749 [l] By that iudgm&ebar;t which stoode of 23. Iudges, who had the hearing and deciding of weightie affaires, and matters of life and death: as the highest iudges of all were, to the number of 71. which had the hearing of most weightie affaires, as the matter of a whole tribe, or of an high Priest, or of a false prophet.

Note return to page 17750 [m] Whereas we reade here, Hel, it is in the text it self, Gehenna, which is an Hebrew worde made of two, and is asmuch to say, as the valley of Hinnon, which otherwise the Ebrewes called Topheth: it was a place where the Israelites were wont most cruelly to sacrifice their children to false gods, whereupon it was taken for a place appointed to torment the reprobates in, Iere.7.31.

Note return to page 17751 [n] The Iewes vsed foure kindes of punishments, before their gouernment was taken away by Herode, hanging beheading, stoning, and burning: this is it that Christ shot at, because burning was the greatest punishment, therefore in that hee maketh mention of a iudgement, a councill, and a fire, he sheweth that some sinnes are worse then other some, but yet they are all such that we must giue an accompt for them, and shalbe punished for them.

Note return to page 17752 [6] The couetous Pharises taught that God was appeased by the sacrifices appointed in the lawe, which they them selues deuouted. But Christ on the contrary side denieth that God accepteth any mans offering, vnlesse he maketh satisfaction to his brother whome he hath offended: and sayth moreouer, that these stubburne and stiffnecked despisers of their brethren, shall neuer escape the wrath and curse of God, before they haue made full satisfaction to their brethren.

Note return to page 17753 [o] He applieth all this speach, to the state of his time, when as there was an altar standing in Hierusalem: and therefore they are very foolish, that gather hereupon, that we must build altars, and vse sacrifices: but they are more fooles, which drawe that no purgatorie, which is spoken of peace making an atonement one with another.

Note return to page 17754 Luke 12.58.

Note return to page 17755 [p] Cut off all cause of enimitie.

Note return to page 17756 [q] Thou shalt be dealt withall, to the vtmost extremitie.

Note return to page 17757 [7] He is taken for an adulterer before God what so euer he be, that coueteth a woman: and therefore we must keepe our eyes chaste, and all the members wee haue, yea and wee must eschewe all occasions which might moue vs to euill, howe deare soeuer it cost vs.

Note return to page 17758 Exo.20.14. rom.13.9.

Note return to page 17759 Chap.18. 8, 9. mar.9.47.

Note return to page 17760 [r] He nameth the right eye and the right hand, because the partes of the right side of our body are the chiefest, and readiest to commit any wickednesse.

Note return to page 17761 [s] Worde for worde doe cause thee to offend: for sinnes are stumbling blocks as it were, that is to say, rockes which we are cast vpon.

Note return to page 17762 Chap.19.7. deut.24.1. mark.10.4. luke 16.18. 1.cor.7.10.

Note return to page 17763 [8] The meaning of the third commandement, against the froward opinion and iudgement of the Scribes, which excused by othes or indirect formes of swearing.

Note return to page 17764 Exod.20.7. leuit.19.12. deut.5.11.

Note return to page 17765 Iom.5.12.

Note return to page 17766 [t] Whatsoeuer you vouch, vouch it barely, and whatsoeuer you denie, denie it barely without any moe wordes.

Note return to page 17767 [u] From an euill conscience, or from the deuill.

Note return to page 17768 [9] Hee sheweth cleane contrary to the doctrine of the Scribes, that the summe of the second table must be so vnderstood, that we may in no wise render euill for euill, but rather suffer double iniurie, and doe well to them that are our deadly enemies.

Note return to page 17769 Exod.21.24. leuit.24.20. deut. 19.21.

Note return to page 17770 Luke 6.29. rom. 12.17. 1.cor.6.7.

Note return to page 17771 Deut.15.8.

Note return to page 17772 Leuit.19.18.

Note return to page 17773 Luke 6.27.

Note return to page 17774 Luke 23.34. actes 7.60. 1.cor. 4.13.

Note return to page 17775 [10] A double reason: the one is taken of relatiues, The children must be like their father: the other is taken of comparisons, The children of God must be better, then the children of this world.

Note return to page 17776 Luke 6.35.

Note return to page 17777 [x] They that were the tolle masters, and had the ouersight of tributes and customes: a kinde of men that the Iewes hated to death, both because they serued the Romanes in those offices (whose yokefull bondage they could hardly away with all) and also because these tolle masters are for the most part giuen to couetousne&esset;e.

Note return to page 17778 [1] Ambition maketh almes vaine.

Note return to page 17779 [a] This worde, Rewarde, is alwayes taken in the Scriptures for a free recompence, & therefore the schoolemen doe fondly set it to be answerable to a deseruing, which they call, merite.

Note return to page 17780 Rom.12.8.

Note return to page 17781 [b] Counterfeites, for Hypocrites were players that played a part in a play.

Note return to page 17782 [2] He reprehendeth two foule faultes in prayer, ambition, and vaine babbling.

Note return to page 17783 [c] Long prayers are not condemned, but vaine, needle&esset;e, and superstitious.

Note return to page 17784 [3] A true summe and fourme of all Christian prayers.

Note return to page 17785 Luke 11.3.

Note return to page 17786 [d] That, that is meete for our nature for our dayly foode, or such as may suffice our nature and complexion.

Note return to page 17787 Chap.13.19.

Note return to page 17788 [e] From the Deuil, or from all aduersitie.

Note return to page 17789 Mark.11.25.

Note return to page 17790 [4] They that forgiue wrongs, to them sinnes are forgiuen, but reuenge is prepared for them that reuenge.

Note return to page 17791 [5] Against such as hunt after a name of holines, by fasting.

Note return to page 17792 [f] They suffer not their first hewe to be seene, that is to say, they marre the naturall colour of their faces, that they may seeme leane & pale faced.

Note return to page 17793 [6] Those mens labours are shewed to be vaine, which passe not for the assured treasure of euerlasting life, but spend their liues in scraping together fraile and vaine riches.

Note return to page 17794 Luke 12.33. 1.tim.6.19.

Note return to page 17795 Luke 11.34.

Note return to page 17796 [7] Men doe maliciously and wickedly put out euen the litle light of nature that is in them.

Note return to page 17797 [g] The iudgement of the mind: that as the body is with the eyes, so our whole life may be ruled with right reason, that is to say, with the spirit of God wherewith we are lightened.

Note return to page 17798 Luke.16.13.

Note return to page 17799 [8] God will be worshipped of the whole man.

Note return to page 17800 [h] Which be at [illeg.]arre together, for if two agree, they are as one.

Note return to page 17801 [i] This worde is a Syrian worde, and signifieth all things that belong to money.

Note return to page 17802 Luke 12.22. philip.4.6. 1.tim.68. 1.peter 5.7. psalm.55.23.

Note return to page 17803 [9] The froward carking carefullnes for things of this life, is corrected in the children of God by an earnest thinking vpon the prouidence of God.

Note return to page 17804 [k] Of the ayre, or that liue in the ayre: for in all tongues almost this word Heauen, is taken for the ayre.

Note return to page 17805 [l] He speaketh of care which is ioyned with thought of mind, and hath for the most part distrust yoked with it.

Note return to page 17806 [m] By labour.

Note return to page 17807 [1] We ought to finde fault one with an other, but we must beware we doe it not without cause, or to seeme holier then they, or in hatred of them.

Note return to page 17808 Luke 6.37,38. rom.2.1. 1.cor.4.3.

Note return to page 17809 Mark.4.24. luke 6.38.

Note return to page 17810 Luke 6 41.

Note return to page 17811 [2] The stifnecked and stubborne enemies of the Gospel, are vnworthy to haue it preached vnto them.

Note return to page 17812 [a] A pearle hath his name among the orient brightnes that is in it: and a pearle was in auncient time in great estimation among the Latines: for a pearle that Cleopatra had, was valued at two hundred and fiftie thousand crownes: and the worde is nowe borowed from that, to signifie the most precious heauenly doctrine.

Note return to page 17813 Chap.21.22. mark.11.24. luke 11.9. iohn 14.13. and 16.23. iames 1.5.

Note return to page 17814 [3] Prayers are a sure refuge in all miseries.

Note return to page 17815 Luke 6.31. iob.4.16.

Note return to page 17816 [4] A rehearsall of the meaning of the seconde table.

Note return to page 17817 [b] That is to say, The doctrine of the Lawe and Prophets.

Note return to page 17818 Luke 13.24.

Note return to page 17819 [5] Example of life must not be taken from a multitude.

Note return to page 17820 [c] The way is streight and narrowe: we must passe through this rough way, and suffer, and endure, and be thronged, and so enter into life.

Note return to page 17821 [6] False teachers must be taken heede of: and they are knowen by false doctrine and euill liuing.

Note return to page 17822 Luke 6.44.

Note return to page 17823 Chap.3.10.

Note return to page 17824 [7] Euen the best giftes that are, are nothing without godlinesse.

Note return to page 17825 Rom.2.13.

Note return to page 17826 Iames 1.22.

Note return to page 17827 [d] By Name here, is mens that mightie working power of God, which euery man witnesseth that calleth vpon him.

Note return to page 17828 [e] Properly, powers: Nowe these excellent workes wrought, are called Powers, by occasion of those thinges which they bring to passe for by them we vnderstand, howe mightie the power of God is.

Note return to page 17829 Luke 13.27.

Note return to page 17830 [f] This is not of ignorance, but because he will cast them away.

Note return to page 17831 Psal. 6.8.

Note return to page 17832 [g] You that are giuen to all kinde of wickednesse, and seeme to make an arte of sinne.

Note return to page 17833 [8] True godlinesse resteth onely vpon Christ, and therefore alwayes remaineth inuincible.

Note return to page 17834 Luk.6.47,48.

Note return to page 17835 Mar.1.22. luk.4.32.

Note return to page 17836 Mark.1.40. luke 5.12.

Note return to page 17837 [1] Christ in healing the leprous with the touching of his hand, sheweth that he abhorreth no sinners that come vnto him, be they neuer so vncleane.

Note return to page 17838 Leuit.14.3,4.

Note return to page 17839 Luke 7.1.

Note return to page 17840 [2] Christ by setting before them the example of the vncircumcised Centurion, and yet of an excellent faith, prouoketh the Iewes to emulation, and together forewarneth them of their casting off, and the calling of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 17841 [a] A metaphore taken of banquets, for they that sit downe together are felowes in the banquet.

Note return to page 17842 [b] Which are without the kingdome: For in the kingdome is light, and without the kingdome darkenes.

Note return to page 17843 Chap.22.13.

Note return to page 17844 Marke 1.29. luke 4.38.

Note return to page 17845 [3] Christ, in healing diuers diseases, sheweth that he was sent of his Father, that in him onely we should seeke remedie in all our miseries.

Note return to page 17846 Marke 1.32. luke 4.40.

Note return to page 17847 [c] Of all sortes.

Note return to page 17848 Esa.53.4. 1.pet.2.24.

Note return to page 17849 Luke 9.57,58.

Note return to page 17850 [d] For Capernaum was situate vpon the lake of Tiberias.

Note return to page 17851 [4] The true disciples of Christ must prepare themselues to all kind of miseries.

Note return to page 17852 [e] Worde for word, shades made with boughes.

Note return to page 17853 [5] When God requireth our labour, we must leaue off all dutie to men.

Note return to page 17854 Mark.4.37. luke 8.23.

Note return to page 17855 [6] Although Christ seemeth often times to neglect his, euen in most extreme dangers, yet in time conuenient he asswageth all tempests, and bringeth them to the hauen.

Note return to page 17856 Marke 5.1,2. luke 8.26,27.

Note return to page 17857 [7] Christ came to deliuer men from the miserable thraldome of Satan: but the worlde had rather lacke Christ, then the vilest and left of their commodities.

Note return to page 17858 [f] On an hill, as Marke and Luke witnesse: Nowe Gedara as Ioseph recordeth booke 17. chap.13. liued after the order of the Grecians, & therefore we may not marueile if there were swine there.

Note return to page 17859 [g] Where men liue as swine, there doeth not Christ tarie, but deuils.

Note return to page 17860 [1] Sinnes are the causes of our afflictions, & Christ onely forgiueth them if we beleeue.

Note return to page 17861 [a] Into Capernaum, for as Theoph. saith, Bethleem brought him foorth, Nazareth brought him vp, and Capernaum was his dwelling place.

Note return to page 17862 Marke 2.3. luke 5.18.

Note return to page 17863 [b] Knowing by a manifest signe.

Note return to page 17864 [c] To blaspheme, signifieth amongst the diuines, to speake wickedly: and amongst the more eloquent Grecians, to slander.

Note return to page 17865 Marke 2.14. luke 5.27.

Note return to page 17866 [2] Christ calleth the humble sinners vnto him, but hee contemneth the proud hypocrites.

Note return to page 17867 [d] At the customers table, where it was receiued.

Note return to page 17868 [e] The customers fellowes which were placed by the Romanes, after that Iudea was brought into the forme of a prouince, to gather the customes, and therefore of the rest of the Iewes, they were called sinners, that is to say, verie vile men.

Note return to page 17869 Hose.6.6. chap.12.7.

Note return to page 17870 1.Tim.1.15.

Note return to page 17871 Marke 2.18. luke 5.33.

Note return to page 17872 [3] Against naughty emulation in matters indifferent.

Note return to page 17873 [f] An Hebrewe kinde of speach, for they that are admitted into the mariage chamber, are as the neerest about the bridegrome.

Note return to page 17874 [g] Rawe, which was neuer put to the fuller.

Note return to page 17875 Marke 5.22. luke 8.41.

Note return to page 17876 [4] There is no euil so olde, and incurable, which Christ can not heale by and by, if hee be touched with true faith but lightly as it were with the hand.

Note return to page 17877 [5] Euen death itselfe giueth place to the power of Christ.

Note return to page 17878 [h] It appeareth that they vsed minstrels at their mourning.

Note return to page 17879 [6] By healing these two blinde, Christ sheweth that he is the light of the world.

Note return to page 17880 Luke 11.14.

Note return to page 17881 [7] An example of that power, that Christ hath ouer the deuill.

Note return to page 17882 Chap.12.24. marke 3.22. luke 11.15.

Note return to page 17883 Marke 6.6. luke 13.22.

Note return to page 17884 [8] Although the ordinarie pastours cease, yet Christ hath not cast off the care of his Church.

Note return to page 17885 Marke 6.34.

Note return to page 17886 Luke 10.2. iohn 4.35,36.

Note return to page 17887 [i] Worde for word, cast them out: for men are very slow, in so holy a worke.

Note return to page 17888 [1] The Apostles are sent to preach the Gospel in Israel.

Note return to page 17889 Mar.3.13,14,15. luke 9.1,2.

Note return to page 17890 [a] The ophilact saith that Peter & Andrew are called the first, because they were first called.

Note return to page 17891 [b] A man of Kerioth. Nowe Kerioth was in the tribe of Iudah, Fosh.15.25.

Note return to page 17892 Act.13.46.

Note return to page 17893 Luke 10.9,11.

Note return to page 17894 [2] The summe of the Gospell, or preaching of the Apostles.

Note return to page 17895 [3] Miracles are depend&abar;ces of the woorde.

Note return to page 17896 Mark.6.8,9. Luke 9.3.& 22.35.

Note return to page 17897 [4] The ministers of the woorde must cast away all cares that might hinder them þe; least wise that might be.

Note return to page 17898 [c] For this iourney, to wit, both that nothing might hinder them, and also that they might feele some taste of Gods prouidence: for at their returne backe, the Lorde asketh of them, whether they lacked any thing by the way, Luke 22.35.

Note return to page 17899 1.Tim.5.15.

Note return to page 17900 [d] God will prouide you meate.

Note return to page 17901 [5] Happie are they that receiue the preaching of the Gospel: and vnhappie are they, that refuse it.

Note return to page 17902 Luke 10.8.

Note return to page 17903 [e] It is a maner of speach taken from the Hebrewes, whereby they meant all kinde of happinesse.

Note return to page 17904 Marke 6.11. luke 9 5.

Note return to page 17905 Actes 13.51.

Note return to page 17906 Luke 10.3.

Note return to page 17907 [6] Christ sheweth, how the ministers must behaue themselues vnder the crosse.

Note return to page 17908 [f] You shall be in great danger.

Note return to page 17909 [g] You shall not so much as reuenge an iniurie: and by the mixing of these beastes natures together, he will not haue our wisedome to bee malicious, nor our simplicitie mad, but a certeine for me of good nature as exquisitely framed of both them, as may be.

Note return to page 17910 [h] For in the cause of religion men are wolues one to another.

Note return to page 17911 Marke 13.11. luke 12.11.

Note return to page 17912 Luke 21.16.

Note return to page 17913 Marke 13.13.

Note return to page 17914 [i] Bring to an end, that is, you shal not haue gone through all the cities of Israel, and preached in them.

Note return to page 17915 Luke 6.40. iohn 13.16.& 15.20.

Note return to page 17916 Chap. 11.24.

Note return to page 17917 [k] It was the Idoll of the Acaronites, which we call the god of flies.

Note return to page 17918 [l] Trueth shall not alwaies be hid.

Note return to page 17919 Marke 4.22. luk.8.17.& 12.2.

Note return to page 17920 [m] Openly, & in the highest places. For the toppes of their houses were so made, that they might walke vpon them, Act.10.9.

Note return to page 17921 [n] Though tyrants be neuer so raging and cruell, yet we may not feare them.

Note return to page 17922 [o] The fourth part of an ounce.

Note return to page 17923 1.Sam.14.45. 2.sam.14.11. actes 27.34.

Note return to page 17924 [7] The necessitie and rewarde of open confessing Christ.

Note return to page 17925 Marke 8.38. luk.9.26.& 12.8. 2.tim.2.12.

Note return to page 17926 Luke 12.51.

Note return to page 17927 [8] Ciuill dissentions followe the preaching of the Gospel.

Note return to page 17928 Micah.7.6.

Note return to page 17929 Luke 14.26.

Note return to page 17930 [9] Nothing without exception is to be preferred before our duetie to God.

Note return to page 17931 Chap.16.24. marke 8.34. luk.9.23. & 14.27.

Note return to page 17932 Iohn 12.25.

Note return to page 17933 [p] They are saide to finde their life, which deliuer is out of danger: and this is spoken after the opinion of the people which thinke them cleane lost that die, because they thinke not of the life to come.

Note return to page 17934 [10] God is both Authour and reuenger of his holie Ministerie.

Note return to page 17935 Luke 10.16. iohn 13.20.

Note return to page 17936 [11] We shall lose nothing that we bestowe vpon Christ.

Note return to page 17937 [q] As a Prophet.

Note return to page 17938 Mar.9.41.

Note return to page 17939 [r] Which in the fight of the world are vile & abiect.

Note return to page 17940 [1] Christ sheweth by his woorkes, that he is the promised Messias.

Note return to page 17941 [a] Of instructing them with precepts.

Note return to page 17942 [b] The Disciples cities, that is to say, in Galile, where manie of them were borne, act. 2.7.

Note return to page 17943 Luke 7.18.

Note return to page 17944 Esai.61.1. luke 4.18.

Note return to page 17945 [2] What agreement and what difference is betwixt the ministerie of the prophets, the preaching of Iohn, and the full light of the Gospel, which Christ hath brought.

Note return to page 17946 Malach.3.1. luke 7.28.

Note return to page 17947 [c] In the newe state of the Church where the true glorie of God shiueth: the persons are not compared together, but the kindes of doctrines, the preaching of Iohn with the Lawe and the Prophets: and againe, the most cleare preaching of the Gospel with Iohns.

Note return to page 17948 Luke 16.16.

Note return to page 17949 [d] Thry prophecied of thinges to come, which are nowe present, and clearely and plainely seene.

Note return to page 17950 Malla.4.5.

Note return to page 17951 Luke 7.31.

Note return to page 17952 [3] There are none more stout and stubburne enemies of the Gospel, then they to whom it ought to be most acceptable.

Note return to page 17953 [e] He blameth the frowardnes of this age, by a prouerbe, in that they could be mooued neither with rough, nor gentle dealing.

Note return to page 17954 [4] That which the most part refuse, the elect and chosen embrace.

Note return to page 17955 [f] Wise men do acknowledge the wisdome of the Gospel, wh&ebar; they receiue it.

Note return to page 17956 [5] The proud reiect the Gospel offered vnto them, to their great hurt and smart, which turneth to the saluation of þe; simple.

Note return to page 17957 Luke.10.13.

Note return to page 17958 Luke 10.21.

Note return to page 17959 [g] Through the ministerie of Christ, who only sheweth the trueth of all things perteyning to God.

Note return to page 17960 [h] This word sheweth, that he contenteth himselfe in his Fathers counsell.

Note return to page 17961 [i] Gods wil is þe; only vule of righteousnes

Note return to page 17962 Iohn 3.35.

Note return to page 17963 [6] There is no true knowledge of God, nor quietnes of mind, but onely in Christ alone.

Note return to page 17964 Iohn 6,46.

Note return to page 17965 Iere.6.16.

Note return to page 17966 1.Iohn 5.3.

Note return to page 17967 [k] May easily be borne. For his commandements are not grieuous, for all that is borne of God ouercommeth the worlde, 1.Iohn 5.4.

Note return to page 17968 [1] Of the true sanctifying of the Sabbath, and the abrogating of it.

Note return to page 17969 Marke 2.23. luke 6.1.

Note return to page 17970 Deut.23.25.

Note return to page 17971 1.Sam.21.6.

Note return to page 17972 [a] The Hebrewes call it bread of faces, because it stoode before the Lord all the weeke vpon the golden table appointed to that seruice, Leuit.24.6.

Note return to page 17973 Exod.29.33. leuit.8.31.& 24.9.

Note return to page 17974 Nomb.28.9.

Note return to page 17975 [b] When the Priests doe Gods seruice vpon the Sabbath day, yet they breake not the Law: much lesse doeth the Lord of the Sabbath breake the Sabbath.

Note return to page 17976 Hose.6.7. chap.9.13.

Note return to page 17977 Marke 3.1. luke 6.6.

Note return to page 17978 [2] The ceremonies of the Lawe are not against the loue of our neighbour.

Note return to page 17979 [3] Howe farre, and in what respect we may giue place to the vnbrideled rage of the wicked.

Note return to page 17980 Esai.42.1.

Note return to page 17981 [c] By iudgement is ment a set led state, because Christ was to publish true religion among the Gentiles, and to cast out superstition, which thing wheresoeuer it is done, the Lord is saide to reigne and iudge there, that is to say, to gouerne and rule matters.

Note return to page 17982 [d] He shall pronounce sentence and iudgement, maugre the world and Satan, and shewe himselfe conquerour ouer all his enemies.

Note return to page 17983 Luke 11.14.

Note return to page 17984 [4] A trueth, be it uener so manifest, is subiect to the slaunder of the wicked: yet notwithstanding it ought to be auouched stontely.

Note return to page 17985 Chap.9 34. marke 3.22. luke 11.15.

Note return to page 17986 [5] The kingdome of Christ and the kingdome of the deuill cannot consist together.

Note return to page 17987 Marke 3.28,29. luke 12.10. [illeg.]iohn 5.16.

Note return to page 17988 [6] Of blasphemie against the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 17989 [7] Hypocrites at the length bewray themselues euen by their owne mouth.

Note return to page 17990 Luke 6.45.

Note return to page 17991 [e] Vaine and vnprofitable trifles, which the most part of men spend their liues in.

Note return to page 17992 [8] Against froward desirers of miracles.

Note return to page 17993 Chap.16.1 luke 11.29. 1.cor.1.22.

Note return to page 17994 [f] Bastard, which fell from Abrahams faith, or forsooke the true worship of God.

Note return to page 17995 Ionas 1 17.

Note return to page 17996 [9] Christ teacheth by the sorowfull example of the Iewes, that there are none more miserable then they which put out the light of the Gospel, which was kindled in them.

Note return to page 17997 Ionas 3.5.

Note return to page 17998 1.King.10.1. 2.chro.9.1.

Note return to page 17999 [g] He meaneth the Queene of Saba: whose countrey is South in respect of the land of Israel, 1.King.10.

Note return to page 18000 [h] For Saba is situate in the vtmost coast of happie Arabia vpon the mouth of the Arabian sea.

Note return to page 18001 Luke 11.24.

Note return to page 18002 Hebr.6.4,5. and 10.26. 2.Peter 2.20.

Note return to page 18003 [10] Christ teacheth by his owne example, howe that all things ought to be set apart, in respect of Gods glorie.

Note return to page 18004 Marke 3.31. luke 8.20.

Note return to page 18005 [11] None are more neere vnto vs, then they that are of the houshold of faith.

Note return to page 18006 Marke 4.1. luke 8.4,5.

Note return to page 18007 [1] Christ sheweth in putting forth this parable of the sower, that the seede of life which is sowen in the world, commeth not on so well in one as in an other, and the reason is, for that men for the most part, either doe not receiue it, or suffer it not to ripen.

Note return to page 18008 [2] The gift of vnderstanding and of faith is proper to the elect, and all the rest are blinded through the iust iudgement of God.

Note return to page 18009 Chap.25.29.

Note return to page 18010 Esa.6.9. marke 4.12. luke 8.10. iohn 12.40. actes 28 26. rom.11.8.

Note return to page 18011 [3] The condition of the Church vnder and since Christ, is better then it was in the time of the fathers vnder the Lawe.

Note return to page 18012 Luke 10.24.

Note return to page 18013 Marke 4.15. luke 8.11.

Note return to page 18014 [a] Though there bee mention made of the heart, yet this sowing is referred to hearing without vnderstanding. For whether the seede bee receiued in the heart or no, yet hee that soweth, soweth to the heart.

Note return to page 18015 [4] Christ sheweth in an other parable of the euill seede mixt with the good, that the Church shall neuer be free and quit from offences, both in doctrine & maners, vntill the day appoynted for the restoring of all things doe come, and therefore the faithfull haue to arme themselues with patience and constancie.

Note return to page 18016 Mar.4.30. luke 13.19.

Note return to page 18017 [5] God beginneth his kingdom with verie small beginnings, to the ende that by the growing on of it beside the expectation & hope of all men, his mighty power and working may bee the more set foorth.

Note return to page 18018 Luke 13.21.

Note return to page 18019 Mar.4.33,34.

Note return to page 18020 Psal.78.2.

Note return to page 18021 [6] He expoundeth the former parable of the good and euill seede.

Note return to page 18022 Ioel 3.15. reuel.14.15.

Note return to page 18023 Dan.12.3.

Note return to page 18024 [7] Fewe men vnderstande howe great the riches of the kingdome of heauen are, and no man can bee partaker of them, but he that redeemeth them with the losse of all his goodes.

Note return to page 18025 [8] There are many in the Church, which notwithstanding are not of the Church, and therefore at length shalbe cast out: but the full and perfect clensing of them is deferred to the last day.

Note return to page 18026 [9] They ought to bee diligent, which haue not onely to be wise for themselues, but to dispence the wisedome of God to other.

Note return to page 18027 Marke 6.1. luke 4.16.

Note return to page 18028 [10] Men doe not onely sinne of ignorance, but also wittingly and willingly lay st&ubar;bling blockes in their owue waies, that when God calleth them, they may not obey, and so most plainely destroy, and cast away themselues.

Note return to page 18029 Iohn 6.42.

Note return to page 18030 Marke 6.4. luke 4.24. ioh.4.44.

Note return to page 18031 Marke 6.14. luke 9.7.

Note return to page 18032 [1] Here is in Iohn, an example of an inuincible courage, which all faithfull ministers of Gods worde ought to follow: in Herode, an example of tyrannous vanitie, pride, and crueltie, and to be short, of a courtly conscience, and of their miserable slauerie, which haue once giuen themselues ouer to pleasures: in Herodias and her daughter, an example of whorelike wantonnesse, and womanly crueltie.

Note return to page 18033 [a] By woorkes, he meaneth that force and power, whereby woorkes are wrought, and not the woorkes, as is seene oft before:

Note return to page 18034 Marke 6.17. luke 3.19.

Note return to page 18035 Leuit.18.16. & 20.21.

Note return to page 18036 Chap.21.26.

Note return to page 18037 [b] There were three Herodes: the first of them was Antipaters sonne, who is also called Ascalonius, in whose reigne Christ was borne, and he it was that caused the children to be slaine. The seconde was called Antipas, Magnus his sonne, whose mothers name was Malthaca or Martaca, and this was called Tetrarch, by reason of enlarging his dominion, when Archelaus was banished to Vienna in France. The third was Agrippa, Magnus his nephewe, by Aristobulus, and he it was that slewe Iames.

Note return to page 18038 Marke 6.32. luke 9.10.

Note return to page 18039 [2] Christ refresheth a great multitude with fiue loaues and two litle fishes, shewing there by that they shall want nothing, which laie all things aside, and seeke the kingdome of heauen.

Note return to page 18040 Marke 6.35. luke 9.12. iohn 6.5.

Note return to page 18041 Mar.6.45,46,47. iohn 6.16,17,18.

Note return to page 18042 [3] We must saile euen through mightie tempests, and Christ will neuer forsake vs, so that we goe whither he hath commanded vs.

Note return to page 18043 [c] By the fourth watch is meant the time neere to day breaking: for in olde time they deuided the night into foure watches in which they scouted.

Note return to page 18044 [d] A spirit, as it is here taken, is that which a man imagineth to himselfe vainly in his mind, perswading himself that he seeth some thing, and seeth nothing.

Note return to page 18045 [4] By faith we tread vnder our feete euen the tempests themselues, but yet by the vertue of Christ, which helpeth that vertue, which he of his mercie hath giuen.

Note return to page 18046 Marke 6.54.

Note return to page 18047 [e] This Gennezareth was a lake nigh to Capernaum, which is also called the sea of Galile and Tiberias, so that the countrey it selfe grewe to be called by that name.

Note return to page 18048 [5] In that that Christ healeth the sicke, we are giuen to vnderstand, that we must seeke remedie for spirituall diseases at his handes: and that we are bound not onely to runne our selues, but also to bring others to him.

Note return to page 18049 [1] None commonly are more bolde c&obar;temners of God, then they whome God appointed kepers of his law.

Note return to page 18050 Marke 7.1.

Note return to page 18051 [a] Which they receiued of their [illeg.]sters from hand to hand, or their elders allowed, which were the gouernors of the Church.

Note return to page 18052 [2] Their wicked boldnesse in corrupting the commaundements of God, and that vp&obar; pretence of godlines, and vsurping authority to make lawes, is here reprooued.

Note return to page 18053 Exod.20.12. deu.5.16. ephes.6.2.

Note return to page 18054 [b] By honour is meant all kinde of duetie which children owe to their parents.

Note return to page 18055 Exod.21.17. leu.20.9. pro.20.20.

Note return to page 18056 [c] The meaning is this: whatsoeuer I bestowe vpon the temple, is to thy profite, for it is as good as if I gaue it thee, for (as the Pharises of our time say) it shall be meritorious for thee, for vnder this colour of religi&obar;, they raked all to them selues, as though that he that had giuen any thing to the temple, had done the duetie of a childe.

Note return to page 18057 [d] You made it of no power and aucthoritie as much as laie in you: for otherwise the commaundements of God stand fast in the Church of God, in despite of the world & Satan.

Note return to page 18058 [3] The same men are condemned for hypocrisie and superstition, because they make the kingdome of God to stand in outward things.

Note return to page 18059 Esai 29.13.

Note return to page 18060 [4] Christ teacheth vs þe; hypocrisie of false teachers which deceiue our soules, is not to be borne withal, no not in indifferent matters, & there is no reason why their ordinarie vocation should blinde our eyes: otherwise we are like to perish with them.

Note return to page 18061 Marke 7.18.

Note return to page 18062 Iohn 15 2.

Note return to page 18063 Luke 6.39.

Note return to page 18064 Marke 7.17.

Note return to page 18065 Genes.6.5. and 8,21. mar.7.21.

Note return to page 18066 Mar.7.24,25.

Note return to page 18067 [e] Coastes which were next to Tyre and Sidon, that is, in that quarter where Palestina bendeth towarde Phenice, and the sea of Syria.

Note return to page 18068 [f] Of the stocke of the Canaanites, which dwelled in Phenicia.

Note return to page 18069 [5] In that that Christ doeth sometimes as it were stoppe his eares against the prayers of his saints, he doeth it for his glory, and our profite.

Note return to page 18070 Chap.10.6.

Note return to page 18071 [g] Of the people of Israel, which people was diuided into tribes, but all those tribes came of one house.

Note return to page 18072 [6] Christ ceaseth not to be beneficiall euen there where he is contemned, and in the middest of wolues he gathereth together and fostereth his flocke.

Note return to page 18073 Marke 9.31.

Note return to page 18074 Esai.35.5.

Note return to page 18075 [h] Whose members were weakened with the palsie, or by nature, for afterward it is said, he healed them. Now Christ was wont to heale in this wise, that such members as were weake, he restored to health, and yet he could easely if he had would, haue giuen them handes and feete & other members which wanted them.

Note return to page 18076 Marke 8.1.

Note return to page 18077 [7] By doing againe this miracle, Christ sheweth that hee wil neuer be wanting to them that followe him, no not in the wildernesse.

Note return to page 18078 [i] Goe not from my side.

Note return to page 18079 [k] Word for word, to lie downe backeward, as rowers doe when in rowing they drawe their oares to them.

Note return to page 18080 [l] A kinde of vessell wrought with twigs.

Note return to page 18081 [1] The wicked which otherwise are at defiance one with another, agree well together against Christ, but do what they can, Christ beareth away the victorie, and triumpheth ouer them.

Note return to page 18082 Chap.12.38. marke 8.11.

Note return to page 18083 [a] To trie whether he could doe that which they desired, but their purpose was naught, for they thought to finde some thing in him by that means, whereupon they might haue iust occasion to reprehende him: or else distrust and curiositie mooued them so to doe, for by such meanes also is God said to be tempted, that is to say, prouoked to anger, as though men would striue with him.

Note return to page 18084 Luke 12.54.

Note return to page 18085 [b] The outwarde shewe and countenance as it were of all things, is called in the Hebrewe tongue, a face.

Note return to page 18086 Chap.12.39.

Note return to page 18087 [c] The article sheweth the notablenesse of the deede.

Note return to page 18088 Ionas 1.17.

Note return to page 18089 [2] False teachers must be taken heede of.

Note return to page 18090 Marke 8.14. luke 12.1.

Note return to page 18091 [d] Not by others, but by vertue of his diuinitie.

Note return to page 18092 [e] That fiue thousand men were filled with so many loaues?

Note return to page 18093 Cha 14.17. ioh.6.9

Note return to page 18094 Chap.15.34.

Note return to page 18095 [f] A demaunde or question ioyned with admiration.

Note return to page 18096 [g] Said, for Commaunded.

Note return to page 18097 Mar.8.27. luke 9.18.

Note return to page 18098 [3] There are diuers iudgements and opinions of Christ, notwithst&abar;ding he is know&ebar; of his alone.

Note return to page 18099 [h] There were two Cesareas, the one called Stratonis vpon the sea Mediterranie, which Herod built sumptuously in the honour of Octauius, Ios.lib.15. the other was Cesarea Philippi, which Herod the great the Tetrarches sonne by Cleopatra built in the honor of Tiberius at the foote of Lebanon, Ios.lib.15.

Note return to page 18100 [i] As Herod thought.

Note return to page 18101 Ioh.6.69.

Note return to page 18102 [4] Faith is of grace, not of nature.

Note return to page 18103 [k] By this kinde of speach is ment mans naturall procreation vpon the earth, the creature not being destroyed which was made, but deformed through sinne: So then this is the meaning: this was not reueiled to thee by any vnderstanding of man but God shewed it thee from heauen.

Note return to page 18104 [5] That is true faith, which confesseth Christ, the vertue whereof is inuincible.

Note return to page 18105 Iohn 1.42.

Note return to page 18106 [l] Christ spake in the Syrian tongue, and therefore vsed not this descanting betwixt Petros which signifieth Peter, and Petra, which signifieth a rocke, but in both places vsed this word Cepha: but his minde was that wrote in Greeke, by the diuers termination to make a difference betweene Peter who is a piece of the building, and Christ the Petra, that is the rocke and foundation: or els he gaue his name Peter, because of the confession of his faith, which is the Churches as well as his, as the olde fathers witnes, for so saith Theoph. That confe&esset;ion which thou hast made shalbe the fundation of the beleeuers.

Note return to page 18107 [m] The enemies of the Church are c&obar;pared to a strong kingdome, & therefore by Gates, are ment cities which are made strong with counsell and fortresses, & this is the meaning, whatsoeuer Satan can do by counsell or strength. So doth Paul, 2.Cor.10.4. call them strong holds.

Note return to page 18108 [6] The authoritie of the Church is from God.

Note return to page 18109 Iob.20.21.

Note return to page 18110 [n] A metaphore taken of stewards which cary the keyes: and here is set forth the power of the ministers of the word, as Esa.22.22.& that power is common to all ministers, as Cha.18.18, and therefore the ministery of the Gospel may rightly be called the key of the kingdome of heauen.

Note return to page 18111 [o] They are bound whose sinnes are reteined, heauen is shut against them, because they receiue not Christ by faith: on the other side, how happy are they, to whom heauen is open, which imbrace Christ, and are deliuered by him, & become felow heires with him?

Note return to page 18112 [7] Men must first learne, and then teach.

Note return to page 18113 [8] The minds of m&ebar; are in time to be prepared & made ready against the stombling blocke of persecution.

Note return to page 18114 [p] It was a name of dignitie and not of age: and it is put for them, which were the Iudges, which the Hebrewes called Sanhedrim.

Note return to page 18115 [q] Tooke him by the hand and led him aside, as they vse to do, which meane to talke familiarly with one.

Note return to page 18116 [9] Against a preposterous zeale.

Note return to page 18117 [r] The Hebrewes call him Satan, that is to say, an aduersarie, whom the Grecians call diabolos, that is to say, slanderer, or tempter: but it is spoken of them, that either of malice, as Iudas, Iohn 6.70. or of lightnesse and pride resist the will of God.

Note return to page 18118 [s] By this worde wee are taught that Peter sinned, through a false persuasion of himselfe.

Note return to page 18119 [10] No men doe worse prouide for themselues, then they that loue themselues more then God.

Note return to page 18120 Chap. 10.38. marke 8.34. luke 9.23. and 14.27.

Note return to page 18121 Chapter 10.39. marke 8.35,36. luke 9. 24,25,26. and 17.33.

Note return to page 18122 [t] Shall gaine himselfe: And this is his meaning, they that denie Christ to saue themselues, doe not onely not gaine that which they looke for, but also lose the thing they would haue kept, that is, themselues, which losse is the greatest of all: but as for them that doubt not to die for Christ, it fareth farre otherwise with them.

Note return to page 18123 Iohn 12.25.

Note return to page 18124 [u] Like a King, as Chap.6.29.

Note return to page 18125 Psalme 62.12. rom.2.6.

Note return to page 18126 Mar.9.1. luke 9 27.

Note return to page 18127 [x] By his kingdome is vnderstoode the glory of his ascension, and what foloweth thereof, Ephes.4.10. or the preaching of the Gospel, Mar.9.1.

Note return to page 18128 Marke 9.2. luke 9.28.

Note return to page 18129 [1] Christ is in such sort humble in the Gospel, that in the meane season he is Lord both of heauen and earth.

Note return to page 18130 [a] Luke reckoneth eight dayes, conteyning in that nomber the first and the last, and Matthewe speaketh but of them that were betwixt them.

Note return to page 18131 [b] Changed into an other hewe.

Note return to page 18132 Chap.3.17. 2 pet.1.17.

Note return to page 18133 [c] The article or the word, That seuereth Christ from other children. For he is Gods naturall sonne, we by adoption, therefore he is called the first begotten among the brethren, because that although he be of right the only sonne, yet is hee chiefe among many, in that he is the fountaine and head of the adoption.

Note return to page 18134 [d] Fell downe flat on their faces and worshipped him, as? Chap.2.11.

Note return to page 18135 [e] Which they saw, otherwise the word vsed in this place is properly spoken if that which is seene in a dreame.

Note return to page 18136 Marke 9.11,12.

Note return to page 18137 Mala.4.5. chap.11.14.

Note return to page 18138 Mar.9.14. luke 9.;8.

Note return to page 18139 [2] Men are vnworthie of Christ his goodnesse, yet notwithstanding he regardeth them.

Note return to page 18140 [f] As men that make supplications vse to doe.

Note return to page 18141 [g] They that at certaine times of the moone are troubled with the falling sickenes, or any other kinde of disease: but in this place, we must so take it, that besides the naturall disease, he had a deuilish phrensie.

Note return to page 18142 [3] Incredulitie and distrust, hinder and breake the course of Gods benefits.

Note return to page 18143 Luke 17.6.

Note return to page 18144 [4] The remedie against distrust.

Note return to page 18145 [h] To giue vs to vnderstand the watchfulnes and diligence of earnest prayer, which cannot be without sobrietie.

Note return to page 18146 [5] Our mindes must be prepared more and more against the offence of the crosse.

Note return to page 18147 Chapter 20.17. marke 9.31. luke 9.44. and 7.24.

Note return to page 18148 [6] In that that Christ doeth willingly obey Cesars edicts, he sheweth that ciuil policie is not taken away by the Gospel.

Note return to page 18149 [i] He denieth not, but he asketh.

Note return to page 18150 [k] Ought he not to pay?

Note return to page 18151 [l] They that were from twentie yeeres of age to fiftie, paied halfe a sicle of the Sanctuarie, Exod. 30.13. This was an Attick didrachme which the Romanes exacted after they had subdued Iudea.

Note return to page 18152 [m] By children we must not vnderstande subiects which pay tribute, but naturall children.

Note return to page 18153 [n] The worde here vsed, is stater, which is in value foure didrachmes, euery drachme is about fiue pence.

Note return to page 18154 Marke 9.34. luke 9.46.

Note return to page 18155 [1] Humblenes of minde is the right way to preeminence.

Note return to page 18156 [a] A childe in yeeres.

Note return to page 18157 Chap.19.14. 1.cor.14.20.

Note return to page 18158 [b] A kinde of speach taken from the Hebrewes, and it is as much as, repent.

Note return to page 18159 Marke 9.42. luke 17.2.

Note return to page 18160 [2] We ought to haue great respect to our brethren be they neuer so base: and he that doeth otherwise, shalbe sharpely punished.

Note return to page 18161 [3] A good man can not but goe through the mids of offences, yet he must cut off all occasion of offences.

Note return to page 18162 [c] Lets and hinderances which stop the course of good workes. The Greeke worde importeth thus much. things which we stumble at.

Note return to page 18163 Chap.5.29,30. marke 9.45.

Note return to page 18164 [d] Looke afore, chap.5.29.

Note return to page 18165 [4] The weaker that a man is, the greater care we ought to haue of his saluation, as God teacheth vs by his owne example.

Note return to page 18166 Psal.34.8.

Note return to page 18167 Luke.19.10.

Note return to page 18168 Luke 15.4.

Note return to page 18169 Leuit.19.7. luke 17.3. iames 5.19.

Note return to page 18170 [5] We must labour for concord, not to reuenge iniuries.

Note return to page 18171 [e] If his offence be such, that thou only knowest thy brothers offence.

Note return to page 18172 Deut.19 15. iohn 8.17. 2.cor.13.1. hebr.10 28.

Note return to page 18173 [f] That is, by the worde and witnes, the mouth is sometime taken for the worde or speach, Nomb.3.16. and also for a still witnes, to wit, when the matter speaketh of it selfe, as beneath, chap.21.16.

Note return to page 18174 [g] Sure and certaine.

Note return to page 18175 [6] Hee that contemneth the iudgment of the Church, contemneth God.

Note return to page 18176 [h] Word for word, doe not vouchsafe to heare, or make as though hee did not heare.

Note return to page 18177 [i] He speaketh not of any kinde of policie, but of an ecclesiasticall a&esset;emblie, for he speaketh afterwarde of the power of loosing & binding, which belonged to the Church, and hee hath regard to the order vsed in those dayes, at what time the Elders had the iudgement of Church matters in their hands, Iohn 9. 22. and 12.42. & 16.2. and vsed casting out of the Synagogue for a punishment, as we doe now excommunication.

Note return to page 18178 [k] Prophane, and voyde of religion: such men, the Iewes called Gentiles: whose company they shunned, as they did the Publicanes.

Note return to page 18179 1.Cor.5.4. 2.thes.3.14.

Note return to page 18180 Iohn 20.23.

Note return to page 18181 [l] This worde is translated from the body to the minde, for it belongeth properly to song.

Note return to page 18182 [7] They shal finde God seuere and not to be pleased, which doe not forgiue their brethren although they haue bene diuersly and grieuously iniuried by them.

Note return to page 18183 Luke 17.4.

Note return to page 18184 [m] Here is set downe a very great summe of three score hundred thousand crownes, and a small summe of ten crownes, that the difference may be the greater, for there is no proportion betweene them.

Note return to page 18185 [n] This was a ciuill reuerence which was very vsuall in the East.

Note return to page 18186 [o] Yeelde not too much to thine anger against me: so is God called in the Scripture, slowe to anger, that is to say, gentle, and one that refraineth the storming of his minde, Psal.86.5. patient and of great mercie.

Note return to page 18187 Marke 10.1.

Note return to page 18188 [a] Pa&esset;ed ouer the water out of Galile into the borders of Iudea.

Note return to page 18189 [1] The band of mariage ought not to be broken, vnlesse it be for fornication.

Note return to page 18190 [b] To sende her a booke of diuorcement, afore cap.1.19.

Note return to page 18191 Gene.1.27.

Note return to page 18192 Gene.2.24. 1.cor. 6.16. ephes.5.31.

Note return to page 18193 [c] The Greeke worde importeth to be glewed vnto, whereby is signified that streight knot, which is betweene man and wife, as though they were glewed together.

Note return to page 18194 [d] They which were two, become as it were one: and this worde flesh, is by a figure taken for the whole man, or the body after the maner of the Hebrewes.

Note return to page 18195 [e] Hath made them yoke folowes, as the mariage it selfe is by a borowed kinde of speach called a yoke.

Note return to page 18196 [2] Because politike Lawes are constrained to beare with some things, it followeth not by and by that God alloweth them.

Note return to page 18197 Deut.24.1.

Note return to page 18198 [f] Being occasioned by reason of the hardne&esset;e of your hearts.

Note return to page 18199 [g] By a politike lawe, not by the morall lawe: for this lawe is a perpetuall law of Gods iustice, the other boweth and bendeth as the carpenters Beuell.

Note return to page 18200 Chap.5.32. mar. 10.11. luke 16.18. 1.cor.7.11.

Note return to page 18201 [h] Therefore in these dayes the lawes that were made against adulterers, were not regarded: for they should haue needed no diuorcement, if mariage had bin cut asunder with punishment by death.

Note return to page 18202 [i] If the matter stand so betweene man and wife, or in mariage.

Note return to page 18203 [3] The gift of continencie is peculiar, and therefore no man can set a Law to himselfe of perpetuall continencie.

Note return to page 18204 [k] Receiue and admit, as by translation we say, that a streight and narrow place, is not able to receiue many things.

Note return to page 18205 [l] The worde Eunuch is a generall word, and hath diuers kinds vnder it, as gelded men and bursten men.

Note return to page 18206 [m] Which absteine from mariage, & liue continently through the gift of God.

Note return to page 18207 [4] Infants & litle children are conteined in the free couenant of God.

Note return to page 18208 Mar.10.13 luke 18.15.chap.18.3.

Note return to page 18209 [5] They neither know themselues nor the Lawe, that seeke to be saued by the Lawe.

Note return to page 18210 Mark.10.17. luke 18.18.

Note return to page 18211 Exo.20.13. deu.5 16. rom.13.9.

Note return to page 18212 [n] The yong m&abar; did not answere truely in saying that hee had kept all the commandements: & therefore he layeth out an example of true charitie before him, to shewe the disease that lay lurking in his mind.

Note return to page 18213 [6] Rich men haue neede of a singular gift of God, to escape out of the snares of Satan.

Note return to page 18214 [o] Word for word, it is of le&esset;e labour.

Note return to page 18215 [p] Theophylact noteth that by this worde is meant a cable rope, but Caninius alleageth out of the Thalmudists, that it is a prouerb, & the word, Camel, signifieth the beast it selfe.

Note return to page 18216 Mark.10.28. luke 18.28.

Note return to page 18217 [7] It is not lost, that is neglected for Gods sake.

Note return to page 18218 [q] The regeneration is taken for that day, wherein the elect shall begin to liue a newe life: that is to say, when they shall enioy the heauenly inheritance, both in body and soule.

Note return to page 18219 Luke 22.29.

Note return to page 18220 [8] To haue begun well, and not to continue vnto the end, doeth not onely not profite, but also hurteth very much.

Note return to page 18221 Chap.20.16. mark.10.31. luke 13.30.

Note return to page 18222 [1] God is bound to no man, and therefore he calleth whomsoeuer and whensoeuer he lifteth. This onely euery man ought to take heede of, and hereupon bestowe his whole endeuour, that he goe forward and come to þe; marke without all stopping or staggering, and not curiously to examine other mens doings, or the Iudgements of God.

Note return to page 18223 [a] Word for word, fell in times it is a kinde of speach taken from song.

Note return to page 18224 [b] The last houre: for the day was twelue houres long, and the first houre began at the sunne rising.

Note return to page 18225 [c] Naught, that is to say, doest thou enuie at my goodnes towards them? for the Hebrewes by an euill eye, meane enuie, because such dispositions appeare chiefely in the eyes, as aboue chap.6.23. It is set to answere the word, single, and it is tak&ebar; there, for corrupt: for whereas be saide there afore, ver.22. If thine eye be single, he addeth in the 23. but if thine eye be wicked, or corrupt, the worde being the same in that place, as it is here.

Note return to page 18226 Chap.19.30. and 22.14. mar.10. 31. luke 13.30.

Note return to page 18227 Mar.10.32. luke 18.31.

Note return to page 18228 [2] Christ goeth to þe; crosse necessarily, but yet willingly.

Note return to page 18229 [3] They that least ought, are the greatest persecuters of Christ.

Note return to page 18230 [4] The ignominie of the crosse, is the sure way to the glory of euerlasting life.

Note return to page 18231 Iohn 18.32.

Note return to page 18232 Marke 10.35.

Note return to page 18233 [5] The maner of the heauenly kingdome is quite contrary to the earthly kingdome.

Note return to page 18234 [d] This is spoken by a figure, taking the cup, for that which is conteined in the cup. And againe, the Hebrewes vnderstand by this word Cup, sometime the maner of punishment which is rendred to sinne, as Psal.11.6. or the ioy that is giuen to the faithfull, as Psal.23. 5. and sometime a lot or condition, as Psal.16.5.

Note return to page 18235 [e] This is applied to afflictions, as Dauid commonly vseth.

Note return to page 18236 [f] The almightines of Christ his diuinitie is not shut out by this, but it sheweth the debasing of him selfe by taking mans nature vpon him.

Note return to page 18237 Marke 10.41. luke 22.25.

Note return to page 18238 [g] Somewhat sharply and roughly.

Note return to page 18239 Philip 2.7.

Note return to page 18240 [6] Christ by healing these blinde men with an onely touch, sheweth that he is the only light of the world.

Note return to page 18241 Marke 10.46. luke 18.35.

Note return to page 18242 [h] Him selfe, not by other mens meanes.

Note return to page 18243 Marke 11.1. luke 19.29.

Note return to page 18244 [1] Christ by his humilitie triumphing ouer the pride of this world, ascendeth to true glory by ignominie of the crosse.

Note return to page 18245 [a] He that shall say any thing to you, shall let them go, to wit, the asse and the colte.

Note return to page 18246 Esai.62.11. zac.9.9. iohn 12.15.

Note return to page 18247 [b] The citie of Sion. An Hebrew kinde of speach, common in the lamentations of Ieremie.

Note return to page 18248 [c] Their vppermost garment.

Note return to page 18249 [d] Vpon their garments, not vpon the asse and the colte.

Note return to page 18250 [e] This was an ancient kinde of crying which they vsed in the feast of Tabernacles, wh&ebar; they caried boughs according as God commanded, Leuit. 23.40. And the word is corruptly made of two, for we should say, Hoshiangna, which is as much to say, as Saue I pray thee.

Note return to page 18251 [f] Well be it to him that commeth in the name of the Lord, that is to say, whome the Lorde hath giuen vs for our King.

Note return to page 18252 Marke 11.11. luke 19 45. iohn 2.13.

Note return to page 18253 [g] That is, all the men of Hierusalem were mooued.

Note return to page 18254 Deut.14.25.

Note return to page 18255 Esai.56.6.

Note return to page 18256 Iere.7.11. mar.11. 17. luke 19.46.

Note return to page 18257 [2] Such as should be masters of godlines, are they that do most enuie the glory of Christ: but in vaine.

Note return to page 18258 Psal.9.2.

Note return to page 18259 [h] Thou hast made most perfite. We reade in Dauid, Thou hast established or grounded, and if the matter be considered well, it is all one that the Euangelist saith, for that is stable and sure, which is most perfite

Note return to page 18260 [3] Christ doeth so forsake the wicked, that yet hee hath a consideration and regard of his Church.

Note return to page 18261 [4] Hypocrites shall at length haue their maskes discouered, and their visards plucked from their faces.

Note return to page 18262 Mar.11.12.

Note return to page 18263 [5] How great the force of faith is.

Note return to page 18264 Chap. 17.20.

Note return to page 18265 [i] The Greeke word signifieth a sticking or wauering of minde, so that we cannot tell which way to take.

Note return to page 18266 Chap.7.7. iohn 15.7. 1.ioh.5.14.

Note return to page 18267 Mar.11.27,28. Luke 20.1,2.

Note return to page 18268 [6] Against them which ouerslipping the doctrine, binde the calling and vocation to an ordinarie succession, going about by that false pretext, to stoppe Christes mouth.

Note return to page 18269 [k] Or, by what power.

Note return to page 18270 [l] One word, that is to say, I will aske you in one word.

Note return to page 18271 [m] Iohn his preaching is called by a figure, Baptisme, because he preached the baptisme of repentance, &c. Mark.1.4. acts.19.3.

Note return to page 18272 [n] From God, and so it is plainely seene, how these are set one against an other.

Note return to page 18273 [o] Beat their heads about it, and mused, or layed their heads together.

Note return to page 18274 Chap.14.5. marke 6.20.

Note return to page 18275 [7] It is no newe thing to see them to be the worst of all men, which ought to shew the way of godlines to others.

Note return to page 18276 [p] They make haste to the kingdome of God, and you slacke: so that at least wise you should haue followed their example. Marke then that this word, goe before, is improperly taken in this place, whereas no man followeth.

Note return to page 18277 [q] Liuing vprightly, being of a good and honest conuersation: For the Heabrues vse this word, Way, for life and maners.

Note return to page 18278 [8] Those men oftentimes are the cruellest enemies of the Church, to whose fidelitie it is committed: But the vocation of God, is neither tyed to time, place, nor person.

Note return to page 18279 Esai.5.1. iere.2.21. mar.12.1. luke 20.9.

Note return to page 18280 [r] Made the place strong: For a tower is the strongest place of a wall.

Note return to page 18281 Chap 26.3.4. and 27. 1.iohn 11.53.

Note return to page 18282 [s] Worde for word, let vs holde it fast.

Note return to page 18283 [t] A kinde of prouerbe, shewing what ende the wicked are worthy of.

Note return to page 18284 Psal.118.22. acts.4.11. rom.9.33.

Note return to page 18285 [u] Master builders, which are chiefe builders of the house, that is, of the Church.

Note return to page 18286 [x] Began to be.

Note return to page 18287 [y] The chiefest stone in the corner is called the head of the corner: which beareth vp the couplings or ioynts of the whole building.

Note return to page 18288 [z] That matter (in that the stone which was cast away, is made the head) is the Lorde doing, which we behold and greatly marueile at.

Note return to page 18289 [a] They bring foorth the fruites of the kingdome of God, which bring foorth the fruites of the spirit, and not of the flesh, Gal.5.

Note return to page 18290 Esai 8.14.

Note return to page 18291 [b] As chaffe vseth to bee scattered with the winde, for hee vseth a word which signifieth properly, to separate the chaffe fr&obar; the corne with winnowing, and to scatter it abroade.

Note return to page 18292 [8] The wicked can do nothing, but what God will.

Note return to page 18293 Luke 14.16. reuel.19.9.

Note return to page 18294 [1] Not all the whole company of them that are called by the voyce of the Gospel, are the true Church before God: for the most part of them had rather folowe the commodities of this life: and some doe most cruelly persecute those that call them: but they are the true Church, which obey when they are called, such as for the most part they are, whome the world despiseth.

Note return to page 18295 [a] The word here vsed is commonly vsed in sacrifices, and is by translation vsed for other feastes also: For feastes and banquets were wont to be begonne with sacrifices.

Note return to page 18296 [2] A dreadfull destruction of them that contemne Christ.

Note return to page 18297 [b] The mariage feast.

Note return to page 18298 [3] God doth first call vs, when we thinke nothing of it.

Note return to page 18299 [c] The generall calling offereth the Gospell to all men: but their life is examined that enter in.

Note return to page 18300 [4] In the small nomber which come at the calling, there are some castawayes which doe not confirme their faith with newnesse of life.

Note return to page 18301 [d] Worde for word, haultered, that is to say, hee helde his peace, as though he had had a bridle or an haulter about his necke.

Note return to page 18302 [e] To them that serued the ghestes.

Note return to page 18303 Chap.8.12. and 13.42. and 25.30.

Note return to page 18304 Chap.20.16.

Note return to page 18305 Marke 12.13. luke 20.20.

Note return to page 18306 [f] Snare him in his wordes or talke. The Greeke worde is deriued of snares which hunters lay.

Note return to page 18307 [g] They which with Herod made a newe religion, patched together of the heathenish and of the Iewish religion.

Note return to page 18308 [h] Truely and sincerely.

Note return to page 18309 [i] Thou art not moued with any appearance and outward shewe.

Note return to page 18310 [5] The Christians must obey their Magistrates, although they be wicked and extortioners, but so farre forth as the authoritie that God hath ouer vs may remaine safe vnto him, and his honour be not diminished.

Note return to page 18311 [k] The worde that is vsed here, signifieth a valewing and rating of mens substance, accoding to the proportion whereof they paied tribute in those prouinces, which were subiect to tribute, and it is here taken for the tribute is selfe.

Note return to page 18312 [l] Before, Chap.17.24. there is mention made of a didrachme, and here, of a peny, where as a didrachme is more by the seuenth part then a peny: so that there seemeth to be a iarre in these two places: but they may easily be accorded thus: The peny was payed to the Romanes for tribute, according to the proportion they were rated at, the drachme was payed of euery one to the Temple, which also the Romanes tooke to themselues when they had subdued Iudea.

Note return to page 18313 Marke 12.17. luke 20.25. rom.13.7.

Note return to page 18314 [6] Christ voucheth the resurrection of the flesh against the Sadduces.

Note return to page 18315 Marke 12.18. luke 20.27. acts 23.8.

Note return to page 18316 Deut 25.5.

Note return to page 18317 [m] Vnder which name are daughters also comprehended, but yet as touching the familie and name of a man, because hee that left daughters was in no better case, then if he had left no children at all, (for they were not reckoned in the familie) by the name of children are Sonnes vnderstoode.

Note return to page 18318 [n] He sayth not that they shalbe without bodies, for then they should not be men any more, but they shalbe as Angels, for they shall neither marie nor be maried.

Note return to page 18319 Exod 3.6 marke 12.27.

Note return to page 18320 Marke 12.28.

Note return to page 18321 [7] The Gospel doeth not abolish the precepts of the Lawe, but doeth rather confirme them.

Note return to page 18322 [o] A Scribe, so saith Mar.12.28. now what a Scribe in, looke Chap.24.

Note return to page 18323 Deut.6.5.

Note return to page 18324 [p] The Hebrew text readeth, Deut. 6.5. with thine heart, soule, & strength: and in Mark.12.30. and Luke 10.27. we reade, with soule, heart, strength, and thought.

Note return to page 18325 Mar.12.31. rom.13.9. gala.5.14. iames 2.8.

Note return to page 18326 [q] An other man.

Note return to page 18327 [8] Christ proueth manifestly that he is Dauids sonne according to the flesh, but otherwise, Dauids Lord, and very God.

Note return to page 18328 Mark.12.35. luke 10.41.

Note return to page 18329 [r] Of whose stocke or familie? for the Hebrewes call a mans posteritie, sonnes.

Note return to page 18330 Psal.110.1.

Note return to page 18331 [1] We ought to heare whatsoeuer any wicked teachers teache vs purely out of the worde of God, yet so that we eschewe their euil maners.

Note return to page 18332 Nehe.8.4.

Note return to page 18333 [a] Because God appointed the order, therefore the Lord would haue his worde to be heard euen from the mouth of hypocrites and hirelings.

Note return to page 18334 [b] Prouided alwayes, that they deliuer Moses his doctrine which they professe, which thing the Metaphore of the seate sheweth, which they occupied as teachers of Moses his learning.

Note return to page 18335 Luke 11.46. act.15.10.

Note return to page 18336 [2] Hypocrites for the most part are most seuere exactors of those things, which they them selues chiefly neglect.

Note return to page 18337 [3] Hypocrites are ambitious.

Note return to page 18338 [c] It was a thread, or ribband of blewe silke in the frindge of a corner, the beholding whereof made them to remember the lawes and ordinances of God: and therefore was it called a phylacterie, as ye would say, a keeper, Nom. 15.38. deut.6.8. which order the Iewes afterwarde abused, as they doe nowe a dayes, which hang Saint Iohns Gospels about their necks: a thing condemned many yeeres agoe in the Councill of Antioch.

Note return to page 18339 [d] Worde for worde, Twisted ta&esset;els of thread which hanged at the nethermost hemmes of their garments.

Note return to page 18340 Nom.15.38. deut.22.12. mark.12.38.

Note return to page 18341 Luke 11.43. and 20.46.

Note return to page 18342 [e] When a&esset;emblies and councils are gathered together.

Note return to page 18343 [f] This worde Rab, signifieth one that is aboue his fellowes, and is as good as a number of them: and we may see by the repeating of it, howe proude a title it was. Nowe they were called Rabbi, which by saying on of hands were vttered and declared to the world to be wise men.

Note return to page 18344 Iames 3.1.

Note return to page 18345 [4] Modestie is a singular ornament of Gods ministers.

Note return to page 18346 [g] Seeke not ambitiously after it: for our Lord doeth not forbid vs to giue the Magistrate and our Masters the honour that is due to them, Augstinus de sermone verbi Domini ex Matth.cap.11.

Note return to page 18347 [h] He seeemeth to allude to a place of Esai, chap.54. 13. and Iere.31.34.

Note return to page 18348 Malac.1.6.

Note return to page 18349 [i] He shooteth at a fashion which the Iewes vsed, for they called the Rabbins our fathers.

Note return to page 18350 [k] It seemeth that the Scribes did very griedily hunt after such titles, whome verse 16. he calleth blinde guides.

Note return to page 18351 Luke 14.11. and 18.14.

Note return to page 18352 [l] He seemeth to allude to the name of the Rabbins, for Rab signifieth one that is aloft.

Note return to page 18353 [5] Hypocrites can abide none to be better then them selues.

Note return to page 18354 [m] Christ when he reproueth any man sharpely, vseth this worde, to giue vs to vnderstande that there is nothing more detestable then hypocrisie and falshoode in religion.

Note return to page 18355 [n] Which are euen at the doore.

Note return to page 18356 Marke 12.40. luke 20.47.

Note return to page 18357 [6] It is a common thing amongst hypocrites, to abuse the pretence of zeale to couetousnes and extortion.

Note return to page 18358 [o] Word for worde, vnder a colour of long praying. And this worde, Euen, noteth a double naughtines in them: the one, that they deuoured widowes goods: the other, that they did it vnder a colour of godlines.

Note return to page 18359 [p] The drye part: nowe that part of the earth is called drie, which the Lord hath giuen vs to dwell vpon.

Note return to page 18360 [q] Is a detter. Sinnes are called in the Syrian tongue, Debtes, and it is certaine that Christ spake in the Syrian tongue.

Note return to page 18361 [r] Causeth the golde to be counted holy, which is dedicate to an holy vse.

Note return to page 18362 1.King.8.13. 2 chro.6.2.

Note return to page 18363 Chap.5.34.

Note return to page 18364 [s] If heauen be Gods throne, then is he no doubt aboue all this world.

Note return to page 18365 [7] Hypocrites are carefull in trifles, and neglect the greatest things of purpose.

Note return to page 18366 Luke 11.42.

Note return to page 18367 [t] Faithfulnes in keeping of promises.

Note return to page 18368 [8] Hypocrites are too much carefull of outwarde things, and the inward they vtterly contemne.

Note return to page 18369 Luke 11.39.

Note return to page 18370 [9] Hypocrites when they goe most about to couer their wickednes, then doe they by the iust iudgement of God, shame themselues.

Note return to page 18371 [u] A prouerbe vsed of the Iewes, which hath this meaning, Go ye on also, and follow your ancesters, that at length your wickednes may come to the full.

Note return to page 18372 [x] Looke Chap.5. verse 22.

Note return to page 18373 [10] Hypocrites be cruell.

Note return to page 18374 [11] The ende of them which persecute the Gospel, vnder the pretence of zeale.

Note return to page 18375 Gene.4.8.

Note return to page 18376 [y] Of Ioiada, who was also called Barach-Iah, that is, ble&esset;ed of the Lord.

Note return to page 18377 2.Chro.24.22.

Note return to page 18378 [12] Where the mercy of God was greatest, there was greatest wickednes and rebellion, and at length the most sharpe iudgements of God.

Note return to page 18379 Luke 13.34.

Note return to page 18380 [z] He speaketh of the outward ministerie, and as hee was promised for the sauing of this people, so was he also carefull for it, euen from the time that the promise was made to Abraham.

Note return to page 18381 Marke 13.1. luke 21.5,6.

Note return to page 18382 [1] The destruction of the citie and especially of the Temple is foretolde.

Note return to page 18383 Luke 19.44.

Note return to page 18384 [2] The Church shall haue a continuall conflict with infinite miseries and offences, and that more is, with false prophets, vntill the day of victorie and triumph commeth.

Note return to page 18385 Ephes.5.6. col.2.18.

Note return to page 18386 [a] That is, when those things are fulfilled, yet the ende shall not come.

Note return to page 18387 [b] Euery where.

Note return to page 18388 [c] Worde for worde, of great torments, like vnto women in trauaile.

Note return to page 18389 Chap.10.17. luke 21.12. iohn 15.20. and 16.2.

Note return to page 18390 2.Thess.3.13. 2.tim.2.5.

Note return to page 18391 [3] The Gospel shalbe spread abroade, rage the worlde and the deuill neuer so much: and they which doe constantly beleeue, shall be saued.

Note return to page 18392 [d] Ioyfull tydings of the kingdome of heauen.

Note return to page 18393 [e] Through all that part that is dwelt in.

Note return to page 18394 [4] The kingdome of Christ shall not be abolished when the citie of Hierusalem is vtterly destroyed, but shalbe stretched out euen to þe; end of þe; world.

Note return to page 18395 Marke 13.14. luke 21.20.

Note return to page 18396 [f] The abomination of desolation, that is to say, which all men detest and cannot abide, by reason of the foule and shamefull filthinesse of it: and he speaketh of the Idoles that were set vp in the Temple, or as other thinke, he meant the marring of the doctrine in the Church.

Note return to page 18397 Daui.9.27.

Note return to page 18398 [g] This betokeneth the great feare that shall be.

Note return to page 18399 Actes 1.12.

Note return to page 18400 [h] It was not lawfull to take a iourney on the Sabbath day, Iosep. booke 13.

Note return to page 18401 [i] Those thinges which befell the people of the Iewes in the 34. yeeres, when as the whole land was wasted, and at length the citie of Hierusalem taken, and both it and their Temple destroyed, are mixed with those which shall come to passe before the last c&obar;ming of our Lord.

Note return to page 18402 [k] The whole nation should vtterly be destroyed: and this worde Flesh, is by a figure taken for man, as the Hebrues vse to speake.

Note return to page 18403 Marke 13.21. luke 17.23.

Note return to page 18404 [l] Shall openly lay foorth great signes for men to beholde.

Note return to page 18405 Luke 17.37.

Note return to page 18406 [5] The onely remedie against the furious rage of the world, is to be gathered and ioyned to Christ.

Note return to page 18407 [m] Christ, who will come with speede, and his presence will be with a maiestie, to whom all shall flocke euen as Eglis.

Note return to page 18408 Mark.13.24. luk.21.25. esai.13.10. eze.32.7. ioel 2.31. and 3.15.

Note return to page 18409 [6] Euerlasting damnation shalbe the ende of the securitie of the wicked, and euerlasting blisse, of the miseries of the godly.

Note return to page 18410 [n] The exceeding glory and maiestie, which shall beare witnes, that Christ the Lorde of heauen and earth draweth neere to iudge the world.

Note return to page 18411 [o] All nations, and he alludeth to the dispersion which we reade of, Gen.10. and 11. or to the deuiding of the people of Israel.

Note return to page 18412 [p] They shall be in such sorow, that they shall strike themselues: and it is transferred to the mourning.

Note return to page 18413 Reue.1.7. dan.7.13.

Note return to page 18414 [q] Sitting vpon the cloudes, as he was taken vp into heauen.

Note return to page 18415 1.Cor.15.52. 1.thes.4.16.

Note return to page 18416 [r] From the foure quarters of the worlde.

Note return to page 18417 [7] If God hath prescribed a certaine order to nature, much more hath he done so to his eternal iudgem&ebar;ts, but the wicked vnderstand it not, or rather make a mocke at it: but the godly doe marke it, and waite for it.

Note return to page 18418 [s] When his tendernes sheweth that the sap which is the life of the tree, is come from the roote into the barke.

Note return to page 18419 [t] This age: this word Generation or Age, being vsed for the men of this age.

Note return to page 18420 Mark.13.31.

Note return to page 18421 [8] The Lord doth nowe begin the iudgement, which he will make an ende of in the latter day.

Note return to page 18422 [9] It is sufficient for vs to knowe that God hath appointed a latter day for the restoring of all things: but when it shall be, it is hidden fr&obar; vs all, for our profite, that we may be so much the more watchfull, that we be not taken, as they were in olde time in the flood.

Note return to page 18423 Luke 17.26. gene.7. 1.pet.3.20.

Note return to page 18424 [u] The word which the Euangelist vseth, expresseth the matter more fully then ours doth: for it is a word which is proper to bruite beastes: and his meaning is, that in those dayes men shall be giuen to their bellies like vnto bruite beasts: for otherwise it is no fault to eate and drinke.

Note return to page 18425 [10] Against them that perswade, themselues that God will be mercifull to all men, and doe by that meanes giue ouer themselues to sinne, that they may in the meane while liue in pleasure voyde of all care.

Note return to page 18426 Luke 17.36.

Note return to page 18427 [x] The Greeke women and the Barbarians did grind & bake. Plut. booke Proble.

Note return to page 18428 [11] An example of þe; horrible carelessenes of men in those things wherof they ought to be most careful.

Note return to page 18429 Mark.13.35.

Note return to page 18430 Luke 12.39. 1.thess.5.2. reue.16.15.

Note return to page 18431 Luk.12.42.

Note return to page 18432 [y] To wit, from the rest, or will cut him into two partes, which was a most cruell kinde of punishment: wherewith as Iustine martyr witnesseth, Esay the Prophet was executed by the Iewes: the like kind of punishment we reade of, 1.Sam.15.33. and Dan.3.29.

Note return to page 18433 Chap.13.42. and 25.30.

Note return to page 18434 [1] We must desire strength at Gods hand, which may serue vs as a torche while we walke through this darkenesse, to bring vs to our desired end: otherwise if we become slouthfull and negligent as wearie of our paines and trauell, we shall be shut out of the doores.

Note return to page 18435 [a] The pompe of brideales was wont for the most part to be kept in the night seasons, and that by damsels.

Note return to page 18436 [b] Their eyes being heauy with sleepe.

Note return to page 18437 Chap.24.42. Mar.13.35.

Note return to page 18438 Luke 19.12,13.

Note return to page 18439 [2] Christ witnesseth that there shal be a long time, betweene his departure to his father, and his comming againe to vs, but yet notwithstanding that, he will at that day take an account not onely of the rebellious and obstinate, how they haue bestowed that which they receiued of him, but also of his houshold seruants, which haue not through slouthfulnes employed those gifts which he bestowed vpon them.

Note return to page 18440 [c] According to the wisedome and skill in dealing, which was giuen them.

Note return to page 18441 [d] Come & receiue the fruite of my goodnes: nowe the Lords ioy is doubled, Iohn 15.11. that my ioy may remaine in you, and your ioy be fulfilled.

Note return to page 18442 [e] Tablemates which haue their shoppe bulkes or tables set abrode, where they let out money to vsurie.

Note return to page 18443 Chap.13.12. marke 4.25. luke 8.18. and 19.26.

Note return to page 18444 Chap.8.12. and 22.13.

Note return to page 18445 [3] A liuely setting foorth of the euerlasting iudgement which is to come.

Note return to page 18446 [f] Blessed and happie, vpon whom my Father hath most aboundantly bestowed his benefites.

Note return to page 18447 Esa.58.7. ezech.18.7.

Note return to page 18448 Ecclus.7.35.

Note return to page 18449 Psal.6.8. chap.7.23. luke 13.27.

Note return to page 18450 Daniel 12.2. iohn 5.29.

Note return to page 18451 Marke 14.1. luke 22.1.

Note return to page 18452 [1] Christ witnesseth by his voluntarie going to death, that he will make full satisfaction for the sinne of Adam, by his obedience.

Note return to page 18453 [2] God himselfe and not men, appointed tee time that Christ should be crucified in.

Note return to page 18454 Iohn 11.47.

Note return to page 18455 [a] By this woorde Feast, is meant the whole feast of vnleauened bread: the first and eight day whereof were so holy, that they might do no maner of woorke therein, though the whole companie of the Sanhedrin determined otherwise: And yet it came to passe through Gods prouidence, that Christ suffred at that time, to the end that all the people of Israel might be witnesses of his euerlasting sacrifice.

Note return to page 18456 Marke 14.3. iohn 11.2.

Note return to page 18457 [3] By this sudden woorke of a sinnefull woman, Christ giueth the ghestes to vnderstande of his death, and buriall which was nigh: the sauour whereof shall bring life to all sinners which flee vnto him. But Iudas taketh an occasion hereby to accomplish his wicked purpose and counsell.

Note return to page 18458 [b] For these things were done before Christ came to Hierusalem: and yet some thinke that the Euangelistes recite two histories.

Note return to page 18459 [c] These boxes were of alabaster, which in olde time men made hollowe to put in oyntments: for some write, that alabaster keepeth oyntment without corruption, Plinie, booke 13. Chap.1.

Note return to page 18460 [d] This is a figure called Synecdoche: for it is saide but of Iudas that hee was mooued thereat, Iohn 12.4.

Note return to page 18461 [e] Vnprofitable spending.

Note return to page 18462 [4] We ought not rashly to condemne that, which is not orderly done.

Note return to page 18463 Deut.15.11.

Note return to page 18464 [5] Christ who was once anoynted in his owne person, must alwaies be anoynted in the poore.

Note return to page 18465 [f] In that shee powred this oyntment vpon my bodie, shee did it to burie me.

Note return to page 18466 Marke.14.10.

Note return to page 18467 Marke 14.12. luke 22.7.

Note return to page 18468 [6] Christ verely purposing to bring vs into our countrey out of hande, and so to abrogate the figure of the Lawe, fulfilleth the Lawe, neglecting the contrary tradition and custome of the Iewes: and therewithall sheweth that all things shall so come to passe by the ministerie of men, that the secrete counsell of God shall gouerne them.

Note return to page 18469 [g] This was the fourtenth day of the first moneth: and the first day of vnleauened breade shoulde haue ben the fiftenth, but because this daies euening (which after the maner of the Romanes was referred to the day before) did belong by the Iewes maner to the day following, therefore it is called the first day of vnleauened bread.

Note return to page 18470 Lu.22.14.

Note return to page 18471 [h] Because the Lawe appoynted them to be shod, and haue their slaues in their handes, as though they were in hast, thereby it is to be gathered, that they sate not downe wh&ebar; they did eat the Passeouer, but stoode, for otherwise when they went to meate they put off their shoes: therefore he speaketh here in this place, not of the Passeouer, but of the Supper, which was celebrated after that the Passeouer was solemnely done.

Note return to page 18472 Mar.14.18. ioh.13.11.

Note return to page 18473 Psal.41.9.

Note return to page 18474 [i] That is to say, whom I vouchsafed to come to my table, alluding to the place, Psal.41.10. which is not so to be vnderstoode, as though at the self same instant that the Lord spake these wordes, Iudas had had his hand in the dish (for that had bene an vndoubted token) but it is meant of his tabling and eating with him.

Note return to page 18475 [k] Whose head was about nothing els but to betray him.

Note return to page 18476 [7] Christ minding forthwith to fulfil the promises of the old couenant, instituteth a newe couenant with newe signes.

Note return to page 18477 1.Cor.11.24.

Note return to page 18478 [l] Marke saith, Had giuen thankes: and therefore blessing is not a consecrating, with a coniuring kinde of murmuring and force of wordes: and yet the bread and the wine are changed, not in nature but in qualitie, for they become vndoubted tokens of the bodie and blood of Christ, not of their owne nature or force of words, but by Christ his institution, which must be recited and laide forth, that faith may finde what to lay hold on, both in the word & in the elements.

Note return to page 18479 [m] This is a figuratiue speache, which is called Metonymia: that is to say. the putting of one name for another: so calling the bread his body, which is the signe and sacrament of his body: & yet notwithstanding it is so a figuratiue and changed kind of speach, that the faithful doe receiue Christ in deede with all his giftes (though by a spiritual meanes) & become one with him.

Note return to page 18480 [n] Therefore they which tooke away the cuppe from the people, did against Christ his instituti&obar;.

Note return to page 18481 [o] To wit, this cup or wine, is my blood sacramentally, as Luke 22.20.

Note return to page 18482 [p] Or, Couenant, that is to say, whereby the newe league and couenant is made, for in making of leagues, they vsed powring of wine, and sheading of blood.

Note return to page 18483 [q] When they had made an ende of their solemne singing, which some thinke was sixe Psalmes, beginning at the 112. to the 117.

Note return to page 18484 [8] Christ being more carefull of his disciples, then of himselfe, forewarneth them of their flight, and putteth them in better comfort.

Note return to page 18485 Mar.14.27. iohn 16 32.& 18.8.

Note return to page 18486 Zach.13.7

Note return to page 18487 Mar.14.28 and 16.7.

Note return to page 18488 Iohn 13.38. mar.14.30.

Note return to page 18489 Lu.22.39.

Note return to page 18490 [9] Christ hauing regarde to the weakenesse of his disciples, leauing all the rest in safetie, taketh &wt; him but three to be witnesses of his anguish, and goeth of purpose into þe; place apoynted to betray him in.

Note return to page 18491 [r] The worde which he vseth, signifieth great sorowe, and marueilous and deadly griefe: which thing, as it betokeneth the trueth of mans nature, which shunned death as a thing that entred in against nature, so it sheweth that though Christ were voide of sinne, yet hee susteined this horrible punishment, because he felt the wrath of God kindled against vs for sinnes, which hee reuenged and punished in his person.

Note return to page 18492 [10] Christ a true man, going about to suffer the punishment which was due vnto vs, for forsaking of God, is forsaken of his owne: hee hath a terrible conflict with the horrour and feare of the curse of God: out of which he escaping as conquerour, causeth vs not to bee any more afraid of death.

Note return to page 18493 [s] Let it passe mee, and not touche me.

Note return to page 18494 [t] That is, which is at hande, and is offered and prepared for mee: a kinde of speache which the Hebrewes vse, for the wrath of God, and the punishment he sendeth: aboue, Chap.20.22.

Note return to page 18495 [11] An example of the carelessenes of man.

Note return to page 18496 [12] Christ offereth himselfe willingly to be taken, that in so obeying willingly, hee might make satisfaction for the wilfull fall of am.

Note return to page 18497 Marke 14.43. luke 22.47. iohn 18.3.

Note return to page 18498 [u] Sent from the high Priestes.

Note return to page 18499 [13] Christ is taken that we might bee deliuered.

Note return to page 18500 [x] Christ reprehendeth Iudas tauntingly, and rebuketh him sharpely, for he knewe well ynough for what cause he came.

Note return to page 18501 [14] Our vocation must be the rule of our zeale.

Note return to page 18502 Gen.9.5. reuel.13.10.

Note return to page 18503 [y] They take the sword to whom the Lord hath not giu&ebar; it, that is to say, they which vse the sword, and are not called to it.

Note return to page 18504 [15] Christ was taken, because he was willing to bee taken.

Note return to page 18505 [z] By this questioning, hee answereth a slye obiection, for they might haue asked him, why he did not in this his great extremitie of danger, call to his Father for aide: but to this he answereth by a question.

Note return to page 18506 Isai.35,10.

Note return to page 18507 Verse 31.

Note return to page 18508 Marke 14.53. luke 22.54. iohn 18.14.

Note return to page 18509 [16] Christ being innocent is condemned of the high Priest for that wickednesse whereof we are guiltie.

Note return to page 18510 [a] From Annas to Caiaphas, before whome the multitude was assembled, Iohn 18.13.

Note return to page 18511 [b] The woorde here vsed, signifieth properly an open large roume before an house, as we see in Kings palaces and noble mens houses: we call it a court, for it is open to the aire, and by a figure Synecdoche, is taken for the house it selfe.

Note return to page 18512 Marke 14.55.

Note return to page 18513 Iohn 2.19.

Note return to page 18514 [c] Howe commeth is to passe that these men witnesse against thee?

Note return to page 18515 Chap.16.27. rom.14.10. 1.thessal.4.14.

Note return to page 18516 [d] This word distinguisheth his first comming from the latter.

Note return to page 18517 [e] Sitting with God in like and equall honour at the right hand of his power, that is, in greatest power: for the right hand signifieth am&obar;g the Hebrewes, that that is mightie and of great power.

Note return to page 18518 [f] Cloudes of heauen. Looke afore, Chap.24.30.

Note return to page 18519 [g] This was an vsuall matter among the Iewes: for so were they bounde to doe, when they heard any Israelite to blaspheme God, and it was a tradition of their Talmude in the booke of the Magistrates, in the title, of the foure kindes of death.

Note return to page 18520 Esai.50.6.

Note return to page 18521 Marke 14.60. luke 22.55. iohn 18.29.

Note return to page 18522 [17] Peter by the wonderfull prouidence of God, appointed to be a witnesse of al these things, is prepared to the example of singular constancie, by the experience of his owne incredulitie.

Note return to page 18523 [h] That is, without the place where the Bishop sate, but not without the house, for afterward he went from thence into the porche.

Note return to page 18524 [i] He swore, and cursed himselfe.

Note return to page 18525 Marke 15.1. luke 22.66. iohn 18.28.

Note return to page 18526 [1] An example of the horrible iudgement of God as wel against them which sell Christ, as against them which buy Christ.

Note return to page 18527 [a] Out of mens sightes.

Note return to page 18528 Actes 1.18.

Note return to page 18529 [b] The treasure of the temple.

Note return to page 18530 [c] Of life & death.

Note return to page 18531 [d] Strangers and ghestes, whome the Iewes coulde not abide to be ioyned vnto, no not after they were dead.

Note return to page 18532 Actes 1.19.

Note return to page 18533 [e] Seeing this prophecie is read in Zach.11.12.it cannot be denied but Ieremies name crept into the text, either through the printers fault, or by some others ignorance: it may be also that it came out of the margine, by reason of the abbreviation of the letters, the one being iou, the other zou, which are not much vnlike: But in the Syrian text the Prophets name is not set downe at all.

Note return to page 18534 Zacha.11.12.

Note return to page 18535 [f] The Euangelist doeth not follow the Prophets wordes, but his meaning, which he sheweth to be fulfilled.

Note return to page 18536 [2] Christ holdeth his peace when he is accused, that we may not be accused: acknowledging our guiltines, and therewithall his owne innocencie.

Note return to page 18537 Mark.15.2. luke 23.3. iohn 18.33.

Note return to page 18538 [3] Christ is first quitted of the same iudge, before he be condemned, that we might see how the iust died for the vniust.

Note return to page 18539 Marke 15.11. luke 23 18. iohn 18.40. actes 3.14.

Note return to page 18540 [4] Christ being quit by the testimonie of the Iudge himselfe, is notwithstanding condemned by the same to quit vs before God.

Note return to page 18541 [g] It was a maner in olde time, when any man was murthered and in other slaughters, to wash their hands in water to declare them selues guiltlesse.

Note return to page 18542 [h] Of the murder, an Hebrewe kinde of speache.

Note return to page 18543 [i] If there be any offence committed in slaying him, let vs and our posteritie smart for it.

Note return to page 18544 Marke 15.16. iohn 19.2.

Note return to page 18545 [5] Christ suffereth that reproche which was due to our sinnes, notwithstanding in the meane time by the secret prouidence of God, he is intituled King by them which did him that reproch.

Note return to page 18546 [k] They cast a cloke about him, and wrapped it about him, for it lacked sleeues.

Note return to page 18547 [l] Iohn and marke make mention of a purple robe, which is also a very pleasant redde. But these prophans and malepert sawsie souldiers clad Iesus in this aray to mocke him withall, who was in deede a true King.

Note return to page 18548 Mar.15.21. luk.23.26.

Note return to page 18549 [m] They compelled Simon to beare his burdensome crosse, whereby it appeareth that Iesus was so sore handled before, that he fainted by the way, & was not able to beare his crosse through: for Iohn writeth that he did beare the crosse, to wit, the beginning.

Note return to page 18550 Marke 15.22. iohn 19.17.

Note return to page 18551 [6] He is led out of the citie, that we may be brought into the heauenly kingdome.

Note return to page 18552 [7] Christ found no c&obar;fort any where, that in him wee might be filled with all comfort.

Note return to page 18553 [8] He is made a curse, that in him we may be blessed: he is spoyled of his garments, that we might be enriched by his nakednes.

Note return to page 18554 Psal.22.18. marke 15.24.

Note return to page 18555 [9] He is pronounced the true Messias, euen of them of wh&obar; he is reiected.

Note return to page 18556 [10] Christ began then to iudge the worlde, when after his iudgement he hung betwixt two theeues.

Note return to page 18557 [11] To make ful satisfaction for vs, Christ suffereth and ouercommeth, not onely the torments of the body, but also the most horrible torments of þe; mind.

Note return to page 18558 Iohn 2.19.

Note return to page 18559 Psal.22.9.

Note return to page 18560 [n] This is spoken by the figure Synecdoche, for there was but one of them that did reuile him.

Note return to page 18561 [12] Heauen it selfe is darkened for very horror, & Iesus crieth out from the depth of hel, & in the meane while he is mocked.

Note return to page 18562 Psal.22.1.

Note return to page 18563 [o] To wit, in this miserie: And this crying out is proper to his humanitie, which notwithstanding was voyde of sinne, but yet it felt the wrath of God, which is due to our sinnes.

Note return to page 18564 [p] They allude to Elias name, not for want of vnderstanding the tongue, but of a prophane impudencie and sausines, and he repeated those wordes, to the ende that this better harping vpon the name, might be vnderstoode.

Note return to page 18565 Psal.69.22.

Note return to page 18566 [13] Christ after he had ouercome other enemies, at length prouoketh & setteth vp&obar; death it selfe.

Note return to page 18567 [14] Christ when he is dead, sheweth himself to be God almighty eu&ebar; his enemies confessing þe; same.

Note return to page 18568 2.Chr.3.14.

Note return to page 18569 [q] Which deuided the holiest of al.

Note return to page 18570 [r] That is to say, the stones claue in suder, & the graues did open themselues to shew by this token, that death was ouercome: & the resurrecti&obar; of the dead followed the resurrecti&obar; of Christ, as appeareth by the next verse following.

Note return to page 18571 [15] Christ is huried, not priuilie or by stealth, but by the Gouernours consent by a famous man, in a place not farre distant, in a newe sepulchre, so that it cannot be doubted of his death.

Note return to page 18572 Marke 15.42. luke 23.50. iohn 19.38.

Note return to page 18573 [16] The keeping of the sepulchre is committed to Christes owne murderers, that there might be no doubt of his resurrection.

Note return to page 18574 [s] The souldiers of the garison which were appointed to keepe the Temple.

Note return to page 18575 Marke 16.5. iohn 20.11.

Note return to page 18576 [1] Christ hauing put death to flight in the sepulchre, riseth by his owne power, as straightway the Angel witnesseth.

Note return to page 18577 [a] At the going out of the Sabbath, that is, about day breake after the Romanes count, which recken the naturall day, fr&obar; the sunne rising to the next sunne rising: and not as the Hebrewes, which count from euening to euening.

Note return to page 18578 [b] When the morning of the first day after the Sabbath began to dawne: and that first day is the same, which we nowe call Sunday, or the Lordes day.

Note return to page 18579 [c] The beames of his eyes, and by the figure Synecdoche, for the countenance.

Note return to page 18580 [d] The worde (Ye) is spoken with force to confirme the women, nowe that the souldiers were afraide.

Note return to page 18581 [2] Christ appeareth himselfe after his resurrection, and sending the women to his disciples, sheweth that he hath not forgotten them.

Note return to page 18582 [3] The more the sunne shineth, the more are the wicked blinded.

Note return to page 18583 [e] For it was to be feared, that it would be brought to the Gouernours eares.

Note return to page 18584 [4] Christ appeareth also to his disciples, when he maketh Apostles.

Note return to page 18585 Hebr.1.2. chap.11.27. iohn 17.2.

Note return to page 18586 Mark.16.15.

Note return to page 18587 [5] The summe of the Apostleship, is the publishing of the doctrine receiued of Christ throughout all the world, and the ministring of the Sacraments: the efficacie of which things, hangeth not of the ministers, but of the Lorde.

Note return to page 18588 [f] Calling vpon the name of the Father, the Sonne, and the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 18589 Iohn 14.16.

Note return to page 18590 [g] For euer: and this place is meant of the maner of the presence of his spirite, by meanes whereof he maketh vs partakers both of himselfe and of all his benefites, but is absent from vs in body.

Note return to page 18591 [1] Iohn goeth before Christ as it was forespoken by the Prophets.

Note return to page 18592 [a] This is the figure Metonymia, wherby is meant the bookes of the Prophets, Malachie and Esay.

Note return to page 18593 Mal.3.1.

Note return to page 18594 [b] The Prophet vseth the present tence, when he speaketh of a thing to come, being as sure of it, as if he sawe it.

Note return to page 18595 [c] A Metaphor taken from the vsage of Kings, which vse to haue vshers go before them.

Note return to page 18596 Isa.40.3. luk.3.4. ioh.1.15.

Note return to page 18597 [2] The summe of Iohns doctrine, or rather Christs is remission of sinnes and amendment of life.

Note return to page 18598 Mat.3.1.

Note return to page 18599 [d] The Iewes vsed many kindes of wasshings: but here is spoken of a peculiar kind of wasshing, which hath all the partes of true baptisme, amendement of life, and forgiuenesse of sinnes.

Note return to page 18600 Matth.3.4.

Note return to page 18601 Leuit.11.22.

Note return to page 18602 Matth.3.11. luke 3.16. iohn 1.26. actes 1.5. & 2.4. & 11.16. and 19.4.

Note return to page 18603 [3] Iohn and all ministers cast their eyes vpon Christ the Lord.

Note return to page 18604 [e] The Euangelist his meaning was to expresse the condition of the basest seruant.

Note return to page 18605 [f] He sheweth that all the force of baptisme proceedeth from Christ, who baptiseth within.

Note return to page 18606 Matth.3.13. luke 3.21. iohn 1.33.

Note return to page 18607 [4] Christ doeth consecrate our baptisme in himselfe.

Note return to page 18608 [5] The vocation of Christ from heauen, as head of the Church.

Note return to page 18609 [g] Iohn that went downe into the water with Christ.

Note return to page 18610 [h] Looke Mat.3.17.

Note return to page 18611 Mat.4.1. lu.4.1. hebr.2.18.

Note return to page 18612 [6] Christ being tempted ouercommeth.

Note return to page 18613 [i] Here is no violent and forcible driuing out meant: but the diuine power claddeth Christ (who had liued vntil this time as a priuate man) with a newe person, & prepareth him to the combate that was at hande, and to his ministerie.

Note return to page 18614 Mat.4.12. luk.4. 14. iohn 4.43.

Note return to page 18615 [7] After that Iohn is taken, Christ sheweth himselfe fullie.

Note return to page 18616 Mat.4.18. luke 5.2.

Note return to page 18617 [8] The calling of Simon & Andrew.

Note return to page 18618 [9] The calling of Iames and Iohn.

Note return to page 18619 Mat.4.13. luke 4.31.

Note return to page 18620 [k] From the citie Nazareth.

Note return to page 18621 Mat.7.28. luke 4 32.

Note return to page 18622 [10] He preacheth that doctrine, by which alone Satan is driue out of the world, which also he confirmeth by a miracle.

Note return to page 18623 [l] Word for word, a man in an vncleane spirit, that is to say, possessed with an euill spirite.

Note return to page 18624 [m] Hee was borne in Bethleem, but through the errour of the people, he was called a Nazarean, because hee was brought vp in Nazareth.

Note return to page 18625 [n] He alludeth to that name that was written in the golden plate which the high Priest wore, Exod.28.36.

Note return to page 18626 [o] Looke beneath, chap.9.20.

Note return to page 18627 [p] As men amased.

Note return to page 18628 [q] By his owne authoritie, or as a Lord.

Note return to page 18629 [r] Not onely into Galile, but also into the countries bordering vpon it.

Note return to page 18630 Matt.8.14. luke 4.38.

Note return to page 18631 [11] By healing of diuers diseases, he sheweth that he hath brought true life into the world.

Note return to page 18632 [s] For it belongeth not to the deuils to preach the Gospel, Acts 16,18.

Note return to page 18633 [t] Villages which were as Cities.

Note return to page 18634 Matt.8.2. luke 5.12.

Note return to page 18635 [12] By healing the leprous, he sheweth that he came for this cause, to wipe out þe; sinnes of the world with his touching.

Note return to page 18636 [13] He witnesseth that he was not mooued with ambition, but with the onely desire of his Fathers glory, and loue towardes poore sinners.

Note return to page 18637 [u] All the posteritie of Aaron might iudge of a Leper.

Note return to page 18638 Leuit.14.4.

Note return to page 18639 Luke 5.15.

Note return to page 18640 Matt.9.1. luke 5.18.

Note return to page 18641 [1] Christ sheweth by healing this man which was sicke of the palsie, that men recouer in him through faith onely, al their strength which they haue lost.

Note return to page 18642 [a] In the house where he vsed to remaine: for hee chose Capernaum to dwell in, and left Nazareth.

Note return to page 18643 [b] Neither the house nor the entrie was able to holde them.

Note return to page 18644 [c] They brake vp the vpper part of the house, which was plaine, & let downe the man that was sicke of the palsie into the lower part where Christ preached, for they could not otherwise come into his sight.

Note return to page 18645 [d] The word signifieth the worst kinde of bed, where upon men vse to laie downe themselues at noonetide, and such other times to refresh themselues: we call it a couche.

Note return to page 18646 [e] In their mindes disputing vpon that matter, on both sides.

Note return to page 18647 Iob 14.4. isai 43.25.

Note return to page 18648 [f] Word for worde, past themselues, or out of their wittes.

Note return to page 18649 [2] The Gospel offendeth þe; proude, and saueth the humble.

Note return to page 18650 Mat.9.9. luke 5.27.

Note return to page 18651 [g] Matthewes other name.

Note return to page 18652 1.Tim.1.13.

Note return to page 18653 Mat.9.14. luke 5.33.

Note return to page 18654 [3] The superstitious and hypocrits do rashly put the summe of godlines in things indifferent, and are here for three causes reprehended. First, for that not considering what euery maus strength is able to beare, they rashly make all maner of lawes concerning such things, without all discretion.

Note return to page 18655 Matt.12.1. luke 6.1.

Note return to page 18656 [4] Secondarily, for that they make no differ&ebar;ce betweene the lawes which God made concerning the same things, and lawes that are made of things which are vtterly vnlawfull.

Note return to page 18657 [h] Word for word, on the Sabbaths, that is, on the holy daies.

Note return to page 18658 1.Sam.21.6.

Note return to page 18659 [i] 1.Sam.21.1. He is called Achimedech and his sonne Abiathar, but by conference of other places, it is plaine, that both of them had two names, Zooke 1.Chro.24.6. 2.Sam.8.17. and 25.29. 1.King.2. 26. 2.King 25.18.

Note return to page 18660 Exod.29.33. leu.8.31. & 24 9.

Note return to page 18661 [k] Hath the Sabbath day in his power, & may rule it as him listeth.

Note return to page 18662 Mat.12.9. luke 6.6.

Note return to page 18663 [1] Thirdly, for that they preferred the ceremoniall lawe (which was but an appendant to the morall lawe) before the morall lawe. Whereas contrariwise, they should haue learned out of this, the true vse of the ceremoniall lawe.

Note return to page 18664 [a] That is, vnprofitable and dead.

Note return to page 18665 [b] A figuratiue speach, by the figure Synecdoche. For this kinde of saying, To saue the life, is as much, as to saue the man.

Note return to page 18666 [c] Men, when they haue wrong done vnto them, are angrie, but not without vice: but Christ is angrie without vice, neither is he sory so much for the iniurie that is done to his owne person, as for their wickednesse: and therefore he had pitie vpon them, and for that cause is he saide to haue mourned.

Note return to page 18667 [d] As though their heart had beene so closed vp, & growê together, that whole some doctrine could preuaile no more with them.

Note return to page 18668 [2] The more the trueth is kept vnder, the more it commeth out.

Note return to page 18669 [e] Looke Mat.22.36.

Note return to page 18670 [f] Which Iosephus calleth stonie or rockie.

Note return to page 18671 [g] Should alwaies be readie for him.

Note return to page 18672 [h] Diseases wherewith God scourgeth men as it were with whippes.

Note return to page 18673 [i] In them whome they had entred into: or by the figure called Metonymia, for th&ebar; which were vexed with the vncleane spirites.

Note return to page 18674 Chap.6.7. mat. 10.1. luke 9.1.

Note return to page 18675 [3] The twelue Apostles are set apart to be trained vp to the office of the Apostleship.

Note return to page 18676 [k] Chose & appointed out twelue to be familiar and conuersant with him.

Note return to page 18677 [l] Whom Luke also calleth Iudas: and for difference sake, the other Iudas is called Iscariot.

Note return to page 18678 [m] The disciples wh&obar; Christ had taken to be of his traine and to liue with him, come home to his house, to be with him alwaies after.

Note return to page 18679 [4] None are worse enemies of þe; Gospel, then they that least ought.

Note return to page 18680 [n] Word for word, they þt; were of him, that is, his kinsfolks: for they that were mad were brought to their kinsmen.

Note return to page 18681 Mat.9.34. & 12. 24. luke 11.15.

Note return to page 18682 [o] Satans impes or bande.

Note return to page 18683 Matth.18.31. luke 12.10. 1.iohn 5.16.

Note return to page 18684 [5] They onely are without hope of saluation, which do maliciously oppugne Christ, whom they know.

Note return to page 18685 [p] These are the wordes of the Euangelist.

Note return to page 18686 Matth.12.46. luke 8.19.

Note return to page 18687 [q] Vnder this name Brother, the Hebrewes vnderstand all that are of the same stocke and kinred.

Note return to page 18688 [6] The spirituall kindred is farre otherwise to be accounted of, then the carnall or fleshly.

Note return to page 18689 Matth.13.1. luke 8.4.

Note return to page 18690 [a] Sea side of Tiberias.

Note return to page 18691 [b] In a ship which was launched into the sea.

Note return to page 18692 [1] The selfe same doctrine of the Gospel is sowen euery where, but it hath not like successe in deede through the fault of man, but yet by the iust iudgement of God.

Note return to page 18693 [c] Word for word, solitarie.

Note return to page 18694 [d] They that followed him at the heeles.

Note return to page 18695 [e] That is to say, to strangers, and such as are none of ours.

Note return to page 18696 Esai.6.9. matth.13.14. luke 8.10. iohn 12.40. actes 28.26. rom.11.8.

Note return to page 18697 [f] Which pertaine to this life.

Note return to page 18698 1.Tim.6.17.

Note return to page 18699 [2] Although the light of the Gospel be reiected of the world, yet it ought to be lighted, if it were for no other cause then this, that the wickednes of the world might be made manifest.

Note return to page 18700 Matth.5.15. luke 8.16. and 11.33.

Note return to page 18701 Matt. 10.26. luke 8.17. and 12.2.

Note return to page 18702 [3] The more liberally that we communicat such gifts as God hath giuen vs with our brethren, the more bountifull wil God be toward vs.

Note return to page 18703 Matth.7.2. luke 6.38.

Note return to page 18704 Matth.13.12. and 25.29. luke 8.18. and 19.20.

Note return to page 18705 [4] The Lord soweth and reapeth after a maner vnknowen to men.

Note return to page 18706 [g] That is, when he hath done sowing, should pa&esset;e the time both day and night, nothing douting but that the seede would spring, which groweth both day and night.

Note return to page 18707 [h] It is the part of the ministers, to labour the ground with all diligence, and commend the succe&esset;e to God: for that mightie working whereby the seede commeth to blade and eare, is secret, and is onely know&ebar; by the fruite.

Note return to page 18708 [i] By a certaine power which mooueth it selfe.

Note return to page 18709 Matth.13.31. luke 13.19.

Note return to page 18710 [5] God farre otherwise then men vse, beginneth with the least, and endeth with the greatest.

Note return to page 18711 Matth.13.34.

Note return to page 18712 [k] According to the capacitie of the hearers.

Note return to page 18713 [l] Word for word, Loosed, as you would say, read them the hard riddels.

Note return to page 18714 Matth.8.23. luke 8.22.

Note return to page 18715 [6] They that saile with Christ, although he seeme to sleepe neuer so soundly when they are in danger, yet they are preserued of him in time conuenient, being awaked.

Note return to page 18716 [m] How commeth it to pa&esset;e that you haue no faith?

Note return to page 18717 Matth.8.28. luke 8.26.

Note return to page 18718 [1] Many haue the vertue of Christ in admiration, and yet they will not redeeme it with the losse of the least thing they haue.

Note return to page 18719 [a] Looke Mat.8.30.

Note return to page 18720 [b] Word for word, in an vncleane spirit: now they are said to be in the spirit, because the spirit holdeth them fast locked vp, and as it were bound.

Note return to page 18721 [c] That is, a&esset;ure me by an othe, that thou wilt not vexe me.

Note return to page 18722 [d] That deuil that played the me&esset;ager for his felowes.

Note return to page 18723 [e] This whole countrey is for the greater part of it very hilly, for the mountaines of Galaad runne through it.

Note return to page 18724 [f] Strabo in the sixtenth booke saith that in Gadar is there is a standing poole of very naughtie water, which if beastes taste of, they shead their heare, nailes, or houes and hornes.

Note return to page 18725 Matth.9.18. luke 8.41.

Note return to page 18726 [g] The whole companie a&esset;embled not disorderly, but in euery Synagogue there were certaine men which gouerned the people.

Note return to page 18727 [2] Iesus being touched with true faith, although it be but weake, doeth heale vs by his vertue.

Note return to page 18728 [3] Fathers apprehend by faith the promises of life euen for their children.

Note return to page 18729 [4] Such as mocke and scorne Christ, are vnworthy to be witnesses of his goodnesse.

Note return to page 18730 [h] The three disciples.

Note return to page 18731 Matt.13.54. luke 4.16.

Note return to page 18732 [1] The faithlesse world doeth no whit at all diminish the vertue of Christ, but wittingly and willingly depriueth it selfe, of the efficacie of it being offered vnto them.

Note return to page 18733 [a] The worde signifieth powers, or vertues, whereby are meant those wonderfull workes that Christ did, which shewed and set forth the vertue & power of his Godhead to all the world, Mat.7.22.

Note return to page 18734 [b] After the maner of the Hebrewes, who by brethren & sisters, vnderstande all their kinsfolkes.

Note return to page 18735 Mat.13.57. luke 4.24. iohn 4.44.

Note return to page 18736 [c] Not onely that hath that honour which of right is due to him taken from him, but is also euill spoken of and misreported.

Note return to page 18737 [d] That is, hee would not: for we must needes haue faith if we will receiue the workes of God.

Note return to page 18738 Matth.4.23. luke 13.22.

Note return to page 18739 Chap.3.14. matt. 10.1. luke 9.1.

Note return to page 18740 [2] The disciples are prepared to that generall Apostleship, by a peculiar sending foorth.

Note return to page 18741 [3] Faithfull Pastours ought not to haue their mindes set, no not on things that are necessarie for this life, if they may be an hinderance vnto them, be it neuer so litle.

Note return to page 18742 Act.12.8.

Note return to page 18743 [e] The worde signifieth properly womens shooes.

Note return to page 18744 [f] That is, they should take no change of garments with them, that they might be lighter for this iourney, and make more speede.

Note return to page 18745 [g] That is, change not your ynnes in this short iourney.

Note return to page 18746 Mat.10.14. luke 9.5.

Note return to page 18747 [4] The Lord is a most seuere reuenger of his seruants.

Note return to page 18748 Acts.13.51. and 18.6.

Note return to page 18749 Iam.5.14.

Note return to page 18750 [h] That oyle was a token and a signe of this marueilous vertue: and seeing that the gift of healing is ceased a good while since, the ceremonie which is yet reteined of some, is to no purpose.

Note return to page 18751 Matth.14.1. luke 9.7.

Note return to page 18752 [5] The Gospel confirmeth the godly, and vexeth the wicked.

Note return to page 18753 [i] The worde signifieth Powers, whereby is meant the power of working miracles.

Note return to page 18754 [k] Of the olde Prophets.

Note return to page 18755 Luke 3.19.

Note return to page 18756 [l] Commaunded to be beheaded.

Note return to page 18757 Leuit.18.16. and 20.21.

Note return to page 18758 [m] Sought all meanes to doe him hurt.

Note return to page 18759 [n] The tyrant was very well content to heare sentence pronounced against him, but the seede fell vpon stonie places.

Note return to page 18760 [o] Which the same Herodias had not by Herodes Antipas, but by Philip, and Iosephus calleth her Salome.

Note return to page 18761 Matth.14.8.

Note return to page 18762 [p] For women vsed not to sit at table with men.

Note return to page 18763 [q] The worde signifieth one that beareth a dart, and the Kings garde was so called, because they did beare dartes.

Note return to page 18764 Luke 9.10.

Note return to page 18765 [6] Such as followe Christ shall want nothing, no not in the wildernes, but shall haue abundance. And howe wicked a thing is it, not to looke for this transitorie life at his hands, who giueth euerlasting life?

Note return to page 18766 Matth.14.13. luke 9.10.

Note return to page 18767 Matth.9.36. and 14.14.

Note return to page 18768 Luke 9.11.

Note return to page 18769 Matth.14.15.

Note return to page 18770 [r] This is a kinde of demaund and wondring, not without a priuie mocke, which men do commonly vse, when beginning to be in a fume, they denie to doe a thing.

Note return to page 18771 [s] Which is about twentie crownes, which is fiue pound.

Note return to page 18772 Mat.14.17. luke 9.13. iohn 6.9.

Note return to page 18773 [t] Word for word, by bankets, after the maner of the Hebrewes, who haue no distributiues, as Chapter 6.7. Nowe he calleth the rowes of the sitters, bankets.

Note return to page 18774 [u] The worde signifieth, the beds in a garden, and it is worde for worde, by beddes and beds, meaning thereby that they sate downe in rowes one by another, as beddes in a garden.

Note return to page 18775 [7] The faythfull seruants of God after their litle labour, are subiect to a great tempest, which Christ doeth so moderate, being present in power although absent in body, that he bringeth them to an happie hauen, at such time and by such meanes, as they looked not for: A liuely image of the Church tossed to and fro in this worlde.

Note return to page 18776 [x] His disciples.

Note return to page 18777 Mat.14.23. iohn 6.15.

Note return to page 18778 [y] They were so farre from leauing to be amased, when they knewe that it was no spirit, that they were much more astonished then euer they were before, when they sawe the winde and the seas obey his commandement.

Note return to page 18779 [z] Either they perceiued not, or had not well considered that miracle of the fiue loaues, insomuch that that vertue of Christ was no le&esset;e strange to them, then if they had not bene present at that miracle which was done but a litle before.

Note return to page 18780 Mar.14.34.

Note return to page 18781 [8] Christ being reiected in his owne countrey, and arriuing vpon a sudden amongst them of whome he was not looked for, is receiued to their great profite.

Note return to page 18782 [a] Or the hemme of the garment.

Note return to page 18783 Matth.15.2.

Note return to page 18784 [1] None doe more resist the wisdome of God then they that should bee wisest, and that vpon a zeale of their owne traditions: for men doe not please themselues more in any thing then in superstition, that is to say, in a worship of God fondly deuised of themselues.

Note return to page 18785 [a] Word for word, eate bread: a kinde of speache which the Hebrewes vse, taking bread for all kinde of foode.

Note return to page 18786 [b] For the Pharises would not eate their meate with vnwashen hands, because they thought that their hands were defiled with common handling of things, Matth.15.11,12.

Note return to page 18787 [c] Obseruing diligently.

Note return to page 18788 [d] That is to say, from ciuill affaires and worldly, they goe not to meate, vnle&esset;e they wash themselues first.

Note return to page 18789 [e] By these wordes are vnderstood all kindes of ve&esset;els which are appointed for our dayly vse.

Note return to page 18790 [f] Why liue they not? a kinde of speach taken from the Hebrewes: for amongst them, the way is taken for trade of life.

Note return to page 18791 [2] Hypocrisie is alwayes ioyned with superstition.

Note return to page 18792 Isai.29.14.

Note return to page 18793 [3] The more earnest the superstitious are, the more they are mad, in promising them selues Gods sauour by their desertes.

Note return to page 18794 [4] The deuises of superstitious men doe not onely not fulfill the Law of God (as they blasphemously perswade themselues) but also doe vtterly take it away.

Note return to page 18795 [5] True religion, which is cleane contrary to superstition, consisteth in spirituall worship: and all enemies of true religion, although they seeme to haue taken deepe roote, shall be pluckt vp.

Note return to page 18796 Exod 20.12. deut.5.16. ephes.6.2.

Note return to page 18797 Exod.21.17. leuit.20.9. prou. 20.20.

Note return to page 18798 [g] Without hope of pardon, he shalbe put to death.

Note return to page 18799 Matth.15.10?.

Note return to page 18800 [h] For that that goeth into the draught, purgeth all meates.

Note return to page 18801 Gene.6.5. and 8.21.

Note return to page 18802 [i] All kinde of craftine&esset;e whereby men profite themselues by other mens lo&esset;es.

Note return to page 18803 [k] Cankered malice.

Note return to page 18804 Matth.15.21.

Note return to page 18805 [6] That which the proude do reiect when it is offered vnto them, that same doe the modest and humble sinners as it were viol&ebar;tly wring out.

Note return to page 18806 [l] Into the vttermost coastes of Palestine, which were next to Tyrus and Sidon.

Note return to page 18807 [m] By profe&esset;ion, prophane.

Note return to page 18808 [n] Neighbour or neere to Damascus.

Note return to page 18809 [o] He vseth this word Whelpes rather then the word Dogs, that he may seeme to speake more c&obar;tumeliously.

Note return to page 18810 [p] As if she said, It is as thou sayest Lorde, for it is enough for the whelpes, if they can but gather vp the crommes that are vnder the table: therefore I craue the crommes, & not the childrens bread.

Note return to page 18811 [7] As the Father created vs to this life in the beginning in his onely Sonne, so doeth he also in him alone renue vs vnto euerlasting life.

Note return to page 18812 [q] It was a litle countrey, and so called of tenne cities, which the foure gouernments doe runne betwene and compa&esset;e, Plinie, booke 3.chap.8.

Note return to page 18813 Gene.1.31. eccle.39.21.

Note return to page 18814 Matth.15.32.

Note return to page 18815 [a] Word for word, they will fall on sunder, or be di&esset;olued, for when men fall in a sound, their ?sy?nowes fall one from another.

Note return to page 18816 Matth.15.39.

Note return to page 18817 Matth.16.1.

Note return to page 18818 [1] The stubberne enemies of the doctrine of the Gospel, giuing no credite to the miracles already done, require newe: but Christ being angrie with them, doeth vtterly forsake them.

Note return to page 18819 [b] A common kinde of speach, which the Hebrewes vse, whereby is ment that the Pharises went from their houses of purpose, to enco&ubar;ter with him.

Note return to page 18820 [c] These sighes came euen from his heart roote, for the Lord was very much mooued with these mens so great infidelitie.

Note return to page 18821 [d] Word for word, If a signe be giuen: It is a cutted kinde of speach very common among the Hebrewes: wherein some such words as these must be vnderstoode, Let me be taken for a lyer, or some such like. And when they speake out the whole, they say, The Lord doe thus & thus by me.

Note return to page 18822 Matth.16.5.

Note return to page 18823 [2] We must especially take heede of them which corrupt the worde of God, what degree soeuer they be of, either in the Church, or in ciuill policie.

Note return to page 18824 [3] They that haue their minds fixed on earthly things, are vtterly blinde in heauenly things, although they be neuer so plainely set foorth vnto them.

Note return to page 18825 Iohn 6.11.

Note return to page 18826 [e] How commeth it to pa&esset;e, that you vnderstande not these things which are so plaine and euident?

Note return to page 18827 [4] A true image of our regeneration, which Christ, separating vs from the world, worketh and accomplisheth by litle and litle in vs.

Note return to page 18828 [f] He perceiued some moouing of men, when hee coulde not discerne their bodies.

Note return to page 18829 [g] Hee commaunded him againe, to trie in deede, whether hee coulde see well or no.

Note return to page 18830 [5] Christ wil not haue his miracles to be separated from his doctrine.

Note return to page 18831 Matth. 16.13. luke 9.18.

Note return to page 18832 [6] Many praise Christ, which yet notwithstanding spoyle him of his praise.

Note return to page 18833 [7] Christ hath appointed his times to the preaching of the Gospel: and therefore here deferreth it to a more commodious time, least sudden haste should rather hinder then further the mysterie of his comming.

Note return to page 18834 [8] Christ suffred all that he suffred for vs, not vnwillingly, neither vnawares, but foreknowing it, and willingly.

Note return to page 18835 [9] None are more mad then they that are wise beside the word of God.

Note return to page 18836 [h] This is not godly, but worldly wisdome.

Note return to page 18837 [10] The disciples of Christ must beare stoutely, what burden soeuer the Lord layeth vpon them, and subdue the affections of the flesh.

Note return to page 18838 Matt.10.38. and 16.24. luk.9.23. and 14.27.

Note return to page 18839 Mat.10.39. and 16.25. luke.9.24. and 17.33.

Note return to page 18840 [11] They are the most foolish of all men, which purchase the enioying of this life, with the losse of euerlasting blisse.

Note return to page 18841 Mat.10.33. luke 9.26. and 12.9.

Note return to page 18842 Matth.16.28. luke 9.27.

Note return to page 18843 [a] When he shall begin his kingdome through the preaching of the Gospel: that is to say, after the resurrection.

Note return to page 18844 Matth.17.1. luke.9.28.

Note return to page 18845 [a] The heauenly glory of Christ, which should within a short space be abased vpon the crosse, is auouched by visible signes, by the presence and talke of Elias and Moses, and by the voyce of the Father himselfe, before three of his disciples, which are witnesses against whom lieth no exception.

Note return to page 18846 [b] Did sparkle as it were.

Note return to page 18847 [c] They were beside themselues for feare.

Note return to page 18848 Matth.3.17. and 17.5. chap.1.11.

Note return to page 18849 [2] The Lord hath appointed his times for the publishing of the Gospel.

Note return to page 18850 Matth.17.9.

Note return to page 18851 [d] Euen very hardly as it were.

Note return to page 18852 [e] They questioned not together touching the generall resurrection which shalbe in the latter day, but they vnderstoode not, what he ment by that which he spake of his owne peculiar resurrection.

Note return to page 18853 [3] The foolish opinion of the Rabbines is here refelled touching Elias comming, which was that either Elias should rise againe from the dead, or that his soule should enter into some other bodie.

Note return to page 18854 Malach.4.5.

Note return to page 18855 Esai.53.4.

Note return to page 18856 Matth.17.14. luke 9.38.

Note return to page 18857 [4] Christ sheweth by a miracle euen to the vnworthy, that he is come to bridle the rage of Satan.

Note return to page 18858 [f] Vexeth him inwardly, as the colike vseth to doe.

Note return to page 18859 [g] So soone as Iesus had looked vpon the boye that was brought vnto him, the deuil began to rage after his maner.

Note return to page 18860 [h] There is nothing but Christ can and will doe it, for them that beleeue in him.

Note return to page 18861 [5] The neerer that the vertue of Christ is, the more outragiously doeth Satan rage.

Note return to page 18862 [6] We haue neede of faith, and therefore of prayer and fasting, to cast Satan out of his olde possession.

Note return to page 18863 Matth.17.22. luke 9 22.

Note return to page 18864 [i] He and his disciples together.

Note return to page 18865 [7] Christ forewarneth vs with great diligence, to the ende we should not be oppressed with sudden calamities, but the slothfulnes of man is wonderfull.

Note return to page 18866 Matth.18.1. luke 9.46.

Note return to page 18867 [8] Onely humilitie doeth exalt.

Note return to page 18868 [k] Where he was wont to make his abode.

Note return to page 18869 [l] He doeth not only receiue me, but also him that sent me.

Note return to page 18870 Luke 9.49.

Note return to page 18871 [9] God, who is the authour of an ordinarie vocation, worketh also extraordinarily so oft as it pleaseth him. But an extraordinarie vocation is tried by the doctrine and the effectes.

Note return to page 18872 1.Cor.12.3.

Note return to page 18873 Matth.10.42.

Note return to page 18874 Matth.18.6. luke 17.1.

Note return to page 18875 [10] God is so seuere a reuenger of offences, that it is better to suffer any losse, then to be an occasion of offence vnto any.

Note return to page 18876 Matth.5.29. and 18.8.

Note return to page 18877 Esai.66.24.

Note return to page 18878 [m] Their worme which shalbe cast into that flame.

Note return to page 18879 [11] We must be seasoned and powdred by God, both that we may be acceptable sacrifices vnto him, and also that we being knit together, may season one another.

Note return to page 18880 [n] That is, shalbe consecrate to God, being seasoned with the incorruptible worde.

Note return to page 18881 Leuit.2.13.

Note return to page 18882 Matth.5.13. luke 14.34.

Note return to page 18883 Matth.19.1.

Note return to page 18884 [a] That is to say, departed and went from thence: for in the Hebrew tongue, sitting and dwelling are all one, and so are rising and going forth.

Note return to page 18885 Deut.24.1.

Note return to page 18886 [1] God did neuer allowe those diuorces, which the Lawe did tolerate.

Note return to page 18887 [b] Looke Mat.19. For Moses gaue them no commandement to put away their wiues, but rather made a good prouise for the wiues against the stubburne hardne&esset;e of their husbands.

Note return to page 18888 Gene.1.27. matt.19.4.

Note return to page 18889 Gene.2.24. 1.cor.6.16. ephes.5.31.

Note return to page 18890 1.Cor.7.10.

Note return to page 18891 Matth.5.32. and 19.9. luke 16.18.

Note return to page 18892 [c] Whom he putteth away, for he is an adulterer by keeping company with another.

Note return to page 18893 Matth.19.13. luke 18.15.

Note return to page 18894 [2] God of his goodnes comprehendeth in the couenant not onely the fathers but the children also: and therefore he blesseth them.

Note return to page 18895 [3] We must in malice become children, if we will enter into the kingdome of heauen.

Note return to page 18896 [4] Two things are chiefly to bee eschewed of them which earnestly seeke eternal life: that is to say, an opinion of their merits or deseruings, which is not onely vnderstood, but condemned by the due consideration of the Lawe: and the loue of riches, which turneth aside many, from that race wherein they ran with a good courage.

Note return to page 18897 Matth.19.16. luke 18.18.

Note return to page 18898 Exod.20.13.

Note return to page 18899 [d] Neither by force nor deceite, nor any other meane whatsoeuer.

Note return to page 18900 Matth.19.27. luke 18.28.

Note return to page 18901 [5] To neglect all things in comparison of Christ, is a sure way vnto eternall life, so that we fall not away by the way.

Note return to page 18902 [e] An hundred folde as much, if we looke to the true vse and commodities of this life, so that we measure them after the will of God, and not after the wealth it selfe, and our griedy desire.

Note return to page 18903 [f] Euen in the midst of persecutions.

Note return to page 18904 Matth.19.30. luke 13.30.

Note return to page 18905 Matth.20.17. luke 18.31.

Note return to page 18906 [6] The disciples are againe prepared to patience not to be ouercome by the foretelling vnto them of his death, which was at hand, and therewithall of life which should most certainely followe.

Note return to page 18907 Matth.20.20.

Note return to page 18908 [7] We must first striue, before we triumph.

Note return to page 18909 [g] We pray thee.

Note return to page 18910 [8] The Magistrates according to Gods appointment rule ouer their subiects: but the Pastors are not called to rule, but to serue, according to the example of the Sonne of God himselfe, who went before them, for so much as he also was a Minister of his Fathers wil.

Note return to page 18911 Luke 22.25.

Note return to page 18912 [h] They to whome it is decreed and appointed.

Note return to page 18913 Matth.20 29. luke 18.35.

Note return to page 18914 [9] Christ onely, being called vpon by fayth, healeth our blindnesse.

Note return to page 18915 Matt.21.1. luke 18.29.

Note return to page 18916 [1] A liuely image of the spirituall kingdome of Christ on earth.

Note return to page 18917 Iohn 12.14.

Note return to page 18918 [a] Well be it to him that commeth to vs from God, or that is sent of God.

Note return to page 18919 [b] Happy and prosperous.

Note return to page 18920 Matth.21.10. luke 19.45.

Note return to page 18921 Matth.21.19.

Note return to page 18922 [2] An example of that vengeance which hangeth ouer the heads of hypocrites.

Note return to page 18923 [3] Christ sheweth in deede, that he is the true king and high Priest, and therefore the reuenger of the diuine seruice of the Temple.

Note return to page 18924 [c] That is, any prophane instrument, of which those felowes had a number, that made the court of the Temple a market place.

Note return to page 18925 Isai.56.7.

Note return to page 18926 [d] Shall openly be so accompted and taken.

Note return to page 18927 Iere.7.11.

Note return to page 18928 Matth.21.19.

Note return to page 18929 [4] The force of faith is exceeding great, and charitie is euer ioyned with it.

Note return to page 18930 [e] The faith of God is that assured faith and truct which we haue in him.

Note return to page 18931 Matth.7.7. luke 11.9.

Note return to page 18932 [f] Word for worde, that you receiue it, speaking in the time that nowe is, to shewe the certaintie of the thing and the performance in deede.

Note return to page 18933 Matth.6.14.

Note return to page 18934 [g] When you shall appeare before the altar.

Note return to page 18935 Matth.21.23. luke 20.1.

Note return to page 18936 [5] The Gospel hath bene assaulted long time since, vnder the pretence of an ordinarie succession.

Note return to page 18937 [6] A rewarde of an euill conscience to be afraide of those, of whom they should and might haue bene feared.

Note return to page 18938 [1] The calling of God is not tied either to place, person, or time, without exception.

Note return to page 18939 [a] This word, parable, which the Euangelists vse, doeth not onely signifie a comparing of things together, but also darke speaches and allegories.

Note return to page 18940 Esai 5.1. iere.2.2. matth 21.33. luke 20.9.

Note return to page 18941 [b] When the fruites of the ground vse to be gathered.

Note return to page 18942 Psal.118.22?. isai.28.16. matth.21.42. actes 4.11. rom.9.33. 1.peter 2.8.

Note return to page 18943 [c] They were gree?die and very desirous.

Note return to page 18944 Matth.22.15. luke 20.20.

Note return to page 18945 [2] The Gospel winneth the authoritie of the Magistrate with the seruice of God.

Note return to page 18946 [d] Thou doest not so iudge by outward appearance, that the trueth is thereby darkened any whit at all.

Note return to page 18947 [e] The way whereby we come to God.

Note return to page 18948 Rom.13.7.

Note return to page 18949 [3] The resurrection of the body is auouched, against the foolish ignorance and malice of the Sadduces.

Note return to page 18950 Matth.22.23. luke 20.27.

Note return to page 18951 Deut.25.5. matth.22.24.

Note return to page 18952 Exod.3.6. matth.22.32.

Note return to page 18953 Matth.22.35.

Note return to page 18954 [4] Sacrifices and outward worship, neuer pleased God, vnlesse such necessarie dueties as we owe to God and our neighbours went afore.

Note return to page 18955 Deut.6.4.

Note return to page 18956 Leuit.19.18. matth.22.39. rom.13.9. galat.5.14. iames 2.8.

Note return to page 18957 Matth.22.41. luke 20.41.

Note return to page 18958 [5] Christ proueth his Godhead euen out of Dauid himselfe, of whom he came according to the flesh.

Note return to page 18959 [f] Word for word, in the holy Ghost, and there is a great force in this kind of speache, whereby is meant, that it was not so much Dauid, as the holy Ghost that spake, who did in a maner possesse Dauid.

Note return to page 18960 Psalm.110.1.

Note return to page 18961 Marke 23.6. luke 11.43. and 20.43.

Note return to page 18962 [6] The maners of ministers are not rashly to be folowed as an example.

Note return to page 18963 [g] Whiles he taught them.

Note return to page 18964 [h] The worde is a stole, which is a kinde of womans garment, long euen downe to the heeles, and is taken generally, for any garment made for comelinesse, but in this place it seemeth to signifie that fringed garment mentioned in Deuteronomie 22.11.

Note return to page 18965 Matth.23.14. luke 20.47.

Note return to page 18966 [7] The doing of our dueties, which God alloweth, is not esteemed according to the outward value, but to the inwarde affects of the heart.

Note return to page 18967 Luke 21.1.

Note return to page 18968 [i] Money of any kinde of metall, as the Romanes vsed, who in the beginning did stampe or coyne brasse, and after vsed it for currant money.

Note return to page 18969 Matth.24 1. luke 21.5.

Note return to page 18970 [1] The destruction of the Temple, citie, and whole nation is afore tolde, and the troubles of the Church: but yet there are annexed many comforts, and last of all, the ende of the world is described.

Note return to page 18971 Luke 19.43.

Note return to page 18972 Ephes.5.6. 2.thes.2.3.

Note return to page 18973 [a] The hearing of you preaching, shall be a most euident witnesse against them, so that they shall not be able to pretend ignorance.

Note return to page 18974 Matth.10.19. luke 12.11.and 21.14.

Note return to page 18975 [b] We are not forbidden to thinke before hand, but pensiue carefulne&esset;e whereby men discourage th&ebar;selues, which proceedeth from distrust, and want of confidence and sure hope of Gods assistances that carefulnesse we are willed to beware of, Looke Matth.5.27.

Note return to page 18976 [c] By any kinde of artificious & curuing kinde of tale what to speake.

Note return to page 18977 [d] For me.

Note return to page 18978 Matth.24.15. Luke 21.20.

Note return to page 18979 Dan.9.27.

Note return to page 18980 [e] When the Heathen and prophane people shall not only enter into the Temple, and defile both it, & the citie, but also cleane destroy it.

Note return to page 18981 [f] This is a kind of speach which the Hebrewes vse, and it hath a great force in it, for it giueth vs to vnderstand, that in all that time one miserie shall so followe vpon another, as if the time it selfe were very miserie it selfe: So the Prophet Amos 5.20. saith that the day of the Lord shalbe darkenesse.

Note return to page 18982 Matth.24.23. luke 17.23. and 21.8.

Note return to page 18983 Isa.13.10. ezek.32.7. ioel 1.10.and 3.15.

Note return to page 18984 Matth.24.32.

Note return to page 18985 [2] The latter day is not curiously to be searched for, which the Father alone knoweth: but let vs rather take heede, that it come not vpon vs vnaware.

Note return to page 18986 Mat.24.13.

Note return to page 18987 Mat.26.2. luke 12.1.

Note return to page 18988 [1] By the will of God, against the counsell of men, it came to passe that Christ should be put to death vpon the solemne day of the Passeouer, that in all respects the trueth might agree to the figure.

Note return to page 18989 Mat.26.6. iohn 12.2.

Note return to page 18990 [2] Rash iudgements are frustrate before God.

Note return to page 18991 [a] Which is about sixe pounds English.

Note return to page 18992 [3] Christ suffered himselfe to be anointed once or twise for certaine considerations: but his will is to be daily anoynted in the poore.

Note return to page 18993 [4] This woman by the secrete instinct of the Spirite, anointing Christ, setteth before mens eyes, his death and buriall which were at hande.

Note return to page 18994 Mat.26.14. luke 22.4.

Note return to page 18995 [5] Couetousnesse cloked with a zeale of charitie, is an occasion to betraie and crucifie Christ.

Note return to page 18996 Mat.26.17. luke 22.8.

Note return to page 18997 [6] Christ being made subiect to the Lawe for vs, doeth celebrate the Passeouer according to the Lawe: and there withall by a miracle sheweth that notwithstanding he in the flesh shal straightway suffer, yet þt; he is God.

Note return to page 18998 [b] That is, vpon which day, & at the euening of the same day, which was the beginning of the fifteenth, Looke Matt.26.17.

Note return to page 18999 [c] They vsed to sacrifice.

Note return to page 19000 [d] This is spoken thus, by the figure Metopyrnia, which is vsual in Sacraments, and by the Passeouer is meant the Pascal lambe.

Note return to page 19001 [e] The Greeke word signifieth that part of the house that is highest from the ground, to what vse soeuer it be put, but because they vsed to suppe in that part of the house, they called it a supping chamber.

Note return to page 19002 Psal.41.10. mat.26 20, 23. luke 22.14. iohn 13.18,21.

Note return to page 19003 [7] The figure of the lawe, which is by and by to bee fulfilled, is abrogated: and in place thereof are put figures of the newe couenant answerable vnto them, which shall continue to the worlds ende.

Note return to page 19004 [f] That vseth to eate meat with me.

Note return to page 19005 Act.1.16.

Note return to page 19006 Mat.26.26. 1.cor.11.24.

Note return to page 19007 Iohn 16.32.

Note return to page 19008 [8] Christ foretelleth howe he shall be forsaken of his, but yet that hee will neuer forsake them.

Note return to page 19009 Zach.13.7.

Note return to page 19010 Chap.16.7.

Note return to page 19011 [9] Here is set forth in an excellent person, a most sorowfull example of mans rashnesse and weakenesse.

Note return to page 19012 [g] That doubling of woordes, setteth out more plainely Peters vehement affirmation.

Note return to page 19013 Mat.26.36. luke 22.39.

Note return to page 19014 [10] Christ suffering for vs in that flesh which hee tooke vpon him for our sakes, the most horrible terrours of the curse of God, receiueth the cup at his Fathers handes, which hee being iust, doeth straightway drinke of for the vniust.

Note return to page 19015 [h] This doubling of the woorde, was vsed in those daies, when their languages were so mixed together: for this woorde, Abba, is a Syrian woorde.

Note return to page 19016 [11] An horrible example of the sluggishnesse of men, euen in the disciples whome Christ had chosen.

Note return to page 19017 Mat.26.47. luke 22.47. iohn 18.3.

Note return to page 19018 [12] As men did willingly spoyle God their Creator of his praise in forsaking and betraying him, so Christ willingly, going about to make satisfaction for this ruine, is forsaken of his owne, and betraied by one of his familiars as a thiefe, that the punishment might be agreeable to the sinne, and we who are very traitours, forsakers, and sacrilegers might be deliuered out of the deuils snare.

Note return to page 19019 [i] So diligently, that he scape not out of your hands.

Note return to page 19020 [k] That is, Peter.

Note return to page 19021 [l] All his disciples.

Note return to page 19022 [13] Vnder pretence of godlinesse, all things are lawfull to such as doe violence against Christ.

Note return to page 19023 [m] Which he cast about him, when he hearing that sturre in the night suddenly ranne foorth: whereby we may vnderstande with howe great licenciousnesse these villaines violently set vpon him.

Note return to page 19024 Mat.26.57. luke 22.54. iohn 18.24.

Note return to page 19025 [n] The highest council was assembled, because Christ was accused as a blasphemer and a false prophet: for as for the other crime of treason, it was forged against him by the Priests, to enforce Pilate by that meanes to condemne him.

Note return to page 19026 [14] Christ, who was so innocent that he could not be oppressed, no not by false witnesses, is at the length, for confessing God to be his father, condemned of impietie before the hie Priest: that we, who denied God & were in deede wicked, might be quit before God.

Note return to page 19027 Mat.26.59.

Note return to page 19028 Iohn 2.19.

Note return to page 19029 [o] Of God, who is most worthie of all praise?

Note return to page 19030 Mat.24.39.

Note return to page 19031 [15] Christ suffering all kind of reproch for our sakes, getteth euerlasting glory to them that beleeue in him.

Note return to page 19032 Mar.26.69. luke 22.55. iohn 18.25.

Note return to page 19033 [16] An heauie example of the frailnesse of man, together with a most comfortable example of the mercie of God, who giueth the spirite of repentance and faith to his elect.

Note return to page 19034 Mat.26.71. luke 22.58.

Note return to page 19035 [p] If we compare the Euangelists diligently together, we shall perceiue that Peter was knowen of many through the maidens report: yea and in Luke, when the seconde deniall is spoken of, there is a man seruant mentioned & not a maide.

Note return to page 19036 Mat.26.75. iohn 13.38.

Note return to page 19037 Mat.27.1. luke 22.66. iohn 18.19.

Note return to page 19038 [1] Christ being bound before the iudgement seat of an earthly Iudge, in open assemblie is condemned as guiltie vnto the death of the crosse, not for his owne sinnes, (as appeareth by the Iudges owne woordes) but for all ours, that we most guiltie creatures being deliuered fr&obar; þe; guiltines of our sinnes, might be quitted before the iudgement seate of God, euen in the open assemblie of the Angels.

Note return to page 19039 [a] It was not lawfull for them to put any man to death, for all causes of life and death were taken away from them, first by Herode the great, and afterwarde by the Romanes, about fourtie yeeres before the destruction of the Temple, and therefore they deliuer, Iesus to Galile.

Note return to page 19040 Matth.27.12. luke 23.3. iohn 18.35.

Note return to page 19041 [b] Vsed Pilate to deliuer.

Note return to page 19042 [a] Christ, going about to take away the sinnes of men, who went about to vsurpe the throne of God himselfe, is condemned as one that hunted after the kingdome, and mocked with a false shewe of a kingdome, that we on the other side, who shall in deede be eternall kings, might receiue the crowne of glorie at Gods owne hand.

Note return to page 19043 Matth.27.32. luke 23.26.

Note return to page 19044 [3] The rage of the wicked hath no measure, but in the meane season, euen the weakenesse of Christ, being in paine vnder the heauie burden of the crosse, doeth manifestly shewe, that a lambe is led to be sacrificed.

Note return to page 19045 Matth.27.33. luke 23.33. iohn 19.17.

Note return to page 19046 [4] Christ is led out of the walles of the earthly Ierusalem, into a foule place of dead mens carkases, as a man most vncleane, not touching himselfe, but touching our sinnes, which were laid vpon him, to the end that we being made cleane by his blood, might be brought into the heauenly Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 19047 Luke 23.34.

Note return to page 19048 [5] Christ hangeth naked vpon the crosse, and as the wickedest caytife that euer was, most vilie reproued: that we being clothed with his righteousnesse, and blessed with his curses, and sanctified by his onely oblation, may be taken vp into heauen.

Note return to page 19049 Esai.53.12.

Note return to page 19050 Iohn 2.19.

Note return to page 19051 [6] Howe angrie God was against our sinne, which he punished in our suretie his sonne, it appeareth by this horrible darknesse.

Note return to page 19052 [c] By this worde land he meaneth Palestina: so that the strangenesse of the wonder, is so much the more set foorth in that, that at the feast of the Passeouer, and in the full moone, when the Sunne shined ouer all the rest of the worlde, and at midday, that corner of the worlde, wherein so wicked an act was committed, was ouercouered with most grosse darkenesse.

Note return to page 19053 [7] Christ striuing mightily with Satan, with sinne and with death, all three armed with the horrible curse of God, grieuously tormented in body hanging vpon the crosse, and in soule plunged in the depth of hell, yet he riddeth him selfe, crying with a mightie voyce: and notwithstanding the wounde which he receiued of death, in that that he dyed, yet by smiting both things aboue, and things beneath, by renting of the vaile of the Temple, and by the testimonie wrung out of them which murdered him, he sheweth euidently vnto the rest of his enemies, which are as yet obstinate, and mocke at him, that he shalbe knowen out of hand to be conquerour and Lord of all.

Note return to page 19054 Psal.22.1. matth.27.46.

Note return to page 19055 Psal.69.22.

Note return to page 19056 [8] Christ to the great shame of men which forsooke the Lord, chose women for his witnesses, which behelde all this whole action.

Note return to page 19057 Luke 8.2.

Note return to page 19058 Matth.27.57.

Note return to page 19059 Luke 23.50. iohn 19.38.

Note return to page 19060 [d] A man of great authoritie, of the councill of the Sanhedrin, or els taken into counsell by Pilate.

Note return to page 19061 [e] If we consider what danger Ioseph cast himselfe into we shall perceiue howe bolde he was.

Note return to page 19062 Luke 24.1. iohn 20.1.

Note return to page 19063 [a] When they cast their eyes toward the sepulchre.

Note return to page 19064 Matth.28.1. iohn 20.12.

Note return to page 19065 [b] Into the caue, wherein the sepulchre was cut out.

Note return to page 19066 Chap.14.28. matth.26.32.

Note return to page 19067 [1] Christ himselfe appeareth to Mary Magdalene to vpbraide the disciples incredulitie.

Note return to page 19068 Iohn 20.16. luke 8.2.

Note return to page 19069 Luke 24.13.

Note return to page 19070 [2] Christ appeareth to two other disciples, and at length to the eleuen.

Note return to page 19071 Luke 24.36. iohn 20.19.

Note return to page 19072 [c] The Euangelist considered not the order of the time, but the course of his historie, which he deuided into three partes: The first sheweth howe he appeared to the women, the second, to his Disciples, the third, to his Apostles, and therefore he saith, finally.

Note return to page 19073 [3] The Apostles are appointed, and their office is limitted vnto them, which is, to preach that, which they heard of him, and to minister the Sacraments, which Christ hath instituted, hauing besides power to doe miracles.

Note return to page 19074 Matth.28.19.

Note return to page 19075 [d] Not to the Iewes onely, nor in Iudea onely, but to al men, and euery where: and so must all the Apostles doe.

Note return to page 19076 Iohn 12.48.

Note return to page 19077 Actes 16.18.

Note return to page 19078 Act.2.4.& 10.46

Note return to page 19079 [e] Strange tongues, such as they knewe, not before.

Note return to page 19080 Act.28.5.

Note return to page 19081 Actes 28.8.

Note return to page 19082 Luke 24.51.

Note return to page 19083 [4] Christ hauing accomplished his office on earth, ascendeth into heauen, from whence (the doctrine of his Apostles being confirmed with signes) he will gouerne his Church, vnto the worldes end.

Note return to page 19084 Hebr.2.4.

Note return to page 19085 [f] To wit, the doctrine: therefore doctrine must goe before, and signes must followe after.

Note return to page 19086 [1] Luke commendeth the witnesses that sawe this historie.

Note return to page 19087 [a] Many tooke it in hand, but did not performe: Luke wrote his Gospel before Matthewe, and Marke.

Note return to page 19088 [b] Luke was not an eye witnesse, and therefore it was not he, to whom the Lorde appeared when Cleopas sawe him: and he was taught not onely by Paul, but by others of the Apostles also.

Note return to page 19089 [c] It is most mightie, and therefore Theophilus was a very honourable man, and in place of great dignitie.

Note return to page 19090 [d] Luke began his Gospel a great deale further of, then the other did.

Note return to page 19091 [e] Haue fuller knowledge of those things, which before thou knewest but meanely.

Note return to page 19092 [2] Iohn who was an other Elias, and appointed to be herault of Christ, comming of the stocke of Aaron, and of two famous and blameles parents, hath shewed in his conception, which was against the course of nature, a double miracle, to the end that men should be more readily stirred vp to the hearing of his preaching, according to the forewarning of the Prophets.

Note return to page 19093 [f] Word for word, in the dayes: so speake the Hebrewes, giuing vs to vnderstand, howe short and fraile a thing the power of princes is.

Note return to page 19094 [g] Herod the great.

Note return to page 19095 1.Chro.24.1.

Note return to page 19096 [h] For the posteritie of Aaron was deuided into courses.

Note return to page 19097 [i] The true marke of righteousnesse is, to be liked and allowed of in the iudgement of God.

Note return to page 19098 [k] Liued, so speake the Hebrewes, for our life is as a way, wherein we must walke, vntill we come to the marke.

Note return to page 19099 [l] In all the morall and ceremoniall lawe.

Note return to page 19100 [m] Whom no man coulde iustly reproue: nowe so it is, that the fruites of iustification are set foorth here, and not the cause, which is faith onely, and nothing els.

Note return to page 19101 Exod.30.7.

Note return to page 19102 [n] The Temple was one, and the Court an other, for Zacharias went out of the Court or outwarde rowme, where all the people were, and therefore are said to be without, into the Temple.

Note return to page 19103 Leuit.16.17.

Note return to page 19104 [o] So speake the Hebrewes, when is signified a rare kinde of excellencie: so is it said of Nemrod, Gene.10. 9. He was a valiant hunter before God.

Note return to page 19105 [p] Any drinke that may make drunken.

Note return to page 19106 Malac.4.5.

Note return to page 19107 [q] Shalbe a meanes to bring many to repentance, and turne themselues to the Lord, from whom they fell.

Note return to page 19108 Matth.11.16

Note return to page 19109 [r] As they vse to goe before kings, and when you see them, you know the king is not farre of.

Note return to page 19110 [s] This is spoken by the figure Metonymie, taking the spirit, for the gift of the spirit, as you would say, the cause, for that that commeth of the cause.

Note return to page 19111 [t] By the figure Synecdoche, be sheweth that he shall take away all kindes of enimities, which vse to breede great troubles and turmoiles amongst men.

Note return to page 19112 [u] Wisdome and goodnesse are two of the chiefest causes, which make men to reuerence, and honour their fathers.

Note return to page 19113 [x] That appeare, for so the Hebrewes vse this woorde (to stande) meaning that they are readie to doe his commandement.

Note return to page 19114 [3] The Angell seruing the Lorde which shoulde be borne, is sent to the virgin Mary, in whome the sonne of the most high promised to Dauid, is conceiued by the vertue of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 19115 Mat.1.18.

Note return to page 19116 [y] As much is to be saide of Marie, otherwise Christ had not bene of the stocke, nor the sonne of Dauid.

Note return to page 19117 [z] It might bee rendred woorde for word, full of fauour and grace, and hee sheweth straight after, laying out plainely vnto vs, what that fauour is, in that he saieth, the Lorde is with thee.

Note return to page 19118 [a] Of God.

Note return to page 19119 [b] Mooued at the strangenesse of the matter.

Note return to page 19120 [c] So speake the Hebrewes, saying that men haue fo&ubar;d fauour, which are in fauour.

Note return to page 19121 Esai.7.14.

Note return to page 19122 Chap.2.21. mat.1.21.

Note return to page 19123 [d] He shall be declared so to be, for he was the Sonne of God from euerlasting, but was made manifest in the flesh in his time.

Note return to page 19124 Dan.7.14,27. mich.4.7.

Note return to page 19125 [e] The greatnesse of the matter causeth the virgin to aske this question, not that shee distrusteth any whit at all, for shee asketh onely of the maner of the conceiuing, so that it is plaine, shee beleeued all the rest.

Note return to page 19126 [f] So speake the Hebrewes, signifying by this modest kinde of speach the companie of man and wife together, and this is the meaning of it: howe shall this be, for seeing I shall be Christ his mother, I am very sure, I shall not knowe any man: for the godly virgin had learned by the Prophets, that the Messias shoulde be borne of a virgin.

Note return to page 19127 [g] That is, the holy Ghost shall cause thee to conceiue by his mightie power.

Note return to page 19128 [h] That pure thing and voide of all spotte of vncleannesse: for hee that was to take away sinne, must needes be voide of sinne.

Note return to page 19129 [i] Declared, and shewed to the worlde, to be the Sonne of God.

Note return to page 19130 [k] Though Elisabet were of the tribe of Leui, yet she might be Maries cosin: for whereas it was forbidden by the Lawe, for maidens to be maried to men of other tribes, this coulde not let, but that the Leuites might take them wiues out of any tribe: for the Leuites had no portion allotted them, when the lande was deuided among the people.

Note return to page 19131 [l] This is nowe the sixt moneth from the time when shee conceiued.

Note return to page 19132 [4] Elisabet being great with childe of Iohn, and Marie with Christ, by the inspiration of the holy Ghost, doe reioyce eche for other.

Note return to page 19133 [m] Which is on the South side of Hierusalem.

Note return to page 19134 [n] That is to say, Hebrou: which was in times past called Cariatharbe: which was one of the Townes, that were giuen to the Leuites, in the tribe of Iuda, and is saide to be in the mountaines of Iuda, Ios. 14.15.& 21.11.

Note return to page 19135 [o] This was no ordinarie, nor vsuall kinde of moouing.

Note return to page 19136 [p] Christ is blessed, in respect of his humanitie.

Note return to page 19137 [5] Christ the redeemer of the afflicted, and reuenger of the proude, of long time promised to the fathers, is nowe at length exhibited in deede.

Note return to page 19138 [q] Hath freely and graciously loued.

Note return to page 19139 [r] Word for word, My basenesse that is, my base estate: so that the Virgin vanteth not her deserts, but the grace of God.

Note return to page 19140 [s] To them that liue godly and religiously, so speake the Hebrewes.

Note return to page 19141 Esai 51.9. psal.33.10.

Note return to page 19142 [t] This is an heaping vp of woordes more then needes, which the Hebrues vse very much, and the arme is taken for strength.

Note return to page 19143 Esai 29.15.

Note return to page 19144 [u] Euen as the winde doeth the chaffe.

Note return to page 19145 [x] He hath scattered them, and the imagination of their hearts: or by and through the imagination of their owne hearts: so that their wicked counsell turned to their owne destruction.

Note return to page 19146 1.Sam.2.6.

Note return to page 19147 [y] The mightie and rich men.

Note return to page 19148 [z] Such, as none accompt is made of, and are vile in mens eyes, which are in deede the poore in spirit, that is, such as chalenge nothing to themselues, in the sight of God.

Note return to page 19149 Psal.34.10.

Note return to page 19150 [a] Them that are brought to extreme pouertie.

Note return to page 19151 [b] He hath holpen vp Israel with his arme, being cleane cast downe.

Note return to page 19152 Esai 30.18. & 41.8.& 54.5. iere.31.3,20.

Note return to page 19153 Gen.17.19.& 22.17. psal.132.11.

Note return to page 19154 [c] Promised.

Note return to page 19155 [6] Iohns natiuitie is set out with newe miracles.

Note return to page 19156 Verse 14.

Note return to page 19157 was restored to it former state, is read in some copies.

Note return to page 19158 [d] All this that was sayde and done.

Note return to page 19159 [e] Thought vpon them diligently and earnestly, and as it were, printed them in their hearts.

Note return to page 19160 [f] That is, the present fauour of God, and a singular kinde of vertue appeared in him.

Note return to page 19161 [7] Iohn yet scarse borne, by the authoritie of the holy Ghost, is appointed to his office.

Note return to page 19162 [g] That hee hath shewed himselfe mindefull of his people, in so much that he came downe from heauen himselfe, to visite vs in person, and to redeeme vs.

Note return to page 19163 Chap.2.30. mat.1.21.

Note return to page 19164 [h] Hath paied the raunsome, that is to say, the price of our redemption.

Note return to page 19165 Psal.132.18.

Note return to page 19166 [i] This word Horne, in the Hebrewe tongue signifieth might, and it is a Metaphore, taken from beastes, that fight with their hornes: And by raising vp the might of Israel, is meant, that the kingdome of Israel was defended, and the enemies thereof laide on the grounde, euen then when the strength of Israel seemed to be vtterly decaied.

Note return to page 19167 Iere.23 6. & 30.10.

Note return to page 19168 [k] Declare in deede that he was mindfull.

Note return to page 19169 Gen.22.16. iere.31.33. hebr.6.13,17.

Note return to page 19170 1.Pet.1.15.

Note return to page 19171 [l] To Gods good liking.

Note return to page 19172 [m] Though thou be at this present neuer so litle.

Note return to page 19173 [n] Open the way.

Note return to page 19174 [o] Forgiuenesse of sinnes, is the meanes whereby God saueth vs, Rom.4.7.

Note return to page 19175 Zach.3.8. & 6.12. mal.4.2.

Note return to page 19176 [p] Or bud, or branch, he alludeth vnto the places in Iere.23.5. Zach.3.8. & 6.12. and he is called a bud from an high, that is, sent from God vnto vs, and not as other buddes which bud out of the earth.

Note return to page 19177 [q] Into the way which leadeth vs to true happinesse.

Note return to page 19178 [1] Christ the sonne of God taking vpon him the forme of a seruaunt, and making him selfe of no reputation, is poorely borne in a stable: and by the meanes of Augustus the mightiest prince in the world, (thinking nothing lesse) hath his cradle prepared in Bethleem, as the Prophets forewarned.

Note return to page 19179 [a] So farre as the Empire of the Romanes did stretch.

Note return to page 19180 [b] That is, the inhabitants of euery citie shoulde haue their names taken, and their goods rated at a certaine valew, that the Emperour might vnderstand, howe rich euery countrey, citie, familie, and house was.

Note return to page 19181 [c] Which Dauid was borne, and brought vp in.

Note return to page 19182 Iohn 7.42.

Note return to page 19183 [2] The Angels them selues declare to poore shepheards (nothing regarding the pride of the mightie) the Godhead and office of the childe lying in the crib.

Note return to page 19184 [d] Lodging without doores, and open in the aire.

Note return to page 19185 [e] Came suddenly vpon them, when they thought of no such matter.

Note return to page 19186 [f] Whole armies of Angels, which compasse the Maiestie of God rounde about, as it were souldiers.

Note return to page 19187 [g] Gods readie, good, infinite, and gracious fauour towards men.

Note return to page 19188 Gen.17.11. leuit.12.3. iohn 7.22.

Note return to page 19189 [3] Christ the head of the Church, made subiect to the Lawe, to deliuer vs from the curse of the Lawe, (as the Name of Iesus doth wel declare) being circumcised, doeth ratifie and seale in his owne flesh, the circumcision of the fathers.

Note return to page 19190 Chap.1.31. mat.1.21.

Note return to page 19191 Leuit.12.6.

Note return to page 19192 [4] Christ, vpon wh&obar; all our sinnes were laide, being offered to God, according to the lawe, doeth purifie both Marie, and vs all, in him selfe.

Note return to page 19193 [h] This is meant, for the fulfilling of the Law: for otherwise the Virgin was not defiled, nor vncleane, by the birth of this childe.

Note return to page 19194 Exod.13.2. num.8.16.

Note return to page 19195 Leuit.12.6.

Note return to page 19196 [5] Simeon doeth openly in the Temple foretell the deafe, of the comming of Messias, of the casting out of the greatest part of Israel, and of the calling of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 19197 [i] He was indued with the giftes of the holy Ghost, and this is spoken by the figure Metonymie.

Note return to page 19198 [k] Ioseph and Marie: and so he speaketh as it was commonly taken.

Note return to page 19199 [l] Lettest me depart out of this life, to bee ioyned to my fathers.

Note return to page 19200 [m] As thou promisedst mee.

Note return to page 19201 [n] That is, for I haue seene with my very eyes: for he sawe before in minde, as it is sayde of Abraham, He sawe my day, and reioyced.

Note return to page 19202 [o] That, wherein thy saluation is conteined.

Note return to page 19203 [p] As a signe set vp in an hie place, for all men to looke vpon.

Note return to page 19204 [q] Is appointed, and set of God for a marke.

Note return to page 19205 Esai.8.14. rom.9.32. 1.pet.2.8.

Note return to page 19206 [r] Fall of the reprobate, which perish through their owne default: and for the rising of the elect, vnto whom God shall giue faith to beleeue.

Note return to page 19207 [s] That is, a marke, which all men shall striue earnestly to hit.

Note return to page 19208 [t] Shall wound and grieue most sharpely.

Note return to page 19209 [6] An other witnesse beside Simeon, against whome no exception may be brought, inuiting all men, to the receiuing of the Messias.

Note return to page 19210 [u] As Christ grew vp in age, so the vertue of his Godhead shewed it selfe more and more.

Note return to page 19211 [7] The Scribes and Pharises are stirred vp, to heare the wisdome of Christ in his time, by an extraordinarie deede.

Note return to page 19212 Deuter.16.1.

Note return to page 19213 [8] All dueties which we owe to men, as they are not to be neglected, so are they according to our vocation, not to be preferred before the glory of God.

Note return to page 19214 [9] Christ very man is made like vnto vs, in all things, except sinne.

Note return to page 19215 [1] Iohn commeth at the time foretold of the Prophets, & layeth the fundation of the Gospel which is exhibited vnto vs, setting foorth the true obseruing of the Law, & free mercy in Christ, which commeth after him, vsing also baptisme the effectual signe both of regeneration and also of forgiuenes of sinnes.

Note return to page 19216 Actes 4.6.

Note return to page 19217 [a] Iosephus calleth him Ananus.

Note return to page 19218 Matth.3.2. marke 1.4.

Note return to page 19219 Esai.40.3. iohn 1.23.

Note return to page 19220 Matth.3 7.

Note return to page 19221 Iames 2.15. 1.iohn 3.17.

Note return to page 19222 [b] Require no more then that summe, that is appointed for the tribute money.

Note return to page 19223 [c] Which was payed them, partly in money, and partly in victuall.

Note return to page 19224 [2] If we wil rightly, and fruitfully receiue the sacraments, we must neither rest in the signes, neither in him, that ministreth the signes, but lift vp our eyes to Christ, who is the authour of the sacraments, and the giuer of that which is represented by the sacraments.

Note return to page 19225 Matth.3.11. marke 1.8. iohn 1.26. acts.1.5. and 8 4. and 11.16. and 19.4.

Note return to page 19226 [3] The Gospel is the fanne of the world.

Note return to page 19227 Matth.14.3. marke 6.17.

Note return to page 19228 [4] Iohns preaching is confirmed with his death.

Note return to page 19229 Matth.3.13. marke 1.9. iohn 1.32.

Note return to page 19230 [5] Our baptisme is sanctified in the head of þe; Church, and Christ also is pronounced, by the voyce of the Father, to be our euerlasting King, Priest, and Prophet.

Note return to page 19231 [6] The stocke of Christ according to the flesh, is brought by order euen to Adam, and so to God, that it might appeare, that he onely it was, whome God promised to Abraham and Dauid, and appointed from euerlasting to his Church, which is gathered together of all sortes of men.

Note return to page 19232 [1] Christ being caried away (as it were out of the world) into the desart, after the fast of fourtie dayes, and the ouercomming of Satan thrise, comming as it were suddenly from heauen, beginneth his office.

Note return to page 19233 Matth.4.1. marke 1.12.

Note return to page 19234 [2] Christ being stirred vp of Satan, first to distrust in God, secondly to the desire of riches and honour, and lastly to a vaine confidence of himselfe, ouercommeth him thrise by the worde of God.

Note return to page 19235 Deuter.8.3. matth.4.4.

Note return to page 19236 [a] By this worde, power, are the kingdomes themselues meant, which haue the power: and so it is spoken by the figure Metonymie.

Note return to page 19237 [b] That is sure so, for he is prince of the world, yet not absolutely, and as the soueraigne ouer it, but by sufferance, and way of intreatie, and therefore he saith not true, that he can giue it to whome he will.

Note return to page 19238 [c] Out of an high place, which had a goodly champion countrey vnderneath it, he shewed him the situation of all countreis.

Note return to page 19239 Deuter.6.13. and 10.20.

Note return to page 19240 Psal.91.18.

Note return to page 19241 Deuter.6.16.

Note return to page 19242 Matth.13.54. marke 6.1. iohn 4.43.

Note return to page 19243 [3] Who Christ is, and wherefore he came, he sheweth out of the Prophet Esai.

Note return to page 19244 [d] Their bookes in those dayes were rolled vp as scroler vpon a ruler: and so Christ vnrolled, or vnfolded it, which is here called, opened.

Note return to page 19245 Esai.61.1.

Note return to page 19246 [4] Familiaritie causeth Christ to be contemned, and therefore he oftentimes goeth to strangers.

Note return to page 19247 [e] Approoued those things, which hee spake, with common consent and voyce: for this word, witnesse, signifieth in this place, and many other, to allowe and approoue a thing with open confe&esset;ion.

Note return to page 19248 [f] Not onely the doctours, but also the common people were present at this conference of the Scriptures: and besides that their mother tongue was vsed, for els howe could the people haue wondered? Paul appointed the same order in the Church at Corinth, 1. Corinth.14.

Note return to page 19249 [g] Wordes full of the mightie power of God, which appeared in all his doings as wel, and allured men marueilously vnto him. Psalme 45.2. grace is powred into thy lippes.

Note return to page 19250 Iohn 4.44.

Note return to page 19251 1 King.17.9. iames 5.17.

Note return to page 19252 [b] Land of Israel, Looke Marke 15.38.

Note return to page 19253 2.King.5.14.

Note return to page 19254 [5] The more sharply the worlde is rebuked, the more it rageth openly: but the life of the godly is not simply subiect to the pleasure of the wicked.

Note return to page 19255 Matt.4.13. mar.1.21.

Note return to page 19256 Mar.7.29. mar.1.22.

Note return to page 19257 Mark.1.23.

Note return to page 19258 [6] Christ astonisheth not only men, be they neuer so blockish, but euen the deuils also, whether they will or not.

Note return to page 19259 Matth.8.14. marke 1.30.

Note return to page 19260 [7] In that, that Christ healeth the diseases of the body with his worde onely, he proueth that he is God almightie, sent for mans saluation.

Note return to page 19261 Marke 1.35.

Note return to page 19262 [8] Satan, who is a continuall enemie to the trueth, ought not to be heard, no not then, when he speaketh the trueth.

Note return to page 19263 [9] No colour of zeale ought to hinder vs, in the race of our vocation.

Note return to page 19264 [1] Christ aduertiseth the foure disciples, which he had taken vnto him, of the office of the Apostleship, which should hereafter be committed vnto them.

Note return to page 19265 Mat.4.18. mark.1.16.

Note return to page 19266 [a] Did as it were lye vpon him, so desirous they were both to see him, and heare him, and therefore he taught them out of a ship.

Note return to page 19267 [b] The worde signifieth him that hath rule ouer any thing.

Note return to page 19268 Matt.8.2. marke 1.40.

Note return to page 19269 [2] Christ by healing the leper with his onely touch, and sending him to the Priest, witnesseth that it is he, through whom and by whom, apprehended by faith, all we which are vncleane, according to the Lawe, by the witnes of God himselfe, are pronounced to be pure and cleane.

Note return to page 19270 Leuit.14.4.

Note return to page 19271 [3] Christ had rather to be famous by his doctrine, then by miracles, and therefore hee departeth from them that seeke him, as a physician of the body, and not as the authour of saluation.

Note return to page 19272 [4] Christ, in healing him that was sicke of the palsie, sheweth the cause of all diseases, and the remedie.

Note return to page 19273 [c] The mightie power of Christs Godhead, shewed it selfe in him, as that time.

Note return to page 19274 Matth.9.2. marke 2.3.

Note return to page 19275 Matth.9.9. marke 2.14.

Note return to page 19276 [5] The Church is a company of sinners, through the grace of Christ repentant, which banket with him, to the great offence of the proud & enuious worldlings.

Note return to page 19277 1.Tim.1.15.

Note return to page 19278 Matth. 9.14. marke 2.18.

Note return to page 19279 [6] It is the point of hypocrites and ignorant men, to put an holines in fasting, and in things indifferent.

Note return to page 19280 [7] Lawes generally made without any consideration of circumstances, for fasting, & other things of like sort, are not onely tyrannous, but very hurtfull in the Church.

Note return to page 19281 Matth.12.1. marke 2.23.

Note return to page 19282 [1] Christ sheweth against the superstitious, who sticke in euery trifle, that the Lawe of the very Sabbath, was not giuen to be kept without exception: much lesse that the saluation of man, should consist in the outwarde keeping of it.

Note return to page 19283 [a] Epiphanius noteth well in his treatise, where hee confuteth Ebion, that the time, when the disciples plucked the eares of corne, was in the feast of vnleauened bread: Now, whereas in those feasts, which were kept many dayes together, as the feast of Tabernacles, and the Pa&esset;eouer, their first day and the last were of like solemnitie, Leuit.23: Luke fitly calleth the last day the second Sabbath, though Theophylact vnderstandeth it of any other of them, that folowed the first.

Note return to page 19284 1.Sam.21.6.

Note return to page 19285 Exod.29.33. leuit.8.31. and 24.9.

Note return to page 19286 Mat. 12.19. marke 3.1.

Note return to page 19287 [2] Charitie is the rule of all ceremonies.

Note return to page 19288 [b] Who so helpeth not his neighbour, when he can, he killeth him.

Note return to page 19289 [3] In that, that Christ vseth earnest and long prayer, in choosing twelue of his owne company, to the office of the Apostleship, he sheweth howe religiously we ought to behaue our selues, in the choyse of Ecclesiasticall persons.

Note return to page 19290 Chap.9.1. matt. 10.1. marke 13.3. and 6.7.

Note return to page 19291 [c] From all the sea coast, which is called Syrophenicia.

Note return to page 19292 Mat. 5.3.

Note return to page 19293 [4] Christ teacheth against all Philosophers, and especially the Epicures, that the chiefest felicitie of man is layd vp in no place, here in earth, but in heauen: and that persecution for righteousnes sake, is the right way vnto it.

Note return to page 19294 Esai.65.13.

Note return to page 19295 Esai. 61.3.

Note return to page 19296 Mat. 5.11.

Note return to page 19297 [d] Cast you out of their Synagogues, as Iohn expoundeth it, 16.2. which is the sharpest punishment the Church hath, if so be the Elders iudge rightfully, and by the worde of God.

Note return to page 19298 [e] Leape (as cattell doe, which are prouender pricked,) for exceeding ioy.

Note return to page 19299 Amos 6.1.

Note return to page 19300 [f] That is, you reape nowe of your riches, all the commoditie and blessings you are euer like to haue, and therefore you haue not to looke for any other reward, Mat.6.2.

Note return to page 19301 Esai. 65.13.

Note return to page 19302 Matth.5.44.

Note return to page 19303 [5] Christian charitie, which differeth much from the worldly, doeth not onely not reuenge iniuries, but comprehendeth euen our most grieuous enemies, and that for our Fathers sake, which is in heauen: so farre is it, from seeking it owne profite in doing well.

Note return to page 19304 Matth.5.39.

Note return to page 19305 1.Corinth.6.7.

Note return to page 19306 Matth.7.12.

Note return to page 19307 Matth.5.46.

Note return to page 19308 [g] What is there in this your worke, that is to be accounted of? for if you looke to haue commoditie by louing, seeke those commodities, which are commodities in deede: loue your enemies, and so you shall shewe to the worlde that you looke for those commodities, which come from God.

Note return to page 19309 Matth.5.42. deuter.15.8.

Note return to page 19310 [h] When you will kinde, doe it onely to benefite and pleasure withall, and not for hope, to receiue the principall againe.

Note return to page 19311 Matth. 5.45.

Note return to page 19312 Matth.7.1.

Note return to page 19313 [6] Brotherly reprehensions must not proceed of curiositie, nor churlishnes, nor malice, but they must be iust, moderate and louing.

Note return to page 19314 [i] He speaketh not here of ciuill iudgements, and therefore by the word, forgiue, is meant that good nature, which the Christians vse in suffring and pardoning wronges.

Note return to page 19315 Matth. 7.2. marke 4.24.

Note return to page 19316 [k] These are borowed kindes of speaches, taken from them, which vse to measure dry things, as corne and such like, who vse a franke kinde of dealing therein, and thrust it downe and shake it together, and pre&esset;e it and heape it.

Note return to page 19317 [7] Vnskilfull reprehenders hurt both themselues and other: for such as the master is, such is the scoller.

Note return to page 19318 Mat.15.14.

Note return to page 19319 Mat. 10. 24. iohn 13.16 and 15.20.

Note return to page 19320 Matt. 7.3.

Note return to page 19321 [8] Hypocrites, which are very seuere reprehenders of other, are very quicke of sight to spie other mens faults, but very blinde to see their owne.

Note return to page 19322 Matth. 7.17.

Note return to page 19323 [9] He is a good man, not that is skilfull to reprehend other, but he that prooueth his vprightnesse both in worde and deede.

Note return to page 19324 Matth.12.33.

Note return to page 19325 Matth.7.16.

Note return to page 19326 Matth.7.21. rom.2.13. iames 1.21.

Note return to page 19327 [10] Affliction doth at the length discerne true godlinesse from false and fained.

Note return to page 19328 Matth.8.5.

Note return to page 19329 [1] Christ admonisheth the Iewes; by setting before them the example of the Centurion, that for their obstinacie and rebellion, he will go to the Gentiles.

Note return to page 19330 [2] Christ auoucheth openly his power ouer death.

Note return to page 19331 [a] Nain is the name of a towne in Galile, which was situate on the other side of Kison, which falleth into the sea of Galile.

Note return to page 19332 [3] Iohn sendeth from the prison his vnbeleeuing disciples, to Christ himselfe, to be confirmed.

Note return to page 19333 [b] When Iohns disciples came to Christ.

Note return to page 19334 [4] That which the Prophets shewed long before, Iohn sheweth at hand: and Christ himselfe doeth present it dayly vnto vs, in the Gospel, but for the most part in vaine, for that many seeke nothing els, but foolish toyes and vaine glory.

Note return to page 19335 Matth.3.1.

Note return to page 19336 [c] Said that he was iust, good, faithfull, and mercifull.

Note return to page 19337 [d] To their owne hurt.

Note return to page 19338 Matth.11.16.

Note return to page 19339 [5] What way so euer God foloweth in offering vs the Gospel, the most part of men procure offences vnto themselues: yet notwithstanding some Church is gathered together.

Note return to page 19340 [6] Proude men depriue themselues of the benefites of the presence of Christ, euen then when hee is at home with them in their houses, which the humble and base do enioy.

Note return to page 19341 Marke 15.42. iohn 20,11.

Note return to page 19342 [7] Rashnesse is the fellowe of pride.

Note return to page 19343 [e] The Pharise respecteth the Lawe, which holdeth the defiled, that touch the defiled.

Note return to page 19344 [8] To loue Christ, is a sure and perpetual witnesse of remissi&obar; of sinnes.

Note return to page 19345 [f] That is, saith Theophylact, she hath shewed her faith abundantly: and Basil in his sermon of Baptisme saith, He that oweth much, hath much forgiuen him, that he may loue much more: And therefore Christes saying is so plaine by the similitude, that it is a wonder to see the enemies of the trueth, drawe and racke this place so fondly, to establish their meritorious works: for the greater summe a man hath forgiuen him, the more he loueth him that hath bene so gratious to him: And this woman sheweth by dueties of loue, how great the benefite was she had receiued: and therefore the charitie that is here spoken of, is not to be taken for the cause, but as a signe: for Christ saith not as the Pharises did, that she was a sinner, but beareth her witnes that the sinnes of her life past are forgiuen her.

Note return to page 19346 [g] He confirmeth the benefite which he had bestowed with a ble&esset;ing.

Note return to page 19347 Marke 16.9.

Note return to page 19348 Matth.13.3. marke 4.1.

Note return to page 19349 [1] The selfe same Gospel is sowen euery where, but not with like fruit: and that through the onely fault of men themselues.

Note return to page 19350 [a] Those things are called secret, which may not be vttered: for the worde vsed here, is as much as we say in our tongue, to holde a mans peace.

Note return to page 19351 Esai.6.9. matt. 13.14. mark 4.12. iohn 12.40. acts. 28 26. rom.11.8.

Note return to page 19352 Matth.13.18. marke 4.15.

Note return to page 19353 [b] That is, so soone as they haue heard the worde, they goe about their busines.

Note return to page 19354 [c] They bring not forth perfect and full fruite to the ripening: or, they begin, but they bring not to an ende.

Note return to page 19355 [d] Which seeketh not onely to seeme such a one, but is so in deede: so that this worde, Honest, respecteth the outward life, and the worde, good, is referred to the good giftes of the minde.

Note return to page 19356 [e] With much a doe, for the deuill and the flesh fight against the spirit of God, which is a newe ghest.

Note return to page 19357 Chap.11.33. matth.5.15. marke 4.21.

Note return to page 19358 [2] That that euery man hath receiued in priuate, hee ought to bestowe to the vse and profite of all men.

Note return to page 19359 Math.10.26. marke 4.22. chap.12.2.

Note return to page 19360 [3] Heauenly gifts are lost with nigardlines: and increase with liberalitie.

Note return to page 19361 [f] That is, with what mindes you come to heare the worde, and howe you behaue your selues, when you haue heard it.

Note return to page 19362 Matth.13.12. and 25.29. mark. 4.25. chap.19.26.

Note return to page 19363 [g] Either to him selfe, or to other, or to both: for there are none so proude, as these fellowes, if it were possible to see that, that they cloke: neither are there that deceiue the simple more then they doe.

Note return to page 19364 Mat.12.46. mar.3.32.

Note return to page 19365 [4] There is no knot of flesh and blood, among men so nigh & straight, as the band which is betweene Christ, and them who imbrace him with a true fayth.

Note return to page 19366 Mat.8.23. marke 4.36.

Note return to page 19367 [5] It is expedient for vs sometime to come into extreme danger, as though Christ passed not for vs, that we may haue a better triall, both of his power, and also of our weakenes.

Note return to page 19368 [h] Iesus fell on sleepe, and it appeareth, that he was very fast on sleepe, because they called him twise before he awoke.

Note return to page 19369 [i] Not the disciples, but the ship.

Note return to page 19370 Matth.8.28. marke 5.1.

Note return to page 19371 [6] Christ sheweth, by casting out a Legion of deuils by his word only, that his heauenly vertue was appointed, to deliuer men from the slauerie of the deuil: but foolish men will not for the most part, redeeme this so excellent grace freely offered vnto them, with the least losse of their pelting pelfe.

Note return to page 19372 [k] By force and violence, as a horse when he is spurred.

Note return to page 19373 [l] To wit, the citie of the Gadarenes: and though Marke say that he preached it in Decapolis, they di&esset;ent not, for Plinie recordeth lib.5.cap.18. that Gadara is a towne of Decapolis: so that Decapolis was partly on this side Iordan, and partly on the other side.

Note return to page 19374 [m] The multitude was glad he was come againe, and reioyced greatly.

Note return to page 19375 Matth.9.18. marke 5.22.

Note return to page 19376 [7] Christ sheweth by a double miracle, that hee is Lord both of life & death.

Note return to page 19377 [n] All that she had to liue vpon.

Note return to page 19378 [o] The worde signifieth to beate and strike, and is transferred to the mournings, and lamentatations, that are at burials, at which sinnes men vse such kinde of behauiour.

Note return to page 19379 [p] The corps was layed out, and the wench receiued life, and rose out of the bed, that all the worlde might see, she was not onely restored to life, but also voyde of all sickne&esset;e.

Note return to page 19380 Matth.10.1. mar.3.13. and 6.7.

Note return to page 19381 [1] The twelue Apostles are sent foorth at the onely commaundement of Christ, and furnished with the power of the holy Ghost: both that none of the Israelites might pretende ignorance, and also that they might be better prepared to their generall ambassie.

Note return to page 19382 Matth.10.7.

Note return to page 19383 Matth.10.9. marke 6.8.

Note return to page 19384 [a] When you depart out of any citie, depart from thence, where you first tooke vp your lodging: so that in fewe wordes, the Lord forbiddeth them to change their lodgings: for this publishing of the Gospel, was as it were a thorow pa&esset;age, that none of Iudea might pretende ignorance, as though he had not heard that Christ was come.

Note return to page 19385 Chap.10.11. mat.10.14. mark 6.11. act.13.51.

Note return to page 19386 Mat.14.1. mar.6.14.

Note return to page 19387 [2] So soone as the world heareth tidings of the Gospel, it is deuided into diuers opinions, and the tyrants especially are afrayd.

Note return to page 19388 [b] He stucke as it were fast in the myre.

Note return to page 19389 Marke 6.30.

Note return to page 19390 [3] They shall lacke nothing that followe Christ, no not in the wildernesse.

Note return to page 19391 Matth.14.13. marke 6.32.

Note return to page 19392 [c] The word signifieth a desart: note this was not in the towne Bethsaida, but part of the fieldes belonging to the towne.

Note return to page 19393 Math.14.15. mar.6.35. iohn 6.5.

Note return to page 19394 [d] This is vnperfectly spoken, and therefore we must vnderstand something, as this, we can not giue them to eate, vnle&esset;e we goe and buy, &c.

Note return to page 19395 [e] He gaue God thankes for these loaues and fishes, and withall prayed him to feede this so great a multitude with so small a quantitie, and to be short, that this whole banket might be to the glory of God.

Note return to page 19396 Matth.16.13. marke 8.27.

Note return to page 19397 [4] Although the world be tossed vp and downe, betwixt diuers errours, yet wee ought not to contemne the trueth, but be so much the more desirous to know it, and be more constant to confesse it.

Note return to page 19398 [f] Alone from the people.

Note return to page 19399 [5] Christ himselfe attained to the heauenly glory, by the crosse and inuincible patience,

Note return to page 19400 Matt.17.22. mar.8.31.

Note return to page 19401 Chap.14.27. mat.10.38. and 16.24. mar.8.34.

Note return to page 19402 [g] Euen as one day followeth another, so doeth one cro&esset;e follow another, and the cro&esset;e is by the figure Metonymie, taken for the miseries of this life: for to be hanged, was the sorest and cruelst punishment, that was amongst the Iewes.

Note return to page 19403 Chap.17.33. mat.10.39. and 16 25. iohn 12.25.

Note return to page 19404 Matth.16.26. marke 8.36.

Note return to page 19405 Chap.12.9. mat.10.33. mark.8.38. 2.tim 2 12.

Note return to page 19406 Matth.16.28. marke 9.1.

Note return to page 19407 Matth.17.2. marke 9.2.

Note return to page 19408 [6] Lest the disciples of Christ should be offended at the debasing himselfe in his flesh, he teacheth them that it is voluntarie, shewing therewithall for a space, the brightnesse of his glory.

Note return to page 19409 [h] What death he should die in Hierusalem.

Note return to page 19410 2.Peter 1.17.

Note return to page 19411 [i] Vntill Christ was risen againe from the dead.

Note return to page 19412 [7] Christ is offended with nothing so much, as with incredulitie, although he beare with it for a time.

Note return to page 19413 Matth.17.14. marke 9.17.

Note return to page 19414 [k] As it fareth in the falling sicknesse.

Note return to page 19415 [8] We haue no cause to promise our selues rest and quietnesse in this worlde, seeing that they themselues, which seemed to fawne vpon Christ, doe shortly after crucifie him.

Note return to page 19416 [l] Giue diligent eare vnto them, and when you haue once heard them, see that you keepe them.

Note return to page 19417 Matth.17.22. marke 9 31.

Note return to page 19418 Matth 18.1. marke 9.35.

Note return to page 19419 [9] The ende of ambition is ignominie: but the ende of modest obedience is glory.

Note return to page 19420 Marke 9.38.

Note return to page 19421 [10] Extraordinarie things, are neither rashly to be alowed, not condemned.

Note return to page 19422 [11] Christ goeth willingly to death.

Note return to page 19423 [m] Word for word, he hardened his face: that is, he resolued with himselfe to die, and therefore ventured vpon his iourney, and cast away all feare of death, and went on.

Note return to page 19424 [12] We must take heede of the immoderatenesse of zeale, and fonde imitation, euen in good causes, that, whatsoeuer we do, we doe it to Gods glorie, and the profite of our neighbour.

Note return to page 19425 2.King.1.10, 12, 13.

Note return to page 19426 [n] So speake the Hebrewes, that is, you knowe not what will, minde, and counsell you are of: so the giftes of God are called the spirite, because they are giuen of Gods Spirite, and so are they, that are contrary to them, which proceede of the wicked spirite, as the spirite of couetousne&esset;e, of pride, and madnesse.

Note return to page 19427 [13] Such as follow Christ must prepare themselues, to suffer all discommodities.

Note return to page 19428 Matth.8.19.

Note return to page 19429 [14] The calling of God ought to be preferred, without all controuersie, before all dueties that we owe to men.

Note return to page 19430 [o] Who notwithstanding that they liue in this fraile life of man, yet are strangers from the true life, which is euerlasting and heauenly.

Note return to page 19431 [15] Such as folowe Christ, must at once renounce all worldly cares.

Note return to page 19432 Matth.10.1.

Note return to page 19433 [1] The seuentie are sent as the second forewarners of the comming of Christ.

Note return to page 19434 Matth.9.37.

Note return to page 19435 Matth.10.16.

Note return to page 19436 [2] The faithfull ministers of the worde are in this worlde, as lambes among wolues: but if they be diligent to doe their duetie, he that sent them will also preserue them.

Note return to page 19437 2.King.4.29.

Note return to page 19438 [a] This is spoken after the maner of a figure, which men vse, when they put downe more in wordes, then is meant: vsuall among the Hebrewes, when they commaunde a thing to be done speedily without delay, as 2.King.4.29 for otherwise courteous and gentle salutations, are pointes of Christian duetie: as for the calling it was but for a season.

Note return to page 19439 Matth.10.12. marke 6.10.

Note return to page 19440 [b] So speake the Hebrewes: that is, he that fauoureth the doctrine of peace and imbraceth it.

Note return to page 19441 [c] Take vp your lodging in that house, which ye first enter into, that is, be not carefull for commodious lodging, as men doe which purpose to tary long in a place: for here is not instituted that solemne preaching of the Gospel, which was vsed afterwarde, when the Churches were setled: but these are sent abroade to all the coastes of Iudea, to giue them to vnderstand, that the last Iubile is at hand.

Note return to page 19442 Deut. 24.14. matth.10.10. 1.tim.5.18.

Note return to page 19443 Matth.10.11.

Note return to page 19444 [d] Content your selues with that meate, that is set before you.

Note return to page 19445 [3] God is a most seuere reuenger of the ministerie of his Gospel.

Note return to page 19446 Chap.9.3. actes 13.51. and 18.6.

Note return to page 19447 Matth.11.21.

Note return to page 19448 Matth.10.40. iohn 13.20.

Note return to page 19449 [4] Neither the gift of miracles, neither what els soeuer excellent gift, but onely our election giueth vs occasion of true ioy: And the onely publishing of the Gospel is the destruction of Satan.

Note return to page 19450 [e] For Christs disciples vsed no absolute authoritie, but wrought such miracles, as they did, by calling vpon Christes Name.

Note return to page 19451 [f] Paul placeth the deuill and his angels, in the aire, Ephe.6.12. and by is saide to be cast downe from thence by force, when his power is abolished by the voyce of the Gospel.

Note return to page 19452 [g] Shall doe you wrong.

Note return to page 19453 [5] The Church is contemptible, if we beholde the outward face of it, but the wisedome of God is not so marueilous, in any thing, as in it.

Note return to page 19454 [h] Of this worlde.

Note return to page 19455 Then he turned to his disciples, and said, Is read in some copies.

Note return to page 19456 [6] Whosoeuer seeketh the Father without the Sonne, wandereth out of the way.

Note return to page 19457 [7] The difference of the old Testament and the newe consisteth in the measure of reuelation.

Note return to page 19458 Matth.13 16.

Note return to page 19459 Matth.22.35. mar.12.28.

Note return to page 19460 [8] Faith doeth not take away but establisheth the doctrine of the Law.

Note return to page 19461 [i] One of them, that professed himselfe to be learned in the actes and lawes of Moses.

Note return to page 19462 Deut.6.5.

Note return to page 19463 Leuit.19.18.

Note return to page 19464 [9] All they are comprehended in the name of our neighbour, by the Lawe, whomsoeuer we may helpe.

Note return to page 19465 [k] That is, to vouch his righteousnesse, or shewe, that he was iust, that is, voide of all faultie and Iames 5. vseth the worde of iustification in this sense.

Note return to page 19466 [10] Christ careth not to be entertained delicately, but to be heard diligently, that is it, which he especially requireth.

Note return to page 19467 Matth.6.9.

Note return to page 19468 [1] A forme of true prayer.

Note return to page 19469 [a] That is, as much as is needefull for vs this day, whereby we are not debarred, to haue an honest care for the maintenance of our liues, but that carping care, which killeth a number of men, is cut off and restrained.

Note return to page 19470 [2] We must pray with faith.

Note return to page 19471 [b] Worde for worde, impudency: but that impudencie which is spoken of here, is not to be founde fault withall, but is very commendable before God, for hee liketh well of such importunitie.

Note return to page 19472 Matt.7.7. & 21.22. mar.11.24. iohn 14.13. & 16.23. iames 1.5.

Note return to page 19473 Matt.7.8.

Note return to page 19474 Matt.7.9.

Note return to page 19475 Matt.9.32. & 12.22.

Note return to page 19476 [3] An example of horrible blindnes, and such as cannot be healed, when as vpon an euill conscience, and pretended malice, the power of God is blasphemed.

Note return to page 19477 Mat.9 34. & 12.24. mar.3.22.

Note return to page 19478 [4] The true way to knowe the true Christ, from the false, is this, that the true Christ hath no accorde or agreement with Satan: And it remaineth that after we knowe him, we acknowledge him.

Note return to page 19479 Matt.12.25. mar.3.24.

Note return to page 19480 [c] By the name and power of Beelzebub.

Note return to page 19481 [d] That is, by the power of God: so it is said, Exod.8.19.

Note return to page 19482 [e] The worde signifieth properly an open and voide roome before an house, and so by translation is taken for noble mens houses.

Note return to page 19483 [5] Against indifferent men, and such as loue to haue a meane, which seeke meanes to reconcile Christ and Satan together.

Note return to page 19484 Matt.12.43.

Note return to page 19485 [6] Hee that doeth not continue, is in worse case, then he that neuer begonne.

Note return to page 19486 Heb.6.4. 2 pet.2 20.

Note return to page 19487 [7] Christ seeketh not praise in him selfe, but in our saluation.

Note return to page 19488 Matt.12.38, 39.

Note return to page 19489 [8] They that are fonde desirers of miracles, in steade of miracles shall receiue punishment.

Note return to page 19490 Ionas 1.12.

Note return to page 19491 1.King.10.1. 2.chron.9.1.

Note return to page 19492 Ionas 3.5.

Note return to page 19493 Chap.8.16. mat.5.15. mar.4.21.

Note return to page 19494 [9] Our mindes are therefore lightened with þe; knowledge of God, that we shoulde giue light vnto others, and therefore our chiefest labour ought to be to pray for that light.

Note return to page 19495 Mat.6.22.

Note return to page 19496 [10] The seruice of God consisteth not in outwarde cleanlinesse, and deuised rites or ceremonies, but in the spirituall righteousnesse of the heart and charity.

Note return to page 19497 Mat.23.25.

Note return to page 19498 [f] That is, according to your abilitie: as who would say, in stead of your extortions, which hindred you, that you coulde not ease cleanly, vse charitie, and accordingly as your abilitie shall serue you, bee good to the poore, and so shall that, that is within the platter, be sanctified though the platter be vnwashed.

Note return to page 19499 [11] It is the propertie of hypocrites, to stande stoutly for litle trifles, and let passe greater matters.

Note return to page 19500 [g] You decide by Gods Law that the tenth part is due to be paide.

Note return to page 19501 [h] Of all kinde of herbes some, as August. expoundeth it in his Enchiridion to Laurence, cap. 99. where he sheweth in like sort howe that place of Paul, 1.Tim.2.4. God will haue all men to be saued, is to be expounded after the same maner.

Note return to page 19502 [i] That is to say, that that is right and reason to doe: for this woorde, Iudgement, conteineth the commaundements of the seconde table, and the other woordes, the loue of God, containe the first.

Note return to page 19503 Chap.20.46. matt.23.6. mar.12. 38, 39.

Note return to page 19504 [12] Hypocrisie and ambition are commonly ioyned together.

Note return to page 19505 [13] Hypocrites deceiue men, with an outwarde shewe.

Note return to page 19506 Matt.23.27.

Note return to page 19507 [14] Hypocrites are very seuere against other men, but thinke all thinges lawfull to themselues.

Note return to page 19508 Matt.23.4. actes 15.10.

Note return to page 19509 [15] Hypocrites honour those sainctes when they are dead, whome they most cruellie persecute, when they are aliue.

Note return to page 19510 Mat.23.29.

Note return to page 19511 [k] When you persecute Gods seruants, like mad men, euen as your fathers did, though you colour it with a pretence of godlines, yet notwithstanding, in that you beautifie the sepulchres of the Prophets, what do you els, but glory in your fathers crueltie, and set vp monuments (as it were) in glory & triumph of it?

Note return to page 19512 [l] They shall so vexe them and trouble them, that at length, they shall banish them.

Note return to page 19513 [m] That you may be called to an accompt for it, yea & be punished, for the sheading of that blood of the Prophets.

Note return to page 19514 Gen.4.8.

Note return to page 19515 2.Chr.24.21.

Note return to page 19516 [16] They haue of long time chiefly hindred the people, from entring into the knowledge of God, which ought to be the doore keepers of the Church.

Note return to page 19517 [n] You haue hidden and taken away, so that it cannot be founde any where.

Note return to page 19518 [17] The more the worlde is reprehended, the worse it is, and yet must we not betray the trueth.

Note return to page 19519 [o] They proposed many questions to him, to drawe some thing out of his mouth, which they might traiterously carpe at.

Note return to page 19520 Mat.16.5. mar.8.14.

Note return to page 19521 [1] The faithfull teachers of Gods woorde, which are appoynted by him for his people, must both take good heede of them, which corrupt the puritie of doctrine with goodly gloses, and also take paines through the helpe of God, to set foorth syncere doctrine, openly and without feare.

Note return to page 19522 [a] Word for word, tenne thousands of people, a certaine number for an vncertaine.

Note return to page 19523 Mat.10.26. mar.4.22.

Note return to page 19524 Mat.10.28.

Note return to page 19525 [2] Although hypocrites haue princes to execute their crueltie, yet there is no cause why we shoulde be afraide of them, the least iote that may be, seeing they can do nothing, but what pleaseth God, & God will not any thing that may be against the saluation of his elect.

Note return to page 19526 [b] He warneth them of d&abar;gers that presently hang ouer their heads, for those that come vpon the sodaine, do make the greater wound.

Note return to page 19527 1. Sam.14.45. act. 27.34.

Note return to page 19528 Chap.9.26. mat.10.32. mar.8.38. 2.tim.1.12.

Note return to page 19529 [3] Great is the rewarde of a constant confession: and horrible is the punishment of the denying of Christ, yea impossible to bee called backe againe shall the punishment be, if vpon set purpose, both with mouth and heart wee blaspheme a knowen trueth.

Note return to page 19530 Mat.12.31. mar.3.28. 1.iohn 5.15.

Note return to page 19531 Mat.10.19. mar.13.11.

Note return to page 19532 [4] It is a great and hard conflict to confesse the trueth, yet hee that can doe all things, and is almightie, will not be wanting to the weakest which striue and contend, in his appointed time.

Note return to page 19533 [5] Christ would not for three causes be a iudge to deuide an inheritance. First, for that he would not softer vp and cherish the fleshly opinion that the Iewes had of Messias: Secondly, for that he woulde distinguish the ciuill gouernance, from the Ecclesiasticall: Thirdly, to teache vs to beware of them which abuse the shewe of the Gospel and also the name of ministers, to their own priuate commodities.

Note return to page 19534 [c] By couetousnes is meant, that griedie desire to get, commonly with other mens hurt.

Note return to page 19535 [d] God is the authour and preseruer of mans life, goods are not.

Note return to page 19536 [6] There are none more madde, then rich men which hang vpon their riches.

Note return to page 19537 [e] Or rather countrie, for here is set foorth a man that possesseth not a piece of ground only, but an whole countrey, as they do, which ioyne house to house, & field to field, Esa.5.8.

Note return to page 19538 [f] Made his reckoning within himselfe, which is the propertie of couetous churles that spend their life in those trifles.

Note return to page 19539 [g] Be mery & make good cheare.

Note return to page 19540 [h] Caring for no man but for himselfe, & minding to trust in himselfe.

Note return to page 19541 [7] An earnest thinking vpon the prouidence of God, is a present remedie against the most foolish, and pining carefulnesse of men, for this life.

Note return to page 19542 Mat.6.25. 1.pet. 5.7. psal.55.22.

Note return to page 19543 [i] A Metaphore taken of thinges that hang in the aire, for they that are carefull for this worldly life, and hang vpon the arme of man, haue alwaies wauering & doubtfull mindes, swaying sometimes this way, & sometimes that way.

Note return to page 19544 [8] They shall lacke nothing, which are carefull for the kingdome of heauen.

Note return to page 19545 [9] It is a foolish thing, not to looke for small things, at his hands, which giueth vs freely the greatest things.

Note return to page 19546 Matth.6.20.

Note return to page 19547 [10] A godly bountifulnesse is a ready way to get true riches.

Note return to page 19548 [k] This is the figure Metonymie, for by this worde, Almes, is meant that compassion, and friendlinesse of an heart, that tendreth the miserie and poore estate of a man, and sheweth foorth it selfe by some gift, and hath the name giuen it in the Greeke tongue, of mercie and compassion: and therefore he is saide to giue almes, who parteth with some thing to another, and giueth to the poore, shewing thereby, that he pitieth their poore estate.

Note return to page 19549 1.Peter 1.13.

Note return to page 19550 [11] The life of the faithfull seruants of God, in this worlde is a certaine watchfull peregrination, hauing the light of the worde going before it.

Note return to page 19551 Matth.24.43. reue.16.15. and 3.3.

Note return to page 19552 [12] None haue more neede to watch, then they that haue some degree of honour, in the houshold of God.

Note return to page 19553 [l] That is, euery moneth such measure of corne as was appointed them.

Note return to page 19554 [m] More then of him, to whom so much was not giuen.

Note return to page 19555 [13] The Gospel is the onely cause of peace betweene the godly: and so is it the occasion of great trouble among the wicked.

Note return to page 19556 Matth.10.34.

Note return to page 19557 Matth.16.2.

Note return to page 19558 [14] Men which are very quicke of sight in earthly things, are blinde in those things, which pertaine to the heauenly life, and that through their owne malice.

Note return to page 19559 [n] Which appeareth, and gathereth it selfe together in that part of the ayre.

Note return to page 19560 [15] Men that are blinded with the loue of themselues, and therefore are detestable and stubburne, shall beare the reward of their folly.

Note return to page 19561 Matth.5.25.

Note return to page 19562 [o] To him that had to demaunde and gather the amercements, which they were condemned vnto, that had wrongfully troubled men: moreouer, the magistrates officers make them which are condemned, pay that, that they owe, yea and oftentimes if they be obstinate, they doe not onely take the costes and charges of them, but also imprison them.

Note return to page 19563 [1] We must not reioyce at the iust punishment of others, but rather be instructed thereby to repentance.

Note return to page 19564 [a] Pontius Pilate was gouernour of Iudea, almost tenne yeeres, and aboue the fourth yeere of his gouernement, which might be about the fifteenth yeere of Tyberias reigne, Christ finished the worke of our redemption by his death.

Note return to page 19565 [b] To wit, in the place, or riuer: for Siloam was a small riuer, from whence the conduites of the citie came, whereof Iohn 9.7. and Esai 8.6. and therefore it was a towre or castle, built vpon the conduit side, which fell downe suddenly and killed some.

Note return to page 19566 [2] Great and long suffering is the patience of God, but yet so that at length he executeth iudgement.

Note return to page 19567 [c] Maketh the ground barren in that part, which otherwise were good for vines.

Note return to page 19568 [3] Christ came to deliuer vs from the bands of Satan.

Note return to page 19569 [d] Troubled with a disease which Satan brought.

Note return to page 19570 [e] For Satan had the woman bounde, as if she had bene in chaines, in so much that for eighteene yeeres space, she coulde not holde vp her head.

Note return to page 19571 [4] A liuely image of hypocrisie, and rewarde thereof.

Note return to page 19572 [f] One of the Rulers of the Synagogue, for it appeareth by Mar. 5.22. and Actes 13.15. that there were many rulers of the Synagogue.

Note return to page 19573 Matth.13.31. marke 4.31.

Note return to page 19574 [5] God beginneth his kingdome with small beginnings, that the vnlooked for proceeding of it, may better set foorth his power.

Note return to page 19575 Matth.13.33.

Note return to page 19576 Matth.9.35. marke 6.6.

Note return to page 19577 [6] Against them which had rather erre with many, then goe right with a fewe, and by that meanes thorow their owne slownesse, are shut out of the kingdome of God.

Note return to page 19578 Matth.7.13.

Note return to page 19579 [7] He is in vaine in the Church, which is not of the Church, which thing the cleannes of life sheweth.

Note return to page 19580 Mar.7.23. and 25.41. psal 6.8.

Note return to page 19581 [8] The casting off of the Iewes, and the calling of the Gentiles is foretolde.

Note return to page 19582 [g] From all the quarters of the world, and these are foure of the chiefest.

Note return to page 19583 Matth.19.30. and 20.16. marke 10.31.

Note return to page 19584 [9] We must goe forwarde in the case of our calling, through the middest of terrours, whether they be true or fayned.

Note return to page 19585 [h] That deceitfull & trecherous man.

Note return to page 19586 [i] That is, a small time, and Theophyl. saieth, it is a prouerbe: or els, by To day, we may vnderstand the time that nowe is, and by To morowe, the aime to come, meaning thereby, all the time of his ministerie and office.

Note return to page 19587 [k] To wit, when the sacrifice for sinne is ended.

Note return to page 19588 [10] There are no where more cruell enemies of the godly, then they which are within the Sanctuarie and Church it selfe: but God seeth it, & will in his time haue an accompt of it.

Note return to page 19589 Mat.23.37.

Note return to page 19590 [l] Word for word, the nest: nowe the broode of chickins is the nest.

Note return to page 19591 [1] The Lawe of the very Sabbath ought not to hinder the offices of charitie.

Note return to page 19592 [a] Either one of the Elders, whom they called the S&abar;hedrin, or one of the chiefe of the Synagogue: for all the Pharises were not chiefe men of the Synagogue, iohn 7.48. for this worde Pharise was the name of a secte, though it appeare by the whole historie that the Pharises were in great credite.

Note return to page 19593 [2] The rewarde of pride is ignominie: and the rewarde of true modestie is glorie.

Note return to page 19594 Pron.25.5.

Note return to page 19595 Chap.18.14. matth.23.12.

Note return to page 19596 [3] Against them which lauish out their goods either ambitiously, or set hope of recompence, where as Christian charitie respecteth onely the glory of God, and the profite of our neighbour.

Note return to page 19597 Prou.3.27. iob.4.7.

Note return to page 19598 Matth.22.1. reuel.19.9.

Note return to page 19599 [4] The most part euen of them to whom God hath reueiled himselfe, are so mad, that such helpes as they haue receiued of God, they willingly turne into lets and hinderances.

Note return to page 19600 [b] As of set purpose, and a thing agreed vpon before: for though they alledge seuerall causes, yet all of them agree in this, that they haue their excuses, that they may not come to supper.

Note return to page 19601 [c] Wide and broad quarters.

Note return to page 19602 [5] Euen those affections, which are of themselues worthie of praise and commendation, must be ruled and ordered, that godlinesse may haue the vpper hand and preeminence.

Note return to page 19603 Mat.10.37.

Note return to page 19604 [d] If the matter stand betweene God & him, as Theophyl. saith: and therefore these woordes are not spoken simplie, but by comparison.

Note return to page 19605 Chap.9.29. matt.16.24. mar.8.34.

Note return to page 19606 [6] The true folowers of Christ must at once build and fight, & therefore be readie and prepared to suffer all kinde of miseries.

Note return to page 19607 [e] At home, and casteth all his costs, before he begin the woorke.

Note return to page 19608 Mat.5.13. mar.9.50.

Note return to page 19609 [7] The disciples of Christ must bee wise, both for themselues, and for other: otherwise they become the foolishest of all.

Note return to page 19610 Or, drewe neere.

Note return to page 19611 [1] We must not despaire of them, which haue gone out of the way, but according to the example of Christ, wee must take great paines about them.

Note return to page 19612 [a] Some Publicanes and sinners came to Christ from all quarters.

Note return to page 19613 Mat.18.12.

Note return to page 19614 [2] Men by their voluntarie falling from God, hauing spoiled themselues of the benefites which they receiued of him, cast themselues headlong into infinite calamities: but God of his singular goodnesse, offering himselfe freely to them, whome he called to repentance, through the greatnesse of their miserie wherewith they were tamed, doeth not onely gently receiue them, but also enricheth them with farre greater gifts, and blesseth them with the chiefest blisse.

Note return to page 19615 [3] The beginning of repentance is the acknowledging of the mercie of God, which stirreth vs to hope well.

Note return to page 19616 [b] Against God, because he is said to dwell in heauen.

Note return to page 19617 [4] In true repentance there is a feeling of our sinnes, ioyned with sorowe and shame, from wh&ebar;ce springeth a confession, after which foloweth forgiuenes.

Note return to page 19618 [5] Such as truely feare God, desire to haue all men to be their felowes.

Note return to page 19619 [1] Seeing that men oftentimes purchase friendship to themselues, by other mens costes, it is shame for vs, if with a free and liberall bestowing of þe; goods which the Lord hath giuen vs to that purpose, we doe not please him, nor procure the good will of our neighbours, seeing that by this onely meanes, riches, which are oftentimes occasions of sinne, are turned to an other ende and purpose.

Note return to page 19620 [a] This parable doeth not approoue the stewardes naughtie dealing, for it was verie theft: but parables are set forth, to shewe a thing couertly, & as it were, vnder a figure to represent the truth, though it agree not throughly with the matter it selfe: so that Christ meaneth by this parable, to teache vs, that worldly men are more heedie in the affaires of this world, then the children of God are carefull for euerlasting life.

Note return to page 19621 [b] Men that are giuen to this present life, contrarie to whom the children of light are set: S. Paul calleth those spirituall, and the other carnall.

Note return to page 19622 [c] This is not spoken of goods that are euill gotten, for God will haue our bountifulnesse to the poore, proceede and come from a good fountaine: but hee calleth those riches of iniquitie, which men vse naughtily.

Note return to page 19623 [d] To wit, the poore Christians: for they are the inheritours of these Tabernacles. Theophyl.

Note return to page 19624 [2] Wee ought to take heede, that for abusing our earthly function and duetie, we be not depriued of heauenly giftes: for how can they vse spiritual gifts aright, who abuse worldly things?

Note return to page 19625 [e] That is, heauenly and true riches: which are contrary to worldly and sitting substance.

Note return to page 19626 [f] In worldly goods, which are called other mens, because they are committed to our credit.

Note return to page 19627 Matth.6.24.

Note return to page 19628 [3] No man can loue God and riches together.

Note return to page 19629 [4] Our sinnes are not hidden to God, although they bee hidden to men, yea although they bee hidden to them whose sinnes they are.

Note return to page 19630 Mat.11.12.

Note return to page 19631 [5] The Pharises despised the excellencie of the newe Couenant, in respect of the olde, being ignorant of the perfect righteousnesse of the Lawe, and howe false expounders they were of the Lawe, Christ declareth by the seuenth commandement.

Note return to page 19632 Mat.5.18.

Note return to page 19633 Mat.5.32.& 19.9. 1.cor.7.11.

Note return to page 19634 [g] They that gather by this place, that a man cannot be maried againe after that hee hath put away his wife for adulterie, while shee liueth, reason fondly: for Christ speaketh of those diuorces, which the Iewes vsed, of which sort we can not take the diuorcement for adulterie, for adulterers were put to death by the Law.

Note return to page 19635 [6] The ende of the pouertie and miserie of the godly, shal be euerlasting ioye: as the ende of the riotousnes & cruell pride of the rich shall be euerlasting miserie, without all hope of mercie.

Note return to page 19636 [h] Very gorgeously and sumptuously, for purple garm&ebar;ts were costly, and this fine linnen which was a kinde of linnen that came out of Achaia, was as deare as golde.

Note return to page 19637 [i] Heauenly and spirituall things are expressed and set foorth vnder colours and resemblances fit for our senses.

Note return to page 19638 [7] Seeing that we haue a most sure rule to liue by, laied foorth vnto vs in the woorde of God, rashly and vainely doe men seeke for other reuelations.

Note return to page 19639 Matt.18.7. mar.9.42.

Note return to page 19640 [1] The Church is of necessitie subiect to offences, but the Lorde will not suffer them vnpunished, if any of the least be offended.

Note return to page 19641 [2] Our reprehensions must bee iust, and proceede of loue & charitie.

Note return to page 19642 Matth.18.21.

Note return to page 19643 [3] God will neuer be vtterly lacking to the godly, (although he be not so perfitly with them, as they shoulde) euen in those difficulties, which cannot be ouercome by mans reason.

Note return to page 19644 Matth.17.20.

Note return to page 19645 [a] If you had no more faith, but the quantitie of the graine of mustard seede.

Note return to page 19646 [4] Seeing that God may challenge vnto himselfe of right, both vs and all that is ours, he can be detter vnto vs for nothing, although we labour manfully euen vnto death.

Note return to page 19647 [5] The most perfit keeping of the lawe, which wee can performe, deserueth no reward.

Note return to page 19648 [6] Christ doeth well, euen vnto such, as will be vnthankefull, but the benefites of God profite them onely to saluation, which are thankefull.

Note return to page 19649 Leuit.14.2.

Note return to page 19650 [7] The kingdome of God is not marked of many, although it be most present before their eyes: because they fondly perswade themselues, that it is ioyned with outwarde pompe.

Note return to page 19651 [b] With any outward pompe and shewe of maiestie, to be knowen by: for there were otherwise many plaine and euident tokens whereby men might haue vnderstoode, that Christ was the Me&esset;ias, whose kingdome was so long looked for: but he speaketh in this place of those signes which the Pharises dreamed of, which looked for an earthly kingdome of Me&esset;ias.

Note return to page 19652 [c] You looke about for Me&esset;ias, as though he were absent, but hee is amongest you, in the middes of you.

Note return to page 19653 [8] We oftentimes neglect those things when they be present, which we afterwarde desire when they are gone, but in vaine.

Note return to page 19654 [d] The time will come that you shall seeke for the Sonne of man, with great sorow of heart, and shall not finde him.

Note return to page 19655 Mat.24.23. mar.13.21.

Note return to page 19656 [9] Christ forewarneth vs, that false Christes shall come, and that his glory shall suddenly be spred farre and wide through the world, after that the ignominie of the crosse is put out and extinguished.

Note return to page 19657 Gen.7.5. matt. 24.38. 1.pet.3.20.

Note return to page 19658 [10] The worlde shalbe taken vnawares with the suddaine iudgement of God: and therefore the faithful ought to watch continually.

Note return to page 19659 Gene.19.24.

Note return to page 19660 [11] We must take good heede, that neither distrust, nor the inticem&ebar;ts of this world, nor any respect of friendship hinder vs the least that may be.

Note return to page 19661 Gene.19.26.

Note return to page 19662 Chap.9.24. matth.10.39. marke 8.35. iohn 12.25.

Note return to page 19663 [e] That is, shall saue it, so Matthewe expoundeth it: for the life that is here spoken of is euerlasting saluation.

Note return to page 19664 Matth.24.41.

Note return to page 19665 [12] The onely way to continue is to cleaue to Christ.

Note return to page 19666 Matth.24 28.

Note return to page 19667 [1] God will haue vs to continue in prayer, not to wearie vs, but to exercise vs, therefore we must so striue with impatience, that long delay cause vs not to breake off the course of our prayers.

Note return to page 19668 Rom.12.12. 1.the&esset;.5.17.

Note return to page 19669 [a] Yelde to afflictions, and aduersiries, as they doe which are out of heart.

Note return to page 19670 [b] Hee doeth not compare thinges that are equall together, but the lesse with the greater: If a man get his right at a most vnrighteous iudges handes, much more shall the prayers of the godly preuaile before God.

Note return to page 19671 [c] Word for word, beate mee downe with her blowes, and it is a metaphore taken of wrestlers, who beate their aduersaries with their fists or clubbes: so doe they that are importunate beate the Iudges eares with their crying out, euen as it were with blowes.

Note return to page 19672 [d] Though hee seeme slowe in reuenging the iniurie done to his,

Note return to page 19673 [2] Two thinges especially make our prayers voyde and of none effect: confidence of our owne righteousnesse, and the contempt of other: and an humble heart is contrary to both these.

Note return to page 19674 [3] Although we c&obar;fesse, that whatsoeuer we haue, we haue it of God, yet are we despised of God, as proude and arrogant, if we put neuer so litle trust in our owne workes before God.

Note return to page 19675 [e] Farre from the Pharise in a lower place.

Note return to page 19676 Chap.14.11. matth.23.12.

Note return to page 19677 Matth.19.13. marke 10.13.

Note return to page 19678 [f] The children were render and yong, in that they were brought, which appeareth more euidently in that, that they were infants: which is to be marked against them that are enemies to the baptizing of children.

Note return to page 19679 [4] To iudge or thinke of Christ after the reason of our flesh, is the cause of infinite corruptions.

Note return to page 19680 [5] The children also of the faithfull are comprehended in the free couenant of God.

Note return to page 19681 [g] Them that caried the children, whom the disciples droue away.

Note return to page 19682 [6] Childelike innocencie is an ornament of Christians.

Note return to page 19683 Matth.19.16. marke 10.17.

Note return to page 19684 Exod.20.13.

Note return to page 19685 [7] The intisement of riches carieth away many from the right way.

Note return to page 19686 [8] To be both rich and godly, is a singular gift of God.

Note return to page 19687 Matth.19.27. marke 10.28.

Note return to page 19688 [9] They become the richest of all, which refuse not to be poore for Christes sake.

Note return to page 19689 Matth.20.17. marke 10.32.

Note return to page 19690 [10] As sure and certaine as persecution is, so sure is the glorie which remaineth for the conquerours.

Note return to page 19691 [h] Hereby we see howe ignorant the disciples were.

Note return to page 19692 Matth.20.29. marke 10.46.

Note return to page 19693 [11] Christ sheweth by a visible miracle, that he is the light of the world.

Note return to page 19694 [12] The more stops and lets that Satan layeth in our way euen by them which professe Christes Name, so much the more ought we to goe forwarde.

Note return to page 19695 [1] Christ preuenteth them with his grace especially, which seemed to be furthest from it.

Note return to page 19696 [a] The ouerseer and head of the Publicanes; which were there together: for the Publicanes were deuided into companies, as we may gather by many places of Cicero his orations.

Note return to page 19697 [2] The worlde forsaketh the grace of God, and yet is vnwilling that it should bee bestowed vp&obar; other.

Note return to page 19698 [3] The example of true repentance, is knowen by the effect.

Note return to page 19699 [b] By falsly accusing any man: and this agreeth most fitly to the master of the customers person: for commonly they haue this trade among them, when they robbe and spoile the common weale, they haue nothing in their mouthes, but the profite of the common weale, and vnder that colour they playe the theeues, in so much that if men reproue and go about to redresse their roblerie, and spoyling, they cry out, the common weale is hindered.

Note return to page 19700 [c] Beloued of God, one that walketh in the steps of Abrahams faith: and we gather that saluation came to that house, because they receiued the blessing as Abraham had, for all of the housholde were circumcised.

Note return to page 19701 Matth.18.11.

Note return to page 19702 [4] We must patiently waite for the iudgement of God, which shalbe reueiled in his time.

Note return to page 19703 Matth.25.14.

Note return to page 19704 [5] There are three sortes of men in the Church: the one sort fall from Christ whom they see not: the other, which according to their vocation, bestowe the giftes, which they haue receiued of God, to his glory with great paines & diligence: the third liue idlely & doe no good. As for the first, the Lorde when he commeth will iustly punish them in his time: the other he will blesse, according to the paines which they haue taken: and as for the slouthfull and idle persons he wil punish them as the first.

Note return to page 19705 [d] This was a piece of money which the Grecians vsed, and was in value about an hundred pence, which is about ten crownes.

Note return to page 19706 [6] Against them which spend their life idlely in deliberating & otherwise in contemplation.

Note return to page 19707 [e] To the bankers and changers.

Note return to page 19708 Chap.8.18. mat.13.12. and 25.29. marke 4.25.

Note return to page 19709 [f] The disciples staggered & stayed at the matter, but Christ goeth on boldly, though death were before his eyes.

Note return to page 19710 Matth.21.1. marke 11.1.

Note return to page 19711 [7] Christ sheweth in his owne person, that his kingdome is not of this worlde.

Note return to page 19712 Matth.21.7. iohn 12.14.

Note return to page 19713 [8] When they linger which ought to be the chiefest preachers and setters foorth of the kingdome of God, hee will raise vp other extraordinarily, in despite of them.

Note return to page 19714 Chap.21.6. matth.24.1. marke 13.1.

Note return to page 19715 [9] Christ is not simply delited with the destruction, no not of the wicked.

Note return to page 19716 [g] Christ breaketh off his speache, which sheweth partly how he was moued with compassion for the destruction of the citie, that was like to ensue: and partly to vpbrayd them for their trecherie and stubburnes against him, such as hath not lightly bene heard of.

Note return to page 19717 [h] At least wise thou, O Hierusalem, to whome this me&esset;age was properly sent.

Note return to page 19718 [i] If after the slaying of so many Prophets, and so oft refusing me the Lord of the Prophets, nowe especially in this my last comming to thee thou hadst had any regard to thy selfe.

Note return to page 19719 [k] The fit and commodious time is called the day of this Citie.

Note return to page 19720 [l] That is, those things wherein thy happines standeth.

Note return to page 19721 [m] That is, this very instant wherein God visited thee.

Note return to page 19722 Mat.21.13.

Note return to page 19723 [10] Christ sheweth after his entrie into Hierusal&ebar; by a visible signe, that it is his office inioyned him of his Father to purge the Temple.

Note return to page 19724 Mark.11.17. isai.56.7.

Note return to page 19725 Iere.7.11.

Note return to page 19726 Matth.21.23. marke 11.27.

Note return to page 19727 [1] The Pharises being ouercome with the trueth of Christes doctrine, moue a question about his outward calling, and are ouercome by the witnes of their owne conscience.

Note return to page 19728 Matt.21.33. mar. 12 1. isai.5.1. iere. 2.21.

Note return to page 19729 [2] It is no newe thing to haue them the chiefest enemies of Christ and his seruants, which are conuersant in the very Sanctuary of Gods holy place: but at length they shall not scape vnpunished.

Note return to page 19730 Psal.118.22. isai.28.16. act.4.11. rom.9.33. 1.pet.2.8.

Note return to page 19731 Matth.22 16. marke 12.13.

Note return to page 19732 [3] The last refuge that false prophets haue to destroy the true Prophets, is to lay sedition and treason to their charge.

Note return to page 19733 [a] A fit time to take him in.

Note return to page 19734 [b] Whom they had deceitfully hired.

Note return to page 19735 [c] That they might take some holde in his talke, & thereby forge some false accusation against him.

Note return to page 19736 [d] To put him to death.

Note return to page 19737 [e] Thou art not moued by fauour of any man: and by person he meaneth outward circumstances, which if a man haue respect vnto, he will not iudge alike of them that are in deede alike.

Note return to page 19738 [f] Craftines is a certaine diligence and wittines to doe euil, gotten by much vse and great practise in matters.

Note return to page 19739 Rom.13.7.

Note return to page 19740 Matth.22.23. marke 12.18.

Note return to page 19741 [4] The resurrection of the flesh is auouched against the Sadduces.

Note return to page 19742 Deut.25.5.

Note return to page 19743 [g] They are called here in this place, the children of this world, which liue in this world: and not they, that wholy are giuen to the world, as before cap.16.8. which are contrary to the children of light.

Note return to page 19744 [h] That is, men partakers of the resurrection: for as we say truely that they shall liue in deede, which shall enioy euerlasting bli&esset;e, so doe they rise in deede, which rise to life, though, if this worde, resurrection, be taken generally, it belongeth also to the wicked, which shall rise to condemnation, which is not properly life, but death.

Note return to page 19745 Exod.3.6.

Note return to page 19746 [i] That is, before him: a notable saying, the godly doe not die though they die here on earth.

Note return to page 19747 Matth.22.44. marke 12.35.

Note return to page 19748 [5] Christ is so the sonne of Dauid according to the flesh, that he is also his Lord (because he is the euerlasting Sonne of God) according to the spirit.

Note return to page 19749 Psal.1 10.1.

Note return to page 19750 Chap.11.43. mat.23.6. marke 12.38.

Note return to page 19751 [6] We must auoyde the example of the ambitious and couetous pastours.

Note return to page 19752 [k] This is spoken by the figure Metonymie, houses, for the goods and substance.

Note return to page 19753 Marke 12.42.

Note return to page 19754 [1] The poore may exceede in bountie and liberalitie euen the richest, according to Gods iudgement.

Note return to page 19755 Chap.19.43. matth.24.1 mar.13.1.

Note return to page 19756 [2] The destruction of the Temple is foretolde, that that true spirituall building may be built vp, whose head builders must and ought to be circumspect.

Note return to page 19757 [a] These were things that were hanged vp&obar; walles and pillars.

Note return to page 19758 Ephes.5.6. 2.thes.2.3.

Note return to page 19759 [b] Vsing my Name.

Note return to page 19760 [3] The true Temple of God is built vp euen in the middest of incredible tumults, and most sharpe miseries, through inuincible patience, so that the ende thereof cannot be but most happie.

Note return to page 19761 Matth.24 7. marke 13.8.

Note return to page 19762 [c] This shalbe the ende of your troubles & afflictions, they shalbe witnesses both before God and man, as well of the trecherous and cruel dealing of your enemies, as also of your constancie: A noble saying, that the afflictions of the godly and holy men pertaine to the witnes of the trueth.

Note return to page 19763 Chap.12.12. matth.10.19. marke 13.11.

Note return to page 19764 Matth.10.30.

Note return to page 19765 [d] Though you are compassed about on all sides with many miseries, yet notwithstanding be valiant and couragious, and beare out these things manfully.

Note return to page 19766 Daniel 9.27. matth.24.15. marke 13.14.

Note return to page 19767 [4] The finall destruction of the whole citie is foretolde.

Note return to page 19768 [e] By wrath those things are meant, which God sendeth wh&ebar; he is displeased.

Note return to page 19769 [f] Word for word, mouth, for the Hebrewes call the edge of a sworde, the mouth, because the edge biteth.

Note return to page 19770 Isa.13.10. Ezek. 32.7. matth.24.29. marke 13.24.

Note return to page 19771 [g] When the times are expired, appointed for the saluation of the Gentiles, and punishment of the Iewes: And so be pa&esset;h from the destruction of Hierusalem, to the historie of the latter iudgement.

Note return to page 19772 [5] After diuers tempests, the Lord will at the length plainely appeare to deliuer his Church.

Note return to page 19773 Rom.8.27.

Note return to page 19774 [6] We must be sober & watchfull both day and night for the Lordes comming, that we be not taken at vnwares.

Note return to page 19775 Rom.13.13.

Note return to page 19776 [h] On all men where soeuer they be.

Note return to page 19777 [i] You may so appeare, that you will abide the countenance and sentence of the Iudge without feare.

Note return to page 19778 Matth.26.1. marke 14.1.

Note return to page 19779 [1] Christ is taken vpon the day of the Passeouer, rather by the prouidence of his Father, then by the will of men.

Note return to page 19780 Matth.26.14. marke 14.10.

Note return to page 19781 [2] God by his wonderfull prouidence, causeth him to be the minister of our saluation, who was the authour of our destruction.

Note return to page 19782 [a] They that had the charge of keeping the Temple, which were none of the Priestes and Bishops, as appeareth by the 52. verse of this Chapter.

Note return to page 19783 [b] Without tumult, vnwitting to the people which vsed to follow him: and therefore in deede they watched their time, when they knewe he was alone in the garden.

Note return to page 19784 Matth.26.17. marke 14.13.

Note return to page 19785 [3] Christ teacheth his disciples by a manifest miracle, that although he be going to bee crucified, yet nothing is hid from him: and therefore that he goeth willingly to death.

Note return to page 19786 [c] By the order appointed by the Law.

Note return to page 19787 [d] The lambe which was the figure of the Passeouer: And this is spoken by the figure Metonymie, which is very vsuall in the matter of the Sacraments.

Note return to page 19788 Mat. 26.20. mar. 14.17.

Note return to page 19789 [4] Christ hauing ended the Passeouer according to the order of the Lawe, forewarneth them that this shall bee his last banquet with them, after the maner and necessitie of this life.

Note return to page 19790 [e] The euening and twylight, at what tyme this supper was to be kept.

Note return to page 19791 [f] I am put to death.

Note return to page 19792 Matth.26.26. marke 14.22. 1.cor.11.24.

Note return to page 19793 [5] Christ establisheth his newe Couenant, and his communicating with vs with new signes.

Note return to page 19794 [g] Here is a double Metonymie: for first the ve&esset;ell is tak&ebar; for that which is conteined in the ve&esset;el, as the cuppe, for the wine, which is within the cup. Then the wine is called the Couenant or Testament, whereas in deede it is but the signe of the Testament, or rather of the blood of Christ, whereby the Testament was made: neither is it a vaine signe, though it be not all one with the thing that it representeth.

Note return to page 19795 [h] This word that, sheweth the excellencie of the Testament, and answereth to the place of Ieremie, Chap.31.31. where the newe Testament is promised.

Note return to page 19796 Matth.26.21. marke 14.18. psalme 41.9.

Note return to page 19797 [6] Christ sheweth againe that hee goeth to death willingly, although he be not ignorant of Iudas treason.

Note return to page 19798 [i] That is, his practise, so vse the Hebrewes to speake, as 2.Kings 14.19. Is not the hand of Ioab in this matter?

Note return to page 19799 [7] Although the degree of Gods prouidence come necessarily to passe, yet it excuseth not the fault of the instruments.

Note return to page 19800 Matth.20.25. marke 10.42.

Note return to page 19801 [8] The Pastours are not called to rule, but to serue.

Note return to page 19802 [k] Haue great titles, for so it was the custome to honour Princes with some great titles.

Note return to page 19803 [9] Such as are partakers of the afflictions of Christ, shall also be partakers of his kingdome.

Note return to page 19804 Mat.19.28.

Note return to page 19805 [10] We must alwayes thinke vpon the waite that Satan layeth for vs.

Note return to page 19806 1.Pet.5.8.

Note return to page 19807 [l] To tosse you and scatter you, and also to cast you out.

Note return to page 19808 [11] It is through the prayers of Christ, that the elect doe neuer vtterly fall away from the faith: and that for this cause, that they should stirre vp one another.

Note return to page 19809 Mat 26.34. marke 14.39. iohn 13 38.

Note return to page 19810 [12] Christ sheweth that faith differeth much from a vaine securitie, in setting before vs the grieuous example of Peter.

Note return to page 19811 Matth.10.9.

Note return to page 19812 [m] All this talke is by way of an allegorie, as if he said, O my friendes and fellowe souldiers, you haue liued hitherto as it were in peace: but nowe there is a most sharpe battell at hande to be fought, and therefore you must laye all other things aside, and thinke vpon furnishing your selues in armour. And what this armour is, hee shewed by his owne example, when hee prayed afterwarde in the garden, and reprooued Peter for striking with the sworde.

Note return to page 19813 Esai. 23.12.

Note return to page 19814 Matth.26.36. marke 14.32. iohn 18.1.

Note return to page 19815 Matth.26.41. marke 14.38.

Note return to page 19816 [13] Christ hath made death acceptable vnto vs, by ouercomming in our name, all the horrours of death, which had ioyned with them, the curse of God.

Note return to page 19817 [14] Prayers are a sure succour against the most perillous assaults of our enemies.

Note return to page 19818 [n] This agonie sheweth that Christ stroue much, and was in great distresse: for Christ stroue not onely with the feares of death, as other men vse to doe, for so many Martyrs might seeme more c&obar;stant then Christ, but with the fearefull iudgement of his angrie Father, which is the fearefullest thing in the world: and the matter was, for that he tooke the burden of all our sinnes vpon himselfe.

Note return to page 19819 [o] These doe not onely shewe that Christ was true man, but other things also which the godly haue to consider of, wherein the secret of the redemption of all mankinde is conteined in the Sonne of God his debasing himselfe to the state of a seruant: such things as no man can sufficiently declare.

Note return to page 19820 [15] Men are vtterly sluggish, euen in their greatest dangers, vntill Christ stirre them vp.

Note return to page 19821 Matth.26.47. marke 14.43. iohn 18.3.

Note return to page 19822 [16] Christ is willingly betrayed and taken, that by his obedience he might deliuer vs, which were guiltie for the betraying of Gods glorie.

Note return to page 19823 [17] That zeale which carieth vs out of the bounds of our vocation, pleaseth not Christ.

Note return to page 19824 [18] Euen the very feare of them which toke Christ, prooueth partly their euill conscience, and partly also that all these thinges were done by Gods prouidence.

Note return to page 19825 [p] The power that was giuen to darkene&esset;e, to oppresse the light for a season.

Note return to page 19826 Matt.26 58.

Note return to page 19827 [19] We haue to beholde in Peter an example both of the fragilitie of mans nature, and of the singular goodnes of God towards his elect.

Note return to page 19828 Mat.26.58,69. mar.14.66. ioh. 18.25.

Note return to page 19829 Mat.26 34. ioh 13 38.

Note return to page 19830 [20] Christ bore the shame that was due to our sinnes.

Note return to page 19831 Mat.26.67. mar.14.65

Note return to page 19832 Matth.27.1. marke 15.1. iohn 18 28.

Note return to page 19833 [21] Christ is wr&obar;gfully condemned of blasphemie before the hie Priests iudgement seate, that we might be quit before God from the blasphemie which we deserued.

Note return to page 19834 [1] Christ, who is nowe ready to suffer for the sedition, which we raised in this world, is first of all pronounced guiltles, that it might appeare that he suffered not for his own sinnes (which were none) but for ours.

Note return to page 19835 [a] Corrupting the people, and leading them into errours.

Note return to page 19836 Matth.22.21. marke 12.17.

Note return to page 19837 Matth.27.11. marke 15.2. iohn 18.33.

Note return to page 19838 [2] Christ is a laughing stocke to Princes, but to their great smart.

Note return to page 19839 [b] This was Herod Antipas the Tetrarch, in the time of whose gouernance, which was almost the space of 22. yeeres, Iohn the Baptist preached and was put to death, and Iesus Christ also dyed and rose againe, and the Apostles began to preach, and diuers things were done at Hierusalem almost seuen yeeres after Christs death. This Herod was sent into banishment to Zions, about the second yeere of Caius Cesar.

Note return to page 19840 [c] Accompanied with his Nobles & souldiers which followed him from Galile.

Note return to page 19841 [3] The hatred of godlinesse ioyneth the wicked together.

Note return to page 19842 [4] Christ is quit the seconde time, euen of him of whom he is condemned, that it might appeare, how he being iust, redeemed vs which were vniust.

Note return to page 19843 [d] Those whome the Iewes called the Sanhedrin.

Note return to page 19844 Matth.27.23. marke 15.14. iohn 18.34.

Note return to page 19845 [5] The wisdome of the flesh, of two euils chuseth the lesse, but God curseth such counsels.

Note return to page 19846 [6] Christ is quit the third time, before hee was condemned once, that it might appeare, howe that our sinnes were condemned in him.

Note return to page 19847 Matth.27.32. marke 15.21.

Note return to page 19848 [7] An example of the outrageousnes and disorder of souldiers.

Note return to page 19849 [8] The triumph of the wicked, hath a most horrible end.

Note return to page 19850 Isai.2.19. hose.10.8. reue. 6.16.

Note return to page 19851 1.Pet.4.17.

Note return to page 19852 [e] As if he sayd, If they doe thus to me that am fruitfull, and alwayes florishing, and who liue for euer by reason of my Godhead, what will they doe to you, that are vnfruitfull and voyde of all liuely righteousnes?

Note return to page 19853 Matth.27.38. marke 15.27. iohn 19.18.

Note return to page 19854 [9] Christ became accursed for vs vpon the Crosse suffering the punishment which they deserued that would be Gods.

Note return to page 19855 [10] Christ in praying for his enemies, sheweth that he is both the Sacrifice & the Priest.

Note return to page 19856 [f] Whome God loueth more then all other.

Note return to page 19857 [11] Pilate at vnwares is made a preacher of the kingdom of Christ.

Note return to page 19858 [g] Therefore either we must take that spoken by Synecdoche which Matthewe sayth, or that both of them mocked Christ. But one of them at the length ouercome with the great patience of God, brake forth into that confession worthy all memorie.

Note return to page 19859 [12] Christ in the midst of the humbling of himselfe vpon the crosse, sheweth in deede that he hath both power of life to saue the beleeuers, and of death to reuenge the rebellions.

Note return to page 19860 [h] More then he ought.

Note return to page 19861 [i] God made the visible Paradise in the East part of the world: but that which we beholde with the eyes of our minute is the place of euerlasting ioye and saluation, through the goodnes and mercie of God, a most pleasant rest of the soules of the godly, and most quiet and ioyfull dwelling.

Note return to page 19862 [13] Christ being euen at the point of death, sheweth himselfe to be God almightie, euen to the blinde.

Note return to page 19863 [14] Christ entreth stoutly into the very darkenes of death, for to ouercome death euen within his most secret places.

Note return to page 19864 Psalm.31.6.

Note return to page 19865 [15] Christ causeth his very enemies to giue honorable witnes on his side, so oft as it pleaseth him.

Note return to page 19866 [16] Christ gathereth together, and defendeth his litle stocke, in the midst of the tormentours.

Note return to page 19867 Matth.27.57. mark.13.43. iohn 19.38.

Note return to page 19868 [17] Christ through his famous buriall, confirmeth the trueth both of his death, and resurrection, by the plaine and euident witnesse of Pilate.

Note return to page 19869 [k] Word for word, dawning, as nowe beginning, for the light of the former day drewe toward the going downe, and that was the day of preparation for the feast which was to be kept the day folowing.

Note return to page 19870 [18] Christ being set vpon by the deuil and all his instruments, and being euen in deaths mouth, setteth weake women in his forewarde, minding straightwayes to triumph ouer those terrible enemies, without any great endeuour.

Note return to page 19871 Mark.16.1. iohn 20.1.

Note return to page 19872 [1] Poore silly women, euen beside their expectation are chosen to be the first witnesses of the resurrection, that there might be no suspicion either of deceite or violence.

Note return to page 19873 [a] Very early, as Marke sayth, or as Iohn sayth, while it was yet darke, that is, when it was yet scarce the dawning of the day.

Note return to page 19874 Chap.9.22. mat.17.23. mar. 9.31.

Note return to page 19875 [2] The cowardly and dastardly mind of the disciples is vpbrayded by the stout courage of wom&ebar; (so wrought by Gods great mercie) to shewe that the kingdome of God consisteth in an extraordinarie power.

Note return to page 19876 Iohn 20.6.

Note return to page 19877 [3] Christ vseth the incredulitie of his disciples, to þe; fuller setting forth of the trueth of his resurrection, least they should seeme to haue beleeued that too lightly, which they preached afterward to all the world.

Note return to page 19878 [b] As it were holding downe his head and bowing his necke, looked diligently in.

Note return to page 19879 Marke 16.12.

Note return to page 19880 [4] The resurrection is proued by two other witnesses, which sawe it, and that it was no forged thing framed of purpose in their owne braines, all the circumstances doe declare.

Note return to page 19881 [c] Were holden backe and stayed, God so appointing it, no doubt: and therefore his body was not inuisible, but their eyes were dimmed.

Note return to page 19882 [d] Some of the olde fathers thinke that the other disciple was this our Euangelist, but Epiphanius writing against the Saturnilians, sayth it was Nathanael, but all these are vncertainties.

Note return to page 19883 [5] It appeareth by the conferring of the forewarnings of the Prophets, that all those things are true and certaine, which the Euangelists haue put downe in writing of Christ.

Note return to page 19884 [e] Suddenly taken away, and therefore we may not imagine that he was there in such a bodie as could not be seene, but beleeue indeede that he changed his place.

Note return to page 19885 [f] When he brake bread, which that people vsed, as the Iewes vse yet at this day, at the beginning of their meales, and say a prayer.

Note return to page 19886 Mark.16.14. iohn 20.19.

Note return to page 19887 [6] The Lord him selfe sheweth by certaine and necessarie signes, that he was risen againe, and that in the same body which he tooke vpon him.

Note return to page 19888 [g] Diuers and doubtfull thoughts which fall oft into mens heads, when any strange thing falleth out, whereof there is no great likelyhoode.

Note return to page 19889 [7] The preaching of the Gospel, which was promised to the Prophets and performed in his time, is committed vnto the Apostles: the summe whereof is, Repentance and remission of sinnes.

Note return to page 19890 [h] The Apostles wh&obar; are the preachers of the Gospell beginning at Hierusalem.

Note return to page 19891 Iohn 15.26. actes 1.4.

Note return to page 19892 [i] Vntill the holy Ghost come downe from heauen vpon you.

Note return to page 19893 [8] Christ ascendeth into heauen, and departing bodily from his disciples, filleth their heartswith the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 19894 Mark.16.19. actes 1.9.

Note return to page 19895 [1] The Sonne of God is of one, and the selfe same eternitie or euerlastingnesse, and of one and the selfe same essence or nature, with the Father.

Note return to page 19896 [a] From the beginning, as the Euangelist saith, 1. epistle 1.1. as though he said, that the word beganne not then to haue his being, when God beganne to make all that was made: for the word was euen then when all things that were made, beganne to be made, and therefore he was before the beginning of all things.

Note return to page 19897 [b] Had his being.

Note return to page 19898 [c] This word, That, pointeth out vnto vs a peculiar and choise thing aboue all other, and putteth a difference betweene this Worde, which is the Sonne of God, and the Lawes of God, which otherwise are also called the worde of God.

Note return to page 19899 [d] This worde With, pointeth out the distinction of persons to vs.

Note return to page 19900 [e] This word (Word) is the first in order in the sentence, and is that which the learned call (Subiectum) and this word (God) is the latter in order, and the same which the learned call (predicatum.)

Note return to page 19901 Col. 1.16.

Note return to page 19902 [2] The Sonne of God declareth that same his euerlasting Godhead, both by the creating of all things, and also by the preseruing of them, and especially by the excellent giftes of reason and vnderstanding, wherewith he hath beautified man aboue all other creatures.

Note return to page 19903 [f] Paul expoundeth this place, Coloss.1.15. and 16. verses.

Note return to page 19904 [g] That is, as the Father did worke, so did the Sonne worke with him: for he was fellow worker with him.

Note return to page 19905 [h] Of all those things which were made, nothing was made without him.

Note return to page 19906 [i] That is, by him: and it is spoken after the maner of the Hebrewes meaning thereby, that by his force and working power, all life commeth to the world.

Note return to page 19907 [k] To wit, euen then, when all things are made by him, for els he would haue said, Life is in him, and not life was.

Note return to page 19908 [l] That force of reason and vnderstanding, which is kindled in our mindes to acknowledge him, the authour of so great a benefite.

Note return to page 19909 [3] The light of men is turned into darkenesse, but yet so, that there is clearenesse ynough to make them without excuse.

Note return to page 19910 [m] They could not perceiue nor reache vnto it, to receiue any light of it, no, they did not so much as acknowledge him.

Note return to page 19911 Matth.3.1. marke 1.4. luke 3.2.

Note return to page 19912 [4] There is an other more full manifestation of the Sonne of God, to the consideration whereof men are in good time stirred vp, euen by Iohns voyce, who is as it were the herault of Christ.

Note return to page 19913 [n] Through Iohn.

Note return to page 19914 [o] That light which we spake of, to wit, Christ, who onely can lighten our darkenesse.

Note return to page 19915 [5] When as the Sonne of God saw, that men did not acknowledge him by his workes, although they were endued with vnderstanding (which he had giuen to them all,) he exhibited himselfe vnto his people to be seene of them with their corporall eyes: yet neither so did they acknowledge him, nor receiue him.

Note return to page 19916 [p] Who onely and properly deserueth to be called the light, for he shineth of himselfe and boroweth light of none.

Note return to page 19917 [q] That person of the Word, was made manifest euen at that time when the world was made.

Note return to page 19918 Heb.11.3.

Note return to page 19919 [r] The Word shewed himselfe againe, when he came in the flesh.

Note return to page 19920 [6] The Sonne being shut out of the most of his people, and acknowledged but of a fewe, doeth regenerate them by his owne vertue and power, and receiueth them into that honour which is common to all the children of God, that is, to be the sonnes of God.

Note return to page 19921 [s] He vouchsafed to giue them this prerogatiue to take them to be his children.

Note return to page 19922 [t] Of that grosse and corrupt nature of man, which is throughout the Scriptures set as enemie to the Spirite.

Note return to page 19923 Matth.1.16.

Note return to page 19924 [7] That Sonne, who is God from euerlasting, tooke vpon him mans nature, that one and the selfe same might be both God and man, which manifestly appeared to many witnesses, that sawe him, amongst whom he was conuersant, and vnto whom by sure and vndoubted arguments he shewed both his natures.

Note return to page 19925 [u] That is, man: so that the part is taken for the whole, by the figure Synecdoche: for he tooke vpon him all our whole nature, that is to say, a true body, & a true soule.

Note return to page 19926 [x] For a season, and when that was ended, he went vp into heauen: for the worde which he vseth, is taken from tents: and yet notwithstanding, his absence from vs in body is not such, but that he is alwayes present with vs, though not in flesh, yet by the vertue of his Spirite.

Note return to page 19927 Matth.17.2. 2.peter.1.17.

Note return to page 19928 [y] The glorie which hee speaketh of here, is that manifestation of Christ his maiestie, which was as it were layed open before our eyes when the Sonne of God appeared in flesh.

Note return to page 19929 [z] This worde (as) doeth not in this place betoken a likelinesse, but the trueth of the matter, for his meaning is this, that we sawe such a glory, as beseemed and was meete for the true and onely begotten Sonne of God, who is Lord and King ouer all the world.

Note return to page 19930 [a] He was not onely a partaker of grace and trueth, but was full of the very substance of grace and trueth.

Note return to page 19931 [8] Iohn is a faithfull witnesse of the excellencie of Christ.

Note return to page 19932 [b] That is, He before whom I am sent to prepare him the way: so that these wordes are referred to the time of his calling, and not of his age, for Iohn was sixe moneths older then he.

Note return to page 19933 [c] This sentence hath in it a turning of the reason as we call it, as who would say, a setting of that first which should be last, and that last which shoulde be first: for in plaine speache this it is: He that commeth after me, is better then I am, for he was before me. The like kinde of turning the reason we finde in Luke 7.47. many sinnes are forgiuen her, because she loued much, which is this much to say, she loued much, because many sinnes are forgiuen her.

Note return to page 19934 Coloss.1.19. and 2.9.

Note return to page 19935 [9] Christ is the most plentifull fountaine of all goodnesse, but then he powred out his giftes most bountifully, when as he exhibited and shewed himselfe to the world.

Note return to page 19936 [d] That is, grace vpon grace, as a man would say, graces heaped one vpon another.

Note return to page 19937 [10] The true knowledge of God proceedeth onely from Iesus Christ.

Note return to page 19938 1.Tim.6.16. 1.iohn 4.12.

Note return to page 19939 [e] Who is neerest to his Father, not onely in respect of his loue towardes him, but by the bond of nature, and for that vnion or onenesse that is betweene them, whereby the Father and the Sonne are one.

Note return to page 19940 [f] Reueiled him and shewed him vnto vs, whereas before he was hid vnder the shadowes of the Lawe, so that the quickne&esset;e of the sight of our mindes was not able to perceiue him: for whosoeuer seeth him, seeth the Father also.

Note return to page 19941 [11] Iohn is neither the Messias, nor like to any of the other Prophets, but is the herault of Christ, who is nowe present.

Note return to page 19942 [g] He did acknowledge him, and spake of him plainely and openly.

Note return to page 19943 [h] This rehearsing of one and the selfe same thing, though in diuers wordes, is vsed much of the Hebrewes, and it hath great force, for they vse to speake one thing twise, to set it out more certainely and plainely.

Note return to page 19944 Actes 13.25.

Note return to page 19945 [i] The Iewes thought that Elias shoulde come againe before the dayes of Messias, and they tooke the ground of that their opinion out of Mal.4.5. which place is to be vnderstood of Iohn, Mat.11.14. And yet Iohn denieth that he is Elias, answering them in deede according as they meant.

Note return to page 19946 [k] They inquire of some great Prophet, & not of Christ, for Iohn denied before that he is Christ, for they thought that some great Prophet should be sent, like vnto Moses, wresting to that purpose that place of Deu.18.15. which is to be vnderstood of all the companie of the Prophets & ministers, which haue bene & shall be so the end, and especially of Christ who is the head of all Prophets.

Note return to page 19947 Isa.40.3. mat.3.3. luke 3.4.

Note return to page 19948 [12] Christ is the authour of baptisme, and not Iohn: and therefore the force thereof consisteth not in Iohn, who is the minister, but wholy in Christ the Lord.

Note return to page 19949 [l] Hereby we may prooue that the Iewes knew there should be some change in religion vnder Messias.

Note return to page 19950 [m] Whom al the world seeth, & euen amongst you.

Note return to page 19951 Matth.3.11. marke 17. luke 3.16. actes 1.5. and 11. 16. and 19.4.

Note return to page 19952 [13] The body and trueth of all the sacrifices of the Lawe, to make satisfaction for the sinne of the world, is in Christ.

Note return to page 19953 [n] This word (that) which is added, hath great force in it, not onely to set foorth the worthinesse of Christ, and so to separate him from the Lambe which was a figure of him, and from all other sacrifices of the Lawe, but also to bring into our mindes the Prophecies of Esay and others.

Note return to page 19954 [o] This worde of the present time, signifieth a continuall act, for the Lambe hath this vertue proper vnto him, and for ouer, to take away the sinnes of the worlde.

Note return to page 19955 [p] That is, that roote of sinnes, to wit, our corruption, and so consequently the fruites of sinne, which are commonly called in the plurall nomber, sinnes.

Note return to page 19956 [q] I neuer knewe him by face before.

Note return to page 19957 [14] Christ is proued to be the Sonne of God, by the comming downe of the holy Ghost, by the fathers voyce, and by Iohns testimonie.

Note return to page 19958 Matth.3.15. marke 1.10. luke 3.22.

Note return to page 19959 [r] This worde (That) pointeth out vnto vs some excellent thing, and maketh a difference betweene Christ and other, whom Moses and the Prophets commonly call the sonnes of God, or the sonnes of the most high.

Note return to page 19960 [15] Iohn gathered disciples not to himselfe, but to Christ.

Note return to page 19961 [16] Christ is set before vs to followe, not as a vaine shadowe, but as our Mediatour.

Note return to page 19962 [17] In this first gathering of the disciples, wee haue shewed vnto vs, that the beginning of saluation is from God, who calleth vs vnto his Sonne by the ministerie of his seruauntes: whom (so preuenting vs) wee must also heare, and followe him home, that being instructed by him, we may also instruct others.

Note return to page 19963 [s] Where is thy lodging?

Note return to page 19964 [t] The night grewe on.

Note return to page 19965 [u] That is, annointed, and King after the maner of the Iewish people.

Note return to page 19966 [18] The good indeuours euen of the vnlearned God doeth so allowe, that he maketh them masters to the learned.

Note return to page 19967 Gene.49.10. deute.18.18.

Note return to page 19968 Isai.4.2. and 40.10. and 45.8. iere.23.5. and 33.14. ezech.34.23. and 37.24. dan.9.24.

Note return to page 19969 [19] We must especially take heede of false presumptions, which shut vp against vs the entrance to Christ.

Note return to page 19970 [20] Simple vprightnes discerneth the true Israelites fr&obar; the false.

Note return to page 19971 [21] The ende of miracles is to set before vs Christ the Almightie, and also the onely authour of our saluation, that wee may apprehende him by faith.

Note return to page 19972 Gen.28.12.

Note return to page 19973 [x] By these wordes, the power of God is signified which shoulde appeare in his ministery by the angels seruing him, as the heade of the Church.

Note return to page 19974 [1] Christ declaring openly in an assemblie by a notable miracle, that hee hath power ouer the nature of things, to feede mans bodie, leadeth the mindes of all men, to his spirituall and sauing vertue and power.

Note return to page 19975 [a] After the talke which he had with Nathanael, or after that hee departed from Iohn, or after that hee came into Galile.

Note return to page 19976 [2] Christ is carefully ynough of our saluation, & therefore hath no neede of others to put him in minde of it.

Note return to page 19977 [b] Mine appointed time.

Note return to page 19978 [c] These were vessels appointed for water, wherein they washed themselues.

Note return to page 19979 [d] Euery firkin conteined an hundred pounde, at twelue ounces the pounde: Whereby wee gather that Christ holpe them with a thousand and eight hundred poundes of wine.

Note return to page 19980 [e] Word for word, are drunken: Nowe this speach, to bee drunken, is not alwaies taken in euill part in the Hebrew t&obar;gue, but signifieth sometime such store, & plentifull vse of wine, as doth not passe measure, as Ge.43.34.

Note return to page 19981 [f] That is, his Cousins.

Note return to page 19982 [3] Christ being made subiect to the Lawe for vs, satisfieth the Lawe of the Passeouer.

Note return to page 19983 [4] Christ being ordeined to purge the Church, doeth with great zeale begin his office both of Priest and Prophet.

Note return to page 19984 Psal.69.9.

Note return to page 19985 [g] Zeale in this place is taken for a wrathfull indignation and displeasure of the minde, conceiued of some naughtie and euill dealing towards them whom we loue well.

Note return to page 19986 [5] Against them which so binde God to an ordinarie calling which they them selues most shamefully abuse, that they will not admit an extraordinarie, which God confirmeth from heauen (and they although in vaine woulde haue it extinguished) vnlesse it be sealed with outward and bodily miracles.

Note return to page 19987 [h] With what mirale doest thou confirme it, that we may see that heauenly power and vertue, which giueth thee authoritie to speake and do thus?

Note return to page 19988 Matt.26.61. & 27.40. mar.14.58. & 15.29.

Note return to page 19989 [i] That is, of his bodie.

Note return to page 19990 [6] It is not good crediting them, which stande onely vpon miracles.

Note return to page 19991 [7] Christ is the searcher of hearts, and therefore true God.

Note return to page 19992 [1] There are none sometimes more vnlearned, then the learned: but as well the learned as the vnlearned must desire wisedome of Christ onely.

Note return to page 19993 [a] A man of great estimation, and a ruler amongest the Iewes.

Note return to page 19994 [b] We knowe that thou art sent from God to teach vs.

Note return to page 19995 [c] But he in whom some part of the excellencie of God appeareth. And if Nicodemus had knowen Christ aright, he woulde not only haue said that God was with him, but in him, as Paul doeth, 2.Cor.1.19.

Note return to page 19996 [2] The beginning of Christianitie consisteth in this, that we knowe our selues not onely to be corrupt in part, but to bee wholy dead in sinne: so that our nature hath neede to be created anewe, as touching the qualities thereof: which can be done by no other vertue, but by the diuine and heauenly, whereby we were first created.

Note return to page 19997 [d] That is, goe in, or enter, as he expounded himselfe afterward, vers.5.

Note return to page 19998 [e] The church: for Christ sheweth in this place, howe we come to be citizens, and to haue ought to doe in the citie of God.

Note return to page 19999 [f] Howe can I that am old, be borne againe? for he answereth, as if Christ his woordes belonged to none but to him.

Note return to page 20000 [g] That is, fleshly, to wit, wholy vncleane & vnder the wrath of God: and therefore this worde (Flesh) signifieth the corrupt nature of man: contrary to which is the (Spirit) that is the man ingrafted into Christ through the grace of the holy Ghost, whose nature is euerlasting & immortal, though the strife of the flesh remaineth.

Note return to page 20001 [h] With free & w&abar;dring blasts as it listeth.

Note return to page 20002 [3] The secrete mysterie of our regeneration which c&abar;not be comprehended by mans capacitie, is perceiued by faith, & that in Christ only, because that hee is both God on earth, and man in heauen, that is to say, in such sort m&abar;, that he is God also, and therefore almightie: and in such sort God, that he is man also, and therefore his power is manifest vnto vs.

Note return to page 20003 [i] You handle doutfull things and such as you haue no certaine authour for, & yet men beleeue you: but I teach those things that are of a trueth and well knowen, & you beleeue me not.

Note return to page 20004 [k] Onely Christ can teach vs heauenly things, for no man ascendeth, &c.

Note return to page 20005 [l] That is, hath any spirituall light and vnderstanding, or euer had, but onely that Sonne of God, which came downe to vs.

Note return to page 20006 [m] Whereas hee is sayde to haue come downe from heau&ebar;, that must be vnderstoode of his Godhead, and of the maner of his conception: for Christ his birth vpon the earth was heauenly, and not earthly, for he was conceiued by the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 20007 [n] That which is proper to the diuinitie of Christ, is here spoken of whole Christ, to giue vs to vnderstand that he is but one person, wherein two natures are vnited, and this kinde of speach men call, the communicating of proprieties.

Note return to page 20008 Num.21.9. chap.12 32.

Note return to page 20009 1.Ioh.4 9.

Note return to page 20010 [5] Nothing els but the free loue of the Father, is the beginning of our saluation, and Christ is he in whome our righteousnesse and saluation is resident: and faith is the instrument or meane whereby we apprehende it, and life euerlasting is that which is set before vs to apprehend.

Note return to page 20011 [o] It is not all one to beleeue in a thing, and to beleeue of a thing, for we may not beleeue (in any thing) saue only in God, but we may beleeue (of any thing) what soeuer, this sayeth Nazianzene in his oration of the Spirit.

Note return to page 20012 Chap.9.39. & 12.47.

Note return to page 20013 [6] Not Christ, but the despising of Christ doeth condemne.

Note return to page 20014 [p] That is, to be the cause of the condemning of the world, for in deede sinnes are the cause of death, but Christ shall iudge the quicke and the dead.

Note return to page 20015 [q] Not onely the people of the Iewes, but whosoeuer shall beleeue in him.

Note return to page 20016 Chap.1.9.

Note return to page 20017 [7] Onely wickednesse is the cause, why men refuse the light that is offered them.

Note return to page 20018 [r] That is, the cause of condemnation, which sticketh fast in men, vnles through God his great benefite they be deliuered from it.

Note return to page 20019 [s] That is, he that leadeth an honest life, and void of all craft and deceit.

Note return to page 20020 [t] That is, with God, God as it were going before.

Note return to page 20021 Cha.4.1.

Note return to page 20022 [8] Satan inflameth the disciples of Iohn with a fond emulation of their master, to hinder the course of the Gospel: but Iohn being mindefull of his office, doeth not onely breake off their endeuours, but also taketh occasion thereby to giue testimonie of Christ, howe that in him onely the Father hath set foorth life euerlasting.

Note return to page 20023 Chap.1.34.

Note return to page 20024 [u] What meane you to goe about to better my state? this is euery mans lot and portion, that they can not better them selues one iote.

Note return to page 20025 Chap.1.20.

Note return to page 20026 [x] Is nothing els but man, a piece of woorke made of the slime of the earth.

Note return to page 20027 [y] Sauoureth of nothing, but corruption, ignorance, dulnesse, &c.

Note return to page 20028 [z] What he knoweth fully and perfectly.

Note return to page 20029 [a] That is, very few.

Note return to page 20030 Rom.3.4.

Note return to page 20031 Matt.11.27.

Note return to page 20032 [b] Committed them to his power & wil.

Note return to page 20033 Abac.2.4. 1.iohn 5.10.

Note return to page 20034 [c] Shall not enioy.

Note return to page 20035 [1] This measure is to be kept in doing of our duetie, that neither by feare we bee terrified from going forward, neither by rashnesse procure or plucke dangers vpon our heads.

Note return to page 20036 Chap.3.22.

Note return to page 20037 [2] Christ leauing the proude Pharises, communicateth the treasures of euerlasting life with a poore sinfull woman and stranger, refelling the grosse errours of the Samaritans, and defending the true seruice of God, which was deliuered to the Iewes, but yet so, that hee calleth both of them backe to himselfe, as one whome onely all the fathers, and also all the ceremonies of the Lawe, did regarde, and had a respect vnto.

Note return to page 20038 Gen.33.19. & 48.22. iosh.24.32.

Note return to page 20039 [a] Euen as hee was wearie, or, because he was wearie.

Note return to page 20040 [b] It was almost noone.

Note return to page 20041 [c] There is no familiaritie nor friendship, betweene the Iewes, and the Samaritanes.

Note return to page 20042 [d] By this word (That) we are giuen to vnderstand, that Christ speaketh of some excellent gift, that is to say, euen of himselfe, whom his Father offred to this woman.

Note return to page 20043 [e] This euerlasting water, that is to say, the exceeding loue of God, is called liuing, or of life, to make a difference betweene it, & the water that should be drawen out of a well: and these metaphores are very much vsed of the Iewes, Ier.2.13. Ioel 3.18. Zach.13.11.

Note return to page 20044 [3] All the religion of superstitious people, standeth for the most part, vpon two pillers, but very weake, that is to say, vpon the examples of the fathers, peruerted, and a foolish opinion of outward things: against which errours we haue to set the worde and nature of God.

Note return to page 20045 [f] The name of this mountaine is Garizim, whereupon Sanabaletta the Cuthite built a temple by Alexander of Macedonie his leaue, after the victorie of Issica: and made there Manasses his sonne in lawe, high Priest, Ioseph. booke 11.

Note return to page 20046 Deut.12 6.

Note return to page 20047 2.King 17.29.

Note return to page 20048 [g] This word (Spirit) is to be taken here, as it is set against that commandement, which is called carnall, Hebr.7.16. as the commandement is considered in it selfe: and so he speaketh of (Trueth) not as we set it against a lye, but as we take it in respect of the outwarde ceremonies of the Lawe, which did onely shadowe that which Christ performed in deede.

Note return to page 20049 2.Cor.3.27.

Note return to page 20050 [h] By the worde (Spirit) hee meaneth the nature of the Godhead, and not the third person in the Trinitie.

Note return to page 20051 [4] We may haue care of our bodies, but yet so, that we preferre willingly and freely the occasion which is offered vs to enlarge the kingdome of God, before all necessities of this life whatsoeuer.

Note return to page 20052 [5] When the spirituall corne is ripe, we must not linger, for so the children of this world would condemne vs.

Note return to page 20053 Matth.9.37. luke 10.2.

Note return to page 20054 [6] The doctrine of the Prophets was as it were a sowing time: and the doctrine of the Gospel, as the haruest, and there is an excellent agreement betweene them both, and the ministers of them both.

Note return to page 20055 [i] That prouerbe.

Note return to page 20056 [7] The Samaritanes doe most ioyfully embrace that, which the Iewes most stubburnly reiected.

Note return to page 20057 [8] The despisers of Christ depriue themselues of his benefite: yet Christ prepareth a place for himselfe.

Note return to page 20058 [k] Into the townes and villages of Galile, for he woulde not make abode in his countrey of Nazareth, because they despised him, and where (as the other Euangelistes write) the efficacie of his benefites was hindered through their marueilous stifneckednesse.

Note return to page 20059 Matth.13.57. marke 6.4. luke 4.24.

Note return to page 20060 [9] Although Christ be absent in body, yet he worketh mightily in the beleeuers, by his worde.

Note return to page 20061 Chap.2.1,12.

Note return to page 20062 [l] Some of Herods courtiers, for though Herod was not a King, but a Tetrarch, yet the loftie name onely except, he was a king, or at least the people called him a king.

Note return to page 20063 Leuit.23.3. deut 16.1.

Note return to page 20064 [1] There is no disease so old, which Christ cannot heale.

Note return to page 20065 [a] Whereof cattell dranke, and vsed to be plunged in, whereof there could not be but great store at Hierusalem.

Note return to page 20066 [b] That is to say, the house of powring out, because great store of water was powred out into that place.

Note return to page 20067 [2] True religion is not more cruelly assaulted by any meanes, then by the pretence of religion it selfe.

Note return to page 20068 Iere.17.22.

Note return to page 20069 [3] The worke of God was neuer the breach of the Sabbath: but the workes of Christ are the workes of the Father, both because they are one God, and also because the Father doeth not worke but in the Sonne.

Note return to page 20070 Chap.7.19.

Note return to page 20071 [c] That is, his onely and no mans els, which they gather by that, that he saieth, (And I worke) applying this worde (worke) to himselfe, which is proper to God, and therefore maketh himselfe equall to God.

Note return to page 20072 [d] Not onely without his Fathers authoritie, but also without his mightie working and power.

Note return to page 20073 [e] This must be vnderstoode of Christ his person, which consisteth of two natures, and not simply of his Godhead: so then he saieth that his Father moueth and gouerneth him in all things, but yet notwithstanding when he saieth he worketh with his Father, he voucheth his Godhead.

Note return to page 20074 [f] In like sort, ioyntly and together. Not for that the Father doeth some things, and then the Sonne worketh after him and doeth the like, but because the might and power of the Father and the Sonne do worke equally and ioyntly together.

Note return to page 20075 [4] The Father maketh no man partaker of euerlasting life, but in Christ, in whom onely also he is truely worshipped.

Note return to page 20076 [g] This worde (Iudgeth) is taken by the figure Synecdoche, for all gouernement.

Note return to page 20077 [h] These wordes are not so to be taken, as though they simply denied that God gouerneth the worlde, but as the Iewes imagined it, which separate the Father from the Sonne, whereas in deede, the Father doth not gouerne the worlde but onely in the person of his Sonne, being made manifest in the flesh: so saieth he afterwarde verse 30 that he came not to doe his owne will: that his doctrine is not his owne, chap.7.16. that the blind man and his parents sinned not, &c. chap.9.3.

Note return to page 20078 [5] The Father is not worshipped but by his Sonnes word apprehended by faith, which is the onely way that leadeth to eternall life.

Note return to page 20079 [6] We are all dead in sinne, and cannot be quickened by any other meanes, then by the worde of Christ apprehended by faith.

Note return to page 20080 [i] That is, high and soueraigne power to rule and gouerne all things, in so much that he hath power of life and death.

Note return to page 20081 [k] That is, he shall not onely iudge the world as he is God, but also as he is man, he receiued this of his Father to be iudge of the worlde.

Note return to page 20082 [7] All shal appeare before the iudgement seate of Christ at length to be iudged.

Note return to page 20083 [8] Faith and infidelitie, shalbe iudged by their fruits.

Note return to page 20084 [l] Of their graues.

Note return to page 20085 Matth.25.41.

Note return to page 20086 [m] To that resurrection which hath life euerlasting following it: against which is set the resurrection of condemnation, that is, which condemnation followeth.

Note return to page 20087 [9] The Father is the authour and approuer of all things which Christ doeth.

Note return to page 20088 [n] Looke verse 22.

Note return to page 20089 [o] As my Father directeth me, who dwelleth in me.

Note return to page 20090 Chap.8.14.

Note return to page 20091 [p] Faithfull, that is, worthie to be credited, looke chap.8.14.

Note return to page 20092 Matth.3.17.

Note return to page 20093 Chap.1.27.

Note return to page 20094 [10] Christ is declared to be the onely Sauiour be Iohns voyce, and infinite miracles, and by the testimonies of all the Prophets. But the world notwithstanding being addicted to false prophets, and desirous to seeme religious, seeth none of all these things.

Note return to page 20095 [q] A litle while.

Note return to page 20096 Matth.3.17. and 17.5.

Note return to page 20097 Deut.4.12.

Note return to page 20098 Act.17.11.

Note return to page 20099 [r] Loue towarde God.

Note return to page 20100 Chap.12.43.

Note return to page 20101 [s] This deniall doth not put away that which is here said, but correcteth it, as if Christ saide, the Iewes shall haue no sorer an accuser, then Moses.

Note return to page 20102 Gene.3.15. and 22.18. and 49.10. deut.18 15.

Note return to page 20103 [a] Not that he cut ouer the lake of Tiberias, but by reason of the large creekes, his sailing made his iourney the shorter: therefore he is sayde to haue gone ouer the sea, when as he passed ouer from one side of a creeke to the other.

Note return to page 20104 Leuit.23.7. deut.16.1.

Note return to page 20105 Mat.14.16. mar.6.37. luke 9.13.

Note return to page 20106 [1] They that followe Christ doe sometime hunger, but they are neuer destitute of helpe.

Note return to page 20107 [2] Christ is not onely not delited, but also greatly offended with a preposterous worship.

Note return to page 20108 [3] The godly are often in perill and danger, but Christ cometh to them in time, euen in the middest of the tempests, and bringeth them to the hauen.

Note return to page 20109 Matt.14.25. mar.6.47.

Note return to page 20110 [b] In Mar.6.45. they are willed to go before to Bethsaida, for Bethsaida was in the way to Capernaum.

Note return to page 20111 [c] They were afraid at the first, but wh&ebar; they knewe his voyce, they became newe men, & tooke him willingly into the ship, whom they shunned and fled from before.

Note return to page 20112 [4] They that seeke the kingdome of heauen lacke nothing: notwithst&abar;ding the Gospel is not the foode of the bellie, but of the minde.

Note return to page 20113 [d] Bestowe your labour and paine.

Note return to page 20114 Chap.1.32. mat 3.17. & 17.3.

Note return to page 20115 [e] That is, whome God the Father hath distinguished from all other men by plating his owne vertue in him, as though he had sealed him with his seale, that he might be a liuely paterne and representer of him: and that more is, installed him to this office, to reconcile vs men to God & bring vs to euerlasting life, which is onely proper to Christ.

Note return to page 20116 [f] Which please God: for they thinke that euerlasting life hangeth vpon the condition of fulfilling the Lawe: therefore Christ calleth them backe to faith.

Note return to page 20117 [5] Men torment th&ebar; selues in vain, wh&ebar; they goe about to please God without faith.

Note return to page 20118 1.Iohn 3.23.

Note return to page 20119 [g] That is, this is the worke that God requireth, that you beleue in me, & therfore he calleth them backe to faith.

Note return to page 20120 [6] The spiritual vertue of Christ is c&obar;temned of them which are desirous of earthly miracles

Note return to page 20121 Exo.16.14. nom. 11.7. psal.78.25.

Note return to page 20122 [7] Christ, who is þe; true and onely author and giuer of eternal life, was signified vnto the Fathers in Manna.

Note return to page 20123 [h] He denieth that Manna was that true heau&ebar;ly bread, and sayeth that hee himself is that true bread, because hee feedeth vnto the true and euerlasting life. And as for that, that Paul 1.Cor.10. calleth Manna spirituall foode, it maketh nothing against this place, for hee ioyneth the thing signified with the signe: but in this whole disputation, Christ dealeth with the Iewes after their owne opinion and conceit of the matter, and they had no further consideration of the Manna, but in that it fedde the bellie.

Note return to page 20124 [i] Which haue life, and giue life.

Note return to page 20125 [8] The gift of faith proceedeth from the free election of the Father in Christ, after which foloweth necessarily euerlasting life: Therefore faith in Christ Iesus is a sure witnesse of our election, and therefore of our glorification, which is to come.

Note return to page 20126 [k] Looke aboue Chap.5.ver.22.

Note return to page 20127 [l] Seeing and beleeuing are ioyned together: for there is an other kinde of seeing which is generall, which the deuils haue, for they see: but here hee speaketh of that kinde of seeing, which is proper to the elect.

Note return to page 20128 [9] Flesh can not perceiue spirituall thinges, and therefore the beginning of our saluation commeth from God, who chaungeth our nature, so that wee being inspired of him, may abide to be instructed and saued by Christ.

Note return to page 20129 Mat.13.55.

Note return to page 20130 Isa.54.13. iere.31.33.

Note return to page 20131 [m] In the booke of the Prophets, for the olde Testament was deuided by them into three seuerall partes, into the Lawe, the Prophets, and the Holy writ.

Note return to page 20132 [n] To wit, they shalbe children of the Church, for so the Prophet Esay expoundeth it, chap.54.13. that is to say, ordeined to life, Act.13.48.and therefore the knowledge of the heauenly trueth, is the gift and woorke of God, and standeth not in any power of man.

Note return to page 20133 Matt.11.17.

Note return to page 20134 [o] If the Sonne only hath seene the Father, then it is he only that can teach and instruct vs truely.

Note return to page 20135 [10] The true vse of Sacramentes, is to ascende from them to the thing it self, that is, to Christ: by the partaking of whom only, we get euerlasting life

Note return to page 20136 Exod.16.15.

Note return to page 20137 [p] He poynted out himselfe, when hee spake these wordes.

Note return to page 20138 [11] Christ being sent from the Father is the selfe same vnto vs for the getting and keeping of euerlasting life, that bread and flesh, yea meate and drinke are to the vse of this transitory life.

Note return to page 20139 [q] Which giueth life to the world.

Note return to page 20140 [r] That is to say, whosoeuer is partaker of Christ in deede, who is our foode.

Note return to page 20141 [12] Flesh can not put a difference betweene fleshly eating, which is done by the helpe of the teeth, and spiritual eating which consisteth in faith: and therefore it condemneth that which it vnderstandeth not: yet notwithstanding the trueth must bee preached and taught.

Note return to page 20142 [s] If Christ bee present, life is present, but when Christ is absent, then is death present.

Note return to page 20143 1.Cor.11.27.

Note return to page 20144 [t] In that that Christ is man, he receiueth that power, which quickeneth and giueth life to them that are his, of his Father: and he addeth this word (That) to make a difference betweene him and all other fathers.

Note return to page 20145 [u] Christ his meaning is, that though he be man, yet his flesh can giue life, not of the owne nature, but because that flesh of his liueth by the Father, that is to say, doeth sucke and drawe out of the Father, that power which it hath to giue life.

Note return to page 20146 [13] The reason of man can not comprehende the vniting of Christ and his members: therefore let it worship and reuerence that which is better then it selfe.

Note return to page 20147 Chap.3.13.

Note return to page 20148 [14] The flesh of Christ doth therefore quicken vs, because that he that is man, is God: which mysterie is onely comprehended by faith, which is the gift of God, proper onely to the elect.

Note return to page 20149 [x] Spirite, that is, that power which floweth from the God and, causeth the flesh of Christ, which otherwise were nothing but flesh, both to liue in it selfe, and to giue life to vs.

Note return to page 20150 [15] Such is the malice of men, that they take occasion of their owne destruction, euen of the very doctrine of saluati&obar; (vnlesse it be a few, which beleeue through the singular gift of God.)

Note return to page 20151 [16] The number of the professours of Christ is very small, and among them also there be some hypocrites, and worse then all other.

Note return to page 20152 Mat.26.16.

Note return to page 20153 Leuit.23.34.

Note return to page 20154 [a] This feast was so called, because of the boothes and teutes which they pight of diuers kindes of boughs, & sate vnder them, seuen dayes together, all which time the feast lasted.

Note return to page 20155 [1] The grace of God commeth not by inheritance, but it is a gift that c&obar;meth other waies: whereby it commeth to passe, that oftentimes the children of God suffer more affliction by their owne kinsfolkes, then by strangers.

Note return to page 20156 [b] His kins folke: for so vse the Hebrewes to speake.

Note return to page 20157 [2] We must not folowe the foolish desires of our friendes.

Note return to page 20158 Chap.8.20.

Note return to page 20159 [3] An example of horrible confusion in þe; very bosome of the Church. The Pastors oppresse the people with terrour and feare: the people seeke Christ, when he appeareth not: when he offereth him selfe, they neglect him. Some also that knowe him, condemne him rashly: a very fewe thinke well of him, and that in secrete.

Note return to page 20160 [c] Or, boldly and freely: For the chiefe of the Iewes sought nothing so much, as to burie his fame and name.

Note return to page 20161 [4] Christ striueth with goodnesse against the wickednesse of the worlde: in the meane season the most part of men take occasion of offence euen by that same, whereby they ought to haue beene stirred vp to embrace Christ.

Note return to page 20162 [d] About the fourth day of the feast.

Note return to page 20163 [5] Therefore are there fewe to whome the Gospel sauoureth wel, because the studie of godlines is very rare.

Note return to page 20164 [e] Looke aboue chap.5.verse 22. and hee speaketh this after the opinion of the Iewes, as if he said, My doctrine is not mine, that is, it is not his whom you take to be a man as other are, and therefore set light by him, but it is his that sent me.

Note return to page 20165 [6] The true doctrine of saluation differeth from the false in this, that the same setteth foorth the glory of God, and this by puffing vp of men, darkeneth the glory of God.

Note return to page 20166 Exod.24.3.

Note return to page 20167 [7] None do more confidently boast themselues to be the defenders of the Lawe of God, then they that doe most impudently breake it.

Note return to page 20168 Chap.5.12.

Note return to page 20169 [8] The Sabbath day (which is here set before vs for a rule of all ceremonies) was not appointed to hinder, but to further and practise Gods workes: amongst which the loue of our neighbour is the chiefest.

Note return to page 20170 Leuit.12.3.

Note return to page 20171 Gene.17.10.

Note return to page 20172 [f] That is to say, if the lawe of circumcision which Moses gaue, bee of so great accompt amongst you, that you doubt not to circumcise vpon the Sabbath, doe you rightly reproue me for healing a man throughly?

Note return to page 20173 Deut.1.16.

Note return to page 20174 [9] We must iudge according to the trueth of things, least the persons of men doe turne vs and carie vs away.

Note return to page 20175 [g] By the shew that I make: for I seeme to bee but an abiect and rascal of Galile, and a carpenters sonne, whome no man maketh accompt of: but marke the matter it selfe well, and iudge the tree by the fruite.

Note return to page 20176 [10] Many doe marueile that the endeuours of the enemies of God haue no successe: yet in the meane season they doe not acknowledge the vertue and power of God.

Note return to page 20177 [11] Men are very wise to procure stoppes and stayes to themselues.

Note return to page 20178 [12] The trueth of Christ doeth not hang vpon the iudgement of man.

Note return to page 20179 [13] The wicked cannot doe what they list, but what God hath appointed.

Note return to page 20180 [14] As the kingdome of God increaseth, so increaseth the rage of his enemies, till at the length they in vaine seeke for those blessings absent, which they despised when they were present.

Note return to page 20181 Chap.13.33.

Note return to page 20182 [h] Worde for worde (to the dispersion of the Gentiles or Grecians) and vnder the name of the Grecians bee vnderstandeth the Iewes which were dispersed amongst the Gentiles, 1.Peter 1.1.

Note return to page 20183 [15] There are two principles of our saluation: the one is, to be throughly touched with a true feeling of our extreme pouertie: the other, to seeke in Christ onely (whom we catche holde on by faith) the aboundance of all good things.

Note return to page 20184 [i] The last day of the feast of Tabernacles, that is, the eight day, was as high a day, as the first.

Note return to page 20185 Leuit.23.36.

Note return to page 20186 Deut.18.15.

Note return to page 20187 [k] This is not read worde for worde in any place, but it seemeth to be taken out of many places where mention is made of the giftes of the holy Ghost, as Ioel 2.Esa.44. but especially in Esa.55.

Note return to page 20188 Ioel 2.28. actes 2.17.

Note return to page 20189 [l] What is meant by the holy Ghost, he expressed a litle before, speaking of the Spirit which they that beleeued in him should receiue. So that by the name of holy Ghost, are meant the vertues and mightie workings of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 20190 [m] That is, those things were not yet seene and perceiued, which were to shew and set foorth the glorie of the onely begotten.

Note return to page 20191 [16] There is contention euen in the Church it selfe about the chiefe point of religion: neither hath Christ any more cruell enemies, then those that occupie the seate of trueth: yet can not they doe what they woulde.

Note return to page 20192 Deuter.18.15.

Note return to page 20193 Micha.5.2. matth.2.5.

Note return to page 20194 [17] God from heauen scorneth such as are his sonnes enemies.

Note return to page 20195 [18] False pastours are so fond and foolish, that they esteeme the Church of God according to the multitude and outward shewe.

Note return to page 20196 Chapter 3.2.

Note return to page 20197 Deut.17.8 and 19.15.

Note return to page 20198 [n] What he hath committed, who is accused.

Note return to page 20199 [19] There is no counsell against the Lord.

Note return to page 20200 [1] Whiles the wicked go about to make a snare for good men, they make a snare for themselues.

Note return to page 20201 Leuit.20.10.

Note return to page 20202 [2] Against hypocrites which are very seuere iudges against other men, and flatter themselues in their owne sinnes.

Note return to page 20203 Deut.17.17.

Note return to page 20204 [3] Christ would not take vpon him the ciuill Magistrates office: hee contented himselfe to bring sinners to faith and repentance.

Note return to page 20205 [4] The worlde which is blinde in it selfe, can not come to haue any light but in Christ onely.

Note return to page 20206 Chap. 1.5.and 9.5.

Note return to page 20207 [5] Christ is without all exception, the best witnes of the trueth, for he was sent by his Father for that purpose, and was by him approued to the world by infinite miracles.

Note return to page 20208 [a] Thou bearest witnes of thy selfe, which thing by all mens opinion is naught, and for a man to commende himselfe is very discommendable.

Note return to page 20209 Chap.5.31.

Note return to page 20210 [b] That which he denied afore, Chap. 5.31. must be taken by a maner of granting, for in that place hee framed himselfe somewhat to the humour of his hearers which acknowledged nothing in Christ but his humanitie, and therefore he was content they should set light by his owne witnes, vnle&esset;e it were otherwise confirmed. But in this place hee standeth for the maintenance of his Godhead, and praiseth his Father, who is his witnes, and agreeth with him.

Note return to page 20211 [c] I doe nowe onely teache you, I condemne no man: but yet if I lust to doe it, I might lawfully do it, for I am not alone, but my Father is with me.

Note return to page 20212 Deut.17 6.and 19.15. mat.18.16. 2. cor.13.1. heb. 10.28.

Note return to page 20213 [d] The Godhead is plainely distinguished from the manhode, else there were not two witnesses: for the partie accused is not taken for a witnes.

Note return to page 20214 [6] No man can know God, but in Christ onely.

Note return to page 20215 [e] This was some place appointed for the gathering of the offrings.

Note return to page 20216 [7] We liue and die at the pleasure of God and not of men: Therefore this one thing remaineth that wee goe forwarde constantly in our vocation.

Note return to page 20217 [8] Because that men doe naturally abhorre heauenly thinges, no man can be a fitte disciple of Christ, vnlesse the Spirite of God frame him: in the meane season notwithstanding, the worlde must of necessitie perish, because it refuseth the life that is offered vnto it.

Note return to page 20218 [9] He shall at the length know who Christ is, which will diligently heare, what he saith.

Note return to page 20219 [f] That is, I am Christ, and the sauiour, for so I told you from the beginning that I was.

Note return to page 20220 [10] God is the reuenger of Christes doctrine despised.

Note return to page 20221 [11] Euen the contempt of Christ maketh for his glory: which thing his enemies shall feele at length to their great smart.

Note return to page 20222 [12] The true disciples of Christ continue in his doctrine, that profiting more & more in the knowledge of the trueth, they may be deliuered from the most grieuous burden of sinne, into the true libertie of righteousnesse and life.

Note return to page 20223 [g] From the slauerie of sinne.

Note return to page 20224 [h] Some of the multitude, not they that beleeued: for this is not the speache of men that consent vnto him, but of men that are against him.

Note return to page 20225 [i] Borne and begotten of Abraham.

Note return to page 20226 Rom.6.20. 2 pet.2 19.

Note return to page 20227 [13] Our wicked maners declare, that we are plainely borne of a deuilish nature: But we are changed, and made of the housholde of God, according to the couenant which hee made with Abraham by Christ only, apprehended and layde holde on by faith: which faith is knowen by a godly and honest life.

Note return to page 20228 [k] Or, language, as though he said, you do no more vnderstand what I say, then if I spake in a strange and an vnknowen language to you.

Note return to page 20229 1.Iohn.3.8.

Note return to page 20230 [l] From the beginning of the world: for as soone as man was made, the deuill cast him headlong into death.

Note return to page 20231 [m] That is, continued not constantly, or remained not.

Note return to page 20232 [n] That is, in faithfulnesse and vprightnesse, that is, he kept not his creation.

Note return to page 20233 [o] Euen of his owne head, & of his owne braine or dispositi&obar;.

Note return to page 20234 [p] The authour thereof.

Note return to page 20235 [14] Christ did throughly execute the office, that his Father inioyned him.

Note return to page 20236 1.Ioh. 4.6.

Note return to page 20237 [15] The enemies of Christ make their brauerie for a while, but the Father will appeare at his time to reuenge the reproch that is done vnto him in the person of his sonne.

Note return to page 20238 [q] That is, that will reuenge both your despising of me, and of him.

Note return to page 20239 [16] The only doctrine of the Gospell apprehended by faith, is a sure remedie against death.

Note return to page 20240 [r] That is, he shall not feele it: for euen in the midst of death, the faithfull see life.

Note return to page 20241 [17] Against them which abuse the glory of þe; Saints, to darken Christes glory.

Note return to page 20242 [18] There is nothing farther off from all ambition then Christ, but his Father hath set him aboue all things.

Note return to page 20243 [s] This is spoken by maner of a graunt: as if he had sayd, be it so, let this report which I giue of my selfe, be of no force: yet there is another that glorifieth me, that is, that honoureth my Name.

Note return to page 20244 [19] There is no right knowledge of God, without Christ, neither any right knowledge of Christ without his worde.

Note return to page 20245 [20] The vertue of Christ shewed it selfe through all former ages in the fathers, for they sawe in the promises, that he should come, and did very ioyfully lay holde of him with a liuely faith.

Note return to page 20246 [t] Was very desirous.

Note return to page 20247 [u] A day is a space that a man liueth in, or doeth any notable act, or suffereth any great thing.

Note return to page 20248 [x] With the eyes of faith, Heb.11.13.

Note return to page 20249 [y] Christ as he was God, was before Abraham: and hee was the Lambe slaine from the beginning of the worlde.

Note return to page 20250 [21] Zeale without knowledge, breaketh out at length into a most open madnes: and yet the wicked cannot doe what they list.

Note return to page 20251 [1] Sinne is the beginning euen of all bodily diseases, and yet doth it not followe, that God alway respecteth their sinnes, whom he most sharply punisheth.

Note return to page 20252 [a] Christ reasoneth here, as his disciples thought, which presuppose that there come no diseases but for sinnes onely: whereupon be answereth that there was an other cause of this mans blindenes, and that was, that God his worke might be seene.

Note return to page 20253 [2] The workes of Christ, are as it were a light, which lighten the darkenesse of the world.

Note return to page 20254 [b] By (day) is meant, the light, that is, the light some doctrine of the heauenly trueth: and by night is meant the darkenes which commeth by the obscuritie of the same doctrine.

Note return to page 20255 Chap.1.9. and 8.12. and 12.35.

Note return to page 20256 [3] Christ healing the man borne blinde, by taking the signe of clay, and afterward the signe of the fountaine of Siloam (which signifieth Sent) sheweth that as he at þe; beginning made man, so doeth he againe restore both his body and soule: and yet so, that hee himselfe commeth first of his owne accord to heale vs.

Note return to page 20257 [4] A true image of all men, who as they are of nature blinde, doe neither them selues receiue the light that is offered vnto them, nor suffer it in other, and yet make a great adoe amongst themselues.

Note return to page 20258 [c] This is an Hebrewe kinde of speach, for they call a mans eyes shut, when they cannot receiue any light: And therefore they are sayde to haue their eyes opened, which of blinde men are made to see.

Note return to page 20259 [5] Religion is not assaulted by any meanes more, then by pretence of Religion: but the more it is pressed downe, the more it riseth vp.

Note return to page 20260 [d] A solemne order, whereby men were constrained in olde time to acknowledge their fault before God, as if they should say, Consider thou art before God, who knoweth the whole matter, and therefore see thou reuerence his maiestie, & doe him this honour rather to confe&esset;e the whole matter openly, then to lie before him, Iosh.7.19. 1.Sam.6.5.

Note return to page 20261 [e] He is called a sinner in the Hebrew tongue, which is a wicked man, and maketh as it were an arte of sinning.

Note return to page 20262 [6] Proude wickednes must needes at length breake forth, which in vaine lieth hid vnder a zeale of godlines.

Note return to page 20263 [f] Thou art naught euen from thy cradle, and as we vse to say, there is nothing in thee but sinne.

Note return to page 20264 [7] Most happie is their state, which are cast furthest out of the Church of the wicked (which proudly boast themselues of the name of the Church) that Christ may come neerer to them.

Note return to page 20265 [8] Christ doeth lighten all them by the preaching of the Gospel, which acknowledge their owne darkenes, but such as seeme to themselues to see clearely ynough, those he altogether blindeth: of which sort are they oftentimes, which haue the hiest place in the Church.

Note return to page 20266 [g] With great power and authoritie, to doe what is righteous and iust: as if he said, these men take vpon them to gouerne the people of God after their owne lust, as though they sawe all things, and no man but they: but I will rule farre otherwise then these men doe: for whome they accompt for blinde men, them will I lighten, and such as take them selues to be wisest, them will I drowne in most gro&esset;e darkene&esset;e of ignorance.

Note return to page 20267 [h] In these wordes (of seeing and not seeing) there is a secret taunting and checke to the Pharises: for they thought all men blinde but themselues.

Note return to page 20268 Chap.3.17. and 12.47.

Note return to page 20269 [1] Seeing that by Christ onely we haue accesse to the Father, there are neither other true shepheards, then those which come to Christ them selues and bring other thither also, neither is any to be thought the true sheepefolde, but that which is gathered to Christ.

Note return to page 20270 [a] In those dayes they vsed to haue a seruant alwayes sitting at the doore, and therefore hee speaketh after the maner of those dayes.

Note return to page 20271 [b] This word (parable) which the Euangelist vseth here, signifieth a darke kinde of speach, when words are taken from their naturall meaning, to signifie another thing to vs.

Note return to page 20272 [2] It maketh no matter, how many, neither how olde the false teachers haue bin.

Note return to page 20273 [c] These large termes must be applied to the matter he speaketh of. And therefore when he calleth himselfe the doore, he calleth all them theeues and robbers which take vpon them this name of Doore, which none of the Prophets can, for they shewed the sheepe that Christ was the doore.

Note return to page 20274 [3] Only Christ is the true Pastor, and that only is the true Church, which ackowledgeth him to be properly their only Pastor: To him are opposite theeues which feede not the sheepe but kill them: and hirelings also, which forsake the flocke in time of danger, because they feede it onely for their owne profite & gaines.

Note return to page 20275 [d] That is, shall liue safely: So vse the Iewes to speake, as Deut.26.6. and yet there is a peculiar alluding to the shepheards office.

Note return to page 20276 Isai.40.11. ezek.34.23.

Note return to page 20277 [e] Loueth me, aloweth me.

Note return to page 20278 [4] The calling of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 20279 Ezech.37.22.

Note return to page 20280 [f] The certaine marke of the Catholike Church throughout all the world, which hath one head, that is Christ, the onely keeper, and onely shepheard of it.

Note return to page 20281 [5] Christ is by the decree of the Father, the only true shepheard of the true Church, for he willingly gaue his life for his sheepe, and by his owne power rose againe to life.

Note return to page 20282 Isai.53.7.

Note return to page 20283 [g] Hee speaketh in the time that nowe is, because Christes whole life, was as it were a perpetuall death.

Note return to page 20284 Actes 2.24.

Note return to page 20285 [6] The Gospel discouereth hypocrisie, & therefore the world must needes rage when it commeth forth.

Note return to page 20286 [h] The feast of the Dedication was instituted by Iudas Maccabeus & his brethren, after the restoring of Gods true religion, by the casting out of Antiochus his garrison, 1.Mac.4.59.

Note return to page 20287 [7] The vnbeleeuers and proude men, accuse the Gospel of darknes, which darknes in deede, is within themselues.

Note return to page 20288 [8] The doctrine of the Gospel is proued from heauen by two witnesses: both by the puritie of the doctrine, and by miracles.

Note return to page 20289 [9] It is no maruell that there doe but a few beleeue, seeing that al men are by nature vntamed beastes: yet notwithstanding God hath his, which hee turneth into sheepe, and committeth them vnto his Sonne, and preserueth them against the crueltie of all wilde beastes.

Note return to page 20290 [i] Hee giueth a reason why they beleeue not, to wit, because they are none of his sheepe.

Note return to page 20291 Chap. 8.59.

Note return to page 20292 [10] Christ proueth his dignitie by diuine workes.

Note return to page 20293 [k] Through my Fathers authoritie and power.

Note return to page 20294 Psalm.82.6.

Note return to page 20295 [l] Voyde and of none effect.

Note return to page 20296 [11] Christ fleeth danger, not of mistrust, nor for feare of death, nor that he would be idle, but to gather a Church in an other place.

Note return to page 20297 [1] Christ in restoring the stinking carcase of his fri&ebar;d to life, sheweth an example both of his mighty power, and also of his singular good wil toward men: which is also an image of the resurrection to come.

Note return to page 20298 [a] Where his sisters dwelt.

Note return to page 20299 Ch.12.3. mat.26.7.

Note return to page 20300 [b] That is to say, sent for the purpose to kill him.

Note return to page 20301 [2] In that, that God seemeth sometimes to linger in helping of vs, hee doth it both for his glory, and for our saluation, as the falling out of the matter in the ende, plainely proueth.

Note return to page 20302 [3] This only is the sure and right way to life, to folowe God boldly without feare, who calleth vs and shineth before vs in þe; darknes of this world.

Note return to page 20303 Chap.7.30. and 8.59. and 10.33.

Note return to page 20304 [c] All things are fitly wrought and brought to passe in their season.

Note return to page 20305 [d] The Iewes vsed a milder kinde of speach, and called death a sleepe, wherupon in other languages the place of buriall where the dead are layde waiting for the resurrection, is called a sleeping place.

Note return to page 20306 [4] God who is the maker of nature, doeth not condemne naturall affections, but sheweth that they ought to be examined by the rule of faith.

Note return to page 20307 [e] That is, shall recouer life againe.

Note return to page 20308 Chap.5.29. luke 14.14.

Note return to page 20309 Chap.6.35.

Note return to page 20310 [5] Christ tooke vpon him together with our flesh, all affections of man (sinne onely excepted) and amongst them especially, mercie and compassion.

Note return to page 20311 [f] These are tokens that he was greatly mooued, but yet they were without sinne: and these affections are proper to mans nature.

Note return to page 20312 Chap.9.6.

Note return to page 20313 [6] The last point of hard and yronlike stubburnes is this, to proclaime open warre against God, and yet ceaseth not to make a pretence both of godlines, and of the profite of the common wealth.

Note return to page 20314 [g] The Iewes called this councill Sanhedrin: and the word that Iohn vseth, is Synedri.

Note return to page 20315 [h] That is, take away from vs by force: For at that time, though the high Priests authoritie was greatly le&esset;ened and decayed, yet there was some kinde of gouernement left among the Iewes.

Note return to page 20316 [7] The raging and mad companie of the false Church, perswade themselues that they cannot be in safetie, vnlesse he be taken away, who onely vpholdeth the Church: And so likewise iudgeth the wisdome of the flesh in worldly affaires, which is gouerned by the spirit of giddinesse or madnesse.

Note return to page 20317 Chap.18.14.

Note return to page 20318 [8] Christ doeth sometimes so turne the tongues, euen of the wicked, that euen in cursing, they blesse.

Note return to page 20319 [i] For they were not gathered together in one countrey, as the Iewes were, but to be gathered from all quarters, from the East to the West.

Note return to page 20320 [9] We may giue place to the rage of the wicked, when it is expedient so to do, but yet in such sort, that we swarue not from Gods vocation.

Note return to page 20321 Chap.26.77. marke 14.3.

Note return to page 20322 [1] An horrible example in Iudas of a minde blinded with couetousnes, and yet pretending godlinesse.

Note return to page 20323 Chap.13.29.

Note return to page 20324 [2] This extraordinarie anoynting which was for a signe, is so allowed of God, that hee witnesseth how he will not be worshipped with outward pompe, or costly seruice, but with almes.

Note return to page 20325 [3] When the light of the Gospell sheweth it selfe, some are founde to be curious, and others (which least ought) to be open enemies: others in a rage honour him, whome they will straightway fall from: and very fewe doe so reuerently receiue him as they ought: Notwithstanding Christ beginneth his spirituall kingdome in the mids of his enemies.

Note return to page 20326 Matth.21.8. marke 11.8. luke 19.35.

Note return to page 20327 Zech.9.9.

Note return to page 20328 [4] Euen they which goe about to oppresse Christ, are made instruments of his glory.

Note return to page 20329 [a] After the solemne custome: the Grecians were first so called by the name of the countrey of Greece, where they dwelt: but afterward, all that were not of the Iewes religion, but worshipped false gods, and were also called Heathens, were called by this name.

Note return to page 20330 [5] The death of Christ is as it were a sowing, which seemeth to be a dying to the corne, but in deede is the cause of a farre greater haruest: and such as is the condition of the head, so shall it be of the members.

Note return to page 20331 [b] A wheate corne dyeth when it is changed by vertue of the ground, and becommeth a roote of a fruitefull blade.

Note return to page 20332 Matth.10.39. and 16.25. marke 8.35. luke 9.24. and 17.33.

Note return to page 20333 Chap.17.34.

Note return to page 20334 [6] Whilest Christ went about to suffer all the punishment which is due to our sinnes, and whilest his diuinitie did not yet shewe his might and power so farre, as this satisfaction might be throughly wrought, nowe, when he is striken with the great feare of the curse of God, he cryeth out and prayeth, and desireth to be released: yet notwithstanding hee preferreth the will and glory of his Father before all thinges, whose obedience the Father alloweth euen from heauen.

Note return to page 20335 [c] To wit, of death that is nowe at hande.

Note return to page 20336 [d] So then, the Fathers glorie is Christ his glorie.

Note return to page 20337 [7] Christ foretelleth to the deafe, the maner of his death, the ouercomming of the deuill and the worlde, and in conclusion his triumphe.

Note return to page 20338 Chap.3.14.

Note return to page 20339 [e] Christ vsed a worde, which hath a double meaning, for it signifieth either to lift vp, or to rid out of the way: for his meaning was to put them in minde of his death, but the Iewes seeme to take it another way.

Note return to page 20340 [f] Chrysost. and Theophyl referre this worde, All, to all nations: that is, not to the Iewes onely.

Note return to page 20341 Psal.89.36. and 110.4. and 117.2. isai 40.8. ezech. 37.25.

Note return to page 20342 [8] Vnmeasurable is the mercie of God, but an horrible iudgement foloweth, if it be contemned.

Note return to page 20343 Chap.1.9.

Note return to page 20344 [g] That is, partakers of light.

Note return to page 20345 [9] Faith is not of nature, but of grace.

Note return to page 20346 Isai.53.1. rom.10.16.

Note return to page 20347 [h] The arme of the Lord, is the Gospel, which is, the power of God to saluation to all that beleeue: And therefore the arme of the Lord is not reueiled to them, whose hearts the Lord hath not opened.

Note return to page 20348 Isai.6.9. matt. 13.14. mar.4.12. luke 8.10. acts. 28.26. rom.11.8.

Note return to page 20349 [10] Such as beleeue, are not only fewe in nomber, if they be compared with the vnbeleeuers, but also the most of those fewe (yea and that especially the chiefest) doe feare men more then God.

Note return to page 20350 Chap.5.44.

Note return to page 20351 [11] The summe of the Gospel, and therefore of saluation, which Christ witnessed in the middest of Hierusalem by his crying out, is this: to rest vpon Christ, through fayth, as the onely Sauiour appointed and giuen vs of the Father.

Note return to page 20352 [i] This worde, Not, doeth not take any whit of this from Christ which is here spoken of, but is in way of correction rather, as if he sayd, He that beleeueth in me, doeth not so much beleeue in me, as in him that sent mee. So is it in Marke 9.37.

Note return to page 20353 Chap.3.19. and 9.39.

Note return to page 20354 Chap.3.17.

Note return to page 20355 Mar.16.16.

Note return to page 20356 Matth.26.2. marke 14.1. luke 22.1.

Note return to page 20357 [1] Christ no lesse certaine of the victorie, then of the combate which was at hand, vsing the signe of washing the feete, doeth partly thereby giue an example of singular modestie, and his great loue toward his Apostles in this notable act, being like very shortly to depart from them: and partly witnesseth vnto them, that it is he only which washeth away the filth of his people, and that by litle and litle, in their time and season.

Note return to page 20358 [a] Them of his housholde, that is, his Saints.

Note return to page 20359 [b] Into his power.

Note return to page 20360 [c] In that he is said to rise, it argueth that there was a space betweene the ceremonie of the Pa&esset;eouer, and this washing of feete, at what time it seemeth that the Supper was instituted.

Note return to page 20361 [d] Vnle&esset;e thou suffer mee to wash thee, thou shalt haue no part in the kingdome of heauen.

Note return to page 20362 Chap.15.3.

Note return to page 20363 Chap.15.20. matth.10.24. luke 6.40.

Note return to page 20364 The word signifieth an Apostle, which is any one that is sent from another.

Note return to page 20365 [2] The betraying of Christ was not casuall, or a thing that happened by chaunce, but the Father so ordeined the cause of our saluation, to reconcile vs vnto himselfe in his Sonne, and the Sonne did willingly and voluntarily obey the Father.

Note return to page 20366 Psalm.41 9.

Note return to page 20367 Matth.10.40. luke 10.16.

Note return to page 20368 [e] Hee affirmed it openly and soothed it.

Note return to page 20369 Matth.26.21. marke 14.18. luke 22.21.

Note return to page 20370 [f] Iohn his leaning was such, that sitting downe in his bed, his head was towarde Iesus his head: so that it was an easie matter for him to touch Iesus his bosome: for it is certaine that in olde time men vsed not to sit at the table, but to lie downe on the one side.

Note return to page 20371 [3] We haue to consider the glorifying of Christ in his ignominie.

Note return to page 20372 [g] This verse and the next folowing, are a most plaine and euident testimonie of the diuinitie of Christ.

Note return to page 20373 [4] The eternall glory shall flowe by litle and litle from the head into the members. But in the meane time, we must take good heede, that we passe ouer the race of this life in brotherly loue.

Note return to page 20374 Chap.7.34.

Note return to page 20375 Leuit.19.18. matt.22.39. chap.15.12. 1.iohn 4.21.

Note return to page 20376 [5] An heauie example of rash trust and confidence.

Note return to page 20377 Matth.26.33. marke 14.29. luke 22.33.

Note return to page 20378 [1] He beleeueth in God that beleeueth in Christ, and there is no other way to confirme our mindes in greatest distresses.

Note return to page 20379 [a] That is, if it were not so as I tell you, to wit, vnle&esset;e there were place ynough not onely for me but for you also, in my Fathers house, I woulde not thus deceiue you with a vaine hope, but I woulde haue tolde you so, plainely.

Note return to page 20380 [b] All this speach is by way of an allegorie, whereby the Lord comforteth his owne, declaring to them his departure into heauen, which is, not to reigne there alone, but to goe before and prepare a place for them.

Note return to page 20381 [2] Christ went not away from vs, to the ende to forsake vs, but rather that he might at length take vs vp with him into heauen.

Note return to page 20382 [c] These wordes are to be referred to the whole Church, and therefore the Angels said to the disciples when they were astonished, What stand you gasing vp into heauen? This Iesus shal so come as you sawe him go vp, Act.1.11. and in all places of the Scripture, the full comfort of the Church is referred to that day when God shall be all in all, and is therefore called the day of redemption.

Note return to page 20383 [3] Christ only is the way to true & euerlasting life, for he it is in whom the Father hath reueiled him selfe.

Note return to page 20384 [d] This saying sheweth vnto vs both the nature, the will and office of Christ.

Note return to page 20385 [e] It is playne by this place, that to knowe God, and to see God, is all one: Nowe where as he sayd before, that no man sawe God at any time, that is to be vnderstood thus, without Christ: or were it not through Christ, no m&abar; could euer see, nor sawe, God at any time: for as Chrysostome sayth, the Sonne, is a very short and easie setting forth of the fathers nature to vs.

Note return to page 20386 [4] The maiestie of God sheweth it selfe most euidently, both in Christes doctrine and deedes.

Note return to page 20387 [5] The approuing of the vertue of Christ is not included within his owne person, but it is spread thorow the body of his whole Church.

Note return to page 20388 [f] That is, not I only doe them, but I can also giue other men power to doe greater.

Note return to page 20389 Chap.16.23. mat.7.7. mar.11. 24. iames 1.5.

Note return to page 20390 [6] Hee loueth Christ aright, which obeyeth his commaundements: and because the same is accompanied with an infinite sort of miseries, although hee be absent in body, yet doeth he comfort his with the present vertue of the holy Ghost, whome the world despiseth, because it knoweth him not.

Note return to page 20391 [g] The holy Ghost is called the Spirit of trueth, of the effect which he worketh, because he inspireth the trueth into vs, whereas otherwise he hath trueth in himselfe.

Note return to page 20392 [h] Worldly men.

Note return to page 20393 [i] The Sonne is in the Father after such sort, that he is of one selfe same substance with the Father, but he is in his disciples in a certaine respect as an ayder and helper of them.

Note return to page 20394 [k] I wil shew my selfe to him, and be knowen of him, as if he saw me with his eyes: but this shewing of himselfe is not bodily, but spiritually, yet so plaine as none can be more.

Note return to page 20395 [7] We must not aske why the Gospel is reueiled to some rather then to other, but we must rather take heede, that we embrace Christ who is offered vnto vs, and that we truely loue him, that is to say, that we giue our selues wholy to his obedience.

Note return to page 20396 [8] It is the office of the holy Ghost to imprint in the mindes of the elect in their times and seasons, that which Christ once spake.

Note return to page 20397 Chap.15.26.

Note return to page 20398 [9] All true felicitie commeth to vs by Christ alone.

Note return to page 20399 [10] So farre is it, that we should be sorie for the departing of Christ from vs according to the flesh, that we should rather reioyce for it, seeing that al the blessing of the members dependeth vpon the glorifying of the head.

Note return to page 20400 [l] This is spoken in that, that he is Mediator, for so the Father is greater then he, in as much as the person to whom request is made, is greater then he that maketh the request.

Note return to page 20401 [11] Christ goeth to death, not vnwillingly, but willingly, not as yeelding to the deuill, but obeying his Fathers decree.

Note return to page 20402 [m] As who woulde say, Satan will by and by set vpon me with all the might he can, but he hath no power ouer me, neither shall he finde any such thing in me as he thinketh he shall.

Note return to page 20403 [1] We are of nature drie and fit for nothing, but the fire: Therefore that we may liue and be fruitfull, we must first be graffed into Christ, as it were into a vine, by the Fathers hand: and then be dayly shred with continuall meditation of the word and the crosse: otherwise it shall not auaile any man at all to haue bene graffed, vnlesse he cleaue fast vnto the vine, and so drawe iuyce out of it.

Note return to page 20404 Matth.15.13.

Note return to page 20405 Chap.13.10.

Note return to page 20406 Coloss.1 23.

Note return to page 20407 1.Iohn 3.22.

Note return to page 20408 [2] He abideth in Christ, which resteth in his doctrine, and therefore bringeth foorth good fruite: And the Father will denie such an one, nothing.

Note return to page 20409 [a] As who would say, Herein shall my Father be glorified, and herein also shall you be my disciples, if you bring foorth much fruite.

Note return to page 20410 [3] The loue of the Father towardes the Sonne, and of the Sonne towards vs, and ours towardes God and our neighbour, are ioyned together with an vnseparable knot: and there is nothing more sweete and pleasant then it is. Nowe this loue sheweth itselfe by the effects: a most perfect example whereof, Christ himselfe exhibiteth vnto vs.

Note return to page 20411 [b] That is, in that loue, wherewith I loue you: which loue is on both partes.

Note return to page 20412 Chap 13.34. 1.thes.4.9. 1.iohn 3.11. and 4.21.

Note return to page 20413 [4] The doctrine of the Gospel (as it is vttered by Christes owne mouth) is a most perfect and absolute declaration of the counsell of God, which pertaineth to our saluation, and is committed vnto the Apostles.

Note return to page 20414 [5] Christ is the authour and preseruer of the ministerie of the Gospel, euen to the worldes ende, but the ministers haue aboue all things neede of prayer and brotherly loue.

Note return to page 20415 [c] This place teacheth vs plainely, that our saluation commeth from the onely fauour and gracious goodnesse of the euerlasting God toward vs, and of nothing that we doe or can deserue.

Note return to page 20416 Matth.28.19.

Note return to page 20417 [6] It ought not onely not to feare, but rather confirme the faithfull Ministers of Christ, when they shalbe hated of the world as their Master was.

Note return to page 20418 Chap.13.16. matth.10.24.

Note return to page 20419 Matth.24.9.

Note return to page 20420 [7] The hatred that the world beareth against Christ, proceedeth of the blockishnesse of the minde, which notwithstanding is voluntarie blind, so that the worlde can pretend no excuse, to couer their fault.

Note return to page 20421 Chap.16.4.

Note return to page 20422 [d] As who would say, If I had not come, these men would not haue stucke to haue said still before Gods iudgement seate, that they are religious, and voide of sinne: but seeing I came to them, and they cleane refuse me, they can haue no cloke for their wickednes.

Note return to page 20423 [e] Some time by this word, Lawe, are meant the fiue bookes of Moses, but in this place, the whole Scripture: for the place alleaged is in the Psalmes.

Note return to page 20424 Psalm.35.19.

Note return to page 20425 [8] Against the rage of the wicked, we shall stand surely by the inwarde testimonie of the holy Ghost: But the holy Ghost speaketh no otherwise, then he spake by the mouth of the Apostles.

Note return to page 20426 Chap.14.26. luke 24.49.

Note return to page 20427 [1] The ministers of the Gospel must looke for all maner of reproches, not onely of them which are open enemies, but euen of them also which seeme to be of the same housholde, and the very pillars of the Church.

Note return to page 20428 Chap.15.21.

Note return to page 20429 [2] The absence of Christ, according to the flesh, is profitable to the Church, that we may wholy depend vpon his spirituall power.

Note return to page 20430 [3] The Spirit of God worketh so mightily by the preaching of the worde, that he constraineth the world, will it, nill it, to confesse it owne vnrighteousnesse, & Christs righteousnesse and almightinesse.

Note return to page 20431 [a] He will so reproue the worlde, that the worldlings shalbe able to pretend no excuse.

Note return to page 20432 [b] He respecteth the time that folowed his ascension, when as all gainesayers were manifestly reproued, through the powring out of the holy Ghost vpon the Church: So that the very enemies of Christ were reproued of sinne, in that they were constrained to confesse that they were deceiued, in that they beleeued not, and therefore they said to Peter, Actes 1. Men and brethren, what shall we doe?

Note return to page 20433 [c] Of Christ himselfe: For when the worlde shall see, that I haue powred out the holy Ghost, they shalbe constrained to confesse that I was iust, and was not condemned of my Father, when I went out of this worlde.

Note return to page 20434 [d] Of that authoritie and power, which I haue both in heauen & earth.

Note return to page 20435 [e] That is, because they shall then vnderstand and know in deede, that I haue ouercome the deuil, and doe gouerne the worlde, when all men shall see, that they set themselues against you in vaine, for I will arme you with that heauenly power, whereby you may destroy euery high thing which is lifted vp against the knowledge of God, 2.Cor.10 12.

Note return to page 20436 [4] The doctrine of the Apostles, proceeded from the holy Ghost, and is most perfite.

Note return to page 20437 [5] The holy Ghost bringeth no newe doctrine, but teacheth that which was vttered by Christes owne mouth, and imprinteth it in our mindes.

Note return to page 20438 [6] The grace of the holy Ghost is a most liuely glasse, wherein Christ is truely beholden with the most sharpe sighted eyes of faith, and not with the bleared eyes of the flesh: Whereby we feele a continuall ioy euen in the midst of sorowes.

Note return to page 20439 [f] When a litle time is once past.

Note return to page 20440 [g] For I passe to eternally glory, so that I shalbe much more present with you then I was before: for then you shall feele in deede what I am, and what I am able to do.

Note return to page 20441 Chap.14.13. mat.7.7.& 21.22. mar.11.24. luk 11.9. iam.1.5.

Note return to page 20442 [7] The holy Ghost which was powred vpon the Apostles after the Ascension of Christ, instructed both them in all the chiefest mysteries and secretes of our saluation, and also by them the Church, and will also instruct it to the end of the world.

Note return to page 20443 [8] The summe of the worship of God, is the inuocation of the Father in the Name of the Sonne the Mediatour, who is alreadie heard for vs, for whom he both abased himselfe, and is nowe also glorified.

Note return to page 20444 Chap.17.8.

Note return to page 20445 [9] Faith and foolish securitie differ very much.

Note return to page 20446 Matth.26.31. marke 14.27.

Note return to page 20447 [10] Neither the wickednesse of the worlde, neither the weakenesse of his owne, can diminish anything of the vertue of Christ.

Note return to page 20448 [11] The suertie and stay of the Church dependeth onely vpon the victorie of Christ.

Note return to page 20449 [b] That in me you might be throughly quieted. For by (peace) is meant in this place, that quiet state of minde, which is cleane contrary to disquietnesse and heauinesse.

Note return to page 20450 [1] Iesus Christ the euerlasting high Priest, being readie straightwayes to offer vp himselfe, doeth by solemne prayers consecrate himselfe to God the Father, as a sacrifice, and vs together with him selfe: Therefore this prayer was from the beginning, is, and shalbe to the ende of the world, the foundation and grounde of the Church of God.

Note return to page 20451 [2] He first declareth, that as he came into the worlde to the end that the Father might shewe in him, being apprehended by faith, his glorie in sauing his elect, so he applied himselfe to that onely: and therefore desireth of the Father, that he woulde blesse the worke which hee hath finished.

Note return to page 20452 Matth.28.18.

Note return to page 20453 [a] Ouer all men.

Note return to page 20454 [b] He calleth the Father the onely very God, to set him against all false gods, and not to shut out himselfe and the holy Ghost, for straightwayes he ioyneth the knowledge of the Father and the knowledge of himselfe together, and according to his accustomed maner, setteth foorth the whole Godhead in the person of the Father: So is the Father alone said to be King, immortall, wise, and dwelling in light which no man can attaine vnto, inuisible, Rom.16.27. 1.tim.1.17.

Note return to page 20455 [3] First of all he prayeth for those his disciples, by whom he woulde haue the rest to be gathered together, and commendeth them vnto the Father, (hauing once reiected the whole companie of the reprobate) because he receiued them of him, into his custodie, and for that they embracing his doctrine, shall haue so many and so mightie enemies, that there is no way for them to be in safetie, but by his helpe onely.

Note return to page 20456 [c] He sheweth hereby that euerlasting election and choise, which was hidden in the good will and pleasure of God, which is the ground worke of our saluation.

Note return to page 20457 [d] He sheweth how that euerlasting and hidden purpose of God is declared in Christ, by whom we are iustified and sanctified, if we lay holde on him by faith, that at length we may come to the glorie of the election.

Note return to page 20458 Chap.16.27.

Note return to page 20459 [e] He praieth that his people may peaceably agree, and be ioyned together in one, that as the Godhead is one, so they may be of one minde and one consent together.

Note return to page 20460 Psal.109.7.

Note return to page 20461 [4] Hee sheweth what maner of deliuerance he meaneth, not that they shoulde be in no daunger, but that they being preserued from all, might prooue by experience that the doctrine of saluation is true, which they receiued at his mouth to deliuer to other.

Note return to page 20462 [f] That is, make them holy: and that is said to be holy, which is dedicated, and made proper to God onely.

Note return to page 20463 [5] Hee addeth moreouer, that the Apostles haue a vocation common with him, & therefore that they must bee holden vp by the selfesame vertue to giue vp themselues wholy to God, whereby he being first, did consecrate himself to the Father.

Note return to page 20464 [g] The true and substantiall sanctification of Christ, is set against the outward purifyings.

Note return to page 20465 [6] Secondarily he offreth to God the Father all his, that is, howe many so euer shall beleeue in him by the doctrine of the Apostles: that as hee cleaueth vnto the Father, receiuing from him all fulnesse, so they being ioyned with him, may receiue life from him, and at length being together beloued in him, may also with him enioy euerlasting glory.

Note return to page 20466 Chap.12. 26.

Note return to page 20467 [7] He communicateth with his by litle and litle, the knowledge of the Father, which is most full in Christ the Mediatour, that they may in him be beloued of the Father, with the selfe same loue wherewith he loueth the Sonne.

Note return to page 20468 [1] Christ goeth of his owne accorde into a garden, which his betraier knew, to be taken: that by his obedience hee might take away þe; sinne that entred into the world by one mans rebellion, & that, in a garden.

Note return to page 20469 Mat.26.36. mar.14.32. luke 22.39.

Note return to page 20470 Matt.26.47. mar.14.43. luke 22.47.

Note return to page 20471 [2] Christ who was innocent, was tak&ebar; as a wicked person, that we which are wicked might be let goe as innocent.

Note return to page 20472 [3] Christes person, (but not his vertue) was bounde of the aduersaries, when and howe he woulde.

Note return to page 20473 [4] Christ doeth not neglect the office of a good pastour, no not in his greatest danger.

Note return to page 20474 Chap.17.12.

Note return to page 20475 [5] Wee ought to conteine the zeale we beare to God, within the bounds of our vocation.

Note return to page 20476 [6] Christ is brought before an earthly high Priest to be condemned for our blasphemies, that wee might be quitted of the euerlasting high Priest himselfe.

Note return to page 20477 Luke 3.8.

Note return to page 20478 Chap.11.50.

Note return to page 20479 [7] A liuely example of the fragility of man euen in the best, when they be once left to themselues.

Note return to page 20480 Mat.26.58. mar.14.54. luke 22.54.

Note return to page 20481 [8] Christ defendeth his cause but slenderly, not that hee would withdrawe him selfe fr&obar; death, but to shewe that he was c&obar;demned as an innocent.

Note return to page 20482 Matt.26.57. luke 22.54.

Note return to page 20483 Mat.26.69. mar.14.59. luke 22.55.

Note return to page 20484 [9] After that men haue once fallen, they can not only, not lift vp themselues by their owne strength, but also they fall more and more into worse, vntill they be raised vp again, by a newe vertue of God.

Note return to page 20485 Mat.27.2. mar. 15.1. luke 23.1.

Note return to page 20486 [10] The Sonne of God is brought before the iudgement seate of an earthly and prophane man, in whome there is founde much lesse wickednesse, then in the princes of the people of God: A liuely image of the wrath of God against sinne, and therewithall of his great mercie, and last of all, of his most seuere iudgement against the stubburne contemners of his grace when it is offred vnto them.

Note return to page 20487 [a] From Caiaphas house.

Note return to page 20488 Actes 10.28. & 11.3.

Note return to page 20489 [b] For iudgements of life and death, were taken from them, fourtie yeres before the destruction of the temple.

Note return to page 20490 Mat.20.19.

Note return to page 20491 [c] For Christ had foretolde that he should be crucified.

Note return to page 20492 Mat.27.11. mar.15.2. luke 23.3.

Note return to page 20493 [11] Christ auoucheth his spirituall kingdome, but reiecteth a worldly.

Note return to page 20494 [12] It was requisite that Christ shoulde be pronounced innocent, but notwithstanding (in that that hee tooke vpon him our person) was to be c&obar;demned as a most wicked man.

Note return to page 20495 [d] He speaketh this disdainefully and scoffingly, and not by way of asking a question.

Note return to page 20496 Matt.27.15. mar. 15 6. luke 23.17.

Note return to page 20497 Actes 3.14.

Note return to page 20498 [e] Woorde for woorde, made a great and foule voyce.

Note return to page 20499 Mat.27.27. mar.15.16.

Note return to page 20500 [1] The wisdom of the flesh, chuseth of two euils the least, but God curseth that same wisdome.

Note return to page 20501 [2] Christ is againe quitted by þt; same mouth wherewith he is afterwarde condemned.

Note return to page 20502 [a] They will haue him crucified, wh&obar; by an olde custome of theirs, they should haue stoned & hanged vp as conuict of blasphemie: but they desire to haue him crucified after the maner of the Romanes.

Note return to page 20503 [3] Pilates conscience sighteth for Christ, but straightway it yeeldeth, because it is not vpholden with the singular vertue of God.

Note return to page 20504 [4] Pilate condemneth himselfe first, with the same mouth, wherewith he afterwarde condemneth Christ.

Note return to page 20505 [b] Gabbatha signifieth an high place, as iudgement seates are.

Note return to page 20506 [5] Christ fasteneth Satan, sinne and death to þe; crosse.

Note return to page 20507 Mat.27.31. mar.15.25. luke 23.26.

Note return to page 20508 [6] Christ sitting vpon the throne of the crosse, is openly written euerlasting king of all people, with his owne hande, whose mouth condemned him for vsurping a kingdome.

Note return to page 20509 [7] Christ signifieth by the diuision of his garments amongst the blouby bouchers, (his coate except, that had no seame) that it shall come to passe, that hee will shortly diuide his benefites, and enrich his very enemies throughout the worlde: but so notwithstanding that the treasure of his Church shall remaine whole.

Note return to page 20510 Mat.27.35. mar.15.24.

Note return to page 20511 Psal.22.18.

Note return to page 20512 [8] Christ is a perfect example of all righteousnesse, not onely in the keeping of the first, but also of the seconde table.

Note return to page 20513 [9] Christ when he hath taken the vineger, yeeldeth vp the Ghost, drinking vp in deede that most bitter and sharpe cuppe of his Fathers wrath in our name.

Note return to page 20514 Psalm.69.22.

Note return to page 20515 [c] Galatinus witnesseth out of the booke called Sanhedrim, that the Iewes were wont to giue them that were executed, vineger mixed with frankincense to drinke, to make their braines somewhat troubled: so charitably the Iewes prouided for the poore mens consciences, which were executed.

Note return to page 20516 [10] The body of Christ which was dead for a season (because it so pleased him) is wounded, but the least bone of it is not broken: and such is the state of his mysticall body.

Note return to page 20517 [11] Christ being dead vpon the crosse, witnesseth by a double signe, that he onely is the true satisfaction, and the true washing for the beleeuers.

Note return to page 20518 [d] This wounde was a most manifest witnesse of the death of Christ: for the water that issued out by this wound, gaue vs plainely to vnderstand, that the weapon pearced the very skinne that compasseth the heart, which is the vessell that conteineth that water, and that being once wounded, that creature which is so pearced and striken, can not chuse but die.

Note return to page 20519 Exod.12.46. num.9.12.

Note return to page 20520 Zach.12.10.

Note return to page 20521 Matth.27.57. marke.15.42. luke 23.50.

Note return to page 20522 [12] Christ is openly buried, and in a famous place, Pilate witting and suffering it, and that by men which did fauour Christ, in such wise, that yet before that day, they neuer openly folowed him: so that by his buriall, no man can iustly doubt either of his death, or resurrection.

Note return to page 20523 Chap.3.2.

Note return to page 20524 [e] That no man might cauill at his resurrection, as though some other that had beene buried there, had risen. Theophyl.

Note return to page 20525 Marke 16.1. luke 24.1.

Note return to page 20526 [1] Marie Magdalene, Peter and Iohn, are the first witnesses of the resurrection: and such as cannot iustly be suspected, for that they themselues could scarcely be persuaded of it, so farre is it off, that they should inuent it of set purpose.

Note return to page 20527 Matth.28.1. marke 16.5.

Note return to page 20528 [a] That is, without the caue, which the sepulchre was cut out of.

Note return to page 20529 [2] Two Angels are made witnesses of the Lords resurrection.

Note return to page 20530 [b] In white clothing.

Note return to page 20531 [c] Marie spake as the common people vse to speake: for they speake of a dead carkeise, as they doe of a whole man.

Note return to page 20532 [3] Iesus witnesseth by his presence, that he is truely risen.

Note return to page 20533 [4] Christ which is risen, is not to be sought in this world according to the flesh, but in heauen by faith whither he is gone before vs.

Note return to page 20534 [d] By his brethren, he meaneth his disciples: for in the next verse folowing, it is said, that Marie tolde his disciples.

Note return to page 20535 [e] He calleth God his Father, because he is his Father naturally in the Godhead, and he saith your Father, because he is our Father by grace, through the adoption of the sonnes of God: that is by taking vs of his free grace to be his sonnes, Epiphanius.

Note return to page 20536 Marke 16.14. luke 24.36. 1.cor.15.5.

Note return to page 20537 [5] Christ in that that he presented himselfe before his disciples suddenly through his diuine power, when the gates were shut, doeth fully assure them both of his resurrection, and also of their Apostleship, inspiring them with the holy Ghost, who is the directour of the ministerie of the Gospel.

Note return to page 20538 [f] Either the doores opened to him of their owne accorde, or the very walles themselues were a passage to him.

Note return to page 20539 Matth.28.18.

Note return to page 20540 [6] The publishing of the forgiuenesse of sinnes by faith in Christ, and the setting foorth and denouncing the wrath of God in retayning the sinnes of the vnbeleeuers, is the summe of the preaching of the Gospel.

Note return to page 20541 [7] Christ draweth out of the vnbeliefe of Thomas, a certaine and sure testimonie of his resurrection.

Note return to page 20542 [8] True faith dependeth vpon the mouth of God, and not vpon fleshly eyes.

Note return to page 20543 Chap.21.25.

Note return to page 20544 [9] To beleeue in Christ the Sonne of God and our onely Sauiour, is the ende of the doctrine of the Gospel, and especially of the historie of the resurrection.

Note return to page 20545 [1] In that, that Christ here is not onely present but also eateth with his disciples, he giueth a most full assurance of his resurrection.

Note return to page 20546 [a] It was a linuen garment, which coulde not let his swimming.

Note return to page 20547 [2] Peter by his triple confession is restored into his former degree from whence he fell by his triple deniall: and therewithall is aduertised, that he is in deede a pastour, which sheweth his loue to Christ, in feeding his sheepe.

Note return to page 20548 [b] It was meete that he that had denied him thrise, should confesse him thrise, that Peter might neither doubt of the forgiuenesse of his so grieuous a sinne, nor of his restoring to the office of the Apostleship.

Note return to page 20549 [3] The violent death of Peter is foretolde.

Note return to page 20550 [c] They that tooke farre iourneyes, especially in the East countrey and in those places where the people vsed long garments, had neede to be girded and trussed vp.

Note return to page 20551 [d] He meant that kinde of girding which is vsed toward captiues, when they are bound fast with cordes and chaines, as who would say, Nowe thou girdest thy selfe as thou thinkest best, to goe whither thou listest, but the time will be, when thou shalt not gird thee with a girdle, but an other shall binde thee with chaines, and carie thee whither thou wouldest not.

Note return to page 20552 [e] Not that Peter suffered ought for the trueth of God against his will, for we reade that he came with ioy and gladnesse when he returned from the Councill where he was whipped, but because this will commeth not from the flesh, but from that gift of the Spirit which is giuen vs from aboue, therefore he shewed there should be a certaine striuing and conflict or repugnancie, which also is in vs, in all our sufferances as touching the flesh.

Note return to page 20553 [f] That is, that Peter shoulde die by a violent death.

Note return to page 20554 [4] We must take heede, that whiles we cast our eyes vpon other, we neglect not that which is inioyned vs.

Note return to page 20555 Chap. 13.23.

Note return to page 20556 [5] The historie of Christ is true and warily written: not for the curiositie of men, but for the saluation of the godly.

Note return to page 20557 Chap.20.30.

Note return to page 20558 [1] A passing ouer from the historie of the Gospel, that is, from the historie of the sayings and doings of Christ, vnto the actes of the Apostles.

Note return to page 20559 [a] The actes of Iesus are the miracles and doings which shewed his Godhead, and his most perfite holines and examples of his doctrine.

Note return to page 20560 [2] Christ did not straightwaies ascend into heauen after his resurrection, because hee would throughly prooue his resurrection, and with his presence confirme his Apostles in the doctrine, which they had heard.

Note return to page 20561 [b] Hee calleth those infallible tokens, which are otherwise termed necessarie: nowe in that, that Christ spake, and walked, and ate, and was felt of many, these are sure signes and tokens that hee truely rose againe.

Note return to page 20562 Luke 24.49.

Note return to page 20563 [c] They were dispersed here and there, but he gathereth them together that they might altogether be witnesses of his resurrection.

Note return to page 20564 Iohn 14.25.

Note return to page 20565 Matt.3.11. marke 1.8. luke 3.16. chap. 2.2. & 11.16. & 19.4.

Note return to page 20566 [d] Either of the Father, or of mee: so that either the Father or Christ, is set here against Iohn, as the holy Ghost is against the water, as thinges answerable the one to the other.

Note return to page 20567 [3] Wee must fight before we triumph: and we ought not curiously to search after those things, which God hath not reueiled.

Note return to page 20568 [e] To the olde and auncient state.

Note return to page 20569 [f] That is, the fitte occasions that serue to doing of matters which the Lorde hath appointed to bring things to passe in.

Note return to page 20570 Chap.2.2.

Note return to page 20571 Luke 24.51.

Note return to page 20572 [4] After that Christ had promised the ful vertue of the holy Ghost, wherewith he would gouerne his Church, although hee shoulde be absent in bodie, hee tooke vp his bodie from vs into the heauenly tabernacles, there to continue vntill the latter day of iudgement, as the Angels witnesse.

Note return to page 20573 [g] That is, out of your sight.

Note return to page 20574 [h] About two mile.

Note return to page 20575 [5] Ecclesiasticall assemblies to heare the worde, and to make common praier, were first instituted and kept in priuate houses by the Apostles.

Note return to page 20576 [i] They went into the house, which the Church had chosen at that time to be a receite for the whole assemblie.

Note return to page 20577 [k] The Greke word signifieth an inuincible constancie, and steadinesse.

Note return to page 20578 [l] It is to good purpose, that this concorde is mentioned: for those prayers are most acceptable to God, which are made with agreeing mindes and willes.

Note return to page 20579 [m] The disciples prayed for the sending of the holy Ghost, and also to be deliuered from present daungers wherewith they were beset.

Note return to page 20580 [n] For it was behoueable to haue the wiues confirmed, who were afterwarde to bee partakers of the dangers with their husbands.

Note return to page 20581 [o] With his kinsfolkes.

Note return to page 20582 [6] Peter is made the mouth and interpreter of the whole companie of the Apostles, either by secrete reuelation of the holy Ghost, or by expresse iudgement of the congregation.

Note return to page 20583 [p] Because men are commonly billed and enrolled by their names.

Note return to page 20584 [7] Peter preuenteth the offence that might bee taken of the falling away of Iudas the betraier, shewing that all thinges which came vnto him, were foretold by God.

Note return to page 20585 Psal.41.9.

Note return to page 20586 Iohn 13.27.

Note return to page 20587 [q] Luke considered not Iudas his purpose, but that that folowed of it, and so we vse to say, that a man hath procured himselfe harme, not that his wil and purpose was so, but in respect of that which folowed.

Note return to page 20588 Matt.27.5.

Note return to page 20589 [r] The Greeke woordes signifie thus much, that Iudas fell downe flat and was rent in sunder in the middes, with a marueilous huge noyse.

Note return to page 20590 Psal.69.26.

Note return to page 20591 Psal.109.7.

Note return to page 20592 [s] His office and ministerie: Dauid wrote these wordes against Dorg the Kings heardman: And these woordes, Shephearde, Sheepe, and Flocke, are put ouer to the Church office and ministerie, so that the Church and the offices thereof are called by these names.

Note return to page 20593 [8] The Apostles deliberate vpon nothing, but first they consult and take aduisement by Gods woorde: and againe they doe nothing that concerneth and is behoueable for the whole body of the Congregation, without making the Congregation priuie vnto it.

Note return to page 20594 [t] Word for word, went in & out, which kinde of speach betokeneth as much in the Hebrew tongue, as the exercising of a publique & painful office, when they speake of such as are in any publique office, Deut.31.2. 1.Chr.27.1.

Note return to page 20595 [u] From our companie.

Note return to page 20596 [9] Apostles must be chosen immediately from God, and therefore after praiers, Matthias is chosen by lotte, which is as it were, GODS owne voyce.

Note return to page 20597 [x] Openly, and by the voyces of all the whole companie.

Note return to page 20598 [y] That he may be fellowe and partaker of this ministerie.

Note return to page 20599 [z] Departed from, or fallen from: And it is a Metaphore taken from the way: For Callings are signified by the name of wayes, with the Hebrewes.

Note return to page 20600 [1] The Apostles being gathered together on a most solemne feast day in one place, that it might euidently appeare to all the world, that they had all one office, one Spirite, one faith, are by a double signe fr&obar; heauen authorised, and anointed with all the most excellent giftes of the holy Ghost, and especially with an extraordinarie and necessarie gift of tongues.

Note return to page 20601 [a] Word for word, was fulfilled: that is, was begonne, as Luke 2.21. For the Hebrewes say, that a day, or a yeere is fulfilled or ended, when the former daies or yeeres are ended, and the other begun, Ier.25.12. And it shall come to passe, that when seuentie yeeres are fulfilled, I will visite, &c. For the Lord did not bring home his people after the seuentieth yeere was ended, but in the seu&ebar;tieth yeere: Now the day of Pentecost, was the fiftieth day after the feast of the Passeouer.

Note return to page 20602 [b] The twelue Apostles, which were to be the Patriarkes as it were of the Church.

Note return to page 20603 [c] He calleth them other t&obar;gues, which were not the same which the Apostles vsed commonly, and Marke calleth them newe tongues.

Note return to page 20604 [d] Hereby we vnderstande, that the Apostles vsed not nowe one tongue, and then an other by haphazarde and at all aduenture, or as fantasticall men vse to doe, but with good consideration of their hearers: and to be short, that they spake nothing but as the holy Ghost gouerned their tongues.

Note return to page 20605 [e] Not that they spake with one voyce, & many languages were heard, but that the Apostles spake with strange tongues: for els the miracle had rather bene in the hearers, whereas nowe it is in the speakers, Nazian in his oration of Whitsunday.

Note return to page 20606 [f] By Iewes, hee meaneth them that were both Iewes by birth, and Iewes by profession of religion though they were borne in other places: and they were Proselytes, which were Gentiles borne, and embraced the Iewish religion.

Note return to page 20607 [2] Gods woorde pearceth some so, that it driueth them to seeke out the trueth, and it doeth so choke other, that it forceth them to bee witnesses of their owne impudencie.

Note return to page 20608 [g] The woorde which he vseth here, signifieth such a kinde of mocking which is reprochfull and contumelious: And by this reprochfull mocking we see, that there is no miracle so great and excellent, which the wickednes of man dareth not speake euill of.

Note return to page 20609 [h] Peter his boldenesse is to be marked, wherein the grace of the holy Ghost is to be seene, euen straight after the beginning.

Note return to page 20610 [i] After the sunne rising, which may bee about seuen or eight of the clocke with vs.

Note return to page 20611 [k] There is nothing that can dissolue questions and doubts, but testimonie taken out of the Prophets: for mens reasons may be ouerturned, but Gods voice can not be ouerturned.

Note return to page 20612 Ioel.2.28. esai 24.3.

Note return to page 20613 [3] Peter setting the trueth of God against the false accusations of men, sheweth in himselfe and in his fellowes, that that is fulfilled which Ioel spake before concerning the full giuing of the holy Ghost in the latter daies: which grace also is offered to the whole Church, to their certaine and vndoubted destruction, which doe contemne it.

Note return to page 20614 [l] All without exception, both vpon the Iewes and Gentiles.

Note return to page 20615 [m] That is, men.

Note return to page 20616 [4] The chiefest vse of all the giftes of the holy Ghost, is to bring men to saluation by faith.

Note return to page 20617 [n] This woorde, Call on, signifieth in holy Scriptures, an earnest praying and crauing for helpe at Gods hand.

Note return to page 20618 [5] Christ being innocent, was by Gods prouidence crucified of wicked men.

Note return to page 20619 [o] Who is by those woorkes which God wrought by him, so manifestly approoued and allowed of, that no man can gainesay him.

Note return to page 20620 [p] Gods euerlasting knowledge going before, which can neither be separated from his determinate counsell, as the Epicures say, neither yet be the cause of euill: for God in his euerlasting & vnchangeable counsell, appointed the wicked acte of Iudas to an excellent ende: and God doeth that well, which the instruments doe ill.

Note return to page 20621 [q] Gods counsell doeth not excuse the Iewes, whose handes were wicked.

Note return to page 20622 [r] The fact is sayde to bee theirs, by whose counsell and egging forwarde it is done.

Note return to page 20623 [6] Christ (as Dauid foretolde) did not onely rise againe, but also was in the graue voyde of all corruption.

Note return to page 20624 [s] The death that was full of sorowe both of bodie and minde: therefore when death appeared conquerour and victorer ouer those sorowes, Christ is rightly said to haue ouercome those sorowes of death, when as being dead, hee ouercame death, to liue for euer with his Father.

Note return to page 20625 Psal.16.9.

Note return to page 20626 [t] Thou wilt not suffer mee to remaine in graue.

Note return to page 20627 [u] Thou hast opened me the way to the true life.

Note return to page 20628 1.King.2.10. chapter.13.36.

Note return to page 20629 Psalm.132.11.

Note return to page 20630 [x] Had sworne solemnely.

Note return to page 20631 Psalm.16.10. chapter 13.35.

Note return to page 20632 [7] Peter witnesseth that Iesus Christ is the appointed euerlasting King, which hee prooueth manifestly by the giftes of the holy Ghost and the testimonie of Dauid.

Note return to page 20633 [y] Might and power of God.

Note return to page 20634 Psalme 110.1.

Note return to page 20635 [z] Christ is sayde to bee made, because hee was aduaunced to that dignitie: and therefore it is not spoken of his nature, but of his state and high dignitie.

Note return to page 20636 [8] Repentance and remission of sinnes in Christ, are two principles of the Gospel, and therefore of our saluation: and they are obtained by the promises apprehended by faith, and are ratified in vs by Baptisme, wherewith is ioyned the vertue of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 20637 [a] The word that is vsed here, giueth vs to vnderstand, that it was a free gift.

Note return to page 20638 [9] Hee is truely ioyned to the Church, which separateth himselfe from the wicked.

Note return to page 20639 [10] A notable example of the vertue of the holy Ghost: but such as are of age, are not baptized, before they make confession of their faith.

Note return to page 20640 [11] The markes of the true Church are the doctrine of the Apostles, the dueties of charitie, the pure & simple administration of the Sacraments, and true inuocation vsed of all the faithful.

Note return to page 20641 [b] C&obar;municating of goods, and all other dueties of charitie, as is shewed afterward.

Note return to page 20642 [c] The Iewes vsed thinne loaues, & therefore they did rather breake them then cut them: So by breaking of bread, they vnderstoode that liuing together, and the banquets which they vsed to keepe. And when they kept their loue feasts, they vsed to celebrate the Lords Supper, which euen in these dayes began to be corrupted, and Paul amendeth it, 1.Cor.11.

Note return to page 20643 [12] So oft as the Lord thinketh it expedient, he bridleth the rage of strangers, that the Church may be pl&abar;ted, and haue some refreshing.

Note return to page 20644 [13] Charitie maketh all things common concerning the vse, according as necessitie requireth.

Note return to page 20645 [14] The faithfull came together at the beginning with great fruit, not only to the hearing of the word, but also to meate.

Note return to page 20646 [1] Christ, in healing a man that was borne lame, and well knowen to all men, both in place and time very famous, by the handes of his Apostles, doeth partly confirme them which beleeued, and partly also calleth other to beleeue.

Note return to page 20647 [a] Both with heart and eyes.

Note return to page 20648 [b] Either because he loued them, who had healed him: or because he feared that if hee once let them go out of his sight, he should be lame againe.

Note return to page 20649 [2] Miracles are appointed to conuince the vnbeleeuers, and therefore they doe wickedly abuse them, who standing amased, either at the miracles themselues, or at the instruments and meanes which it pleaseth God to vse, take an occasion to establish idolatrie and superstition, by that, which God hath prouided for the knowledge of his true worship, that is, Christianitie.

Note return to page 20650 Chap.5.30.

Note return to page 20651 [c] Who hath life in himselfe, & giueth life to other.

Note return to page 20652 [d] Because he beleeued on him being raised fr&obar; the dead, whose Name hee heard of by vs.

Note return to page 20653 [3] It is best of all to receiue Christ so soone as he is offered vnto vs: but such as haue neglected so great a benefite through mans weakenesse, haue yet repentance for a meane: As for the ignominie of the crosse, we haue to set against that, the decree & purpose of God, foretolde by the Prophets, of Christ, howe that first of al he should be crucified here vp&obar; earth, and then he should appeare from heauen the iudge and restorer of all things, that al beleeuers might be saued, and all vnbeleeuers vtterly perish.

Note return to page 20654 [e] Though there were many Prophets, yet he speaketh but of one mouth, to shew vnto vs the consent and agreement of the Prophets.

Note return to page 20655 [f] Or, be taken vp into heauen.

Note return to page 20656 Deut.18.15 chap.7.37.

Note return to page 20657 [g] This promise was of an excellent and singular Prophet.

Note return to page 20658 [h] At what time the kingdome of Israel was established.

Note return to page 20659 [3] The Iewes that beleeue are the first begotten in the kingdome of God.

Note return to page 20660 [i] For whom the Prophets were specially appointed.

Note return to page 20661 Gene.12.3. galat.3.8.

Note return to page 20662 [k] Giuen to the world, or raised from the dead, and aduanced to his kingdome.

Note return to page 20663 [1] None are commonly more dilig&ebar;t or bolder enemies of the Church, then such as professe themselues to be head builders: but the more they rage, the more constantly the faithfull seruants of God doe continue.

Note return to page 20664 [a] The Iewes had certaine garrisons for the garde and safety of the Temple and holy things, Matth.26.65. These garisons had a Captaine, such as Eleazarus Ananias the high Priestes sonne was in the time of the warre that was in Iudea, being a very impudent and proude yong man, Ioseph.lib.2. of the taking of Iudea.

Note return to page 20665 [b] While they thought to diminish the number, they increased them.

Note return to page 20666 [c] These were they that made the Sanhedrim, which were all of the tribe of Iuda, vntill Herod vsed that cruelty against Dauids stock.

Note return to page 20667 [d] Of whome the high Priestes were wont to be chosen and made, the execution of the yeerely office being nowe changed.

Note return to page 20668 [2] Against such as bragge of a succession of persons, without a succession of doctrine, and by that meanes beate downe the true ministers of the word, so farre foorth as they are able.

Note return to page 20669 [e] By what authoritie?

Note return to page 20670 [3] Wolues which succeede true Pastours, pleade their owne cause, and not Gods, neither the Churches.

Note return to page 20671 [4] He is in deede a true shephearde, that teacheth his sheepe to hang vpon Christ onely, as vpon one that is not dead, but hath conquered death, and hath all rule in his owne handes.

Note return to page 20672 Psal.118.22. esai.28.16. matt.21. 42. mark.12.10. luke 20.17. rom.9. 33. 1.pet 2.7.

Note return to page 20673 [f] Of God.

Note return to page 20674 [g] There is no other man, or no other power and authoritie whatsoeuer: which kinde of speach being vsuall among the Iewes, rose vpon this, that when we are in danger, we call vpon them at whose handes we looke for helpe.

Note return to page 20675 [h] Any where: and this setteth foorth vnto vs the largenesse of Christes kingdome.

Note return to page 20676 [5] The good libertie and boldnes of the seruants of God doth yet thus much good, that such as lay hid vnder a vizarde of zeale, do at length betray themselues to be in deed wicked men.

Note return to page 20677 [i] The word vsed here, is Idiot, which being spoken in comparison had to a Magistrate, betokeneth a priuate man: but when we speake of sciences & studies, it signifieth one that is vnlearned: and in accompt of honour and estimation, it importeth one of base degree, and no estimation.

Note return to page 20678 [k] Laid their heads together.

Note return to page 20679 [6] He that flattereth himselfe in ignorance, commeth at length to do open wickednes, and that against his owne conscience.

Note return to page 20680 [7] We must so obey men to whome we are subiect, that especially and before all things we obey God.

Note return to page 20681 [8] So farre off are the wicked fr&obar; doing what they list, that contrarywise God vseth euen that to the setting foorth of his glory, which he giueth them leaue to doe.

Note return to page 20682 [9] The Apostles communicat their troubles with the Congregation.

Note return to page 20683 [10] We ought neither to be afraid of the threatnings of our enemies, neither yet foolishly contemne their rage and madnesse against vs: but we haue to set against their force and malice, an earnest thinking vpon the power and good will of God (both which we doe manifestly beholde in Christ) and so flee to the ayde & succour of our Father.

Note return to page 20684 Psalme.2.1.

Note return to page 20685 [l] Although the people of Israel was but one people, yet the plurall nomber is here vsed, not so much for the twelue tribes, euery one of which made a people, as for the great multitude of them, as though many nations had assembled themselues together, as Iudg.5.14.

Note return to page 20686 [m] The wicked execute Gods counsel, though they thinke nothing of it, but they are not therefore without fault.

Note return to page 20687 [n] Thou haddest determined of thine absolute authoritie and power.

Note return to page 20688 [11] God witnesseth to his Church by a visible signe, that it is he that will establish it, by shaking the powers both of heauen and earth.

Note return to page 20689 [12] An example of the true Church, wherein there is consent as well in doctrine as in charitie one towardes another: And the Pastours deliuer true doctrine both syncerely, and constantly.

Note return to page 20690 [o] They agreed both in counsell, will, and all purposes.

Note return to page 20691 Chapter 2.44.

Note return to page 20692 [13] True charitie helpeth the necessitie of the poore with his owne losse: but so, that all things be done well and orderly.

Note return to page 20693 [1] Luke sheweth by c&obar;trary examples, how great a sinne hypocrisie is, especially in them which vnder a false pretence and cloke of zeale woulde seeme to shine and be chiefe in the Church.

Note return to page 20694 [a] Craftily tooke away.

Note return to page 20695 [b] Fully po&esset;e&esset;ed.

Note return to page 20696 [c] For when they had appointed that farme or po&esset;ession for the Church, they stucke not at it to keepe away a part of the price, as though they had had to doe with men, and not with God, and therefore he sayth afterward that they tempted God.

Note return to page 20697 [d] Hereby is declared an aduised and purposed deceite, and the fault of the man in admitting the deuils suggestions.

Note return to page 20698 [e] Looke howe oft men do things with an euill conscience, so oft they pronounce sentence against themselues, and as much as in them lieth, prouoke God to anger, as of set purpose minding to trie whether he be iust and almightie or no.

Note return to page 20699 [f] Are at hand.

Note return to page 20700 [2] The Lorde by his marueilous vertue brideleth some, that they may not hurt the Church: other some he keepeth in his awe & feare: and other some he allureth vnto him.

Note return to page 20701 [g] Highly praysed them.

Note return to page 20702 [3] The more that the Church increaseth, the more increaseth the rage of Satan, and therefore they proceede from threatnings, to prisoning.

Note return to page 20703 [h] The word which in vsed here, is Heresie, which signifieth a choyse, and so is taken for a right forme of learning, or faction, or studie and course of life, which the Latines call a sect: at the first this worde was indifferently vsed, but at length, it came to be taken onely in euill part, whereupon came the name of Heretike, which is taken for one that goeth astray from sound and wholesome doctrine after such sort, that he setteth light by the iudgement of God and his Church, and continueth in his opinion, and breaketh the peace of the Church.

Note return to page 20704 [4] Angels are made seruants of the seruants of God.

Note return to page 20705 [5] God doeth therefore deliuer his, that they may more stoutly prouoke his enemies.

Note return to page 20706 [i] Wordes, whereby the way vnto life is shewed.

Note return to page 20707 [6] God mocketh his enemies attempts from aboue.

Note return to page 20708 [7] The more openly that Christs vertue sheweth it selfe, the more increaseth the madnes of his enemies which conspire against him.

Note return to page 20709 [8] Tyrants which feare not God, are constrained to feare his seruants.

Note return to page 20710 [9] It is the propertie of tyrants to set out their owne commaundements as right and reason, be they neuer so wicked.

Note return to page 20711 [k] Make vs guiltie of murdering that man whome yet they wil not vouchsafe to name.

Note return to page 20712 [10] We ought to obey no man, but so farre forth as obeying him we may obey God.

Note return to page 20713 [11] Christ is appointed and in deede declared Prince and preseruer of his Church in despite of his enemies.

Note return to page 20714 Chap.3.13.

Note return to page 20715 [12] It is not sufficient for vs that there is a right end, but we must also according to our vocation goe on forward till we come vnto it.

Note return to page 20716 [l] This betokeneth that they were in a most vehement rage, and maruellously disquieted in minde, for it is a borowed kinde of speach taken from them which are harrishly cut in sunder with a saw.

Note return to page 20717 [13] Christ findeth defendours of his cause, euen in the very route of his enemies, so oft as hee thinketh it needefull.

Note return to page 20718 [14] In matters of religion we must take good heede that we attempt nothing vnder a colour of zeale, beside our vocation.

Note return to page 20719 [m] To be of some fame.

Note return to page 20720 [n] He disswadeth his fellowes from murdering the Apostles, neither doeth he thinke it good to referre the matter to the Romane Magistrate, for the Iewes could abide nothing worse, then to haue the tyrannie of the Romanes confirmed.

Note return to page 20721 [o] If it be counterfeit and deuised.

Note return to page 20722 [15] The Apostles, accustomed to suffer and heare wordes, are at length inured to beare stripes, & yet so, that by that meanes they become stronger.

Note return to page 20723 [p] Both publikely and priuately.

Note return to page 20724 [1] When Satan hath assailed the Church without, and that to small purpose & in vaine, he assaileth it within, with ciuil dissension & strife betwixt themselues: But the Apostles take occasion thereby to set order in the Church.

Note return to page 20725 [a] Of their partes which of Grecians became religious Iewes.

Note return to page 20726 [b] In the bestowing of almes according to their necessitie.

Note return to page 20727 [2] The office of preaching the worde, and dispensing the goods of the Church, are different one from another and not rashly to be ioyned together, as the Apostles doe here institute: And the Apostles doe not chuse so much as the Deacons without the consent of the Church.

Note return to page 20728 [c] It is such a matter, as we may in no wise accept of it.

Note return to page 20729 [d] Banquets: though by the name of tables, other offices are also meant, which are annexed to it, such as perteine to the care of the poore.

Note return to page 20730 [3] In chusing of Deacons (& much more of Ministers) there must be examination both of their learning and maners of life.

Note return to page 20731 Chap.21.8.

Note return to page 20732 [4] The auncient Church did with laying on of hands, as it were consecrate to the Lord, such as were lawfully elected.

Note return to page 20733 [e] This ceremonie of laying on of hands, came from the Iewes, who vsed this order both in publike affaires, and offering of sacrifices, and also in priuate prayers and blessings, as appeareth, Gene.28. and the Church obserued this ceremonie, 1.Tim.5.22. acts.8.17. but here is no mention made either of creame, or shauing, or rasing, or crossing, &c.

Note return to page 20734 [5] An happy ende of temptation.

Note return to page 20735 [f] This is the figure Metonymia, meaning by faith, the doctrine of the Gospel which engendreth faith.

Note return to page 20736 [6] God exerciseth his Church first with euill wordes and slanders, then with imprisonments, afterward with scourgings, and by these meanes prepareth it in such sort, that at length he causeth it to encounter with Satan and the world, euen to bloodshead and death, and that with good successe.

Note return to page 20737 [g] Excellent and singular giftes.

Note return to page 20738 [7] Schooles and Vniuersities were of olde time addicted to false pastours, and were the instruments of Satan to blowe abroad and defende false doctrines.

Note return to page 20739 [h] Of the company and Colledge as it were.

Note return to page 20740 [8] False teachers, because they will not be ouercome, flee from disputations to manifest & open slaundring and false accusations.

Note return to page 20741 [9] The first bloody persecution of the Church of Christ begun and sprang from a Council of Priests by the suggestion of the Vniuersitie doctours.

Note return to page 20742 [10] An example of cauillers or false accusers, which gather false conclusions of things that are well vttered and spoken.

Note return to page 20743 [i] Hereby it appeared that Steuen had an excellent and goodly countenance, hauing a quiet and setled minde, a good conscience, and sure persuasion that his cause was iust: For seeing he was to speake before the people, God beautified his countenance, to the ende that with the very beholding of him, the Iewes mindes might be pearced and amased.

Note return to page 20744 [1] Steuen is admitted to pleade his cause, but to this end and purpose, that vnder a cloke and colour of Lawe, he might be condemned.

Note return to page 20745 [2] Steuen witnesseth vnto the Iewes, that hee acknowledgeth the true fathers, and the onely true God: and sheweth moreouer that they are more auncient then the Temple, with all that seruice appointed by the Lawe, and therefore they ought to lay an other foundation of true religion, that is to say, the free couenant that God made with the fathers.

Note return to page 20746 Gene.12.4.

Note return to page 20747 [a] That mightie God full of glory and maiestie.

Note return to page 20748 [b] When he sayth afterward, vers.4. that Abraham came out of Chaldea, it is euident that Mesopotamia conteined Chaldea which was neere vnto it, and bordering vpon it, and so writeth Plinius, Booke 6. chap.27.

Note return to page 20749 [c] Not so much ground as to set his foote vpon.

Note return to page 20750 [d] The promise of the po&esset;ession was certaine, and belonged to Abraham, though his posteritie enioyed it a great while after his death: and this is the figure Synecdoche.

Note return to page 20751 Gene.15.13.

Note return to page 20752 [e] There are reckoned foure hundreth yeeres, from the beginning of Abrahams progenie, which was at the birth of Isaac: and foure hundreth and thirtie yeeres which are spoken of by Paul, Galat.3.17. from the time that Abraham and his father departed together out of Vr of the Chaldeans.

Note return to page 20753 Gen.17.9.

Note return to page 20754 Gene.21.3.

Note return to page 20755 Gene.25.24.

Note return to page 20756 Gene.29.33.and 30.5. and 35.23.

Note return to page 20757 [3] Steuen reckoneth vp diligently the horrible mischiefes of some of the Fathers, to teach the Iewes that they ought not rashly to rest in the authoritie or examples of the Fathers.

Note return to page 20758 Gene.37.28.

Note return to page 20759 [f] By this kinde of speach, is meant the peculiar fauour that God sheweth men: for hee seemeth to be away from them, whome hee helpeth not, and on the other side, hee is with them whome hee deliuereth out of whatsoeuer great troubles.

Note return to page 20760 Gene.41.37.

Note return to page 20761 [g] Gaue him fauour in Pharaos sight for his wisedome.

Note return to page 20762 Gene.42.1.

Note return to page 20763 Gene.45.4.

Note return to page 20764 Gene.46.5.

Note return to page 20765 Gene.49.33.

Note return to page 20766 [h] The Patriarkes the sonnes of Iacob, though there be mentions made of no moe then Ioseph, Iosh.24.32.

Note return to page 20767 Gene.23.16.

Note return to page 20768 Exod.17.

Note return to page 20769 [i] He deuised a subtil inuention against our stocke, in that he commanded all the males to be cast out.

Note return to page 20770 Exod.2.2.

Note return to page 20771 [k] That childe was borne through Gods mercifull goodnesse and fauour, to be of a goodly and faire countenance.

Note return to page 20772 Exod.2.11.

Note return to page 20773 Exod.2.13.

Note return to page 20774 Exod.3.2.

Note return to page 20775 [l] Now he calleth the Sonne of God an Angel, for he is the Angel of great counsell, and therefore straightwayes after hee sheweth him, saying to Moses, I am that God of thy Fathers, &c.

Note return to page 20776 [m] By the power.

Note return to page 20777 Exo.7.8.9.10. 11.14. Chapters.

Note return to page 20778 Exod.16.1.

Note return to page 20779 [4] He acknowledgeth Moses for the law giuer, but so, that he proueth by his owne witnes, that the Lawe had respect to a more perfect thing, that is to say, to the propheticall office which tended to Christ, the head of all Prophets.

Note return to page 20780 Deut.18.15. chap.3.22.

Note return to page 20781 Exod.19.2.

Note return to page 20782 Exod.32.1.

Note return to page 20783 [n] This was the superstition of the Egyptians idolatrie: for they worshipped Apis a strange and marueilous calfe, and made goodly images of Kine. Herod.lib.2.

Note return to page 20784 [o] Being destitute and voyde of his Spirit, he gaue them vp to Satan, and wicked lustes, to worship starres.

Note return to page 20785 [p] By the hoste of heauen here, hee meaneth not the Angels, but the moone and sunne, and other starres, Deut.17.3.

Note return to page 20786 Amos 5.25.

Note return to page 20787 [q] You tooke it vpon your shoulders and caried it.

Note return to page 20788 [5] Moses in deede erected a tabernacle, but that was to call them backe to that fourme which he had seene in the mountaine.

Note return to page 20789 [r] That is, of the couenant.

Note return to page 20790 Exod.25.40. hebr.8.5.

Note return to page 20791 Iosh.3.14.

Note return to page 20792 [s] Deliuered from hand to hand.

Note return to page 20793 [t] By the figure Metonymie, for the co&ubar;treys which the Gentiles posse&esset;ed.

Note return to page 20794 [u] God draue them out, that they should yeelde vp the possession of those countreis to our fathers, when they entred into the land.

Note return to page 20795 2.Sam.7.2. psalme 132.5.

Note return to page 20796 1.Chron.17.12. 1.king.6.1.

Note return to page 20797 [6] Solomon built a Temple, according to Gods commandement, but not with any such condition that the Maiestie of God should be inclosed therein.

Note return to page 20798 Chap.17.24.

Note return to page 20799 Esa.66.1.

Note return to page 20800 Ier.9.26. eze.44.9.

Note return to page 20801 [7] Steuen mooued with the zeale of God, at length iudge this owne iudges.

Note return to page 20802 [x] They are of vncircumcised hearts, which lie drownde still in the sinnes of nature, and sticke fast to them: for otherwise all the Iewes were circumcised as touching the flesh, and therefore there were two kindes of Circumcision, Rom.2.28.

Note return to page 20803 Exo.19.16. gal.3 19.

Note return to page 20804 [y] By the ministerie of Angels.

Note return to page 20805 [8] The more Sat&abar; is pressed, the more he brasteth out into an open rage.

Note return to page 20806 [9] The neerer þt; the Martyrs approch to death, the neerer they beholding Christ doe rise vp euen into heauen.

Note return to page 20807 [z] Ready to confirme him in the confe&esset;ion of the trueth, and to receiue him to him.

Note return to page 20808 [10] The zeale of hypocrites and superstitions people, breaketh out at l&ebar;gth into most open madnes.

Note return to page 20809 [a] This was done in a rage and furie, for at that time the Iewes could put no man to death by law, as they confe&esset;e before Pilate, saying, that it was not lawful for them to put any m&abar; to death, & therefore it is reported by Ios.lib.20 that Ananus a Sadduce slew Iames the brother of the Lord, & for so doing, was accused before Albinus the President of the co&ubar;try.

Note return to page 20810 [b] It was appointed by the Law, that the witne&esset;es should cast the first stones, Deut.17.7.

Note return to page 20811 [11] Faith and charitie neuer forsake the true seruants of God, euen to the last breath.

Note return to page 20812 [c] The word which he vseth here, noteth out such a kinde of imputing or laying to ones charge, as remaineth firme & stedy for euer, neuer to be remitted.

Note return to page 20813 [d] Looke 1.Thes.4.13.

Note return to page 20814 [1] Christ vseth the rage of his enemies to the spreading foorth and enlarging of his kingdome.

Note return to page 20815 [2] The godly mourne for Steuen after his death, and burie him, shewing therein an example of singular faith and charitie: but no man prayeth to him.

Note return to page 20816 [a] Amongst all the dueties of charitie which the godly vse, there is no mention made of shrining vp of relikes.

Note return to page 20817 [3] The dispersion or scattring abroad of the faithfull, is the ioyning together of Churches.

Note return to page 20818 [4] Philip, who was before a Deacon in Hierusalem, is made of God extraordinarily an Euangelist.

Note return to page 20819 [5] Christ ouercommeth Satan so oft as he listeth, and carieth him about as it were in a triumphe, in the sight of them, whome he deceiued, and bewitched.

Note return to page 20820 [b] The word which is vsed in this place was at the first taken in good part, and is borowed out of the Persians language, who call their wise men by that name, but afterward it was taken in euill part.

Note return to page 20821 [c] He had so allured the Samaritans with his witchcrafts, that as blind & mad hare braines they were wholly addicted to him.

Note return to page 20822 [6] The wicked and the very reprobate are constrained oftentimes to taste of the good gift of God, but they cast it vp againe forthwith.

Note return to page 20823 [7] Peter, not chiefe, but as an ambassadour sent from the whole company of the Apostles, and Iohn his companion, according to the authoritie which was committed vnto them, confirme and build vpon the Churches of Samaria, whose foundation had bene layde afore by Philip.

Note return to page 20824 [d] Those excellent giftes, which are nece&esset;arie, especially for them that were to be appointed rulers and gouernours of the Church.

Note return to page 20825 [8] Ambition and couetousnesse doe at length plucke the hypocrites out of their dennes.

Note return to page 20826 [9] They are the successors of Simon Magus, and not of Simon Peter, which either buy or sell holy things.

Note return to page 20827 [e] In this doctrine which I preache.

Note return to page 20828 [f] Is not vpright in deede, and without di&esset;embling.

Note return to page 20829 [10] Wee must hope well euen of the vilest sinners, so long and so farre foorth as we may.

Note return to page 20830 [g] He calleth the inward malice of the heart, and that venimous and deuilish wickednesse wherewith this Magician was wholly replenished, the gall of bitterne&esset;e: and he is said to be in the gall, as though hee were wholy ouerwhelmed with gall, and buried in it.

Note return to page 20831 [h] Intangled in the bonds of iniquitie.

Note return to page 20832 [11] Christ who calleth freely whome he listeth, doeth nowe vse Philippe who thought on no such matter, to instruct and baptize the Eunuche at vnwares, and by this meanes extendeth the limits of his kingdome euen into Ethiopia.

Note return to page 20833 [i] A man of great wealth and authoritie with Candaces: Now this word Candaces is a common name to all the Queenes of Ethiopia.

Note return to page 20834 [k] To shewe me the way how to vnderstand it.

Note return to page 20835 [12] Those things which seeme most to come by chance or fortune (as men terme it) are gouerned by the secret prouidence of God.

Note return to page 20836 Esai 53.7.

Note return to page 20837 [l] The Hebrew text readeth it thus, Out of a narrow straite, and out of iudgement was he taken: where by the narrow straight, hee meaneth the graue and the very bandes of death, and by iudgement, the punishm&ebar;t which was layd vpon him, and that miserable state which Christ tooke vpon him for our sakes, in bearing his Fathers wrath.

Note return to page 20838 [m] How long his age shal last: for Christ hauing once risen fr&obar; the dead, dieth no more, Rom.6.9.

Note return to page 20839 [13] Profession of faith is requisite in baptizing of them which are of yeeres, and therefore it is euident that we are not then first engraffed into Christ, when wee are baptized, but being alreadie engraffed, are then confirmed.

Note return to page 20840 [n] The summe of the confe&esset;ion which is nece&esset;arie for baptisme.

Note return to page 20841 [1] Saul (who is also Paul) persecuting Christ most cruelly, who did as it were flee before him, falleth into his hands and is ouercome: and with a singular example of the goodnes of God, in stead of punishment which he iustly deserued for his crueltie, is not onely receiued to fauour, but is also euen by the mouth of God appointed an Apostle, and is confirmed by the ministerie and witnes of Ananias.

Note return to page 20842 Rom.9.3. galat.1.13.

Note return to page 20843 [a] This is a token that Sauls stomake boyled and cast out great threatnings to murder the disciples.

Note return to page 20844 [b] Any trade of life which a man taketh him selfe vnto, the Iewes call away.

Note return to page 20845 Chap.22.6. 1.cor.15.8.

Note return to page 20846 [c] This is a prouerb, which is spoken of them that through their owne stubburne&esset;e hurt them selues.

Note return to page 20847 [d] Stood still and could not goe one step forward, but abode amased as if they had bene very stones.

Note return to page 20848 [e] They heard Pauls voyce: for afterward it is sayd in flat termes, that they heard not his voyce that spake: as beneath chap. 22.9. But other go about to set these places at one which seeme to be at a iarre, after this sort, to wit, that they heard a sound of a voyce, but no perfite voyce.

Note return to page 20849 [f] Tarsus was a citie of Cilicia neere vnto Anchiala, which two cities Sardanapalus is sayd to haue built in one day.

Note return to page 20850 [g] To beare my name in.

Note return to page 20851 [h] I will shew him plainely.

Note return to page 20852 [i] Into Iudas his house.

Note return to page 20853 [2] Paul beginneth straightwayes to execute the office which was enioyned him, neuer consulting with flesh and blood.

Note return to page 20854 [3] Paul striueth not with his owne authoritie alone, but with the testimonies of the Prophets.

Note return to page 20855 [k] By conferring places of the Scripture together, as cunning craftsmen doe, when they make vp any thing they vse to gather all partes together, to make them agree fitly one with another.

Note return to page 20856 [4] Paul who was before a persecutour, hath nowe persecution layd before him selfe, but yet a farre off.

Note return to page 20857 2.Cor.11.32.

Note return to page 20858 [5] We are not forbidden to auoyde and eschew the dangers and conspiracies that the enemies of God lay for vs, so that we swarue not from our vocation.

Note return to page 20859 [6] In auncient time, no man was rashly or lightly receiued into the nomber of and amongst the sheepe of Christ, much lesse to be a pastour.

Note return to page 20860 [7] The constant seruants of God must looke for danger after danger: yet God watcheth for them.

Note return to page 20861 [l] With Peter and Iames, for he saith that he sawe none of the Apostles but them, Gala.1.18, 19.

Note return to page 20862 [m] Looke chap.6.1.

Note return to page 20863 [8] The Ministers of the worde may change their place, by the aduise and counsell of the congregation and Church.

Note return to page 20864 [9] The ende of persecutions is the building of the Church, so that we will patiently waite for the Lorde.

Note return to page 20865 [n] This is a borowed kinde of speach, which signifieth establishment and increase.

Note return to page 20866 [10] Peters Apostleship is confirmed, by healing of the man that was sicke of the palsy.

Note return to page 20867 [o] Lydda was a citie of Palestine, and Saron a champion countrey, and place of good pasturage, betweene Cesarea of Palestine and the mountaine Tabor, and the lake of Genezareth which extendeth it selfe in great length beyond Ioppa.

Note return to page 20868 [11] Peter declareth euidently by raising vp a dead body through the name of Christ, that he preacheth the glad tydings of life.

Note return to page 20869 [1] Peter consecrateth the first fruites of the Gentiles to God by the meane of two miracles.

Note return to page 20870 [a] So that he worshipped one God, and was no Idolater, neither could be voide of faith in Christ, because hee was a deuoute man: but as yet he knewe not that hee was come.

Note return to page 20871 [b] This is a great commendation to this man, that hee laboured to haue all his housholde and familiar friends & acquaintance to be religious and godly.

Note return to page 20872 [c] What wilt thou with me, Lord? for he setleth himselfe to heare.

Note return to page 20873 [d] This is a borowed kinde of speache which the Hebrues vse very much, taken from sacrifices and applied to prayers: for it is sayd of whole burnt sacrifices, that the smoke and sauour of them goeth vp into Gods nostrels, so do our prayers, as a sweete smelling sacrifice which the Lord taketh great pleasure in.

Note return to page 20874 [e] That is, in so much that they will not suffer God as it were to forget thee: for so doeth the Scripture vse oftentimes to prattle with vs as nurses doe with litle children, when they frame their tongues to speake.

Note return to page 20875 [f] For though Peter stand not amased as one that is tongue tied, but talketh with God, & is instructed in his mysteries, yet his minde was farre otherwise then it was wont to be, but shortly returned to the olde bent.

Note return to page 20876 [g] So that it seemed to be a fouresquare sheete.

Note return to page 20877 [h] Here is this word (All) which is general, plainely put for an indefinite and vncertaine, that is to say, for some of all sortes, not for all of euery sort.

Note return to page 20878 [i] That is, such as were meete for mens vse.

Note return to page 20879 [k] What is meant by these creeping things, Looke Leuit.11.

Note return to page 20880 [2] Peter profiteth dayly in the knowledge of the benefite of Christ, yea after that he had receiued the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 20881 [l] Doe not thou holde them as vncleane.

Note return to page 20882 [3] Religious adoration or worship agreeth onely to God: but ciuill worship is giuen to the Ministers of the word, although not without danger.

Note return to page 20883 [m] Hee meaneth not the selfe same houre, but the like, that is, about nine of the clocke the other day, as it was then nine when he spake to Peter.

Note return to page 20884 [4] Cornelius faith sheweth foorth it selfe by prayer and charitie.

Note return to page 20885 [5] As faith commeth by hearing, so is it nourished and groweth vp by the same.

Note return to page 20886 [6] Distinction of nations is taken away by the comming of Christ: And it is euidently seene by faith and righteousnes, who is agreeable to him, or whome he accepteth.

Note return to page 20887 [n] That God iudgeth not after the outward appearance.

Note return to page 20888 Deut.10.17. 2.chro.19.7. iob. 34.19. rom.2.11. gala 2.6. ephes.6 9. colos.3.25. 1 pet.

Note return to page 20889 [o] By the feare of God, the Hebrues vnderstand the whole seruice of God: whereby we perceiue that Cornelius was not voide of faith, no more then they were which liued before Christes time: and therefore they deale foolishly, which builde preparatiue workes and free will, vpon this place.

Note return to page 20890 [p] God gaue the Israelites to vnderstand, that whosoeuer liueth godly, is acceptable to God, of what nature soeuer he be, for he preached peace to men through Iesus Christ, who is Lord not of one nation onely, that is, of the Iewes, but of all.

Note return to page 20891 [7] The summe of the Gospel (which shall be made manifest at the latter day, when Christ himselfe shall sit as iudge both of the quicke and dead) is this, that Christ promised to the Fathers, and exhibited in his time with the mightie power of God, (which was by all meanes shewed) and at length crucified to reconcile vs to God, did rise againe the third day, that whosoeuer beleeueth in him should be saued through the remission of sinnes.

Note return to page 20892 Luke 4.14.

Note return to page 20893 [q] The stile is taken from an olde custome of the Iewes, who vsed to anoint there Kings and Priestes, where upon it grewe, to call them anointed vpon whom God bestoweth giftes and vertues.

Note return to page 20894 [r] This chusing of the Apostles is properly giuen to God: for though God be president in the lawfull election of Ministers, yet there is in this place a secret opposition and setting of Gods chusing, and mens voyces the one against the other, for the Apostles are immediatly appointed of God, and the Church Ministers by meanes.

Note return to page 20895 Iere.31.34. mica.7.18. chap.15.9.

Note return to page 20896 [8] The Spirit of God sealeth that in the heart of the hearers, which the Minister of the worde speaketh by the commandement of God, as it appeareth by the effectes.

Note return to page 20897 [9] Baptisme doeth not sanctifie or make them holy which receiue it, but sealeth vp & confirmeth their sanctification.

Note return to page 20898 [1] Peter being without cause reprehended of the vnskilfull and ignorant, doeth not obiect that he ought not to be iudged of any, but openly giueth an accompt of his doing.

Note return to page 20899 Chap.2.4.

Note return to page 20900 Chap.1.5. and 19.4. matth.3.11. marke 1.8. luke 3. 16. iohn 1.25.

Note return to page 20901 [2] Such as aske a question of the trueth which they knowe not, ought to bee quietly heard, and must also quietly yeelde to the declaration thereof.

Note return to page 20902 [3] The scattering abroade of the Church of Hierusalem, is the cause of the gathering together of many other Churches.

Note return to page 20903 Chap.8.1.

Note return to page 20904 [a] He speaketh of Antiochia which was in Syria and bordered vpon Cilicia.

Note return to page 20905 [4] The Church of Antioche, the newe Hierusalem of the Gentiles, was extraordinarily called.

Note return to page 20906 [5] The Apostles doe not rashly condemne an extraordinarie vocation, but yet they iudge it by the effectes.

Note return to page 20907 [6] There was no contention amongst the Apostles eyther of vsurping, or of holding places and degrees.

Note return to page 20908 [7] God doeth so wrappe vp his Church with the wicked, in his scourges and plagues which he sendeth vpon the earth, that notwithstanding be prouideth for it conueniently.

Note return to page 20909 [8] All congregations or Churches make one bodie.

Note return to page 20910 [b] That is, that thereof the Deacons might succour the poore: for it behoued to haue all these things done orderly and decently, and therefore it is said, that they sent these things to the Elders, that is, to the gouernours of the Church.

Note return to page 20911 [1] God giueth his Church a truce, but for a litle time.

Note return to page 20912 [a] This name Herod was common to all them that came of the stocke of Herod Ascalonites, whose surname was Magnus: but he that is spoken of here, was nephewe to Herod the great, sonne to Aristobulus, and father to that Agrippa who is spoken of afterward.

Note return to page 20913 [b] Violently, his cause being not once heard.

Note return to page 20914 [2] It is an olde fashion of Tyrants to procure the fauour of the wicked, with the blood of the godly.

Note return to page 20915 [3] The Tyrants and wicked make a galouse for them selues euen then when they doe most according to their owne will and fantasie.

Note return to page 20916 [4] The prayers of the godly ouerturne the counsell of Tyrants, obteine Angels of God, breake the prison, vnloose chaines, put Satan to flight, and preserue the Church.

Note return to page 20917 Chap.5.19.

Note return to page 20918 [c] In the prison.

Note return to page 20919 [5] Holy meetings in the night as well of men as women (when they cannot be suffered in the day time) are allowable by the example of the Apostles.

Note return to page 20920 [6] We obteine more of God, then we dare well hope for.

Note return to page 20921 [d] Out of the place where they were assembled, but not end of the house.

Note return to page 20922 [7] We may some times giue place to the rage of the wicked, but yet so, that our diligence which ought to be vsed in Gods busines, be not a whit slackened.

Note return to page 20923 [8] Euill counsell falleth out in the end to the hurt of the deuisers of it.

Note return to page 20924 [9] A miserable and shamefull example of the end of the enemies of the Church.

Note return to page 20925 [10] The flatterie of the people, maketh fooles faine.

Note return to page 20926 [11] God resisteth the proude.

Note return to page 20927 [e] Iosephus recordeth, that this king did not represse those flatterers tongues, and therefore at his death he complained and cryed out of their vanitie.

Note return to page 20928 [12] Tyrants builde vp the Church by plucking it downe.

Note return to page 20929 [f] They that heard the worde of God.

Note return to page 20930 [1] Paul with Barnabas, is againe the second time appointed Apostle of the Gentiles, not of man, neither by man, but by an extraordinarie commandement of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 20931 [a] The same was Antipas, which put Iohn Baptist to death.

Note return to page 20932 [b] Whiles they were busie doing their office, that is, as Chrysostome expoundeth it, while they were preaching.

Note return to page 20933 [c] The Lorde is said to call (whereof this worde (Calling) commeth, which is vsuall in the Church) when he causeth that to be, which was not, whether you referre it to the matter it selfe, or to any qualitie or thing about the matter: and it groweth of this, because when things beginne to be, then they haue some name: as God his mightie power is also declared thereby, who spake the worde, and things were made.

Note return to page 20934 [2] Fast, and solemne prayers were vsed before the laying on of handes.

Note return to page 20935 [3] Paul and his companions doe at the first bring Cyprus to the subiection and obedience of Christ.

Note return to page 20936 [d] Seleucia was a citie of Cilicia, so called of Seleucus one of Alexanders successours.

Note return to page 20937 [4] The deuill maketh the conquest of Christ more glorious, in that that hee setteth himselfe against him.

Note return to page 20938 [5] The sorcerer which was stricken of Paul with a corporall punishment (although extraordinarily) sheweth an example to lawful magistrates, howe they ought to punish them which wickedly and obstinately hinder the course of the Gospel.

Note return to page 20939 [e] Hee noteth out such a fault, as who so hath it, runneth headlong and with great desire to all kinde of wickednesse with the least motion in the world.

Note return to page 20940 [f] His power which he sheweth in striking and beating downe his enemies.

Note return to page 20941 [6] An example in one and the selfe same companie both of singular constancie, and also of great weakenesse.

Note return to page 20942 [g] This putteth a difference betwixt it, and Antiochia which was in Syria.

Note return to page 20943 [7] In the Synagogue of þe; Iewes (according to the patterne whereof Christian congregations were instituted) first the Scriptures were read, then such as were learned, were licensed by the rulers of the Synagogue to speake & expound.

Note return to page 20944 [h] Word for word, If there bee any woorde in you, and this is a kinde of speach taken from the Hebrewes, whereby is meant, þt; the giftes of Gods grace are in vs, as it were in treasure houses, & that they are not ours, but Gods: In like sort sayth Dauid, Thou hast put a newe song in my mouth, Psal.40.1.

Note return to page 20945 [8] God bestowed many peculiar benefites vpon his chosen Israel, but this especially, that he promised them the euerlasting redeemer.

Note return to page 20946 [i] Aduaunced and brought to honour.

Note return to page 20947 Exod.1.9.

Note return to page 20948 Exod.13.14.

Note return to page 20949 [k] Openly and with maine force, breaking in pieces the enemies of his people.

Note return to page 20950 Exod.16.1.

Note return to page 20951 Ios.14.1.

Note return to page 20952 Iudges 3.9.

Note return to page 20953 [l] There were fr&obar; the birth of Isaac vnto the destruction of the Canaanites vnder the gouern&abar;ce of Ioshua foure hundreth & seuen & fourtie yeres, & therfore he addeth in this place this woord, About, for there want three yeeres, but the Apostle vseth the whole greater number.

Note return to page 20954 1.Sam.8.5.

Note return to page 20955 1.Sam.9.15.and 10.1.

Note return to page 20956 [m] In this space of fortie yeeres, must the time of Samuel be reckoned with the daies of Saul, for the kingdome did as it were swallowe vp his gouernement.

Note return to page 20957 1.Samuel 16.13.

Note return to page 20958 [9] Hee prooueth by the witnes of Iohn, that Iesus is that Sauiour which should come of Dauid.

Note return to page 20959 Psal.89.21. esai.11.1.

Note return to page 20960 Malach.3.1. matt.2 1. marke 1.2. luke 3.2.

Note return to page 20961 [n] Iohn as an Herault, did not shew Christ comming a farre off as the other Prophets did, but hard at hande and entred on his iourney.

Note return to page 20962 Mat.3.11. marke 1.7. iohn 1.20.

Note return to page 20963 [10] Christ was promised and sent properly to the Iewes.

Note return to page 20964 [11] All thinges came to passe to Christ, which the Prophets foretolde of Messias: so that hereby also it appeareth that he is the true and onely Sauiour: and yet notwithstanding they are not to be excused which did not onely not receiue him, but also persecute him most cruelly although hee was innocent.

Note return to page 20965 Mat.27.22. mar.15.13. lu.23.23. ioh.19.6.

Note return to page 20966 [12] We must set the glorie of the resurrection against the shame of the crosse, and graue. And the resurrection is proued as well by witnesses which sawe it, as by the testimonies of the Prophets.

Note return to page 20967 Mat.28.2. mar.16.6. lu.24.6. iohn 20.19.

Note return to page 20968 [o] For then he appeared plainely and manifestly as that onely S&obar;ne of God, when as he left off his weakenesse, and came out of the graue, hauing conquered death.

Note return to page 20969 [13] If Christ had taried in death, he had not beene the true S&obar;ne of God, neither had the couenant, which was made with Dauid, beene sure.

Note return to page 20970 Psal.2.7. hebr. 1.5.& 5.5.

Note return to page 20971 Esay.55.3.

Note return to page 20972 [p] The Grecians cal those, holy things, which the Hebrues call gracious bounties: and they are called Dauids bo&ubar;ties in the passiue signification, because God bestowed them vpon Dauid: Moreouer they are termed faithfull, after the maner of speach which the Hebrewes vse, who terme those things faithfull, which are steadie and sure, such as neuer alter nor change.

Note return to page 20973 [14] The Lord was so in graue, that he felt no corruption.

Note return to page 20974 Psal.16.11. chap.2.31.

Note return to page 20975 1.King 2.10.chap.2.29.

Note return to page 20976 [15] Christ was sent to giue them free remission of sinnes, which were condemned by the Lawe.

Note return to page 20977 [q] Where as the ceremonies of the Lawe coulde not absolue you from your sinnes, this man doeth absolue you, if you lay holde on him by faith.

Note return to page 20978 [16] The benefits of God turne to the vtter vndoing of them that contemne them.

Note return to page 20979 Habak.1.5.

Note return to page 20980 [17] The Gentiles goe before the Iewes into the kingdome of heauen.

Note return to page 20981 [r] Which had forsaken their heathenish religion, and embraced the religion set foorth by Moses.

Note return to page 20982 [18] The sauour of one selfe same Gospell is vnto the reprobate and vnbeleeuers, death, and to the elect and such as beleeue, life.

Note return to page 20983 [19] The Gospel is published to the Gentiles by the expresse commandement of God.

Note return to page 20984 [s] By this your doing you doe as it were prono&ubar;ce sentence against your selues, and iudge your selues.

Note return to page 20985 Esai 49 6.

Note return to page 20986 [t] Therefore either all were not appointed to euerlasting life, or els all should haue beleeued, but because that is not so, it foloweth that some certaine were ordeined: and therefore God did not only foreknowe, but also fore ordeine, that neither faith nor the effects of faith, shoulde be the cause of his ordeining or appointment, but his ordeining the cause of faith.

Note return to page 20987 [20] Such is the craft and subtiltie of the enemies of the Gospel, that they abuse the simplicitie of some which are not altogether euill men, to execute their crueltie.

Note return to page 20988 [u] Such as embraced Moses his Lawe.

Note return to page 20989 [21] The wickednesse of the world can not let God to gather his Church together, and to foster and cherish it, when it is gathered together.

Note return to page 20990 Matt.10.14. mar.6.11. luke 9.5. chap.18.6.

Note return to page 20991 [1] We ought to be no lesse constant in preaching of the Gospel, then the peruersenesse of the wicked is obstinate in persecuting of it.

Note return to page 20992 [a] Iconium was a citie of Lycaonia.

Note return to page 20993 [b] Which obeyed not the doctrine.

Note return to page 20994 [2] We ought not to leaue our places & giue place to threatenings, neither to open rage, but when there is no other remedie, and that not for our owne quietnes sake, but that the Gospel of Christ may bee spreade further abroade.

Note return to page 20995 [c] It is lawful sometime to flee daungers, in time conuenient.

Note return to page 20996 [3] It is an olde subtiltie of the deuill, either to cause the faithfull seruaunts of God to be banished at once, or to bee worshipped for idoles: and that chiefly taking occasion by miracles wrought by them.

Note return to page 20997 [d] Of the house where Paul and Barnabas were.

Note return to page 20998 [4] That is also called Idolatrie, which giueth to creatures, be they neuer so holy and excellent, that which is proper to the onely one God, that is, Inuocation, or calling vpon.

Note return to page 20999 [e] Men, as yee are, and partakers of the selfe same nature of man as you.

Note return to page 21000 [f] He calleth Idols, vaine things, after the maner of the Hebrewes.

Note return to page 21001 Gen.1.1. psal.146.5. reuel.14.7.

Note return to page 21002 [5] Custome, be it neuer so old, doeth not excuse the Idolaters.

Note return to page 21003 Psal.81.13. rom.1.24.

Note return to page 21004 [g] Suffered them to liue as they listed, prescribing & appoynting them no kinde of religion.

Note return to page 21005 [6] The deuil when he is brought to the last cast, at length rageth openly, but in vaine, euen then when he seemeth to haue the vpper hand.

Note return to page 21006 2.Cor.11.25.

Note return to page 21007 [7] We must goe forwarde in our vocation through a thousand deaths.

Note return to page 21008 [8] It is the office of the ministers, not onely to teach, but also to confirme them that are taught, and prepare them to the crosse.

Note return to page 21009 [9] The Apostles committed the Churches which they had planted, to proper and peculiar Pastours, which they made not rashly, but with prayers and fastings going before: neither did they thrust them vpon Churches through briberie or lordly superioritie, but chose & placed them by the voyce of the congregation.

Note return to page 21010 [10] Paul and Barnabas hauing made an ende of their peregrination, and being returned to Antiochia, doe render an accompt of their iourney to the Congregation or Church.

Note return to page 21011 [h] Attalia was a sea citie of Pamphylia, neere to Lycia.

Note return to page 21012 [i] Antiochia of Syria.

Note return to page 21013 Chap.13.3.

Note return to page 21014 [1] The Church is at length troubled with dissension within it selfe, and the trouble riseth of the proude and stubburne wittes of certaine euill men: The first strife was, concerning the office of Christ, whether we be saued by his only righteousnesse apprehended by faith, or we haue neede also to obserue the Lawe.

Note return to page 21015 [a] Epiphanius is of opinion that this was Cerinthus.

Note return to page 21016 [2] Meetings of Congregations were instituted to suppresse heresies, whereunto certaine were sent by common consent in the name of all.

Note return to page 21017 [b] Courteously and louingly brought on their way by the Church, that is, by certaine appointed by the Church.

Note return to page 21018 [3] The matter is first handled, both partes being heard, in the assembly of the Apostles and auncients, and after is communicated with the people.

Note return to page 21019 Chap.10.20. and 11.13.

Note return to page 21020 [4] God himselfe in calling of the Gentiles which are vncircumcised, did teache that our saluation doeth consist in faith without the worship appointed by the Lawe.

Note return to page 21021 [c] Word for word, of olde time, that is, euen from the first time that we were commaunded to preach the Gospel, and straightwayes after that the holy Ghost came downe vpon vs.

Note return to page 21022 [d] He put no difference betweene vs and them, as touching the benefite of his free fauour.

Note return to page 21023 Chap.10.43. 1.Cor.1.2.

Note return to page 21024 [e] Christ pronounceth them Blessed, which are pure of heart: and here we are plainely taught, that men are made such by faith.

Note return to page 21025 [5] Peter, passing from the Ceremonies, to the Lawe it selfe in generall, sheweth that none coulde be saued, if saluation were to be sought for by the Lawe, and not by grace onely in Iesus Christ: because that no man coulde euer fulfill the Lawe, neither Patriarch, nor Apostle.

Note return to page 21026 [f] Why tempt ye God, as though he coulde not saue by faith?

Note return to page 21027 Matth. 23.4.

Note return to page 21028 [6] A true paterne of a lawfull Councill, where Gods trueth onely reigneth.

Note return to page 21029 [g] The sonne of Alpheus, who is also called the Lordes brother.

Note return to page 21030 [7] Iames confirmeth the calling of the Gentiles, out of the worde of God, therein agreeing to Peter.

Note return to page 21031 Amos 9 11.

Note return to page 21032 [h] And therefore nothing commeth to passe by fortune, but by Gods appointment.

Note return to page 21033 [8] In matters indifferent, we may so farre beare with the weakenesse of our brethren, as they may haue time to be instructed.

Note return to page 21034 [i] From sacrifices, or from feastes which were kept in Idoles temples.

Note return to page 21035 [9] In a lawfull Synode, neither they which are appointed and chosen Iudges, appoint and determine any thing tyrannously or vpon a Lordlinesse, neither doeth the common multitude set them selues tumultuously against them which sit as iudges by the worde of God: as the like order also is holden in publishing and ratifying those things which haue bene so determined & agreed vp&obar;.

Note return to page 21036 [10] The Councill of Hierusalem concludeth, that they trouble mens consciences which teache vs to seeke saluation in any other meanes then in Christ onely, apprehended by faith, from whence soeuer they come, and whomsoeuer they pretend to be authour of their vocation.

Note return to page 21037 [k] From our congregation.

Note return to page 21038 [l] A borowed kind of speache taken of them which pull downe that that was built vp: and it is a very vsuall metaphore in the Scriptures, to say the Church is built, for the Church is planted and stablished.

Note return to page 21039 [m] Haue greatly hazarded their liues.

Note return to page 21040 [11] That is a lawfull Councill, which the holy Ghost ruleth.

Note return to page 21041 [n] First they make mention of the holy Ghost, that it may not seeme to be any mans worke.

Note return to page 21042 [o] Not that men haue any authoritie of themselues, but to shewe the faithfulnesse that they vsed in their ministerie and labour.

Note return to page 21043 [p] This was no precise necessitie, but in respect of the state of that time, that the Gentiles and the Iewes might more peaceably liue together with lesse occasion of quarell.

Note return to page 21044 [12] Charitie is requisite euen in things indifferent.

Note return to page 21045 [13] It is requisite for all people to knowe certainely what to holde in matters of faith and religion, and not that the Church by ignorance and knowing nothing, shoulde depende vpon the pleasure of a fewe.

Note return to page 21046 [q] This is an Hebrewe kinde of speache, which is as much to say, as the brethren wished them all prosperous successe, and the Church dismissed them with good leaue.

Note return to page 21047 [14] Congregations or Churches do easely degenerate, vnlesse they be diligently seene vnto, and therefore went these Apostles to ouersee such as they had planted, and for this cause also, Synodes were instituted and appointed.

Note return to page 21048 [15] A lamentable example of discord betweene excellent men and very great friendes, yet not for prophane or their priuate affaires, neither yet for doctrine.

Note return to page 21049 [16] God vseth the faultes of his seruants to the profite and building of his Church: yet we haue to take heede, euen in the best matters, that we passe not measure in our heate.

Note return to page 21050 [r] They were in great heate: But herein we haue to consider the force of Gods counsell: for by this meanes it came to passe, that the doctrine of the Gospel was exercised in many places.

Note return to page 21051 [1] Paul himselfe doth not receiue Timothie into the ministerie without sufficient testimonie, and allowance of the brethren.

Note return to page 21052 Rom.16.21. philip.2.19. 1.thess.3.2.

Note return to page 21053 [a] Paul in his latter Epistle to Timothie, commendeth the godlines of Timothies mother and grandmother.

Note return to page 21054 [b] Both for his godlines and honestie.

Note return to page 21055 [2] Timothie is circumcised, not simplie for any necessitie, but in respect of the time onely to winne the Iewes.

Note return to page 21056 [3] Charitie is to be obserued in things indifferent, that so, regarde be had both of the weake, and the quietnesse of the Church.

Note return to page 21057 [c] Those decrees which he spake of in the former chapter.

Note return to page 21058 [4] God appointeth certaine and determinate times to open and set foorth his trueth, that both the election, and the calling may proceede of grace.

Note return to page 21059 [d] He sheweth not why they were forbidden, but onely that they were forbidden, teaching vs to obey, and not to inquire.

Note return to page 21060 [5] They are the Ministers of the Gospel, by whom he helpeth such as were like to perish.

Note return to page 21061 [6] The Saints did not easely beleeue euery vision.

Note return to page 21062 [7] God beginneth his kingdome in Macedonia by the conuersion of a woman, and so sheweth that there is no acception of persons in the Gospel.

Note return to page 21063 [e] Where they were wont to assemble themselues.

Note return to page 21064 [8] The Lorde onely openeth the heart to heare the worde which is preached.

Note return to page 21065 [9] An example of a godly huswife.

Note return to page 21066 [10] Satan transformeth himselfe into an Angel of light, and coueteth to enter by vndermining, but Paul openly letteth him, and casteth him out.

Note return to page 21067 [f] This is a proper note of Apollo, which was wont to giue answeres to them that asked him.

Note return to page 21068 [g] Paul made no haste to this miracle, for he did all things as he was lead by the Spirit.

Note return to page 21069 [11] Couetousnesse of lucre and gaines is an occasion of persecuting the trueth. In the meane season, God sparing Timothie, calleth Paul and Silas as the stronger, to battaile.

Note return to page 21070 [12] Couetousnesse pretendeth a desire of common peace and godlinesse.

Note return to page 21071 [13] It is an argument of the deuil, to vrge the authoritie of ancesters without any distinction.

Note return to page 21072 [14] An example of euill Magistrates, to obey the furie and rage of the people.

Note return to page 21073 [h] Because hee would be more sure of them, he set them first in the stockes.

Note return to page 21074 [15] The prayers of the godly do shake both heauen and earth.

Note return to page 21075 [16] The mercifull Lorde, so oft as he lifteth, draweth men to life euen through the middest of death, and whereas iustly they deserued great punishment, he sheweth them great mercie.

Note return to page 21076 [17] In meanes, which are especially extraordinarie, we ought not to moue our foote forwarde, vnlesse that God goe before vs.

Note return to page 21077 [18] God with one selfe same hand woundeth and healeth, when it pleaseth him.

Note return to page 21078 [19] Shame and confusion is in processe of time, the rewarde of wicked and vniust Magistrates.

Note return to page 21079 [20] We must not render iniurie for iniutie, and yet notwithstanding it is lawfull for vs to vse such helpes as God giueth vs, to bridle the outrageousnesse of the wicked, that they hurt not other in like sort.

Note return to page 21080 [21] The wicked are not mooued with the feare of God, but with the feare of men: and by that meanes also God prouideth for his, when it is needefull.

Note return to page 21081 [22] We may eschewe dangers, so that we neuer neglect our duetie.

Note return to page 21082 [1] The casting out of Silas and Paul, was the sauing of many other.

Note return to page 21083 [2] Christ is therefore the Mediatour, because hee was crucified and rose againe: much lesse is he to bee reiected because the crosse is ignominious.

Note return to page 21084 [3] Although the zeale of the vnfaithfull seeme neuer so goodly, yet at length it is founde to haue neither trueth not equitie: But yet the wicked can not doe what they list, for euen am&obar;g them selues God stirreth vp some, whose helpe hee vseth to the deliuerance of his.

Note return to page 21085 [a] Certaine companions which doe nothing but walke the streetes, wicked men, to be hired for euery mans money, to do any mischief, such as we commonly call the rascals and verie sinkes and dunghill knaues of all townes and cities.

Note return to page 21086 [b] Into what countrey and place so euer they come, they cause sedition and tumult.

Note return to page 21087 [c] When Iason had put them in good assurance that they should appeare.

Note return to page 21088 [4] That is in deede the wisedome of the spirit, which alwaies setteth the glorie of God before it selfe as a marke whereunto it directeth it selfe and neuer swarueth from it.

Note return to page 21089 [5] The Lord setteth out in one moment, & in one people, diuers examples of his vnsearchable wisedome, to cause them to feare him.

Note return to page 21090 [d] Hee compareth the Iewes with the Iewes.

Note return to page 21091 [6] Satan hath his, who are zealous for him, and that euen such, as least of all ought.

Note return to page 21092 [7] There is neither counsell nor furie, nor madnesse against the Lorde.

Note return to page 21093 [8] The sheepe of Christ doe also watch for their pastours health & safetie, but yet in the Lorde.

Note return to page 21094 [e] It is not for naught that the Iewes of Berea were so comm&ebar;ded, for they brought Paul safe fr&obar; Macedonia to Athens, and there is in distance betwixt those two, all Thessalia, and Boeotia, and Attica.

Note return to page 21095 [9] In c&obar;paring the wisedome of God with mans wisedome, men scoffe and mocke at that which they vnderstande not: And God vseth the curiositie of fooles, to gather together his elect.

Note return to page 21096 [f] He coulde not forbeare.

Note return to page 21097 [g] Slauishly giuen to Idolatrie: Pausanias writeth that there were moe Idoles in Athenes, then in all Grecia, yea they had altars dedicated to Shame, and Fame, and Lust, whome they made goddesses.

Note return to page 21098 [h] Whomesoeuer Paul mette with, that would suffer him to talke with him, hee reasoned with him, so throughly did hee burne with the zeale of Gods glory.

Note return to page 21099 [10] Two sectes especially of the Philosophers, doe set them selues against Christ: the Epicures, which make a mocke and scoffe at all religion: and the Stoicks, which determine vp&obar; matters of religion according to their owne braines.

Note return to page 21100 [i] Worde for worde, seede gatherer: a borowed kinde of speach taken of birdes which spoile corne, & is applied to them which without all arte bluster out such knowledge as they haue gotten by hearing this man & that man.

Note return to page 21101 [k] This was a place called as you would say, Mars hil, where the iudges sate which were called Areopagita, vp&obar; waighty affaires, which in old time arrained Socrates, and afterward cond&ebar;ned him of impietie.

Note return to page 21102 [11] The wisedom of man is vanitie.

Note return to page 21103 [12] The Idolaters themselues minister most strong and forcible arguments against their owne superstition.

Note return to page 21104 [l] To stand in too peuish & seruile a feare of your gods.

Note return to page 21105 [m] Whatsoeuer men worship for religions sake, that we call deuotion.

Note return to page 21106 [n] Pausanias in his Atticis, maketh mention of the altar which the Athenians had dedicated to vnknowen gods: and Laertius in his Epimenides maketh mention of an altar that had no name intituled.

Note return to page 21107 [13] It is a most foolish and vaine thing to compare the Creator, with the creature, to limite him within a place which can be comprehended in no place, and to thinke to allure him with gifts, of whome all men haue receiued all thinges whatsoeuer they haue: And these are the fountaines of all Idolatry.

Note return to page 21108 Chap.7.48.

Note return to page 21109 Psal.50.8.

Note return to page 21110 [14] God is wonderful in al his works, but especially in the worke of man: not that we should stand amased at his works, but that we should lift vp our eyes to the workeman.

Note return to page 21111 [o] Of one stocke and one beginning.

Note return to page 21112 [p] For as blindmen we coulde not seeke out God but onely by groping wise, before the true light came and lightned the world.

Note return to page 21113 Esa.40.19.

Note return to page 21114 [q] Which stuffe, as golde, siluer, stones, are customably grauen as mans wit can deuise, for men will not worshippe that grosse stuffe as it is, vnlesse by some arte it haue gotten some shape vpon it.

Note return to page 21115 [15] The oldnesse of the errour doeth not excuse them þt; erre, but it commendeth and setteth forth the patience of God: who notwithstanding will be a iust iudge to such as contemne him.

Note return to page 21116 [r] By declaring Christ to be iudge of the world, through the resurrection from the dead.

Note return to page 21117 [16] Men, to shewe foorth their vanitie, are diuersly affected and mooued with one selfe same Gospel, which notwithstanding ceasseth not to be effectuall in the elect.

Note return to page 21118 [1] The true ministers are so farre from seeking their owne profite, that they do willingly depart from their right, rather then the course of the Gospel should be hindered in the least wise that might be.

Note return to page 21119 Rom.16.3.

Note return to page 21120 [a] Suetonius recordeth that Rome banished the Iewes, because they were alwaies at disquiet, & that by Christes meanes.

Note return to page 21121 [2] The trueth ought alwaies to be freely vttered, yet notwithstanding the doctrine may be so moderated, as occasion of the profite that the people take thereby shall require.

Note return to page 21122 [b] Exhorted so that hee perswaded, and so the woorde signifieth.

Note return to page 21123 [c] Was very much grieued in minde: whereby is signified the great earnestnesse of his minde, which was greatly mooued: for Paul was so zealous, that hee cleane forgate himselfe, and with a wonderfull courage gaue himselfe to preach Christ.

Note return to page 21124 [3] Although wee haue assaied all meanes possible, and yet in vaine, we must not leaue off from our woorke, but forsake the rebellious, and go to them that be more obedient.

Note return to page 21125 Chap.13.51. matt.10.14.

Note return to page 21126 [d] This is a kinde of speache taken from the Hebrewes, whereby hee meaneth, that the Iewes are cause of their owne destruction: and as for him, that hee is without fault in forsaking them and going to other nations.

Note return to page 21127 1.Cor.1.14.

Note return to page 21128 [4] God doeth auouche and maintaine the constancie of his seruants.

Note return to page 21129 [e] Word for word, sate, whereup&obar; they in former time, tooke the name of their Bishops seas: but Paul sate, that is, continued teaching the worde of God: and this kinde of seat belongeth nothing to them, which neuer sawe their seates with a minde to teach in them.

Note return to page 21130 [5] The wicked are neuer wearie of euil doing, but the Lorde mocketh their endeuours marueilously.

Note return to page 21131 [f] That is, of Grecia, yet the Romanes did not call him Deputie of Grecia, but of Achaia, because the Romanes brought the Grecians into subiection, by the Achaians, which in those daies were Princes of Grecia, as Pausanias recordeth.

Note return to page 21132 [g] As much as in right I could.

Note return to page 21133 [h] As if a man haue not spoken well, as the case of your religi&obar; st&abar;deth

Note return to page 21134 [i] For this prophane man thinketh that the controuersie of religion, is but a braule about wordes, and for no matter of subst&abar;ce.

Note return to page 21135 [6] Paul is made all to all, to winne all to Christ.

Note return to page 21136 [k] That is, Paul.

Note return to page 21137 [l] Cenchrea was an hauen of the Corinthians.

Note return to page 21138 Numb.16.18. chap.21.24.

Note return to page 21139 [7] The Apostles were caried about not by the will of man, but by the leading of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 21140 1.Cor.4.19. iam.4.15.

Note return to page 21141 [m] So we shoulde promise nothing without this clause, for we knowe not what the day following will bring foorth.

Note return to page 21142 [8] Apollos, a godly and learned man, refuseth not to profit in the schole of a base and abiect handicraftes man, and also of a woman: and so bec&obar;meth an excellent minister of the Church

Note return to page 21143 1.Cor.1.12.

Note return to page 21144 [n] Very wel instructed in the knowledge of the Scriptures.

Note return to page 21145 Ro 16.3.

Note return to page 21146 [o] The way that leadeth to God.

Note return to page 21147 [p] Through Gods gracious fauour, or by those excellent giftes which God had bestowed vpon him.

Note return to page 21148 [1] Paul being nothing offended at the rudenesse of the Ephesians, pl&abar;teth a Church amongst them.

Note return to page 21149 [a] Those excellent giftes of the holy Ghost, which were in those dayes in the Church.

Note return to page 21150 [2] Iohn did onely begin to instruct the disciples whom Christ should make perfite.

Note return to page 21151 [b] In what doctrine then, are you taught and instructed?

Note return to page 21152 [c] To be baptized into Iohns baptisme, is to professe the doctrine which Iohn preached and sealed with his baptisme.

Note return to page 21153 Chap.1.5.and 2.2. and 11.16. mat.3.11. mar.1.8. luke 3.16. iohn.1.26.

Note return to page 21154 [3] For a man to separate himselfe and others from infidels which are vtterly desperate, it is not to deuide the Church, but rather to vnite it and make it one.

Note return to page 21155 [d] By this worde Way, the Hebrues vnderstand any kinde of life, and here it is taken for Christianitie.

Note return to page 21156 [e] This was mans proper name.

Note return to page 21157 [4] Satan is constrained to giue witnes against himselfe.

Note return to page 21158 [f] So were they called which cast out deuils by coniuring them in the Name of God: and in the beginning of the Church, they which had the gift of working miracles, and layd their handes on them that were posse&esset;ed with deuils, were also so called.

Note return to page 21159 [g] He preuailed against them, though they stroue neuer so much.

Note return to page 21160 [5] Coniuring and sorcerie is condemned by open testimonie, and by the authoritie of the Apostle.

Note return to page 21161 [h] Confe&esset;ed their errours, & detested them openly, being terrified with the feare of the iudgement of God: and what is this to care shrift?

Note return to page 21162 [i] They that make the least value of it, reck&ebar; it to be about eight hundred po&ubar;ds English.

Note return to page 21163 [6] Paul is neuer wearie.

Note return to page 21164 [k] By the motion of Gods Spirit: therefore we may not say that Paul ran hand ouer head to death, but as the Spirit of God led him.

Note return to page 21165 [7] Gaine cloked with a shew of religion, is the very cause wherefore idolatrie is stoutly and stubburnely defended.

Note return to page 21166 [l] These were certaine counterfet temples with Dianas picture in them, which they bought that worshipped her.

Note return to page 21167 [m] As if he said, If Paul go on thus as he hath begonne, to confute the opinion which men haue of Dianas image, all this our gaine will come to nought.

Note return to page 21168 Rom.16.23. 1.cor.1.14.

Note return to page 21169 Colo&esset;.4.10.

Note return to page 21170 [8] There ought to be in al Christians, and especially in the Ministers, an inuincible constancie, which may not by any stormes or assaults be ouercome, which notwithstanding must suffer it selfe modestly to be gouerned by wisdome.

Note return to page 21171 [9] In steade of reason, the idolaters are sufficiently c&obar;tented with their owne madnes and outcries, and those are the greatest defences that they haue.

Note return to page 21172 [10] An example of a politike man who redeemeth peace & quietnesse with lies which Paul would neuer haue done.

Note return to page 21173 [n] The Ephesians beleeued superstitiously, that the image of Diana came downe from heauen to them.

Note return to page 21174 [o] Haue ought to accuse any man of.

Note return to page 21175 [p] For there are certaine dayes appointed for ciuill causes and matters of iudgement, and the Deputies sit.

Note return to page 21176 [q] By the Deputies are ment also the Deputies Substitutes, that is, such as did sit for them.

Note return to page 21177 [r] He speaketh of a lawful assembly, not onely to except against the disordered hurly burly of the people, but also against all meeting and comming together which was not by order: for there were certaine dayes appointed to call the people together in.

Note return to page 21178 [1] Paul departeth from Ephesus by the consent of the Church, not to be idle or at rest, but to take paines in another place.

Note return to page 21179 [a] For after so great trouble, there was neede of a long exhortation.

Note return to page 21180 [2] A froward zeale is the guider and instructour to murders: and we are not debarred by the wisdome of God to preuent the endeuours of wicked men.

Note return to page 21181 [3] Assemblies in the night time can not be iustly condemned, neither ought, when the cause is good.

Note return to page 21182 [b] Word for word, the first day of the Sabbath, that is, vpon the Lords day: so that by this place, and by 1. Cor.16.2. it is not amisse gathered, that in those dayes the Christians were wont to assemble themselues solemnly together vpon that day.

Note return to page 21183 [4] The deuil minding to trouble the Church with a great offence, giueth Paul a singular occasion to c&obar;firme the Gospel.

Note return to page 21184 [5] Paul an earnest and diligent follower of Christ, making haste to his bonds without any ceasing or stopping in his race, doeth first of all as it were make his testament, wherein he giueth an accompt of his former life, defendeth the doctrine which he taught, and exhorteth the Pastours of the Church to perseuere and goe forward with continuance in their office.

Note return to page 21185 [c] According as the situation of these places is set forth, that distance betwene Ephesies & Miletum, was about 400. furlongs, which maketh almost fiftie dutch miles.

Note return to page 21186 [6] A liuely image of a true Pastour.

Note return to page 21187 [d] I refrained not to speake, neither di&esset;embled in any respect whatsoeuer, either for feare, or lucres sake.

Note return to page 21188 [7] He testifieth, that he goeth to his bonds, by the commaundement of God.

Note return to page 21189 [e] He calleth that motion of the holy Ghost, which inforced him to take his iourney to Hierusalem, the bond of the Spirit, whome hee folowed with all his heart.

Note return to page 21190 [f] If you do perish, yet there shall be no fault in me, Looke chap.18.6.

Note return to page 21191 [8] The doctrine of the Apostles is most perfite and absolute.

Note return to page 21192 [g] To keepe it, to feede it, and gouerne it.

Note return to page 21193 [h] A notable sentence for Christes Godhead: which sheweth plainely in his person, how that by reason of the ioyning together of the two natures in his owne person, that which is proper to one is spoken of the other, being taken in the deriuatiue, and not in the primitiue: which in olde time the godly fathers termed, a communicating or fellowship of proprieties, that is to say, a making common of that to two, which belongeth but to one.

Note return to page 21194 [i] This word, That, sheweth the excellencie of this blood.

Note return to page 21195 [9] A Prophecie of pastors that should straightway degenerat into wolues, against such as boast and bragge onely of a succession of persons.

Note return to page 21196 [k] This is great miserie, to want the presence of such a shepheard, but greater to haue wolues enter in.

Note return to page 21197 [10] The power of God, and his free promises reueiled in his word, are the props and vpholders of the ministery of the Gospel.

Note return to page 21198 [l] As children, and therfore of free loue and good will.

Note return to page 21199 [11] Pastours must before all things beware of couetousnes.

Note return to page 21200 1.Cor.4.12. 1.thes. 2. 9. 2.thes.3.8.

Note return to page 21201 [m] As it were by reaching out the hande to them, which otherwise are about to slippe and fall away, and so to stay them.

Note return to page 21202 [12] The Gospel doeth not take away naturall affections, but ruleth and bridleth them in good order.

Note return to page 21203 [1] Not only men simply, but euen our friends, and such as are endued with the Spirit of God, doe sometimes go about to hinder the course of our vocation: but it is our part to goe forwarde without all stopping or staggering, after that we are sure of our calling from God.

Note return to page 21204 [a] They foretolde through the Spirit what dangers hanged ouer Pauls head, and this they did as Prophets: but of a fleshly affection they frayed him from going to Hierusalem.

Note return to page 21205 Chap.6.5.

Note return to page 21206 [b] He speaketh of the seuen Deacons which he mentioned before, chap.6.

Note return to page 21207 [c] They had a peculiar gift of foretelling things to come.

Note return to page 21208 [2] The wil of God brideleth all affections in them which earnestly seeke the glory of God.

Note return to page 21209 [3] God is to be praysed, who is the Authour of all good sayings and deedes.

Note return to page 21210 [4] In things indifferent (of which fort were not the traditions of the Pharises, but the ceremonies of the Law, vntill such time as christian libertie was more fully reueiled to the Iewes) charitie willeth vs to conforme or applie our selues willingly so farre as we may, to our brethren which doe not stubburnly and maliciously resist the trueth, but are not throughly instructed, especially if the question be of a whole multitude,

Note return to page 21211 [d] That is, consecrate thy selfe: for he speaketh not here of the vncleane, but of such as were subiect to the vowe of the Nazarites.

Note return to page 21212 [e] That it may be knowen, that thou wast not onely present at the vowe, but also a chiefe man in it: and therefore it is sayd afterwards, that Paul declared the dayes of purification: for although the charges for the Nazarites offerings were appointed, yet they might adde somewhat vnto them, Nomb.6.21.

Note return to page 21213 Chap.18.18. nomb.6.18.

Note return to page 21214 [f] The Priests were to be aduertised of the accomplishm&ebar;t of the dayes of the purification, because there were sacrifices to be offred the same day, that their vowe was ended.

Note return to page 21215 [5] A preposterous zeale is the cause of great confusion, and great mischiefes.

Note return to page 21216 [6] God findeth some eu&ebar; amongst the wicked and prophane themselues, to hinder the endeuours of the rest.

Note return to page 21217 [g] Touching this Egyptian which assembled thirtie thousand men, reade Ioseph, booke 2.chap.12.

Note return to page 21218 [1] Paul making a short declaration of his former life, proueth both his vocation, and doctrine to be of God.

Note return to page 21219 [a] That is, his dayly hearer: the reason of this speach is this, for that they which teach, sit commonly in the higher place, speaking to their schollers which sit vpon fourmes beneath: and therefore hee sayth, at the feete of Gamaliel.

Note return to page 21220 [b] This is properly spoken: for Steuen was murdered of a sort of cutthrotes, not by order of iustice, but by open force: for as that time the Iewes could not put any man to death by Lawe.

Note return to page 21221 [2] Stout and stubburne pride will neither it selfe embrace the trueth, neither suffer other to receiue it.

Note return to page 21222 [c] The description of a seditious hurly burly, and of an barebrained and mad multitude.

Note return to page 21223 [3] The wisdome of the flesh doeth not consider what is iust, but what is profitable, & therewith all measure the profite, according as it appeareth presently.

Note return to page 21224 [4] There is no cause why we may not vse those lawfull meanes which God giueth vs, to repell, or put away an iniurie.

Note return to page 21225 [d] Not by nation, but by the lawe of the citie.

Note return to page 21226 [1] Paul, against the false accusations of his enemies, setteth a good conscience, for proofe whereof, he repeateth þe; whole course of his life.

Note return to page 21227 [2] Hypocrites are constrained at length, to betray them selues by their int&ebar;perancie.

Note return to page 21228 [3] It is lawfull for vs to complaine of iniuries, & to summon the wicked to the iudgement seate of God, so that we do it without hatred, & with a quiet and peaceable minde.

Note return to page 21229 [a] It appeareth plainely by the Greeke phrase, that Paul did not curse the hie Priest, but onely pronounce the punishment of God against him.

Note return to page 21230 [b] This is a vehement and sharpe speach, but yet not reprochfull: For the godly may speake roundly, and yet be voide of the bitter affection of a sharpe and angry minde.

Note return to page 21231 [c] For the Law commandeth the Iudge to heare the person that is accused, patiently, and to pronounce the sentence aduisedly.

Note return to page 21232 [4] We must willingly & from the heart giue honour to Magistrates, although they be tyrants.

Note return to page 21233 Exod.22.27.

Note return to page 21234 [5] We may lawfully sometimes set the wicked together by the eares, that they may leaue off to assault vs, so that it be with no hinderance of the trueth.

Note return to page 21235 Chap.24.22. philip.3.5.

Note return to page 21236 [6] The concorde of the wicked is weake, although they conspire together to oppresse the trueth.

Note return to page 21237 [7] It is an olde heresie of the Sadduces, to denie the subst&abar;ce of Angels and soules, and therewithal the resurrection of the dead.

Note return to page 21238 Matth.22.23.

Note return to page 21239 [d] Natures that want bodies.

Note return to page 21240 [8] The Lord when it pleaseth him, findeth defendours of his cause, euen amongst his enemies.

Note return to page 21241 [e] The Scribes office was a publike office, and the name of the Pharises, was the name of a sect.

Note return to page 21242 [9] God will not forsake his to the ende.

Note return to page 21243 [10] Such as are caried away with a foolish zeale, thinke that they may lie and murther, and do whatsoeuer mischiefe they list.

Note return to page 21244 [f] They cursing and banning themselues, promised.

Note return to page 21245 [g] Ye and the Senate requiring the same to be done, lest that the Tribune should thinke, that it was demaunded of him at some priuate mans sute.

Note return to page 21246 [11] The wisdome of the Spirit must be ioyned with simplicitie.

Note return to page 21247 [12] There is no counsell against the Lord and his seruants.

Note return to page 21248 Greeke, that thou hast shewed these things to me.

Note return to page 21249 [13] Lysias is suddenly made by the Lord, Pauls patrone.

Note return to page 21250 [1] Hypocrites, when they cannot doe what they would do, by force and deceite, at length they goe about to compasse it by a shewe of Lawe.

Note return to page 21251 [a] Felix ruled that prouince with great crueltie and couetousnes, and yet Iosephus recordeth that he did many worthy things, as that he tooke Eleazar the captaine of certaine cutthrotes, and put that deceiuing wretch the Egyptian to flight, which caused great troubles in Iudea.

Note return to page 21252 [b] He vseth a word which the Stoickes defined to be a perfit duetie and behauiour.

Note return to page 21253 [c] Word for word, a plague.

Note return to page 21254 [d] As you would say, a ringleader, or ensigne bearer.

Note return to page 21255 [e] So they called the Christians, scoffingly, of the townes name where they thought that Christ was borne, whereupon it came that Iulian the Apostata called him Galilean.

Note return to page 21256 [f] Confirmed Tertullus his saying.

Note return to page 21257 [2] Tertullus by the deuils rhetorike beginning with flatterie, maketh an ende with lies: but Paul vsing heauenly eloquence, and but a simple beginning, casteth off from himselfe the crime of sedition, wherewith he was burdened, with a simple denial.

Note return to page 21258 [g] Paul pleaded his cause two yeeres before Felix departed out of the prouince, Chap.27. but he had gouerned Trachonite, and Batauea, and Galaunite, before that Claudius made him Gouernour of Iudea: Iosephus in the historie of the Iewes warre, lib.2. cap.11.

Note return to page 21259 [h] They cannot lay foorth before thee, and prooue by good reasons.

Note return to page 21260 [3] Paul goeth in the case of religi&obar;, from a state coniecturall to a state of qualitie, not only not denying that religion which was obiected against him, but also prouing it to be true, to be heauenly and from God, and to be the oldest of all religions.

Note return to page 21261 [i] Here this word, Heresie, or secte, is taken in good part.

Note return to page 21262 [4] Paul in conclusion telleth the thing which was done, truely, which Tertullus had before diuers wayes corrupted.

Note return to page 21263 [k] And while I was busie about those things.

Note return to page 21264 [l] Hereby it appeareth that these of Asia were Paul his enemies, and those that stirred vp the people against him.

Note return to page 21265 [m] Whither the Tribune brought me.

Note return to page 21266 [5] The iudge suspendeth his sentence because the matter is doutfull.

Note return to page 21267 [n] Felix could not iudge whether he had done wickedly in the matters of his religion or no, vntil he had better vnderst&abar;ding of that way which Paul profe&esset;ed: and as for other matters touching the sediti&obar;, he thinketh good to deferre it till he heare Lysias, and therefore he gaue Paul somewhat more libertie.

Note return to page 21268 [6] God is a most faithfull keeper of his seruants, and the force of the trueth is wonderfull, euen amongst men which are otherwise prophane.

Note return to page 21269 [o] This Drusilla was Agrippa his sister, of whom Luke speaketh afterwarde, a very harlot and licentious woman, and being the wife of Azizus King of the Emesens, who was circumcised, departed from him, and went to this Felix the brother of one Pallas, who was sometime Mero his bondman.

Note return to page 21270 [7] In a naughtie minde, that is guiltie to it selfe, although sometime there be some shewe of equitie, yet by and by it will be extinguished: but in the meane season we haue neede of patience, and that continuall.

Note return to page 21271 [p] For whereas he had behaued himselfe very wickedly in the prouince, had it not bene for fauour of his brother Pallas, hee should haue died for it: so that we may gather hereby why he would haue pleasured the Iewes.

Note return to page 21272 [1] Satans ministers are subtil and diligent in seeking all occasions: but God who watcheth for his, hindreth all their counsels easely.

Note return to page 21273 [2] We may repel an iniurie iustly, but not with iniurie.

Note return to page 21274 [a] They could not proue them certainely and with vndoubted reasons.

Note return to page 21275 [3] God doeth not onely turne away the counsel of the wicked, but also turneth it vpon their owne heads.

Note return to page 21276 [4] Festus, thinking no such thing, euen before Kings, bringing to light the wickednes of the Iewes, and Pauls innocencie, doeth marueilously confirme the Church of God.

Note return to page 21277 [b] This Agrippa, was Agrippa his sonne, whose death Luke spake of before, and Bernice was his sister.

Note return to page 21278 [c] The Romanes vse not to deliuer any man to be punished before, &c.

Note return to page 21279 [5] The prophane and wicked take an occasion to condemne the true doctrine, by reason of priuate controuersies and contentions of men betwixt themselues: but the trueth neuerthelesse abideth in the meane season safe and sure.

Note return to page 21280 [d] This prophane man calleth the Iewish religion, superstition, and that before King Agrippa, but no marueile: for the rulers of prouinces by reason of the maiestie of the empire of Rome, vsed to preferre themselues before Kings.

Note return to page 21281 [6] That is fulfilled in Paul, which the Lord before had tolde to Ananias of him, Chap.9.15.

Note return to page 21282 [e] Gorgeously like a Prince.

Note return to page 21283 [f] To Augustus. Good Princes refused this name at the first, to wit, to be called Lords, but afterward they admitted it, as we reade of Traianus.

Note return to page 21284 [1] To haue a skilfull iudge, is a great and singular gift of God.

Note return to page 21285 [2] Paul deuideth the historie of his life into two times: for the first he calleth his aduersaries witnesses: for the latter, the fathers and Prophets.

Note return to page 21286 [a] What I was, and where, and howe I liued.

Note return to page 21287 [b] That my parents were Pharises.

Note return to page 21288 [c] The sect of the Pharises was the most exquisite amongst all the sectes of the Iewes, for it was better then all the rest.

Note return to page 21289 [3] There are three chiefe and principall witnesses of true doctrine, God, the true Fathers, and the consent of the Church,

Note return to page 21290 [4] He proueth the resurrection of the dead, first by the power of God, then by the resurrection of Christ, whereof he is a sufficient witnes.

Note return to page 21291 Chap.8.3.

Note return to page 21292 [d] I consented to, & allowed of their doing: for he was not a iudge.

Note return to page 21293 [e] By extreme punishment.

Note return to page 21294 Chap.9.2.

Note return to page 21295 [5] The ende of the Gospel is to saue them which are brought to the knowledge of Christ, & are iustified and sanctified in him, being layd holde on by faith.

Note return to page 21296 [6] Paul alledgeth God to be authour of the office of his Apostleship, and his grace, as a witnesse.

Note return to page 21297 Chap.9.22,26. and 13.4.

Note return to page 21298 Chap.21.30.

Note return to page 21299 [7] Christ is the ende of the Lawe and the Prophets.

Note return to page 21300 [f] To euery one.

Note return to page 21301 [g] That Christ should not be such a king as the Iewes dreamed of, but one appointed to beare our miseries, and the punishment of our sinnes.

Note return to page 21302 [h] The first of them which are raised from the dead.

Note return to page 21303 [i] Life, yea and that a most ble&esset;ed life which shalbe endle&esset;e: and this is set against darkne&esset;e, which almost in all tongues signifieth sometime death, and sometime miserie and calamitie.

Note return to page 21304 [8] The wisdome of God is madnes to fooles, yet notwithstanding we must boldly auouch the trueth.

Note return to page 21305 [k] Secretly, and priuily.

Note return to page 21306 [9] Paul as it were forgetting himself that he stood a prisoner to defend his cause, forgetteth not the office of his Apostleship.

Note return to page 21307 [l] I would to God that not onely almost, but throughly and altogether, both thou and all that heare me this day, might be made as I am, my bonds onely except.

Note return to page 21308 [10] Paul is solemnly quit, and yet not dismissed.

Note return to page 21309 [1] Paul with many other prisoners, and through the midst of many deaths, is brought to Rome, but yet by Gods own hand as it were, and set foorth and commended vnto the world with many singular testimonies.

Note return to page 21310 2.Cor.11.25.

Note return to page 21311 [a] Which was an high hil of Candie.

Note return to page 21312 [2] Gods prouidence taketh not away the causes which God vseth as meanes, but rather ordereth and disposeth their right vse euen then when he openeth an extraordinarie issue.

Note return to page 21313 [b] This is meant of the Iewes fast which they kept in the feast of expiation, as we reade, Leuit.23.27. which fell in the seuenth moneth which we call October, and is not good for nauigation, or sailing.

Note return to page 21314 [3] Men cast them selues willingly into an infinite sort of dangers, when they chuse to followe their owne wisdome, rather then God speaking by the mouth of his seruants.

Note return to page 21315 [c] By Candie, from whose shore our ship was driuen by that meanes.

Note return to page 21316 [d] Northeast wind.

Note return to page 21317 [4] The ende proueth that none prouide worse for them selues, then they which commit them selues to be gouerned onely by their owne wisdome.

Note return to page 21318 [5] God spareth the wicked for a time, for his elect and chosens sake.

Note return to page 21319 [6] The promise is made effectuall through fayth.

Note return to page 21320 [7] We attaine and come to the promised and sure saluation through the midst of tempests and death it selfe.

Note return to page 21321 [e] For Ptolome writeth, that the Adriaticall sea beateth vpon the East shore of Sicilia.

Note return to page 21322 [f] That they drew neere to some countrey.

Note return to page 21323 [8] There is none so foule an acte, whereunto distrust and an euil conscience doe not enforce men.

Note return to page 21324 [9] Although the perfourming of Gods promises doeth not simply depend vpon second causes, yet they make them selues vnworthy of Gods bountifulnes, which doe not embrace those meanes which God offreth them, either vpon rashnes or distrust.

Note return to page 21325 [10] When the world trembleth, the faithfull alone be not only quiet, but confirme others by their example.

Note return to page 21326 [g] This is a prouerbe which the Hebrues vse, whereby is meant, that they shalbe safe, and not one of them perish.

Note return to page 21327 [11] Then are tempests most of all to be feared and looked for, when the Port or Hauen is neerest.

Note return to page 21328 [h] A creeke is a sea within land, as the Adriaticall sea, and the Persian sea.

Note return to page 21329 [i] So is Isthmus called because the sea toucheth it on both sides.

Note return to page 21330 [12] There is no where more vnfaithfulnesse and vnthankfulnesse then in vnbeleeuers.

Note return to page 21331 [13] God findeth euen amongest his enemies them whose helpe he vseth to preferre his.

Note return to page 21332 [14] The goodnesse of God ouercommeth mans malice.

Note return to page 21333 [a] That is it, which at this day we call Malta.

Note return to page 21334 [1] The godly are sure to haue danger vpon danger, but they haue alwayes a glorious yssue.

Note return to page 21335 [2] Although aduersitie be the punishment of sinne, yet seeing that God in punishing of men doeth not alwayes respect sinne, they iudge rashly, which either doe not waite for the ende, or doe iudge and esteeme of men, according to prosperitie or aduersitie.

Note return to page 21336 [b] Right and reason.

Note return to page 21337 [c] The Greeke worde signifieth to be inflamed or to swell: moreouer Dioscorides in his 6.booke, chap.38. witnesseth that the biting of a viper, causeth a swelling of the body, and so saith Nicander, in his remedies against poysons.

Note return to page 21338 [3] There is nothing more vnconstant euery way, then they which are ignorant of true religion.

Note return to page 21339 [4] It neuer yet repented any man, that receiued the seruant of God, were he neuer so miserable and poore.

Note return to page 21340 [5] Although Paul were a captiue, yet the vertue of God was not captiue.

Note return to page 21341 [6] God doeth well to strangers, for his childrens sake.

Note return to page 21342 [7] Idoles doe not defile the Saintes, which doe in no wise consent vnto them.

Note return to page 21343 [d] So they vsed to decke the forepart of their shippes, whereupon the shippes were called by such names.

Note return to page 21344 [8] God boweth and bendeth the heartes euen of prophane men, as it pleaseth him, to fauour his.

Note return to page 21345 [9] God neuer suffereth his to be afflicted, aboue their strength.

Note return to page 21346 [e] Appius way, was a pauement made by Appius the blind with the helpe of his souldiers, long and broade, and runneth out towards the sea, and there were three tauernes in it.

Note return to page 21347 [f] Not in a common prison, but in a house which he hired for himselfe.

Note return to page 21348 [10] Paul in euery place remembreth himselfe to be an Apostle.

Note return to page 21349 [11] Wee may vse the meanes which God giueth vs, but so, that we seeke the glorie of God, and not our selues.

Note return to page 21350 [12] The Lawe and the Gospel agree well together.

Note return to page 21351 [g] By good reasons, and proued that the kingdome of God foretolde them by the Prophets, was come.

Note return to page 21352 [13] The Gospel is a sauour of life to them that beleeue, and a sauour of death to them that be disobedient.

Note return to page 21353 [14] The vnbeleeuers doe willingly resist the trueth, and yet not by chance.

Note return to page 21354 Esa.6.9. matth.13. 14. marke 4.12. luke 8.10. iohn 12.40. rom.11.8.

Note return to page 21355 [h] They made as though they sawe not that which they sawe against their willes: yea they did see, but they woulde not see.

Note return to page 21356 [15] The vnbeliefe of the reprobate and castawayes cannot cause the trueth of God to be of none effect.

Note return to page 21357 [16] Not the Gospel, but the contempt of the Gospel is the cause of strife and debate.

Note return to page 21358 [17] The worde of God cannot be bounde.

Note return to page 21359 [1] The first part of the Epistle conteining a most profitable preface vnto verse 16.

Note return to page 21360 [2] He mouing the Romanes to giue diligent eare vnto him, in that he sheweth that he commeth not in his owne name, but as Gods messenger vnto the Gentiles, entreateth with them of the waightiest matter that is, promised long since of God, by many fit witnesses, and nowe at the length perfourmed in deede.

Note return to page 21361 [a] A Minister, for this word, Seruant, is not taken in this place as set against this word, Freeman, but declareth his ministerie and office.

Note return to page 21362 [b] Whereas he said before in a generall terme, that he was a minister, nowe he commeth to a more speciall name, and sayth he is an Apostle, and that he tooke not vpon him this office of his owne head, but being called of God, and therefore in this his writing to the Romanes, doeth nothing but his duetie.

Note return to page 21363 Actes. 13.1.

Note return to page 21364 [c] Appointed of God to preache the Gospel.

Note return to page 21365 [3] By declaring the summe of the doctrine of the Gospel, he stirreth vp the Romanes to good consideration of the matter whereof he entreateth: So then he sheweth that Christ (who is the very substance and summe of the Gospel) is the onely Sonne of God the Father, who as touching his humanitie, is made of the seede of Dauid, but touching his diuine and spirituall nature, whereby he sanctified himselfe, is begotten of the Father from euerlasting, as by his mightie resurrection manifestly appeareth.

Note return to page 21366 [d] This is a plaine testimonie of the person of Christ, that he is but one, and of his two natures, and their properties.

Note return to page 21367 [e] Which tooke flesh of the Virgin, Dauid his daughter.

Note return to page 21368 [f] As he is man: for this worde, Flesh, by the figure Synecdoche, is taken for man.

Note return to page 21369 [g] Shewed and made manifest.

Note return to page 21370 [h] The diuine and mightie power is set against the weakenesse of the flesh, for that ouercame death.

Note return to page 21371 [i] Of whom.

Note return to page 21372 [k] This marueilous liberall and gracious gift, which is giuen me, the least of all the Saintes, to preach, &c Ephes.3.8.

Note return to page 21373 [l] That men through faith might obey God.

Note return to page 21374 [m] For his Names sake.

Note return to page 21375 [n] Which through Gods goodnesse, are Christes.

Note return to page 21376 [o] Gods free good will: by peace, the Hebrewes meane a prosperous successe in all things.

Note return to page 21377 [4] He procureth their fauourable patience, in that he reckoneth vp their true commendation, and his true Apostolique good will toward them, confirmed by taking God himselfe to witnesse.

Note return to page 21378 [p] Because your faith is such, that it is commended in all Churches.

Note return to page 21379 [q] In all Churches.

Note return to page 21380 [r] Very willingly and with all my heart.

Note return to page 21381 [s] In preaching his sonne.

Note return to page 21382 [t] Though Paul were neuer so excellent, yet by teaching the Church, he might be instructed by it.

Note return to page 21383 [u] He meaneth all them that dwelt in Rome, though some of them were not Romaines, Looke the end of the epistle.

Note return to page 21384 [5] The seconde part of the Epistle vnto the beginning of the 9.chap. Nowe the whole ende and purpose of the disputation is this: that is to say, to shewe that there is but one way to atteine vnto saluation (which is set forth vnto vs of God in the Gospel, without any difference of nations) and that is Iesus Christ appreh&ebar;ded by faith.

Note return to page 21385 [x] God his mightie and effectuall instrument to saue men by.

Note return to page 21386 [y] When this word, Grecian, is set against this word, Iewe, then doeth it signifie a Gentile.

Note return to page 21387 [6] The confirmation of the former proposition: we are taught in the Gospel, that we are iustified before God by faith which encreaseth daily: and therfore also saued.

Note return to page 21388 [z] From faith which encreaseth daily.

Note return to page 21389 [7] The proofe as well of the first as the second proposition, out of Abakuk, who attributeth and giueth vnto faith, both iustice and life before God.

Note return to page 21390 Abak.2.4.

Note return to page 21391 [8] An other confirmation of that principal question: All men being considered in them selues, or without Christ, are guiltie both of vngodlinesse and also vnrighteousnesse, and therfore are subiect to condemnation: Therfore must they needes seeke righteousnes in some other.

Note return to page 21392 [a] Against all kinds of vngodlines.

Note return to page 21393 [b] By trueth Paul meaneth all the light that is left in man since his still, not as though they being led thereby were able to come into fauour with God, but that their owne reason might c&obar;demne them of wickednes both against God and man.

Note return to page 21394 [9] Their vngodlines he proueth hereby, that although all men haue a most cleare and euident glasse wherein to behold the euerlasting and almightie nature of God, euen in his creatures, yet haue they fallen away from those principles to most foolish and fond deuises of their owne braines, in constituting and appointing the seruice of God.

Note return to page 21395 [c] In their hearts.

Note return to page 21396 [d] Thou seest not God, and yet thou acknowledgest him as God by his workes, Cicero.

Note return to page 21397 [e] They did not honour him with that honour and seruice, which was meete for his euerlasting power and Godhead.

Note return to page 21398 [f] As if he said, became so mad of themselues.

Note return to page 21399 [g] Or, thought them selues.

Note return to page 21400 [h] For the true God they tooke another.

Note return to page 21401 [10] The vnrighteousnes of men he setteth forth first in this, that euen against nature following their lustes, they defiled themselues one with another, by the iust iudgement of God.

Note return to page 21402 [i] The contempt of religion is the fountaine of all mischiefe.

Note return to page 21403 [k] As a iust Iudge.

Note return to page 21404 [l] A meete rewarde for their deserts.

Note return to page 21405 [11] He prooueth the vnrighteousnesse of man by a large rehearsall of many kindes of wickednesse, from which (if not from all, yet at the least from manie of them) no man is altogether free.

Note return to page 21406 [m] Into a mad and frowarde minde, whereby it commeth to passe, that the conscience being once put out, and hauing almost no more remorse of sinne, men runne headlong into all kinde of mischiefe.

Note return to page 21407 [n] Vnmindefull of their couenants and bargaines.

Note return to page 21408 [o] By the lawe of God hee meaneth that which the Philosophers called the Lawe of nature, and the Lawyers themselues termed the Lawe of Nations.

Note return to page 21409 [p] Are fellowes and partakers with them in their wickednesse, and beside that, commende them which doe amisse.

Note return to page 21410 [1] Hee conuinceth them which woulde seeme to be exempt out of the number of other men, because they reprehend other mens faults, and sayeth, that they are least of all to be excused, for if they were wel and narrowly searched (as God surely doeth) they themselues woulde be founde gultie in those thinges which they reprehend, and punish in other: so that in condemning other, they pronounce sentence against th&ebar;selues.

Note return to page 21411 [a] Paul alledgeth no places of Scripture, for he reasoneth generally against all men: but he bringeth such reasons as euery m&abar; is persuaded of in his minde, so that the deuill him selfe is not able to plucke them cleane out.

Note return to page 21412 [b] Considering and iudging thinges aright, & not by any outward shewe.

Note return to page 21413 [2] A vehement and grieuous crying out against them that please themselues because they see more then other doe, and yet are no whit better then others are.

Note return to page 21414 Iam.5.3.

Note return to page 21415 [c] Whilest thou giuest thy selfe to pleasures, thinking to encrease thy goods, thou shalt finde God his wrath.

Note return to page 21416 [3] The ground of the former disputation, That both the Iewes & Gentiles haue altogether neede of righteousnes.

Note return to page 21417 Psal.62.12. mat.16.27. reu.22.12.

Note return to page 21418 [d] Glorie which followeth good workes, which he laieth not out before vs, as though there were any that coulde attaine to saluation by his owne strength, but, by laying this condition of saluation before vs, which no man can performe, to bring men to Christ, who alone iustifieth the beleeuers, as he himselfe concludeth, chap.2.21,22. following.

Note return to page 21419 [e] By trueth, hee meaneth that knowledge which we haue of nature.

Note return to page 21420 [f] Gods indignation against sinners, which shall quickely bee kindled.

Note return to page 21421 [g] God doeth not measure men either by their blood or by their countrey, either to receiue them, or to cast them away.

Note return to page 21422 [4] He applieth that general accusation of mankinde particularly both to the Gentiles, & to the Iewes.

Note return to page 21423 [5] He preu&ebar;teth an obiection which might be made by the Iewes, whome the Law doeth not excuse, by condemne, because þt; not the hearing of the Lawe, but the keeping of þe; Law doeth iustifie.

Note return to page 21424 [h] Shalbe pronounced iust before Gods iudgement seat: which is true in deede if any such could be found that had fulfilled the Law: but seeing Abraham was not iustified by þe; Law, but by faith, it followeth that no man can be iustified by woorkes.

Note return to page 21425 [6] He preuenteth an obiection which might bee made by the Gentiles, who although they haue not the Lawe of Moses, yet they haue no reason whereby they may excuse their wickednesse, in þt; they haue somewhat written in their heartes in steade of a Lawe, as men, that forbid and punish some thinges as wicked, and commaunde and commend other some as good.

Note return to page 21426 [i] Not simplie, but in comparison of the Iewes.

Note return to page 21427 [k] Command honest things, and forbid dishonest.

Note return to page 21428 [l] This knowledge is a naturall knowledge.

Note return to page 21429 [7] God deferreth many iudgements, which notwithstanding he will execute at their conuenient time by Iesus Christ, with a most strait examination, not onely of wordes and deedes, but of thoughts also, be they neuer so hidden or secrete.

Note return to page 21430 [m] As this my doctrine witnesseth, which I am appointed to preach.

Note return to page 21431 [8] He proueth by the testimonie of Dauid & the other Prophets, þt; God bestowed greatest benefits vpon þe; Iewes, in giuing them also the Law, but þt; they are the most vnthankefull and vnkindest of all men.

Note return to page 21432 [n] Canst trie and discerne what thinges swerue from God his wil.

Note return to page 21433 Or, allowest the things that are excellent.

Note return to page 21434 [o] The way to teach and frame other in the knowledge of the truth.

Note return to page 21435 [p] As though he said, that the Iewes vnder a colour of an outward seruing of God, chalenged all to them selues, when as in deede, they did nothing lesse then obserue the Lawe.

Note return to page 21436 Esai.52.5. ezek.36.20.

Note return to page 21437 [9] He precisely preuenteth their obiection, which set an holines in circumcision, & the outward obseruation of the Lawe: So that he sheweth that the outward circumcision, if it be separated from the inward, doth not only not iustifie, but also condemne them þt; are in deede circumcised, of wh&obar; it requireth that, which it signifieth, that is to say, cleannes of the heart & the whole life according to the commandement of the Law so that if there be a man vncircumcised according to the flesh, who is circumcised in heart, hee is farre better and more to bee accompted of, then any Iewe that is circumcised according to the flesh onely.

Note return to page 21438 [q] This is the figure Metonymie, for, if the vncircumcised.

Note return to page 21439 [r] The state & condition of the vncircumcised.

Note return to page 21440 [s] He which is the vncircumcised by nature and blood.

Note return to page 21441 [t] Paul vseth oftentimes to set the letter against the Spirit: but in this place, the circ&ubar;cision which is according to the letter, is the cutting off of the foreskin, but the circ&ubar;cision of the Spirit, is the circumcision of the heart, þe; is to say, the spiritual end of the ceremonie, is true holines & righteousnes, whereby the people of God is knowen from prophane & heathnish m&ebar;.

Note return to page 21442 [u] By the outward ceremonie only.

Note return to page 21443 [x] Whose force is inward, and in the heart.

Note return to page 21444 [1] The first meeting with, or preuenting an obiecti&obar; of the Iewes: what then, haue þe; Iewes no more preferment then the Gentiles? yes, that haue they, sayeth the Apostle, on Gods behalfe, for he committed the tables of the couenant to them, so that the vnbeliefe of a few, can not cause the whole nation without exception to be cast away of God, who is true, and who also vseth their vnworthinesse to commend and set forth his goodnesse.

Note return to page 21445 [a] The Iewes state and condition was chiefest.

Note return to page 21446 [b] Woordes.

Note return to page 21447 [c] Brake þe; couen&abar;t.

Note return to page 21448 [d] The faith that God gaue.

Note return to page 21449 [e] That thy iustice might be plainely seene.

Note return to page 21450 [f] For asmuch as thou shewedst forth an euident token of thy righteousnesse, constancy, & faith, by preseruing him who had broken his couenant.

Note return to page 21451 [2] An other preu&ebar;tion, issuing out of the former answere: that the iustice of God is in such sort commended and set foorth by our vnrighteousnes, that therefore God forgetteth not that hee is the iudge of the worlde, and therefore a most seuere reuenger of vnrighteousnes.

Note return to page 21452 [g] Trecherie, and all the fruites thereof.

Note return to page 21453 [h] Therefore I speake not these woordes in mine owne person, as though I thought so, but this is the talke of mans wisedom, which is not subiect to the will of God.

Note return to page 21454 [3] A third obiection, which addeth somewhat to the former, If sinnes doe turne to the glorie of God, they are not only not to be punished, but we ought rather to giue our selues to them: which blasphemie Paul contending himselfe to curse and detest, pronounceth iust punishment against such blasphemers.

Note return to page 21455 [i] The trueth and constancie.

Note return to page 21456 [4] An other answere to the first obiection: that the Iewes, if they be considered in themselues, are no better then other men are: as it hath beene long since pronounced by the mouth of the Prophets.

Note return to page 21457 [k] Are guiltie of sinne.

Note return to page 21458 Psal. 14.1,3. & 53.1,3.

Note return to page 21459 Psal. 5. 10.

Note return to page 21460 Psal.140. 3

Note return to page 21461 Psal.10.7.

Note return to page 21462 Esai.59.7.

Note return to page 21463 [l] An innocent and peaceable life.

Note return to page 21464 Psal.36.1.

Note return to page 21465 [5] Hee prooueth that this grieuous accusation which is vttered by Dauid and Esaias, doeth properly concerne the Iewes.

Note return to page 21466 [m] The Lawe of Moses.

Note return to page 21467 [6] A conclusion of all the former disputation, from the 18. verse of the first chapter. Therefore sayeth the Apostle, No man can hope to be iustified by any Law, whether it bee that generall Law, or the particular Lawe of Moses, and therefore to be saued: seeing it appeareth (as we haue already prooued) by comparing the Law and mans life together, that all men are sinners, and therefore worthie of condemnation in the sight of God.

Note return to page 21468 [n] Bee found guiltie before God.

Note return to page 21469 [o] By that, that the Lawe can by vs be performed.

Note return to page 21470 [p] Flesh, is here taken for man as in many other places, and furthermore hath here a greater force: for it is put to shewe the contrarietie betwixt God and man: as if you woulde say, Man who is nothing els but a piece of flesh, defiled with sinne, and God who is most pure and most perfite in himselfe.

Note return to page 21471 [q] Absolued before the iudgement seate of God.

Note return to page 21472 [r] A secrete setting of the righteousnesse which is before men, be they neuer so iust, against the iustice which can stande before God: nowe there is no righteousnesse can stande before God, but the righteousnesse of Christ onely.

Note return to page 21473 [7] Therefore sayeth the Apostle, Least that men shoulde perish, God doeth nowe exhibite that, which hee promised of olde, that is to say, a way whereby wee may bee iustified and saued before him without the Lawe.

Note return to page 21474 [8] The matter, as it were, of this righteousnesse is Christ Iesus apprehended by faith, and for this ende offred to all people, as without him all people are shut out from the kingdome of God.

Note return to page 21475 [s] Which we giue to Iesus Christ, or which resteth vpon him.

Note return to page 21476 [t] By the glorie of God, is meant that marke which we all shoote at, that is, euerlasting life, which standeth in that wee are made partakers of the glory of God.

Note return to page 21477 [9] Therefore this righteousnesse touching vs, is altogether freely giuen, for it standeth vpon those thinges which we haue not done our selues, but such as Christ hath suffered for our sakes, to deliuer vs from sinne.

Note return to page 21478 [u] Of his free gift, and mere liberalitie.

Note return to page 21479 [10] God then is the authour of that free iustification because it pleased him: and Christ is hee, which suffered punishment for our sinnes, and in whome we haue remission of them: and the meane whereby we apprehende Christ, is faith. To bee short, the ende is the setting foorth of the goodnesse of God, that by this meanes it may appeare, that hee is mercifull in deede, and constant in his promises, as hee that freely, and of meere grace, iustifieth the beleeuers.

Note return to page 21480 [x] This name of blood, calleth vs backe to the figure of the olde sacrifices, the trueth and substance of which sacrifices, is in Christ.

Note return to page 21481 [y] Of those sinnes which wee committed, when we were his enemies.

Note return to page 21482 [z] Through his patience, and suffering nature.

Note return to page 21483 [a] To wit, when Paul wrote this.

Note return to page 21484 [b] That hee might bee founde exceeding true and faithfull.

Note return to page 21485 [c] Making him iust and without blame, by imputing Christes righteousnesse vnto him.

Note return to page 21486 [d] Of the nomber of them which by faith lay holde vpon Christ: contrarie to whome are they, which looke to be saued by circumcision, that is, by the Lawe.

Note return to page 21487 [11] An argument to prooue this conclusion, that we are iustified by faith without woorkes, taken from the ende of iustification. The end of iustification is the glorie of God alone: therefore we are iustified by faith without woorkes: for if wee were iustified either by our owne woorkes onely, or partly by faith, and partly by woorkes, the glorie of this iustification shoulde not be wholy giuen to God.

Note return to page 21488 [e] By what doctrine? nowe the doctrine of woorkes hath this condition ioyned with it, if thou doest: and the doctrine of faith, hath this condition, if thou beleeuest.

Note return to page 21489 [12] An other argument of an absurditie: if iustification depended vpon the Lawe of Moses, then shoulde God bee a Sauiour to the Iewes onely. Againe: if hee shoulde saue the Iewes after one sort, and the Gentiles after another, hee shoulde not bee one and like himselfe. Therefore hee will iustifie both of them after one selfe same maner, that is to say, by faith. Moreouer, this argument must be ioyned to that which followeth next, that his conclusion may bee firme and euident.

Note return to page 21490 [f] God is sayde to be their God, after the maner of the scripture, whome hee loueth and tendereth.

Note return to page 21491 [g] The circumcised.

Note return to page 21492 [13] The taking away of an obiection: yet is not the Lawe taken away therefore, but is rather established, as it shall be declared in his proper place.

Note return to page 21493 [h] Vaine, voide, to no purpose, and of no force.

Note return to page 21494 [i] Wee make it effectuall and strong.

Note return to page 21495 [1] A newe argument of great waight, taken from the example of Abraham the father of all beleeuers: And thus is the proposition, If Abraham be considered in himselfe by his workes, he hath deserued nothing wherein to reioyce with God.

Note return to page 21496 [a] By workes as appeareth in the next verse.

Note return to page 21497 [2] A preuenting of an obiection: Abraham may well reioyce, and extoll himselfe amongst men, but not with God.

Note return to page 21498 [3] A confirmation of the proposition: Abraham was iustified by imputation of faith, therefore freely without any respect of his workes.

Note return to page 21499 [4] The first proofe of the confirmation, taken of contraries: to him that deserueth any thing by his labour, the wages is not counted by fauour, but by dette: but to him that hath done nothing but beleeueth in him which promiseth freely, faith is imputed.

Note return to page 21500 [b] To him that hath deserued any thing by his worke.

Note return to page 21501 [c] Is not reckoned nor giuen him.

Note return to page 21502 [d] That maketh him which is wicked in himselfe, iust in Christ.

Note return to page 21503 [5] Another proofe of the same confirmation: Dauid putteth blessednesse in free pardon of sinnes, therefore iustification also.

Note return to page 21504 [6] A newe proposition: that this maner of iustification belongeth both to the vncircumcised, and also to the circumcised: as is declared in the person of Abraham.

Note return to page 21505 [e] This saying of Dauid, wherein he pronounceth them blessed.

Note return to page 21506 [7] He proueth that it belongeth to the vncircumcised (for there was no doubt of the circumcised) in this sort: Abraham was iustified in vncircumcision, therefore this iustification belongeth also to the vncircumcised. Nay it doeth not apperteine to the circumcised, in respect of the circumcision, much lesse are the vncircumcised shut out for their vncircumcision.

Note return to page 21507 [8] A preuenting of an obiection: Why then was Abraham circumcised, if he were already iustified? That the gift of righteousnesse (sayeth he) might be confirmed in him.

Note return to page 21508 [f] Circumcision, which is a signe: as we say the Sacrament of Baptisme, for Baptisme which is a Sacrament.

Note return to page 21509 [g] Circumcision, was called before, a signe, in respect of the outward ceremonie: nowe Paul sheweth the force and substance of that signe, that is, to what end it is vsed, to wit, not onely to signifie, but also to seale vp the righteousnesse of faith, whereby we come to possesse Christ himselfe: for the holy Ghost worketh that inwardly in deede, which the Sacraments being ioyned with the worde, doe represent.

Note return to page 21510 [9] An applying of the example of Abraham to the vncircumcised beleeuers, whose father also he maketh Abraham.

Note return to page 21511 [10] An applying of the same example, to the circumcised beleeuers, whose father Abraham is, but yet by faith.

Note return to page 21512 [11] A reason why the seede of Abraham is to be esteemed by faith, because that Abraham himselfe through faith was made partaker of that promes, whereby he was made the father of all nations.

Note return to page 21513 [h] That all the nations of the worlde, should be his children: or by the worlde may be vnderstoode the land of Canaan.

Note return to page 21514 [i] For workes that he had done, or vpon this condition, that he should fulfill the Lawe.

Note return to page 21515 [12] A double confirmation of that reason: the one is, that the promise cannot be apprehended by the Lawe, and therefore it should be frustrate: the other, that the condition of faith shoulde be ioyned in vaine to that promise which shoulde be apprehended by workes.

Note return to page 21516 [k] If they be heires which haue fulfilled the Lawe.

Note return to page 21517 [13] A reason of the first confirmation: why the promise cannot be apprehended by the Lawe: because that the Lawe doeth not reconcile God and vs, but rather denounceth his anger against vs, for so much as no man can obserue it.

Note return to page 21518 [14] The conclusion of this argument: The saluation and iustification of all the posteritie of Abraham (that is, of the Church which is gathered together of all people) proceedeth of faith which layeth hold on the promise made vnto Abraham, and which promise, Abraham himselfe first of all laide holde on.

Note return to page 21519 [l] To all the beleeuers.

Note return to page 21520 [15] That is to say, not onely of them which beleeue and are also circumcised according to the Lawe, but of them also which without circumcision, and in respect of faith onely, are counted amongst the children of Abraham.

Note return to page 21521 [16] This fatherhood is spirituall, depending onely vpon the vertue of God, who made the promise.

Note return to page 21522 [m] Before God, that is by a spirituall kindred, which hath place before God, and maketh vs acceptable to God.

Note return to page 21523 [n] Who restoreth to life.

Note return to page 21524 [o] With whom those things are already, which as yet are not in deede, as he that can with a word make what he will of nothing.

Note return to page 21525 [17] A discription of true faith wholy resting in þe; power of God, & his good wil, set forth in the example of Abraham.

Note return to page 21526 [p] Very strong and constant.

Note return to page 21527 [q] Voide of strength, and vnmeete to get childr&ebar;.

Note return to page 21528 [r] Acknowledged & praised God, as most gracious & true.

Note return to page 21529 [s] A descripti&obar; of true faith.

Note return to page 21530 [18] The rule of iustification is alwayes one, both in Abraham, and in all the faithful: that is to say, faith in God, who after that there was made a full satisfaction for our sinnes in Christ our mediator, raised him from the dead, þt; we also being iustified, might be saued in him.

Note return to page 21531 [t] To pay the ransome for our sinnes.

Note return to page 21532 [1] An other argument taken of the effects: we are iustified with that, which truely appeaseth our conscience before God: but faith in Christ doeth appease our conscience, & not the Law, as it was before said, therefore by faith we are iustified and not by the Law.

Note return to page 21533 Ephe.2.18.

Note return to page 21534 [2] Whereas quietnes of conscience is attributed to faith, it is to be referred to Christ, who is the giuer of faith it selfe, & in whom faith it selfe is effectuall.

Note return to page 21535 [a] We must here know, that we haue yet still this same effect of faith.

Note return to page 21536 [b] By which grace, that is, by which gracious loue & good will, or that state wherevnto we are graciously taken.

Note return to page 21537 [c] We stand stedfast.

Note return to page 21538 [3] A preuenting of an obiection against them, which beholding the daily miseries & calamities of the Church, thinke that the Christians dreame, when they brag of their felicitie: to whom the Apostle answereth, þt; their felicitie is laid vp vnder hope in another place: which hope is so certaine & sure, that they do no lesse reioyce for that happines, then if they did presently enioy it.

Note return to page 21539 [d] Our mindes are not only quiet & seiled, but also we are marueilously glad, & conceiue great ioy for that heau&ebar;ly inheritance which waiteth for vs.

Note return to page 21540 [4] Tribulation it selfe giueth vs diuers and sundrie wayes occasion to reioyce, much lesse doth it make vs miserable.

Note return to page 21541 Iam. 1.2.

Note return to page 21542 [5] Afflictions accustome vs to patience, and patience assureth vs of the goodnes of God, and this experience confirmeth and fostereth our hope, which neuer deceiueth vs.

Note return to page 21543 [6] The ground of hope is an assured testimonie of the conscience, by the gift of the holy Ghost, that we are beloued of God, and this is nothing els but that which we call faith, whereof it followeth, that through faith our consciences are quieted.

Note return to page 21544 [e] Wherewith he loueth vs.

Note return to page 21545 [7] A sure comfort in aduersitie, that our peace and quietnesse of conscience be not troubled: for he that so loued them that were of no str&ebar;gth and while they were yet sinners, that he died for them, how can he neglect them being nowe sanctified and liuing in him?

Note return to page 21546 [f] In time fit and conuenient which the Father had appointed.

Note return to page 21547 Hebr. 9.15. 1.peter 3. 18.

Note return to page 21548 [8] An amplifying of the loue of God toward vs, so that we cannot doubt of it, who deliuered Christ to death for the vniust, and for them of whom he coulde receiue no commoditie, and (that more is) for his very enemies. Howe can it be then that Christ being nowe aliue, shoulde not saue them from destruction, whom by his death he iustifieth and reconcileth?

Note return to page 21549 [g] In the steade of some iust man.

Note return to page 21550 [h] He setteth out his loue vnto vs, that in the middest of our afflictions, we may knowe assuredly, he will be present with vs.

Note return to page 21551 [i] While sinne reigned in vs.

Note return to page 21552 [k] From affliction, and destruction.

Note return to page 21553 [9] He nowe passeth ouer to the other part of Iustification, which consisteth in the free imputation of the obedience of Christ: so that to the remission of sinnes, there is added moreouer and besides, the gifte of Christes righteousnesse imputed or put vpon vs by faith, which swalloweth vp that vnrighteousnesse which flowed from Adam into vs, and all the fruites thereof: so that in Christ we doe not onely cease to be vniust, but we begin also to be iust.

Note return to page 21554 [10] From Adam in whom all haue sinned, both guiltinesse and death (which is the punishment of the guiltinesse) came vpon all.

Note return to page 21555 [l] By Adam, who is compared with Christ, like to him in this, that both of them make those which are theirs, partakers of that they haue: but they are vnlike in this, that Adam deriueth sinne into them that are his, euen of nature, and that to death: but Christ maketh them that are his, partakers of his righteousnesse by grace, and that vnto life.

Note return to page 21556 [m] By sinne, is meant that disease which is ours by inheritance, and men commonly call it originall sinne: for so he vseth to call that sinne in the singular number, whereas if he speake of the fruites of it, he vseth the plurall number calling them sinnes.

Note return to page 21557 [n] That is, in Adam.

Note return to page 21558 [11] That this is so, that both guiltines and death began not after the giuing and transgressing of Moses Lawe, it appeareth manifestly by that, that men died before that Lawe was giuen: for in that they died, sinne, which is the cause of death, was then: and in such sort, that it was also imputed: whereupon it followeth that there was then some Law, the breach whereof was the cause of death.

Note return to page 21559 [o] Euen from Adam to Moses.

Note return to page 21560 [p] Where there is no Law made, no man is punished as faultie and guiltie.

Note return to page 21561 [12] But that this Law was not that vniuersall Lawe, and that that death did not proceede from any actuall sinne of euery one particularly, it appeareth hereby, that the very infants which neither could euer know nor transgresse that naturall Lawe, are notwithstanding dead as well as Adam.

Note return to page 21562 [q] Ouer infants.

Note return to page 21563 [r] Not after that sort as they sinne that are of moe yeeres, following their lustes: but yet the whole posteritie was corrupted in Adam, when as he wittingly and willingly sinned.

Note return to page 21564 [13] Now that first Adam answereth the latter, who is Christ, as it is afterward declared.

Note return to page 21565 [14] Adam & Christ are compared together in this respect, that both of them doe giue and yeelde to theirs, that which is their owne: but herein first they differ, that Adam by nature hath spred his fault to the destruction of many, but Christs obedience hath by grace ouerflowed many.

Note return to page 21566 [s] That is, Adam.

Note return to page 21567 [15] An other inequalitie consisteth in this, that by Adams one offence men are made guiltie, but the righteousnesse of Christ imputed vnto vs freely, doeth not onely absolue vs from that one fault, but from all other.

Note return to page 21568 [t] To the sentence of absoluti&obar;, whereby we are quit and pronounced righteous.

Note return to page 21569 [16] The third difference is, that the righteousnesse of Christ, being imputed vnto vs by grace, is of greater power to bring life, then the offence of Adam is to addict his posteritie to death.

Note return to page 21570 [u] Be partakers of true and euerlasting life.

Note return to page 21571 [17] Therefore to be short, as by one mans offence, the guiltines came on all men to make them subiect to death: so on the contrary side, the righteousnesse of Christ, which by Gods mercie is imputed to all beleeuers, iustifieth them, that they may become partakers of euerlasting life.

Note return to page 21572 [x] Not onely because our sinnes are forgiuen vs, but also because the righteousnesse of Christ is imputed to vs.

Note return to page 21573 [18] The ground of this whole comparison is this, that these two men are set as two stockes or rootes, so that out of the one, sinne by nature, out of the other, righteousnesse by grace doeth spring foorth vpon others.

Note return to page 21574 [y] So then, sinne entred not into vs onely by following the steppes of our forefather, but we take corruption of him by inheritance.

Note return to page 21575 [z] This word, Many, is set against this word, a fewe.

Note return to page 21576 [19] A preuenting of an obiection: why then did the Law of Moses enter thereupon? that men might be so much the more guiltie, and the benefite of God in Christ Iesus be so much the more glorious.

Note return to page 21577 [a] Beside that disease which all men were infected withall by being defiled with one mans sinne, the Lawe entred.

Note return to page 21578 [b] Grace was powred so plentifully from heauen, that it did not onely counteruaile sinne, but aboue measure passed it.

Note return to page 21579 [1] He passeth now to another benefite of Christ, which is called sanctification or regenerati&obar;.

Note return to page 21580 [a] In that corruption, for though the guiltinesse of sinne be not imputed to vs, yet the corruption remaineth still in vs: the which, Sanctification that followeth Iustification, killeth by litle and litle.

Note return to page 21581 [2] The benefite of Iustification and Sanctification, are alwayes ioyned together inseperably, and both of them proceede from Christ by the grace of God: Nowe, Sanctification is the abolishing of sinne, that is, of our naturall corruption, into whose place succeedeth the cleannes and purenes of nature reformed.

Note return to page 21582 [b] They are said of Paul to be dead to sinne, which are in such sort made partakers of the vertue of Christ, that that natural corruption is dead in them, that is, the force of it is put out, and it bringeth not forth his bitter fruites: And on the other side, they are saide to liue to sinne, which are in the flesh, that is, whom the spirite of God hath not deliuered from the slauerie of the corruption of nature.

Note return to page 21583 [3] There are three partes of this Sanctification: to wit, the death of the olde man or sinne, his buriall, and the resurrection of the newe man, descending into vs from the vertue of the death, buriall, and resurrection of Christ, of which benefite our baptisme is the signe and pledge.

Note return to page 21584 Gal.3.27.

Note return to page 21585 [c] To the ende that growing vp in one with him, we should receiue his strength, to quench sinne in vs, and to make vs newe men.

Note return to page 21586 Col.2. 12.

Note return to page 21587 [d] That Christ himselfe being discharged of his infirmitie and weakene&esset;e, might liue in glorie with God for euer.

Note return to page 21588 [e] And we which are his members rise for this end, that being made partakers of the selfesame vertue, we should begin to leade a newe life, as though we were already in heauen.

Note return to page 21589 Eph.4.23. colos.3.8. hebr.12.1. 1.pet.2.1.

Note return to page 21590 [4] The death of sinne and the life of righteousnesse, or our ingraffing into Christ and growing vp into one with him, cannot be separated by any meanes, neither in death nor life: whereby it foloweth, that no man is sanctified, which liueth still to sinne, and therefore is no man made partaker of Christ by faith, which repenteth not and turneth not from his wickednesse: for as he saide before, the Lawe is not subuerted but established by faith.

Note return to page 21591 1. Cor. 6.14. 2.tim.2.11.

Note return to page 21592 [f] In so much as by meanes of the strength which c&obar;meth from him to vs, we so die to sinne as he is dead.

Note return to page 21593 [g] For we become euery day more perfite then other: for we shall neuer be perfectly sanctified, as long as we liue here.

Note return to page 21594 [h] All our whole nature, as we are conceiued & borne into this world with sinne, which is called old, partly by c&obar;paring that old Adam with Christ, & partly also in respect of the deformation of our corrupt nature, which we change with anewe.

Note return to page 21595 [i] Our corrupt nature is attributed to Christ, not in deede, but by imputation.

Note return to page 21596 [k] That naughtines which sticketh fast in vs.

Note return to page 21597 [l] The end of sanctification which wee shoote at, and shall at length come to, to wit, when God shalbe all in all.

Note return to page 21598 [5] He prooueth it by the effectes of death, vsing a comparison of Christ the head with his members.

Note return to page 21599 [m] Once for all.

Note return to page 21600 [n] With God.

Note return to page 21601 [6] An exhortation to contende and striue with corruption and al the effects thereof.

Note return to page 21602 [o] By reigning, S. Paul meaneth that chiefetie and high rule, which no man striueth against, & if any do, yet it is in vaine.

Note return to page 21603 [p] To sinne, as to a Lord or tyrant.

Note return to page 21604 [q] Your minde and all the powers of it.

Note return to page 21605 [r] As instruments to commit wickednes withall.

Note return to page 21606 [7] He graunteth, that sinne is not yet so dead in vs that it is vtterly extinct: but he promiseth victorie to them þt; contend manfully, because we haue the grace of God giuen vs which worketh so, that þe; Law is not now in vs the power & instrument of sin.

Note return to page 21607 [8] To be vnder the Law & vnder sin, signifie al one, in respect of them which are not sanctified, as on the contrary side, to be vnder grace & righteousnes, agree to them that are regenerate: Now these are contraries, so that one can not agree &wt; the other: Therefore let righteousnes expel sin.

Note return to page 21608 Iohn 8.34. 2.pet.2.19.

Note return to page 21609 [9] By nature we are slaues to sin & free from righteousnes, but by the grace of God we are made seruants to righteousnes, and therefore free from sin.

Note return to page 21610 [s] This kinde of speach hath a force in it: for he meaneth thereby that the doctrine of the Gospel is like vnto a certaine moulde which we are cast into, to be framed & fashioned like vnto it.

Note return to page 21611 [t] Righteousnesse had no rule ouer you.

Note return to page 21612 [10] An exhortation to the studie of righteousnes & hatred of sin, the contrary ends of both, being set downe before vs.

Note return to page 21613 [u] The reward or paiment.

Note return to page 21614 [11] Death is the punishment due to sinne, but we are sanctified freely, vnto life euerlasting.

Note return to page 21615 [1] By propounding the similitude of mariage, he c&obar;pareth the state of man both before & after regeneration together. The lawe of matrimonie, saith he, is this, that so long as the husb&abar;d liueth, the mariage abideth in force, but if he be dead, þe; woman may marry againe.

Note return to page 21616 1.Cor. 7.39.

Note return to page 21617 [a] That is, shee shal be an adulteresse, by þe; consent & iudgement of all men.

Note return to page 21618 Mat.5.32.

Note return to page 21619 [2] An application of the similitude thus. So, sayeth he doeth it fare with vs: for now we are ioyned to the spirite, as it were to the second husband, by whom we must bring foorth newe children: we are dead in respect of the first husb&abar;d, but in respect of the latter, we are as it were raised from the dead.

Note return to page 21620 [b] That is, in the bodie of Christ, to giue vs to vnderstand, how straight and neere that fellowship is betwixt Christ & his m&ebar;bers

Note return to page 21621 [c] Hee calleth the children, which the wife hath by her husband, fruite.

Note return to page 21622 [d] Which are acceptable to God.

Note return to page 21623 [3] A declaration of the former saying: for the concupiscences (saith he) which the Law stirred vp in vs, were in vs as it were a husband, of wh&obar; we brought forth very deadly & cursed children: But now since that husband is dead, & so consequently being deliuered from the force of that killing Law, we haue passed into the gouernance of the Spirit, so that we bring forth nowe, not those rotten & dead, but liuely children.

Note return to page 21624 [e] When we were in the state of the first mariage, which hee calleth in the next verse folowing, the oldnesse of the letter.

Note return to page 21625 [f] The motions that egged vs to sinne, which shewe their force, euen in our mindes.

Note return to page 21626 [g] He saith not, of the Law, but by the Lawe, because they spring of sin which dwelleth within vs, & take occasion to worke thus in vs, by reason of the restraint þt; the Law maketh, not that the fault is in the Law, but in our selues.

Note return to page 21627 [h] Wrought their strength.

Note return to page 21628 [i] As if he saide, The bond which bound vs, is dead, & vanished away, in so much that sinne which held vs, hath not now wherewith to hold vs.

Note return to page 21629 [k] For this husband is within vs.

Note return to page 21630 [l] Satan is an vniust possessour, for he brought vs in bondage of sin & himself, deceitfully: and yet notwithstanding so long as we are sinners, we sin willingly.

Note return to page 21631 [m] As bec&obar;meth them, which after the death of their old husb&abar;d are ioyned to the Spirit: as wh&obar; the spirit of God hath made new men.

Note return to page 21632 [n] By the letter, he meaneth the Law, in respect of that old condition: for before that our will be framed by the holy Ghost, the Lawe speaketh but to deafe men, and therefore it is dombe & dead to vs, as touching the fulfilling of it.

Note return to page 21633 [4] An obiection: What then? are the Law & sin al one, & do they agree together? nay saith he: Sin is reproued and condemned by the Lawe. But because sinne cannot abide to be reprooued, & was not in a maner felt vntil it was prouoked & stirred vp by the Law, it taketh occasion thereby to be more outragious, and yet by no fault of the Lawe.

Note return to page 21634 [o] By the word, Lust, in this place he meaneth not euil lusts themselues, but the fo&ubar;taine from whence they spring: for the very heathen philosophers themselues condemned wicked lusts, though somewhat darkely, but as for this fountaine of them, they could not so much as suspect it, & yet it is the very seat of that natural & vncleane spot & filth.

Note return to page 21635 Exo.20.17. deu. 5.21.

Note return to page 21636 [p] Though sinne be in vs, yet it is not knowen for sin, neither doth it so rage, as it rageth after þt; the Law is knowen.

Note return to page 21637 [5] He setteth himselfe before vs for an example, in whome all men may beholde, first what they are of nature before they earnestly thinke vpon the Law of God: to wit, blockish, & heady to sin, & wickednes, &wt;out all true sense & feeling of sin, then what maner of persons they become, when their c&obar;science is reproued by the testimonie of the Law, to wit, stubberne and more enflamed &wt; the desire of sin, then euer they were before.

Note return to page 21638 [q] When I knew not the Law, then me thought I liued in deede: for my conscience neuer troubled me, because it knew not my disease.

Note return to page 21639 [r] When I began to vnderstand the commandement.

Note return to page 21640 [s] In sin, or by sin.

Note return to page 21641 [6] The conclusion: That the Law of it selfe is holy, but al the fault is in vs which abuse the Lawe.

Note return to page 21642 1.Tim.1.8.

Note return to page 21643 [t] Touching not coueting.

Note return to page 21644 [7] The proposition: That the Lawe is not the cause of death, but our corrupt nature, being therewith not onely discouered, but also stirred vp: and tooke occasion thereby to rebell, as which, the more that things are forbidden it, the more it desireth them, & from hence commeth guiltines, and occasion of death.

Note return to page 21645 [u] Beareth it the blame of my death?

Note return to page 21646 [x] That sinne might shewe it selfe to be sinne, and bewray it selfe to bee that, which it is in deede.

Note return to page 21647 [y] As euill as it could, shewing all the venime it coulde.

Note return to page 21648 [8] The cause of this matter, is this; Because þt; the Law requireth a heau&ebar;ly purenesse, but men, such as they be borne, are b&obar;d-slaues of corruption, which they willingly serue.

Note return to page 21649 [9] Hee setteth himselfe, being regenerate, before vs, for an example, in whome may easily appeare the strife of the Spirite and the flesh, and therefore of the Lawe of God, and our wickednesse. For since that the Lawe in a man not regenerate bringeth foorth death onely, therefore in him, it may easely be accused: but seeing that in a man which is regenerate, it bringeth foorth good fruit, it doeth better appeare that euill actions proceede not from the Lawe, but from sinne, that is, from our corrupt nature: And therefore the Apostle teacheth also, what the true vse of the Lawe is, in reproouing sinne in the regenerate, vnto the ende of the chapter: as a litle before (to wit, from the seuenth verse vnto this fifteenth) he declared the vse of it in them which are not regenerate.

Note return to page 21650 [10] The deedes of my life, saith he, answere not, nay they are contrary to my will: Therefore by the consent of my will with the Law, and repugnancie with the deedes of my life, it appeareth euidently, that the Lawe and a right ruled will doe perswade one thing, but corruption which hath her seat also in the regenerate, an other thing.

Note return to page 21651 [11] It is to be noted, that one selfe same man is said to will and not to wil, in diuers respects: to wit, he is said to wil, in that, that he is regenerate by grace: and not to wil, in that, that he is not regenerate, or in that, that he is such an one as he was borne. But because the part which is regenerate, at length becommeth conquerour, therefore Paul susteining the part of þe; regenerate, speaketh in such sort as if þe; corruption which sinneth willingly, were something without a man: although afterward he graunteth that this euill is in his flesh, or in his members.

Note return to page 21652 [z] That naturall corruption, which cleaueth fast euen to them that are regenerate, and not cleane conquered.

Note return to page 21653 [12] This vice, or sinne, or lawe of sinne, doth wholy possesse those men which are not regenerate, and hindreth them or holdeth them backe that are regenerate.

Note return to page 21654 [a] This doeth in deede agree to that man, whome the grace of God hath made a newe man: for where the Spirite is not, howe can there be any strife there?

Note return to page 21655 [13] The conclusion: As the Law of God exhorteth to goodnes, so doth the Law of sinne (that is, the corruption wherein we are borne) force vs to wickednes: but the Spirite, that is, our minde, in that that it is regenerate, consenteth with the Lawe of God: but the flesh, that is, the whole naturall man, is bondslaue to the Lawe of sinne. Therefore to be short, wickednesse and death are not of the Lawe, but of sinne, which reigneth in them that are not regenerate: for they neither will, nor doe good, but will, and doe euill: But in them that are regenerate, it striueth against the Spirite or lawe of the minde, so that they can not either liue so well as they would, or be so voide of sinne as they woulde.

Note return to page 21656 [b] The inner man, and the newe man are all one, and are answerable and set as contrary to the olde man: neither doth this woorde, Inner man, signifie mans minde and reason, and the old man, the powers that are vnder them, as the Philosophers imagine, but by the outwarde man is meant whatsoeuer is either without or within a man, from toppe to toe, so long as that man is not borne anewe by the grace of God.

Note return to page 21657 [c] The Lawe of the minde in this place, is not to be vnderstoode of the minde as it is naturally, and as our minde is from our birth, but of the minde which is renewed by the Spirite of God.

Note return to page 21658 [14] It is a miserable thing to bee yet in part subiect to sinne, which of it owne nature maketh vs guiltie of death: but we must crie to the Lord, who wil by death it selfe at length make vs conquerours, as wee are alreadie conquerours in Christ.

Note return to page 21659 [d] Wearied with miserable and continuall conflictes.

Note return to page 21660 [e] He recouereth himselfe, and sheweth vs that he resteth onely in Christ.

Note return to page 21661 [f] This is the true perfection of them that are borne anewe, to confesse that they are imperfite.

Note return to page 21662 [1] A conclusion of al þe; former disputation, fr&obar; vers.16. of chap.1. euen to this place: Seeing þt; we, being iustified by faith in Christ, do obtein remissi&obar; of sins & imputation of righteousnes, & are also sanctified, it followeth hereof, þt; they that are graffed into Christ by faith, are out of all feare of condemnation.

Note return to page 21663 [2] The fruits of the Spirit, or effects of sanctificati&obar; which is begun in vs, doe not ingraft vs into Christ, but doe declare that we are graffed into him.

Note return to page 21664 [a] Followe not the flesh for their guide for he is not said to liue after the flesh, that hath the holy Ghost for his guide, though sometimes be step awry.

Note return to page 21665 [3] A preuenting of an obiection: Seeing that the vertue of the Spirit which is in vs, is so weake, how may we gather therby, þt; there is no cond&ebar;nation to them þt; haue that vertue? Because, saith he, that vertue of þe; quickening Spirit which is so weak in vs, is most perfect & most mighty in Christ, & being imputed vnto vs which beleeue, causeth vs to be so acc&obar;pted of, as though there were no reliques of corruption & death in vs. Therfore hitherto, Paul disputed of remissi&obar; of sins, & imputation of fulfilling þe; Law, & also of sanctification which is begun in vs: but now he speaketh of þe; perfit imputation of Christs m&abar;hode, which part was necessarily required to the ful appeasing of our consciences: For our sins are defaced by the blood of Christ, & the guiltines of our corrupti&obar; is couered &wt; the imputation of Christs obedience: and the corruption it self (which þe; Apostle calleth sinfull sin) is healed in vs by litle & litle, by the gift of sanctification, but yet lacketh besides that, an other remedy, to wit, the perfect sanctification of Christs owne flesh, which also is to vs imputed.

Note return to page 21666 [b] The power & authority of the Spirit, against which, is set the tyranny of sin.

Note return to page 21667 [c] Which mortifieth the old man, & quickeneth the new man.

Note return to page 21668 [d] To wit, absolutely & perfitly.

Note return to page 21669 [e] For Christes sanctificati&obar; being imputed to vs, perfiteth our sanctification which is begun in vs.

Note return to page 21670 [4] He vseth no argument here, but expo&ubar;deth the mysterie of sanctificati&obar;, which is imputed vnto vs: for because saith he, þt; the vertue of the Law was not such (& that by reason of the corruption of our nature) þt; it could make man pure & perfit, & for that it rather kindled the disease of sin, then did put it out & extinguish it, therfore God clothed his Sonne &wt; flesh like vnto our sinful flesh, wherein he vtterly abolished our corruption, that being accompted throughly pure and &wt;out fault in him apprehended & laid hold on by faith, we might be found to haue fully that singular perfection which the Law requireth, & therfore that there might be no cond&ebar;nation in vs.

Note return to page 21671 [f] Which is not proper to the Law, but c&obar;meth by our fault.

Note return to page 21672 [g] In man not borne anew, whose disease the Law could point out, but it could not heale it.

Note return to page 21673 [h] Of mans nature which was corrupt through sin vntil he sanctified it.

Note return to page 21674 [i] To abolish sin in our flesh.

Note return to page 21675 [k] Shewed that sin hath no right in vs.

Note return to page 21676 [l] The very substance of the Lawe of God might be fulfilled, or that same which the lawe requireth, that we may be fo&ubar;d iust before God: for if with our iustification, there be ioyned that sanctificati&obar; which is imputed to vs, we are iust, according to that perfit forme which þe; Lord requireth.

Note return to page 21677 [5] He returneth to þt; which he said, that the sanctification which is begun in vs, is a sure testimonie of our ingraffing into Christ: which is a most plentiful fruit of a godly & honest life.

Note return to page 21678 [6] A reason, why to walke after the flesh, agreeth not to them which are grafted in Christ, but to walke after the Spirite, agreeth & is meete for them: Because saith he, that they which are after þe; flesh, sauour the things of the flesh, but they þt; are after the Spirit, þe; things of the Spirit.

Note return to page 21679 [m] They that liue as the flesh leadeth them.

Note return to page 21680 [7] He proueth the c&obar;sequent: because þt; whatsoeuer the flesh sauoureth, that eng&ebar;dreth death: and whatsoeuer the Spirit sauoureth, that tendeth to ioy and life euerlasting.

Note return to page 21681 [8] A reason & proofe, why the wisedome of the flesh is death, because sayeth hee, it is the enemie of God.

Note return to page 21682 [9] A reason why the wisedome of the flesh is enemie to God, because it neither will, neither can be subiect to him. And by flesh he meaneth a man not regenerate.

Note return to page 21683 [10] The conclusion: Therefore they that walke after the flesh, c&abar;not please God: whereby it followeth, that they are not graffed into Christ.

Note return to page 21684 [11] He commeth to the others, to wit, to them which walke after the Spirite, of whome we haue to vnderstande contrary thinges to the former: and first of all he defineth what it is to be in the Spirite, or to be sanctified: to wit, to haue the Spirite of God dwelling in vs: Then hee declareth, that sanctification is so ioyned and knit to our graffing in Christ, that it can by no meanes be separated.

Note return to page 21685 [12] He confirmeth the faithful against the reliques of flesh and sinne, granting that they are yet (as it appeareth by the corruption which is in them) touching one of their parts (which he calleth the body, that is to say, a lumpe) which is not yet purged from this earthly filthines, in death: but there withall willing them to doubt nothing of the happy successe of this combate, because that euen this litle sparke of the Spirit, (that is, of the grace of regeneration) which appeareth to be in them by the fruits of righteousnes, is the seede of life.

Note return to page 21686 [n] The flesh, or all that, which as yet sticketh fast in the cleftes of sinne, and death.

Note return to page 21687 [13] A confirmation of the former sentence: You haue the selfe same Spirit, which Christ hath: Therefore at length it shall doe the same in you, that it did in Christ, to wit, wh&ebar; al infirmities being vtterly laid aside, & death ouercome, it shall clothe you with heauenly glory.

Note return to page 21688 [o] By the vertue and power of it, which shewed the same might first in our head, and dayly worketh in his members.

Note return to page 21689 [14] An exhortation to oppresse the flesh dayly more & more by the vertue of the Spirit of regeneration, because (saith he) you are detters vnto God, for so much as you haue receiued so many benefits of him.

Note return to page 21690 [15] An other reason of the profit that ensueth: for such as striue and fight valiantly, shall haue euerlasting life.

Note return to page 21691 [16] A c&obar;firmation of this reason: for they be þe; childr&ebar; of God, which are gouerned by his Spirit, therfore shall they haue life euerlasting.

Note return to page 21692 [17] He declareth & expoundeth by the way, in these two verses, by what right this name, to be called the children of God is giu&ebar; to the beleeuers: because saith he, they haue receiued the grace of the Gospel, wherein God sheweth himselfe, not (as before in the publishing of the Law) terrible & feareful, but a most benigne and louing father in Christ, so that with great boldnes we call him Father, the holy Ghost sealing this adopti&obar; in our hearts by faith.

Note return to page 21693 [p] By the Spirit, is ment the holy Ghost, whom we are said to receiue, when he worketh in our minds.

Note return to page 21694 [q] Which feare, it stirred vp in our mindes, by the preaching of the Law.

Note return to page 21695 [r] Which sealeth our adoption in our minds, & therefore openeth our mouthes.

Note return to page 21696 [18] A proofe of the consequent of the c&obar;firmation: because that he which is þe; sonne of God, doth enioy God with Christ.

Note return to page 21697 [s] Partakers of our fathers goods, & that freely, because we are children by adoption.

Note return to page 21698 [19] Now Paul teacheth by what way the sonnes of God do come to that felicitie, to wit, by the crosse, as Christ himselfe did: and therewithal openeth vnto them fountaines of comfort: as first, that we haue Christ a companion & fellow of our afflictions: secondly, that we shalbe also his felowes in that euerlasting glory.

Note return to page 21699 [20] Thirdly, that this glory which we looke for, doth a thousand parts surmo&ubar;t the misery of our afflicti&obar;s.

Note return to page 21700 [t] Al being wel c&obar;sidered, I gather.

Note return to page 21701 [21] Fourthly, he plainly teacheth vs that we shal certainly be renued from that confusion & horrible deformation of the whole world, which cannot be continual, as it was not at the beginning: But as it had a beginning by the sinne of man, for whom it was made by the ordinance of God, so shall it at length be restored with the elect.

Note return to page 21702 [u] All this world.

Note return to page 21703 [x] Is subiect to a vanishing and flitting state.

Note return to page 21704 [y] Not by their naturall inclination.

Note return to page 21705 [z] That they should obey the Creators commandement, whom it pleased to shew by their sickle state, how greatly he was displeased with man.

Note return to page 21706 [a] God would not make the worlde subiect to euerlasting curse, for the sinne of man, but gaue it hope that it should be restored.

Note return to page 21707 [b] From the corruption which they are now subiect to, they shalbe deliuered and changed into that ble&esset;ed state of incorruption, which shall be reuealed when the sonnes of God shalbe aduanced to glory.

Note return to page 21708 [c] By this word is ment, not onely exceeding sorow, but also the fruite that followeth of it.

Note return to page 21709 [22] Fiftly, if the rest of the world looke for a restoring, groning as it were for it, & that not in vaine, let it not grieue vs also to sigh, yea, let vs be more certainly perswaded of our redemption to come, for as much as we haue the first fruites of the Spirit.

Note return to page 21710 [d] Euen from the bottome of our heartes.

Note return to page 21711 Luke 21.28.

Note return to page 21712 [e] That last restoring, which shalbe the accomplishment of our adopti&obar;.

Note return to page 21713 [23] Sixtly, hope is necessarily ioyned with faith: seeing then that we beleeue those things, which we are not yet in possession of, and hope respecteth not the thing that is present, we must therfore hope and paciently waite for that which we beleeue shall come to passe.

Note return to page 21714 [f] This is spoken by the figure Metonymie: Hope, for that which is hoped for.

Note return to page 21715 [24] Seuenthly, There is no cause why we shoulde faint vnder the burden of afflictions, seeing that prayers minister vnto vs a most sure helpe: which can not be frustrate, seeing they proceede from the spirit of God which dwelleth in vs.

Note return to page 21716 [g] Beareth our burden, as it were, that we faint not vnder it.

Note return to page 21717 [h] Prouoketh vs to prayers, and telleth vs as it were within, what we shalt say, and how we shall grone.

Note return to page 21718 [i] What sobs and sighs proceede from the instinct of his Spirit.

Note return to page 21719 [k] Because he teacheth the godly to pray according to Gods will.

Note return to page 21720 [25] Eightly, we are not afflicted, either by chance or to our harme, but by Gods prouidence for our great profit: who as he chose vs from the beginning, so hath he predestinate vs to be made like to the image of his Sonne: and therefore will bring vs in his time, being called and iustified, to glory, by the crosse.

Note return to page 21721 [l] Not onely afflictions, but whatsoeuer els.

Note return to page 21722 [m] He calleth that, Purpose, which God hath from euerlasting appointed with himselfe according to his good wil and pleasure.

Note return to page 21723 [n] He vseth the time past, for the time present, as the Hebrewes vse, who sometime set downe the thing that is to come, by the time that is past, to signifie the certaintie of it: and he hath also a regard to Gods continuall working.

Note return to page 21724 [26] Ninthly, we haue no cause to feare that the Lorde will not giue vs whatsoeuer is profitable for vs, seeing that he hath not spared his owne Sonne to saue vs.

Note return to page 21725 [o] Giue vs freely.

Note return to page 21726 [27] A most glorious & comfortable conclusion of the whole second part of this Epistle, that is, of the treatise of iustification. There are no accusers that we haue neede to be afraide of before God, seeing that God himselfe absolueth vs as iust: and therefore much lesse neede we to feare damnation, seeing that we rest vpon the death & resurrection, the almightie power and defence of Iesus Christ. Therefore what can there be so waightie in this life, or of so great force and power, that might feare vs, as though we might fall from the loue of God, wherewith he loueth vs in Christ? Surely nothing, seeing that it is in it selfe most constant and sure, and also in vs being confirmed by stedfast faith.

Note return to page 21727 [p] Who prono&ubar;ceth vs, not only guiltles, but also perfitly iust in his Sonne.

Note return to page 21728 [q] Wherewith Christ loueth vs.

Note return to page 21729 Psal.44.22.

Note return to page 21730 [r] We are not onely not ouercome with so great & many miseries & calamities, but also more then conquerours in all of them.

Note return to page 21731 [1] The third part of this Epistle, euen to the twelfth Chapter, wherein Paul ascendeth to the higher causes of faith: and first of all, because he purposed to speake much of the casting off of the Iewes, he vseth an insinuation, declaring by a double or triple othe, and by witnessing of his great desire towardes their saluation, his singular loue towards them, and therewithall granting vnto them all their prerogatiues.

Note return to page 21732 [a] The Apostle loued his brethren so entirely, that if it had bene possible, he would haue bene ready to haue redeemed the casting away of the Israelites, with the lo&esset;e of his owne soule for euer: for this word, separate, betokeneth as much in this place.

Note return to page 21733 [b] Being brethren by flesh, as of one nation and countrey.

Note return to page 21734 [c] The arke of the couen&abar;t, which was a token of Gods presence.

Note return to page 21735 Chap.2.17. ephe.2.12.

Note return to page 21736 [d] The tables of the couenant, and this is spoken by the figure Metonimia.

Note return to page 21737 [e] Of the iudiciall Lawe.

Note return to page 21738 [f] The ceremoniall Lawe.

Note return to page 21739 [g] Which were made to Abraham and to his posteritie.

Note return to page 21740 [2] A most manifest testimonie of the Godhead & diuinitie of Christ.

Note return to page 21741 Chap.2.28.

Note return to page 21742 [3] He entreth into the handling of predestination, by a kind of preuenting an obiection: How may it be, that Israel is cast off, but that therewithal we must also make the couen&abar;t which God made with Abraham & his seed, frustrate & voyd? He answereth therfore, that Gods word is true, although that Israel be cast off: for the election of the people of Israel is so generall & common, that notwithstanding the same, God chuseth by his secret counsell, such as it pleaseth him. So then, this is the proposition and state of this treatise: The grace of saluation is offered generally in such sort that notwithstanding it, the efficacie there of perteineth only to the elect.

Note return to page 21743 [h] Israel in the first place, is taken for Iacob: and in the second, for the Israelites.

Note return to page 21744 Gen 21.12. Heb.11.18.

Note return to page 21745 [4] The first proofe is taken fr&obar; the example of Abrahams owne house, wherein Isaac onely was accompted the sonne & that by Gods ordinance: although that Ismael also was borne of Abraham, & circumcised before Isaac.

Note return to page 21746 [i] Isaac shalbe thy true, and naturall sonne, & therefore heire of thy ble&esset;ing.

Note return to page 21747 [5] A generall application of the former proofe or example.

Note return to page 21748 [k] Which are borne of Abraham by the course of nature.

Note return to page 21749 Gal.4.28.

Note return to page 21750 [l] Which are borne by vertue of the promes.

Note return to page 21751 [6] A reason of that application: Because that Isaac was borne by the vertue of the promes, and therfore he was not chosen, nay he was not at al, but by the free wil of God: whereby it foloweth that the promise is the fountaine of predestination, & not the flesh, from which promise the particular election proceedeth: that is, that the elect be borne elect, and not that they be first borne, & then after elected, in respect of God who doth predestinate.

Note return to page 21752 Gene.18.10.

Note return to page 21753 [7] Another forcible proofe, taken from the example of Esau & Iacob, which were both borne of the same Isaac, which was the sonne of the promes, of one mother, & at one birth, and not at diuers as Ismael and Isaac were: and yet notwithstanding, Esau being cast oft, only Iacob was chosen: and that before their birth, that neither any goodnesse of Iacobs, might bee thought to bee the cause of his election, neither any wickednes of Esaus, of his casting away.

Note return to page 21754 Genes. 25.21.

Note return to page 21755 [m] Gods decree, which proceedeth of his meere good will, whereby it pleaseth him to chuse one, and refuse the other.

Note return to page 21756 [8] Paul saith not, might be made, but being made might remaine. Therefore they are deceiued which make foreseene saith, the cause of election, and foreknowen infidelitie, the cause of reprobation

Note return to page 21757 [9] He prooueth the casting away of Esau by that, that hee was made seruant to his brother: and prooueth the chusing of Iacob, by that, that hee was made Lorde of his brother, although his brother was the first begotten. And least that any man might take this saying of God, and referre it to externall things, the Apostle sheweth out of Malachi, who is a good interpreter of Moses, that the seruitude of Esau was ioyned with the hatred of God, and the lordship of Iacob with the loue of God.

Note return to page 21758 Gene. 25.23.

Note return to page 21759 Malach.1.2.

Note return to page 21760 [10] The first obiection: If God doth loue or hate vpon no c&obar;sideration of worthines or vnworthines, then is he vniust, because he may loue them which are vnworthie, and hate them that are worthy. The Apostle detesteth this blasphemie, and afterward answereth it seuerally, point by point.

Note return to page 21761 [n] Mans wit knoweth no other causes of loue or hatred, but those that are in the persons, and thereupon this obiection riseth.

Note return to page 21762 [11] He answereth first touching them which are chosen to saluation: in chusing of whom, he denieth that God may seeme vniust, although he chuse & predestinate to saluati&obar;, them that are not yet borne, without any respect of worthines: because he bringeth not the chosen to the appointed ende, but by the meanes of his mercie, which is a cause next vnder predestination. Now mercy presupposeth misery, and againe misery presupposeth sinne or voluntarie corruption of mankinde, and corruption presupposeth a pure and perfect creation. Moreouer mercie is shewed by her degrees: to wit, by calling, by faith, by iustification and sanctification, so that at length we come to glorification, as the Apostle will shewe afterwarde. Nowe all these things orderly following the purpose of God, do clearely proue that he can by no meanes seeme vniust in louing and sauing his.

Note return to page 21763 Exod.33.19.

Note return to page 21764 [o] I will be mercifull and fauourable to whom I list to be fauourable.

Note return to page 21765 [p] I wil haue compassion on whom soeuer I list to haue compassion.

Note return to page 21766 [12] The conclusion of the answere: Therfore God is not vniust in chusing & sauing of his free goodnes, such as it pleaseth him: as he also answered Moses, wh&ebar; he prayed for al the people.

Note return to page 21767 [q] By will, he meaneth the thought & endeuour of heart, & by running, good works, to neither of which he giueth the praise, but only to the mercy of God.

Note return to page 21768 [13] Nowe he answereth concerning the reprobate, or them whom God hateth being not yet borne, & hath appointed to destruction, &wt;out any respect of vnworthines. And first of al he proueth this to be true, by alleaging the testimony of God himselfe touching Pharao, whom he stirred vp to this purpose, that he might be glorified in his hardning and iust punishing.

Note return to page 21769 [r] God so speaketh vnto Pharao in the Scripture, or, the Scripture bringeth in God, so speaking to Pharao.

Note return to page 21770 Exo.9.16.

Note return to page 21771 [s] Brought thee into this world.

Note return to page 21772 [14] Secondly, he bringeth the end of Gods co&ubar;sel, to shew that there is no vnrighteousnes in him. Now this chiefest end is, not properly & simply the destruction of the wicked, but Gods glory which appeareth in their rightful punishment.

Note return to page 21773 [15] A conclusion of the ful answer to the first obiection: therefore seeing God doth not saue them whom he freely chose according to his good wil & pleasure, but by iustifying & sanctifying them by his grace, his counsell in sauing them cannot seeme vniust. And againe, there is no vniustice in the euerlasting co&ubar;sel of God, touching the destruction of them wh&obar; he listeth to destroy, for that he hardeneth before he destroyeth: Therefore the third answere for the maintenance of Gods iustice in the euerlasting counsell of reprobation, c&obar;sisteth in this word, Hardening: which notwithstanding he concealed in the former verse, because the history of Pharao was wel knowen. But the force of the word is great, for Hardening, which is set against Mercy, presupposeth the same things that mercy did, to wit, a vol&ubar;tary corruption, wherein the reprobate are hardened: and againe, corruption presupposeth a perfit state of creation. Moreouer, this hardening also is voluntary, for God so hardeneth being offended with corruption, that he vseth their owne wil wh&obar; he hardneth, to the executing of that iudgment. Then folow the fruits of Hardening, to wit, vnbeliefe & sinne, which are the true and proper causes of the condemnation of the reprobate. Why doth he then appoint to destruction? because he will: why doth he harden? because they are corrupt: why doth he c&obar;demne? because they are sinners. Where is then vnrighteousnes? Nay if he should destroy all after this same sort, to whom should he do iniurie?

Note return to page 21774 [t] Whom it pleased him to appoint, to shew his fauour vpon.

Note return to page 21775 [16] Another obiection, but only for the reprobate, rising vpon the former answere. If God do appoint to euerl&abar;sting destruction, such as he listeth, and if that cannot be hindered nor withstanded, that he hath once decreed, how doth he iustly condemne them, which perish by his will?

Note return to page 21776 [17] The Apostle doth not answere that it is not Gods wil, or that God doth not either reiect or elect according to his pleasure, which thing the wicked cal blasphemie, but he rather granteth his aduersarie both the antecedents, to wit, that it is Gods will, and that it must of necessitie so fall out, yet he denieth that God is therefore to be thought an vniust reuenger of the wicked: for seeing it appeareth by manifest proofe that this is the will of God, and his doing, what impudencie is it for man, which is but dust and ashes, to dispute with God, and as it were to call him into iudgement? Nowe if any man say that the doubt is not so dissolued & answered, I answere that there is no surer demonstration in any matter, because it is grounded vpon this principle, That the will of God is the rule of righteousnes.

Note return to page 21777 [18] An amplification of the former answere, taken from a comparison, whereby also it appeareth that Gods determinate counsell is set of Paul the highest of all causes: so that it dependeth not vpon any respect of second causes, but doth rather frame and direct them.

Note return to page 21778 Esai.45.9.

Note return to page 21779 [u] This similitude agreeth very fitly in the first creation of mankinde.

Note return to page 21780 Iere.18.6.

Note return to page 21781 [19] Alluding to the creation of Adam, he compareth mankinde not yet made (but in the Creators mind) to a lumpe of clay: whereof afterward God made and doeth dayly make, according as hee purposed from euerlasting, both such as should be elect, and such as should be reprobate, as also this worde, Making, declareth.

Note return to page 21782 [20] Whereas in the obiection propounded, mention was onely made of vessels to dishonour, yet he speaketh of the other also in this answere, for that he proueth the Creator to be iust in either of them, as the rule of contraries doeth require.

Note return to page 21783 [x] To honest vses.

Note return to page 21784 [21] Seeing then, that in the name of dishonour, the ignominie of euerlasting death is signified, they speake with Paul, which say, that some are made of God to most iust destruction: and they that are offended with this kind of speach bewray their owne folly.

Note return to page 21785 [22] The second answere is this, that God, moreouer and besides that he doeth iustly decree whatsoeuer he doeth decree, vseth that moderation in executing of his decrees, as declareth his singular lenitie euen in the reprobate, in that, that he suffereth them a long time, and permitteth them to enioy many and singular benefites, vntill at length hee iustly condemne them: and that to good ende and purpose, to wit, to shewe himselfe to be an enemie and reuenger of wickednes, that it may appeare what power he is of by these seuere iudgements, and finally by comparison of contraries to set forth in deede, howe great his mercy is towards the elect.

Note return to page 21786 [y] By ve&esset;els, the Hebrewes vnderstand all kindes of instruments.

Note return to page 21787 [23] Therefore againe, we may say with Paul that some men are made of God the Creator to destruction.

Note return to page 21788 [z] The vnmeasurable and marueilous greatnes.

Note return to page 21789 [24] Hauing established the doctrine of the eternall predestination of God on both partes: that is, as well of the reprobate, as of the elect, hee commeth now to shew the vse of it, teaching vs that we ought not to seeke the testimonie of it in the secret counsell of God, but by the vocation which is made manifest and set foorth in the Church, propounding vnto vs the example of the Iewes and Gentiles, that the doctrine may be better perceiued.

Note return to page 21790 [a] He saith not, that all and euery one of the Iewes are called, but some of the Iewes, and some of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 21791 [25] Our vocation or calling, is free and of grace, euen as our predestination is: and therefore there is no cause why either our owne vnworthines, or the vnworthines of our auncesters should cause vs to thinke that we are not the elect and chosen of God, if we be called of him, and so embrace through faith the saluation that is offered vs.

Note return to page 21792 Hose.2.23. 1.pet.2.10.

Note return to page 21793 Hose.1.10.

Note return to page 21794 [26] Contrariwise, Neither any outwarde generall calling, neither any worthines of our auncesters, is a sufficient witnes of election, vnlesse by fayth and beleefe we answere Gods calling: which thing came to passe in the Iewes, as the Lord had forewarned.

Note return to page 21795 Isai.20.21.

Note return to page 21796 [b] God purposeth to bring the vnkinde and vnthankfull people to an extreme fewnes.

Note return to page 21797 Isai.1.9.

Note return to page 21798 [c] Armies, by which worde the chiefest power that is, is giuen to God.

Note return to page 21799 [d] Euen a very fewe.

Note return to page 21800 [27] The declaration and manifestation of our election, is our calling apprehended by fayth, as it came to passe in the Gentiles.

Note return to page 21801 [e] So then the Gentiles had no workes to prepare and procure Gods mercie before hand: and as for that, that the Gentiles attained to that which they sought not for, the mercie of God is to be thanked for it: and in that the Iewes attained not to that which they sought after, they can thanke none for it but themselues, because they sought it not aright.

Note return to page 21802 [28] The pride of men is the cause that they contemne vocation, so that the cause of their damnation neede not to be sought for any other where but in themselues.

Note return to page 21803 [f] Seeking to come by righteousne&esset;e, they followed the Lawe of righteousne&esset;e.

Note return to page 21804 Psal.118.22. isai.8.14. and 28.16. 1.pet.2.6.

Note return to page 21805 [1] Purposing to set forth in the Iewes an example of marueilous obstinacie, he vseth an insinuation.

Note return to page 21806 [2] The first entrance into the vocation vnto saluation, is to renounce our owne righteousnes: the next is, to embrace that righteousnes by faith, which God freely offereth vs in the Gospel.

Note return to page 21807 [a] The ignorance of the Law which we ought to know, excuseth none before God, especially it excuseth not them that are of his housholde.

Note return to page 21808 [b] Ignorance hath alway pride ioyned with it.

Note return to page 21809 Gala.3.24.

Note return to page 21810 [3] The proofe: The Law it selfe hath respect vnto Christ, that such as beleeue in him should be saued. Therefore the calling to saluation by the workes of the Lawe, is vaine and foolish, but Christ is offered for saluation to euery beleeuer.

Note return to page 21811 [c] The ende of the Lawe is to iustifie them that keepe the Lawe: but seeing we doe not obserue the Lawe through the fault of our flesh, we attaine not vnto this ende: but Christ salueth this disease, for hee fulfilled the Law for vs.

Note return to page 21812 [d] Not only to the Iewes, but also to the Gentiles.

Note return to page 21813 [4] That the Law regardeth and tendeth to Christ, that is a manifest proofe, for that it propoundeth such a condition, as can be and is fulfilled of none but of Christ onely: which being imputed vnto vs by faith, our conscience is quieted, so that nowe no man can aske, Who can ascend vp into heauen, or bring vs from hell, seeing the Gospel teacheth that both of these is done by Christ, and that for their sakes, which with true faith embrace him which calleth them.

Note return to page 21814 Leuit.18.5. ezek.20.11. gala.3.12.

Note return to page 21815 Deut.30.12.

Note return to page 21816 [e] Thinke not with thy selfe, as men that are staggering vse to doe.

Note return to page 21817 [5] Vocation commeth by the worde preached.

Note return to page 21818 Deu.30.14.

Note return to page 21819 [f] By the worde, Moses vnderstoode the Lawe which the Lorde published with his owne voyce: and Paul applied it to the preaching of the Gospel which was the perfection of the Lawe.

Note return to page 21820 [6] That is in deede true fayth which is setled not only in the head, but also in the heart of man, whereof also we giue testimonie, by our outward life, and which tendeth to Christ as to our alone and onely Sauiour, euen as he setteth forth himselfe in his worde.

Note return to page 21821 [g] If thou profe&esset;e plainly, sincerely, and openly, that thou takest Iesus only to be thy Lord and Sauiour.

Note return to page 21822 [h] The Father, who is sayd to haue raised the Sonne from the dead: and this is not spoken to shut out the diuinitie of the Sonne, but to set forth the Fathers counsell touching our redemption in the resurrection of the Sonne.

Note return to page 21823 [i] Faith is said to iustifie, and furthermore seeing the confession of the mouth is an effect of faith, and confession is the way to come to saluation, it followeth that faith is also said to saue.

Note return to page 21824 [7] Now he prooueth the other part which he propounded afore in the fourth verse, to wit, that Christ calleth whomsoeuer he listeth without any difference, and this he confirmeth by a double testimonie.

Note return to page 21825 Isai.28.16.

Note return to page 21826 [k] To beleeue in God is to yeelde and consent to God his promise of our saluation by Christ, and that not onely in generall, but when we know that the promises perteine to vs, whereupon riseth a sure trust.

Note return to page 21827 Ioel 1.38.

Note return to page 21828 [8] True calling vpon the Name of God is the testimonie of true faith, & true faith, of true vocation or calling, and calling, of true election.

Note return to page 21829 [9] That is true faith, which seeketh God in his worde, and that preached: according as God hath appointed in the Church.

Note return to page 21830 Isai.52.7. nahum.1.15.

Note return to page 21831 [10] Wheresoeuer fayth is, there is also the worde, but not contrariwise, wheresoeuer the worde is, there is faith also: for many refuse and reiect the worde.

Note return to page 21832 [l] He speaketh this because of the Iewes.

Note return to page 21833 Isai.53.1. iohn 12.38.

Note return to page 21834 [11] A conclusion of the former gradation: we must ascend from faith, to our vocation, as by our vocation we came to the testimonie of our election.

Note return to page 21835 [m] By Gods commaundement.

Note return to page 21836 [12] An obiection: If calling be a testimonie of election, were not the Iewes called? why should I not graunt that, sayth the Apostle, seeing that there is no nation which hath not bene called? much lesse can I say, that the Iewes were not called.

Note return to page 21837 Psal.19.3.

Note return to page 21838 [13] The defendour and mainteiner of the Iewes cause, goeth on still to aske, whether the Iewes also knewe not God which called them. Esaie (sayth the Apostle) denieth it: and witnesseth that the Gospel was translated from them to the Gentiles, because the Iewes neglected it. And therewithall the Apostle teacheth, that that outward and vniuersall calling, which is set forth by the creation of the worlde, sufficeth not to the knowledge of God: yea, and that the particular also which is by the worde of God, is of it selfe of small or no efficacie, vnlesse it be apprehended or laide holde on by faith, by the gift of God: otherwise by vnbeleefe it is made vnprofitable, and that by the only fault of man, who can pretend no ignorance.

Note return to page 21839 Deut.32.21.

Note return to page 21840 [n] Hee calleth all prophane people, a nation that is no nation, as they are not sayd to liue but to die, which are appointed for euerlasting condemnation.

Note return to page 21841 Isai.65.1.

Note return to page 21842 [o] Speaketh without feare.

Note return to page 21843 Isai.65.2.

Note return to page 21844 [1] Now the Apostle sheweth howe this doctrine is to be applied to others, abiding still in his propounded cause. Therefore hee teacheth vs that all the Iewes in particular, are not cast away, and therefore we ought not to pronounce rashly of priuate persons, whether they be of the nomber of the elect or not.

Note return to page 21845 [2] The first proofe: I am a Iewe, and yet elected, therefore we may and ought fully resolue vpon our election, as hath bene before sayd: but of an other mans we can not be so certainely resolued, & yet ours may cause vs to hope well of others.

Note return to page 21846 [3] The second proofe: Because that God is faithfull in his league or couenant, although men be vnfaithfull: So then seeing that God hath sayd, that he will be the God of his vnto a thousand generations, we must take heede, that we thinke not that the whole race and offspring is cast off, by reason of the vnbeleefe of a fewe, but rather that we hope well of euery member of the Church, because of Gods league and couenant.

Note return to page 21847 [a] Which he loued and chose from euerlasting.

Note return to page 21848 [4] The third proofe, taken from the answere that was made to Elias: euen then also, when there appeared openly to the face of the world no elect, yet God knewe his elect and chosen, and of them also good stoore and nomber. Whereupon this also is concluded, that we ought not rashly to pronounce of any man as of a reprobate, seeing that the Church is oftentimes brought to that state, that euen the most watchfull and sharpe sighted pastours thinke it to be cleane extinct and put out.

Note return to page 21849 1.King.19.19.

Note return to page 21850 1.King.19.18.

Note return to page 21851 [b] Hee speaketh of remnants and reserued people which were chosen from euerlasting, and not of remnants that should be chosen afterward: for they are not chosen, because they were not idolaters, but therefore they were not idolaters, because they were chosen and elect.

Note return to page 21852 [c] Baal signifieth as much as Master or patrone, or one in whose power an other is, which name the idolaters at this day giue their idoles, naming them patrones and patrone&esset;es or Ladies.

Note return to page 21853 [d] The election of grace is, not whereby men chose grace, but whereby God chose vs of his grace and goodnes.

Note return to page 21854 [5] Although that all be not elect and chosen, yet let them that are elected remember that they are freely chosen: and let them that stubburnely refuse the grace and free mercie of God, impute it vnto themselues.

Note return to page 21855 [e] This saying beateth downe flatte to the ground all the doctrine of all kindes and maner of workes, whereby our iustifiers of themselues doe teach, that workes are either wholy or partly the cause of our iustification.

Note return to page 21856 [f] Looke mar.3.5.

Note return to page 21857 [6] And yet this hardnes of heart commeth not but by Gods iust decree and iudgement, & yet without fault, when as he so punisheth the vnthankful by taking from them al sence & perceiuerance, and by doubling their darkenes, that the benefites of God which are offered vnto them, doe redound to their iust destruction.

Note return to page 21858 Isai.6.9. and 29 10. mat.13.14. iohn 12.40 act.28.26.

Note return to page 21859 [g] A very dead sleepe which taketh away all sense.

Note return to page 21860 [h] That is, eyes vnfit to see.

Note return to page 21861 Psal.69.23.

Note return to page 21862 [i] As vnhappy birds are intised to death by that which is their sustenance, so did that only thing turne to the Iewes destruction, out of which they sought life, to wit, the Law of God, for the preposterous zeale whereof, they refused the Gospel.

Note return to page 21863 [7] God appointed this casting off of the Iewes, that it might be an occasion to call the Gentiles: and againe might turne this calling of the Gentiles, to be an occasion to restore the Iewes, to wit, that they being inflamed & prouoked by emulation of the Gentiles, might themselues at length embrace the Gospel. And hereby we may learne, that the seueritie of God serueth as well to the setting forth of his glory, as his mercie doeth, and also that God prepareth himselfe a way to mercie, by his seueritie: so that we ought not rashly to despaire of any man, nor proudly triumph ouer other men, but rather prouoke them to an holy emulation, that God may be glorified in them also.

Note return to page 21864 [k] By riches he meaneth the knowledge of the Gospel to euerlasting life: and by the world, all nations dispersed throughout the whole world.

Note return to page 21865 [l] Of the Iewes, when the whole nation without exception shall come to Christ.

Note return to page 21866 [8] He witnesseth by his owne example that he goeth before all other in this behalfe.

Note return to page 21867 [m] I make noble and famous.

Note return to page 21868 [n] It shall come to passe that when the Iewes come to the Gospel, the world shall as it were quicken againe, and rise vp from death to life.

Note return to page 21869 [9] The nation of the Iewes being considered in their stocke & roote, that is, in Abraham, is holy, although that many of the branches be cut off. Therefore in iudging of our brethren, we must not sticke in their vnworthines, to thinke that they are at once all cast off, but we ought to consider the roote of the couenant, and rather go backe to their Auncesters which were faithfull, that we may know that the blessing of the couenant resteth in some of their posteritie, as wee also finde proofe hereof in our selues.

Note return to page 21870 [o] He alludeth to the first fruites of those loaues, by the offering whereof all the whole crop of corne was sanctified, and they might vse the rest of the yeere following with good conscience.

Note return to page 21871 [p] Abraham.

Note return to page 21872 Ierem.11.6.

Note return to page 21873 [10] There is no cause why the Gentiles which haue obteined mercie, should triumphe ouer the Iewes which contemne the grace of God, seeing they are grafted into the Iewes ancesters. But let them rather take heede, that that also be not found in them which is worthily condemned in the Iewes. And hereof also this generall doctrine may be gathered and taken, that wee ought to be studious of Gods glory euen in respect of our neighbours: so farre ought we to be from bragging and glorying, for that, that we are preferred before other by a singular grace.

Note return to page 21874 [q] In place of those boughes which are broken off.

Note return to page 21875 [r] It is against the common course of husbandrie, that the barren iuyce of the ympe is changed with the iuyce of the good tree.

Note return to page 21876 [s] We may reioyce in the Lord, but so, that we despise not the Iewes, whome we ought rather to prouoke to that good striuing with vs.

Note return to page 21877 [t] See that thou stande in awe of God modestly and carefully.

Note return to page 21878 [u] Hee calleth them naturall, not because they had any holinesse of nature, but because they were borne of them whome the Lord set apart for himselfe, from other nations, by his league and couenant which hee freely made with them.

Note return to page 21879 [11] Seeing the matter it selfe declareth that election commeth not by inheritance (although the fault bee in men, and not in God, why the blessing of God is not perpetuall) wee must take good heede that that bee not founde in our selues, which wee thinke blame worthy in others, for the election is sure, but they that are truly elect and ingraffed, are not proude in themselues with contempt of other, but with due reuerence to God and loue towardes their neighbour, runne to the marke which is set before them.

Note return to page 21880 [x] The tender and louing heart.

Note return to page 21881 [y] In that state which God his bountifulnesse hath aduaunced thee vnto: and wee must marke here, that hee speaketh not of the election of euery priuate man which remayneth stedfast for euer, but of the election of the whole nation.

Note return to page 21882 [12] Many are nowe for a season cut off, that is, are without the roote, which in their time shall bee graffed in: and againe there are a great sort, which after a sort, and touching the outwarde shewe seeme to bee ingraffed, which notwithstanding through their owne fault afterwarde are cut off, and cleane cast awaye: Which thing is especially to bee considered in nations and peoples, as in the Gentiles and Iewes.

Note return to page 21883 [z] Vnderstande nature, not as it was first made, but as it was corrupted in Adam, and so deriued from him to his posteritie.

Note return to page 21884 [a] Into the people of the Iewes, which God had sanctified of his meere grace: and he speaketh of the whole nation, not of euery one part.

Note return to page 21885 [13] The blindenesse of the Iewes is neither so vniuersall that the Lorde hath no elect in that nation, neither shall it bee continuall: for there shall bee a time wherein they also (as the Prophetes haue forewarned) shall effectually embrace that, which they doe nowe so stubburnely for the most part reiect and refuse.

Note return to page 21886 [b] That ye be not proude within your selues.

Note return to page 21887 [c] Into the Church.

Note return to page 21888 Esai. 59.20.

Note return to page 21889 Esai.27.9.

Note return to page 21890 [14] Againe, that he may ioyne the Iewes and Gentiles together as it were in one body, and especially may teache what duetie the Gentiles owe to the Iewes, hee beateth this into their heades, that the nation of the Iewes is not vtterly cast off without hope of recouerie.

Note return to page 21891 [d] Forasmuch as they receiue it not.

Note return to page 21892 [e] In that, that God respecteth not what they deserue, but what he promised to Abraham.

Note return to page 21893 [15] The reason or proofe: because the couenant made with that nation of life euerlasting, cannot be frustrate and vaine.

Note return to page 21894 [16] Another reason: Because that although that they which are hardened, are worthily punished, yet hath not this stubburnesse of the Iewes so come to passe properly for an hatred to that nation, but that an entrie might as it were be opened to bring in the Gentiles, and afterward the Iewes being inflamed with emulation of that mercie which is shewed to the Gentiles, might themselues also be partakers of the same benefite, and so it might appeare that both Iewes and Gentiles are saued onely by the free mercie and grace of God, which coulde not haue bene so manifest, if at the beginning, God had brought all together into the Church, or if hee had saued the nation of the Iewes without this interruption.

Note return to page 21895 [f] Both Iewes and Gentiles.

Note return to page 21896 [17] The Apostle cryeth out as astonished with this wonderfull wisdome of God, which hee teacheth vs ought to bee religiously reuerenced, and not curiously and profanely to bee searched beyonde the compasse of that that God hath reueiled vnto vs.

Note return to page 21897 [g] The course that hee holdeth in gouerning all thinges both generally and particularly.

Note return to page 21898 [h] The order of his counsels and doings.

Note return to page 21899 Iob 41.2. esai.40.13. 1.corinth.2.16.

Note return to page 21900 [18] Hee bridleth three maner of wayes, the wicked boldnesse of man: First, because that God is aboue all, most wise, and therefore it is very absurde, and plainely godlesse to measure him by our folly. Moreouer, because hee is detter to no man, and therefore no man can complaine of iniurie done vnto him. Thirdly, because all thinges are made for his glorie, and therefore wee must referre all thinges to his glory, much lesse may we contend and debate the matter with him.

Note return to page 21901 [i] This saying ouerthroweth the doctrine of foreseene workes and merits.

Note return to page 21902 [k] To wit, for God, to whose glory all things are referred, not onely things that were made, but especially his newe workes which he worketh in his elect.

Note return to page 21903 [1] The fourth part of this Epistle, which after the finishing of the chiefe pointes of Christian doctrine, consisteth in declaring of precepts of Christian life. And first of all he giueth generall preceptes and grounds: the chiefest whereof is this, That euery man consecrate himselfe wholy to the spirituall seruice of God, and doe as it were sacrifice himselfe, trusting to the grace of God.

Note return to page 21904 [a] By this preface hee sheweth that Gods glorie is the vtmost ende of all our doings.

Note return to page 21905 [b] In times past the sacrifices were presented before the altar, but nowe the altar is euery where.

Note return to page 21906 [c] Your selues: in times past, other bodies then our owne, nowe our owne must bee offered.

Note return to page 21907 [d] In time past, dead sacrifices were offered, but nowe wee must offer such as haue the spirit of life in them.

Note return to page 21908 [e] Spirituall.

Note return to page 21909 [2] The seconde precept is this, That wee take not other mens opinions or maners for a rule of life, but that we wholy renouncing this worlde, set before vs, as our marke, the will of God, as is manifested and opened vnto vs in his worde.

Note return to page 21910 [f] Why then there is no place left for reason, which the heathen Philosophers place as a Queene in a Castell, nor for mans free will, which the Popish scholemen dreame on, if the minde must be renued: Looke Ephesians 1.18. and 2.3. and 4.17. and Colo&esset;ians 1.21.

Note return to page 21911 Ephesians 5.17. 1.the&esset;al.4.3.

Note return to page 21912 [3] Thirdly, hee admonisheth vs very earnestly, that euery man keepe himselfe within the boundes of his vocation, and that euery man bee wise according to the measure of grace that God hath giuen him.

Note return to page 21913 [g] I charge.

Note return to page 21914 [h] That hee please not him selfe too much, as they doe, which perswade themselues they knewe more then in deede they doe.

Note return to page 21915 [i] Wee shall be sober, if we take not that vpon vs, which we haue not, and if we bragge not of that we haue.

Note return to page 21916 1.Corinth.12. 11. ephesians 4.7.

Note return to page 21917 [k] By faith he meaneth the knowledge of God in Christ, and the giftes which the holy Ghost powreth vpon the faithfull.

Note return to page 21918 [4] There is a double reason of the precept going afore: the one is, because God hath not committed euery thing to be done of euery man: and therfore, he doeth backewardly, and not only vnprofitably, but also to the great disprofite of others, wearieth himself and others, which passeth the bounds of his vocation: the other is, for that this diuersitie & inequalitie of vocations and giftes, redoundeth to our commoditie: seeing that the same is therefore instituted and appointed, that we should be bound one to another. Whereupon it followeth, that no man ought to be grieued thereat, seeing that the vse of euery priuate gift is c&obar;mon.

Note return to page 21919 1.Peter 4.10.

Note return to page 21920 [5] That which he spake before in generall, he applieth particularly to the holy functions, wherein men offende with greater danger. And he deuideth them into two sorts, to wit, into Prophets, and Deacons: and againe he deuideth the Prophets into Doctours, and Pastours. And of Deacons he maketh three sorts: to wit, the one to be such as are (as it were) treasurers of the Church Cofers, whome he calleth properly Deacons: the other to be the gouernours of discipline, who are called Seniours or Elders: the third, to be such as properly serued in the helpe of the poore, of which sort the companie of widowes were.

Note return to page 21921 [l] That euery man obserue the measure of that which is reuealed vnto him.

Note return to page 21922 [m] Whose office is onely to expound the Scriptures.

Note return to page 21923 [n] Who in other places is called the Pastour.

Note return to page 21924 [o] To wit, the almes, that he distribute them faithfully, and without respect of person.

Note return to page 21925 Matth.6.2. 2.corinth.9.7.

Note return to page 21926 [p] The Elders of the Church.

Note return to page 21927 [q] They that are busied about tending on the poore, must doe it with cheerefulnesse, least they adde sorowe to sorowe.

Note return to page 21928 [6] Nowe hee commeth to the dueties of the second Table, which hee deriueth from charitie, which is as it were the fountaine of them all. And he defineth Christian charitie by synceritie, hatred of euill, earnest studie of good thinges, good affection to helpe our neighbour, and whose finall ende is the glory of God.

Note return to page 21929 Amos 5.15.

Note return to page 21930 Ephes.4.2. 1.Peter 2.17.

Note return to page 21931 [r] This piece is well put in, for it maketh difference betweene Christian dueties, and Philosophicall dueties.

Note return to page 21932 [7] He reckoneth vp diuers other vertues together with their effects, to wit, hope, patience in tribulation, equanimitie, continuance in prayer, liberalitie towards the saints, hospitalitie, moderation of minde, eu&ebar; in helping our enemies, a selfe same feeling with others as well in aduersitie as prosperitie, modestie, endeuour to mainteine honest concorde so nigh as we may with all men, which cannot be extinguished by any mans iniuries.

Note return to page 21933 1.Peter 5.8.

Note return to page 21934 Luke 18.1. 1.corinth.16.1.

Note return to page 21935 [s] A true rule of charitie, when we are no lesse touched with other mens wants, then with our owne, and hauing that feeling, helpe them as much as we can.

Note return to page 21936 [t] Not vpon pleasures and needelesse dueties, but vpon nece&esset;arie vses.

Note return to page 21937 Hebr.13.2. 1.peter 4. 13.

Note return to page 21938 Matth.5.44.

Note return to page 21939 Prou.3.7. isai.5.11.

Note return to page 21940 [u] There is nothing that doeth so much breake concorde, as ambition, when as euery man lotheth a base estate, and seeketh ambitiously to bee aloft.

Note return to page 21941 [x] Bee not puffed vp with opinion of your owne wisedome.

Note return to page 21942 Prou.20.22. matth.5.39. 2.cor.8.11. 1.pet.3.9.

Note return to page 21943 Hebr.12.14.

Note return to page 21944 Eccle.2.18. mat. 5.39.

Note return to page 21945 Deuter.32.35. hebr.10.30.

Note return to page 21946 Prouer.25.22.

Note return to page 21947 [y] After this sort doeth Salomon point out the wrath of God that hangeth ouer a man.

Note return to page 21948 Titus 3.1. 1.peter 2.13.

Note return to page 21949 [1] Now he sheweth seuerally, what subiectes owe to their magistrates, to wit, obedience: From which, hee sheweth that no man is free: and in such sort, that it is not onely due to the highest Magistrate himselfe, but also euen to the basest, which hath any office vnder him.

Note return to page 21950 [a] Yea, though an Apostle, though an Euangelist, though a Prophet: Chrysostome. Therefore the tyrannie of the Pope ouer all kingdomes must downe to the ground.

Note return to page 21951 [2] A reason taken of the nature of the thing it selfe: For to what purpose are they placed in higher degree, but that the inferiours should be subiect vnto them?

Note return to page 21952 [3] An other argum&ebar;t of great force: Because God is authour of this order: so that such as are rebels, ought to know, that they make warre with God himselfe: wherefore they cannot but purchase to themselues great miserie and calamitie.

Note return to page 21953 [b] Be distributed: for some are greater, some smaller.

Note return to page 21954 [4] The thirde argument taken from the ende wherefore they were made, which is most profitable: for that God by this meanes preserueth the good and bridleth the wicked: by which words, the Magistrates themselues, are put in minde of that duetie which they owe to their subiectes.

Note return to page 21955 [5] An excellent way to beare this yoke, not only without griefe, but also with great profite.

Note return to page 21956 [6] God hath armed the Magistrate euen with a reuenging sworde.

Note return to page 21957 [c] By whom God reuengeth the wicked.

Note return to page 21958 [7] The conclusion: We must obey the Magistrate, not onely for feare of punishment, but much more because that (although the Magistrate hath no power ouer the conscience of man, yet seeing he is Gods minister) he cannot be resisted by any good c&obar;science.

Note return to page 21959 [d] So farre as lawfully we may: for if vnlawful things be commanded vs, we must answere as Peter teacheth vs, It is better to obey God, then men.

Note return to page 21960 [8] Hee reckoneth vp the chiefest thinges wherein consisteth the obedience of subiects.

Note return to page 21961 Mat.22.11.

Note return to page 21962 [e] Obedience, and that from the heart.

Note return to page 21963 [f] Reuerence, which (as reason is) we must giue to the Magistrate.

Note return to page 21964 [9] He sheweth how very few iudgements neede to be executed, to wit, if wee so order our life, as no man may iustly require any thing of vs, besides that only, that we owe one to another, by the perpetuall law of charitie.

Note return to page 21965 [10] He commendeth Charitie, as an abridgement of the whole Lawe.

Note return to page 21966 [g] Hath not only done one commandement, but performed generally that which the Lawe commandeth.

Note return to page 21967 Exod.20.14. deut.5.18.

Note return to page 21968 [h] For the whole Law commandeth nothing els, but that we loue God, and our neighbour. But seeing Paul speaketh here of the dueties we owe one to another, we must restraine this word, Lawe, to the second Table.

Note return to page 21969 Leuit.19.18. mat.22.39. mar.12.31. gal 5.14. iames 2.8.

Note return to page 21970 1.Tim.1.1.

Note return to page 21971 [11] An application taken of the circumstance of the time: which also it self putteth vs in minde of our duetie, seeing that this remaineth, after that the darkenes of ignorance and wicked affections by the knowledge of Gods trueth be driuen out of vs, that we order our life according to that certaine & sure rule of al righteousnes & honestie, being fully gounded vpon the vertue of the Spirit of Christ.

Note return to page 21972 [i] In other places we are said to be in the light, but yet so, that it appeareth not as yet what we are, for as yet wee see but as it were in the twylight.

Note return to page 21973 [k] That kinde of life, which they lead, that flee the light.

Note return to page 21974 Luk.21.34.

Note return to page 21975 Gala.5.16. 1.pet.2.11.

Note return to page 21976 [l] To put on Christ, is to po&esset;e&esset;e Christ, to haue him in vs, and vs in him.

Note return to page 21977 [1] Now he sheweth how we ought to behaue our selues toward our brethren in matters and things indifferent, offending in the vse of them, not of malice, or damnable superstition, but for lacke of knowledge of the benefite of Christ. And thus he teacheth that they are to be instructed gently and patiently, and so that we applie our selues to their ignorance in such matters, according to the rule of charitie.

Note return to page 21978 [a] Doe not for a matter or thing that is indifferent, and such as you may doe or not doe, shunne his companie, but take him to you.

Note return to page 21979 [b] To make him by your doubtfull and vncertaine disputations go away more in doubt then he came, or start backe with a troubled conscience.

Note return to page 21980 [2] Hee propoundeth for an example, the difference of meates, which some thought was necessarily to be obserued as a thing prescribed by the Lawe (not knowing that it was taken away) whereas on the contrarie side such as had profited in the knowledge of the Gospel, knewe well that this scholemastership of the Lawe was abolished.

Note return to page 21981 [c] Knoweth by fayth.

Note return to page 21982 [3] In such a matter, sayth the Apostle, let neither them which knowe their libertie, proudely despise their weake brother, neither let the vnlearned crabbedly or frowardly condemne that, that they vnderstand not.

Note return to page 21983 [4] The first reason: Because that seeing both he that eateth, and hee that eateth not, is notwithstanding the member of Christ, neither hee which eateth not, can iustly be contemned, neither he which eateth, bee iustly condemned: Nowe the first proposition is declared in the sixth verse following.

Note return to page 21984 Iam.4.12.

Note return to page 21985 [5] An other reason which hangeth vpon the former: why the ruder and more vnlearned ought not to be condemned of the more skilfull, as men without hope of saluation: Because, sayth the Apostle, he that is ignorant to day, may be indued to morowe, with further knowledge, so that hee also may stande sure: Therefore it belongeth to God, and not vnto man, to pronounce the sentence of condemnation.

Note return to page 21986 [6] An other example of the difference of dayes according to the Lawe.

Note return to page 21987 [7] He setteth against this contempt, & hastie or rash iudgements, a continuall desire to profite, that the strong may be certainely perswaded of their libertie, of what maner and sort it is, and howe they ought to vse it: and againe the weake may dayly profite, least either they abuse the gift of God, or these please themselues in their infirmitie.

Note return to page 21988 [d] That hee may say in his conscience, that he knoweth and is perswaded by Iesus Christ, that nothing is vncleane of it selfe, and this perswasion must be grounded vpon the worde of God.

Note return to page 21989 [8] A reason taken from the nature of indifferent things, which a man may with good conscience do, and omit: for seeing that the difference of dayes and meates was appointed by God, how could they which as yet vndestoode not the abrogating of the Lawe, and yet otherwise acknowledged Christ as their Sauiour, with good conscience neglect that which they knew was commanded of God? And on the contrarie side, they that knewe the benefite of Christ in this behalfe, did with good conscience neither obserue dayes nor meates. Therefore sayth the Apostle verse 10, Let not the strong condemne the weake for these things, seeing that the weake brethren are brethren notwithstanding. Now if any man would draw this doctrine to these our times & ages, let him know that the Apostle speaketh of such things indifferent, as they which thought them not to be indifferent, had a ground in the Law, and were deceiued by simple ignorance, & not of malice, (for to such the Apostle yeelded not, no not for a moment) nor superstition, but of a religious feare of God.

Note return to page 21990 [e] Obserueth precisely.

Note return to page 21991 [f] God shall iudge whether he doe well or no: And therefore you should rather striue about this, howe euery one of you may be allowed of God, then to thinke vpon other mens doings.

Note return to page 21992 [g] Hee that maketh no difference of meates.

Note return to page 21993 [9] So the Apostle sheweth that he speaketh of the faithfull, both strong and weake: But what if we haue to doe with infidels? Then must we here take heede of two things, as also is declared in the Epistle to þe; Corinthians. The one is, that we count not their superstition among things indifferent, as they did which sate down to meat in Idols Temples: the other is, that then also wh&ebar; the matter is indifferent (as to buy a thing offred to idols, in þe; butchers shambles, & to eate it at home or in a priuate banquet) we wound not the consci&ebar;ce of our weake brother.

Note return to page 21994 [h] Hee that toucheth not meates which he taketh to be vncleane by the Lawe.

Note return to page 21995 [10] We must not sticke, sayth he, in the meate it selfe, but in the vse of the meate, so that he is iustly to be reprehended that liueth so, that he casteth not his eyes vpon God. For both our life and our death is dedicated to him, and for this cause Christ hath properly died, and not simplie that wee might eate this meate or that.

Note return to page 21996 [i] Hath respect to him selfe onely, which the Hebrues vtter after this sort, Doeth well to his owne soule.

Note return to page 21997 [11] The conclusion: wee must leane to God his right, and therefore in matters, which according as the conscience is affected, are either good or euill, the strong must not despite their weake brethren, much lesse condemne them. But this consequent cannot be taken of equall force in the contrarie, to wit, that the weake should not iudge the strong, because the weake doe not know, that they which do not obserue a day, and eate, obserue it not to the Lord, and eate to the Lord, as the strong men knowe that the weake which obserue a day and eate not, obserue the day to the Lorde, and eate not to the Lord.

Note return to page 21998 2.Cor.1.10.

Note return to page 21999 Isai.45.23. philip.2.10.

Note return to page 22000 [k] This is a forme of an othe, proper to God onely, for he and none but he liueth, and hath his being of himselfe.

Note return to page 22001 [l] Shall acknowledge me for God.

Note return to page 22002 [12] After that he hath concluded what is not to be done, he sheweth what is to be done: to wit, we must take heede that we doe not vtterly cast downe with abusing our libertie, our brother which is not yet strong.

Note return to page 22003 [m] He rebuketh by the way, these malicious iudgers of others, which occupie their heads about nothing, but to finde fault with their brethrens life, whereas they should rather bestowe their wits vpon this, that they doe not with their disdainefulnes either cast their brethren cleane downe, or giue them some offence.

Note return to page 22004 [13] The preuenting of an obiection: It is true that the scholemastership of the Lawe is taken away by the benefite of Christ, to such as know it, but yet notwithstanding we haue to consider in the vse of this libertie, what is expedient, that we may haue regard of our weake brother, seeing that our libertie is not lost thereby.

Note return to page 22005 [n] By the Spirit of the Lord Iesus, or by the Lorde Iesus, who, I am sure, brake downe the wall at his comming.

Note return to page 22006 [o] By nature.

Note return to page 22007 1.Cor.8.11.

Note return to page 22008 [14] It is the part of a cruell minde to make more account of meate, then of our brothers saluation. Which thing they doe, that presume to eate with the offence of any brother, and so giue him occasion to goe backe from the Gospel.

Note return to page 22009 [15] An other argument: We must follow Christes example: who was so farre from destroying the weake with meate, that he gaue his life for them.

Note return to page 22010 [16] Another argument: for that by this meanes the libertie of the Gospel is euill spoken of, as though it openeth the way to attempt any thing whatsoeuer, and boldeneth vs to all thinges.

Note return to page 22011 [17] A generall reason, and the grounde of all the other arguments: The kingdome of heauen consisteth not in these outwarde thinges, but in the studie of righteousnesse and peace, and comfort of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 22012 [p] Hee that liueth peaceably, and doeth righteously through the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 22013 [18] A generall conclusion: The vse of this libertie, yea and our whole life, ought to be referred to the edifying of one another, in so much that we esteeme that thing vnlawfull by reason of the offence of our brother, which is of it selfe pure and lawfull.

Note return to page 22014 Titus 1.15.

Note return to page 22015 2.Cor.8.13.

Note return to page 22016 [19] He giueth a double warning in these matters, one, which perteineth to the strong, that he which hath obteined a sure knowledge of this libertie, keepe that treasure to the ende he may vse it wisely and profitably, as hath bene sayde: the other which respecteth the weake, that they doe nothing rashly by other mens example with a wauering conscience, for that can not be done without sinne, whereof we are not perswaded by the worde of God, that hee liketh and approueth it.

Note return to page 22017 [q] He shewed before, verse 14. what hee meaneth by faith, to wit, for a man to bee certaine and out of doubt in matters and thinges indifferent.

Note return to page 22018 [r] Embraceth.

Note return to page 22019 [s] Reasoneth with himselfe.

Note return to page 22020 [1] Nowe the Apostle reasoneth generally of tolerating or beating with the weake by all meanes, so farre forth as may be for their profite.

Note return to page 22021 [a] And despise others.

Note return to page 22022 [b] For his profite and edification.

Note return to page 22023 [2] A confirmation taken of the example of Christ, who suffered all things, to bring not onely the weake, but also his most cruell enemies, ouercomming them with patience, to his Father.

Note return to page 22024 Psalm.69.10.

Note return to page 22025 [3] The preuenting of an obiection: Such things as are cited out of the examples of the ancients, are propounded vnto vs to this ende and purpose, that according to the example of our Fathers, we should in patience and hope beare one with another.

Note return to page 22026 [c] By Moses and the Prophets.

Note return to page 22027 [d] The Scriptures are sayde to teach and comfort, because God vseth them to teache and comfort his people withall.

Note return to page 22028 [4] We must take an example of patience, of God: that both the weake and the strong seruing God with a mutual consent, may bring one another to God, as Christ also receiued vs vnto himselfe, although we were neuer so vnworthy.

Note return to page 22029 1.Cor.1.10.

Note return to page 22030 [e] He did not disdaine vs, but receiued vs of his owne accord, to make vs partakers of Gods glory.

Note return to page 22031 [5] An applying of the example of Christ to the Iewes, whome hee vouchsafed this honour for the promises which he made vnto their fathers, although they were neuer so vnworthy, that he executed the office of a Minister amongst them with marueilous patience: Therefore much lesse ought the Gentiles despise them for certaine faultes, whome the Sonne of God so much esteemed.

Note return to page 22032 [f] Of the circumcised Iewes, for as long as hee liued, he neuer went out of their quarters.

Note return to page 22033 [g] That God might be seene to be true.

Note return to page 22034 [6] An applying of the same to the Gentiles, whome also the Lorde of his incomprehensible goodnes had regard of, so that they are not to be contemned of the Iewes, as strangers.

Note return to page 22035 Psal.18.50.

Note return to page 22036 [h] I will openly profe&esset;e, and set foorth thy Name.

Note return to page 22037 Deut.32.43.

Note return to page 22038 Psal.117.1.

Note return to page 22039 Esai.11.10.

Note return to page 22040 [7] He sealeth vp as it were all the former treatise with prayers, wishing all that to be giuen them of the Lord, that he had commaunded them.

Note return to page 22041 [i] In whome we hope.

Note return to page 22042 [k] Abundantly and plentifully.

Note return to page 22043 [8] The conclusion of the Epistle, wherein he first excuseth himselfe, that he hath written somewhat at large vnto them, rather to warne them, then to teach them, and that of necessitie, by reason of his vocation, which bindeth him peculiarly to the Gentiles.

Note return to page 22044 [l] Of your owne accord, and of your selues.

Note return to page 22045 [m] By the offering vp of the Gentiles, he meaneth the Gentiles th&ebar;selues, whome he offered to God as a sacrifice.

Note return to page 22046 [9] Hee commendeth his Apostleship highly, by the effects, but yet so, that moreouer and besides that hee speaketh all things truely, he giueth all the glory to God as the onely authour: and doeth not properly respect himselfe, but this rather, that men might lesse doubt of þe; trueth of the doctrine which hee propoundeth vnto them.

Note return to page 22047 [n] Christ was so with mee in all things, and by all meanes, that if I would neuer so faine, yet I cannot say, what he hath done by me to bring the Gentiles to obey the Gospel.

Note return to page 22048 [o] In the first place this word, Power, signifieth the force and working of the wonders in pearcing mens mindes: and in the latter, it signifieth Gods mightie power which was the worker of those wonders.

Note return to page 22049 Isai.52.15.

Note return to page 22050 Chap.1.11.

Note return to page 22051 [10] He writeth at large to the Romanes, & that familiarly, his singular good wil towards them, & the state of his affaires, but so, that he swarueth not a iote from the ende of Apostolicall doctrine: for hee declareth nothing but that which apperteineth to his office and is godly: and commending by a litle disgression as it were, the liberalitie of the Churches of Macedonie, hee prouoketh them modestly to follow their godly deed.

Note return to page 22052 1.Thes.1.17.

Note return to page 22053 [p] Doing this duetie for the Saints, to cary them that money which was gathered for their vses.

Note return to page 22054 [11] Almes are voluntarie, but yet such as we owe by the Law of charitie.

Note return to page 22055 1.Cor.6.11.

Note return to page 22056 [q] To serue their turnes.

Note return to page 22057 [r] Performed it faithfully, & sealed it as it were with my ring.

Note return to page 22058 [s] This money, which was gathered for the vse of the poore: which almes is very fitly called fruite.

Note return to page 22059 [12] He promiseth them through the blessing of God, not to come emptie vnto them: and requiring of them the duetie of prayers, he sheweth what thing we ought chiefly to rest vpon in all difficulties and aduersities.

Note return to page 22060 [t] For that mutuall coniunction, wherewith the holy Ghost hath tyed our hearts and mindes together.

Note return to page 22061 [1] Hauing made an ende of the whole disputation, he commeth nowe to familiar commendations and salutations, and that to good consideration and purpose, to wit, that the Romanes might knowe, who are most to be honoured and made accompt of amongst them: and also whom they ought to set before them to folowe: and therefore he attributeth vnto euery of them peculiar and singular testimonies.

Note return to page 22062 [a] For Christes sake, which is proper to the Christians, for the heathen Philosophers haue resemblances of the same vertues.

Note return to page 22063 Actes 18.3.

Note return to page 22064 [b] The companie of the faithfull, for in so great a citie as that was, there were diuers companies.

Note return to page 22065 [c] For he was the first of Achaia that beleeued in Christ: and this kinde of speache is an allusion to the ceremonies of the Lawe.

Note return to page 22066 [d] Ingraffed by faith.

Note return to page 22067 1.Cor.16.20. 2.cor.13.12. 1.pet.5.14.

Note return to page 22068 [e] He calleth that an holy kisse, which proceedeth from an heart that is full of that holy loue: nowe this is to be referred to the maner vsed in those dayes.

Note return to page 22069 [2] As by namely describing them which were worthie of commendation, he sufficiently declared whom they ought to heare and followe, so doeth he nowe paint out vnto them whom they ought to take heede of, yet he nameth them not, for that it was not needefull.

Note return to page 22070 [f] Warily and diligently, as though you shoulde scoute out for your enemies in a watch tower.

Note return to page 22071 2.Iohn 10.

Note return to page 22072 [g] The worde which he vseth, signifieth a promising which performeth nothing, and if thou hearest any such, thou mayest assure thy selfe that he that promiseth thee is more carefull of thy matters, then of his owne.

Note return to page 22073 [3] Simplicitie must be ioyned with wisedome.

Note return to page 22074 [h] Furnished with the knowledge of the trueth, and wisedome, that you may embrace good thinges, and eschewe euil, beware of the deceites and snares of false prophets, and resist them openly: and this place doeth plainely destroy the Papists faith of credite, whereas they mainteine it to be sufficient for one man to beleeue as another man beleeueth, without further knowledge or examination what the matter is, or what ground it hath: vsing these dayly speaches, We beleeue as our fathers beleeued, and we beleeue as the Church beleeueth.

Note return to page 22075 [i] As men that knowe no way to deceiue, much lesse to deceiue in deede.

Note return to page 22076 [4] We must fight, with a certaine hope of victorie.

Note return to page 22077 Actes 16.1. Phil.2. 19.

Note return to page 22078 [5] He annexeth salutations, partly to renue mutuall friendship, and partly to the ende that this Epistle might be of some waight with the Romanes, hauing the confirmation of so many that subscribed vnto it.

Note return to page 22079 [k] Wrote it as Paul vttered it.

Note return to page 22080 [6] Nowe taking his leaue of them this third time, he wisheth that vnto them, whereupon dependeth all the force of the former doctrine.

Note return to page 22081 Ephes.3.20.

Note return to page 22082 [7] He setteth foorth the power and wisdome of God with great thankesgiuing, which especially appeare in the Gospel: and maketh mention also of the calling of the Gentiles, to confirme the Romanes in the hope of this saluation.

Note return to page 22083 Ephes.3.9. coloss.1.26. 2.tim.1.10. titus 1.2.

Note return to page 22084 [l] That secrete and hidden thing, that is to say, the calling of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 22085 [m] Offered and exhibited to all nations to be knowen.

Note return to page 22086 [1] The inscription of the Epistle, wherein he chiefely goeth about to procure the good will of the Corinthians towardes him, yet notwithstanding so, that alwayes he letteth them to wit, that he is the seruaunt of God and not of men.

Note return to page 22087 [2] If he be an Apostle then he must be heard, although he sometimes reprehend them sharpely, seeing he hath not his owne cause in hand, but is a messenger that bringeth the commaundements of Christ.

Note return to page 22088 [3] He ioyneth Sosthenes with himselfe, that this doctrine might be confirmed by two witnesses.

Note return to page 22089 [4] It is a Church of God, although it hath great faults in it, so that it obey them which admonish it.

Note return to page 22090 Actes 15.9. 1.thessa.4.7.

Note return to page 22091 [5] A true definition of the Catholique Church, which is one.

Note return to page 22092 [a] The father sanctifieth vs, that is to say, separateth vs from the wicked, in giuing vs to his Sonne, that he may be in vs, and wee in him.

Note return to page 22093 Rom.1.7. ephes.1.1. coloss.1.22. 1.timo.1.9. titus 2.3.

Note return to page 22094 [b] Whom God of his gracious goodnesse and meere loue hath separated for himselfe: or whom God hath called to holinesse: the first of these two expositions, sheweth from whence our sanctification commeth, and the seconde, sheweth to what ende it tendeth.

Note return to page 22095 2.Timo.1.22.

Note return to page 22096 [c] He is saide properly to call on God, who cryeth vnto the Lorde when he is in danger, and craueth helpe at his handes: and by the figure Synecdoche it is taken for all the seruice of God: and therefore to call vpon Christes Name, is to acknowledge and take him for very God.

Note return to page 22097 [6] The foundation and the life of the Church, is Christ Iesus giuen of the Father.

Note return to page 22098 [7] Going about to condemne many vices, he beginneth with a true commendation of their vertues, lest he might seeme after to descende to chiding, being moued with malice or enuie: yet so, that he referreth all to God as the authour of them, and that in Christ, that the Corinthians might be more ashamed to prophane and abuse the holy giftes of God.

Note return to page 22099 [8] He toucheth that by name, which they most abused.

Note return to page 22100 [d] Seeing that whiles wee liue here, we knowe but in part, and prophecie in part, this worde (All) must be restrained to the present state of the faithfull: but by Speache he meaneth not a vaine kinde of babling, but the gift of holy eloquence, which the Corinthians abused.

Note return to page 22101 [9] He sheweth that the true vse of these giftes consisteth herein, that the mightie power of Christ might thereby be set foorth in them, that hereafter it might euidently appeare howe wickedly they abused them to glorie and ambition.

Note return to page 22102 [e] By those excellent giftes of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 22103 Titus 2.11. philipp.3 20.

Note return to page 22104 [10] He sayeth by the way, that there is no cause why they shoulde please themselues so much in those giftes which they had receiued, seeing that those were nothing in comparison of them which are to be looked for.

Note return to page 22105 [f] He speaketh of the last comming of Christ.

Note return to page 22106 1.Thessa.3.13. and 5.23.

Note return to page 22107 [11] He testifieth that hee hopeth well of them hereafter, that they may more patiently abide his reprehension afterwarde. And yet together therewithall sheweth, that as well the beginning as the accomplishing of our saluation is onely the worke of God.

Note return to page 22108 [g] Hee calleth them blamelesse, not whom man neuer founde fault with, but with whom no man can iustly finde fault, that is to say, them which are in Christ Iesus, in whom there is no condemnation. See Luke 1.6.

Note return to page 22109 1.Thessa.5.24.

Note return to page 22110 [h] True and constant, who doeth not onely call vs, but giueth vs the gift of perseuerance also.

Note return to page 22111 [12] Hauing made an ende of the preface, he commeth to the matter it selfe, beginning with a most graue obtestation, as though they shoulde heare Christ him selfe speaking and not Paul.

Note return to page 22112 [13] The first part of this Epistle, wherein his purpose is, to call back the Corinthians to brotherly concord, and to take away all occasion of discord. So then this first part concerneth the taking away of schismes. Nowe a schisme is when men which otherwise agree and consent together in doctrine, doe yet separate themselues one from another.

Note return to page 22113 [i] Knit together, as a bodie that consisteth of all his partes fitly knit together.

Note return to page 22114 [14] He beginneth his reprehension and chiding by taking away of an obiection: for that he vnderstoode by good witnesses, that there were many factions among them. And therewithall he openeth the cause of dissensions, because that some did hang on one doctour, some on another, and some were so addicted to themselues, that they neglected all doctours and teachers, calling themselues the disciples of Christ onely, shutting foorth their teachers.

Note return to page 22115 [k] The matter I would say to you, is this.

Note return to page 22116 Actes 18.24.

Note return to page 22117 [15] The first reason why schismes ought to be eschewed: because Christ seemeth by that meanes, to be deuided and torne in pieces, who cannot be the head of two diuers and disagreeing bodies, being himselfe one.

Note return to page 22118 [16] Another reason: Because they cannot without great iniurie to God, so hang of men as of Christ: which thing no doubt they doe, which allowe whatsoeuer some man speaketh, euen for his persons sake: as these men allowed one selfe same Gospel being vttered of one man, and did lothe it being vttered of another man. So that these factions were called by the names of their teachers. Nowe Paul setteth downe his owne name, not onely to grieue no man, but also to shewe that he pleadeth not his owne cause.

Note return to page 22119 [17] The third reason taken of the forme and end of Baptisme, wherein we make a promise to Christ, calling on also the Name of the Father and the holy Ghost. Therefore although a man doe not fall from the doctrine of Christ, yet if he hang vpon some certaine teachers and despise others, he forsaketh Christ: for if he holde Christ his onely master, he woulde heare him, teaching by whomsoeuer.

Note return to page 22120 [18] He protesteth that he speaketh so much the more boldly of these things, because that through Gods prouidence, he is void of all suspicion of chalenging disciples vnto himself, and taking them from others. Whereby we may vnderstand, that not the scholers onely, but the teachers also are here reprehended, which gathered them selues flockes apart.

Note return to page 22121 Actes 18.8.

Note return to page 22122 [19] The taking away of an obiection: that he gaue not him selfe to baptize many amongst them: not for the contempt of Baptisme, but because he was chiefly occupied in deliuering the doctrine, and committed them that receiued his doctrine to others to be baptized, whereof he had store. And so he declared sufficiently how farre he was from all ambition: whereas on the other side, they whom he reprehendeth, as though they gathered disciples vnto themselues and not vnto Christ, bragged most ambitiously of numbers, which they had baptized.

Note return to page 22123 [20] Now he turneth himselfe to the doctours themselues, which pleased themselues in braue and ambitious eloquence, to the ende that they might drawe more disciples after them. He confesseth plainely that he was vnlike vnto them, opposing grauely as it became an Apostle, his example against their peruerse iudgements: So that this is another place of this Epistle, touching the obseruing of a godly simplicitie both in wordes and sentences in teaching of the Gospel.

Note return to page 22124 Chap.2.13. 2.pet.1.16.

Note return to page 22125 [l] With eloquence: which Paul casteth off from him not onely as not necessarie, but also as flat contrary to the office of his Apostleship: and yet had Paul his kind of eloquence, but it was heauenly, not of man, & void of painted wordes.

Note return to page 22126 [21] The reason why he vsed not the pompe of wordes, and painted speach: because it was Gods will to bring þe; world to his obedience by that way, whereby the most idiots amongst men might vnderstand, that this worke was done of God himselfe without the arte of man. Therefore as saluation is set forth vnto vs in þe; Gospel, by the crosse of Christ, then which nothing is more contemptible, & more farre from life, so God would haue the maner of the preaching of þe; crosse, most different from those meanes, &wt; which men do vse to draw & entise other, either to heare or beleeue: therefore it pleased him by a certaine kind of most wise follie, to triumph ouer the most foolish wisdome of the world, as he had said before by Esay, that he would. And hereby we may gather, that both those doctours which were puffed vp &wt; ambitious eloquence, & also their hearers, strayed farre away from the ende and marke of their vocation.

Note return to page 22127 [m] The preaching of Christ crucified, or the kinde of speach which wee vse.

Note return to page 22128 Rom.1.16.

Note return to page 22129 [n] It is that wherein hee declareth his marueilous power in sauing his elect, which would not so euidently appeare, if it hanged vpon any helpe of man, for so, man might attribute that to himselfe, which is proper onely to the crosse of Christ.

Note return to page 22130 [22] The Apostle prooueth, that this ought not onely not to seeme strange, seeing that it was foretold so long before, but declareth further, that God is wont to punish the pride of the worlde in such sort, which so pleaseth it selfe in it owne wisedom: and therefore that that is vaine, yea a thing of nothing, and such as God reiecteth as vnprofitable, which they so carefully laboured for, and made so great accompt of.

Note return to page 22131 Esay 29.14.

Note return to page 22132 [o] Where art thou, O thou learned fellowe, and thou that spendest thy daies in turning thy bookes?

Note return to page 22133 [p] Thou that spendest all thy time in seeking out the secret things of this world, and in expounding all hard questions: and thus triumpheth he against all the men of this worlde, for there was not one of them that could so much as dreame vpon this secrete & hidden mysterie.

Note return to page 22134 [23] He sheweth that the pride of men was worthily punished of God, because they would not behold God, as meete was they should, in the most cleare glasse of the wisdome of the world, which is the workemanship of the worlde.

Note return to page 22135 [q] By the worlde hee meaneth all men which are not borne a newe, but remaine as they were, when they were first borne.

Note return to page 22136 [r] In the workemanship of this worlde, which hath the marueilous wisdome of God ingraued in it, so that euery man may beholde it.

Note return to page 22137 [24] The goodnes of God is wonderfull, for while he goeth about to punish the pride of the worlde, hee is very prouident and careful for the saluation of it, and teacheth men to become fooles, that they may be wise to God.

Note return to page 22138 [s] So hee calleth the preaching of the Gospel as the enemies supposed it: but in the meane season hee taunteth them very sharply, who had rather charge God with follie, then acknowledge their owne, and craue pardon for it.

Note return to page 22139 Matt.12.38.

Note return to page 22140 [25] A declaration of that which he said: that the preaching of the Gospel, is foolish. It is foolish sayth he, to them whom God hath not indued with new light, that is to say, to al men, being considered in them selues: for the Iewes require miracles, and the Grecians arguments, which they may comprehende by their witte and wisedome: and therefore they doe not onely not beleeue the Gospell, but also they mocke at it. Notwithstanding in this foolish preaching, there is the great vertue and wisdom of God, but such as those onely which are called do perceiue: God shewing most plainely, that eu&ebar; then when mad men thinke him most foolish, he is farre wiser then they are: and that he surmounteth all their might and power, when he vseth most vile and abiect thinges, as it hath appeared in the fruite of the preaching of the Gospell.

Note return to page 22141 [26] A confirmation taken of those thinges which came to passe at Corinth, where the Church especially consisted of the basest and common people, in so much that the philosophers of Greece were driuen to shame, when they saw that they could do nothing with their wisedome and eloquence, in comparison of the Apostles, whome notwithstanding they called Idiots and vnlearned. And herewithall doeth he beate downe their pride: for God did not preferre them before those noble and wise men because they shoulde be proude, but that they might bee c&obar;strained euen whether they willed or not, to reioyce in the Lorde, by whose mercie, although they were the most abiects of all, they had obteined in Christ, both this wisedome, and all thinges necessary to saluation.

Note return to page 22142 [t] What way the Lorde hath taken in calling you.

Note return to page 22143 [u] After that kinde of wisedome which men make accompt of, as though there were none els: who because they are carnall, knowe not spirituall wisedome.

Note return to page 22144 [x] Which in mans iudgement are almost nothing.

Note return to page 22145 [y] To shewe that they are vaine and vnprofitable, and nothing woorth. See Rom.3.31.

Note return to page 22146 [z] Flesh, is oft as we see, taken for the whole man: and he vseth this worde Flesh, very fitly, to set the weake and, miserable condition of man, & the maiestie of God, one against the other.

Note return to page 22147 [a] Whome he cast downe before, nowe he lifteth vp, yea, higher then all men: yet so, that he sheweth them that all their worthinesse is without themselues, that is, standeth in Christ, and that of God.

Note return to page 22148 [27] Hee teacheth that especially and aboue all things, the Gospel ought not to be contemned, seeing it conteineth the chiefest things that are to be desired, to wit, true wisedome, the true way to obteine righteousnesse, the true way to liue honestly and godly, the true deliuerance from all miseries and calamities.

Note return to page 22149 Iere.9.24. 2.cor. 10.17.

Note return to page 22150 [b] Let him yeeld all to God and giue him thankes: and so by this place is mans free will beaten downe, which the Papists so dreame of.

Note return to page 22151 [1] Hee returneth to the 17. verse of the former chapter, that is to say, to his owne example: confessing that hee vsed not amongest them either excellencie of woordes or entising speache of mans wisedome, but with great simplicitie of speach both knewe and preached Iesus Christ crucified, humble and abiect, as touching the flesh.

Note return to page 22152 Chap.1.17.

Note return to page 22153 [a] The Gospel.

Note return to page 22154 [b] I purposed not to professe any other knowledge but the knowledge of Christ and him crucified.

Note return to page 22155 Act.18.1.

Note return to page 22156 [c] Hee setteth weakenesse, against excellencie of woordes, and therefore ioyneth with it feare and trembling which are the companions of true modestie, not such feare and trembling as terrifie the conscience, but such as are contrary to vanitie and pride.

Note return to page 22157 Chap.1.17. 2.peter 1.16.

Note return to page 22158 [2] He turneth that nowe to the commendation of his ministerie, which he had graunted to his aduersaries: for his vertue and power, which they knewe well enough, was so much the more excellent, because it had no worldly helpe ioyned with it.

Note return to page 22159 [d] By plaine euidence he meaneth such a proofe, as is made by certaine and necessary reasons.

Note return to page 22160 [3] And he telleth the Corinthians, that hee did it for their great profite, because they might thereby knowe manifestly, that the Gospel was from heauen. Therefore he priuily rebuketh them, because that in seeking vaine ostentation, they willingly depriued them selues of the greatest helpe of their faith.

Note return to page 22161 [4] Another argument taken of the nature of the thing, that is, of the Gospel, which is true wisedome, but knowen to them onely which are desirous of perfection: and is vnsauerie to them which otherwise excell in the worlde, but yet vainely and fraillie.

Note return to page 22162 [e] Those are called perfect here, not which had gotten perfection alreadie, but such as tende to it, as Philippians 3.15. so that perfect, is set against weake.

Note return to page 22163 [f] They that are wiser, richer, or mightier, then other men are.

Note return to page 22164 [5] Hee sheweth the cause why this wisedome can not bee perceiued of those excellent worldly wittes: to witte, because in deede it is so deepe, that they can not attaine vnto it.

Note return to page 22165 [g] Which men coulde not so much as dreame of.

Note return to page 22166 [6] Hee taketh away an obiection: If it bee so harde, when and howe is it knowen? God sayeth he, determined with himselfe from the beginning, that which his purpose was to bring foorth at this time out of his secretes, for the saluation of men.

Note return to page 22167 [7] Hee taketh away another obiection: why then, howe commeth it to passe, that this wisedome was so reiected of men of hiest authoritie, that they crucified Christ himselfe? Paul answereth: Because they knewe not Christ such as hee was.

Note return to page 22168 [h] That mightie God, full of true maiestie and glorie: Nowe this place hath in it a most euident proofe of the Diuinitie of Christ, and of his ioyning of the two natures in one, which hath this in it, that that which is proper to the manhoode alone, is vouched of the Godhead ioyned with the manhoode: which kinde of speach, is called of the olde fathers, a making common of thinges belonging to some one, with other to whome they doe not belong.

Note return to page 22169 [8] An other obiection: But howe could it bee that those wittie men could not perceiue this wisdom? Paul answereth: Because wee preach those thinges which passe all mans vnderstanding.

Note return to page 22170 Esa.64.4.

Note return to page 22171 [i] Man can not so much as thinke of them, much lesse conceiue them with his senses.

Note return to page 22172 [9] A question: If it surmount the capacitie of men, how can it be vnderstoode of any man, or howe can you declare and preach it? by a peculiar lightning by Gods Spirite, wherewith whosoeuer is inspired, he can enter euen to the verie secretes of God.

Note return to page 22173 [k] There is nothing so secrete and hidden in God, but the Spirit of God pearceth into it.

Note return to page 22174 [10] He setteth that foorth by a similitude, which he spake of the inspiration of the Spirit. As the force of mans wit searcheth out things pertaining to man, so doeth our minde by that power of the holy Ghost, vnderstand heauenly things.

Note return to page 22175 [l] The minde of man which is indued with the ablenes to vnderstande and iudge.

Note return to page 22176 [m] The Spirite which we haue receiued, doeth not teach vs things of this worlde, but lifteth vs vp to God: and this place teacheth vs against the Papistes, what faith is, from whence it commeth, and what force it is of.

Note return to page 22177 [11] That which he spake generally, hee restraineth nowe to those thinges which God hath opened vnto vs of our saluation in Christ: lest that any man shoulde separate the Spirit from the preaching of the word & Christ: or should thinke that those fantastical men are gouerned by the Spirit of God, which wandring besides the word, thrust vpon vs their vaine imaginations for the secrets of God.

Note return to page 22178 [n] This word (know) is taken here in his proper sense, for true knowledge, which the Spirit of God worketh in vs.

Note return to page 22179 [12] Nowe he returneth to his purpose, and concludeth the argument which he began verse 6. and it is thus: the wordes must be applied to the matter, and the matter must be set forth with words which are meete & conuenient for it: now this wisdom is spiritual and not of man, and therefore it must be deliuered by a spiritual kinde of teaching, and not by entising wordes of mans eloquence, that the simple, and yet wonderfull maiestie of the holy Ghost may therein appeare.

Note return to page 22180 Cha.1.17. 2 pet.1.16.

Note return to page 22181 [o] Applying the words vnto the matter, to wit, that as we teach spirituall thinges, so must our kinde of teaching be spirituall.

Note return to page 22182 [13] Againe he preuenteth an offence or stumbling blocke: Howe commeth it to passe that so fewe alowe these things? This is not to be marueiled at, saith the Apostle, seeing that men in their naturall powers (as they termed them) are not indued with that facultie whereby spirituall thinges are discerned (which facultie commeth another way) and therefore they accompt spirituall wisedom as follie: and it is as if he should say, It is no maruaile that blinde men can not iudge of colours, seeing that they lacke the light of their eyes, and therefore light is to them as darkenes.

Note return to page 22183 [p] The man that hath no further light of vnderstanding, then that which he brought with him, euen fr&obar; his mothers wombe, as Iude defineth it, Iude 19.

Note return to page 22184 [q] By the vertue of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 22185 [14] He amplifieth the matter by contraries.

Note return to page 22186 [r] Vnderstandeth and discerneth.

Note return to page 22187 [15] The wisdom of the flesh, sayth Paul, determineth nothing certainely, no not in it owne affaires, much lesse can it discerne strange, that is, spirituall things. But the Spirit of God wherewith spirituall men are indued, can be deceiued by no meanes, & therefore be reprooued of no man.

Note return to page 22188 [s] Of no man: for when the Prophets are iudged of the Prophets, it is the Spirite that iudgeth, and not the man.

Note return to page 22189 Esai.40. 13. rom.11.34.

Note return to page 22190 [16] A reason of the former saying: for he is called spiritual, which hath learned that by the vertue of the Spirit, which Christ hath taught vs. Now if that which we haue learned of þt; Master, could be reproued of any man, he must needes be wiser then God: whereupon it followeth, that they are not only foolish, but also wicked, which thinke that they can deuise some thing that is either more perfect, or that they can teach the wisdome of God a better way then they knewe or taught, which vndoubtedly were indued with Gods Spirite.

Note return to page 22191 [t] Lay his head to his, and teach him what hee should doe.

Note return to page 22192 [u] Wee are indued with the spirit of Christ, who openeth vnto vs those secrets, which by all other meanes are vnsearcheable, and also all trueth whatsoeuer.

Note return to page 22193 [1] Hauing declared the worthinesse of heauenly wisdom, & of the Gospel, & hauing generally condemned the blindenes of mans minde, nowe at length he applieth it particularly to þe; Corinthians, calling them carnal, þt; is, such in whome as yet the flesh preuaileth against the Spirite. And hee bringeth a double testimonie of it: first, for that he had proued them to be such, in so much that hee dealt with them no otherwise then &wt; ignorant men, and such as are almost babes in the doctrine of godlines: and secondly, because they shewed in deede by these dissensions, which spr&abar;g vp by reason of the ignorance of the vertue of the Spirit, and heauenly wisdom, that they had profited very litle or nothing.

Note return to page 22194 [a] He calleth them carnal, which are as yet ignorant, and therefore to expresse it the better, he termeth them babes.

Note return to page 22195 [b] Substantial meat, or strong meat.

Note return to page 22196 [c] To be fed by me with substantial meat: therefore as the Corinthians grew vp in age, so the Apostle nourished them by teaching, first with milke, then with str&obar;g meat, which difference was onely but in the maner of teaching.

Note return to page 22197 [d] By the square & compas of mans wit and iudgement.

Note return to page 22198 [2] After that he hath sufficiently reprehended ambitious teachers and their foolish esteemers, now he sheweth how the true ministers are to be esteemed, þt; we attribute not vnto them, more or les then we ought to do. Therefore he teacheth vs, þt; they are they by whom we are brought to faith and saluation, but yet as the ministers of God, & such as do nothing of th&ebar;selues, but God so working by them as it pleaseth him to furnish them with his gifts. Therfore we haue not to marke or c&obar;sider what minister it is þt; speaketh, but what is spoken: & we must depend only vpon him which speaketh by his seruants.

Note return to page 22199 [3] He beautifieth the former sentence, with two similitudes: first c&obar;paring the company of the faithful, to a field which God maketh fruitful, when it is sowed & watred through the labour of his seruants: next, by comparing it to an house, which in deede the Lord buildeth, but by the hands of his workmen, some of whom, he vseth in laying the foundation, others in building of it vp. Now, both these similitudes tend to this purpose to shew that al things are wholly accomplished by Gods onely authority and might, so þt; we must onely haue an eye to him. Moreouer, although þt; God vseth some in the better part of the woorke, we must not therefore contemne other, in respect of them, & much lesse may we deuide or set them apart, (as these factious men did) seeing that al of them labour in Gods busines, and in such sort, that they serue to finish one selfe same woorke, although by a diuers maner of woorking, in so much that they neede one anothers helpe.

Note return to page 22200 Psa.62.12. gal.6.5.

Note return to page 22201 [e] Seruing vnder him: Now they which serue vnder an other, doe nothing of their owne strength, but as it is giuen them by grace, which grace maketh them fit to that seruice. Looke chap. 15.10. & 2.cor.3.6. & all the increase that commeth by their labour, doeth so proceede from God, that no part of the praise of it may be giuen to the vnder seru&abar;t.

Note return to page 22202 [4] Now he speaketh to the teachers th&ebar; selues, which succeeded him in the Church of Corinth, & in their person, to all þt; were after or shalbe Pastours of Congregations, seeing that they succeede into the labour of the Apostles, which were planters and chiefe builders. Therefore hee warneth them first, that they perswade not themselues that they may build after their owne fantasie, that is, that they may propounde and set foorth any thing in the Church, either in matter, or in kinde of teaching, different from the Apostles which were the chiefe builders.

Note return to page 22203 [5] Moreouer, he sheweth what this foundation is, to wit, Christ Iesus, from which they may not turne away one iote in the building vp of this building.

Note return to page 22204 [6] Thirdly hee sheweth, that they must take heede that the vpper part of the building be answerable to the foundation, that is, that admonitions, exhortations, and whatsoeuer pertaineth to the edifying of the flocke, bee answerable to the doctrine of Christ, as well in matter as in forme: which doctrine is compared to gold, siluer, & precious stones: of which matter, Esaias also and Iohn in the Reuelation builde the heauenly citie. And to these are opposite, wood, hay, stubble, that is to say, curious and vaine questions or decrees: and besides to be short, all that kinde of teaching which serueth to ostentation. For false doctrines, where of he speaketh not here, are not sayde properly to be built vpon this foundation, vnlesse peraduenture in shewe onely.

Note return to page 22205 [7] He testifieth, as in deede the trueth is, that all are not good builders, no not some of them which stand vpon this one and onely foundation: but howsoeuer this worke of euill builders, saith he, stand for a season, yet shall it not alwayes deceiue, because that the light of the trueth appearing at length as day, shal dissolue this darkenesse, and shewe what it is. And as that stuffe is tryed by the fire, whether it be good or not, so wil God in his time by the touch of his Spirit and worde trie all buildings, and so shal it come to passe, that such as be found pure and sound, shall still continue so, to the praise of the workman: but they that are otherwise, shall be consumed and vanish away, and so shall the workeman be frustrate of the hope of his labour, which pleased himselfe in a thing of nought.

Note return to page 22206 [8] He taketh not away hope of saluation from the vnskilfull and foolish builders, which hold fast the foundation, of which sort were those Rhetoricians rather then pastours of Corinth: but he addeth an exception, that they must notwithstanding suffer this tryall of their worke, and also abide the losse of their vaine labours.

Note return to page 22207 Chap.6.19.2. cor.6.16.

Note return to page 22208 [9] Continuing still in the metaphore of a building, he teacheth vs that this ambition is not only vaine, but also sacrilegious: For he saith that the Church is as it were the temple of God, which God hath as it were consecrated vnto himselfe by his Spirite. Then turning himselfe to these ambitious men, he sheweth that they prophane the temple of God, because those vaine artes wherein they please themselues so much, are as he teacheth, so many pollutions of the holy doctrine of God, and the puritie of the Church. Which wickednesse shall not be suffered vnpunished.

Note return to page 22209 [f] Defileth it and maketh it vncleane, being holy: and surely they do defile it, by Paul his iudgement, which by fleshly eloquence defile the puritie of the Gospel.

Note return to page 22210 [10] He concludeth by the contrary, that they professe pure wisdome in the Church of God which refuse and cast away all those vanities of men: and if they be mocked of the world, it is sufficient for them that they be wise according to the wisdome of God, and as he will haue them to be wise.

Note return to page 22211 Iob.5.13.

Note return to page 22212 [g] Be they neuer so craftie, yet the Lord will take them when he shall discouer their trecherie.

Note return to page 22213 Psal.44.11.

Note return to page 22214 [11] He returneth to the proposition of the 2. verse, first warning the hearers, that henceforwarde they esteeme not as Lordes, those whom God hath appointed to be ministers and not Lordes of their saluation: which thing they doe, that depend vpon men, and not vpon God that speaketh by them.

Note return to page 22215 [h] Please himselfe.

Note return to page 22216 [i] Helpes, appointed for your benefite.

Note return to page 22217 [12] He passeth from the persons, to the things themselues, that his argument may be more forcible: yea he ascendeth from Christ to the Father, to shewe that we rest our selues no not in Christ himselfe, in that that he is man, but because he carieth vs vp euen to the Father, as Christ witnesseth of himselfe euery where, that he was sent of his Father, that by this band we may be all knit with God himselfe.

Note return to page 22218 [1] He concludeth the duetie of the hearers towardes their ministers: that they esteeme them not as Lordes: and yet notwithstanding that they giue eare vnto them, as to them that are sent from Christ, sent I say to this end and purpose, that they may receiue as it were at their hands, the treasure of saluation which is drawen out of the secrets of God

Note return to page 22219 [a] Euery man.

Note return to page 22220 [2] Last of all, he warneth the ministers, that they also behaue themselues not as Lordes, but as faithfull seruants, because they must render an accompt of their stewardship vnto God.

Note return to page 22221 [3] Because in reprehending others, he set himselfe for an example, he vseth a preoccupation, or preuenting of an obiection, and vsing the grauitie of an Apostle, he sheweth that he careth not for the contrary iudgements that they haue of him, in that they esteemed him as a vile person, because he did not set foorth himselfe as they did. And he bringeth good reasons why he was nothing moued with the iudgements which they had of him.

Note return to page 22222 [4] First, because that, that which men iudge in these cases of their owne braines, is no more to be accompted of, then when the vnlearned doe iudge of wisdome.

Note return to page 22223 [b] Word for word, Day, after the maner of speache of the Cilicians.

Note return to page 22224 [5] Secondly, saith he, howe can you iudge howe much or howe litle I am to be accounted of, seeing that I my selfe which knowe my selfe better then you doe, and which dare professe that I haue walked in my vocation with a good conscience, dare not yet notwithstanding chalenge any thing to my selfe: for I knowe that I am not vnblameable, all this notwithstanding: much lesse therefore shoulde I please my selfe as you doe.

Note return to page 22225 [c] I permit my selfe to the Lordes iudgement.

Note return to page 22226 [6] A third reason proceeding of a conclusion as it were, out of the former reasons. It is Gods office to esteeme euery man according to his value, because he knoweth the secretes of the heart, which men for the most part are ignorant of. Therefore this iudgement perteineth not to you.

Note return to page 22227 Matth.7.1.

Note return to page 22228 [d] One coulde not be praised aboue the rest, but the other shoulde be blamed: and he mentioneth praise rather then dispraise, for that the beginning of this sore was this, that they gaue more to some men, then meete was.

Note return to page 22229 [7] Hauing reiected their iudgement, he setteth foorth himselfe againe as a singular example of modestie, as one which concealing in this Epistle those factious teachers names, doubted not to put downe his owne name and Apollos in their place, and tooke vpon him, as it were, their shame: so farre was he from preferring him selfe to any.

Note return to page 22230 [e] By our example, which chose rather to take other mens faultes vpon vs, then to carpe any by name.

Note return to page 22231 [8] He sheweth a good meanes to bridle pride: first if thou consider howe rightly thou exemptest thy selfe out of the nomber of others, seeing thou art a man thy selfe: againe, if thou consider that although thou haue some thing more then other men haue, yet thou hast it not but by Gods bountifulnesse. And what wise man is he that will bragge of an others goodnesse, and that against God?

Note return to page 22232 [f] There is nothing then in vs of nature, that is worthie of commendation: but all that we haue, we haue it of grace, which the Pelagians and halfe Pelagians will not confesse.

Note return to page 22233 [9] Hee descendeth to a most graue mocke, to cause those ambitious men to blush euen against their willes.

Note return to page 22234 [g] He that will take a right viewe how like Paul and the Pope are, who lyingly boasteth that he is his successour, let him compare the delicates of the Popish court, with Saint Pauls state as we see it here.

Note return to page 22235 Actes 20.34. 1. thes. 2.9. 2.thessa 3.8.

Note return to page 22236 Matth.5.44. luke 23. 34. actes 7.60.

Note return to page 22237 [h] Such as by sweeping is gathered together.

Note return to page 22238 [10] Moderating the sharpenesse of his mocke, he putteth them in minde to remember of whom they were begotten in Christ, and that they shoulde not doubt to followe him for an example, although he seeme vile according to the outward shewe in respect of others, yet mightie by the efficacie of Gods Spirit, as they had had tryall thereof in themselues.

Note return to page 22239 [i] What way and rule I folowe euery where in teaching the Churches.

Note return to page 22240 [11] Last of all he descendeth also to Apostolike threatnings, but yet chiding them as a father, least by their disorder he be constrained to come to punish some amongst them.

Note return to page 22241 Actes 19.21. iames 4.15.

Note return to page 22242 [k] By wordes, he meaneth their painted and coloured kind of eloquence, against which he setteth the vertue of the Spirit.

Note return to page 22243 [12] A passing ouer to an other part of this Epistle, wherein he reprehendeth most sharpely a very haynous offence, shewing the vse of ecclesiasticall correction.

Note return to page 22244 [l] Meekely affected towardes you.

Note return to page 22245 [1] They are greatly to be reprehended which by suffering of wickednesse, set foorth the Church of God to be mocked and scorned of the infidels.

Note return to page 22246 [2] There are none more proude, then they that least know themselues.

Note return to page 22247 [3] Excommunication ought not to be committed to one mans power, but must be done by the authoritie of the whole Congregation, after that the matter is diligently examined.

Note return to page 22248 [a] In minde, thought and will.

Note return to page 22249 [b] Calling vpon Christ his Name.

Note return to page 22250 [4] There is no doubt but that iudgement is ratified in heauen, wherein Christ himselfe sitteth as Iudge.

Note return to page 22251 [5] The excommunicate is deliuered to the power of Satan, in that, that he is cast out of the house of God.

Note return to page 22252 [c] What it is to be deliuered to Satan, the Lord himselfe declareth when he sayeth, Let him be vnto thee as an Heathen and Publicane, Matth.18.17. that is to say, to be disfranchised and put out of the right and libertie of the citie of Christ, which is the Church, without which Satan is lord and master.

Note return to page 22253 [6] The end of excommunication is not to cast away the excommunicate, that he should vtterly perish, but that he may be saued, to wit, that by this meanes his flesh may be tamed, that he may learne to liue to the Spirit.

Note return to page 22254 [7] An other ende of excommunication is, that other be not infected, & therefore it must of necessitie be retained in the Church, that the one be not infected by the other.

Note return to page 22255 [d] Is naught, and not grounded vpon good reason, as though your were excellent, and yet there is such wickednesse found amongst you.

Note return to page 22256 [8] By alluding to the ceremonie of the Passeouer, he exhorteth them to cast out that vncleane person from amongst them. In times past, saith he, it was not lawfull for them which did celebrate the Passeouer, to eate leauened bread: Insomuch that he was holden as vncleane and vnworthy to eate the Passeouer, whosoeuer had but tasted of leauen. Now all our whole life must be as it were the feast of vnleauened bread, wherein all they that are partakers of that immaculate Lambe which is slaine, must cast out both of themselues, and also out of their houses and Congregations all impuritie.

Note return to page 22257 [e] By lumpe he meaneth the whole body of the Church, euery member whereof must be vnleauened bread, that is, be renewed in Spirite, by plucking away the olde corruption.

Note return to page 22258 [f] The Lambe of our Passeouer.

Note return to page 22259 [g] Let vs leade our whole life, as it were a continuall feast, honestly, and vprightly.

Note return to page 22260 [9] Nowe he speaketh more generally: and that which he spake before of the incestuous person, he sheweth that it perteineth to others, which are knowen to be wicked, and such as through their naughtie life are a slaunder to the Church, which ought also by lawfull order be cast out of the communitie of the Church. And making mention of eating of meate, eyther he meaneth those feastes of loue, whereat the Supper of the Lord was receiued, or else their common vsage and maner of life: which is rightly to be taken, lest any man shoulde thinke, that eyther matrimonie were broken by excommunication, or such dueties hindered and cut off thereby, as we owe one to another: children to their parents, subiectes to their rulers, seruauntes to their masters, and neighbour to neighbour to winne one an other vnto God.

Note return to page 22261 [h] If you shoulde vtterly absteine from such mens companie, you should goe out of the world: therefore I speake of them which are in the very bosome of the Church, which must be called home by discipline, and not of them which are without, with whom you must labour by all meanes possible, to bring them to Christ.

Note return to page 22262 [10] Such as are false brethren, ought to be cast out of the Congregation: as for them which are without, they must be left to the iudgement of God.

Note return to page 22263 [1] The third question is of ciuill iudgements. Whether it be lawfull for one faithfull to drawe another faithful before the iudgement seate of an infidell? He answereth that it is not lawfull, for offence sake, for it is not euill of it selfe.

Note return to page 22264 [a] As if he said, Are you become so impudent that you are not ashamed to make the Gospel a laughing stocke to prophane men?

Note return to page 22265 [b] Before the vniust.

Note return to page 22266 [2] He addeth that he doeth not forbid that one neighbour may go to law with another if neede so require, but yet vnder holy iudges.

Note return to page 22267 [3] He gathereth by a comparison that the faithfull cannot seeke to infidels to be iudged, without great iniurie done to the Saints, seeing that God himselfe wil make the Saints iudges of the world and of the deuils, with his sonne Christ: much more ought they to iudge these light and small causes which may be by equitie & good conscience determined.

Note return to page 22268 [4] The conclusion, wherein he prescribeth a remedy for this mischief: to wit, if they end their priuate affaires betwixt th&ebar;selues by chosen arbiters out of þe; Church: for which matter & purpose, þe; least of you, saith he, is suffici&ebar;t. Therefore he c&obar;demneth not iudgement seates, but sheweth what is expedient for þe; circumstance of the time, & that without any diminishing of the right of the Magistrate: for he speaketh not of iudgements, which are practised betweene the faithfull & the infidels, neither of publike iudgements, but of controuersies which may be ended by priuate arbiters.

Note return to page 22269 [c] Courts & places of iudgem&ebar;t.

Note return to page 22270 [d] Euen the most abiect among you.

Note return to page 22271 [5] He applieth þe; generall proposition to a particular, alwaies calling them back to this, to take away from them þt; false opinion of their owne excellencie, from whence all these mischiefes sprang.

Note return to page 22272 [6] Nowe he goeth further also, and although by granting them priuate arbiters out of the congregation of the faithfull, he do not simplie condemne, but rather establish priuate iudgements, so that they be exercised without offence, yet he sheweth that if they were such as they ought to be, and as it were to be wished, they shoulde not neede to vse that remedie neither.

Note return to page 22273 [e] A weakenesse of minde which is saide to be in them, that suffer themselues to be ouercome of their lusts, and it is a fault that squareth greatly from temperancie and moderation: so that he nippeth them which coulde not put vp an iniurie done vnto them.

Note return to page 22274 [7] This perteineth chiefly to þe; other part of the reprehension, to wit, that they went to lawe euen vnder infidels, whereas they shoulde rather haue suffered any losse, then to haue giuen that offence. But yet this is generally true, þt; wee ought rather depart fr&obar; our right, then trie the vttermost of the lawe hastily, and vpon an affection to reuenge an iniurie. But the Corinthians cared for neither, and therefore he sayth that they must repent, vnlesse they wil be shut out of the inheritance of God.

Note return to page 22275 Mat.5.39. luk.6.29. rom.12.19.

Note return to page 22276 1.Thessal.4.6.

Note return to page 22277 [8] Nowe hee prepareth himselfe to passe ouer to the fourth treatise of this Epistle, which concerneth matters indifferent: debating this matter first, howe men may well vse women or not: which question hath three branches, fornication, matrimonie, and a single life. As for fornication, hee vtterly condemneth it. And marriage he commandeth to some, as a good and necessarie remedie for them, to other he leaueth it free: And other some he dissuadeth from it, not as vnlawfull, but as discommodious, and that not without exception. As for singlenes of life (vnder which also I comprehend virginitie) he inioyneth it to no man: yet hee persuadeth men vnto it, but not for it selfe, but for another respect, neither all men, nor without exception. And being about to speake against fornication he beginneth with a generall repreh&ebar;sion of those vices, wherewith that rich and riotous citie most abounded: warning and teaching them earnestly, that repentance is vnseparably ioyned with forgiuenes of sinnes, and sanctification with iustification.

Note return to page 22278 Tit.3.3.

Note return to page 22279 [f] In Iesus.

Note return to page 22280 Chap 10.23.

Note return to page 22281 [9] Secondly, he sheweth that the Corinthians doe simply offend in matters indifferent: First, because they abused them: next, because they vsed indifferent things, without any discretion, seeing the vse of them ought to be brought to the rule of charitie: and that hee doeth not vse them aright, which immoderately abuseth them and so becommeth a slaue vnto them.

Note return to page 22282 [g] Whatsoeuer: but this general word must be restrained to things that are indifferent.

Note return to page 22283 [h] Hee is in subiection to thinges that are indiffer&ebar;t, whatsoeuer he be that thinketh he may not be without th&ebar;, which is a flattering kinde of slauery vnder a colour of liberty, which seaseth vp&obar; such men.

Note return to page 22284 [10] Secondarily, because they counted many things for indifferent, which were of themselues vnlawful, as fornication, which they numbred amongst mere natural & lawful desires, as well as meat and drinke: Therefore the Apostle sheweth, that they are vtterly vnlike: for meats saith he, were made for the necessary vse of mans life which is not perpetuall. For both meats, & all this maner of nourishing, are quickly abolished. But we must not so thinke of the vncleannes of fornicati&obar;, for which the body is not made, but on the contrary side is ordeined to purenes, as appeareth by this, that it is consecrated to Christ, eu&ebar; as Christ also is giuen vs of his father, to quicken our bodies &wt; that vertue, wherewith he also rose againe.

Note return to page 22285 Rom.6.5.

Note return to page 22286 [11] A declaration of the former argument by contraries, and the applying of it.

Note return to page 22287 [12] A proofe of the same argument: A harlot and Christ are cleane contrary, so are the flesh and the Spirite: therefore he that is one with an harlot, (which is done by carnal copulation of their bodies) can not be one with Christ, which vnitie is pure and spirituall.

Note return to page 22288 Gen.2.24. mat.19.5. mar.10.8. ephes.5.31.

Note return to page 22289 [i] Moses doeth not speake these woordes of fornication, but of marriage: but seeing that fornication is the corrupting of marriage, and both of them is a carnall & fleshly copulation, we can not say that the Apostle abuseth his testimonie. Againe, Moses hath not this woorde (Two) but it is very well expressed both here, and in Matth. 19.5. because he speaketh only but of man and wife: whereupon the opinion of them that vouche it to be lawfull to haue many wiues, is beaten downe: for hee that companieth with many, is sundred as it were into many partes.

Note return to page 22290 [13] An other argument why fornication is to bee eschewed, because it defileth the bodie with a peculiar kinde of filthines.

Note return to page 22291 [14] The thirde argument: Because a fornicatour is sacrilegious, for that our bodies are consecrate to God.

Note return to page 22292 Chap.3.17. 2.cor.6.16.

Note return to page 22293 [15] The fourth argument: Because we are not our owne men, to giue our selues to any other, much lesse to Satan and the flesh, seeing that God himselfe hath bought vs, and that with a great price, to the ende that both in body and soule, wee should serue to his glorie.

Note return to page 22294 Chap.7.23. 1.pet.1.18.

Note return to page 22295 [1] Hee teacheth concerning marriage, that although a single life hath his commodities, which he will declare afterwards, yet that marriage is necessarie for the auoiding of fornication: but so that neither one man may haue many wiues, nor any wife many husbands.

Note return to page 22296 [a] Touching those matters, whereof you wrote vnto me.

Note return to page 22297 [b] Commodious, and (as we say) expedient. For marriage bringeth many griefes with it, and that by reason of the corruption of our first estate.

Note return to page 22298 1.Pet.3.7.

Note return to page 22299 [2] Secondly, hee sheweth that the parties married, must with singular affection, entirely loue one the other.

Note return to page 22300 [c] This woorde (due) conteineth all kinde of beneuolence, though hee speake more of one sort then of þe; other, in that that followeth.

Note return to page 22301 [3] Thirdly, hee warneth them, that they are each in others power, as touching the body, so that they may not defraude one another.

Note return to page 22302 [4] Hee addeth an exception, vnlesse the one absteine from the other by mutuall consent, that they may the better giue themselues to praier, wherein notwithstanding hee warneth them to consider what is expedient, least by this long breaking off as it were from marriage, they be stirred vp to incontinencie.

Note return to page 22303 [d] Doe nothing else.

Note return to page 22304 [5] Fifthly, he teacheth, that marriage is not simplie necessarie for all men, but for them which haue not the gift of continencie, & this gift is by a peculiar grace of God.

Note return to page 22305 [e] I wish.

Note return to page 22306 [6] Sixtly, hee giueth the selfe same admonition touching the seconde marriage, to witte, that a single life is, to bee allowed, but for such as haue the gift of continencie: otherwise they ought to marrie againe, that their conscience may be at peace.

Note return to page 22307 [f] This whole place is flatte against them which condemne seconde marriages.

Note return to page 22308 [g] So to burne with lust, that either the will yeeldeth to the temptation, or els we can not call vpon God with a quiet conscience.

Note return to page 22309 Mat 5.32. & 19.9. mar.10.11,12. luke 16.18.

Note return to page 22310 [7] Seuenthly, he forbiddeth c&obar;tentions and publishing of diuorces (for he speaketh not here of the fault of whoredome, which was then death euen by the law of the Romanes also) whereby he affirmeth that the band of mariage is not dissolued, & that from Christ his mouth.

Note return to page 22311 [8] Eightly, he affirmeth, that those mariages which are already contracted betweene a faithful, and an vnfaithful or infidel, are firme: so that the faithfull may not forsake the vnfaithfull.

Note return to page 22312 [9] He answereth an obiection: But the faithfull is defiled by the societie of the vnfaithfull. The Apostle denieth that, and prooueth that the faithfull man with good conscience may vse the vessell of his vnfaithfull wife, by this, that their children which are borne of them, are accompted holie (that is, conteined within the promise) for it is saide to all the faithful, I will be thy God, and the God of thy seede.

Note return to page 22313 [h] The godlinesse of the wife is of more force, to cause their coupling together to bee accompted holy, then the infidelitie of the husbande is, to prophane the marriage.

Note return to page 22314 [i] The infidel is not sanctified or made holy in his owne person, but in respect of his wife, he is sanctified to her.

Note return to page 22315 [k] To the faithfull husband.

Note return to page 22316 [l] This place destroieth the opinion of them, that would not haue children to be baptized, and their opinion also, that make Baptisme the very cause of saluation. For the children of the faithfull are holy, by vertue of the couenant, euen before baptisme, & baptisme is added as the seale of that holinesse.

Note return to page 22317 [10] He answereth to a question: what if the vnfaithful forsake the faithful? then is þe; faithful free, sayth he, because he is forsaken of the vnfaithfull.

Note return to page 22318 [m] When any such thing falleth out.

Note return to page 22319 [11] Least any man vpon preteuce of this libertie should giue occasion to the vnfaithful to depart, he giueth to vnderstand, that marriage contracted with an infidell, ought peaceably to be kept, that if it be possible the infidel may be wonne to the faith.

Note return to page 22320 [12] Taking occasion by that which he sayde of the bondage and libertie of matrimonie, he digresseth to a generall doctrine concerning the outwarde state and condition of mans life, as Circumcision and vncircumcision, seruitude and libertie: warning euery man generally to liue with a contented minde in the Lorde, what state or condition so euer he be in, because, that those outwarde thinges, as to be circumcised or vncircumcised, to be bonde or free, are not of the substance (as they terme it) of the kingdome of heauen.

Note return to page 22321 [n] Hath bound him to a certaine kinde of life.

Note return to page 22322 [13] Notwithstanding he giueth vs to vnderstand, that in these examples all are not of like sort: because that circumcision is not simplie of it selfe to be desired, but such as are bound may desire to be free. Therefore herein onely they are equall, that the kingdome of God consisteth not in them, and therefore these are no hinderance to obey God.

Note return to page 22323 [o] He is said to gather his vncircumcision, who by the helpe of a Chirurgian, recouereth an vpper skinne: which is done by drawing the skinne with an instrument, to make it to couer the nutte. Cels. in his 7.booke & 25.Chapter.

Note return to page 22324 1.Tim.6.1.

Note return to page 22325 [p] As though this calling were too vnworthie a calling for Christ.

Note return to page 22326 [q] He that is in state of a seruant, and is called to be a Christian.

Note return to page 22327 Chap.6.20. 1.pet.18.19.

Note return to page 22328 [14] He sheweth the reason of the vnlikenes, because that he that desireth to be circumcised, maketh himselfe subiect to mans tradition, & not to God. And this may be much more vnderstood of superstitions, which some do foolishly accompt for things indifferent.

Note return to page 22329 [15] A repetition of the general doctrine.

Note return to page 22330 [r] So purely & from the heart, that your doings may be approued before God.

Note return to page 22331 [16] He inioyneth virginitie to no man, yet he perswadeth and praiseth it for an other respect, to wit, both for the necessity of the present time, because the faithful could scarce abide in any place, and vse the commodities of this present life, & therefore such as were not troubled with families, might be the redier: and also for the cares of this life, which mariage draweth with it of necessity, so that they can not but haue their minds distracted: and this hath place in women especially.

Note return to page 22332 [s] The circumstances considered, this I counsell you.

Note return to page 22333 [t] It is I that speake this which I am minded to speake: and the trueth is, I am a man, but yet worthy credite, for I haue obteined of the Lorde to be such an one.

Note return to page 22334 [u] To remaine a virgine.

Note return to page 22335 [x] For the necessitie which the Saintes are daily subiect vnto, who are continually tossed vp and downe, so that their estate may seeme most vnfit for mariage, were it not that the weakenesse of the flesh inforced them to it.

Note return to page 22336 [y] By the (flesh) he vnderstandeth what things soeuer belong to this present life, for mariage bringeth with it many discommodities: so that hee bendeth more to a sole life, not because it is a seruice more agreeable to God then mariage is, but for those discommodities, which (if it were possible) hee would wish all men to be voide of, that they might giue themselues to God onely.

Note return to page 22337 [z] I woulde your weakenesse were prouided for.

Note return to page 22338 [a] For we are nowe in the latter ende of the world.

Note return to page 22339 [b] By weeping, the Hebrewes vnderstand all aduersitie, and by ioy, all prosperitie.

Note return to page 22340 [c] Those things which God giueth vs here.

Note return to page 22341 [d] The guise, the shape, and fashion: whereby he sheweth vs, that there is nothing in this worlde that continueth.

Note return to page 22342 [e] They that are married, haue their wittes drawen hither and thither, and therefore if any man haue the gift of continencie, it is more commodious for him to liue alone: but they that are maried may care for the things of the Lords also. Clem.Strom.3.

Note return to page 22343 [f] Minde.

Note return to page 22344 [g] Hee meaneth, that he will inforce no man, either to marrie or not to marrie, but to shew them barely what kinde of life is most commodious.

Note return to page 22345 [17] Nowe hee turneth him selfe to the Parents, in whose power and authoritie their children are, warning them that according to the former doctrine they consider what is meete and conuenient for their children, that they neither depriue them of the necessarie remedie against incontinencie, nor constraine them to mariage, whereas neither their will doeth leade them, nor any necessitie vrgeth them. And againe he praiseth virginitie, but of it selfe, and not in all.

Note return to page 22346 [h] Hee doeth well: for so hee expoundeth it verse 38.

Note return to page 22347 [i] Resolued with himselfe.

Note return to page 22348 [k] That the weakenesse of his daughter inforceth him not, or any other matter, but that he may safely keepe her a virgine still.

Note return to page 22349 [l] Prouideth more commodiously for his children, and that not simplie, but by reason of such conditions as are before mencioned.

Note return to page 22350 [18] That which hee spake of a widower, hee speaketh nowe of a widowe, to witte, that shee may marie againe, so that shee doe it in the feare of God: and yet he dissembleth not, but sayeth, that if shee remaine still a widowe, shee shall bee voide of many cares.

Note return to page 22351 [m] By the Lawe of mariage.

Note return to page 22352 Rom.7.1.

Note return to page 22353 [n] Religiously, and in the feare of God.

Note return to page 22354 1.The&esset;.4.8.

Note return to page 22355 [1] He entreth to intreate of an other kind of things indifferent, to wit, of things offered to idoles, or the vse of flesh so offered and sacrificed. And first of all he remoueth all those things which the Corinthians pretended in vsing things offered to idoles without any respect. First of all they affirmed that this difference of meates was for vnskilfull men, but as for them, they knewe well ynough the benefite of Christ, which causeth all these things to be cleane to them that are cleane. Be it so saith Paul: be it that we are all sufficiently instructed in the knowledge of Christ. I say notwithstanding that we must not simplie rest in this knowledge. The reason is, that vnlesse our knowledge be tempered with charitie, it doeth not onely not auaile, but also doeth much hurt, because it is the mystresse of pride: nay it doeth not so much as deserue the name of godly knowledge, if it be separate from the loue of God, and therefore from the loue of our neighbour.

Note return to page 22356 [a] This generall worde is to bee abbridged as appeareth, verse 7. for there is a kinde of taunt in it, as wee may perceiue by the next verse.

Note return to page 22357 [b] Ministreth occasion of vanitie and pride: because it is voyde of charitie.

Note return to page 22358 [c] Instructeth our neighbour.

Note return to page 22359 [2] The application of that answere to thinges offered to idoles: I graunt, sayeth he, that an idole is in deede a vaine imagination, and that there is but one God and Lorde, and therefore that meate can not be made either holy or prophane by the idole: but it followeth not therefore that a man may without respect vse those meates as any other.

Note return to page 22360 [d] This worde (Idole) in this place is taken for an image which is made to represent some godhead, that worship might bee giuen vnto it: whereupon came the worde (Idolatrie) that is to say, Image seruice.

Note return to page 22361 [e] Is a vaine dreame.

Note return to page 22362 [f] When the Father is distinguished from the Sonne, hee is named the beginning of all thinges.

Note return to page 22363 [g] Wee haue our being in him.

Note return to page 22364 Iohn 13.13. chapter 12.3.

Note return to page 22365 [h] But as the father is called Lorde, so is the Sonne, God: therefore this worde (One) doeth not respect the persons, but the natures.

Note return to page 22366 [i] This worde (By) doeth not signifie the instrumentall cause, but the efficient: For the Father and the Sonne worke together, which is not so to bee taken, that wee make two causes, seeing they haue both but one nature, though they bee distinct persons.

Note return to page 22367 [3] The reason why that followeth not, is this: because there are many men which doe not knowe that which you knowe. Nowe the iudgements of outwarde thinges depende not onely vpon your conscience, but vpon the conscience of them that beholde you, and therefore your actions must be applied not onely to your knowledge, but also to the ignorance of your brethren.

Note return to page 22368 [4] An applying of the reason: There are many which cannot eate of thinges offered to idoles, but with a wauering conscience, because they thinke them to bee vncleane: therefore if by thy example they enterprise to doe that which inwardly they thinke displeaseth God, their conscience is defiled with this eating, and thou hast bene the occasion of this mischiefe.

Note return to page 22369 [k] By conscience of the idole, hee meaneth the secret iudgement that they had within themselues, whereby they thought all thinges vncleane, that were offered to idoles, and therefore they coulde not vse them with good conscience. For this force hath conscience, that if it bee good, it maketh things indifferent good, and if it be euill, it maketh them euill.

Note return to page 22370 [5] A preuenting of an obiection: Why then, shall we therefore be depriued of our libertie? Nay saith the Apostle, you shall lose no part of Christianitie although you absteine for your brethrens sake, as also if you receiue the meate, it maketh you no whit the more holy, for our commendation before God consisteth not in meates: but to vse our libertie with offence of our brethren, is an abuse of libertie, the true vse whereof is cleane contrary, to wit, so to vse it, as in vsing of it wee haue consideration of our weake brethren.

Note return to page 22371 [6] An other plainer explication of the same reason, propounding the example of the sitting downe at the table in the idoles temple, which thing the Corinthians did euill accompt of among thinges indifferent, because it is simply forbidden for the circumstance of the place, although offence doe ceasse, as it shalbe declared in his place.

Note return to page 22372 [7] An amplification of the argument taken both of comparison and contraries: Thou wretched m&abar;, saith he, pleasing thy selfe with thy knowledge which in deede is none (for if thou haddest true knowledge, thou wouldest not sit downe to meate in an idoles temple) wilt thou destroye thy brother hardening his weake conscience by this example to do euil, for whose saluation Christ himselfe hath died?

Note return to page 22373 Rom.14.15.

Note return to page 22374 [8] An other amplification: Such offending of our weake brethren redoundeth vnto Christ, and therefore let not these men thinke that they haue to doe onely with their brethren.

Note return to page 22375 Rom.14.21.

Note return to page 22376 [9] The conclusion, which Paul conceiueth in his owne person, that hee might not seeme to exact that of other, which hee will not be first subiect vnto himselfe. I had rather (saith hee) absteine for euer from all kinde of flesh, then giue occasion of sinne to any of my brethren, much lesse woulde I refuse in any certaine place or time for my brothers sake not to eate flesh offered to idoles.

Note return to page 22377 [1] Before he proceedeth any further in his proposed matter of things offered to idoles, he would shewe the cause of al this mischiefe, and also take it away: to wit, that the Corinthians thought themselues not bounde to depart from a iote of their libertie for any mans pleasure. Therefore he propoundeth himselfe for an example and that in a matter almost necessarie. And yet he speaketh seuerally of both, but first of his owne person. If (saith he) you alleadge for your selues that you are free, and therefore will vse your libertie, am I not also free, seeing I am an Apostle?

Note return to page 22378 [2] He proueth his Apostleship by the effectes, in that that hee was appointed of Christ himselfe, and the authoritie of his function was sufficiently confirmed to him amongest them by their conuersion. And all these thinges hee setteth before their eyes, to make them ashamed for that they would not in the least wise that might be, debase themselues for the weakes sake, whereas the Apostle himselfe did all that hee coulde to winne them to God when they were vtterly reprobate and without God.

Note return to page 22379 [a] By the Lorde.

Note return to page 22380 [b] As a seale whereby it appeareth sufficiently that God is the authour of my Apostleship.

Note return to page 22381 [3] He addeth this by the way, as if he woulde say, So farre it is off, that you may doubt of my Apostleship, that I vse to refute them which cal it into controuersie, by opposing those things which the Lord hath done by me amongst you.

Note return to page 22382 [c] Which like Iudges examine me and my doings.

Note return to page 22383 [4] Now touching the matter it selfe, he saith. Seeing that I am free, and truely an Apostle, why may not I (I say not, eate of all thinges offered to idoles, but) be maintained by my labours, yea and keepe my wife also, as the residue of the Apostles lawfully doe, as by name, Iohn and Iames, the Lordes cousins, and Peter himselfe?

Note return to page 22384 [d] Vpon the expense of the Church?

Note return to page 22385 [e] One that is a Christian and a true beleeuer?

Note return to page 22386 [f] Not to liue by the worke of our handes?

Note return to page 22387 [5] That hee may not seeme to burden the Apostles, hee sheweth that it is iust that they doe, by an argument of comparison, seeing that souldiers liue by their wages, and husbandmen by the fruits of their labours, and shepherds by that that c&obar;meth of their flocks.

Note return to page 22388 [g] Vseth to go a warfare?

Note return to page 22389 [6] Sec&obar;dly he bringeth forth the authority of Gods institution by an argum&ebar;t of comparison.

Note return to page 22390 [h] Haue I no better ground then the c&obar;mon custome of men?

Note return to page 22391 Deu 25.4. 1.tim.5.18.

Note return to page 22392 [i] Was it Gods proper drift to prouide for oxen, when he made this Law? for otherwise there is not the smallest thing in the world, but God hath a care of it.

Note return to page 22393 Rom.15.27.

Note return to page 22394 [7] An assumption of the arguments with an amplification, for neither in so doing do we require a rewarde meete for our deserts.

Note return to page 22395 [8] An other argument of great force: other are nourished amongst you, therefore it was lawfull for me, yea rather for me then any other: and yet I refused it, and had rather still suffer any discommoditie, then the Gospel of Christ should be hindered.

Note return to page 22396 [k] The word signifieth a right and interest, whereby he giueth vs to vnderstand that the ministers of the word must of right and duetie be found of the Church.

Note return to page 22397 [9] Last of all, hee bringeth forth the expresse Lawe concerning the nourishing of the Leuites: which priuiledge notwithstanding he will not vse.

Note return to page 22398 Deut.18.1.

Note return to page 22399 [l] This is spoken by the figure Metonymie, for, of those things that are offred in the temple.

Note return to page 22400 [m] Are partakers with the altar in deuiding the sacrifice.

Note return to page 22401 [n] Because they preach the Gospel. It followeth by this place, that Paul gate no liuing neither would haue any other man get, by any commoditie of ma&esset;es, or any other such superstitious trumperies.

Note return to page 22402 [10] He taketh away occasion of suspition by the way, that it might not be thought that hee wrote this as though he chalenged his wages that was not payed him. Nay saith he, I had rather die, then not c&obar;tinue in this purpose to preach the Gospel freely. For I am bound to preach the Gospel, seeing that the Lord hath inioyned me this office: but vnlesse I do it willingly, and for the loue of God, nothing is to be allowed that I do. If I had rather that the Gospel should be euill spoken of, then that I should not require my wages, then woulde it appeare that I tooke these paines not so much for the Gospels sake, as for my gaines & aduantages. But I say, this were not to vse, but abuse my right and libertie: Therefore not only in this thing, but also in all other (as much as I could) I am made al things to all men, that I might winne them to Christ, and might together with them be wonne to Christ.

Note return to page 22403 [o] By taking nothing of them to whom I preach it.

Note return to page 22404 Acts. 16.3. galat.2 3.

Note return to page 22405 [p] The worde (Lawe) in this place, must be restrained to the ceremoniall Lawe.

Note return to page 22406 [q] In matters that are indifferent, which may be done or not done with a good conscience: as if he said, I changed my selfe into all fashions, that by all meanes I might saue some.

Note return to page 22407 [r] That both I and they to whome I preach the Gospel may receiue fruite by the Gospel.

Note return to page 22408 [11] He bringeth in an other cause of this mischiefe, to wit, that they were giuen to gluttonie, for there were solemne b&abar;kets of sacrifices, and the riot of the Priestes was alwayes too much celebrated and kept. Therefore it was hard for them which were accustomed to riotousnesse, especially when they pretended the libertie of the Gospel, to bee restrained from these bankets: but contrarywise, the Apostle calleth them by a pleasant similitude and also by his owne example, to sobrietie and mortification of the flesh, shewing that they can not be fit to runne or wrestle (as then the games of Isthmies were) which pamper vp their bodies: and therefore affirming that they can haue no reward, vnlesse they take an other course and trade of life.

Note return to page 22409 [s] Vseth a most exquisite dict.

Note return to page 22410 [t] The olde man which striueth against the Spirit.

Note return to page 22411 [u] This word (Reproued) is not set as contrary to the worde (Elect) but as contrary to the worde (Approoued) when we see one by experience not to be such an one as he ought to be.

Note return to page 22412 [1] He setteth out that which hee said, laying before them an example of the horrible iudgement of God against them which had in effect the selfe same pledges, of the same adoption and saluation that we haue: and yet notwithstanding when they gaue them selues to idoles feastes, perished in the wildernes, being horribly and manifoldly punished. Now, moreouer and besides that these things are fitly spoken against them which frequented idoles feastes, the same also seeme to be alleadged to this ende and purpose, because many men are thus minded, that those thinges are not of such great weight, that God will be angrie with them if they vse them, so that they frequent Christian assemblies, and be baptized, and receiue the Communion, and confesse Christ.

Note return to page 22413 [a] Paul speaketh thus in respect of the couenant, and not in respect of the persons, sauing in generall.

Note return to page 22414 Exod.13.21. nomb.9.18.

Note return to page 22415 Exod. 14.22.

Note return to page 22416 [2] In effect the Sacraments of the olde fathers were all one with ours, for they respected Christ onely who offered himselfe vnto them in diuers shadowes.

Note return to page 22417 [b] All of them were baptized with the outwarde signe, but not in deede, wherewith God cannot bee charged, but they themselues.

Note return to page 22418 [c] Moses being their guide.

Note return to page 22419 Exod.16.15.

Note return to page 22420 [d] The same that we do.

Note return to page 22421 [e] Manna, which was a spirituall meate to the beleeuers, which in faith laye holde vpon Christ who is the true meate.

Note return to page 22422 Exod.17.6. nom.20.10. and 21.16.

Note return to page 22423 [f] Of the riuer and running Rocke, which folowed the people.

Note return to page 22424 [g] Did sacramentally signifie Christ, so that together with the signe there was the thing signified, and the trueth it selfe: for God doeth not offer a bare signe, but the thing signified by the signe, together with it, which is to be receiued with faith.

Note return to page 22425 Nomb.26.65.

Note return to page 22426 [3] An amplifying of the example against them which are caried away with their lustes beyond the bo&ubar;ds which God hath measured out. For this is the beginning of all euill, as of idolatrie (which hath gluttonie a companion vnto it) fornication, rebelling against Christ, murmuring, and such like, which God punished most sharply in that olde people, to the ende that we which succeed them, and haue a more full declaration of the wil of God, might by that meanes take better heede.

Note return to page 22427 [h] Some reade figures: which signified our sacraments: for circumcision was to the Iewes a seale of righteousnesse, and to vs a liuely paterne of Baptisme, and so in the other Sacraments.

Note return to page 22428 Nomb.11.4. and 26.64. Psalme 106.14.

Note return to page 22429 Exod.32.6.

Note return to page 22430 Nomb.25.9.

Note return to page 22431 [i] To tempt Christ, is to prouoke him to a combate as it were, which those men doe, who abuse the knowledge that he hath giuen them, & make it to serue for a cloke for their lustes & wickednes.

Note return to page 22432 Nom.21.6. psa 106.14.

Note return to page 22433 Nom.14.37. iudg.8.24.

Note return to page 22434 [k] This our age is called the end, for it is the shutting vp of all ages.

Note return to page 22435 [4] In c&obar;clusion, he desc&ebar;deth to the Corinthi&abar;s th&ebar;selues, warning them that they please not themselues, but rather that they prou&ebar;t the subtilties of Satan. Yet he vseth an insinuation, & comforteth them, that he may not seeme to make them altogether like to those wicked idolaters & c&obar;temners of Christ, which perished in the wildernes.

Note return to page 22436 [l] Which commeth of weakenes.

Note return to page 22437 [m] He that would haue you tempted for your profites sake, will giue you an i&esset;ue to escape out of the tentation.

Note return to page 22438 [5] Nowe returning to those idoles feastes, that hee may not seeme to dally at all, first he promiseth that hee will vse no other reasons, then such as they knew very well them selues. And he vseth an induction borowed of the agreement that is in the things themselues. The holy bankets of the Christians are pledges, first of all, of the communitie that they haue with Christ, and next, one with another. The Israelites also doe ratifie in their sacrifices, their mutuall coniunction in one selfe same religion: therefore so doe the idolaters also ioyne them selues with their idoles or deuils rather (for idoles are nothing) in those solemne bankets, whereupon it followeth, that that table is a table of deuils, and therefore you must eschew it: For you can not be partakers of the Lord and of idoles together, much lesse may such bankets be accompted for things indifferent. Wil ye then striue with God? and if you doe, thinke you that you shall get the vpper hand?

Note return to page 22439 [n] Of thankesgiuing: whereupon, that holy banket was called Eucharist, that is, a thankesgiuing.

Note return to page 22440 [o] A most effectuall pledge and note of our knitting together with Christ, and ingraffing to him.

Note return to page 22441 [p] That is, as yet obserue their ceremonies.

Note return to page 22442 [q] Are consenting and guiltie, both of that worship and sacrifice.

Note return to page 22443 [r] Haue any thing to doe with the deuils, or enter into that societie which is begun on the deuils name.

Note return to page 22444 [s] The heathen and prophane people were wont to shut vp and make an end of their feasts which they kept to the honour of their gods, in offering meate offerings and drinke offerings to them, with bankets and feasting.

Note return to page 22445 Chap.6.12.

Note return to page 22446 [6] Comming to another kinde of things offered to idoles, he repeateth that generall rule, that in the vse of things indifferent we ought to haue consideration not of our selues onely, but of our neighbours, and therefore there are many things which of them selues are lawfull, which may be euill done of vs, because of offence to our neighbour.

Note return to page 22447 [t] Looke afore, Chap.6.13.

Note return to page 22448 [7] An applying of the rule to the present matter: Whatsoeuer is solde in the shambles, you may indifferently buy it as it were at the Lords hand, & eat it either at home with the faithful, or being called home to the vnfaithful to wit, in a priuate banket: but yet with this exception, vnlesse any man be present which is weake, whose conscience may be offended by setting meates offered to idoles before them: for then you ought to haue consideration of their weaknes.

Note return to page 22449 [u] The flesh that was sacrificed, was vsed to bee solde in the shambles, and the price returned to the Priestes.

Note return to page 22450 Psalm.24.1.

Note return to page 22451 [x] All those thinges whereof it is full.

Note return to page 22452 [8] A reason: for we must take heede that our libertie be not euill spoken of, and that the benefite of God which we ought to vse with thankesgiuing be not changed into impietie, & that through our fault, if we chuse rather to offend the conscience of the weake, then to yeelde a litle of our libertie in a matter of no importance, and so giue occasion to the weake to iudge in such sort of vs, and of Christian libertie. And the Apostle taketh these things vpon his owne person, that the Corinthians may haue so much the lesse occasion to oppose any thing against him.

Note return to page 22453 [y] If I may through Gods benefite eate this meate, or that meate, why should I through my fault, cause that benefite of God to turne to my blame?

Note return to page 22454 Colo&esset;.3.17.

Note return to page 22455 [9] The conclusion: We must order our liues in such sort, that we seeke not our selues, but Gods glory, and so the saluation of as many as we may: wherein the Apostle sticketh not to propound him selfe to the Corinthians (euen his owne flocke) as an example, but so that he calleth them backe to Christ, vnto whome hee himselfe hath regard.

Note return to page 22456 2.The&esset;.3.9.

Note return to page 22457 [1] The fifth treatise of this epistle concerning the right ordering of publike assemblies, conteining three pointes, to wit, of the comely apparell of men and women, of the order of the Lords Supper, and of the right vse of spirituall gifts. But going about to reprehend certaine things, he beginneth notwithstanding with a generall praise of them, calling those particular lawes of comelines and honestie, which belong to the ecclesiasticall policie, traditions: which afterward they called Canons.

Note return to page 22458 [2] Hee setteth downe God, in Christ our mediatour, for the end and marke not onely of doctrine, but also of ecclesiasticall comelines. Then applying it to the question proposed touching the comely apparel both of men and women in publike assemblies, he declareth that the woman is one degree beneath the man by the ordinance of God, and that the man is so subiect to Christ, that the glory of God ought to appeare in him for the preeminence of the sexe.

Note return to page 22459 Ephe.5.23.

Note return to page 22460 [a] In that, that Christ is our mediatour.

Note return to page 22461 [3] Hereof he gathereth, that if men doe either pray or preach in publike assemblies hauing their heads couered (which was then a signe of subiection) they did as it were spoyle themselues of their dignitie, against Gods ordinance.

Note return to page 22462 [b] It appeareth that this was a politike Lawe seruing onely for the circumstances of the time that Paul liued in, by this reason, because in these our dayes for a man to speake bareheaded in an a&esset;emblie, is a signe of subiection.

Note return to page 22463 [4] And in like sort he concludeth, that women which shew themselues in publike and ecclesiasticall assemblies without the signe and token of their subiection, that is to say, vncouered, shame them selues.

Note return to page 22464 [5] The first argument taken from the common sense of man, for so much as nature teacheth women, that it is dishonest for them to come abroad bare headed, seeing that shee hath giuen them thicke and long heare, which they doe so diligently trimme and decke, that they can in no wise abide to haue it shauen.

Note return to page 22465 [6] The taking away of an obiection: Haue not men also heare giuen them? I graunt, sayth the Apostle, but there is another matter in it: For man was made to this ende and purpose, that the glory of God should appeare in his rule and authoritie: but the woman was made, that by profession of her obedience, she might more honour her husband.

Note return to page 22466 Gene.1.26. and 5.1. & 9.6. colo&esset;.3.10.

Note return to page 22467 [7] He proueth the inequalitie of the woman, by that, that the man is the matter where of woman was first made.

Note return to page 22468 Gen.2 22.

Note return to page 22469 [8] Secondly, by that, that the woman was made for man, and not the man for the womans sake.

Note return to page 22470 [9] The conclusion: Women must be couered, to shew by this externall signe, their subiection.

Note return to page 22471 [c] A couering which is a token of subiection.

Note return to page 22472 [10] What this meaneth, I doe not yet vnderstand.

Note return to page 22473 [11] A digression which the Apostle vseth, least that which he spake of the superioritie of men, and lower degree of women in consideration of the policie of the Church, should be so taken as though there were no measure of this inequalitie. Therefore he teacheth that men haue in such sort the preeminence, that God made them not alone, but women also: and woman was so made of man, that men also are borne by the meanes of women, and this ought to put them in minde to obserue the degree of euery sexe, in such sort, that mutuall coniunction may be cherished.

Note return to page 22474 [d] By the Lord.

Note return to page 22475 [12] He vrgeth the argument taken from the common sense of nature.

Note return to page 22476 [e] To be a couering for her, and such a couering, as should procure another.

Note return to page 22477 [13] Against such as are stubburnly contentious, we haue to oppose this, that the Churches of God are not contentious.

Note return to page 22478 [14] Hee passeth now to the next treatise concerning the right administration of the Lords Supper. And the Apostle vseth this sharper preface, that the Corinthians might vnderstand, that whereas they obserued generally the Apostles commaundements, yet they foully neglected them in a matter of greatest importance.

Note return to page 22479 [15] To celebrate the Lords Supper aright, it is requisite that there be not onely consent of doctrine, but also of affections, that it be not prophaned.

Note return to page 22480 [16] Although that schismes and heresies proceede from the deuill, and are euill, yet they come not by chaunce, nor without cause, and they turne to the profite of the elect.

Note return to page 22481 [f] Whome experience hath taught to be of sound religion and godline&esset;e.

Note return to page 22482 [g] This is an vsuall kinde of speach, whereby the Apostle denyeth that flatly, which many did not well.

Note return to page 22483 [h] Eateth his meate and tarieth not till other come.

Note return to page 22484 [17] The Apostle thinketh it good to take away the loue feastes, for their abuse, although they had bene a long time, and with commendation vsed in Churches, and were appointed and instituted by the Apostles.

Note return to page 22485 [18] Wee must take a true forme of keeping the Lords Supper, out of the institution of it, the partes whereof are these, touching the Pastours, to shewe foorth the Lords death, by preaching his worde: to blesse the bread and the wine by calling vpon the Name of God, and together with prayers to declare the institution thereof, and finally to deliuer the bread broken to be eaten, and the cup receiued to be dronke with thankes giuing. And touching the flocke, that euery man examine himselfe, that is to say, to prooue both his knowledge, and also faith, and repentance: to shewe forth the Lords death, that is, in true fayth to yeelde vnto his worde and institution: and last of all, to take the bread at the Ministers hand, and to eate it and to drinke the wine, and giue God thankes: This was Pauls and the Apostles maner of ministring.

Note return to page 22486 Matth.26.16. marke 14.22. luke 22.19.

Note return to page 22487 [i] This worde (Broken) noteth out vnto vs Christ his maner of death, for although his legs were not broken as the theeues legs were, yet was his body very sore tormented, and torne, and bruysed.

Note return to page 22488 [19] Whosoeuer contemne the holy Sacraments, that is, vse them not aright, are guiltie not of the bread and wine, but of the thing it selfe, that is, of Christ, and shalbe grieuously punished for it.

Note return to page 22489 [k] Otherwise then meete is such mysteries should be handled.

Note return to page 22490 2.Cor.13.5.

Note return to page 22491 [20] The examination of a mans selfe, is of necessitie required in the Supper, and therefore they ought not to be admitted vnto it, which can not examine them selues: as children, furious and mad men, also such as either haue no knowledge of Christ, or not sufficient, although they professe Christian religion: and others such like.

Note return to page 22492 [l] This place beateth downe the faith of credite, or vnwrapped faith, which the Papists maintaine.

Note return to page 22493 [m] He is sayde to discerne the Lords body, that hath consideration of the worthines of it, and therefore commeth to eate of this meate with great reuerence.

Note return to page 22494 [21] The prophaning of the body and blood of the Lord in his mysteries, is sharply punished of him, and therefore such a mischiefe ought diligently to be preuented by iudging and correcting of a mans selfe.

Note return to page 22495 [n] Trie and examine our selues, by faith and repentance, separating our selues from the wicked.

Note return to page 22496 [22] The Supper of the Lorde is a common action of the whole Church, and therefore there is no place for priuate suppers.

Note return to page 22497 [23] The Supper of the Lord was instituted not to feede the belly, but to feede the soule with the communion of Christ, and therefore it ought to be separate from common bankets.

Note return to page 22498 [24] Such things as pertaine to order, as place, time, forme of prayers, and other such like, the Apostle tooke order for in Congregations according to the consideration of times, places, and persons.

Note return to page 22499 [1] Now he entreth into the third part of this treatise, touching the right vse of spirituall giftes, wherein he giueth the Corinthians plainly to vnderstand, that they abused them: for they that excelled, bragged ambiciously of them, and so robbed God of the prayse of his gifts and hauing no consideration of their brethren, abused them to a vaine ostentation, and so robbed the Church of the vse of those giftes. On the other side, the inferiour sort enuied the better, and went about to make a departure, so that all that body was as it were scattred and rent in pieces. So then he going about to remedie these abuses, willeth them first to consider diligently, that they haue not these giftes of themselues, but from the free grace and liberalitie of God, to whose glory they ought to bestowe them all.

Note return to page 22500 [a] Ignorant to what purpose these gifts are giuen you.

Note return to page 22501 [2] He proueth the same, by comparing their former state with that wherein they were at this time indued with those excellent gifts.

Note return to page 22502 [b] As touching Gods seruice and the couenant, meere strangers.

Note return to page 22503 [3] The conclusion: Know you therefore, that you can not so much as moue your lips to honour Christ withal, but by the grace of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 22504 Mar.9.39.

Note return to page 22505 Iohn 13.13. chap.8.6. philip.2.11.

Note return to page 22506 [c] Doeth curse him, or by any meanes whatsoeuer diminish his glory.

Note return to page 22507 [4] In the second place, he layeth another foundation, to wit, that these gifts are diuers, as the functions also are diuers, and their offices diuers, but that one selfe same Spirit, Lord and God is the giuer of all these gifts, and that to one ende, to wit, for the profite of all.

Note return to page 22508 [d] The Spirit is plainely distinguished from the gifts.

Note return to page 22509 [e] So Paul calleth that inward force which commeth from the holy Ghost, and maketh men fit to wonderfull things.

Note return to page 22510 [f] The holy Ghost openeth and sheweth himselfe freely in giuing of these giftes.

Note return to page 22511 [g] To the vse and benefite of the Church.

Note return to page 22512 [5] He declareth this manifolde diuersitie, and reckoneth vp the chiefest giftes, beating that into their heades, which he said before, to wit, that al these things proceeded from one selfe same Spirit.

Note return to page 22513 [h] Wisedome is a most excellent gift, very requisite, not onely for them which teache, but also for them that exhort and comfort, which thing is proper to the Pastours office: as the worde of knowledge agreeth to the Doctours.

Note return to page 22514 [i] By operation he meaneth those great workings of Gods mightie power, which passe and excell amongst his miracles, as the deliuerie of his people Israel by the hand of Moses: that which he did by Elias against the Priestes of Baal, in sending downe fire from heauen to consume his sacrifice: and that which hee did by Peter, in the matter of Ananias and Saphira.

Note return to page 22515 [k] Foretelling of thinges to come.

Note return to page 22516 [l] Whereby false prophetes are knowen from true, wherein Peter passed Philippe in discouering Simon Magus, Actes 8.20.

Note return to page 22517 Rom.12.3. ephes.4.7.

Note return to page 22518 [6] He addeth moreouer some thing else, to wit, that although that these giftes are vnequall, yet they are most wisely deuided, because the will of the Spirite of God is the rule of this distribution.

Note return to page 22519 [7] Hee setteth foorth his former saying by a similitude taken from the body: This saith hee, is manifestly seene in the body, whose members are diuers, but yet so knitte together, that they make but one body.

Note return to page 22520 [8] The applying of the similitude. So must wee also thinke, sayeth hee, of the mysticall body of Christ: for all wee that beleeue, whether wee be Iewes or Gentiles, are by one selfe same Baptisme, ioyned together with our head, that by that meanes, there may bee framed one body compact of many members: and wee haue drunke one selfe same spirite, that is to say, a spirituall feeling, perceiuerance and motion common to vs all, out of one cuppe.

Note return to page 22521 [m] Christ ioyned together with his Church.

Note return to page 22522 [n] To become one bodie with Christ.

Note return to page 22523 [o] By one quickening drinke of the Lordes blood, wee are made partakers of his onely Spirite.

Note return to page 22524 [9] Hee amplifieth that which followed of the similitude: as if hee shoulde say, The vnitie of the body is not onely not let by this diuersitie of members, but also it coulde not be a bodie, if it did not consist of many, and those diuers members.

Note return to page 22525 [10] Nowe hee buildeth his doctrine vpon the foundations which hee hath layde: and first of all hee continueth in his purposed similitude, and afterwarde hee goeth to the matter barely and simply. And first of all he speaketh vnto them which would haue separated themselues from those whom they enuied, because they had not such excellent giftes as they: now this is, saith he, as if the foote shoulde say, it were not of the body, because it is not the hande: or the eare, because it is not the eye. Therefore all partes ought rather to defend the vnitie of the body, being coupled together to serue one the other.

Note return to page 22526 [11] Againe speaking to them, he sheweth them that if that shoulde come to passe which they desire, to wit, that all should be equall one to another, there would followe a destruction of the whole body, yea and of themselues: for it coulde not be a body, vnlesse it were made of many members knit together, and diuers one from the other. And that no man might finde fault with this diuision as vnequall, he addeth that God himselfe hath coupled all these together. Therefore all must remaine coupled together, that the body may remaine in safetie.

Note return to page 22527 [12] Now on the other side, he speaketh vnto them which were indued with more excellent giftes, willing them not to despise the inferiours as vnprofitable, and as though they serued to no vse: for God, sayeth he, hath in such sort tempered this inequalitie, that the more excellent and beautifull members can in no wise lacke the more abiect and such as wee are ashamed of, and that they shoulde haue more care to see vnto them and to couer them: that by this meanes the necessitie which is on both parts, might keepe the whole body in peace and concorde: that although if ech part be considered apart, they are of diuers degrees and conditions, yet because they are ioyned together, they haue a communitie both in commodities and discommodities.

Note return to page 22528 [p] Of the smallest and vilest offices, and therefore smally accompted of, of the rest.

Note return to page 22529 [q] Wee more carefully couer them.

Note return to page 22530 [r] Shoulde bestowe their operations and offices to the profite and preseruation of the whole body.

Note return to page 22531 [13] Nowe he applyeth this same doctrine to the Corinthians without any allegorie, warning them that seeing there are diuers functions and diuers giftes, it is their duetie, not to offende one against an other, either by enuie or ambition, but rather that they being ioyned together in loue and charitie one with an other, euery one of them bestowe to the profite of all, that which hee hath receiued according as his ministerie doeth require.

Note return to page 22532 [s] For all Churches wheresoeuer they are dispersed through the whole worlde, are diuers members of one body.

Note return to page 22533 Ephesians 4.11.

Note return to page 22534 [t] The offices of Deacons.

Note return to page 22535 [u] Hee setteth foorth the order of Elders, which were the mainteiners of the Churches discipline.

Note return to page 22536 [14] He teacheth them that are ambitious and enuious, a certaine holy ambition and enuie, to wit, if they giue themselues to the best giftes, and such as are most profitable to the Church, and so if they contende to excell one another in loue, which farre passeth all other giftes.

Note return to page 22537 [1] He reasoneth first of Charitie, the excellencie whereof first hee sheweth by this, that without it, all other giftes are as nothing before God: which thing hee prooueth partly by an induction, & partly also by an argument taken of the ende, wherefore those giftes are giuen. For, to what purpose are those giftes, but to Gods glorie, and the profite of the Churche, as is before prooued? so that those giftes without Charitie, haue no right vse.

Note return to page 22538 [a] A very earnest kinde of amplifying a matter, as if hee saide, If there were any tongues of Angels, and I had them, and did not vse them to the benefite of my neighbour, it were nothing else but a vaine and pratling kinde of babbling.

Note return to page 22539 [b] That giueth a rude and no certaine sounde.

Note return to page 22540 [c] By faith, hee meaneth the gift of doing miracles, and not that faith which iustifieth, which can not bee voyde of Charitie as the other may.

Note return to page 22541 Matth. 17. 20.

Note return to page 22542 [2] He describeth the force and nature of charitie, partly by a comparison of contraries, and partly by the effectes of it selfe: whereby the Corinthians may vnderst&abar;d, both how profitable it is in the Church, and how necessarie: and also how farre they are from it, and therefore how vainely and without cause they are proude.

Note return to page 22543 [d] Word for word, deferreth wrath.

Note return to page 22544 [e] It is not contumelious.

Note return to page 22545 [f] Reioyceth at righteousnes in the righteous. For the Hebrewes meane by trueth, righteousnes.

Note return to page 22546 [3] Againe he commendeth the excellencie of charitie, in that, that it shall neuer be abolished in the Saintes, whereas the other giftes which are necessarie for the building vp of the Church, so long as wee liue here, shall haue no place in the worlde to come.

Note return to page 22547 [g] The way to get knowledge by prophecying.

Note return to page 22548 [4] The reason: Because wee are nowe in that state, that wee haue neede to learne dayly, and therefore wee haue neede of those helpes, to wit, of the gifte of tongues, and knowledge, and also of them that teache them. But to what purpose serue they then, when wee haue obtained and gotten the full knowledge of God, which serue nowe but for them which are imperfite, and goe by degrees to perfection?

Note return to page 22549 [h] We learne imperfectly.

Note return to page 22550 [5] He setteth foorth that, that he saide, by an excellent similitude, comparing this life to our infancie or childehoode, wherein we stagger and stammer rather then speake, and thinke and vnderstande but childish thinges, and therefore haue neede of such things as may forme and frame our tongue and minde: but when we become men, to what purpose should we desire that stammering, those childish toyes, and such like thinges, whereby our childehoode is framed by litle and litle?

Note return to page 22551 [6] The applying of the similitude of our childehood to this present life, wherein we darkely beholde heauenly thinges, according to the small measure of light which is giuen vs, through the vnderstanding of tongues, and hearing the teachers and ministers of the Church: of our mans age and strength, to that heauenly and eternal life, wherein when wee beholde God himselfe present, and are lightened with his full and perfect light, to what purpose shoulde we desire the voyce of man, and those worldly thinges which are most imperfect? But yet then, shall all the Saintes be knit both with God, and betweene themselues with most feruent loue, and therefore charitie shall not be abolished but perfected, although it shall not be shewed foorth and interteined by such maner of dueties as peculiarly and onely belong to the infirmitie of this life.

Note return to page 22552 [i] All this must be vnderstood by comparison.

Note return to page 22553 [7] The conclusion: As if the Apostle shoulde say, Such therefore shall be our condition then: but nowe we haue three things, and they remaine sure if we be Christes, as without which, true religion cannot consist, to wit, faith, hope, and charitie. And among these, charitie is the chiefest, because it ceaseth not in the life to come as the rest do, but is perfected and accomplished. For seeing that faith and hope tend to thinges which are promised and are to come, when wee haue presently gotten them, to what purpose shoulde wee haue faith and hope? but yet there at length shall we truely and perfectly loue both God, and one an other.

Note return to page 22554 [1] He inferreth nowe of that that he spake before: Therefore seeing charitie is the chiefest of all, before all thinges set it before you as chiefe and principall: and so esteeme those things as most excellent, which profite the greater part of men: (as prophecie, that is to say, the gift of teaching and applying the doctrine: which was contemned in respect of other giftes, although it be the chiefest & most necessary for the Church) and not those which for a shewe seeme to be marueilous, as the gift of tongues, when a man was suddenly indued with the knowledge of many tongues, which made men greatly amazed, and yet of it selfe was not greatly to any vse, vnlesse there were an interpreter.

Note return to page 22555 [a] What prophecie is, he sheweth in the thirde verse.

Note return to page 22556 [2] He reprehendeth their peruerse iudgement touching the gift of tongues. For why was it giuen? to wit, to the intent that the mysteries of God might be the better knowen to a greater sort. Thereby it is euident that prophecie, whereunto the gift of tongues ought to serue, is better then this: and therefore the Corinthians did iudge amisse, in that they made more accompt of the gift of tongues, then of prophecying: because forsooth the gift of tongues was a thing more to be bragged of. And hereupon folowed another abuse of the gift of tongues, in that the Corinthians vsed t&obar;gues in the congregation, without an interpreter. Which thing although it might be done to some profite of him that spake them, yet he corrupted the right vse of that gift, because there came thereby no profite to the hearers, and common assemblies were instituted and appointed not for any priuate mans commoditie, but for the profite of the whole companie.

Note return to page 22557 [b] A strange language which no man can vnderstande without an interpreter.

Note return to page 22558 [c] By that inspiration which he hath receiued of the Spirit, which notwithstanding he abuseth, when he speaketh mysteries which none of the company can vnderstand

Note return to page 22559 [d] Which may further men in the studie of godlines.

Note return to page 22560 [e] The companie.

Note return to page 22561 [3] He setteth forth that which he said, by a similitude which he boroweth & taketh from instruments of musicke: which although they speake not perfitly, yet they are distinguished by their sounds, that they may be the better vsed.

Note return to page 22562 [f] That do fitly vtter the matter it selfe.

Note return to page 22563 [4] He proueth that interpretation is necessarily to be ioyned with the gift of tongues, by the manifold varietie of l&abar;guages, insomuch that if one speake to another without an interpreter, it is as if he spake not.

Note return to page 22564 [g] As the Papists in all their sermons, and they that ambitiously powre out some Hebrew or Greeke words in the Pulpit before the vnlearned people; thereby to get them a name of vaine learning.

Note return to page 22565 [5] The conclusion: if they wil excel in those spirituall gifts, as it is meete, they must seeke the profit of the Church, & therefore they must not vse the gift of tongues, vnlesse there be an interpreter to expounde the strange and vnknowen tongue, whether it be himselfe that speaketh, or another interpreter.

Note return to page 22566 [h] Pray for the gift of interpretation.

Note return to page 22567 [6] A reason: Because it is not sufficient for vs to speake so in the congregation, that we our selues do worship God in spirit, that is, according to the gift which we haue receiued, but we must also be vnderstood of the company, lest that be vnprofitable to other, which we haue spoken.

Note return to page 22568 [i] If I pray, when the Church is assembled together, in a strange tongue.

Note return to page 22569 [k] The gift and inspiration which the spirit giueth mee, doeth his part, but onely to my selfe.

Note return to page 22570 [l] No fruite commeth to the Church by my prayers.

Note return to page 22571 [m] So that I may be vnderstood of other, and may instruct other.

Note return to page 22572 [7] An other reason: Seeing that the whole congregation must agree to him that speaketh, and also witnes this agreement, how shall they giue their assent or agreement, which knowe not what is spoken?

Note return to page 22573 [n] Onely, without consideration of the hearers.

Note return to page 22574 [o] He that sitteth as a priuate man.

Note return to page 22575 [p] So then one vttered the prayers, and all the companie answered Amen.

Note return to page 22576 [8] He propoundeth himselfe for an example, both that they may be ashamed of their foolish ambition, and also that he may eschew all suspicion of enuie.

Note return to page 22577 [q] A very fewe wordes.

Note return to page 22578 [9] Nowe he reproueth them freely for their childish folly, which see not how this gift of tongues which was giuen to the profite of the Church, is turned by their ambition into an instrument of cursing, seeing that this same also is conteined amongst the punishments wherewith God punished the stubburnes of his people, that he dispersed them amongst strangers whose language they vnderstood not.

Note return to page 22579 Matth.28.3.

Note return to page 22580 [r] By the Lawe, he vnderstandeth all the whole Scripture.

Note return to page 22581 Isai.18.11.

Note return to page 22582 [10] The conclusion: Therefore the gift of tongues serueth to punish the vnfaithfull and vnbeleeuers, vnlesse it be referred to prophecie (that is to say, to the interpretation of Scripture) and that that which is spoken, be by that meanes vnderstood of the hearers.

Note return to page 22583 [11] An other argument: The gift of tongues without prophecie is not onely vnprofitable to the faithfull, but also doeth very much hurt as well to them, as to the vnfaithfull which should be wonne in the publike assemblies. For by this meanes it commeth to passe, that the faithfull seeme to other to be mad, much lesse can the vnfaithfull be instructed thereby.

Note return to page 22584 [s] Looke Act.4.13.

Note return to page 22585 [12] The conclusion: The edifying of the congregation is a rule and square of the right vse of all spirituall giftes.

Note return to page 22586 [13] The maner how to vse the gift of tongues. It may be lawfull for one or two, or at the most for three, to vse the gift of tongues, one after another in an assemblie, so that there be some to expound the same: but if there be none to expound, let him that hath that gift, speake to him selfe alone.

Note return to page 22587 [14] The maner of prophecying: Let two or three propound, and let the other iudge of that that is propounded, whether it be agreeable to the worde of God or no: If in this examination the Lorde giue any man ought to speake, let them giue him leaue to speake. Let euery man be admitted to prophecie, seuerally and in his order, so farre forth as it is requisite for the edifying of the Church: Let them be content to be subiect eche to others iudgement.

Note return to page 22588 [t] The doctrine which the Prophets bring, which are inspired with Gods Spirit.

Note return to page 22589 [15] Women are commanded to be silent in publique assemblies, and they are commanded to aske of their husbands at home.

Note return to page 22590 1.Tim.2.12.

Note return to page 22591 Gene.3.16.

Note return to page 22592 [16] A generall conclusion of the treatise of the right vse of spirituall giftes in assemblies: with a sharpe reprehension, least the Corinthians might alone seeme to themselues to be wise.

Note return to page 22593 [u] Skilfull in knowing and iudging spirituall things.

Note return to page 22594 [17] The Church ought not to care for such as be stubburnely ignorant, and will not abide to be taught, but to goe forward notwithstanding, in those things which are right.

Note return to page 22595 [18] Prophecie ought simplie to be retained and kept in Congregations, the gift of tongues is not to bee forbidden, but all thinges must be done orderly.

Note return to page 22596 [1] The sixt treatise of this Epistle, concerning the resurrection: and he vseth a transition, or passing ouer from one matter to another, shewing first that hee bringeth no newe thing, to the ende that the Corinthians might vnderstande that they had begun to swarue from the right course: and next that he goeth not about to intreate of a trifling matter, but of another chiefe point of the Gospel, which if it be taken away, their faith must needes come to nought. And so at the length hee beginneth this treatise at Christs resurrection, which is the ground and foundation of ours, and confirmeth it first by the testimonie of the Scriptures and by the witnes of the Apostles, and of more then fiue hundreth brethren, and last of all by his owne.

Note return to page 22597 Gala.1.11.

Note return to page 22598 [a] In the profession whereof you continue yet.

Note return to page 22599 [b] Which is very absurde, and can not be, but that they that beleeue, must reape the fruite of faith.

Note return to page 22600 Isai.53.5. 1.pet. 2.24.

Note return to page 22601 Ionas 2.1.

Note return to page 22602 Iohn 20.19.

Note return to page 22603 [c] Of those twelue picked and chosen Apostles, which were commonly called twelue, though Iudas was put out of the nomber.

Note return to page 22604 [d] Not as seuerall times, but together and at one instant.

Note return to page 22605 Act.9 5.

Note return to page 22606 [2] Hee mainteineth by the way, the authoritie of his Apostleship, which was requisite to bee in good credite among the Corinthians, that this Epistle might bee of force and waight amongst them. In the meane season hee compareth himselfe in such sort after a certaine diuine arte with certaine other, that he maketh himselfe inferiour to them all.

Note return to page 22607 Ephe.3 8.

Note return to page 22608 Ephe 3.7.

Note return to page 22609 [3] The first argument to prooue that there is a resurrection from the dead: Christ is risen againe, therefore the dead shall rise againe.

Note return to page 22610 [4] The seconde by an absurditie. If there be no resurrection of the dead, then is not Christ risen againe.

Note return to page 22611 [5] The proofe of that absurditie, by other absurdities: If Christ be not risen againe, the preaching of the Gospel is in vaine, and the credite that you gaue vnto it, is vaine, and we are lyars.

Note return to page 22612 [6] He repeateth the same argument taken of an absurditie, purposing to shew how faith is in vaine, if the resurrection of Christ be taken away.

Note return to page 22613 [7] First, seeing death is the punishment of sinne, in vaine should we beleeue that our sinnes were forgiuen vs, if they remaine: but they doe remaine, if Christ rose not from death.

Note return to page 22614 [e] They are yet in their sinnes, which are not sanctified, nor haue obtained remission of their sinnes.

Note return to page 22615 [8] Secondly, vnlesse that this be certaine that Christ rose againe, all they which dyed in Christ are perished. So then what profite commeth of faith?

Note return to page 22616 [9] The third argument which is also taken from an absurditie: for vnlesse there be an other life, wherein such as trust and beleeue in Christ shalbe blessed, they were the most miserable of all creatures, because in this life they are the most miserable.

Note return to page 22617 [10] A conclusion of the former argument: Therefore Christ is risen againe.

Note return to page 22618 [11] He putteth the last conclusion for the first proposition of the argument that followeth. Christ is risen againe: Therefore shall we the faithfull (for of them he speaketh) rise againe. Then followeth the first reason of this consequent: for Christ is set forth vnto vs, to be considered of, not as a priuate man apart and by himselfe, but as the first fruites: And he taketh that which was knowen to all men, to wit, that the whole heape is sanctified in the first fruites.

Note return to page 22619 Col.1.18 reuel.1.5.

Note return to page 22620 [f] He alludeth to the first fruites of corne, the offering whereof sanctified the rest of the fruites.

Note return to page 22621 [12] An other confirmation of the same consequent: for Christ is to be considered as opposite to Adam, that as from one man Adam, sinne came ouer all, so from one man Christ, life commeth vnto all: that is to say, that all the faithfull, as they die, because by nature they were borne of Adam, so because in Christ they are made the children of God by grace, they are quickened and restored to life by him.

Note return to page 22622 [g] Shall rise by the vertue of Christ.

Note return to page 22623 [13] He doeth two things together: for he sheweth that the resurrection is in such sort common to Christ with all his members, that notwithstanding he farre passeth them, both in time (for hee was the first that rose againe from the dead) and also in honour, because that from him and in him is all our life and glory. Then by this occasion he passeth to the next argument.

Note return to page 22624 1.Thess. 4.13.

Note return to page 22625 [14] The fourth argument, wherewith also he confirmeth the other, hath a most sure ground, to wit because that God must reigne. And this is the maner of his reigne, that the Father wil be shewed to be King in his Sonne who was made man, to whome all thinges are made subiect (the promiser onely except) to the ende that the Father may afterwardes triumph in his Sonne the conquerour. And he maketh two partes of this reigne and dominion of the Sonne, wherein the Fathers glorie consisteth: to wit, the ouercomming of his enemies (whereof some must be depriued of all power, as Satan and all the wicked, be they neuer so proude and mightie, and other must be vtterly abolished, as death) and a plaine and full deliuerie of the godly from all enemies, that by this meanes God may fully set foorth the body of the Church cleauing fast vnto their head Christ, his kingdome and glory, as a King in his subiects. Moreouer, hee putteth the first degree of this kingdome in the resurrection of the Sonne, who is the head: and the perfection, in the full coniunction of the members with the head, which shall be in the latter day. Nowe all these tende to this purpose, to shewe that vnlesse the dead doe rise againe, neither the Father can be King aboue all, neither Christ be Lorde of all: for neither shoulde the power of Satan and death be ouercome, nor the glory of God be full in his Sonne, nor his Sonnes in his members.

Note return to page 22626 [h] The shutting vp and finishing of all thinges.

Note return to page 22627 [i] All his enemies which shall be spoyled of all the power they haue.

Note return to page 22628 Psalm.110.1. actes 2.34. hebr.1.13. and 10.13.

Note return to page 22629 [k] Christ is considered here, as he appeared in the forme of a seruant, in which respect he ruleth the Church as head, and that because this power was giuen him of his Father.

Note return to page 22630 [l] The shutting vp of the argument, which is taken from the whole to the part: for if all his enemies shalbe put vnder his feete, then must it needes be that death also shalbe subdued vnder him.

Note return to page 22631 Psalm.8.6. hebr.2.8.

Note return to page 22632 [m] Not because the Sonne was not subiect to his Father before, but because his body, that is to say, the Church which is here in distre&esset;e, and not yet wholy partaker of his glory, is not yet fully perfect, and also because the bodies of the Saints which be in the graues, shall not be glorified vntill the resurrection: but Christ as hee is God, hath vs subiect to him as his Father hath, but as he is Priest, hee is subiect to his Father together with vs. August. booke 1.chap.8. of the Trinitie.

Note return to page 22633 [n] By this hie kinde of speache, is set foorth an incomprehensible glory which floweth from God, and shal fill all of vs, as we are ioyned together with our head, but yet so, that our head shall alwayes reserue his preeminence.

Note return to page 22634 [15] The fifth argument taken of the end of Baptisme, to wit, because that they which are baptized, are baptized for dead: that is to say, that they may haue a remedie against death, because that baptisme is a token of regeneration.

Note return to page 22635 [o] They that are baptized, to this ende and purpose, that death may be put out in them, or to rise againe from the dead, whereof baptisme is a seale.

Note return to page 22636 [16] The sixt argument: Vnlesse there be a resurrection of the dead, why should the Apostles so dayly cast themselues into danger of so many deaths?

Note return to page 22637 [p] As though he sayd, I die dayly, as all the miseries I suffer can well witnes, which I may truely boast of that I haue suffred amongst you.

Note return to page 22638 [17] The taking away of an obiection: But thou Paul didst ambitiously as commonly men are wont to doe, when thou didst fight with beasts at Ephesus: that is very like saith Paul, for what could that aduantage me, were it not for the glory of eternal life which I hope for?

Note return to page 22639 [q] Not vpon any godly motion, nor casting mine eyes vpon God, but caried away with vaine glory, or a certaine headines.

Note return to page 22640 Isai.22 13.

Note return to page 22641 [18] The seuenth argument, which dependeth vpon the last: If there be no resurrection of the dead, why doe we giue our selues to any thing els, saue to eating and drinking?

Note return to page 22642 [r] These are speaches that Epicures vse.

Note return to page 22643 [19] The conclusion with a sharpe exhortation, that they take heede of the naughtie company of certaine: from whence he sheweth that this mischiefe sprang: warning them to be wise with sobrietie vnto righteousnes.

Note return to page 22644 [20] Nowe that he hath prooued the resurrection, he discouereth their doltishnes, in that they skoffingly demaunded, how it could be that the dead could rise againe, and if they did rise againe, they asked mockingly, what maner of bodies they should haue. Therefore he sendeth these fellowes which seemed to them selues to be marueilous wise and wittie, to be instructed of poore rude husbandmen.

Note return to page 22645 [21] Thou mightest haue learned either of these, sayth Paul, by dayly experience: for seedes are sowen, and rot, and yet notwithstanding so farre it is off that they perish, that contrariwise they growe vp farre more beautifull: and whereas they are sowen naked and drye, they spring vp greene from death by the vertue of God: and doeth it seeme incredible to thee that our bodies should rise from corruption, and that indued with a farre more excellent qualitie?

Note return to page 22646 [22] We see a diuersitie both in one and the selfe same thing which hath nowe one forme and then another, and yet keepeth it owne kinde: as it is euident in a graine which is sowen bare, but springeth vp farre after another sort: and also in diuers kindes of one selfe same sort, as amongst beastes: and also among thinges of diuers sortes, as the heauenly bodies and the earthly bodies: which also differ very much one from another. Therefore there is no cause why wee shoulde reiect either the resurrection of the bodies, or the changing of them into a better state, as a thing impossible, or strange.

Note return to page 22647 [23] He maketh three maner of qualities of the bodies being raysed: Incorruption, to wit, because they shalbe sound, and altogether of a nature that can not be corrupt: Glorie, because they shalbe adorned with beautie and honour: Power, because they shall continue euerlasting, without meate, drinke, and all other helpes, without which this fraile life cannot keepe it selfe from corruption.

Note return to page 22648 [s] Is buried, and man is hid as seede in the ground.

Note return to page 22649 [t] Voide of honour, voide of glorie and beautie.

Note return to page 22650 [u] Freed from the former weakenesse, whereas it is subiect to such alteration and change, that it cannot mainteine it selfe without meate and drinke and such other like helpes.

Note return to page 22651 [24] He sheweth perfitely in one word, this change of the qualitie of the body by the resurrection, when he sayeth, that of a naturall body, it shall become a spirituall body: which two qualities being cleane different the one from the other, he straightway expoundeth, and setteth foorth diligently.

Note return to page 22652 [25] That is called a naturall body, which is quickened and maintained by a liuing soule onely: such as Adam was, of whom all we are borne naturally: and that is said to be spirituall, which together with the soule is quickened with a farre more excellent vertue: to wit, with the Spirit of God, which descendeth from Christ the second Adam, into vs.

Note return to page 22653 [x] Adam is called the first man, because he is the roote as it were from whence we spring, and Christ is the latter man: because he is the beginning of all them that are spirituall, and in him we are all comprehended.

Note return to page 22654 Gen.2.7.

Note return to page 22655 [y] Christ is called a Spirit, by reason of that most excellent nature, that is to say, God who dwelleth in him bodily, as Adam is called a liuing soule, by reason of the soule which is the best part in him.

Note return to page 22656 [26] Secondly he willeth the order of this double state or qualitie to be obserued, that the naturall was first, Adam being created of the clay of the earth: and the spirituall followed and came vpon it, to wit, when as the Lord being sent from heauen, indued our flesh which was prepared and made fit for him, with the fulnesse of the Godhead.

Note return to page 22657 [z] Wallowing in durt, and wholly giuen to an earthly nature.

Note return to page 22658 [a] The Lord is said to come downe from heauen by that kind of speach, whereby that which is proper to one is vouched of an other.

Note return to page 22659 [27] He applieth both the earthly naturalnesse of Adam (if I may so say) to our bodies, so long as they are naturally conuersant on earth, to wit, in this life, & in the graue: and also the Spiritualitie of Christ to the same our bodies, after that they are risen againe: and he saith, that that goeth before, and this shall follow.

Note return to page 22660 [b] Not a vaine and false image, but such an one as had the trueth with it in deede.

Note return to page 22661 [28] The conclusion. We cannot be partakers of the glory of God, vnlesse we put off all that grosse and filthie nature of our bodies subiect to corruption, that the same body may be adorned with incorruptible glorie.

Note return to page 22662 [c] Flesh and blood are taken here for a liuing body, which cannot attaine to incorruption, vnlesse it put off corruption.

Note return to page 22663 [29] He goeth further, declaring that it shall come to passe that they which shall be founde aliue in the latter day, shall not descend into that corruption of the graue, but shalbe renued with a sudden change, which change is very requisite: and that the certaine enioying of the benefite and victorie of Christ, is deferred vnto þt; latter time.

Note return to page 22664 [d] A thing that hath bin hid, & neuer know&ebar; hitherto, & therfore worthy that you giue good eare vnto it.

Note return to page 22665 [e] He sheweth vs that the time shalbe very short.

Note return to page 22666 Mat.24.31. 1.thes.4.16.

Note return to page 22667 Ose.13.14. hebre.2.14.

Note return to page 22668 1.Iohn 5.5.

Note return to page 22669 [30] An exhortation taken of the profite that ensueth, that seeing they vnderstand that the glory of the other life is laid vp for faithfull workemen, they continue and stand fast in the trueth of the doctrine of the resurrection of the dead.

Note return to page 22670 [f] Through the Lordes helpe and goodnesse working in vs.

Note return to page 22671 [1] Collections in olde time were made by the Apostles appointment the first day of the weeke, on which day the maner was then to assemble themselues.

Note return to page 22672 [a] Which in times past was called Sunday, but nowe is called the Lordes day.

Note return to page 22673 [b] That euery man bestowe, according to the abilitie that God hath blessed him with.

Note return to page 22674 [c] Which you shall giue them to cary.

Note return to page 22675 [2] The residue of the Epistle is spent in writing of familiar matters, yet so that all things be referred to his purposed marke, that is to say, to the glory of God, and to the edifying of the Corinthians.

Note return to page 22676 [d] Very fit and conuenient to doe great things by.

Note return to page 22677 [e] Without any iust occasion of feare.

Note return to page 22678 [f] Safe and sound, and that with all kinde of courtesie.

Note return to page 22679 [g] Stephanas is the name of a man and not of a woman.

Note return to page 22680 [h] Giuen them selues wholy to the ministerie.

Note return to page 22681 [i] That you honour and reuerence them, be obedient to them, and be content to be ruled by them, as meete is you should, seeing they haue bestowed themselues and their goodes to helpe you withall.

Note return to page 22682 [k] Mine heart.

Note return to page 22683 [l] Take them for such men as they are in deede.

Note return to page 22684 Rom.16.16. 2.cor.13.12. 1.peter 5.14.

Note return to page 22685 [m] By these words, is be tokened the seuerest kinde of curse and excommunication that was amongst the Iewes: and the wordes are as much to say, as our Lorde commeth: So that his meaning may be this, Let him be accursed euen to the comming of the Lord, that is to say, to his deathes day, euen for euer.

Note return to page 22686 [1] See the declaration of such salutations, in the former Epistles.

Note return to page 22687 Ephes.1.3. 1.peter.1.3.

Note return to page 22688 [2] He beginneth after his maner with thankesgiuing, which notwithstanding (otherwise then he was wont) he applieth to him selfe: beginning his Epistle with the setting forth of the dignitie of his Apostleship, constrained (as it should seeme) by their importunitie, which tooke an occasion to despise him by reason of his miseries. But he answereth, that he is not so afflicted but that his comforts doe exceede his afflictions, shewing the grounde of them, euen the mercie of God the Father in Iesus Christ.

Note return to page 22689 [a] To him be praise and glorie giuen.

Note return to page 22690 [b] Most mercifull.

Note return to page 22691 [3] The Lord doeth comfort vs to this ende and purpose, that wee may so much the more surely comfort others.

Note return to page 22692 [c] The miseries which we suffer for Christ, or which Christ suffereth in vs.

Note return to page 22693 [4] He denieth that either his afflictious wherewith he was often afflicted, or the consolations which he receiued of God, may iustly be despised, seeing that the Corinthians both might and ought take great occasion to be confirmed by either of them.

Note return to page 22694 [d] Although saluation be giuen vs freely, yet because there is a way appointed vs whereby wee must come to it, which is the race of an innocent and vpright life, which wee must runne, therefore wee are saide to worke our saluation, Philippi.2.12. And because it is God onely that of his free good will worketh all thinges in vs, therefore is hee saide to worke the saluation in vs by those selfe same thinges by which we must passe to euerlasting life, after that we haue once ouercome all incombrances.

Note return to page 22695 [5] He witnesseth that he is not onely not ashamed of his afflictions, but that he desireth also to haue all men knowe the greatnesse of them, and also his deliuerie from them, although it be not yet perfite.

Note return to page 22696 [e] I knewe not at all what to doe, neither did I see by mans helpe which way to saue my life.

Note return to page 22697 [f] I was resolued within my selfe to die.

Note return to page 22698 [g] Iram these great drugers.

Note return to page 22699 Rom.15.30.

Note return to page 22700 [6] That he may not seeme to boast himselfe, he attributeth all to God, and therewith also confesseth that he attributeth much to the prayers of the faithfull.

Note return to page 22701 [7] The end of the afflictions of the Saints is the glory of God, and therefore they ought to be precious vnto vs.

Note return to page 22702 [8] Secondly he putteth away an other slaunder, to wit, that he was a light man, and such a one as was not lightly to be credited, seeing that he promised to come vnto them, and came not. And first he speaketh of the simplicitie of his minde, and synceritie, which they knew both by his voyce when he was present, & they ought to acknowledge it also in his letters, being absent: and moreouer he protesteth that he will neuer be otherwise.

Note return to page 22703 [h] With clearenes, and holy and true plainnesse of minde, as God himselfe can witnesse.

Note return to page 22704 [i] Trusting to that very wisedome, which God of his free goodnesse hath giuen me from heauen.

Note return to page 22705 [k] He saith, he writeth barely and simplie: for he that writeth in coloured sort, is rightly said to write otherwise then we reade: and this he saith the Corinthians shall knowe and like of very well.

Note return to page 22706 [l] Perfitly.

Note return to page 22707 [m] Pauls reioycing in the Lord was, that he had wonne the Corinthians: and they themselues reioyced that such an Apostle was their instructour, and taught them so purely and syncerely.

Note return to page 22708 [n] When he shall sit as iudge.

Note return to page 22709 [o] Another benefite.

Note return to page 22710 [9] He putteth away their slaunder and false report by denying it, and first of all in that that diuers went about to perswade the Corinthians, that in the preaching of the Gospel, Paul agreed not to himselfe: for this was the matter and the case.

Note return to page 22711 [p] As men doe, which will rashly promise any thing, and change their purpose at euery turning of an hand.

Note return to page 22712 [q] That I should say and vnsay a thing?

Note return to page 22713 [10] He calleth God to witnes and for iudge, of his constancie in preaching and teaching one selfe same Gospel.

Note return to page 22714 [r] True, and of whose faithfulnes it were horrible wickednes to doubt.

Note return to page 22715 [11] He ioyneth also with himself, his fellowes as witnesses, with whom he fully consented in teaching one selfe same thing, to wit, one selfe same Christ.

Note return to page 22716 [s] Was not diuers and wauering.

Note return to page 22717 [t] That is, in God.

Note return to page 22718 [12] Last of all he declareth the summe of his doctrine, to wit, that all the promises of saluation are sure and ratified in Christ.

Note return to page 22719 [u] Christ is set foorth to exhibite and fulfill them all, most assuredly, and without all doubt.

Note return to page 22720 [x] Through our ministerie.

Note return to page 22721 [13] Hee attributeth the praise of this constancie, onely to the grace of GOD through the holy Ghost, and therewithall concludeth, that they can not doubt of his faith and his fellowes, without doing iniurie to the Spirite of God, seeing that they themselues doe knowe all this to be true.

Note return to page 22722 [y] An earnest, is whatsoeuer is giuen to confirme a promise.

Note return to page 22723 [14] Nowe comming to the matter, hee sweareth, that hee did not onely, not lightly alter his purpose of comming to them, but rather that hee came not vnto them for this cause, that hee might not be constrained to deale more sharpely with them being present, then hee woulde.

Note return to page 22724 [z] Against my selfe, and to the daunger of mine owne life.

Note return to page 22725 [15] Hee remooueth all suspicion of arrogancie, declaring that hee speaketh not as a Lorde vnto them, but as a seruaunt, appointed of God to comfort them.

Note return to page 22726 [a] Hee setteth the ioy and peace of conscience, which God is authour of, against tyrannous feare, and therewithall sheweth the ende of the Gospell.

Note return to page 22727 [a] Causing griefe amongst you, which hee shoulde haue done, if he had come to them before they had repented them.

Note return to page 22728 [b] For I trusted that you woulde take that out of the way foorthwith, which you knewe I was discontented with, considering howe you are persuaded that my ioye is your ioye.

Note return to page 22729 [1] Hee passeth to another part of this Epistle: which notwithstanding is put amongst the first, whereunto hee returneth afterward: and hee handleth the releasing and vnloosing of the incestuous person, because he seemed to haue giuen sufficient testimonie of his repentance: shewing the true vse of excommunication, to witte, that it proceede not of hatred, but of loue & so ende, lest if we keepe no measure, wee serue Satan the deuill.

Note return to page 22730 [c] As if he sayde. All that sorowe is so cleane wiped away, as though hee had neuer felt it.

Note return to page 22731 [d] As for me (sayeth Paul) I haue no more to doe with him.

Note return to page 22732 [e] Lest I should ouercharge him, who is burdened ynough of himselfe, which I woulde be glad were taken from him.

Note return to page 22733 [f] That whereas before you punished him sharpely, you would nowe forgiue him.

Note return to page 22734 [g] That at my entreatie, you would declare by the consent of the whole Church, that you take him againe for a brother.

Note return to page 22735 [h] Truely and from the heart.

Note return to page 22736 [i] Of his mischieuous counsell and deuilish will.

Note return to page 22737 [2] He returneth to the confirmation of his Apostleship, and bringeth foorth the testimonies, both of his labour, and also of Gods blessing.

Note return to page 22738 [k] He alludeth to the oynting of the Priests, and the incense of the sacrifices.

Note return to page 22739 [3] He denieth that ought shoulde be taken away from the dignitie of his Apostleship, because they sawe euidently that it was not receiued with like successe in euery place, nay rather very many reiected and detested him, seeing that he preacheth Christ, not onely as a Sauiour of them that beleeue, but also as a iudge of them that contemne him.

Note return to page 22740 [4] Againe, he putteth away al suspicion of arrogancie, attributing all things that he did, to the vertue of God, whom he serueth sincerely, & without all dishonest affection: whereof he maketh them witnesses, euen to the 6. verse of the next chapter.

Note return to page 22741 Chap.4.2.

Note return to page 22742 [l] We do not handle it craftily and couetously, or lesse sincerely then we ought: & he vseth a metaphore which is taken from bucksters, which vse to play the false harlottes with whatsoeuer commeth into their handes.

Note return to page 22743 [a] The Apostle frameth his speach wisely, that by litle and litle, hee may come from the commendation of the person, to the matter it selfe.

Note return to page 22744 [b] Which I tooke paines to write as it were.

Note return to page 22745 [c] By the way, hee setteth the vertue of God, against the yncke wherewith epistles are commonly written, to shewe that it was wrought by God.

Note return to page 22746 [1] Hee alludeth by the way, to the comparison of the outward ministerie of the priesthoode of Leui, with the ministery of the Gospell and the Apostolicall ministerie, which he handleth afterward more fullie.

Note return to page 22747 [d] This boldne&esset;e we shewe, and thus gloriously may we boast of the worthinesse and fruite of our ministerie.

Note return to page 22748 [e] In that we are fit and meete to make other men partakers of so great a grace.

Note return to page 22749 [2] Hee amplifieth his ministerie and his fellowes: that is to say, the ministerie of the Gospell, comparing it with the ministerie of the Lawe, which hee considereth in the person of Moses, by whome the lawe was giuen: against whome hee setteth Christ the Authour of the Gospell. Nowe this comparison is taken from the very substance of the ministerie. The Lawe is as it were a writing, of it selfe deade, and without efficacie: but the Gospell, or newe Couenant, is as it were the verie vertue of God it selfe, in renewing, iustifying, and sauing of men. The lawe propoundeth death, accusing all men of vnrighteousnesse: The Gospel offereth and giueth righteousnesse and life. The gouernance of the Lawe serued for a time to the promise: The Gospell remaineth to the ende of the worlde. Therefore what is the glorie of that in comparison of the maiestie of this?

Note return to page 22750 [f] Not of the Lawe, but the Gospell.

Note return to page 22751 [g] Imprinted and ingrauen: so that by this place we may plainely perceiue, that the Apostle speaketh not of the ceremonies of the Lawe, but euen of the tenne commaundements.

Note return to page 22752 [h] This woorde, Glorie, betokeneth a brightnesse, and a maiestie which was bodily in Moses, but spiritually in Christ.

Note return to page 22753 [i] Whereby God offereth, yea and giueth the Spirite, not as a dead thing, but a quickening Spirite, woorking life.

Note return to page 22754 [k] To wit, of Christ, which being imputed to vs as our owne, we are not onely not condemned, but also we are crowned as righteous.

Note return to page 22755 [l] The Lawe, yea, and the ten commandements themselues, together with Moses, is abolished, if we consider the ministerie of Moses apart by it selfe.

Note return to page 22756 [3] Hee sheweth wherein standeth this glorie of the preaching of the Gospell, to wit, in that that it setteth foorth plainly and euidently, that which the Lawe shewed darkely, for it sent them that heard it to be healed of Christ, which was to come, after it had wounded them.

Note return to page 22757 Exod 34.34.

Note return to page 22758 [4] He expoundeth by the way the allegorie of Moses his couering, which was a token of the darkenesse and weakenesse that is in men, which were rather dulled by the bright shining of the Law, then lightened: which couering was tak&ebar; away by the comming of Christ, who lighteneth the hearts, and turneth them to the Lorde, that we may be brought from the slauerie of this blindnesse, and set in the libertie of the light, by the vertue of Christes spirite.

Note return to page 22759 [m] Into the verie bottome of Moses his ministerie.

Note return to page 22760 [n] Christ is that Spirit, which taketh away that couering, by woorking in our hearts, whereunto also the Lawe it selfe called vs, though in vaine, because it speaketh to dead men, vntill this Spirite quickeneth vs.

Note return to page 22761 Iohn 4.14.

Note return to page 22762 [5] Going forwardes in the allegorie of the couering, he compareth the Gospel to a glasse, which although it be most bright and sparkeling, yet doeth it not onely not dasell their eyes, which looke in it, as the law doeth, but also transformeth them with it beames, so that they also be partakers of the glorie & shining of it, to lighten others: as Christ saide vnto his, You are þe; light of the world, whereas he himselfe was the onely light. Wee are also commaunded in another place, to shine as candles before the worlde, because we are partakers of Gods Spirit. But Paul speaketh here properly, of the ministers of the Gospell, as it appeareth both by that that goeth before, and that that commeth after, and that, setting them his owne example and his fellowes.

Note return to page 22763 [1] Now he plainly witnesseth that both he & his fellowes (through þe; mercie of God) do their vocation and duety vprightly & sincerely, neglecting all dangers.

Note return to page 22764 [a] Though we are broken in pieces with miseries and calamities, yet we yelde not.

Note return to page 22765 [b] Subtiltie, and all kinde of deceit, which men hunt after, as it were dennes and lurking holes, to couer their shamelesse dealings withall.

Note return to page 22766 [c] This is it that in the former Chap. he called, making march&abar;dise of the word of God.

Note return to page 22767 [2] An obiection: Many heare the Gospel, & yet are no more lightened thereby then by the preaching of the Lawe. He answereth, The fault is in the men themselues, whose eyes Satan plucketh out, who ruleth in this world. And yet notwithstanding doeth he & his fellowes set forth the most cleare light of the Gospell to be seene and beholden, seeing that Christ whome onely they preache, is he in whome onely God will be knowen, and as it were seene.

Note return to page 22768 [d] The light of plaine & lightsome preaching, which telleth foorth the glorie of Christ.

Note return to page 22769 [e] In whom the Father setteth foorth himselfe to be seene and beholden.

Note return to page 22770 [3] He remooueth according to his accustomed maner, al suspicion of ambition, aduowching that he teacheth faithfully, but as a seruant, & witnessing that all this light which he & his felowes giue to other, proceedeth from the Lorde.

Note return to page 22771 [f] To preach this selfe same Iesus to you.

Note return to page 22772 Gen.1.3.

Note return to page 22773 [g] Which made only with his worde.

Note return to page 22774 [h] That being lightened of God, we should in like sort giue that light to others.

Note return to page 22775 [4] Hee taketh away a stumbling blocke, by which was darkened amongest some the bright shining of the ministerie of the Gospell, to witte, because the Apostles were the most miserable of all men. Paul answereth, that hee and his fellowes, are as it were, earthen vessels, but yet there is in them a most pretious treasure.

Note return to page 22776 [5] He bringeth marueilous reasons, why the Lord doeth so afflict his chiefest seruaunts, to the end saith he, that all men may perceiue that they stande not by any mans vertue, but by the singular vertue of God, in that they die a thousand times, but neuer perish.

Note return to page 22777 [6] An amplification of the former sentence, wherein hee compareth his afflictions to a daily death, and þe; vertue of the Spirit of God in Christ, to life, which oppresseth that death.

Note return to page 22778 [i] So Paul calleth that miserable estate and condition, that the faithfull, but especially the ministers are in.

Note return to page 22779 [k] Which liue that life, to wit, by the Spirit of Christ, amongest so many and so great miseries.

Note return to page 22780 [l] Subiect to that miserable condition.

Note return to page 22781 [7] A very cunning conclusion: as if he would say, Therefore to be short, we die, that you may liue by our death, for that they ventured into all those dangers for the building of the Churches sake, and they ceased not to confirme all the faithfull with the examples of their patience.

Note return to page 22782 [8] Hee declareth the former sent&ebar;ce, shewing that he & his fellowes die in a sort, to purchase life to others, but yet notwithstanding they are partakers of the same life with them: because they them selues doe first beleeue that, which they propounde to other to beleeue, to wit, that they also shalbe saued together with them, in Christ.

Note return to page 22783 [m] The same faith, by the inspiration of the same Spirit.

Note return to page 22784 Psal.116.10.

Note return to page 22785 [9] He sheweth how this constancie is preserued in them, to wit, because they respect Gods glory, and the saluation of the Churches committed vnto them.

Note return to page 22786 [n] When it shall please God to deliuer me, and restore me to you, that exceeding benefite which shall be powred vpon me, shall in like for: redounde to the glory of God, by the thankesgiuing of many.

Note return to page 22787 [10] He addeth as it were a triumphant song, how that he is outwardly afflicted, but inwardly he profiteth daily: & passeth not at all for all the miseries that may bee susteined in this life, in comparison of that most constant and eternall glory.

Note return to page 22788 [o] Gathereth new strength, that the outward m&abar; be not ouercome with the miseries which come freshly one vpon the necke of another, being mainteined & vpholden with the strength of the inward man.

Note return to page 22789 [p] Afflictions are not called light, as though they were light of them selues, but because they passe away quickely, when as in deede our whole life is of no great long continuance.

Note return to page 22790 [q] Which remaineth for euer firme and stable, and can neuer be shaken.

Note return to page 22791 [1] Taking occasion by the former comparison, he compareth this miserable body as it is in this life, to a fraile and brickle tabernacle, against which he setteth the heauenly tabernacle, so terming that sure and euerlasting condition of this same body glorified in heauen, in so much saith he, that we are not onely not addicted to this tabernacle, but also doe with sobbes and sighes desire rather that tabernacle. And so this place also concerning the glorie to come, is put within the treatise of the dignitie of the ministerie, as the other was, whereof we spake in the beginning of the second chapter.

Note return to page 22792 [a] He calleth the glorie of immortalitie, which we shalbe as it were clothed with, a garment.

Note return to page 22793 [b] Heauenly, not that the substance of it is heauenly, but for the glorie of it.

Note return to page 22794 [2] An exposition of the former saying: We doe not without cause, desire to be clad with the heauenly house, that is, with that euerlasting and immortall glorie, as with a garment: for when we depart hence, we shall not remaine naked, hauing once cast off the couering of this body, but we shall take our bodies againe, which shall put on as it were an other garment besides: and therefore we sighe not for the wearinesse of this life, but for the desire of a better life: Neither is this desire in vaine, for we are made to that life, the pledge whereof we haue, euen the Spirit of adoption.

Note return to page 22795 Reuel.16.15.

Note return to page 22796 [c] He meaneth that first creation, to giue vs to vnderstand, that our bodies were made to this end, that they shoulde be clothed with heauenly immortalitie.

Note return to page 22797 [3] He inferreth vpon that sentence which went next before, thus, Therefore, seeing that we know by the Spirit, that we are strangers so long as we are here, we patiently suffer this tarlance (for we are nowe so with God, that we beholde him but by faith, and are therefore nowe absent from him) but so, that we aspire and haue a longing alwayes to him: therefore also we behaue our selues so, that we may be acceptable to him, both while we liue here, and when we goe from hence to him.

Note return to page 22798 [d] He calleth them (bold) which are alwayes resolued with a quiet and setled mind to suffer what dangers so euer, nothing doubting but their ende shalbe happie.

Note return to page 22799 [e] Faith, of those things which we hope for, and not hauing God presently in our viewe.

Note return to page 22800 [f] And yet we are in such sort bolde, and doe so passe on our pilgrimage with a valiant and quiet minde, that yet notwithstanding wee had rather depart hence to the Lorde.

Note return to page 22801 [g] And seeing it is so, we striue to liue so, that both in this our pilgrimage here we may please him, and that at length wee may be receiued home to him.

Note return to page 22802 Rom.14.10.

Note return to page 22803 [4] That no man might thinke it to pertaine to all, which he spake of that heauenly glorie, he addeth that euery one shall first render an accompt of his pilgrimage, after that he is departed from hence.

Note return to page 22804 [h] We must all appeare personally, and enquirie shall be made of vs, that all may see, howe we haue liued.

Note return to page 22805 [5] Nowe he passeth ouer, and taking occasion of the former sentence, returneth to the former chap. verse 16. confirming his owne synceritie and his felowes.

Note return to page 22806 [i] That terrible iudgement.

Note return to page 22807 [6] He remoueth all suspition of pride, by a newe reason, because it is behoueable, not for his part but for theirs, that his Apostleship be counted syncere against the vaine ostentation of a fewe others.

Note return to page 22808 [k] In outwarde disguisings, and that coloured shewe of mans wisedome and eloquence, and not in true godlinesse, which is sealed in the heart.

Note return to page 22809 [7] The meaning is: Euen when I am mad (as some men thinke of me whilest I seeme as a foole to boast my selfe, I doe it for your profite, no lesse then when I preache the Gospel simplie vnto you.

Note return to page 22810 [8] He goeth forwarde in putting away all suspicion of desire of estimation and boasting for the loue of Christ, saith he, compelleth vs hereunto, that seeing he died for vs all, which were dead when as we liued to ourselues, (that is, while we were yet giuen to these earthly affections) wee in like sort should consecrate our whole life which we haue receiued of him, to him (to wit) being indued with the holy Ghost, to this end and purpose, that we should meditate vpon nothing but that which is heauenly.

Note return to page 22811 [l] Po&esset;esseth vs wholy.

Note return to page 22812 [m] He speaketh here of sanctification, whereby it commeth to passe that Christ liueth in vs.

Note return to page 22813 [n] Looke Rom. chap. 6 and 7.

Note return to page 22814 [9] He sheweth what it is, not to liue to our selues but to Christ, to wit, to knowe no man according to the flesh, that is to say, to be so conuersant amongst men as not to care for those worldly and carnall thinges, as they doe which respect a mans stocke, his countrey, forme, glorie, riches, and such like, wherein men commonly dote and weary themselues.

Note return to page 22815 [10] An amplification: This is, saith he, so true, that we do not now thinke carnally of Christ himselfe, who hath nowe left the worlde, and therefore must be considered of vs, spiritually.

Note return to page 22816 [11] An exhortation for euery man which is renued with the spirite of Christ, to meditate heauenly things, and not earthly.

Note return to page 22817 [o] As a thing made anewe of God, for though a man be not newely created when God giueth him the spirite of regeneration, but onely his qualities are changed, yet notwithstanding it pleased the holy Ghost to speake so, to teache vs, that we must attribute all things to the glorie of God: not that we are stockes and blockes, but because God createth in vs, both the will to will well, and the power to doe well.

Note return to page 22818 Esa.43.19. reuelati.21.5.

Note return to page 22819 [12] He commendeth the excellencie of the ministerie of the Gospel, both by the authoritie of God himselfe, who is the authour of that ministerie, and also by the excellencie of the doctrine of it: for it announceth atonement with God, by free forgiuenesse of our sinnes, and iustification offered vnto vs in Christ, and that so louingly and liberally, that God himselfe doeth after a sort pray men by the mouth of his ministers to haue consideration of themselues, and not to despise so great a benefite. And when he so sayth, he plainely reprehendeth them which falsely chalenged to themselues the name of pastours.

Note return to page 22820 [p] Vsed our labour and trauaile.

Note return to page 22821 [q] A sinner, not in himselfe, but by imputation of the guilt of all our sinnes to him.

Note return to page 22822 [r] Who was cleane voide of sinne.

Note return to page 22823 [s] Righteous before God, and that with righteousnesse which is not essentiall to vs, but being essentiall in Christ, God imputeth it to vs through faith.

Note return to page 22824 [1] Men doe not onely neede the ministerie of the Gospel, before they haue receiued grace, that they may be partakers of it, but also after they haue receiued grace, that they may continue in it.

Note return to page 22825 [2] In that that grace is offered, it is of the grace of God, who hath appointed times and seasons to all thinges, that we may take occasion when it is offered.

Note return to page 22826 Esai.49.8.

Note return to page 22827 [a] Which I of my free mercie and loue towardes thee liked of and appointed: at which time God powred out that his marueilous loue vpon vs.

Note return to page 22828 [3] He sheweth the Corinthians a paterne of a true minister, in his owne example and Timothies and Syluanus, to the ende, that (as he purposed from the beginning) he might procure authoritie to himselfe and his like.

Note return to page 22829 [b] Declare and shewe in deede.

Note return to page 22830 1.Cor.4.1.

Note return to page 22831 [4] He first of all reckoneth vp those things, which are neither alwaies in the ministers, nor without exception, vnlesse it be according to the affection of the mind, patience onely except, which also is one of the vertues which ought to be alwayes in a good minister.

Note return to page 22832 [c] In tossing to and fro, finding no place of rest and quietnesse.

Note return to page 22833 [5] Secondly he reckoneth vp such vertues as are necessarie, and ought alwayes be in them, and whereby as by good armour, all lettes and hinderances may be ouercome.

Note return to page 22834 [d] Preaching of the Gospel.

Note return to page 22835 [e] Power to worke miracles, and to bring vnder the wicked.

Note return to page 22836 [f] Vprightnesse.

Note return to page 22837 [6] Going about to rebuke them, he sayth first, that he dealeth with them sincerely and with an open and plaine heart, and therewithall complaineth that they doe not the like in louing againe their Father.

Note return to page 22838 [g] The opening of the mouth and heart, betokeneth a most earnest affection in him that speaketh, as it fareth commonly with them that are in some great ioye.

Note return to page 22839 [h] You are in my heart, as in an house, and that no narrowe or strait house, for I haue opened my whole heart to you, but you are inwardly strait laced to me warde.

Note return to page 22840 [i] After the manner of the Hebrewes, he calleth those tender affections which rest in the heart, bowels.

Note return to page 22841 [7] Nowe he rebuketh them boldely, for that they became felowes with infidels in outwarde Idolatrie, as though it were a thing indifferent. And this is the fourth part of this Epistle, the conclusion whereof is, that such as the Lord hath vouchsafed the name of his children, must keepe themselues pure not onely in minde but also in body, that they may wholy be holy vnto the Lord.

Note return to page 22842 Eccles.13.18.

Note return to page 22843 [k] What can there be betweene them?

Note return to page 22844 1.Cor.3.16. and 6.19.

Note return to page 22845 [l] He setteth the liuing God against Idols.

Note return to page 22846 Leuit.26. 11.

Note return to page 22847 [m] God dwelleth with vs, because Christ is become God with vs.

Note return to page 22848 Isai. 32.11.

Note return to page 22849 Iere.31.1.

Note return to page 22850 [a] Both of body and soule, that by this meanes the sanctification may be perfit consisting in both the partes thereof.

Note return to page 22851 [1] He returneth againe from that admonition, to his owne person, opposing the testimonies both of his faithfulnes, and also of his continuall good will towardes them.

Note return to page 22852 [b] Let me haue some place amongst you, that I may teache you.

Note return to page 22853 [c] To condemne you of vnkindnesse or trecherie.

Note return to page 22854 [d] Whose hearts are cast downe, and are very far spent.

Note return to page 22855 [e] With those things which Titus tolde me of you at his comming, to wit, howe fruitfully you reade ouer my letters, moreouer and besides that I am exceedingly refreshed with his presence.

Note return to page 22856 [2] An obiection: But thou hast handled vs roughly: The Apostle answereth that he vsed not this roughnes without griefe. And he addeth moreouer, that he is also glad nowe, that hee draue them to that sorowe, although it was against his will, since it was so profitable vnto them: for there is a sorowe not only prayse worthy, but also necessarie, to wit, whereby repentance groweth by certaine degrees, for the which repentance he prayseth them highly. And this is the fifth part of this Epistle.

Note return to page 22857 [f] In so much that that sorow did you much good towards the amending of your leudnesse and sinnes.

Note return to page 22858 [g] Godly sorowe is when we are not terrified with the feare of punishment, but because we feele we haue offended God our most mercifull Father: Contrarie to this there is an other sorowe, that onely feareth punishment, or when a man is vexed for the losse of some worldly goods: the fruite of the first, is repentance, the fruite of the second is desperation, vnlesse the Lord helpe speedily.

Note return to page 22859 [h] It was not coloured nor counterfet, but such as I dare stand to before God.

Note return to page 22860 [1] The fixt part of this Epistle conteining diuers exhortations to stirre vp the Corinthians to liberalitie, wherewith the pouertie of the Church of Hierusalem might be holpen in time conuenient. And first of all he setteth out before them the example of the Churches of Macedonia which otherwise were brought by great miserie to extreme pouertie, to the ende that they should follow them.

Note return to page 22861 [a] The benefite that God bestowed vpon the Churches.

Note return to page 22862 [b] For those manifolde afflictions wherewith the Lorde tried them, did not onely not quaile their ioyfull readinesse, but also made it much more excellent and famous.

Note return to page 22863 [c] Of their owne accorde they were liberall.

Note return to page 22864 [d] Hee calleth that, Grace, that other men woulde haue called a burden. And this verse is to be expounded by the sixt verse.

Note return to page 22865 [2] He amplifieth the forwardnes of the Macedonians, in this, that they also desired Paul to stirre vp the Corinthians to accomplish the giuing of almes, by sending againe of Titus vnto them.

Note return to page 22866 [3] Thirdly, he warneth them þt; they deceiue not their expectation which they haue conceiued of them.

Note return to page 22867 [e] At the request of the Macedonians.

Note return to page 22868 [f] Then appeareth the naturalnesse of our loue, when as in deede, & that fr&abar;kly & freely, we help our brethren, euen for Christ his sake.

Note return to page 22869 [4] The fourth argument taken fr&obar; the example of Christ.

Note return to page 22870 [5] He taketh good heede þt; he seeme not to wrest it out of them by constraint, for vnlesse it bee voluntarie, God doeth not accept it.

Note return to page 22871 [g] Not only to doe, but also to doe willingly: for hee noteth out a readie willingnes, without any inforcement by anie other men, much lesse came it of ambition and vaine glorie.

Note return to page 22872 [6] Against such as vse to excuse them selues, because they are not rich, as though it were onely proper to rich men to helpe the poore.

Note return to page 22873 [7] Christian liberalitie is mutuall that proportion may be obserued.

Note return to page 22874 [h] That like as now in your abundance you helpe others, which are poore, with some part of your goods, so shoulde others in like sort bestowe some of theirs vpon you.

Note return to page 22875 Exod.16.18.

Note return to page 22876 [8] He commendeth Titus and his two companions for many causes, both that their credite might not be suspected, as though he had sent them slilie to spoile the Churches, and also that they might bee so much the readier to contribute.

Note return to page 22877 [i] In the preaching of the Gospell.

Note return to page 22878 [k] These almes which are bestowed for the reliefe of the Church of Hierusalem.

Note return to page 22879 [l] In this plentifull liberalitie of the Churches, which is committed to our trust.

Note return to page 22880 Rom.12.17.

Note return to page 22881 [m] Titus his two companions.

Note return to page 22882 [n] By whome the glorie of Christ is set foorth.

Note return to page 22883 [o] All Churches shalbe witnesses of this your godly dealing, in whose presence you are, for so much as you see the messengers whome they haue chosen by all their consents, and sent them vnto you.

Note return to page 22884 [1] Hee wisely meeteth with the suspition which the Corinthians might conceiue, as though þe; Apostle in vrging them so carefully shoulde doute of their good will. Therefore he witnesseth that hee doeth it not to teache them, that they ought to helpe the Saintes, seeing that hee had become suertie for them to the Macedonians, but onely to stirre them vp which were running of them selues, to the ende that all thinges might both be in a better readines, and also be more plentifull.

Note return to page 22885 [a] The woorde which hee vseth, signifieth such a staiednesse and setlednesse of minde, as cannot be mooued with any terrour or feare.

Note return to page 22886 [b] As from couetous men.

Note return to page 22887 [2] Almes must be giuen neither niggardly, nor with a lothfull minde, or hardly: But a franke and free almes is compared to a sowing which hath a most plentifull haruest of most aboundant blessing following it.

Note return to page 22888 [c] Determineth and appointeth freely with himselfe.

Note return to page 22889 Roman.12.8.

Note return to page 22890 [d] With a sparing and nigardly heart.

Note return to page 22891 [e] Against his will, as loth to bee euill reported of.

Note return to page 22892 Eccles.35.10.

Note return to page 22893 [f] All God his bountifull liberalitie.

Note return to page 22894 [g] To helpe others by all meanes possible, in doing them good in their necessities.

Note return to page 22895 Psal. 112.9.

Note return to page 22896 [h] Is euerlasting: Nowe Dauid speaketh of a man that feareth God, and loueth his neighbour, who shall neuer want (sayeth hee) to giue to others.

Note return to page 22897 [i] There is none so good an inheritance to the godly, as bountifulnesse is.

Note return to page 22898 [3] An other excellent and double fruite of liberalitie towardes the Saintes, is this: that it giueth occasion to praise God, and that our faith also is thereby made manifest.

Note return to page 22899 [k] By this proofe of your liberalitie in this helping and succouring of them.

Note return to page 22900 [l] In shewing with one consent, that you acknowledge that onely Gospell, which you haue willingly submitted your selues vnto, declaring thereby, that you agree with the Church of Hierusalem.

Note return to page 22901 [m] Lest by this great commendation & praise, the Corinthians should be puffed vp, hee shutteth vp this exhortation, with this exclamation.

Note return to page 22902 [1] Hee returneth to the defence of his Apostleshippe, but so that hee vseth his authoritie therein: for hee warneth them earnestly and grauely, vsing also terrible threatnings to shewe them selues such as are apt to be instructed. And hee refelleth certaine proude men which made no better accompt of him, then of a bragging Thraso, in that hee vsed to be sharpe against them when hee was absent, because they sawe no great maiestie in him after the maner of men, and besides, had prooued his lenitie, notwithstanding that in his absence, he had written to them sharply. Therefore first of all hee professeth that hee was gentle and moderate, but after the example of Christ: but if they continue still to despise his gentlenesse, hee protesteth vnto them that he will shew in deede howe farre they are deceiued, which make þt; accompt of the office of an Apostle, that they doe of worldly offices, that is, according to the outward appearance.

Note return to page 22903 [a] That nature which is inclined to mercy, rather then to rigour of iustice.

Note return to page 22904 [b] As though I had no other aid and helpe then that which outwarldly I seeme to haue: and therefore Paul setteth his flesh, that is, his weake condition and state, against his spirituall and Apostolique dignitie.

Note return to page 22905 [2] Secondly hee witnesseth, that although hee be like vnto other men, yet hee commeth furnished &wt; that strength, which no holdes of man can match, whether they resist by craft and deceit, or by force and might, because hee warfareth with diuine weapons.

Note return to page 22906 [c] Are not such as men get them authority withall one of another, & do great acts.

Note return to page 22907 [d] Stande vpon that infinite power of God.

Note return to page 22908 [3] An amplification of this spirituall vertue, which in such sort conquereth the enemies be they neuer so craftie, and mightie, that it bringeth some of them by repentance vnto Christ, and iustly reuengeth others, that are stubburnely obstinate, separating them from the other which suffer themselues to be ruled.

Note return to page 22909 [4] He beateth into their heads that same matter, with great waight of wordes and sentences.

Note return to page 22910 [e] Do ye iudge of things according to the outwarde shewe?

Note return to page 22911 [f] Not being tolde of it by me.

Note return to page 22912 [g] Hee noteth out some one that was the seede, man of this speache.

Note return to page 22913 [5] Being constrained to refell the foolish brags of certaine ambitious men, hee witnesseth, that they are able to bring nothing, but that they falsely persuade themselues of themselues: and as for himself, although he brag of excellent things, yet he wil not passe the bounds which God hath measured him out, according whereunto hee came euen vnto them in preaching the Gospel of Christ, & trusteth that he shal goe further, when they haue so profited that he shall not neede to tarie any longer amongst them to instruct them. And hereunto is added an amplification, in that that hee neuer succeeded other men in their labours.

Note return to page 22914 [h] This is spoken after a taunting sort.

Note return to page 22915 [i] Vpon a vaine persuasion that they haue of themselues, they take vpon them they care not what.

Note return to page 22916 [k] They contemne all other, and measure all their doings onely by themselues.

Note return to page 22917 [l] Of those things which God hath not measured to me.

Note return to page 22918 Ephes.4.7.

Note return to page 22919 [m] As though God had deuided the whole worlde among the Apostles, to be husbanded.

Note return to page 22920 [n] In countreis which other men haue prepared and husbanded with the preaching of the Gospell.

Note return to page 22921 Iere.9.24. 1.cor.1.31.

Note return to page 22922 [6] Hee somewhat mitigateth that which hee spake of himselfe, and therewith also prepareth the Corinthians to heare other things, witnessing that he seeketh nothing els but to approue himselfe to God, whose glory he onely seeketh.

Note return to page 22923 [1] He graunteth þt; after a sort he plaieth þe; foole in this vanting of things, but he addeth þt; he doth it against his will for their profite, because he seeth them deceiued by certaine vaine & crafty m&ebar;, through the craft and subtiltie of Satan.

Note return to page 22924 [a] He speaketh as a wooer, but yet as one þt; seeketh them not for himselfe, but for God.

Note return to page 22925 [b] To marie you together.

Note return to page 22926 Gen.3.4.

Note return to page 22927 [c] This place is to be marked against them, which lothe that plaine & pure simplicicie of the Scriptures, in c&obar;parison of the colours and paintings of mans eloquence.

Note return to page 22928 [d] Which is meete for them that are in Christ.

Note return to page 22929 [2] He sheweth that they deceiue them selues, if they loke to receiue of any other man, either a more excellent Gospell, or more excellent gifts of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 22930 [e] A more perfect doctrine of Iesus Christ.

Note return to page 22931 [3] He refuteth the slanders of those Thrasoes. I graunt, sayth he, that I am not so eloqu&ebar;t an Orator, but yet they cannot take away the knowledge of the Gospell from me, whereof you haue had good proofe, and that euery maner of way.

Note return to page 22932 [f] Paul lacked not that kinde of eloquence which is meete for a man, and fit for the Gospell, but hee willingly wanted that painted kinde of speach which too many nowe a daies hunt after and followe.

Note return to page 22933 [4] An other slaunder, to wit, that he was a raskall, and liued by the labour of his owne handes. But herein saith the Apostle, what can you lay against me, but that I was content to take any paines for your sakes, and when I lacked, to trauaile for my liuing with mine owne hands in part, & partly also when pouertie constrained mee, I chose rather otherwise to seeke my susten&abar;ce, then to be any burden to you, although I preached þe; Gospel vnto you?

Note return to page 22934 Chap.12.13.

Note return to page 22935 [5] An amplification: So farre is hee from being ashamed of this Acte, that he hath also resolued with himselfe to doe no otherwise hereafter amongst them, to the intent that it may alwayes bee truely said, that he taught in Achaia for nothing: not that he disdaineth the Corinthians, but that these Thrasoes may neuer finde the occasion which they haue already sought for, and he in the meane season, may set some thing before them to folow, that at length they may truely say, that they are like to Paul.

Note return to page 22936 [g] This is a forme of an othe, as if he said, Let mee not be thought to haue any trueth in me.

Note return to page 22937 [h] Shalbe alwayes open to me.

Note return to page 22938 [i] Pauls aduersaries sought all occasions they could, to be equall to him. And therefore seeing they had rather eate vp the Corinthians, then preach to them for nothing, they sought another occasion, to wit, to make Paul to take some thing: which thing if hee had done, then hoped they by that meanes to be equall to him: for they made such a shew of zeale and knowledge, and set it forth with such a glosing kinde of eloquence, that some of them euen despised Paul: but he sheweth that all this is nothing but colours and painting.

Note return to page 22939 [6] Nowe at length he painteth out these felowes in their colours, forewarning, that it wil come to passe, that they wil at length betray themselues, what countenance soeuer they make of zeale that they haue to Gods glory.

Note return to page 22940 [k] By light is ment the heauenly glory, whereof the Angels are partakers.

Note return to page 22941 [7] He goeth forward boldly and vsing a vehement Ironie or kinde of taunting, desireth the Corinthians to pard&obar; him, if for a time he c&obar;tend as a foole before them being wise, with those ioly fellowes touching those externall things, to wit, touching his stocke, his ancesters, & valiant actes.

Note return to page 22942 [8] Before he c&obar;meth to the matter, he toucheth the Corinthians, who perswading th&ebar;selues to be very wise men, did not marke in the meane season, that those false apostles abused their simplicitie for aduantage.

Note return to page 22943 [l] As if he said, In respect of that reproch which they doe vnto you (I speake it) which surely is as euill, as if they did beate you.

Note return to page 22944 [m] Paul is called weake, in that he seemeth to the Corinthians a vile & abiect man, a beggerly artificer, a most wretched & miserable idiot, whereas notwithst&abar;ding, therein Gods mightie power was made manifest.

Note return to page 22945 Phil.3.5.

Note return to page 22946 [n] Paul being honourable in deed, defendeth his ministery openly, not for his owne sake, but because he sawe his doctrine come into hazarde.

Note return to page 22947 [o] In danger of present death.

Note return to page 22948 [p] He alludeth to that that is written, Deu.25.3. and moreouer this place sheweth vs, that Paul suffered many things which Luke pa&esset;ed ouer.

Note return to page 22949 [q] Of the Romane Magistrates.

Note return to page 22950 Acts.10.23.

Note return to page 22951 Act.14.19.

Note return to page 22952 Acts.27.14.

Note return to page 22953 [r] Painefulnes is a troublesome sicknes, as wh&ebar; a man is weary & would rest, he is c&obar;strained to fal to new labour.

Note return to page 22954 [9] He addeth this in conclusion further, that the Corinthians might be ashamed to despise him, vpon whose care, almost all Churches depended, as it was plainly seene by experience.

Note return to page 22955 [10] Hee turneth that against the aduersities, which they obiected against him: as if he should say: They alleadge my calamities, to take away my authoritie from mee: but if I would boast my selfe, I woulde take no better argument: and God himselfe is my witnes that I deuise and forge nothing.

Note return to page 22956 Acts.9.14.

Note return to page 22957 [1] He goeth forward in his purpose, and because those bragging mates boasted of reuelations, hee reckoneth vp those things which lift him vp aboue the common capacitie of men: but he vseth a preface, and excuseth himselfe aduisedly.

Note return to page 22958 [a] I speake this in Christ, that is, be it spoken without vaine glorie, for I seeke nothing but Christ Iesus onely.

Note return to page 22959 [b] Into the highest heauen: for wee neede not to dispute subtilly vpon the word (Thirde) but yet this place is to be marked against them, which would make heauen to be euery where.

Note return to page 22960 [c] So the Grecians name that which we call a parke, that is to say, a place where trees are planted, and wilde beastes kept. By which name they that translated the olde Testament out of Hebrewe into Greeke, called the garden Eden, whereinto Adam was put straight after his creation, as a most delicate and pleasant place. And hereupon grew it, that that ble&esset;ed seate of the glory of God is called by that name.

Note return to page 22961 [d] Which no man is able to vtter.

Note return to page 22962 [e] Which the Saintes themselues are not by any meanes able to expre&esset;e, because it is God himselfe. Thus doeth Clemens Alexandrinus expound this place. Strom.5.

Note return to page 22963 [2] To remoue al suspition of ambition, he witnesseth that he braggeth not of those things as of his owne, but as out of himselfe, and yet notwithstanding fayneth nothing, lest by this occasion other men should attribute more vnto him then in deede he is: and therefore he had rather glory in his miseries.

Note return to page 22964 [3] An excellent doctrine: why God will haue euen his best seruants to be vexed of Satan, and by all kinde of temptations: to wit, lest they should be too much puffed vp, and also that they may bee made perfite by that continuall exercise.

Note return to page 22965 [f] Hee meaneth concupiscence, that sticketh fast in vs, as it were a pricke, in so much as it constrained Paul himselfe being regenerate, to crye out, I doe not that good that I woulde, &c. And hee calleth it a pricke, by a borowed kinde of speache taken from thornes, or stumpes, which are very dangerous and hurtfull for the feete, if a man walke through woodes that are cut downe.

Note return to page 22966 [g] Which setteth those lustes on fire.

Note return to page 22967 [h] Oft.

Note return to page 22968 [4] Hee concludeth, that hee will onely set his miseries against the vaine bragges of the false apostles, and therewith also excuseth himselfe, for that by their importunitie, he was constrained to speake so much of these things as he did: to wit, because that if his Apostleship were subuerted, his doctrine must needes fall.

Note return to page 22969 [i] That I might feele the vertue of Christ more and more: For the weaker that our tabernacles are, the more doeth Christes vertue appeare in them.

Note return to page 22970 [k] I doe not onely take them patiently and with a good heart, but also I take great pleasure in them.

Note return to page 22971 [5] Againe he maketh the Corinthians witnesses of those things whereby God had sealed his Apostleshippe amongest them, and againe hee declareth by certaine arguments, howe farre hee is from all couetousnesse, and also how he is affectioned towards them.

Note return to page 22972 [l] The arguments whereby it may well appeare, that I am in deede an Apostle of Iesus Christ.

Note return to page 22973 Chap.11.9.

Note return to page 22974 [m] I was not slouthfull in getting my liuing with mine owne handes, that I might not bee burdensome to you.

Note return to page 22975 [6] Hee putteth away another most grieuous slaunder, to wit, that hee did subtilly and by others, make his gaine and profite of them.

Note return to page 22976 [7] Hee concludeth, that hee writeth not these thinges vnto them, as though hee needed to defende himselfe, for he is guiltie of nothing: but because it is behoueable for them to doubt nothing of his fidelitie who instructed them.

Note return to page 22977 [n] As it becommeth him to speake truely and sincerely, that profe&esset;eth himselfe to bee in Christ, that is to say, to be a Christian

Note return to page 22978 [8] Hauing confirmed his authoritie vnto them, he rebuketh them sharply, and threatneth them also like an Apostle, shewing that he will not spare them hereafter, vnlesse they repent, seeing that this is the thirde time that hee hath warned them.

Note return to page 22979 Deut.19.15. matth.18.16. iohn 8.17. hebr.10.28.

Note return to page 22980 [1] A most sharpe reprehension, for that, while they despise the Apostles admonitions, they tempt Christes owne patience: and also while they contemne him as wretched and miserable, they lay nothing herein against him, which is not common to him with Christ.

Note return to page 22981 [a] And will bee most mightie to be reuenged of you, when neede shalbe.

Note return to page 22982 [b] As touching that base forme of a seruant which he tooke vpon him when hee abased himselfe.

Note return to page 22983 1.Cor.11.28.

Note return to page 22984 [2] Hee confirmeth that which hee spake of the vertue of God appearing in his ministerie, and hee gathereth by the mutuall relation betweene the peoples faith, and the ministers preaching, that they must either reuerence his Apostleship, vpon whose doctrine their faith is grounded, or they must condemne themselues of infidelitie, and must confesse themselues not to be of Christes body.

Note return to page 22985 [3] Hee mitigateth that sharpenesse, trusting that they will shewe themselues towards their faithfull Apostle, apt and willing to be taught: adding this moreouer, that hee passeth not for his owne fame and estimation, so that he may serue to their saluation, which is the only marke that he shooteth at.

Note return to page 22986 [c] In mens iudgement.

Note return to page 22987 [d] That all thinges may bee in good order amongest you, and the members of the Church restored into their place, which haue bene shaken and out of place.

Note return to page 22988 [4] A briefe exhortation, but yet such an one as comprehendeth all the parts of a Christian mans life.

Note return to page 22989 [5] He saluteth them familiarly, and in conclusion wisheth wel vnto them.

Note return to page 22990 1.Corin.16.20.

Note return to page 22991 [1] A salutation c&obar;prehending in few words, the summe of the Apostles doctrine, and also besides, straightway fr&obar; the beginning, shewing the grauitie meete for the authoritie of an Apostle, which hee had to maintaine against the false apostles.

Note return to page 22992 [a] He sheweth who is the authour of the ministerie generally: for herein the whole ministerie agreeth, that whether they be Apostles, or Shepheards, or Doctours, they are appointed of God.

Note return to page 22993 [b] He toucheth the instrumental cause: for this is a peculiar prerogatiue to the Apostles, to be called immediatly from Christ.

Note return to page 22994 Titus 1.3.

Note return to page 22995 [c] Christ no doubt is man, but hee is God also, and head of the Church, and in this respect to be exempted out of the number of men.

Note return to page 22996 [2] The summe of the true Gospel is this, that Christ by his only offring saueth vs being chosen out from the world, by the free decree of God the Father.

Note return to page 22997 Luke 1.74.

Note return to page 22998 [d] Out of that most corrupt state which is without Christ.

Note return to page 22999 [3] The first part of the Epistle, wherein he witnesseth that he is an Apostle, nothing inferiour to those chiefe disciples of Christ, and wholy agreeing with them, whose names the false apostles did abuse. And he beginneth &wt; chiding, reprouing them of lightnes, for that they gaue eare so easily vnto them which peruerted them & drew them away to a new Gospel.

Note return to page 23000 [e] He vseth the passiue voyce, to cast the fault vpon the false apostles, and he vseth the time that now is, to giue them to vnderstand, that it was not already done, but in doing.

Note return to page 23001 [4] He warneth them in time to remember that there are not many Gospels, and therefore whatsoeuer these false apostles pretend, which had the law, Moses, and the Fathers, in their mouthes, yet they are in deede so many corruptions of the true Gospel, insomuch that he himselfe, yea, and the very Angels them selues (and therefore much more these false apostles) ought to be holden accursed, if they go about to change the least iote that may be in the Gospel that he deliuered to them before.

Note return to page 23002 [f] For there is nothing more contrary to faith or free iustification, then iustification by the Lawe, or by our deseruing.

Note return to page 23003 [g] Looke Rom.9.3.

Note return to page 23004 [5] A confirmation taken both from the nature of the doctrine it selfe, & also from that maner which he vsed in teaching: for neither saith he, did I teach those things which pleased men as these men do which put part of saluati&obar; in external things, and workes of the Lawe, neither went I about to procure any mans fauour. And therefore the matter it selfe sheweth þt; that doctrine which I deliuered vnto you, is heauenly.

Note return to page 23005 [h] He toucheth the false apostles, who had nothing but men in their mouthes, and he, though he would derogate nothing from the Apostles, preacheth God and not men.

Note return to page 23006 1.Cor.15.1.

Note return to page 23007 [6] A second argument to prooue that his doctrine is heauenly, because he had it from heauen, from Iesus Christ him selfe, without any mans helpe, wherein he excelleth them whome Christ taught here on earth after the maner of men.

Note return to page 23008 [i] This place is to be vnderstood of an extraordinarie reuelation, for otherwise the Sonne alone reueiled his Gospel by his Spirit, although by the ministerie of men, which Paul shutteth out here.

Note return to page 23009 [7] He proueth that he was extraordinarily taught of Christ himselfe, by the historie of his former life, which the Galatians themselues knew wel ynough: for saith he, it is wel knowen, in what schoole I was brought vp, euen from a childe, to wit, amongst the deadly enemies of the Gospel. And that no man may cauil and say that I was a scholer of the Pharises in name onely and not in deede, no man is ignorant, how that I excelled in Pharisaisme, and was suddenly made of a Pharise, an Apostle of the Gentiles, so that I had no space to be instructed of men.

Note return to page 23010 Actes 9.1.

Note return to page 23011 [k] He calleth them the traditions of his Fathers, because he was not onely a Pharise himselfe, but also had a Pharise to his father.

Note return to page 23012 [l] He speaketh of Gods euerlasting predestination, whereby hee appointed him to be an Apostle, whereof he maketh three degrees, the euerlasting counsell of God, his appointing from his mothers wombe, and his calling: here is no mention at all, we see, of workes foreseene.

Note return to page 23013 [m] To me, and this is a kinde of speach which the Hebrues vse, whereby this is giuen vs to vnderstand, that this gift commeth from God.

Note return to page 23014 Ephes.3.8.

Note return to page 23015 [8] Because it might be obiected, that in deede hee was called of Christ in the way, but afterwardes was instructed of the Apostles and others, whose names (as I sayd before) the false apostles abused to destroy his Apostleship, as though hee deliuered another Gospel then the true Apostles did, and as though he were not of their number, which are to be credited &wt;out exception: therefore Paul answereth, that he began straightway after his calling to preach the Gospel at Damascus and in Arabia, and was not from that time in Hierusalem but onely fifteene dayes, where he sawe onely Peter and Iames, and afterwards, he began to teach in Syria and Cilicia, with the consent and approbation of the Churches of the Iewes, which knewe him onely by name, so farre off was it, that he was there instructed of men.

Note return to page 23016 [n] With any man in the world.

Note return to page 23017 [o] This is a kinde of othe.

Note return to page 23018 [p] The doctrine of faith.

Note return to page 23019 [1] Now he sheweth how he agreeth with the Apostles, with whome he graunteth that he conferred touching his Gospell which he taught among the Gentiles, fourteene yeeres after his conuersion & they alowed it in such sort, that they constrained not his felow Titus to be circumcised, although some tormented themselues therein, which traiterously layd waite against him, but in vaine: neither did they adde the least iote that might be to the doctrine which hee had preached, but contrariwise they gaue to him and Barnabas the right hands of felowship, and acknowledged them as Apostles appointed of the Lord to the Gentiles.

Note return to page 23020 [a] Vnfruitfully, for as touching his doctrine, Paul doubted not of it, but because there were certaine reportes cast abroad of him, that he was of an other opinion then the rest of the Apostles were, which thing might haue hindred the course of the Gospel, therefore he laboured to remedie this sore.

Note return to page 23021 [b] Which by deceite, and counterfeite holines crept in amongst the faithfull.

Note return to page 23022 [c] By submitting our selues to them, and betraying our owne libertie.

Note return to page 23023 [d] The true and sincere doctrine of the Gospel, which remained safe from being corrupt with any of these mens false doctrines.

Note return to page 23024 [e] Vnder the Galatians name, he vnderstandeth all nations.

Note return to page 23025 Deut. 10.17. 2.chro.19.7. iob 34. 29. act.10 34. rom. 2.11. ephe.6.9. col. 3.25 1 pet.1.17.

Note return to page 23026 [f] Among the Gentiles, as Peter had to preach it among the Iewes.

Note return to page 23027 [g] Whom alone and only, these m&ebar; count for pillars of the Church, and whose name they abuse to deceiue you.

Note return to page 23028 [h] They gaue vs their hand in token that we agreed wholy in the doctrine of the Gospel.

Note return to page 23029 [i] Before all men.

Note return to page 23030 [2] An other most vehement proofe of his Apostleship, and also of that doctrine which he had deliuered concerning free iustification by faith onely, because that for this thing only he reprehended Peter at Antioch, who offended herein, in that for a fewe Iewes sakes which came from Hierusalem, hee played the Iew, & offended the Gentiles which had beleeued.

Note return to page 23031 [k] By example rather then by iudgement.

Note return to page 23032 [l] Word for word, with a right foote, which he setteth against halting and dissembling which is backward.

Note return to page 23033 [m] Hee calleth the trueth of the Gospel, both the doctrine it selfe, and also the vse of the doctrine, which we call the practise.

Note return to page 23034 [n] He saith they were constrained, which played the Iewes by Peters example.

Note return to page 23035 [3] The seconde part of this epistle, the state whereof is this: we are iustified by faith in Christ Iesus without the workes of the Law. Which thing he propoundeth in such sort, that first of all he meeteth with an obiection, (for I also sayth he am a Iew, that no man may say against me, that I am an enemie to the Law) and afterward, he confirmeth it by the expresse witnes of Dauid.

Note return to page 23036 [o] Although we be Iewes, yet we preach iustification by faith, because we know vndoubtedly, that no man can be iustified by the Law.

Note return to page 23037 [p] So the Iewes called the Gentiles, because they were strangers from Gods couenant.

Note return to page 23038 [q] In Iesus Christ.

Note return to page 23039 [r] No man and in this word (flesh) there is a great vehemencie, whereby is meant that the nature of man is vtterly corrupt.

Note return to page 23040 Rom.3.19.

Note return to page 23041 [4] Before he goeth any further, he meeteth with their obiection, which abhorred this doctrine of free iustification by faith, because say they, men are by this meanes withdrawen from the study of good workes. And in this sort is the obiection: If sinners should be iustified through Christ by faith without the Law, Christ should approoue sinners, and should as it were exhort them thereunto by his ministerie. Paul answereth that this consequence is false, because that Christ destroyeth sinne in the beleeuers: For so, saith he, do men flee vnto Christ through the terror & feare of the Law, that being quit fr&obar; the curse of the Law & iustified, they may be saued by him, that together therewithall, he beginneth in them by little and little, that strength & power of his which destroieth sinne: to the end that this old man being abolished by the vertue of Christ crucified, Christ may liue in them, and they may consecrate themselues to God. Therefore if any man giue himselfe to sinne after hee hath receiued the Gospell, let him not accuse Christ nor the Gospell, but him selfe, for that hee destroyeth the worke of God in him selfe.

Note return to page 23042 [s] Hee goeth from iustification to sanctification, which is another benefite we receiue by Christ, if we lay holde on him by fayth.

Note return to page 23043 [t] The Lawe that terrifieth the conscience, bringeth vs to Christ, and he only causeth vs to die to the Law in deed, because that by making vs righteous, he taketh away fr&obar; vs the terrour of conscience, and by sanctifying vs, causeth through the mortifying of lust in vs, that it can not take such occasion to sinne by the restraint which the Lawe maketh, as it did before, Rom.7.10,11.

Note return to page 23044 [u] The same that I was before.

Note return to page 23045 [x] In this mortall body.

Note return to page 23046 [5] The second argument taken of an absurditie: If men may be iustified by the Lawe, then was it not necessarie for Christ to die.

Note return to page 23047 [y] For there was no cause why he should doe so.

Note return to page 23048 [1] The third reason or argument taken of those gifts of þe; holy Ghost, wherewith they were indued from heauen after they had heard & beleeued þe; Gospel by Pauls ministerie: which seeing they were so euident to all mens eyes, that they were as it were liuely images, wherein they might beholde the trueth of the doctrine of the Gospel, no lesse then if they had beheld &wt; their eyes Christ himselfe crucified, in whose onely death they ought to haue their trust, he marueileth how it coulde be that they could be so bewitched by the false apostles.

Note return to page 23049 [a] Christ was layde before you so notably and so plainely, that you had his liuely image as it were represented before your eyes, as if he had bin crucified before you.

Note return to page 23050 [b] Those spirituall graces and giftes, which were a seale as it were to the Galatians that the Gospel which was preached to them was true.

Note return to page 23051 [c] Of the doctrine of faith.

Note return to page 23052 [2] The fourth argument mixed with the former, and it is double. If the Law be to be ioyned with faith, this were not to goe forward, but backward, seeing that those spirituall gifts which were bestowed vpon you, are more excellent then any that could proceede from your selues. And moreouer, it should folow, that the Law is better then Christ, because it should perfit & bring to end that, which Christ began only.

Note return to page 23053 [d] By the (flesh) he meaneth the ceremonies of the Law, against which he setteth the Spirit, that is, the spirituall working of the Gospel.

Note return to page 23054 [3] An exhortation by maner of vpbrayding, that they doe not in vaine suffer so many conflictes.

Note return to page 23055 [4] He repeateth the third argument which was taken of the effects, because he had interlaced certaine other arguments by the way.

Note return to page 23056 [5] The fift argument which is of great force, & hath three grounds. The first, That Abraham was iustified by faith, to wit by free imputation of righteousnes according to the promise apprehended by faith, as Moses doeth most plainely witnes.

Note return to page 23057 [e] Looke Rom.4.

Note return to page 23058 Gen.15.6. rom.4 3 iam 2.23.

Note return to page 23059 [6] The second, that the sonnes of Abraham must be esteemed & accompted of by faith.

Note return to page 23060 [7] The third, that all people that beleeue, are without exception, comprehended in the promise of the blessing.

Note return to page 23061 Gen.12.3. act.3.25.

Note return to page 23062 [8] A proofe of the first and second grounds, out of the wordes of Moses.

Note return to page 23063 [f] Blessing in this place, signifieth the free promise by faith.

Note return to page 23064 [9] The conclusion of the fifth argument: Therefore as Abraham is blessed by faith, so are all his children (that is to say, all the Gentiles that beleeue) blessed, that is to say, freely iustified.

Note return to page 23065 [g] With faithfull Abraham, and not by faithfull Abraham, to giue vs to vnderstand that the blessing commeth not from Abraham, but from him, by whom Abraham and all his posteritie is ble&esset;ed.

Note return to page 23066 [10] The sixth argument, the conclusion whereof is also in the former verse taken of c&obar;traries, thus, They are accursed which are of the workes of the Lawe, that is to say, which value their righteousnes by the perform&abar;ce of the Law. Therefore they are blessed which are of faith, that is, they which haue righteousnes by faith.

Note return to page 23067 [11] A proofe of the former sentence or proposition, and the proposition of this argument is this: Cursed is he that fulfilleth not the whole Lawe.

Note return to page 23068 Deut.27.26.

Note return to page 23069 [12] The seconde proposition with the conclusion: But no man fulfilleth the Law, Therfore no man is iustified by the Law, or else, All are accursed which seeke righteousnes by the works of the Law. And there is annexed also this maner of proofe of the sec&obar;d proposition, to wit, Righteousnes and life are attributed to faith, Therefore no man fulfilleth the Law.

Note return to page 23070 Hab.2.4. rom. 1.17. hebr.10.38.

Note return to page 23071 [13] Here is a reason shewed of the former consequence: Because the Lawe promiseth life to all that keepe it, and therefore if it be kept, it iustifieth and giueth life. But the Scripture attributing righteousnes and life to faith, taketh it from the Law, seeing that faith iustifieth by imputation, and the Law by the performing of the worke.

Note return to page 23072 Leuit.18.5.

Note return to page 23073 [14] A preuenting of an obiection: Howe then can they be blessed, whome the Lawe pronounceth to be accursed? Because Christ susteined the curse which the Law layd vp&obar; vs, that we might be quit fr&obar; it.

Note return to page 23074 [15] A proofe of the answere by the testimonie of Moses.

Note return to page 23075 Deu 21.23.

Note return to page 23076 [h] Christ was accursed for vs, because he bare the curse that was due to vs, to make vs partakers of his righteousnes.

Note return to page 23077 [16] A conclusion of al that was said before in the handling of the fifth and sixth reasons, to wit, that both the Gentiles are made partakers of the free blessing of Abraham in Christ, and also that the Iewes themselues, of whose number the Apostle counteth himselfe to be, cannot obteine that promised grace of the Gospel, which he calleth the Spirit, but only by faith. And the Apostle doth seuerally apply the conclusion, both to the one & the other, preparing himselfe a way to the next argum&ebar;t, wherby he declareth, that that one only seed of Abraham, which is made of all peoples, can no otherwise be ioyned & grow vp together, but by faith in Christ.

Note return to page 23078 [17] He putteth forth two general rules before the next argum&ebar;t, which is the seuenth in order: The one is, that it is not lawful to breake couenants and contracts which are iustly made and according to Law, amongst men, neither may any thing be added vnto them: The other is, that God did so make a couenant with Abraham, that he woulde gather together his children which consist both of Iewes & Gentiles, into one body (as appeareth by that which hath bin said before.) For he did not say, that he would be the God of Abraham and of his seedes, (which thing notwithstanding should haue bin said, if he had many & diuers seedes, as the Gentiles apart, & the Iewes apart,) but that he would be the God of Abraham, and of his seede, as of one.

Note return to page 23079 [i] I wil vse an example which is common amongst you, that you may bee ashamed you giue not so much to Gods couenants, as you doe to mans.

Note return to page 23080 Heb.9.17.

Note return to page 23081 [k] Autenticall, as we call it.

Note return to page 23082 [18] He putteth forth the summe of the seuenth argument, to wit, that both the Iewes & the Gentiles, grow together into one body of the seede of Abraham, in Christ onely, so that all are one Christ, as it is afterward declared, vers.28.

Note return to page 23083 [l] Paul speaketh not of Christs person, but of two peoples, which grew together in one, in Christ.

Note return to page 23084 [19] The eight argum&ebar;t taken of comparison, thus: If a mans couenant (being autenticall) be firme and strong, much more Gods couenant. Therfore the Law was not giuen to abrogate the promes made to Abraham, which had respect to Christ, that is to say, the end whereof did hang of Christ.

Note return to page 23085 [m] Which tended to Christ.

Note return to page 23086 [20] An enlarging of that argum&ebar;t, thus: Moreouer and besides that the promes is of it selfe firme & strong, it was also confirmed with the prescription of long time, to wit, of 430. yeres, so that it could in no wise be brok&ebar;.

Note return to page 23087 [21] An obiection: We grant that the promes was not abrogated by the couenant of the Law, & therfore we ioyne the Law with the promes. Nay, saith the Apostle, these two cannot stand together, to wit, that the inheritance should both be giuen by the Law & also by promes, for the promes is free: whereby it foloweth, that the Lawe was not giuen to iustifie, for by that meanes the promise should be broken.

Note return to page 23088 [n] By this word (inheritance) is meant the right of the seed, which is, that God should be our God, that is to say, that by vertue of the couenant that was made with faithfull Abraham, we that be faithfull, might by that meanes be ble&esset;ed of God as well as he.

Note return to page 23089 [22] An obiection which riseth of the former answere: If the inheritance be not by the Law (at the least in part) then why was the Law giuen, after that the promes was made? Therefore saith the Apostle, to reproue men of sinne, and so teach them to looke vnto Christ, in whom at length that promes of sauing all people together, should be fulfilled, and not that the Lawe was giuen to iustifie men.

Note return to page 23090 [o] That men might vnderstand, by discouering of their sinnes, that they are saued by the onely grace of God, which he reueiled to Abraham, and that in Christ.

Note return to page 23091 [p] Vntill the partition wall was broken downe, and that full seede sprang vp, framed of two peoples, both of Iewes and Gentiles: for by this word Seede, we may not vnderstand, Christ alone by himselfe, but coupled and ioyned together with his body.

Note return to page 23092 [23] A confirmation of the former answere taken from the maner and forme of giuing the Lawe: for it was giuen by Angels, striking a great terrour into all, and by Moses a Mediatour comming betweene. Nowe they that are one, neede no Mediatour, but they that are twaine at the least, and that are at variance one with the other. Therefore the Lawe it selfe and the Mediatour, were witnesses of the wrath of God, and not that God woulde by this meanes reconcile men to himselfe, and abolish the promise, or adde the Lawe vnto the promise.

Note return to page 23093 [q] Commaunded and giuen, or proclaimed.

Note return to page 23094 [r] By the seruice and ministerie.

Note return to page 23095 [24] A taking away of an obiection, least any man might say, that sometimes by consent of the parties which haue made a couenant, something is added to the couenant, or the former couenants are broken. This, saith the Apostle, commeth to passe in God, who is alwayes one, and the selfe same, and like himselfe.

Note return to page 23096 [25] The conclusion vttered by a maner of asking a question, and it is the same that was vttered before, verse 17. but proceeding of another rule: so that the argument is newe, and is this: God is alwayes like vnto himselfe: Therefore the Lawe was not giuen to abolish the promises. But it shoulde abolish them if it gaue life, for by that meanes it shoulde iustifie, and therefore it shoulde abolish that iustification which was promised to Abraham and to his seede by faith. Nay it was rather giuen to bring to light the guiltinesse of all men, to the ende that all beleeuers fleeing to Christ promised, might be freely iustified in him.

Note return to page 23097 [s] By this worde, Scripture, he meaneth the Lawe.

Note return to page 23098 Rom. 3. 9.

Note return to page 23099 [t] All men, and whatsoeuer commeth from man.

Note return to page 23100 [u] In euery one of these wordes, there lyeth an argument against the merites of workes: for all these words, promise, faith, Christ, might be giuen, to beleeuers, are against merits, and not one of them can stande with deseruing workes.

Note return to page 23101 [26] Nowe there followeth an other handling of the second part of this Epistle: the state whereof is this: Although the Lawe (that is, the whole gouernement of Gods house according to the Lawe) doe not iustifie, is it therefore to bee abolished, seeing that Abraham him selfe was circumcised, and his posteritie helde still the vse of Moses Lawe? Paul affirmeth that it ought to bee abolished, because it was instituted for that ende and purpose, that it should be as it were a scholemaster and keeper to the people of God, vntill the promise appeared in deede, that is to say, Christ, and the Gospell manifestly published with great efficacie of the Spirite.

Note return to page 23102 [x] The cause why wee were kept vnder the Lawe, is set downe here.

Note return to page 23103 [27] Because age chaungeth not the condition of seruants, hee addeth that wee are free by condition, and therefore, seeing wee are out of our childehoode, wee haue no more neede of a keeper and Scholemaster.

Note return to page 23104 [28] Vsing a generall particle, lest the Iewes at the least should not thinke themselues bounde with the bande of the Lawe, hee pronounceth that Baptisme is common to all beleeuers, because it is a pledge of our deliuerie in Christ, as well to the Iewes as to the Grecians, that by this meanes all may bee truely one in Christ, that is to say, that promised seede to Abraham, and inheritours of euerlasting life.

Note return to page 23105 [y] He setteth Baptisme, secretly against circumcision, which the false apostles so much bragged of.

Note return to page 23106 [z] The Church must put on Christ, as it were a garment, and be couered with him, that it may be throughly holy, and without blame.

Note return to page 23107 [a] You are all as one: and so is this great knot and coniunction signified.

Note return to page 23108 [1] He declareth that by another double similitude, which he said before c&obar;cerning the keeper and scholemaster: For hee saith, that the Law, (that is, the whole gouernement of Gods house according to the Law) was as it were a tutour or ouerseer appointed for a time, vntill such time as that protection and ouerseeing which was but for a time, being ended, we should at length come to be at our owne libertie, and should liue as childr&ebar;, and not as seruants. Moreouer, hee sheweth by the way, that that gouernance of the Law, was as it were an A.B.C. and as certaine principles, in comparison of the doctrine of the Gospel.

Note return to page 23109 [a] This is added, because he that is alwayes vnder a tutor and gouernour, may hardly be co&ubar;ted a freeman.

Note return to page 23110 [b] The Lawe is called rudiments, because that by the Lawe God instructed his Church as it were by rudiments, and afterwarde powred out his holy Spirit most plentifully in the time of the Gospel.

Note return to page 23111 [2] He vttereth and declareth many things at once, to wit, that this tutorship was ended at his time, that curious men may leaue to aske, why that scholemastership lasted so long. And moreouer, that we are not sonnes by nature, but by adoption, & that in that Sonne of God, who therefore tooke vpon him our flesh, that we might be made his brethren.

Note return to page 23112 [c] The time is said to be full, when all parts of it are past and ended, and therefore Christ could not haue come either sooner or later.

Note return to page 23113 [d] He calleth Mary a woman, in respect of the sexe, and not as the word is vsed in a contrary sense to a virgine, for she remained a virgine still.

Note return to page 23114 Rom.8.15.

Note return to page 23115 [e] The adoption of the sonnes of God, is from euerlasting, but is reueiled and shewed in the time appointed for it.

Note return to page 23116 [3] He sheweth that we are in such sort free and set at libertie, that in the meane season we must be gouerned by the Spirit of Christ, which reigning in our hearts, may teach vs the true seruice of the Father. But this is not to serue, but rather to enioy true libertie, as it becommeth sonnes & heires.

Note return to page 23117 [f] By that that foloweth he gathereth that that w&ebar;t before: for if we haue his Spirit, we are his sonnes, & if we are his sonnes, then are we free.

Note return to page 23118 [g] The holy Ghost, who is both of the Father & of the Sonne: but there is a peculiar reason why he is called the Spirit of the Sonne, to wit, because the holy Ghost sealeth vp our adoption in Christ, & maketh vs a ful a&esset;urance of it.

Note return to page 23119 [h] The word, seruant, is not taken here for one that liueth in sinne, which is proper to the infidels, but for one that is yet vnder the ceremonies of the Law, which is proper to the Iewes.

Note return to page 23120 [i] Partaker of his blessings.

Note return to page 23121 [4] He applieth the former doctrine to the Galatians, with a peculiar reprehension: for in? comparison of them, the Iewes might haue pretended some excuse as men that were borne and brought vp in that seruice of the Law. But seeing the Galati&abar;s were taken & called out of idolatrie to Christian libertie: what pret&ebar;ce might they haue to go backe to those impotent & beggerly rudiments?

Note return to page 23122 [k] They are called impotent & beggerly ceremonies, being considered apart by themselues without Christ: and againe, for that by that meanes they gaue good testimony that they were beggers in Christ, wh&ebar; as notwithst&abar;ding, for men to fall backe from Christ to ceremonies, is nothing els, but to cast away riches, & to folow beggerie.

Note return to page 23123 [l] By going backward.

Note return to page 23124 [5] He mitigateth and qualifieth those things wherein he might haue seemed to haue spoken somewhat sharply, very artificiously & diuinely, declaring his good wil towards them in such sort, that the Galatians could not but either be vtterly desperate when they reade these things, or acknowledge their owne lightnes with teares, & desire pardon.

Note return to page 23125 [m] Many afflictions.

Note return to page 23126 [n] Those dayly troubles wherewith the Lord tried me amongest you.

Note return to page 23127 [o] For my ministeries sake.

Note return to page 23128 [p] What a talke was there abroade in the world amongst men, how happie you were?

Note return to page 23129 [q] For they are ielous ouer you for their owne commoditie.

Note return to page 23130 [r] That they may conuey all your loue from me, to themselues.

Note return to page 23131 [s] He setteth his owne true and good loue which was earnestly bent towards them, against the naughtie vicious loue of the false apostles.

Note return to page 23132 [t] Vse other words among you.

Note return to page 23133 [6] Because the false apostles alwayes vrged this, that vnlesse the Gentiles were circumcised, Christ could profit them nothing at all, and this dissension of them which beleeued of the circumcision, against them which beleeued of the vncircumcision, was full of offence: the Apostle, after diuers arguments whereby he hath refuted their errour, bringeth foorth an allegorie, wherein hee sayeth the holy Ghost did shadow out vnto vs, all those mysteries: to wit, that it should come to passe, that two sorts of sonnes should haue Abraham, a father common to them both, but not with like successe: for as Abraham begate Ismael, by the common course of nature, of Agar his bond maide & a stranger, and begate Isaac of Sara a free woman by the vertue of the promise and by grace only, and the first was not onely not heire, but also persecuted the heire: So there are two couenants, and as it were two sonnes borne to Abraham of those two couen&abar;ts, as it were of two mothers. The one was made in Sina, without the land of promes, according to which couenant Abrahams childr&ebar; according to the flesh were begotten: to wit, the Iewes, which seeke righteousnes by that couen&abar;t, that is, by the Law: but they are not heires, nay they shal at length be cast out of the house, as they that persecute the true heires. The other was made in that high Hierusalem, or in Si&obar;, (to wit, by the sacrifice of Christ) which begetteth children of promes, to wit, beleeuers, by the vertue of the holy Ghost, which children (as Abraham) do rest themselues in the free promes, & they only by the right of children shalbe partakers of the fathers inheritance, & those seruants shalbe shut out.

Note return to page 23134 [u] That desire so greatly.

Note return to page 23135 Gen.16 15.

Note return to page 23136 Gen.21.1.

Note return to page 23137 [x] As all men are, and by the common course of nature.

Note return to page 23138 [y] By vertue of the promes, which Abraham layd hold on for himselfe and his true seede, for otherwise Abraham and Sara were past begetting and bearing children.

Note return to page 23139 [z] These do represent and shadow forth.

Note return to page 23140 [a] They are called two couenants, one of the olde Testament, and another of the New: which were not two in deede but in respect of the times, & the diuersitie of the gouernment.

Note return to page 23141 [b] He maketh mention of Sina, because that couenant was made in that mountaine, of which mountaine Agar was a shadowe.

Note return to page 23142 [c] Looke howe the case standeth betwixt Agar and her children, euen so standeth it betweene Ierusalem and hers.

Note return to page 23143 [d] That is, Sina.

Note return to page 23144 [e] Which is excellent, and of great accompt.

Note return to page 23145 [7] He sheweth that in this allegorie, hee hath followed the steppes of Esay, who foretolde that the Church should bee made and consist of the children of barran Sara, that is to say, of them which onely spiritually should be made Abrahams children by faith, rather then of fruiteful Agar, euen then foreshewing the casting off of the Iewes, and calling of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 23146 Esai.54.1

Note return to page 23147 [f] Shee that is destroyed and wasted.

Note return to page 23148 Rom.8.9.

Note return to page 23149 [g] After the manner of Isaac, who is the first begotten of the heauenly Hierusalem, as Ismael is of the slauish Synagogue.

Note return to page 23150 [h] That seede, vnto which the promise belongeth.

Note return to page 23151 [i] By the common course of nature.

Note return to page 23152 [k] By the vertue of Gods promes and after a spirituall maner.

Note return to page 23153 Gene.21.10.

Note return to page 23154 [8] The conclusion of the former allegorie, that we by no meanes procure and call backe againe the slauerie of the Lawe, seeing that the children of the bondmayd shall not be heires.

Note return to page 23155 [1] An other obtestation wherein he plainely witnesseth that iustification of workes, and iustification of faith can not stand together, because no man can be iustified by the Law, but he that doeth fully and perfectly fulfill it. And hee taketh the example of circumcision, because it was the ground of all the seruice of the Lawe, and was chiefly vrged of the false Apostles.

Note return to page 23156 Actes 15.1.

Note return to page 23157 [a] Circumcision is in other places called the seale of righteousnes, but here we must haue consideration of the circumstance of the time, for nowe had Baptisme come in the place of circumcision. And moreouer Paul reasoneth according to the opinion that his enemies had of it, which made circumcision a piece of their saluation.

Note return to page 23158 1.Cor.1.17.

Note return to page 23159 [b] That is, as he himselfe expoundeth it afterwards, ye are fallen from grace.

Note return to page 23160 [c] That is, seeke to be iustified by the Law, for in deede no man is iustified by the Lawe.

Note return to page 23161 [2] He priuily compareth the newe people with the olde: for it is certaine that they also did ground all their hope of iustification and life in faith and not in circumcision, but so, that their faith was wrapped in the externall and ceremoniall worship: but our faith is bare and content with spirituall worship.

Note return to page 23162 [d] Through the Spirit, which ingendreth faith.

Note return to page 23163 [3] He addeth a reason, for that nowe, circumcision is abolished, seeing that Christ is exhibited vnto vs with full plentie of spirituall circumcision.

Note return to page 23164 [4] Hee maketh mention also of vncircumcision, least the Gentiles should please themselues in it, as the Iewes doe in circumcision.

Note return to page 23165 [5] The taking away of an obiection: If all that worship of the Lawe be taken away, wherein then shall we exercise our selues? In charitie, saith Paul: for faith, whereof we speake, can not be idle, nay it bringeth foorth dayly fruites of charitie.

Note return to page 23166 [e] So is true faith distinguished from counterfeit faith: for charitie is not ioyned with faith as a fellow cause, to helpe forward our iustification with faith.

Note return to page 23167 [6] Againe he chideth the Galatians, but with an admiration, and therewithall a prayse of their former race, to the end that he may make them more ashamed.

Note return to page 23168 [7] He playeth the part of an Apostle with them, and vseth his authoritie, denying that that doctrine can come from God, which is contrary to his.

Note return to page 23169 [f] Of God.

Note return to page 23170 1.Cor.5.6.

Note return to page 23171 [8] Hee addeth this, that he may not seeme to contend vpon a trifle, warning them diligently (by a similitude which he boroweth of leauen, as Christ himselfe also did) not to suffer the puritie of the Apostolical doctrine, to be infected with the least corruption that may be.

Note return to page 23172 [9] He mitigateth the former reprehension, casting the fault vpon the false apostles, against whome he denounceth the horrible iudgement of God.

Note return to page 23173 [10] Hee willeth them to consider howe that hee seeketh not his owne profite in this matter, seeing that hee could eschewe the hatred of men, if hee would ioyne Iudaisme with Christianitie.

Note return to page 23174 [11] An example of a true Pastour inflamed with the zeale of Gods glory and loue of his flocke.

Note return to page 23175 [g] For they that preache the Lawe, cause mens consciences alwayes to tremble.

Note return to page 23176 [12] The third part of this Epistle, shewing that the right vse of Christian libertie consisteth in this, that being deliuered and set at libertie from the slauerie of sinne and the flesh, and being obedient to the Spirit, we shoulde serue vnto one an others saluation through loue.

Note return to page 23177 [13] He propoundeth the loue of our neighbour, as a marke whereunto all Christians ought to referre all their actions, and thereunto he citeth the testimonie of the Law.

Note return to page 23178 [h] This particle (All) must be restrained to the second table.

Note return to page 23179 Leuit.19.18. matth.22.39. mar. 12.31. rom.13.9. iam.2.8.

Note return to page 23180 [14] An exhortation to the duties of charitie, by the profite that ensueth thereof, because that no men prouide worse for themselues, then they that hate one another.

Note return to page 23181 [15] He acknowledgeth the great weakenes of the godly, for that they are but in part regenerate: but he willeth them to remember that they are indued with the Spirit of God, which hath deliuered them from the slauerie of sinne, and so of the Lawe, so farre foorth as it is the vertue of sinne, that they should not giue themselues to lustes.

Note return to page 23182 Rom.13. 14. 1.pet.2.11.

Note return to page 23183 [i] For the flesh dwelleth euen in the regenerate man, but the Spirit reigneth, although not without great strife, as is largely set forth, Rom.7.

Note return to page 23184 [16] He setteth out that particularly, which he spake generally, reckoning vp some chiefe effects of the flesh, & opposing them to the fruits of the Spirit, that no man may pretend ignorance.

Note return to page 23185 [k] Therefore they are not the fruits of free will, but so farre forth as our will is made free by grace.

Note return to page 23186 [17] Least that any man should obiect, that Paul played the Sophister, as one who vrging the Spirit, vrgeth nothing but that which the Law commandeth, he sheweth that he requireth not that literall and outward obedience, but spirituall, which proceedeth not from the Lawe, but from the Spirit of Christ, which doeth beget vs againe, and must and ought to be the ruler and guider of our life.

Note return to page 23187 [l] If we be in deede endued with the quickening Spirit, which causeth vs to die to sinne, and liue to God, let vs shewe it in our deedes, that is, by holines of life.

Note return to page 23188 [18] He addeth peculiar exhortations according as he knewe the Galatians subiect to diuers vices: and first of all hee warneth them to take heede of ambition, which vice hath two fellowes, backbiting and enuie, out of which two it can not be but many contentions must needes rise.

Note return to page 23189 [1] He condemneth importunate rigour, because that brotherly reprehensions, ought to be moderated and tempered by the spirit of meekenes.

Note return to page 23190 [a] Through the malice of the flesh and the deuill.

Note return to page 23191 [b] Which are vpholden by the vertue of Gods Spirit.

Note return to page 23192 [c] Labour to fill vp that that is wanting in him.

Note return to page 23193 [d] This is a kinde of speach which the Hebrewes vse, giuing to vnderstande thereby, that all good giftes come from God.

Note return to page 23194 [2] Hee toucheth the sore: for they commonly are most seuere iudges, which forget their owne infirmities.

Note return to page 23195 [3] Hee sheweth that this is the end of reprehensions, to raise vp our brother which is fallen, and not proudely to oppresse him. Therefore euery one must seeke to haue commendation of his owne life by approuing of him selfe, and not by reprehending others.

Note return to page 23196 [e] Christ, in plaine and flat wordes, calleth the commandement of charitie, his commandement.

Note return to page 23197 1.Cor.3.8.

Note return to page 23198 [4] A reason, wherefore men ought to haue the greatest eye vpon themselues, because that euery man shalbe iudged before God according to his owne life, and not by comparing him selfe with other men.

Note return to page 23199 [5] It is meete that masters should be found by their schollers, so farre foorth as they are able.

Note return to page 23200 [f] Of whatsoeuer hee hath, according to his abilitie.

Note return to page 23201 1.Cor.9.7.

Note return to page 23202 [6] He commendeth liberalitie towards the poore, and first of all chideth them which were not ashamed to pretend this and that, and all because they would not helpe their neighbours, as though they could deceiue God: and afterward compareth almes to a spirituall sowing which shal haue a most plentifull haruest, so that it shall be very profitable: and compareth couetous nigardlines to a carnall sowing, whereof nothing can be gathered but such things as fade away, and perish by and by.

Note return to page 23203 [g] To the commodities of this present life.

Note return to page 23204 2.Thes.3.13.

Note return to page 23205 [7] Against such as are liberall at the beginning, but continue not, because the haruest seemeth to be deserted very long, as though the seede time and the haruest were at one instant.

Note return to page 23206 [8] They that are of the housholde of fayth, that is, such as are ioyned with vs in the profession of one selfe same religion, ought to be preferred before all other, yet so notwithstanding that our liberalitie extend to all.

Note return to page 23207 [9] The fourth and last part of the Epistle, wherein he returneth to his principall end and purpose: to wit, that the Galatians should not suffer themselues to be led out of the way by the false apostles: and he painteth out those false apostles in their colours, reprouing them of ambition, as men that do not that which they do, for any affection & zeale they haue to the Law, but only for this purpose, that they may purchase themselues fauour amongst their owne sort, by the circumcision of the Galatians.

Note return to page 23208 [h] He setteth a faire shewe against the trueth.

Note return to page 23209 [i] In keeping of ceremonies.

Note return to page 23210 [k] For the preaching of him that was crucified.

Note return to page 23211 [l] That they haue entangled you in Iudaisme, and yet he harpeth on the forme of circumcision.

Note return to page 23212 [10] He sticketh not to compare himselfe with them, shewing that on the contrary part he reioyceth in those afflictions which he suffereth for Christes sake, and as he is despised of the world, so doeth he in like sort esteeme the world as naught: which is the true circumcision of a true Israelite.

Note return to page 23213 [m] When Paul vseth this worde in good sense or part, it signifieth to rest a mans selfe wholy in a thing, and to content himselfe therewith.

Note return to page 23214 [n] Vpon the true Israel, whose praise is of God, and not of men, Rom.2.19.

Note return to page 23215 [11] Continuing still in the same metaphore, he opposeth his miseries and the markes of those stripes which he bare for Christes sake, against the skar of the outward Circumcision, as a true marke of his Apostleship.

Note return to page 23216 [o] Markes which are burnt into a mans flesh, as they vsed in olde time, to marke their seruants that had runne away from them.

Note return to page 23217 [p] For it importeth much, whose markes we beare: for the cause maketh the Martyr, and not the punishment.

Note return to page 23218 [12] Taking his farewell of them, he wisheth them grace, & the Spirit, against the deceits of the false apostles, which laboured to beat those outward things into their braines.

Note return to page 23219 [q] With your minds and hearts.

Note return to page 23220 [1] The inscription and salutation, whereof wee haue spoken in the former Epistles.

Note return to page 23221 1.Cor.1.2.

Note return to page 23222 [a] This is the definition of the Saints, shewing what they are.

Note return to page 23223 1.Cor.1.3 1.pet.1 3.

Note return to page 23224 [2] The first part of the Epistle, wherein he handleth all the parts of our saluation, propounding the example of the Ephesians, and vsing diuers exhortations, and beginning after his maner with thankesgiuing.

Note return to page 23225 [3] The efficient cause of our saluation is God, not considered confusedly and generally, but as the father of our Lorde Iesus Christ.

Note return to page 23226 [4] The next finall cause, and in respect of vs, is our saluation, all thinges being bestowed vpon vs which are necessarie to our saluation, which kinde of blessing is heauenly and proper to the elect.

Note return to page 23227 [b] With all kinde of gracious and bountifull goodne&esset;e which is heauenly in deede and from God onely.

Note return to page 23228 [c] Which God our Father gaue vs from his high throne from aboue: or because the Saints haue those giftes bestowed on them, which belong properly to the citizens of heauen.

Note return to page 23229 [5] The matter of our saluation is Christ, in whome onely we are in[illeg.]ued with spirituall blessing and vnto saluation.

Note return to page 23230 [6] He declareth the efficient cause, or by what meanes God the Father saueth vs in his S&obar;ne: Because sayth he, he chose vs from euerlasting in his Sonne.

Note return to page 23231 [d] To be adopted in him.

Note return to page 23232 [7] He expoundeth the next finall cause, which he maketh double, to wit, sanctification, and iustification, whereof he will speake hereafter. And hereby also two things are to be noted, to wit, that holines of life can not be separate from the grace of election: and againe, what purenes so euer is in vs, is the gift of God who hath freely of his mercie chosen vs

Note return to page 23233 [e] Then God did not chuse vs, because we were, or otherwise should haue bene holy, but to the end we should be holy.

Note return to page 23234 [f] Being clothed with Christes righteousne&esset;e.

Note return to page 23235 [g] Truely, and sincerely.

Note return to page 23236 [8] Another plainer exposition of the efficient cause, and also of eternall election, whereby God is sayd to haue chosen vs in Christ, to wit, because it pleased him to appoint vs out when we were not yet borne, whom he would make to be his childr&ebar; by Iesus Christ: so that there is no reason here of our electi&obar; to be sought, but in þe; free mercy of God, neither is faith which God foresaw, the cause of predestination but the effect.

Note return to page 23237 [h] God respected nothing, either that present is, or that is to come, but himselfe only.

Note return to page 23238 [9] The vttermost and chiefest finall cause is the glory of God the Father, who saueth vs freely in his Sonne.

Note return to page 23239 [i] That as his bountifull goodnes deserueth al prayse, so also it should be set forth and published.

Note return to page 23240 [10] An other finall cause more neere, is our iustification, while that he freely accounteth vs for iust, in his Sonne.

Note return to page 23241 [11] An expounding of the materiall cause, howe we are made acceptable to God in Christ, for it is he onely, whose sacrifice by the mercie of God is imputed vnto vs, for forgiuenes of sinnes.

Note return to page 23242 [12] Nowe he commeth at length to the formall cause, that is to say, to vocation or preaching of the Gospel, whereby God executeth that eternall counsell of our free reconciliation and saluation in Christ. And putting in place of the Gospel all wisdome and vnderstanding, he sheweth howe excellent it is.

Note return to page 23243 [k] By which gracious goodnesse and bountifulnesse.

Note return to page 23244 [l] In perfite and sound wisdome.

Note return to page 23245 [m] For vnlesse the Lord had opened vnto vs that mysterie, we could neuer haue so much as dreamed of it our selues.

Note return to page 23246 [13] Not onely the election, but also the vocation proceedeth of meere grace.

Note return to page 23247 [14] The Father exhibited and gaue Christ, who is the head of all the elect, vnto the worlde, at that time which was conuenient, according as he most wisely disposed all times from euerlasting. And Christ is he, in whom all the elect from the beginning of the worlde, (otherwise wandering and separated from God) are gathered together: of which some were then in heauen, when he came into the earth, (to wit, such as by faith in him to come, were gathered together) and other being founde vpon the earth were gathered together of him, and the rest are dayly gathered together.

Note return to page 23248 [n] The faithfull are saide to be gathered together in Christ, because they are ioyned together with him through faith, and become as it were one man.

Note return to page 23249 [15] He applieth seuerally the benefite of vocation to the beleeuing Iewes, going backe to the very fountaine, that euen they also may not attribute their saluation, neither to them selues, nor to their stocke, nor to any other thing, but to the onely grace and mercie of God, both because they were called, and also because they were first called.

Note return to page 23250 [o] All things are attributed to the grace of God without exception, and yet for all that, we are not stockes, for he giueth vs grace both to will and to be able to doe those things that are good, Philippi.2.13.

Note return to page 23251 [p] He speaketh of the Iewes.

Note return to page 23252 [16] Nowe he maketh the Ephesians (or rather all the Gentiles) equall to the Iewes, because that notwithstanding they came last, yet being called by the same Gospel, they embraced it by faith, and were sealed vp with the same Spirit, which is the pledge of election, vntill the inheritance it selfe be seene, that in them also the glory of God might shine foorth, and be manifested.

Note return to page 23253 [q] That worde which is trueth in deede, because it commeth from God.

Note return to page 23254 [r] This is a borowed kinde of speache taken of a seale, which being put to any thing, maketh a difference betweene those things that are autenticall, and others that are not.

Note return to page 23255 [s] With that Spirit, which bringeth not the Lawe, but the promise of free adoption.

Note return to page 23256 [t] Full and perfect.

Note return to page 23257 [17] He returneth to the former gratulation, concluding two things together of those things that went before, the first is, that all good thinges come to vs from God the Father in Christ, and by Christ, that for them he may be praysed of vs. The seconde is, that all those things (which he bringeth to two heades, to wit, faith and charitie) are encreased in vs by certaine degrees, so that we must desire encrease of his grace, from whom we haue the beginning, and of whom we hope for the ende.

Note return to page 23258 [18] The causes of faith, are God the Father lightning our mindes with his holy Spirit, that we may embrace Christ opened vnto vs in the Gospel, to the obteyning of euerlasting life, and the setting foorth of Gods glorie.

Note return to page 23259 [u] Full of maiestie.

Note return to page 23260 [x] For it is not enough for vs to haue knowen God once, but we must knowe him euery day more and more.

Note return to page 23261 [y] What blessings they are which he calleth you to hope for, whom he calleth to Christ.

Note return to page 23262 [19] The excellencie of faith is declared by the effects, because the mightie power of God is set forth and shewed therein.

Note return to page 23263 Chap.3 7. col.2.12.

Note return to page 23264 [20] The Apostle willeth vs to beholde in our most glorious Christ with the eyes of faith, that most excellent power and glorie of God, whereof all the faithfull are partakers, although it be as yet very darke in vs, by reason of the ignominie of the crosse and the weakenesse of the flesh.

Note return to page 23265 [z] To be set on Gods right hand, is to be partaker of the soueraintie which he hath ouer all creatures.

Note return to page 23266 [a] Euery thing whatsoeuer it be, or aboue all things be they of neuer such power or excellencie.

Note return to page 23267 [21] That we should not thinke that that excellent glorie of Christ is a thing wherewith we haue nought to doe, he witnesseth, that he was appointed of God the Father head of all the Church, and therefore the body must be ioyned to this head, which otherwise should be a maymed thing without the members: which notwithstanding is not of necessitie (seeing that the Church is rather quickened and susteined by the onely vertue of Christ, so farre off is it, that he needeth the fulnesse thereof) but of the infinite good will and pleasure of God, who vouchsafeth to ioyne vs to his Sonne.

Note return to page 23268 [b] In so much that there is nothing but is subiect to him.

Note return to page 23269 [c] For the loue of Christ is so great towards the Church, that though he do fully satisfie all with all things, yet he esteemeth himselfe but a maymed and vnperfect head, vnlesse he haue the Church ioyned to him as his body.

Note return to page 23270 [1] He declareth againe the greatnes of Gods good will, by comparing that miserable state wherein we are borne, with that dignitie whereunto we are aduaunced by God the Father in Christ. So that he describeth that condition in such sort, that he saith, that touching spirituall motions we are not onely borne halfe dead, but wholy and altogether dead.

Note return to page 23271 Col 2.13.

Note return to page 23272 [a] Looke Rom.6.2. So then he calleth them dead, which are not regenerate: for as the immortalitie of them which are damned, is no life, so this knitting together of body and soule, is properly no life, but death in them which are not ruled by the Spirit of God.

Note return to page 23273 [2] He sheweth the cause of death, to wit, sinnes.

Note return to page 23274 [3] He proueth by the effects that all were spiritually dead.

Note return to page 23275 [4] He proueth this euill to be vniuersall, in so much as all are slaues of Satan.

Note return to page 23276 [b] At the pleasure of the prince.

Note return to page 23277 [5] Men are therefore slaues to Satan, because they are willingly rebellious against God.

Note return to page 23278 [c] They are called the children of disobedience, which are giuen to disobedience.

Note return to page 23279 [6] After that he hath seuerally condemned the Gentiles, he confesseth that the Iewes amongst whom he nombreth him selfe, are not a whit better.

Note return to page 23280 [d] By the name of flesh in the first place, he meaneth the whole man, which he deuideth into two partes: into the flesh, which is the part that the Philosophers terme without reason, and into the thought, which they call reasonable: so that he leaueth nothing in man halfe dead, but c&obar;cludeth that the whole man is of nature the sonne of wrath.

Note return to page 23281 [7] The conclusion: All men are borne subiect to the wrath and curse of God.

Note return to page 23282 [e] Men are said to be the children of wrath passiuely, that is to say, guiltie of euerlasting death by the iudgement of God, who is angrie with them.

Note return to page 23283 [f] Prophane people, which knew not God.

Note return to page 23284 [8] Nowe hereof foloweth another member of the comparison, declaring our execellencie, to wit, that by the vertue of Christ we are deliuered from that death, and made partakers of eternall life, to the end that at length we may reigne with him. And by diuers & sundry meanes he beateth this into their heads, that the efficient cause of this benefit is the free mercie of God: and Christ himselfe is the materiall cause: and faith is the instrument, which also is the free gift of God: and the end, is Gods glory.

Note return to page 23285 [g] To wit, as he addeth afterwards, in Christ, for as yet this is not fulfilled in vs, but onely in our head, by whose spirit we haue begun to die to sinne, and liue to God, vntill that worke be fully brought to an end: but yet the hope is certaine, for we are as sure of that we looke for, as we are of that we haue receiued already.

Note return to page 23286 [h] So then, Grace, that is to say, the gift of God, and faith, doe stand one with another, to which two these are contrary, To be saued by our selues, or by our workes. Therefore what meane they which would ioyne together things of so contrary nature?

Note return to page 23287 [9] He taketh away expressely and namely from our workes the praise of iustification, seeing that the good workes them selues are the effectes of grace in vs.

Note return to page 23288 [i] He speaketh here of Grace, and not of nature: therefore be the workes neuer so good, looke what they are, they are it of grace.

Note return to page 23289 [10] Applying the former doctrine to the Gentiles, he sheweth that they were not only as the Iewes, by nature, but also after an especiall sort, strangers and without God: and therefore they ought so much the rather remember that same so great a benefite of God.

Note return to page 23290 [k] You were called no otherwise then Gentiles, that all the world might witnesse of your vncleannesse.

Note return to page 23291 [l] Of the Iewes which were know&ebar; from you by the marke of circumcision, the marke of the couenant.

Note return to page 23292 [m] He beginneth first with Christ, who was the ende of all the promises.

Note return to page 23293 [n] You had no right or title, to the common wealth of Israel.

Note return to page 23294 Rom.9.4.

Note return to page 23295 [11] Christ is the onely bonde of the Iewes and Gentiles, whereby they be reconciled to God.

Note return to page 23296 [12] As by the ceremonies and worship appointed by the Lawe, the Iewes were deuided from the Gentiles, so nowe Christ, hauing broken downe the partition wall, ioyneth them both together, both in himselfe, and betwixt themselues, and to God. Whereby it foloweth, that whosoeuer establisheth the ceremonies of the Lawe, maketh the grace of Christ voide and of none effect.

Note return to page 23297 Col.2.14.

Note return to page 23298 [o] He alludeth to the sacrifices of the Lawe, which represented that true and only Sacrifice.

Note return to page 23299 [p] For he destroyed death by death, and fastened it as it were to the crosse.

Note return to page 23300 [13] The preaching of the Gospel, is an effectuall instrument of this grace, common as well to the Iewes as to the Gentiles.

Note return to page 23301 [q] Christ is the gate as it were, by whom we come to the Father, and the holy Ghost is as it were our lodes man who leadeth vs.

Note return to page 23302 [14] The conclusion: The Gentiles are taken into the felowship of saluation. And he describeth the excellencie of the Church, calling it the citie and house of God.

Note return to page 23303 [15] The Lord committed the doctrine of saluation, first to the Prophets, and then to the Apostles, the ende whereof, and matter as it were and substance, is Christ. Therefore that is in deede the true and Catholique Church, which is builded vpon Christ by the Prophets and Apostles, as a spirituall temple consecrated to God.

Note return to page 23304 [r] That is, the head of the building, for the foundations are as it were the heads of the buildings.

Note return to page 23305 [s] So that God is the workeman not onely of the foundation, but also of the whole building.

Note return to page 23306 [1] He maintayneth his Apostleship against the offence of the crosse, whereon also he taketh an argument to confirme himselfe, affirming that he was not onely appointed an Apostle by the mercie of God, but was also particularly appointed to the Gentiles, to call them on euery side to saluation: because God had so determined it from the beginning, although he deferred a great while the manifestation of that his counsell.

Note return to page 23307 [a] These wordes, the prisoner of Iesus Christ, are taken passiuely, that is to say, I Paul am cast into prison for mainteining the glory of Christ.

Note return to page 23308 [b] He meaneth not that none knewe the calling of the Gentiles before, but because very fewe knewe of it, and they that did knowe it, as the Prophets, had it reueiled vnto them very darkely, and vnder figures.

Note return to page 23309 [2] The vnlooked for calling of the Gentiles, was as it were a glasse to the heauenly Angels, wherein they might behold the marueilous wisedome of God.

Note return to page 23310 [c] God neuer had but one way onely, to saue men by: but it had diuers fashions and formes.

Note return to page 23311 [d] Which was before all beginnings.

Note return to page 23312 [3] He teacheth by his owne example, that the efficacie of the doctrine dependeth vpon the grace of God, and therefore wee ought to ioyne prayers with the preaching and hearing of the worde: which are needefull not onely to them which are yonglings in religion, but euen to the oldest also, that they growing vp more and more by faith in Christ, being confirmed with all spirituall giftes, may be grounded & rooted in the knowledge of that immeasurable loue, wherewith God the Father hath loued vs in Christ, seeing that þe; whole familie, whereof part is alreadie receiued into heauen, and part is yet here on earth, dependeth vpon that adoption of the heauenly Father, in his onely Sonne.

Note return to page 23313 [e] All that whole people, which hath but one houshold Father, and that is the Church, which is adopted in Christ.

Note return to page 23314 [f] According to the greatnesse of his mercie.

Note return to page 23315 [g] Looke Rom. 7.22.

Note return to page 23316 [h] Wherewith God loueth vs, which is the roote of our election.

Note return to page 23317 [i] Howe perfit that worke of Christ is in euery part.

Note return to page 23318 [k] Which God hath shewed vs in Christ.

Note return to page 23319 [l] Which passeth all the capacitie of mans wit, to compredend it fully in his minde: for otherwise, who so hath the Spirit of God, perceiueth so much (according to the measure that God hath giuen him) as is sufficient to saluation.

Note return to page 23320 [m] So that we haue aboundantly in vs, whatsoeuer thinges are requisite to make vs perfite with God.

Note return to page 23321 [4] He breaketh foorth into a thankesgiuing, whereby the Ephesians also may be confirmed to hope for any thing of God.

Note return to page 23322 [1] An other part of the Epistle, c&obar;teining precepts of Christian life, the summe whereof is this, that euery m&abar; behaue himselfe as it is meete for so excellent grace of God.

Note return to page 23323 [a] By this is meant, the generall calling of the faithfull, which is this, to be holy as our God is holy.

Note return to page 23324 [2] Secondly, he c&obar;m&ebar;deth meekenes of minde, which is shewed foorth by bearing one with another.

Note return to page 23325 [b] Looke Mat.18.25.

Note return to page 23326 [3] Thirdly he requireth perfite agreement, but yet such as is knit &wt; the bande of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 23327 [4] An argument of great waight, for an earnest intertaining of brotherly loue and charitie one with another, because we are made one bodie as it were of one God and Father, by one Spirit, worshipping one Lorde with one faith, & consecrated to him with one Baptisme, and hope for one selfe same glory, whereunto we are called. Therefore whosoeuer breaketh charitie, breaketh all these thinges asunder.

Note return to page 23328 [c] Who only hath the chiefe authoritie ouer the Church.

Note return to page 23329 [d] Who onely powreth foorth his prouidence, through all the members of the Church.

Note return to page 23330 [e] Who onely is ioyned together with vs in Christ.

Note return to page 23331 [5] Hee teacheth vs, that we in deede are all one body, and that all good giftes proceede from Christ onely, who reigneth in heauen hauing mightily conquered al his enemies (from whence he heapeth al gifts vpon his Church:) but yet notwithstanding these giftes are diuersly and sundrie waies deuided according to his wil and pleasure and therefore euery man ought to be content with that measure that God hath giuen him, and to bestowe it to the common profite of the whole body.

Note return to page 23332 [f] Which Christ hath giuen.

Note return to page 23333 [g] A multitude of captiues.

Note return to page 23334 [h] Downe to the earth, which is the lowest part of the world.

Note return to page 23335 [i] Fill with his gifts.

Note return to page 23336 [k] The Church.

Note return to page 23337 [6] First of all hee reckeneth vp the Ecclesiastical functions, which are partly extraordinary and for a season, as Apostles, Prophets, Euangelistes, and partly ordinarie and perpetuall, as Pastours and Doctours.

Note return to page 23338 [l] The Apostles were those twelue, vnto whome Paul was afterwarde added whose office was to plant Churches throughout all the world.

Note return to page 23339 [m] The Prophets office was one of the chiefest, which were men of a marueilous wisedom, & some of them could foretell things to come.

Note return to page 23340 [n] These the Apostles vsed as fellowes in the execution of their office, being not able to answer all places themselues.

Note return to page 23341 [o] Pastours are they which gouerne the Church, and Teachers are they which gouerne the schooles.

Note return to page 23342 [7] He sheweth the ende of Ecclesiasticall functions, to wit, that by the ministerie of men all the saints may so growe vp together, that they may make one mysticall bodie of Christ.

Note return to page 23343 [p] The Church.

Note return to page 23344 [8] The vse of this ministerie is perpetual so long as we are in this world, that is, vntil that time that hauing put of þe; flesh, and throughly and perfitly agreeing betwixt our selues, we shall be ioyned with Christ our head. Which thing is done by that knowledge of the Sonne of God increasing in vs, & he himselfe by litle and litle growing vp in vs vntill we come to be a perfite man, which shalbe in the world to come, when God shalbe al in al.

Note return to page 23345 [q] In that most neere coniunction which is knitte and fastened together by faith.

Note return to page 23346 [r] Christ is said to growe vp to ful age, not in himselfe, but in vs.

Note return to page 23347 [9] Betwixt our childhood (that is to say, a very weake state, while as we do yet altogether wauer) & our perfite age, which we shal haue at l&ebar;gth in another world, there is a meane, to wit, our youth, and steadie going forwarde to perfection.

Note return to page 23348 [10] He compareth them which rest not themselues vpon the word of God, to litle boats which are tossed hither & thither with the doctrines of men as it were &wt; contrary windes, & therewithal forewarneth them that it commeth to passe not only by the lightnes of mans braine, but also by the craftinesse of certaine, which make as it were an arte of it.

Note return to page 23349 [s] With those vncertaine chances which tosse men to and fro.

Note return to page 23350 [t] By the deceite of those m&ebar; which are very well practised, in deceiuing of other.

Note return to page 23351 [11] By earnest affecti&obar; of the truth & loue, we growe vp into Christ: for he (being effectual by þe; ministerie of his word, which as the vital spirit doth so quicken the whole body, that it nourisheth all þe; limmes thereof according to the measure and proporti&obar; of eche one) quickeneth and cherisheth his Church, which c&obar;sisteth of diuers f&ubar;ctions, as of diuers m&ebar;bers, & preserueth þe; proportion of euery one. And therof it foloweth þt; neither this body c&abar; liue without Christ, neither can any man growe vp spiritually, which separateth himself from the other members.

Note return to page 23352 [u] Of Christ, who in maner of the soule, quickeneth all the members.

Note return to page 23353 [x] Such increase as is meete the bodie shoulde haue.

Note return to page 23354 [y] Charitie is the knitting of the limmes together.

Note return to page 23355 [12] He desc&ebar;deth to þe; fruits of Christi&abar; doctrine, & reasoneth first vpon the principles of maners & actions, setting downe a most graue comparison betweene þe; children of God, & them which are not regenerate: For in these men, al þe; powers of the minde are corrupted, & their minde is giuen to vanity, & their senses are darkned &wt; most grosse mistines, & their affections are so accustomed by litle & litle to wickednes, that at length they run headlong into all vncleannes, being vtterly destitute of al iudgement.

Note return to page 23356 Rom.1.21.

Note return to page 23357 [z] If the noblest parts of the soule be corrupt, what is man but corruption onely?

Note return to page 23358 [a] Whereby God liueth in them.

Note return to page 23359 [b] Void of al iudgem&ebar;t.

Note return to page 23360 [c] They stroue to pa&esset;e one another, as though there had bin some gain to be gott&ebar; by it.

Note return to page 23361 [13] Here followeth þe; contrary part touching m&ebar; which are regenerat by þe; true & liuely knowledge of Christ, which haue other principles of their doings far differ&ebar;t, to wit, holy & honest desires, & a mind cleane ch&abar;ged by the vertue of the holy Ghost, fr&obar; whence proceede also like effects, as a iust & holy life in deede.

Note return to page 23362 [d] As they haue learned, which acknowledge Christ indeede, and in good earnest.

Note return to page 23363 Col.3.8.

Note return to page 23364 [e] Your selues.

Note return to page 23365 [f] Where there ought to haue bin þe; greatest force of reason, there is the greatest corruption of all which wasteth all thinges.

Note return to page 23366 [g] After the image of God.

Note return to page 23367 [h] The effect & end of the new creation.

Note return to page 23368 [i] Not fained nor co&ubar;terfet.

Note return to page 23369 [14] He c&obar;mendeth seuerally certain peculiar Christi&abar; vertues, and first of all he requireth truth (þt; is to say, sincere maners) condemning all deceit & dissembling, because we are borne one for another.

Note return to page 23370 [15] He teacheth vs to bridle our anger in such sort, þt; although it be hote, yet þt; it breake not out, and that it be straightwaies quenched before we sleepe: lest Satan taking occasi&obar; to giue vs euil co&ubar;sel through þt; wicked co&ubar;seller, destroy vs.

Note return to page 23371 [k] If it so fal out þt; you be angry, yet sin not: that is, bridle your anger, & do not wickedly put that in executi&obar;, which you haue wickedly c&obar;ceiued.

Note return to page 23372 [l] Let not the night come vpon you in your anger, that is, make an atonement quickly for al matters.

Note return to page 23373 [16] He descendeth fr&obar; the heart to the hands, condemning theft: & because þt; men which giue th&ebar;selues to this wickednes, vse to pret&ebar;d pouerty, he sheweth þt; labour is a good remedy against pouerty, which God blesseth in such sort, þt; they which labour haue alwaies some ouerplus to helpe other, so far is it fr&obar; this, þt; they are c&obar;strained to steale other mens goods.

Note return to page 23374 [m] By labouring in things þt; are holy, & profitable to his neighbour.

Note return to page 23375 [17] He bridleth þe; tongue also, teaching vs so to temper our talke, þt; our hearers minds be not only not destroied, but also instructed.

Note return to page 23376 [n] Word for word rotten.

Note return to page 23377 [o] By grace, he meaneth that, whereby men may profit to the going on forward in godlines & loue.

Note return to page 23378 [18] A general precept against all excesse of affections which dwel in þt; part. of the mind, which they cal, Angry, & he setteth against them þe; contrary meanes And vseth a most vehement preface, how we ought to take heede þt; we grieue not the holy Spirit of God through our immoderatenes & intemperacy, who dwelleth in vs to this end, to moderate al our affections.

Note return to page 23379 [19] An argument taken from the example of Christ, most graue and vehement, both for pardoning of those iniuries which haue beene done vnto vs by our greatest enemies, and much more for hauing consideration of the miserable, and vsing moderation and gentle behauiour towardes all men.

Note return to page 23380 Iohn 13.34. & 15.12. 1.iohn 3.23.

Note return to page 23381 Chap.4.29. coloss.3.5. 2.thess.2.17.

Note return to page 23382 [1] Nowe he commeth to another kinde of affecti&obar;s, which is in that part of the minde, which men cal couetous or desirous: and he reprehendeth fornication, couetousnesse, and iesting, very sharpely.

Note return to page 23383 [a] Iestes which men cast one at an other: that no lightnesse bee seene, nor euill example giuen, nor any offence mooued by euil words or backbiting.

Note return to page 23384 [2] Because these sinnes are such that the most part of men co&ubar;t them not for sinnes, hee awaketh the godly to the end they shoulde so much the more take heede to themselues from them, as most hurtfull plagues.

Note return to page 23385 [b] A bond slaue to Idolatrie, for the couetous man thinketh that his life standeth in his goods.

Note return to page 23386 Matt.24 4. mar.13.5. luke 21.8. 2.thes.2.3.

Note return to page 23387 [3] Because we are not so readie to any thing as to followe euill examples, therefore the Apostle warneth the godly to remember alwaies, that the other are but as it were darkenes, and that they themselues are as it were light. And therefore the other commit all vilanies (as men are wont in the darke) but they ought not onely not to follow their examples, but also (as the propertie of the light is) reproue their darkenes, and to walke so (hauing Christ that true light going before them) as it becommeth wise men.

Note return to page 23388 [c] The faithful are called light, both because they haue the true light in them which lighteneth them, & also because they giue light to other, in so much that their honest conuersation reprooueth the life of wicked men.

Note return to page 23389 [d] By whose force we are made light in the Lord.

Note return to page 23390 [e] Make them open to all the world, by your good life.

Note return to page 23391 [f] The Scripture, or God in the Scripture.

Note return to page 23392 [g] Hee speaketh of the death of sinne.

Note return to page 23393 [4] The worse and more corrupt that the maners of this worlde are, the more watchfull ought we to be against all occasions, and respect nothing but the will of God.

Note return to page 23394 Colos.4.5.

Note return to page 23395 [h] This is a metaphore taken from the marchants: who preferre the least profite that may be, before all their pleasures.

Note return to page 23396 [i] The times are troublesome and sharpe.

Note return to page 23397 Roman.12.2. 1.thessal.4.3.

Note return to page 23398 [5] He setteth the sober and holy assemblies of the faithfull, against the dissolute bankets of the vnfaithfull, in which the praises of the onely Lord must ring, be it in prosperitie or aduersitie.

Note return to page 23399 [k] All kinde of riot, ioyned withall maner of filthine&esset;e and shamefulnesse.

Note return to page 23400 [l] Wish an earnest affection of the heart, and not with the tongue onely.

Note return to page 23401 [6] A short repetition of the ende whereunto all things ought to be referred, to serue one another for Gods sake.

Note return to page 23402 Coloss.3.18. titus 2.5. 1 pet.3.1.

Note return to page 23403 [7] Nowe he descendeth to a familie, diuiding orderly al the partes of a familie. And he sayeth that the duetie of wiues consisteth herein, to be obedient to their husbandes.

Note return to page 23404 [8] The first argument, for they cannot be disobedi&ebar;t to their husbands, but they must resist God also, who is the authour of this subiection.

Note return to page 23405 1.Cor.11.3.

Note return to page 23406 [9] A declaration of the former saying: Because God hath made the man head of the woman in matrimonie, as Christ is the head of the Church.

Note return to page 23407 [10] An other argument: Because the good estate of the wife dependeth of the man, so that this submission is not onely iust, but also very profitable: as also the saluation of the Church is of Christ, although farre otherwise.

Note return to page 23408 [11] The conclusion of the wiues duetie towards their husbands.

Note return to page 23409 Col.3.19.

Note return to page 23410 [12] The husbands duetie towardes their wiues, is to loue them as themselues, of which loue, the loue of Christ toward his Church is a liuely paterne.

Note return to page 23411 [13] Because many men pretend the infirmities of their wiues to excuse their owne hardnesse and crueltie, the Apostle willeth vs to marke what maner of Church Christ gate, when he ioyned it to himselfe, and howe he doeth not onely not lothe all her filth and vncleannesse, but ceaseth not to wipe the same away with his cleannesse, vntill he haue wholy purged it.

Note return to page 23412 [m] Make it holy.

Note return to page 23413 [n] Through the promise of free iustification and sanctification in Christ, receiued by faith.

Note return to page 23414 [o] The Church as it is considered in it selfe, shall not be without wrincle, before it come to the marke it shooteth at for while it is in this life, it runneth in a race: but if it be considered in Christ, it is cleane and without wrincle.

Note return to page 23415 [14] Another argument: Euery man loueth him self, euen of nature: therefore he striueth against nature that loueth not his wife: he prooueth the consequent, first by the mystical knitting of Christ and the Church together, and then by the ordinance of God, who sayeth, that man and wife are as one, that is not to be diuided.

Note return to page 23416 [p] His owne bodie.

Note return to page 23417 [q] He alludeth to the making of the woman, which signifieth our coupling together with Christ, which is wrought by faith, but is sealed by the Sacrament of the Supper.

Note return to page 23418 Gen.2.24. mat.19.5. mar. 10.7. 1.cor.6.16.

Note return to page 23419 [r] Looke Matt.19.5.

Note return to page 23420 [15] That no man might dreame of naturall coniunction or knitting of Christ and his Church together (such as the husbandes and the wiues is) he sheweth that it is secrete, to witte, spirituall and such as farre differeth from the common capacitie of man: as which consisteth by the vertue of the Spirit, and not of the flesh, by faith, and by no natural band.

Note return to page 23421 [16] The conclusion both of the husbandes duetie towarde his wife, and of the wiues towarde her husbande.

Note return to page 23422 [1] He commeth to another part of a familie, and sheweth that the duetie of the children toward their parents, consisteth in obedience vnto them.

Note return to page 23423 Coloss.3.20.

Note return to page 23424 [2] The first argument: because God hath so appointed: whereupon it foloweth also that children are so farre forth bound to obey their parents, as they may not swarue from the true worship of God.

Note return to page 23425 [a] For the Lord is authour of all fatherhood, and therefore we must yeelde such obedience as he will haue vs.

Note return to page 23426 [3] The second argument: because this obedience is most iust.

Note return to page 23427 Exod.20.12. deut.5.16. eccles 3.9. mat.15.4. mark 7.10.

Note return to page 23428 [4] A proofe of the first argument.

Note return to page 23429 [5] The third argument taken of the profit that ensueth thereby: Because the Lord vouch-safed this commandement amongst all the rest, of a speciall blessing.

Note return to page 23430 [b] With a speciall promise: for otherwise the second commandement hath a promise of mercie to a thousand generations, but that promise is generall.

Note return to page 23431 [6] It is the duetie of fathers to vse their fatherly authoritie moderately and to Gods glory.

Note return to page 23432 [c] Such informations and precepts as being taken out of Gods booke, are holy and acceptable to him.

Note return to page 23433 [7] Nowe he descendeth to the third part of a familie, to wit, to the duetie both of the masters, and of the seruants. And he sheweth that the duetie of seruants consisteth in an heartie loue and reuerence to their masters.

Note return to page 23434 Colos.3.22. titus 2.9. 1.pet.2.18.

Note return to page 23435 [8] He mitigateth the sharpenes of seruice, in that they are spiritually free notwithstanding the same, & yet that spirituall freedome taketh not away corporall seruice: in so much that they cannot be Christs, vnlesse they serue their masters willingly and faithfully, so farre foorth as they may with safe conscience.

Note return to page 23436 [d] With carefull reuerence: for slauish feare is not alowable, much lesse in Christian seruants.

Note return to page 23437 [9] To cut off occasion of all pretences, he teacheth vs that it is Gods will that some are either borne or made seruants, and therefore they must respect Gods will, although their seruice be neuer so hard.

Note return to page 23438 [e] Being moued with a reuerence to Godward, as though ye serued God himselfe.

Note return to page 23439 [10] Although they serue vnkind and cruell masters, yet the obedience of seruants is no lesse acceptable to God, then the obedience of them that are free.

Note return to page 23440 [11] It is the duetie of masters, to vse the authoritie that they haue ouer their seruants, modestly and holily, seeing that they in an other respect haue a common master which is in heauen, who will iudge both the bond and the free.

Note return to page 23441 Deut.10.17. 2.chro.16.7. iob.34.19. act. 10.34. rom.2.11. gal 2.6. coloss.3.25. 1.pet.1.17.

Note return to page 23442 [f] Either of freedome or bondage.

Note return to page 23443 [12] He concludeth the other part of this Epistle, with a graue exhortation, that all be ready and fight constantly, trusting to spirituall weapons, vntill their enemies be cleane put to flight. And first of all he warneth vs to take the armour of God, wherewith onely our enemie may be dispatched.

Note return to page 23444 [13] Secondly, he declareth that our chiefest and mightiest enemies are inuisible, that we may not thinke that our chiefest conflict is with men.

Note return to page 23445 [g] Against men, which are of a fraile and brittle nature, against which are set spirituall subtilties, more mightie then the other by a thousand partes.

Note return to page 23446 Chap.2.2.

Note return to page 23447 [h] He giueth these names to the euill angels, by reason of the effectes which they worke: not that they are able to doe the same of themselues, but because God giueth them the bridle.

Note return to page 23448 [14] He sheweth that these enemies are put to flight with the onely armour of God, to wit, with vprightnesse of conscience, a godly and holy life, knowledge of the Gospel, faith, and to be short, with the word of God, and vsing dayly earnest prayer for the health of the Church, and especially for the constancie of the true, godly and valiant Ministers of the worde.

Note return to page 23449 [i] Looke Chapter 5.16.

Note return to page 23450 [k] That the preparation of the Gospel may be as it were shoes to you: and it is very fiftly called the Gospel of peace, for that, seeing we haue to goe to God through most dangerous rankes of enemies, this may encourage vs to goe on manfully, in that we knowe by the doctrine of the Gospel; that we take our iourney to God who is at peace with vs.

Note return to page 23451 [l] That holy prayers may proceede from the holy Spirit.

Note return to page 23452 [15] A familiar and very amiable declaration of his state, together with a solemne prayer, wherewith Paul is wont to end his Epistles.

Note return to page 23453 [m] To life euerlasting.

Note return to page 23454 [1] The marke whereat he shooteth in this epistle, is to confirme the Philippians by all meanes possible, not onely not to faint, but also to go forward. And first of all he commendeth their former doings, to exhort them to goe forwarde: which thing he saith he hopeth fully they will doe, and that by the testimonie of their liuely charitie, but in the meane season he referreth all things to the grace of God.

Note return to page 23455 [a] By the Bishops are meant both the Pastours, which haue the dispensation of the word, and the Elders that gouerne: and by Deacons, are meant those that were stewards of the treasurie of the Church, and had to looke vnto the poore.

Note return to page 23456 [b] Because that you also are made partakers of the Gospel.

Note return to page 23457 [c] Euer since I knewe you.

Note return to page 23458 [d] The Spirit of God will not forsake you vnto the very latter end, vntill your mortall bodies shall appeare before the iudgement of Christ to be glorified.

Note return to page 23459 [e] A true proofe of a true knitting together with Christ.

Note return to page 23460 [f] He calleth his bandes, grace, as though he had receiued some singular benefite.

Note return to page 23461 [2] He declareth his good will towards them, therewithall shewing by what meanes chiefly they may be confirmed, to wit, by continuall prayer.

Note return to page 23462 [3] He sheweth what thing we ought chiefly desire, to wit, first of all, that we may increase in the true knowledge of God (so that we may be able to discerne things that differ one from another) and also in charitie, that euen to the ende we may giue our selues to good workes in deede, to the glory of God by Iesus Christ.

Note return to page 23463 [g] If righteousnesse be the tree, and good workes the fruites, then must the Papistes needes be deceiued, when they say that workes are the cause of righteousnesse.

Note return to page 23464 [4] He preuenteth the offence that might come by his persecution, whereby diuers tooke occasion to disgrace his Apostleship. To whom he answereth, that God hath blessed his imprisonment in such wise, that hee is by that meanes become more famous, and the dignitie of the Gospel by this occasion is greatly enlarged, although not with like affection in all men, yet in deede.

Note return to page 23465 [h] For Christes sake.

Note return to page 23466 [i] In the Emperours court.

Note return to page 23467 [k] The Gospel is called the worde, to set foorth the excellencie of it.

Note return to page 23468 [l] Not with a pure minde: for otherwise their doctrine was pure.

Note return to page 23469 [5] He sheweth by setting foorth his owne example, that the ende of our afflictions is true ioye, and that through the vertue of the Spirit of Christ, which he giueth to them that aske it.

Note return to page 23470 [m] Vnder a goodly colour and shewe: for they made Christ a cloke for their ambition and enuie.

Note return to page 23471 [6] We must continue euen to the end, with great confidence, hau&ibar;ng nothing before our eyes, but Christes glory onely, whether we liue or die.

Note return to page 23472 [7] An example of a true shepheard, who maketh more accompt howe he may profit his sheepe, then he doeth of any commoditie of his owne whatsoeuer.

Note return to page 23473 [n] To liue in this mortall bodie.

Note return to page 23474 [8] Hauing set downe those things before, in maner of a preface, he descendeth nowe to exhortations, warning them first of all, to consent both in doctrine and mind, and afterward, that being thus knit together with those common bandes, they continue through the strength of faith to beare all aduersitie in such sort, that they admit nothing vnworthie the profession of the Gospel.

Note return to page 23475 [o] The word signifieth to stand fast, and it is proper to wrestlers, that stand fast and shrinke not a foole.

Note return to page 23476 [9] We ought not to be discouraged but rather encouraged by the persecutions which the enemies of the Gospel imagine and practise against vs: seeing that they are certaine witnesses from God himselfe both of our saluation, and of the destruction of the wicked.

Note return to page 23477 [10] He proueth that his saying, that persecution is a token of our saluation, because it is a gift of God to suffer for Christ, which gift he bestoweth vpon his owne, as he doeth the gift of faith.

Note return to page 23478 [11] Nowe he sheweth for what purpose he made mention of his afflictions.

Note return to page 23479 [1] A most earnest request to remoue all those things, whereby that great and speciall consent and agreement is commonly broken, to wit, contention and pride whereby it commeth to passe that they separate themselues one from an other.

Note return to page 23480 [a] Any Christian comfort.

Note return to page 23481 [b] If any feeling of inward loue.

Note return to page 23482 [c] Like loue.

Note return to page 23483 [2] He setteth before them a most perfite example of all modestie and sweete conuersation, Christ Iesus, whom we ought to folowe with all our might: who abased himselfe so farre for our sakes, although he be aboue all, that he tooke vpon him the forme of a seruant, to wit, our flesh, willingly subiect to all infirmities, euen to the death of the crosse.

Note return to page 23484 [d] Such as God him selfe is, and therefore God, for there is none in all partes like to God but God himselfe.

Note return to page 23485 [e] Christ that glorious and euerlasting God knewe that he might rightfully and lawfully not appeare in the base flesh of man, but remaine with Maiestie meete for God: yet he chose rather to debase himselfe.

Note return to page 23486 [f] If the sonne be equall to the Father, then is there of necessitie an equalitie, which Arrius that Heretike denieth: and if the Sonne be compared with the Father, then is there a distinction of persons, which Sabellius that heretike denieth.

Note return to page 23487 [g] He brought himselfe from all things, as it were to nothing.

Note return to page 23488 [h] By taking our manhood vpon him.

Note return to page 23489 [3] He sheweth the most glorious euent of Christes submission, to teache vs that modestie is the true way to true praise and glory.

Note return to page 23490 [i] Dignitie and renoume, and the matter with it.

Note return to page 23491 [k] All creatures shall at length be subiect to Christ.

Note return to page 23492 [l] Euery nation.

Note return to page 23493 [4] The conclusion: We must goe on to saluation with humilitie and submission by the way of our vocation.

Note return to page 23494 [m] He is said to make an end of his saluation, which runneth in the race of righteousnes.

Note return to page 23495 [5] A most sure and grounded argument against pride, for that we haue nothing in vs prayse worthy, but it commeth of the free gift of God, and is without vs, for we haue no abilitie or power, so much as to will well, (much lesse to doe well) but onely of the free mercie of God.

Note return to page 23496 [n] Why then, we are not stockes, but yet we doe not will well of nature, but onely because God hath made of our naughtie will a good will.

Note return to page 23497 [6] He describeth modestie by the contrarie effectes of pride, teaching vs, that it is farre both from all malicious and close or inwarde hatred, and also from open contentions and brawlings.

Note return to page 23498 1.Peter 4.9.

Note return to page 23499 [7] To be short, he requireth a life without fault, and pure, that being lightened with the woorde of God, they may shine in the darkenesse of this world.

Note return to page 23500 Mat. 5.14.

Note return to page 23501 [o] The Gospell is called the worde of life, because of the effects which it woorketh.

Note return to page 23502 [8] Againe he pricketh them forward, setting before them his true Apostolike care that hee had of them: comforting them moreouer, to the ende they should not be sory for the greatnesse of his afflictions, no not although he should die to make perfite their oblation with his blood as it were with a drinke offering.

Note return to page 23503 [p] As if he sayde, I brought you Philippians to Christ, my desire is that you present your selues a liuely sacrifice to him, & then shall it not grieue me to be offered vp as a drinke offring, to accomplish this your spirituall offering.

Note return to page 23504 [9] Moreouer, he confirmeth their mindes both by sending backe Epaphroditus vnto them, whose fidelitie towardes them, and great paines in helping him, he commendeth: and also promising to send Timothie shortly vnto them, by whose presence they shall receiue great commoditie, and hoping also to come himselfe shortly vnto them, if God will.

Note return to page 23505 Actes 16.1.

Note return to page 23506 [q] May bee confirmed in my ioy of minde.

Note return to page 23507 1. Corinth. 10.24.

Note return to page 23508 [r] The most part.

Note return to page 23509 [s] Hee calleth it here the woorke of Christ, to visite Christ being poore and in bands in the person of Paul.

Note return to page 23510 [1] A conclusion of those thinges which haue beene before sayde, to wit, that they goe forwarde cherefully in the Lorde.

Note return to page 23511 [2] A preface to the next admonition that followeth, to take good heede and beware of false Apostles, which ioyne circumcision with Christ, (that is to say, iustification by woorkes, with free iustification by faith) and beate into mens heads the ceremonies which are abolished, for true exercises of godlinesse and charitie. And hee calleth them dogges as prophane barkers, and euill woorkemen, because they neglected true workes, and did not teach the true vse of them. To be short, hee calleth them Concision, because in vrging Circumcision, they cutte off themselues and others from the Church.

Note return to page 23512 [a] Which you haue oftentimes heard of me.

Note return to page 23513 [b] Hee alludeth to circumcision, of the name whereof whiles they boasted, they cause asunder the Church.

Note return to page 23514 [3] Hee sheweth that we ought to vse true circumcision, to wit, the circumcision of the heart, that cutting off all wicked affections by the vertue of Christ, we may serue God in puritie of life.

Note return to page 23515 [c] In outwarde things, which pertaine nothing to the soule.

Note return to page 23516 [4] Hee doubteth not to preferre him selfe euen according to the flesh, before those peruerse hote vrgers of the Lawe, that all men may knowe that hee doeth with good iudgement of minde, lightly esteeme all those outward thinges: for so much as hee lacketh nothing, which hath Christ, nay, the confidence of our workes can not stand with the free iustification in Christ by faith.

Note return to page 23517 2. Cor.11.22.

Note return to page 23518 Act.23.6.

Note return to page 23519 [d] Which I accompted for vantage.

Note return to page 23520 [e] Hee shutteth out all woorkes, as well those that goe before, as those that come after faith.

Note return to page 23521 [f] That in their place I might get Christ, & of a poore man become rich: so farre off am I from loosing any thing.

Note return to page 23522 [g] In Christ: for they that are found with out Christ, are subiect to cond&ebar;nation.

Note return to page 23523 [h] That is to be in Christ, to be founde not in a mans owne righteousnes, but clothed with the righteousnesse of Christ imputed to him.

Note return to page 23524 [5] This is the ende of righteousnesse by faith touching vs that by the vertue of his resurrection we may scape from death.

Note return to page 23525 [i] That I may feele him in deede and haue a triall of him.

Note return to page 23526 [6] The way to that eternall saluation is to followe Christ his steppes, by afflictions and persecutions, vntill wee come to Christ himselfe who is our marke whereat we shoote, and receiue that rewarde whereunto God calleth vs in him. And the Apostle setteth these true exercises of godlinesse, against those vaine ceremonies of the Lawe, wherein the false Apostles put the summe of godlinesse.

Note return to page 23527 [k] To life euerlasting, which followeth the resurrection of the Saintes.

Note return to page 23528 [l] For we runne not but so farre forth as we are laide hold on of Christ, that is, as God giueth vs strength, and sheweth vs the way.

Note return to page 23529 [7] The conclusion of this exhortation standing vp&obar; three members: The one is, that such as haue profited in the truth of this doctrine, should c&obar;tinue in it. The second is þt; if there be any which are yet ignorant & vnderst&abar;d not these things & doubt of the abolishing of the Law, they should cause no trouble, and should be gently borne withal, vntil they also be instructed of þe; Lord. The third is, that they esteeme the false Apostles, by their fruites: wherein he doubteth not to set forth himselfe for an example.

Note return to page 23530 [m] He said before that he was not perfect. So that in this place he calleth them perfect, which haue somwhat profited in the knowledge of Christ and the Gospel, whome hee setteth against the rude and ignorant, as he expoundeth him selfe in the next verse following.

Note return to page 23531 [8] He painteth out the false apostles in their colours, not vpon malice or ambition, but &wt; sorowe and teares, to wit, because þt; being enemies of the Gospel (for that it is ioyned &wt; affliction) they regard nothing els, but þe; commodities of this life: that is to say, that, flowing in peace, quietnes, & al worldly pleasures, they may liue in great estimation amongst men: whose miserable end he forewarneth them of.

Note return to page 23532 Rom,16.17.

Note return to page 23533 [n] Rewarde.

Note return to page 23534 [o] Which they hunt after at mens handes.

Note return to page 23535 [9] Hee setteth against these fellowes, true Pastours which neglect earthly things, and aspire to heauen onely, where they knowe, that euen in their bodies they shall bee clothed with that eternall glorie, by the vertue of God.

Note return to page 23536 1.Cor.1.7. titus 2.13.

Note return to page 23537 [1] A rehearsall of the conclusion: That they manfully continue, vntil they haue gotten the victorie, trusting to the Lordes strength.

Note return to page 23538 [a] My honour.

Note return to page 23539 [b] In that concord, whereof the Lorde is the hand.

Note return to page 23540 [2] He also calleth on some by name, partly because they needed priuate exhortation, and partly also to stirre vp other, to be more prompt and readie.

Note return to page 23541 Reuel.3.5. & 10.8.& 21.27.

Note return to page 23542 [c] God is said after the maner of men, to haue a booke, wherein the names of his elect are written, to whom he wil giue euerlasting life. Ezechiel calleth it the writing of the house of Israel, & the secrete of the Lord, Chap. 13.9.

Note return to page 23543 [3] He addeth particular exhortations: and the first is, that the ioy of the Philippians be not hindred by any afflictions that the wicked, imagine and woorke against them.

Note return to page 23544 [d] So is the ioye of the worlde distinguished from our ioy.

Note return to page 23545 [4] The second is, that taking all things in good part, they behaue themselues moderately with al men.

Note return to page 23546 [e] Your quiet and setled minde.

Note return to page 23547 [5] The taking away of an obiection: Wee must not be disquieted through impatience, seeing that God is at hand to giue vs remedy in time against all our miseries.

Note return to page 23548 [6] The third is, þt; we be not too careful for any thing, but with sure confidence giue God thankes, and craue of him, whatsoeuer wee haue neede of, that with a quiet conscience we may wholy and with all our hearts submit our selues to him.

Note return to page 23549 [f] So Dauid began very oft with teares, but ended with thanks giuing.

Note return to page 23550 [g] That great quietnesse of minde, which God onely giueth in Christ.

Note return to page 23551 [h] He diuideth the minde into the heart, that is, into that part which is the seate of the will, and affections, and into the higher part, whereby we vnderstande and reason of masters.

Note return to page 23552 [7] A general conclusion, that as they haue bene taught both in word and example, so they frame their liues to the rule of all holines & righteousnesse.

Note return to page 23553 [i] Whatsoeuer things are such as doe beautifie and set you out with a holy grauitie.

Note return to page 23554 [8] Hee witnesseth, that their liberalitie was acceptable to him, wherewith they did helpe him in his extreme pouertie: but yet so moderating his wordes, that hee might declare himselfe void of all suspition of dishonestie, and that he hath a minde contented both with prosperitie and aduersitie, & to be short, that hee reposeth himselfe in the onely wil of God.

Note return to page 23555 [k] As though I passed for my want.

Note return to page 23556 [l] Hee vseth a generall worde, and yet he speaketh but of one kinde of crosse, which is pouertie, for commonly pouertie bringeth all kindes of discommoditie with it.

Note return to page 23557 [m] This is a metaphore taken from holy things or sacrifices, for our life is like a sacrifice.

Note return to page 23558 [9] He witnesseth, þt; hee remembreth also their former benefites, & againe putteth away finistrous suspition of immoderate desire, in that that hee receiued nought of any els.

Note return to page 23559 [n] At the beginning, when I preached the Gospel amongest you.

Note return to page 23560 [10] Hee witnesseth againe, that he alloweth well of their benefite, not so much for his owne sake as for theirs, because they gaue it not so much to him, as they offered it to God as a sacrifice, whereof the Lorde himselfe will not be forgetful.

Note return to page 23561 [o] He alludeth to the sweete smelling sauours that were offered in the olde Lawe.

Note return to page 23562 [p] Such as belong to the Emperour Nero.

Note return to page 23563 [a] By the free bountifulnes of God.

Note return to page 23564 [b] Colosse is situated in Phrygia, not far from Hierapolis & Laodicea, on that side that they bend toward Lycia and Pamphylia.

Note return to page 23565 [1] He commendeth the doctrine that was deliuered th&ebar; by Epaphras, and their readinesse in receiuing it.

Note return to page 23566 [c] We can not otherwise consider of God to our saluation, but as he is Christs Father, in whom we are adopted.

Note return to page 23567 [d] For the glorie that is hoped for.

Note return to page 23568 [2] He declareth his good will towards them, telling them that they must not still remaine at one stay, but go on further both in the knowledge of the Gospell, and also in the true vse of it.

Note return to page 23569 [e] Your spirituall loue, or your loue which commeth from the Spirit.

Note return to page 23570 [f] Gods will.

Note return to page 23571 [3] The gift of continuance is not of vs, but it proceedeth from the vertue of God, which he doeth freely giue vs.

Note return to page 23572 [g] It must not be vnwilling, and as it were drawen out of vs by force, but proceede from a merie and ioyfull minde.

Note return to page 23573 [4] Hauing ended the preface, he goeth to the matter it selfe, that is to say, to an excellent description (although it be but short) of whole Christianitie, which is fitly diuided into three treatises: for first of all he expoundeth the true doctrine according to the order of the causes, beginning from this verse to the 21. And from thence he beginneth to apply the same to the Colossians with diuers exhortations to the 6. verse of the seconde Chapter. And last of all in the thirde place, euen to the thirde Chapter, hee refuteth the corruptions of true doctrine.

Note return to page 23574 [5] The efficient cause of our saluation is the onely mercie of God the Father, who maketh vs meete to be partakers of eternall life, deliuering vs from the darkenesse wherein wee were borne, and bringing vs to the light of the knowledge of the glory of his Sonne.

Note return to page 23575 [h] In that glorious and heauenly kingdome.

Note return to page 23576 Matth.3.17. and 17.5. 2.Peter 1.17.

Note return to page 23577 [6] The matter it selfe of our saluation, is Christ the Sonne of God, who hath obteined remission of sinnes for vs, by the offering vp of himselfe.

Note return to page 23578 [7] A liuely description of the person of Christ, whereby we vnderstand that in him only, God sheweth himselfe to be seene: who was begotten of the Father before any thing was made, that is, from euerlasting, by whome also all thinges that are made, were made without any exception, by whome also they doe consist, and whose glory they serue.

Note return to page 23579 Hebr. 1.2.

Note return to page 23580 [i] Begotten before any thing was made: and therefore the euerlasting Sonne of the euerlasting Father.

Note return to page 23581 Iohn 1.3.

Note return to page 23582 [k] Hee setteth foorth the Angels with glorious names, that by the comparison of most excellent spirits, we may vnderstand how farre passing the excellencie of Christ is, in whome onely we haue to content our selues, and let goe all Angels.

Note return to page 23583 [8] Hauing gloriously declared the excellent dignitie of the person of Christ, he describeth his office and function, to wit, that hee is that same to the Church, that the head is to the body, that is to say, the Prince and gouernour of it, and the very beginning of true life, as who rising first from death, is the Author of eternall life, so that he is aboue all, in whom onely there is most plentifull aboundance of all good things, which is powred out vpon the Church.

Note return to page 23584 Reuel.1.5. 1. cor.15.20.

Note return to page 23585 [l] Who so rose againe that hee shall die no more, and who raiseth other from death to life by his power.

Note return to page 23586 Iohn.1.14.chap.2.9.

Note return to page 23587 [m] Most plentifull aboundance of all things perteining to God.

Note return to page 23588 [9] Now he teacheth how Christ executed that office which his Father inioyned him, to wit, by suffering the death of the crosse (which was ioyned with the curse of God) according to his decree, that by this sacrifice he might reconcile to his Father all men, as well them which beleeued in him to come, and were alreadie vnder this hope gathered into heauen, as them which should vpon the earth beleeue in him afterward. And thus is iustification described of the Apostle, which is one & the chiefest part of the benefite of Christ.

Note return to page 23589 [n] The whole Church.

Note return to page 23590 [10] Sanctification is another worke of God in vs by Christ, in that that hee restored vs (which hated God extremely, and were wholly and willingly giuen to sinne) to his gracious fauour in such sort, that hee therewithall purifieth vs with his holy Spirit, & consecrateth vs to righteousnes.

Note return to page 23591 [o] The sonne.

Note return to page 23592 [p] In that fleshly body, to giue vs to vnderstand that his body was not a fantasticall body, but a true body.

Note return to page 23593 [11] The seconde treatise of this part of the Epistle, wherein he exhorteth the Colossians not to suffer themselues by any meanes to be moued from this doctrine, shewing and declaring that there is no where any other true Gospel.

Note return to page 23594 [q] To all men: whereby we learne that the Gospel was not shut vp within the corners of Iudea alone.

Note return to page 23595 [12] He purchaseth authoritie to this doctrine by his Apostleship, and taketh a most sure proofe thereof, of his afflicti&obar;s, which hee suffereth for Christ his Name, to instruct the Churches with these examples of pati&ebar;ce.

Note return to page 23596 [r] For your profite and commoditie.

Note return to page 23597 [s] The afflictions of the Church are said to be Christs afflictions, by reason of that felowship & knitting together, that the body & the head haue the one with the other, not that there is any more neede to haue the Church redeemed, but that Christ sheweth his power in the dayly weaknes of his, and that for the comfort of the whole body.

Note return to page 23598 [13] He bringeth another proofe of his Apostleship, to wit, that God is the Author of it, by whom also he was appointed peculiarly Apostle of the Gentiles, to the end that by this meanes, that same might be fulfilled by him, which the Prophetes foretolde of the calling of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 23599 Rom.16.25. ephes.3.9 2.tim.1.10. titus 1.2. 1 peter 1.20.

Note return to page 23600 [t] Whome he chose to sanctifie vnto himselfe in Christ: moreouer hee saith that the mysterie of our redemption was hidden since the world began, except it were reueiled vnto a fewe, who also were taught it extraordinarily.

Note return to page 23601 [u] Thus Paul brideleth the curiositie of men.

Note return to page 23602 [14] Hee protesteth that hee doeth faithfully execute his Apostleship in euery place, bringing men vnto Christ onely, through the Lordes plentifull blessing of his labours.

Note return to page 23603 [x] Perfect and sounde wisdome, which is perfect in it selfe, and shall in the ende make them perfect that followe it.

Note return to page 23604 [1] The taking away of an obiection. In that that he visited not the Colossi&abar;s, nor the Laodiceans, he did it not of any negligence, but is so much þe; more careful for them.

Note return to page 23605 [a] Me present in bodie.

Note return to page 23606 [2] He concludeth shortly the summe of the former doctrine, to wit, that the whole summe of true wisdome, and most secret knowledge of God, consisteth in Christ only, & that this is the vse of it touching men, that they being knit together in loue, rest themselues happily in the knowledge of so great a goodnes, vntill they come fully to enioye it.

Note return to page 23607 [b] Whom he neuer sawe.

Note return to page 23608 [c] Of that vnderstanding, which bringeth foorth a certaine and vndoubted perswasion in our mindes.

Note return to page 23609 [d] There is no true wisdom, without Christ.

Note return to page 23610 [3] A passing ouer to the treatise folowing, against the corruptions of Christianitie.

Note return to page 23611 [e] With a framed kinde of talke made to perswade.

Note return to page 23612 1.Cor.5.3.

Note return to page 23613 [f] The maner of your Ecclesiastical discipline.

Note return to page 23614 [g] Doctrine.

Note return to page 23615 [h] So then Christ h&abar;geth not vp&obar; mens traditions.

Note return to page 23616 [4] He bringeth all corruptions to three kindes. The first is that, which resteth of vaine and curious speculations, and yet beareth a shew of a certaine subtil wisdome.

Note return to page 23617 [i] This is a word of warre, and it is as much as to driue or carie away a spoile or bootie.

Note return to page 23618 [5] The seconde, which is manifestly superstitious and vaine, and standeth only vpon custome and fained inspirations.

Note return to page 23619 [6] The third kinde was of them which ioyned the rudim&ebar;ts of the world, (that is to say, the ceremonies of the Lawe) with the Gospel.

Note return to page 23620 [k] Principles and rules, wherewith God ruled his Church, as it were vnder a scholemaster.

Note return to page 23621 [7] A generall confutation of all corruptions is this, that that must needes be a false religion, which addeth any thing to Christ.

Note return to page 23622 [8] A reason: Because only Christ God and man, is most perfect, and passeth farre aboue all things, so that whosoeuer hath him, may require nothing more.

Note return to page 23623 [l] By these words, is shewed a distinction of the natures.

Note return to page 23624 [m] This word (Dwelleth) noteth out vnto vs the ioyning together of those natures, so that of God and Man, is one Christ.

Note return to page 23625 [n] These words set downe most perfect Godhead to be in Christ.

Note return to page 23626 [o] The knitting together of God and man, is substantiall and essentiall.

Note return to page 23627 [9] Nowe he dealeth precisely against the thirde kinde, that is to say, against them which vrged the Iewish religion: and first of all, hee denieth that we haue neede of the Circumcision of the flesh, seeing that without it we are circumcised within, by the vertue of Christ.

Note return to page 23628 Rom.2.29.

Note return to page 23629 [p] These many words are vsed to shew what the olde man is, whom Paul in other places calleth the body of sinne.

Note return to page 23630 [10] The taking away of an obiection: We neede not so much as the external signe which our fathers had, seeing that our baptisme is a most effectuall pledge and witnes, of that inward restoring, and renuing.

Note return to page 23631 Rom.6 4 ephes.1.19.

Note return to page 23632 [q] Looke Rom.6.4.

Note return to page 23633 [r] So then all the force of the matter commeth not from the very deede done, that is to say, it is not the dipping of vs into the water by a Minister that maketh vs to be buried with Christ, as the Papists say, that euen for the very acts sake, we become verily Christians, but it commeth fr&obar; the vertue of Christ, for the Apostle addeth the resurrection of Christ, and faith.

Note return to page 23634 [11] One ende of Baptisme is the death and buriall of the old man, and that by the mightie power of God onely, whose vertue we lay holde on by faith, in the death and resurrection of Christ.

Note return to page 23635 [f] Through faith which commeth from God.

Note return to page 23636 Ephes.2.1.

Note return to page 23637 [12] An other ende of Baptisme is, that we which were dead in sinne, might obteine free remission of sinnes and eternall life, through faith in Christ who died for vs.

Note return to page 23638 [13] A new argument which lieth in these fewe wordes, and it is thus: Vncircumcision was no hinderance to you, why you being iustified in Christ should not obteine life, therefore you neede not circumcision to the attainement of saluation.

Note return to page 23639 [14] Hee speaketh nowe more generally against the whole seruice of the Lawe, and sheweth by two reasons that it is abolished: First, to what purpose should he that hath obteined remission of all his sinnes in Christ, require those helpes of the Lawe? Secondly, because, that if a man do rightly consider those rites, hee shall finde that they were so many testimonies of our guiltinesse, whereby we manifestly witnessed as it were by our owne handwritings, that wee deserued damnation. Therefore did Christ put out that handwriting by his comming, and fastening it to the crosse, triumphed ouer all our enemies, were they neuer so mightie. Therefore to what end and purpose should we now vse those ceremonies, as though we were still guiltie of sinne, and subiect to the tyrannie of our enemies?

Note return to page 23640 Ephe.2 15.

Note return to page 23641 [t] Abolishing the rites and ceremonies.

Note return to page 23642 [u] Satan and his angels.

Note return to page 23643 [x] As a c&obar;querour made he a shew of those captiues, & put them to shame.

Note return to page 23644 [y] The crosse was as a chariot of triumph. No c&obar;querour could haue triumphed so gloriously in his chariot, as Christ did vpon the cro&esset;e.

Note return to page 23645 [15] The conclusion: wherein also he nameth certaine kindes, as the difference of dayes, and meates, and proueth by a newe argument that we are not bound vnto them: to wit, because those things were shadowes of Christ to come, but we possesse him now exhibited vnto vs.

Note return to page 23646 [z] The body as a thing of substance and pith, he setteth against shadowes.

Note return to page 23647 [16] He disputeth against the first kinde of corruptions, and setteth downe the worshipping of Angels for an example: which kinde of false religion hee confuteth, first, this way: because that they which bring in such a worship, attribute that vnto themselues which is proper onely to God, to wit, authoritie to binde mens consciences with religi&obar;, although they seeme to bring in these thinges by humblenesse of minde.

Note return to page 23648 [a] By foolish humblenes of minde: for otherwise humblenes is a vertue. For these Angel worshippers, blamed such of pride as would go straight to God, & vse no other vnder meanes beside Christ.

Note return to page 23649 [17] Secondly, because they rashly thrust vpon them for oracles, those things which they neither saw nor heard, but deuised of themselues.

Note return to page 23650 [18] Thirdly, because these things haue no other grounde whereupon they are built, but onely the opinion of men, which please themselues without all measure in their owne deuices.

Note return to page 23651 [b] Without reason.

Note return to page 23652 [19] The fourth argument, which is of great waight, because they spoyle Christ of his dignitie, who onely is sufficient both to nourish & also to increase his whole body.

Note return to page 23653 [c] Christ.

Note return to page 23654 [d] With the increasing which commeth from God.

Note return to page 23655 [20] Now last of all he fighteth against the second kinde of corruptions, that is to say, against mere superstitions, inuented of men, which partly deceiue the simplicitie of some with their craftinesse, and partly with very foolish superstitions and to bee laughed at: as when godlinesse, remission of sinnes, or any such like vertue, is put in some certaine kinde of meate and such like thinges, which the inuentours of such rites themselues vnderstand not, because in deede it is not. And he vseth an argument taken of comparison. If by the death of Christ who established a newe couenant with his blood, you be deliuered from those external rites wherewith it pleased the Lorde to prepare the worlde, as it were by certaine rudiments to that full knowledge of true religion, why would ye be burdened with traditions I wote not what, as though ye were citizens of this worlde, that is to say, as though ye depended vp&obar; this life, & earthly things? Now this is the cause why before, vers.8. he folowed an other order then he doth in the confutation: because he sheweth there, by what degrees false religions came into the world, to wit, beginning first by curious speculations of the wise, after which in processe of time succeeded grosse superstition, against which mischieues the Lord set at l&ebar;gth that seruice of the Law, which some abused in like sort: but in the confutation, he began with the abolishing of the Law seruice, that he might shew by comparison, that those false seruices ought much more to be taken away.

Note return to page 23656 [e] As though your felicitie stood in these earthly things, & the kingdom of God were not rather spiritual.

Note return to page 23657 [21] An imitation in the person of these superstitious m&ebar;, rightly expressing their nature and vse of speach.

Note return to page 23658 [22] An other argument: The spiritual & inward kingdome of God cannot c&obar;sist in these outward things, & such as perish &wt; the vsing.

Note return to page 23659 [23] The third argum&ebar;t: Because God is not the author of these traditions, & therfore they do not binde the c&obar;sciences.

Note return to page 23660 [24] The taking away of an obiection. These things haue a goodly shew, because men by this meanes, seeme to worship God with a good minde, & humble th&ebar;selues, & neglect the body, which the most part of men curiously pamper vp & cherish: but yet notwithst&abar;ding the things themselues are of no value, forsomuch as they perteine not to things that are spiritual and euerlasting, but to the nourishment of the flesh.

Note return to page 23661 [f] Which seeme in deed to be some exquisite thing, & so wise deuices as though they came fr&obar; heauen.

Note return to page 23662 [g] Hence sprang the works of super erogation, as the Papists terme them, that is to say, needelesse works, as though men performed more then is c&obar;manded them: which was the beginning & the very gro&ubar;d, wheron Monks merits were brought in.

Note return to page 23663 [h] A liuely descripti&obar; of m&obar;kery.

Note return to page 23664 [i] Seeing they stand in meate & drinke, wherein the kingdome of God doth not stand.

Note return to page 23665 [1] An other part of this Epistle, wherein he taketh occasion by reason of those vaine exercises, to shew the dutie of a Christian life: which is an ordinary thing with him, after he hath once set down the doctrine it self.

Note return to page 23666 [2] Our renuing or newe birth, which is wrought in vs by being partakers of the resurrection of Christ, is the fo&ubar;taine of al holines, out of which sundry armes or riuers do afterwards flow.

Note return to page 23667 [a] For if we be partakers of Christ, we are caried as it were into another life where we shal neede neither meat nor drinke, for we shalbe like vnto the Angels.

Note return to page 23668 [3] The ende & marke which all the duties of Christian life shoote at, is to enter into the kingdome of heauen, & to giue our selues to those things which lead vs thither, that is, to true godlines, and not to those outward and corporall things.

Note return to page 23669 [b] So he calleth that shewe of religion, which he spake of in the former Chapter.

Note return to page 23670 [4] A reason taken of þe; efficient causes and others: you are dead as touching the flesh, that is, touching the olde nature which seeketh after all transitorie things, and on the otherside, you haue begun to liue according to the Spirit, therefore giue your selues to spirituall and heauenly, and not to carnall and earthly things.

Note return to page 23671 [5] The taking away of an obiection: whiles we are yet in this world, we are subiect to many miseries of this life, so that the life that is in vs, is as it were hidden: yet notwithstanding we haue the beginnings of life and glory, the accomplishment whereof which lyeth now in Christs and in Gods hand, shalbe assuredly and manifestly perfourmed in that glorious comming of the Lord.

Note return to page 23672 [6] Let not your dead nature bee any more effectuall in you, but let your liuing nature be effectuall. Nowe the force of nature is knowen by the motions. Therefore let the affections of the flesh dye in you, and let the contrary motions which are spiritual, liue. And he reckoneth vp a great long scroule of vices, and their contrary vertues.

Note return to page 23673 Ephes.5.3.

Note return to page 23674 [c] The motions and lustes that are in vs, are in this place very properly called members, because that the reason and will of man corrupted, doeth vse them as the body doeth his members.

Note return to page 23675 [d] Vseth to come.

Note return to page 23676 [7] A definition of our newe birth taken of the partes thereof, which are the putting off of the olde man, that is to say, of the wickednes which is in vs by nature, and the restoring, and repairing of the new man, that is to say, of purenes which is giuen vs by grace: but both of them are but begun in vs in this present life, and by certaine degrees finished, the one dying in vs by litle and litle, and the other comming to the perfection of another life, by litle and litle.

Note return to page 23677 [8] Newnes of life consisteth in knowledge which transformeth man to the image of God his maker, that is to say, to the sinceritie and purenes of the whole soule.

Note return to page 23678 [e] He speaketh of an effectuall knowledge.

Note return to page 23679 [9] Hee telleth them againe that the Gospel doeth not respect those externall things, but true iustification and sanctification in Christ onely, which haue many fruites as he reckoneth them vp here: But commendeth two things especially, to wit, godly concord, and continuall study of Gods worde.

Note return to page 23680 [f] So put on, that you neuer put off.

Note return to page 23681 [g] Those most tender affections of exceeding compassion.

Note return to page 23682 [h] Which bindeth and knitteth together all the dueties that pa&esset;e from man to man.

Note return to page 23683 [i] Rule and gouerne all things.

Note return to page 23684 [k] You are ioyned together into one body through Gods goodnes, that you might helpe one another, as felow members.

Note return to page 23685 [l] By Psalmes hee meaneth all godly songs which were written vpon diuers occasions, and by Hymnes, all such as conteine the prayse of God, and by spirituall songs, other more peculiar and artificious songs which were also in prayse of God, but they were made fuller of Musike.

Note return to page 23686 1.Cor.10.31.

Note return to page 23687 [m] Call vpon the Name of Christ, when you doe it, or, doe it to Christes prayse and glory.

Note return to page 23688 Ephes.5.22.

Note return to page 23689 [10] Hee goeth from precepts which concerne the whole ciuill life of man, to precepts perteining to euery mans familie, and requireth of wiues, subiection in the Lorde.

Note return to page 23690 [n] For those wiues doe not well, that doe not set God in Christ before them in their loue, but this, Philosophie knoweth not.

Note return to page 23691 1.Pet.3.1.

Note return to page 23692 [11] He requireth of husbands, that they loue their wiues, and vse them gently.

Note return to page 23693 Ephes.6.1.

Note return to page 23694 [12] He requireth of children, that according to Gods commaundement they be obedient to their parents.

Note return to page 23695 [o] In the Lord, and so is it expounded, Ephes.5.19.

Note return to page 23696 [13] Of parents, that they be gentle towards their children.

Note return to page 23697 [14] Of seruants, that fearing God himselfe to whome their obedience is acceptable, they reuerently, faithfully, and from the heart, obey their masters.

Note return to page 23698 Ephes.6.5. tit.2.9. 1.pet.2.18.

Note return to page 23699 [p] For that that you shall haue duely obeyed your Masters, the time shall come, that you shalbe made sonnes, of seruants, and then shal you knowe this of a suretie, which shall be when you are made partakers of the heauenly inheritance.

Note return to page 23700 [15] Hee requireth of masters, that being mindefull how that they them selues also shall render an account before that heauenly Lorde and master, which will reuenge wrongfull doings without any respect of masters or seruants, they shewe themselues iust and vpright with equitie, vnto their seruants.

Note return to page 23701 [1] He addeth certaine generall exhortations, and at length endeth his Epistle with diuers familiar and godly salutations.

Note return to page 23702 Luke 18.1. 1.the&esset;.5.17.

Note return to page 23703 [2] Prayers must be continuall and earnest.

Note return to page 23704 [3] Such as minister the worde, must especially be commended to the prayers of the Church.

Note return to page 23705 Ephes.6.18. 2.the&esset;.3.1.

Note return to page 23706 [a] An open & free mouth to preach the Gospel.

Note return to page 23707 [4] In all partes of our life, we ought to haue good consideration euen of them which are without þe; Church.

Note return to page 23708 Ephes.5.15.

Note return to page 23709 [b] Aduisedly and circumspectly.

Note return to page 23710 [c] Seeke occasion to winne them, although you lose of your owne by it.

Note return to page 23711 [5] Our speach and talke must be applied to the profit of the hearers.

Note return to page 23712 [d] Framed to the profite of your neighbour.

Note return to page 23713 [e] Against this is set filthy communicati&obar;, as Ephe.4.29.

Note return to page 23714 [f] Why then, Peter was not at that time at Rome.

Note return to page 23715 [g] In the Gospel.

Note return to page 23716 2. Tim.4.11.

Note return to page 23717 [1] An example of a right Christian reioycing, whereby also we learne, that such as haue great giftes in them, are in two sortes brideled, to wit, if they consider that they haue receiued all from God, and that continuance must be desired at his hands, whereunto also the whole Epistle exherteth the Thessalonians.

Note return to page 23718 [2] Hee commendeth them for three special gifts, effectuall fayth, continuall loue, and patient hope: to the ende they might be ashamed being indued with such excellent gifts, not to continue in Gods election.

Note return to page 23719 [a] Word for word, that your election is of God.

Note return to page 23720 [3] An other reason why they ought in no wise start backe but continue to the end, because they cannot doubt of his doctrine which hath bene so many wayes confirmed vnto them, euen from heauen, as they themselues did well know.

Note return to page 23721 [b] Paul sheweth by two things that there followed very great fruite of his preaching, to wit, by these giftes of the holy Ghost, and that certaine a&esset;urance which was throughly setled in their mindes, as appeared by their willing bearing of the Cro&esset;e.

Note return to page 23722 [4] An other reason, because euen to that day, they embraced the Gospel with great cheerefulnes, in so much that they were an example to all their neighbours: so that it should be more shame to them to faint in the mid race.

Note return to page 23723 [c] With ioy which commeth from the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 23724 [d] All the beleeuers.

Note return to page 23725 [5] It is no true conuersion to forsake Idoles, vnlesse a man therewithall worship the true and liuing God in Christ the onely redeemer.

Note return to page 23726 [e] This worde (That) is not put here without cause: and by (wrath) is meant that reuenge and punishment, wherewith the Lorde will iudge the worlde at length in his terrible wrath.

Note return to page 23727 [1] That which he touched before shortly concerning his Apostleship, he handleth nowe more at large, and to that ende and purpose which we spake of.

Note return to page 23728 [2] The vertues of a true Pastour are, freely, & without feare to preach the Gospel, euen in the midst of dangers.

Note return to page 23729 Actes 16.12.

Note return to page 23730 [a] Through God his gracious helpe.

Note return to page 23731 [3] To teach pure doctrine faithfully and with a pure heart.

Note return to page 23732 [b] By any wicked and naughtie kinde of dealing.

Note return to page 23733 [4] To approoue his conscience to God, being free from all flatterie and couetousnes.

Note return to page 23734 [c] Seeing there is this difference betweene the iudgements of God and the iugdements of men, that when men choose, they respect the qualities of those things which stand before them, but God findeth the reason of his counsell onely in himselfe, it followeth that seeing we are not able to thinke a good thought, that whom soeuer he first chuseth to those holy callings, he maketh them able, and doeth not finde them able. And therefore in that we are allowed of God, it hangeth vpon his mercie.

Note return to page 23735 [d] Which liketh and alloweth of them.

Note return to page 23736 [5] To submit himselfe euen to the basest, to winne them, and to eschew all pride.

Note return to page 23737 [e] When I might lawfully haue liued vpon the expences of the Church.

Note return to page 23738 [f] We were not rough, but easie, and gentle as a nource, that is neither ambicious nor couetous, but taketh all paines as patiently as if she were a mother.

Note return to page 23739 [6] To haue the flocke that is committed vnto him in more estimation then his owne life.

Note return to page 23740 [7] To depart with his owne right, rather then to be chargeable to his sheepe.

Note return to page 23741 Act.20.34. 1 cor.4.12. 2.the&esset;.3.8.

Note return to page 23742 [8] To excell other in example of godly life.

Note return to page 23743 [9] To exhort and comfort with a fatherly mind and affection.

Note return to page 23744 [10] To exhort all men diligently and earnestly to leade a godly life.

Note return to page 23745 Ephes.4.1. philip.1.27. colo&esset;.1.10.

Note return to page 23746 [11] Hauing approoued his ministerie, he commendeth againe (to that ende and purpose that I spake of) the cherefulnes of the Thessalonians which was answerable to his diligence in preaching, and their manly patience.

Note return to page 23747 [12] He confirmeth them in their afflictions which they suffered of their owne people, because they were afflicted of their owne countrey men: which came as well (saith he) to the Churches of the Iewes, as to them: and therefore they ought to take it in good part.

Note return to page 23748 [g] Which Christ hath gathered together.

Note return to page 23749 [h] Euen of them which are of the same countrey, and the same towne that you are of.

Note return to page 23750 [13] He preuenteth an offence which might be taken, for that the Iewes especially aboue all other persecuted the Gospel. That is no newe thing, saith hee, seeing they slewe Christ himselfe, and his Prophetes, and haue banished mee also.

Note return to page 23751 [14] He foretelleth the vtter destruction of the Iewes, least any man should be moued by their rebellion.

Note return to page 23752 [i] For the Iewes would neither enter into the kingdome of God themselues, nor suffer other to enter in.

Note return to page 23753 [k] Vntil that wickednes of theirs which they haue by inherit&abar;ce as it were of their fathers, be growen so great, that the measure of their iniquitie being filled, God may come foorth to wrath.

Note return to page 23754 [l] The iudgement of God being angrie, which in deede appeared shortly after in the destructi&obar; of the citie of Hierusalem, whither many resorted euen out of diuers prouinces, when it was besieged.

Note return to page 23755 [15] He meeteth with an obiection, why he came not to them straight wayes being in so great misery. I desired oftentimes (saith he) & it lay not in me, but Sat&abar; hindred my endeuours, & therfore I sent Timothy my faithful companion vnto you, because you are most deare to me.

Note return to page 23756 [m] Were kept asunder fr&obar; you, and as it were orphanes.

Note return to page 23757 Actes 16.1.

Note return to page 23758 [1] The wil of God who calleth his on this condition, to bring them to glory by affliction, is a most sure remedie against al afflicti&obar;s.

Note return to page 23759 [2] Because they haue hitherto gone so well forward, he exhorteth them againe to make an ende of the rest of the iourney, seeing that therein also they shall doe him their Apostle a great pleasure.

Note return to page 23760 [a] For now you can not otherwise thinke me safe and in good case, vnlesse you go forward in religion and faith.

Note return to page 23761 Rom 1.10. and 15.23.

Note return to page 23762 [b] Paul was constrained through the importunate dealing of the enemies to leaue the building which he had scarce begonne: And for that cause he had left Silas and Timothie in Macedonia, and when Timothie came to Athens to him, he sent him backe againe straight way. So that he desireth to see the The&esset;alonians, that he may throughly accomplish their faith and religion, that was as yet imperfect.

Note return to page 23763 [3] Another part of the Epistle, wherein he speaketh of the dueties of a Christian life. And he sheweth that the perfection of a Christian life, consisteth in two things, to wit, in charitie toward all men, and inward puritie of the heart, the accomplishment whereof notwithstanding is deferred to the next comming of Christ, who will then perfite his worke by the same grace, wherewith he begonne it in vs.

Note return to page 23764 Chap.5.23. 1.cor.1.8.

Note return to page 23765 [1] Diuers exhortations, the ground whereof is this, to be mindefull of those things which they haue heard of the Apostle.

Note return to page 23766 [a] That ye labour to excell more and more, and dayly passe your selues.

Note return to page 23767 Rom.12.2. ephes.5.17.

Note return to page 23768 [2] This is the summe of those things, which he deliuered them, to dedicate themselues wholy to God. And he condemneth plainely all filthinesse through lust, because it is altogether contrary to the will of God.

Note return to page 23769 [b] Looke Iohn 17. 17.

Note return to page 23770 [3] An other reason, because it defileth the body.

Note return to page 23771 [4] The thirde, because the Saintes are discerned from them which knowe not God, by honestie and puritie.

Note return to page 23772 1.Corinth.6.8.

Note return to page 23773 [5] Secondly, hee reprehendeth all violent oppression, and immoderate desire, and sheweth most seuerely as the Prophet of God, that God will reuenge such wickednesse.

Note return to page 23774 1.Corinth.1.2.

Note return to page 23775 [c] These commaundements which I gaue you.

Note return to page 23776 [6] Thirdly, hee requireth a ready minde to all maner of louing kindenesse, and exhorteth them to profite more and more in that vertue.

Note return to page 23777 Iohn 13.34. and 15.12. 1.iohn 2.8. and 4.21.

Note return to page 23778 [7] Hee condemneth vnquiet braines, and such as are curious in matters which appertaine not vnto them.

Note return to page 23779 [8] Hee rebuketh idlenesse and slouthfulnesse, which vices whosoeuer are giuen vnto, fall into other wickednesse, to the great offence of the Church.

Note return to page 23780 [9] The thirde part of the Epistle, which is interlaced among the former exhortations (which he returneth vnto afterwarde) wherein he speaketh of mourning for the dead, and the maner of the resurrection, and of the latter day.

Note return to page 23781 [10] We must take heede that we do not immoderately bewaile the dead, that is, as they vse to do which thinke that they are vtterly perished.

Note return to page 23782 [11] A confirmation: for death is but a sleepe of the body (for he speaketh of the faithfull) vntill the Lord commeth.

Note return to page 23783 [12] A reason of the confirmation, for seeing that the head is risen, the members also shall rise, and that by the vertue of God.

Note return to page 23784 [d] They die in Christ, which continue in faith whereby they are graffed into Christ, euen to the last gaspe.

Note return to page 23785 [e] Will call their bodies out of their graues, and ioyne their soules to them againe.

Note return to page 23786 [13] The maner of the resurrection shalbe thus. The bodies of the dead shall be as it were raysed out of sleepe, at the sound of the trumpet of God. Christ himselfe shall descende from heauen. The Saints (for he speaketh properly of them) which shall then be founde aliue, together with the dead which shall rise, shalbe taken vp into the cloudes to meete the Lorde, and shall be in perpetuall glory with him.

Note return to page 23787 [f] In the Name of the Lord, as though he himselfe spake vnto you.

Note return to page 23788 [g] He speaketh of these things, as though he should be one of them whom the Lord shall finde aliue at his comming, because that time is vncertaine: and therefore euery one of vs ought to be in such a readines, as if the Lord were c&obar;ming at euery moment.

Note return to page 23789 [h] The word which the Apostle vseth here, signifieth properly that encouragem&ebar;t which mariners vse one to another, when they altogether with one shoute put forth their oares and rowe together.

Note return to page 23790 1.Cor.15.52.

Note return to page 23791 [i] Suddenly and in the twinckling of an eye.

Note return to page 23792 [1] The day that God hath appointed for this iudgement, we knowe not. But this is sure that it shall come vpon men when they looke for nothing lesse.

Note return to page 23793 [a] Looke Acts. 1.7.

Note return to page 23794 [2] Returning to exhortations, he warneth vs which are lightened with the knowledge of God, that it is our duetie not to liue securely in deliciousnesse, least we be suddenly taken in a dead sleepe in pleasures: but contrary wise to haue an eye to the Lord, and not suffer our selues to be oppressed with the cares of this world, for that is meete for the darkenes of the night, and this for the light.

Note return to page 23795 [3] We must fight with faith & hope, much lesse ought we lie carelesly snorting.

Note return to page 23796 Esa.59.17. ephe. 6.17.

Note return to page 23797 [4] He pricketh vs forwardes by setting most certaine hope of victorie before vs.

Note return to page 23798 [5] The death of Christ is a pledge of our victorie, for therefore he died, that we might be partakers of his life or vertue, yea euen whiles we liue here.

Note return to page 23799 [6] Wee must not onely watch our selues, but we are also bounde to stirre vp and confirme one another.

Note return to page 23800 [7] We must haue great consideration of them which are appointed to the ministerie of the word, and gouernement of the Church by God, and do their dutie.

Note return to page 23801 [b] That you acknowledge and take them for such as they are, that is to say, men worthy to bee greatly accompted of among you.

Note return to page 23802 [c] In those things which perteine to Gods seruice: so, is the ecclesiasticall function distinguished from ciuill authoritie, and true shepheards from wolues.

Note return to page 23803 [d] So then, where this cause ceaseth, there must the honour cease.

Note return to page 23804 [8] The maintenance of mutuall concord, is especially to be looked vnto.

Note return to page 23805 [9] We must haue consideration of euery man, and as the disease is, so must the remedie bee vsed.

Note return to page 23806 [e] That keepe not their ranke or standing.

Note return to page 23807 [10] Charitie ought not to be ouercome with any iniuries.

Note return to page 23808 Prou. 17.13. and 20.22. matth.5.39. rom.12.17. 1.peter 3.9.

Note return to page 23809 [11] A quiet and appeased minde, is nourished with continuall prayers, respecting the will of God.

Note return to page 23810 Luke 18. 1.

Note return to page 23811 [f] An acceptable thing to God, and such as hee liketh well of.

Note return to page 23812 [12] The sparkes of the Spirit of God that are kindled in vs, are nourished with dayly hearing the worde of God: but true doctrine must be diligently distinguished from false.

Note return to page 23813 [g] The expounding of the worde of God.

Note return to page 23814 [13] A generall conclusion, that we wayting for the comming of Christ doe giue our selues to purenesse both in minde, will, and body, through the grace and strength of the Spirit of God.

Note return to page 23815 [h] Whatsoeuer hath but the very shewe of euill, absteine from it.

Note return to page 23816 [i] Separate you from the worlde, and make you holy to himselfe through his Spirit, in Christ, in whome onely you shall atteine vnto that true peace.

Note return to page 23817 [14] The good will and power of God is a sure confirmation against all difficulties, whereof we haue a sure witnes in our vocation.

Note return to page 23818 1.Corinth. 1.9.

Note return to page 23819 [k] Alwayes one, and euer like himselfe, who perfourmeth in deede whatsoeuer he promiseth: and an effectuall calling is nothing els but a right declaring and true setting foorth of Gods will: and therefore the saluation of the elect, is safe and sure.

Note return to page 23820 [l] Who will also make you persite.

Note return to page 23821 [15] The last part of the epistle, wherein with most waightie charge, he commendeth both himselfe and this epistle vnto them.

Note return to page 23822 1.The&esset;.1.2.

Note return to page 23823 [1] The first part of the epistle, wherein he reioyceth that through the grace of God, they haue manfully susteined all the assaults of their enemies, wherein hee confirmeth them, moreouer shewing with what giftes they must chiefly fight, to wit, with faith and charitie, which must dayly increase.

Note return to page 23824 [a] That whereas it grew vp before, it doth also receiue some increase euery day more & more.

Note return to page 23825 Iude 6.

Note return to page 23826 [2] He openeth the fountaine of all true comfort, to wit, that in afflictions which we suffer of the wicked for righteousnes sake, we may beholde as it were in a glasse the testimonie of þt; iudgement to come, and the ende thereof most acceptable to vs, and most sharpe to his enemies.

Note return to page 23827 [3] A proofe: God is iust, therefore he will worthily punish the vniust, and wil doe away the miseries of his people.

Note return to page 23828 [4] He confirmeth them also by the way, by this meanes, that the condition both of this present state and the state to come, is common to him with them.

Note return to page 23829 1.The&esset;.4.16.

Note return to page 23830 [5] A most glorious description of the second comming of Christ, to be set against all the miseries of the godly, and the triumphes of the wicked.

Note return to page 23831 [6] There is no knowledge of God vnto saluation, without the Gospel of Christ.

Note return to page 23832 [7] The children of God shalbe counted by the faith which they haue in the Gospel, which is preached vnto them by the Apostles.

Note return to page 23833 [8] Seeing that we haue the marke set before vs, it remaineth that we goe vnto it. And we goe to it, by certaine degrees of causes: first by the free loue and good pleasure of God, by vertue whereof of all other inferiour causes worke: from thence proceedeth the free calling to Christ, and from calling, faith, whereupon followeth both the glorifying of Christ in vs, and vs in Christ.

Note return to page 23834 [b] By (calling) he meaneth not the very act of calling, but that selfe same thing whereunto we are called, which is the glory of that heauenly kingdome.

Note return to page 23835 [c] Which hee determined long since onely vpon his gracious and mercifull goodnes towards you.

Note return to page 23836 [d] So then, faith is an excellent worke of God in vs: and we see here plainely that the Apostle leaueth nothing to free will, to make it checkemate with Gods working therein, as the Papists dreame.

Note return to page 23837 [1] The second part of the Epistle, conteining an excellent prophecie of the state of the Church, which shall be from the Apostles times vnto the latter day of iudgement.

Note return to page 23838 [a] If we thinke earnestly vpon that vnmeasurable glory, which we shalbe partakers of with Christ, it will be an excellent remedie for vs against wauering and impatience, so that neither the glistering of the worlde shall allure vs, nor the dreadfull fight of the cro&esset;e dismay vs.

Note return to page 23839 [2] We must take heede of false prophets, especially in this matter, which goe about to deceiue, and that for the most part, after three sortes: for either they brag of fained propheticall reuelations, or they bring coniectures and reasons of their owne, or vse counterfeite writings.

Note return to page 23840 [b] By dreames and fables, which men pretend to be spirituall reuelations.

Note return to page 23841 [c] Either by worde of mouth, or by bookes written.

Note return to page 23842 [d] Either by forged letter, or falsely glosed vpon.

Note return to page 23843 [3] The Apostle foretelleth that before the comming of the Lord, there shall be a throne set vp cleane contrary to Christs glory, wherein that wicked man shall sit, and transferre all things that appertaine to God, to himselfe, and many shal fall away from God to him.

Note return to page 23844 [e] By speaking of one, be pointeth out the body of the tyrannous and persecuting Church.

Note return to page 23845 [f] All men know who he is that saith he can shut vp heauen and open it at his pleasure, and tooke vpon him to be Lord and Master aboue all kings and princes, before whome kings and princes fall downe and worship, honouring that Antichrist as a god.

Note return to page 23846 [4] He foretelleth, that Antichrist (that is, whosoeuer he be that shall occupie that seate that falleth away from God) shal not reigne without the Church, but in the very bosome of the Church.

Note return to page 23847 [5] This prophecie was continually declared to the Auncient Church, but it was neglected of them that followed.

Note return to page 23848 [g] What hindreth and stayeth.

Note return to page 23849 [6] Euen in the Apostles time the first foundations of the Apostaticall seate were layde, but yet so that they deceiued men.

Note return to page 23850 [7] He foretelleth, that when the empire of Rome is taken away, the seate that falleth away from God shal succeede and shall holde his place, as the olde writers, Tertullian, Chrysostome and Hierome doe expound it.

Note return to page 23851 [h] He which is now in authoritie and ruleth all, to wit, the Romane Empire.

Note return to page 23852 [8] That wickednesse shall at length be detected by the word of the Lorde, and shall vtterly be abolished by Christs comming.

Note return to page 23853 [i] Worde for worde, that lawle&esset;e fellow: that is to say, hee that shall tread Gods Lawe cleane vnder foote.

Note return to page 23854 Isai.11.4.

Note return to page 23855 [k] Bring to nought.

Note return to page 23856 [l] With his worde, for the true Ministers of the worde are as a mouth, whereby the Lord breatheth out that mightie and euerlasting worde, which shal breake his enemies in sunder, as it were an yron rod.

Note return to page 23857 [9] He foretelleth that Satan will bestowe all his might and power, and vse all false miracles that he can to establish that seate, and that with great successe, because the wickednes of the world doeth so deserue it: yet so, that onely the vnfaithfull shall perish through his deceite.

Note return to page 23858 [m] Which are partly false, and partly wrought to establish a falshood.

Note return to page 23859 [n] A most mightie working to deceiue them.

Note return to page 23860 [o] They liked lies so well, that they had pleasure in them, which is the greatest madnes that may be.

Note return to page 23861 [10] The elect shal stand stedfast and safe from all these mischiefes. Now election is knowen by these testimonies: Faith is gathered by sanctification: faith, by that that we accord vnto the trueth: trueth, by calling, through the preaching of the Gospel: from whence we come at length to a certaine hope of glorification.

Note return to page 23862 [p] To sanctifie you.

Note return to page 23863 [q] Faith which layeth holde not vpon lies, but vpon the trueth of God, which is the Gospel.

Note return to page 23864 [r] By our preaching.

Note return to page 23865 [11] The conclusion: It remaineth then, that we continue in the doctrine which was deliuered vnto vs by the mouth and writings of the Apostles, through the free good will of God, which comforteth vs with an inuincible hope, and also in all godlines our whole life long.

Note return to page 23866 [1] He addeth now consequently according to his maner, diuers admonitions: The first of them is, that they make prayers for the increase and free passage of the Gospel, and for the safetie of the faythfull ministers of the same.

Note return to page 23867 Ephes.6.19. colos.4.3.

Note return to page 23868 [a] Which haue no care of their duetie.

Note return to page 23869 [2] It is no marueile that the Gospel is hated of so many, seeing that faith is a rare gift of God. Notwithstanding, the Church shall neuer be destroyed by the multitude of the wicked, because it is grounded and stayed vpon the faithfull promise of God.

Note return to page 23870 [b] From Satans snares, or from euil.

Note return to page 23871 [3] The second admonition is, that they followe alwayes the doctrine of the Apostles as a rule for their life.

Note return to page 23872 [4] Thirdly, he diligently and earnestly admonisheth them of two things which are giuen vs by the onely grace of God, to wit, of charitie, and a watchful minde to the comming of Christ.

Note return to page 23873 [5] Fourthly, he sayth, that idle and lasie persons, ought not to be relieued of the Church, nay, that they are not to be suffered.

Note return to page 23874 [6] Least he might seeme to deale hardly with them, he setteth forth him selfe for an example, who besides his trauaile in preaching laboured with his hands, which he sayth hee was not simply bound to doe.

Note return to page 23875 1.Cor.11.1.

Note return to page 23876 1.Thes.4.11.

Note return to page 23877 [c] What shall we doe then with those idle bellied Monkes, and sacrificing Priests? A Monke (sayth Socrates, booke 8. of his Tripartite historie) which worketh not with hands, is like a theefe.

Note return to page 23878 [7] Howe great a fault idlenes is, he declareth by that that God created no man in vaine or to no purpose, neither is there any vnto whome he hath not allotted as it were a certaine standing and roome. Whereupon it followeth, þt; the order which God hath appointed, is troubled by the idle, yea broken, which is great sinne & wickednes.

Note return to page 23879 [8] Hee reprehendeth a vice, which is ioyned with the former, whereupon follow an infinite sort of mischiefes: to wit, that there are none more busie in other mens matters, then they which neglect their owne.

Note return to page 23880 [9] The Lord commandeth and the Apostles pray in the Name of Christ, first, that no man be idle, and next, that euery man doe quietly and carefully see to doe his duetie in that office and calling wherein the Lord hath placed him.

Note return to page 23881 [10] We must take heede, that some mens vnworthinesse cause vs not to bee slacker in well doing.

Note return to page 23882 [11] Excommunication is a punishment for the obstinate.

Note return to page 23883 [12] We must haue no familiaritie nor fellowship with the excommunicate.

Note return to page 23884 [13] The ende of the excommunication is not the destruction, but the saluation of the sinner, that at least through shame he may be driuen to repentance.

Note return to page 23885 [14] We must so eschewe familiaritie with the excommunicate, that we diligently seeke all occasions and meanes that may be to bring them againe into the right way.

Note return to page 23886 [15] Prayers are the seales of all exhortations.

Note return to page 23887 [16] The Apostle subscribeth his letters with his owne hand, that false letters might not be brought and put in place of true.

Note return to page 23888 [1] 1 First of all, he auoucheth his own free vocation and also Timothies, þt; the one might be confirmed by the other: and therewithall he declareth the summe of the Apostolicall doctrine, to wit, the mercie of God in Christ Iesus apprehended by faith, the ende whereof is yet hoped for.

Note return to page 23889 Or, ordinance.

Note return to page 23890 [a] There is as much difference betwixt mercie and grace, as is betwixt the effect, and the cause: For grace is that free good will of God, whereby hee chose vs in Christ, and mercy is that free iustification which foloweth it.

Note return to page 23891 [2] This whole Epistle consisteth in admonitions, wherein all dueties of a faithfull Pastour are liuely set out. And the first admonition is this, that no innouation be made either in the Apostles doctrine it selfe, or in the maner of teaching it.

Note return to page 23892 [3] The doctrine is corrupted not onely by false opinions, but also by vaine and curious speculations: the declaration and vtterance whereof can nothing helpe our faith.

Note return to page 23893 [b] Hee noteth out one kinde of vaine questions.

Note return to page 23894 [4] The second admonition is, that the right vse and practise of the doctrine must be ioyned with the doctrine. And that consisteth in pure charitie, & a good conscience, & true faith.

Note return to page 23895 Rom.13.10.

Note return to page 23896 [c] Of the Law.

Note return to page 23897 [d] There is neither loue without a good conscience, nor a good conscience without faith, nor faith without the worde of God.

Note return to page 23898 [5] That which he spake before generally of vaine and curious controuersies, he applieth to them which pretending a zeale of the Lawe, dwelled vpon outwarde things, and neuer made an ende of babbling of foolish trifles.

Note return to page 23899 [6] There are none more vnlearned, and more impudent in vsurping the name of holines, th&ebar; foolish sophistical bablers.

Note return to page 23900 [7] The taking away of an obiection: He condemneth not the Law, but requireth the right vse & practise of it.

Note return to page 23901 [8] He in deede escapeth the curse of the Law, and therefore doeth not abhorre it, who fleeing & eschewing those things which the Law condemneth, giueth himselfe &wt; all his heart, to obserue it: and not he that maketh a vaine babbling of outward and curious matters.

Note return to page 23902 [e] And such a one is he, whom the Lord hath indued with true doctrine, and with the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 23903 [f] To such as make an arte as it were of sinning.

Note return to page 23904 [9] He setteth against fond & vaine babbling, not only the Law, but the Gospel also, which condemneth not but greatly commendeth the wholesome doctrine conteined in the c&obar;mandements of God, and therfore he calleth it a glorious Gospel, & the Gospel of the blessed God, the vertue whereof these babblers knew not.

Note return to page 23905 [10] A reason why neither any other Gospel is to be taught then he hath taught in the Church neither after any other sort, because there is no other Gospel beside that, which God c&obar;mitted to him.

Note return to page 23906 [11] He mainteineth of necessitie his Apostleship against some that did carpe at his former life, debasing himselfe euen to hell, to aduance Christes only mercie, wherewith he abolished all those his former doings.

Note return to page 23907 [g] Which gaue me strength, not onely when I had no will to doe well, but also when I was wholie giuen to euill.

Note return to page 23908 [h] These are the preparative workes which Paul braggeth of.

Note return to page 23909 [12] He proueth this change by the effectes, for that, that he that was a prophane man, is become a beleeuer: and he that did most outragiously persecute Christ, burneth nowe in loue towards him.

Note return to page 23910 [13] He turneth the reproche of the aduersaries vpon their owne head, shewing that this singular example of the goodnesse of God, redoundeth to the commoditie of the whole Church.

Note return to page 23911 [i] Worthy to be beleeued.

Note return to page 23912 Matth.9.13. mark.2.17.

Note return to page 23913 [14] He breaketh out into an exclamation, euen for very zeale of mind, for that he cannot satisfie himselfe in amplifying the grace of God.

Note return to page 23914 [k] Looke Iohn 17.3.

Note return to page 23915 [15] The conclusion of both the former fatherly admonitions, so wit, that Timothie striuing manfully against all lettes, being called to the ministerie according to many prophecies which went before of him, should both mainteine the doctrine which he had receiued, and keepe also a good conscience.

Note return to page 23916 [l] By the helpe of them.

Note return to page 23917 [m] Wholsome and sound doctrine.

Note return to page 23918 [16] Whosoeuer keepe not a good conscience, do lose also by litle and litle, þe; gift of vnderstanding: which he proueth by two most lamentable examples.

Note return to page 23919 1.Cor. 5.5.

Note return to page 23920 [17] Such as fall from God, and his religion, are not to be suffered in the Church, but rather ought to be excommunicated.

Note return to page 23921 [n] Cast out of the Church, and so deliuered them to Satan.

Note return to page 23922 [o] That by their smart they might learne what it is to blaspheme.

Note return to page 23923 [1] Hauing dispatched those things which perteine to doctrine, he speaketh nowe in the second place of the other part of the ministerie of the worde, to wit, of publike prayers. And first of all, declaring this question, for whom we ought to pray: he teacheth that we must pray for all men, and especially, for all maner of magistrates, which thing was at that time somewhat doubted of, seeing that kings, yea and the most part of magistrates were at that time enemies of the Church.

Note return to page 23924 [2] An argument taken of the ende: to wit, because that Magistrates are appointed to this ende, that men might peaceably and quietly liue in all godlinesse and honestie, and therefore must we commend them especially to God, that they may faithfully execute so necessarie an office.

Note return to page 23925 [a] This worde conteineth all kinde of duetie, which is to be vsed amongst men in all their affaires.

Note return to page 23926 [3] An other argument, why Churches or Congregations ought to pray for all men, without any difference of nation, kinde, age, or order: to wit, because the Lord by calling of all sortes, yea sometime those that are greatest enemies to the Gospel, will haue his Church gathered together after this sort, and therefore prayers to be made for all.

Note return to page 23927 [4] God should not els be manifested to be the onely God of all men, vnlesse he should shewe his goodnesse in sauing of all sortes of men; neither shoulde Christ be seene to be the onely Mediatour betweene God and all sortes of men, by hauing taken vpon him that nature of man which is common to all men, vnlesse he had satisfied for all sortes of men, and made intercession for all.

Note return to page 23928 [b] Christ Iesus which was made man.

Note return to page 23929 [5] A confirmation, because that euen to the Gentiles is the secret of saluation nowe opened and made manifest, the Apostle him selfe being appointed properly to this office, which he doeth faithfully and syncerely execute.

Note return to page 23930 2.Tim.1.11.

Note return to page 23931 [c] Faithfully and syncerely: and by faith he meaneth wholsome & sound doctrine, and by trueth, an vpright and syncere handling of it.

Note return to page 23932 [6] He hath spoken of the persons for whom we must pray: and nowe he teacheth that the difference of places is taken away: for in times past, one onely nation, & in one certaine place, came together to publike seruice: but nowe Churches or Congregations are gathered together euery where, (orderly and decently) and men come together to serue God publikely with common prayer, neither must we striue for the nation, or for the purification of the body, or for the place, but for the minde to haue it cleane from all offence, & full of sure trust & confidence.

Note return to page 23933 [d] He putteth the signe for the thing it selfe, the lifting vp of hands for the calling vpon God.

Note return to page 23934 [e] Without these griefes and offences of the mind, which hinder vs from calling vpon God with a good conscience.

Note return to page 23935 [f] Doubting which is against faith, Iames 16.

Note return to page 23936 1.Pet.3.3.

Note return to page 23937 [7] Thirdly he appointeth women to learne in the publike assemblies with silence and modestie, being comely apparelled, without any riot or excesse in their apparell.

Note return to page 23938 1.Cor 14.34.

Note return to page 23939 [8] The first argument, why it is not lawfull for women to teache in the Congregation, because by this meanes, they should be placed aboue men, for they should be their masters: which is against Gods ordinance.

Note return to page 23940 [9] He proueth this ordinance of God, whereby the woman is subiect to man, first by that, that God made the woman after man, for mans sake.

Note return to page 23941 Gene.1.27. and 2.7,21.

Note return to page 23942 Gen.3.6.

Note return to page 23943 [10] Then, because that after sinne, God inioyned the woman this punishment, for that the man was deceiued by her.

Note return to page 23944 [g] Adam was deceiued, but through his wiues meanes, and therefore she is worthily for this cause subiect to her husband, and ought to be.

Note return to page 23945 [11] He addeth a comfort by the way, that this their subiection hindreth not but that women may be saued as well as men, if they behaue themselues in those burdens of mariage holily and modestly, with faith and charitie.

Note return to page 23946 [1] Hauing dispatched the treatise, as well of doctrine and of the maner of handling of it, as also of publike prayer, he nowe in the third place commeth to the persons themselues, speaking first of Pastours, and afterward of Deacons, and he vseth a preface, that the Church may knowe that these be certeine and sure rules.

Note return to page 23947 [2] A bishopricke or the ministerie of the worde is not an idle dignitie, but a worke, and that an excellent worke: and therefore a Bishop must be furnished with many vertues both at home and abroade. Wherefore it is requisite before he be chosen, to examine well his learning, his giftes, and ablenes, and his life.

Note return to page 23948 [a] He speaketh not here of ambitious seeking, then the which there cannot be a worse fault in the Church but generally of the minde and disposition of man, framed and disposed to helpe and edifie the Church of God, when and wheresoeuer it shall please the Lord.

Note return to page 23949 Titus 2.6.

Note return to page 23950 [b] Therefore he that shutteth out married men from the office of Bishops, onely because they are married, is Antichrist.

Note return to page 23951 [c] A common tipler, and one that wil sit by it.

Note return to page 23952 [d] Lest by reason that he is aduanced to that degree, he take occasion to be proud, which will vndoe him, and so he fall into the same condemnation that the deuill himselfe is fallen into.

Note return to page 23953 [3] Likewise the Deacons must first be proued, that there may be a good tryall of their honestie, trueth, sobrietie, minde voide of couetousnesse, that they are well instructed in the doctrine of faith, and to be short, of their good conscience and integritie.

Note return to page 23954 [e] These are they that had to see to the poore.

Note return to page 23955 Chap.1.19.

Note return to page 23956 [f] The doctrine of the Gospel, which is a mysterie in deede: for flesh and blood doe not reueile it.

Note return to page 23957 [4] Regard must be had also, to the Pastours and Deacons wiues.

Note return to page 23958 [5] They that haue more wiues then one, at one time, must neither be called to be ministers, nor to be Deacons.

Note return to page 23959 [g] Honour and estimation.

Note return to page 23960 [h] Bold and assured confidence without feare.

Note return to page 23961 [6] Paul purposing to adde many peculiar things perteining to the dayly office of a Pastour, speaketh first a word or two concerning his comming to Timothie, that he should be so much the more carefull, lest at his comming he might be reproued of negligence.

Note return to page 23962 [7] The Pastour hath alwayes to thinke, howe that he is occupied in the house of the liuing God, wherein the treasure of the trueth is kept.

Note return to page 23963 [i] To wit, in respect of men: for the Church resteth vpon that corner stone, Christ, and is the preseruer of the trueth, but not the mother.

Note return to page 23964 [8] There is nothing more excellent then this trueth, whereof the Church is the keeper and preseruer here amongst men, the ministerie of the word being appointed to that ende and purpose: for it teacheth vs the greatest matters that may be thought of, to wit, that God is become visible in the person of Christ by taking our nature vpon him, whose Maiestie notwithstanding in so great weakenes was manifested many waies, in so much that the sight of it pearced the very Angels, and to conclude, he being preached vnto the Gentiles was receiued of them, and is nowe placed aboue in glory vnspeakeable.

Note return to page 23965 [k] The power of the Godhead shewed it selfe so marueilously in that weake flesh of Christ, that though he were a weake man, yet all the worlde knoweth he was and is God.

Note return to page 23966 [1] He setteth against that true doctrine, false opinions, which he foretelleth that certaine which shall fall away from God and his religion, shal bring in by the suggestion of Satan, and so, that a great nomber shall giue eare to them.

Note return to page 23967 [a] From the true doctrine of God.

Note return to page 23968 [2] Although heretikes counterfet holines neuer so much, yet haue they no conscience.

Note return to page 23969 [b] For they will as it were practise the arte of disguised persons and players, that we may not thinke they will be lurking in some one corner, or keepe any resemblance of shamefastnes.

Note return to page 23970 [c] Whose c&obar;science waxed so hard, that there grew an hard fleshines ouer it, and so became to haue a canker in it, and now at length required of very necessitie to be burned with an hote yron.

Note return to page 23971 [3] He setteth downe two kindes of this false doctrine, to wit, the Lawe of sole life, and difference of meates.

Note return to page 23972 [4] He proueth that he iustly called such doctrines deuilish, first, because the teachers of them make lawes of things which are not their owne: for haue they created the meates?

Note return to page 23973 [5] Secondly, because they ouerthrowe with their decrees, the ende wherefore they were created of God, to wit, that we shoulde vse them.

Note return to page 23974 [6] Thirdly, for that by this meanes they robbe God of his glorie, who will be honoured in the vse of them. And here withall, the Apostle declareth that we must vse the liberalitie of God, soberly, and with a good conscience.

Note return to page 23975 [7] He setteth an Apostolicall rule, for taking away the difference of meates, against that false doctrine.

Note return to page 23976 [8] He vseth Gods benefites rightly, which acknowledgeth the giuer of them by his worde, and calleth vpon him.

Note return to page 23977 [d] It is so made pure and holy in respect of vs, so that we may vse it with a good conscience, as receiued at the Lordes hand.

Note return to page 23978 [e] Wee confesse and acknowledge that God is the maker and giuer of those creatures which we vse. Secondly, that we are of the nomber of those, who through Christes benefite, haue recouered that right ouer all creatures, which Adam lost by his fall. Thirdly, by our prayers we craue of the Lord, that we may vse those meates with a good conscience, which we receiue at his handes. Fourthly, we make an ende of our eating and drinking, with thankesgiuing and prayer: and so are our meates sanctified to vs.

Note return to page 23979 [9] The conclusion with an exhortation to Timothie, to propound these thinges diligently to the Churches, which he had sucked of the Apostle euen in a maner from the teate.

Note return to page 23980 [f] Neuer departing from the side of it.

Note return to page 23981 [10] He setteth againe true doctrine not onely against that false and apostaticall doctrine, but also against all vaine and curious subtilties.

Note return to page 23982 [11] It is not onely requisite that the Minister of the worde be founde in doctrine, but also that his life be godly and religious.

Note return to page 23983 [g] In the true seruing of God.

Note return to page 23984 [12] Godlinesse consisteth in spirituall exercise, and not in outward austerenesse of life, which though it be something to be accounted of if it be rightly vsed, yet is it in no wise comparable with godlinesse. For it profiteth not of it selfe, but through the benefite of another, but this hath the promise both of the life present, and of that that is to come.

Note return to page 23985 [13] He goeth a litle from his matter, and sheweth that they which giue themselues to godlinesse, although they are afflicted and reproched, are notwithstanding not to be counted miserable as other men are, because they are not afflicted for that cause that other men are, and the ende of them both is farre different one from the other. For howe can God forsake his, which is bountifull euen towards his enemies? And he willeth that this doctrine be well beaten into their heads.

Note return to page 23986 [14] Nowe he returneth to that exhortation, shewing which are the true vertues of a Pastour, whereby he may come to be reuerenced although he be but young, to wit, such speache and life as are witnesses of charitie, zeale, faith, and puritie: but here is no mention made of the crosier staffe, ring, cloke, and such other foolish and childish toyes.

Note return to page 23987 [15] The priuate exercise of Pastours, is continuall reading of the Scriptures, whenceout they may drawe matter of wholesome doctrine and exhortation, both to themselues and to other.

Note return to page 23988 [h] Faith is by hearing, and hearing by preaching: and therefore the Ministers of the worde are so said to saue themselues and other, for that in them the Lord hath put the worde of reconciliation.

Note return to page 23989 [1] Of keeping measure in priuate reprehensions according to the degrees of ages and kindes.

Note return to page 23990 [2] The Apostle giueth these rules touching the care of widowes.

Note return to page 23991 [a] Haue care of those widowes which haue neede of helpe.

Note return to page 23992 [3] Widowes children & nephewes must take care for their parents, according to their habilitie.

Note return to page 23993 [4] The first reason, because that, that which they bestow vpon theirs, they bestowe it vpon themselues.

Note return to page 23994 [5] An other, because nature it selfe teacheth vs to recompense our parents.

Note return to page 23995 [6] The thirde: because this duetifulnes pleaseth God.

Note return to page 23996 [7] The seconde rule: Let þe; Church haue care of such as are widowes in deede, that is to say, such as are poore & destitute of helpe of their owne friendes, and liue godly and religiously.

Note return to page 23997 [8] The third rule: Let widowes that liue in pleasure, & neglect the care of their owne family, bee holden and accompted as fallers away from God and his religion, and worse then very infidels.

Note return to page 23998 [9] The fourth rule: Let none vnder three score yeere olde, bee taken into the number of widowes, to serue the Congregations or Churches, and such as are free from all reproche of vnchastitie, and are well reported of, for their diligence, charitie, and integritie.

Note return to page 23999 [b] That hath had no more husbandes, but one at one time.

Note return to page 24000 [c] This is spoken in respect of the maner of those countries.

Note return to page 24001 [10] The first reason why yonger widowes are not to bee admitted to this ministerie, to witte, because for the lightnesse of their age, they will at length shake off the burden that Christ hath laide vpon them, and thinke rather vpon marying againe: and so will forsake the ministerie whereunto they had bounde them selues.

Note return to page 24002 [d] Take them not into the colledge of widowes.

Note return to page 24003 [11] An other reason: because they are for the most part pratlers and busie bodies, and gadders vp and downe neglecting their charge and duetie.

Note return to page 24004 [12] The fifth rule: Let yonger widowes marie and gouerne their houses godly.

Note return to page 24005 [13] The sixth rule: Let the faithfull helpe their widowes at their owne charges as much as they can, and let not the Congregation be burdened with these expenses.

Note return to page 24006 [14] Nowe hee giueth rules, and sheweth howe hee ought to behaue himselfe with the Elders, that is to say, with the Pastours and such as haue the gouernance in the discipline of the Church, which is president of their companie. The first rule: Let the Church or Congregation see vnto this especiallie, as God himselfe hath commaunded, that the Elders that doe their duetie well, be honestly mainteined.

Note return to page 24007 [e] Wee must bee more carefull for them, then for the rest.

Note return to page 24008 [f] There were two kindes of Elders, the one attended vpon the gouernement onely, and looked to the maners of the Congregation, the other did beside that, attende vpon preaching and prayers, to and for the Congregation.

Note return to page 24009 Deuter.25.4. 1.corinth.9.9.

Note return to page 24010 Matth.10.10. luke 10.7.

Note return to page 24011 [15] The seconde rule. Let no accusation bee admitted against an Elder, but vnder two or three witnesses.

Note return to page 24012 [16] The thirde rule. Let the Elders so conuicted bee rebuked openly, that they may bee an example to other.

Note return to page 24013 Chapter 6.13.

Note return to page 24014 [17] The fourth rule. Let sinceritie bee vsed without any preiudice of respect of persons in Ecclesiasticall proceedings (especially against the Elders) because God himselfe is there present, and the Lord Iesus Christ with a multitude of Angels.

Note return to page 24015 [18] The fift rule. Let the minister laie handes suddenlie on no man. Let him not bee faultie herein either by sauouring any mans follie, or peruerse affection: If ought bee done otherwise then well of his fellowes, let him keepe his conscience pure.

Note return to page 24016 [g] As much as in thee lieth doe not rashly admit any whatsoeuer, to any Ecclesiasticall function.

Note return to page 24017 [19] The sixt rule. Let the Elders haue indifferent consideration of their health, in the maner of their diet.

Note return to page 24018 [20] Because hypocrites sometimes creepe into the ministerie, although there bee neuer so great diligence vsed, the Apostle willeth the Pastours not to bee troubled therefore, or slake any whitte of their diligence in trying and examining, because the Lorde hath appointed a time to discouer the faultes of such men, and it is our partes to take heede that we offende not therein.

Note return to page 24019 [21] Another comfort belonging to them, which sometimes are slaundered and misreported of.

Note return to page 24020 [1] Hee addeth also rules for the seruauntes duetie towardes their masters: whereupon no doubt there were many questions then mooued by them, which tooke occasion by the Gospell to trouble the common state. And this is the first rule: Let seruauntes that are come to the faith and haue infidels to their masters, serue them notwithstanding with great fidelitie.

Note return to page 24021 [2] The reason: lest God shoulde seeme by the doctrine of the Gospell to stirre vp men to rebellion and all wickednesse.

Note return to page 24022 [3] The seconde rule: Let not seruauntes that are come to the faith, and haue also masters of the same profession and religion, abuse the name of brotherhoode, but let them so much the rather obey them.

Note return to page 24023 [a] Let this bee sufficient, that as touching those thinges which perteine to euerlasting life, they are partakers of the same good will and loue of God, as their masters themselues are.

Note return to page 24024 [4] A general conclusion, that these thinges ought not onely to be simply taught, but must with exhortations be diligently beaten into their heads.

Note return to page 24025 [5] He condemneth seuerely & excommunicateth or casteth out of the Church as proude men, such as content not themselues &wt; Christs doctrine, (that is to say, the doctrine of godlinesse) but weary both themselues and others, in vaine questions, (for all other things are vaine) because they content not themselues in Christs doctrine: and as lying deceiuers, because they sauour or sounde of nothing but vanitie: as mad men, because they trouble themselues so much in matters of nothing: as mischieuous plagues, for that they cause great contentions, and corrupt mens mindes and iudgement: to be short, as prophane and wicked, because they abuse the precious name of godlines and religion, to filthie lucre.

Note return to page 24026 [b] Striuings about wordes, and not about matter: and by wordes he meaneth all those things which haue no pith in them, and whereby wee can reape no profit.

Note return to page 24027 [c] Such as we see in those shamelesse schooles of Poperie, which are nothing els but vaine babling & prating.

Note return to page 24028 [6] He turneth away fitly, the name of gaine and lucre, confessing that godlines is great gaine, but farre after another sort, to wit, because it bringeth true sufficiencie.

Note return to page 24029 [7] He mocketh their follie, which do so greedily gape after fraile things, that they can in no wise be satisfied, and yet notwithstanding they can not enioy that excesse.

Note return to page 24030 [8] Hee fraieth Timothie from couetousnes after another sort, to wit, because it draweth with it an infinite sort of lustes, and those very hurtfull, wherewith couetous men do torment themselues, so farre foorth that in the end, they cast away from them their faith and saluation.

Note return to page 24031 [d] Sorowe and griefe doe as it were pearce through the minde of man, and are the haruest and true fruites of couetousnesse.

Note return to page 24032 [9] A peculiar exhortation to diuers vertues, wherewith it behoueth the Pastors especially to be furnished.

Note return to page 24033 [e] Whom the Spirit of God ruleth.

Note return to page 24034 Chap.5.21.

Note return to page 24035 [10] A most earnest request & charge, to obserue and keepe all the premisses faithfully, with our eies set vpon the c&obar;ming of Iesus Christ, whose glorie we haue to set against the vaine glistering of this world, and his power, against all the terrours of the wicked.

Note return to page 24036 Matt.27.11. iohn 18.37.

Note return to page 24037 [f] He heapeth many words together, to one purpose: whereby hee vaucheth the power of God, which if we sticke fast vnto, we shall not be mooued out of our standings.

Note return to page 24038 Chap.1.11. reuel.17.14. & 19.16.

Note return to page 24039 Iohn 1.18.

Note return to page 24040 [11] He addeth for an ouerplus as it were, a sharpe admonition to the riche, that they chiefly take heede of two mischiefes, to wit, of pride, and deceitfull hope, against which he setteth three excellent vertues, hope in the liuing God, liberalitie towardes their neighbour, and gentle conditions.

Note return to page 24041 [g] In things perteining to this life, with whom those men are compared, which are rich in good works.

Note return to page 24042 Mar.4.19. lu.12.15.

Note return to page 24043 [h] Who onely is, and that euerlasting: for hee setteth the fraile nature of riches against God.

Note return to page 24044 Mat.6.2.

Note return to page 24045 [12] The praise of liberalitie, by the effectes thereof: because it is a sure testimonie of the Spirite of God which dwelleth in vs, and therefore of the saluation that shall be giuen vs.

Note return to page 24046 [13] He rehearseth the chiefest of all the former exhortations, which ought to be deepely imprinted in the minds of all ministers of the word, to wit, that they eschew al vaine babblings of sophistrie, & continue in the simplicitie of sincere doctrine.

Note return to page 24047 [i] Not onely in word, but also in co&ubar;tenance and gesture: to be short, whiles their behauiour was such that euen when they helde their peace, they would make men beleeue, their heads were occupied about nothing but hie and waightie matters, euen then they erred concerning the faith.

Note return to page 24048 [a] Sent of God to preach that life, which he promised in Christ Iesus.

Note return to page 24049 [1] The chiefest marke that hee shooteth at in this Epistle, is to confirme Timothie to continue constantly and manfully euen to the ende, setting first before him the great good wil he beareth him, and then reckoning vp the excellent gifts which God would as it were haue to be by inheritance in Timothie, and his ancestors, which might so much the more make him bounde to God.

Note return to page 24050 Act.22.3.

Note return to page 24051 [b] From Abraham, Isaac and Iacob: for hee speaketh not of Pharisaisme, but of Christianisme.

Note return to page 24052 [2] He warneth vs to set the inuincible power of the Spirit, which God hath giuen vs, against those stormes which may and do come vpon vs.

Note return to page 24053 [c] The gift of God is as it were a certaine liuely flame kindled in our hearts, which the flesh and the deuill goe about to put out: and therefore we on the contrary side must labour as much as we can to foster and keepe it burning.

Note return to page 24054 [d] To pearce vs through, & terrifie vs, as men whom the Lorde will destroy.

Note return to page 24055 [3] Hee prooueth that the ignominie or shame of the crosse is not onely not to bee ashamed of, but also that it is glorious and most honourable: first because the Gospell wherefore the godly are afflicted, is the testimonie of Christ: and secondly, because at length the great vertue and power of God appeareth in them.

Note return to page 24056 [e] For his sake.

Note return to page 24057 [f] The Gospel after a sort is said to be afflicted in them that preache it.

Note return to page 24058 [g] Through the power of God.

Note return to page 24059 [4] He sheweth with howe great benefites God hath bound vs to mainteine boldely and constantly his glorie which is ioyned with our saluation, and reckoneth vp the causes of our saluation, to wit, that free and eternall purpose of God to saue vs in Christ which was to come, whereby it should come to passe, that we should at length be freely called of God by the preaching of the Gospel, to Christ the destroyer of death and authour of immortalitie.

Note return to page 24060 1.Cor.1.2.

Note return to page 24061 Titus 3.5.

Note return to page 24062 [h] He saith that that grace was giuen vs from euerlasting, vnto which we were predestinate from euerlasting. So that the doctrine of foreseene faith and foreseene workes, is cleane contrary to the doctrine which preacheth and teacheth the grace of God.

Note return to page 24063 [i] Before that course of yeeres, which hath runne on euer since the beginning of the world.

Note return to page 24064 Rom.16.25. ephes.1.4. col.1.26. titus 1.2.

Note return to page 24065 [k] Hath caused life and immortalitie to appeare.

Note return to page 24066 1.Tim.2.7.

Note return to page 24067 [5] That is, the Gospel which the Apostle preached.

Note return to page 24068 [6] He confirmeth his Apostleship by a strange argument, to wit, because the world could not abide it, and therefore it persecuted him that preached it.

Note return to page 24069 [7] By setting his owne example before vs, he sheweth vs how it may be, that we shall not be ashamed of the crosse of Christ, to wit, if we be sure that God both can and will keepe the saluation which he hath as it were layed vp in store by himselfe for vs against that day.

Note return to page 24070 [8] He sheweth wherein he ought to be most constant, to wit, both in þe; doctrine it selfe, the abbridgement whereof is faith and charitie, and next in the maner of teaching it, a liuely paterne and shape whereof Timothie knewe in the Apostle.

Note return to page 24071 [9] An amplification, taken of the dignitie of so great a benefite committed to the ministers.

Note return to page 24072 [10] The taking away of an obiection. It is an hard thing to doe it, but the Spirit of God is mightie, who hath inwardly indued vs with his vertue.

Note return to page 24073 [11] He preuenteth an offence which arose by the meanes of certaine that fell from God and the religion, and vttereth also their names that they might be knowen of all men. But he setteth against them the singular faith of one man, that one only good example might counterpoyse and weygh downe all euill examples.

Note return to page 24074 [1] The conclusion of the former exhortation, which hath also added vnto it a declaration, howe that they do not keepe that worthy thing that is committed vnto them, which keepe it to themselues, but they rather which doe most freely communicate it with other, to the ende that many may be partakers of it, without any mans losse or hinderance.

Note return to page 24075 [a] When many were by, which can beare witnesse of these things.

Note return to page 24076 [2] Another admonition: That the Ministerie of the word is a spiritual warfare, which no man can so trauaile in, þt; he may please his captaine, rules he forgoe and part &wt; all hinderances which might draw him away from it.

Note return to page 24077 [b] With affaires of housholde, or other things that belong to other ordinarie busine&esset;es.

Note return to page 24078 [3] The third admonition: The ministerie is like to a game or iusting, wherein men striue for the victorie, and no man is crowned, vnlesse he striue according to the lawes which are prescribed, be they neuer so hard and painefull.

Note return to page 24079 [4] Another similitude tending to the same ende, no man may looke for the haruest, vnlesse he first take paines to plowe and sowe his grounde.

Note return to page 24080 [5] All these things cannot be vnderstoode, and much lesse practised, vnlesse we aske of God and he giue vs vnderstanding.

Note return to page 24081 [6] He confirmeth plainely two principles of our faith, which are alwayes assaulted of heretikes, the one whereof (to wit, that Christ is the true Messias, made man of the seede of Dauid) is the ground of our saluation: and the other is the highest part of it, to wit, that he is risen againe from the dead.

Note return to page 24082 [7] The taking away of an obiection: Trueth it is, that he is kept in prison as an euill doer, yet there is no cause, why therefore some should goe about to derogate credit from his Gospel, seeing that notwithstanding God did blesse his ministerie, nay rather, that example of this his captiuitie and patience did sundry wayes confirme the Church in the hope of a better life.

Note return to page 24083 [8] The fourth admonition: we ought not to contend vpon wordes and questions, which are not onely vnprofitable, but also for the most part hurtfull: but rather vpon this, how we may frame ourselues to all maner of patience, and to die also with Christ (that is to say, for Christes Name) because that is the plaine way to the most glorious life: as contrariwise the falling away of men can diminish no part of the trueth of God, although by such meanes they procure most certaine destruction to themselues.

Note return to page 24084 Rom 6.5.

Note return to page 24085 [c] If we be afflicted with Christ, and for Christes sake.

Note return to page 24086 Matth.10.33. mar 8.38.

Note return to page 24087 Rom.3.3. and 5.6.

Note return to page 24088 [d] Call God to witnesse, or as a Iudge: as Moses, Ioshua, Samuel, and Paul himselfe did, actes 20.

Note return to page 24089 [9] The fifth admonition: A minister must not be an idle disputer, but a faithfull steward in deuiding aright the word of trueth, in so much that he must stoppe the mouthes of other vaine babblers.

Note return to page 24090 [e] By adding nothing to it, neither ouerslipping any thing, neither mangling it, nor renting it in sunder, nor wresting of it: but marking diligently what his hearers are able to beare, and what is fit to edifying.

Note return to page 24091 [f] Marke and watch, & see they creepe not on further.

Note return to page 24092 [10] He discouereth the subtiltie of Satan, who beginning with these principles, draweth vs by litle and litle to vngodlines through the meanes of that wicked and prophane babbling, still creeping on: which he proueth by the horrible example of them that taught, that the resurrection was already past.

Note return to page 24093 [11] A digression, wherein he saluteth that offence which rose by their falling away: shewing first, that the elect are out of all danger of any such falling away: secondly, that they are knowen to God, and not to vs: and therefore it is no marueile if we count hypocrites oftentimes for true brethren: but we must take heede þt; we be not like them, but rather that we be in deede, such as we are saide to be.

Note return to page 24094 [g] That serueth and worshippeth him, and is as it were named of him, a faithfull man or Christian.

Note return to page 24095 [12] The taking away of an obiection: it is no dishonour to the good man of the house, that he hath not in a great house all vessels of one sort and for one seruice, but we must looke to this that we be found vessels prepared to honour.

Note return to page 24096 Rom.9.21.

Note return to page 24097 [h] By these wordes is meant the execution of the matter, and not the cause: for in that we purge our selues, it is not to be attributed to any free will that is in vs, but to God, who freely and wholy worketh in vs, a good and an effectuall will.

Note return to page 24098 [13] Returning to the matter from whence he disgressed verse 16, he warneth him to exercise himselfe in waightie matters, and such as perteyne to godlinesse.

Note return to page 24099 [14] The sixt admonition: We must aboue all things eschewe all bitternesse of mind both in teaching all men, and also in calling them backe which haue gone out of the way.

Note return to page 24100 1.Cor.1.2.

Note return to page 24101 1.Tim.1.4. and 4.7. tit 3 9.

Note return to page 24102 [i] To winne them through our patient bearing with them, but not to please them or excuse them in their wickednesse.

Note return to page 24103 [k] He meaneth such as doe not yet see the trueth.

Note return to page 24104 [1] The seuenth admonition: we may not hope for a Church in this worlde without corruption: but there shalbe rather great aboundance of most wicked men euen in the very bosome of the Church, which notwithstanding shall make a shewe and countenance of great holinesse and charitie.

Note return to page 24105 1.Tim.4.1. 2.peter 3.3. iude 18.

Note return to page 24106 [a] Which make no account, either of right or honestie.

Note return to page 24107 [2] We must not dally with such men as resist the trueth not of simple ignorance, but of a peruerse mind, (which thing appeareth by their fruites which he painteth out here liuely) but we must rather turne away from them.

Note return to page 24108 Exod.7.11.

Note return to page 24109 [3] He addeth a comfort: The Lord will at length plucke off all their visards.

Note return to page 24110 [4] That we be not deceiued by such hypocrites, we must set before vs the vertues of the holy seruants of God, and we must not be afraid of persecution which they suffered willingly, and which alwayes foloweth true godlinesse. But we must especially holde fast the doctrine of the Apostles, the summe whereof is this, that we are saued through faith in Christ Iesus.

Note return to page 24111 [b] Thou knowest throughly not onely what I taught and did, but also howe I was minded and disposed.

Note return to page 24112 [c] Which is in Pisidia.

Note return to page 24113 [d] Their wickednes shall daily encrease.

Note return to page 24114 2.Peter 1.20.

Note return to page 24115 [5] The eight admonition which is most precious: A Pastour must be wise by the worde of God only: wherein we haue perfectly deliuered vnto vs, whatsoeuer perteyneth either to discerne, knowe and establish true opinions, and to confute false: and furthermore, to correct euill manners, and to frame good.

Note return to page 24116 [e] The Prophets and expounders of Gods will, are properly and peculiarly called, Men of God.

Note return to page 24117 [1] The principall and chiefe of all admonitions, being therefore proposed with a most earnest charge, is this: that the worde of God be propounded with a certaine holy importunitie, as necessitie requireth: but so, that a good and true ground of the doctrine be laid, and the vehemencie be tempered with all holy meekenes.

Note return to page 24118 [2] Faithfull pastours in times past tooke all occasions they could, because men were very prompt and readie to returne to their fables.

Note return to page 24119 [a] To false and vnprofitable doctrines, which the world is nowe so be witched withall, that is bad rather the open light of the trueth were vtterly put out, then it would come out of darkenesse.

Note return to page 24120 [3] The wickednes and falling away of the worlde, ought to cause faithfull ministers to be so much the more carefull.

Note return to page 24121 [b] Proue and shew by good and substantiall proofe, that thou art the true minister of God.

Note return to page 24122 [4] He foretelleth his death to be at hand, and setteth before them an excellent example, both of inuincible constancie, and sure hope.

Note return to page 24123 [c] To be offered for a drinke offering: and he alludeth to the powring out of blood or wine which was vsed in sacrifices.

Note return to page 24124 [5] The last part of the epistle, setting foorth grieuous complaints against certaine, and examples of singular godlinesse in euery place, and of a minde neuer wearied.

Note return to page 24125 [d] Contented himselfe with this world.

Note return to page 24126 Col.4.10,14.

Note return to page 24127 [e] Of Nero.

Note return to page 24128 [f] Preserue mee pure from committing any thing vnworthie my Apostleship.

Note return to page 24129 [g] To make me partaker of his kingdome.

Note return to page 24130 Chap.1.16.

Note return to page 24131 [1] Hee voucheth his Apostleship, (not for Titus, but for the Cretenses sake) both by the testimonie of his outward calling, and by his consent wherein he agreeth with all the elect from the beginning of the world.

Note return to page 24132 [a] A Minister, as Christ him selfe in that that he was a minister and head of the Prophets, is called a seruant, Esa.43.10.

Note return to page 24133 [b] Of those whom God hath chosen.

Note return to page 24134 [2] The faith wherein all the elect consent, is the true and syncere knowledge of God, tending to this ende, that worshipping God aright, they may at length obteine life euerlasting according to the promise of God, who is true, which promise was exhibited in Christ in due time, according to his eternall purpose.

Note return to page 24135 [c] Hope is the ende of faith.

Note return to page 24136 [d] Freely and of his meere liberalitie.

Note return to page 24137 Rom.16.25. ephes.3.9. col.1.26. 2.tim.1.9. 1.pet.1.20

Note return to page 24138 [e] Looke 2.Tim 1.9.

Note return to page 24139 [3] This trueth is no other where to be sought, but in the preaching of the Apostles.

Note return to page 24140 Gal.1.1.

Note return to page 24141 [f] This worde (Sauiour) doeth not onely signifie a preseruer of life, but also a giuer of life.

Note return to page 24142 [4] The Apostle mooueth the Cretenses to heare Titus, by setting forth his consent and agreement with him in the faith, and therewithall sheweth by what speciall note wee may distinguish true ministers from false.

Note return to page 24143 [5] There is but one way of saluation, common both to the Pastour, and the flocke.

Note return to page 24144 [6] The first admonition, to ordeine Elders in euery citie.

Note return to page 24145 1. Tim.3.2.

Note return to page 24146 [g] This word is proper to horses and oxen, which will not abide the yoke.

Note return to page 24147 [7] The second admonition, what faultes Pastours (whome hee comprehended afore vnder the woorde Elders: ought to be voide of, and what vertues they ought to haue.

Note return to page 24148 [h] Whom the Lord hath appoynted stewarde of his gifts.

Note return to page 24149 [i] Not hard conditioned, and euill to please.

Note return to page 24150 [k] Circumspect, and of a sound iudgement, and of a singular example of moderation.

Note return to page 24151 [8] The third admonition: The Pastour must hold fast that doctrine, which the Apostles deliuered, and perteineth to saluation, leauing all curious and vaine matters.

Note return to page 24152 [9] The fourth admonition: To applie the knowledge of true doctrine vnto vse, which consisteth in two things, to witte, in gouerning them which shew themselues apt to learne, & confuting the obstinate.

Note return to page 24153 [10] An applying of the generall proposition to a particular: The Cretenses aboue all other neede sharpe reprehensions: both because their mindes are naturally giuen to lyes and slouthfulnesse, and also because of certaine couetous Iewes, which vnder a colour of godlinesse, ioyned partly certaine vaine traditions, and partly olde ceremonies with the Gospel.

Note return to page 24154 [l] Of the Iewes, or rather of those Iewes which went about to ioyne Christ and the Law together.

Note return to page 24155 [m] Epimenides, who was counted a Prophet amongst them. Looke vpon Laertius, and Cicero in his first booke of diuination.

Note return to page 24156 [n] Roughly and plainly, and goe not about the bush with them.

Note return to page 24157 1.Tim. 1.4.

Note return to page 24158 [11] He sheweth in few woordes, that puritie consisteth not in any externall worship, and that, that is according to the olde Lawe, (as in difference of meats, and washings and other such things which are abolished) but in the minde and conscience: and whosoeuer teache otherwise, knowe not what is true religion in deede, and also are nothing lesse then that they woulde seeme to bee.

Note return to page 24159 Rom.14.20.

Note return to page 24160 [o] If our mindes and consciences bee vncleane, what cleannesse is there in vs before regeneration?

Note return to page 24161 [1] The fift admonition: The doctrine must not only be generally pure, but also be applied to all ages & orders of men, according to the diuersitie of circumstances.

Note return to page 24162 [2] What are the chiefest vertues for olde & yong, both men & women: & how they ought to be stirred vp vnto them continually.

Note return to page 24163 [a] No gadders vp and downe.

Note return to page 24164 Ephe.5.23.

Note return to page 24165 [3] The sixth admonition: That both þe; Pastours life & doctrin must be so&ubar;d.

Note return to page 24166 [b] Not such a grauitie as may driue men from comming to the minister, but such as may cause them to come in most reuerent and honest sort.

Note return to page 24167 Ephes.6.5. col.3.22. 1.pet.2.18.

Note return to page 24168 [4] The seuenth admonition, of seruaunts duetie towarde their masters.

Note return to page 24169 [c] Which may be done without offence to God.

Note return to page 24170 1.Cor.1.2. colos.1.22.

Note return to page 24171 [5] The eight admonition belonging to all the godly, that seeing God calleth all men to the Gospel, and Christ hath so iustified vs, that hee hath also sanctified vs, we must all of vs giue our selues to true godlinesse and righteousnesse, setting before vs a sure hope of that immeasurable glorie: which thing must in such sort bee beaten into their heads, that the gainesayers also must bee reprooued, by the authoritie of the mightie God.

Note return to page 24172 [d] Lusts of the flesh, which belong to the present state of this life and world.

Note return to page 24173 [e] Christ is here most plainly called that mightie God, and his appearance and comming is called by the figure Metonymie, our hope.

Note return to page 24174 [f] As it were a thing peculiarly laide vp for himselfe.

Note return to page 24175 [g] With all authoritie possible.

Note return to page 24176 [1] He declareth particularly & seuerally, that which he sayde before generally, noting out certaine chiefe and principal dueties, which men owe to men, and especially subiects to their magistrates.

Note return to page 24177 Rom.13.1. 1.pet.2.13.

Note return to page 24178 [2] He confirmeth againe the former exhortation by propounding the free benefite of our regeneration, the pledge whereof is our Baptisme.

Note return to page 24179 1.Cor.6.11.

Note return to page 24180 2.Tim.1.9.

Note return to page 24181 [a] Word for word, of woorkes which are done in righteousnesse: and this place doeth fully refute the doctrine of merits.

Note return to page 24182 [b] Which the vertue of the holy Ghost woorketh.

Note return to page 24183 [3] Againe with great earnestnesse he beateth into our heads, howe that we ought to giue our selues to true godlines, and eschewe all vaine questions, which serue to nothing but to mooue strife and debate.

Note return to page 24184 [c] Giue themselues earnestly vnto good woorkes.

Note return to page 24185 1.Tim.1.4. & 4.7. 2.tim.2.23.

Note return to page 24186 [4] The ministers of the worde, must at once cast off heretikes, that is, such as stubburnely and seditiously disquiet þe; Church, and will giue no eare to Ecclesiasticall admoniti&obar;s.

Note return to page 24187 [5] Last of all, he writeth a worde or two of priuate matters and commendeth certaine men.

Note return to page 24188 1.Thes.1.2. 2.thes.1.3.

Note return to page 24189 [a] By felowship of faith, he meaneth those dueties of charitie which are bestowed vpon the Saintes, and flowe foorth of an effectuall faith.

Note return to page 24190 [b] That by this meanes all men may perceiue howe rich you are in Christ, to wit in faith, charitie, and all bountifulnesse.

Note return to page 24191 [c] Because thou diddest so duetifully and cherefully refresh the Saints, that they conceiued inwardly a marueilous ioy: for by this worde (Bowels) is meant not only the inwarde feeling of wants and miseries that men haue one of anothers state, but also that ioy & comfort which entreth into the very bowels, as though the heart were refreshed and comforted.

Note return to page 24192 [1] An example of a Christian exercise and commendation for an other man.

Note return to page 24193 Col.4.9.

Note return to page 24194 [d] As mine owne sonne, and as if I had begotten him of mine owne bodie.

Note return to page 24195 [e] That thou mightest not seeme to haue lent me thy seruant vpon constraint, but willingly.

Note return to page 24196 [f] Thus he a&esset;wageth the harder kinde of speache, which is to say, he ranne away.

Note return to page 24197 [g] For a litle time.

Note return to page 24198 [h] Because he is thy seruant, as other seruants are, and because he is the Lords seruant, so that thou must needs loue him both for the Lords sake, and for thine owne sake.

Note return to page 24199 [i] Good brother let me obteine this benefit at thine hand.

Note return to page 24200 [1] The first part of the generall proposition of this Epistle: The Sonne of God is in deede that Prophet or teacher, which hath actually now performed that that God after a sort and in shadowes signified by his Prophets, and hath fully opened his Fathers will to the worlde.

Note return to page 24201 [a] So that the former declaration made by the Prophets was not full, and nothing must bee added to this latter.

Note return to page 24202 [b] Which one Sonne is God and man.

Note return to page 24203 [2] The second part of the same proposition: The same Sonne is appointed of the Father to be our King and Lord, by whom also he made all things, and in whom onely he setteth forth his glory, yea and himselfe also to be beholden of vs, who beareth vp and susteineth all things by his wil & pleasure.

Note return to page 24204 [c] Posse&esset;our and equall compartner of all things with the Father.

Note return to page 24205 [d] That is, whatsoeuer hath bene at any time, is, or shalbe.

Note return to page 24206 Col.1.15.

Note return to page 24207 [e] He in whome that glory and Maiestie of the Father shineth, who is otherwise infinite, and cannot be beholden.

Note return to page 24208 [f] His Fathers person.

Note return to page 24209 [g] Susteineth, defendeth, and cherisheth.

Note return to page 24210 [3] The thirde part of the same proposition: The same Sonne executed the office of the hie Priest in offering vp himselfe, and is our onely and most mightie Mediatour in heauen.

Note return to page 24211 [h] This sheweth that the sauour of that his sacrifice is not only most acceptable to the Father, but also is euerlasting, and furthermore howe farre this high Priest pa&esset;eth all the other high Priests.

Note return to page 24212 [4] Before he c&obar;meth to declare the office of Christ, he setteth forth the excellencie of his person, & first of all he sheweth him so to be man, that therewithall he is God also.

Note return to page 24213 [i] Dignitie and honour.

Note return to page 24214 [5] He proueth and confirmeth the diuinitie of Christ manifested in the flesh, by these sixe euident testimonies, whereby it appeareth that hee farre passeth all Angels, in so much that he is called both Sonne, and God, in the verses 5.6.8.10.13.

Note return to page 24215 Psal.2.7. chap.5.5.

Note return to page 24216 [k] The Father begate the Sonne from euerlasting, but that euerlasting generation was made manifest and represented to the world in his time, and therefore he addeth this word (To day)

Note return to page 24217 [6] He proueth and confirmeth the diuinitie of Christ manifested in the flesh, by these sixe euident testimonies, whereby it appeareth that hee farre passeth all Angels, in so much that he is called both Sonne, and God, in the verses 5.6.8.10.13.

Note return to page 24218 2.Sam.7.14.1. chro.22.10.

Note return to page 24219 [7] He proueth and confirmeth the diuinitie of Christ manifested in the flesh, by these sixe euident testimonies, whereby it appeareth that hee farre passeth all Angels, in so much that he is called both Sonne, and God, in the verses 5.6.8.10.13.

Note return to page 24220 [l] The Lord was not content to haue spoken it once, but he repeateth it in another place.

Note return to page 24221 Psal.97.7.

Note return to page 24222 [8] He proueth and confirmeth the diuinitie of Christ manifested in the flesh, by these sixe euident testimonies, whereby it appeareth that hee farre passeth all Angels, in so much that he is called both Sonne, and God, in the verses 5.6.8.10.13.

Note return to page 24223 Psal.104.4.

Note return to page 24224 [m] Cherub, psa.18.11.

Note return to page 24225 [n] Seraph, Esai.6.2.

Note return to page 24226 Psal.4.5.7.

Note return to page 24227 [o] The throne is proper to the Prince, & not to the seruant.

Note return to page 24228 [p] For euerlasting, for this doubling of the word increaseth the signification of it bey&obar;d al measure.

Note return to page 24229 [q] The gouernment of thy kingdome is righteous.

Note return to page 24230 [r] This kinde of rehearsing which the Iewes vse by contraries, hath great force in it.

Note return to page 24231 [s] In that, that the word became flesh, by powring the holy Ghost vpon him without measure.

Note return to page 24232 [t] For he is the head and we are his members.

Note return to page 24233 [9] He proueth and confirmeth the diuinitie of Christ manifested in the flesh, by these sixe euident testimonies, whereby it appeareth that hee farre passeth all Angels, in so much that he is called both Sonne, and God, in the verses 5.6.8.10.13.

Note return to page 24234 Psalme 102.25.

Note return to page 24235 [u] Madest the earth firme & sure.

Note return to page 24236 [10] He proueth and confirmeth the diuinitie of Christ manifested in the flesh, by these sixe euident testimonies, whereby it appeareth that hee farre passeth all Angels, in so much that he is called both Sonne, and God, in the verses 5.6.8.10.13.

Note return to page 24237 Psal.110.1.1. cor.15.25. chap.10.12,13.

Note return to page 24238 [x] By that name by which we c&obar;monly call Princes me&esset;engers, he here calleth the spirits.

Note return to page 24239 [1] Now as it were pausing with himselfe, & shewing to what end and purpose al these things were spok&ebar;, to wit, to vnderstand by the excellencie of Christ aboue all creatures, that his doctrine, maiestie, and Priesthode, is most perfect, he vseth an exhortation taken fr&obar; a comparison.

Note return to page 24240 [a] Hee maketh himselfe an hearer.

Note return to page 24241 [b] They are saide to let the word runne out, which holde it not fast when they haue heard it.

Note return to page 24242 [c] The Law which appointed punishment for the offenders: and which Paul saith was giuen by Angels, Gal.3.19. and Steuen, Acts.7.53.

Note return to page 24243 [2] If the breach and transgression of the worde spoken by Angels was not suffred vnpunished, much lesse shall it bee lawfull for vs to neglect the Gospel which the Lorde of Angels preached, and was confirmed by the voyce of the Apostles, and with so many signes and wonders from heauen, and especially with so great and mightie working of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 24244 [d] By the Apostles.

Note return to page 24245 Marke 16 20.

Note return to page 24246 [e] This is the true ende of miracles. Now they are called signes, because they appeare one thing, and represent another: and they are called wonders, because they represent some strange and vnaccustomed thing: and vertues, because they giue vs a glimce of Gods mightie power.

Note return to page 24247 [3] If it were an hainous matter to contemne the Angels which are but seru&abar;ts, much more hainous is it to c&obar;temne that most mightie King of the restored world.

Note return to page 24248 [f] The world to come, whereof Christ is Father, Esa.9.6. or the Church, which as a new world, was to be gathered together by the Gospell.

Note return to page 24249 [4] Hee sheweth that the vse of this kingly dignitie c&obar;sisteth herein, that men might not onely in Christ recouer that dignitie which they haue lost, but also might be through him aduanced aboue all thinges: which dignitie of men Dauid describeth most excellently.

Note return to page 24250 Psal.8.6.

Note return to page 24251 [g] What is there in man that thou shouldest haue so great regard of him, and do him that honour?

Note return to page 24252 [h] He calleth all the citizens of that heauenly kingdome as they are considered in themselues, before that God giueth them the libertie of that citie in Christ, Man, & Sonne of man.

Note return to page 24253 [i] This is the first honour of the citizens of the worlde to come, that they are next the Angels.

Note return to page 24254 [k] For they shalbe in very great honor when they shalbe partakers of the kingdome. And he speaketh of the thing that shalbe, as though it were alreadie, because it is so certaine.

Note return to page 24255 1.Corinth.15.27.

Note return to page 24256 [5] An obiection: But where is this so great rule and dominion?

Note return to page 24257 [6] The answere: This is alreadie fulfilled in Iesus Christ our head, who was for a time for our sakes inferiour to the Angels, being made man: but nowe is aduaunced into most high glorie.

Note return to page 24258 [l] By his vertue and power which appeareth manifestly in the Church.

Note return to page 24259 Phil 2.8.

Note return to page 24260 [m] Who abased himselfe for a season, and tooke vpon him the shape of a seruant.

Note return to page 24261 [7] He sheweth the cause of this subiection, to wit, to taste of death for our sakes, that so doing the part of a redeemer, he might not only be our Prophet and King, but also our high Priest.

Note return to page 24262 [n] That he might die.

Note return to page 24263 [o] Feele death.

Note return to page 24264 [8] Herein consisteth the force of the argument: for we coulde not at length bee glorified with him, vnlesse he had bene abased for vs euen all the faithfull. And by this occasion the Apostle commeth to the other part of the declaration of Christs person, wherein hee prooueth him to be in such sort God that hee is also man.

Note return to page 24265 [9] Hee proueth moreouer by other arguments, why it behoued the Sonne of God who is true God (as hee proued a litle before) to become man notwithstanding, subiect to all miseries, sinne onely except.

Note return to page 24266 [p] God.

Note return to page 24267 [10] First of all, because the Father, to whose glorie all these thinges are to be referred, purposed to bring many sonnes vnto glory. And howe coulde he haue men for his sonnes, vnlesse his onely begotten Sonne had become brother to men?

Note return to page 24268 [11] Secondly, The Father determined to bring those sonnes to glory, to wit, out of that ignominie wherein they laye before. Therefore the Sonne shoulde not haue bene seene plainely to be made man, vnlesse he had bene made like vnto other men, that hee might come to glorie by the selfe same way, by the which he should bring other: yea rather, it became him which was Prince of the saluation of other, to be consecrated aboue other, through those afflictions, Prophet, King and Priest, which are the partes of that principalitie for the saluation of other.

Note return to page 24269 [q] The Chieftaine, who as hee is chiefest in dignitie, so is hee the first begotten from among the dead, amongst many brethren.

Note return to page 24270 [12] The ground of both the former arguments: for neither should we be sonnes through him, neither coulde hee be consecrate through afflictions, vnlesse hee had bene made man like vnto vs. But because this Sonnehoode dependeth not vpon nature onely, for no man is accompted the sonne of God, vnlesse that besides that hee is a sonne of man, hee be also Christes brother, (which is by sanctification, that is, by becomming one with Christ, who sanctifieth vs through faith) therefore the Apostle maketh mention of the sanctifier, to wit, of Christ, and of them that are sanctified, to wit, of all the faithfull, whome therefore Christ vouchsafeth to call brethren.

Note return to page 24271 [r] Hee vseth the time that nowe is, to shewe vs that wee are yet still going on, and increasing in this sanctification: and by sanctification hee meaneth our separation from the rest of the worlde, our cleansing from sinne, and our dedication wholy vnto God, all which Christ alone worketh in vs.

Note return to page 24272 [s] One, of one selfe same nature of man.

Note return to page 24273 [13] That which he taught before of the incarnation of the sanctifier, hee applieth to the prophetical office,

Note return to page 24274 Psal.22 25.

Note return to page 24275 [14] He applieth the same to the kingly power of Christ, in deliuering his from the power of the deuil and death.

Note return to page 24276 Psalme 18.2.

Note return to page 24277 [t] I will commit my selfe to him, and to his defence.

Note return to page 24278 Esai.8.18.

Note return to page 24279 [u] This Esai speaketh of himselfe and his disciples, but betokening thereby all ministers, as also his disciples signifie the whole Church. And therefore seeing Christ is the head of the Prophets & Ministers, these wordes are more rightly verified of him, then of Esay.

Note return to page 24280 [x] Are made of flesh and blood, which is a fraile and brittle nature.

Note return to page 24281 Hose.13.14. 1.corinth.15.55.

Note return to page 24282 [y] The deuill is said to haue the power of death, because he is the author of sinne: and from sinne commeth death, and for this cause he eggeth vs dayly to sinne.

Note return to page 24283 [z] He speaketh of one as of the Prince, ioyning to him secretly all his angels.

Note return to page 24284 [a] By (death) thou must vnderstand here, that death which is ioyned with the wrath of God, as it must needes be if it bee without Christ, then the which there can be nothing deuised more miserable.

Note return to page 24285 [15] He expoundeth those wordes of flesh and blood, shewing that Christ is true man, and that not by turning his diuine nature, but by taking of mans nature. And hee nameth Abraham, respecting the promises made to Abraham in this behalfe.

Note return to page 24286 [b] The nature of Angels.

Note return to page 24287 [c] The very nature of man.

Note return to page 24288 [16] He applieth the same to the Priesthode, for which he should not haue bene fit, vnlesse he had become man, and that like vnto vs in all things, sinne only except.

Note return to page 24289 [d] Not only as touching nature, but qualities also.

Note return to page 24290 [e] That he might be truely touched with the feeling of our miseries.

Note return to page 24291 [f] Doing his office sincerely.

Note return to page 24292 [g] Was tried, & egged to wickednes by the deuil.

Note return to page 24293 [1] Hauing layde the foundation, that is to say, declared and proued both the natures of one selfe same Christ, he giueth him three offices, to wit, the office of a Prophet, King, and Priest, and as touching the office of teaching and gouerning, compareth him with Moses and Ioshua, vnto the 14. verse of the next Chapter, & with Aaron, touching the Priesthode. And he propo&ubar;deth that which he purposeth to speake of, with a most graue exhortation, that all our faith may tend to Christ, as to the onely euerlasting teacher, gouernour, and high Priest.

Note return to page 24294 [a] The Emba&esset;adour and me&esset;enger, as Rom. 15 hee is called the minister of Circumcision.

Note return to page 24295 [b] Of the doctrine of the Gospell which we professe.

Note return to page 24296 [2] He confirmeth this exhortation with two reasons, first of all, because Christ Iesus was appointed such an one of God: secondly, because he throughly executed the offices that his Father enioyned him.

Note return to page 24297 [c] Apostle and high Priest.

Note return to page 24298 [3] Nowe he commeth to the comparison with Moses, and he maketh them like one to the other in this, that they were both appointed rulers ouer Gods house, and executed faithfully their office: but by & by after he sheweth that there is great vnlikelinesse in that same similitude.

Note return to page 24299 Nomb.12.7.

Note return to page 24300 [4] The first comparison: The builder of the house is better then the house it selfe, therefore is Christ better then Moses. The reason of the consequent is this: because the builder of this house is God, which cannot bee attributed to Moses: and therefore Moses was not properly the builder, but a part of the house: but Christ as Lord and God, made all this house.

Note return to page 24301 [5] An other comparison: Moses was a faithfull seruant in this house, that is, in the Church, seruing the Lord that was to come: but Christ ruleth and gouerneth his house as Lord.

Note return to page 24302 [6] He applieth the former doctrine to his ende, exhorting all men by the wordes of Dauid to heare the Sonne himselfe speake, and to giue full credite to his wordes, seeing that otherwise they can not enter into that eternall rest.

Note return to page 24303 [d] To wit, Christs.

Note return to page 24304 [e] He calleth that excellent effect of faith (whereby we crie Abba, that is, Father) confidence, and to confidence he ioyneth hope.

Note return to page 24305 Psal.95.8. chap.4.7.

Note return to page 24306 [f] So that God was to speake once againe after Moses.

Note return to page 24307 [g] In the day that they vexed the Lorde, or stroue with him.

Note return to page 24308 [h] They are brutish and mad.

Note return to page 24309 [7] Now weying the wordes of Dauid, he sheweth first by this word, To day, that we must not neglect the occasion while we haue it: for that worde is not to be restrained to Dauids time, but it comprehendeth all that time wherin God calleth vs.

Note return to page 24310 [i] While to day lasteth, that is to say, so long as the Gospel is offred to vs.

Note return to page 24311 [8] Nowe hee considereth these wordes, If you heare his voyce, &c. shewing that they are spoken and meant of the hearing of faith, against which hee setteth hardening through vnbeliefe.

Note return to page 24312 [k] That beginning of trust & confidence: & after the maner of the Hebrues, he calleth that, beginning, which is chiefest.

Note return to page 24313 [l] So long as this voyce soundeth out.

Note return to page 24314 Nom.14.37.

Note return to page 24315 [1] By these words, His voyce, he sheweth that Dauid ment the preaching of Christ, who was then also preached, for Moses & the Prophets respected none other.

Note return to page 24316 [a] He compareth the preaching of the Gospel to drinke, which being drunke, that is to say, heard, profiteth nothing, vnle&esset;e it be tempered with faith.

Note return to page 24317 [2] Lest any man shoulde obiect, that those wordes were ment of the land of Canaan, and of Moses doctrine, and therefore cannot well be drawen to Christ, and to eternall life, the Apostle sheweth that there are two maner of rests spoken of in the Scriptures: the one, of the seuenth day, wherein God is sayd to haue rested from all his workes: an other is sayd to be that same, whereinto Ioshua led the people: but this rest is not the last rest whereunto we are called, and that he proueth by two reasons. For seeing that Dauid so long time after, speaking to the people which were then placed in the land of Canaan, vseth these wordes, To day, and threatneth them still that they shall not enter into the rest of God, which refused then the voyce of God that sounded in their eares, we must needes say that he ment another time then the time of Moses, and another rest then the rest of the land of Canaan: And that is, that euerlasting rest, wherein we begin to liue to God, after that the race of this life ceaseth: as God rested the seuenth day from those his workes, that is to say, from making the world. Moreouer the Apostle therewithall signifieth that the way to this rest, which Moses and the land of Canaan and all that order of the Law did shadow, is opened in the Gospel onely.

Note return to page 24318 Psal.95.11.

Note return to page 24319 Gene.2.2. deut.5.14.

Note return to page 24320 Chap.3.7.

Note return to page 24321 [b] He speaketh of Ioshua the sonne of Nun: and as the land of Canaan was a figure of our true rest, so was Ioshua a figure of Christ.

Note return to page 24322 [c] As God rested the seuenth day, so must we rest from our workes, that is, from such as proceede from our corrupt nature.

Note return to page 24323 [3] He returneth to an exhortation.

Note return to page 24324 [d] Lest any man become a like example of infidelitie.

Note return to page 24325 [4] An amplification taken from the nature of the word of God, the power whereof is such, that it entreth euen to the deepest and most inward and secret partes of the heart, wounding them deadly that are stubburne, & plainly quickening the beleeuers.

Note return to page 24326 [e] The doctrine of God which is preached both in the Lawe and in the Gospel.

Note return to page 24327 [f] He calleth the worde of God liuely, by reason of the effects it worketh in them, to whome it is preached.

Note return to page 24328 [g] He calleth that the soule, which hath the affections resident in it.

Note return to page 24329 [h] By the spirit, he meaneth that noblest part which is called the minde.

Note return to page 24330 [i] In Gods sight.

Note return to page 24331 [5] Now he entreth into the comparison of Christes Priesthoode with Aarons, and declareth euen in the very beginning the marueilous excellencie of this Priesthoode, calling him the Sonne of God, and placing him in the seate of God in heauen, plainely and euidently setting him against Aarons Priests, and the transitorie tabernacle: which comparisons he setteth forth afterward more at large.

Note return to page 24332 [k] And let it not go out of our hands.

Note return to page 24333 [6] Lest he might seeme by this great glory of our hie Priest, to stay and stop vs from going vnto him, he addeth straightwayes after, that he is notwithstanding our brother in deede, (as he proued it also before) and that he accompteth all our miseries, his owne, to call vs boldly to him.

Note return to page 24334 [1] The first part of the first comparison of Christes hie Priesthoode, with Aarons: Other hie Priests are taken from among men, and are called after the order of men.

Note return to page 24335 [2] The first part of the second comparison: Others as weake, are made hie Priests, to the ende that feeling the same infirmitie in them selues which is in all the rest of the people, they should in their owne and the peoples name offer giftes and sacrifices, which are witnesses of common fayth and repentance.

Note return to page 24336 [a] Offerings of things without life.

Note return to page 24337 [b] Beasts which were killed, but especially in the sacrifices for sinnes and offences.

Note return to page 24338 [c] Fit and meete.

Note return to page 24339 [d] On them that are sinfull: for in the Hebrewe tongue, vnder ignorance and errour in euery sinne meant, euen that sinne that is voluntarie.

Note return to page 24340 [e] For that he him selfe beareth about with him a nature subiect to the same discommodities and vices.

Note return to page 24341 1.Chro.13.10. and 23.13.

Note return to page 24342 [3] The third comparison which is whole. The others are called of God, and so was Christ, but in an other order then Aaron: for Christ is called the Sonne, begotten of God, and a Priest for euer after the order of Melchisedec.

Note return to page 24343 Psal.2.7. chap.1.5.

Note return to page 24344 Psal.110.4. chap.7.17.

Note return to page 24345 [f] After the likenes or maner as it is afterward declared, Chap.7.15.

Note return to page 24346 [4] The other part of the second comparison: Christ being exceedingly afflicted, & exceedingly mercifull, asked, not for his sinnes, for he had none, but for his feate, and obtained his request, and offred himselfe for all his.

Note return to page 24347 [g] While he liued here with vs, in our weake and fraile nature.

Note return to page 24348 [h] To deliuer him from death.

Note return to page 24349 [i] Hee learned in deede what it is to haue a Father, whome a man must obey.

Note return to page 24350 [5] The other part of the first comparison: But Christ was consecrate of God the Father as the Authour of our saluation, and an hie Priest for euer, and therefore he is so a man, that notwithstanding he is farre aboue all men.

Note return to page 24351 [k] Looke Chap.2.10.

Note return to page 24352 [6] A digression, vntill he come to the beginning of the seuenth Chapter: wherein he partly holdeth the Hebrewes in the diligent consideration of those things which he hath sayde, and partly prepareth them to the vnderstanding of those things whereof he will speake.

Note return to page 24353 [7] An example of an Apostolike chiding.

Note return to page 24354 [l] In the word which teacheth righteousnes.

Note return to page 24355 [m] All their powers whereby they vnderstand and iudge.

Note return to page 24356 [a] The first principles of Christian religion, which we cal the Catechisme.

Note return to page 24357 [1] Certaine principles of a Catechisme, which comprehend þe; summe of the doctrine of the Gospel, were giuen in fewe wordes, & briefly to the rude and ignorant, to wit, the profession of repentance & faith in God: the articles of which doctrine, were demaunded of them which were not as yet receiued members of the Church, at the dayes appointed for Baptisme: and of the children of the faithful which were baptized in their infancie, when hands were laid vpon them. And of those articles, two are by name recited: the resurrection of the flesh, & the eternal iudgement.

Note return to page 24358 [2] He addeth a vehemencie to his exhortation, and a most sharpe threatning of the certaine destruction þt; shal come to them which fal from God & his religion.

Note return to page 24359 Chap.10.26. mat.12.45. 2.pet.2.10.

Note return to page 24360 [b] He speaketh of a general backsliding, and such as doe altogether fall away from the faith, and not of sinnes which are committed through the frailtie of man against the first and the second table.

Note return to page 24361 [c] We must marke the force of this worde, for it is one thing to beleeue as Lydia did, whose heart God opened, Actes 16,13. and another thing to haue some taste.

Note return to page 24362 [d] As men that hate Christ, and as though they crucified him againe, make him a mocking stocke to all the worlde, and that to their owne destruction, as Iulian the Apostate or backslider did.

Note return to page 24363 [3] He setteth forth the former threatning with a similitude.

Note return to page 24364 [4] He mitigateth and asswageth all that sharpnes, hoping better of them to whom he writeth.

Note return to page 24365 [5] Hee prayseth them for their charitie, thereby encouraging them to go forward, and to holde out to the ende.

Note return to page 24366 [6] Hee sheweth what vertues chiefly they haue neede of to goe forward constantly, and also to profit: to wit, of charitie, and patience: & lest any m&abar; should obiect and say, that these things are impossible to be done, he willeth them to set before themselues the examples of their auncesters, and to folowe them.

Note return to page 24367 [7] An other prick, to pricke them forward: Because the hope of the inheritance is certaine, if we continue to the ende, for God hath not onely promised it, but also promised it with an oth.

Note return to page 24368 Gene.12.2. and 17.4 and 22.17.

Note return to page 24369 [e] I will heape of benefites most plentifully vpon thee.

Note return to page 24370 [f] More then was needefull, were it not for the wickednes of men which beleeue not God, no though he sweare.

Note return to page 24371 [8] Hee likeneth hope to an ancre: because that euen as an ancre being cast into the bottome of the sea, stayeth the whole ship, so doeth hope also enter euen into the very secret places of heauen. And he maketh mention of the Sanctuarie, alluding to the olde tabernacle, and by this meanes returneth to the comparisons of the Priesthode of Christ with the Leuiticall.

Note return to page 24372 [9] Hee repeateth Dauids wordes, wherein all those comparisons whereof he hath before made mention, are signified, as he declareth in all the next chapter.

Note return to page 24373 [1] Declaring those words, According to the order of Melchi-sedec, whereupon that c&obar;parison standeth of the Priesthode of Christ &wt; the Leuitical: first, Melchi-sedec himself is c&obar;sidered as the figure of Christ, and these are þe; heads of that comparison. Melchi-sedec was a King & a Priest: & such an one in deed is Christ alone. He was a King of peace and righteousnes, such an one in deed is Christ alone.

Note return to page 24374 Gen.14.18.

Note return to page 24375 [a] With a solemne and Priestly blessing.

Note return to page 24376 [2] An other figure: Melchi-sedec is set before vs to bee considered as one without beginning and without ending, for neither his father, nor his mother, nor his ancesters, nor his death are written of: and such an one in deede is the Sonne of God, to wit, an euerlasting Priest: as hee is God, without mother wonderfully begotten: as he is man, without father wonderfully conceiued.

Note return to page 24377 [3] An other figure: Melchi-sedec in consideration of his priesthoode was aboue Abraham, for he tooke tenthes of him, and blessed him as a Priest: Such an one in deede is Christ, vp&obar; whom dependeth euen Abrahams sanctification and all the beleeuers, & whom all men ought to worship and reuerence as the authour of all.

Note return to page 24378 Nomb.18.21.

Note return to page 24379 [b] Were begotten of Abraham.

Note return to page 24380 [c] He speaketh of the publike blessing which the Priestes vsed.

Note return to page 24381 [4] A double amplification: The first, that Melchi-sedec tooke the tenthes, as one immortall (to wit, in respect that he is the figure of Christ, for his death is in no place made mention of, and Dauid setteth him foorth as an euerlasting Priest) but the Leuiticall Priestes, as mortall men, for they succeede one another: the second, that Leui himselfe was tithed in Abraham by Melchi-sedec. Therefore the priesthode of Melchi-sedec (that is, Christes, who is pronounced to be an euerlasting Priest according to his order) is more excellent then the Leuiticall.

Note return to page 24382 [5] The thirde treatise of this Epistle, wherein after he hath prooued Christ to be a King, a Prophet, and a Priest, he now handleth distinctly the condition and excellencie of all these offices, shewing that all these were but shadowes in all other, but in Christ they are true and perfect. And he beginneth with the Priesthode, wherewith also the former treatise ended, that by this meanes all the parts and members of the disputation, may better hang together. And first of all he proueth that the Leuitical priesthode was imperfect, because another Priest is promised along time after, according to another order, that is to say, of another maner of rule and fashion.

Note return to page 24383 [d] If the priesthode of Leui could haue made any man perfite.

Note return to page 24384 [6] He sheweth how that by the institution of the new Priesthode, not only the imperfection of the Priesthode of Leui was declared, but also that it was changed for this: for these two cannot stand together, because that first appointment of the tribe of Leui, did shut forth the tribe of Iuda, and made it also inferiour to Leui: and this later doeth place the Priesthode in the tribe of Iuda.

Note return to page 24385 [e] Of the institution of Aaron.

Note return to page 24386 [f] Had any thing to do about the altar.

Note return to page 24387 [7] Lest any m&abar; might obiect, that the Priesthode in deede was tr&abar;slated from Leui to Iuda, but yet notwithstanding the same remaineth still, he both weigheth and expoundeth those words of Dauid, for euer, according to the order of Melchi-sedec, whereby also a diuers institution of Priesthode is well perceiued.

Note return to page 24388 [8] He proueth the diuersitie and excellencie of the institution of Melchi-sedecs Priesthode, by this, that the Priesthode of the Law did stande vpon an outwarde and bodily anoynting: but the sacrifice of Melchi-sedec is set out to be euerlasting and mere spirituall.

Note return to page 24389 [g] Not after the ordination, which commaundeth fraile and transitorie things, as was done in Aarons consecration, and all that whole Priesthoode.

Note return to page 24390 Psalme 110.4. chap.5.6.

Note return to page 24391 [9] Againe, that no man might obiect that the last Priesthode was added to make a perfite one, by the coupling of them both together, he proueth that the first was abrogated by the later, as vnprofitable, and that by the nature of them both. For howe could those corporall and transitorie things sanctifie vs, either of themselues, or being ioyned with an other?

Note return to page 24392 [h] The ceremoniall lawe.

Note return to page 24393 [10] An other argument, whereby he prooueth that the Priesthode of Christ is better then the Priesthode of Leui, because his was established with an othe, but theirs was not so.

Note return to page 24394 Psal.110.4.

Note return to page 24395 [11] Another argument tending to the same purpose. The Leuiticall Priestes (as mortall men) coulde not be euerlasting, but Christ, as he is euerlasting, so hath hee also an euerlasting Priesthode, making most effectuall intercession for them which by him come vnto God.

Note return to page 24396 [i] Which cannot pa&esset;e away.

Note return to page 24397 [k] Hee is fit and meete.

Note return to page 24398 [12] An other argument: There are required in an hie Priest innocencie and perfite purenesse, which may separate him from sinners for whom he offereth. But the Leuiticall hie Priestes shall not be founde to be such, for they offer first for their owne sinnes: but Christ only is such a one, and therefore the true and onely hie Priest.

Note return to page 24399 Leuit.16.11.

Note return to page 24400 [13] An other argument which notwithstanding he handleth afterwarde: The Leuiticall Priestes offered sacrifice after sacrifice, first for themselues, and then for the people. But Christ offered not for him selfe, but for other, not sacrifices, but him selfe, not oftentimes, but once. And this ought not to seeme strange, saith he, forsomuch as they are weake, but this man is consecrated an euerlasting Priest, and that by an othe.

Note return to page 24401 [l] That sacrifice which hee offered.

Note return to page 24402 [m] It was so done, that it needeth not to bee repeated or offered againe any more.

Note return to page 24403 [n] The commaundement of God which was bound with an othe.

Note return to page 24404 [14] An other argument taken of the time: former things are taken away by the later.

Note return to page 24405 [o] Exhibited.

Note return to page 24406 [1] He briefly repeateth that, whereunto al these things are to be referred, to wit, that wee haue a farre other hie Priest then those Leuiticall hie Priestes are, euen such an one as sitteth at the right hand of the most hie God in heauen.

Note return to page 24407 [2] They of Leui were hie Priestes in an earthly sanctuarie, but Christ is in the heauenly.

Note return to page 24408 [a] Of heauen.

Note return to page 24409 [3] They of Leui exercised their priesthode in a fraile tabernacle, but Christ beareth about with him a farre other tabernacle, to wit, his body which God himselfe made to be euerlasting, as it shall afterward be declared, chap.9.11.

Note return to page 24410 [b] Of his body.

Note return to page 24411 [4] He bringeth a reason why it must needes be that Christ should haue a body (which he calleth a tabernacle which the Lorde pight & not m&abar;) to wit, that he might haue what to offer: for otherwise he could not be an hie Priest. And the self same body is both the tabernacle & the sacrifice.

Note return to page 24412 [5] He giueth a reason why he said that our hie Priest is in the heauenly sanctuarie, and not in the earthly: because, saith he, if he were now on the earth, he coulde not minister in the earthly sanctuarie, seeing there are yet Leuiticall Priestes which are appointed for him, that is to say, to be paternes of that perfite example. And to what purpose shoulde the paternes serue when the true and originall example is present?

Note return to page 24413 Exod.25.40. actes 7.44.

Note return to page 24414 [6] He entreth into the comparison of the olde and transitorie Testament or couenant being but for a time, whereof the Leuitical Priestes were mediatours, with the new, the euerlasting Mediatour whereof is Christ, to shewe that this is not onely better then that in all respects, but also that that was abrogated by this.

Note return to page 24415 [7] He proueth by the testimonie of Ieremie, that there is a second Testament or couenant, and therefore that the first was not perfite.

Note return to page 24416 Iere.31.31,32,33.34. rom.11.27.chap.10.16.

Note return to page 24417 [c] He calleth it an house, as it were one familie of the whole kingdome: for whereas the kingdome of Dauid was deuided into two factions, the Prophet giueth vs to vnderstande that through the new Testament they shalbe ioyned together againe in one.

Note return to page 24418 [8] The conclusion: Therefore by the later and the new, the first and old is taken away, for it could not be called new if it differed not from the old. And againe that same is at length taken away, which is subiect to corruption, and therefore imperfit.

Note return to page 24419 [1] A diuision of the first Tabernacle which he calleth worldly, that is to say, transitorie and earthly, into two partes, to wit, into the holy places, and the Holiest of all.

Note return to page 24420 [a] An earthly, and a flitting.

Note return to page 24421 [b] He calleth it the second vaile, not because there were two vailes, but because it was behinde the Sanctuarie or the first Tabernacle.

Note return to page 24422 [c] The holiest Sanctuarie.

Note return to page 24423 Nom.17.10.

Note return to page 24424 1.King.8.9. 2.chro.5.10.

Note return to page 24425 Exod. 25.22.

Note return to page 24426 [d] The Hebrewes call the couer of the Arke of the couenant, the mercie seate, whome both the Grecians and we followe.

Note return to page 24427 [2] Now he commeth to the sacrifices which he deuideth into those dayly sacrifices, and that yeerely and solemne sacrifice, with the which the hie Priest onely but once euery yeere entring into the Holiest of all with blood, offered for himselfe and the people.

Note return to page 24428 Exod.30.10. leuit.16.2.

Note return to page 24429 [e] For the sinnes. Looke Chap.5.2.

Note return to page 24430 [3] Of that yeerely rite and ceremonie he gathereth that the way was not by such sacrifices opened into heauen, which was shadowed by the Holiest of all: For why did the hie Priest alone enter in thither, shutting out all other, and that to offer sacrifices there both for himselfe and for others, and after, did shut the Holiest of all againe?

Note return to page 24431 [4] An obiection: If the way were not opened into heauen by those sacrifices (that is to say, if the worshippers were not purged by them) why then were those ceremonies vsed? To wit, that men might bee called backe to that spirituall example, that is to say, to Christ, who shoulde correct all those thinges at his comming.

Note return to page 24432 [f] For that time that that figure had to last.

Note return to page 24433 [5] An other reason why they coulde not make cleane the conscience of the worshipper, to wit, because they were outwarde and carnall or corporall thinges.

Note return to page 24434 [g] For they were as you woulde say a burden, from which Christ deliuered vs.

Note return to page 24435 [6] Nowe hee entreth into the declaration of the figures, and first of all comparing the Leuiticall hie Priest with Christ, (that is to say, the figure with the thing it selfe) hee attributeth to Christ the administration of good thinges to come, that is, euerlasting, which those carnall thinges had respect vnto.

Note return to page 24436 [7] An other comparison of the first corruptible Tabernacle with the latter (that is to say, with the humane nature of Christ) which is the true incorruptible Temple of God, whereinto the Sonne of God entred, as the Leuiticall hie Priestes into the other which was fraile and transitorie.

Note return to page 24437 [h] By a more excellent and better.

Note return to page 24438 [8] An other comparison of the blood of the sacrifices with Christ. The Leuiticall hie Priestes entring by those their holy places into their Sanctuarie, offered corruptible blood for one yeere onely: but Christ entring into that holy body of his, entred by it into heauen it selfe, offering his owne most pure blood for an euerlasting redemption: For one selfe same Christ answereth both to the hie Priest, and the Tabernacle, and the sacrifices, and the offerings themselues, as the trueth to the figures, so that Christ is both hie Priest, and Tabernacle, and Sacrifice, yea, all these both truely, and for euer.

Note return to page 24439 [i] For in this yeerely sacrifice of reconciliation, there were two kindes of sacrifices, the one a goate, the other a heyfer, or calfe.

Note return to page 24440 Leuiticus 16.14. nombers 19 4.

Note return to page 24441 [9] If the outward sprinkling of blood, and ashes of beastes, was a true and effectuall signe of purifying and clensing, howe much more shall the thing it selfe and the trueth being present, which in times past was shadowed by those externall Sacraments, that is to say, his blood, which is in such sort mans blood, that it is also the blood of the Sonne of God, and therefore hath an euerlasting vertue of purifying and cleansing, doe it?

Note return to page 24442 [k] Hee considereth the signes apart, being separate from the thing it selfe.

Note return to page 24443 1 Peter 1.19. 1.iohn 1.7. reuelat 1.5.

Note return to page 24444 Luke 1.74.

Note return to page 24445 [l] From sinnes which proceede from death, and bring foorth nothing but death.

Note return to page 24446 [10] The conclusion of the former argument: therefore seeing the blood of beastes did not purge sinnes, the newe Testament which was beforetime promised, whereunto those outwarde thinges had respect, is now in deede established, by the vertue whereof all transgressions might bee taken away, and heauen in deede opened vnto vs: whereof it followeth, that Christ shedde his blood also for the Fathers, for hee was shadowed by those olde ceremonies, otherwise, vnlesse they had serued to represent him, they had bene nothing at all profitable. Therefore this Testament is called the latter, not as concerning the vertue of it, (that is to say, remission of sinnes) but in respect of that time, wherein the thing it selfe was finished, that is to say, wherein Christ was in deede exhibited to the worlde, and fulfilled all thinges which were necessarie to our saluation.

Note return to page 24447 Rom.5.6. 1.pet.3.18.

Note return to page 24448 [11] A reason why the Testament must be established by the death of the Mediatour, because this Testament hath the condition of a Testament or gift, which is made effectuall by death, and therefore that it might be effectuall, it must needes be that he that made the Testament, should die.

Note return to page 24449 Gala.3.15.

Note return to page 24450 [12] There must be a proportion betweene those things which purifie, & those which are purified: Vnder the Lawe all those figures were earthly, the Tabernacle, the booke, the vessels, the sacrifices, although they were the signes of heauenly things. Therefore it was requisite that all those should be purified with some matter and ceremonie of the same nature, to wit, with the blood of beasts, with water, wooll, hyssope. But vnder Christ all things are heauenly, an heauenly tabernacle, an heauenly sacrifice, an heauenly people, an heauenly doctrine, and heauen it selfe is set open before vs for an euerlasting habitation. Therefore all these things are sanctified in like sort, to wit, with that euerlasting offering of the quickening blood of Christ.

Note return to page 24451 [m] As the Lorde had commaunded.

Note return to page 24452 [n] Hee vsed to sprinkle.

Note return to page 24453 Exod.24.8.

Note return to page 24454 [o] The similitudes of heauenly things were earthly, and therefore they were to be set forth with earhtly things, as with the blood of beasts, and wooll, and hy&esset;ope. But vnder Christ all things are heauenly, and therefore they could not but be sanctified, with the offring of his liuely blood.

Note return to page 24455 [13] An other double comparison: The Leuiticall hie Priest entred into the Sanctuarie, which was made in deede by the commandement of God, but yet with mens hands, that it might be a paterne of another more excellent, to wit, of the heauenly palace. But Christ entred euen into heauen it selfe. Againe, he appeared before the Arke, but Christ before God the Father himselfe.

Note return to page 24456 [14] An other double comparison: The Leuiticall hie Priest offered other blood, but Christ offered his owne: hee euery yeere once iterated his offring: Christ offring himselfe but once, abolished sinne altogether, both of the former ages and of the ages to come.

Note return to page 24457 [15] An argument to proue that Christs offring ought not to be repeated: Seeing that sinnes were to be purged from the beginning of the world, and it is proued that sinnes cannot be purged, but by the onely blood of Christ: he must needes haue died oftentimes, since the beginning of the world. But a man can die but once: therefore Christes oblation which was once done in the latter dayes, neither could nor can be repeated. Seeing then it is so, surely the vertue of it extendeth both to sinnes that were before, and to sinnes that are after his comming.

Note return to page 24458 [p] In the latter dayes.

Note return to page 24459 [q] That whole roote of sinne.

Note return to page 24460 [r] He speaketh of the naturall state and condition of man: For as for Lazarus and certaine other that died twise, that was no vsual thing but extraordinarie: and as for them that shalbe changed, their changing is a kinde of death, 1.Cor. 15. 51.

Note return to page 24461 Rom.5.8. 1.pet.3.18.

Note return to page 24462 [s] Thus the generall promise is restrained to the elect only: and we haue to seeke the testimonie of our election, not in the secret counsell of God, but in the effects that our faith worketh, and so we must climbe vp from the lowest step to the highest, there to finde such comfort as is most certaine, and shal neuer be moued.

Note return to page 24463 [16] Shortly by the way he setteth out Christ as Iudge, partly to terrifie them, which do not rest themselues in the onely oblation of Christ once made, and partly to keepe the faithfull in their duetie, that they go not backe.

Note return to page 24464 [1] He preuenteth a priuie obiection, Why then were those sacrifices offred? The Apostle answereth, first touching that yeerely sacrifice which was the solemnest of all, wherein (saith he) there was made euery yeere a remembrance againe of all former sinnes. Therefore þt; sacrifice had no power to sanctifie: for to what purpose should those sinnes which are purged be repeated againe, and wherefore shoulde newe sinnes come to be repeated euery yere, if those sacrifices did abolish sinne?

Note return to page 24465 [a] Of things which are euerlasting, which were promised to the Fathers, and exhibited in Christ.

Note return to page 24466 [2] A conclusion folowing of those things that went before, and comprehending also þe; other sacrifices. Seeing that the sacrifices of the Lawe could not doe it, therefore Christ speaking of him selfe as of our hie Priest manifested in the flesh, witnesseth euidently that God resteth not in the sacrifices, but in the obedience of his Sonne our hie Priest, in which obedience he offred vp himself once to his Father for vs.

Note return to page 24467 [b] The Sonne of God is said to come into the world, when he was made man.

Note return to page 24468 Psal. 40.7.

Note return to page 24469 [c] It is worde for worde in the Hebrewe text, Thou hast pearced mine eares through, that is, thou hast made me obedient, and willing to heare.

Note return to page 24470 [d] That is, the sacrifices, to establish the second, that is, the will of God.

Note return to page 24471 [3] A conclusion, &wt; the other part of the comparison: The Leuiticall hie Priest repeateth the same sacrifices dayly in his sanctuarie: whereupon it followeth that neither those sacrifices, neither those offrings, neither those hie Priests could take away sinnes. But Christ hauing offred one sacrifice once for the sinnes of all men, & hauing sanctified his own for euer, sitteth at the right hand of the Father, hauing al power in his hands.

Note return to page 24472 [e] At the altar.

Note return to page 24473 Chap.1.13. psal.110.1 1.cor.15.25.

Note return to page 24474 [4] He preuenteth a priuie obiection, to wit, that yet notwithstanding we are subiect to sinne & death, whereunto the Apostle answereth, that the ful efficacie of Christs vertue hath not yet shewed it selfe, but shal at length appeare when he wil at once put to flight al his enemies, with whom as yet we striue.

Note return to page 24475 Chap 1.13.

Note return to page 24476 [5] Although there doe yet remaine in vs reliques of sinne, yet the worke of our sanctification which is to be perfected, hangeth vpon the selfe same sacrifice which neuer shalbe repeated: and that the Apostle proueth by alleadging againe the testimonie of Ieremie, thus. Sinne is taken away by the new Testament, seeing the Lord saith þt; it shal come to passe, that according to the forme of it, he will no more remember our sinnes: Therefore we need now no purging sacrifice to take away that which is already taken away, but we must rather take paines, that we may nowe through faith be partakers of that sacrifice.

Note return to page 24477 Iere.31.33. rom.11.27.chap.8.8.

Note return to page 24478 [f] Why then, where is the fire of Purgatorie, and that Popish distinction of the fault, and the punishment?

Note return to page 24479 [g] He sayd well, for sinne: for there remaineth another offring, to wit, of thankesgiuing.

Note return to page 24480 [6] The summe of the former treatise: We are not shut out now of the holy place, as the Fathers were, but we haue an entrance into the true holy place (that is, into heauen) seeing that we are purged with the blood, not of beastes, but of Iesus. Neither as in times past, doeth the hie Priest shut vs out by setting the vaile against vs, but through the vaile, which is his flesh, he hath brought vs into heauen it selfe, being present with vs, so that we haue now truely an hie Priest, which is ouer the house of God.

Note return to page 24481 [h] So Christs flesh sheweth vs the Godhead as it were vnder a vaile, for otherwise we were not able to abide the brightnes of it.

Note return to page 24482 [7] A most graue exhortation, wherin he sheweth how that sacrifice of Christ may be applied to vs: to wit, by faith, which also he describeth by the consequents, to wit, by sanctification of the Spirit, which causeth vs surely to hope in God, and to procure by all meanes possible one anothers saluation, through the loue that is in vs one towards another.

Note return to page 24483 [i] With no double and counterfaite heart, but with such an heart as is truely and in deede giuen to God.

Note return to page 24484 [k] This is it which the Lorde saith, Be ye holy, for I am holy.

Note return to page 24485 [l] With the grace of the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 24486 [8] Hauing mentioned the last comming of Christ, he stirreth vp the godly to the meditation of an holy life, and citeth the faithles fallers from God to the feareful iudgement seat of the Iudge, because they wickedly reiected him in whom only saluation consisteth.

Note return to page 24487 Chap.6.4.

Note return to page 24488 [m] Without any cause or occasion, or shew of occasion.

Note return to page 24489 [n] For it is another matter to sinne through the frailtie of mans nature, and another thing to proclaime warre as it were to God as to an enemie.

Note return to page 24490 [9] If the breach of þe; Law of Moses was punished by death, how much more worthy death is it to fal away from Christ?

Note return to page 24491 Deu.19.15. mat.18. 16. iohn 8.17. 2.cor.13.1.

Note return to page 24492 [10] The reason of all these things is, because God is a reuenger of such as despise him: otherwise hee shoulde not rightly gouerne his Church. Now there is nothing more horrible then the wrath of the liuing God.

Note return to page 24493 Deut.32.35. rom.12.19.

Note return to page 24494 [o] Rule or gouerne.

Note return to page 24495 [11] As he terrified the fallers away from God, so doeth he nowe comfort them that are constant and stande strongly, setting before them the successe of their former sightes, so stirring them vp to a sure hope of a full and ready victorie.

Note return to page 24496 [p] You were brought foorth to be shamed.

Note return to page 24497 [q] In taking their miseries, to be your miseries.

Note return to page 24498 [r] Goods & riches.

Note return to page 24499 [s] Hee will come within this very litle while.

Note return to page 24500 Habak.2.4. rom. 1.17. gala.3.11.

Note return to page 24501 [12] He commendeth the excellencie of a sure fayth by the effect, because it is the only way to life, which sentence he setteth forth and amplifieth by setting the contrary against it.

Note return to page 24502 [1] An excellent description of faith by the effects, because it representeth things which are but yet in hope, and setteth as it were before our eyes things that are inuisible.

Note return to page 24503 [2] Hee sheweth that the Fathers ought to be accompted of, by this vertue.

Note return to page 24504 [a] That is, those Fathers of whome we came: and whose authoritie and example ought to moue vs very much.

Note return to page 24505 Gene.1.1. iohn 1.10.

Note return to page 24506 [3] He sheweth the proprietie of faith, by setting out vnto vs most pycked examples of such as from the beginning of the world excelled in the Church.

Note return to page 24507 [b] So that the world which we see, was not made of any matter that appeared or was before, but of nothing.

Note return to page 24508 [4] Abel.

Note return to page 24509 Gene.4.4.

Note return to page 24510 Matth.23.35.

Note return to page 24511 [5] Enoch.

Note return to page 24512 Gene.5.24.

Note return to page 24513 [c] That he should not die.

Note return to page 24514 [d] This reward is not referred to our merites, but to the free promise, as Paul teacheth in Abraham the father of all the faithfull, Rom.4.4.

Note return to page 24515 [6] Noe.

Note return to page 24516 Gene.6 13.

Note return to page 24517 [7] Abraham and Sara.

Note return to page 24518 Gen.12.4.

Note return to page 24519 [e] This foundation is set against their tabernacles.

Note return to page 24520 Gen.17.19. and 21.2.

Note return to page 24521 [f] As vnlikely to beare children, as if shee had bene starke dead.

Note return to page 24522 [g] In faith, which they had while they liued, and folowed them euen to their graue.

Note return to page 24523 [h] This is the figure Metonymi[illeg.], for the things promised.

Note return to page 24524 [i] For the Patriarches were wont when they receiued the promises, to professe their religion, by building of altars, and calling on the Name of the Lord.

Note return to page 24525 Gene.22.10.

Note return to page 24526 [k] Tried of the Lord.

Note return to page 24527 [l] Although the promises of life were made in that onely begotten sonne Isaac, yet he appointed him to die, and so against hope he beleeued in hope.

Note return to page 24528 Gene.21.12. rom.9.7.

Note return to page 24529 [m] From which death.

Note return to page 24530 [n] For there was not the true and very death of Isaac, but as it were the death, by meanes whereof he seemed also as it were to haue risen againe.

Note return to page 24531 [8] Isaac.

Note return to page 24532 Gene.27.28,39.

Note return to page 24533 [9] Iacob.

Note return to page 24534 Gen.48.15.

Note return to page 24535 Gen.47.31.

Note return to page 24536 [10] Ioseph.

Note return to page 24537 Gen.50.25.

Note return to page 24538 [11] Moses.

Note return to page 24539 Exod.2.2. actes 7.22.

Note return to page 24540 [o] They were not afraide to bring him vp.

Note return to page 24541 Exod.1.16.

Note return to page 24542 Exod.2.11.

Note return to page 24543 [p] Such pleasures as he could not enioy, but he must needes prouoke Gods wrath against him.

Note return to page 24544 Exod.12.22.

Note return to page 24545 [12] The red Sea.

Note return to page 24546 Exod.14.22.

Note return to page 24547 [13] Iericho.

Note return to page 24548 Iosh.6.20.

Note return to page 24549 [14] Rahab.

Note return to page 24550 [q] A notable example of Gods goodnesse.

Note return to page 24551 Iosh.6.23.

Note return to page 24552 Iosh.2.1.

Note return to page 24553 [r] Courteously and friendly, so that she did not onely not hurt them, but also kept them safe.

Note return to page 24554 [15] Gedeon, Barac, and other iudges and Prophets.

Note return to page 24555 Iudg.6.11.

Note return to page 24556 Iudg.4.6.

Note return to page 24557 Iudg.13.24.

Note return to page 24558 Iudg.11.1. and 12.7.

Note return to page 24559 [s] The fruite of the promises.

Note return to page 24560 [t] He seemeth to meane the storie of that woman of Sarepta, whose sonne Elias raised againe from death, and the Sunamite, whose sonne Eliseus restored to his mother.

Note return to page 24561 [u] He meaneth that persecution which Antiochus wrought.

Note return to page 24562 [x] In vile & rough clothing, so were the Saints brought to extreme pouertie, and constrained to liue like beastes in wildernesses.

Note return to page 24563 [16] An amplification taken of the circumstance of the time: their faith is so much the more to be marueiled at, by howe much the promises of things to come were more darke, yet at length were in deede exhibited to vs, so that their faith and ours is as one, as is also their consecration and ours.

Note return to page 24564 [y] But sawe Christ a farre of.

Note return to page 24565 [z] For their saluation did hang vpon Christ, who was exhibited in our dayes.

Note return to page 24566 Rom.6.4. coloss.3.8. ephes.4.24. 1 peter 2.1.

Note return to page 24567 [1] An applying of the former examples, whereby we ought to be stirred vp to runne the whole race, casting away all stoppes and impediments.

Note return to page 24568 [a] For sinne besiegeth vs on all sides, so that we cannot scape out.

Note return to page 24569 [2] He setteth before vs, as the marke of this race, Iesus himselfe one captaine, who willingly ouercame all the roughnesse of the same way.

Note return to page 24570 [b] As it were vpon the marke of our faith.

Note return to page 24571 [c] Whereas he had all kinde of blessednesse in his hand and power, yet suffered willingly the ignominie of the Crosse.

Note return to page 24572 [3] An amplification, taken of the circumstance of the person and the things themselues, which he compareth betwixt them selues: for howe great is Iesus in comparison of vs, and howe farre more grieuous things did he suffer then we?

Note return to page 24573 [4] He taketh an argument of the profite which commeth to vs by Gods chastisements, vnlesse we be in fault. First of all because sinne, or that rebellious wickednesse of our flesh, is by this meanes tamed.

Note return to page 24574 [5] Secondly, because they are testimonies of his fatherly good will towards vs, in so much that they shewe themselues to be bastards, which cannot abide to be chastened of God.

Note return to page 24575 Prou. 3.11.

Note return to page 24576 [6] Thirdly, If all men yeelde this right to fathers, to whom next after God we owe this life, that they may rightfully correct their children, shall we not be much more subiect to that our Father, who is the Authour of the spirituall and euerlasting life?

Note return to page 24577 [7] An amplification of the same argument: Those fathers haue corrected vs after their fansie, for some fraile and transitorie profite: but God chasteneth and instructeth vs for our singular profite, to make vs partakers of his holinesse: which thing although these our senses doe not presently perceiue, yet the ende of the mattes prooueth it.

Note return to page 24578 [8] The conclusion: we must goe forward couragiously and keepe alwaies a right course and (as farre foorth as we may) without any staggering or stumbling.

Note return to page 24579 [d] The description of a man that is out of heart and cleane discouraged.

Note return to page 24580 [e] Keepe a right course, and so, that you shewe example of good life for others to followe.

Note return to page 24581 Rom.12.18.

Note return to page 24582 [9] We must liue in peace and holinesse with all men.

Note return to page 24583 [10] We must studie to edifie one another, both in doctrine and example of life.

Note return to page 24584 [f] That no heresie, or backesliding be an offence.

Note return to page 24585 [11] We must eschewe fornication, and a prophane minde, that is, such a minde as giueth not to God his due honour, which wickednes howe seuerely God will at length punish, the horrible example of Esau teacheth vs.

Note return to page 24586 Gen.25.33.

Note return to page 24587 Gen.27.38.

Note return to page 24588 [g] There was no place left for his repentance: and it appeareth by the effectes, what his repentance was, for when he was gone out of his fathers sight, he threatned his brother to kill him.

Note return to page 24589 [12] Nowe he applieth the same exhortation, to the Propheticall and kingly office of Christ compared with Moses, after this sort. If the maiestie of the Law was so great, how great thinke you that the glorie of Christ and the Gospel is? And this comparison he declareth also particularly.

Note return to page 24590 Exod.19.16.

Note return to page 24591 [h] Which might be touched with handes, which was of a gro&esset;e and earthly matter.

Note return to page 24592 Exod.20.19.

Note return to page 24593 Exod 19.12.

Note return to page 24594 [i] The shape and forme which he sawe, which was no counterfet and forged shape, but a true one.

Note return to page 24595 [k] So he calleth them that are taken vp into heauen, although one part of them doeth sleepe in the earth.

Note return to page 24596 [13] The applying of the former comparison: If it were not lawfull to contemne his worde which spake on the earth, how much lesse his voice which is from heauen?

Note return to page 24597 [14] He compareth the stedfast maiestie of the Gospel, wherewith the whole worlde was shaken, and euen the very frame of heauen was as it were astonished, with the small and vanishing sound of the gouernance by the Lawe.

Note return to page 24598 Agge. 2.7.

Note return to page 24599 [l] It appeareth euidently in this that the Prophet speaketh of the calling of the Gentiles, that these wordes must be referred to the kingdome of Christ.

Note return to page 24600 [15] A generall exhortation to liue reuerently and religiously vnder the most happie subiection of so mightie a King, who as he blesseth his most mightilie, so doth he most seuerely reuenge þe; rebellious. And this is þe; summe of a Christian life, respecting þe; first table.

Note return to page 24601 [m] By reuerence, is meant that honest shamefastnes which keepeth them in their dueties.

Note return to page 24602 [n] Religious and godly feare.

Note return to page 24603 Deut.4.24.

Note return to page 24604 Rom. 12.10.

Note return to page 24605 [1] He commeth to the seconde table, the summe whereof is charitie, especially toward strangers and such as are afflicted.

Note return to page 24606 1. Peter 4.9.

Note return to page 24607 Gen. 18.3. and 19.3.

Note return to page 24608 [a] Be so much touched, as if their miserie were yours.

Note return to page 24609 [2] He commendeth chaste matrimonie in all sortes of men, and threateneth vtter destruction from God against whoremongers and adulterers.

Note return to page 24610 [3] Couetousnesse is condemned, against which is set a contented mind with that which the Lord hath giuen.

Note return to page 24611 [b] Euen the Lord himselfe.

Note return to page 24612 Iosh. 1.5.

Note return to page 24613 Psal.118.6.

Note return to page 24614 [c] He setteth man against God.

Note return to page 24615 [4] We haue to set before vs the examples of valiant Captaines, whom we ought diligently to followe.

Note return to page 24616 [5] He repeateth the summe of the doctrine, to wit, the onely ground of all precepts of maners, and that is this: That wee ought to quiet and content our selues in Christ onely: for there was yet neuer any man saued without þe; knowledge of him, neither is at this day saued, neither shalbe saued hereafter.

Note return to page 24617 [6] He toucheth them which mixed an externall worship, and especially the difference of Meates, with the Gospel, which doctrine he plainely condemneth as cleane repugnant to the benefite of Christ.

Note return to page 24618 [d] By this one kind which concerneth the difference of cleane and vncleane meates, we haue to vnderstand all the ceremoniall worship.

Note return to page 24619 [e] Which obserued the difference of them supersticiously.

Note return to page 24620 [7] He refuteth their errour by an apte and fitte comparison. They which in times past serued the Tabernacle, did not eate of the sacrifices whose blood was brought for sinne into the holy place by the hie Priest Moreouer these sacrifices did represent Christ our offering. Therefore they cannot be partakers of him which serue the Tabernacle, that is, such as stand in the seruice of the Lawe: but let not vs be ashamed to folowe him out of Hierusalem, from whence he was cast out and suffered: for in this also Christ, who is the trueth, answereth that figure, in that he suffered without the gate.

Note return to page 24621 [f] By the Altar, hee meaneth the offerings.

Note return to page 24622 [g] Whereof they cannot be partakers, which stubburnely reteine the rites of the Lawe.

Note return to page 24623 Leuit:4.11. and 6.30. and 16 27.

Note return to page 24624 [8] He goeth on further in this comparison, and sheweth that this also is signified vnto vs, that the godly folowers of Christ must as it were goe out of the worlds bearing his crosse.

Note return to page 24625 Mich. 2.10.

Note return to page 24626 [9] Nowe that those corporall sacrifices are taken away, he teacheth vs that the true sacrifices of confession remaine, which consist partly in giuing of thankes, and partly in liberalitie, with which sacrifices in deede God is nowe delighted.

Note return to page 24627 Hose.14.3.

Note return to page 24628 [10] Wee must obey the warnings and admonitions of our Ministers and Elders, which watch for the saluation of þe; soules which are committed vnto them.

Note return to page 24629 [11] The last part of this Epistle, wherein he commendeth his ministerie to the Hebrewes, and wisheth them continuance and increase of graces from the Lord: and excuseth himselfe in that hee hath vsed but fewe woordes to comfort them, hauing spent the Epistle in disputing: and saluteth certaine brethren familiarly and friendly.

Note return to page 24630 [h] Make you fitte or meete.

Note return to page 24631 [i] Hence commeth that saying of the Fathers, that God crowneth his works in vs.

Note return to page 24632 [a] That is, written to no one man, citie or countrie, but to all the Iewes generally, being nowe dispersed.

Note return to page 24633 [b] To all the beleeuing Iewes, of what Tribe soeuer they bee, and are dispersed through the whole world.

Note return to page 24634 [1] The first place or part touching comfort in afflictions, wherein we ought not to be cast downe and be faint hearted, but rather reioyce and be glad.

Note return to page 24635 [c] Seing their condition was miserable in that scattering abroade, hee doeth well to begin as he doeth.

Note return to page 24636 [2] The first argument, because our faith is tried through afflicti&obar;s: which ought to be most pure, for so is it behoueable for vs.

Note return to page 24637 Rom.5.3.

Note return to page 24638 [3] The second. Because patience, a farre passing and most excellent vertue, is by this meanes ingendred in vs.

Note return to page 24639 [d] That wherewith your faith is tried, to wit, those manifold tentations.

Note return to page 24640 [4] The third argument propounded in maner of an exhortation, that true & continual patience may be discerned from fained and for a time. The crosse is as it were the instrument wherewith God doeth polish and fine vs. Therefore the worke & effect of afflictions, is the perfecting of vs in Christ.

Note return to page 24641 [5] An answere to a priuie obiection: It is easely said, but it is not so easely done. He answereth that we neede in this case a farre other maner of wisedome, then the wisedome of man, to iudge those things best for vs, which are most contrarie to the flesh: but yet we shall easely obteine this gift of wisdom, if we aske it rightly, that is, with a sure c&obar;fidence of God, who is most bountifull and liberall.

Note return to page 24642 [e] By wisdome he meaneth the knowledge of that doctrine whereof mention was made before, to wit, wherefore we are afflicted of God, and what fruit we haue to reape of affliction.

Note return to page 24643 Mat.7.7. mar.11.24. lu.11.9. iohn 14.13. & 16.23.

Note return to page 24644 [f] Why then, what neede other Mediatours?

Note return to page 24645 [6] A digression or going aside from his matter, against praiers which are conceiued with a doubting mind, whereas we haue a certaine promise of God, & this is the second part of the Epistle

Note return to page 24646 [g] In all his thoughts and his deedes.

Note return to page 24647 [7] He returneth to his purpose, repeating the proposition, which is, that we must reioyce in the crosse, for it doeth not presse vs downe, but exalt vs.

Note return to page 24648 [h] Who is afflicted with pouertie, or contempt, or with any kinde of calamitie.

Note return to page 24649 [8] Before he concludeth, he giueth a doctrine, contrary to the former: to wit, howe we ought to vse prosperitie, which is plentie of all things: to witte, so, that no man therefore please him selfe, but bee so much the more voide of pride.

Note return to page 24650 [i] Who hath all things at his will.

Note return to page 24651 [9] An argument taken of the very nature of the thinges them selues, for that they are most vaine and vncertaine.

Note return to page 24652 Esai. 40.6. 1 pet 1.24.

Note return to page 24653 [k] Whatsoeuer he either purposeth in his minde or doeth.

Note return to page 24654 [10] The conclusion: Therefore we must patiently beare the crosse: and he addeth a fourth argument, which compreh&ebar;deth the summe of all the former, to wit, because we come by this way to the crowne of life, but yet of grace according to the promise.

Note return to page 24655 Iob 5.17.

Note return to page 24656 [l] Affliction whereby the Lorde trieth him.

Note return to page 24657 [11] The thirde part of this Epistle, wherein hee descendeth from outward tentations, that is, from afflictions whereby God trieth vs, to inwarde, that is, to those lusts whereby we are stirred vp to doe euill. The summe is this: Euery man is the authour of these temptations to himselfe and not God: for wee beare about in our bosomes that wicked corruption, which taketh occasions by what meanes so euer, to stirre vp euill motions in vs, whenceout at length proceede wicked doings, & in conclusion foloweth death the iust reward of them.

Note return to page 24658 [m] When he is prouoked to do euil.

Note return to page 24659 [12] Here is a reason shewed, why God can not be the authour of euill doing in vs, because he desireth not euill.

Note return to page 24660 [n] By sinne is meant in this place, actuall sinne.

Note return to page 24661 [13] Another reason taken of contraries: God is the authour of all goodnes, and so, that he is alwaies like him selfe: how then can he be thought to be authour of euil?

Note return to page 24662 [o] From him who is the fountaine and authour of all goodnes.

Note return to page 24663 [p] He goeth on in the metaphore: for the sunne by his manifold and sundrie kindes of turning, maketh houres, daies, moneths, yeeres, light and darkenesse.

Note return to page 24664 [14] The fourth part, concerning the excellencie & fruit of the word of God. The summe is this: we must heare the woorde of God most carefully and diligently, seeing it is the seede, wherewith God of his free fauour and loue hath begotten vs vnto him selfe picking vs out of the number of his creatures. And the Apostle condemneth two faults, which do greatly trouble vs in this matter, to witte, for that we so please our selues, that we had rather speake our selues, then heare God speaking: yea we snuffe and are angrie when we are reprehended: against which faults, hee setteth a peaceable and quiet minde, and such an one as is desirous of puritie.

Note return to page 24665 [q] This is it which Paul calleth gracious fauour, and good will, which is the fountaine of our saluation.

Note return to page 24666 [r] As it were an holy kinde of offering, taken out of the residue of man.

Note return to page 24667 [s] That which God appointeth.

Note return to page 24668 [t] By meekenes, he meaneth modestie, and whatsoeuer is contrarie to an hautie and proude stomacke.

Note return to page 24669 Mat.7.21. rom.2.13.

Note return to page 24670 [15] Another admonition: Therefore is Gods woorde heard, that wee may frame our liues according to the prescript thereof.

Note return to page 24671 [16] He addeth reasons, & those most weightie: first, because they that do otherwise, doe verie much hurt themselues.

Note return to page 24672 [17] Secondly, because they lose the chiefest vse of Gods woorde, which correct not by it the faults that they knowe.

Note return to page 24673 [u] Hee alludeth to that naturall spot, to which is contrarie that puritie whereunto we are borne againe, the liuely image whereof we beholde in the Lawe.

Note return to page 24674 [x] Behauing himselfe so: for woorkes doe shewe faith.

Note return to page 24675 [18] The third admonition: The word of God prescribeth a rule not onely to doe well, but also to speake well.

Note return to page 24676 [y] The fountaine of all brabling, and cursed speaking, and sawcines, is this, that men know not themselues.

Note return to page 24677 [19] The fourth: The true seruice of God standeth in charitie toward our neighbours (especially such as neede others helpe as the fatherles and widowes) and puritie of life.

Note return to page 24678 [z] To haue a care of them, and to helpe them as much as we can.

Note return to page 24679 [1] The fifth: Charitie which proceedeth from a true faith, cannot stande with the accepting of persons: which hee prooueth plainly by setting foorth their example, who with the reproche or disdaine of the poore, honour the riche.

Note return to page 24680 [a] For if we knew what Christes glory is, and esteemed it as we ought to doe, there woulde not be such respect of persons as there is.

Note return to page 24681 Leuit.19.15. deut.1.17. and 15.19. prou.24.23.

Note return to page 24682 [b] In a worshipfull and honourable place.

Note return to page 24683 [c] Haue yee not (which you ought not to doe) by this meanes within your selues iudged one man to be preferred before an other?

Note return to page 24684 [2] Hee sheweth, that they are peruerse and naughtie iudges, which preferre the rich before the poore, by that that God on the contrary side preferreth the poore, whome he hath enriched with true riches, before the rich.

Note return to page 24685 [d] The needie and wretched, and (if we measure it after the opinion of the world) the veriest abiects of all men.

Note return to page 24686 [3] Secondly, he proueth them to be mad men, for that þe; rich men are rather to be holden execrable and cursed, considering that they persecute the Church, and blaspheme Christ: for he speaketh of wicked and prophane rich men, such as the most part of them haue beene alwaies, against whome hee setteth the poore and abiect.

Note return to page 24687 [e] Woorde for woorde, which is called vpon, of you.

Note return to page 24688 [4] The Conclusion: Charitie which God prescribeth cannot agree with the accepting of persons, seeing that wee must walke in the kings hie way.

Note return to page 24689 [f] The Law is said to be royall and like the kings hie way, for that it is plaine and without turnings, and that the Lawe calleth euery one our neighbour without respect, whome we may helpe by any kinde of duetie.

Note return to page 24690 [5] A newe argument to prooue the same conclusion: They doe not loue their neighbours, which neglect some, and ambitiously honour other: for he doeth not obey God, which cutteth off from the commaundements of God that, that is not so commodious for him, nay he is rather guiltie generally for the breache of the whole Lawe, although he obserue the residue.

Note return to page 24691 [g] Not that all sinnes are equall, but because he that breaketh one title of the Lawe, offendeth the maiestie of the Law giuer.

Note return to page 24692 [6] A proofe: because the Lawe maker is alwaies one and the selfe same, and the body of the Law cannot be deuided.

Note return to page 24693 [7] The conclusion of the whole treatise: We are vpon this condition deliuered from the curse of the Law by the mercy of God, that in like sort we should maintaine & cherish charity and good will one towardes another, and who so doeth not so, shall not taste of the grace of God.

Note return to page 24694 [h] He that is hard and currish against his neighbour, or els helpeth him not, he shall finde God an hard and rough Iudge to himselfewarde.

Note return to page 24695 [8] The fifth place which hangeth very wel with the former treatise, touching a true & liuely faith. And the proposition of this place is this: faith which bringeth not foorth works; is not that faith wherby we are iustified, but an image of faith: or els this, they are not iustified by faith, which shew not þe; effects of faith.

Note return to page 24696 [9] The first reason taken of a similitude: If a man say to one þt; is hungrie, Fil thy bellie, and yet giueth him nothing, this shal not be true charitie: so if a man say he beleeueth, & bringeth forth no woorkes of his faith, this shal not be a true faith, but a certaine dead thing set out with the name of faith, whereof no man hath to brag, vnlesse he will openly incurre reprehension, seeing that the cause is vnderstoode by the effects.

Note return to page 24697 [i] Nay, thus may euery man beate downe thy pride.

Note return to page 24698 [10] Another reason taken of an absurdity: If such a faith were the true faith wherby we are iustified, the deuils shoulde be iustified, for they haue that, but yet notwithstanding they tremble, and are not iustified therefore, neither is that faith a true faith.

Note return to page 24699 [11] The third reason from the example of Abraham, who no doubt had a true faith: but he in offring his sonne, shewed him selfe to haue that saith which was not voide of woorkes, and therefore he receiued a true testimonie when it was sayde, that faith was imputed to him for righteousnes.

Note return to page 24700 [k] Was he not by his workes knowen and found to be iustified? for he speaketh not here of the causes of iustification, but by what effects we may know that a man is iustified.

Note return to page 24701 Gen.22.10.

Note return to page 24702 [l] Was effectual and fruitful with good workes.

Note return to page 24703 [m] That the faith was declared to be a true faith, and that by workes.

Note return to page 24704 [n] Then was the Scripture fulfilled, when it appeared plainely, howe truely it was written of Abraham.

Note return to page 24705 Gen. 15.6. rom. 4.3. galat. 3.6.

Note return to page 24706 [12] The conclusion: He is onely iustified that hath that faith which hath workes following it.

Note return to page 24707 [o] Is proued to be iust.

Note return to page 24708 [p] Of that dead and fruitles faith which you boast of.

Note return to page 24709 [13] A fourth reason taken from a like example of Rahab the harlot, who also proued by her workes that she was iustified by a true faith.

Note return to page 24710 Iosh. 2.1.

Note return to page 24711 [14] The conclusion repeated againe: faith which bringeth not forth fruites and workes, is not faith, but a dead carcase.

Note return to page 24712 [1] The sixt part or place: Let no man vsurpe (as most m&ebar; ambitiously doe) authoritie to iudge and censure others rigorously.

Note return to page 24713 [2] A reason: Because they prouoke Gods seueritie against themselues, which doe so curiously & rigorously condemne others, being themselues guiltie and faultie.

Note return to page 24714 [a] Vnlesse we surcease from this masterlike and proud finding fault with others.

Note return to page 24715 Or, stumble.

Note return to page 24716 [3] The seuenth place, touching the brideling of the tongue, ioyned with the former, so that it is manifest that there is no man which may not iustly be found fault withal, seeing it is a rare vertue to bridle the tongue.

Note return to page 24717 [4] He sheweth by two similitudes, the one taken fr&obar; the bridles of horses, the other from the rudders of shippes, how great matters may be brought to passe by the good moderation of the tongue.

Note return to page 24718 [5] On the contrary part he sheweth how great discommodities arise by the intemperancie of the tongue, throughout the whole worlde, to the end that men may so much the more diligently giue themselues to moderate it.

Note return to page 24719 [b] An heape of all mischiefes.

Note return to page 24720 [c] It is able to set the whole world on fire.

Note return to page 24721 [6] Amongst other faultes of the tongue, the Apostle chiefly reproueth backbiting and speaking euill of our neighbours, euen in them especially, which otherwise will seeme godly and religious.

Note return to page 24722 [7] He denieth by two reasons, that God can be praised by that man, that vseth cursed speaking or to backbite: first because man is the image of God, which whosoeuer reuerenceth not, doeth not honour God himselfe.

Note return to page 24723 [8] Secondly, because the order of nature which God hath set in things, will not suffer things that are so contrary the one to the other, to stand the one with the other.

Note return to page 24724 [9] The eight part which hangeth with the former, touching meekenesse of minde, against which he setteth enuie and a contentious minde. And in the beginning he stoppeth the mouth of the chiefe fountaine of all these mischiefes, to wit, a false persuasion of wisedome, whereas notwithstanding there is no true wisedome, but that is heauenly, and frameth our mindes to all kinde of true moderation and simplicitie.

Note return to page 24725 [d] He setteth mercie against the fierce and cruell nature of man, and sheweth that heauenly wisedome bringeth forth good fruites, for he that is heauenly wise, referreth all things to Gods glorie, and the profite of his neighbour.

Note return to page 24726 [10] Because the worlde perswadeth it selfe that they are miserable which liue peaceably and simplie: on the contrary side the Apostle pronounceth that they shall at the length reape the haruest of peaceable righteousnesse.

Note return to page 24727 [1] He goeth on forward in þe; same argument, c&obar;demning certaine other causes of warres & contentions, to wit, vnbrideled pleasures, and immoderate lustes, by their effectes, for so much as the Lord doth worthily make th&ebar; voide, so that they bring nothing els to th&ebar; in whom they are, but vncurable torments.

Note return to page 24728 [2] He reprehendeth them by name, which are not ashamed to goe about to make God the minister and helper of their lustes & pleasures, in asking things which either are of themselues vnlawfull, or being lawfull, aske them to wicked purposes and vses.

Note return to page 24729 [3] An other reason why such vnbrideled lustes and pleasures are vtterly to be condemned, to wit, because that he that giueth himselfe to the world, diuorceth himselfe from God, and breaketh the band of that holy and spirituall mariage.

Note return to page 24730 [4] The taking away of an obiection: In deede our minds run headlong into these vices, but we ought so much the more diligently take heede of them: which care and studie shall not be in vaine, seeing that God resisteth the stubburne, and giueth that grace to the modest and humble, that surmounteth all those vices.

Note return to page 24731 Pro.3.34. 1.pet.5.5.

Note return to page 24732 Ephe.4.27.

Note return to page 24733 [5] The conclusion: We must set the contrary vertues against those vices, and therefore whereas we obeyed the suggestions of the deuil, we must submit our mindes to God, and resist the deuil, with a certaine and assured hope of victorie. To be short, we must employ our selues to come nere vnto God by puritie and synceritie of life.

Note return to page 24734 [6] He goeth on in the same comparison of contraries, and setteth against those prophane ioyes an earnest sorowe of minde, and against pride and arrogancie, holy modestie.

Note return to page 24735 [a] By this worde the Grecians meane an heauinesse ioyned with shamefastnesse, which is to be seene in a cast downe countenance, and setled as it were vpon the grounde.

Note return to page 24736 1.Peter 5.6.

Note return to page 24737 [7] He reprehendeth most sharpely another double mischiefe of pride: the one is, in that the proude and arrogant will haue other men to liue according to their will and pleasure, and therefore they doe most arrogantly condemne whatsoeuer pleaseth them not: which thing cannot be done without great iniurie to our onely Lawe maker, for by this meanes his Lawes are founde fault withall, as not circumspectly ynough written, and men chalenge that vnto themselues which properly belongeth to God alone, in that they laye a Lawe vpon mens consciences.

Note return to page 24738 Rom 14 4.

Note return to page 24739 [8] The other fault is this: That men doe so confidently determine vpon these and those matters and businesses, as though that euery mom&ebar;t of their life did not depend of God.

Note return to page 24740 1.Cor.4.19.

Note return to page 24741 [9] The conclusion of all the former treatise: The knowledge of the will of God, doeth not onely nothing at all profite, vnlesse the life be answerable vnto it, but also maketh the sinnes farre more grieuous.

Note return to page 24742 [1] He denounceth vtter destruction to the wicked and prophane riche men, and such as are drowned in their riotousnesse, mocking at their foolish c&obar;fidence when as there is nothing in deede more vaine then such things.

Note return to page 24743 [a] The Lord who is more mightie then ye are, hath heard them.

Note return to page 24744 [b] Ye haue pampered vp your selues.

Note return to page 24745 [c] The Hebrewes call a day that is appointed to solemne banketting, a day of slaughter or feasting.

Note return to page 24746 [2] He applieth that to the poore, which he spake against the riche, warning them to waite for þe; Lords comming patiently, who will reuenge the iniuries which the riche men doe them.

Note return to page 24747 [3] The taking away of an obiection: Although his comming seeme to linger, yet at the least we must folowe the husbandmen, who doe patiently wayte for the times that are proper for the fruites of the earth. And againe, God will not deferre the least iote of the time that he hath appointed.

Note return to page 24748 [4] He commendeth Christian patience, for that where as other through impatience vse to accuse one an other, the faithfull on the contrary side, complaine not although they receiue iniurie.

Note return to page 24749 [d] By grudging he meaneth a certaine inwarde complayning which betokeneth impati&ebar;cie.

Note return to page 24750 [5] The conclusion: The Lord is at the doore, who will defend his owne, and reuenge his enemies, and therfore we neede not to trouble our selues.

Note return to page 24751 [6] Because most men are wont to obiect, that it is good to repell iniuries by what meanes so euer, he setteth against that, the examples of the Fathers, whose patience had a most happie ende, because God as a most bountifull Father, neuer forsaketh his.

Note return to page 24752 [e] What ende the Lorde gaue.

Note return to page 24753 [7] Because euen the best men sometimes through impatience breake out into othes sometimes lesser, sometimes greater, the Apostle warneth vs to detest such wickednesse, and to accustome our tongues to simple and true talke.

Note return to page 24754 Matth.5.34.

Note return to page 24755 [f] That that you haue to say or affirme, speake or affirme it simply, and without an othe: and that that you will denie, deuie it simply and flatly.

Note return to page 24756 [8] He sheweth the best remedie against all afflictions, to wit, prayers, which haue their place both in sorowe and ioye.

Note return to page 24757 [9] He sheweth peculiarly, to what physicians especially we must goe, when we are diseased, to wit, to the prayers of the Elders, which then also coulde cure the bodie, (for so much as the gift of healing was then in force) and take away the chiefest cause of sicknesses and diseases, by obteyning for the sicke through their prayers and exhortations, remission of sinnes.

Note return to page 24758 Mark 6.13.

Note return to page 24759 [g] This was a signe of the gift of healing: and nowe seeing we haue the gift no more, the signe is no longer necessarie.

Note return to page 24760 [h] By calling on the Name of the Lord.

Note return to page 24761 [i] He hath reason in making mention of sinnes, for diseases are for the most part sent because of sinnes.

Note return to page 24762 [10] Because God pardoneth their sinnes which confesse and acknowledge them, and not theirs which iustifie themselues, therefore the Apostle addeth, that wee ought freely to conferre one with another touching those inwarde diseases, that we may helpe one another with our prayers.

Note return to page 24763 [11] He commendeth prayers by the effectes that come of them, that all men may vnderstande that there is nothing more effectuall then they are, so that they proceede from a pure minde.

Note return to page 24764 1.King.17.1 and 18.45. luke 4.25.

Note return to page 24765 [12] The taking away of an obiection: All reprehensions are not condemned, seeing that on the contrary part there is nothing more acceptable to God then to call into the way, a brother that was wandring out of the way.

Note return to page 24766 Matth.18.15.

Note return to page 24767 [k] Hath called him backe from his way.

Note return to page 24768 [1] Peter purposing to speake of the dueties of a Christian life, reasoneth first of the principles & beginnings of all Christian actions, rising farre higher then nature, and carying vs also farre aboue the same. For he sheweth that we which are otherwise of nature sinners, were through the free mercie of God the Father first chosen from euerlasting: then according to that euerlasting decree, were by a certaine second creation made his sonnes in Christ his onely begotten, by whose Spirit we are inwardly changed, and by whose blood we are also reconciled, to the ende, that as Christ himselfe rose againe fr&obar; the dead, we also might be receiued into þe; same heauenly & euerlasting glory.

Note return to page 24769 [a] Or, according to þe; purpose of God, who neuer altereth nor changeth the same.

Note return to page 24770 [b] That bring set apart fr&obar; the rest of the wicked world, through þe; working of the holy Ghost, they should be c&obar;secrat to God, Eph.1.5.

Note return to page 24771 [c] Euerlasting hope.

Note return to page 24772 [2] Nowe hee sheweth by what waie wee come vnto that glorie, to witte, through all kinde of afflictions, wherein notwithstanding faith maketh vs so secure, that wee are not onely not ouercome with sorowe, but also through the beholding of God himselfe (who otherwise is inuisible) with the eyes of faith, are vnspeakeablie ioyfull: because all such things, as they are but for a time, so are they not applied vnto vs to destroy vs, but as it were by fire to purge vs, and to make vs perfite, that at the length we may obteine saluation.

Note return to page 24773 [d] This is that time which Daniel calleth the time of the ende, when as that great restoring of all things shalbe, which all creatures looke for, Romanes 8.19.

Note return to page 24774 [e] Hee speaketh of the second comming of Christ.

Note return to page 24775 Or, rewarde.

Note return to page 24776 [3] Hee putteth a difference betweene true faith, that is to say, that faith which onely hath an eye to the doctrine of the Prophets & Apostles, and false faith: Afterward he maketh two degrees of one & the selfe same faith, according to the maner of the diuers reuelations, when as in deede it is but one only faith: Thirdly, hee sayeth, that the preaching of the Apostles is the fulfilling of the preaching of the Prophets, although the latter ende of it bee as yet looked for of the verie Angels.

Note return to page 24777 [f] Hee alladeth to the prophecie of Ioel, which was exhibited, vpon the day of Pentecost, in the Apostles, as it were in the first fruites of the holy Ghost, which this same our Peter declareth, Actes 2.6.

Note return to page 24778 [4] Hee goeth from faith to hope, which is in deede a companion that cannot bee sundred from faith: and hee vseth an argument taken of comparison: Wee ought not to bee wearied in looking for so excellent a thing, which the very Angels waite for with great desire.

Note return to page 24779 [g] This is a borowed speach, taken of a common vsage amongest them: for by reason that they woare long garments, they coulde not trauaile vnlesse they girded vp themselues: and hence it is that Christ sayde, Let your loynes bee girded vp.

Note return to page 24780 [5] Hee setteth foorth very briefly, what maner of hope ours ought to bee, to witte, continuall, vntill wee enioy the thing wee hope for: then, what wee haue to hope for, to witte, grace (that is, free saluation) reueiled to vs in the Gospell, and not that, that men doe rashly and fondly promise to themselues.

Note return to page 24781 [h] Soundlie and sincerelie.

Note return to page 24782 [6] An argument to stirre vp our mindes, seeing that God doeth not waite till wee seeke him, but causeth so great a benefite to bee brought euen vnto vs.

Note return to page 24783 [7] Hee setteth out the ende of faith, least any man shoulde promise himselfe, either sooner or later that full saluation, to witte, the later comming of Christ: and therewithall warneth vs, not to measure the dignitie of the Gospell according to the present state, seeing that that which we are nowe, is not yet reueiled.

Note return to page 24784 [8] Hee passeth from faith and hope, to the fruites of them both, which are vnderstoode in the name of obedi&ebar;ce: And it consisteth in two thinges, in renouncing our lustes, and liuing godly: which lustes haue their beginning of that blindenes wherein all men are borne: but holines proceedeth from the grace and fauour of GOD which adopteth vs, and therefore regenerateth vs, that the father and the children may be of one disposition.

Note return to page 24785 Luke 1.75.

Note return to page 24786 [9] Hee sheweth that sanctification doeth necessarilie followe adoption.

Note return to page 24787 Leuit.11.44. and 19.2. and 20.7.

Note return to page 24788 [10] As before he distinguished true faith and hope from false, so doeth hee nowe obedience, setting the quicke and sharpe sight of God, against an outward maske, and earnest reuerence against vaine seueritie.

Note return to page 24789 [i] If you will bee called the sonnes of that Father.

Note return to page 24790 Deuteronomie 10.17. romanes 2.11. galathians 2 6.

Note return to page 24791 [11] An exhortation, wherein hee setteth foorth the excellencie and greatnesse of the benefite of God the Father in sanctifying vs by the death of his owne Sonne. And hee partly setteth the purifyinges of the Lawe against the thing it selfe, that is, against the blood of Christ, and partly also mens traditions. which hee condemneth as vtterly vaine and superstitious, bee they neuer so olde and auncient.

Note return to page 24792 1.Corinthians 6.20. and 7.23. hebrues 9.14. 1.iohn 1.7. reuelations 1.5.

Note return to page 24793 [12] The taking away of an obiection: what was done to the worlde, before that Christ was sent into the worlde? was there no holinesse before, and was there no Church? The Apostle answereth, that Christ was ordeined and appoynted to redeeme and deliuer mankinde, before that mankinde was: much lesse was there any Church without him before his comming into the flesh: yet wo are happiest aboue the rest, to whome Christ was exhibited in deede, in this that hee hauing suffered and ouercome death for vs, doeth nowe most effectually woorke in vs by the vertue of his Spirite, to create in vs faith, hope, and charitie.

Note return to page 24794 Romanes 16.25. ephesians 3.9. colosians 1.26. 2. Timothie 1 10. titus 1.2.

Note return to page 24795 [k] From euerlasting.

Note return to page 24796 [13] Hee commendeth the practise of obedience, that is, charitie: earnestly beating into their heades againe, that hee speaketh not of any common charitie, and such as proceedeth from that our corrupt nature, but of that whose beginning is the Spirite of God, which purifieth our soules through the woorde laide holde on by faith, and ingendreth also in vs a spirituall and euerlasting life, as God him selfe is most pure and truely liuing.

Note return to page 24797 Chapter 2.17. romanes 2.10. ephesians 4.2.

Note return to page 24798 [14] A reason why wee haue neede of this heauenly generation, to witte, because that men, bee their glorie neuer so great, are of nature voyde of all true and sounde goodnesse.

Note return to page 24799 Esai 40.6. iames 1.10.

Note return to page 24800 [l] The woorde (Flesh) sheweth the weakenesse of our nature, which is chiefly to bee considered in the flesh it selfe.

Note return to page 24801 [15] Againe lest any man shoulde seeke that spirituall force and vertue in fained imaginations, the Apostle calleth vs backe to the woorde of God: teaching vs furthermore, that there is no other woorde of the Lorde to bee looked for, then this which is preached, in which onely we must rest.

Note return to page 24802 Rom.6.4. ephes.4.23. col.3.8. heb.12.1.

Note return to page 24803 [1] Hauing laid for the fo&ubar;dation the Spirit of God effectually working by the worde, and hauing built thereup&obar; three vertues which are the groundes of all Christian actions, to wit, faith, hope, and charitie: nowe he proceedeth to a generall exhortation, the first member whereof is, that we flee all shewe, both of secrete and also open malice.

Note return to page 24804 [2] The second is, that being newly begotten & borne of the newe seede of the vncorrupt word, drawing & sucking greedily the same worde as milke, we shoulde more and more as it were growe vp in that spirituall life. And hee calleth it, Syncere, not onely because it is a most pure thing, but also that we should take heede of them which corrupt it.

Note return to page 24805 [a] As becommeth newe men.

Note return to page 24806 [3] Hee commendeth that spirituall nourishment for the sweetenesse and profite of it.

Note return to page 24807 Or, doe taste.

Note return to page 24808 [4] Hee goeth on forwarde in the same exhortation, but vseth another kinde of borowed speache, alluding to the Temple. Therefore he sayth, that the companie of the faithfull is as it were a certaine holy and spirituall building, built of liuely stones, the foundation whereof is Christ, as a liuely stone susteining all that are ioyned vnto him with his liuing vertue, and knitting them together with himselfe, although this so great a treasure bee neglected of men.

Note return to page 24809 [5] Going forwarde in the same similitude, hee compareth vs nowe to Priestes, placed to this ende in that spirituall temple, that we shoulde serue him with a spirituall worship, that is, with holinesse and righteousnesse: but as the temple, so is the Priesthoode built vpon Christ, in whome onely all our spirituall offerings are accepted.

Note return to page 24810 Reuel.1.6.

Note return to page 24811 [6] Hee prooueth it by the testimonie of the Prophet Esai.

Note return to page 24812 Esa.28.16. rom.9.33.

Note return to page 24813 [7] By setting the most blessed condition of the beleeuers, and the most miserable of the rebellious one against the other, he pricketh forwarde the beleeuers, and triumpheth ouer the other: and also preuenteth an offence which ariseth hereof, that none doe more resist this doctrine of the Gospell, then they which are chiefest amongest the people of God, as were at that time that Peter wrote these things, the Priestes, and Elders, and Scribes. Therefore hee answereth first of all that there is no cause why any man should be astonished at this their stubbernesse as though it were a strange matter, seeing we haue beene forewarned so long before, that it should so come to passe: and moreouer, that it pleased God to create and make certaine to this selfe same purpose, that the Sonne of God might bee glorified in their iust condemnation. Thirdly, for that the glorie of Christ is hereby set foorth greatly, where as notwithstanding Christ remaineth the sure head of his Church, and they that stumble at him, cast downe and ouerthrowe themselues and not Christ. Fourthly, although they be created to this ende and purpose, yet their fall and decaie is not to be attributed to God, but to their owne obstinate stubbernesse which commeth betweene Gods decree, and the execution thereof or their condemnation, and is the true and proper cause of their destruction.

Note return to page 24814 Psal.118.22. matt.21.42. acts 4.11.

Note return to page 24815 Esa.8.14. rom.9.33.

Note return to page 24816 [8] The contrarie member, to witte, hee describeth the singular excellencie of the elect, and also lest any man shoulde doubt whether hee bee chosen or not, the Apostle calleth vs backe to the effectuall calling, that is, to the voyce of the Gospell sounding both in our eares and mindes by the outwarde preaching and Sacraments, whereby we may certainely vnderstande that euerlasting decree of our saluation, (which otherwise is most secrete and hidden) and that through the onely mercie of God, who freely chuseth and calleth vs. Therefore this onely remaineth, sayeth he, that by all meanes possible we set foorth so great goodnesse of the most mightie God.

Note return to page 24817 Exodus 19.6.

Note return to page 24818 Hos.2.23. rom.9.25.

Note return to page 24819 [9] He returneth to that generall exhortation.

Note return to page 24820 [10] A reason why wee ought to liue holilie, to witte, because we are citizens of heauen, and therefore wee ought to liue according to the Lawes not of this worlde which is most corrupt, but of the heauenly citie, although we bee strangers in the world.

Note return to page 24821 Rom.13.14. galat.5.16.

Note return to page 24822 [11] Another argument: The children of God liue not according to the flesh, that is, according to that corrupt nature, but according to the spirite. Therefore fleshly motions ought not to beare rule in vs.

Note return to page 24823 [12] The thirde argument: for although those lustes flatter vs, yet they cease not to fight against our saluation.

Note return to page 24824 [13] The fourth argument, taken of the profite of so doing: for by this meanes also wee prouide for our good name and estimation, whilest wee compell them at length to chaunge their mindes, which spake euill of vs.

Note return to page 24825 Chapter 3.16.

Note return to page 24826 [14] The fifth argument, which also is of great force: Because the glorie of God is greatly set foorth by that meanes, whilest by example of our honest life, euen the most prophane men are brought vnto God, and submit themselues vnto him.

Note return to page 24827 Matth.5.16.

Note return to page 24828 [b] When God shall also haue mercie on them.

Note return to page 24829 [15] That which hee spake generallie, hee nowe expoundeth by partes, describing seuerallie euerie mans duetie. And first of all hee speaketh of obedience which is due both to the Lawes, and also to the Magistrates, both higher and lower.

Note return to page 24830 Roman.13.1.

Note return to page 24831 [c] By ordinance, is meant the framing and ordering of ciuill gouernement: which hee calleth ordinance of man, not because man inuented it, but because it is proper to men.

Note return to page 24832 [16] The first argument: because the Lorde is the Authour and reuenger of this pollicie of men, that is, which is set amongest men: and therefore the true seruauntes of the Lorde must aboue all others bee diligent obseruers of this order.

Note return to page 24833 [17] He preuenteth a cauill which is made by some, that say they will obey Kinges and the higher Magistrates, and yet contemne their ministers: as though their ministers were not armed with their authoritie which sent them.

Note return to page 24834 [18] The seconde argument taken of the ende of this order, which is not onely most profitable, but also verie necessarie: seeing that by this meanes vertue is rewarded, and vice punished: wherein the quietnesse and happinesse of this life consisteth.

Note return to page 24835 [19] Hee declareth the first argument more amplie, shewing that Christian libertie doeth amongest all thinges least or not at all consist herein, to witte, to cast off the bridle of Lawes, (as at that time some altogether vnskilfull in the kingdome of God reported) but rather in this, that liuing holilie according to the wil of God, wee shoulde make manifest to all men, that the Gospell is not a cloke for sinne and wickednesse, seeing we are in such sort free, that yet wee are still the seruaunts of God and not of sinne.

Note return to page 24836 [20] Hee diuideth the ciuill life of man, by occasion of those thinges which hee spake, into two generall partes: to witte, into those dueties which priuate men owe to priuate men, and especially the faithfull to the faithfull, and into that subiection whereby inferiours are bound to their superiours: but so, that kings be not made equall to God, seeing that feare is due to God, and honour to kinges.

Note return to page 24837 [d] Bee charitable and duetifull towardes all men.

Note return to page 24838 Chapter 1.22. roman.12.10.

Note return to page 24839 [e] The assemblie and fellowship of the brethren, as Zacharie 11.14.

Note return to page 24840 Ephes.5.6. coloss.3.22.

Note return to page 24841 [21] Hee goeth to the duetie of seruaunts towardes their masters, which he describeth with these boundes, that seruaunts submit themselues willingly and not by constraint, not onely to the good and courteous, but also to the frowarde and sharpe masters.

Note return to page 24842 2.Cor.7.10.

Note return to page 24843 [22] The taking away of an obiection: In deede the condition of seruaunts is hard, especially if they haue froward masters: but this their subiection shall be so much the more acceptable to God, if his wil preuaile more with seruants, then the masters iniuries.

Note return to page 24844 [f] Because he maketh a conscience of it to offend God, by whose good will and appointment he knoweth this burden is layed vpon him.

Note return to page 24845 [23] He mitigateth the grieuousnes of seruitude, while he sheweth plainely, that Christ died also for seruants, that they should beare so much the more paciently this inequalitie betwixt men which are of one selfe same nature: moreouer setting before them Christ that Lord of Lords for an ensample, he signifieth that they cannot but seeme too delicate, which shewe themselues more grieued in bearing of iniuries, then Christ himselfe who was most iust, and most sharpely of all afflicted, and yet was most pacient.

Note return to page 24846 [g] A borowed kinde of speach taken of painters and scholemasters.

Note return to page 24847 Esa.53.9. 1.ioh.3.5.

Note return to page 24848 [24] He sheweth them a remedie against iniuries, to wit, that they commend their cause to God, by the ensample of Christ.

Note return to page 24849 [25] He seemeth now to turne his speach to masters, which haue also themselues a master and iudge in heauen, who will iustly reuenge the iniuries that are done to seruants, without any respect of persons.

Note return to page 24850 Esai.53.5. matth 8.17.

Note return to page 24851 [26] He calleth the seruants backe from the c&obar;sideration of the iniuries which they are constrained to beare, to thinke vpon the greatnes and the end of the benefite receiued of Christ.

Note return to page 24852 Colo&esset;.3.18. ephes.5.22.

Note return to page 24853 [1] In the thirde place hee setteth foorth the wiues dueties to their husbandes, commanding them to be obedient.

Note return to page 24854 [2] Hee speaketh namely of them which had husb&abar;ds that were not Christians, which ought so much the more be subiect to their husbandes, that by their honest and chast conuersation they may gaine them to the Lord.

Note return to page 24855 1.Timoth.2.9.

Note return to page 24856 [3] He condemneth the riot and excesse of women, and setteth forth their true apparelling, such as is precious before God, to wit, the inward and incorruptible, which consisteth in a meeke & quiet spirit.

Note return to page 24857 [a] Who hath his seate fastened in the heart: so that the hidde man is set against the outwarde decking of the body.

Note return to page 24858 [b] Precious in deede, and so taken of God.

Note return to page 24859 [4] An argument taken of the example of women, & especially of Sara, which was the mother of al beleeuers.

Note return to page 24860 Gen.18.12.

Note return to page 24861 [5] Because women are of nature fearefull, he giueth them to vnderstand that he requireth of them that subiection, which is not wrung out of them either by force or feare.

Note return to page 24862 1.Cor.7.3.

Note return to page 24863 [6] He teacheth husbands also their dueties, to wit, that the more vnderstanding and wisdome they haue, the more wisely & circumspectly they behaue themselues.

Note return to page 24864 [c] Do all the dueties of wedlocke.

Note return to page 24865 [d] The more wisdome the husb&abar;d hath, the more circumspectly he must behaue himselfe in bearing those discommodities, which through the womans weakenes oft times cause trouble both to the husband and the wife.

Note return to page 24866 [7] The second argument: because the wife, notwithstanding that she is weaker by nature then the man, is an excellent instrument of the man, made to farre most excellent vses: whereupon it followeth, that she is not therefore to be neglected because she is weake, but on the contrary part she ought to be so much the more cared for.

Note return to page 24867 [e] Hauing an honest care of her.

Note return to page 24868 [f] The wom&abar; is called a ve&esset;el after the maner of the Hebrues, because the husband vseth her as his felowe & helper to liue faithfully before God.

Note return to page 24869 [8] The third argument: for that they are equal in that which is þe; chiefest (that is to say, in the benefit of eternal life) which otherwise are vnequall as touching the gouern&abar;ce and conuersation at home, & therefore they are not to be despised although they be weake.

Note return to page 24870 [g] Of that gracious and free benefite, whereby we haue euerlasting life giuen vs.

Note return to page 24871 [9] The fourth argument: All brawlings and chidings must be eschewed, because they hinder prayers & the whole seruice of God, whereunto both the husband and the wife are equally called.

Note return to page 24872 [10] He returneth to common exhortations, and commendeth concorde and whatsoeuer thinges perteine to the maintenance of peace and mutuall loue.

Note return to page 24873 Prouer.17.13. and 20.22. matth.5.39. rom.12.17. 1.the&esset;.5.15.

Note return to page 24874 [11] Wee must not onely not recompense iniurie for iniurie, but we must also recompense them with benefites.

Note return to page 24875 [12] An argument taken of comparison: Seeing that we our selues are called of God whom we offend so often, to so great a benefite, (so farre is he from reuenging the iniuries which we doe vnto him,) shall wee rather make our selues vnworthy of so great bountifulnesse, then forgiue one anothers faults? And from this verse to the end of the Chapter, there is a digression or going from the matter hee is in hande with, to exhort vs valiantly to beare afflictions.

Note return to page 24876 Psal.34.13.

Note return to page 24877 [13] A secret obiection: But this our patience shalbe nothing els but a fleshing and hardening of the wicked in their wickednes, to make them set vpon vs more boldly and destroye vs. Nay (saith the Apostle by the wordes of Dauid) to liue without doing hurt, and to followe after peace when it fleeth away, is the way to that happy and quiet peace. And if so be any man be afflicted for doing iustly, the Lorde marketh all thinges, and will in his time deliuer the godly, which cry vnto him, and will destroye the wicked.

Note return to page 24878 [h] Leade a ble&esset;ed and happie life.

Note return to page 24879 Esay.1.16.

Note return to page 24880 [i] This worde (Face) after the maner of the Hebrewes, is taken for (anger.)

Note return to page 24881 [14] The seconde argument: when the wicked are prouoked, they are more wayward: therefore they must rather be ouercome with good turnes. And if they cannot be gotten by that meanes also, yet notwithstanding we shall bee blessed, if wee suffer for righteousnesse sake.

Note return to page 24882 Matth.5.10.

Note return to page 24883 [15] A most certaine counsell in afflictions, be they neuer so terrible, to bee of a constant minde, and to stande fast. But howe shall wee attaine vnto it? If wee sanctifie God in our mindes and heartes, that is to say, if we rest vpon him as one that is Almightie, that loueth mankinde, that is good and true in deede.

Note return to page 24884 Esa. 8.12,13.

Note return to page 24885 [k] Be not dismaide as they are.

Note return to page 24886 [l] Giue him all praise and glorie, and hang onely on him.

Note return to page 24887 [16] Hee will haue vs, when wee are afflicted for righteousnesse sake, to be carefull not for redeeming of our life, either with denying or renouncing the trueth, or with like violence, or any such meanes: but rather to giue an accompt of our faith boldly, and yet with a meeke spirit, and full of godly reuerence, that the enemies may not haue any thing iustly to obiect, but may rather be ashamed of themselues.

Note return to page 24888 [17] A reason which standeth vpon two generall rules of Christianitie, which notwithstanding all men allowe not of. The one is, if we must needes suffer afflictions, it is better to suffer wrongfully then rightfully: the other is this, because wee are so afflicted not by happe, but by the will of our God.

Note return to page 24889 Rom.5.6. hebr.9.15.

Note return to page 24890 [18] A proofe of either of the rules, by the example of Christ himselfe our chiefe paterne, who was afflicted not for his owne sinnes (which were none) but for ours, and that according to his Fathers decree.

Note return to page 24891 [19] An argument taken of comparison: Christ the iust, suffered for vs that are vniust, and shal it grieue vs which are vniust to suffer for the Iustes cause?

Note return to page 24892 [20] An other argument being partly taken of things coupled together, to wit, because Christ bringeth vs to his Father that same way that hee went himselfe, and partly from the cause efficient: to wit, because Christ is not onely set before vs for an example to followe, but also hee holdeth vs vp by his vertue in all the difficulties of this life, vntill he bring vs to his Father.

Note return to page 24893 [21] An other argument taken of the happie ende of these afflictions, wherein also Christ goeth before vs both in example and vertue, as one who suffered most grieuous torments euen vnto death, although but in one part onely of him, to wit, in the flesh or mans nature: but yet became conquerour by the vertue of his diuinitie.

Note return to page 24894 [m] As touching his manhoode, for his body was dead, and his soule felt the sorowes of death.

Note return to page 24895 [22] A secret obiection: Christ in deede might do this, but what is that to vs? Yes (saith the Apostle) for Christ hath shewed forth this vertue in all ages both to the preseruation of the godly, were they neuer so few and miserable, and to reuenge the rebellion of his enemies, as it appeareth by the historie of the flood: for Christ is he which in those dayes (when God through his patience appointed a time of repentance to the worlde) was present, not in corporall presence, but by his diuine vertue, preaching repentance, euen by the mouth of Noe himselfe who then prepared the Arke, to those disobedient spirits which are now in prison, waiting for the full recompence of their rebellion, and saued those few (that is, eight only persons) in the water.

Note return to page 24896 By the vertue of which Spirit, that is to say, of the diuinitie: therefore this word, Spirit, cannot in this place be taken for the soule, vnlesse we will say, that Christ was raised vp againe & quickened by the vertue of his soule.

Note return to page 24897 He calleth them spirits, in respect of his time, not in respect of the time that they were in the flesh.

Note return to page 24898 [n] This word (once) sheweth that there was a furthermost day appointed, and if that were once past, there should be no more.

Note return to page 24899 Gen.6 14. matth.24.38. luke 17.26.

Note return to page 24900 [o] Men.

Note return to page 24901 [23] A proportionall applying of the former example to the times which folowed the c&obar;ming of Christ: for that preseruati&obar; of Noe in the waters, was a figure of our Baptisme, not as though that material water of Baptisme saueth vs, as those waters which bare vp the Arke saued Noe, but because Christ with his inward vertue, which the outward baptisme shadoweth, preserueth vs being washed, so that we may call vp&obar; God with a good conscience.

Note return to page 24902 [p] The conscience being sanctified may freely call vpon God.

Note return to page 24903 [24] That selfe same vertue, whereby Christ rose againe, and now being caried vp into heauen hath receiued all power, doeth at this day defend and preserue vs.

Note return to page 24904 [1] Hauing ended his digression and sliding from his matter, now he returneth to the exhortation which he brake off, taking occasion by that which he said touching the death and resurrection of Christ, so defining our sanctification, that to be sanctified, is all one as to suffer in the flesh, that is to say, to leaue off from our wickednes and viciousnes: and to rise againe to God, that is to say, to be renued by the vertue of the holy Ghost, that we may lead the rest of our life which remaineth, after the wil of God.

Note return to page 24905 [a] So much of this present life as remaineth yet to bee passed ouer.

Note return to page 24906 Eph.4.22.

Note return to page 24907 [2] By putting vs in minde of the dishonestie of our former life led in the filth of sinne, he calleth vs to earnest rep&ebar;tance.

Note return to page 24908 [b] Wickedly & licenciously after the maner of the Gentiles.

Note return to page 24909 [3] That we be not moued with the enemies peruerse & slanderous iudgem&ebar;ts of vs, we haue to set against them that last iudgm&ebar;t of God which remaineth for them: for none, whether they be then fo&ubar;d liuing, or were dead before, shal escape it.

Note return to page 24910 [c] They thinke it a new & strange matter.

Note return to page 24911 [4] A digression: because he made mention of the last generall iudgement. And he preu&ebar;teth an obiection, that, seeing Christ came very lately, they may seeme to be excusable which died before. But this the Apostle denieth: for (saith he) this selfe same Gospel was preached vnto them also (for he speaketh vnto the Iewes,) and that to the same ende that I now preach it vnto you, to wit, that the flesh being abolished and put away (that is to say, that wicked & naughty corruption which reigneth in m&ebar;) they should suffer th&ebar;selues to be gouerned by the vertue of the Spirit of God.

Note return to page 24912 [5] He returneth to his purpose, vsing an argument taken from the circumstance of the time, Because the last ende is at hande, and therefore we must so much the more diligently watch and pray, with true sobrietie of minde.

Note return to page 24913 [6] He commendeth charitie of one towards another, because it doth as it were burie a multitude of sinnes, and therefore preserueth and mainteineth peace and concord: for they that loue one another, doe easily forgiue one another their offences.

Note return to page 24914 Prouer.10.12.

Note return to page 24915 [7] Of all the dueties of charitie, he commendeth one namely, which was at that time most necessarie, to wit, hospitalitie, which he will haue to be voluntarily and most courteous and bountifull.

Note return to page 24916 Rom.12.13. hebr.13.2.

Note return to page 24917 [8] Hee sheweth the vse of charitie, to wit, that euery man bestow that gift which he hath receiued, to the profit of his neighbour.

Note return to page 24918 Rom.12.6. philip.2.14.

Note return to page 24919 [9] A reason, because that what gift so euer we haue, wee haue receiued it of God vpon this condition, to bee his disposers and stewards.

Note return to page 24920 [10] He reckoneth vp two kindes of these gifts as chiefe, to wit, the office of teaching in the Church, and the other ecclesiasticall functions, wherein two thinges especially are to bee obserued: to wit, that the pure worde of God be taught, and whatsoeuer is done, bee referred to the glory of God the Father in Christ, as to the proper marke.

Note return to page 24921 [11] Because the crosse is ioyned with the sincere profession of religion, the Apostle fitly repeateth that which he touched before, warning vs not to bee troubled at persecutions and afflictions, as at a newe and strange thing.

Note return to page 24922 [d] As though some newe thing had befallen you, which you neuer thought of before.

Note return to page 24923 [12] The first reason: Because the Lorde meaneth not to consume vs with this fire (as it were) but to purge vs of our drosse and make vs perfite.

Note return to page 24924 [13] An other reason: Because the afflictions of the godly and the wicked differ very much, and chiefly in three pointes. First, because the godly communicate with Christ in their afflictions, and therefore shall in their time bee partakers also of his glory.

Note return to page 24925 Matth. 5.10.

Note return to page 24926 [14] Secondly, because that although the infidels thinke farre otherwise, who in afflicting the godly blaspheme God, yet the godly in that they are so rayled vpon, are honoured of God with the true spirituall glorie, and their adoption is sealed in them by the Spirit of God.

Note return to page 24927 [e] By spirit, he meaneth the giftes of the spirit.

Note return to page 24928 [15] The thirde difference: for the godly are not afflicted for their euill doings, but for righteousnesse sake as Christians: whereby it commeth to passe that the crosse, seeing it is a testimonie vnto them of faith and righteousnes, ministreth to them not an occasion of sorow, but of vnspeakeable ioye: nowe the Apostle propoundeth this third difference vnder the forme of an exhortation.

Note return to page 24929 [16] The thirde reason: Because the Lord of all the worlde being especially carefull for them of his housholde, doeth therefore chastise them first of all, yet so that he keepeth a measure in his greatest seueritie. And as he hath alwayes vsed to doe heretofore, so doeth he now especially when as he exhibited himselfe in person to his Church.

Note return to page 24930 [17] Least the godly should be offended & stumble at that vaine shadow of felicitie of the wicked, as though God were not the gouernour of the world, for that the wicked are in good case & the godly in euill, the Apostle teacheth by an argument of a comparison of them together, that God who spareth not his owne, but nourtereth them vnder the crosse, wil at length in his time handle the rebellious and wicked farre otherwise, whom he hath appointed to vtter destruction.

Note return to page 24931 Prou.2.31.

Note return to page 24932 [18] The conclusion: Seeing the godly are not afflicted by chance, but by the will of God, they ought not to despaire, but goe forwarde notwithstanding in the way of holinesse and well doing, commending themselues to God their faithfull Creator, that is to say, their Father.

Note return to page 24933 [1] Hee describeth peculiarly the office of the Elders, that is to say, of them that haue the care of the Church.

Note return to page 24934 [2] He vseth a preface touching the circumstance of his owne person: to wit, that hee as their companion communeth with them not of matters which he knoweth not, but wherin he is as well experienced as any, and propoundeth vnto them no other condition but that which hee him selfe hath susteined before them, & doeth stil take the same paines, and also hath one selfe same hope together with them.

Note return to page 24935 [3] The first rule: He that is a shepheard, let him feede the flocke.

Note return to page 24936 [a] He saith not, offer for the quicke and the dead, and sing patched shreds in a strange tongue, but, (feed.)

Note return to page 24937 [4] The second: Let the shepheard consider, that the flock is not his, but Gods.

Note return to page 24938 [5] The third: Let not shepheards inuade other mens flocks, but let them feede that which God hath committed vnto them.

Note return to page 24939 [6] Let the shepheards gouerne the Church &wt; the word, and example of godly & vnblameable life, not by constraint, but willingly, not for filthie lucre, but of a ready mind, not as lords ouer Gods portion & heritage, but as his ministers.

Note return to page 24940 [b] Which is the Christian people.

Note return to page 24941 [7] That the shepheards mindes be not ouercome either with the wickednes of men, or their crueltie, he warneth them to cast their eyes continually vpon that chiefe shepheard, and the crowne which is layde vp for them in heauen.

Note return to page 24942 [8] He commendeth many peculiar Christian vertues, and especially modestie: which admonition all of vs stand in neede of, but especially the yonger sort, by reason of the vntowardnes and pride of that age.

Note return to page 24943 Rom.12.10.

Note return to page 24944 [9] Because pride seemeth to many, to be the way vnto the glory of this life, the Apostle witnesseth on the contrary side, that ignominie and shame is the reward of pride, and glory the reward of modestie.

Note return to page 24945 Iames 4.6.

Note return to page 24946 Iames 4.10.

Note return to page 24947 [10] Because those proude and loftie spirits threaten the modest and humble, the Apostle warneth vs to set the power of God against the vanitie of proude men, and to hang wholy vpon his prouidence.

Note return to page 24948 Psal.55.23. matt.6.25. luke 12.22.

Note return to page 24949 [11] The crueltie of Satan who seeketh by all meanes to deuoure vs, is ouercome by watchfulnes and fayth.

Note return to page 24950 Luke 22.31.

Note return to page 24951 [12] The persecutions which Satan stirreth vp, are neither newe nor proper to any one man, but from olde and ancient time common to the whole Church, and therefore we must suffer that patiently, wherein we haue such and so many fellowes of our conflicts and combates.

Note return to page 24952 [c] Amongst your brethren which are dispersed throughout the world.

Note return to page 24953 [13] He sealeth vp as it were with a seale the former exhortation with a solemne prayer, againe willing them to aske encrease of strength at his hands, of whom they had the beginning, and hope to haue the accomplishment: to wit, of God the Father in Christ Iesus, in whome we are sure of the glory of eternall life.

Note return to page 24954 [14] Continuance and perseuerance in the doctrine of the Apostles, is the onely grounde and foundation of Christian strength: Nowe the summe of the Apostles doctrine, is saluation freely giuen of God.

Note return to page 24955 [15] Familiar salutations.

Note return to page 24956 [d] In that famous citie of A&esset;yria, where Peter the Apostle of the circumcision then was.

Note return to page 24957 Rom.16.16. 1.cor. 16.20. 2.cor.13.12.

Note return to page 24958 [1] A salutation, wherein he giueth them to vnderstand that he dealeth with them as Christes embassadour, and otherwise agreeth with them in one selfe same fayth which is grounded vpon the righteousnesse of Iesus Christ, our God and Sauiour.

Note return to page 24959 [a] In that that God standing to his promises, shewed himselfe faithfull, and therefore iust vnto vs.

Note return to page 24960 [2] Faith is the acknowledging of God and Christ, from whence all our blessednes issueth and floweth.

Note return to page 24961 [3] Christ setteth forth himselfe vnto vs plainely in the Gospel, and that by his onely power, and giueth vs all things which are requisite both to eternall life, wherein he hath appointed to glorifie vs, and also to godlines, in that he doeth furnish vs with true vertue.

Note return to page 24962 [b] He speaketh of Christ, whom he maketh God, and the onely Sauiour.

Note return to page 24963 [c] Vnto saluation.

Note return to page 24964 [d] This is the summe of true religion, to be led by Christ to the Father, as it were by the hand.

Note return to page 24965 [4] An explication of the former sentence, declaring the causes of so great benefites, to wit, God and his free promise, from whence all these benefits proceede, I say, these most excellent benefites, whereby we are deliuered from the corruption of the worlde, (that is, from the wicked lustes which we cary about vs) and are made, after a sort, like vnto God himselfe.

Note return to page 24966 [e] By the diuine nature he meaneth not the substance of the Godhead, but the partaking of those qualities, whereby the image of God is restored in vs.

Note return to page 24967 [f] In men.

Note return to page 24968 [g] For lust is the seate of corruption, and hath his place euen in our very bowels and inmost partes.

Note return to page 24969 [5] Hauing layed the foundation (that is, hauing declared the causes of our saluation, and especially of our sanctification) now he beginneth to exhort vs to giue our mindes wholy to the true vse of this grace. And he beginneth with faith, without which nothing can please God, and hee warneth vs to haue it full fraught with vertue (that is to say, with good and godly maners) being ioyned with the knowledge of Gods will, without which, there is neither faith, neither any true verue.

Note return to page 24970 [h] Supply also, and support or ayde.

Note return to page 24971 [6] He rekoneth vp certaine other principall vertues, whereof some pertaine to the first table of the Law, others to the last.

Note return to page 24972 [7] As those fruites doe spring from the true knowledge of Christ, so in like sort the knowledge it selfe is fostered and groweth by bringing foorth such fruites, in so much that he that is vnfruitfull, did either neuer knowe the true light, or hath forgotten the gift of sanctification which he hath receiued.

Note return to page 24973 [i] He that hath not an effectuall knowledge of God in him, is blind as touching the kingdome of God, for hee can not see things that are a farre off, that is to say, heauenly things.

Note return to page 24974 [8] The conclusion: Therefore seeing our calling and election is approoued by those fruits, and is confirmed in vs, & moreouer seeing this is the onely way to the euerlasting kingdome of Christ, it remaineth that we cast our minds wholy that way.

Note return to page 24975 [9] An amplifying of the conclusion ioyned with a modest excuse, wherein he declareth his loue towards th&ebar;, and foretelleth them of his death which is at hand.

Note return to page 24976 [k] In this body.

Note return to page 24977 Iohn 21.18.

Note return to page 24978 1.Cor.1.17. and 2.1.

Note return to page 24979 [10] An other amplification taken both of the great certaintie and also excellencie of this doctrine, as whereof our Lord Iesus Christ the Sonne of God is authour, whose glory the Apostle himselfe both sawe and heard.

Note return to page 24980 Matth. 17.5.

Note return to page 24981 [11] The trueth of the Gospell is hereby also manifest, in that it agreeth wholy with the foretellings of the Prophets.

Note return to page 24982 [12] The doctrine of the Apostles doeth not shut out the doctrine of the Prophets, for they confirme eche other by eche others testimonies, but the Prophets were as candles which gaue light vnto the blinde, vntill the brightnes of the Gospel began to shine.

Note return to page 24983 [l] A more full and open knowledge, then was vnder the shadowes of the Lawe.

Note return to page 24984 [m] That clearer doctrine of the Gospell.

Note return to page 24985 2.Tim.3.16.

Note return to page 24986 [13] The Prophets are to be read; but so, that we aske of God the gift of interpretation, for he that is the Authour of the writings of the Prophets, is also the interpreter of them.

Note return to page 24987 [n] He ioyneth the Scripture and prophecie together, to distinguish true Prophecies from false.

Note return to page 24988 [o] For all interpretation commeth from God.

Note return to page 24989 [p] The godly interpreters and me&esset;engers.

Note return to page 24990 [q] Inspired of God: and these their motions were in very good order, and not such as were the motions of the prophane soothsayers and foretellers of things to come.

Note return to page 24991 [1] As in times past there were two kinds of prophets, the one true, the other false, so Peter foretelleth them, that there shall be some true & some false teachers in the Church, in so much that Christ himselfe shalbe denied of some, which notwithstanding shall call him redeemer.

Note return to page 24992 [a] Vnder the Law, while the state and policie of the Iewes was yet standing.

Note return to page 24993 [2] There shall not onely be heresies, but also many followers of them.

Note return to page 24994 [3] Couetousnes for the most part is a companion of heresie, & maketh marchandise euen of soules.

Note return to page 24995 [b] They will abuse you and sell you as they sell cattell in a faire.

Note return to page 24996 [4] A comfort for the godly: God who cast the Angels that fell away from him, headlong into the darknesse of hell, at length to be iudged: and who destroyed the olde worlde with the flood, & preserued Noe the eight person: & who burned Sodom, and saued Lot, will deliuer his elect from these errours, and wil vtterly destroy those vnrighteous.

Note return to page 24997 Iob 4.18. iude 6.

Note return to page 24998 [c] So the Grecians called the deepe dungeons vnder the earth, which should be appointed to torment the soules of the wicked in.

Note return to page 24999 [d] Bound them with darkenes, as it were with chaines: and by darkene&esset;e he meaneth that most miserable state of life that is full of horrour.

Note return to page 25000 [e] Which was before the flood: not that God made a new world, but because the world seemed newe.

Note return to page 25001 Gen.7.1.

Note return to page 25002 [f] For he ceased not the space of an hundreth and twentie yeeres to warne the wicked both by worde and deede, what wrath of God hanged ouer their heads.

Note return to page 25003 Gen. 19.13,24.

Note return to page 25004 [g] Which way so euer he looked and turned his cares.

Note return to page 25005 [h] He had a troubled soule, and being vehemently grieued, liued a painefull life.

Note return to page 25006 [i] Hath bene long practised in sauing and deliuering the righteous.

Note return to page 25007 [5] He goeth to another sort of corrupt men, which notwithstanding are within the bosome of the Church, which are wickedly giuen, and doe sediciously speake euill of the authoritie of Magistrates, (which the Angels them selues that minister before God, doe not disprayse.) A true and liuely description of the Romish cleargie (as they call it.)

Note return to page 25008 [k] Princes, and great men, be they neuer so high in authoritie.

Note return to page 25009 [6] A liuely painting out of the same persons, wherein they are compared to beastes which are made to snare them selues to destruction while they giue them selues to fill their bellies: For there is no greater ignorance then is in these men, although they most impudently finde fault with those things which they knowe not: and it shall come to passe that they shal destroy them selues as beastes with those pleasures wherewith they are delighted, and dishonour and defile the company of the godly.

Note return to page 25010 [l] Made to this ende to be a praye to others: So doe these men willingly cast them selues into Satans snares.

Note return to page 25011 [m] Their owne wicked maners shall bring them to destruction.

Note return to page 25012 Or, litle rockes.

Note return to page 25013 [n] When as by being amongst the Christians in the holy bankets which the Church keepeth, they would seeme by that meanes to bee true members of the Church, yet they are in deede but blots of the Church.

Note return to page 25014 [7] He condemneth those men, as shewing euen in their behauiour and countenance an vnmeasurable lust, as making marchandise of the soules of light persons, as men exercised in all the craftes of couetousnesse, to bee short, as men that sell themselues for money to curse the sonnes of God after Balaams example, whom the dumme beast reproued.

Note return to page 25015 Nomb. 22.23.

Note return to page 25016 Iude 12.

Note return to page 25017 [8] An other note whereby they may be well knowen what maner of men they are, because they haue inwardly nothing but either vtterly vaine or very hurtfull, although they make a shewe of some great goodnesse: but they shall not escape vnpunished for it, because vnder pretence of false libertie, they draw men into most miserable slauerie of sinne.

Note return to page 25018 [o] Which boast of knowledge, and haue nothing in them.

Note return to page 25019 [p] Most grosse darkenesse.

Note return to page 25020 [q] They deceiue men with vaine and swelling wordes.

Note return to page 25021 [r] They take them, as fishes are taken with the hooke.

Note return to page 25022 [s] Vnfainedly and in deede, cleane departed from idolatrie.

Note return to page 25023 Ioh. 8.34. rom.6.20.

Note return to page 25024 [9] It were better to haue neuer knowen the way of righteousnesse, then to turne backe from it to the olde filthinesse: and men that doe so, are compared to dogges and swine.

Note return to page 25025 Matth.12.45. hebr.6.4.

Note return to page 25026 Prou. 26.11.

Note return to page 25027 [1] The remedie against those wicked enemies, both of true doctrine and holinesse, is to be sought for by the continual meditation of the writings of the Prophetes and Apostles.

Note return to page 25028 1.Timoth.4.1. 2.timoth.3.1. iude 18.

Note return to page 25029 [2] He voucheth the seconde comming of Christ against the Epicures by name.

Note return to page 25030 [a] Monstrous men, who will seeme wise by their contempt of God, and wicked boldnesse.

Note return to page 25031 [3] The reason which these mockers pretende: because the course of nature is all one as it was from the beginning, therefore the worlde was from euerlasting, and shalbe for euer.

Note return to page 25032 [4] He setteth against them the creation of heauen and earth by the worde of God, which these men are willingly ignorant of.

Note return to page 25033 [b] Which appeared, when the waters were gathered together into one place.

Note return to page 25034 [5] Secondly he setteth against them the vniuersal flood, which was the destruction, as it were of the whole worlde.

Note return to page 25035 [c] For the waters returning into their former place, this world, that is to say, this beautie of the earth which we see, and all liuing creatures which liue vpon the earth, perished.

Note return to page 25036 [6] Thirdly, hee pronounceth that it shall not be harder for God to burne heauen and earth with fire, in that day which is appointed for the destruction of the wicked (which thing he will also doe) then it was for him in times past to make them with his onely word, and afterwarde to ouerwhelme them with water.

Note return to page 25037 [7] The taking away of an obiection: In that he seemeth to deferre this iudgement along season, in respect of vs it is true, but not before God, with whom there is no time either long or short.

Note return to page 25038 Psalme 90.4.

Note return to page 25039 [8] The Lord will surely come, because he hath promised: and that neither sooner nor later then he hath promised.

Note return to page 25040 [9] A reason why the latter day commeth not out of hand, because God doeth patiently waite till the elect bee brought to repentance, that none of them may perish.

Note return to page 25041 Ezech. 18.32. and 33.11. 1. Timoth.2.4.

Note return to page 25042 [10] A very short description of the last destruction of the worlde, but in such sort as nothing coulde be spoken more grauely.

Note return to page 25043 Matth. 24.44. 1.the&esset;al.5.2. reuelat.3.3. and 16.15.

Note return to page 25044 [d] With the violence as it were of a hi&esset;ing storme.

Note return to page 25045 [11] An exhortation to puritie of life, setting before vs that horrible iudgement of God, both to bridle our wantonnesse, and also to comfort vs, so that we be founde watching, and readie to meete him at his comming.

Note return to page 25046 [e] Hee requireth patience of vs, yet such patience as is not slouthfull.

Note return to page 25047 Esai. 65.17. and 66.22. reuelat. 21.1.

Note return to page 25048 [f] In which heauens.

Note return to page 25049 [g] That you may trie to your profite, howe gentle and peaceable hee is.

Note return to page 25050 Rom. 2.4.

Note return to page 25051 [12] Pauls Epistles are allowed by the expresse testimonie of Peter.

Note return to page 25052 [13] There be certaine of these things obscure and darke: whereof the vnlearned take occasion to ouerthrowe some men that stand not fast, wresting the testimonies of the Scripture to their owne destruction. But this is the remedie against such deceite, to labour that we may dayly more and more grow vp and increase in the knowledge of Christ.

Note return to page 25053 That is to say, among the which things: for he disputeth not here whether Pauls Epistles be plaine or darke, but saith, that amongst those things which Paul hath written of in his Epistles, and Peter himselfe in these two of his owne, there are some things which cannot be so easily vnderstoode, and therefore are of some drawen to their owne destruction: and this hee saith to make vs more attentiue and diligent, & not to remoue vs from the reading of holy things, for to what ende should they haue written vaine speculations?

Note return to page 25054 [1] He beginneth with the description of the person of Christ, whome he maketh one and not two: and him both God from euerlasting (for he was with the Father from the beginning, and is that eternall life) and also made true man, whom Iohn himselfe and his companions, both heard, and behelde, and handled.

Note return to page 25055 [a] I heard him speake, I sawe him my selfe with mine eyes, I handled with mine handes him that is very God being made very man, and not I alone, but others also that were with me.

Note return to page 25056 [b] That same euerlasting Worde, by whome all things are made, and in whome onely there is life.

Note return to page 25057 [c] Being sent by him: and that doctrine is rightly said to be shewed, for no man could so much as haue thought of it, if it had not bene thus shewed.

Note return to page 25058 [2] The vse of this doctrine is this, that all of vs being coupled and ioyned together with Christ by faith, might become the sonnes of God: in which thing onely consisteth all happinesse.

Note return to page 25059 [3] Nowe hee entreth into a question, whereby we may vnderstande that wee are ioyned together with Christ, to wit, if wee be gouerned with his light, which is perceiued by the ordering of our life. And thus he reasoneth. God is in himselfe most pure light, therefore hee agreeth well with them, which are lightsome, but with them that are darkesome hee hath no fellowship.

Note return to page 25060 Iohn 8.12.

Note return to page 25061 [d] God is saide to be light of his owne nature, and to bee in light, that is to say, in that euerlasting infinite blessednesse: and wee are saide to walke in light, in that the beames of that light doe shine vnto vs in the Worde.

Note return to page 25062 [4] A digression or going from the matter he is in hand with, to the remission of sinnes: for this our sanctification which walke in the light, is a testimonie of our ioyning and knitting together with Christ: but because this our light is very darke, wee must needes obteine an other benefite in Christ, to wit, that our sinnes may be forgiuen vs being sprinkled with his blood: and this in conclusion is the proppe and stay of our saluation.

Note return to page 25063 Hebrew.9.28. 1.peter 1.19. reuelat.1.5.

Note return to page 25064 [5] There is none, but needeth this benefite, because there is none that is not a sinner.

Note return to page 25065 1.King.8.46. 2.chron.6.36. prouerb.20.9.

Note return to page 25066 [e] This place doeth fully refute that perfitnesse and workes of supererogation which the Papists dreame of.

Note return to page 25067 [f] So then, Iohn speaketh not thus for modesties sake, as some say, but because it is so in deede.

Note return to page 25068 [6] Therefore the beginning of saluation is to acknowledge our wickednesse, and to require pardon of him who freely forgiueth all sinnes, because he hath promised so to doe, and hee is faithfull and iust.

Note return to page 25069 [g] So then our saluation hangeth vpon the free promes of God, who because hee is faithfull and iust, will performe that which he hath promised.

Note return to page 25070 [h] Where are then our merites? for this is our true felicitie.

Note return to page 25071 [7] A rehearsall of the former sentence, wherein he condemned all of sinne without exception: in so much that if any man perswade himselfe otherwise, he doeth as much as in him lieth, make the word of God himselfe vaine and to no purpose, yea he maketh God a liar: for to what ende either in times past needed sacrifices, or nowe Christ and the Gospel, if, we be not sinners?

Note return to page 25072 [i] They doe not onely deceiue themselues, but are blasphemous against God.

Note return to page 25073 [k] His doctrine shall haue no place in vs: that is, in our heartes.

Note return to page 25074 [1] It foloweth not hereof that wee must giue our wicked nature the bridle, or sinne so much the more freely, because our sinnes are clensed away by the blood of Christ, but we must rather so much the more dilig&ebar;tly resist sinne. And yet we must not despaire because of our weaknes, for we haue an aduocate and a purger, Christ Iesus the iust, and therefore acceptable vnto his Father.

Note return to page 25075 [a] In that he nameth Christ, he shutteth forth all other.

Note return to page 25076 [b] Reconciliation and interce&esset;ion goe together, to giue vs to vnderstand that he is both aduocate and hie Priest.

Note return to page 25077 [c] For men of all sortes, of all ages, and all places, so that this benefite belongeth not to the Iewes only, of whom he speaketh as appeareth, vers. 7. but also to other nati&obar;s.

Note return to page 25078 [2] He returneth to the testimonie of our coniunction with God, to wit, to sanctification, declaring what it is to walke in the light, to wit, to keepe Gods c&obar;mandements. Whereby it foloweth that holines doeth not consist in those thinges which men haue deuised, neither in a vaine profession of the Gospel.

Note return to page 25079 [d] This must be vnderstoode of such a knowledge as hath faith with it, and not of a common knowledge.

Note return to page 25080 [e] For the tree is knowen by the fruite.

Note return to page 25081 [3] Holines, that is, a life ordered according to the prescript of Gods commaundements, how weake soeuer we be, is of necessitie ioyned with faith, that is, with the true knowledge of the Father in the Sonne.

Note return to page 25082 [4] He that keepeth Gods c&obar;mandements loueth God in deede: He that loueth God, is in God, or is ioyned together with God. Therfore he that keepeth his commandements, is in him.

Note return to page 25083 [f] Wherewith we loue God.

Note return to page 25084 [g] He meaneth our coniunction with Christ.

Note return to page 25085 [5] He that is one with Christ, must needs liue his life, that is, must walke in his steps.

Note return to page 25086 [6] The Apostle going about to expound the c&obar;mandement of Charitie one towards another, telleth first, that when he vrgeth holines, he bringeth no new trade of life (as they vse to do which deuise traditi&obar;s one after another) but putteth them in minde of that same lawe which God gaue in the beginning, to wit, by Moses, at that time that God began to make Lawes to his people.

Note return to page 25087 [7] He addeth, that that doctrine in deede is old, but it is now after a sort new, both in respect of Christ, & also of vs: in whom he through the Gospel, engraueth his law effectually, not in tables of stone, but in our mindes.

Note return to page 25088 [h] Which thing (to wit, that the doctrine is new which I write vnto you) is true in him, & in you.

Note return to page 25089 [8] Nowe he commeth to the second table, that is, to charitie one towardes another, and denieth that that man hath true light in him, or is in deede regenerate and the sonne of God, which hateth his brother: and such a one wandereth miserably in darknes, brag he of neuer so great knowledge of God, for that wittingly and willingly he casteth himselfe headlong into hell.

Note return to page 25090 Chap.3.14.

Note return to page 25091 [9] He returneth againe from sanctification to remission of sinnes, because that free reconciliation in Christ is the gro&ubar;d of our saluation, whereupon afterwards sanctification must be built as vpon a fundation.

Note return to page 25092 [i] Therfore I write vnto you, because you are of their nomber whom God hath rec&obar;ciled to himself.

Note return to page 25093 [k] For his owne sake: And in that he nameth Christ, he shutteth out all other, whether they be in heau&ebar; or earth.

Note return to page 25094 [10] Hee sheweth that this doctrine agreeth to all ages, and first of all speaking to old men, he sheweth that Christ and his doctrine are passing ancient, and therefore if they be delited &wt; olde things, nothing ought to be more acceptable vnto them.

Note return to page 25095 [11] He aduertiseth yong men, if they be desirous to shew their str&ebar;gth, that they haue a most glorious c&obar;bate set here before th&ebar;, to wit, Satan the worst enemie, who must be ouercome: willing them to be as sure of the victorie, as if they had already gotten it.

Note return to page 25096 [12] Finally, hee sheweth to children, that that true Father from whom they haue to looke for all good things, is set forth vnto them in the Gospel.

Note return to page 25097 [13] He addeth afterward in like order, as many exhortations: as if he should say, Remember, you Fathers, as I wrote euen nowe, that the euerlasting Sonne of God is reuealed to vs. Remember ye yong men, that that strength whereby I sayd that you put Satan to flight, is giuen you by the worde of God which dwelleth in you.

Note return to page 25098 [14] The world which is full of wicked desires, lustes, or pleasures, and pride, is vtterly hated of our heauenly Father. Therefore the Father and the world cannot be loued together: and this admonition is very necessary for greene and florishing youth.

Note return to page 25099 [l] He speaketh of the world, as it agreeth not with the will of God, for otherwise God is sayd to loue the world with an infinite loue, Iohn 3.16. that is to say, those whome he chose out of the world.

Note return to page 25100 [m] Wherewith the Father is loued.

Note return to page 25101 [15] He sheweth how much better it is to obey the Fathers will, then the lustes of the world, by both their natures and vnlike euent.

Note return to page 25102 [16] Nowe he turneth himselfe to litle children, which notwithstanding are well instructed in the summe of religion, and willeth them by diuers reasons to shake off slouthfulnes, which is too too familiar with that age.

Note return to page 25103 [n] He vseth this worde (Litle) not because he speaketh to children, but to allure them the more by vsing such sweete wordes.

Note return to page 25104 [17] First, because the last time is at hand, so that the matter suffereth no delay.

Note return to page 25105 [18] Secondly, because Antichrists, that is, such as fall from God are already come, euen as they heard that they should come. And it was very requisite to warne that vnheedy and warilesse age of that danger.

Note return to page 25106 [19] A digression against certaine offences and stumbling blocks whereat that rude age especially might stumble and be shaken. Therefore that they should not be terrified with the foule falling backe of certaine, first he maketh plaine vnto them, that although such as fall from God and his religion had place in the Church, yet they were neuer of the Church: because the Church is the company of the elect, which cannot perish, and therefore cannot fall from Christ.

Note return to page 25107 [o] So then the elect can neuer fall from grace.

Note return to page 25108 [20] Secondly, he sheweth that these things fal out to the profit of the Church, that hypocrites may be plainely knowen.

Note return to page 25109 [21] Thirdly, he comforteth them to make them stand fast, insomuch as they are anointed of þe; holy Ghost &wt; the true knowledge of saluation.

Note return to page 25110 [p] The grace of the holy Ghost: & this is a borowed kind of speach taken fr&obar; the ointings vsed in the Law.

Note return to page 25111 [q] From Christ who is peculiarly called Holy.

Note return to page 25112 [22] The taking away of an obiection. He wrote not these things as to m&ebar; which are ignorant of religion, but rather as to them which do wel know þe; trueth, yea so far forth þt; they are able to discerne trueth fr&obar; falsehode.

Note return to page 25113 [23] He sheweth now plainly the false doctrine of þe; Antichrists, to wit, þt; either they fight against the person of Christ, or his office, or both together & at once. And they þt; do so, do in vaine boast & brag of God, for that in denying the Sonne, the Father also is denied.

Note return to page 25114 [r] Is the true Messia[illeg.].

Note return to page 25115 [s] They then are deceiued themselues, and also do deceiue others, which say that the Turks & other infidels worship the same God that we do.

Note return to page 25116 [24] The whole preaching of þe; Prophets & Apostles is contrary to þt; doctrine: Therfore it is vtterly to be cast away, & this wholy to be holden & kept, which leadeth vs to seeke eternal life in þe; free promes, þt; is to say, in Christ alone, who is giu&ebar; vs of the father.

Note return to page 25117 [25] The same Spirit which indueth the elect with the knowledge of the trueth and sanctifieth them, giueth them therewithall the gift of perseuerance, to continue to the ende.

Note return to page 25118 [t] The Spirit which you haue receiued of Christ, and which hath led you into all trueth.

Note return to page 25119 [u] You are not ignorant of those things, and therefore I teach them not as things that were neuer heard of, but call them to your remembrance as things which you doe knowe.

Note return to page 25120 [x] Hee commendeth both the doctrine which they had embraced, and also highly prayseth their faith, and the diligence of such as taught them, yet so, that he taketh nothing from the honour due to the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 25121 [26] The conclusion both of the whole exhortation, and also of the former treatise.

Note return to page 25122 [27] A passing ouer to the treatise following, which tendeth to the same purpose, but yet is more ample, and handleth the same matter after another order, for before he taught vs to goe vp from the effects, to the cause, and in this that followeth, he goeth downe from the causes to the effects. And this is the summe of this argument: God is the fountaine of all righteousnes, and therefore they that giue them selues to righteousnes, are knowen to be borne of him, because they resemble God the Father.

Note return to page 25123 [1] He beginneth to declare this agreement of þe; Father & the Sonne, at þe; highest cause, to wit, at that free loue of God towards vs, wherewith he so loueth vs, that also he adopteth vs to be his children.

Note return to page 25124 [a] What a gift of how great loue.

Note return to page 25125 [b] That we should be the sonnes of God, and so, that all the world may perceiue we are so.

Note return to page 25126 [2] Before he declareth this adoption, he sayth two things: the one, that this so great a dignitie is not to be esteemed according to þe; iudgm&ebar;t of the flesh, because it is vnknowen to the world, for the world knoweth not God the Father himselfe.

Note return to page 25127 [3] The other: This dignitie is not fully made manifest to vs our selues, much lesse to strangers, but we are sure of the accomplishment of it, in so much that we shalbe like to the Sonne of God himselfe, & shal enioy his sight in deede, such as he is now, but yet notwithstanding this is deferred vntill his next comming.

Note return to page 25128 [c] Like, but not equall.

Note return to page 25129 [d] For now we see as in a gla&esset;e, 1. Cor.13.12.

Note return to page 25130 [4] Now he describeth this adoption, (the glory whereof as yet consisteth in hope,) by the effect, to wit, because that whosoeuer is made the sonne of God, endeuoureth to resemble the Father in puritie.

Note return to page 25131 [e] This worde signifieth a likenes, but not an equalitie.

Note return to page 25132 [5] The rule of this puritie can from no whence els be taken but from the Law of God, the transgression whereof is that which is called sinne.

Note return to page 25133 [f] Giueth not himselfe to purenes.

Note return to page 25134 [g] A short definition of sinne.

Note return to page 25135 [6] An argument taken from the materiall cause of our saluation: Christ in himselfe is most pure, and he came to take away our sinnes, by sanctifying vs with the holy Ghost. Therefore whosoeuer is truely partaker of Christ, doeth not giue himselfe to sinne, and contrariwise hee that giueth himselfe to sinne, knoweth not Christ.

Note return to page 25136 Isai.53.6,9,11. 1.pet.2.22,24.

Note return to page 25137 [h] He is sayd to sinne, that giueth not himselfe to purenes, and in him sinne reigneth: but sinne is sayd to dwell in the faithfull, and not to reigne in them.

Note return to page 25138 [7] An other argument of things coupled together: He that liueth iustly, is iust, and resembleth Christ that is iust, and by that is knowen to be the sonne of God.

Note return to page 25139 [8] An argument taken of contraries: The deuil is the authour of sinne and therefore he is of the deuill, or is ruled by the inspiration of the deuill, that serueth sinne: and if he be the deuils sonne, then is hee not Gods sonne: for the deuil and God are so contrary the one to the other, that euen the S&obar;ne of God was sent to destroy the works of the deuil. Therefore on the contrary side, whosoeuer resisteth sinne, is the Sonne of God, being borne againe of his Spirit as of newe seede, in so much, that of necessitie he is nowe deliuered from the slauerie of sinne.

Note return to page 25140 Iohn 8.44.

Note return to page 25141 [i] Resembleth the deuill, as the childe doeth the father, & is gouerned by his Spirit.

Note return to page 25142 [k] He saith not, sinned, but, sinneth, for he doth nothing els but sinne.

Note return to page 25143 [l] From the very beginning of the worlde.

Note return to page 25144 [m] The holy Ghost is so called of the effect he worketh, because by his vertue and mightie working, as it were by seede, we are made newe men.

Note return to page 25145 [9] The conclusion: By a wicked life they are knowen which are gouerned by the spirit of the deuil: and by a pure life, which are Gods children.

Note return to page 25146 [10] He beginneth to commend charitie towards the brethr&ebar;, as another marke of the sonnes of God.

Note return to page 25147 [11] The first reason, taken of the authoritie of God which giueth the commandement.

Note return to page 25148 Iohn 13.34. and 15.12.

Note return to page 25149 [12] An amplification taken of the contrarie example of Cain which slewe his brother.

Note return to page 25150 Gene.4.8.

Note return to page 25151 [n] He bringeth forth a very fit and very olde example, wherein we may beholde both the nature of the sonnes of God, and of the sonnes of the deuill, and what state and condition remaineth for vs in this world, and what shalbe the end of both at length.

Note return to page 25152 [13] A short digression: Let vs not marueile that we are hated of the world for doing our duetie, for such was the condition of Abel who was a iust person: and who would not rather be like him then Cain?

Note return to page 25153 [14] The second reason: Because charitie is a testimonie that we are translated from death to life: and therefore hatred towards the brethren is a testimonie of death, and whosoeuer nourisheth it, doeth as it were softer death in his bosome.

Note return to page 25154 [o] Loue is a token that we are translated from death to life, for asmuch as by the effects the cause is knowen.

Note return to page 25155 Chap.2.10. leuit.19.17.

Note return to page 25156 [15] A confirmation: Whosoeuer is a murtherer, is in eternall death: who so hateth his brother is a murtherer, therefore he is in death. And thereupon followeth the contrary: Hee that loueth his brother, hath passed to life, for in deed we are borne dead.

Note return to page 25157 Iohn 15.13. ephes.5.2.

Note return to page 25158 [16] Nowe he sheweth howe farre Christian charitie extendeth, euen so farre, that according to the example of Christ, euery man forget himselfe, to prouide for and helpe his brethren.

Note return to page 25159 Luke 3 11.

Note return to page 25160 [17] He reasoneth by comparisons: for if we are bound euen to giue our life for our neighbours, how much more are we bound to helpe our brothers necessitie with our goods & substance?

Note return to page 25161 [p] Wherewith this life is sustained.

Note return to page 25162 [q] Openeth not his heart to him, nor helpeth him willingly and cheerefully.

Note return to page 25163 [18] Christian charitie standeth not in words but in deed, and proceedeth from a syncere affection.

Note return to page 25164 [19] He c&obar;mendeth charitie, by a triple effect: for first of all, by it we know that we are in deede the sonnes of God, as he shewed before.

Note return to page 25165 [20] Thereof it commeth that we haue a quiet conscience, as on the contrary side hee that thinketh that hee hath God for a iudge, because hee is guiltie to himselfe, either he is neuer or els very rashly quiet, for God hath a farre quicker sight then we, and iudgeth more seuerely.

Note return to page 25166 [r] If an euil conscience conuinceth vs, much more ought the iudgement of God c&obar;demne vs, who knoweth our hearts better then we our selues doe.

Note return to page 25167 [21] A third effect also riseth of the former, that in these miseries we are sure to be heard, because we are the sonnes of God: as we vnderstand by the grace of sanctification, which is proper to the elect.

Note return to page 25168 Mat.21.22. iohn 15.7. and 16.23. chap.5.14.

Note return to page 25169 [22] The conclusion: That faith in Christ, and loue one towards another are things ioyned together, and therefore the outward testimonies of sanctification must and doe answere that inward testimonie of the Spirit giuen vnto vs.

Note return to page 25170 Iohn 6.23. and 17.3.

Note return to page 25171 Iohn 13.34. and 15.10.

Note return to page 25172 [s] Hee meaneth the Spirit of sanctification, whereby we are borne anewe and liue to God.

Note return to page 25173 [1] Taking occasion by the name of the Spirit, least loue and charitie should be separated from the worship of God, which chiefly dependeth of his true knowledge, he returneth to that which he spake of in the second chapter touching the taking heede of Antichrists. And hee will haue vs here to take heede of two things, the one is, that seeing there be many false prophets, we doe not lightly giue credit to euery man: the other is, that because many men teach false things, we should not therefore beleeue any. Wee must then obserue a meane, that wee may bee able to discerne the Spirits of God which are altogether to be followed, from impure spirits which are to be eschewed.

Note return to page 25174 [a] This is spoken by the figure Metonymie, and it is as if he had sayd, Beleeue not euery one that sayth that he hath a gift of the holy Ghost to doe the office of a Prophet.

Note return to page 25175 [2] He giueth a certaine and perpetuall rule to know the doctrine of Antichrist by to wit, if either the diuine or humane nature of Christ, or the true vniting of them together be denied: or if the least iote that may be, be derogated from his office who is our onely King, Prophet, and euerlasting hie Priest.

Note return to page 25176 [b] He speaketh simply of the doctrine, and not of the person.

Note return to page 25177 [c] The true Messia[illeg.].

Note return to page 25178 [d] Is true man.

Note return to page 25179 [3] He comforteth the elect with a most sure hope of victorie: but yet so, that he teacheth them that they fight not with their owne vertue, but with the vertue and power of God.

Note return to page 25180 [4] Hee bringeth a reason why the world receiueth these teachers more willingly then the true: to wit, because they breathe out nothing but that which is worldly: which is another note also to knowe the doctrine of Antichrist by.

Note return to page 25181 [5] He testifieth vnto them, that his doctrine and the doctrine of his felowes, is the assured worde of God, which of necessitie wee haue boldly to set against all the mouthes of the whole world, and thereby discerne the trueth from falsehoode.

Note return to page 25182 Iohn 8.47.

Note return to page 25183 [e] True Prophets, against whom are set false prophets, that is, such as erre themselues, and leade other into errour.

Note return to page 25184 [6] He returneth to the commending of brotherly loue and charitie.

Note return to page 25185 [7] The first reason: Because it is a very diuine thing, and therefore very meete for the sonnes of God: so that whosoeuer is voyde of it, can not be sayd to know God aright.

Note return to page 25186 [8] A confirmation: for it is the nature of God to loue men, whereof wee haue a most manifest proofe aboue all other, in that that of his onely free and infinite good will towards vs his enemies, hee deliuered vnto death, not a common man, but that his owne Sonne, yea his onely begotten Sonne, to the ende that wee being reconciled through his blood, might be made partakers of his euerlasting glorie.

Note return to page 25187 [f] In that hee calleth God, Loue, hee sayth more then if hee had sayd that hee loueth vs infinitely.

Note return to page 25188 Iohn 3.16.

Note return to page 25189 [9] An other reason by comparison: If God so loued vs, shall not we his children loue one another?

Note return to page 25190 Iohn 1.18. 1.tim.6.16.

Note return to page 25191 [10] A third reason: Because God is inuisible, therefore by this effect of his Spirit, to wit, by charitie, he is vnderstood, yea and to be not out of vs, but ioyned with vs and in vs, in wh&obar; he is so effectually working.

Note return to page 25192 [g] Is surely in vs in deede, and in trueth.

Note return to page 25193 [11] He vnderlayeth this charitie with an other foundation, to wit, faith in Iesus, which ioyneth vs in deede with him, euen as charitie witnesseth that we are ioyned &wt; him. Furthermore he testifieth of Christ, as who had seene him with his eies.

Note return to page 25194 [h] With such a confession as commeth from true faith, and is accompanied with loue, so that there be an agreement of all things.

Note return to page 25195 [12] A fourth reason: God is the fountaine and welspring of charitie, yea charitie it selfe: therefore whosoeuer abideth in it, hath God &wt; him.

Note return to page 25196 [13] Againe (as a litle before) he commendeth loue, for that seeing that by our agreement with God in this thing, we haue a certaine testimonie of our adoption, it commeth thereby to passe that without feare we looke for that latter day of iudgement, so that trembling, and that torment of conscience is cast out by this loue.

Note return to page 25197 [i] This signifieth a likenes, not an equalitie.

Note return to page 25198 [k] If we vnderstand by loue, that we are in God, and God in vs, that we are sonnes, and that we know God, and that euerlasting life is in vs: he concludeth aright, that we may well gather peace and quietnesse thereby.

Note return to page 25199 [14] Lest any man should thinke that that peace of conscience proceedeth from our loue as from the cause, he goeth backe to the fountaine, to wit, to the free loue wherewith God loueth vs although we deserued and do deserue his wrath. And hereof springeth another double charitie, which both are tokens and witnesses of that first, to wit, that, wherewith we loue God who loued vs first, and then for his sake our neighbours also.

Note return to page 25200 [15] As he shewed that the loue of our neighbour cannot be separate from the loue wherewith God loueth vs, because this last engendreth the other: so he denieth that the other kind of loue wherewith we loue God, can be separate from the loue of our neighbour: whereof it foloweth, that they lie impudently which say they worship God, and yet regard not their neighbours.

Note return to page 25201 [16] The first reason taken of comparison, why we cannot hate our neighbour, & loue God, to wit, because that he that cannot loue his brother, whom he seeth, how can he loue God whom he seeth not?

Note return to page 25202 Iohn 13.34.& 15.12.

Note return to page 25203 [17] A second reason, why God cannot be hated and our neighbour loued, because the selfesame Lawmaker c&obar;manded both to loue him and our neighbour.

Note return to page 25204 [1] He goeth on forward in the same argument, shewing how both those loues come into vs, from that loue wherewith God loueth vs, to wit, by Iesus our Mediatour laide holde on by faith in whom we are made the children of God, and doe loue the Father of whom we are so begotten, and also our brethren which are begotten with vs.

Note return to page 25205 [a] Is the true Messias.

Note return to page 25206 [b] By one, he meaneth all the faithfull.

Note return to page 25207 [2] The loue of our neighbour doth so hang vpon the loue wherewith we loue God, that this last must needes goe before the first: whereof it foloweth, that that is not to be called loue when men agree together to doe euill, neither that, when as in louing our neighbours, wee respect not Gods commandements.

Note return to page 25208 [c] There is no loue where there is no true doctrine.

Note return to page 25209 [3] The reason: for to loue God, is to keepe his commandem&ebar;ts, which being so, and seeing that both the loues are commanded of one and the selfe same Lawmaker, (as he taught before) it foloweth also, that we doe not loue our neighbour, when we breake Gods commandements.

Note return to page 25210 [4] Because experience teacheth vs that there is no abilitie in our flesh, neither yet will to performe Gods commandements, therefore least the Apostle shoulde seeme, by so often putting them in mind of the keeping of the commandements of God to require things that are impossible, he pronounceth that the commandements of God are not in such sort grieuous or burdensome, that we can be oppressed with the burden of them.

Note return to page 25211 Mat.11.30.

Note return to page 25212 [d] To them that be regenerate, that is to say, borne anewe, which are led by the Spirit of God, and are through grace deliuered from the curse of the Law.

Note return to page 25213 [5] A reason: Because by regeneration we haue gotten strength to ouercome the world, that is to say, whatsoeuer striueth against the commaundements of God.

Note return to page 25214 [6] He declareth what that strength is, to wit, faith.

Note return to page 25215 [e] He vseth the time that is past, to giue vs to vnderstand, that although we be in the battell, yet vndoubtedly we shalbe conquerours, and are most certaine of the victorie.

Note return to page 25216 [f] Which is the instrumentall cause, and as a meane and hand whereby we lay holde on him who in deede doth performe this, that is, hath and doeth ouercome the worlde, euen Christ Iesus.

Note return to page 25217 1.Cor.15.57.

Note return to page 25218 [7] Moreouer he declareth two things, the one, what true faith is, to wit, that which resteth vpon Iesus Christ the Sonne of God alone: whereupon followeth the other, to wit, that this strength is not proper to faith, but by faith as an instrument is drawen from Iesus Christ the Sonne of God.

Note return to page 25219 [8] He proueth the excellencie of Christ in whom onely all things are giuen vs, by sixe witnesses, three heauenly, and three earthly, which wholy and fully agree together. The heauenly witnesses are, the Father who sent the Sonne, the Worde it selfe which became flesh, and the holy Ghost. The earthly witnesses are, water (that is, our sanctification) blood, (that is, our iustification) the Spirit, (that is, acknowledging of God the Father in Christ by faith, through the testimonie of the holy Ghost.)

Note return to page 25220 [9] He warneth vs not to separate water from blood, (that is, sanctification from iustification, or righteousnesse begonne from righteousnesse imputed) for we stand not vpon sanctification, but so farre forth as it is a witnesse of Christes righteousnesse imputed vnto vs: and although this imputation of Christes righteousnesse be neuer separated from sanctification, yet is it the onely matter of our saluation.

Note return to page 25221 [g] Our spirit which is the third witnes, testifieth that the holy Ghost is trueth, that is to say, that that is true which he telleth vs, to wit, that we are the Sonnes of God.

Note return to page 25222 [h] Looke Iob.8.14.

Note return to page 25223 [i] Agree in one.

Note return to page 25224 [10] He sheweth by an argument of comparison, of what great waight the heauenly testimonie is, that the Father hath giuen of the Sonne, vnto whom agreeth both the Sonne himselfe and the holy Ghost.

Note return to page 25225 [k] I conclude thus aright: for that testimonie which I said is giuen in heauen, commeth from God, who so setteth forth his Sonne.

Note return to page 25226 Iob. 3.36.

Note return to page 25227 [11] He proueth the surenes of the earthly witnesses by euery mans conscience, hauing that testimonie in it selfe, which conscience he sayeth cannot be deceiued, because it consenteth to the heauenly testimonie which the Father giueth of the Sonne: for otherwise the Father must needes be a lyar, if the conscience which accordeth & assenteth to the Father, should lye.

Note return to page 25228 [12] Now at length he sheweth what this testimonie is that is confirmed with so many witnesses: to wit, that life or euerlasting felicitie is the meere and onely gift of God, which is in the Sonne, and proceedeth from him into vs, which by faith are ioyned with him, so that without him, life is no where to be found.

Note return to page 25229 [13] The conclusion of the Epistle, wherein he sheweth first of all, that euen they which already beleeue, doe stand in neede of this doctrine, to the end that they may growe more and more in faith: that is to say, to the ende that they may be dayly more and more certified of their saluation in Christ through faith.

Note return to page 25230 [14] Because we do not yet in effect obteine that which we hope for, the Apostle ioyneth inuocation or prayer with faith, which he will haue to proceede from faith, and moreouer to be conceiued in such sort, that nothing be asked but that which is agreeable to the will of God: and such prayers cannot be vaine.

Note return to page 25231 Chap.3.22.

Note return to page 25232 [15] We haue to make prayers not onely for our selues, but also for our brethren which doe sinne, that their sinnes be not vnto them, to death: and yet he excepteth that sinne which is neuer forgiuen, or the sinne against the holy Ghost, that is to say, an vniuersall & wilful falling away from the knowen trueth of the Gospel.

Note return to page 25233 [l] This is as much as if he saide, let him desire the Lorde to forgiue him, and he will forgiue him being so desired.

Note return to page 25234 Matth.12.31. marke 3.29.

Note return to page 25235 [16] The taking away of an obiection: In deede all iniquitie is comprehended vnder the name of sinne: but yet we must not despaire therefore, because euery sinne is not deadly, and without hope of remedie.

Note return to page 25236 [17] A reason why not all, nay rather why no sinne is mortall to some: to wit, because they be borne of God, that is to say, made the sonnes of God in Christ, and being indued with his Spirit, they doe not serue sinne, neither are deadly wounded of Satan.

Note return to page 25237 [18] Euery man must particularly applie to himselfe the generall promises, that we may certainely persuade our selues, that whereas all the worlde is by nature lost, we are freely made the sonnes of God, by the sending of Iesus Christ his sonne vnto vs, of whom we are lightened with the knowledge of the true God and euerlasting life.

Note return to page 25238 Luke 24.45.

Note return to page 25239 [m] The diuinitie of Christ is most plainely proued by this place.

Note return to page 25240 [19] He expresseth a plaine precept of taking heede of idoles: which he setteth against the onely true God, that with this seale as it were he might seale vp all the former doctrine.

Note return to page 25241 [a] This is no proper name, but to be taken as the worde soundeth, that is to say, to the worthie and noble Ladie.

Note return to page 25242 [b] Excellent and honorable Dame.

Note return to page 25243 [1] The bond of Christian coniunction or linking together, is the true and constant profession of the trueth.

Note return to page 25244 [c] With true knowledge which hath alwayes loue ioyned with it, and folowing it.

Note return to page 25245 [2] This true profession consisteth both in loue one towards another which the Lord hath commanded, and also especially in wholesome and sound doctrine, which also is deliuered vnto vs: for the commandement of God is a sounde and sure foundation both of the rule of maners, and of doctrine, and these cannot be separated the one from the other.

Note return to page 25246 [d] According as the trueth directeth them.

Note return to page 25247 Iohn 15.12.

Note return to page 25248 [3] Antichristes fighting against the person and office of Christ, were already crept into the Church, in the time of the Apostles.

Note return to page 25249 [4] He that maketh shipwracke of doctrine, loseth all.

Note return to page 25250 [e] Beware, and take good heede.

Note return to page 25251 [5] We ought to haue nothing to doe with them that defende peruerse doctrine.

Note return to page 25252 Rom.56.57.

Note return to page 25253 [1] An example of a Christian gratulation.

Note return to page 25254 [a] Then these ioyes.

Note return to page 25255 [b] As becommeth a beleeuer and a Christian.

Note return to page 25256 [c] He commendeth to Gaius, either those selfe same men whom he had entertained before, returning nowe againe to him, about the affaires of the Church, or els some other which had like businesse.

Note return to page 25257 [d] That we our selues may helpe somewhat to the preaching of the trueth.

Note return to page 25258 [2] Ambition and couetousnesse two pestilent plagues (especially in them which haue any Ecclesiasticall function) are condemned in Diotrephes person.

Note return to page 25259 [e] Hath not knowen God.

Note return to page 25260 [a] This is put to make a difference betweene him and Iudas Iscarioth.

Note return to page 25261 [b] By God þe; Father.

Note return to page 25262 [c] Set apart, by the euerlasting counsel of God, to be deliuered to Christ to be kept.

Note return to page 25263 [1] The ende and marke whereat he shooteth in this Epistle, is that hee confirmeth the godly against certaine wicked men, both in wholesome doctrine and good maners.

Note return to page 25264 [d] Of those thinges that pertaine to the saluation of all of vs.

Note return to page 25265 [e] That ye shoulde defende the faith by all the might you can, both by true doctrine, and good example of life.

Note return to page 25266 [f] Which was once so giuen, that it may neuer be changed.

Note return to page 25267 [2] It is by Gods prouidence & not by chance, that many wicked men creepe into the Church.

Note return to page 25268 [3] He condemneth this first in them, that they take a pretence or occasion to waxe wanton, by the grace of God: which cannot be, but the chiefe empire of Christ must be abrogated, in that such men giue vp themselues to Satan, as at this day the sect of Anabaptistes doeth, which they call Libertines.

Note return to page 25269 2. Pet.2.1.

Note return to page 25270 [4] He setteth forth the horrible punishment of them which haue abused the grace of God to followe their owne lustes.

Note return to page 25271 Num.14.37.

Note return to page 25272 [5] The fall of the Angels was most seuerely punished, howe much more then will the Lorde punish wicked and faithlesse men?

Note return to page 25273 2. Pet.2.4.

Note return to page 25274 Gen.19.24.

Note return to page 25275 [g] Following the steppes of Sodom and Gomorrhe.

Note return to page 25276 [h] Thus he couertly setteth forth their horrible and monstrous lustes.

Note return to page 25277 [i] Which are so blockish and void of reason, as if all their senses and wits were in a most dead sleepe.

Note return to page 25278 [6] Another most pernicious doctrine of theirs in that they take away the authoritie of Magistrates, and speake euill of them, as at this day the Anabaptists doe.

Note return to page 25279 [k] It is a greater matter to despise gouernement then the gouernours, that is to say, the matter it selfe then the persons.

Note return to page 25280 [7] An argument of comparison: Michael one of the chiefest Angels, was content to deliuer Satan, although a most accursed enemie, to the iudgement of God to be punished: and these peruerse men are not ashamed to speake euill of the powers which are ordeined of God.

Note return to page 25281 [8] The conclusion: These men are in a double fault, to wit, both for their rash folie in condemning some, and for their impudent and shamelesse contempt of that knowledge, which when they had gotten, yet notwithstanding they liued as brute beasts, seruing their bellies.

Note return to page 25282 [9] Hee foretelleth their destruction, because they resemble or shewe forth Cains shamelesse malice, Balaams filthie couetousnesse, and to be short, Cores seditious and ambitious head.

Note return to page 25283 Gen.4.8.

Note return to page 25284 Num.22.21. 2.pet.2.15.

Note return to page 25285 Num.16.1.

Note return to page 25286 [10] He rebuketh most sharpely with many other notes and markes, both their dishonestie or filthines, and their sawcinesse, but especiallie their vaine brauerie of woordes, and most vaine pride, ioyning therewithall a most graue and heauie threatning out of a most ancient prophecie of Enoch touching the iudgement to come.

Note return to page 25287 [l] The feastes of charitie, were certaine bankets, which the brethren that were m&ebar;bers of the Church kept altogether, as Tertullian setteth them forth in his Apolog.chap.39.

Note return to page 25288 [m] Impudently, without all reuerence either to God or man.

Note return to page 25289 2.Pet.2.17.

Note return to page 25290 [n] Most grosse darkenesse.

Note return to page 25291 Reuel.1.7.

Note return to page 25292 [o] The present time, for the time to come.

Note return to page 25293 Psal.17.10.

Note return to page 25294 [11] The rising vp of such monsters was spoken of before, þt; we should not be troubled at the newnes of the matter.

Note return to page 25295 1 Tim.4.1. 2.tim.3.1. 2.pet.3.3.

Note return to page 25296 [12] It is the propertie of Antichrists to separate them selues from the godly, because they are not gouerned by the spirit of God: and contrariwise it is the propertie of Christians to edifie one an other through godly praiers, both in faith and also in loue, vntill the mercie of Christ appeare to their full saluation.

Note return to page 25297 [13] Amongst them which wander and go astray, the godly haue to vse this choise, that they handle some of them gently, and that other some being euen in the very flame, they endeuour to saue with seuere and sharpe instruction of the present daunger yet so, that they doe in such sort abhorre the wicked and dishonest, that they eschew euen the least cogitation that may be.

Note return to page 25298 [p] By fearing them, and holding them backe with godly seueritie.

Note return to page 25299 [q] An amplification, taken from the forbidden things of the Law which did defile.

Note return to page 25300 [14] Hee commendeth them to the grace of God, declaring sufficiently that it is God onely that can giue vs that constancie which he requireth of vs.

Note return to page 25301 [a] An opening of secret and hid thinges.

Note return to page 25302 [b] Which the Sonne opened to vs out of his Fathers bosome by Angels.

Note return to page 25303 [c] By these three times, Is, Was, & Shalbe, is signified this word Iehouah which is the proper Name of God.

Note return to page 25304 Exod.3.14.

Note return to page 25305 [d] These are the seuen Spirits, which are afterward Chap.5. verse 6. called the hornes and eyes of þe; Lambe, and are nowe made as a garde wayting vpon God.

Note return to page 25306 Psal.89.38.

Note return to page 25307 1.Cor.15.21. coloss.1.18.

Note return to page 25308 Hebr.9.14. 1.peter 1.19. 1.iohn 1.9.

Note return to page 25309 1.Peter 2.5.

Note return to page 25310 Esar 3.14. matth.24.30. iude 14.

Note return to page 25311 [e] All men.

Note return to page 25312 Chap.21.6. and 22.13.

Note return to page 25313 [f] I am he, before whom there is nothing, yea by whom euery thing that is made, was made, and shall remaine though all they shoulde perish.

Note return to page 25314 [g] Patmos is one of the Iles of Sporas, whither Iohn was banished, as some write.

Note return to page 25315 [h] This is that holy rauishment expressed, wherewith the Prophets were rauished, and being as it were caried out of the world, were conuersant with God: and so Ezechiel saith often, that he was caried from place to place of the Lordes Spirite, and that the Spirite of the Lorde fell vpon him.

Note return to page 25316 [i] He calleth the Lordes day, which Paul calleth the first day of the weeke, 1.Cor. 16.2.

Note return to page 25317 [k] To see him whose voyce I had heard.

Note return to page 25318 Esa.41.4. and 44.6.

Note return to page 25319 [l] By Angels, he meaneth the Ministers of the Churches.

Note return to page 25320 [a] To deale with thee for.

Note return to page 25321 [b] Thus Christ speaketh as he is Mediatour.

Note return to page 25322 [c] Smyrna was one of the cities of Ionia in Asia.

Note return to page 25323 [d] Pergamus was the name of a famous citie in olde time in Asia, where the Kings of the Attalians were alwayes resident.

Note return to page 25324 [e] The faith of them of Pergamus is so much the more highly commended, because they remained constant euen in the very heate of persecution.

Note return to page 25325 Num.24.14. and 25.1.

Note return to page 25326 [f] That which is here spoken of thinges offered to Idols, is meant of the same kinde which Paul speaketh of, 1.Cor.10.14.

Note return to page 25327 [g] He alludeth to that sermon which we reade of, Iohn 6. and to the place we finde, Psalm. 105.40.

Note return to page 25328 [h] Arethas writeth, that such a stone was wont to be giuen to wrestlers at games, or els that such stones did in olde time witnes the quitting of a man.

Note return to page 25329 [i] So he calleth those offices of charitie which are done to the Saintes.

Note return to page 25330 [k] By fornication, is oftentimes in the scripture Idolatrie meant.

Note return to page 25331 1.Sam.16.7. psal.7.10. iere.11.20. and 17 10.

Note return to page 25332 [l] He pointeth out the bragging of certaine men, which boasted of their deepe, that is, plentifull and common knowledge, which notwithstanding is diuelish.

Note return to page 25333 [m] I will speake no worse thing against you, being content to haue shewed you, what I require to be in you.

Note return to page 25334 Psal.2.9.

Note return to page 25335 [a] Sardis is the name of a most florishing and famous citie where the Kings of Lydia kept their courtes.

Note return to page 25336 [b] Thou art said to liue, but art dead in deede.

Note return to page 25337 [c] Other things, whose state is such, that they are nowe going, and vnlesse they be confirmed, will perish forthwith.

Note return to page 25338 Chap.16.15. 1.thes.5 2. 2.peter 3.10.

Note return to page 25339 [d] They are merit and fit, to wit, because they are iustified in Christ, as they haue truely shewed it: for he is righteous that worketh righteousnes, but so, as the tree bringeth forth the fruite, Looke Rom.8.18.

Note return to page 25340 Chap.20.12. and 21.27. phil.4.3.

Note return to page 25341 [e] All power of rule in commaunding and forbidding, deliuering, and punishing. And the house of Dauid is the Church, and the continuall promise of Dauids kingdome belongeth to Christ.

Note return to page 25342 [f] I will bring them to that case.

Note return to page 25343 [g] Because thou hast bene patient and constant, as I would my seruants should be.

Note return to page 25344 [h] Amen soundeth as much in the Hebrewe tongue as Truely, or Trueth it selfe.

Note return to page 25345 [i] Of whome all things that are made haue their beginning.

Note return to page 25346 Prou.3.12. hebr.12.5.

Note return to page 25347 [k] Zeale is set against th&ebar; which are neither hote nor colde.

Note return to page 25348 [a] Looke Chap. 1.10.

Note return to page 25349 [b] Euery beast had sixe wings.

Note return to page 25350 [c] God is said to haue glorie, honour, kingdome, and such like, giuen him, when we godly and reuerently set forth that which is proper to him.

Note return to page 25351 Chap.5.12.

Note return to page 25352 Gen. 49.9.

Note return to page 25353 [a] Looke Chap. 8.3.

Note return to page 25354 [b] No common song.

Note return to page 25355 Chap. 1.6. 1.pet.2.9.

Note return to page 25356 Dan.7.10.

Note return to page 25357 [c] By this is ment a great number.

Note return to page 25358 [d] To haue all praise giuen to him, as to the mightiest and wisest, &c.

Note return to page 25359 [a] Hereby is signified what great scarcitie of corne there was, for the woorde here vsed is a kinde of measure of drie thinges, which is in qu&abar;titie but the eight part of a bushell, which was an ordinarie portion vsed to be giuen to seruants for their flint of meate for one day.

Note return to page 25360 [b] Vntill their number be fulfilled.

Note return to page 25361 [c] So they called in olde time those wouen woorkes that were of heare.

Note return to page 25362 Esai 2.19. hose.10.8. luke 23.30.

Note return to page 25363 [a] On the foure quarters or coastes of the earth.

Note return to page 25364 [b] Hee skipped Dan, and reckeneth Leui.

Note return to page 25365 [c] Of Ephraim, who was Iosephs other sonne, and had the birthright giuen him, whereof hee is called Ioseph.

Note return to page 25366 [d] He alludeth to the Leuites, which serued day and night, for els there is no night in heauen.

Note return to page 25367 [e] Or, vpon them: wherby is meant Gods defence & protection as it were towardes them, who are as safe, as men in the Lordes tents.

Note return to page 25368 Esa.49.16.

Note return to page 25369 Esai.25.8. chap.21.4.

Note return to page 25370 [a] Which appeare before him as his ministers.

Note return to page 25371 [b] Our prayers are nothing worth, vnlesse that true and sweete sauour of that onely oblation be especially and before all things with them, that is to say, vnlesse we being first of all iustified through faith in his Sonne, be acceptable vnto him.

Note return to page 25372 [a] By the bottomlesse pit, he meaneth the deepest darkenes of hell.

Note return to page 25373 Chap.6.16. esai.2.19. hosea 10.8.

Note return to page 25374 [b] He alludeth to the altar of incense, which stood in the court which the Priests were in, ouer against the Arke of the Couenant, hauing a vaile betwixt them.

Note return to page 25375 Psal. 15.4. and 135.15.

Note return to page 25376 [a] Keepe them close.

Note return to page 25377 [b] This was a gesture vsed of one that sweareth, which men doe yet nowe a dayes vse.

Note return to page 25378 [c] There shall neuer be any more time.

Note return to page 25379 [a] He speaketh of the outer court, which was called the peoples court, because all men might come into that.

Note return to page 25380 [b] That is counted to be cast out, which in measuring is refused as prophane.

Note return to page 25381 [c] When they haue done their me&esset;age.

Note return to page 25382 [d] After a more secret kinde of meaning and vnderstanding.

Note return to page 25383 [e] Glorified God by confe&esset;ing his Name.

Note return to page 25384 [a] They were cast out, so that they were neuer seene in heauen any more.

Note return to page 25385 [b] He is sayd in the Hebrewe tongue, to loue his life, that esteemeth nothing more precious then his life: and on the other side, he is sayd not to loue his life, who doubteth not to hazard it, whensoeuer neede requireth.

Note return to page 25386 [c] Into that place which God had appointed for her.

Note return to page 25387 Gene.9.6. matt.26.52.

Note return to page 25388 [a] To giue life, as [illeg.]annes and lambres imitated the wonders that Moses wrought.

Note return to page 25389 [b] The marke of the name of the beast.

Note return to page 25390 Psal.145.6.

Note return to page 25391 Actes 14.15.

Note return to page 25392 Isai. 21.9. iere. 51.8. chap.18 2.

Note return to page 25393 [a] Of her fornication, whereby God was prouoked to wrath.

Note return to page 25394 [b] That is, for the Lord.

Note return to page 25395 [c] By workes, is meant, the reward which followeth good workes.

Note return to page 25396 Ioel 3.13.

Note return to page 25397 Matt. 13.39.

Note return to page 25398 [a] So is Moses called, for honors sake, as it is set forth, Deu.34.10.

Note return to page 25399 Psal.145.17.

Note return to page 25400 [b] Thy doings.

Note return to page 25401 Iere.10.7.

Note return to page 25402 [a] It was turned into rotten and filthie blood, such as is in dead bodies.

Note return to page 25403 Chap.3.3. matth 24.44. luke 12.39.

Note return to page 25404 Iere.23.15.

Note return to page 25405 [b] Appeared not, which the Hebrewes vtter after this sort, were not, Gen.5.24.

Note return to page 25406 [c] As it were about the weight of a talent: and a talent was threescore pound, that is sixe hundreth groates, whereby is signified a marueilous and strange kind of weight.

Note return to page 25407 [a] The sentence that is pronounced against this harlot.

Note return to page 25408 [b] A skarlet colour, shal is, with a red and purple garment: and surely it was not without cause that the Ramish clergie were so much delighted with this colour.

Note return to page 25409 [c] Very children knowe, what that seuen hilled citie is, which is so much spoken of, and whereof Virgil thus reporteth. And compassed seuen towres within one wall: that citie it is, which when Iohn wrote these things, had rule ouer the Kings of the earth: It was, and is not, and yet it remaineth to this day, but it is declining to destruction.

Note return to page 25410 Chap.19.16. 1 tim.6.15.

Note return to page 25411 Chap.14.8. esai.21.9. ierem.51.8.

Note return to page 25412 [a] He vseth a worde which signifieth the following of sinnes one after another, and rising one of another in such sort, that they grewe at length to such an heape, that they came vp euen to heauen.

Note return to page 25413 [b] With her selfe.

Note return to page 25414 [c] I am full of people and mightie.

Note return to page 25415 [d] I shall taste of none.

Note return to page 25416 [e] Shortly, and at one instant.

Note return to page 25417 [f] By this is meant that season, which is next before the fall of the leafe, at what season fruites ripen, and the worde signifieth such fruites as are longed for.

Note return to page 25418 Iere.51.63.

Note return to page 25419 [a] Praise the Lord.

Note return to page 25420 [b] Good workes which are liuely testimonies of faith.

Note return to page 25421 Mat.22.2.

Note return to page 25422 Chap.22.2.

Note return to page 25423 [c] Which are commanded to beare witnesse of Iesus.

Note return to page 25424 [d] For Iesus is the marke that all the prophecies shoote at.

Note return to page 25425 Psal.2.9.

Note return to page 25426 Chap.17.14. 1.tim.6.15.

Note return to page 25427 [a] For iudgement was committed to them, as to members ioyned to the head: not that Christes office was giuen ouer to them.

Note return to page 25428 Eze.39.2.

Note return to page 25429 [b] As if he said, insomuch that the whole face of the earth, howe great soeuer it is, was filled.

Note return to page 25430 Chap.3.5. & 21.27. philip.4.3.

Note return to page 25431 Esa.65.17. & 66.22.

Note return to page 25432 2.Pet.3.13.

Note return to page 25433 Chap.7.17. esai.25.8.

Note return to page 25434 Esa.43.19. 2.cor.5.17.

Note return to page 25435 Chap.1.8. & 22.13.

Note return to page 25436 [a] Their lot, and inheritance as it were.

Note return to page 25437 [b] A foure squared figure hath equall sides, and outright corners, and therefore the Grecians call by this name those things that are steadie, and of continuance, and perfect.

Note return to page 25438 [c] He addeth this, because the Angel had the shape of a man.

Note return to page 25439 [d] By streete, he meaneth the broadest place of the citie.

Note return to page 25440 Esa.60.19.

Note return to page 25441 Esa.60.3.

Note return to page 25442 Esa.60.11.

Note return to page 25443 Chap.3.5. & 20.12. phil.4.3.

Note return to page 25444 Esa.60.19.

Note return to page 25445 Chap.19.10.

Note return to page 25446 Rom.2.6.

Note return to page 25447 Chap.1.8 and 21.6. esai.41.4. & 44.6.

Note return to page 25448 Esai. 55.1.
Previous section


Geneva [1587], THE BIBLE: THAT IS, THE HOLY SCRIPTVRES CONTEINED IN THE OLDE AND NEWE TESTAMENT. TRANSLATED ACCORDING TO the Ebrew and Greeke, and conferred with the best translations in diuers languages. With most profitable annotations vpon all the hard places, and other things of great importance (Imprinted... by Christopher Barker [etc.], LONDON) [word count] [B07000].
Powered by PhiloLogic